Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 9, 2026

 

Registration No. 333-

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

2834

83-1312969

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 263-1222

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 263-1222

 

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

 

Randy Socol

Larry W. Nishnick

Bianca J. LaCaille

DLA Piper LLP (US)

4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 677-1414

Jeffrey Boerneke

General Counsel

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 263-1222

Nathan Ajiashvili

Cheston Larson

Anthony Gostanian

Latham & Watkins LLP

12670 High Bluff Drive

San Diego, CA 92130

(858) 523-5400

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

☐

Accelerated filer

☐

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

☒

Smaller reporting company

☒

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

Subject to Completion, Dated October 9, 2026

Shares

img152801079_0.jpg

Common Stock

___________________

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock by Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. We are offering shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $ and $ per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ASPE,” and this offering is contingent upon obtaining approval for such listing.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 to read about factors you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

___________________

 

 

 

Per Share

 

 

Total

 

Initial public offering price

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

(1) See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

___________________

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on    , 2026, through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

___________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leerink Partners

 

UBS Investment Bank

Piper Sandler

 

Stifel

 

Oppenheimer & Co.

___________________

Prospectus dated    , 2026

 


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

1

 

Risk Factors

14

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

83

Market and Industry Data

84

Use of Proceeds

85

Dividend Policy

87

Capitalization

88

Dilution

90

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

93

Business

113

Management

153

Executive and Director Compensation

161

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

179

Principal Stockholders

183

Description of Capital Stock

187

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

193

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

196

Underwriting

200

Legal Matters

207

Experts

207

Where You Can Find More Information

207

Index to Financial Statements

F-1

___________________

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information other than that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside of the United States: we have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

i


Table of Contents

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the information in the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Aspen,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Overview

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. is a leading, clinical-stage regenerative medicine biotechnology company focused on developing autologous induced-pluripotent stem cell (iPSC)-derived therapies to address neurodegenerative diseases with high unmet medical need. Our lead product candidate, sasineprocel, is an investigational single-dose, autologous iPSC-based cell therapy being evaluated for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease (PD). We believe sasineprocel has the potential to be disease-modifying by primarily replacing a patient’s lost dopaminergic (DA) neurons with dopaminergic neuron precursor cells (DANPCs). In an ongoing Phase 1/2a ASPIRO clinical trial of sasineprocel in mid-stage to moderately advanced sporadic PD, patients have experienced, what we believe to be, sustained and clinically meaningful improvements in motor, quality of life, and non-motor symptoms as measured by comparison to clinically meaningful change benchmarks. Based on these findings, we believe sasineprocel has the potential to improve upon the current standard of care in PD and address the significant unmet need in PD for a disease-modifying therapy that may slow or halt the progression of this devastating disease.

PD is a progressive neurodegenerative disease primarily characterized by the loss of DA neurons as well as impaired DA neurotransmission that results in the progressive deterioration of motor and non-motor neurological function. It is the second most common neurodegenerative disorder, estimated to affect more than one million people in the United States and more than 10 million people globally. The prevalence has doubled globally over the past 25 years, making it one of the fastest growing central nervous system (CNS) diseases. PD patients suffer from characteristic motor symptoms, including movement, coordination and speech impairments, as well as non-motor symptoms, including loss of sense of smell, sleep behavior disorders, difficulty swallowing, urinary symptoms, constipation, orthostatic hypotension, depression, psychosis, dementia and cognitive impairment. These symptoms can severely impact a patient’s quality of life, contribute to progressive disability and loss of independence, and are associated with increased morbidity and mortality over time.

The current standard of care is palliative dopamine replacement therapy (DRT), including levodopa and dopamine agonists, which addresses motor symptoms but does not replace lost DA neurons, nor does it slow continued neuronal degeneration. DRT inadequately addresses non-motor symptoms, decreases in effectiveness over time, and is associated with side effects that can significantly impact patient quality of life. As DRT loses its effectiveness or as its side effects become intolerable, advanced therapies, such as deep brain stimulation (DBS), are considered. While DBS can be effective in addressing certain motor symptoms of PD, it has not been shown to slow disease progression in mid-stage to moderately advanced PD patients and can potentially worsen cognition, gait, speech and other axial symptoms. DBS has other drawbacks as well, including frequent long delays in access and optimization, and multiple invasive surgeries with permanent implanted hardware, which includes risks such as hemorrhage, infection, and device failure. In contrast to DRT and DBS, cell replacement therapy holds significant promise as an approach to restore and replace lost dopamine neurons and neural circuitry necessary for normal motor and non-motor function. We believe our cell replacement approach represents a promising therapy that could provide long-term benefits from a single administration without the need for permanently implanted hardware.

1


Table of Contents

 

Allogeneic approaches in development for PD can require one year or more of immunosuppressive therapy post-treatment, which is associated with increased risks of infection, organ toxicity, and metabolic complications. In contrast, autologous cell therapies are derived from a patient’s own cells, which reduces the risk of immune rejection after transplantation. Our clinical trial of sasineprocel has not required any immunosuppression post-administration and is designed to support the formation of functional synaptic connections and neural circuitry without the need for immune suppression. In a third-party preclinical study in non-human primate (NHP) models of PD, autologous DA progenitor cell transplantation survived without immunosuppression and integrated more robustly and produced more sustained motor improvements than allogeneic transplants. Moreover, our autologous iPSC approach is designed to require minimal cell expansion, which may reduce the opportunity for genomic abnormalities to arise and for cells harboring growth-promoting abnormalities to become selectively enriched during extended culture. While this is designed to be a one-time therapy, the autologous nature of the product could allow for redosing, if valuable over a patient’s multi-year course. We believe our autologous cell replacement strategy presents a significant advantage over both current standard-of-care therapies and allogeneic cell therapies in development for PD, and has the potential to deliver a tolerable, disease-modifying treatment with durable, long-term effectiveness.

Sasineprocel and our end-to-end autologous iPSC platform are based on advances in cellular reprogramming, including the Nobel Prize–winning discovery by Shinya Yamanaka and John B. Gurdon, which demonstrated that mature, specialized cells can be reprogrammed into iPSCs through the introduction of defined transcription factors (commonly referred to as Yamanaka factors). We combine these foundational reprogramming methods with our stem cell biology expertise, the latest artificial intelligence, machine learning (ML) and genomic approaches to optimize cell identity, purity and functional potential and to enable a scalable, reproducible, standardized, and data-driven manufacturing process for autologous cell therapy. Sasineprocel, our proprietary autologous iPSC-derived composition of DANPCs, CNS progenitors, and glial progenitors, is designed to establish a biologically active cellular microenvironment that supports cell engraftment, survival, and functional integration of transplanted cells with the goal of restoring functional dopamine signaling in PD patients. We believe the sustained benefit that has been observed in certain patients treated with sasineprocel provides evidence of neural circuitry reconstruction and is further supported by preclinical studies, in which we observed that DANPCs transplanted into PD animal models differentiated into DA neurons that integrated into the brain and restored dopamine signaling. We hypothesize that sasineprocel’s combination of cells beyond DANPCs may play a key role in supporting neural synapse formation and general microenvironmental health to enable a broad and profound treatment effect in PD patients, including improvement in non-motor symptoms.

Our Pipeline

We are leveraging our proprietary platform to build a diversified pipeline of autologous iPSC-based therapies for the treatment of multiple CNS diseases, with an initial focus on sporadic and genetic PD. We have worldwide commercial rights to all our programs and have summarized our clinical and preclinical programs below.

img152801079_1.jpg

2


Table of Contents

 

 

We are developing sasineprocel, a single-dose, autologous iPSC-based therapeutic candidate for PD that is designed to replace a patient’s lost dopamine neurons. We are currently conducting the open-label Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial of a single dose of sasineprocel in mid-stage to moderately advanced PD patients. The trial consists of four cohorts at two dose levels, both of which were anticipated to be biologically active and have pharmacologic effects based on our preclinical modeling, with sasineprocel administered as a single bilateral intracranial injection into the post-commissural putamen using well-understood, standard stereotactic neurosurgical techniques.

As of August 18, 2026, the data cutoff date, 15 patients had been dosed, with seven participants receiving a low dose and eight participants receiving a high dose. Sasineprocel was observed to be generally well-tolerated with the majority of reported adverse events being mild to moderate. Among the patients dosed, 72 treatment-emergent adverse events (TEAEs) were reported. There was no evidence of graft-induced dyskinesias or graft rejection, and no clinically significant hemorrhages were observed post-operatively. As sasineprocel is autologous, with no requirement for immunosuppression, there were no immunosuppression-related events. Only one TEAE, myoclonus (sudden, uncontrollable muscle movement), was considered possibly related to sasineprocel, with sertraline, a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor, identified as a co-suspect medication. One participant had two serious adverse events related to the surgical procedure. The most commonly reported TEAEs, defined as occurring in 10% or more of patients, were related to the surgery. See “Business—Our Pipeline—Lead Program: Sasineprocel for PD” for additional information regarding the safety profile observed in the ASPIRO trial. As of the data cutoff date, all 12 patients from the first three cohorts had at least one six-month or later follow up evaluation.

We assessed clinical efficacy outcomes every six months after administration of sasineprocel. We observed improvements across several secondary and exploratory endpoints, including changes in Good On Time and Movement Disorder Society‐Sponsored Revision of the Unified Parkinson’s Disease Rating Scale (MDS-UPDRS) Part III OFF. Consistent with these motor improvements, we also observed improvements in activities of daily living and quality of life measures assessed by MDS-UPDRS Part II ON, and Parkinson’s Disease Questionnaire (PDQ-39) scores, as summarized below. Certain of the secondary endpoints used in this trial, including Good On Time and MDS-UPDRS Part III OFF, are validated registrational endpoints used in previous PD registrational clinical trials. The mean improvements at 18 months in both cohorts and 24 months for the low dose cohort for Good On Time and MDS-UPDRS Part III OFF scores were above clinically meaningful change benchmarks. The mean PDQ-39 and MDS-UPDRS Part II ON scores improved above clinically meaningful change benchmarks in the low dose cohort at 18 and 24 months and were stable in the high dose cohort at 18 months. Fluorodopa (18FDOPA) positron emission tomography (PET) imaging is also being used to evaluate the engraftment of cells. 18FDOPA PET imaging showed elevated 18FDOPA uptake values at six, 12, and 18 months following sasineprocel administration compared to baseline, which is evidence of the survival, viability, and integration of transplanted iPSCs. Clinically meaningful change benchmarks are reviewed on an ongoing basis during the trial and reflect management’s belief based on a review of published literature, regulatory agency guidelines and precedent in PD clinical research, and discussions with key opinion leaders in the field. The benchmarks have not been discussed with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) or any other government regulatory authority, and have not been independently validated by any third parties.

Additionally, the ASPIRO trial is exploring changes in DA medication as measured by levodopa equivalent daily dose (LEDD). As of the data cutoff date, in the low dose cohort, two, three, three, and three patients showed a reduction in LEDD at six, 12, 18 and 24 months, respectively, and one patient experienced an LEDD increase at 18 and 24 months. In the high dose cohort, at six months, three out of eight patients showed an LEDD reduction and one patient showed an LEDD increase; at 12 months, two out of four patients showed an LEDD reduction and one patient

3


Table of Contents

 

showed an LEDD increase; at 18 months, three out of four patients showed an LEDD reduction and one showed an LEDD increase.

img152801079_2.jpg

Figure 1. Sustained improvements observed across multiple validated PD endpoints. Data summarized above is as of August 18, 2026. A decrease (negative number) compared to baseline is an improvement for MDS-UPDRS scores and PDQ-39. The numbers in parentheses represent standard deviations. Mean changes in data summarized above are driven by totality of data across patients and not driven by a limited number of patients exhibiting significantly better-than-average improvements. *For the four high dose patients for whom data was available at the 12-month and 18-month assessments, the baseline values for Good On Time (hours) Hauser Diary, Off Time (hours) Hauser Diary, MDS-UPDRS Part III OFF score, MDS-UPDRS Part II ON score, and PDQ-39 were: 11.7 (0.9), 4.3 (0.9), 44.0 (4.2), 9.5 (9.3), 16.1 (15.6), respectively. For the three low dose patients in Cohort 4, no data is yet available because six months have not elapsed since dosing for all three patients.

The Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial is an open-label trial and does not include a placebo or control cohort. Open-label trials are subject to inherent limitations that may affect the interpretation of clinical results and may not be predictive of future clinical trial results when studied in a controlled environment with a placebo or active control. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Discovery, Development, and Regulatory Approval of Our Product Candidates” for additional information regarding the limitations of our clinical trial design.

Sasineprocel has received Regenerative Medicine Advanced Therapy (RMAT) designation from the FDA for the treatment of levodopa-responsive PD, and Fast Track designation from the FDA for the treatment of PD to improve motor function. RMAT or Fast Track designation does not ensure a faster development or regulatory review or approval process and does not increase the likelihood that sasineprocel will receive regulatory approval. We anticipate that sasineprocel would be regulated as a combination product by the FDA because it is designed to be administered through drug delivery devices. See the section titled “Risk Factors—RMAT and Fast Track designation by the FDA for sasineprocel, and other expedited designations if granted in the future, may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and do not increase the likelihood that sasineprocel or any other product candidate which may receive such designations will receive regulatory approval” for more information. We expect to report further long-term data from the ASPIRO trial in the first half of 2028. We have begun enrolling patients and are preparing to initiate dosing a new cohort in the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial to evaluate sasineprocel in patients with genetic PD. We anticipate initiating biopsy collection for the Phase 3 trial by the end of 2026. Following feedback from the FDA, we anticipate dosing patients in the Phase 3 trial in the second half of 2027. In addition, we plan to dose a single cohort of approximately three to six patients with genetic PD in the ASPIRO trial. Pending results from this cohort, we intend to include all patients with PD (including both sporadic and genetic PD) in our Phase 3 program.

4


Table of Contents

 

We are also developing a microglia program initially targeting pediatric leukodystrophies, a group of rare, genetically defined neurological disorders that primarily affect the white matter of the CNS. Our approach is designed to generate autologous, gene-corrected microglia precursor cells derived from patient-derived iPSCs. We utilize targeted genome editing approaches to address disease-associated genetic variants. These gene-corrected cells are then differentiated into microglia precursor cells intended for administration to the CNS, where they are designed to engraft and replace dysfunctional microglia and support the restoration of key microglial functions within the CNS. We expect to initiate Investigational New Drug application (IND)-enabling studies in the second half of 2027.

Our Manufacturing Platform and Scientific Approach

We have developed an integrated, end-to-end autologous iPSC platform (our platform) designed to generate patient-specific cell therapies for neurodegenerative diseases. Our platform combines proprietary cell reprogramming methods, automated and scalable manufacturing processes, and comprehensive quality control (QC) systems, including advanced genomics and bioinformatics, to produce DANPCs with consistent identity, purity, and functional characteristics.

To manufacture sasineprocel, dermal fibroblast cells are generated from a PD patient via a minimally invasive skin biopsy (3mm), expanded, and reprogrammed into iPSCs using defined transcription factors (Yamanaka factors). These iPSCs undergo rigorous characterization to confirm sterility, identity, purity and pluripotency, and are subsequently differentiated into DANPCs using our proprietary processes. The final product consists primarily of DANPCs with defined levels of supporting neural progenitor cell types, and is cryopreserved and released based on established specifications for cell concentration, purity, identity, and potency before shipment for patient administration. We are reliant on a number of licenses from third parties for our manufacturing platform, as it relates to sasineprocel, including from iPS Academia Japan, Inc. and Sumitomo Pharma Co. Ltd. for transcription factors and reprogramming methods, the Scripps Research Institute for a specific cell characterization assay, and Cell X Technologies, Inc. (Cell X) and Cleveland Clinic Foundation (CCF) for automation. See “Business—Licensing and Collaboration Agreements” for additional information.

Our platform is designed to address key challenges associated with autologous cell therapies, including inter-patient variability, genomic instability, and inconsistent differentiation. To mitigate these risks, we utilize multiple orthogonal assays and proprietary reference datasets to assess genetic identity, genomic integrity, lineage specification, purity, and functional attributes prior to clinical use. Building on foundational work from our scientific founders, we have established rigorous product release criteria supported by these datasets to enable consistent product characterization, including DANPC identity, maturity, engraftment potential and dopamine release, complemented by in vitro bioassays assessing cellular functionality and post-cryopreservation stability. In parallel, we are developing an automated, robust, modular manufacturing framework designed to streamline and standardize production, reduce manual variability and support scalable, reproducible manufacturing with the capacity to treat hundreds of patients annually. This modular automation template has a small cleanroom footprint (approximately 5,000 square feet) and is intended to be replicated and scaled up to meet future patient demand. The production process is performed in three stages. Stage 1 (skin to fibroblast) has a manufacturing duration of approximately three weeks. Stage 2 (fibroblasts to iPSCs) has a duration of approximately eight weeks. Stage 3 (iPSCs to DANPCs) has a duration of approximately five weeks. Following each stage, we complete QC testing which typically takes a total of four to five weeks. However, following Stage 1 and Stage 2, we perform initial QC testing to conditionally release the fibroblasts and iPSCs to the next stage, which typically takes one to two weeks, before completing the full QC testing process.

Our History, Team and Investors

We have assembled a management team and scientific organization with substantial experience across neuroscience research, drug discovery and development, regulatory strategy, commercialization and manufacturing. Aspen Neuroscience was founded in 2018 based on more than two decades of research conducted by Jeanne F. Loring, Ph.D., Professor Emerita at the Scripps Research Institute and founding Director of the Center for Regenerative Medicine. Dr. Loring’s laboratory developed foundational methods for reprogramming adult human cells into iPSCs and subsequently differentiating them into dopamine-producing neurons, which form the basis of our autologous iPSC platform and sasineprocel. Since inception, we have focused on translating this academic innovation into a clinically scalable, regulatory-compliant therapeutics platform.

5


Table of Contents

 

Damien McDevitt, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer, previously served as Chief Executive Officer of Akcea Therapeutics, a rare diseases company, prior to its acquisition by Ionis Pharmaceuticals in 2020, and held several leadership roles at Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Acadia Pharmaceuticals, and GlaxoSmithKline Pharmaceuticals. Dr. McDevitt was involved in the commercialization, late-stage development or in-licensing of the following approved products: TEGSEDI (inotersen) for hereditary transthyretin-mediated amyloidosis, WAYLIVRA (volanesorsen) for familial chylomicronemia syndrome (approved in the European Union) and DAYBUE (trofinetide) for Rett syndrome. Lisa Johnson-Pratt, M.D., our Sasineprocel Development Lead and Chief Commercial Officer, has successfully led programs across the entire product life cycle with leadership roles in medical affairs, clinical development, product development, portfolio planning and new product strategy. Dr. Johnson-Pratt was involved in the launch of GARDASIL (human papillomavirus 9-valent vaccine, recombinant), IMITREX (sumatriptan) and MAXALT (rizatriptan benzoate), and new indication launches of SINGULAIR (montelukast sodium) and COZAAR (losartan potassium), and led new product strategy for BLENREP (belantamab mafodotin-blmf), WAINUA (eplontersen), and TRYNGOLZA (olezarsen).

The Executive Chairman of our Board of Directors, Faheem Hasnain, is the Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Gossamer Bio. Mr. Hasnain previously served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Receptos, which was acquired by Celgene in 2015. He is joined by a distinguished group of Board members who bring additional operational, scientific, financial and strategic expertise. Since our inception, we have raised approximately $347 million from a syndicate of leading life sciences investors and organizations, including OrbiMed, ARCH Venture Partners, Frazier Life Sciences, Medical Excellence Capital, and Kite, a Gilead Company, as well as support from the California Institute for Regenerative Medicine (CIRM). We believe our investor base reflects confidence in our scientific approach, platform capabilities and development strategy. Prospective investors, however, should not rely on the investment decisions of our existing investors, as those investors may have different risk tolerances and may have acquired their shares at prices lower than the price to public investors in this offering.

Our Strategy

We are committed to developing and delivering novel autologous iPSC-derived cell replacement therapies for patients with significant unmet medical need, beginning with PD. Our strategy to achieve this mission includes the following key elements:

•
Advance sasineprocel, our personalized potentially disease-modifying product candidate for PD patients, through Phase 3 trials for sporadic PD.
•
Expand development of sasineprocel into genetic PD and maximize the therapeutic potential of sasineprocel across PD patients.
•
Build scalable, automated autologous cell manufacturing to support potential commercialization in North America (United States and Canada) with plans in the future to expand globally.
•
Maximize the commercial opportunity of sasineprocel and opportunistically engage in strategic collaborations.
•
Expand our pipeline by leveraging our platform to identify and develop additional product candidates in CNS indications where cell replacement therapy offers meaningful therapeutic potential.

Summary of Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making a decision to invest in our common stock. These risks are more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

•
We are a clinical-stage regenerative medicine biotechnology company with a limited operating history and no history of commercializing products, which may make it difficult to evaluate our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates and the prospects for our future viability.

6


Table of Contents

 

•
We have incurred substantial operating losses since our inception and expect to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future. We may never generate any revenue or become profitable or, if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain it.
•
Our financial condition raises substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.
•
Even if this offering is successful, we will require substantial additional capital to finance our operations, and failure to obtain additional capital when needed, or on acceptable terms, could cause us to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate product development programs, commercialization efforts or other operations.
•
We currently depend on the success of sasineprocel, which is our lead product candidate. If we are unable to advance sasineprocel in clinical development, obtain regulatory approval for and ultimately commercialize sasineprocel or experience significant delays in doing so, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be materially and adversely affected.
•
Sasineprocel is based on a novel approach to treat PD, which makes it difficult to predict the time and cost of product candidate development and to obtain regulatory approval, if at all.
•
Clinical and preclinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with uncertain timelines and outcomes, and the results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results. Our current or future product candidates may not achieve favorable results in clinical trials or preclinical studies or receive regulatory approval on a timely basis, if at all.
•
We have concentrated our research and development efforts on the treatment of disorders of the CNS, a field that faces certain challenges in drug development.
•
Any difficulties or delays in the commencement or completion, or the termination or suspension, of our current, planned or potential future clinical trials or preclinical studies could result in increased costs to us, delay or limit our ability to generate revenue or adversely affect our commercial prospects.
•
We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials. If we encounter difficulties or delays enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.
•
We have not as an organization completed clinical trials or submitted a BLA, and we may be unable to do so for sasineprocel or other product candidates.
•
The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.
•
Our manufacturing process is novel and complex, and we may encounter difficulties in production, or difficulties with internal manufacturing, which would delay or prevent our ability to provide a sufficient supply of our product candidates for clinical trials or our products for patients, if approved.
•
The manufacture of sasineprocel as an autologous cell therapy involves significant variability that may result in manufacturing failures, treatment delays, or inconsistent product quality, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
•
We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and preclinical studies. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with applicable regulatory requirements, or meet expected deadlines, our product development programs and our ability to seek or obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our products may be delayed.
•
We rely on third parties for certain manufacturing systems, materials and components for our product candidates and expect to continue to do so for the foreseeable future. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not be able to manufacture sufficient quantities of our products or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent, or impair, our development or commercialization efforts.
•
Any product candidates for which we intend to seek approval as biological products may face competition sooner than anticipated.

7


Table of Contents

 

•
The commercial success of sasineprocel and other product candidates will depend upon the degree of market acceptance of such product by physicians, patients, healthcare payors, and others in the medical community.
•
Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or any guidance we may provide.
•
If we are unable to obtain, maintain, defend, and enforce patent or other intellectual property protection for our product candidates or technology, or if the scope of the patent or other intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors or other third parties could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates may be adversely affected.
•
There has been no public market for our common stock. An active, liquid, and orderly market for our common stock may not develop, or we may in the future fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, and you may not be able to resell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at all.
•
The trading price of the shares of our common stock may be highly volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could lose all or part of their investment.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware on May 18, 2018, under the name Aspen Biosciences, Inc. and changed our name to Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. in October 2018. Our principal executive offices are located at 10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100, San Diego, CA 92121. Our telephone number is (858) 263-1222. Our website address is www.aspenneuroscience.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and it should not be considered to be part of this prospectus.

Trademarks, Trade Names and Service Marks

We use “Aspen Neuroscience,” the Aspen Neuroscience logo, and other marks as trademarks in the United States and other countries. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act). An emerging growth company may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

•
being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;
•
not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act);
•
not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, unless the SEC determines the new rules are necessary for protecting the public;

8


Table of Contents

 

•
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and
•
exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), our annual gross revenues exceed $1.235 billion, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information in this prospectus and that we provide to our stockholders in the future may be different than what you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. We intend to rely on other exemptions provided by the JOBS Act, including without limitation, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

9


Table of Contents

 

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

                shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

              shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full) from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, to fund the clinical development of sasineprocel, including the ongoing Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial and the initiation of a Phase 3 trial in sporadic and genetic PD, to fund the research and development of our other product candidates and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See the section titled “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Select Market symbol

“ASPE”

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 188,558,695 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026 after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 177,593,856 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and excludes:

•
30,078,745 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options under our 2018 Stock Plan (2018 Plan) outstanding as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.68 per share;
•
6,153,610 shares of common stock that were not considered outstanding as of June 30, 2026 because they were subject to full recourse promissory notes, but which became outstanding as a result of the forgiveness of the related promissory notes effective August 2026 (5,550,221 shares) and September 2026 (603,389 shares);

10


Table of Contents

 

•
270,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under our 2018 Plan subsequent to June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.99 per share;
•
shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (2026 Plan) (which number includes shares remaining available for issuance under our 2018 Plan, which will become available for issuance under the 2026 Plan upon its effectiveness), as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan and any reserved shares not issued or subject to outstanding awards under the 2026 Plan after the effective date of the 2026 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated, all of which shares shall become available for issuance under the 2026 Plan;
•
shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), which will become effective as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP; and
•
175,691 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of June 30, 2026, at an exercise price of $0.78 per share.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to the following:

•
a -for- reverse stock split of our common stock, effected on , 2026 (the Stock Split);
•
the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;
•
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 177,593,856 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;
•
no exercise of the outstanding stock options or warrants described above; and
•
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

11


Table of Contents

 

Summary Financial Data

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 and the summary balance sheet data as of June 30, 2026 from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read these data together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

(unaudited)

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

$

28,454

 

 

$

20,812

 

 

$

41,833

 

 

$

35,593

 

General and administrative

 

 

9,764

 

 

 

10,074

 

 

 

17,472

 

 

 

17,865

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

38,218

 

 

 

30,886

 

 

 

59,305

 

 

 

53,458

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(38,218

)

 

 

(30,886

)

 

 

(59,305

)

 

 

(53,458

)

Other income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

1,670

 

 

 

858

 

 

 

1,793

 

 

 

4,397

 

Other income (loss), net

 

 

2

 

 

 

(1,731

)

 

 

(4,544

)

 

 

504

 

Total other income (loss), net

 

 

1,672

 

 

 

(873

)

 

 

(2,751

)

 

 

4,901

 

Net loss

 

$

(36,546

)

 

$

(31,759

)

 

$

(62,056

)

 

$

(48,557

)

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted(1)

 

$

(3.38

)

 

$

(3.11

)

 

$

(6.01

)

 

$

(5.24

)

Weighted-average shares used in net loss per common share calculation, basic and diluted(1)

 

 

10,816,448

 

 

 

10,214,636

 

 

 

10,318,638

 

 

 

9,261,740

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

 

$

(0.19

)

 

 

 

 

$

(0.48

)

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in pro forma net loss per common share calculation, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

 

 

188,410,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

129,963,415

 

 

 

 

 

(1)
See Note 12 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the methods used to calculate historical net loss per share, basic and diluted, and the weighted-average number of shares of common stock used in the computation of the per share amounts.
(2)
Unaudited pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, attributable to common stockholders, is calculated giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock. Unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the shares expected to be sold and related proceeds to be received in this offering. Unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and for the year ended December 31, 2025 was calculated using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding, including the pro forma effect of the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into

12


Table of Contents

 

shares of our common stock, as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period, or their issuance dates.

 

 

As of June 30, 2026

 

Actual

 

 

Pro Forma(1)

 

 

Pro Forma as
Adjusted
(2)(3)

(in thousands)

 

(unaudited)

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

(unaudited)

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities

 

$

72,377

 

 

$

72,377

 

 

$

Working capital(4)

 

 

58,243

 

 

 

58,243

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

110,275

 

 

 

110,275

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

22,540

 

 

 

22,540

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

 

338,808

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(264,886

)

 

 

(264,886

)

 

 

Total stockholder’s (deficit) equity

 

(251,073)

 

 

 

87,735

 

 

 

 

(1)
Gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 177,593,856 shares of our common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
(2)
Gives effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote (1) above, and (ii) the issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted amounts of each of our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $ million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3)
The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(4)
We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

13


Table of Contents

 

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” before making an investment decision. Please also see the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” If any of the following risks are realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could also be harmed by additional risks and uncertainties that we are presently unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material.

Risks Related to Our Limited Operating History, Financial Position and Capital Requirements

We are a clinical-stage regenerative medicine biotechnology company with a limited operating history and no history of commercializing products, which may make it difficult to evaluate our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates and the prospects for our future viability.

We are a clinical-stage regenerative medicine biotechnology company with a limited operating history. We commenced operations in 2018, have no products approved for commercial sale, and have not generated any revenue from the sale of our products. Our operations to date have been limited to performing research and development activities, raising capital, recruiting management, technical and business development staff to support our operations, and conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates.

Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any product candidates that succeed in clinical development or products of commercial value. In addition, only sasineprocel is in early clinical development, and our microglia programs remain in the preclinical stage. Consequently, any predictions made about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a history of successfully developing and commercializing biotechnology products.

Moreover, as an organization, we have not yet demonstrated an ability to complete late-stage or pivotal clinical trials, obtain regulatory approvals, manufacture a commercial-scale product or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization or generate revenue. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known or unknown factors in achieving our business objectives. Accordingly, you should consider our prospects in light of the costs, uncertainties, delays and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in clinical development, especially clinical-stage biotechnology companies such as ours. If we are successful in achieving regulatory approval for our product candidates, we will eventually need to transition from a company with a development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. If we do not adequately address these risks and difficulties or successfully make such a transition, our business will suffer.

We have incurred substantial operating losses since our inception and expect to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future. We may never generate any revenue or become profitable or, if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain it.

Investment in biotechnology product development is highly speculative because development efforts entail substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidate will fail to demonstrate adequate efficacy or an acceptable safety profile, gain regulatory approval and become commercially viable. We have no products approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales to date. As a result, we are not profitable, have incurred substantial losses in each period since our inception and expect to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. If we are unable to successfully develop, obtain requisite approval for and commercialize sasineprocel or other product candidates, we may never generate revenue.

14


Table of Contents

 

Our net losses were $62.1 million and $48.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Our net losses for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 were $36.5 million and $31.8 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2026, we had an accumulated deficit of $264.9 million. Substantially all of our losses have resulted from expenses incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. All of our programs will require substantial additional development time and resources before we would be able to apply for or receive regulatory approvals and begin generating revenue from product sales. We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase substantially if, and as, we:

•
initiate additional clinical trials of sasineprocel and advance our preclinical programs through preclinical and clinical development;
•
seek regulatory approval, prepare for and, if approved, proceed to commercialization of our product candidates;
•
establish a sales, marketing, and distribution infrastructure to commercialize our current or future product candidates, if approved;
•
maintain, expand, scale and automate our in-house manufacturing capabilities for clinical development and commercialization of sasineprocel and other product candidates;
•
maintain relationships with our key third-party suppliers and manufacturing partners, such as Cell X and Mytos Bio Limited (Mytos);
•
attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;
•
protect, maintain, expand, enforce and defend our rights in our intellectual property portfolio;
•
identify additional product candidates and acquire rights from third parties to those product candidates through licenses or other acquisitions, and conduct development activities, including preclinical studies and clinical trials; and
•
incur additional costs, including legal, accounting and other expenses, associated with operating as a public company following the completion of this offering.

To become and remain profitable, we must succeed in discovering, developing, obtaining regulatory approvals for, and eventually commercializing products that generate significant revenue. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including advancing our in-house manufacturing capacity, completing clinical trials of sasineprocel and preclinical studies of other product candidates, discovering additional product candidates, obtaining regulatory approval for these products, and manufacturing, marketing, and selling any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. We are only in the preliminary stages of these activities. We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, may never generate revenue that is significant enough to achieve profitability. In addition, we have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving fields, particularly in the biotechnological industry. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with biotechnological product development, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when, or if, we will be able to achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable may have an adverse effect on the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, develop new product candidates, achieve our strategic objectives, or even continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Our financial condition raises substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.

We have incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities since inception and have an accumulated deficit of $264.9 million as of June 30, 2026. As of June 30, 2026, the Company had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $72.4 million. Based on our current operating plan and without giving effect to any proceeds from any financing transaction, we believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will not be sufficient to fund our operations for the 12 months following the date of issuance of our unaudited

15


Table of Contents

 

financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Accordingly, we have concluded that substantial doubt exists about our ability to continue as a going concern.

If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when needed, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected, and we may be forced to delay our development efforts, limit our activities and reduce research and development costs. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets, and the values we receive for our assets in liquidation or dissolution could be significantly lower than the values reflected in our financial statements. The reaction of investors to the inclusion of a going concern statement in our unaudited financial statements and the potential inability to continue as a going concern may materially adversely affect our ability to raise capital.

Even if this offering is successful, we will require substantial additional capital to finance our operations, and failure to obtain additional capital when needed, or on acceptable terms, could cause us to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate product development programs, commercialization efforts or other operations.

The development of biotechnological product candidates, including conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, is a very time-consuming, capital-intensive, and uncertain process. Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. We expect our expenses to substantially increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we conduct our ongoing and planned clinical trials and preclinical studies and potentially seek regulatory approval for our current product candidates and any future product candidates we may develop. If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we also expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product manufacturing, marketing, sales, and distribution. Because the outcome of any clinical trial or preclinical study is highly uncertain, we cannot reliably estimate the actual amount of capital necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates. Furthermore, following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

Based on our current operating plans, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, will be sufficient to fund our operations into . In particular, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will allow us to continue to fund the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial evaluating sasineprocel in patients with sporadic and genetic PD, to continue to fund the development of sasineprocel in PD patients, including initiating a Phase 3 trial, and to continue to fund the development of our microglia programs through the initiation of IND-enabling studies, and the remainder for working capital and other general purposes. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our operating plans and other demands on our cash resources may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned. The net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, will not be sufficient to complete the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, the Phase 3 trial for sasineprocel, which we intend to initiate prior to the completion of the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, or the development of sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidates. After this offering, we will require additional capital in order to advance our current and future product candidates through clinical trials, regulatory approval, and commercialization. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. Our ability to raise additional funds may be adversely impacted by global economic conditions, disruptions to, and volatility in, the credit and financial markets in the United States and worldwide, and diminished liquidity and credit availability. If the equity and credit markets deteriorate, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, more costly, and more dilutive. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce, or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts, or even cease operations. We expect to finance our cash needs through public or private equity or debt financings or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses, royalty financing and other similar arrangements. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Attempting to secure additional financing may divert our management from our day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop our product candidates.

16


Table of Contents

 

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

•
the initiation, type, number, scope, progress, expansions, results, costs, and timing of clinical trials and preclinical studies of our product candidates that we are pursuing or may choose to pursue in the future, including the costs of modification to clinical development plans based on feedback that we may receive from regulatory authorities, and any third-party products used as delivery devices or consumables in our clinical trials;
•
the costs and timing of manufacturing our product candidates, including expanding our in-house manufacturing capabilities to commercially manufacture sasineprocel at sufficient scale, if approved, including as a result of inflation, any supply chain issues or component shortages;
•
the costs, timing, and outcome of regulatory meetings and reviews of our product candidates;
•
the costs of obtaining, maintaining, enforcing, and protecting our patents and other intellectual property and proprietary rights;
•
our efforts to enhance operational systems and hire additional personnel to satisfy our obligations as a public company, including enhanced internal control over financial reporting;
•
the costs associated with hiring additional personnel and consultants as our clinical and preclinical activities increase and as we operate as a public company;
•
the timing and payment of milestone, royalty or other payments we must make pursuant to our existing and potential future license or collaboration agreements with third parties;
•
the costs and timing of establishing or securing sales and marketing capabilities if sasineprocel is approved;
•
our ability to achieve sufficient market acceptance, coverage, and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors and adequate market share and revenue for any approved products;
•
patients’ willingness to pay out-of-pocket for any approved products in the absence of coverage and/or adequate reimbursement from third-party payors;
•
the terms and timing of establishing and maintaining collaborations, licenses, and other similar arrangements; and
•
costs associated with any products or technologies that we may in-license or acquire.

Because we do not expect product revenue for many years, if at all, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, including as a result of financial and credit market deterioration or instability, market-wide liquidity shortages, geopolitical events, or otherwise.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or programs.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings, or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses, and other similar arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest may be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, or declaring dividends. Such restrictions could adversely impact our ability to conduct our operations and execute our business plan.

If we raise additional funds through future collaborations, licenses, and other similar arrangements, we may be required to relinquish valuable rights to our future revenue streams, sasineprocel and our other programs, our platform, research programs, intellectual property, or proprietary technology, or grant licenses on terms that may not be

17


Table of Contents

 

favorable to us and/or that may reduce the value of our common stock. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed or on terms acceptable to us, we would be required to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts, or grant rights to develop and market sasineprocel and our other programs that we might otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves, or on less favorable terms than we would otherwise choose. Additionally, these circumstances could require that we undertake workforce reductions or restructuring activities in the future. Any of the above events could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Risks Related to the Discovery, Development, and Regulatory Approval of Our Product Candidates

We currently depend on the success of sasineprocel, which is our lead product candidate. If we are unable to advance sasineprocel in clinical development, obtain regulatory approval for and ultimately commercialize sasineprocel or experience significant delays in doing so, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be materially and adversely affected.

Our lead product candidate, sasineprocel, is in early clinical development. Our business presently depends on our ability to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for, and commercialize sasineprocel in a timely manner. This may make an investment in our company riskier than similar companies that have multiple product candidates in active clinical development and may be able to better sustain the delay or failure of a lead product candidate. The success of sasineprocel will depend on several factors, including the following:

•
allowance to proceed with clinical trials under Investigational New Drug Applications (INDs) by the FDA or of similar regulatory submissions by comparable foreign regulatory authorities for the conduct of clinical trials of sasineprocel and of our proposed designs of planned clinical trials of sasineprocel;
•
the frequency and severity of adverse events observed in clinical trials and preclinical studies;
•
maintaining and establishing relationships with contract research organizations (CROs) and clinical sites for the clinical development of sasineprocel, and ability of such CROs and clinical sites to comply with clinical trial protocols, Good Clinical Practices (GCPs) and other applicable requirements;
•
demonstrating the safety, purity and potency (or efficacy) of sasineprocel to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory authorities, including by establishing a safety database of a size satisfactory to regulatory authorities;
•
receipt and maintenance of regulatory approvals from applicable regulatory authorities, including approvals of BLAs from the FDA;
•
maintaining and expanding our in-house manufacturing capabilities and our ability to comply with cGMPs, as well as scaling and automating such capabilities at a cost and timeline sufficient to support commercialization;
•
maintaining relationships with our key third-party suppliers and manufacturing partners, such as Cell X;
•
establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and launching commercial sales of sasineprocel, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;
•
obtaining, maintaining, protecting and enforcing patent and any potential trade secret protection or regulatory exclusivity for sasineprocel;
•
maintaining an acceptable safety profile of sasineprocel following regulatory approval, if any;
•
maintaining and growing an organization of people who can develop and, if approved, commercialize, market and sell sasineprocel; and
•
acceptance of our products, if approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors.

If we are unable to develop, obtain regulatory approval for, or if approved, successfully manufacture and commercialize sasineprocel, or if we experience delays as a result of any of the above factors or otherwise, our business would be materially harmed.

18


Table of Contents

 

Sasineprocel is a novel approach to treat PD, which makes it difficult to predict the time and cost of product candidate development and to obtain regulatory approval, if at all.

We have concentrated our research and development efforts on sasineprocel, and our future success largely depends on the successful development of the autologous iPSC-based therapy approach underlying this product candidate. In particular, sasineprocel is designed to replace a patient’s lost DA neurons with DANPCs. Although we believe sasineprocel has the potential to, if approved, be disease-modifying, there has never been a disease-modifying FDA-approved therapy that stops the neurodegeneration associated with PD and there is no guarantee sasineprocel will be successful at slowing or halting PD progression or addressing both the motor and non-motor symptoms of PD.

We expect the novel nature of sasineprocel to create further challenges in obtaining regulatory approval. Few stem-cell derived cell replacement therapies have been approved globally or by the FDA to date, and regulatory agencies have reviewed relatively few cell replacement therapy product candidates such as sasineprocel. In addition, we rely on stereotactic brain surgery for the administration of sasineprocel which carries risks, including infection, bleeding, stroke and brain swelling. This may lengthen the regulatory review process, increase our development costs and delay or prevent commercialization of our product candidates. Further, any autologous cell therapies that are approved may be subject to extensive post-approval regulatory requirements, including requirements pertaining to manufacturing, distribution and promotion. We may need to devote significant time and resources to compliance with these requirements.

In addition, the FDA, comparable foreign regulatory authorities and other public health authorities, have established specific requirements for the manufacture and handling of autologous cell therapy products, including requirements relating to donor eligibility, cell collection, processing, storage, and administration, which could establish additional hurdles for the development, manufacture or use of sasineprocel. These hurdles may lead to delays in the conduct of clinical trials or in obtaining regulatory approvals for further development, manufacturing or commercialization of our product candidates. We may also experience delays in transferring our process to commercial partners, which may prevent us from completing our clinical trials or commercializing our product candidates on a timely or profitable basis, if at all.

Clinical and preclinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with uncertain timelines and outcomes, and the results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results. Our current or future product candidates may not achieve favorable results in clinical trials or preclinical studies or receive regulatory approval on a timely basis, if at all.

Drug development is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. We cannot guarantee that any clinical trials or preclinical studies will be conducted as planned, including whether we are able to meet expected timeframes for data readouts, or completed on schedule, if at all, and failure can occur at any time during the trial or study process, including due to factors that are beyond our control. Despite promising preclinical or clinical results, our current or future product candidates, including sasineprocel, can unexpectedly fail at any stage of clinical or preclinical development. The historical failure rate for product candidates in our industry is high.

The results from preclinical studies or clinical trials of our current or future product candidates, or a competitor’s product candidate in the same class may not predict the results of later clinical trials of any product candidate, and interim, topline or preliminary results of a clinical trial are not necessarily indicative of final results. A product candidate in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired characteristics despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. For example, while we have conducted preclinical studies of sasineprocel and have reported interim data from our ongoing Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, we do not know whether sasineprocel will demonstrate comparable results in current or future clinical trials. The positive results we have observed for our product candidates in preclinical animal models and the ASPIRO trial may not be predictive of future results in our ongoing or future clinical trials. It is not uncommon to observe results in clinical trials that are unexpected based on preclinical studies and early clinical trials, and many product candidates fail in clinical trials despite very promising early results. Moreover, if unexpected observations or toxicities are observed in our preclinical studies, such results may delay or prevent the initiation of clinical trials for such program.

19


Table of Contents

 

Additionally, our ongoing Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial is an open-label trial and does not include a placebo or control cohort. The results of the ASPIRO trial or any other open-label trial that we may conduct may not be predictive of future clinical trial results when studied in a controlled environment with a placebo or active control. An “open-label” clinical trial is one where both the patient and investigator know whether the patient is receiving the investigational product candidate or either an existing approved drug or placebo. Open-label clinical trials are subject to various limitations that may exaggerate any observed therapeutic effect as patients in open-label clinical trials are aware that they are receiving an experimental treatment. Open-label clinical trials may be subject to a “patient bias” where patients perceive their symptoms to have improved merely due to their awareness of receiving an experimental treatment. In addition, open-label clinical trials may be subject to an “investigator bias” where those assessing and reviewing the physiological outcomes of the clinical trials are aware of which patients have received treatment and may interpret the information of the treated group more favorably given this knowledge. If the limitations of our open-label clinical trial design cause us to overestimate the therapeutic effects of sasineprocel, we may experience setbacks in later-stage clinical development, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval. We expect to include a control group in our planned Phase 3 trial, which may include a sham surgery. In trials utilizing a sham control or surgical intervention, maintaining appropriate blinding presents substantial operational, clinical and logistical challenges compared to conventional placebo-controlled drug trials, and an inability to maintain a robust blinding protocol may undermine the results of any such trial. Further, even if we observe positive results in a controlled Phase 3 trial, there can be no assurance that such results will be sufficient to obtain regulatory approval.

Moreover, preclinical and clinical data may be susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in clinical development even after achieving promising results in earlier studies. Such setbacks have occurred and may occur for many reasons, including, but not limited to: clinical sites and investigators may deviate from clinical trial protocols, whether due to lack of training or otherwise, and we may fail to detect any such deviations in a timely manner; patients may fail to adhere to any required clinical trial procedures, including any requirements for post-treatment follow-up; our product candidates may fail to demonstrate safety, purity or potency (or efficacy) in certain patient populations, which has not been observed in earlier trials due to limited sample size, lack of analysis or otherwise; or our clinical trials may not adequately represent the patient populations we intend to treat, whether due to limitations in our trial designs or otherwise, such as where one patient subgroup is overrepresented in the clinical trial. There can be no assurance that we will not suffer similar setbacks despite the data we observed in earlier or ongoing studies. Based upon negative or inconclusive results, we or any future collaborator may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials, which would cause us to incur additional operating expenses and delays and may not be sufficient to support regulatory approval on a timely basis or at all.

As a result, we cannot be certain that our ongoing and planned clinical trials or preclinical studies will be successful. Any safety concerns observed in any one of our clinical trials in our targeted indications could limit the prospects for regulatory approval of sasineprocel in those and other indications, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We have concentrated our research and development efforts on the treatment of disorders of the CNS, a field that faces certain challenges in drug development.

We have focused our research and development efforts on addressing disorders of the CNS, such as PD. Efforts by biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies in this field have faced certain challenges in drug development historically. In particular, these indications are often subject to a placebo effect, which may make it more challenging to isolate the beneficial effects of our product candidates. In particular, we are developing sasineprocel for the treatment of PD, and our ongoing Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial relies on, and any future trial will rely on, subjective patient-reported outcomes as key endpoints which makes the results more difficult to evaluate than indications with more objective endpoints. Further, these subjective assessments can change significantly over time, complicate clinical trial design, adversely impact the ability of a study to show a statistically significant improvement, and generally adversely impact a clinical development program by introducing additional uncertainties. There can be no guarantee that we will successfully overcome these challenges with our product candidates or that we will not encounter other challenges in the development of our product candidates.

20


Table of Contents

 

Any difficulties or delays in the commencement or completion, or the termination or suspension, of our current, planned or potential future clinical trials or preclinical studies could result in increased costs to us, delay or limit our ability to generate revenue or adversely affect our commercial prospects.

Before obtaining approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidate, we must conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency (or efficacy) of the product candidates in humans. In addition, before we can initiate clinical trials for any product candidate, we must submit the results of preclinical studies to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities along with other information, including information about product candidate chemistry, manufacturing and controls (CMC) and our proposed clinical trial protocol, as part of an IND or similar regulatory submission, and we are also required to submit comparable applications to foreign regulatory authorities for clinical trials outside of the United States. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to conduct additional preclinical studies for any product candidate before it allows us to initiate clinical trials under any IND or similar regulatory submission, which may lead to delays and increase the costs of developing our preclinical development programs.

Moreover, even if we commence clinical trials, issues may arise that could cause regulatory authorities to suspend or terminate such clinical trials. Any delays in the commencement or completion, or the termination or suspension, of our ongoing, planned, or potential future clinical trials or preclinical studies for our current or future product candidates could significantly affect our product development timelines and product development costs.

We do not know whether our planned clinical trials or preclinical studies will begin on time or if our ongoing or future trials or studies will be completed on schedule, if at all. The commencement, data readouts and completion of clinical trials and preclinical studies can be delayed for a number of reasons, including delays related to:

•
inability to obtain animals or materials to initiate and generate sufficient preclinical, toxicology, or other in vivo or in vitro data to support the initiation or continuation of clinical trials;
•
obtaining allowance or approval from regulatory authorities to commence a trial or reaching a consensus with regulatory authorities on trial design;
•
the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities disagreeing as to the design or implementation of our clinical trials;
•
any failure or delay in reaching an agreement with CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;
•
delays in identifying, recruiting, and training suitable clinical investigators;
•
obtaining approval from one or more institutional review boards (IRBs) or ethics committees (ECs) at clinical trial sites;
•
IRBs/ECs refusing to approve, suspending, or terminating the trial at an investigational site, precluding enrollment of additional patients, or withdrawing their approval of the trial;
•
changes to the clinical trial protocol;
•
clinical sites deviating from the trial protocol or dropping out of a trial;
•
failure by our CROs to perform in accordance with GCP requirements or applicable regulatory requirements or guidelines in other countries;
•
manufacturing sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidates and obtaining sufficient quantities of required raw materials or obtaining sufficient quantities of combination therapies or other materials needed for use in clinical trials and preclinical studies;
•
patients failing to enroll or remain in our trials at the rate we expect, or failing to return for post-treatment follow-up, including patients failing to remain in our trials due to movement restrictions, health reasons or otherwise resulting from any future public health concerns;
•
patients choosing alternative treatments for the indications for which we are developing sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidates, or participating in competing clinical trials;

21


Table of Contents

 

•
lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trials or preclinical studies or costs being greater than we anticipate;
•
patients experiencing severe or serious unexpected drug-related or procedure-related adverse effects;
•
occurrence of serious adverse events in trials of the same class of agents conducted by other companies that could be considered similar to sasineprocel or any future product candidates;
•
selection of clinical endpoints that require prolonged periods of clinical observation or extended analysis of the resulting data;
•
delays or difficulties in scaling our in-house manufacturing processes to larger-scale production, failure to automate our manufacturing platform, or failure to make any necessary changes to our manufacturing process;
•
failure of our third-party manufacturing partners to produce or supply specialized systems or components for the production of clinical trial materials, including drug delivery devices;
•
third parties being unwilling or unable to satisfy their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner.

Clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the FDA and other applicable regulatory authorities’ legal requirements, regulations or guidelines, and are subject to oversight by these governmental agencies and ECs or IRBs at the medical institutions where the clinical trials are conducted. We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by a data safety monitoring board for such trial or by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose such a suspension, including a clinical hold, or termination due to a number of factors, including, among other reasons, failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with GCP and other regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. In addition, changes in regulatory requirements and policies may occur, and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to comply with these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial.

Further, we and any future collaborators may in the future conduct clinical trials in foreign countries, which presents additional risks that may delay completion of our clinical trials. These risks include the failure of enrolled patients in foreign countries to adhere to clinical protocols as a result of differences in healthcare services or cultural customs, managing additional administrative burdens associated with foreign regulatory schemes, and political and economic risks, including war, relevant to such foreign countries.

Moreover, principal investigators for our clinical trials may in the future serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidates.

Many of the factors that cause, or lead to, the termination or suspension of, or a delay in the commencement or completion of, clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a product candidate. Any delays to our clinical trials that occur as a result could shorten any period during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize sasineprocel or our other current or future product candidates. In such cases, our competitors may be able to bring products to market before we do, and the commercial viability of our product candidate could be significantly reduced. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

22


Table of Contents

 

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials. If we encounter difficulties or delays enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

Successful and timely completion of clinical trials will require that we identify and enroll a specified number of patients for each of our clinical trials. We may not be able to initiate or continue certain clinical trials for sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidates if we are unable to identify and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

Patient enrollment, a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials, is affected by many factors, including:

•
the size and characteristics of the patient population;
•
the severity of the disease or condition under investigation;
•
the proximity of patients to clinical and surgical sites;
•
the availability, efficacy and safety of approved therapies for the disease or condition under investigation;
•
the eligibility and exclusion criteria for the trial;
•
the design of the clinical trial;
•
the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment;
•
the risk that enrolled patients will not complete a clinical trial;
•
our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;
•
efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;
•
patient referral practices of physicians;
•
competing clinical trials; and
•
clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the product candidates being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new products that may be approved for the indications we are investigating as well as any product candidates under development by us or third parties.

We will be required to identify and enroll a sufficient number of patients for each of our clinical trials and monitor such patients adequately during and after treatment. Potential patients for any planned clinical trials may not be adequately diagnosed or identified with sporadic PD, genetic PD, or the other conditions or diseases we intend to evaluate, which could adversely impact the timing and outcomes of our trials. Potential patients for any planned clinical trials may also not meet the entry criteria for such trials.

Additionally, we may face challenges in recruiting and fully enrolling our clinical trials. The timing of our clinical trials depends, in part, on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in our trials, our ability to retain patients during the period after the biopsy and before surgical administration during the sasineprocel manufacturing process, as well as completion of required follow-up periods. The eligibility criteria of our clinical trials, once established, may further limit the pool of available trial participants. If patients are unwilling or unable to participate in our trials for any reason, including the existence of concurrent clinical trials for similar target populations, the availability of approved therapies, or the fact that enrolling in our trials may prevent patients from taking a different product, or we otherwise have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of patients, the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting trials and obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates may be delayed. Our inability to enroll and retain a sufficient number of patients for any of our future clinical trials would result in significant delays or may require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether.

In addition, we rely on, and will continue to rely on, CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials and preclinical studies. Though we have entered into agreements governing their services, we have limited influence over their actual performance. We cannot be certain that our assumptions used in determining expected clinical trial timelines are correct or that we will not experience delays or difficulties in

23


Table of Contents

 

enrollment, or be required by the FDA or other regulatory authority to increase our enrollment, which would result in the delay of completion of such trials beyond our expected timelines.

Use of our current or future product candidates could be associated with side effects, adverse events or other properties or safety risks, which could delay or preclude regulatory approval, cause us to suspend or discontinue clinical trials, abandon the product candidate, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in other significant negative consequences that could severely harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

As is the case with biopharmaceuticals generally, it is likely that there may be side effects and adverse events associated with use of sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidates’ use. Results of our or any future collaborators’ clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of expected or unexpected side effects or unexpected characteristics. Undesirable side effects caused by our product candidates when used alone or in combination with approved or investigational devices or drugs could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay, or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label, or lead to the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects significantly.

Moreover, if any of our product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects in clinical trials or demonstrate characteristics that are unexpected, we may elect to abandon their development or limit their development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe, or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective, which may limit the commercial expectations for such product candidate if approved. Unacceptable enhancement of certain toxicities may be seen when product candidates are combined with standard of care therapies, or when they are used as single agents. We may also be required to modify our development and clinical trial plans based on findings in our ongoing clinical trials.

It is possible that as we or any future collaborators test sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidates in larger, longer, and more extensive clinical trials, including with different dosing regimens, or as the use of these product candidates becomes more widespread following any regulatory approval, more illnesses, injuries, discomforts, and other adverse events than were observed in earlier trials, as well as new conditions that did not occur or went undetected in previous trials, may be discovered. If such side effects become known later in development or upon approval, if any, such findings may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects significantly.

In addition, if sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidate receives regulatory approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such product, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

•
regulatory authorities may withdraw, suspend or limit approvals of such product, or seek an injunction against its manufacture or distribution;
•
we may be required to recall a product or change the way such product is administered to patients;
•
regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label, such as a “black box” warning or a contraindication;
•
we may be required to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) or create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;
•
we may be required to change the way a product is distributed or administered, conduct additional clinical trials or change the labeling of a product or be required to conduct additional post-marketing studies or surveillance;

24


Table of Contents

 

•
we may be subject to fines or criminal or civil penalties;
•
we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients;
•
we may suspend marketing of a product or remove a product from the marketplace;
•
sales of the product may decrease significantly or the product could become less competitive; and
•
our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance and/or physician adoption of the particular product candidate, if approved, and could significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Surgical administration of sasineprocel could cause patient harm and adversely affect our clinical development, prospects for regulatory approval and ability to commercialize.

We use cannula‑based delivery to targeted brain regions to administer sasineprocel. Despite reliance on well-understood standard of care stereotactic neurosurgical techniques for the administration of sasineprocel, stereotactic brain surgery under anesthesia carries risks, including infection, bleeding, stroke and brain swelling. Safe cannula-based administration depends on accurate cannula placement and controlled infusion. Cannula obstruction, kinking, misplacement, malfunction, or reflux/off‑target distribution could cause suboptimal dosing, non‑target exposure, acute complications, or irreversible injury, even with imaging guidance and standardized procedures. Further, because sasineprocel is thawed immediately prior to surgery, handling deviations in thawing, preparation, timing, or sterility may affect cell viability, potency, or distribution, increasing the risk of adverse events, reducing potential benefit, or creating variability across patients or sites. Inconsistent execution of the thaw‑and‑inject workflow could adversely affect development and approval prospects.

Procedure‑ or device‑related adverse events could lead to regulatory actions and operational impacts, which could impair or prevent approval of sasineprocel and, even if approved, reduce commercial uptake of sasineprocel, materially harming our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, standard of care surgical administration requires highly trained clinicians and specialized facilities, which could limit use of sasineprocel to select healthcare centers and reduce physician willingness to adopt sasineprocel or other product candidates. Third party payors may also be reluctant to adequately reimburse therapies that require a costly stereotactic neurosurgery, which could adversely affect commercial uptake and revenue potential for sasineprocel or other product candidates.

We have not as an organization completed clinical trials or submitted a BLA, and we may be unable to do so for sasineprocel or other product candidates.

We are currently conducting the open-label Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial of a single dose of sasineprocel in PD patients, and plan to advance sasineprocel into a Phase 3 trial following feedback from the FDA. We have not yet completed any later-stage or pivotal clinical trials for sasineprocel or any other product candidate. Carrying out later-stage clinical trials and the submission of a successful BLA or other comparable foreign regulatory submission is a complicated process. We also have limited experience as a company in preparing and submitting marketing applications and have not previously submitted a BLA or other comparable foreign regulatory submission for any product candidate. In addition, we have had limited interactions with the FDA and cannot be certain how many additional clinical trials of sasineprocel or any other product candidate will be required or how such additional trials should be designed. Consequently, we may be unable to successfully and efficiently execute and complete necessary clinical trials in a way that leads to submission of a BLA and regulatory approval of any of our product candidates. We may require more time and incur greater costs than our competitors and may not succeed in obtaining regulatory approvals of product candidates that we develop. Failure to commence or complete, or delays in, our ongoing or planned clinical trials could prevent us from or delay us in submitting BLAs or other comparable foreign regulatory submissions for and commercializing our product candidates.

25


Table of Contents

 

Additional time may be required to obtain marketing authorizations for any of our product candidates that we develop as combination products.

We are developing certain of our product candidates, including sasineprocel, to be administered through drug delivery devices. Accordingly, we expect that sasineprocel will be regulated as a combination product by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. Combination products require coordination within the FDA and within comparable regulatory agencies for review of the biologic product and device components. For example, the FDA’s review of a marketing application for sasineprocel may include the participation of both the FDA’s Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research and the FDA’s Center for Devices and Radiological Health. Although the FDA and comparable foreign agencies have or may have systems in place for the review and approval of combination products, we may experience additional delays in the development and commercialization of such product candidates due to regulatory timing constraints and uncertainties in the product development and approval process. Moreover, although we anticipate that the device component of any combination product candidates we develop will be reviewed within the usual time frames expected for the underlying biologic component application, and that no separate marketing application for the device components of such product candidates will be required in the United States, the FDA or comparable regulatory authorities may delay approval or require us to conduct additional studies with the device which may delay the approval of the combination product.

Negative developments in the field of regenerative medicine and, in particular, stem cell-based therapies, could damage public perception of sasineprocel or our other product candidates and negatively affect our business.

The commercial success of our product candidates will depend in part on general public acceptance of the use of stem cell-based therapy for the prevention or treatment of human diseases. The use of embryonic cells and fetal tissue for research and stem cell therapy has been the subject of substantial national and international debate regarding related ethical, legal, and social issues. In the U.S., for example, until March 2009, federal government funding of embryonic stem cell research was limited to specifically identified cell lines and was not otherwise available. We do not use embryonic stem cells or fetal tissue, but the public may not be able to, or may fail to, differentiate our use of induced pluripotent stem cells from the use of embryonic stem cells or fetal tissue by others. This could result in a negative perception of us or our products or product candidates, thereby reducing demand, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Adverse events in clinical trials of sasineprocel or any other cell replacement therapy product candidates which we may develop, or in clinical trials of other biopharmaceutical companies developing similar products and the resulting publicity, as well as any other negative developments in the field of regenerative medicine that may occur in the future, including in connection with competitor therapies, could result in a decrease in demand for sasineprocel or any other stem cell-based product candidates that we may develop. These events could also result in the suspension, discontinuation, or clinical hold of or modification to our clinical trials. If public perception is influenced by claims that the use of cell replacement therapy is unsafe, whether related to our therapies or those of our competitors, our product candidates may not be accepted by the general public or the medical community and potential clinical trial subjects may be discouraged from enrolling in our, our collaborators’, or any future collaborators’ clinical trials. In addition, responses by national or state governments to negative public perception may result in new legislation or regulations that could limit our ability to develop or commercialize any product candidates, obtain or maintain regulatory approval or otherwise achieve profitability. More restrictive statutory regimes, government regulations or negative public opinion would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and may delay or impair the development and commercialization of our product candidates or demand for any products we may develop. As a result, we may not be able to continue or may be delayed in conducting our development programs.

Adverse developments in clinical trials of other cell replacement products based on stem cells may result in a disproportionately negative effect for sasineprocel or other product candidates as compared to other products in the field of regenerative medicine not based on stem cells. Future negative developments in the biotechnological or biopharmaceutical industries could also result in greater governmental regulation, stricter labeling requirements, and potential regulatory delays in the testing or approvals of sasineprocel or other product candidates. Any increased scrutiny could delay or increase the costs of obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates.

26


Table of Contents

 

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.

The clinical development, manufacturing, labeling, storage, record-keeping, advertising, promotion, import, export, marketing and distribution of our product candidates are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA in the United States and by comparable foreign regulatory authorities in foreign markets. In the United States, we are not permitted to market our product candidates in the United States until we receive regulatory approval of a BLA from the FDA. The process of obtaining such regulatory approval is expensive, often takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and can vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved, as well as the target indications and patient population. Approval policies or regulations may change, and the FDA and comparable regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process, including the ability to delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons. Despite the time and expense invested in clinical development of product candidates, regulatory approval of a product candidate is never guaranteed. Of the large number of drugs in development, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA or foreign regulatory approval processes and are commercialized.

Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize a product candidate in the United States or abroad, we must demonstrate with substantial evidence from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses, and in the case of biological products in the United States, that such product candidates are safe, pure and potent for their intended uses. Results from nonclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we believe available nonclinical or clinical data support the safety, purity, and potency (or efficacy) of our product candidates, such data may not be sufficient to obtain approval from the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, as the case may be, may also require us to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials for our product candidates.

The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities can delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons, including:

•
such authorities may disagree with the design or execution of our clinical trials;
•
negative or ambiguous results from our clinical trials or results may not meet the level of statistical significance or persuasiveness required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory agencies for approval;
•
serious and unexpected drug-related side effects may be experienced by participants in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs similar to our product candidates;
•
the population studied in the clinical trial may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assure safety in the full population for which we seek approval;
•
such authorities may not accept clinical data from trials that are conducted at clinical facilities or in countries where the standard of care is potentially different from that of their own country;
•
we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;
•
such authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;
•
such authorities may not agree that the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates are acceptable or sufficient to support the submission of a BLA or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere, and such authorities may impose requirements for additional preclinical studies or clinical trials;
•
such authorities may disagree with us regarding the formulation, labeling and/or the product specifications of our product candidates;
•
approval may be granted only for indications that are significantly more limited than those sought by us, and/or may include significant restrictions on distribution and use;

27


Table of Contents

 

•
such authorities may find deficiencies in the manufacturing processes or facilities of the third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; or
•
such authorities may not accept a submission due to, among other reasons, the content or formatting of the submission.

With respect to foreign markets, approval procedures vary among countries and, in addition to the foregoing risks, may involve additional product testing, administrative review periods and agreements with pricing authorities.

Even if we eventually complete clinical trials and receive approval of a BLA or comparable foreign marketing application for our product candidates, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly additional clinical trials and/or the implementation of a REMS, which may be required because the FDA believes it is necessary to ensure safe use of the product after approval. Any delay in obtaining, or inability to obtain, applicable regulatory approval would delay or prevent commercialization of that product candidate and would materially adversely impact our business and prospects.

We may not be successful in our efforts to investigate sasineprocel in additional indications. We may expend our limited resources to pursue a new product candidate or a particular indication for sasineprocel and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

We are currently conducting the open-label Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial evaluating sasineprocel in patients with sporadic PD and we have begun enrolling genetic PD patients. Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we focus on the development of sasineprocel for specific indications. We may fail to generate additional clinical development opportunities for sasineprocel for a number of reasons, including that sasineprocel may, in indications we are seeking or may seek in the future, be shown to have harmful side effects, limited to no efficacy or other characteristics that suggest it is unlikely to receive marketing approval and/or achieve market acceptance in such potential indications. Our resource allocation and other decisions may cause us to fail to identify and capitalize on viable potential product candidates or additional indications for sasineprocel. Our spending on current and future research and development programs for new product candidates or additional target indications for sasineprocel may not yield any commercially viable product candidates or target indications. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular indication or product candidate, we may fail to develop such product candidate or target indication, or relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaborations, license agreements and other similar arrangements in cases where it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such indication or product candidate, or negotiate less advantageous terms for any such arrangements than is optimal.

Additionally, we may pursue in-licenses or acquisitions of development-stage assets or programs, which entails additional risk to us. Identifying, selecting and acquiring promising product candidates requires substantial technical, financial and human resources expertise. Efforts to do so may not result in the actual acquisition or license of a particular product candidate, potentially resulting in a diversion of our management’s time and the expenditure of our resources with no resulting benefit. For example, if we are unable to identify programs that ultimately result in approved products, we may spend material amounts of our capital and other resources evaluating, acquiring and developing products that ultimately do not provide a return on our investment.

We may in the future seek to engage in strategic transactions to acquire or in-license additional products, product candidates or technologies. If we are unable to realize the benefits from such transactions, it may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize an expanded pipeline of product candidates, negatively impact our cash position, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.

From time to time, we may consider strategic transactions, such as additional collaborations, acquisitions of companies, asset purchases, joint ventures and in-licensing of new products, product candidates or technologies that we believe will complement or augment our existing business. We may not be able to find suitable partners or acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such transactions on favorable terms, if at all. If we acquire assets with promising markets or technologies, we may not be able to realize the benefit of acquiring such assets if we are not able to successfully integrate them with our existing technologies. We may encounter numerous difficulties in

28


Table of Contents

 

developing, testing, manufacturing and marketing any new products resulting from a strategic acquisition that delay or prevent us from realizing their expected benefits or enhancing our business.

Following any such strategic transaction, we may not achieve any expected synergies to justify the transaction. For example, such transactions may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, increase our near-term and long-term expenditures, experience significant integration or implementation challenges or disrupt our management or business. These transactions would entail numerous operational and financial risks, including exposure to unknown liabilities; disruption of our business and diversion of our management’s time and attention in order to manage a collaboration or develop acquired products, product candidates or technologies; incurrence of substantial debt or dilutive issuances of equity securities to pay transaction consideration or costs; higher-than-expected acquisition or integration costs, write-downs of assets or goodwill or impairment charges; increased amortization expenses; difficulty and cost in facilitating the transaction or combining the operations and personnel of any acquired business; impairment of relationships with key suppliers, manufacturers or customers of any acquired business due to changes in management and ownership; and the inability to retain key employees of any acquired business.

Accordingly, although there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any transactions of the nature described above, any transactions that we do complete may be subject to the foregoing or other risks and could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Conversely, any failure to enter any strategic transaction that would be beneficial to us could delay the development and potential commercialization of our product candidates and could have a negative impact on the competitiveness of any product candidate that reaches market.

We may in the future conduct certain of our clinical trials for our product candidates outside of the United States. However, the FDA and other foreign equivalents may not accept data from such trials, in which case our development plans will be delayed, which could materially harm our business.

We or any future collaborators may in the future conduct one or more of our clinical trials for our product candidates outside the United States. The acceptance of study data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States or another jurisdiction by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may be subject to certain conditions or may not be accepted at all. For example, in cases where data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the sole basis for regulatory approval in the United States, regardless of whether the applicable clinical trials were conducted under an IND, the FDA will generally not approve the application unless the data are applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice; the trials were performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence and pursuant to GCP regulations; and the data may be considered valid without the need for an on-site inspection by the FDA, or if the FDA considers such inspection to be necessary, the FDA is able to validate the data through an on-site inspection or other appropriate means. In addition, even where the foreign study data are not intended to serve as the sole basis for approval, if the relevant study was not conducted pursuant to an IND, the FDA will not accept the data as support for a marketing application unless the study was conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the FDA is able to validate the data from the study through an onsite inspection if deemed necessary. Many foreign regulatory authorities have similar requirements for clinical data gathered outside of their respective jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority will accept data from trials conducted outside of the United States or the applicable jurisdiction. If the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority does not accept such data from our clinical trials of sasineprocel or another product candidate, it would likely result in the need for additional clinical trials, which would be costly and time-consuming and delay or permanently halt our development of such product candidate.

Conducting clinical trials outside the United States also exposes us to additional risks, including risks associated with:

•
additional foreign regulatory requirements;
•
foreign exchange fluctuations;
•
compliance with foreign manufacturing, customs, shipment, and storage requirements;
•
inconsistent standards for reporting and evaluating clinical data and adverse events;

29


Table of Contents

 

•
diminished protection of intellectual property in some countries; and
•
public health concerns or political instability, civil unrest, war or similar events that may jeopardize our ability to commence, conduct or complete a clinical trial and evaluate resulting data.

Interim, topline, and preliminary data from our clinical trials and preclinical studies that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose interim, topline, or preliminary data from our clinical trials and preclinical studies, which is based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data, and the results and related findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular study or trial. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations, and conclusions as part of our analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the interim, topline, or preliminary results that we report may differ from future results of the same studies or trials, or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Topline and preliminary data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the topline or preliminary data we previously published. As a result, topline and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. Interim data from clinical trials that we may complete are further subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available. Adverse differences between interim, topline or preliminary data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects. Further, disclosure of interim data by us or by our competitors could result in volatility in the price of our common stock.

In addition, others, including regulatory authorities, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular product candidate or product and our company in general. Moreover, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically extensive information, and you or others may not agree with what we determine is material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure, and any information we determine not to disclose may ultimately be deemed significant with respect to future decisions, conclusions, views, activities or otherwise regarding a particular drug, product candidate or our business. If the interim, topline or preliminary data that we report differ from actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize a product candidate may be harmed, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Fast Track designation by the FDA for sasineprocel, and other expedited designations if granted in the future, may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and do not increase the likelihood that sasineprocel or any other product candidate which may receive such designations will receive regulatory approval.

The FDA has granted Fast Track designation for sasineprocel for the treatment of PD to improve motor function, and we may seek Fast Track designations for other indications or other product candidates. The Fast Track programs are intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing product candidates that meet certain criteria. Biologics are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended, alone or in combination with one or more drugs or biologics, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. Fast Track designation applies to the combination of the product candidate and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a Fast Track product candidate has opportunities for more frequent interactions with the applicable FDA review team during product development and, once a BLA is submitted, the application may be eligible for priority review. A BLA submitted for a Fast Track product candidate may also be eligible for rolling review, where the FDA may consider for review sections of the BLA on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the BLA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the BLA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the Sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the BLA.

30


Table of Contents

 

The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation. Even if we believe a particular product candidate or development program is eligible for this designation, we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it. Although we have received Fast Track designation for sasineprocel for the treatment of PD to improve motor function, and even if we receive additional Fast Track designations for other indications or any future product candidates, such product candidates may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. In addition, the FDA may withdraw a Fast Track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Furthermore, such a designation does not increase the likelihood that sasineprocel or any other product candidate that may be granted Fast Track designation will receive marketing approval in the United States. Many product candidates that have received Fast Track designation have ultimately failed to obtain approval. Access to an expedited program may expedite the development or approval process, but it does not change the standards for approval.

Furthermore, although we may pursue additional opportunities to accelerate the development of certain of our future product candidates through one or more of the FDA’s expedited program designations, we cannot be assured that any of our product candidates will qualify for such programs. The FDA may determine that our proposed target indication or other aspects of our clinical development plans do not qualify for such expedited program.

A Regenerative Medicine Advanced Therapy, or RMAT, designation from the FDA, even if granted for any of our product candidates, may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and does not increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive FDA approval.

The FDA has granted RMAT designation for sasineprocel for the treatment of levodopa-responsive PD, and may seek additional RMAT designations for sasineprocel or for our other product candidates. A biological product candidate is eligible for RMAT designation if: it meets the definition of a regenerative medicine therapy, which the FDA defines as a cell therapy, therapeutic tissue engineering product, human cell and tissue product, or any combination product using such therapies or products, with limited exceptions; the candidate is intended to treat, modify, reverse, or cure a serious disease or condition, and; preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the candidate has the potential to address unmet medical needs for such disease or condition. RMAT designation provides potential benefits that include more frequent meetings with FDA to discuss the development plan for the product candidate, and eligibility for rolling review and priority review of BLAs. Product candidates granted RMAT designation may also be eligible for accelerated approval on the basis of a surrogate or intermediate endpoint reasonably likely to predict long-term clinical benefit, or through reliance upon data obtained from a meaningful number of sites, including through expansion to a sufficient number sites, as appropriate. RMAT-designated product candidates that receive accelerated approval may, as appropriate, be able to fulfill their post-approval requirements through the submission of clinical evidence, clinical studies, patient registries, or other sources of real-world evidence, through the collection of larger confirmatory data sets, or via post-approval monitoring of all patients treated with such therapy prior to approval of the therapy. RMAT designation is within the sole discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe one of our product candidates meets the criteria for RMAT designation, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. RMAT designation does not change the standards for product approval, and there is no assurance that such designation or eligibility for such designation will result in expedited review or approval or that the approved indication will not be narrower than the indication covered by the RMAT designation. Additionally, RMAT designation can be revoked if the product candidate fails to meet the qualifications as clinical data continue to emerge.

We may attempt to secure approval from the FDA through the use of the accelerated approval pathway. If we are unable to obtain such approval, we may be required to conduct additional clinical trials beyond those that we contemplate, which could increase the expense of obtaining, and delay the receipt of, necessary regulatory approvals. Even if we receive accelerated approval from the FDA, if our confirmatory trials do not verify clinical benefit, or if we do not comply with rigorous post-marketing requirements, the FDA may seek to withdraw any accelerated approval we have obtained.

We may in the future seek an accelerated approval for sasineprocel or other current or future product candidates. Under the accelerated approval program, the FDA may grant accelerated approval to a product candidate designed to treat a serious or life-threatening condition that provides meaningful therapeutic benefit over available therapies upon a determination that such product candidate has an effect on a surrogate endpoint or intermediate clinical endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit. The FDA considers a clinical benefit to be a positive therapeutic effect that is clinically meaningful in the context of a given disease, such as irreversible morbidity or mortality. For

31


Table of Contents

 

the purposes of accelerated approval, a surrogate endpoint is a marker, such as a laboratory measurement, radiographic image, physical sign or other measure that is thought to predict clinical benefit, but is not itself a measure of clinical benefit. An intermediate clinical endpoint is a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit.

The accelerated approval pathway may be used in cases in which the advantage of a new drug over available therapy may not be a direct therapeutic advantage, but is a clinically important improvement from a patient and public health perspective. If granted, accelerated approval is usually contingent on the sponsor’s agreement to conduct, in a diligent manner, additional post-approval confirmatory studies to verify and describe the drug’s clinical benefit. If such confirmatory studies fail to confirm the drug’s clinical benefit or are not completed in a timely manner, the FDA may withdraw its approval of the drug on an expedited basis. In addition, in December 2022, the Food and Drug Omnibus Reform Act of 2022, among other things, provided the FDA statutory authority to mitigate potential risks to patients from continued marketing of ineffective drugs previously granted accelerated approval and additional oversight over confirmatory trials. Under these provisions, the FDA may, among other things, require a sponsor of a product seeking accelerated approval to have a confirmatory trial underway prior to such approval being granted.

Prior to seeking approval for sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidate, we intend to seek feedback from the FDA and will otherwise evaluate our ability to seek and receive accelerated approval. There can be no assurance that after our evaluation of the feedback and other factors we will decide to pursue or submit a BLA for accelerated approval or obtain any other form of expedited development, review, or approval. Furthermore, if we decide to submit an application for accelerated approval for sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidate, there can be no assurance that such submission or application will be accepted or that any expedited development, review, or approval will be granted on a timely basis, or at all. The FDA could also require us to conduct further studies prior to considering our application or granting approval of any type. A failure to obtain accelerated approval or any other form of expedited development, review, or approval for sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidate would result in a longer time period to commercialization of such product candidate, if any, could increase the cost of development of such product candidate, and could harm our competitive position in the marketplace.

Disruptions at the FDA and other government agencies caused by funding shortages, staffing limitations or policy changes could hinder their ability to hire, retain or deploy key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new or modified products from being developed, reviewed, approved or commercialized in a timely manner or at all, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, statutory, regulatory and policy changes, the FDA’s or foreign regulatory authorities’ ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and other events that may otherwise affect the FDA’s or foreign regulatory authorities’ ability to perform routine functions. Average review times at the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable. Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new biologics or modifications to approved or licensed biologics to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, in recent years, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities. In addition, the current U.S. Presidential administration has issued certain policies and Executive Orders directed towards reducing the employee headcount and costs associated with U.S. administrative agencies, including the FDA, which have led to substantial personnel changes, and it remains unclear the degree to which these efforts may limit or otherwise adversely affect the FDA’s ability to conduct routine activities.

32


Table of Contents

 

If any future prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if funding shortages, staffing limitations, policy changes or similar factors hinder or prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, such events could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We and any of our third-party suppliers may use potent chemical agents and hazardous materials, and any claims relating to improper handling, storage, or disposal of these materials could be time-consuming or costly.

We and any of our third-party suppliers and potential future collaborators may use biological materials, potent chemical agents, and hazardous materials, including chemicals and biological agents and compounds that could be dangerous to human health and safety of the environment. Our operations and the operations of our third-party suppliers also produce hazardous waste products. Federal, state, and local laws and regulations govern the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling, and disposal of these materials and wastes. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations may be expensive, and current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our product development efforts. In addition, neither we nor our third-party suppliers can eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from these materials or waste. We do not carry specific biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage, and our property, casualty and general liability insurance policies specifically exclude coverage for damages and fines arising from biological or hazardous waste exposure or contamination. In the event of contamination or injury at our or our suppliers’ sites, we could be held liable for damages or be penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources, and our clinical trials or regulatory approvals could be suspended. Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance for certain costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with the storage or disposal of biologic, hazardous, or radioactive materials.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, which have tended to become more stringent over time. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development, or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions or liabilities, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our development timelines depend on numerous interdependent activities across our organization and third parties, and any failure of these activities to align as planned could delay, disrupt, or prevent development, regulatory approval or commercialization of our current and future product candidates.

Our ability to meet projected milestones for our current and future product candidates depends on the timely, coordinated execution of multiple, interdependent workstreams, including, but not limited to, manufacturing scale‑up; third-party vendor performance; patient identification and enrollment; regulatory interactions; procurement of critical materials and components; and the various events and requirements discussed in the risks set forth in this prospectus. Disruptions in any one area can materially affect overall program timing, cost and the likelihood of regulatory approval and commercialization.

Because these activities are interdependent, a setback in one workstream can require re‑sequencing, extend timelines, add unplanned costs and cause us to miss internal or publicly communicated milestones. If we cannot align manufacturing readiness, third‑party performance, patient enrollment, regulatory expectations and supply reliability when needed, we may have to delay, limit, suspend or terminate studies or trials, modify development plans, or raise additional capital on unfavorable terms, materially harming our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

33


Table of Contents

 

Risks Related to Manufacturing of Our Product Candidates

Our manufacturing process is novel and complex, and we may encounter difficulties in production, or difficulties with internal manufacturing, which would delay or prevent our ability to provide a sufficient supply of our product candidates for clinical trials or our products for patients, if approved.

The manufacture and supply of cell therapy product candidates, including sasineprocel, are generally more complex and costly than those required, for example, for small molecule or antibody-based drugs and accordingly present significant challenges. Our autologous cell therapy product candidates, including sasineprocel, are engineered human cells, and the process of manufacturing such product candidates is complex, highly regulated and subject to numerous risks. Manufacturing our product candidates involves isolating dermal fibroblast cells from a patient’s skin punch biopsy, expanding the fibroblast cells, testing for correct cell type identity, harvesting and formulating the fibroblast cells, converting the fibroblasts into iPSCs through cellular reprogramming, differentiating the iPSCs into DANPCs, harvesting and finishing the DANPCs, cryopreservation, storage and eventually shipment. Our ability to consistently and reliably manufacture autologous cell therapy product candidates is essential to our success, and there are risks associated with scaling to the level required for advanced clinical trials or commercialization, including cost overruns, potential problems with sourcing of materials, quality control, inter-patient variability, stability issues, consistency and timely availability of raw materials.

Our manufacturing process will be susceptible to product loss or failure, or product variation that may negatively impact patient outcomes, due to logistical issues associated with autologous cell therapies, including the collection of patient cells, conversion and differentiation of cells, processing and quality control testing, shipping the final product to the clinical trial recipient, preparing the product for administration, manufacturing issues or different product characteristics resulting from the differences in donor starting materials, variations between reagent lots, interruptions in the manufacturing process, contamination, equipment or reagent failure, improper installation or operation of equipment, vendor error, inconsistency in cell growth and variability in product characteristics. Cells must maintain viability and quality throughout this process, and any disruption—including transportation delays, temperature excursions, cryopreservation failures, or mix-ups in autologous materials—could result in product loss or compromise product quality. Even minor deviations from normal manufacturing processes could result in reduced production yields, product defects and other supply disruptions. If we lose, destroy or otherwise impair the patient materials at any point, the manufacturing process for that patient may need to be restarted, for example if sufficient starting materials are still available; the resulting delay may adversely affect that patient’s outcome due to the risk of disease progression. If microbial, viral or other contaminations are discovered in our product candidates or in any of the manufacturing facilities in which products or other materials are made, such manufacturing facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and remedy the contamination. Any failure in the manufacturing processes could render a batch of product unusable, could impact supply and delay the progress of our clinical trials, could affect the regulatory approval of such product candidate, could cause us to incur fines or penalties or could harm our reputation and that of our product candidates.

Our manufactured product candidates may fail to meet the required specifications for any of a variety of reasons, including variability in starting material, deviations from normal manufacturing process, or insufficient optimization of specific process steps. This failure to meet specifications could result in supply shortages, or delays related to obtaining additional regulatory, site and patient approvals to continue dosing the clinical trial for sasineprocel. If the required additional approvals cannot be obtained, additional delays may occur as manufacturing would need to be restarted and/or the patient may be unable to remain in the study. Any delay in the clinical development or commercialization of sasineprocel or our other product candidates could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We are still developing an optimized, automated manufacturing process for Phase 3 clinical and commercial-scale manufacturing of sasineprocel, and we may make changes to our manufacturing process at various points during development, and even after commercialization, for various reasons, such as to control costs, achieve scale, enhance automation, decrease processing time, increase manufacturing success rate, address intellectual property considerations, or for other reasons. Changes to our manufacturing process carry the risk that they will not achieve their intended objectives, and any of these changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of our ongoing clinical trials, or the performance of the product once commercialized. Changes to our process made during the course of clinical development could require us to show the comparability of the product candidate used in earlier clinical phases or at earlier portions of a trial to the product candidate used in later clinical

34


Table of Contents

 

phases or later portions of the trial. For example, we are currently transitioning to an automated manufacturing process for our Phase 3 study from the manual process used in our Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, and this transition has required manufacturing process changes. Prior to the start of manufacturing for our Phase 3 study, we must establish comparability of our automated manufacturing process with the manual process used in the Phase 1/2 ASPIRO trial. It is difficult to establish comparability of autologous cell therapy products, and this may complicate efforts to verify process changes during scale up. Other changes to our manufacturing process made before or after commercialization could require us to show the comparability of the resulting product to the product candidate used in the clinical trials using earlier processes. Such showings could require us to collect additional nonclinical or clinical data from any modified process prior to obtaining marketing approval for the product candidate produced with such modified process. If such data are not ultimately comparable to that seen in the earlier trials or earlier in the same trial in terms of safety or efficacy, or if regulatory authorities do not agree that comparability has been established, we may be required to make further changes to our process and/or undertake additional clinical testing, either of which could significantly delay the clinical development or commercialization of the associated product candidate, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Although we manufacture sasineprocel in our own internal manufacturing facility for the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, and plan to manufacture other product candidates in our internal manufacturing facilities in the future, we may encounter problems with the internal production of our product candidates. We believe our current clinical GMP manufacturing facility will supply our anticipated clinical trial needs, but if the dose and number of cycles needed increases, our current manufacturing process may not be able to support the enrollment of trials which could lead to delays until we scale up the manufacturing. While we believe that we have a manufacturing facility with capabilities to meet increased production needs, it would still require an increase in staff and significant internal resources. We may face challenges in scaling our manufacturing operations to meet demand, as autologous manufacturing is inherently more difficult to scale than traditional biologic manufacturing, requiring individualized production runs for each patient rather than large batch production.

Further, our manufacturing facilities will be subject to compliance with regulatory requirements, which we may struggle to meet. We may encounter problems with properly staffing our internal manufacturing facilities due to hiring challenges or other issues. For example, factors such as public health pandemics or epidemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) and related restrictions could impact our ability to properly staff production of our product candidates. Current inflationary pressures are negatively affecting and could continue to negatively affect the costs of constructing our commercial-scale manufacturing facility. Global supply chain disruptions, including procurement delays and long lead times on certain materials, have adversely impacted and could continue to adversely impact the scheduled completion and/or costs of constructing our commercial-scale manufacturing facility. We may also encounter problems with training the staff we have to effectively manage and control the complex manufacturing process required to produce our product candidates and comply with all necessary regulations. We may also find it difficult to properly manage supply chain issues critical to the manufacturing process. If we are unable to build, maintain, and properly staff our manufacturing facilities, manage and control the manufacturing process, manufacture sasineprocel and other product candidates at sufficient scale or quality, and comply with regulations, the clinical development or commercialization of our product candidates could be significantly delayed, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

The manufacture of sasineprocel as an autologous cell therapy involves significant variability that may result in manufacturing failures, treatment delays, or inconsistent product quality, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Sasineprocel is an autologous cell therapy manufactured using cells derived from each individual patient. Unlike conventional biologic products or allogeneic cell therapies that are manufactured from standardized cell lines or donor-derived materials, the starting materials for sasineprocel are inherently variable because they depend on the unique biological characteristics of each patient. This patient-to-patient variability presents significant manufacturing challenges that could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize sasineprocel.

35


Table of Contents

 

Because the quality and characteristics of each patient’s cells may differ based on factors including age, disease state, prior treatments, genetic background, and overall health, the manufacturing process for sasineprocel may yield products with variable characteristics, even when the same manufacturing protocols are followed. Some patients’ cells may fail to proliferate, differentiate, or otherwise meet release specifications during the manufacturing process, resulting in manufacturing failures that could prevent those patients from receiving treatment. If we experience a high rate of manufacturing failures, we may be unable to treat a meaningful proportion of patients enrolled in our clinical trials or, if sasineprocel is approved, patients who are prescribed our product, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval, harm our reputation, and limit revenue.

In addition, we rely on the treating physician performing the skin punch biopsy to collect the initial patient sample. Although we train treating physicians to ensure correct biopsy collection, we cannot guarantee that all physicians will have the necessary skills or experience to consistently perform such procedures that yield material suitable for manufacturing. For example, during our Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, several patients experienced biopsy failures, requiring re-collection of patient material, which delayed or necessitated a restart of the manufacturing process for those patients. Similar failures in the future, including any unexpected failures due to the characteristics of genetic PD patients, could result in manufacturing delays, supply disruptions, or the inability to manufacture a suitable product for a particular patient, any of which could adversely affect our clinical trials and, if our product candidates are approved, our ability to supply product to patients, and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We are highly dependent on our San Diego, California manufacturing facility and any failure to maintain the use of this facility would have a material and adverse effect on our business.

We currently manufacture our product candidates at our manufacturing facility in San Diego, California, where we lease approximately 22,000 square feet of GMP cleanrooms, warehouse, QC laboratory, and office space. We are currently conducting technology transfer and implementation of our automated manufacturing process in the second phase clean rooms of our San Diego facility, and we have not completed implementation of our automated manufacturing process that we intend to utilize in our planned Phase 3 trial. We are entirely reliant on our manufacturing facility to manufacture our product candidates, including sasineprocel, and any failure to maintain the use of this facility would have a material and adverse effect on our business.

Our reliance on our manufacturing facility exposes us to a number of risks, including:

•
any inability to maintain the facility and conduct its operations in compliance with regulatory requirements, including those specified by the FDA’s regulations regarding cGMP, would have a material and adverse effect on our business and operations;
•
we may have no back up manufacturing options, at least in the near term, and even if there were manufacturing alternatives, the third-party contract manufacturing organization, or CMO, we may contract may not be able to manufacture our product candidates for us in a quantity, with the specifications, and otherwise in the manner we request or require and in a timely fashion;
•
our ability to manufacture our product candidates could be adversely affected by circumstances beyond our control, including natural disasters or adverse weather, or legal or regulatory issues we may experience that are unrelated to our activities;
•
our ability to successfully renew the lease of our facility, which is set to expire in July 2032, on reasonable terms or at all; and
•
our ability to establish and maintain certain licenses or permits necessary to continue our manufacturing activities for our clinical trials and, if any of our product candidates are approved, for commercialization.

36


Table of Contents

 

We rely on highly specialized third-party suppliers and automation platforms for critical aspects of our manufacturing process, and any disruption, failure, or inability to scale these systems could adversely affect our ability to produce our product candidates in a timely and cost-effective manner.

Our manufacturing processes for sasineprocel incorporate highly specialized automated systems supplied by third parties, including the Cell X platform, also known as the Celligent system, potentially used across all stages of production and scale-up, and the Mytos device used during differentiation in stage 3 of our production process. These systems integrate robotics, liquid handling, optical machine vision and proprietary algorithms to evaluate and process patient-derived cells. We also depend on Cell X and other third parties for instruments and consumables under supply and license arrangements, and our Cell X and The Cleveland Clinic Foundation (CCF) licenses require milestone payments upon achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones. Any delay, disruption, quality or performance issue affecting these third-party platforms or supplies—including equipment malfunction, software or algorithm errors, supplier capacity constraints, delivery delays, component shortages, discontinuations, business interruptions or financial distress—could delay or halt manufacturing runs, increase our costs, reduce yields, or result in product quality issues, which could delay our preclinical and clinical development, regulatory submissions and, if approved, commercialization.

Because our automation initiatives are ongoing and certain steps remain manual in our current GMP process, we may not complete or scale automation as planned, our automated processes may not perform as expected, and we may be required to revert to less automated workflows. If we need to change or replace suppliers, platforms, or materials, we could be required to conduct additional qualification, validation, technology transfer and regulatory comparability studies, which are time-consuming, costly and uncertain. Our reliance on third parties also exposes us to risks related to single- or limited-source suppliers, export controls and logistics, and the need to identify, audit and qualify alternate vendors, any of which could adversely affect our ability to meet timelines or scale production.

In addition, failures in our automated data capture, analytics and in-process controls, or errors in the machine-vision or algorithmic selection of cells, could lead to batch failures, inconsistent product quality, loss of patient-specific material, patient segregation issues or regulatory non-compliance. If we are unable to secure, maintain or scale access to the Cell X platform, Mytos devices, or other critical systems on commercially reasonable terms, or if these systems do not operate as intended within our modular manufacturing template, we may be unable to achieve the throughput, costs or consistency necessary to support later-stage development or potential commercialization. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Changes in methods of the manufacturing or formulation of sasineprocel or other product candidates may result in additional costs or delay.

As sasineprocel and any of our other current or future product candidates progress through clinical trials to regulatory approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods and formulation, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize safety, efficacy, yield and manufacturing batch size, minimize costs and achieve consistent quality and results, or address intellectual property considerations. There can be no assurance that any future manufacturing or formulation changes we may make will achieve their intended objectives, and such changes may also cause sasineprocel or any future product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of future clinical trials conducted with the altered materials. Such changes or related unfavorable clinical trial results or changes in the CMOs we use to manufacture components and consumables for sasineprocel or other product candidates could delay initiation or completion of clinical trials, require the conduct of bridging studies or additional clinical trials or the repetition of one or more studies or clinical trials, increase development costs, delay or prevent potential regulatory approval and jeopardize our ability to commercialize sasineprocel or other product candidates, if approved, and generate revenue.

Certain of our product candidates require specific shipping, storage, handling and administration, which in some cases, may require cold-chain logistics and subject our product candidates to risk of loss or damage if failures occur.

Certain of our product candidates are sensitive to temperature, storage and handling conditions. They must be stored at very low temperatures in specialized freezers or specialized shipping containers until immediately prior to

37


Table of Contents

 

use. The handling and administration of our product candidates may need to be performed according to specific instructions and in some steps within specific time periods. Failure to correctly handle our product candidates could negatively impact the efficacy and/or safety of our product candidates, or cause a loss of product candidates. In addition, because it is necessary to ship our product candidates and other materials globally from manufacturing sites to clinical sites, our product candidates will need to be frozen using specialized equipment and maintained following specific procedures in order to be shipped and stored without damage in a cost-efficient manner and without degradation. For administration, the cryopreserved product container must be carefully removed from storage, and rapidly thawed under controlled temperature conditions in an area proximal to the patient’s bedside and administered into the patient. The handling, thawing and administration of the cryopreserved therapy product must be performed according to specific instructions, typically using specific disposables, specific bags and in some steps within specific time periods. Failure to correctly handle our product candidates, including the potential breakage of the cryopreservation bags or to follow the instructions for thawing and administration and or failure to administer our product candidates within the specified period post-thaw could negatively impact the efficacy and/or safety of our product candidates, or cause a loss of our clinical supply.

If any of our product candidates are approved, we will need to scale-up a cost-effective and reliable cold-chain distribution and logistics network, which we may be unable to accomplish. Failure to effectively scale-up our cold-chain supply logistics, by us or third-parties, could in the future lead to additional manufacturing costs and delays in our ability to supply required quantities for our commercial supply, if approved. For these and other reasons, we may not be able to manufacture our current or future product candidates at commercial scale or in a cost-effective manner. Even if we are able to manufacture and distribute the products, if our products require specific procedures to maintain and use them, we may be limited in commercial opportunity.

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and preclinical studies. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with applicable regulatory requirements, or meet expected deadlines, our product development programs and our ability to seek or obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our products may be delayed.

We are dependent on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and preclinical studies. Specifically, we rely on, and intend to continue to rely on, medical institutions, clinical investigators, CROs, and consultants to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials in accordance with our clinical protocols and regulatory requirements. These CROs, investigators, and other third parties play a significant role in the conduct and timing of these trials and subsequent collection and analysis of data. While we have and will have agreements governing the activities of our third-party contractors, we have limited influence over their actual performance. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol and legal, regulatory, and scientific standards and requirements, and our reliance on our CROs and other third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. In addition, we and our CROs are required to comply with Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) requirements for certain preclinical studies, as well as GCP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for clinical trials of all of our product candidates. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators, and trial sites. If we or any of our CROs or trial sites fail to comply with applicable GLP or GCP or other requirements, the clinical data generated in our preclinical studies or clinical trials may be deemed unreliable, and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional preclinical studies or clinical trials before approving our marketing applications, if ever. Further, our clinical trials must be conducted with products produced in accordance with cGMP regulations. Failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

There is no guarantee that any of our CROs, investigators, or other third parties will devote adequate time and resources to such trials or studies or perform as contractually required. If any of these third parties fail to meet expected deadlines, adhere to our clinical protocols, or meet regulatory requirements, or otherwise perform in a substandard manner, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed, or terminated. In addition, many of the third parties with whom we contract may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other development activities that could harm our competitive position.

38


Table of Contents

 

Our CROs have the right to terminate their agreements with us in the event of an uncured material breach and under other specified circumstances. If any of our relationships with these third parties terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative third parties on commercially reasonable terms, in a timely manner or at all. Switching or adding additional CROs, investigators, and other third parties involves additional cost and requires our management’s time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we work to carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, investigators and other third parties, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and prospects.

We rely on third parties for certain manufacturing systems, materials and components for our product candidates and expect to continue to do so for the foreseeable future. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not be able to manufacture sufficient quantities of our products or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent, or impair, our development or commercialization efforts.

We rely on certain third-party suppliers and manufacturing partners for systems, components and consumables for manufacturing sasineprocel and other product candidates. For example, with respect to sasineprocel, we have a collaboration agreement with Cell X for the development of a GMP capable cell processing system, a services agreement with Mytos for the supply of the iDEM platform, and a supply agreement and master development agreement with ClearPoint Neuro for its SmartFlow cannula used as part of the drug delivery system. A third party’s failure to execute on our supply requirements on commercially reasonable terms, in a timely manner and in compliance with regulatory requirements could adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including:

•
an inability to initiate or continue clinical trials of our product candidates;
•
delay in submitting regulatory applications, or receiving regulatory approvals, for our product candidates;
•
requirements to cease development or to recall batches of our product candidates; and
•
in the event of approval to market and commercialize our product candidates, an inability to meet commercial demands for our products on a reasonable timeframe.

We do not have long-term commitments with most of our third-party suppliers. Although there have not been recent disruptions or terminations of relationships with our key suppliers or manufacturing partners and we expect such agreements to be renewed on existing terms, we may face potential termination of such agreements or renewal on terms that are unacceptable to us, if at all, increasing the risk of failing to timely manufacture sufficient quantities of our product candidates or such quantities at an acceptable cost. Even if we are able to renew agreements or establish long-term commitments with third-party suppliers or manufacturing partners, reliance on such third parties entails additional risks, including:

•
failure of third-party suppliers to comply with regulatory requirements and maintain quality assurance;
•
breach of the supply agreement by the third party;
•
failure to obtain adequate raw materials and other materials required for manufacturing;
•
failure to manufacture our product according to our schedule or at all;
•
failure to successfully scale up manufacturing capacity, if required;
•
misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how; and
•
termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us.

A performance failure on the part of our existing or future suppliers could delay clinical development or regulatory approval, and related remedial measures may be costly or time consuming to implement. For example, we previously experienced a material delay in patient dosing during our Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial due to issues with syringe design. We worked with the supplier to design and validate a new syringe design. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply or a second source for all required materials and components used in the manufacture of our product candidates. If our existing or future third-party suppliers or manufacturing partners cannot

39


Table of Contents

 

perform as agreed, we may be required to replace such suppliers or partners and we may be unable to replace them on a timely basis or at all.

We rely on third-party suppliers for critical raw materials, reagents, and manufacturing platforms, and any disruption, delay, quality issue, capacity constraint, price increase, or termination of these supply or license relationships could materially and adversely affect our development timelines, manufacturing plans, and commercial prospects.

Our manufacturing processes depend on specialized raw materials, reagents, consumables, and equipment, some of which we currently obtain from sole or single sources. While we procure a number of cell culture reagents from multiple vendors, including Bio-Techne, Thermo Fisher, StemCell Technologies, Akron Biotech and ClearPoint Neuro, some of these materials may require supplier‑specific specifications, release testing, and process compatibility, and not all items, such as the Sendai virus supplied by Thermo Fisher, are readily substitutable on short notice. In addition, in some circumstances we rely on sole source suppliers, including for iPSC reprogramming kits and for certain automated manufacturing systems, such as the Cell X and Mytos systems. Our use of such technology is licensed directly from a sole source and our supplier’s ability to supply these kits is subject to its own upstream license arrangements. We also rely on sole‑sourced manufacturing platforms.

Because our product candidates and processes are highly specialized, qualifying additional or alternative suppliers is time‑consuming, costly, and uncertain. Even where technically feasible, we may need to undertake bridging studies, comparability analyses, new stability programs, and process validations to support the use of a new source. For clinical‑stage product candidates such as sasineprocel, changes to our suppliers, components, or equipment may require prior regulatory notification or approval, additional CMC updates, or amended investigational submissions, and regulators may not agree that data generated using materials from an alternate supplier are comparable.

Our reliance on sole source suppliers for the iPSC reprogramming kit and key manufacturing platforms heightens these risks. If any of these parties elects to cease supplying us, fails to perform its obligations, experiences shortages, allocates supply to other customers, increases prices, encounters quality or compliance issues, becomes insolvent, experiences labor disputes or geopolitical or logistics disruptions, or otherwise cannot or will not meet our requirements, we may be unable to obtain sufficient quantities of critical inputs on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. We may also be unable to source functionally equivalent materials or equipment without significant development work or license rights we do not currently possess. If we are required to switch to a new supplier or platform, we could face substantial delays to our ongoing and planned clinical trials, including our planned Phase 3 activities, increased costs, and a need to resubmit CMC information, conduct additional preclinical testing or clinical bridging, or repeat manufacturing validations. These outcomes could delay, prevent, or limit regulatory approval and, if approved, impair our ability to commercialize our product candidates.

Our licenses and supply or service agreements may be subject to termination or non‑renewal under various circumstances, including our breach, insolvency events, or at‑will termination after notice periods. While we intend to qualify additional suppliers for certain critical reagents during our Phase 3 preparations, we may not be successful in doing so on our anticipated timelines, if at all. Any inability to secure, maintain, or expand our license rights or supply arrangements on commercially reasonable terms could force us to modify our manufacturing processes or product specifications, which may require extensive analytical work, new regulatory submissions, or additional clinical studies.

Further, our dependence on single or sole sources concentrates quality and compliance risk. If a supplier fails to comply with applicable cGMP standards or experiences an adverse regulatory inspection outcome, we could be forced to quarantine or discard materials, suspend manufacturing runs, or delay clinical dosing while issues are remediated or an alternative source is qualified. Even if a compliant alternative source exists, supply chain transitions can lead to variability in critical quality attributes, process performance, or yields, which could necessitate further

40


Table of Contents

 

development work or regulatory engagement. Any of these events could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If any of the foregoing risks materialize, our clinical development could be significantly delayed or halted, our regulatory submissions could be delayed or denied, and, if our product candidates are approved, our ability to launch and commercialize any of our product candidates could be impaired, which would adversely affect our business and prospects.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor or other third party will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we rely on certain third-party suppliers and other service providers, we must, at times, share our proprietary technology and confidential information, including trade secrets, with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements, and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, collaborative research agreements, consulting agreements, or other similar agreements with our collaborators, advisors, employees, and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors or other third parties, are intentionally or inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets and despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, a competitor’s or other third party’s discovery of our proprietary technology and confidential information or other unauthorized use or disclosure of such technology or information would impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may seek to enter into collaborations, licenses, and other similar arrangements and may not be successful in doing so, and even if we are, we may relinquish valuable rights and may not realize the benefits of such relationships.

We may seek to enter into collaborations, joint ventures, licenses, and other similar arrangements for the development or commercialization of our product candidates, if approved, due to capital costs required to develop or commercialize the product candidates or manufacturing constraints. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish or maintain such collaborations for our product candidates because our research and development pipeline may be insufficient, our product candidates may be deemed to be at too early of a stage of development for collaborative effort, or third parties may not view our product candidates as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy or significant commercial opportunity. In addition, we face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners, and the negotiation process can be time-consuming and complex. Even if we are successful in our efforts to establish such collaborations, the terms that we agree upon may not be favorable to us. For example, we may need to relinquish valuable rights to our future revenue streams, research programs, intellectual property, product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us, as part of any such arrangement, and such arrangements may restrict us from entering into additional agreements with other potential collaborators. In addition, if we enter into such collaborations, we will have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators will dedicate to the development or commercialization of our product candidates. Our ability to generate revenue from these arrangements will depend on any future collaborators’ abilities to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements. We cannot be certain that, following a collaboration, license, or strategic transaction, we will achieve an economic benefit that justifies such transaction, and such transaction may not yield additional development or product candidates for our pipeline. Furthermore, we may not be able to maintain such collaborations if, for example, the development or approval of a product candidate is delayed, the safety of a product candidate is questioned, or the sales of an approved product candidate are unsatisfactory.

In addition, any potential future collaborations may be terminable by our strategic partners, and we may not be able to adequately protect our rights under these agreements. Furthermore, strategic partners may negotiate for certain rights to control decisions regarding the development and commercialization of our product candidates, if approved, and may not conduct those activities in the same manner as we do. Any termination of collaborations we enter into in

41


Table of Contents

 

the future, or any delay in entering into collaborations related to our product candidates, could delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates, if approved, and reduce their competitiveness if they reach the market, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Risks Related to Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

Even if we receive regulatory approval for any product candidate, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense.

Any regulatory approvals that we may receive for our product candidates will require the submission of reports to regulatory authorities, subject us to surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product, may contain significant limitations related to use restrictions for specified age groups, warnings, precautions, or contraindications, and may include burdensome post-approval study or risk management requirements. For example, the FDA may require a REMS as a condition of approval of our product candidates, which could include requirements for a medication guide, physician communication plans, or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries, and other risk minimization tools.

In addition, if the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves our product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, import, export, and recordkeeping for our products will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMPs and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. Manufacturers of approved products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic, unannounced inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP regulations and standards. Failure to comply with regulatory requirements or later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, may result in, among other things:

•
restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our products, withdrawal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;
•
restrictions on product distribution or use, or requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;
•
restrictions on our ability to conduct clinical trials, including full or partial clinical holds on ongoing or planned trials;
•
fines, restitutions, disgorgement of profits or revenue, warning letters, untitled letters, adverse publicity requirements, or holds on clinical trials;
•
refusal by the FDA or other regulatory authorities to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications submitted by us or suspension or revocation of approvals;
•
product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and
•
injunctions and the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate revenue and could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity.

The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change, and additional government regulations may be promulgated that could prevent, limit, or delay marketing authorization of any product candidate. We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature, or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may be subject to enforcement action and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

42


Table of Contents

 

The FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products, such as sasineprocel, if approved. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA or such other regulatory agencies as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. If we receive regulatory approval for a product candidate, physicians may nevertheless prescribe it to their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved label. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability. The FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. These restrictions also apply to communications made prior to regulatory approval, meaning that we are prohibited from promoting or making claims about our product candidates before they receive marketing authorization. Any dissemination of information that could be viewed as promotional prior to approval may result in enforcement action, delay or denial of approval, or other regulatory consequences. The U.S. federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion of off-label use and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The government has also required companies to enter into consent decrees or imposed permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of our product candidates, if approved, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Any product candidates for which we intend to seek approval as biological products may face competition sooner than anticipated.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA), signed into law on March 23, 2010, includes a subtitle called the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 (BPCIA), which created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are biosimilar to or interchangeable with an FDA-licensed reference biological product. Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following the date that the reference product was first licensed by the FDA. In addition, the approval of a biosimilar product may not be made effective by the FDA until 12 years from the date on which the reference product was first licensed. During this 12-year period of exclusivity, another company may still market a competing version of the reference product if the FDA approves a full BLA for the competing product containing the sponsor’s own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of its product.

We believe that any of our product candidates, if approved as a biological product under a BLA, should qualify for the 12-year period of exclusivity. However, there is a risk that this exclusivity could be shortened due to Congressional action or otherwise, or that the FDA will not consider our product candidates to be reference products for competing products, potentially creating the opportunity for generic competition sooner than anticipated. Moreover, the extent to which a biosimilar, once approved, could be substituted for any one of our reference products in a way that is similar to traditional generic substitution for non-biological products will depend on a number of marketplace and regulatory factors.

The commercial success of sasineprocel and other product candidates will depend upon the degree of market acceptance of such product by physicians, patients, healthcare payors, and others in the medical community.

Our product candidates, including sasineprocel, may not be commercially successful. Even if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may not gain market acceptance among physicians and other healthcare practitioners, patients, healthcare payors, or the medical community. The commercial success of any of our current or future product candidates will depend significantly on the broad adoption and use of the resulting product by these individuals and organizations for approved indications. The degree of market acceptance of our products will depend on a number of factors, including:

•
demonstration of clinical efficacy and safety, including as compared to any more established products;
•
the indications for which our product candidates are approved;

43


Table of Contents

 

•
the limitation of our targeted patient population and other limitations or warnings contained in any FDA-approved labeling;
•
acceptance of a new drug for the relevant indication by healthcare providers and their patients;
•
the pricing and cost-effectiveness of our products, as well as the cost of treatment with our products in relation to alternative treatments and therapies;
•
our ability to obtain and maintain sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement from government healthcare programs, (e.g., Medicare and Medicaid), private health insurers, and other third-party payors for our product candidates in addition to the surgical administration;
•
the willingness of patients to pay all, or a portion of, out-of-pocket costs associated with our products in the absence of sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;
•
any restrictions on the use of our products, and the prevalence and severity of any adverse effects;
•
potential product liability claims;
•
the timing of market introduction of our products as well as availability, safety, and efficacy of competitive drugs;
•
the effectiveness of our or any potential future collaborators’ sales and marketing strategies; and
•
unfavorable publicity relating to the product.

If any product candidate, including sasineprocel, is approved but does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians and other healthcare practitioners, hospitals, healthcare payors, or patients, we may not generate sufficient revenue from that product and may not become or remain profitable. Our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors regarding the benefits of our products may require significant resources and may never be successful.

The successful commercialization of our product candidates, if approved, will depend in part on the extent to which governmental authorities and health insurers establish coverage, adequate reimbursement levels, and favorable pricing policies. Failure to obtain or maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for our product candidates could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

The availability of coverage and the adequacy of reimbursement by governmental healthcare programs (e.g., Medicare and Medicaid), private health insurers, and other third-party payors are essential for most patients to be able to afford prescription medications such as our product candidates, including sasineprocel, if approved. Our ability to achieve coverage and acceptable levels of reimbursement for our product candidates by third-party payors will have an effect on our ability to successfully commercialize those product candidates. Accordingly, we will need to successfully implement a coverage and reimbursement strategy for any approved product candidate, including for the surgical procedure required to administer sasineprocel or other product candidates. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product candidate by a third-party payor, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high.

Third-party payors increasingly are challenging prices charged for biopharmaceutical products and services, and many third-party payors may refuse to provide coverage and reimbursement for particular drugs when an equivalent generic drug or a less expensive therapy is available. It is possible that a third-party payor may consider our product candidates as substitutable and offer to reimburse patients only for the less expensive product. Even if we are successful in demonstrating improved efficacy or improved convenience of administration with our product candidates, pricing of existing drugs may limit the amount we will be able to charge for our products. These payors may deny or revoke the reimbursement status of a given product or establish prices for new or existing marketed products at levels that are too low to enable us to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product candidate development. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may not be able to obtain a satisfactory financial return on product candidates that we may develop.

44


Table of Contents

 

There is significant uncertainty related to third-party payor coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, third-party payors, including private and governmental payors, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, play an important role in determining the extent to which new drugs will be covered. Some third-party payors may require pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative devices or drug therapies before they will reimburse healthcare providers who use such therapies. It is difficult to predict at this time what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our products.

If we participate in the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program or other governmental pricing programs (which may be required for our products to be covered by Medicaid and Medicare), in certain circumstances, our product candidates would be subject to ceiling prices set by such programs, which could reduce the revenue we may generate from any such product candidate. Participation in such programs would also expose us to the risk of significant civil monetary penalties, sanctions, and fines should we be found to be in violation of any applicable obligations thereunder.

Obtaining and maintaining reimbursement status is time-consuming, costly, and uncertain. The Medicare and Medicaid programs increasingly are used as models for how private payors and other governmental payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies for drugs. However, no uniform policy for coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors in the United States. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. Furthermore, rules and regulations regarding reimbursement change frequently, and, in some cases, at short notice, and we believe that changes in these rules and regulations are likely. For products administered under the supervision of a physician, obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with such drugs. Additionally, separate reimbursement for the product itself or the treatment or procedure in which the product is used may not be available, which may impact physician utilization.

Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in Europe and other countries has and will continue to put pressure on the pricing and usage of our products, if approved in these jurisdictions. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medical products but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our products. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenue and profits.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our products. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our products due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of managed care organizations on pricing and value-based care models, and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, and prescription drugs, surgical procedures, and other treatments in particular, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business Operations and Industry—Current and future healthcare reform legislation or regulation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain coverage for and commercialize our product candidates and may adversely affect the prices we may set” for additional related information.

45


Table of Contents

 

We face significant competition from entities that have developed or may develop product candidates for PD, including companies developing novel treatments and technology platforms. If our competitors develop and commercialize their product candidates more rapidly than we do, or their technologies or their product candidates are more effective, safer, or less expensive than our products, our business and our ability to develop and successfully commercialize product candidates may be adversely affected.

The biotechnological industry is characterized by rapid technological advancement, intense competition, and a strong emphasis on proprietary and novel products and product candidates. Our competitors have developed, are developing, or may develop products, product candidates, and processes competitive with our product candidates. Any product candidate that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. We believe that a significant number of products are currently under development, and may become commercially available in the future, for the treatment of PD. While we believe that our platform and our knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from major pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, among others. We anticipate that we will continue to face increasing competition as new therapies, technologies and data emerge within the field of neurodegenerative disease and, more specifically, for the treatment of PD.

We expect to compete with commercially available advanced therapies used in patients with motor fluctuations despite optimization of L‑dopa, including DBS devices such as Infinity and Liberta RC (both marketed by Abbott), Vercise (marketed by Boston Scientific), and Percept (marketed by Medtronic), as well as Focused Ultrasound (FUS) technologies such as Exablate Neuro (marketed by Insightec). We anticipate that there will continue to be improvements in DBS and FUS technologies. We are aware of cell and gene therapy candidates in clinical development that target sporadic, genetic, or all forms of PD. This includes autologous cell therapies in development by Hope Bio, Oryon, and others; allogeneic therapies from BlueRock Therapeutics (BlueRock)/Bayer, Sumitomo (AMCHEPRY, approved in Japan), Cellular Intelligence, Kenai Therapeutics, iRegene, S.Biomedics, Xellsmart and others; and gene therapies from AskBio/Bayer, MeiraGTx, Prevail Therapeutics, and other earlier-stage competitors. We are also developing autologous microglia cell replacement therapies for a number of leukodystrophies. In this area, we expect to compete with commercially available therapies such as bone marrow transplant and Skysona (Genetix Biotherapeutics). We are also aware of small molecules, antibodies, and advanced therapies that are in development for leukodystrophies including a PPARg agonist in development by Minoryx Therapeutics, a thyroid receptor-b agonist in development by Viking Therapeutics, and an AMPK activator and a deuterium-modified thiazolidinedione both in development by Poxel SA and other earlier-stage competitors.

Many of our current or potential competitors, either alone or with their collaboration partners, have greater financial, technical, manufacturing, supply, marketing and sales, and resources than we do, as well as equal or greater experience in the discovery and development of product candidates, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of products and the commercialization of those products. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and subject registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnological and biopharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that have fewer or less severe side effects, are more potent, are more convenient, are less expensive or are sold more effectively than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other applicable regulatory authority approval for their product candidates more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of established products, such as DBS. If our product candidates are approved, we expect that they will be priced at a significant premium over existing products. Competitive products may make any products we develop obsolete or noncompetitive before we recover the expense of developing and commercializing our product candidates. If we are unable to compete effectively, our opportunity to generate revenue from the sale of any product candidate we may develop, if approved, could be adversely affected.

46


Table of Contents

 

We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have no experience as a company in commercializing products, and we may need to invest significant resources to develop these capabilities. If we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our products, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

We have no internal sales, marketing, or distribution capabilities, nor have we ever commercialized a product. If any of our product candidates ultimately receives regulatory approval, we must build a marketing and sales organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize each such product in major markets, which will be expensive and time consuming, or collaborate with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. We have no prior experience as a company with the marketing, sale, or distribution of biopharmaceutical products, and there are significant risks involved in the building and managing of a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain, and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel, and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing, and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. We may not be able to enter into collaborations or hire consultants or external service providers to assist us in sales, marketing, and distribution functions on acceptable financial terms, or at all. In addition, our revenue from our product candidates and our profitability, if any, may be lower if we rely on third parties for these functions than if we were to market, sell, and distribute any product candidate that we develop ourselves. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our product candidates effectively. If we are not successful in commercializing our product candidates, either on our own or through arrangements with one or more third parties, we may not be able to generate any future revenue from product candidates and we would incur significant additional losses.

Even if we obtain FDA approval of any of our product candidates in the United States, we may never obtain approval for or commercialize any of them in any other jurisdiction, which would limit our ability to realize their full market potential.

Approval by the FDA in the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions; however, the failure to obtain approval in one jurisdiction may negatively impact our ability to obtain approval elsewhere. In addition, clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries and regulatory approval in one country does not guarantee regulatory approval in any other country.

We do not have any product candidates approved for sale in any jurisdiction, including in international markets, and we do not have experience in obtaining regulatory approval in international markets. If we fail to comply with regulatory requirements in international markets or to obtain and maintain required approvals, or if regulatory approvals in international markets are delayed, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of any product we develop will be unrealized.

Our future growth may depend, in part, on our ability to operate in foreign markets, where we would be subject to additional regulatory burdens and other risks and uncertainties.

Our future growth may depend, in part, on our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates in foreign markets. We are not permitted to market or promote any of our product candidates before we receive regulatory approval from applicable regulatory authorities in foreign markets, and we may never receive such regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates.

To obtain separate regulatory approval in many other countries we must comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements regarding safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, commercial sales, pricing, and distribution of our product candidates. Regulatory requirements can vary widely from country to country and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in those countries. Approval procedures may be more onerous than those in the United States and may require that we conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials.

47


Table of Contents

 

If we obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates and ultimately commercialize our product candidates in foreign markets, we would be subject to additional risks and uncertainties, including:

•
different regulatory requirements for approval of drugs in foreign countries;
•
reduced protection for intellectual property rights;
•
the existence of additional third-party patent rights of potential relevance to our business;
•
compliance with export control and import laws and regulations and unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers, and regulatory requirements;
•
economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;
•
compliance with tax, employment, immigration, and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;
•
foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;
•
foreign reimbursement, pricing, and insurance regimes;
•
workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is common;
•
production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and
•
business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, public health pandemics or epidemics, or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods, and fires.

Risks Related to Our Business Operations and Industry

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or any guidance we may provide.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. These fluctuations may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

•
the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research, development, regulatory approval, and commercialization activities relating to our product candidates, which may change from time to time, including the need to conduct unanticipated clinical trials or trials that are larger or more complex than anticipated;
•
our ability to enroll patients in clinical trials and the timing of enrollment;
•
the timing and success or failure of preclinical studies or clinical trials for our product candidates or competing products, or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners;

coverage and reimbursement policies with respect to our product candidates, if approved, and potential future drugs that compete with our product candidates;

•
the cost of manufacturing our product candidates, which may vary depending on the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with third-party manufacturers;
•
expenditures that we may incur to acquire, develop, or commercialize additional product candidates and technologies;
•
the level of demand for any approved product candidates, which may vary significantly and be difficult to predict;
•
our ability to establish and maintain collaborations, licensing, or other arrangements;

48


Table of Contents

 

•
potential unforeseen business disruptions that increase our costs or expenses;
•
future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; and
•
the timing and amount of any milestone, royalty, or other payments payable by us or due to us under any collaboration, licensing, or other similar agreement.

The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated revenue or earnings guidance we may provide.

Our success is dependent on our ability to attract and retain highly qualified management and other clinical and scientific personnel.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, recruit, retain, manage, and motivate highly qualified management, clinical, and scientific personnel, and we face significant competition for experienced personnel. We are highly dependent upon the management, clinical, research and development, manufacturing, regulatory, financial and business development expertise of our senior management, particularly Damien McDevitt, Ph.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer, Lisa Johnson-Pratt, M.D., our Sasineprocel Development Lead and Chief Commercial Officer, and Kim Raineri, our Chief Technology Officer, as well as our senior scientists and other members of our management team. The loss of services of any of these individuals could delay or prevent the successful development of our product pipeline, initiation or completion of our clinical trials and preclinical studies, regulatory approvals, or the commercialization of our product candidates. Although we have executed employment agreements or offer letters with each member of our senior management team, these agreements are terminable at will with or without notice and, therefore, we may not be able to retain their services as expected. We do not currently maintain “key person” life insurance on the lives of our executives or any of our employees. This lack of insurance means that we may not have adequate compensation for the loss of the services of these individuals.

In addition, employment candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the stock awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived benefits of our stock awards decline, either because we are a public company or for other reasons, it may harm our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. Our employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly below the market price of our common stock, particularly after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described herein.

We will need to expand and effectively manage our managerial, operational, financial, and other resources in order to successfully pursue our clinical development and commercialization efforts. We may not be successful in maintaining our unique company culture and continuing to attract or retain qualified management, clinical, and scientific personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among biopharmaceutical, biotechnology, and other businesses. Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years. If we are unable to attract, integrate, retain, and motivate necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will significantly impede the achievement of our development objectives, our ability to raise additional capital, and our ability to implement our business strategy, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

49


Table of Contents

 

We expect to expand our clinical development, manufacturing and regulatory capabilities and potentially implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations successfully.

As of June 30, 2026, we had 120 full-time employees and three part-time employees. As we continue development and pursue the potential commercialization of our product candidates, as well as transition to functioning as a public company, we will need to expand our financial, development, regulatory, manufacturing, information technology, marketing, and sales capabilities or contract with third parties to provide these capabilities for us. As our operations expand, we expect that we will need to manage additional relationships with various strategic partners, suppliers, and other third parties, and we may not be successful in doing so. Our future financial performance and our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

We are subject to various U.S. federal, state, and foreign healthcare laws and regulations, which could increase compliance costs, and our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could harm our reputation, subject us to significant fines and liability, or otherwise adversely affect our business.

Our business operations and current and future arrangements with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third-party payors, patient organizations, and customers expose us to broadly applicable foreign, federal, and state fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct our operations, including how we research, market, sell, and distribute any products for which we obtain regulatory approval. Such laws include:

•
the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving, or providing any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or certain rebates), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in return for, either the referral of an individual or the purchase, lease, or order, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease, or order of any good, facility, item, or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;
•
the federal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalties laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or from knowingly making or causing to be made a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act;
•
the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement, in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items, or services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;
•
the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), information related to direct and indirect payments and other “transfers of value” made by such manufacturers to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists,

50


Table of Contents

 

optometrists, podiatrists, and chiropractors), certain non-physician practitioners (physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, anesthesiology assistants, and certified nurse-midwives), and teaching hospitals and other healthcare providers, as well as ownership and investment interests held by such healthcare professionals and their immediate family members in such manufacturers; and
•
analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback, patient brokering, and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers or paid by patients out-of-pocket; some state laws require biopharmaceutical companies to comply with the biopharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; some state laws that require biopharmaceutical companies to report information on the pricing of certain drug products; and some state and local laws that require the registration or pharmaceutical sales representatives.

Efforts to ensure that our current and future business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare and privacy laws and regulations will involve ongoing substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices, including certain consulting agreements and advisory board agreements involving investment or financial arrangements with physicians may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. Due to the breadth of these laws, the narrowness of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available, and the range of interpretations to which they are subject, it is possible that some of our current or future practices might be challenged under one or more of these laws. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including civil, criminal, and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government-funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, suspension or debarment from federal contracts, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Defending against any such actions can be costly and time-consuming and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. Further, if any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found not to be in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, they may be subject to significant criminal, civil, or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government-funded healthcare programs.

Current and future healthcare reform legislation or regulation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain coverage for and commercialize our product candidates and may adversely affect the prices we may set.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system, including cost-containment measures that may reduce or limit coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidate for which we obtain regulatory approval. In particular, there have been and continue to be a number of initiatives at the U.S. federal and state levels that seek to reduce healthcare costs and improve the quality of healthcare.

For example, the ACA was enacted in the United States in 2010. Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our potential product candidates, the ACA established an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents; extended manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations; expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; expanded the entities eligible for discounts under the 340B drug pricing program; increased the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program; established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and established a Center for Medicare & Medicaid Innovation at CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending.

51


Table of Contents

 

Since its enactment, there have been executive, judicial, and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Thus, in the absence of legislation, the ACA will remain in effect in its current form.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. For example, beginning April 1, 2013, Medicare payments to providers were reduced under the sequestration required by the Budget Control Act of 2011, which will remain in effect through fiscal year 2032, unless additional Congressional action is taken. Additionally, on January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers, and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. On March 11, 2021, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 was signed into law, which eliminated the statutory cap on drug manufacturers’ Medicaid drug rebate liability beginning January 1, 2024. The rebate was previously capped at 100% of a drug’s average manufacturer price.

There has been heightened governmental scrutiny in the U.S. on pharmaceutical pricing practices in light of the rising cost of prescription drugs. Such scrutiny has resulted in several recent congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient assistance programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for products. On August 16, 2022, President Biden signed the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (IRA) into law. This statute marks the most significant action by Congress with respect to the pharmaceutical industry since adoption of the ACA in 2010. Among other things, the IRA requires manufacturers of certain drugs to engage in price negotiations with Medicare, with prices that can be negotiated subject to a cap; requires manufacturers to pay rebates to HHS if certain Medicare Part B- and Medicare Part D-covered drugs have price increases that outpace an allowable rate of inflation (first due in 2023); and replaces the Part D coverage gap discount program with a new discounting program (beginning in 2025). The IRA permits the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) to implement many of these provisions through guidance, as opposed to regulation, for the initial years. CMS published the negotiated prices for the initial ten drugs, which went into effect in January 2026, and for the subsequent 15 drugs, which will first be effective in 2027, as well as the next 15 drugs that will be subject to price negotiation, although the Medicare drug price negotiation program is currently subject to legal challenges. The impact of the IRA on the pharmaceutical industry cannot yet be fully determined but is likely to be significant. Additional drug pricing proposals could appear in future legislation.

More recently, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, which was enacted in July 2025, imposes significant reductions in the funding of the Medicaid program. Such reductions are expected to decrease the number of persons enrolled in Medicaid and reduce the services covered by Medicaid, which could adversely affect our sales of any product candidate that we commercialize.

In 2026, the U.S. government launched TrumpRx, a federal initiative to enable patients to gain access to certain prescription drugs at reduced costs based on pricing available in other countries (i.e., most-favored-nation pricing). In addition, the Trump administration is pursuing a two-fold strategy to reduce drug costs in the United States. While it is unclear whether and how the Trump proposals will be implemented, the Trump policies are likely to have a negative impact on the pharmaceutical industry and on our ability to receive adequate revenues for any product candidate that we commercialize. On the one hand, President Trump threatened to impose significant tariffs on pharmaceutical manufacturers that do not adopt pricing policies such as most favored nation pricing, which would tie the price for drugs in the United States to the lowest price in a group of other countries. In response, multiple manufacturers entered into confidential pricing agreements with the federal government. Subsequently, in April 2026, the Trump administration issued a proclamation imposing tariffs under Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act on imports of brand pharmaceuticals, biologics and associated pharmaceutical ingredients, beginning July 31, 2026. Exempted from these tariffs, among others, are companies that have executed or are negotiating agreements with the federal government regarding most favored nation pricing and onshoring of production and research and development. On the other hand, the Trump administration is also pursuing traditional regulatory pathways to impose drug pricing policies and published two proposed regulations in December 2025, referred to as Globe and Guard. If finalized, these regulations would implement mandatory payment models under which manufacturers of eligible drugs would be required to pay rebates to the federal government on a portion of the units of their drugs that are reimbursed by Medicare, with the rebate amount based on international reference pricing for the drugs from economically comparable

52


Table of Contents

 

countries. While the impact of the Globe and Guard proposed regulations, if finalized, cannot yet be determined, it is likely to be significant. Even regulatory proposals or executive actions that are ultimately deemed unlawful could negatively impact the U.S. pharmaceutical sector and our business.

At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access, marketing cost disclosure, drug price reporting and other transparency measures. Some states have enacted legislation creating so-called prescription drug affordability boards with the goal of imposing price limits on certain drugs in these states, and at least one state board is imposing an upper payment limit. States are also seeking to implement general, across the board price caps for pharmaceuticals, or are seeking to regulate drug distribution. Some measures are designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. These types of initiatives may result in additional reductions in Medicare, Medicaid, and other healthcare funding, and may otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for our product candidates, if approved. Legally mandated price controls on payment amounts by third-party payors or other restrictions could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. This could reduce the ultimate demand for our products, if approved, or put pressure on our product pricing, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

We expect that these new laws and other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies, and additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms and initiatives may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products, if approved.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit, delay, or cease commercialization of our product candidates.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical trials of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize our product candidates, if approved. For example, we may be sued if our product candidates allegedly cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing, or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product candidate, negligence, strict liability, and a breach of warranties. Claims may be brought against us by clinical trial participants, patients or others using, administering, or selling products that may be approved in the future. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts.

If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit, delay, or cease the commercialization of our products. Even a successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

•
inability to bring a product candidate to market;
•
decreased demand for our product candidates;
•
injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;
•
withdrawal of clinical trial participants;
•
initiation of investigations by U.S. and foreign regulators;
•
significant time and costs to defend the related litigation;
•
a diversion of our management’s time and our resources;

53


Table of Contents

 

•
substantial monetary awards to trial participants or product recipients;
•
product recalls, withdrawals, or labeling, marketing, or promotional restrictions;
•
significant negative financial impact;
•
the inability to commercialize our product candidates; and
•
a decline in our stock price.

Our current product liability insurance coverage for the United States and certain other jurisdictions may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We may need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical trials or if we commence commercialization of our product candidates. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. Our inability to obtain and retain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of our product candidates. Although we will maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies will also have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts.

Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us from only some business risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include property, general liability, employee benefits liability, business automobile, workers’ compensation, products/clinical trial liability, cyber liability, clinical trials, and directors’ and officers’, and employment practices insurance. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain insurance with adequate levels of coverage. No assurance can be given that an insurance carrier will not seek to cancel or deny coverage after a claim has occurred. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

We and our service providers may be subject to a variety of data protection, privacy, and security obligations, including laws, regulations, standards, and contractual provisions, which could increase compliance costs, and our actual or perceived failure to comply with such laws and obligations could subject us to potentially significant liability, fines, or penalties and otherwise harm our business.

We and our service providers maintain a large quantity of personal information, including sensitive personal information, such as confidential business and patient health information, in connection with our business operations and notably our clinical trials, and we are subject to laws and regulations governing the privacy and security of such information. The global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and we and our service providers may be affected by or subject to existing, amended, or new laws and regulations in the future, including as our operations continue to expand or if we operate in non-U.S. jurisdictions. These laws and regulations may be subject to differing interpretations by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us and our service providers, strategic partners, and future customers. The cost of compliance with these laws, regulations, and standards is high and is likely to increase in the future. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state, or foreign laws or regulations, our internal policies and procedures, or our contracts governing our processing of personal information, could result in negative publicity, government investigations and enforcement actions, claims by third parties (including class actions), and damage to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including information privacy and security laws, data breach notification laws, and consumer protection laws, that govern the collection, use, storage, transfer, disclosure, protection, and other processing of health-related and other personal information could apply to our operations or the operations of our collaborators and third-party providers. In addition, we may obtain health information from third parties (including research institutions from which we obtain clinical trial data) that are subject

54


Table of Contents

 

to privacy and security requirements under HIPAA. Consequently, depending on the facts and circumstances, we could be subject to significant liabilities if our practices are non-compliant with applicable privacy and consumer protection laws.

In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health-related and other personal information, many of which may differ from each other and from HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties and private litigation. By way of example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, as amended (the CCPA), gives California residents individual privacy rights related to how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that has increased the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. It also imposes additional data protection obligations on covered businesses, such as additional consumer rights processes, limitations on data uses, new risk assessment requirements for higher risk data, and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. The CCPA also created a California privacy protection agency authorized to issue substantive regulations and has resulted in increased privacy and information security enforcement. Additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required. Approximately one-third of states have passed laws similar to the CCPA, and additional states are proposing similar laws, reflecting a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States. The scope and application of these laws varies by jurisdiction, and we may be subject to such laws either directly or through a customer. Several states also have adopted laws that govern the privacy of consumer health information, such as Washington’s My Health My Data Act, which also creates rights for consumers and imposes obligations on companies to implement these laws. If we are subject to or affected by HIPAA, the CCPA, or other domestic privacy and data protection laws, any liability from failure to comply with the requirements of these laws could adversely affect our financial condition.

There are also privacy laws in other countries that may impact our operations, now or in the future. For example, in Europe, the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) imposes stringent requirements regarding the collection, use, disclosure, storage, transfer, or other processing of personal data of individuals, notably but not exclusively those within the European Economic Area (EEA) or in the context of an establishment in the EEA, including requirements relating to the consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, the information provided to the individuals, the documentation we must retain, the security and confidentiality of the personal data, data breach notification and the use of third-party processors in connection with the processing of personal data. Companies that must comply with the GDPR face increased compliance obligations and risk, including more robust regulatory enforcement of data protection requirements and potential fines for noncompliance of up to €20 million or 4% of the annual global revenue of the noncompliant company, whichever is greater. The GDPR also confers a private right of action in some circumstances on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies, and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations of the GDPR. In addition to fines, a breach of the GDPR may result in regulatory investigations, reputational damage, orders to cease or change our data processing activities, enforcement notices, assessment notices (for a compulsory audit), and/or civil claims (including class actions).

Among other requirements, the GDPR regulates transfers of personal data subject to the GDPR to third countries that have not been found to provide adequate protection to such personal data, including the United States (in some circumstances), and the efficacy and longevity of current transfer mechanisms between the EEA and the United States remains uncertain. Case law from the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) states that reliance on the standard contractual clauses—a standard form of contract approved by the European Commission as an adequate personal data transfer mechanism—alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances and that transfers must be assessed on a case-by-case basis.

We expect the existing legal complexity and uncertainty regarding international personal data transfers to continue and international transfers to the United States and to other jurisdictions more generally to continue to be subject to enhanced scrutiny by regulators. As the regulatory guidance and enforcement landscape in relation to data transfers continue to develop, we could suffer additional costs, complaints and/or regulatory investigations or fines, and/or if we are otherwise unable to transfer personal data between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we operate our business, the geographical location or segregation of our relevant systems and operations, and could adversely affect our financial results.

55


Table of Contents

 

Further, following the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union and the end of the transition period, from January 1, 2021, companies could also be subject to the United Kingdom General Data Protection Regulation and Data Protection Act 2018, as amended (collectively, the UK GDPR). The UK GDPR mirrors the fines under the GDPR and has the ability to fine up to the greater of €20 million/£17 million or 4% of annual global revenue. As we expand into other foreign countries and jurisdictions, we may be subject to additional laws and regulations that may affect how we conduct business.

Compliance with U.S. and international data protection laws and regulations could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, restrict our ability to collect, store, use, transfer, disclose, and otherwise process data, update our data privacy and security policies and procedures, or in some cases, impact our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. Failure by us or our collaborators and our service providers to comply with U.S. and international data protection laws and regulations could result in government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation, and/or adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business. Moreover, clinical trial subjects about whom we or our potential collaborators obtain information, as well as the providers who share this information with us, may contractually limit our ability to use and disclose such information. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights, failed to comply with data protection laws, or breached our contractual obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time consuming to defend, could result in adverse publicity, and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our information technology systems, or those of any of our service providers, may fail or suffer security incidents and other disruptions, which could result in a material disruption of our product candidates’ development programs, compromise sensitive information related to our business, or prevent us from accessing critical information, potentially exposing us to liability or otherwise adversely affecting our business.

In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store, and transmit confidential information including but not limited to intellectual property, clinical trial data, proprietary and confidential business information, and personal information of our employees, contractors, service providers and strategic partners (collectively, Confidential Information). Our information technology systems and those of our third-party service providers, strategic partners, and other contractors or consultants are vulnerable to attack, damage, and interruption from computer viruses and malware (e.g., ransomware), “phishing” attacks, malicious code, misconfigurations, “bugs” or other vulnerabilities, natural disasters, terrorism, war, telecommunication and electrical failures, hacking, cyberattacks, phishing attacks and other social engineering schemes, employee theft or misuse, human error, fraud, denial or degradation of service attacks, and sophisticated nation-state and nation-state-supported actors.

In addition, attacks upon information technology systems are increasing in their frequency, levels of persistence, sophistication, and intensity, and are being conducted by sophisticated and organized groups and individuals with a wide range of motives and expertise, as well as through artificial intelligence. Furthermore, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage, systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security incidents that may remain undetected for an extended period. Even if identified, we may be unable to adequately investigate or remediate incidents or breaches due to attackers increasingly using tools and techniques that are designed to circumvent controls, to avoid detection, and to remove or obfuscate forensic evidence. There can also be no assurance that our and our third-party service providers’, strategic partners’, contractors’, or consultants’ cybersecurity risk management program and processes, including policies, controls or procedures, will be fully implemented, complied with or effective in protecting our systems, networks and Confidential Information.

We and certain of our service providers are from time to time subject to cyberattacks and security incidents. If any such event, whether actual or perceived, were to occur, it could affect our reputation and/or operations, subject us to lawsuits (including class actions), cause us to incur significant costs, including legal expenses, harm customer confidence, hurt our expansion into new markets, cause us to incur remediation costs, or cause us to lose existing customers. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and potential regulator enforcement and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. We also rely on a third party to manufacture our product candidates, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any actual or perceived disruption

56


Table of Contents

 

or security incident affects our systems (or those of our third-party service providers, strategic partners, contractors or consultants) or were to result in a loss of or accidental, unlawful, or unauthorized access to, use of, release of, or other processing of Confidential Information, we could incur liability, the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed, and we could be subject to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for any noncompliance to certain privacy and security laws.

We have also outsourced elements of our information technology infrastructure and, as a result, a number of third-party service providers may or could have access to our Confidential Information. If our third-party service providers fail to protect their information technology systems and our Confidential Information, we may be vulnerable to disruptions in service and unauthorized access to our Confidential Information and we could incur liability and reputational damage. If the information technology systems of our third-party service providers and other contractors and consultants become subject to disruptions or security breaches, we may have insufficient recourse against such third parties and we may have to expend significant resources to mitigate the impact of such an event, and to develop and implement protections to prevent future events of this nature from occurring. Some of the federal, state, and foreign government requirements include obligations of companies to notify individuals and, in some cases, government agencies and enforcement authorities of security breaches involving particular categories of personally identifiable information or personal data, which could result from incidents experienced by us or by our third-party service providers, strategic partners, contractors or consultants. Any adverse impact to the availability, integrity or confidentiality of our or third-party systems or Confidential Information can result in legal claims or proceedings (such as class actions), regulatory investigations and enforcement actions, fines and penalties, or settlements. Our contracts may not contain limitations of liability, and even where they do, there can be no assurance that limitations of liability in our contracts are sufficient to protect us from liabilities, damages, or claims related to our data privacy and security obligations. Although we currently hold cybersecurity insurance, the costs related to significant security breaches or disruptions could be material and cause us to incur significant expenses.

While we have implemented security measures designed to protect against security incidents, there can be no assurance that these measures will be effective. We take steps designed to detect, mitigate and remediate vulnerabilities in our information systems (such as our hardware and/or software, including that of third parties with whom we work). However, we may not detect and remediate all such vulnerabilities including on a timely basis. Further, we may experience delays in developing and deploying remedial measures and patches designed to address identified vulnerabilities. Vulnerabilities could be exploited and result in a security incident.

Our business may be affected by the evolving regulatory framework for AI Technologies.

The regulatory framework for artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning, and automated decision-making technologies (collectively, AI Technologies) is rapidly evolving as many federal, state, and foreign government bodies and agencies have introduced or are currently considering additional laws and regulations. Additionally, existing laws and regulations may be interpreted in ways that would affect the operation of our AI Technologies.

It is possible that new laws and regulations will be adopted in the United States and in other non-U.S. jurisdictions, or that existing laws and regulations, including competition and antitrust laws, may be interpreted in ways that would limit our ability to use AI Technologies for our business, or require us to change the way we use AI Technologies in a manner that negatively affects the performance of our products, services, and business and the way in which we use AI Technologies. We may need to expend resources to adjust our products or services in certain jurisdictions if the laws, regulations, or decisions are not consistent across jurisdictions. Further, the cost to comply with such laws, regulations, or decisions and/or guidance interpreting existing laws, could be significant and would increase our operating expenses (such as by imposing additional reporting obligations regarding our use of AI Technologies). Such an increase in operating expenses, as well as any actual or perceived failure to comply with such laws and regulations, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business could be affected by litigation, government investigations, and enforcement actions.

We currently operate in a number of jurisdictions in a highly regulated industry, and we could be subject to litigation, government investigation, and enforcement actions on a variety of matters in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, including, without limitation, intellectual property, regulatory, product liability, environmental, whistleblower, false claims, privacy, security, anti-kickback, anti-bribery, securities, commercial, employment, and other claims and legal proceedings that may arise from conducting our business. Any determination that our operations or activities are not in compliance with existing laws or regulations could result in the imposition of fines, civil and

57


Table of Contents

 

criminal penalties, equitable remedies, including disgorgement, injunctive relief, and/or other sanctions against us, and remediation of any such findings could have an adverse effect on our business operations.

Legal proceedings, government investigations, and enforcement actions can be expensive and time-consuming. An adverse outcome resulting from any such proceedings, investigations or enforcement actions could result in significant damages awards, fines, penalties, exclusion from the federal healthcare programs, suspension or debarment from federal contracts, injunctive relief, product recalls, reputational damage, and modifications of our business practices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Even if such a proceeding, investigation, or enforcement action is ultimately decided in our favor, the investigation and defense thereof could require substantial financial and management resources.

Our employees and independent contractors, including principal investigators, CROs, consultants, and vendors may be improperly classified or may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We endeavor to properly classify our employees as exempt or non-exempt with respect to wage and hour laws, including for purposes of minimum wage, overtime and applicable meal and rest periods, and we monitor and evaluate such classifications. Although there are no current, pending or threatened claims or investigations against us asserting that any employees have been incorrectly classified as exempt, the possibility nevertheless exists that certain job roles could be deemed to have been incorrectly classified as exempt. In addition, we endeavor to classify our workforce properly, and we monitor and evaluate such classifications. Although there are no current, pending or threatened claims or investigations against us asserting that any independent contractors have been incorrectly classified, the possibility nevertheless exists that certain contractors could be deemed to be employees.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees and independent contractors, including principal investigators, CROs, consultants, and vendors may engage in misconduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless, and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violate: (i) the laws and regulations of the FDA and other similar regulatory requirements, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete, and accurate information to such authorities, (ii) manufacturing standards, including cGMP requirements, (iii) federal and state data privacy, security, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations in the United States and abroad, (iv) laws that require the true, complete, and accurate reporting of financial information or data, or (v) laws that prohibit insider trading. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, the creation of fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials, or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from non-compliance with such laws or regulations. In addition, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and financial results, including, without limitation, the imposition of significant civil, criminal, and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgements, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, suspension or debarment from federal contracts, imprisonment, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes may be limited in connection with this offering or other ownership changes.

We have incurred substantial losses during our history, do not expect to become profitable in the near future, and may never achieve profitability. As of December 31, 2025, we had net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $161.5 million for federal income tax purposes and $194.5 million for state income tax purposes, which may be available to offset our future taxable income, if any. Our federal NOL carryforwards generated after December 31, 2017, can be carried forward indefinitely but are limited to 80% utilization against taxable income beginning

58


Table of Contents

 

January 1, 2021, which may require us to pay federal income taxes in future years despite having federal NOL carryforwards to utilize. Unless previously utilized, our state NOL carryforwards begin to expire in various amounts in 2038. Our NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and state tax authorities.

In addition, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), our federal NOL carryforwards may be or become subject to an annual limitation in the event we have had or have in the future an “ownership change.” For these purposes, an “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of a company’s stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have not determined the amount of the cumulative change in our ownership resulting from this offering or other transactions, or any resulting limitations on our ability to utilize our NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes. However, we believe that our ability to utilize our NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities may be limited as a result of ownership changes, including potential changes in connection with this offering. If we earn taxable income, such limitations could result in increased future income tax liability to us, and our future cash flows could be adversely affected. We have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our NOL carryforwards and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.

Changes to U.S. tariff and import/export regulations may have a negative effect on us.

The United States has enacted, and continues to consider, a range of trade-related measures, including tariffs, export controls, and other policies. The President of the United States has directed agencies to reassess key aspects of U.S. trade policy, and there has been ongoing debate and uncertainty surrounding potential changes to trade agreements, tariff structures, and foreign investment regulations. Shifts in trade policy—whether through legislation, executive action, or international negotiation—have and could continue to alter the global trade landscape and affect supply chains, pricing, and demand for goods and services. These developments, or the perception that such changes may occur, have and could continue to have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions, contribute to volatility in financial markets, and disrupt international trade, including trade between the United States and its key partners. Any of these factors could depress economic activity and the development and commercialization of our product candidates, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain, maintain, defend, and enforce patent or other intellectual property protection for our product candidates or technology, or if the scope of the patent or other intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors or other third parties could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates may be adversely affected.

We rely upon a combination of patent, trade secret, and trademark protection for our product candidates and proprietary technologies to prevent third parties from exploiting our achievements, thus eroding our competitive position in our market. These legal measures afford only limited protection, and competitors or others may gain access to or use our intellectual property and proprietary information. Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain, maintain, expand, enforce, and defend the scope of our intellectual property protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop. We generally seek to protect our proprietary position, in part, by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad relating to our product candidates, manufacturing processes, delivery devices and methods of use. We may also seek to protect our proprietary position by acquiring or in-licensing relevant issued patents or pending patent applications from third parties. For intellectual property we in-license, we may have limited control over prosecution, maintenance, and enforcement/defense and may depend on our licensors, which could adversely affect the scope or availability of protection. If we are unable to obtain, maintain, expand, enforce, and defend the scope of our intellectual property protection, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially harmed.

59


Table of Contents

 

The patent prosecution process is expensive, time-consuming, and complex, and we may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce, defend, or license all necessary or desirable patent applications or patents at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner or in all jurisdictions. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output in time to obtain patent protection. Although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to confidential or patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, third-party collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors, and other third parties, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent any third party from using any of our technology that is in the public domain to compete with our product candidates or technologies.

In addition, our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our inventions and the prior art allow our inventions to be patentable in light of the prior art. Furthermore, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to invent the inventions claimed in any of our owned patents or pending patent applications, or that we or any future licensors were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. Our competitors may have filed, and may in the future file, patent applications covering our products or technology similar to ours. Any such patent application may have priority over our owned and in-licensed patent applications or patents, which could require us to obtain rights to issued patents covering such technologies. If a third party can establish that we were not the first to make or the first to file for patent protection of such inventions, our patents and patent applications may not issue as patents and even if issued, may be challenged and invalidated or rendered unenforceable.

The patent position of biopharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions, and has been the subject of much litigation in recent years. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability, and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our current and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued.

Any issued patents may not afford sufficient protection of our product candidates or their intended uses against competitors, nor can there be any assurance that the patents issued will not be infringed, designed around, invalidated by third parties, or effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies or products. Further, even if these patents are granted, they may be difficult to enforce. For example, to the extent we rely on method-of-use patents, such patents may not prevent a competitor from marketing the same or a similar product for an indication outside the scope of the patented method, and physicians may prescribe competing products “off-label.” To the extent such conduct infringes our method-of-use claims, that infringement may be difficult to prevent or enforce against in practice.

Further, any issued patents that we own or may license in the future covering our product candidates could be narrowed or found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or before administrative bodies in the United States or other countries, including the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO). Also, patent terms, including any extensions or adjustments that may or may not be available to us, may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time, and we may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship, validity, or enforceability of our patents and/or other intellectual property. Changes in United States patent law, or laws in other countries, could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates. Further, if we encounter delays in our development and testing of our product candidates, clinical trials, or regulatory review and approval of our product candidates, the period of time during which we could market our product candidates under patent protection may be reduced (i.e., patents protecting the product candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized). Thus, our patents may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours or afford us any meaningful competitive advantage.

Moreover, the claim coverage in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the corresponding patent is granted. Even if patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us, or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Any patents issuing from our owned and any future in-licensed patent applications

60


Table of Contents

 

may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented, or invalidated by third parties. Consequently, we do not know whether our product candidates and other proprietary technology will be protectable or remain protected by valid and enforceable patents. Even if a patent is granted, our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent the patent by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Furthermore, our competitors or other third parties may avail themselves of safe harbors under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (Hatch-Waxman Amendments) to conduct research and clinical trials.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity, or enforceability, and our patent rights may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. We may be subject to a third-party post-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO challenging the validity of one or more claims of our patents or patents we may license in the future. Third-party submissions may also be made prior to a patent’s issuance, precluding the granting of a patent based on our pending patent application or patent application we may license in the future. A third party may also claim that our patent rights are invalid or unenforceable in a litigation. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. In addition, we may become involved in opposition, derivation, revocation, reexamination, reissue, post-grant proceedings, inter partes review, interference proceedings, or other similar proceedings in the United States and/or foreign jurisdictions challenging our patent rights. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding, or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate or render unenforceable, our patent rights, and may allow third parties, including generic drug companies, to commercialize our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop and compete directly with us.

Moreover, some of our patent rights may in the future be co-owned with third parties. In the United States, each co-owner has the freedom to license and exploit the technology. If we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to any such third-party co-owners’ interest in such patent rights, such co-owners may be able to license their rights to other third parties, including our competitors, and our competitors could market competing products and technology. In addition, we may need the cooperation of any such co-owners of such patent rights in order to enforce such patent rights against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting, maintaining, enforcing, and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world is expensive, and the laws of foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Prosecution of foreign patent applications is often a longer process and patents may grant at a later date, and with a shorter term, than in the United States. The requirements for patentability differ in certain jurisdictions and countries. Additionally, the patent laws of some countries do not afford intellectual property protection to the same extent as the laws of the United States. For example, other countries may impose substantial restrictions on the scope of claims, limiting patent protection to specifically disclosed embodiments. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our intellectual property in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our intellectual property in jurisdictions where we have not pursued and obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or patents we may license in the future or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets, and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceutical products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our intellectual property and proprietary rights generally. In addition, some jurisdictions, such as Europe, Japan, and China, may have a higher standard for patentability than in the United States, including, for example, the requirement of claims having literal support in the original patent filing and the limitation on using supporting data that is not in the original patent filing. Under those heightened patentability requirements, we may not be able to obtain sufficient patent protection in certain jurisdictions even though the same or similar patent protection can be secured in the United States and other jurisdictions.

61


Table of Contents

 

Proceedings to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents and any patents we may license in the future at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could put our patent applications and any patent applications we may license in the future at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop.

Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, public policy initiatives may seek to increase access to therapies, including by limiting or weakening patent protection in certain circumstances, which could diminish the value of our intellectual property. Further, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we are forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be adversely affected. In addition, geopolitical actions in the United States and in foreign countries (such as the wars between Russia and Ukraine and Israel and Hamas) could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution or maintenance of our patent applications or those of any future licensors. For example, a decree was adopted by the Russian government in March 2022, allowing Russian companies and individuals to exploit inventions owned by patentees from the United States without consent or compensation. Consequently, we would not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in Russia or from selling or importing product made using our inventions in and into Russia. This or any of the foregoing could increase uncertainties and costs for the maintenance, enforcement, or defense of our issued patents, which could impair our competitive intellectual property position.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment, and other requirements imposed by government patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The USPTO and various non-U.S. government agencies require compliance with several procedural, documentary, fee payment, and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In some circumstances, we may be dependent on any future licensors to take the necessary action to comply with these requirements with respect to any licensed intellectual property. For example, periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees, and various other government fees on patents and applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various government patent agencies outside of the United States over the lifetime of our patents and applications. In certain circumstances, we may rely on licensing partners to pay these fees due to the U.S. and non-U.S. patent agencies. In some cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. There are situations, however, in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in a partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, potential competitors might be able to enter the market with similar or identical products or technology, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

The USPTO and various non-U.S. government agencies require compliance with certain foreign filing requirements during the patent application process. For example, in some countries, including the United States, China, India, and some European countries, a foreign filing license is required before certain patent applications are filed. The foreign filing license requirements vary by country and depend on various factors, including where the inventive activity occurred, citizenship status of the inventors, the residency of the inventors and the invention owner, the place of business for the invention owner, and the nature of the subject matter to be disclosed (e.g., items related to national security or national defense). In some cases, a foreign filing license may be obtained retroactively in accordance with the applicable rules. There are situations, however, in which non-compliance can result in abandonment of a pending patent application or can be grounds for revoking or invalidating an issued patent, resulting in the loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, potential competitors might be able to enter the relevant markets with similar or identical products or technology, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. We would also be dependent on any future licensors to take the necessary actions to comply with these requirements with respect to any intellectual property we may license in the future.

62


Table of Contents

 

Public health pandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic), geopolitical instability (war and terrorism), natural disasters, or similar events may impair our and our licensors’ ability to comply with these procedural, document submission, fee payment, and other requirements imposed by government patent agencies, which may materially and adversely affect our ability to obtain or maintain patent protection for our products and product candidates.

Changes in patent laws or their interpretations could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States or in other countries could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. After March 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (the America Invents Act) enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after March 2013, but before us or our licensors could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours or our licensors even if we or our licensors had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This requires us to be cognizant of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors are the first to either (i) file any patent application related to our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our patents or patent applications.

The America Invents Act also included a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and also affect patent litigation. These include allowing third party protests and submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO-administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review, and derivation proceedings. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims or any patent claims we may license in the future that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action.

In addition, the patent positions of companies in the development and commercialization of pharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. We cannot predict how decisions by the courts, the U.S. Congress or the USPTO may impact the value of our patent rights. For example, the U.S. Supreme Court held in Amgen v. Sanofi (2023) that a functionally claimed genus was invalid for failing to comply with the enablement requirement of the Patent Act. As such, our patent rights with functional claims may be vulnerable to third party challenges seeking to invalidate these claims for lacking enablement or adequate support in the specification. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could have a material adverse effect on our existing patent portfolio and our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property in the future. Similarly, changes in patent law and regulations in other countries or jurisdictions or changes in the governmental bodies that enforce them or changes in how the relevant governmental authority enforces patent laws or regulations may weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we have or may obtain or license in the future.

In 2012, the European Union Patent Package (EU Patent Package) regulations were passed with the goal of providing a single pan-European Unitary Patent and a new European Unified Patent Court (UPC) for litigation involving European patents. The EU Patent Package was implemented on June 1, 2023. The UPC is an international court established by a subset of EU Member States, and not all EU Member States participate or have ratified the UPC Agreement; accordingly, the geographic scope of UPC jurisdiction and Unitary Patent coverage is limited to participating EU Member States that have ratified the UPC Agreement. As a result, European patents (including those issued prior to ratification of the EU Patent Package) validated in participating, ratifying EU Member States now by

63


Table of Contents

 

default automatically fall under the jurisdiction of the UPC, unless otherwise opted out. It is uncertain how the UPC will impact granted European patents in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. Our European patent applications, if issued, could be challenged in the UPC. During the first seven years of the UPC’s existence, the UPC legislation allows a patent owner to opt its European patents out of the jurisdiction of the UPC. We may decide to opt out our future European patents from the UPC, but doing so may preclude us from realizing the benefits of the UPC. Moreover, if we do not meet all of the formalities and requirements for opt-out under the UPC, our future European patents could remain under the jurisdiction of the UPC. The UPC will provide our competitors with a new forum to centrally revoke our European patent, and allow for the possibility of a competitor to obtain pan-European injunction. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business and our ability to commercialize our technology and product candidates due to increased competition and, resultantly, on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. The UPC and Unitary Patent are significant changes in European patent practice. As the UPC is a new court system, there is no precedent for the court, increasing the uncertainty of any litigation in the UPC. We may choose to opt out of UPC jurisdiction for current and future European Patents and decline to request unitary effect for future European Patent grants.

Issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad.

Our patent rights may be subject to priority, validity, inventorship, ownership, and enforceability disputes. Legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims, with or without merit, are unpredictable and generally expensive and time-consuming and likely to divert significant resources from our core business, including distracting our management and scientific personnel from their normal responsibilities and generally harm our business. If we or any future licensors are unsuccessful in any of these proceedings, such patents and patent applications may be narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If we initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that such patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could include an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, non-enablement, lack of sufficient written description, failure to claim patent-eligible subject matter, or obviousness-type double patenting. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading or inconsistent statement, during prosecution. Third parties may raise claims challenging the validity or enforceability of a patent before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in the revocation of, cancellation of, or amendment to our patent rights or any patent rights we may obtain or license in the future in such a way that they no longer cover our product candidates or prevent third parties from competing with our product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection for our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect the competitive position of our product candidates for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional or international patent application filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent has expired, we may be vulnerable to competition from competitive products, including generics. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing, and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such product candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized. As a result, our intellectual property may not provide us with

64


Table of Contents

 

sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. If we do not have sufficient patent life to protect our products, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects will be adversely affected.

If we do not obtain patent term extension and equivalent extensions outside of the United States for our product candidates, our business may be materially harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration, and specifics of any FDA regulatory approval of any of our product candidates, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent term extension of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent may be extended, and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Similar patent term restoration provisions to compensate for commercialization delay caused by regulatory review are also available in certain foreign jurisdictions, such as in Europe under Supplemental Protection Certificate. However, we may not be granted an extension for various reasons, including failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents, or failing to satisfy other applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded could be less than we request. In addition, to the extent we wish to pursue patent term extension based on a patent that we may license from a third party in the future, we may need the cooperation of that third party. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension, or the foreign equivalent, or if the term of any such extension is less than we request, our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially harmed.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our patents and other intellectual property.

We may be subject to claims that former employees, consultants, collaborators, or other third parties have an interest in our patent rights, trade secrets, or other intellectual property as an inventor, co-inventor, or owner of trade secrets. For example, we may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or our patent rights, trade secrets, or other intellectual property. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or the right to use intellectual property that is important to our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management and other employees. In addition, individuals named as inventors on our patents and patent applications may in the future become involved with competitors or otherwise take actions that could result in the development of products or processes designed to compete with or design around our intellectual property. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patent protection for our product candidates and proprietary technologies, we may rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect our unpatented know-how, technology, and other proprietary information and to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect these trade secrets and other proprietary technology, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, third-party collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors, and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. We also use physical and technological security measures to protect our confidential and proprietary information; however, these measures may be breached or otherwise become ineffective.

65


Table of Contents

 

Trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into applicable agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary technologies will be effective. We cannot guarantee that any potential trade secrets and other proprietary and confidential information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to trade secrets. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. Furthermore, others may independently discover similar trade secrets and proprietary information. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed or misappropriated or if any such information were to be independently developed by a competitor or other third party, our competitive position would be materially and adversely harmed. In addition, we may need to share our proprietary information, including trade secrets, with current or future business partners, collaborators, contractors, and other third parties, including those located in jurisdictions that may present a heightened risk of misappropriation, including through direct intrusion by private parties, foreign actors or those affiliate with or controlled by state actors. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property in the United States and abroad.

We may be subject to claims that third parties have an ownership interest in our trade secrets. For example, we may have disputes arise from conflicting obligations of our employees, consultants, or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging ownership of our trade secrets. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable trade secret rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, trade secrets that are important to our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management and other employees. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants, or advisors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their current or former employers or claims asserting ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Some of our employees, consultants, and advisors are currently or were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants, and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s current or former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

66


Table of Contents

 

We may not identify relevant third-party patents or may incorrectly interpret the relevance, scope, or expiration of a third-party patent, which might adversely affect our ability to develop and market our products.

We cannot guarantee that any of our patent searches or analyses, including the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims, or the expiration of relevant patents, are or will be complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified or will identify each and every third-party patent and pending patent application in the United States and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our current and future product candidates in any jurisdiction. Patent applications in the United States and elsewhere are not published until approximately 18 months after the earliest filing for which priority is claimed, with such earliest filing date being commonly referred to as the priority date. Therefore, patent applications covering our product candidates could have been filed by others without our knowledge. The scope of a patent claim is determined by the interpretation of the law, the words of a patent claim, the written disclosure in a patent, and the patent’s prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending patent application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our products. We may incorrectly determine that our products are not covered by a third-party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a third party’s pending patent application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Even if we believe we are free to operate based on our analyses, competitors may obtain issued claims, including in patents we believe are not relevant, that could block our efforts or result in infringement.

Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, and we may incorrectly conclude that a third-party patent is invalid and unenforceable or not infringed. Our failure to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our product candidates. If we fail to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents, we may be subject to infringement claims. Also, because the claims of published patent applications can change between publication and patent grant, there may be published patent applications that may ultimately issue with claims that we infringe. As the number of competitors in the market grows and the number of patents issued in this area increases, the possibility of patent infringement claims escalates. Moreover, in recent years, individuals and groups that are non-practicing entities, commonly referred to as “patent trolls,” have purchased patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement in order to extract settlements. From time to time, we may receive threatening letters, notices or “invitations to license,” or may be the subject of claims that our products and business operations infringe or violate the intellectual property rights of others. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to successfully settle or otherwise resolve such infringement claims. If we fail in any such dispute, in addition to being forced to pay damages, we may be temporarily or permanently prohibited from commercializing any of our product candidates that are held to be infringing. We might, if possible, also be forced to redesign product candidates or services so that we no longer infringe the third-party intellectual property rights. Any of these events, even if we were ultimately to prevail, could require us to divert substantial financial and management resources that we would otherwise be able to devote to our business.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation, or other violations against us or our collaborators could be expensive and time consuming and may prevent or delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to avoid infringing, misappropriating, and otherwise violating the patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of complex litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, as well as administrative proceedings for challenging patents, including interference, derivation, and reexamination proceedings before the USPTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in foreign jurisdictions.

Numerous U.S. and foreign-issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we plan to commercialize our product candidates and in which we are developing other proprietary technologies. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, and as we gain greater visibility and market exposure as a public company, the risk increases that our product candidates and commercializing activities may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others. We cannot assure that our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we develop will not infringe existing or future patents owned by third parties. We may not be aware of patents that have already been issued for which a third party, such as a competitor in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates, might assert as infringed by us. It is also possible that patents owned by third parties of which we are aware, but which we do not believe we infringe or that

67


Table of Contents

 

we believe we have valid defenses to any claims of patent infringement, could be found to be infringed by us. It is not unusual that corresponding patents issued in different countries have different scopes of coverage, such that in one country a third-party patent does not pose a material risk, but in another country, the corresponding third-party patent may pose a material risk to our product candidates. As such, we monitor third-party patents in the relevant pharmaceutical markets. In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications that may later result in issued patents that we may infringe. For example, pending patent applications that have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that could cover product candidates or the use of our products. We are aware of certain patents and patent applications in the United States and elsewhere that contain claims that may cover one of our product candidates. While we believe we would have valid defenses to claims of patent infringement, we cannot be certain that we would prevail in any dispute, and we cannot be certain how an adverse determination would affect our business.

In the event that any third-party claims that we infringe their patents or that we are otherwise employing their proprietary technology without authorization and initiates litigation against us, even if we believe such claims are without merit, a court of competent jurisdiction could hold that such patents are valid, enforceable, and infringed by us. Defense of infringement claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of management and other employee resources from our business, and may impact our reputation. In addition, such claims may be asserted against our collaborators, licensees, or other business partners, and we may be required to indemnify certain of these parties, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may be enjoined from further developing or commercializing the infringing products or technologies. In addition, we may be required to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, obtain one or more licenses from third parties, pay royalties and/or redesign our infringing products or technologies, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. Such licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, the license would likely obligate us to pay license fees or royalties or both, and the rights granted to us might be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license to a third-party patent on commercially reasonable terms or at all, we may be unable to commercialize the infringing products or technologies or such commercialization efforts may be significantly delayed, which could in turn significantly harm our business. In addition, we may in the future pursue patent challenges with respect to third-party patents, including as a defense against the foregoing infringement claims. The outcome of such challenges is unpredictable.

Even if resolved in our favor, the foregoing proceedings could be very expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. Such proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing, or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of litigation or administrative proceedings more effectively than we can because of greater financial resources. Such proceedings may also absorb significant time of our technical and management personnel and distract them from their normal responsibilities. Uncertainties resulting from such proceedings could impair our ability to compete in the marketplace. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We may in the future pursue invalidity proceedings with respect to third-party patents. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity is unpredictable. Even if resolved in our favor, these legal proceedings may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing, or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such proceedings adequately. Some of these third parties may be able to sustain the costs of such proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent proceedings

68


Table of Contents

 

could compromise our ability to compete in the marketplace. If we do not prevail in the patent proceedings the third parties may assert a claim of patent infringement directed at our product candidates.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time-consuming, and unsuccessful.

Third parties, such as a competitor, may infringe our patent rights. We may be unable to detect or police all such infringement, and detecting infringement may be particularly difficult for certain manufacturing processes or other activities that are not readily observable. In an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent we own or a patent we may license in the future is invalid or unenforceable or may refuse to stop the other party from using the invention at issue. In addition, our patent rights may become involved in inventorship, ownership, priority, enforceability, or validity disputes. To counter or defend against such claims can be expensive and time-consuming. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put our patent rights at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation and proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during such litigation and proceedings.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing, or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest, and our business may be adversely affected.

Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, diluted, circumvented, or declared generic or determined to be infringing, misappropriating, or violating other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition among potential partners or customers in the markets of interest. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections of our applications by the USPTO or in foreign jurisdictions. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to such rejections, we may be unable to overcome them. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged or determined to be infringing, misappropriating, or violating other marks, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, which may not survive such proceedings. Moreover, any name we may propose to use with our product candidates in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. Similar requirements exist in Europe. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. Furthermore, in many countries, owning and maintaining a trademark registration may not provide an adequate defense against a subsequent infringement claim asserted by the owner of a senior trademark.

We may not be able to obtain, protect, or enforce our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition among potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors or other third parties may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand

69


Table of Contents

 

identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement, misappropriation, dilution, or other claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively, and our business may be adversely affected. Our efforts to obtain, enforce, or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade names, domain name, or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

•
others may be able to make products that are similar to our product candidates or utilize similar technology but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own or may license in the future;
•
we or our licensors or collaborators might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by our current or future patent applications;
•
we or our licensors or collaborators might not have been the first to file patent applications covering our or their inventions;
•
we or our licensors may fail to comply with obligations to the U.S. government (including under the Bayh-Dole Act) with respect to patents and patent applications arising from U.S. government funding, which could result in the loss of rights or the grant of licenses to third parties;
•
others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;
•
it is possible that our pending and future patent applications that we own or may license will not lead to issued patents;
•
any issued patent that we own or license in the future may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors or other third parties;
•
others may have access to the same intellectual property rights licensed to us in the future on a non-exclusive basis;
•
our competitors or other third parties might conduct research and development activities in countries where we or our licensors do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;
•
we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;
•
we may fail to identify potential patentable subject matter and/or may fail to file on it;
•
the patents or other intellectual property rights of others may harm our business; and
•
we may choose not to file for patent protection in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent application covering such intellectual property or disclose information resulting in a loss of protection for such trade secret.

Should any of the foregoing occur, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

70


Table of Contents

 

We partially depend on intellectual property licensed from third parties, and our licensors may not always act in our best interest. If we fail to comply with our obligations under our intellectual property licenses, if the licenses are terminated or if disputes regarding these licenses arise, we could lose significant rights that are important to our business.

We are dependent, in part, on patents, know-how and proprietary technology licensed from others, including Cell X, CCF, iPS Academia Japan and Sumitomo. In addition to the foregoing, we are a party to a number of other license agreements under which we are granted rights to intellectual property that are critical to our business, and we may enter into additional license agreements in the future with third parties. Our existing license agreements impose, and we expect that any future license agreements where we in-license intellectual property, will impose on us, various development, regulatory and/or commercial diligence obligations, payment of milestones and/or royalties and other obligations. If we fail to comply with our obligations under these agreements, or we are subject to bankruptcy-related proceedings, the licensor may have the right to terminate the license, in which event we would not be able to develop or market products covered by the license, or we may be subject to litigation for breach of these agreements.

If we or our licensors fail to adequately protect our licensed intellectual property, our ability to commercialize product candidates could suffer. We do not have complete control over the maintenance, prosecution and litigation of our in-licensed patents and patent applications and may have limited control over future intellectual property that may be in-licensed. For example, we cannot be certain that activities such as the maintenance and prosecution by our licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights. It is possible that our licensors’ infringement proceedings or defense activities may be less vigorous than had we conducted them ourselves or may not be conducted in accordance with our best interests.

In addition, the agreements under which we license intellectual property or technology from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant patents, know-how and proprietary technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement. Disputes that may arise between us and our licensors regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement could include disputes regarding:

•
the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;
•
whether and the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;
•
our right to sublicense patent and other rights to third parties under our license arrangements or collaborative development relationships;
•
our diligence obligations with respect to the use of the licensed technology in relation to our development and commercialization of our product candidates and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations; and
•
the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us.

If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected technology or product candidates. As a result, any termination of or disputes over our intellectual property licenses could result in the loss of our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates, or we could lose other significant rights, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

For example, our agreements with certain of our third-party research partners provide that improvements developed in the course of our relationship may be owned solely by either us or our third-party research partner, or jointly between us and the third party. If we determine that rights to such improvements owned solely by a research partner or other third party with whom we collaborate are necessary to commercialize our product candidates or maintain our competitive advantage, we may need to obtain a license from such third party in order to use the

71


Table of Contents

 

improvements and continue developing, manufacturing or marketing our product candidates. We may not be able to obtain such a license on an exclusive basis, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or allow our competitors or others the chance to access technology that is important to our business. We also may need the cooperation of any co-owners of our intellectual property in order to enforce such intellectual property against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us.

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to product components and processes for our development pipeline through acquisitions and in-licenses.

The growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license, or use third-party intellectual property and proprietary rights. We also depend on intellectual property, know-how, trade secrets, and other proprietary rights that we license from third parties, and termination or expiration of any of these licenses could result in the loss of significant rights and could harm our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates. For example, product candidates may require specific materials, components, or processes to work effectively and efficiently, or we may be required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to provide a companion diagnostic test or tests with our product candidates, any of which could require us to obtain rights to use intellectual property held by third parties. In addition, with respect to any patent or other intellectual property rights we may co-own with third parties, we may require licenses to such co-owners’ interest to such patents.

We may be unable to acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes, or other third-party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary or important to our business operations. In addition, we may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. Were that to happen, we may need to cease use of the compositions or methods covered by those third-party intellectual property rights and may need to seek to develop alternative approaches that do not infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate those intellectual property rights, which may entail additional costs and development delays, even if we were able to develop such alternatives, which may not be feasible. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, which means that our competitors may also receive access to the same technologies licensed to us. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology. In addition, our existing and future license and collaboration agreements may impose diligence, milestone payment, royalty, insurance, and other obligations on us, and if we fail to comply with these obligations, our licensors may have the right to terminate the applicable license. We may also enter into sublicense arrangements, and if our sublicensor fails to comply with its obligations under an upstream license, the upstream licensor may terminate the upstream license, which could terminate our sublicense and leave us without rights to the applicable intellectual property unless we can obtain a direct license, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

Additionally, we may collaborate with academic institutions to accelerate our research and development under written agreements with these institutions. In certain cases, these institutions provide us with an option to negotiate a license to any of the institution’s rights in technology resulting from the collaboration. Even if we hold such an option, we may be unable to negotiate a license from the institution within the specified timeframe or under terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to do so, the institution may offer the intellectual property rights to others, potentially blocking our ability to pursue our program. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, and our competitors may also receive access to the same technologies licensed to us.

The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and companies that may be more established or have greater resources than we do may also be pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider necessary or attractive in order to commercialize our product candidates. More established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources, or greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully complete these types of negotiations and ultimately acquire the rights to the intellectual property surrounding the additional product candidates that we may seek to develop or market. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property or to maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of certain programs and our business financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could suffer.

72


Table of Contents

 

Disputes may also arise between us and our licensors regarding licensed intellectual property, including the scope of rights granted, interpretation-related issues, diligence obligations, sublicense rights, ownership of improvements or jointly developed intellectual property, and the control of prosecution, maintenance, and enforcement. If such disputes prevent or impair our ability to maintain or enforce our licensed rights on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There has been no public market for our common stock. An active, liquid, and orderly market for our common stock may not develop, or we may in the future fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, and you may not be able to resell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (Nasdaq) under the symbol “ASPE”, an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or may not be sustained following this offering. We and the representatives of the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price of our common stock through negotiation. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, an active trading market may not develop following the consummation of this offering or, if it is developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses or technologies using our shares as consideration, which, in turn, could materially adversely affect our business.

If, after listing, we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum closing bid price requirement, Nasdaq may take steps to delist our common stock. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of our common stock and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our common stock when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow our common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our common stock, prevent our common stock from dropping below the Nasdaq minimum bid price requirement, or prevent future non-compliance with the listing requirements of Nasdaq.

The trading price of the shares of our common stock may be highly volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could lose all or part of their investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. The stock market in general and the market for stock of biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by those factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and many others, including:

•
results of our clinical trials and preclinical studies, and the results of trials of our competitors or those of other companies in our market sector;
•
our ability to enroll patients in our future clinical trials;
•
our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our product candidates or additional indications thereof, or limitations to specific label indications or patient populations for its use, or changes or delays in the regulatory review process;
•
regulatory or legal developments in the United States and foreign countries;
•
changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;
•
the success or failure of our efforts to develop, acquire, or license additional product candidates;

73


Table of Contents

 

•
innovations, clinical trial results, product approvals and other developments regarding our competitors;
•
announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;
•
manufacturing, supply, or distribution delays or shortages;
•
any changes to our relationship with any manufacturers, suppliers, collaborators, or other strategic partners;
•
achievement of expected product sales and profitability;
•
variations in our financial results or development timelines or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us, including variations from expectations of securities analysts or investors;
•
market conditions in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical sector and issuance of securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;
•
trading volume of our common stock;
•
an inability to obtain additional funding;
•
sales of our stock by us, our insiders, or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases or expiration of market stand-off or lock-up agreements;
•
general economic, industry, geopolitical, and market conditions, such as military conflict or war, inflation and financial institution instability, or pandemic or epidemic disease outbreaks, many of which are beyond our control;
•
additions or departures of senior management, directors, or key personnel;
•
intellectual property, product liability, or other litigation against us or our inability to enforce our intellectual property;
•
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities and the incurrence of additional debt; and
•
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations, or principles.

In addition, in the past, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against biopharmaceutical companies following periods of volatility in the market prices of these companies’ stock. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and damage our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering and may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways that you and other stockholders may not approve.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds.” Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment, and the failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit, or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

74


Table of Contents

 

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after the closing of this offering. Purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of approximately $ per share, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In the past, we issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent these outstanding options are ultimately exercised, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will sustain further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section titled “Dilution.”

After this offering, our executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Following the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors, and greater than 5% stockholders, in the aggregate, will own approximately % of our outstanding common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options and without giving effect to any potential purchases by such persons in this offering). As a result, such persons, acting together, will have the ability to significantly influence all matters submitted to our board of directors or stockholders for approval, including the appointment of our management, the election and removal of directors and approval of any significant transaction, as well as our management and business affairs. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control, impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquiror from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our business, even if such a transaction would benefit other stockholders. Additionally, the concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, so any returns on your investment will be limited to the value of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation, and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which stockholders have purchased their shares.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise adequate capital through the sale of additional equity or equity-linked securities.

Based on shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, upon the closing of this offering, we will have a total of shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering, unless they are purchased by one of our affiliates.

Our directors and executive officers and substantially all of our securityholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the representatives pursuant to which they may not, with limited exceptions and among other things, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, offer, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of our securities, without the prior written consent of Leerink Partners LLC, Piper Sandler & Co., Stifel, Nicolaus &

75


Table of Contents

 

Company, Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC. The underwriters may permit our officers, directors, and other securityholders who are subject to the lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements at any time in their sole discretion. See the section titled “Underwriting.” Sales of these shares, or perceptions that they will be sold, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. After the lock-up agreements expire, up to an additional shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, of which shares will be held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, in each case based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026 and without giving effect to any potential purchases by such persons in this offering.

In addition, as of June 30, 2026, 30,078,745 shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options under our employee benefit plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements, and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

After this offering, the holders of shares of our outstanding common stock, or approximately % of our total outstanding common stock based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2026, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to vesting and the 180-day lock-up agreements described above. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer”, as defined under the Exchange Act, our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.235 billion, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

•
being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;
•
not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley);
•
not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, unless the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) determines the new rules are necessary for protecting the public;
•
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and
•
exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common

76


Table of Contents

 

stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we may not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We intend to rely on other exemptions provided by the JOBS Act, including without limitation, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley.

We are also a smaller reporting company as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year, and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable and may lead to entrenchment of management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering will contain provisions that could significantly reduce the value of our shares to a potential acquiror or delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. The provisions in our charter documents will include the following:

•
a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;
•
no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;
•
the exclusive right of our board of directors, unless otherwise required by law or determined by the board of directors, to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death, or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
•
the required approval of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote to remove a director for cause;
•
the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting powers, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror;
•
the ability of our board of directors to alter our amended and restated bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;
•
the required approval of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote to adopt, amend, or repeal our amended and restated bylaws or repeal the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors;
•
a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;
•
an exclusive forum provision providing that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for certain actions and proceedings;
•
the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the executive chairman, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

77


Table of Contents

 

•
advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions contained in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under Section 203, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other exceptions, the board of directors has approved the transaction.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders and that the federal district courts shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees or the underwriters or any offering giving rise to such claim.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended or restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, that, this provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any claims for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees and result in increased costs for investors to bring a claim. By agreeing to this provision, however, stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Furthermore, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. If a court were to find the choice of forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Participation in this offering by our existing stockholders and/or their affiliated entities may reduce the public float for our common stock.

To the extent certain of our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities participate in this offering, such purchases would reduce the non-affiliate public float of our shares, meaning the number of shares of our common stock that are not held by officers, directors, and controlling stockholders. A reduction in the public float could reduce the number of shares that are available to be traded at any given time, thereby adversely impacting the liquidity of our common stock and depressing the price at which you may be able to sell shares of common stock purchased in this offering.

78


Table of Contents

 

General Risk Factors

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, Sarbanes-Oxley, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and Nasdaq to implement provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and certain corporate governance practices. Further, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the SEC has adopted additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as mandatory “say on pay” voting requirements that will apply to us when we cease to be an emerging growth company. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time consuming and costly. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce expenditures in other areas of our business. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to comply with these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees, or as executive officers. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are subject to U.S. and certain foreign export and import controls, sanctions, embargoes, anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. We could face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations, which could harm our business.

We are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls and anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act and other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, CROs, contractors and other collaborators and partners from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting, or receiving, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to or from recipients in the public or private sector. We may engage third parties for clinical trials outside of the United States, to sell our products abroad if and when we enter a commercialization phase, and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations and other regulatory approvals. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities, and other organizations. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, CROs, contractors, and other collaborators and partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities, and any training or compliance programs or other initiatives we undertake to prevent such activities may not be effective.

Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm, and other consequences.

Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the provision of certain products and services to countries, governments, and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. U.S. sanctions that have been or may be imposed as a result of military conflicts in other countries may impact our ability to continue activities at future clinical

79


Table of Contents

 

trial sites within regions covered by such sanctions. If we fail to comply with export and import regulations and such economic sanctions, penalties could be imposed, including fines and/or denial of certain export privileges. These export and import controls and economic sanctions could also adversely affect our supply chain.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations and the operations of our suppliers, CROs, CMOs, and clinical sites could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications or infrastructure failures, cybersecurity incidents, physical security breaches, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, blizzards and other extreme weather conditions, fires, public health pandemics or epidemics (including, for example, the COVID-19 pandemic), and other natural or manmade disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. We rely on third-party manufacturers or suppliers to produce our product candidates and its components and on CROs and clinical sites to conduct our clinical trials, and do not have a redundant source of supply for all components of our product candidates. Our ability to obtain clinical or, if approved, commercial, supplies of our product candidates could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers were affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption, and our ability to commence, conduct or complete our clinical trials in a timely manner could be similarly adversely affected by any of the foregoing. In addition, our corporate headquarters is located in San Diego, California near major earthquake faults and fire zones, and the ultimate impact on us of being located near major earthquake faults and fire zones and being consolidated in a certain geographical area is unknown. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Unstable market and economic conditions and adverse developments with respect to financial institutions and associated liquidity risk may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition, and stock price.

From time to time, the global credit and financial markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruptions, including severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates, and uncertainty about economic stability. The financial markets and the global economy may also be adversely affected by the current or anticipated impact of military conflict, including the conflict between Russia and Ukraine and in the Middle East, terrorism, or other geopolitical events. Sanctions imposed by the United States and other countries in response to such conflicts, including the one in Ukraine, may also adversely impact the financial markets and the global economy, and any economic countermeasures by the affected countries or others could exacerbate market and economic instability. In addition, in 2023 the closures of financial institutions and their placement into receivership with the FDIC created bank-specific and broader financial institution liquidity risk and concerns. Future adverse developments with respect to specific financial institutions or the broader financial services industry may lead to market-wide liquidity shortages, impair the ability of companies to access near-term working capital needs, and create additional market and economic uncertainty. There can be no assurance that future credit and financial market instability and a deterioration in confidence in economic conditions will not occur. Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by any such economic downturn, liquidity shortages, volatile business environment or continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions. If the equity and credit markets deteriorate, or if adverse developments are experienced by financial institutions, it may cause short-term liquidity risk and also make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, more costly, more onerous with respect to financial and operating covenants and more dilutive. Failure to secure any necessary financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy, financial performance and stock price and could require us to delay, limit, reduce or abandon clinical development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market our product candidates even if we would otherwise prefer to develop and market such product candidates ourselves. In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current service providers, financial institutions, manufacturers, and other partners may be adversely affected by the foregoing risks, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and on budget.

80


Table of Contents

 

Changes in tax laws or regulations may materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, or adversely impact the value of an investment in our common stock.

New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances could be enacted at any time, or interpreted, changed, modified, or applied adversely to us, any of which could adversely affect our business operations and financial performance. The likelihood of these changes being enacted or implemented is unclear. We are currently unable to predict whether such changes will occur and, if so, the ultimate impact on our business. To the extent that such changes have a negative impact on us, including as a result of related uncertainty, these changes may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports or publish unfavorable research or reports about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock, or if we fail to meet the expectations of one or more of these analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, interest in our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting, and the trading price of our common stock may decline.

We are not currently required to comply with the rules of the SEC implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Although we will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control over financial reporting on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting until our second annual report on Form 10-K.

However, as an “emerging growth company,” our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. When we lose our status as an “emerging growth company” and do not otherwise qualify as a “smaller reporting company” with less than $100.0 million in annual revenue, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. To comply with the requirements of being a reporting company under the Exchange Act, we may need to upgrade our information technology systems; implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures; and hire additional accounting and finance staff. If we or, if required, our auditors are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and the trading price of our common stock may decline.

Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal control over financial reporting may distract our officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing processes and take significant time to complete. These changes may not, however, be effective in establishing and maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

81


Table of Contents

 

We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting once that firm begins its Section 404 reviews, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, even if ultimately decided in our favor, it could result in substantial costs (including the cost to defend against and any potential adverse outcome resulting from any such proceeding), damage to our reputation and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources from other business concerns, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

82


Table of Contents

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, research and development plans, the anticipated timing, costs, design, and conduct of our ongoing and planned clinical trials and preclinical studies for our product candidates, such as the advancement of sasineprocel through Phase 3 trials and the development of sasineprocel into genetic PD, the timing and likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals for our product candidates, our ability to commercialize our product candidates, if approved, the pricing and reimbursement of our products, if approved, the potential to develop future product candidates and pursue automated manufacturing processes for such product candidates, the potential benefits of strategic collaborations and the potential to enter into any future strategic arrangements, the timing and likelihood of success, plans, and objectives of management for future operations, and future results of anticipated product development efforts, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial and other trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions described in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances, or otherwise. You should review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus. See the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similarly qualified statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and you are cautioned not to rely unduly upon them.

83


Table of Contents

 

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

We obtained the industry, market, and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from independent market research, industry, and general publications and surveys, governmental agencies, and publicly available information in addition to research, surveys, and studies conducted by third parties. The content of these third-party sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein. Internal estimates are derived from publicly available information released by industry analysts and third-party sources, our internal research, and our industry experience and are based on assumptions made by us based on such data and our knowledge of our industry and market, which we believe to be reasonable. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

In addition, while we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the industry, market, and competitive position data included in this prospectus is reliable and based on reasonable assumptions, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties or by us.

84


Table of Contents

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $    million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by $    million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same. We do not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may affect how soon we may need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, to create a public market for our common stock, and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities, as follows:

•
approximately $ million to continue funding the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial evaluating sasineprocel in patients with sporadic and genetic PD;
•
approximately $ million to initiate and fund a Phase 3 trial evaluating sasineprocel in patients with sporadic and genetic PD, with plans to initiate such Phase 3 trial prior to the completion of the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial;
•
approximately $ million to continue funding the development of our microglia programs, including initiating IND-enabling studies; and
•
the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds and our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities to in-license, acquire, or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, products, or assets. However, we have no current commitments or obligations to do so.

Based on our current operating plans, we believe that the estimated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, will be sufficient to fund our operations into     . We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Additionally, our expected use of existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and our net proceeds from this offering represent our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress and costs of our development activities, the status of and results from clinical trials and preclinical studies, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our products, and the amount of cash used in our operations and any unforeseen cash needs as well as other factors described in the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

85


Table of Contents

 

The net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities will not be sufficient to complete the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, the Phase 3 trial for sasineprocel, which we intend to initiate prior to the completion of the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, or the development of sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidates. After this offering, we will require additional capital in order to advance our current and any future product candidates through clinical trials, regulatory approval, and commercialization. Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings, or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses, and other similar arrangements. Nevertheless, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all.

Pending the uses described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit, and direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States.

 

86


Table of Contents

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, current and anticipated capital requirements, business prospects, and other factors our board of directors deems relevant, and subject to applicable laws and the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments.

87


Table of Contents

 

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and capitalization as of June 30, 2026:

•
on an actual basis;
•
on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 177,593,856 shares of our common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and
•
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

 

As of June 30, 2026

 

 

Actual

 

 

Pro Forma

 

 

Pro Forma as
Adjusted
(1)

 

(in thousands, except par value and share data)

 

(unaudited)

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

(unaudited)

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

$

72,377

 

 

$

72,377

 

 

$

 

Convertible preferred stock (Series Seed, Series Seed-2, Series A-1, Series A-2, Series B, and Series C), $0.0001 par value; 177,602,470 shares authorized, 177,593,856 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

 

$

338,808

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual (other than the convertible preferred stock set forth above), 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted(2)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 228,898,561 shares authorized; 17,118,449 shares issued; and 10,964,839 shares outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 194,712,305 shares issued and 188,558,695 shares outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000 shares authorized, shares issued and shares outstanding, pro forma as adjusted(2)

 

 

1

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

13,854

 

 

 

352,644

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(42

)

 

 

(42

)

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(264,886

)

 

 

(264,886

)

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 

 

(251,073

)

 

 

87,735

 

 

 

 

 

Total capitalization

 

$

87,735

 

 

$

87,735

 

 

$

 

 

 

(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus,

88


Table of Contents

 

remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by approximately $ million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2)
Reflects the number of shares that will be authorized under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and assumes the completion of the Stock Split prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Except as otherwise indicated, the other information in the table above, including the number of shares issued and outstanding, does not give effect to the Stock Split.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, our pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization as of June 30, 2026, would be $ million, $ million, $ million, and $ million, respectively.

The number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted in the table above, is based on 188,558,695 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026 after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 177,593,856 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and excludes:

•
30,078,745 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2026 under our 2018 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.68 per share;
•
6,153,610 shares of common stock that were not considered outstanding as of June 30, 2026 because they were subject to full recourse promissory notes, but which became outstanding as a result of the forgiveness of the related promissory notes effective August 2026 (5,550,221 shares) and September 2026 (603,389 shares);
•
270,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted subsequent to June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.99 per share;
•
shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2026 Plan (which number includes shares remaining available for issuance under our 2018 Plan, which will become available for issuance under the 2026 Plan upon its effectiveness), as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan and any reserved shares not issued or subject to outstanding awards under the 2026 Plan after the effective date of the 2026 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated, all of which shares shall become available for issuance under the 2026 Plan;
•
shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP; and
•
175,691 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of June 30, 2026, at an exercise price of $0.78 per share.

89


Table of Contents

 

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately and substantially diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of June 30, 2026, our historical net tangible book value (deficit) was $(251.1) million, or $(14.67) per share of our common stock, based on 17,118,449 shares of common stock issued and 10,964,839 shares of common stock outstanding as of such date. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, which is not included within permanent equity, divided by the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding at June 30, 2026.

On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 177,593,856 shares of our common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2026 would have been $87.7 million, or $0.45 per share of our common stock.

After giving further effect to the sale and issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2026 would have been approximately $ million, or approximately $ per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $ per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $ per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares):

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of June 30, 2026

 

$

(14.67

)

 

 

 

Pro forma increase in historical net tangible book value per share as of
June 30, 2026 attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

 

 

15.12

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2026

 

 

0.45

 

 

 

 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new
investors participating in this offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $ per share, and dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $ per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $ per share and decrease or increase, as applicable, the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $ per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

90


Table of Contents

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be approximately $ per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be approximately $ per share, and the dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $ per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share.

The dilution information above is for illustration purposes only. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value following the closing of this offering will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of June 30, 2026, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash, and the weighted-average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares issued prior to this offering and the price to be paid by new investors in this offering. The calculations below are based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

 

Shares Purchased

 

 

Total Consideration

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Price

 

 

Number

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Per Share

 

Existing stockholders before this offering

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

$

 

 

New investors participating in this offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

$

 

 

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full:

•
the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and
•
the number of shares held by new investors participating in this offering will increase to , or approximately % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing tables and calculations above (other than the historical net tangible book value calculations) are based on 188,558,695 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026 after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 177,593,856 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and exclude:

•
30,078,745 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2026 under our 2018 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.68 per share;
•
6,153,610 shares of common stock that were not considered outstanding as of June 30, 2026 because they were subject to full recourse promissory notes, but which became outstanding as a result of the forgiveness of the related promissory notes effective August 2026 (5,550,221 shares) and September 2026 (603,389 shares);
•
270,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted subsequent to June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.99 per share;
•
shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2026 Plan (which number includes shares remaining available for issuance under our 2018 Plan, which will become available for issuance under the 2026 Plan upon its effectiveness), as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan and any reserved shares not issued or subject to outstanding awards under the 2026 Plan after the effective date of the 2026 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated, all of which shares shall become available for issuance under the 2026 Plan;

91


Table of Contents

 

•
shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP; and
•
175,691 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of June 30, 2026, at an exercise price of $0.78 per share.

To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, new options or other equity awards are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional equity or convertible securities in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors participating in this offering.

92


Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the sections titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. is a leading, clinical-stage regenerative medicine biotechnology company focused on developing autologous iPSC-derived therapies to address neurodegenerative diseases with high unmet medical need. Our lead product candidate, sasineprocel, is an investigational single-dose, autologous iPSC-based cell therapy being evaluated for the treatment of PD. We believe sasineprocel has the potential to be disease-modifying by primarily replacing a patient’s lost DA neurons with DANPCs. We are headquartered in San Diego, California, and were originally incorporated in Delaware on May 18, 2018.

Since our inception in 2018, we have devoted substantially all of our time and efforts to performing research and development activities, raising capital and recruiting management, technical, and business development staff to support our operations. To date, we have funded our operations primarily through aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $340 million from the sales of our convertible preferred stock, including approximately $115.6 million from our Series C convertible preferred stock financing in 2025.

We have incurred significant net losses since inception and we expect to continue to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future. Our net losses for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were $62.1 million and $48.6 million, respectively. Our net losses for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 were $36.5 million and $31.8 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2026, we had an accumulated deficit of $264.9 million.

We expect our operating expenses to significantly increase as we continue to develop, conduct clinical trials, and seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates, engage in other research and development activities to expand our pipeline of product candidates, expand our operations and headcount, maintain and expand our intellectual property portfolio, and, if we obtain approval for one or more of our product candidates, launch commercial activities. We also expect to incur additional operating expenses associated with operating as a public company upon the completion of this offering, including costs related to SEC reporting obligations, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, director and officer liability insurance, investor relations, and additional finance and legal personnel. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year, depending on the timing and scope of our clinical trials and our expenditures on other research and development activities.

We will not generate any revenue from product sales unless and until we successfully complete clinical development and obtain regulatory approval for one or more of our product candidates. If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant expenses related to developing our internal commercialization capability to support product sales, marketing, and distribution. We may also seek to generate revenue through collaboration agreements, licensing arrangements, or other strategic transactions prior to or in connection with any such approval.

As a result, we will require substantial additional funding to support our ongoing operations as we advance our product candidates through clinical development, seek regulatory approvals, and prepare for and, if any of our product candidates are approved, proceed to commercialization. Until such time as we can generate substantial revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operating activities through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses, or other strategic arrangements. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such agreements when needed, on acceptable terms,

93


Table of Contents

 

or at all. Our inability to obtain adequate funding could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

At this time, due to the inherently unpredictable nature of clinical development and the early stage of our product candidates, we cannot reasonably estimate the costs required or timelines needed to complete development, obtain marketing approval, and commercialize our current or any future product candidates, if at all. For the same reasons, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or magnitude of increased expenses or when, or if, we will achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase it on a quarterly or annual basis. Our ability to continue advancing our programs will depend on our ability to obtain additional funding. If we are unable to secure sufficient capital on acceptable terms, we may be forced to delay, reduce, or eliminate some or all of our research and development programs, product portfolio expansion efforts, or commercialization activities, which could adversely affect our business prospects. In such circumstances, we may also be required to substantially reduce or terminate operations.

In various closings from October 2025 to November 2025, we issued and sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of 76,173,492 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $1.5179, and we received gross proceeds of approximately $115.6 million. As of June 30, 2026, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $72.4 million. Together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, we believe our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditures through      . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we expect. Additionally, our expected use of existing cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities, and our net proceeds from this offering represent our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Requirements” below.

Results of Operations

Components of Results of Operations and Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

The following table summarizes our results of operations for each of the periods below (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

Change

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

$

41,833

 

 

$

35,593

 

 

$

6,240

 

General and administrative

 

 

17,472

 

 

 

17,865

 

 

 

(393

)

Total operating expenses

 

 

59,305

 

 

 

53,458

 

 

 

5,847

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(59,305

)

 

 

(53,458

)

 

 

(5,847

)

Other (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

1,793

 

 

 

4,397

 

 

 

(2,604

)

Other (loss) income, net

 

 

(4,544

)

 

 

504

 

 

 

(5,048

)

Total other (loss) income, net

 

 

(2,751

)

 

 

4,901

 

 

 

(7,652

)

Net loss

 

$

(62,056

)

 

$

(48,557

)

 

$

(13,499

)

 

To date, we have not generated any revenue. We do not expect to generate any revenue unless and until we successfully complete clinical development and obtain regulatory approval for one or more of our product candidates. If we fail to complete clinical development or obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our ability to generate future revenues and our results of operations and financial position would be adversely affected.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development expenses and general and administrative expenses.

94


Table of Contents

 

Research and Development Expenses

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred in connection with the research, development and manufacturing of our lead product candidate, sasineprocel. Our research and development expenses include:

•
personnel-related costs, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based compensation for employees engaged in manufacturing, research and development functions;
•
clinical research organization and investigator fees to support our clinical trial activities;
•
costs of outside consultants, including their fees and travel expenses;
•
the cost of manufacturing our product candidate, including costs for developing our manufacturing process, production materials and laboratory supplies;
•
equipment and facility-related expenses, including direct depreciation costs and allocated expenses for rent and other operating costs; and
•
expenses related to compliance with regulatory requirements.

We expense research and development costs in the period in which they are incurred. Research and development activities are central to our business model. We expect our research and development expenses to increase significantly over the near term as we advance sasineprocel through clinical development, including the commencement of a Phase 3 registrational trial.

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

Change

 

Non-personnel:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cell-therapy development and production costs

 

$

14,497

 

 

$

11,485

 

 

$

3,012

 

Equipment and facilities costs

 

 

6,332

 

 

 

5,781

 

 

 

551

 

Depreciation

 

 

1,481

 

 

 

1,066

 

 

 

415

 

Total non-personnel costs

 

 

22,310

 

 

 

18,332

 

 

 

3,978

 

Personnel:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries, bonuses and benefits

 

 

18,345

 

 

 

16,295

 

 

 

2,050

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

1,178

 

 

 

966

 

 

 

212

 

Personnel costs

 

 

19,523

 

 

 

17,261

 

 

 

2,262

 

Total research and development expense

 

$

41,833

 

 

$

35,593

 

 

$

6,240

 

 

Research and development expenses were $41.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $35.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase of $6.2 million was due to an increase in non-personnel costs primarily associated with the development and production of sasineprocel of $3.0 million, increased personnel costs for salaries, bonuses and benefits of $2.1 million, increased facilities costs of $0.5 million, increased depreciation expense of $0.4 million, and increased stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million. Substantially all of our non-personnel research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 related to our lead product candidate, sasineprocel. Non-personnel research and development expenses related to other programs were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee-related costs, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based compensation expenses for personnel in executive, finance, and other administrative functions. General and administrative expenses also include legal fees relating to intellectual property and corporate matters; professional fees paid for auditing, tax and consulting services; insurance costs; and facility-related expenses, which include direct depreciation costs and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and other operating costs.

95


Table of Contents

 

We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the near term as we expand our headcount to support increased research and development activities. We also expect to incur increased expenses associated with being a public company, including costs for directors and officers’ insurance, legal, audit, regulatory, and tax-related services related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq listing standards, and investor relations costs.

The following table summarizes our general and administrative expenses for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

Change

 

Non-personnel:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professional fees, consultants and external spend

 

$

5,172

 

 

$

5,008

 

 

$

164

 

Facilities costs

 

 

2,108

 

 

 

2,145

 

 

 

(37

)

Depreciation

 

 

399

 

 

 

482

 

 

 

(83

)

Total non-personnel costs

 

 

7,679

 

 

 

7,635

 

 

 

44

 

Personnel:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries, bonuses and benefits

 

 

8,454

 

 

 

8,489

 

 

 

(35

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

1,339

 

 

 

1,741

 

 

 

(402

)

Personnel costs

 

 

9,793

 

 

 

10,230

 

 

 

(437

)

Total general and administrative expense

 

$

17,472

 

 

$

17,865

 

 

$

(393

)

 

General and administrative expenses were $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease of $0.4 million was primarily due to decreases in personnel costs resulting from decreases in stock-based compensation as prior grants either fully vested or were forfeited.

Other (Loss) Income

Interest income

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash equivalents and marketable securities. Interest income was $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease of $2.6 million was primarily due to the lower average balance of cash equivalents and marketable securities during the year ended December 31, 2025.

Other (loss) income, net

Other (loss) income, net, primarily reflects changes in the fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note (described below in “—Contractual Obligations and Commitments—Cell X A&R Collaboration and License Agreement”), which is accounted for under the fair value option, with changes in fair value recognized in other (loss) income. Other loss was $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to other income of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease of $5.0 million was primarily due to a reduction in the fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note (as described below) resulting from changes in our estimated expected future investment returns of the Cell X Convertible Note.

96


Table of Contents

 

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 and 2025

The following table summarizes our results of operations for each of the periods below (in thousands):

 

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

Change

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

$

28,454

 

 

$

20,812

 

 

$

7,642

 

General and administrative

 

 

9,764

 

 

 

10,074

 

 

 

(310

)

Total operating expenses

 

 

38,218

 

 

 

30,886

 

 

 

7,332

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(38,218

)

 

 

(30,886

)

 

 

(7,332

)

Other income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

1,670

 

 

 

858

 

 

 

812

 

Other income (loss), net

 

 

2

 

 

 

(1,731

)

 

 

1,733

 

Total other income (loss), net

 

 

1,672

 

 

 

(873

)

 

 

2,545

 

Net loss

 

$

(36,546

)

 

$

(31,759

)

 

$

(4,787

)

Research and Development Expenses

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

Six Months Ended
 June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

Change

 

Non-personnel:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cell-therapy development and production costs

 

$

11,706

 

 

$

7,656

 

 

$

4,050

 

Equipment and facilities costs

 

 

3,611

 

 

 

3,043

 

 

 

568

 

Depreciation

 

 

763

 

 

 

620

 

 

 

143

 

Total non-personnel costs

 

 

16,080

 

 

 

11,319

 

 

 

4,761

 

Personnel:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries, bonuses and benefits

 

 

11,123

 

 

 

8,957

 

 

 

2,166

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

1,251

 

 

 

536

 

 

 

715

 

Personnel costs

 

 

12,374

 

 

 

9,493

 

 

 

2,881

 

Total research and development expense

 

$

28,454

 

 

$

20,812

 

 

$

7,642

 

 

Research and development expenses were $28.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $20.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025. The increase of $7.6 million was due to an increase in non-personnel costs primarily associated with the development and production of sasineprocel of $4.1 million, increased personnel costs for salaries, bonuses and benefits of $2.2 million, increased facilities and equipment costs of $0.6 million, increased stock-based compensation expense of $0.7 million, and increased depreciation expense of $0.1 million. Substantially all of our non-personnel research and development expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 related to our lead product candidate, sasineprocel. Non-personnel research and development expenses related to other programs were immaterial for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025.

97


Table of Contents

 

General and Administrative Expenses

The following table summarizes our general and administrative expenses for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

Six Months Ended
 June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

Change

 

Non-personnel:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professional fees, consultants and external spend

 

$

2,739

 

 

$

3,281

 

 

$

(542

)

Facilities costs

 

 

1,135

 

 

 

1,204

 

 

 

(69

)

Depreciation

 

 

118

 

 

 

184

 

 

 

(66

)

Total non-personnel costs

 

 

3,992

 

 

 

4,669

 

 

 

(677

)

Personnel:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries, bonuses and benefits

 

 

4,540

 

 

 

4,721

 

 

 

(181

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

1,232

 

 

 

684

 

 

 

548

 

Personnel costs

 

 

5,772

 

 

 

5,405

 

 

 

367

 

Total general and administrative expense

 

$

9,764

 

 

$

10,074

 

 

$

(310

)

 

General and administrative expenses were $9.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $10.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025. The decrease of $0.3 million was primarily due to decreases in professional, consultant and other external spend of $0.5 million, decreases in salaries, bonuses and benefits of $0.2 million, partially offset by increases in stock-based compensation of $0.5 million.

Other Income (Loss)

Interest income

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash equivalents and marketable securities. Interest income was $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025. The increase of $0.8 million was primarily due to the higher average balance of cash equivalents and marketable securities during the six months ended June 30, 2026.

Other income (loss), net

Other income (loss), net, primarily reflects changes in the fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note (described below in “—Contractual Obligations and Commitments—Cell X A&R Collaboration and License Agreement”), which is accounted for under the fair value option, with changes in fair value recognized in other income (loss). Other income was $2,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to other loss of $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025. The increase of $1.7 million was primarily due to a reduction in the fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note (as described below) of $1.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to an increase of $2,000 of the fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note during the six months ended June 30, 2026, each resulting from changes in our estimated expected future investment returns of the Cell X Convertible Note.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

We have incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception and anticipate we will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. We expect to incur substantial expenditures as we advance our primary product candidate through clinical development, undergo the regulatory approval process, engage in other research and development activities to expand our pipeline of product candidates, expand our operations and headcount, and maintain and expand our intellectual property. Further, upon the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

To date, we have funded our operations primarily through the sale of preferred stock. We have raised an aggregate of approximately $340 million in gross proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock, including $115.6

98


Table of Contents

 

million in gross proceeds from the issuance and sale of our Series C preferred stock in the fourth quarter of 2025. As of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $72.4 million and $110.7 million, respectively.

Cash Flows

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(62,056

)

 

$

(48,557

)

Non-cash charges

 

 

10,974

 

 

 

3,764

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

 

(1,765

)

 

 

631

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(52,847

)

 

 

(44,162

)

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

 

4,197

 

 

 

20,631

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

115,526

 

 

 

457

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

$

66,876

 

 

$

(23,074

)

 

Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2025, net cash used in operating activities was $52.8 million, reflecting a net loss of $62.1 million and a net change in our operating assets and liabilities of $1.8 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $11.0 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of the $4.5 million change in the fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note, stock-based compensation of $2.5 million, amortization of our right-of use lease assets of $2.3 million, and depreciation of $1.6 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash used in operating activities was $44.2 million, reflecting a net loss of $48.6 million and a net change in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.6 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $3.8 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation of $2.7 million, amortization of our right-of-use lease assets of $2.2 million, and depreciation of $1.4 million, offset by the accretion of the discount on our marketable securities of $2.0 million.

Investing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2025, net cash provided by investing activities was $4.2 million, primarily consisting of maturities of marketable securities of $47.5 million, partially offset by the purchase of marketable securities of $33.6 million and purchases of property and equipment of $9.7 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash provided by investing activities was $20.6 million, primarily consisting of maturities of marketable securities of $103.1 million, partially offset by purchase of marketable securities of $74.9 million, the purchase of the Cell X Convertible Note of $5.0 million, and purchases of property and equipment of $2.6 million.

Financing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2025, net cash provided by financing activities was $115.5 million, primarily consisting of net cash proceeds from the issuance of Series C preferred stock.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash provided by financing activities was $0.5 million, primarily consisting of cash proceeds from stock option exercises by employees under the 2018 Plan.

99


Table of Contents

 

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 and 2025

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(36,546

)

 

$

(31,759

)

Non-cash charges

 

 

3,853

 

 

 

4,944

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

 

(1,812

)

 

 

(3,804

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(34,505

)

 

 

(30,619

)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(25,613

)

 

 

24,756

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(692

)

 

 

50

 

Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

$

(60,810

)

 

$

(5,813

)

 

Operating Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2026, net cash used in operating activities was $34.5 million, reflecting a net loss of $36.5 million and a net change in our operating assets and liabilities of $1.8 million, offset by non-cash charges of $3.8 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation of $2.5 million, amortization of our right-of-use lease assets of $1.2 million, and depreciation of $0.9 million, primarily offset by the accretion of discounts on short-term investments of $0.7 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2025, net cash used in operating activities was $30.6 million, reflecting a net loss of $31.8 million and a net change in our operating assets and liabilities of $3.8 million, offset by non-cash charges of $4.9 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of a decrease in the fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note of $1.7 million, stock-based compensation of $1.2 million, amortization of our right-of-use lease assets of $1.1 million, and depreciation of $0.8 million.

Investing Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2026, net cash used in investing activities was $25.6 million, consisting of purchases of marketable securities of $55.6 million, and purchases of property and equipment of $3.8 million, offset by maturities of marketable securities of $33.8 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2025, net cash provided by investing activities was $24.8 million, consisting of maturities of marketable securities of $38.3 million, offset by purchases of marketable securities of $9.8 million, and purchases of property and equipment of $3.7 million.

Financing Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2026, net cash used in financing activities was $0.7 million resulting from the payment of $0.8 million in deferred offering costs related to our planned initial public offering, offset by proceeds from the exercises of employee stock options of $0.1 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2025, net cash provided by financing activities was $50,000, consisting of proceeds from the exercises of employee stock options.

Funding Requirements

As of June 30, 2026, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $72.4 million. Based on our current operating plan, we estimate that our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities as of June 30, 2026 will not be sufficient to fund our capital and operating expenditures for at least the twelve months following the date the unaudited financial statements were issued, and there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a

100


Table of Contents

 

going concern. Nevertheless, together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, we believe our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditures through      . However, our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that involves risk and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could expend our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Additionally, our expected use of existing cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities, and our net proceeds from this offering represent our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve.

We will need substantial additional capital to develop our lead program and fund operations for the foreseeable future. The net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities will not be sufficient to complete the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, the Phase 3 trial for sasineprocel, which we intend to initiate prior to the completion of the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, or the development of sasineprocel or any other current or future product candidates. Our future capital requirements are difficult to predict and will depend on many factors, including but not limited to:

•
the scope, timing, rate of progress, and costs of our clinical trials for our current and any future product candidates;
•
the number and scope of our clinical programs we decide to pursue;
•
the cost, timing, and outcome of preparing for and undergoing regulatory review of our current and future product candidates;
•
the cost and timing of manufacturing our product candidates, including the costs and timing of maintaining our own manufacturing facility, and commercial scale manufacturing if any product candidate is approved;
•
the costs of preparing, filing, and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights, and defending intellectual property-related claims;
•
the terms and timing of establishing and maintaining collaborations, licenses, and other similar agreements;
•
the timing of any milestone and royalty payments to our existing or future suppliers, collaborators, or licensors;
•
our efforts to enhance operational systems and our ability to attract, hire, and retain qualified personnel, including personnel to support the development of our product candidates;
•
the costs associated with being a public company;
•
the extent to which we acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;
•
the extent to which we enter into licensing or collaboration agreements for any of our programs; and
•
the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including manufacturing, marketing, sales, and distribution of our product candidates, if they receive marketing approval.

Until such time as we can generate substantial revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operating activities through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses, or other strategic arrangements. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our existing common stockholders. In addition, debt financing and equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, or declaring dividends. If we raise funds through collaborations, or other similar arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs, or product candidates or may have to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us and/or may reduce the value of our common stock. If we are unable to raise additional

101


Table of Contents

 

funds through equity or debt financings or through commercial arrangements when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market our product candidates even if we would otherwise prefer to develop and market such product candidates ourselves. Any of these actions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

During the normal course of our business, we enter into agreements for research and professional services, and for the purchase of lab supplies used in our research and clinical trial activities. These agreements are important to our operations but do not involve material financial commitments and generally provide for termination after a notice period, and, therefore, are cancelable contracts and not separately presented. For more information regarding our operational relationships, see the section titled “Business—Manufacturing.”

Lease Agreements

In March 2019, we entered into a lease agreement for office, research and development, and laboratory space located in San Diego, California, which commenced in April 2019. We subsequently amended the lease to expand the premises to approximately 31,000 rentable square feet and extended the term through September 15, 2027. We are required to maintain a letter of credit in the amount of $0.2 million as security for our obligations under this lease, which is recorded as restricted cash.

In May 2021, we entered into a lease agreement for approximately 22,000 rentable square feet of office, research and development, laboratory, GMP manufacturing and warehouse space located in San Diego, California. This lease commenced on April 1, 2022, and has a term expiring on July 31, 2032, with one option to renew for an additional five-year term. We are required to maintain a letter of credit in the amount of $0.4 million as security for our obligations under this lease, which is recorded as restricted cash.

As of June 30, 2026, total future minimum lease payments under our operating lease agreements were $11.6 million.

In August 2026, we entered into a noncancelable operating lease agreement with HCP Life Science REIT, Inc. for approximately 48,696 rentable square feet of office, research and development, laboratory, storage and warehouse space located in La Jolla, California (the New Lease), which we intend to establish as our corporate headquarters after the lease for our existing corporate headquarters expires in September 2027. The New Lease has an initial term of 93 months commencing on July 1, 2027 and expiring on March 31, 2035. The New Lease includes a beneficial occupancy period beginning on execution of the agreement and continuing through June 30, 2027, allowing us to complete facility improvements, install equipment and furniture, and begin certain operations prior to the July 1, 2027 lease commencement date without payment of base rent. At execution, we were obligated to pay $0.3 million, representing the first month’s base rent and estimated direct expenses. The New Lease provides for a 23-month rent abatement period, during which no base rent is due; as a result, our next base rent payment is not due until July 2029. Aggregate base rent is approximately $20.2 million, net of abatements, with refurbishment and other construction allowances of up to approximately $2.5 million and a special allowance of up to $2.0 million, and a required letter of credit of approximately $0.4 million.

TSRI License Agreement

In October 2018, we were assigned an exclusive license agreement effective July 2018 by Summit for Stem Cell Foundation with the Scripps Research Institute (TSRI, and the agreement, the TSRI License Agreement). Under the TSRI License Agreement, TSRI granted us an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license, with the right to sublicense through multiple tiers (subject to certain conditions), under certain intellectual property relating to certain methods for differentiating DA neurons from iPSCs and certain bioinformatics assays, and together with certain licensed biological materials, to make, have made, use, have used, sell, have sold, offer for sale and import licensed products, services and processes in all fields worldwide. The licensed intellectual property includes methods that are used in the manufacture of sasineprocel. TSRI reserved rights in the licensed intellectual property and/or licensed

102


Table of Contents

 

biological materials for non-corporate sponsored internal research and educational purposes without obligation to further compensate us for such uses and further reserved the right to grant similar non-exclusive licenses to other nonprofit or academic institutions for similar internal research and educational purposes.

Under the TSRI License Agreement, we are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and obtain regulatory approval for, and, if applicable, market and sell licensed products, services and processes in sufficient quantities to meet market demands. In addition, for each of the disclosed inventions and intellectual property described above that are the subject of our license, we are obligated to achieve certain development diligence benchmarks relating to intellectual property development and regulatory filings by specified anniversaries of the TSRI License Agreement’s effective date. Such benchmarks may be extended by us up to two times for a certain number of months upon the payment of a fee. If we fail to achieve such development diligence benchmarks, TSRI has the right, at its option, to either terminate the TSRI License Agreement in its entirety, terminate our rights with respect to specific licensed products, services or processes, or convert the license granted to us to non-exclusive upon advance notice.

We paid TSRI a non-creditable, non-refundable license issue upfront fee of $1,000. We are further obligated to pay TSRI a running royalty of 1.0% on future net sales of licensed products, services and processes on a licensed product-by-licensed product and country-by-country basis. We are also obligated to pay TSRI the following percentage of non-royalty sublicensing revenues: (a) 15% if the sublicense is executed prior to the third anniversary of the effective date of the TSRI License Agreement, and (b) 5% if executed thereafter. Sublicense revenue fees paid by us in the first year after execution of the applicable sublicense shall be capped at $250,000. Payments related to the TSRI License Agreement are made in the period when the contingency is resolved, and the amounts become payable. Other than the non-creditable, non-refundable license issue upfront fee, no amounts have been payable under the TSRI License Agreement.

Unless terminated earlier, the TSRI License Agreement expires upon such time as no further royalties are due to TSRI, which lasts, on a country-by-country basis, until ten years after the date of first commercial sale of the first licensed product, licensed process, or licensed service sold in such country that was covered by the same invention disclosure among the disclosed intellectual property, but in any event no later than 20 years following the effective date of the TSRI License Agreement. We may terminate the TSRI License Agreement for convenience at any time upon advance notice to TSRI. TSRI may terminate the TSRI License Agreement for our material breach (subject to separate cure periods depending on whether our breach is payment-related or not), certain insolvency proceedings involving us, or if we commit a felony relating to the development, manufacture, use, marketing, distribution or sale of licensed products, services, processes or biological materials. Upon any early termination, the licenses granted to us terminate and such rights revert to TSRI.

AJ License Agreement

In September 2019, we entered into a non-exclusive license agreement with iPS Academia Japan, Inc. (the AJ License Agreement) pursuant to which iPS Academia Japan, Inc. (AJ) granted us a worldwide, limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable and royalty-bearing license, without the right to grant or authorize sublicenses, under certain patents relating to iPSCs licensed to AJ by Kyoto University for the development, manufacture, and sale of licensed products for therapeutic uses in humans (but excluding diagnostic and prophylactic purposes). We also received a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable, royalty bearing license, without the right to grant sublicenses, under certain licensed cells to develop, make, have made and use licensed cells solely for the development and manufacture of licensed products. We utilize licensed technology under the AJ License Agreement in the manufacture of sasineprocel.

Pursuant to the AJ License Agreement, we have paid AJ aggregate upfront fees of $60,000 and are obligated to pay annual maintenance fees of $25,000 until and including the calendar year in which we obtain approval of a first new drug application of a licensed product in the territory. We have paid development milestones of $290,000 and are obligated to pay future milestones of up to $135,000 upon the successful achievement of development milestones, and up to $1.1 million in the aggregate when certain net sales thresholds of a licensed product are met. We are obligated to pay AJ a running royalty rate in the low single digits, of net sales of licensed products. Our running royalty obligations are determined on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis, and shall only be due with respect to licensed products in the applicable country in the territory so long as the development, manufacture, sale, import or export of the licensed products is covered by licensed patents in such country. Once all licensed patents are extinguished in a given country, whether by expiration, lapse, revocation, or otherwise, our obligation to pay running

103


Table of Contents

 

royalties in that country ceases, except with respect to the applicable running royalties for the licensed patents used prior to the extinguishment in any such country. In addition, beginning in the calendar year following the first NDA approval of a licensed product in the territory and continuing through the expiration or termination of the AJ License Agreement, we must pay AJ a certain creditable annual minimum royalty in the mid-tens of thousands of dollars range, reduced by any running royalties paid during a certain number of preceding royalty reporting periods.

Under the AJ License Agreement, we are also required to grant AJ a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free and fully paid-up license under any improvement patents we develop in the course of or as a result of exercising the license granted under the AJ License Agreement, with AJ having the right to sublicense such improvement patents to Kyoto University and other non-commercial academic institutions in Japan for academic research and educational purposes. The AJ License Agreement contains additional customary representations and warranties, covenants, indemnifications and insurance and confidentiality provisions for agreements of its type.

We are required to use commercially reasonable due diligence in developing and marketing licensed products worldwide. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, the AJ License Agreement continues until the expiration of the last to expire patent within the licensed patents worldwide. Each party may terminate the AJ License Agreement if the other party conducts any act that incurs incurable damage to the credibility, trust or reputation of the terminating party. AJ may terminate the AJ License Agreement upon written notice for uncured material breach by us (with a cure period for remedy), if we undergo an insolvency event, if we challenge, directly or indirectly, any licensed patent in any country, or if we undergo a change of control and fail to notify AJ or if our acquirer is then currently in any legal dispute or licensing conflict with AJ or the owner of the licensed patents. We may terminate the AJ License Agreement for convenience upon advance written notice.

In the event that AJ’s upstream license agreement with Kyoto University (under which AJ obtained rights to the licensed patents licensed to us) is terminated, the AJ License Agreement shall automatically terminate on the date of termination of AJ’s license with Kyoto University. In such case, AJ shall cause Kyoto University to negotiate with us the terms of a direct license between us and Kyoto University on similar terms and conditions to the AJ License Agreement, provided certain conditions are met. However, upon any termination of the AJ-Kyoto University upstream license, the licenses granted to us under the AJ License Agreement shall survive automatically for a set period of time as described in the AJ License Agreement, from the date of termination provided that certain conditions and obligations of ours are met.

Payments related to the AJ License Agreement are expensed in the period when the contingency is resolved, and the amounts become payable. We incurred expenses of $235,000 and $25,000 under this agreement during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. We did not incur any expenses under this agreement during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025.

Sumitomo License Agreement

In December 2023, we entered into a non-exclusive license agreement with Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. (the Sumitomo License Agreement), pursuant to which Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. (together with its successors and assigns under the Sumitomo License Agreement, including RACTHERA Co., Ltd. following the Organizational Split described below, Sumitomo) granted us a non-exclusive sublicense under certain patent rights originally licensed by ID Pharma Co., Ltd. (ID Pharma) to Sumitomo relating to technology for manufacturing iPSCs. Under the terms of the Sumitomo License Agreement, Sumitomo granted us a non-exclusive, non-transferable, and non-sublicensable license to manufacture iPS cells, and to use such iPS cells to develop, have developed, manufacture, have manufactured, import, distribute, and have distributed licensed products in the licensed territory (described below) in the field of autologous therapy for neurodegenerative disorders in the central nervous system and degenerative eye disorders. We utilize licensed technology under the Sumitomo License Agreement in the manufacture of sasineprocel. In connection with Sumitomo’s reorganization of its regenerative medicine and cell therapy business, effected through an absorption-type company split and related share transfer under the Companies Act of Japan (the Organizational Split), Sumitomo’s rights and obligations under the Sumitomo License Agreement were transferred to, assigned to and/or succeeded by RACTHERA Co., Ltd., with our prior consent.

104


Table of Contents

 

The licensed territory under the Sumitomo License Agreement initially covers the region of the United States and Canada. We have the option to expand the licensed territory to include two other regions: (a) certain European countries upon additional payment to Sumitomo and (b) certain Asian countries upon a further additional payment to Sumitomo. If we wish to sublicense all or any portion of our rights in the licensed IP to a third party, Sumitomo has agreed to use reasonable efforts to negotiate and enter into a direct license with such third party on terms no less favorable than those in our agreement, except where such third party is a competitor of Sumitomo.

We retain ownership of any improvement, invention or discovery in relation to the licensed IP. However, we are required to grant Sumitomo an irrevocable, non-exclusive, non-transferable, perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free license, without a right to sublicense, to exploit all such improvements solely in connection with exploitation of the licensed IP.

We paid Sumitomo a non-refundable upfront payment ¥40.0 million in December 2023 and are required to pay non-refundable annual license fees of ¥6.0 million, creditable against royalties in the fiscal year of the first commercial sale of a licensed product and each year thereafter. Thus far, we have paid Sumitomo ¥25.0 million towards certain development milestones and are obligated to pay Sumitomo future development milestone payments of up to ¥125.0 million per licensed product per region for each of the three regions in the licensed territory upon the successful achievement of each development milestone, and up to ¥1.85 billion per licensed product when certain net sales thresholds of a licensed product are met. We are also required to pay Sumitomo a running royalty in the low single digits of annual net sales of each licensed product on a country-by-country basis during the royalty term, which lasts until the later of 1) the lapse, expiry or abandonment of the last valid claim covering the licensed intellectual property or 2) the tenth anniversary of the first commercial sale of a licensed product in the licensed territory. The royalty rate may be reduced pursuant to a customary reduction for certain intellectual property license payments in favor of third parties, subject to a low single-digit royalty rate floor. We incurred expenses of ¥6.0 million and ¥6.0 million under the Sumitomo License Agreement during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. We incurred expenses of ¥3.0 million and ¥3.0 million under the Sumitomo License Agreement during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

The Sumitomo License Agreement continues on a licensed product-by-licensed product and country-by-country basis until the expiration of all royalty terms. Upon expiration (but not early termination), our license under the Sumitomo License Agreement becomes fully paid and irrevocable. Either party may terminate the Sumitomo License Agreement for the other party’s material breach (subject to differing applicable cure periods if the breach is payment-related or not) and if the other party enters into insolvency proceedings. Sumitomo may terminate the agreement if we initiate any action to challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of the licensed IP. In the event the original license agreement between Sumitomo and ID Pharma is terminated, the Sumitomo License Agreement automatically terminates, and Sumitomo is required to reasonably cooperate in assisting us in entering into a direct license with ID Pharma. We may terminate the Sumitomo License Agreement in its entirety or on a licensed product-by-licensed product and region-by-region basis at any time for convenience upon advance written notice.

Cell X A&R Collaboration and License Agreement

In January 2024, we entered into a Collaboration and License Agreement (the Prior Cell X Agreement) with Cell X Technologies, Inc. (Cell X), which was amended and restated in August 2026 (as amended and restated, the A&R Cell X Agreement), pursuant to which we license systems and methods for automated detection, analysis, isolation, and harvesting of biological objects, including iPSCs, as well as related image analysis technologies (the Cell X Platform Technology). We hold (a) an exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under the Cell X Platform Technology to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize cellular therapeutic products made using the Cell X Platform Technology (Licensed Products) for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of PD and leukodystrophies using autologous or allogeneic iPSCs and cells derived from iPSCs (the Exclusive License), (b) a perpetual, irrevocable, fully paid-up, non-exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under the Cell X Platform Technology to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products for the treatment or prevention all other indications using autologous iPSCs and cells derived from iPSCs, and (c) an exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under the Cell X Platform Technology for PD and leukodystrophies, or non-exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under the Cell X Platform Technology for other autologous indications, to develop, practice, have practiced, make, have made and use automated cell processing systems (Licensed Instruments) incorporating the Cell X Platform Technology solely to the

105


Table of Contents

 

extent the Licensed Instruments are used as research, manufacturing, processing or analytical tools to enable autologous or allogeneic iPSCs or cells derived from iPSCs for the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of PD or leukodystrophies and the treatment or prevention all other indications (the Instrument License). The A&R Cell X Agreement does not require us to pay royalties on Licensed Products. We utilize the Cell X Platform Technology in connection with our manufacturing process for sasineprocel.

Under the A&R Cell X Agreement, the parties’ prior collaboration program was replaced with a technology transfer and support framework. Pursuant to this framework, Cell X is required to transfer specified licensed know-how and documentation to us and provide certain consultation and technical assistance. Pursuant to the A&R Cell X Agreement, we entered into a master services agreement with Cell X under which Cell X may perform services pursuant to statements of work entered into from time to time. We paid Cell X an upfront fee of $250,000 in 2024 under the Prior Cell X Agreement, which was included as a component of research and development expenses in the statement of operations. Under the A&R Cell X Agreement, we are obligated to pay future development and regulatory milestone payments of up to approximately $8.8 million in the aggregate, consisting of up to $6.0 million for up to two licensed products for PD and up to $2.8 million for one licensed product for leukodystrophies. We may also be required to reimburse Cell X for approved technical and regulatory support in excess of specified no-cost support hours. We paid Cell X a total of $2.8 million and $6.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, respectively, which included those expenses incurred under the Prior Cell X Agreement. Unless terminated earlier, the A&R Cell X Agreement continues on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product, exclusive indication-by-exclusive indication and country-by-country basis until the expiration of the last-to-expire valid claim of the licensed patent rights in such country. Upon expiration, our Exclusive License converts to an irrevocable, perpetual, exclusive, and sublicensable license and our Instrument License converts to an irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid-up, and sublicensable license. We may terminate the A&R Cell X Agreement in its entirety, or on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product, exclusive indication-by-exclusive indication, or country-by-country basis, at any time after the first anniversary of the effective date of the A&R Cell X Agreement, upon 90 days’ prior written notice to Cell X. Either party may terminate the A&R Cell X Agreement for the other party’s material breach, subject to customary cure periods, or upon a bankruptcy event of the other party. Cell X may also terminate if we challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of the licensed rights. Upon an early termination, all licenses granted to us other than the non-exclusive licenses terminate; provided, however, that upon termination by us for Cell X’s material breach, and upon our written election, our Exclusive License becomes irrevocable and perpetual, provided we continue to make milestone payments as set forth in the A&R Cell X Agreement. Qualifying sublicenses granted by us survive termination as direct licenses from Cell X, subject to specified conditions.

Cell X Secured Convertible Promissory Note

In January 2024, we entered into a Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement with Cell X pursuant to which we purchased a secured convertible promissory note (the Cell X Convertible Note) with an original principal amount of $5.0 million bearing 8% simple interest per annum. The Cell X Convertible Note is secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of Cell X’s assets, including its intellectual property. The outstanding principal and interest shall automatically convert into shares of Cell X’s preferred stock upon a qualified financing in Cell X. We have optional conversion rights upon a non-qualified equity financing and upon maturity of the Cell X Convertible Note. The principal and accrued interest are due and payable upon the earliest to occur of (i) the maturity date, (ii) a sale of Cell X (whether to us or to a third party), or (iii) the occurrence of an Event of Default, as defined in the Cell X Convertible Note. Following the Cell X Side Letter (as defined below), in the event we acquire Cell X or in the event of a third-party sale of Cell X, we are entitled to receive the entire outstanding amount of the Cell X Convertible Note. The fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note was $0.9 million and $5.5 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, which is included in other noncurrent assets on the balance sheet. The fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note was $0.9 million as of June 30, 2026.

In January 2026, we entered into a First Amendment to the Cell X Convertible Note, which extended the original maturity date of January 22, 2026 to February 22, 2026. Subsequently, we entered into a series of additional amendments to further extend the maturity date. In August 2026, we entered into a Side Letter agreement with Cell X (the Cell X Side Letter), pursuant to which, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, the maturity date will be extended to March 31, 2028 and all security related to the Cell X Convertible Note will be released.

106


Table of Contents

 

CCF Exclusive License Agreement

In August 2026, we entered into an Exclusive License Agreement (the CCF Agreement) with The Cleveland Clinic Foundation (CCF), pursuant to which CCF granted us direct licenses under certain patents, software and know-how underlying the Cell X Platform Technology (the CCF Licensed Technology). We hold (a) an exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under the CCF Licensed Technology to develop, practice, have practiced, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize cellular therapeutic products for the diagnosis, treatment and prevention of PD and leukodystrophies using autologous or allogeneic iPSCs and cells derived from iPSCs, (b) a non-exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under the CCF Licensed Technology to develop, practice, have practiced, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize cellular therapeutic products for the treatment or prevention of all other indications using autologous iPSCs and cells derived from iPSCs, and (c) an exclusive, worldwide sublicensable license under the CCF Licensed Technology for PD and leukodystrophies and non-exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under the CCF Licensed Technology for all other indications to develop, practice, have practiced, make, have made and automated cell processing systems (Licensed Instruments) incorporating the CCF Licensed Technology solely to the extent the Licensed Instruments are used as research, manufacturing, processing or analytical tools in connection with such cellular therapeutic products (and not as standalone commercial products) for the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of PD or leukodystrophies and the treatment or prevention all other indications. We may elect, at any time before December 31, 2031, to convert leukodystrophies from an exclusive indication to a non-exclusive indication. We are required to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize the licensed products worldwide. The CCF Agreement does not require us to pay running royalties based on a percentage of net sales of licensed products; however, we are obligated to pay fixed minimum annual payments and milestone payments as described below.

Under the CCF Agreement, we are obligated to pay CCF an upfront fee in the low five figures and a fixed, minimum annual royalty payment of $140,000 for 2026 and each calendar year thereafter during the term. We may also be obligated to pay milestone payments of up to approximately $6.1 million in the aggregate, consisting of up to approximately $3.1 million in development and commercialization milestone payments and up to $3.0 million in sales milestone payments. We are also obligated to reimburse CCF for our pro rata share of patent prosecution costs and expenses incurred by CCF after the effective date, calculated based on the total number of direct licensees of such patents at the time such costs are incurred.

Unless terminated earlier, the CCF Agreement continues on a country-by-country and licensed product-by-licensed product basis until the expiration of the last-to-expire valid claim covering the applicable licensed product in such country. Upon expiration, the licenses granted under the CCF Agreement become fully paid-up, irrevocable and perpetual on a country-by-country and licensed product-by-licensed product basis. We may terminate the CCF Agreement for CCF’s uncured material breach upon 60 days’ notice, or for any other reason upon 60 days’ notice and payment of a termination fee and any other amounts then due or owing. CCF may terminate the CCF Agreement upon specified events relating to our insolvency or for an uncured failure to pay amounts due, a materially false or misleading representation or statement, or an uncured failure to perform a material covenant. CCF may also terminate the CCF Agreement if we challenge specified licensed patents, subject to certain exceptions and a cure period. If CCF does not terminate the CCF Agreement following such a challenge, the fixed minimum annual royalty payment and certain milestone payments associated with the challenged patents may be increased. Upon termination, our rights to the CCF Licensed Technology terminate and revert to CCF. Qualifying sublicenses granted by us survive termination as direct licenses from CCF, subject to specified conditions.

California Institute for Regenerative Medicine Award

In March 2024, CIRM issued an $8.0 million award to us to co-sponsor a Phase 1/2a dose escalation study of our lead product candidate, sasineprocel, in sporadic PD (the Award). We are eligible to receive seven disbursements in varying amounts, with one disbursement receivable upon the execution of the Award, and six disbursements receivable upon the completion of certain milestones throughout the project period of the Award, which is estimated to be from April 2024 to September 2026 (the Award Period).

Following the conclusion of the Award Period, we have, in our sole discretion, the option to treat the Award either as a loan or as a grant. If we do not elect to treat the Award as a loan within 10 years of the award date, the Award will be considered a grant, and we will be obligated to pay CIRM, on a quarterly basis, a low single-digit

107


Table of Contents

 

royalty on commercial sales of sasineprocel until such aggregate royalty payments equal nine times the total amount awarded to us under the award. If we elect to treat the Award as a loan, we would be obligated to repay the loan within ten business days of making the election at an amount based on a specified percentage of the Award (ranging from 80% to 100%, plus, in certain cases, interest up to an annual percentage rate of 10% plus LIBOR), with the applicable amounts based on the phase of development of sasineprocel at the time the election is made.

We have elected for accounting purposes to treat the Award as a direct research and development arrangement in accordance with ASC 730-20, Research and Development—Research and Development Arrangements, as we do not intend to repay the Award other than by way of royalty payments on potential future sales of sasineprocel. The Award is recognized as an offset to research and development expenses as costs related to the project are incurred as we have concluded that the research and development risk is substantive and it is not yet probable that development will be successful. A deferred liability is recorded when the cash disbursements under the Award exceed the related research and development expenses incurred through such date.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, we received two cash disbursements under the Award totaling $1.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2025, $2.8 million was recognized as an offset to research and development expense, and $0.4 million was deferred and recorded in other current liabilities as of December 31, 2025. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we received three cash disbursements under the award totaling $5.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2024, $4.2 million was recognized as an offset to research and development expense, and $1.5 million was deferred and recorded in other current liabilities as of December 31, 2024.

During the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, we did not receive any cash disbursements under the Award. We recognized $0.9 million and $1.0 million as an offset to research and development expense for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. We recorded no deferred liability for the Award as of June 30, 2026.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP). The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, costs and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Accrued Research and Development Expenses

We are required to estimate our accrued expenses resulting from obligations under contracts with vendors, consultants and CROs, in connection with conducting research and development activities. The financial terms of these contracts are subject to negotiations, which vary from contract to contract and may result in payment flows that do not match the periods over which materials or services are provided under such contracts. We reflect research and development expenses in our financial statements by matching those expenses with the period in which services and efforts are expended. We account for these expenses according to the progress of the associated preclinical study or clinical trial as measured by the timing of various aspects of the trial or related activities. We determine accrual estimates through review of the underlying contracts along with preparation of financial models taking into account discussions with research and other key personnel as to the progress of studies, or other services being conducted. During the course of a trial, we adjust our rate of expense recognition if actual results differ from our estimates.

108


Table of Contents

 

There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the research and development expense. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or prepaid expense accordingly. Advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when the payment is made. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, if our estimates of the status and timing of services performed differ from the actual status and timing of services performed, it could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have been no material differences between our estimates of such expenses and the amounts actually incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense represents the cost of the grant date fair value of equity awards recognized over the requisite service period of the awards (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. We estimate the fair value of equity awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and recognize forfeitures as they occur. Estimating the fair value of equity awards as of the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, is affected by assumptions regarding a number of variables, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of stock options, the expected dividend yield and the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. See Note 6 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 and during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025.

We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $2.5 million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $2.5 million and $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. As of June 30, 2026, there was $12.0 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options and early-exercised stock options, which we expect to recognize over a remaining weighted-average period of 3.2 years. We expect to continue to grant stock options and other equity-based awards in the future, and to the extent that we do, our stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

Common Stock Valuation

In the absence of an active market for our common stock, the fair value of our common stock was determined by our Board of Directors in accordance with the methodologies outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (the Practice Aid). In doing so, our Board of Directors determined the best estimate of fair value of our common stock, exercising reasonable judgment and considering numerous objective and subjective factors, including:

•
valuations of our common stock performed by independent third-party valuation specialists;
•
our stage of development and business strategy, including the status of research and development efforts of our products, and the material risks related to our business and industry;
•
our results of operations and financial position, including our levels of available capital resources;
•
the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences sector, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;
•
the lack of marketability of our common stock as a private company;
•
the prices of our preferred stock sold to investors in arm’s-length transactions, including the valuation implied in the sales of Series C convertible preferred stock in the fourth quarter of 2025, and the rights, preferences, and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

109


Table of Contents

 

•
the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;
•
the hiring of key personnel and the experience of management;
•
trends and developments in our industry; and
•
external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors.

The Practice Aid identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of common stock at each valuation date.

In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the following methods:

•
Current Value Method. Under the current value method, once the fair value of the enterprise is established, the value is allocated to the various series of preferred and common stock based on their respective seniority, liquidation preferences or conversion values, whichever is greatest.
•
Option Pricing Method (OPM). Under the OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The estimated fair values of the convertible preferred stock and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options. This method is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that estimates would be highly speculative, and dissolution or liquidation is not imminent.
•
Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method (PWERM). The PWERM is a scenario-based analysis that estimates value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

Based on our early stage of development, the difficulty in predicting the range of specific outcomes (and their likelihood), and other relevant factors, the OPM allocation method was considered most appropriate for valuations prior to November 30, 2025. For valuations prepared after November 30, 2025, a hybrid method between the PWERM and OPM was used, where the equity value was probability-weighted across multiple scenarios, including an initial public offering (IPO) scenario and a stay-private scenario, and then probability weighted the resulting per share values based on management’s assessment of the likelihood of each outcome. Under the IPO scenario, we applied a fully diluted precedent transaction (backsolve) approach that uses the most recent preferred stock financing as a reference point for value on a fully diluted basis. Under the stay private scenario, we inferred total equity value using a backsolve method anchored to our most recent preferred financing (adjusted for market movement) and allocated that value across our company’s share classes using an OPM. Because our common stock is not publicly traded, we also considered the illiquidity of our common stock and reflected a discount for lack of marketability based on an expected time to liquidity. The resulting scenario weighted value represents an estimate of the fair value of our common stock on a minority, nonmarketable basis.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to complete an initial public offering or other liquidity event, and the determination of the appropriate valuation methods.

Once a public trading market for our common stock has been established in connection with the completion of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for our Board of Directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for granted stock options or for any other such awards we may grant, as the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant on the stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

110


Table of Contents

 

Off–Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the periods presented we did not have, nor do we currently have, any off–balance sheet arrangements as defined under SEC rules.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a description of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 1 to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company Status

As an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, we can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This period allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. We also intend to rely on other exemptions provided by the JOBS Act, including without limitation, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion; (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year; or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

We are also a smaller reporting company as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities consist of cash held in readily available checking and money market accounts, as well as short-term debt securities. We are exposed to market risk related to fluctuations in interest rates and market prices. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of United States interest rates. Because of the short-term nature of the instruments in our portfolio, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Foreign Currency

We contract with vendors in foreign countries, including countries in Europe and the Asia Pacific. We are therefore subject to fluctuations in foreign currency rates in connection with these agreements. We do not hedge our foreign currency exchange rate risk.

111


Table of Contents

 

Net realized and unrealized gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are reported in other income (expense), net, in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The impact of foreign currency costs on our operations have been negligible for all periods presented.

Inflation Risk

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and clinical trial costs. We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our results of operations during the periods presented.

112


Table of Contents

 

BUSINESS

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. is a leading, clinical-stage regenerative medicine biotechnology company focused on developing autologous iPSC-derived therapies to address neurodegenerative diseases with high unmet medical need. Our lead product candidate, sasineprocel, is an investigational single-dose, autologous iPSC-based cell therapy being evaluated for the treatment of PD. We believe sasineprocel has the potential to be disease-modifying by replacing a patient’s lost DA neurons with DANPCs, capable of integrating and reestablishing functional connections. In an ongoing Phase 1/2a ASPIRO clinical trial of sasineprocel in mid-stage to moderately advanced sporadic PD, patients have experienced, what we believe to be, sustained and clinically meaningful improvements in motor, quality of life, and non-motor symptoms as measured by comparison to clinically meaningful change benchmarks. Based on these findings, we believe sasineprocel has the potential to improve upon the current standard of care in PD and address the significant unmet need for a disease-modifying therapy that may slow or halt the progression of this devastating disease. These benchmarks are reviewed on an ongoing basis during the trial and reflect management’s belief based on a review of published literature, regulatory agency guidelines and precedent in PD clinical research, and discussions with key opinion leaders in the field. The benchmarks have not been discussed with the FDA or any other government regulatory authority, and have not been independently validated by any third parties.

PD is a progressive neurodegenerative disease primarily characterized by the loss of DA neurons as well as impaired DA neurotransmission that results in the progressive deterioration of motor and non-motor neurological function. It is the second most common neurodegenerative disorder, estimated to affect more than one million people in the United States and more than 10 million people globally. The prevalence has doubled globally over the past 25 years, making it one of the fastest growing CNS diseases. PD patients suffer from characteristic motor symptoms, including movement, coordination and speech impairments, as well as non-motor symptoms, including loss of sense of smell, sleep behavior disorders, difficulty swallowing, urinary symptoms, constipation, orthostatic hypotension, depression, psychosis, dementia and cognitive impairment. These symptoms can severely impact a patient’s quality of life, contribute to progressive disability and loss of independence, and are associated with increased morbidity and mortality over time.

The current standard of care is palliative DRT, including levodopa and dopamine agonists, which addresses motor symptoms but does not replace lost DA neurons, nor does it slow continued neuronal degeneration. DRT inadequately addresses non-motor symptoms, decreases in effectiveness over time, and is associated with side effects that can significantly impact patient quality of life. As DRT loses its effectiveness or as its side effects become intolerable, advanced therapies, such as DBS, are considered. While DBS can be effective in addressing certain motor symptoms of PD, it has not been shown to slow disease progression in mid-stage to moderately advanced PD patients and can potentially worsen cognition, gait, speech and other axial symptoms. DBS has other drawbacks as well, including long delays in access and optimization, multiple invasive surgeries with permanent implanted hardware and risks such as hemorrhage, infection, and device failure. In contrast to DRT and DBS, cell replacement therapy holds significant promise as an approach to restore and replace lost dopamine neurons and neural circuitry necessary for normal motor and non-motor function. Our cell replacement approach represents a promising therapy that could provide long-term benefits from a single administration without the need for permanently implanted hardware.

Allogeneic approaches in development for PD can require one year or more of immunosuppressive therapy post-treatment, which is associated with increased risks of infection, organ toxicity, and metabolic complications. In contrast, autologous cell therapies are derived from a patient’s own cells which reduces the risk of immune rejection after transplantation. Our clinical trial of sasineprocel has not required any immunosuppression post-administration and is designed to support the formation of functional synaptic connections and neural circuitry without the need for immune suppression. In third-party NHP models of PD, autologous DA progenitor cell transplantation survived without immunosuppression and integrated more robustly and produced more sustained motor improvements than allogeneic transplants. Moreover, our autologous iPSC approach is designed to require minimal cell expansion, which may reduce the opportunity for genomic abnormalities to arise and for cells harboring growth-promoting abnormalities to become selectively enriched during extended culture. While this is designed to be a one-time therapy, the autologous nature of the product could allow for redosing, if valuable over a patient’s multi-year course. We believe our autologous cell replacement strategy presents a significant advantage over both current standard-of-care therapies and

113


Table of Contents

 

allogeneic cell therapies in development for PD, and has the potential to deliver a tolerable, disease-modifying treatment with durable, long-term effectiveness.

Sasineprocel and our end-to-end autologous iPSC platform are based on advances in cellular reprogramming, including the Nobel Prize–winning discovery by Shinya Yamanaka and John B. Gurdon, which demonstrated that mature, specialized cells can be reprogrammed into iPSCs through the introduction of defined transcription factors (commonly referred to as Yamanaka factors). We combine these foundational reprogramming methods with our stem cell biology expertise, the latest artificial intelligence, ML and genomic approaches to optimize cell identity, purity and functional potential and to enable a scalable, reproducible, standardized, and data-driven manufacturing process for autologous cell therapy. Sasineprocel, our proprietary autologous iPSC-derived composition of DANPCs, CNS progenitors, and glial progenitors, is designed to establish a biologically active cellular microenvironment that supports cell engraftment, survival, and functional integration of transplanted cells with the goal of restoring functional dopamine signaling in PD patients. We believe the sustained benefit observed in patients treated with sasineprocel provides evidence of neural circuitry reconstruction and is further supported by preclinical studies, in which we observed that DANPCs transplanted into PD animal models differentiated into DA neurons that integrated into the brain and restored dopamine signaling. We hypothesize that sasineprocel’s combination of cells beyond DANPCs may play a key role in supporting neural synapse formation and general microenvironmental health to enable a broad and profound treatment effect in PD patients, including improvement in non-motor symptoms.

We are currently conducting the open-label Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial evaluating sasineprocel in patients with sporadic PD and have begun enrolling genetic PD patients. The trial consists of sequential dose cohorts with sasineprocel administered as a single bilateral intracranial injection into the post-commissural putamen, an area of the brain that participates in motor control, using well-understood, standard stereotactic neurosurgical techniques. The study’s primary objective is to assess safety and tolerability. The study’s secondary and exploratory objectives are to evaluate the potential efficacy of sasineprocel, measured by changes from baseline in multiple patient- and clinician-reported PD-specific outcomes. These include changes in MDS‐UPDRS Parts I-IV, which measures the severity and progression of PD, including motor and non-motor symptoms; Hauser diary (to measure “Good On” time, defined as time without troublesome dyskinesia); and quality of life measures including PDQ-39. 18FDOPA PET imaging is being used to evaluate the engraftment of cells. Certain of the secondary endpoints used in this trial are validated endpoints used in previous PD registrational clinical trials.

As of August 18, 2026, the data cutoff date, 15 patients had been dosed, with seven participants receiving a low dose and eight participants receiving a high dose. Sasineprocel was observed to be generally well-tolerated with the majority of reported adverse events being mild to moderate. Among the patients dosed, 72 TEAEs were reported. There was no evidence of graft-induced dyskinesias or graft rejection, and no clinically significant hemorrhages were observed post-operatively. As sasineprocel is autologous, with no requirement for immunosuppression, there were no immunosuppression-related events. Only one TEAE, myoclonus (sudden, uncontrollable muscle movement), was considered possibly related to sasineprocel, with sertraline, a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor, identified as a co-suspect medication. One participant had two serious adverse events related to the surgical procedure (neck swelling and dysphagia due to intubation in the prone position and ischemic stroke (cerebral infarction) due to pre-operative interruption of anticoagulants that the patient was taking for a history of deep venous thrombosis). The most commonly reported TEAEs, defined as occurring in 10% or more of patients, were related to the surgery, including incision site pain, swollen tongue, headache, infusion site pain, glossodynia, hypoesthesia, and oropharyngeal pain. Two patients had intracranial hemorrhages not requiring any surgical treatment. Of these two patients, one patient had no associated symptoms and the other, who had a history of migraine, experienced a headache which resolved, with levetiracetam identified as a co-suspect medication. As of the data cutoff date, all 12 patients from the first three cohorts had at least one six-month or later follow up evaluation.

We assessed clinical efficacy outcomes every six months after administration of sasineprocel. We observed improvements across several secondary and exploratory endpoints, including changes in Good On Time (On time without troublesome dyskinesia normalized to 16 hours of the day), Off time, MDS-UPDRS Part III OFF, MDS-UPDRS Part II ON, and PDQ-39 scores, as summarized below. Certain of the secondary endpoints used in this trial, including Good On Time and MDS-UPDRS Part III OFF, are validated registrational endpoints used in previous PD registrational clinical trials. The mean improvements at 18 months in both cohorts and 24 months in the low dose cohort for Good On Time and MDS-UPDRS Part III OFF scores were above clinically meaningful change benchmarks. The mean PDQ-39 and MDS-UPDRS Part II ON scores improved above clinically meaningful change

114


Table of Contents

 

benchmarks in the low dose cohort at 18 and 24 months and were stable in the high dose cohort at 18 months. 18FDOPA PET imaging is also being used to evaluate the engraftment of cells. 18FDOPA PET imaging showed elevated 18FDOPA uptake values at six, 12, and 18 months following sasineprocel administration compared to baseline, which is evidence of the survival, viability, and integration of transplanted iPSCs. Clinically meaningful change benchmarks are reviewed on an ongoing basis during the trial and reflect management’s belief based on a review of published literature, regulatory agency guidelines and precedent in PD clinical research, and discussions with key opinion leaders in the field. The benchmarks have not been discussed with the FDA or any other government regulatory authority, and have not been independently validated by any third parties.

 

Additionally, the ASPIRO trial is exploring changes in DA medication as measured by LEDD, a standardized calculation that converts all DA medications a patient is taking into a single equivalent dose of levodopa, providing a measure of total daily DA medication burden using established methodology. A reduction in LEDD suggests that a patient requires less DA medication to manage their motor symptoms. As of the data cutoff date, in the low dose cohort, two, three, three and three patients showed a reduction in LEDD at six, 12, 18 and 24 months, respectively, and one patient experienced an LEDD increase at 18 and 24 months. In the high dose cohort, at six months, three out of eight patients showed an LEDD reduction and one patient showed an LEDD increase; at 12 months, two out of four patients showed an LEDD reduction and one patient showed an LEDD increase; at 18 months, three out of four patients showed an LEDD reduction and one showed an LEDD increase.

 

img152801079_3.jpg

 

Figure 1. Sustained improvements observed across multiple validated PD endpoints. Data summarized above is as of August 18, 2026. A decrease (negative number) compared to baseline is an improvement for MDS-UPDRS scores and PDQ-39. The numbers in parentheses represent standard deviations. Mean changes in data summarized above are driven by totality of data across patients and not driven by a limited number of patients exhibiting significantly better-than-average improvements. *For the four high dose patients for whom data was available at the 12-month and 18-month assessments, the baseline values for Good On Time (hours) Hauser Diary, Off Time (hours) Hauser Diary, MDS-UPDRS Part III OFF score, MDS-UPDRS Part II ON score, and PDQ-39 were: 11.7 (0.9), 4.3 (0.9), 44.0 (4.2), 9.5 (9.3), 16.1 (15.6), respectively. For the three low dose patients in Cohort 4, no data is yet available because six months have not elapsed since dosing for all three patients.

We expect to report further long-term data from the ASPIRO trial in the first half of 2028. In addition, we plan to dose a single cohort of approximately three to six patients with genetic PD in the ASPIRO trial. We anticipate initiating biopsy collection for the Phase 3 trial by the end of 2026. Following feedback from the FDA, we anticipate dosing patients in the Phase 3 trial in the second half of 2027.

115


Table of Contents

 

Our History, Team and Investors

We were founded in 2018 based on more than two decades of research conducted by Jeanne F. Loring, Ph.D., Professor Emerita at the Scripps Research Institute and founding Director of the Center for Regenerative Medicine. Dr. Loring’s laboratory developed foundational methods for reprogramming adult human cells into iPSCs and subsequently differentiating them into dopamine-producing neurons. This scientific work, built upon Nobel Prize-winning discoveries demonstrating cellular reprogramming to pluripotency, forms the basis of our autologous iPSC platform and our lead product candidate, sasineprocel.

Since our inception, we have focused on translating this academic innovation into a clinically scalable, regulatory-compliant therapeutics platform. Our management team was intentionally assembled to integrate deep expertise in neuroscience research with extensive experience in drug discovery and development, regulatory strategy, commercialization and manufacturing. This combination of capabilities has been critical to advancing our platform from foundational research through current Good Manufacturing Practice requirements (cGMP) manufacturing, comprehensive preclinical validation, and ongoing clinical evaluation.

Damien McDevitt, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer, previously served as Chief Executive Officer of Akcea Therapeutics, a rare diseases company, prior to its acquisition by Ionis Pharmaceuticals in 2020, and held several leadership roles at Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Acadia Pharmaceuticals, and GlaxoSmithKline Pharmaceuticals. Dr. McDevitt was involved in the commercialization, late-stage development or in-licensing of the following approved products: TEGSEDI (inotersen) for hereditary transthyretin-mediated amyloidosis, WAYLIVRA (volanesorsen) for familial chylomicronemia syndrome (approved in the European Union) and DAYBUE (trofinetide) for Rett syndrome. Lisa Johnson-Pratt, M.D., our Sasineprocel Development Lead and Chief Commercial Officer, has successfully led programs across the entire product life cycle with leadership roles in medical affairs, clinical development, product development, portfolio planning and new product strategy. Dr. Johnson-Pratt was involved in the launch of GARDASIL (human papillomavirus 9-valent vaccine, recombinant), IMITREX (sumatriptan) and MAXALT (rizatriptan benzoate), and new indication launches of SINGULAIR (montelukast sodium) and COZAAR (losartan potassium), and led new product strategy for BLENREP (belantamab mafodotin-blmf), WAINUA (eplontersen), and TRYNGOLZA (olezarsen).

The Executive Chairman of our Board of Directors, Faheem Hasnain, is the Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Gossamer Bio. Mr. Hasnain previously served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Receptos, which was acquired by Celgene in 2015. He is joined by a distinguished group of Board members who bring additional operational, scientific, financial and strategic expertise.

Since our inception, we have raised approximately $347 million from a syndicate of leading life sciences investors and organizations, including OrbiMed, ARCH Venture Partners, Frazier Life Sciences, Medical Excellence Capital, and Kite, a Gilead Company, as well as a grant from CIRM. These investors have extensive experience supporting the development and commercialization of innovative biotechnology platforms and therapeutics. Prospective investors should not rely on the investment decisions of our existing investors, as these investors may have different risk tolerances and have received their shares in prior offerings at prices lower than the price offered to the public in this offering.

Our Manufacturing Platform and Scientific Approach

We have developed an integrated, end-to-end autologous iPSC platform designed to generate autologous cell therapies for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases (our platform). iPSCs are stem cells created by reprogramming mature, specialized (somatic) cells—such as skin cells—back into a pluripotent state. In this state, they behave similarly to embryonic stem cells in so far as they can self-renew indefinitely and differentiate into virtually any cell type in the body, such as DANPCs and other CNS neurons, which we believe makes them the ideal starting point for an autologous therapy for PD. Our platform combines proprietary cell reprogramming methods, automated and scalable manufacturing processes, and comprehensive quality control (QC) systems, including advanced genomics and bioinformatics, to manufacture iPSCs from fibroblasts with the aim to produce DANPCs designed to have high fidelity, reproducibility, and functional performance.

116


Table of Contents

 

Our manufacturing process is performed in three stages.

Stage 1 (Skin to Fibroblasts): Dermal fibroblast cells are isolated from a PD patient’s skin punch biopsy (3mm) using a minimally invasive procedure, expanded in culture, tested for correct cell type identity by visual morphology assessment, harvested, formulated, and cryopreserved. These fibroblasts are released as starting materials for Stage 2 following QC testing for sterility, viability, genetic identity, and genomic integrity.

Stage 2 (Fibroblasts to iPSCs): The fibroblasts are converted into iPSCs through a process known as cellular reprogramming, in which a defined set of transcription factors, classically Oct3/4, Sox2, Klf4, and L-Myc, collectively referred to as the Yamanaka factors, are introduced to reset the cells’ gene expression and epigenetic profiles, thereby reverting them from a differentiated somatic state back to a pluripotent, embryonic-like state. We utilize Yamanaka factors and viral vectors encoding Yamanaka factors licensed from third parties including iPS Academia Japan, Inc. and Sumitomo Pharma Co. Ltd. See “Licensing and Collaboration Agreements” below for additional information. These iPSCs are advanced to Stage 3 following characterization and QC testing for sterility, identity, purity and pluripotency (using our proprietary PluriTest).

Stage 3 (iPSCs to DANPCs): The iPSCs derived from PD patients are first expanded to establish a stable, high-quality, iPSC population of appropriate cell number. Using our robust and proprietary differentiation iPSC platform, these cells are then efficiently and consistently differentiated into DANPCs.

Our iPSCs are differentiated into DANPCs by recapitulating key stages of midbrain development in vitro using defined culture conditions and signaling cues. The process begins with neural induction, where iPSCs are directed away from pluripotency toward a neural fate. This is achieved through dual SMAD inhibition, which blocks BMP and TGF‑β signaling, producing neuroectodermal cells resembling early neural progenitors. Next, these neural progenitors are patterned toward a ventral midbrain identity, the developmental origin of dopaminergic neurons. This step involves activating Sonic Hedgehog (SHH) signaling to induce ventral characteristics and WNT/β‑catenin signaling (via GSK3β inhibitors) to specify midbrain fate. Finally, under continued exposure to these cues and supportive growth factors combined with Notch signaling inhibition through a gamma secretase inhibitor to promote neuronal maturation, cells differentiate into dopaminergic precursors, characterized by expression of markers such as FOXA2 and OTX2. These precursor cells are designed to further mature into functional, dopamine-producing neurons upon a differentiation and after transplantation. Overall, our approach uses a stepwise, developmentally informed process designed to control signaling pathways and efficiently and reproducibly generate dopaminergic precursors from iPSCs for therapeutic application.

At the end of Stage 3, the DANPCs are harvested, filled and finished, and then cryopreserved. These DANPCs are designed to have high cell lineage fidelity and predictable functional performance, including maturity, engraftment and dopamine release. The DANPC drug product released at Stage 3 is dependent on QC testing for strength (cell concentration), purity, identity, and potency. The final product is not a homogenous cell population, and other non-DA cells are present in the final product at low percentages, including astrocyte progenitors and progenitors for

117


Table of Contents

 

cholinergic and glutamatergic neurons. Prior to patient administration, the DANPCs are shipped to the site as a sterile, cryopreserved product.

 

img152801079_4.jpg

 

Figure 2. The three stages of sasineprocel cell manufacturing.

Our platform is designed to address key challenges associated with autologous cell therapies, including inter-patient variability, genomic instability, and inconsistent cellular differentiation. To mitigate these risks, we use multiple assays and proprietary datasets to assess genetic identity, genomic integrity, lineage specification, purity, and to assess functional performance prior to clinical administration. We have combined our data with work started in 2012, before the company was founded, by our scientific founders at the Scripps Research Institute to create proprietary data that integrates whole-genome sequencing, RNA sequencing, and transcriptomic analytics. Certain assays are currently used for product characterization and release, while additional RNA sequencing-based machine learning models continue to be refined as part of our broader potency assurance framework. A series of rigorous release assays are performed on the final manufactured product to assess product quality attributes. These include RNA-sequencing-based tests to assess identity and maturity (NeuriTest), engraftment potential (GraftTest), and dopamine release (DopaTest). These bioinformatics-based assessments are informed by preclinical in vitro and in vivo studies testing different lots from individual PD patient cells, with lots from multiple PD donors evaluated. In addition, an in vitro bioassay, the DOPA decarboxylase (DDC) activity assay, is performed to measure conversion of levodopa (L-dopa) to dopamine to test cellular functionality and stability of DANPCs after cryopreservation.

 

img152801079_5.gif

 

118


Table of Contents

 

Figure 3. Overview of expected potency assays (ML models and bioassays) used to assess sasineprocel performance. Four independent tests are performed: NeuriTest, GraftTest, DopaTest, and DDC activity.

We are developing an automated, robust, modular manufacturing process for sasineprocel that we believe could reduce the manual labor required by more than 90% while still maintaining GMP requirements. Our manufacturing system incorporates two principal automated systems. The first is the Cell X platform, which can be used in Stage 1, Stage 2, and the iPSC scale-up portion of Stage 3. The Cell X platform integrates incubation within an isolation chamber, robotics, liquid handling, and optical machine vision, along with proprietary ML algorithms to evaluate fibroblast cell culture and iPSC clones for quality and to identify the most promising cells for advancement through the manufacturing process. The Cell X platform automates all standard cell culture steps for derivation of iPSCs including cell selection, reprogramming, cell removal, expansion, and harvest. We expect that the Cell X platform will be capable of autonomous (self-driving) manufacturing to support manufacturing capacity for hundreds of patients on an annual basis. The second system, the Mytos device, is used in Stage 3, during which iPSC clones are differentiated into DANPCs in a closed system process. This system automates the feeding, expansion, passaging, and harvest of the iPSC into DANPCs. The Cell X platform and the Mytos devices are supplied by third party technology solution providers and are purchased and owned by Aspen. We expect the automated manufacturing process to be ready for use in early 2027, but will be required to submit an IND amendment to the FDA prior to utilizing the automated manufacturing process in our clinical trials.

We have designed a modular automation template that combines these automated platforms within a small cleanroom footprint (approximately 5,000 square feet) intended to achieve manufacturing capacity for hundreds of patients annually. We expect that this automation template can be replicated and scaled up through module replication for manufacturing to meet potential future demand.

Our Strategy

We are committed to developing and delivering novel autologous iPSC-derived cell replacement therapies for patients with significant unmet medical need, beginning with PD. Our strategy to achieve this mission includes the following key elements:

•
Advance sasineprocel, our personalized potentially disease-modifying product candidate for PD patients, through Phase 3 trials for sporadic PD. We are continuing to advance our lead product candidate, sasineprocel, in PD, following encouraging interim results in our Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, including sustained improvement in PD patients’ motor and non-motor symptoms, and quality of life measures. We believe sasineprocel has the potential to slow or halt the progression of PD, which would transform the lives of PD patients. Following feedback from the FDA, we plan to commence a Phase 3 study in patients with PD by the end of 2026. The initial phase of the study will involve collecting details of disease and natural history of PD and obtaining skin biopsies in order to manufacture sasineprocel, with the goal of dosing patients in the second half of 2027. After assessment of efficacy and safety at 18 and 24 months post dose, we plan to collect long-term safety follow-up data for a total of 15 years post dose, based on current FDA guidelines for cell and gene therapy products.
•
Expand development of sasineprocel into genetic PD and maximize the therapeutic potential of sasineprocel across PD patients. Based on preclinical evaluation and support for the potential for autologous iPSC-derived cells from genetically defined (GBA) PD patients, we are planning to expand our Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial of sasineprocel to include a cohort of patients with genetically-defined PD, including patients with LRRK2 and GBA1 mutations, to enable broad patient access to sasineprocel. We have begun enrolling genetic PD patients. Pending the results of this cohort, we intend to include patients with genetic PD in our Phase 3 program to support a broad label for sasineprocel, if approved.
•
Build scalable, automated autologous cell manufacturing to support potential commercialization in North America (United States and Canada) with plans in the future to expand globally. We plan to continue to invest in automating our cell manufacturing process to decrease costs and maintain product consistency, while preparing for commercial scale with a focus on continuing to improve automation and implementing our plan to scale capacity to meet anticipated demand. Our end-to-end platform and modular automation template is designed to allow for capital-efficient scaling of our manufacturing system to enable the potential treatment of hundreds of patients annually per module.

119


Table of Contents

 

•
Maximize the commercial opportunity of sasineprocel and opportunistically engage in strategic collaborations. We plan to build a fully integrated biotechnology company capable of executing registrational trials and obtaining regulatory approvals. As we advance sasineprocel toward potential approval, we intend to build a commercial infrastructure to support the sale and distribution of any of our product candidates, if approved. In certain instances, however, we may seek to partner with third parties that can serve to broaden the reach and access to sasineprocel. Our decision to potentially partner sasineprocel or any of our programs will be determined by an assessment of the potential benefits of doing so and our ability through such partnerships to access additional resources, capabilities and expertise for our programs.
•
Expand our pipeline by leveraging our platform to identify and develop additional product candidates in CNS indications where cell replacement therapy offers meaningful therapeutic potential. We have significant expertise in the discovery and development of autologous iPSCs to treat patients with CNS diseases. We have demonstrated the potential for our technology across additional neuronal cell types in preclinical proof-of-concept studies. We believe our ability to reestablish neural circuitry through the administration of neuronal cells designed with high fidelity, reproducibility, and functional potency may extend beyond DA neurons. Using our platform, we are advancing a second program targeting microglial cells for the treatment of pediatric rare indications, such as inherited leukodystrophies. Additionally, we have discovery programs focused on deriving non-neuronal cell types with potential for application outside the CNS.

Our Pipeline

We are leveraging our proprietary platform to build a diversified pipeline of autologous iPSC-based therapies for the treatment of multiple CNS diseases, with an initial focus on sporadic and genetic PD. Our goal is to maximize the value of our clinical translation, manufacturing, and QC capabilities to expand into additional CNS indications, starting with our microglia program. We have worldwide commercial rights to all our programs and have summarized our clinical and preclinical programs below.

After assessment of efficacy and safety at 18 and 24 months post dose, we plan to collect long-term safety follow-up data for a total of 15 years post dose, based on current FDA guidelines for cell and gene therapy products.

 

img152801079_6.jpg

120


Table of Contents

 

Lead Program: Sasineprocel for PD

Sasineprocel for Sporadic PD

We are developing sasineprocel, a single-dose, autologous iPSC-based therapeutic candidate for PD that is designed to replace a patient’s lost dopamine neurons. We are currently conducting the open-label Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial of a single dose of sasineprocel in mid-stage to moderately advanced PD patients. The trial consists of four cohorts at two dose levels, both of which were anticipated to be biologically active, with sasineprocel administered as a single bilateral intracranial injection into the post-commissural putamen using well-understood, standard stereotactic neurosurgical techniques. As of the data cutoff date, 15 patients had been dosed, with seven participants receiving a low dose and eight participants receiving a high dose. As of the data cutoff date, all 12 patients from the first three cohorts had at least one six-month or later follow up evaluation. We assessed clinical outcomes every six months after administration of sasineprocel. Sasineprocel has been granted RMAT designation from the FDA for the treatment of levodopa-responsive PD and Fast Track designation from the FDA for the treatment of PD to improve motor function. A biological product candidate is eligible for RMAT designation if it meets the definition of a regenerative medicine therapy, which the FDA defines as a cell therapy, therapeutic tissue engineering product, human cell and tissue product, or any combination product using such therapies or products, with limited exception, if it is intended to treat, modify, reverse or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that it has the potential to address unmet medical needs for such disease or condition. A new drug or biologic is eligible for Fast Track designation if it is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for such disease or condition. However, RMAT or Fast Track designation may not result in a faster development process, review, or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures, and does not increase the likelihood that sasineprocel will receive regulatory approval. In addition, because sasineprocel is designed to be administered through drug delivery devices, we anticipate that sasineprocel would be regulated as a combination product by the FDA, which requires coordination between the FDA’s Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research and the FDA’s Center for Devices and Radiological Health for review. For additional information, see the section titled “Risk Factors – Additional time may be required to obtain marketing authorizations for any of our product candidates that we develop as combination products.”

Sasineprocel Genetic PD

We have begun enrolling patients and are preparing to initiate dosing a new cohort in the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial to evaluate sasineprocel in patients with genetically defined PD, leveraging our existing autologous DANPC manufacturing process. For the new cohort, we also plan to utilize additional standard of care stereotactic neurosurgical techniques including CT and MRI imaging guidance and robot assisted neurosurgery and an infusion pump to deliver sasineprocel. Pending the results of this cohort, we intend to include patients with genetic PD in our Phase 3 program to support a broad label for sasineprocel, if approved. Approximately 15%, or 150,000 of U.S. and 1.5 million of global PD patients have a genetic component of the condition. The most common PD-associated mutations are in the GBA1 and LRRK2 genes and are associated with increased susceptibility to PD, driving earlier disease onset. However, these mutations do not confer a developmental defect in neuronal function and the majority of people with these mutations will not develop PD. Although these mutations contribute to disease pathogenesis, preclinical studies have shown that iPSC reprogramming resets markers of cellular aging, mitochondrial dysfunction, and epigenetic abnormalities, and potentially winds back the epigenetic clock to a pre‑disease state. Further, preclinical studies evaluating iPSC-derived DA neurons carrying GBA1 mutations have not demonstrated consistent or material differences in key cellular characteristics compared to wild type iPSC-derived DA neurons under the conditions tested. Therefore, we believe functional DA neurons can be efficiently derived from autologous iPSCs, even in the presence of late onset disease-associated mutations, supporting the use of sasineprocel as a potential treatment for genetically defined PD.

Microglia Replacement Program

Microglia replacement represents the second cell replacement program generated from our platform. Microglia are the resident immune cells of the CNS and play critical roles in immune surveillance, lipid metabolism, synaptic remodeling, and maintenance of neural tissue homeostasis. Impaired microglial function has been implicated in a range of neurological diseases, including genetic leukodystrophies and neurodegenerative disorders, including frontotemporal dementia and Alzheimer’s.

121


Table of Contents

 

Our lead microglia program initially targets pediatric leukodystrophies, a group of rare, genetically defined neurological disorders that primarily affect the white matter of the CNS. Our approach is designed to generate autologous, gene-corrected microglia precursor cells derived from patient-derived iPSCs. We utilize targeted genome editing approaches to address disease-associated genetic variants. These gene-corrected cells are then differentiated into microglia precursor cells intended for administration to the CNS, where they are designed to engraft and replace dysfunctional microglia and support the restoration of key microglial functions within the CNS. Subject to the successful completion of ongoing preclinical and development activities, we expect to initiate IND-enabling studies in the second half of 2027.

Parkinson’s Disease Background and Current Limitations

Unmet Medical Need for PD

PD is a progressive neurodegenerative disease primarily characterized by the loss of DA neurons in the nigrostriatal pathway resulting in the severe, progressive deterioration of motor and non-motor neurological function. It is the second most common neurodegenerative condition (after Alzheimer’s disease). At the time of diagnosis, patients often have lost more than 50% of their DA neurons. Motor symptoms include the “Classic Parkinson’s triad” of bradykinesia (absent or decreased movement, gait difficulty), muscle rigidity, and resting tremor, as well as painful dystonia (abnormal muscle tone resulting in muscular spasm and abnormal posture). Over time, these symptoms will often become severe, leading to falls, the inability to work or perform self-care, and increased mortality over time. Patients also suffer from a range of non-motor symptoms, including anosmia (loss of sense of smell), autonomic dysfunction (dysfunction of the autonomic nervous system that controls heart rate, body temperature, breathing rate, digestion, and sensation), difficulty swallowing, urinary symptoms, constipation, sleep behavior disorders, orthostatic hypotension (dizziness or lightheadedness when standing after sitting or lying down), depression, psychosis, dementia and cognitive impairment. These symptoms can severely impact a patient’s quality of life, contribute to progressive disability and loss of independence, and are associated with increased morbidity and mortality over time. Current standard of care is limited to DRT, which inadequately addresses non-motor symptoms, decreases in effectiveness over time, and is associated with side effects that can significantly impact patient quality of life.

PD affects an estimated more than one million people in the United States with 90,000 new patients diagnosed each year. Globally, an estimated more than 10 million people are living with PD. 25.2 million people are projected to be living with PD worldwide by 2050, representing a 112% increase from 2021. Approximately 1.3 million PD patients are projected to be living in the United States by 2036. The prevalence has doubled globally in the past 25 years, driven by an aging global population and improved diagnosis through expanded access to movement disorder specialists (MDS). The economic burden in the United States has surpassed the $79 billion previously projected for 2037, with total annual costs reaching $82.2 billion in 2024 and expected to exceed $112 billion by 2045. Disability income is approximately $4.8 billion and, as most already-diagnosed patients are over the age of 65, Medicare bears the largest share of U.S. medical costs. Additionally, incidence of young-onset PD has increased globally. Overall, the disease can exert a significant impact on patients, their families, their caregivers and community, the healthcare system, payors, and society.

Current Standard of Care

DRT (e.g., levodopa-based regimens) represents the current standard-of-care for treatment of PD. DRT can help manage motor symptoms, but PD symptoms inevitably progress despite optimized pharmacologic therapy. Side effects of DRT include nausea, orthostatic hypotension, impulse control and neuropsychiatric disorders and the development of motor fluctuations and dyskinesia with long-term use. Continuous DA infusions can be used as alternative therapies for patients with intolerable motor fluctuations, though their use is limited by managing delivery devices and the same side effects that limit use of their oral formulations.

The benefits of DRT can be tracked by capturing “Good On” and “Off” times (the times when medications are working well and not working, respectively). As PD progresses, Good On Time at a given dose typically diminishes as Off Time increases. Escalation of DRT is typically limited by side effects - namely peak dose dyskinesia - which can become intolerable to patients. It is at this time when advanced therapies, namely DBS, are considered.

122


Table of Contents

 

DBS is effective at reducing Off Time and managing tremor. It also often helps patients reduce doses of DRT, thus reducing peak-dose dyskinesia. However, it has some significant limitations. Due to the shortage of DBS-trained MDS, referrals to physicians capable of managing DBS patients can take many months. Further, only 10-15% of PD patients eligible for DBS are referred for treatment and <2% of patients elect to undergo the DBS placement procedure. Many patients are resistant to permanent placement of foreign hardware devices into their brains and elsewhere in their bodies (DBS extension wires are placed in the neck which connect the brain leads to batteries that are generally placed in the chest). Further, the hardware may limit use of diagnostic magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans and cause interference with electrocardiograms (ECGs) and other potentially needed emergency diagnostic studies. Additionally, it can take up to six months after an MDS referral to schedule DBS lead placement surgery (which is associated with a small risk of symptomatic hemorrhage), and a second surgery for battery placement is commonly performed separately. Then it can take many months working with a DBS neurologist to optimize device settings to maximize benefit and minimize stimulation-induced side effects. Moreover, the batteries for the system need to be periodically replaced. The DBS hardware may fail or become infected, often necessitating additional surgeries or removal of the hardware and sometimes long courses of antibiotics. DBS has not been shown to slow disease progression in mid-stage to moderately advanced PD patients and can potentially worsen cognition, gait, speech and other axial symptoms.

The benefits of each of these treatments diminish over time and we believe no existing treatment adequately addresses non-motor symptoms, such as autonomic dysfunction, neuropsychiatric symptoms, dementia and cognitive impairment, which increase as the disease progresses and leads to severe morbidity and mortality.

Rationale for Cell Therapy in PD

There is an urgent need to develop disease-modifying therapies that sustain dopamine production and have an impact on both motor and non-motor symptoms, but current approved therapies are focused on improving motor symptoms. Longer acting forms of DRT will likely have the same challenges for chronic PD patients as current L-dopa therapy. Maintenance or replacement of DA neurons and supporting cell types may represent a more promising approach for a true disease-modifying treatment with long-term effectiveness. Cell replacement therapy represents a promising option for a therapy that can provide long-term benefit from a single administration. Of the estimated more than one million people in the United States affected by PD, we believe that approximately 300,000 of such patients are refractory to DRT and that approximately half of those patients would be eligible for a cell replacement therapy surgery. Previous studies have demonstrated that transplantation of human fetal, ventral-mesencephalic tissue containing DA neurons can lead to long-lasting (greater than 10 years) engraftment of DA neurons and improvements in the motor symptoms of PD. These findings provide historical support for the concept of DA cell replacement and therapeutic strategy. Current cell replacement strategies under investigation for PD include transplantation of allogeneic and autologous stem cell-derived DA neuron precursors.

Allogeneic Cell Therapy in PD and its Challenges

Current studies in allogeneic therapies provide some early evidence for success, feasibility, and safety of stem cell transplantation, cell survival, and engraftment. Allogeneic approaches use a cell line derived from an individual other than the patient, while autologous therapies use the patient’s own cells. The allogeneic, embryonic stem cell-derived, dopamine-producing neuronal product, bemdaneprocel, from BlueRock Therapeutics LP, a clinical-stage cell therapy company and wholly owned subsidiary of Bayer AG, demonstrated favorable safety results at 36 months in Phase 1 trial participants, which we believe validates the potential of a cell replacement approach for PD. However, bemdaneprocel and certain other allogeneic products can require systemic immunosuppression, with drugs like tacrolimus and prednisone, for one year or more following surgery. These immunosuppressants carry significant clinical risks and side effects, especially tacrolimus, which has a narrow therapeutic index and requires therapeutic drug monitoring and adds to the cost of treatment. The drawbacks of immunosuppression with tacrolimus and prednisone include:

•
High adverse event burden, including risk of organ toxicity (renal, hepatic, GI bleeding) that prompt the need for many other medications as well as major medical interventions (e.g., dialysis, surgery)
•
Exacerbation of comorbid conditions (e.g., diabetes and hypertension)

123


Table of Contents

 

•
Recurrence of previous infections (e.g., cytomegalovirus) as well as an increased risk of opportunistic viral or fungal infections, which have led to reported patient deaths. Patients have had to take prophylactic anti-infectives and adapt their lifestyles to avoid exposure to infection
•
Drug-monitoring requirements and dosing contraindications

These drawbacks can preclude patient eligibility, especially for older PD patients with common comorbidities. Further, this requires physician monitoring and vigilance not usually seen in MDS practices and increases costs. All these factors can lead to noncompliance, which can lead to insufficient immunosuppression and can decrease the efficacy of the allogeneic therapy.

In addition, large-scale expansion of allogeneic cell lines requires extensive cell banking and manufacturing scale-up, which may increase the risk of genome instability over time. For example, scale up of iPSCs can select for mutations which provide a proliferation advantage, such as mutations in the TP53 gene, similar to mutations commonly found in human cancers. Redosing with the same allogeneic product may also be limited by the development of immune sensitization.

The burden and deleterious effects of immunosuppression—alongside the ethical and regulatory complexities associated with embryonic stem cells—make autologous iPSC-derived therapies a highly attractive alternative. We believe an autologous iPSC-derived product has the potential to create autologous dopamine-producing cells for PD patients while eliminating the need for immunosuppression. In addition, we believe primate experimental data support the absence of an ongoing neuroinflammatory immune response as typically seen in allogeneic therapies, which can better facilitate optimal graft integration and improved synaptic circuit formation. Moreover, autologous manufacturing uses the patient’s own cells, so there is no large-scale master cell bank expansion, thereby potentially reducing the risk of accumulating genomic abnormalities, including those that could lead to malignant transformation. Further, an autologous product is not expected to trigger immune rejection responses that are commonly associated with donor-derived allogeneic cell therapies, such as organ toxicity. As a result, autologous approaches may allow greater flexibility in dosing at a higher level unlike allogeneic therapies, where higher dosing may increase the risk of immune-mediated rejection or require intensive immunosuppressive regimens.

 

Autologous and Allogeneic in NHPs

A third-party preclinical study was conducted by the University of Wisconsin-Madison (Tao et al., Nature Medicine, 2021) comparing autologous to allogeneic iPSC-derived DA neuronal cell transplantation in NHP models of PD over a two-year period, without immunosuppression, to evaluate motor function, graft survival and integration, among other things. This study demonstrated improvements in motor behavior following transplantation of DA progenitor cells, with autologous grafts associated with approximately 40% to 60% improvement in motor function, sustained over a 24-month post-transplant period, compared with allogeneic grafts in the absence of immunosuppression (Figure 4 below). In addition, histological analyses showed that autologous grafts differentiated into tyrosine hydroxylase (TH)-positive DA neurons and exhibited extensive neurite and axonal outgrowth extending from graft sites into surrounding host tissue, consistent with reconstruction of DA neural circuitry. In contrast, allogeneic grafts in the same model demonstrated more limited neurite outgrowth and reduced integration in the absence of immunosuppression. These findings suggest that autologous DA progenitor transplantation may support more robust neural integration and restoration of DA signaling compared with donor-derived cells when immunosuppression is not administered. However, allogeneic cell therapies in clinical settings are generally administered with immunosuppression, and the results of this study may not be predictive of patient outcomes under conditions in which immunosuppression is used. To our knowledge, there are no published preclinical studies directly

124


Table of Contents

 

comparing autologous to allogeneic dopaminergic precursor cell transplantation under immunosuppression in comparable non-human primate models of Parkinson’s disease.

 

img152801079_7.gif

Figure 4. Monthly clinical rating score (CRS) of the monkeys receiving allogeneic or autologous transplantation from 12 months before transplantation to 24 months after transplantation. The transplantation occurred at month 0. Lines show mean values for every three months from the allogeneic group or the autologous group. Significance was assessed by Friedman test (non-parametric statistical test); * p < 0.05, ** p < 0.01.

Our Solution – Sasineprocel Overview

We are developing sasineprocel, an investigational single-dose “one and done,” autologous iPSC-based product candidate for PD that is designed to replace a patient’s lost dopamine neurons with DANPCs. We believe sasineprocel, our personalized and proprietary composition of neural precursors for each patient, has the potential to recapitulate and restore neural circuitry in PD patients and, if approved, become the first FDA-approved disease-modifying therapy for PD with potential to address motor and non-motor symptoms. There are several characteristics of sasineprocel that differentiate it from standard of care and/or allogeneic therapies in development and position it as a potentially transformative treatment for PD patients:

•
Personalized approach: Sasineprocel is an autologous product candidate designed to minimize the risk of immune rejection and eliminate the need for long-term immunosuppression and its associated risks. In addition, based on market research, we believe patients prefer the personalized approach of autologous cell therapy as compared to gene or allogenic therapies.
•
Proprietary cell composition: Sasineprocel’s proprietary composition of DANPCs, together with supportive CNS and glial progenitors and other neuronal cells, is designed to create a biologically active microenvironment that may support restoration of neural circuitry and synapse formation. We believe this differentiated cellular composition may contribute to the meaningful and sustained improvements observed in PD patients in the ASPIRO trial.
•
Precise and streamlined delivery: Sasineprocel is administered through a minimally invasive procedure using well-understood standard of care stereotactic neurosurgical techniques, which key opinion leaders reported being amenable to. The product is thawed at the time of surgery for immediate administration and does not require on-site cell processing or testing capabilities. Following administration, sasineprocel requires no device maintenance, programming, or ongoing optimization, differentiating it from device-based therapies such as DBS.
•
Advanced cell characterization: We leverage ML-enabled bioinformatics to characterize key attributes of sasineprocel, including quality, purity, maturity, engraftment potential, and dopamine production, with the goal of ensuring consistent cellular differentiation.

125


Table of Contents

 

•
Broad applicability: Sasineprocel is designed to address a broad population of PD patients, including those who may not tolerate immunosuppressive regimens, who are reluctant to undergo implantation of permanent hardware in the brain, or whose disease is associated with a genetic driver.

We are currently conducting the open-label Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial of a single dose of sasineprocel in patients with PD. Promising interim clinical data from both the high and low dose cohorts suggests that the administration of sasineprocel could potentially lead to significant long-term clinical benefit for PD patients across both motor and non-motor symptoms and potentially slow or halt the progression of the disease. We plan to dose approximately a single cohort of three to six patients with genetic PD in the ASPIRO trial. We anticipate initiating biopsy collection for the Phase 3 trial by the end of 2026. Following feedback from the FDA, we anticipate dosing patients in the Phase 3 trial in the second half of 2027.

Proposed Mechanism of Action

Sasineprocel is a proprietary composition consisting primarily of dopamine neural precursors, DANPCs, along with supportive CNS and glial progenitors, designed to replace lost DA neurons and restore motor and non-motor function in patients with PD. The loss of these DA neurons in the substantia nigra pars compacta leads to a concentrated loss of dopamine within the striatum, specifically the post-commissural putamen, which is where sasineprocel is precisely administered. Placing sasineprocel into the putamen, an area where there is significant DA neuronal loss associated with PD pathology, is optimal for restoring the lost dopamine signaling and neurocircuitry. Following transplantation, DANPCs are intended to engraft and mature into dopamine-producing neurons. As these grafted DA neurons mature, they are designed to form synaptic connections with existing neurons and achieve integration with a patient’s existing neural circuitry promoting functional recovery. Our hypothesis is that this functional recovery can re-establish the brain’s ability to release dopamine on demand in a physiological manner. Consistent with this proposed mechanism, our preclinical studies have demonstrated that sasineprocel differentiated into post-mitotic DA neurons following transplantation, established synaptic connectivity, and restored dopamine signaling in established animal models of PD. In addition to DANPCs, sasineprocel contains low percentages of supportive neural and glial progenitor cell populations, including astrocyte progenitors and progenitors capable of giving rise to other neuronal cell types. Based on ongoing preclinical studies and the known biological functions of these cell types, DANPCs, along with other neural and glial progenitors, may help establish a biologically active microenvironment that promotes cell engraftment, survival, and functional integration.

Phase 1/2a ASPIRO Trial Design

We are conducting a first-in-human, multi-center, open-label Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial evaluating the safety, tolerability, and efficacy of the intracranial injection of sasineprocel in patients with mid-stage to moderately advanced PD. The study’s primary objective is to assess the safety and tolerability of bilateral administration of sasineprocel into the post-commissural putamen. The study’s secondary and other exploratory objectives are to evaluate the potential efficacy of sasineprocel, measured by changes from baseline in multiple patient- and clinician-reported PD-specific outcomes. These include changes in MDS-UPDRS Parts I-IV, Hauser diary (to measure “Good On” time, defined as time without troublesome dyskinesia), and quality of life measures including PDQ-39. These secondary endpoints are validated endpoints used in previous PD registrational clinical trials for drugs such as RYTARY approved in 2015 and VYALEV (foscarbidopa/foslevodopa) approved in 2024.

We plan to evaluate the outcomes of these patients every six months for the first two years and yearly thereafter and intend to perform long-term safety follow-up extending through 15 years. Secondary endpoints include the evaluation of putaminal Fluorodopa uptake using Fluorodopa PET, which is specialized brain imaging technique that uses a radioactive tracer called 18FDOPA to visualize DA nerve terminals in the striatum, the brain region most affected in PD. Additionally, we evaluated movement, function, sleep, and medication using two forms of digital health technologies (DHT), one for use at home and a wearable device for use both at home and outside the home.

We enrolled 15 patients in the ASPIRO trial of which 12 patients from the first three cohorts have available data for secondary and other exploratory objectives. Key patient enrollment criteria included age 50 to 70, at least four years post-PD diagnosis and responsiveness to L-dopa. Patients who had prior brain intervention (including DBS and FUS), were cognitively impaired or had medical or surgical risk factors for trial participation were excluded.

126


Table of Contents

 

We use a streamlined, precise and minimally invasive process for sasineprocel administration that may generally allow patients to be discharged the next day. Prior to administration, the drug product arrives as cryopreserved cells in a vial, which is warmed at bedside one hour before surgery. The product is delivered using well-understood, standard stereotactic neurosurgical techniques. The administration is performed through a single approximately 5mm burr hole per hemisphere with bilateral cell deposition into the putamen over a duration of approximately 90 minutes.

Patients were treated in four cohorts differentiated by formulation and dose level. In the dose-preparation formulation cohorts, four patients received 10 million cells (Cohort 1 low dose) and four patients received 15-20 million cells (Cohort 2 – high dose). In the thaw-and-inject cohorts, four patients received 20 million cells (Cohort 3 – high dose) and three patients received 10 million cells (Cohort 4 – low dose). Our thaw-and-inject formulation eliminates the need for a dose preparation process and extensive testing, allowing for a short (approximately 25 minutes) procedure to thaw the product and load the delivery device for surgery. This thaw and inject formulation is designed to enable surgical scale-out to institutions that do not have cell processing and testing capabilities.

IND clearance was delayed from January to August 2023 due to a clinical hold imposed by FDA related to insufficient information in the IND regarding the syringe used as part of our drug delivery system. During the course of the ASPIRO trial, we also experienced a delay in patient dosing due to issues with the design of the syringe. We worked with the supplier to design and validate a new syringe configuration, which has been implemented for subsequent dosing. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply or a second source for all required materials and components, including the delivery device, used in our clinical trials. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties” for additional information.

ASPIRO Trial Design

img152801079_8.jpg

 

Figure 5. Schematic representation of Aspen’s Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial with endpoints.

As of August 18, 2026, the data cutoff date, sasineprocel was generally well tolerated with a majority of reported adverse events being mild to moderate. As of the data cutoff date, 15 patients had been dosed, with seven participants receiving a low dose and eight participants receiving a high dose. Among the patients dosed, 72 TEAEs were reported. There was no evidence of graft-induced dyskinesias or graft rejection, and no clinically significant hemorrhages were observed post-operatively. As sasineprocel is autologous, with no requirement for immunosuppression, there were no immunosuppression-related events. Only one TEAE, myoclonus (sudden, uncontrollable muscle movement), was considered possibly related to sasineprocel, with sertraline, a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor, identified as a co-suspect medication. One participant had two serious adverse events related to the surgical procedure (neck swelling and dysphagia due to intubation in the prone position and ischemic stroke (cerebral infarction) due to pre-operative interruption of anticoagulants that the patient was taking for a history of deep venous thrombosis). The most commonly reported TEAEs, defined as occurring in 10% or more of patients, were related to the surgery, including incision site

127


Table of Contents

 

pain, swollen tongue, headache, infusion site pain, glossodynia, hypoesthesia, and oropharyngeal pain. As of the data cutoff date, all 12 patients from the first three cohorts had at least one six-month or later follow up evaluation. Two patients had intracranial hemorrhages not requiring any surgical treatment. Of these two patients, one patient had no associated symptoms and the other, who had a history of migraine, had a headache that resolved, with levetiracetam identified as a co-suspect medication.

We are assessing clinical outcomes every six months after administration of sasineprocel. As of the data cutoff date, we observed improvements across several secondary and exploratory endpoints, including changes in Good On Time (On time without troublesome dyskinesia normalized to 16 hours of awake time), MDS-UPDRS Part III OFF. Consistent with these motor improvements, we also observed improvements in activities of daily living and quality of life measures assessed by MDS-UPDRS Part II ON and PDQ-39 scores, as summarized below. Certain of the secondary endpoints used in this trial, including Good On Time and MDS-UPDRS Part III OFF, are validated registrational endpoints used in previous PD registrational clinical trials. The mean improvements at 18 months in both cohorts and 24 months for the low dose cohort for Good On Time and MDS-UPDRS Part III OFF scores in both cohorts were above clinically meaningful change benchmarks. The mean PDQ-39 and MDS-UPDRS Part II ON scores improved above clinically meaningful change benchmarks in the low dose cohort at 18 and 24 months and were stable in the high dose cohort at 18 months. 18FDOPA PET imaging is also being used to evaluate the engraftment of cells. 18FDOPA PET imaging showed elevated 18FDOPA uptake values at six, 12, and 18 months following sasineprocel administration compared to baseline, which is evidence of the survival, viability, and integration of transplanted iPSCs. Clinically meaningful change benchmarks are reviewed on an ongoing basis during the trial and reflect management’s belief based on a review of published literature, regulatory agency guidelines and precedent in PD clinical research, and discussions with key opinion leaders in the field. The benchmarks have not been discussed with the FDA or any other government regulatory authority, and have not been independently validated by any third parties.

 

Additionally, the ASPIRO trial is exploring changes in DA medication as measured by LEDD, a standardized metric that converts all DA medications a patient is taking into a single equivalent dose of levodopa, providing a measure of total daily DA medication burden. A reduction in LEDD suggests that a patient requires less DA medication to manage their motor symptoms. As of the data cutoff date, in the low dose cohort, two, three, three and three patients showed a reduction in LEDD at six, 12, 18 and 24 months, respectively, and one patient experienced an LEDD increase at 18 and 24 months. In the high dose cohort, at six months, three out of eight patients showed an LEDD reduction and one patient showed an LEDD increase; at 12 months, two out of four patients showed an LEDD reduction and one patient showed an LEDD increase; at 18 months, three out of four patients showed an LEDD reduction and one showed an LEDD increase.

 

img152801079_9.jpg

 

Figure 6. Sustained improvements observed across multiple validated PD endpoints. Data summarized above is as of August 18, 2026. A decrease (negative number) compared to baseline is an improvement for MDS-UPDRS scores and PDQ-39. The numbers in parentheses represent standard deviations. Mean changes in data summarized above are driven by totality of data across patients and not driven by a limited number of patients exhibiting

128


Table of Contents

 

significantly better-than-average improvements. *For the four high dose patients for whom data was available at the 12-month and 18-month assessments, the baseline values for Good On Time (hours) Hauser Diary, Off Time (hours) Hauser Diary, MDS-UPDRS Part III OFF score, MDS-UPDRS Part II ON score, and PDQ-39 were: 11.7 (0.9), 4.3 (0.9), 44.0 (4.2), 9.5 (9.3), 16.1 (15.6), respectively. For the three low dose patients in Cohort 4, no data is yet available because six months have not elapsed since dosing for all three patients.

Beyond these changes being what we believe to be clinically meaningful from baseline, third-party natural history studies suggest patients with PD worsen across all these measures. Parkinson’s Progression Markers Initiative, or PPMI, is a large, internationally used research data set designed to collect standardized clinical data over time to better understand how PD starts and progresses. These PPMI data suggest progressive worsening of approximately two points per year on the MDS-UPDRS Part III OFF scale. In contrast, sasineprocel, including eight patients (low dose; n=4, high dose; n=4), shows a mean decrease, or improvement, at six, 12, and 18 months of 14.6, 14.5, and 16.1 points, respectively, and, including four patients (low dose; n=4), shows a mean decrease, or improvement, at 24 months of 15.8 points. Figure 7 below presents the mean change from baseline in MDS-UPDRS Part III OFF scores for each patient at the six-month, 12-month, 18-month and 24-month assessments together with the mean change from baseline observed in natural history study patients, reflecting the progressive worsening expected in PD patients over time.

img152801079_10.jpg

Figure 7.

Figure 8 below presents the Good On Time for each patient at each available assessment, as measured using the Hauser diary, together with the mean Good On Time hours for the low dose and high dose cohorts at each assessment, in each case as of the August 18, 2026 efficacy data cutoff. The mean Good On Time hours for each cohort at each assessment, as shown in Figure 8 below, reflect the average of the individual patient Good On Time hours at such assessment. As measured by mean change from baseline per patient, the low dose cohort showed a mean increase of 2.2 hours at 18 months and 2.6 hours at 24 months, and the high dose cohort showed a mean increase of 2.7 hours at 18 months. For the low dose cohort, there were four patients in each of the assessments shown. For the high dose cohort, there were eight patients for the baseline and Day 180 assessments. Day 365, and 18-month assessments had

129


Table of Contents

 

four patients; the mean baseline and standard deviation for the four patients shown at Day 365, and 18 months was 11.7 (0.9).

img152801079_11.jpg

Figure 8.

Quality of Life Assessments

In addition to preliminary safety and motor function data, we observed improvements in quality of life symptoms following the administration of sasineprocel.

Quality of life improvements are being assessed using PDQ-39, a 39-item, patient reported questionnaire used to measure health related quality of life in people with PD. PDQ-39 is the most widely used disease specific quality of life measure for PD. The questionnaire asks patients how often, over the past month, they have experienced difficulties related to PD across eight domains, including mobility, activities in daily living, emotional well-being, stigma associated with disease, social support, cognition, communication, and bodily discomfort. Each domain is scored on a standard scale ranging from 0–100 and the total score is the mean of the eight subdomains, with higher values indicating greater disease burden. As of the data cutoff date, patients in the first cohort (low dose; n=4) and the second cohort (high dose; n=4), treatment with sasineprocel resulted in a reduction in total PDQ-39 score of 5.0 at each of 18 months and 24 months for the low dose cohort and 3.9 at 18 months for the high dose cohort demonstrating meaningful improvements in quality of life. As of August 18, 2026, the data cutoff date, the total PDQ-39 score at 18 months improved (decreased) in three out of eight patients, with a mean 29% reduction from baseline, remained stable in four patients, and worsened in one patient. As of the data cutoff date, the total PDQ-39 score at 24 months improved (decreased) in three out of four patients, with a mean 36% reduction from baseline, and worsened in one patient.

Exploratory Endpoints

We have explored endpoints across the Scales for Outcomes in Parkinson’s Disease – Autonomic (SCOPA-AUT) measurements, a validated, patient‑reported questionnaire specifically designed to assess autonomic nervous system symptoms in people with Parkinson’s disease, and the Montreal Cognitive Assessment (MoCA) measurements, the most widely used brief cognitive screening tool for detecting mild cognitive impairment (PD‑MCI)

130


Table of Contents

 

and Parkinson’s disease dementia (PDD). At 18 months, out of eight patients (low dose; n=4, high dose; n=4), we saw directional improvements in SCOPA-AUT in three patients, stability in four patients, and worsening in one patient. At 24 months, out of four patients (low dose; n=4), we saw directional improvements in SCOPA-AUT in two patients, stability in one patient, and worsening in one patient. At 18 months, out of eight patients (low dose; n=4, high dose; n=4), we observed stability in MoCA in all eight patients, and at 24 months, out of four patients (low dose; n=4), we observed stability in MoCA in all four patients. For purposes of evaluating clinical trends in SCOPA-AUT scores, management defined “improvement” as a greater than 20% decrease from baseline, “stable” as a change between a 20% decrease and a 20% increase from baseline, and “worsening” as a greater than 20% increase from baseline.

The gait axial subscore, a clinical metric derived from MDS-UPDRS Part III, improved in seven out of eight patients at 18 months, with a mean 46% reduction, and improved in all four patients at 24 months, with a mean 45% reduction, as shown in Figure 9 below. Notably, all eight patients demonstrated improved gait axial subscores compared to baseline as of their most recent follow-up. Low gait axial subscores are associated with reduced fall risk. DRT typically has little effect on the axial symptoms of PD, suggesting the consistent improvement is potentially the result of neural circuitry reconstruction following the administration of sasineprocel.

img152801079_12.jpg

Figure 9.

 

We evaluated 18FDOPA PET imaging to assess DA activity in the putamen following administration of sasineprocel. 18FDOPA PET is a specialized neuroimaging technique that uses a radiolabeled dopamine precursor to assess DA activity in the striatum, including the putamen, a brain region significantly affected in PD. 18FDOPA PET showed increased 18FDOPA uptake at six, 12 and 18 months following sasineprocel administration compared to baseline, including a mean approximately 17% increase of 18FDOPA uptake was reported in the eight patients with 18-month data as of the data cutoff date. These data, including the 18FDOPA PET data from the eight patients that have reached 18 months, are supportive of engraftment and survival of transplanted cells and support continued clinical evaluation of sasineprocel as a cell replacement therapy for PD.

131


Table of Contents

 

Preclinical Data

We have conducted a comprehensive nonclinical program to inform activity, engraftment, dosing, and safety to support the clinical development of sasineprocel.

In our preclinical studies, we have observed that sasineprocel when transplanted into an established 6-OHDA PD rodent model differentiated into post-mitotic DA neurons, established synaptic connectivity, and restored dopamine signaling. Across multiple donor-derived cell lines, in a preclinical study of rats, sasineprocel demonstrated sustained engraftment and sustained functional recovery over the longest allowable observation periods. Additional safety studies confirmed the ability to precisely deliver cells within the striatum and no evidence of tumor formation.

Sasineprocel In Vivo Engraftment and Maturation

Our preclinical studies have demonstrated successful engraftment and maturation following intracerebral transplantation of DANPCs and subsequent recovery of DA signaling deficits in a rodent 6-OHDA model of PD. Transplantation of DANPCs from four different PD donors into the denervated striatum resulted in behavioral recovery (decrease in amphetamine-induced rotations) over a 28-week rodent study (Figure 10A below). Histological analyses showed survival of transplanted cells within the target region and differentiation into TH-positive DA neurons. These cells exhibited robust neurite and axonal outgrowth extending into the surrounding host tissue, consistent with integration into existing neural circuitry (Figure 10B below).

 

img152801079_13.gif

 

Figure 10. (A) Mean net amphetamine-induced rotations per minute, from Baseline (pre-dosing) until 28-weeks post-dosing. (B) Representative histological images of a series sections from a rodent brain stained for TH (i), magnified image of the striatum stained for TH (ii), human cytoplasm indicating presence of human cells (iii), human nuclei indicating presence of human cells (iv), increased magnification of the grafted cells stained for TH (v) and human cytoplasm (v).

132


Table of Contents

 

Preclinical Delivery and GLP Safety Data

Prior to initiating our Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, we designed and validated a targeted stereotactic intracerebral delivery approach for sasineprocel to localize cells to the striatum, the primary site of DA neuron loss in PD. In rodent and NHP models using delivery methods intended to replicate the planned clinical procedure, we observed sasineprocel administration was well tolerated and resulted in accurate localization to the intended target region without evidence of procedure-related neurological deficits, off-target biodistribution, or persistent adverse findings, supporting the feasibility and potential safety of the delivery method for sasineprocel in clinical settings.

Across our toxicology, tumorigenicity, and biodistribution studies in rodent and NHP models at clinically relevant and supra-clinical doses, sasineprocel demonstrated no evidence of teratoma, tumor formation, abnormal proliferation, ectopic tissue formation, or off-target biodistribution. We believe these findings are consistent with and supportive of a potential low tumorigenic risk profile expected of sasineprocel.

Sasineprocel for Genetic PD

We are preparing to expand our Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial evaluating sasineprocel to include a cohort of patients with genetically defined PD and have begun enrolling genetic PD patients. Approximately 15%, or 150,000 of U.S. and 1.5 million of global PD patients have a genetic component of the condition. Mutations in genes such as GBA1, LRRK2, and PINK1 are associated with increased susceptibility to PD, drive earlier disease onset, and accelerated disease progression. Although these mutations contribute to disease pathogenesis, preclinical studies have shown that iPSC reprogramming can reset cellular aging markers, mitochondrial dysfunction, and epigenetic abnormalities.

In vitro studies showed that GBA1-derived iPSC lines successfully differentiated into DA neurons that exhibit characteristic morphology and expression of key DA markers.

img152801079_14.jpg

 

Figure 11. A) Immunocytochemistry for DAN markers FOXA2 and TH at Day 40 post differentiation. Scale bar=100 µm. The four different lines show similar morphologies of TH+ neurons and a similar abundance of FOXA2+ cells. B) Quantification of FOXA2+ and TH+ cells normalized to total DAPI+ cells at Day 40 (n=3 lines/group).

Our preclinical studies also showed there were no consistent differences in response to α-synuclein pre-formed fibril treatment between GBA1-DANs and isogenic controls. Our preclinical studies give us conviction that functional DA neurons can be efficiently derived from autologous iPSCs, even in the presence of disease-associated mutations, supporting the use of sasineprocel as a potential treatment for genetically defined PD.

We have strategically expanded our ongoing Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial beyond sporadic PD into genetically defined subpopulations. By leveraging our existing reprogramming and manufacturing process, we aim to expand sasineprocel into genetic PD without the additional technical, regulatory, and manufacturing complexity associated with gene editing technologies. Pursuing both sporadic and genetically defined PD populations may support a potential broad label for sasineprocel across PD, if approved.

133


Table of Contents

 

Planned Transition to Phase 3 Development

Based on the safety results observed to date and interim clinical data from the ongoing Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, we plan to advance sasineprocel into a Phase 3 trial, subject to continued data maturation and regulatory feedback.

The planned Phase 3 trial is intended to evaluate the safety and efficacy of sasineprocel in a larger patient population and to support a potential Biologics License Application (BLA). The Phase 3 trial is expected to include a control group, prespecified primary and secondary efficacy endpoints, exploratory endpoints and longer-term assessments designed to evaluate durability of clinical effects.

Aspen intends to leverage insights from the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial—including dose selection, neurosurgical techniques, sasineprocel delivery procedures utilizing an infusion pump and measures of clinical activity—to inform the design of the Phase 3 trial. Based on preliminary discussions with FDA, we anticipate conducting a single Phase 3 registrational study that includes a sham-controlled trial design and an 18-month primary endpoint. We plan to further engage with regulatory authorities to obtain feedback on key details of the Phase 3 program, including endpoint selection, statistical considerations, and trial design features. We also plan to meet with regulatory authorities to align on our CMC plan to support the manufacturing process for the Phase 3 study and potential future commercialization.

Microglia Replacement Program

Microglia replacement represents the second program generated from our platform. Microglia are the resident immune cells of the CNS and play critical roles in immune surveillance, lipid metabolism, synaptic remodeling, and maintenance of neural tissue homeostasis. Impaired microglial function has been implicated in a range of neurological diseases, including genetic leukodystrophies and neurodegenerative disorders. Our lead program targets pediatric leukodystrophies, a group of rare, genetically defined neurological disorders that primarily affect the white matter of the CNS. Our approach is designed to generate autologous, gene-corrected microglia precursor cells derived from patient-derived iPSCs. We utilize targeted genome editing approaches to address disease-associated genetic variants. These gene-corrected cells are then differentiated into microglia precursor cells intended for administration to the CNS, where they are designed to engraft and replace dysfunctional microglia and support the restoration of key microglial functions within the CNS.

This program builds on the same core platform technologies used to generate sasineprocel, including autologous iPSC reprogramming, iPSC clonal selection, and directed differentiation. Our microglia programs also leverage the manufacturing infrastructure, analytical assays, and QC systems developed for sasineprocel. This shared platform may enable efficient development and potential scalability of microglia replacement therapies across multiple CNS indications where microglial dysfunction contributes to disease pathology. Subject to the successful completion of ongoing preclinical and development activities, we expect to initiate IND-enabling studies in the second half of 2027.

In addition to pediatric leukodystrophies, this approach may provide a modular “plug-and-play” framework in which different disease-causing genes could potentially be corrected or replaced in patient-derived cells using the same underlying cell engineering and manufacturing platform. This strategy may enable the development of microglia replacement therapies for other monogenic disorders involving microglial dysfunction, sometimes referred to as microgliopathies, by combining a standardized cell platform with targeted gene correction tailored to the underlying genetic defect.

Manufacturing

Manufacturing of autologous cell therapies requires multiple steps. We aim to innovate and continually enhance our manufacturing platform through automation, ML, and other technology operation solutions in order to reduce costs and manufacturing time and provide patients with access to our personalized regenerative therapies, if approved.

134


Table of Contents

 

While the autologous cell therapy field has advanced tremendously in the past decade, historical challenges have included the high cost of manufacturing and batch-to-batch variabilities. We are developing an automated, robust, modular manufacturing process designed to meet potential future demand of our product candidates. We use the Cell X platform and the Mytos device, which each has the potential to automate a significant part of our manufacturing process. Combined with our in-house bioinformatics capabilities and other enabling technologies, we aim to develop a manufacturing process template that can be replicated to scale out manufacturing to meet potential future demand.

We currently manufacture in-house and contract with Cell X under a Supply Agreement to purchase instruments and with other third parties for consumables.

Mytos Agreement

In September 2024, we entered into a Main Services Agreement and related order forms and schedules (the Mytos Agreement) with Mytos. Under the Mytos Agreement, Mytos supplies us with automated cell culture devices, along with related software licensing and associated services. We use the Mytos iDEM Triple device and the iDEM platform in Stage 3 of our manufacturing process for sasineprocel to automate key cell culture steps during the differentiation process. Mytos provides cloud-based software to operate the device, installation services, and additional development services to validate the device for compatibility with our manufacturing requirements.

Under our order form with Mytos, we may purchase Mytos iDEM Triple devices at a purchase price in the low hundreds of thousands of dollars, per device. The Mytos Agreement also contemplates various installation fees in a range of tens of thousands of dollars, depending on the number of devices. The Mytos Agreement further provides us with a license to the basic tier software required to operate the device, which is provided at no additional charge for so long as we own the device.

We retain all right, title, and interest in and to all data, protocols, and outputs arising from our use of the Mytos iDEM Triple device and related software. Mytos retains all intellectual property rights in the device, software, and services, including any improvements arising from our use thereof. We have granted Mytos a limited license to use our data and outputs for the purpose of providing the goods, software, and services to us in accordance with the Mytos Agreement and for developing improvements to the Mytos iDEM Triple device and/or software during the term of the agreement.

The Mytos Agreement has an initial term of two years from the effective date and automatically renews for successive one-year periods unless terminated. We may terminate the agreement for convenience upon 30 days’ prior written notice, subject to payment of any authorized costs and expenses incurred and de-installation fees. Either party may also terminate the agreement for (i) material breach (subject to a 30-day cure period for remediable breaches), (ii) non-payment that remains outstanding more than 30 days after written notice, or (iii) if the other party suspends or ceases its business or suffers an insolvency event. In addition, Mytos may terminate the agreement immediately if there is a change of control of the Company that results in us being held by a direct competitor of Mytos as defined in the Mytos Agreement.

We are responsible for all risk and liability arising from reliance on the outputs of the device. We may not sell the device to any third party without Mytos’ prior written consent. We paid Mytos $1.5 million and $0.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. We paid Mytos $1.3 million and $0.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

We rely on third parties for certain materials and components for sasineprocel and other product candidates.

ClearPoint MSA

In January 2022, we entered into a Master Supply Agreement (the ClearPoint MSA) with ClearPoint Neuro, Inc. (ClearPoint). Under the ClearPoint MSA, ClearPoint manufactures and supplies us with specialized neurosurgical products, including its SmartFlow ventricular cannulas. We use the ClearPoint SmartFlow cannula as part of our drug delivery system for the administration of sasineprocel.

135


Table of Contents

 

The ClearPoint MSA sets forth the purchase price for the products. ClearPoint invoices us in accordance with the invoice schedule set forth in the applicable purchase order or SOW. The initial term of the ClearPoint MSA ends in January 2027 and will automatically renew for successive one-year periods unless either party provides at least 180 days’ written notice of its intent not to renew prior to the expiration of the then-current term. In addition, either party may terminate the ClearPoint MSA for material breach of the agreement, subject to a 30-day cure period. The ClearPoint MSA does not provide either party with a right to terminate for convenience during the term. If the ClearPoint MSA is terminated for any reason other than ClearPoint’s material breach, we are responsible for any non-cancelable costs or expenses incurred by ClearPoint in connection with third-party obligations under outstanding purchase orders or statements of work.

We are solely responsible for obtaining all regulatory approvals relating to our therapies incorporating ClearPoint products, including the ClearPoint SmartFlow cannula. ClearPoint retains all right, title, and interest in and to the products sold to us pursuant to the ClearPoint MSA and all intellectual property rights related thereto, including sole ownership of any improvements, additions, or variations to the products, whether or not made at our request, except to the extent otherwise set forth in a development agreement with respect to custom products that have been enhanced, improved, or customized by ClearPoint solely for our use. ClearPoint further has the right to sell, offer, license, or otherwise commercialize the products and services covered by the ClearPoint MSA to third-party customers. We paid ClearPoint $0.3 million during each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. We paid ClearPoint $0.3 million and $0.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

Manufacturing Stages for iPSCs and Sasineprocel Drug Product

As described above, our production process is performed in three stages. Stage 1 (skin to fibroblast) has a manufacturing duration of approximately three weeks. Stage 2 (fibroblasts to iPSCs) has a duration of approximately eight weeks. Stage 3 (iPSCs to DANPCs) has a duration of approximately five weeks. Following each stage, we complete QC testing which typically takes a total of four to five weeks. Intermediate products (that is, products following Stage 1 and Stage 2) can be conditionally released during QC testing in approximately one to two weeks, which could speed up the overall manufacturing process.

A series of rigorous release assays are performed on the final drug product to assess product quality attributes. These include RNA sequencing based tests to assess identity and maturity (NeuriTest™), engraftment potential (GraftTest), and dopamine release (DopaTest). These bioinformatics-based assessments are informed by preclinical in vitro and in vivo studies testing different lots from individual PD patient cells, with lots from multiple PD donors evaluated. In addition, an in vitro bioassay, DDC activity assay, is performed to measure conversion of L-dopa to dopamine to test cellular functionality and stability of DANPCs after cryopreservation.

Manufacturing Formulations

In our Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial, we have used two manufactured formulations. In the first two cohorts, PD patients received our dose prep formulation which required processing at a cell processing laboratory, located at or near the dosing site. The dose preparation process was a three to four hour activity and the final formulated product underwent testing for cell count/viability, gram stain, and endotoxin to perform provisional release and enable product administration, while final sterility testing was reported post-surgery. In Cohort 3, four patients received the high dose using our thaw-and-inject formulation, reducing time and cost associated with cell processing and testing steps at the surgical facility. Our thaw-and-inject formulation is designed to eliminate the need for timely processing and testing, allowing for a short (approximately 25 minutes) procedure to thaw the product and load the delivery device for surgery. We developed the thaw-and-inject formulation, which we expect to be our commercial formulation, to enable surgical institutions that do not have cell processing and testing capabilities to use our product candidates, if approved.

The overall manufacturing process for the dose prep formulation and the thaw-and-inject formulation are the same with the exception of the post harvest downstream volume reduction step, the formulation step, the excipients utilized, the fill step, and the final product container. For dose prep formulation, the final cell concentration is 6.7 x 106 cells/mL filled at 1.5 mL in a 2mL cryovial whereas for the thaw-and-inject formulation, the final cell concentration is 1.0 x 108 cells/mL filled at 0.5mL in a 2mL CellSeal vial.

136


Table of Contents

 

The thaw‑and‑inject formulation of sasineprocel (ANPD001 Suspension) was evaluated in a series of nonclinical studies designed to assess location, engraftment, and safety following direct intracerebral administration. In rodents, a non‑GLP engraftment study and a pivotal single‑dose GLP toxicity study demonstrated that ANPD001 Suspension was well tolerated and resulted in persistent engraftment of human cells with comparable average graft size and number of mature dopaminergic neurons after three-month in life maturation in a side-by-side evaluation with dose prep formulation (ANPD001 Injectable Suspension) and human cells appeared to remain localized to the target striatal region, with no morphological evidence of migration outside the brain. No adverse effects on clinical observations, body weights, functional assessments, clinical pathology, or macroscopic or microscopic pathology were observed. These studies support the safety of the thaw‑and‑inject formulation and its suitability for clinical administration without additional dose preparation steps.

Manufacturing Automation

We are developing an automated, robust, modular manufacturing process for sasineprocel that we believe could reduce the manual labor required by more than 90% while still maintaining GMP requirements. Our manufacturing process incorporates automated systems across key steps of cell selection, reprogramming, expansion, differentiation, harvest, and fill and finish.

Automation is intended to reduce manual handling, improve process safety and consistency, and enable parallel processing of multiple patient-specific manufacturing runs within a controlled footprint. We also use automated data capture and analytical tools to support in-process monitoring, quality assessments, and manufacturing decision-making.

We continue to invest in process development and automation to support later-stage clinical development and commercialization. These efforts are designed to improve operational efficiency and scalability while maintaining product quality and regulatory compliance. We have successfully moved from an R&D stage process to a GMP, manual process for the Phase 1/2a ASPIRO trial and are in the process of automating significant portions of the manufacturing process for the planned Phase 3 trial. Prior to the start of manufacturing for our Phase 3 study, we plan to meet with regulatory authorities to align on our CMC plan to support the manufacturing process for the Phase 3 study and potential future commercialization. We expect our automation initiatives, if successful, can be used to scale up manufacturing to meet potential future demand.

 

img152801079_15.jpg

 

Figure 12. A summary of our plans for autonomous, automated cell manufacturing to support potential future demand.

137


Table of Contents

 

Sales and Marketing

We are a clinical-stage company and have not yet established a full commercial organization or distribution capabilities. As we advance our product candidates toward potential approval, we intend to build a commercial infrastructure to support the product launch, sale, reimbursement and distribution of any approved products. We will continue to evaluate opportunities to work with strategic partners to enhance our development and commercialization capabilities with respect to sasineprocel and our other product candidates. In addition, we intend to commercialize our product candidates, if approved, in key markets in the United States, the European Union, and Asia Pacific, either alone or with partners to maximize the worldwide commercial potential of our programs.

Competition

The biotechnology industry is characterized by rapid technological advancement, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary and novel products and product candidates. While we believe that our platform, our lead product candidate, sasineprocel, and our knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from many different sources, including larger and better-funded biotechnology, pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical, and therapeutics companies. In many cases, companies with competing programs will have access to greater financial, technical, manufacturing, supply, marketing and sales resources, and may be more advanced in those programs. Moreover, we may also compete with universities and other research institutions that may be or will become active in research in our target indications. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

Key competitive factors affecting the success of our product candidates, if approved, are likely to be efficacy, safety, convenience, presentation, price and the availability of reimbursement from government and third-party payors. Our competitors may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. We anticipate that we will continue to face increasing competition as new therapies, technologies and data emerge within the field of neurodegenerative disease and, more specifically, for the treatment of PD.

We are developing sasineprocel for the treatment of PD. We expect to compete with commercially available advanced therapies used in patients with motor fluctuations despite optimization of L‑dopa, including DBS devices such as Infinity and Liberta RC (both marketed by Abbott), Vercise (marketed by Boston Scientific), and Percept (marketed by Medtronic), as well as Focused Ultrasound (FUS) technologies such as Exablate Neuro (marketed by Insightec). We anticipate that there will continue to be improvements in DBS and FUS technologies.

We are aware of cell and gene therapy candidates in clinical development that target sporadic, genetic, or all forms of PD. This includes autologous cell therapies in development by Hope Bio, Oryon, and others; allogeneic therapies from BlueRock/Bayer, Sumitomo (AMCHEPRY, approved in Japan), Cellular Intelligence, Kenai Therapeutics, iRegene, S.Biomedics, Xellsmart and others; and gene therapies from AskBio/Bayer, MeiraGTx, Prevail Therapeutics, and other earlier-stage competitors.

We are also developing autologous microglia cell replacement therapies for a number of leukodystrophies. In this area, we expect to compete with commercially available therapies such as bone marrow transplant and Skysona (Genetix Biotherapeutics). We are also aware of small molecules, antibodies, and advanced therapies that are in development for leukodystrophies including a PPARg agonist in development by Minoryx Therapeutics, a thyroid receptor-b agonist in development by Viking Therapeutics, and an AMPK activator and a deuterium-modified thiazolidinedione both in development by Poxel SA and other earlier-stage competitors.

Intellectual Property

We strive to protect the intellectual property and proprietary technology that we consider important to our business through a variety of methods. We seek to obtain domestic and international patent protection and endeavor to file patent applications for new commercially valuable inventions as they arise to expand our intellectual property

138


Table of Contents

 

portfolio. We also rely on proprietary know-how and trade secrets to protect certain innovations that may be important to our business and to benefit from their confidential status.

As of October 2026, our patent portfolio included five granted U.S. patents, 15 granted international patents, and approximately 69 pending patent applications across 16 patent families, including the seven families identified in more detail below. Our granted international patents are held in the following jurisdictions: the United Arab Emirates, Australia, the European Patent Convention (validated in Switzerland, Spain, Great Britain, Ireland, Turkey, and the Unitary Patent territory), Hong Kong, Israel, Japan, Mexico, and Saudi Arabia. We also have pending international patent applications in the United Arab Emirates, Australia, the European Patent Convention, Hong Kong, Israel, Japan, Mexico, Saudi Arabia, Brazil, Canada, China, India, Singapore, South Korea, and before the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) under the Patent Cooperation Treaty. Our patent applications, if granted, are designed to provide protection for sasineprocel and our platform technologies, including:

•
Claims relating to DANPCs and cell compositions comprising such cells
•
Methods for differentiating DANPCs from stem cells
•
Assays and analytical methods for identifying and characterizing iPSCs and neuronal progenitor cells
•
Potency assays and other functional assays for assessing functional characteristics of cell therapy products
•
Automated manufacturing systems and methods
•
Delivery devices for stereotactic implantation of cell suspensions
•
Methods for treating genetically-linked PD

DANPC Manufacturing, Differentiation and Resulting Compositions, Including Sasineprocel

We own four patent families relating to manufacturing processes for producing DANPCs from stem cells, including computer-implemented methods and systems for identifying and isolating iPSCs and automated methods of manufacturing DANPCs from stem cells, DANPC compositions produced by the methods, DANPC compositions characterized by specific attributes, and methods of using the DANPCs to treat disease.

These patent families include granted patents in the United States and foreign jurisdictions. These patent families also include pending Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) applications, pending United States patent applications, and pending patent applications in foreign jurisdictions. One of these patents will expire in 2030. The other patents, and if issued these patent applications, will expire from 2041-2046, without taking into account any possible patent term adjustment or extension and assuming payment of all applicable maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely in part on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect certain proprietary know-how and other aspects of our manufacturing processes, including process parameters and methods that may not be suitable for patent protection. We seek to protect these trade secrets and proprietary information, in part, through confidentiality provisions in agreements with employees, consultants, contractors and other third parties, as well as through other internal security measures. However, trade secrets may be difficult to protect, and we may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our proprietary information.

Quality Control and Potency Assays

We have developed a suite of assays designed to identify and characterize cells at various stages of our manufacturing process and to assess functional characteristics of the final cell product. These assays are intended to support in-process monitoring and/or release testing for our product candidates, including sasineprocel.

Our assay suite includes:

•
GraftTest: An assay for predicting engraftment capability of differentiated neuronal cell products (covered by issued patents and pending applications)

139


Table of Contents

 

•
NeuriTest: Gene expression-based assays for identifying neuronal progenitor cells, including methods for classifying differentiation state (patent applications pending in the United States and internationally)
•
DopaTest: An assay for predicting dopamine production capability of differentiated neuronal cells (covered by issued patents and pending applications)
•
DDC Potency Assay: An assay measuring L-dopa decarboxylase activity and related potency assessment frameworks (covered by pending applications)

Regulatory authorities, including the FDA, generally expect developers of cell therapy products to establish potency assays and other analytical methods that are relevant to the product’s biological activity. We believe these assays and related quality control measures are important to support development and, if approved, commercial manufacturing of our product candidates.

Patent Coverage for Quality Control and Potency Assays. Certain of the patent families described below include claims that may support one or more of the assays described above, among other applications.

We own four patent families related to assays and analytical methods designed to identify, classify and characterize DANPCs and other cells differentiated from stem cells. The patent families are directed to assays and analytical approaches for assessing neuronal differentiation at various stages of our manufacturing process, and for assessing functional characteristics of the final cell product, such as engraftment capability, dopamine-related functional properties, and other activities or functions related to biological activity and potency. The assays and analytical methods include assays that use gene expression-based and related approaches and may be used in quality control, comparability analyses and other analytical characterization.

These patent families include two granted patents in the United States. These patent families also include pending PCT applications, pending United States patent applications, and pending patent applications in foreign jurisdictions. The remaining patents, and, if issued, the currently pending patent applications, will expire in 2044-2045, without taking into account any possible patent term adjustment or extension and assuming payment of all applicable maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees.

Additional Programs and Supporting Technologies

We own one patent family that includes one pending U.S. nonprovisional patent application and a pending PCT application directed to methods of treating PD associated with mutations in the GBA1 gene using non-genetically modified DANPCs, including autologous cell therapy approaches. If patents that issue from applications claiming priority to these applications are obtained, they are expected to expire in 2046, without taking into account any possible patent term adjustment or extension and assuming payment of all applicable maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees.

We own one patent family that includes one pending U.S. nonprovisional patent application and a pending PCT application directed, among other things, to methods and technologies related to microglia-based cell therapy products, including approaches that may be applicable to the treatment of X-linked adrenoleukodystrophy (X-ALD). If patents that issue from applications claiming priority to these patent applications are obtained, they are expected to expire in 2046, without taking into account any possible patent term adjustment or extension and assuming payment of all applicable maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees.

140


Table of Contents

 

Scope and Duration of Intellectual Property Protection

Regulatory Exclusivity

In addition to patent protection, we may be eligible for regulatory exclusivity for sasineprocel under the BPCIA, which provides 12 years of exclusivity for approved biological products in the United States, and similar regulatory frameworks in other jurisdictions.

Uncertainties and Limitations of Patent Protection

The patent positions of companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. There is significant uncertainty regarding the scope of patent claims that may be allowed or enforced in the field of cell replacement therapy in the United States and other jurisdictions. The actual protection afforded by our patents will depend on several factors, including:

•
The scope of claims allowed by patent offices during prosecution
•
Our ability to enforce our patents against potential infringement
•
The validity and enforceability of our patents if challenged
•
The development of alternative technologies by competitors that do not infringe our patents
•
Our ability to maintain our patents by paying maintenance fees and complying with other requirements

We cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications, nor can we be sure that any patents granted to us will be commercially useful in protecting our product candidates and manufacturing methods. Changes in patent laws and rules, either by legislation, judicial decisions, or regulatory interpretation in the U.S. and other countries, may diminish our ability to protect our inventions and enforce our intellectual property rights, and more generally could affect the value of our intellectual property.

Third parties may have blocking patents that could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates and practicing our proprietary technology. Our patents may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented, or invalidated, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related product candidates. In addition, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies, and the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar technology. Moreover, because of the extensive time required for development, testing, and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that before any product candidate can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing any protection afforded by the patent.

We continually assess and refine our intellectual property strategy as we develop new product candidates and are prepared to file additional patent applications as appropriate to support our strategy or to adapt to competition or seize business opportunities.

For additional information on the risks associated with our intellectual property strategy and portfolio, please see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property."

Licensing and Collaboration Agreements

Our patent portfolio includes both internally developed intellectual property and technology licensed from third parties. We have obtained licenses to key foundational technologies important to support the manufacturing process for sasineprocel, including:

•
iPS Academia Japan, Inc.: Methods for reprogramming differentiated cells into iPSCs using the Yamanaka factors. The licensed patents include six patent families covering iPSC cell reprogramming technologies, with issued patents and pending applications in the United States, Japan, and numerous other jurisdictions worldwide, including Australia, Canada, China, Europe, India, Israel, Korea, Mexico, Singapore, and others. This license is non-exclusive, non-transferable, and requires payment of an upfront

141


Table of Contents

 

fee, annual maintenance fees, milestone payments upon achievement of specified regulatory and commercial milestones, and royalties in the low single digits on net sales of licensed products.
•
Sumitomo Pharma Co. Ltd: Use of Sendai viral vectors encoding the Yamanaka factors for reprogramming differentiated cells into iPSCs. The licensed patents include five issued U.S. patents directed to methods of producing iPSCs using Sendai virus vectors, together with corresponding foreign patents and applications. This license is a non-exclusive sublicense of rights originally granted by ID Pharma Co., Ltd. to Sumitomo, and requires payment of annual license fees, milestone payments upon achievement of specified sales thresholds, and royalties in the low single digits on net sales of licensed products. In connection with the Organizational Split, Sumitomo’s rights and obligations under the Sumitomo License Agreement were assigned to and/or succeeded by RACTHERA Co., Ltd., with our prior consent.
•
The Scripps Research Institute (TSRI): Methods for differentiating DA neurons from iPSCs and bioinformatics assays for characterizing neuronal cell types. There are no patents currently associated with this license. This license requires payment of royalties in the low single digits on net sales of licensed products.
•
Cell X Technologies, Inc. and the Cleveland Clinic Foundation: Systems and methods for automated detection, analysis, isolation, and harvesting of biological objects, including iPSCs, as well as related image analysis technologies. The licensed patents include four issued U.S. patents and a pending European patent application directed to automated cell culture systems and machine vision-based cell selection. The licenses are exclusive within the licensed field and territory. The licenses require milestone payments upon achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones but do not require sales-based royalty payments.

For additional information related to these licenses, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations and Commitments.” These licenses impose various financial obligations on us, including upfront fees, annual maintenance fees, milestone payments, and royalties. Our license agreements are also generally subject to customary termination provisions, including termination for breach in certain circumstances. Our failure to comply with the terms of these licenses could result in termination of the licenses and loss of our rights to use the licensed technologies, which would materially harm our business. For additional information regarding risks related to our licensed intellectual property, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Trademarks

We seek trademark protection in the United States and in certain other jurisdictions where available and when we deem appropriate. We currently have registrations for our “Aspen Neuroscience” and the leaf logo. For additional information on the risks associated with our trademark strategy and portfolio, please see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing and export and import of products such as those we are developing. Cell therapy products are regulated as biological products and must be approved by the FDA through the BLA process, also referred to as licensure, before they may be legally marketed in the United States.

U.S. Biological Product Development Process

In the United States, the FDA regulates biological products, including cell therapy products, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA), and the Public Health Service Act (PHSA) and their implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state and local statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. The process

142


Table of Contents

 

required by the FDA before a biological product may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

•
completion of certain preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies, where applicable and in accordance with GLPs and other applicable regulations;
•
submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;
•
approval by an independent IRB or EC for each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;
•
performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with GCP requirements to evaluate the safety, purity and potency of the product candidate for its intended use;
•
submission to the FDA of a BLA after completion of all pivotal trials;
•
satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;
•
satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with cGMPs to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the product’s continued safety, potency and purity;
•
satisfactory completion of potential FDA inspections of selected clinical investigation sites to assess compliance with GCPs; and
•
FDA review and approval of the BLA to permit commercial marketing of the product for particular indications for use in the United States.

Once a biological product candidate is identified for development, and before testing in humans, it enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical tests may include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies. Results of these preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, must be submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. An IND is a request for allowance from the FDA to administer an investigational drug product to humans. An IND will also include a protocol detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated, if the trial includes an efficacy evaluation. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, places the clinical trial on a full or partial clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin or begin as proposed. Clinical holds also may be imposed by the FDA at any time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns about ongoing or proposed clinical trials or non-compliance with specific FDA requirements, and in such case, the trials may not begin or continue as planned until the FDA notifies the sponsor that the hold has been lifted.

All clinical trials must be conducted under the supervision of one or more qualified investigators in accordance with GCPs, which include, among other things, the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials must be conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria and the safety and effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND, and a separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development and for any subsequent protocol amendments. While the IND is active, progress reports summarizing the results of the clinical trials and nonclinical studies performed since the last progress report, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA, and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the same or similar drugs, findings from animal or in vitro testing suggesting a significant risk to humans, and any clinically important increased incidence of a serious suspected adverse reaction compared to that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure.

Furthermore, an independent IRB for each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve each protocol before a clinical trial commences at that institution and must also approve the information regarding the trial and the consent form that must be provided to each trial subject or his or her legal representative, monitor the trial until completed and otherwise comply with IRB regulations. The FDA or sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any

143


Table of Contents

 

time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. In addition, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. Depending on its charter, this group may determine whether a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical studies and clinical trial results to public registries, including clinicaltrials.gov.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

•
Phase 1: The product candidate is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition, and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.
•
Phase 2: The product candidate is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product candidate for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and appropriate dosage.
•
Phase 3: The product candidate is administered to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide substantial evidence of efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk-benefit ratio of the product candidate and provide an adequate basis for product labeling.

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 studies, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional information about the product in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of a BLA.

Concurrently with clinical trials, companies may complete additional animal studies and develop additional information about the product characteristics and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMPs. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. In addition, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested, and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

U.S. Review and Approval Process

The results of product development, including results from preclinical and other non-clinical studies and clinical trials, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the product, proposed labeling and other relevant information are submitted to the FDA as part of a BLA requesting approval to market the product. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must sufficiently establish the safety, purity and potency of the investigational product to the satisfaction of the FDA. The submission of a BLA is subject to the payment of substantial user fees. A waiver of such fees may be obtained under certain limited circumstances.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of a submitted BLA within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting the application for filing, to determine whether it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept a BLA for filing. In this event, the BLA must be resubmitted with additional information. The resubmitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once filed, the FDA reviews a BLA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe, pure and potent for its intended use and whether the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packed or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, purity and potency. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA), guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of “filing” to complete a standard review of an original BLA and act on the submission. This review typically takes twelve months from the date the BLA is submitted to FDA because the FDA has approximately two months to make a “filing” decision after the application is submitted.

144


Table of Contents

 

The FDA may refer an application for a novel biological product to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. Before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. For cell therapy products, these inspections are particularly rigorous given the complexity of cell therapy manufacturing and the unique requirements for facilities handling living cellular products. Additionally, before approving a BLA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCPs.

After the FDA evaluates a BLA and conducts any required inspections of manufacturing facilities where the investigational product and/or its starting materials will be produced, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter (CRL). An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the biological product with prescribing information for specific indications. A CRL indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete, and the application will not be approved in its present form. A CRL usually describes the specific deficiencies in the BLA identified by the FDA and may require additional clinical data, such as an additional clinical trial or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, nonclinical studies or manufacturing. If a CRL is issued, the sponsor may resubmit the BLA addressing all the deficiencies identified in the letter or withdraw the application. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may decide that the BLA does not satisfy the criteria for approval.

If a product receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. In addition, the FDA may require a sponsor to conduct Phase 4 testing, which involves clinical trials designed to further assess a biological product’s safety and effectiveness after BLA approval, and may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized. The FDA may also place other conditions on approval, including the requirement for a REMS, to ensure safe use of the biological product. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the BLA must submit a proposed REMS. The FDA will not approve the BLA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription, or dispensing of products.

In addition, the Pediatric Research Equity Act (PREA), requires a sponsor to conduct pediatric clinical trials for most biological products, for a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen, or new route of administration. Under PREA, original BLAs and supplements must contain a pediatric assessment unless the sponsor has received a deferral or waiver. The required assessment must evaluate the safety and effectiveness of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The sponsor or FDA may request a deferral of pediatric clinical trials for some or all of the pediatric subpopulations. A deferral may be granted for several reasons, including a finding that the biological product is ready for approval for use in adults before pediatric clinical trials are complete or that additional safety or effectiveness data needs to be collected before the pediatric clinical trials begin. The FDA may send a non-compliance letter to any sponsor that fails to submit the required assessment, keep a deferral current, or fails to submit a request for approval of a pediatric formulation.

Regulation of Combination Products

Certain products are comprised of components, such as biologic components and device components, that would normally be subject to different regulatory frameworks by the FDA and frequently regulated by different centers at the FDA. These products are known as combination products. Under the FDCA, the FDA is charged with assigning a center with primary jurisdiction, or a lead center, for review of a combination product. The determination of which center will be the lead center is based on the “primary mode of action” of the combination product. Thus, if the primary mode of action of a biologic-device combination product is attributable to the biological product, the FDA center responsible for premarket review of the biological product would have primary jurisdiction for the combination product. The FDA has also established the Office of Combination Products to address issues surrounding combination products and provide more certainty to the regulatory review process. This office, among other things, serves as a focal point for combination product issues for FDA reviewers and industry and is responsible for assignment of the

145


Table of Contents

 

FDA center that has primary jurisdiction for review of combination products where the jurisdiction is unclear or in dispute. A combination product with a primary mode of action attributable to the biological component generally would be reviewed and approved pursuant to the approval processes set forth in the FDCA and PHSA. In reviewing the BLA for such a product, however, FDA reviewers would consult with their counterparts in FDA’s medical device center to ensure that the device component of the combination product met applicable requirements regarding safety, effectiveness, durability and performance. In addition, under FDA regulations, combination products are subject to cGMP requirements applicable to both drugs and devices, including the Quality Management System Regulation applicable to medical devices.

Orphan Drug Designation

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biological product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States or, if it affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States, there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug or biologic product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. Orphan designation must be requested before submitting a BLA. After the FDA grants orphan designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

If a product that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same biological product for the same approved use or indication within such rare disease or condition for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity within the relevant indication or use, or inability to manufacture the product in sufficient quantities to meet the needs relating to the indication or use of patients with the applicable disease or condition. The designation of such product also entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding toward clinical trial costs, tax advantages, and user-fee waivers. However, competitors may receive approval of different products for the indication or use for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication or use for which the orphan product has exclusivity. Orphan exclusivity also could block the approval of a competing product for seven years within the exclusivity-protected indication or use if a competitor obtains approval of the “same drug,” as defined by the FDA, or if a product candidate is determined to be contained within the competitor’s product for the same indication or use. In addition, if an orphan designated product receives marketing approval for a disease or condition broader than what is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan exclusivity.

Expedited Development and Review Programs

The FDA has several programs intended to expedite the development or review of a marketing application for an investigational biological product. For example, the fast-track designation program is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for developing and reviewing product candidates that meet certain criteria. Specifically, investigational biological products are eligible for fast-track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. The sponsor of a fast-track product candidate has opportunities for more frequent interactions with the applicable FDA review team during product development and, once a BLA is submitted, the application may be eligible for priority review. With regard to a Fast Track product candidate, the FDA may consider for review sections of the BLA on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the BLA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the BLA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the BLA.

A product candidate intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition may also be eligible for breakthrough therapy designation to expedite its development and review. A product candidate can receive breakthrough therapy designation if preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product candidate, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biologics, may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The designation includes all of the fast-track program features, as well as more intensive FDA

146


Table of Contents

 

interaction and guidance beginning as early as Phase 1 and an organizational commitment to expedite the development and review of the product candidate, including involvement of senior managers.

Under the 21st Century Cures Act, the FDA established the RMAT designation program for regenerative medicine therapies, including cell therapies. RMAT designation is granted to regenerative medicine therapies, which are generally defined to include cell therapies, therapeutic tissue engineering products, human cell and tissue products, or any combination product using such therapies or products, that are intended to treat, modify, reverse, or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and that have preliminary clinical evidence indicating that the therapy has the potential to address unmet medical needs for such disease or condition. Benefits of RMAT designation include all the benefits of Fast Track and breakthrough therapy designation, including early interactions with FDA to discuss surrogate or intermediate endpoints for accelerated approval, potential eligibility for priority review and accelerated approval, and increased FDA engagement and guidance during development.

Any product candidate submitted to the FDA for approval, including a product candidate with a fast-track designation, RMAT designation or breakthrough designation, may also be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. A BLA is eligible for priority review if the product candidate is designed to treat a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or efficacy compared to available therapies. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of a BLA designated for priority review to facilitate the review. The FDA endeavors to review applications with priority review designations within six months of the filing date as compared to ten months for review of new molecular entity BLAs under its current PDUFA review goals.

In addition, depending on the design of the applicable clinical trials, a product candidate may be eligible for accelerated approval. Biological products intended to treat serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions may be eligible for accelerated approval upon a determination that the product candidate has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, the FDA generally requires that a sponsor of a biological product receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled confirmatory clinical trials and may require that such confirmatory trials be underway prior to granting accelerated approval. Biological products receiving accelerated approval may be subject to expedited withdrawal procedures if the sponsor fails to conduct the required confirmatory trials in a timely manner or if such trials fail to verify the predicted clinical benefit. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition of accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product.

Fast Track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, RMAT designation, priority review, and accelerated approval do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process. Even if a product candidate qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

Post-Approval Requirements

Any products manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to record-keeping, reporting of adverse experiences, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, and advertising and promotion of the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, certain manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further FDA review and approval. Manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved biological products are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMPs and other laws and regulations. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMPs and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

147


Table of Contents

 

The FDA may withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of requirements for post-market studies or clinical studies to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

•
restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market, or product recalls;
•
fines, warning letters, or untitled letters;
•
clinical holds on ongoing or planned clinical studies;
•
refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of approvals;
•
product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products;
•
consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, debarment or exclusion from federal healthcare programs;
•
mandated modification of promotional materials and labeling and the issuance of corrective information;
•
the issuance of safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases, and other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product; or
•
injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

In addition, the FDA closely regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising, and promotion of biological products. A company can make only those claims relating to safety, purity, potency and efficacy that are approved by the FDA and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in, among other things, adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Physicians may prescribe legally available products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested by us and approved by the FDA. Such off-label uses are common across medical specialties. Physicians may believe that such off-label uses are the best treatment for many patients in varied circumstances. The FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. The FDA does, however, restrict manufacturer’s communication about off-label use of their products.

Biosimilars and Reference Product Exclusivity

The BPCIA established an abbreviated pathway for biological products that are highly similar, or “biosimilar,” to or interchangeable with an FDA-approved reference biological product. Biosimilarity requires that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency, which can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies, and clinical studies. Interchangeability requires that a product be biosimilar to the reference product and demonstrate that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in any given patient and, for products that are administered multiple times to an individual, the biologic and the reference biologic may be alternated or switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. Under the BPCIA, a reference product sponsor may be granted twelve years of exclusivity from the time of first licensure of the reference product. During this twelve-year period of exclusivity, the FDA may not approve a biosimilar product that relies on the reference product and FDA’s previous determination of safety and effectiveness for the reference product for licensure. However, this exclusivity does not prevent the FDA from approving a full BLA for a biological product that is independently shown to be safe, pure, and potent through that applicant’s own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials.

148


Table of Contents

 

A biological product can also obtain pediatric market exclusivity in the United States for biological products. Pediatric exclusivity for biological products, if granted, adds six months to existing regulatory exclusivity periods. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric study in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a study.

Other Healthcare Laws

Pharmaceutical companies are subject to additional healthcare laws and enforcement by the federal government and by authorities in the states and foreign jurisdictions in which they conduct their business. Such laws include, without limitation, U.S. federal and state anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, pricing reporting, and physician payment transparency requirements regarding drug pricing and payments or other transfers of value made to physicians and other licensed healthcare professionals as well as similar foreign laws in the jurisdictions outside the United States. Violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply may result in significant penalties, including, without limitation, administrative civil and criminal penalties, damages, disgorgement fines, additional reporting requirements and oversight obligations, contractual damages, the curtailment or restructuring of operations, exclusion from participation in governmental healthcare programs, suspension and debarment from federal contract and/ or imprisonment.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Successful sales of our products in the U.S. market, if approved, will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products will be covered by third-party payors, such as government health programs or private health insurance (including managed care plans). Patients generally rely on such third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their prescriptions, and therefore adequate coverage and reimbursement from such third-party payors are critical to new and ongoing product acceptance. Coverage and reimbursement policies for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor as there is no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products among third-party payors in the United States. There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement as the process of determining coverage and reimbursement is often time-consuming and costly. Further, third-party payors are increasingly reducing reimbursements for medical drugs and services and implementing measures to control utilization of drugs (such as requiring prior authorization for coverage). For products administered under the supervision of a physician, obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with such drugs. Additionally, separate reimbursement for the product itself or the treatment or procedure in which the product is used may not be available, which may impact physician utilization.

Additionally, the containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal and state governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. The U.S. government, state legislatures, and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, such as price controls, restrictions on reimbursement, requirements for substitution of generic drugs, and the use of step therapy policies where third-party payors first require the use of lower-cost drugs before covering more expensive drugs. Adoption or expansion of price controls and cost-containment measures could further limit our net revenue and results. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for our drug candidates, if approved, or a decision by a third-party payor not to cover our drug candidates could have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations, and financial condition.

General legislative cost control measures may also affect reimbursement for our products. If we obtain approval to market a drug candidate in the U.S., we may be subject to spending reductions affecting Medicare, Medicaid, or other publicly funded or subsidized health programs and/or any significant taxes or fees.

U.S. Healthcare Reform

The U.S. government, state legislatures, and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid healthcare costs, such as price-controls, restrictions on reimbursement, requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs, and use of step therapy policies.

149


Table of Contents

 

For example, the ACA was enacted in the United States and made significant changes to federal programs and tax policies regarding healthcare, including changes affecting insurance coverage, affordability and accessibility of insurance, the financing of medical care, the operation of Medicare program. The ACA contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products. Among other things, the ACA established an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents; extended manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations; expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; expanded the entities eligible for discounts under the 340B drug pricing program; and increased the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and established a Center for Medicare & Medicaid Innovation at CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending. Since its enactment, there have been executive, judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Thus, in the absence of legislative changes, the ACA will remain in force in its current form.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. For example, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 was signed into law, which eliminated the statutory cap on drug manufacturers’ Medicaid drug rebate liability, beginning January 1, 2024. The rebate was previously capped at 100% of a drug’s average manufacturer price. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act, which was enacted in July 2025, imposes significant reductions in the funding of the Medicaid program. Such reductions are expected to decrease the number of persons enrolled in Medicaid and reduce the services covered by Medicaid, which could adversely affect our sales of any product candidate that we commercialize.

Additionally, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny in the United States of pharmaceutical pricing practices considering the rising cost of prescription drugs and biologics. Such scrutiny has resulted in several recent Congressional inquiries, presidential executive orders, and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government reimbursement methodologies for products. On August 16, 2022, the IRA was signed into law. Among other things, the IRA requires manufacturers of certain drugs to engage in price negotiations with Medicare, with prices that can be negotiated subject to a cap; requires manufacturers to pay rebates to HHS if certain Medicare Part B- and Medicare Part D-covered drugs have price increases above an allowable rate of inflation (first due in 2023); and replaces the Part D coverage gap discount program with a new discounting program (beginning in 2025). The IRA permits the Secretary of the Department of HHS to implement many of these provisions through guidance, as opposed to regulation, for the initial years. CMS published the negotiated prices for the initial ten drugs, which became effective in 2026, and the subsequent 15 drugs, which will first be effective in 2027. CMS has also published the next set of 15 drugs that will be subject to price negotiation, although the Medicare drug price negotiation program is currently subject to legal challenges. The impact of the IRA on the pharmaceutical industry cannot yet be fully determined but is likely to be significant. Additional drug pricing proposals could appear in future legislation.

The Trump administration is also pursuing a two-fold strategy to reduce drug costs in the U.S. While it is unclear whether and how the Trump proposals will be implemented, the Trump policies are likely to have a negative impact on the pharmaceutical industry and on our ability to receive adequate revenues for any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval. On the one hand, President Trump threatened to impose significant tariffs on pharmaceutical manufacturers that do not adopt pricing policies such as most favored nation pricing, which would tie the price for drugs in the U.S. to the lowest price in a group of other countries. In response, multiple manufacturers entered into confidential pricing agreements with the federal government. Subsequently, in April 2026, the Trump administration issued a proclamation imposing tariffs under Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act on imports of brand pharmaceuticals, biologics and associated pharmaceutical ingredients, beginning July 31, 2026. Exempted from these tariffs, among others, are companies that have executed or are negotiating agreements with the federal government regarding most favored nation pricing and onshoring of production and research and development. On the other hand, the Trump administration is also pursuing traditional regulatory pathways to impose drug pricing policies, and published two proposed regulations in December 2025, referred to as Globe and Guard. If finalized, these regulations would implement mandatory payment models under which manufacturers of eligible drugs would be required to pay rebates to the federal government on a portion of the units of their drugs that are reimbursed by

150


Table of Contents

 

Medicare, with the rebate amount based on international reference pricing for the drugs from economically comparable companies. While the impact of the Globe and Guard proposed regulations, if finalized, cannot yet be determined, it is likely to be significant. In 2026, the U.S. government also launched TrumpRx, a federal initiative to enable patients to gain access to certain prescription drugs or biologics at reduced costs based on pricing available in other countries (i.e., most-favored-nation pricing). Even regulatory proposals or executive actions that are ultimately deemed unlawful could negatively impact the U.S. pharmaceutical sector and our business. In addition, pharmaceutical pricing and marketing has long been the subject of considerable discussion in Congress and among policymakers, and it is possible that Congress could enact additional laws that negatively affect the pharmaceutical industry.

At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access, marketing cost disclosure, drug price reporting and other transparency measures. Some states have enacted legislation creating so-called prescription drug affordability boards, with the goal of imposing price limits on certain drugs in these states, and at least one state board is imposing an upper payment limit. States are also seeking to implement general, across the board price caps for pharmaceuticals, or are seeking to regulate drug distribution. Some measures are designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs.

Existing healthcare reform measures, as well as the implementation of additional cost containment measures or other reforms and initiatives, may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our product candidates, if approved.

Data Privacy and Security Laws

Numerous state, federal, and foreign laws, regulations and standards govern the collection, use, access to, confidentiality, and security of health-related and other personal information and could apply now or in the future to our operations or the operations of our partners. In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including data breach notification laws, health information privacy and security laws, including laws specifically focused on consumer health information that is outside of the scope of HIPAA, and consumer data protection laws and regulations govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information. In addition, certain foreign laws govern the privacy and security of personal data, including health-related data. Privacy and security laws, regulations, and other obligations are constantly evolving, may conflict with each other to complicate compliance efforts, and can result in investigations, proceedings, or actions (including class actions) that lead to significant civil and/or criminal penalties, settlements, and restrictions on data processing.

Employees

Our people are critical to our success and to our ability to execute our strategy and achieve our corporate objectives. As of June 30, 2026, we had 120 full-time employees, including a total of 28 employees with M.D. or Ph.D. degrees. Of these full-time employees, 88 employees are engaged in research and development and 32 are engaged in finance, legal, business development, and general management and administration. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, developing, retaining, incentivizing, and integrating our existing and new employees. We believe that our future success largely depends upon our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees. It is important that we not only attract and retain the best and brightest talent, but also ensure they remain engaged and can thrive in an environment that is committed to helping them grow, succeed and contribute directly to achieving our mission. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain, and motivate employees, directors, and selected consultants through the granting of stock-based compensation awards. We value our employees and regularly benchmark total rewards we provide, such as short and long-term compensation, 401(k) contributions, health, welfare, and quality of life benefits, paid time off, and personal leave, against our industry peers to ensure we remain competitive and attractive to potential

151


Table of Contents

 

new hires. We also strive to foster career growth and internal mobility by providing a broad range of training, mentoring and other development opportunities.

We are committed to an intentional, values‑based culture grounded in scientific rigor, collaboration, integrity, and a patient‑first mindset. We believe this culture supports our ability to attract, develop, and retain the talent necessary to advance our pipeline and operate our business effectively. We strive to foster an inclusive, and safe workplace where employees are encouraged to contribute ideas, collaborate across functions, and connect their work to our shared mission of positively impacting the lives of patients. We believe these practices help us attract and retain the highly skilled and motivated workforce required to deliver on our objectives.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are currently located in San Diego, California, where we lease approximately 31,000 square feet of laboratory and office space. This lease commenced in 2019 for an initial term of three years and was subsequently extended in 2021 for an additional term of six years. In August 2026, we entered into the New Lease for approximately 49,000 square feet of laboratory and office space to replace our corporate headquarters upon expiration of that lease. The New Lease commences in July 2027 for an initial term of ninety-three months. In addition, our clinical manufacturing site is also located in San Diego, where we lease approximately 22,000 square feet of GMP manufacturing, warehouse, QC laboratory, and office space, pursuant to a lease agreement that expires on July 31, 2032. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and that our future facilities will be suitable for our needs at that time.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any material proceedings. From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us due to defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, negative publicity, reputational harm, and other factors.

152


Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name, age, and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of September 30, 2026.

 

Name

Age 

Position(s)

Executive Officers

 

 

Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

 

59

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Faheem Hasnain

 

68

 

Executive Chairman

Dalen Meeter

 

48

 

Chief Financial Officer

Lisa Johnson-Pratt, M.D.

 

62

 

Sasineprocel Development Lead and Chief Commercial Officer

Kim Raineri

 

53

 

Chief Technology Officer

Jeffrey Boerneke

 

40

 

General Counsel and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Employee Directors

 

 

 

 

Thomas Daniel, M.D.

 

73

 

Director

Douglas Fisher, M.D.

 

50

 

Director

Cindy Perettie

 

61

 

Director

Caryn Peterson

 

67

 

Director

Andrew Spaventa

 

42

 

Director

Peter A. Thompson, M.D.

 

67

 

Director

 

The following are brief biographies describing the backgrounds of our executive officers and directors.

Executive Officers

Damien McDevitt, Ph.D. Dr. McDevitt has served as our Chief Executive Officer and on our board of directors since January 2021. Prior to joining Aspen, Dr. McDevitt was at Akcea Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly-held rare diseases biotechnology company, where he served as Chief Executive Officer from September 2019 through its acquisition by Ionis Pharmaceuticals, a biotechnology company, in October 2020, and as a member of the board of directors from October 2018 through its acquisition by Ionis Pharmaceuticals. He has also served in senior executive roles at Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Acadia Pharmaceuticals, a biopharmaceutical company and GlaxoSmithKline Pharmaceuticals, a pharmaceutical and biotechnology company. Dr. McDevitt earned his B.A. and Ph.D. at Trinity College Dublin, Ireland, and completed a post-doctoral research fellowship at the Institute of Biosciences and Technology, Texas A&M.

We believe that Dr. McDevitt is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as our Chief Executive Officer, industry knowledge and previous experience at biotechnology companies.

Faheem Hasnain. Mr. Hasnain has served as a member and chairman of our board of directors since April 2020 and as our Executive Chairman since August 2026. Mr. Hasnain has served as chairman of the board of directors of Gossamer Bio, Inc., a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company, since 2018 and as Chief Executive Officer since November 2020 and previously served as Chief Executive Officer in 2018. In addition, Mr. Hasnain has served as a member of the board of directors of Kura Oncology, Inc., a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company, since April 2015. Previously, Mr. Hasnain was the President, Chief Executive Officer and on the board of directors of Receptos, Inc., a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company, from 2010 until the company’s acquisition by Celgene Corporation in 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Hasnain was the President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Facet Biotech Corporation, a publicly-held biology driven antibody company with a focus in multiple sclerosis and oncology. He held that position from 2008 until the company’s acquisition by Abbott Laboratories in 2010. Previously, Mr. Hasnain was President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of PDL BioPharma, Inc. (PDL BioPharma), a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company, from 2008 until Facet Biotech was spun off from PDL BioPharma in 2008. From 2004 to 2008, Mr. Hasnain served at Biogen Inc. (Biogen), a publicly-held biotechnology company specializing in neurological disorders, autoimmune disorders and cancer, most recently as Executive Vice President in charge of the oncology/rheumatology strategic business unit. Prior to Biogen, Mr. Hasnain held roles with Bristol Myers Squibb Co., where he was President of the Oncology Therapeutics Network, and at GlaxoSmithKline plc and its predecessor

153


Table of Contents

 

organizations. He was chairman of the board of directors of Panacea Acquisition Corp., a newly incorporated special purpose acquisition company, from May 2020 through February 2021, and Mirati Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly-held biotechnology company, from 2019 to January 2024. Mr. Hasnain received a B.H.K. and B.Ed. from the University of Windsor Ontario in Canada.

We believe that Mr. Hasnain is qualified to serve as our Executive Chairman and on our board of directors because of his extensive experience as a member of senior management and boards of directors of multiple biopharmaceutical companies as well as his experience building and operating biopharmaceutical companies, strategic partnering and capital raising and investor relations in the biopharmaceutical industry.

Dalen Meeter. Mr. Meeter has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2025. Prior to Aspen, Mr. Meeter, was at Singular Genomics, at the time a publicly-held next-generation sequencing and spatial multiomics technologies company, where he served as the Chief Financial Officer from October 2022 through its acquisition in a take-private transaction in February 2025, Senior Vice President of Finance from May 2021 to October 2022 and Vice President of Finance from December 2019 to May 2021. Before joining Singular, Mr. Meeter worked in finance leadership at Illumina, Inc., a life science tools company and as an auditor at KPMG. He has also held leadership positions at Websense, Inc., a software company, and Captiva Software, a software company. Mr. Meeter is a certified public accountant and earned his undergraduate degree from the University of California, Santa Barbara, and his MBA from the University of Southern California’s Marshall School of Business.

Lisa Johnson-Pratt, M.D. Dr. Johnson-Pratt has served as our Sasineprocel Development Lead and Chief Commercial Officer since January 2026 and previously served as our Executive Vice President, Therapeutic Program Lead from October 2024 to January 2026, our Senior Vice President, Therapeutic Program Lead from January 2024 to October 2024, and our Senior Strategic Advisor from September 2021 to October 2024. Also, since September 2019, Dr. Johnson-Pratt has served as a founder, and since June 2020, as Biotechnology, Cell and Gene Therapy Strategic Commercial Advisor, of Ananias Ventures, where she provides strategic advisory services to the biotechnology healthcare sector. Prior to joining Aspen, Dr. Johnson-Pratt served in various roles including as Senior Vice President at Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biotechnology company, from November 2020 to May 2022. Prior to Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Dr. Johnson-Pratt served as Senior Vice President of Akcea Therapeutics, Inc., a biotechnology company. In addition, Dr. Johnson-Pratt has also held various positions of increasing scope, including Vice President of Global Franchise Operations, at GSK, a biopharmaceutical Company and prior to GSK, Dr. Johnson-Pratt held various positions of increasing scope at Merck, a biopharmaceutical company, including serving as the Global Dermatology Portfolio Leader. Dr. Johnson-Pratt served on the board of TRACON Pharmaceuticals, then a publicly-held company, from March 2021 to September 2024. Dr. Johnson-Pratt currently serves on the board of Assembly Biosciences, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company where she was first elected to the board in May 2021. Dr. Johnson-Pratt received her B.S. and M.D. from Howard University, with further post-doctoral training in Internal Medicine, Clinical Pharmacology and Pharmaceutical Medicine.

Kim Raineri. Mr. Raineri has served as our Chief Technology Officer since July 2022. Prior to joining Aspen, Mr. Raineri served as Chief Manufacturing and Technology Officer and a member of the executive team at Tectonic Therapeutic, Inc. (formerly, AVROBIO, Inc.), a biotechnology company, from June 2020 to July 2022. Prior to that, Mr. Raineri was Vice President of Operations for Nikon CeLL innovation Co., Ltd, a Japanese contract development and manufacturing organization and he held management positions at Lonza, a healthcare manufacturing organization as well as CryoLife Inc, a medical device company. Mr. Raineri earned his B.S. from the University of Miami and his MBA from Kennesaw State University.

Jeffrey Boerneke. Mr. Boerneke has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since May 2026. Prior to joining Aspen, Mr. Boerneke served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from February 2022 to April 2026, at Gossamer Bio, Inc., a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company, where he played a key role in the company’s initial public offering and strategic global partnership activities. Mr. Boerneke previously served as Corporate Counsel at Amgen Inc., a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company. He began his career as an associate in the corporate group at Latham & Watkins LLP. Mr. Boerneke holds a J.D. from UCLA School of Law and a B.S. in Chemistry from Point Loma Nazarene University.

154


Table of Contents

 

Non-Employee Directors

Thomas Daniel, M.D. Dr. Daniel has served on our board of directors since March 2020. Recently, he served as a Venture Partner at ARCH Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, from October 2016 through June 2021. Dr. Daniel currently serves as Chairman of Gate Bioscience, which he joined in June 2022. Dr. Daniel was previously at Celgene Corporation, a pharmaceutical company, where he served as Chairman of Research from January 2016 until June 2016, President of Research and Early Development from December 2006 to January 2016, and Executive Vice President and President of Research and Early Development from February 2012 until January 2016. Prior to joining Celgene Corporation, Dr. Daniel served as the Chief Scientific Officer and director at Ambrx, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. Prior to Ambrx, Inc., Dr. Daniel served as Vice President of Research at Amgen Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, where he was research site head of Amgen Washington and therapeutic area head of inflammation. Dr. Daniel also served as the Senior Vice President of Discovery Research at Immunex Corporation, a biopharmaceutical company, until its acquisition by Amgen. Since 2017, Dr. Daniel has served as a director at Vividion Therapeutics, a biopharmaceutical company that was previously publicly-held. Dr. Daniel has also served on the board of Gossamer Bio, a biopharmaceutical company, since January 2018. Dr. Daniel serves as a member of the Biomedical Science Advisory Board of Vanderbilt University Medical Center and chairs the Board of Overseers for The Scripps Research Institute. He also serves as senior advisor to several private biotechnology companies. Previously, Dr. Daniel served as a member of the board of directors of VIR Biotechnology, a biotechnology company, from January 2017 to August 2019 and Larimar Therapeutics, a biotechnology company, from March 2016 to May 2022. A nephrologist and former academic investigator, he was previously C.M. Hakim Professor of Medicine and Cell Biology at Vanderbilt University. Dr. Daniel received his M.D. from the University of Texas, Southwestern, trained in molecular genetics at UTSW, and completed his residency in Internal Medicine at Massachusetts General Hospital.

We believe that Dr. Daniel is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience as a member of senior management and boards of directors of multiple biopharmaceutical companies as well as his significant academic and research experience.

Douglas Fisher, M.D. Dr. Fisher has served on our board of directors since March 2022. Dr. Fisher is currently a Partner at Revelation Partners, LLC, a venture capital firm, where he has worked since March 2020. Prior to joining Revelation, Dr. Fisher was a Partner and Executive-In-Residence at InterWest Partners LLC (InterWest), a private equity firm, where he focused on biopharma, diagnostics, and medical device investing. While at InterWest, Dr. Fisher also served as the Chief Business Officer of Sera Prognostics, Inc., a diagnostics company. Dr. Fisher previously served on the board of Precipio, Inc., a biotechnology company, from September 2017 through January 2024 and Obalon Therapeutics, Inc., a medical technology company, from May 2012 through June 2021. Dr. Fisher received an A.B. in economics with honors and distinction, and a B.S. in biology with distinction, from Stanford, where he graduated Phi Beta Kappa. He holds an M.D. from the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, where he graduated with honors as a Siebel Scholar and Palmer Scholar.

We believe that Dr. Fisher is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his substantial experience as a venture capitalist and as a director of publicly traded and privately held companies.

Cindy Perettie. Ms. Perettie has served on our board of directors since October 2025. Ms. Perettie has also served as the Executive Vice President and Global Head of Kite Pharma, a biotechnology company and subsidiary of Gilead Sciences, where she is responsible for overseeing the cell therapy business since 2023. From 2021 to 2023, she served as Head of Roche Molecular Lab Diagnostic Solutions at Roche, a pharmaceuticals and diagnostics company, where she oversaw the PCR (polymerase chain reaction) and Sequencing Business. Prior to that, she served as the Chief Executive Officer at Foundation Medicine, a precision medicine company, from 2019 to 2021. Before joining Foundation Medicine, Ms. Perettie was Head of Global Oncology Strategy at Roche’s Oncology Unit. In 2012, Ms. Perettie joined Sarah Cannon Research Institute as President of Global Development Innovations. Ms. Perettie started her career at Johns Hopkins University as a senior research associate. Ms. Perettie holds an M.B.A. from Saint Mary’s College of California and a bachelor’s degree in biology with a minor in chemistry from The State University of New York at Potsdam.

We believe that Ms. Perettie is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive operational experience as a member of senior management at biotechnology companies and industry knowledge.

155


Table of Contents

 

Caryn Peterson. Ms. Peterson has served on our board of directors since May 2021. In addition, Ms. Peterson currently serves as Executive Vice President, Regulatory Affairs at Gossamer Bio, a biopharmaceutical company since April 2021 and previously served as Senior Vice President, Regulatory & Quality from April 2018 to April 2021. Previously, Ms. Peterson served as Managing Partner of Development & Strategic Consulting (DSC) Associates, LLC, a consulting services company, focusing on the development, integration, and implementation of global clinical and regulatory strategy across a broad range of therapeutic areas. From 2008 to 2018, Ms. Peterson also served as Vice President, Regulatory Affairs at Syndax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From 1997 to 2004, Ms. Peterson served as Vice President of Regulatory Affairs at FeRx Incorporated, a drug delivery company, and from 1989 to 1997, Ms. Peterson held managerial positions in both Pharmaceutical Development and Regulatory Affairs at Amylin Pharmaceuticals, a biopharmaceutical company. Prior to joining Amylin, Ms. Peterson was a staff scientist at Hybritech Incorporated, a biotechnology company, from 1981 to 1989. Ms. Peterson has coauthored several research publications and is a co-inventor on multiple patent applications.

We believe that Ms. Peterson is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive senior leadership experience and particularly her regulatory experience.

Andrew Spaventa. Mr. Spaventa has served on our board of directors since June 2020. Mr. Spaventa was founder, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman of the board of directors of Singular from October 2017 through February 2025. Mr. Spaventa has served as Managing Partner at Axon Ventures, a venture capital firm focused on healthcare, since March 2014. Mr. Spaventa is a founder of Truvian Sciences. He received his Master’s degree in Business Administration and Finance from the University of California, San Diego – Rady School of Management. He also attended University of California San Diego where he obtained his Bachelor’s degree in Political Science and International Relations.

We believe that Mr. Spaventa is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as a venture capital investor, his professional experience in the life science and genomics space and his extensive understanding of our business, operations and strategy.

Peter A. Thompson, M.D. Dr. Thompson has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2020. Dr. Thompson is a Partner at OrbiMed Advisors LLC, an investment firm, where he has served in various roles of increasing responsibility since 2010. Dr. Thompson currently serves on the boards of directors of ARS Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (formerly Silverback Therapeutics, Inc.), a biopharmaceutical company, Corvus Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, Edgewise Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company and Sionna Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, as well as several private companies. Previously, Dr. Thompson served on the boards of Alpine Immune Sciences, Inc., a biotechnology company, Decibel Therapeutics, Inc., a biotechnology company, Janux Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, and PMV Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a precision oncology company. Dr. Thompson also previously served in executive leadership roles at Trubion Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Chiron Corporation, and Becton, Dickinson and Company. Dr. Thompson is an Affiliate Professor of Neurosurgery at the University of Washington. In addition, Dr. Thompson holds numerous patents and is a board-certified internist and oncologist. Dr. Thompson holds a Sc. B. in Molecular Biology and Mathematics from Brown University and an M.D. from Brown University Medical School.

We believe that Dr. Thompson is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience as a member of senior management and boards of directors of multiple biopharmaceutical companies as well as his experience as a venture capital investor.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Director Independence

Our board of directors currently consists of eight members and will consist of eight members following the completion of this offering. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors other than Dr. McDevitt and Mr. Hasnain are independent directors in accordance with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The Nasdaq independence definition includes a series of objective tests,

156


Table of Contents

 

including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his or her family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by Nasdaq rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of the director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. Dr. McDevitt is not considered an independent director because of his position as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Hasnain is not considered an independent director because of the services he provides to the Company as Executive Chairman.

Classified Board of Directors

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the directors whose terms then expire will be eligible for reelection until the third annual meeting following reelection. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

•
the Class I directors will be Dr. McDevitt, Dr. Daniel, and Dr. Thompson, and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering;
•
the Class II directors will be Mr. Hasnain, Ms. Perettie, and Dr. Fisher, and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering; and
•
the Class III directors will be Ms. Peterson and Mr. Spaventa, and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our board of directors or a change in control of our company. Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in an election of directors.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently chaired by Faheem Hasnain. Our board of directors recognizes that it is important to determine an optimal board leadership structure to ensure the independent oversight of management as the Company continues to grow. We separate the roles of chief executive officer and executive chairman of the board of directors in recognition of the differences between the two roles. The chief executive officer is responsible for setting the strategic direction for our company and the day-to-day leadership and performance of our company, while the executive chairman of the board of directors provides guidance to the chief executive officer and presides over meetings of the full board of directors. We believe that this separation of responsibilities provides a balanced approach to managing the board of directors and overseeing our company. Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of our risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business, and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our board of directors to understand our risk identification, risk management, and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic, and reputational risk.

157


Table of Contents

 

The audit committee reviews information regarding liquidity and operations and oversees our management of financial risks. Periodically, the audit committee reviews our policies with respect to risk assessment, risk management, loss prevention, and regulatory compliance. Oversight by the audit committee includes direct communication with our external auditors and discussions with management regarding significant risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor, or control such exposures. The compensation committee is responsible for assessing whether any of our compensation policies or programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. The nominating and corporate governance committee manages risks associated with the independence of the board of directors, corporate disclosure practices, and potential conflicts of interest. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks. Matters of significant strategic risk are considered by our board of directors as a whole.

Board Committees and Independence

Our board of directors has established three standing committees – audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance – each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Our board of directors has also established a research and development committee to advise on scientific matters.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Andrew Spaventa, Douglas Fisher, and Caryn Peterson. Our board of directors has determined that it satisfies the independence requirements under listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is Andrew Spaventa, who our board of directors has determined is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector.

The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

•
selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;
•
helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;
•
helping to maintain and foster an open avenue of communication between management and the independent registered public accounting firm;
•
discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and full fiscal year operating results;
•
developing “whistle-blower” procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;
•
reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;
•
reviewing related party transactions;
•
obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes its internal controls environment and procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and
•
approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

158


Table of Contents

 

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Thomas Daniel, M.D., Cindy Perettie, and Peter Thompson, M.D. The chair of our compensation committee is Thomas Daniel, M.D. Our board of directors has determined that each of Thomas Daniel, M.D., Peter Thompson, M.D. and Cindy Perettie is independent under listing standards and a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

The principal duties and responsibilities of our compensation committee include, among other things:

•
approving the retention of compensation consultants and outside service providers and advisors;
•
reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation, individual and corporate performance goals and objectives and other terms of employment of our executive officers, including evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer and, with his assistance, that of our other executive officers;
•
reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;
•
administering our equity and non-equity incentive plans;
•
reviewing our practices and policies of employee compensation as they relate to risk management and risk-taking incentives;
•
reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, and overseeing the administration of, incentive compensation and equity plans; and
•
reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees and reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Caryn Peterson and Thomas Daniel, M.D. The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is Caryn Peterson. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is independent under the listing standards.

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

•
identifying, evaluating, and selecting, or recommending that our board of directors approve, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;
•
approving the retention of director search firms;
•
evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;
•
considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;
•
evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and
•
overseeing the evaluation of the board’s performance.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

159


Table of Contents

 

Research and Development Committee

Our research and development committee consists of Thomas Daniel, M.D., Caryn Peterson, and Peter Thompson, M.D. The chair of our research and development committee is Thomas Daniel, M.D.

The principal duties and responsibilities of our research and development committee include, among other things:

•
reviewing and advising our board of directors and management on our research and development priorities and scientific strategy and key development milestones;
•
providing scientific and strategic perspectives on the design of our clinical and preclinical programs, our regulatory strategy and our significant interactions with the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities; and
•
evaluating the scientific merit of licensing and acquisition opportunities and monitoring emerging scientific and technological developments relevant to our programs.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

We have adopted a written code of ethics and business conduct that applies to our directors, officers, and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of ethics and business conduct will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.aspenneuroscience.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of Nasdaq concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

160


Table of Contents

 

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2025, consisting of our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated officers serving at the end of such year, were:

•
Damien McDevitt, Ph.D. Chief Executive Officer
•
Dalen Meeter, Chief Financial Officer
•
Kim Raineri, Chief Technology Officer

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2025:

 

Name and Principal Position(s)

 

Year

 

Salary

 

 

Option
Awards
(1)

 

 

Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
(2)

 

 

All Other
Compensation
(3)

 

 

Total

 

Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.
   
Chief Executive Officer

 

2025

 

$

610,598

 

 

$

2,803,640

 

 

$

333,003

 

 

$

10,500

 

 

$

3,757,741

 

Dalen Meeter(4)
Chief Financial Officer

 

2025

 

$

340,417

 

 

$

1,595,648

 

 

$

152,376

 

 

$

9,707

 

 

$

2,098,147

 

Kim Raineri
  
 Chief Technology Officer

 

2025

 

$

427,254

 

 

$

586,382

 

 

$

184,698

 

 

$

10,500

 

 

$

1,208,835

 

 

(1)
The amounts disclosed represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2025 under the 2018 Plan, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options are set forth in Note 6 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This amount does not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the named executive officer.
(2)
The amounts disclosed were earned with respect to 2025 performance under our 2025 executive bonus plan and which were paid in March 2026.
(3)
The amounts disclosed represent Company-funded 401(k) plan matching contributions.
(4)
Mr. Meeter commenced employment with us on March 10, 2025.

2025 Compensation of Named Executive Officers

Base Salaries

Base salaries are intended to provide a level of compensation sufficient to attract and retain our executive team when considered in combination with the other components of our executive compensation program. See the “Salary” column in the Summary Compensation Table above for the base salary amounts earned by the named executive officers for 2025. Historically any annual base salary increases for our executive officers generally become effective commencing on March 10th of the applicable year.

Dr. McDevitt’s initial 2025 annual base salary was $593,450 which was increased to $615,111 on March 10, 2025. Mr. Raineri’s initial 2025 annual base salary was $415,415 which was increased to $430,370 on March 10, 2025. Mr. Meeter’s 2025 annual base salary was set at $430,000 in connection with his commencement of employment with us on March 10, 2025 and he did not receive any subsequent base salary increase during 2025.

161


Table of Contents

 

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

For 2025 our named executive officers were eligible to earn cash bonuses under our 2025 executive bonus plan as described below under “2025 Executive Bonus Plan.” See the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column in the Summary Compensation Table above for the cash incentive amounts earned by the named executive officers with respect to 2025 performance.

Option Awards

In 2025 we granted our named executive officers stock options for the applicable number of shares and with the vesting terms as further specified in the “Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2025” table below.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment offer letter, Mr. Meeter was granted an initial stock option for 1,000,000 shares in March 2025 in connection with his commencement of employment with us and an additional stock option for 340,000 shares in November 2025 in connection with our Series C preferred stock financing, which was a qualifying financing under the terms of his offer letter. In connection with our Series C preferred stock financing, our named executive officers also received refresh stock option grants in November 2025 for the following number of shares: Dr. McDevitt – 3,825,000 shares; Mr. Meeter – 875,000 shares, and Mr. Raineri – 800,000 shares.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2025

The following table presents the outstanding equity incentive plan awards held by each named executive officer and which are exercisable and unexercisable in each case as of December 31, 2025.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option Awards (1)

Name

 

Grant Date

 

Vesting
Commencement
Date

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable (#)

 

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable (#)

 

 

Option
Exercise
Price
Per
Share
($)
(2)

 

 

Option
Expiration
Date

Damien
McDevitt, Ph.D.

 

11/26/2025 (3)

 

11/20/2025

 

 

79,687

 

 

 

3,745,313

 

 

 

0.58

 

 

11/25/2035

 

12/16/2024 (4)

 

7/1/2022

 

 

1,661,354

 

 

 

283,646

 

 

 

0.88

 

 

12/15/2034

Dalen Meeter

 

11/26/2025 (5)

 

10/1/2025

 

 

—

 

 

 

340,000

 

 

 

0.58

 

 

11/25/2035

 

11/26/2025 (6)

 

11/20/2025

 

 

18,229

 

 

 

856,771

 

 

 

0.58

 

 

11/25/2035

 

3/13/2025 (5)

 

3/10/2025

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

0.88

 

 

3/12/2035

Kim Raineri

 

11/26/2025 (6)

 

11/20/2025

 

 

16,666

 

 

 

783,334

 

 

0.58

 

 

11/25/2035

 

9/27/2023 (5)

 

10/1/2023

 

 

162,500

 

 

 

137,500

 

 

 

0.75

 

 

9/26/2033

 

9/7/2022 (5)

 

7/18/2022

 

 

597,916

 

 

 

102,084

 

 

 

0.78

 

 

9/6/2032

 

(1)
All of the stock options were granted under the 2018 Plan.
(2)
All of the option awards were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors.
(3)
The shares subject to the option were previously eligible to vest in 48 equal monthly installments measured from the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service as of each such vesting date. As described below, in August 2026, Dr. McDevitt agreed to extend the monthly vesting schedule of the remaining unvested shares subject to this option, such that this option will vest in full six years following its vesting commencement date of November 20, 2025, rather than pursuant to its original four year vesting schedule. 100% of the unvested shares will vest immediately upon the consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2026 Plan), subject to continued service through the date of the Change in Control.
(4)
1/4th of the shares subject to the option will vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the balance of the shares will vest in 36 equal monthly installments measured from the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service as of each such vesting date. 100% of the

162


Table of Contents

 

unvested shares will vest immediately upon the consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2026 Plan), subject to continued service through the date of the Change in Control.
(5)
1/4th of the shares subject to the option will vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the balance of the shares will vest in 36 equal monthly installments measured from the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service as of each such vesting date. 100% of the unvested shares will vest immediately upon a qualifying termination of service in connection with the consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2026 Plan), subject to execution of a release.
(6)
The shares subject to the option will vest in 48 equal monthly installments measured from the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service as of each such vesting date. 100% of the unvested shares will vest immediately upon a qualifying termination of service in connection with the consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2026 Plan), subject to execution of a release.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation and Pension Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or earn any benefits under, any nonqualified deferred compensation plan or any pension or defined benefit retirement plan sponsored by us during the year ended December 31, 2025. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with such benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Employment Agreements

Below are descriptions of our employment agreements or offer letters with each of our named executive officers, setting forth the terms and conditions of such executive’s employment with us. The employment agreements or offer letters generally provide for at-will employment. Each of our named executive officers has executed our standard proprietary information and inventions agreement.

For a discussion of the severance pay and other benefits to be provided in connection with a termination of employment and/or a change in control under the arrangements with our named executive officers please see “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Damien McDevitt

In January 2021, we entered into an executive employment agreement with Damien McDevitt, Ph.D. our Chief Executive Officer. The executive employment agreement provided for his initial annual salary, which was subsequently increased, and which is currently set at $636,640 per year pursuant to the most recent increase to his base salary that became effective March 10, 2026. Pursuant to the executive employment agreement, Dr. McDevitt is eligible to receive an annual discretionary cash bonus with a target bonus opportunity equal to 50% of his base salary, based on performance objectives. Dr. McDevitt is also entitled to certain severance benefits, the terms of which are described below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

In August 2026, we entered into a loan forgiveness and option amendment agreement with Dr. McDevitt. Pursuant to this agreement, we forgave the outstanding principal and accrued interest, in the aggregate amount of approximately $2,114,989.07, owed by Dr. McDevitt under promissory notes that Dr. McDevitt entered into in order to pay the purchase price for shares of our common stock received upon the exercise of stock options. In exchange for such loan forgiveness, Dr. McDevitt agreed to extend the monthly vesting schedule of the remaining unvested shares subject to the option to purchase 3,825,000 shares that had been granted to Dr. McDevitt in November 2025, such that this option will vest in full six years following its vesting commencement date of November 20, 2025, rather than pursuant to its original four year vesting schedule. In addition, Dr. McDevitt further agreed that any refresh or top-up option or other equity award that may be granted to him in connection with this offering will be subject to a six-year monthly or quarterly vesting schedule. In addition, pursuant to this agreement, Dr. McDevitt’s option was further amended to provide for vesting acceleration in the event of Dr. McDevitt’s qualifying termination of employment, the terms of which are described below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

163


Table of Contents

 

Dalen Meeter

In March 2025, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Dalen Meeter, our Chief Financial Officer. The offer letter agreement provided for his initial annual base salary which was subsequently increased, and which is currently set at $445,050 per year pursuant to the increase to his base salary that became effective March 10, 2026. Pursuant to the offer letter agreement, Mr. Meeter is eligible to receive an annual discretionary cash bonus with a target bonus opportunity equal to 40% of his base salary, based on performance objectives. Mr. Meeter is also entitled to certain severance benefits, the terms of which are described below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Kim Raineri

In May 2022, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Kim Raineri, our Chief Technology Officer. The offer letter agreement provides for an initial annual base salary, which was subsequently increased, and which is currently set at $445,443 per year pursuant to the most recent increase to his base salary that became effective March 10, 2026. Pursuant to the offer letter agreement, Mr. Raineri is eligible to receive an annual discretionary cash bonus with a target bonus opportunity equal to 40% of his base salary, based on performance objectives. Mr. Raineri is also entitled to certain severance benefits, the terms of which are described below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt an Officer Severance and Change in Control Plan (the Severance and CIC Plan) and related participation agreements with each of our named executive officers and other eligible officers with the following terms that will supersede and replace any severance and change in control benefit agreements that we previously entered into with eligible officers, including any such benefits that would otherwise be provided to them under their existing employment agreements and employment offer letters.

Eligibility

Individuals eligible to participate in the Severance and CIC Plan will generally include all Company officers reporting to the Chief Executive Officer and specifically excluding any individual serving as Executive Chair. To receive benefits, the eligible officer must experience an involuntary termination by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of the officer’s death or disability) or a resignation by the officer for Good Reason, as such terms are defined in the Severance and CIC Plan, and timely execute a separation agreement and general release of claims in the form provided by the Company and return all Company property.

Regular Termination Benefits

A regular termination is an involuntary termination that occurs during the period that is either more than three months before or more than 12 months after a Change in Control. In connection with a regular termination, the officer will be eligible to receive the following benefits:

•
continued payment of base salary in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices for
o
12 months if the officer is the Chief Executive Officer,
o
nine months if the officer is a Tier II Officer (a C-Suite officer who reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer) and
o
six months if the officer is a Tier III Officer (a Senior Vice President or Vice President who reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer).
•
the Chief Executive Officer also will receive 100% of the target bonus for the calendar year in which the termination occurs, payable in a lump sum on the first payroll period following the effective date of the release.
•
subject to timely election of COBRA coverage, the Company also will pay directly to the carrier the full COBRA premiums for the officer and the officer’s eligible dependents until the earlier of the

164


Table of Contents

 

following periods or expiration of COBRA or analogous state-law coverage or the date the officer becomes eligible for substantially equivalent coverage in connection with new employment:
o
12 months for the Chief Executive Officer,
o
nine months for a Tier II Officer, and
o
six months for a Tier III Officer.

Pursuant to Mr. Meeter’s participation agreement, upon a regular termination, Mr. Meeter also will be entitled to receive (i) a pro rata portion of his target bonus for the calendar year of termination, payable in a lump sum following the effective date of his release, and (ii) accelerated vesting of the stock options granted to him on March 13, 2025 for 1,000,000 shares and November 26, 2025 for 340,000 shares, as if he had continued in employment for an additional nine months following the termination date.

Change in Control Termination Benefits

A change in control termination is an involuntary termination that occurs during the period that begins three months before and ends 12 months after the effective date of a Change in Control. In connection with a change in control termination, an officer will be eligible to receive the following benefits:

•
cash severance paid in a single lump sum on the first payroll period following the later of the effective date of the Change in Control and the effective date of the officer’s release, consisting of the following applicable number of months of base salary and percentage of target bonus:
o
18 months of base salary plus 150% of target bonus for the Chief Executive Officer,
o
12 months of base salary plus 100% of target bonus for a Tier II Officer, and
o
nine months of base salary plus 75% of target bonus for a Tier III Officer,
•
any annual bonus for a calendar year preceding the Change in Control Termination that remains unpaid and was otherwise earned subject solely to continued service, payable at the same time as the corresponding annual cash bonuses are paid to officers who remain employed,
•
subject to timely election of COBRA coverage, the Company also will pay directly to the carrier the full COBRA premiums for the officer and the officer’s eligible dependents until the earlier of the following periods or expiration of COBRA or analogous state-law coverage or the date the officer becomes eligible for substantially equivalent coverage in connection with new employment:
o
18 months for the Chief Executive Officer,
o
12 months for a Tier II Officer, and
o
nine months for a Tier III Officer,
•
to the extent not previously vested, all outstanding equity awards held by the officer will fully vest and, where applicable, become exercisable, any Company reacquisition or repurchase rights will lapse and any shares issuable upon vesting will be issued, and for such purposes performance-based awards will vest based on the greater of 100% of target performance or actual performance for the applicable performance period.

Change in Control Acceleration

Separately, subject to the officer’s continued employment through the date of a Change in Control, if the officer’s equity awards are not assumed, continued or substituted by the acquiring or surviving entity, all of the officer’s outstanding equity awards will fully vest upon the Change in Control. Any performance-based vesting conditions with multiple potential levels will be deemed satisfied at the greater of the performance level actually attained through the date of the Change in Control or the applicable target performance level. For this purpose, equity awards generally will be treated as assumed, continued or substituted if, following the Change in Control, the officer has the right to purchase or receive, for each share subject to an award, the same consideration received by the

165


Table of Contents

 

Company’s stockholders for each share of common stock, after giving effect to any applicable exercise or purchase price and subject to the applicable vesting conditions.

Pursuant to Dr. McDevitt’s participation agreement and subject to his continued services through a Change in Control, all of his then-outstanding and unvested equity awards granted to him before this offering will accelerate vesting immediately before and contingent upon that Change in Control. Equity awards granted to Dr. McDevitt upon or after the date of this offering will not be eligible for this additional Change in Control acceleration.

Definitions. For purposes of the Severance and CIC Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:

•
“Cause” means (i) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct with respect to the officer’s obligations or otherwise relating to the Company’s business; (ii) willful, reckless or negligent acts or conduct adverse to the Company’s interests; (iii) a material breach of the officer’s offer letter, proprietary information and inventions agreement (PIIA) or other agreement with the Company; (iv) a knowing breach of any other agreement with the Company or Company policy; (v) conviction or plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or commission of any felony or crime of moral turpitude; or (vi) failure to perform the officer’s duties, as determined in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Board. If a termination is based on any of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi), the officer will have 15 days after receiving notice to cure the issue, if curable.
•
“Good Reason” means (i) a material diminution in the officer’s authority, duties or responsibilities; (ii) a reduction of more than 10% in the officer’s base salary, unless the reduction is part of, and generally consistent with, a general reduction applicable to similarly situated officers; (iii) the Company’s material breach of the officer’s employment agreement; or (iv) relocation of the officer’s principal place of work that increases the officer’s daily commute by more than 35 miles without the officer’s prior written approval. The Company or its successor will have 30 days after receiving written notice to cure the circumstance, and the officer must terminate employment within 60 days after expiration of the cure period. A Change in Control and a subsequent conversion of the Company to a division or unit of the surviving or acquiring entity will not, by itself, constitute a material diminution absent a material diminution of the officer’s authority, duties or responsibilities with respect to that division or unit.
•
“Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in the 2026 Plan, as in effect on the date of this offering.

General Provisions

The Severance and CIC Plan includes a “best-after-tax” cutback provision. If any payment or benefit that the officer would receive would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and would, absent a reduction, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, the payment or benefit will be reduced to the largest amount that either would result in no portion being subject to the excise tax or, after taking into account applicable federal, state and local employment and income taxes and the excise tax, would provide the officer with the greater after-tax economic benefit than the full amount subject to the excise tax.

All payments and benefits under the Severance and CIC Plan will be subject to the Company’s compensation recovery policy and any other clawback policy required by applicable law or listing standards.

Employee Benefits

All of our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our paid time off, medical, dental, vision, life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees.

166


Table of Contents

 

401(k) Retirement Savings Plan

We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified retirement plan under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees and defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, through payroll contributions to the 401(k) plan.

Clawback Policy

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a compensation recovery policy that is compliant with the Nasdaq Listing Rules, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering.

Employee Incentive Plans

2025 Executive Bonus Plan

Our named executive officers were eligible to earn cash bonuses based on the level of achievement of our 2025 corporate performance goals and their 2025 target bonus amounts. For Messrs. Meeter and Raineri, 2025 bonus eligibility was based on a combination of corporate performance and individual performance, while Dr. McDevitt’s 2025 bonus was determined based solely on our corporate performance. Target bonus amounts were set as a percentage of their respective base salaries at 50% for Dr. McDevitt and at 40% for each of Messrs. Meeter and Raineri. For 2025, our corporate performance goals were based on further development of sasineprocel, automated manufacturing initiatives, pipeline strategy, financing, risk mitigation planning and employee engagement goals. Our board of directors determined that we achieved our 2025 corporate performance goals at 109% of the target level. Messrs. Meeter and Raineri’s individual 2025 performance was also assessed to be above the target performance level. Accordingly, each of our named executive officers’ 2025 bonuses was awarded above the target level, resulting in the 2025 bonus payout levels as reported above in the summary compensation table.

Employee Cash Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the Cash Incentive Plan in , 2026 which is applicable commencing with our 2026 bonus program. Our Cash Incentive Plan provides for the grant of cash-based incentive awards to our employees, including our named executive officers. The following summary describes the material terms of our Cash Incentive Plan. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of our Cash Incentive Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Cash Incentive Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Administration. Our Cash Incentive Plan will be administered by an officer committee consisting of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer for employees who are not executive officers and by our compensation committee for our executive officers. As used in this summary, the term “Administrator” refers to our compensation committee or the officer committee, as applicable. The Administrator has the discretionary authority to, among other things, determine award recipients, grant awards, establish all terms and conditions of awards, interpret the Cash Incentive Plan and awards, approve target and actual awards, adopt sub-plans, prescribe rules for administration, interpretation and application or the Cash Incentive Plan, and otherwise do all things necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of our Cash Incentive Plan.

Eligibility and Participation. Our employees and those of our affiliates will be eligible to participate in our Cash Incentive Plan and will be selected from time to time by the Administrator to participate in our Cash Incentive Plan.

Awards; Performance Criteria. Awards under our Cash Incentive Plan will be made based on, and subject to achieving, specified performance goals established by the Administrator in its discretion for the applicable performance period. The target award will be set in a participant’s written employment offer letter or other written agreement with the company or otherwise communicated in writing by the Administrator. For each award granted under our Cash Incentive Plan, the Administrator will establish the performance goals applicable to the award for the specified performance period, the amount or amounts payable if the performance goals are achieved and such other

167


Table of Contents

 

terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate. The performance goals may be on the basis of any factors the Administrator determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Payments Under an Award. A participant will be entitled to payment under an award only if all conditions to payment have been satisfied in accordance with our Cash Incentive Plan and the terms of the award. Following the end of a performance period, the Administrator will determine whether and to what extent the applicable performance goals have been satisfied and will determine the amount payable under each award. The Administrator has the discretionary authority to increase or decrease the amount actually paid under any award. The actual cash award amounts will be fully paid in cash (or its equivalent) no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the year in which the performance goals were attained. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, participants generally must be employed by the company in good standing on the bonus payment date in order to be eligible to receive payment. However, if a participant was employed in good standing through the last day of a calendar year and is terminated without cause, as such term is defined in the Cash Incentive Plan, prior to the date that actual awards in respect of performance for such calendar year are determined and paid, such participant is also eligible to receive an actual award at the same time as actual awards are regularly paid to other eligible participants, subject to the participant’s timely provision of a release of claims. However, to the extent such participant may otherwise be entitled to such actual award as a severance benefit under any separate severance benefit agreement or severance pay plan, such participant will not be entitled to such actual award payment under the Cash Incentive Plan, and such participant’s severance benefit eligibility will be determined solely by the terms of such other severance arrangement or plan.

Amendment and Termination. The Administrator may (i) amend our Cash Incentive Plan and the terms of any outstanding award granted under the Cash Incentive Plan or (ii) terminate the Cash Incentive Plan, provided that any amendment will not alter or impair any participant’s rights or obligations under any actual cash award amount previously earned without their consent.

Employee Stock Plans

2026 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2026 Plan in , 2026, and our stockholders approved the 2026 Plan in , 2026. The 2026 Plan will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The 2026 Plan is the successor to our 2018 Stock Plan, or the 2018 Plan, which is described below. No further grants will be made under the 2018 Plan following the effectiveness of the 2026 Plan.

Types of Awards. Our 2026 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based awards and other awards, or collectively, awards. ISOs may be granted only to our employees, including our officers, and the employees of our affiliates. All other awards may be granted to our employees, including our officers, our non-employee directors and consultants and the employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Authorized Shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under our 2026 Plan will initially be shares, which number is the sum of: new shares, plus the applicable number of returning shares from our 2018 Plan not exceeding a maximum of such returning shares. For such purposes, returning shares from our 2018 Plan means the applicable number shares subject to equity awards granted under the 2018 that are outstanding on the date of this offering, and that are not issued because such share award or any portion thereof expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such share award having been issued, are not issued because such award or any portion thereof is settled in cash, are forfeited back to or repurchased by us because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares, are used to pay the exercise price of an award, or are used to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to an award.

The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2026 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2027, and continuing through and including January 1, 2036, by 5% of the sum of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of any unexercised pre-funded warrants, in each case which are outstanding on December 31 of the

168


Table of Contents

 

immediately preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2026 Plan is shares.

Shares issued under our 2026 Plan will be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of common stock. Shares subject to awards granted under our 2026 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2026 Plan. Additionally, any shares subject to awards that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations to an award, and any shares subject to awards which are not issued because the award is settled in cash, or because the award expires or otherwise terminates without all the shares having been issued, will become available for future grant under our 2026 Plan.

In any one year period measured commencing on the date of our annual meeting of stockholders for a particular year that is held following the closing of our initial public offering and ending on the day immediately prior to the date of our annual meeting of stockholders for the next subsequent year, the maximum number of shares of common stock subject to stock awards granted under the 2026 Plan or otherwise during any period to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid by us to such non-employee director during such period for service on the board of directors (but excluding any expense reimbursements or distributions from any deferred compensation program applicable to the non-employee director), will not exceed $750,000 in total value, or $1,000,000 in total value for the year in which the non-employee director is first appointed or elected to the board (calculating the value of any such stock awards based on the grant date fair value of such stock awards for financial reporting purposes).

Executive Chair Reserve. In addition to the general share reserve, the 2026 Plan establishes a separate reserve of shares of common stock, referred to as the Executive Chair Reserve, which is available solely for the issuance of shares pursuant to awards granted to our Executive Chair, Faheem Hasnain, in satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under the Executive Chair Agreement (as defined below). The Executive Chair Reserve is separate from, and in addition to, the general share reserve (including any annual increases thereto). Shares from the Executive Chair Reserve may not be granted to any other participant under the 2026 Plan. To the extent shares from the Executive Chair Reserve are not granted, or are subject to an award that expires, is forfeited, cancelled, settled in cash, or otherwise terminates without issuance, or become no longer issuable because the applicable conditions are not satisfied, such shares will be permanently cancelled and will not become available for issuance under the 2026 Plan to any other participant. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company’s obligation to grant awards from the Executive Chair Reserve may, in the Company’s discretion, be satisfied in cash in lieu of shares to the extent provided in the Executive Chair Agreement, and any shares not issued as a result will be permanently cancelled. No shares from the Executive Chair Reserve may be transferred to or combined with the general share reserve. The 2026 Plan requires stockholder approval for any amendment to the 2026 Plan that would modify the exclusive use restrictions applicable to the Executive Chair Reserve or make shares from the Executive Chair Reserve available for awards to any person other than the Executive Chair.

Plan Administration. Our compensation committee may administer our 2026 Plan. We sometimes refer to the compensation committee with the power to administer our equity incentive plans, as the administrator. The administrator may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified awards, and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such awards.

The administrator has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements for use under our 2026 Plan.

In addition, subject to the terms of the 2026 Plan, the administrator also has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2026 Plan, including the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel and re-grant any outstanding option or stock appreciation right in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any materially adversely affected participant.

169


Table of Contents

 

Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2026 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2026 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as specified in the stock option agreement by the administrator.

The administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2026 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that either an exercise of the option or an immediate sale of shares acquired upon exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability, and 18 months in the event of the optionholder’s death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO and (5) other legal consideration approved by the administrator.

Options may not be transferred to third-party financial institutions for value. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Tax Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will be treated as NSOs. No ISOs may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our parent or subsidiary corporations, unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, services rendered to us or our affiliates or any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the administrator. A restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested may be forfeited or repurchased by us upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the administrator or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation right grant agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of

170


Table of Contents

 

the per share fair market value of common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2026 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the administrator.

The administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2026 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provide otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards. Our 2026 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards. The compensation committee can structure such awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. Performance awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the common stock.

The performance goals may be based on any measure of performance selected by the board of directors. The compensation committee may establish performance goals on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices.

Other Awards. The administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to common stock. The administrator will set the number of shares under the award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2026 Plan; (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year; (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs and (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding awards.

Change in Control. A “Change in Control” of the Company occurs upon (a) a person (with certain exceptions described in the 2026 Plan) acquiring direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the total fair market value or total combined voting power of Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of the Company’s Board; (b) stockholder approval of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (c) the occurrence of any of the following events upon which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the event do not retain immediately after the event direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the voting securities of the Company, its successor or the entity to which the assets of the company were transferred: (i) a sale or exchange by the stockholders in a single transaction or series of related transactions of more than 50% of the Company’s voting stock; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).

If a Change in Control occurs, the surviving, continuing, successor or purchasing entity or its parent may, without the consent of any participant, either assume or continue outstanding awards or substitute substantially equivalent awards for its stock. If so determined by the compensation committee, stock-based awards will be deemed assumed if, for each share subject to the award prior to the Change in Control, its holder is given the right to receive

171


Table of Contents

 

the same amount of consideration that a stockholder would receive as a result of the Change in Control. Any awards which are not assumed or continued in connection with a Change in Control or exercised or settled prior to the Change in Control will terminate effective as of the time of the Change in Control. In connection with a Change in Control, the compensation committee may also provide for the assignment or lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right applicable to any awards. Awards may also be cancelled to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the Change in Control, in exchange for no consideration or in exchange for such consideration as the compensation committee may determine in its discretion. The 2026 Plan also permits the compensation committee, in its discretion, to cancel each or any outstanding award denominated in shares upon a Change in Control in exchange for a payment to the participant with respect to each share subject to the cancelled award of an amount with a fair market value equal to the excess of the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the Change in Control transaction over the exercise price or purchase price per share, if any, under the award, and which payments may be made on the same vesting schedule as the cancelled award, or alternatively accelerated to the Change in Control, if so determined by the compensation committee. Subject to the restrictions of Section 409A of the Code, the compensation committee may provide for the acceleration of vesting or settlement of any or all outstanding awards upon such terms and to such extent as it determines.

The vesting of all awards held by non-employee directors will be accelerated in full upon a Change in Control, and, except to the extent assumed, continued or substituted as described above or otherwise restricted by Section 409A, shall be settled effective immediately prior to the time of consummation of the Change in Control if not exercised prior to the Change in Control.

The 2026 Plan also authorizes the compensation committee, in its discretion and without the consent of any participant, to cancel each or any award denominated in shares of stock upon a Change in Control in exchange for a payment to the participant with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share if so determined by the compensation committee) subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess of the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the Change in Control transaction over the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under the award. Subject to the restrictions of Section 409A or Section 424 of the Code, the compensation committee may determine that an award may be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, earnouts and similar conditions as the other holders of the Company’s common stock. The Committee may also terminate unvested or unexercised awards for no consideration in connection with the Change in Control.

Transferability. A participant may not transfer awards under our 2026 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our 2026 Plan.

Plan Amendment or Termination. The compensation committee has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2026 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board adopted our 2026 Plan. No awards may be granted under our 2026 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2018 Stock Plan

The Company maintains the 2018 Plan. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2018 Plan is 42,146,191. The purpose of the 2018 Plan is to provide awards in the form of stock options and restricted stock awards in order to provide an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Company and to motivate such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Company. Employees, directors and consultants are eligible to receive awards under the 2018 Plan.

After the effective date of the 2026 Plan, no additional awards will be granted under the 2018 Plan. However, the 2018 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards granted under it.

Administration. The board administers the 2018 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2018 Plan, the administrator has the power to, among other things, determine the persons to whom the awards shall be granted and the number of shares of stock subject to each award, determine the type of award granted, determine the fair market value of shares of stock, determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each award, modify from time to time any

172


Table of Contents

 

award or waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any award, reprice or adjust the exercise price of any option, or grant in substitution for any option, a new award covering the same or a different number of shares of stock, accelerate the exercisability or vesting of any award including the period following a participant’s termination of service, prescribe, amend or rescind any policies relating to the plan, and correct any defect or reconcile any inconsistency in the plan or any award agreement.

Treatment Upon a Change in Control of the Company. If a “Change in Control” of the Company occurs, as defined in the 2018 Plan, and which generally has the same meaning as defined in the 2026 Plan, then the board may provide for any one or more of the following except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable form of award agreement: (a) acceleration of the exercisability and/or vesting in connection with a Change in Control of each or any outstanding award or portion thereof and shares acquired pursuant thereto, including termination of the participant’s service prior to, upon or following the Change in Control; (b) provide for the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof following the Change in Control, as the case may be (the Acquiror), without the consent of any participant, to assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the Acquiror’s stock; and/or (c) cancel any award or portion thereof in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share, if so determined by the board) of stock subject to such canceled award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a fair market value equal to the fair market value of the consideration to be paid per share of stock in the Change in Control, reduced (but not below zero) by the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under such award.

Adjustments in Capital Structure. The 2018 Plan also provides that the board may make appropriate and proportionate adjustments to the number of shares subject to outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of changes in our capitalization through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders in a form other than stock (excepting regular, periodic cash dividends).

Subsequent to this offering, the Company will not grant any additional awards under the 2018 Plan. Instead, the Company will grant equity awards under the 2026 Plan. The 2018 Plan, however, will continue to govern the terms and conditions of all outstanding equity awards granted under the 2018 Plan prior to this offering.

2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted the ESPP in , 2026, and our stockholders adopted the ESPP in , 2026. The ESPP will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. The ESPP includes two components. One component is designed to allow our eligible U.S. employees to purchase common stock in a manner that may qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code. In addition, purchase rights may be granted under a component that does not qualify for such favorable tax treatment when necessary or appropriate to permit participation by our eligible employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States while complying with applicable foreign laws.

Authorized Shares. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under our ESPP is shares. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, beginning on January 1, 2027 and continuing through and including January 1, 2036, by the lesser of 1% of the sum of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding plus the number of shares of stock issuable upon the exercise of any unexercised pre-funded warrants, in each case which are outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, (2) shares and (3) a number of shares determined by our board. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our ESPP.

173


Table of Contents

 

Plan Administration. Our board, or a duly authorized committee thereof, will administer our ESPP. Our board has delegated concurrent authority to administer our ESPP to the compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings with specific terms approved by the administrator and under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of common stock will be purchased for our eligible employees participating in the offering. An offering under the ESPP may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions. Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, a percentage of their Compensation (as defined in the ESPP) not to exceed a maximum amount specified by the administrator for the purchase of common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (a) 85% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the first date of an offering or (b) 85% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of purchase. For the initial offering, which we expect will commence upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement relating to this offering, the fair market value on the first day of the initial offering will be the price at which shares are first sold to the public.

Limitations. Our employees, including executive officers, or any of our designated affiliates may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (1) customary employment with us or one of our affiliates for more than 20 hours per week, or (2) customary employment more than five months per calendar year. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee (1) immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of common stock, or (2) holds rights to purchase stock under our ESPP that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or similar transaction, the compensation committee will make appropriate adjustments to (1) the number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (2) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights and (4) the number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Change in Control. In the event of a “Change in Control”, which has the same meaning in the ESPP as defined under the 2026 Plan, an acquiring or successor corporation may assume the Company rights and obligations under outstanding purchase rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume or substitute for outstanding purchase rights, then the purchase date of the offering periods then in progress under the ESPP will be accelerated to a date that is within fifteen (15) business days prior to the Change in Control.

ESPP Amendment or Termination. The administrator has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not adversely affect any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We have previously provided a cash retainer and equity-based compensation to certain of our non-employee directors. In addition, all of our non-employee directors are entitled to reimbursement of direct expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of our board of directors or committees thereof. In January 2026, the board of directors amended all outstanding non-employee director options so that all such options will immediately accelerate vesting upon a change in control, subject to continued services through the change in control.

During 2025, each of Dr. Daniel, Messrs. Spaventa and Hasnain, and Ms. Peterson were eligible to earn an annual cash retainer of $35,000. Commencing January 1, 2026, the annual cash retainer provided to each of Dr. Daniel,

174


Table of Contents

 

Mr. Spaventa and Ms. Peterson was increased from $35,000 to $40,000 and the annual cash retainer provided to Mr. Hasnain was increased from $35,000 to $60,000. Such annual cash retainers are earned and payable in arrears in four equal quarterly installments subject to continuing service for the full calendar quarter.

In connection with this offering, our board of directors expects to approve a new policy for setting non-employee director compensation, which will take effect following the completion of this offering. Under this director compensation policy that we intend to approve, we will pay our non-employee directors, other than the chairperson of the board, an annual cash retainer of $40,000 and any non-employee chairperson of our board of directors will be paid an annual cash retainer of $70,000. Members of the following committees of our board of directors will be paid the following additional cash retainers:

 

Board Committee

 

Chairperson Fee

 

Member Fee

Audit Committee

 

$

16,000

 

$

8,000

Compensation Committee

 

$

12,000

 

$

6,000

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

$

10,000

 

$

5,000

Research and Development Committee

 

$

20,000

 

$

6,000

All annual cash retainer fees will be payable in arrears in four equal quarterly installments on the last day of each quarter, provided that the amount of such payment will be prorated for any portion of such quarter that the director is not serving on our board of directors, on such committee or in such position and no fee shall be payable in respect of any period prior to the completion of this offering.

We also will continue to reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of our board of directors and any committee of our board of directors on which he or she serves.

Each new non-employee director who joins our board of directors following the closing of this offering will receive a stock option grant under the 2026 Plan for shares and which will vest in 36 equal monthly installments following the date of grant subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service through applicable vesting dates.

On the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders following the closing of this offering, each continuing non-employee director will receive a stock option grant under the 2026 Plan for shares which will vest in full upon the earlier of the one year anniversary of the grant date or the date of the next annual meeting, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service.

The policy will provide that all our non-employee director equity awards will immediately accelerate vesting upon a change in control, subject to continued services through the change in control.

Ms. Perettie will not be eligible to receive any cash retainer fee or equity award benefits under our non-employee director compensation policy due to the restrictions in her separate agreement with Kita Pharma, a subsidiary of Gilead Sciences. Mr. Hasnain will also not be eligible for benefits under our non-employee director compensation policy while he remains employed as our Executive Chair.

Executive Chair Employment Agreement with Mr. Hasnain

In July 2026, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hasnain to serve as our Executive Chair, effective August 3, 2026 (the Executive Chair Agreement). The Executive Chair Agreement provides that Mr. Hasnain’s initial annual salary is $300,000 per year and he is eligible to receive an annual discretionary cash bonus with a target bonus opportunity equal to 55% of his base salary, based on performance objectives.

Pursuant to the Executive Chair Agreement, Mr. Hasnain is also eligible to receive, subject to his continued employment through the applicable dates listed below the following equity incentive awards provided that this offering is completed by December 31, 2026:

175


Table of Contents

 

•
in connection with the completion of this offering, an award of restricted stock units with the amount of shares subject to such award equal to 1% of our shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of immediately following completion of this offering, which will be fully vested upon grant and with a deferred settlement feature so that the shares will in all cases be issued during the 2027 calendar year;
•
upon the second anniversary of the completion of this offering and subject to Mr. Hasnain’s continued employment as our Executive Chair through such date, an award of restricted stock units with the amount of shares subject to such award equal to 1% of our shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis immediately following completion of this offering, minus a number of shares with a then current fair market value not exceeding the value of such number of shares as measured of the date of this offering, which will be fully vested upon grant, referred to as the second anniversary grant;
•
if our 90-day average closing price per share is at least 200% of the price per share in this offering at any time prior to the second anniversary of the completion of this offering, an award of restricted stock units with the amount of shares subject to such award equal to 1% of our shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis immediately following completion of this offering, minus a number of shares with a then current fair market value not exceeding the value of such number of shares as measured of the date of this offering , which will be fully vested upon grant;
•
if our 90-day average closing price per share is at least 600% of the price per share in this offering at any time prior to the third anniversary of the completion of this offering, an award of restricted stock units with the amount of shares subject to such award equal to 1% of our shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis immediately following completion of this offering, minus a number of shares with a then current fair market value not exceeding the value of such number of shares as measured of the date of this offering, which will be fully vested upon grant; and
•
if our 90-day average closing price per share is at least 800% of the price per share in this offering at any time prior to the fourth anniversary of the completion of this offering, an award of restricted stock units with the amount of shares subject to such award equal to 1% of our shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis immediately following completion of this offering, minus a number of shares with a then current fair market value not exceeding the value of such number of shares as measured of the date of this offering, which will be fully vested upon grant.

In addition, subject to Mr. Hasnain’s employment through a change in control (as defined in the 2026 Plan) that occurs before the fourth anniversary of the completion of this offering, Mr. Hasnain is eligible to receive either such of the foregoing equity awards that were not previously granted, or alternatively the right to receive a portion of the proceeds from the change in control that he would have been entitled to receive if the equity award had been granted immediately prior to the change in control, provided that with respect to the 200%, 600% or 800% 90-day average closing price RSU awards the fair market value of the proceeds payable to the holder of a share of common stock in connection with the change in control must not be less than the applicable 200%, 600% or 800% price goal threshold, which are referred to collectively as the Change in Control Awards.

The Executive Chair Agreement provides that in the event of a termination by the Company without “cause,” Mr. Hasnain will receive the following severance benefits, subject to the execution and non-revocation of a release agreement and his compliance with other obligations set forth in the Executive Chair Agreement: (a) eighteen (18) months’ base salary, paid in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll and (b) (i) if the second anniversary grant described above has not been granted, either the grant of such award or a cash payment equal to the fair market value of such award as of the date of termination as if it had been granted on such date; and (ii) if any of the 200%, 600% or 800% 90-day average closing price per share RSU awards described above have not been granted and the applicable price goal (200%, 600% or 800%, respectively) is attained within ninety (90) days following such termination, either the grant of such award or a cash payment equal to the fair market value of such award as of the date of termination as if it had been granted on such date.

If a change in control occurs within 90 days following such termination by the Company without “cause” but before the fourth anniversary of the completion of this offering, Mr. Hasnain is eligible to receive any applicable Change in Control Awards that have not been granted as determined based on the applicable RSU awards previously granted to Mr. Hasnain and the fair market value of the transaction proceeds payable in connection with the change in

176


Table of Contents

 

control. The Executive Chair Agreement includes a non-duplication of benefits clause such that Mr. Hasnain is not eligible to receive both the severance benefit RSUs awards (or cash equivalents) and the Change in Control Awards with respect to the same intended RSU awards. The Executive Chair Agreement includes a Section 280G “modified cutback” provision.

For purposes of Mr. Hasnain’s severance benefits described above, “cause” is defined as (a) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on Mr. Hasnain’s part with respect to his obligations or otherwise relating to the business of the Company; (b) any acts or conduct by him that are materially adverse to the Company’s interests; (c) his material breach of the Executive Chair Agreement, the PIIA or the Arbitration Agreement (both as defined in the Executive Chair Agreement); (d) his breach of any other agreement with the Company or any of the Company policies; (e) his conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement or any felony or crime of moral turpitude; (f) his failure to perform his duties as determined in the sole and exclusive discretion of the board; (g) his inability to perform the essential functions of his position, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to Permanent Disability (as defined in the Executive Chair Agreement); (h) his death; or (i) the winding down or dissolution of the Company. In the event of a termination based on (b), (c), (d) or (f), Mr. Hasnain will have fifteen (15) days from receipt of notice from the Company to cure the issue, if curable.

In September 2026, we entered into loan forgiveness and option amendment agreements with each of Messrs. Hasnain and Spaventa. Pursuant to these agreements, we forgave the outstanding principal and accrued interest, in the amount of approximately $212,928 for Mr. Hasnain and $30,550 for Mr. Spaventa, under promissory notes that were entered into to pay the purchase price for shares of our common stock received upon the exercise of stock options by each of Messrs. Hasnain and Spaventa. In exchange for the Company forgiving such amounts, Mr. Hasnain agreed to extend the monthly vesting schedule of the remaining unvested shares subject to an option to purchase 410,000 shares granted to him in November 2025, and Mr. Spaventa agreed to extend the monthly vesting schedule of the then remaining unvested shares subject to an option to purchase 190,000 shares granted to him in November 2025, in each case such that these options will vest in full after six years following the vesting commencement date of November 20, 2025, rather than the original four years following such date. In addition, Mr. Hasnain agreed that any refresh or top-up option or other equity award that may be granted to him in connection with this offering will be subject to a six year monthly or quarterly vesting schedule.

For additional information regarding the loan forgiveness agreements and related option amendments, see the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Executive Officer Promissory Notes and Related Transactions.”

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned or awarded for service on our board of directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. Dr. McDevitt, our Chief Executive Officer is also a member of our board of directors, but did not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. Dr. McDevitt’s compensation as an executive officer is set forth in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Name

 

Fees earned
or paid
in cash

 

 

Option
awards
($)
(1)

 

 

 

Total ($)

 

Thomas Daniel, M.D.

 

$

35,000

 

 

$

339,423

 

(2)

 

$

374,423

 

Faheem Hasnain

 

$

35,000

 

 

$

300,521

 

(3)

 

$

335,521

 

Caryn Peterson

 

$

35,000

 

 

$

139,266

 

(4)

 

$

174,266

 

Andrew Spaventa

 

$

35,000

 

 

$

139,266

 

(5)

 

$

174,266

 

Peter Thompson, M.D. (6)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Cindy Perettie (6)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Douglas Fisher, M.D. (6)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

(1)
The amounts reported in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by the non-employee director. Instead, the amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the non-employee director during 2025 under the 2018 Plan, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. As required by SEC rules, the amount shown excludes the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The amount reported in this column reflects the accounting cost for these stock options and

177


Table of Contents

 

does not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the non-employee director upon the exercise of the stock options or any sale of the underlying shares of common stock.
(2)
In November 2025, we granted Dr. Daniel an option to purchase 360,000 shares of common stock and in December 2025, we granted Dr. Daniel an option to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock, each with an exercise price of $0.58 per share. The shares subject to each of the options will vest in 48 equal monthly installments over a four-year period measured from the vesting commencement date of November 20, 2025, subject to continued services. As of December 31, 2025, Dr. Daniel held an aggregate of 1,124,789 outstanding and unexercised stock options and did not hold any other stock awards.
(3)
In November 2025, we granted Mr. Hasnain an option to purchase 410,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.58 per share. The shares subject to the option will vest in 48 equal monthly installments over a four-year period measured from the vesting commencement date of November 20, 2025, subject to continued services. As of December 31, 2025, Mr. Hasnain held an aggregate of 680,000 outstanding and unexercised stock options and did not hold any other stock awards. As described above, in September 2026, Mr. Hasnain agreed to extend the monthly vesting schedule of the remaining unvested shares subject to his option, such that this option will vest in full six years following its vesting commencement date of November 20, 2025, rather than pursuant to its original four year vesting schedule.
(4)
In November 2025, we granted Ms. Peterson an option to purchase 190,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.58 per share. The shares subject to the option will vest in 48 equal monthly installments over a four-year period measured from the vesting commencement date of November 20, 2025, subject to continued services. As of December 31, 2025, Ms. Peterson held an aggregate of 556,931 outstanding and unexercised stock options and did not hold any other stock awards.
(5)
In November 2025, we granted Mr. Spaventa an option to purchase 190,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.58 per share. The shares subject to the option will vest in 48 equal monthly installments over a four-year period measured from the vesting commencement date November 20, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, Mr. Spaventa held an aggregate of 480,000 outstanding and unexercised stock options and did not hold any other stock awards. As described above, in September 2026, Mr. Spaventa agreed to extend the monthly vesting schedule of the remaining unvested shares subject to his option, such that this option will vest in full six years following its vesting commencement date of November 20, 2025, rather than pursuant to its original four year vesting schedule.
(6)
These non-employee directors did not receive any cash compensation, equity grants or other compensation during the year ended December 31, 2025. These non-employee directors did not hold any unexercised stock options or other stock awards as of December 31, 2025.

178


Table of Contents

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2023 to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 and one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for our last two completed fiscal years, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control, and other arrangements, which are described in the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation.” We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers, and stockholders.

Convertible Preferred Stock Financings

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financings. In various closings from October 2025 to November 2025, we sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of 76,173,492 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, pursuant to a Series C preferred stock purchase agreement originally entered into in October 2025, as amended in October 2025 to provide for additional closings. The per share purchase price was $1.5179, and we received gross proceeds of approximately $115.6 million.

The following table summarizes the Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by holders of more than 5% of our capital stock as of the date of the applicable closing of the Series C convertible preferred stock, and entities affiliated with certain of our executive officers and directors. Each outstanding share of convertible preferred stock, including the shares identified in the table below, will convert into shares of common stock at a ratio of one-for-one immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

Participants

 

Series C
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
(Shares)

 

5% or Greater Stockholders(1)

 

 

 

OrbiMed Private Investments VII, LP(2)

 

 

5,011,393

 

Gilead Sciences, Inc.

 

 

16,470,124

 

Frazier Life Sciences X, L.P.

 

 

2,595,550

 

Q Healthcare Holding LLC

 

 

13,176,099

 

ARCH Venture Fund X, L.P.(3)

 

 

2,568,823

 

ARCH Venture Fund X Overage, L.P.(3)

 

 

2,118,277

 

Platinum Falcon B 2018 RSC Limited

 

 

2,510,268

 

Officers and Directors

 

 

 

Andrew Spaventa(4)

 

 

1,780,946

 

Thomas Daniel, M.D.(5)

 

 

173,972

 

Faheem Hasnain(6)

 

 

70,352

 

Douglas Fisher, M.D.(7)

 

 

731,274

 

 

(1)
Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in the section titled “Principal Stockholders.”
(2)
Peter A. Thompson, M.D., a member of our board of directors, is a Member of OrbiMed Advisors LLC, the managing member of the general partner of OrbiMed Private Investments VII, LP. Dr. Thompson was designated to serve on our board of directors as a representative of the holders of our Series A convertible preferred stock by OrbiMed.
(3)
Thomas Daniel, M.D., a member of our board of directors, is a Venture Partner of ARCH Venture Partners, LLC, the general partner of ARCH Venture Fund X, L.P. and ARCH Venture Fund X Overage, L.P. Dr. Daniel was designated to serve on our board of directors as a representative of the holders of our Series A convertible preferred stock by the ARCH entities.

179


Table of Contents

 

(4)
Represents shares purchased by Axon Holdings, LLC Series XXI, an entity affiliated with Mr. Spaventa.
(5)
Represents shares purchased by the Thomas Oran Daniel Living Trust (Series A) and the 2024 Corinne Marie Daniel Irrevocable Trust Dated 12/19/2024 and 2024 Lyle Robert Daniel Irrevocable Trust Dated 12/19/2024 (Series C), trusts affiliated with Dr. Daniel.
(6)
Represents shares purchased by the Hasnain Revocable Trust, a trust affiliated with Mr. Hasnain.
(7)
Represents shares purchased by Revelation Healthcare Fund III, L.P., an entity affiliated with Dr. Fisher.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We entered into an investors’ rights agreement in October 2018, as last amended and restated in October 2025 (Investors’ Rights Agreement), with the holders of our convertible preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, including the holders of more than 5% of our capital stock listed above as well as entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. This agreement provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of their convertible preferred stock and certain additional covenants made by us. Except for the registration rights (including the related provisions pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify the parties to the Investors’ Rights Agreement), all rights under this agreement will terminate upon closing of this offering. The registration rights will continue following this offering and will terminate five years after the closing of this offering. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

Voting Agreement

We entered into a voting agreement in October 2018, as last amended and restated in October 2025 (Voting Agreement), with the holders of our convertible preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, including the holders of more than 5% of our capital stock listed above as well as entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, pursuant to which the following directors were each elected to serve as members on our board of directors and, as of the date of this prospectus, continue to so serve: Caryn Peterson, Peter A. Thompson, M.D., Thomas Daniel, M.D., Douglas Fisher, M.D., Andrew Spaventa, Damien McDevitt, Ph.D., and Faheem Hasnain. Pursuant to the Voting Agreement, Dr. McDevitt, as our Chief Executive Officer, serves on our board of directors as the CEO director. Mr. Spaventa was initially selected to serve on our board of directors as representative of the holders of our common stock, Ms. Peterson was initially selected to serve on our board of directors as representative of the holders of our Series Seed convertible preferred stock, Dr. Thompson and Mr. Daniel were initially selected to serve on our board of directors as representatives of the holders of our Series A convertible preferred stock, and Dr. Fisher was initially selected to serve on our board of directors as a representative of the holders of our Series B convertible preferred stock. Mr. Hasnain was initially selected to serve on our board of directors as the independent director and Chairman of the board of directors.

The Voting Agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and members previously elected to our board of directors pursuant to this agreement will continue to serve as directors until they resign, are removed, or their successors are duly elected by holders of our common stock. The composition of our board of directors after this offering is described in more detail in the section titled “Management—Board Composition and Election of Directors.”

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

We entered into a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement in October 2018, as last amended and restated in October 2025 (ROFR Agreement), with holders of our common stock affiliated with our executive officers, which entities are referred to in the ROFR Agreement as key holders, and certain other holders of convertible preferred stock, including the holders of more than 5% of our capital stock listed above. Pursuant to the ROFR Agreement, we have a right of first refusal on certain transfers of our shares by the key holders, holders of our convertible preferred stock have a secondary right of first refusal on such transfers, and such convertible preferred stockholders have a right of co-sale in respect of such transfers. The ROFR Agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

180


Table of Contents

 

Executive Officer Promissory Notes and Related Transactions

In August 2024, Kameel Farag, our former Chief Financial Officer, sold 497,000 shares of common stock to a preferred shareholder of the Company which were previously early exercised through a promissory note and paid the outstanding promissory note balance of $0.2 million to the Company.

In December 2024, we entered into an agreement to repurchase 1,945,000 shares of common stock for $1.6 million issued to Dr. McDevitt, which was used to cancel principal and interest of $1.6 million on an outstanding promissory note for the early exercise of shares by Dr. McDevitt. Concurrently, we granted Dr. McDevitt 1,945,000 new awards with the same vesting terms.

In August 2026, we entered into an agreement to forgive the outstanding principal and accrued interest of approximately $2.1 million on three promissory notes issued to Dr. McDevitt for the early exercise of stock options, representing 5,550,221 shares of underlying common stock. In connection with the forgiveness, Dr. McDevitt agreed to amend the vesting schedule applicable to his November 2025 option grant for 3,825,000 shares of common stock, extending the vesting period from four to six years for the remaining unvested options.

In September 2026, we entered into agreements to forgive the outstanding principal and accrued interest of approximately $212,928 and $30,550 on promissory notes issued to Faheem Hasnain and Andrew Spaventa, respectively, for the early exercise of stock options, representing 526,839 and 76,550 shares of underlying common stock, respectively. In connection with the forgiveness, Mr. Hasnain and Mr. Spaventa each agreed to amend the vesting schedule applicable to their November 2025 option grants for 410,000 and 190,000 shares of common stock, respectively, extending the vesting period from four to six years for the remaining unvested options.

For additional information regarding the loan forgiveness agreements and related option amendments, see the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

Employment of Immediate Family Members of Executive Officers

We currently employ immediate family members of two of our executive officers.

Conor McDevitt, the son of Dr. McDevitt, our Chief Executive Officer, has been employed by us since December 10, 2025 as a Transformational Business Analyst. For the year ended December 31, 2025, Mr. McDevitt’s total compensation, including base salary, bonus and other compensation, including consulting fees paid prior to Mr. McDevitt’s hire date and the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to Mr. McDevitt, was approximately $91,000. Mr. McDevitt’s total compensation, including base salary, bonus and other compensation for the 2026 fiscal year is expected to be approximately $142,000.

Miranda Pratt, the daughter of Dr. Johnson-Pratt, our Sasineprocel Development Lead and Chief Commercial Officer, has been employed by us since December 1, 2025 as a Scientific Communications Manager. For the year ended December 31, 2025, Ms. Pratt’s total compensation, including base salary, bonus and other compensation, including consulting fees paid prior to Ms. Pratt’s hire date and the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to Ms. Pratt, was approximately $52,000. Ms. Pratt’s total compensation, including base salary, bonus and other compensation for the 2026 fiscal year is expected to be approximately $161,000.

The compensation levels of Mr. McDevitt and Ms. Pratt were based on reference to internal pay equity when compared to the compensation paid to employees in similar positions, that were not related to our executive officers and directors. They were also each eligible for equity awards on the same general terms and conditions applicable to other employees at the Company in similar positions, who were not related to our executive officers and directors.

Director and Officer Indemnification

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director (and in certain cases their related venture capital funds) and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by the director

181


Table of Contents

 

or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement, or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances. For further information, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock — Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors will adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness, and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee will be tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

182


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 15, 2026 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, by:

•
each of our named executive officers;
•
each of our directors;
•
all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and
•
each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which a person has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Applicable percentage ownership is based on 194,951,589 shares of common stock outstanding on September 15, 2026 which gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 177,593,856 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, which reflects the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock as described in the prior sentence and further reflects the issuance of shares of common stock in this offering, assuming that the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase up to an additional shares of our common stock.

In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or that will become exercisable or otherwise vest within 60 days of September 15, 2026 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

The table below excludes any potential purchases in this offering by the beneficial owners identified in the table below.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., 10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100, San Diego, California 92121. We believe, based on information provided to us,

183


Table of Contents

 

that each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

 

Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Beneficially
Owned

 

 

Before
Offering

 

 

After
Offering

5% or Greater Stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with OrbiMed Private Investments VII, LP(1)

 

 

25,586,039

 

 

13.1%

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Gilead Sciences, Inc. (2)

 

 

16,470,124

 

 

8.4%

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Frazier Life Sciences X, L.P. (3)

 

 

13,251,770

 

 

6.8%

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Q Healthcare Holding LLC (4)

 

 

13,176,099

 

 

6.8%

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with ARCH Venture Fund X, L.P.(5)

 

 

23,930,336

 

 

12.3%

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Abu Dhabi Investment Authority (6)

 

 

12,816,358

 

 

6.6%

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Medical Excellence Capital Partners, LP (7)

 

 

10,658,060

 

 

5.5%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Named Executive Officers and Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Damien McDevitt (8)

 

 

8,254,091

 

 

4.2%

 

 

 

Dalen Meeter (9)

 

 

709,270

 

 

*

 

 

 

Kim Raineri (10)

 

 

1,114,583

 

 

*

 

 

 

Faheem Hasnain (11)

 

 

1,249,982

 

 

*

 

 

 

Thomas Daniel, M.D.(12)

 

 

1,117,478

 

 

*

 

 

 

Douglas Fisher, M.D.

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

Cindy Perettie

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

Caryn Peterson (13)

 

 

410,473

 

 

*

 

 

 

Andrew Spaventa (14)

 

 

3,777,944

 

 

1.9%

 

 

 

Peter A. Thompson, M.D. (15)

 

 

25,586,039

 

 

13.1%

 

 

 

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (16)

 

 

42,852,151

 

 

21.2%

 

 

 

 

* Less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of 25,586,039 shares of our common stock held by OrbiMed Private Investments VII, LP (OPI VII). OrbiMed Capital GP VII LLC (OrbiMed GP), is the general partner of OPI VII. OrbiMed Advisors LLC (OrbiMed Advisors) is the managing member of OrbiMed GP. By virtue of such relationships, OrbiMed GP VII and OrbiMed Advisors may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by OPI VII. OrbiMed Advisors exercises investment and voting power through a management committee comprised of Carl L. Gordon, Sven H. Borho, and W. Carter Neild. Each of OrbiMed GP, OrbiMed Advisors, Dr. Gordon, Mr. Borho, and Mr. Neild disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI VII, except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein if any. The address for each of the entities and individuals identified in this footnote is c/o OrbiMed Advisors LLC, 601 Lexington Avenue 54th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
(2)
Consists of 16,470,124 shares of our common stock held by Gilead Sciences, Inc. (Gilead). The address for Gilead is 333 Lakeside Drive, Foster City, California 94404.
(3)
Consists of 13,251,770 shares of our common stock held by Frazier Life Sciences X, L.P. (FLS X). FHMLS X, L.P. is the general partner of FLS X, and FHMLS X, L.L.C. is the general partner of FHMLS X, L.P. James Topper, M.D., Ph.D., and Patrick Heron are the sole managing members of FHMLS X, L.L.C. and share voting and investment power of the securities held by FLS X. Dr. Topper and Mr. Heron disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for above referenced entities and persons is 1001 Page Mill Rd., Building 4, Ste. B, Palo Alto, CA 94304.
(4)
Q Healthcare Holding LLC (Q Healthcare) is a limited liability company formed pursuant to the regulations of the Qatar Financial Centre and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Qatar Investment Authority (“QIA”). QIA is the sole member of Q Healthcare. Q Healthcare directly holds 13,176,099 shares of our common stock. Each of QIA and Q Healthcare may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock held by Q

184


Table of Contents

 

Healthcare. The business address of Q Healthcare and QIA is Ooredoo Tower (Building 14), Al Dafna Street (Street 801), Al Dafna (Zone 61), Doha, Qatar.
(5)
Consists of (i) 13,115,315 shares of our common stock held by ARCH Venture Fund X, L.P. (ARCH X) and (ii) 10,815,021 shares of our common stock held by ARCH Venture Fund X Overage, L.P. (ARCH X Overage). ARCH Venture Partners X, L.P. (AVP X LP), is the sole general partner of ARCH X. ARCH Venture Partners X Overage, L.P. (AVP X Overage LP), is the sole general partner of ARCH X Overage. ARCH Venture Partners X, LLC (AVP X LLC), is the sole general partner of each of AVP X LP and AVP X Overage LP. Keith Crandell, Kristina Burow, Steven Gillis, and Robert Nelsen, collectively the AVP X Committee Members, comprise the investment committee of AVP X LLC. AVP X LP and AVP X Overage LP may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by ARCH X and ARCH X Overage, respectively, AVP X LLC may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by ARCH X and ARCH X Overage, and each of the AVP X Committee Members may be deemed to share the power to direct the disposition and vote of the shares held by ARCH X and ARCH X Overage. Each of AVP X LP, AVP X Overage LP, AVP X LLC, and the AVP X Committee Members disclaims beneficial ownership except to any pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities and individuals is in c/o Arch Venture Partners, 8755 W. Higgins Road, Suite 1025, Chicago, IL 60631.
(6)
Consists of 12,816,358 shares of our common stock held by Abu Dhabi Investment Authority (ADIA), directly or through one or more of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, including primarily Platinum Falcon B 2018 RSC Limited (Platinum Falcon), a restricted scope company incorporated in the Abu Dhabi Global Market. ADIA is a public institution established by the Government of the Emirate of Abu Dhabi. By reason of its ownership of Platinum Falcon and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, ADIA may also be deemed to share investment and voting power over and, therefore, beneficial ownership of, the shares held directly by Platinum Falcon. The address for ADIA is 211 Corniche Street, P.O. Box 3600, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates and the address for Platinum Falcon B 2018 RSC Limited is Level 26, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates.
(7)
Consists of (i) 5,091,158 shares of our common stock held by Medical Excellence Capital Partners, LP and (ii) 5,566,902 shares of our common stock held by Medical Excellence Capital Partners II, LP.The address for each of the entities identified in this footnote is 355 Old Mill Road, Nissequogue, NY 11780.
(8)
Consists of (i) 4,800,221 shares of our common stock held by Damien McDevitt and Pamela Marnell-McDevitt, Co-trustees of the Marnell-McDevitt Family Trust dated May 2, 2019, (ii) 250,000 shares of our common stock held by Finn McDevitt, Trustee of the Finn McDevitt 2025 Irrevocable Trust, (iii) 250,000 shares of our common stock held by Aran McDevitt, Trustee of the Aran McDevitt 2025 Irrevocable Trust, (iv) 250,000 shares of our common stock held by Conor McDevitt, Trustee of the Conor McDevitt 2025 Irrevocable Trust and (v) 2,703,870 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2026.
(9)
Represents 709,270 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2026.
(10)
Represents 1,114,583 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2026.
(11)
Consists of (i) 263,421 shares of our common stock held by Faheem Hasnain, (ii) 359,185 shares of our common stock held by Hasnain Revocable Trust, (iii) 131,709 shares of our common stock held by Premier Trust, Inc., Trustee of the Myles J. Hasnain 2021 Irrevocable Trust, (iv) 131,709 shares of our common stock held by Premier Trust, Inc., Trustee of the Aaron D. Hasnain 2021 Irrevocable Trust and (v) 363,958 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2026.
(12)
Consists of (i) 173,636 shares of our common stock held by 2024 Corinne Marie Daniel Irrevocable Trust Dated 12/19/2024, (ii) 173,636 shares of our common stock held by 2024 Lyle Robert Daniel Irrevocable Trust Dated 12/19/2024, and (iii) 770,206 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2026.
(13)
Represents 410,473 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2026.
(14)
Consists of (i) 76,550 shares of our common stock held by Andrew Spaventa, (ii) 493,251 shares of our common stock held by The Andrew K. Spaventa Living Trust Dated April 9, 2014, (iii) 200,000 shares of our common stock held by Sharon Spaventa, (iv) 200,000 shares of our common stock held by Jon Spaventa, (v) 693,655 shares of common stock held directly by Axon Holdings, LLC Series XIII - Aspen Seed, of which Mr. Spaventa is a managing partner, (vi) 1,780,946 shares of our common stock held directly by Axon Holdings, LLC Series

185


Table of Contents

 

XXI - Aspen C, of which Mr. Spaventa is a managing partner, and (vii) 333,542 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2026.
(15)
Consists of 25,586,039 shares of our common stock held by OPI VII. OrbiMed GP is the general partner of OPI VII, and OrbiMed Advisors is the managing member of OrbiMed GP. By virtue of such relationships, GP VII and OrbiMed Advisors may be deemed to have voting power and investment power over the securities held by OPI VII and as a result, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over such securities. OrbiMed Advisors exercises voting and investment power through a management committee comprised of Carl L. Gordon, Sven H. Borho, and W. Carter Neild, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI VII. Peter A. Thompson, M.D., a member of our board of directors, is a member of OrbiMed Advisors. Dr. Thompson disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI VII, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
(16)
Consists of (i) 35,813,958 shares of our common stock beneficially owned by our current executive officers and directors and (ii) 7,038,193 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 15, 2026.

186


Table of Contents

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes some of the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (Charter) and amended and restated bylaws (Bylaws) that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, our investors’ rights agreement and of the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL). Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our Charter, Bylaws, and our investors’ rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

Common Stock

As of June 30, 2026, there were 188,558,695 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by stockholders, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 177,593,856 shares of common stock, which will automatically occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, and further assuming the issuance by us of shares of common stock in this offering, there will be shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any preferred stock we may issue may be entitled to elect. Other matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of our stockholders having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the stockholders present or represented and voting on such matter.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds. See “Dividend Policy” for more information.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of or provision for all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock.

Fully Paid and Non-assessable

All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the common stock to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

187


Table of Contents

 

The rights, preferences, and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, all of our previously outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will have been converted into common stock, there will be no authorized shares of our previously outstanding convertible preferred stock, and we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Under the terms of our Charter, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to shares of preferred stock. The shares of preferred stock may be issued in series, and shall have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such stock adopted from time to time by our board of directors. Our board of directors is expressly vested with the authority to determine and fix in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuances of all or any of the remaining preferred stock the voting powers, designations, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, of each such series to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Options

As of June 30, 2026, options to purchase 30,078,745 shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which 13,287,819 were vested as of that date. For additional information regarding the terms of our 2018 Plan, see the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation— Employee Stock Plans—2018 Stock Plan.”

Warrants

As of June 30, 2026, the warrants to purchase 175,691 shares of our common stock are outstanding. On December 20, 2022 in connection with a Loan and Security Agreement (the Loan Agreement) with a lender (the Lender), we issued Lender a warrant to purchase 131,761 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.78 per share. In conjunction with amending our line of credit with Lender on November 15, 2024, we issued Lender a warrant to purchase 43,930 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.78. The warrants contain a net exercise provision under which the Lender may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant, and receive, a net amount of shares of our common stock based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of the net exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. The warrants expire ten years from their date of issuance.

Registration Rights

Investors’ Rights Agreement

Upon the closing of this offering, holders of 187,328,011 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and 9,734,155 shares of common stock held by certain key holders, will be entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of such shares for public resale under the Securities Act, pursuant to an investors’ rights agreement by and among us and certain investors. The registration of shares of common stock as a result of the following rights being exercised would enable holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective.

Demand Registration Rights

Form S-1. If at any time during the six months following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of at least 35% of the registrable securities then outstanding request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to the registrable securities having an aggregate offering price, net of selling expenses, of at least $10.0 million, we may be required to provide notice of such request to all holders of registrable securities and offer them the opportunity to participate in such registration (other than certain key holders who do not

188


Table of Contents

 

have demand registration rights), and to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if, among other things, the board determines in its good faith judgment that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders for such registration statement to become effective.

Form S-3. If at any time we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on Form S-3, and the holders of at least 20% of the registrable securities then outstanding request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to all or a part of the registrable securities then outstanding where the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of expenses, is at least $1.0 million, we may be required to provide notice of such request to all holders of registrable securities and offer them the opportunity to participate in such registration (other than certain key holders who do not have demand registration rights), and to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if, among other things, the board determines in its good faith judgment that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders for such registration statement to become effective.

If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwritten offering, the underwriter will be selected by the board of directors and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the initiating holders of registrable securities. The underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares in accordance with the cut-back provisions of the investors’ rights agreement.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If at any time following the closing of this offering we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. If our proposed registration involves an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares in accordance with the cut-back provisions of the investors’ rights agreement.

Indemnification

Our investors’ rights agreement contains customary cross indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable securities in the event of, among other things, material misstatements or omissions in a registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for, among other things, material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expenses

Other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of registrable securities, we will be required to pay all expenses incurred by us related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights. These expenses may include all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of our counsel, reasonable fees and disbursements not to exceed $50,000 of a counsel for the selling securityholders, blue sky fees and expenses, and the expenses of any special audits incident to the registration.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights terminate upon the earlier of (i)  the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event or SPAC Transaction (as each such term is defined in our current certificate of incorporation), (ii) five years after the date of this offering or (iii) with respect to a particular holder, such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all shares by such holder without limitation during a three-month period without registration.

189


Table of Contents

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

Delaware law, our Charter, and our Bylaws contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability of our board of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to  shares of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder Meetings

Our Bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our Bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations at an annual meeting of stockholders.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our Charter and Bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Staggered Board of Directors

Our Charter provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, with one class being elected each year by our stockholders. For more information on the classified board of directors, see the section titled “Management—Board Composition and Election of Directors.” This system of electing directors may tend to discourage a third party from attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Removal of Directors

Our Charter provides that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than a two-thirds majority of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

190


Table of Contents

 

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our Charter does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Business Combination Provision

Our Charter further provides that the approval of the holders of shares representing at least % of the voting power of the voting shares is required in order to approve certain business combinations if an “interested stockholder” or its affiliates or associates is a party to the transaction and such stockholder and its affiliates own or control 5% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock and our Board had not approved of the transaction prior to such stockholder and its affiliates obtaining such control.

Choice of Forum

Our Charter provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner of stock) to bring: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of, or claim based on, breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees, agents or stockholders to us or to our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Charter or the Bylaws; (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Charter or Bylaws; or (v) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our Charter also provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and any claims for which federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by us, our officers and directors, the underwriters to any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering. In any case, stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. Our Charter also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision.

191


Table of Contents

 

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our Charter provides that no director or officer will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except as required by applicable law, as in effect from time to time. Currently, Delaware law requires that liability be imposed for the following:

•
any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;
•
any act or omission not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
•
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; and
•
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

As a result, neither we nor our stockholders have the right, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior, except in the situations described above.

Our Bylaws provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, we will indemnify any officer or director of our company against all damages, claims and liabilities arising out of the fact that the person is or was our director or officer, or served any other enterprise at our request as a director, officer or trustee. We will reimburse the expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by a person indemnified by this provision. Amending this provision will not reduce our indemnification obligations relating to actions taken before an amendment.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least % of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Odyssey Transfer and Trust Company. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 860 Blue Gentian Rd., Suite 320, Eagan, MN 55121.

The Nasdaq Global Select Market Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ASPE,” and this offering is contingent upon obtaining such approval.

192


Table of Contents

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on Nasdaq, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, and assuming (i) the issuance of      shares in this offering, (ii) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 177,593,856 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity upon the closing of this offering, (iii) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and (iv) no exercise of outstanding options, we will have outstanding an aggregate of       shares of common stock following the closing of this offering.

Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining      shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these shares will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up agreements described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers, directors, and substantially all of our securityholders, have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days, after the date of this prospectus, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, we or they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, request or demand that we file a registration statement related to our common stock, or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of such securities, or file or cause to be filed any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act, or enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the common stock, without the prior written consent of Leerink Partners LLC, Piper Sandler & Co., Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC.

Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

Following the closing of this offering, certain of our officers, directors, and significant stockholders may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis to diversify their assets and investments. Under these 10b5-1 trading plans, a broker may execute trades pursuant to parameters established by the officer, director, or stockholder when entering into the plan, without further direction from such officer, director, or stockholder. Such sales would not commence until the expiration of the applicable lock-up agreements entered into by such officer, director, or stockholder in connection with this offering.

193


Table of Contents

 

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

•
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; or
•
the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

An “affiliate” is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with an issuer. Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and Nasdaq concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants, or advisors who purchase shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act are entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described above and will become eligible for sale in compliance with Rule 144 only upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

194


Table of Contents

 

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our equity incentive plans and employee stock purchase plan. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, holders of 187,328,011 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and 9,734,155 shares of common stock held by certain key holders, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act upon the closing of this offering. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by our affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements described above.

195


Table of Contents

 

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local, or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the IRS), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income and the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

•
U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
•
persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;
•
banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;
•
brokers, dealers, or traders in securities;
•
“controlled foreign corporations,” “foreign controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
•
partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);
•
tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;
•
persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;
•
persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;
•
tax-qualified retirement plans; and
•
“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership, and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

196


Table of Contents

 

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

•
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
•
a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
•
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
•
a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (ii) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described in the subsection titled “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition” below.

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). If a Non-U.S. Holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other intermediary, the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the intermediary, which then will be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted

197


Table of Contents

 

for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below of backup withholding and withholding under FATCA (defined below), a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

•
the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States to which such gain is attributable);
•
the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or
•
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (USRPI) by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (USRPHC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether such distributions constitute dividends or whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will be subject to backup withholding or information reporting unless the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

198


Table of Contents

 

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as FATCA) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (ii) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in clause (i) above, it must enter into an agreement with the United States Department of Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Non-U.S. Holders typically will be required to furnish certifications (generally on the applicable IRS Form W-8) or other documentation to provide the information required by FATCA or to establish compliance with or an exemption from withholding under FATCA. FATCA withholding may apply where payments are made through a non-U.S. intermediary that is not FATCA compliant, even where the Non-U.S. Holder satisfies the holder’s own FATCA obligations.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies currently to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock, proposed Treasury Regulations would eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued. There can be no assurance that the proposed Treasury Regulations will be finalized in their present form.

The United States and a number of other jurisdictions have entered into intergovernmental agreements to facilitate the implementation of FATCA. Any applicable intergovernmental agreement may alter one or more of the FATCA information reporting and withholding requirements. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to an investment in our common stock, including the applicability of any intergovernmental agreements.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

199


Table of Contents

 

UNDERWRITING

Leerink Partners LLC, Piper Sandler & Co., Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below and as joint bookrunning managers for this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

 

Number of
Shares

Leerink Partners LLC

 

 

Piper Sandler & Co.

 

 

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

 

 

UBS Securities LLC

 

 

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

 

 

Total

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of the shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and subject to other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Discounts and Commissions

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $     per share. After the initial offering of the shares, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed by the representatives.

The following table shows the initial public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Per
Share

 

 

Without Option

 

 

With Option

 

Initial public offering price

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $  . We also have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $  for their FINRA counsel fee.

200


Table of Contents

 

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to      additional shares at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and substantially all of our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Leerink Partners LLC, Piper Sandler & Co., Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

•
offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;
•
sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;
•
purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;
•
grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;
•
otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;
•
request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or
•
enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock, whether any such swap, agreement or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The lock-up provisions apply to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. They also apply to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the lock-up agreement or for which the person executing the lock-up agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Nasdaq Global Select Market Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “ASPE.”

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

•
the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;
•
our financial information;
•
the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;
•
an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;
•
the present state of our development; and
•
the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

201


Table of Contents

 

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering, our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option granted to them under the underwriting agreement described above. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us and our affiliates, for which they may in the future receive customary fees, commissions and expenses.

202


Table of Contents

 

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a Relevant State) no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Regulation, except that shares may be offered to the public in that Relevant State at any time:

A.
to any qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the EU Prospectus Regulation;
B.
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the EU Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
C.
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the EU Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Regulation, supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the EU Prospectus Regulation or publish an Annex IX document pursuant to Article 1(4) of the EU Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “EU Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom, except that the shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

A.
where the offer is conditional on the admission of the shares to trading on the London Stock Exchange plc’s main market (in reliance on the exception in paragraph 6(a) of Schedule 1 of the POATR);
B.
to any qualified investor as defined under paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 of the POATR;
C.
to fewer than 150 persons (other than qualified investors as defined under paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 of the POATR), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
D.
in any other circumstances falling within Part 1 of Schedule 1 of the POATR.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication to any person which presents sufficient information on: (a) the shares to be offered; and (b) the terms on which they are to be offered, to enable an investor to decide to buy or subscribe for the shares and the expressions “POATR” means the Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations 2024.

Each person in the United Kingdom who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any of our shares under the offers to the public contemplated in this prospectus, or to whom our shares are otherwise made available, will be deemed to have represented, warranted, acknowledged and agreed to and with us, the representatives, and their respective affiliates that it meets the criteria outlined in this section.

203


Table of Contents

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

This prospectus:

A.
does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the Corporations Act);
B.
has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and
C.
may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (Exempt Investors).

The shares of common stock may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares of common stock may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares of common stock may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares of common stock, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares of common stock under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares of common stock you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares of common stock, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares of common stock to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares of common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the SFO) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong) (the CO) or which do not constitute an offer to

204


Table of Contents

 

the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares of common stock have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the common stock nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore), as modified or amended from time to time (the SFA) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA; (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

A.
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
B.
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contract (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

A.
to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
B.
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
C.
as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
D.
as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

205


Table of Contents

 

Singapore SFA Product Classification - Solely for the purposes of its obligations pursuant to sections 309B(1)(a) and 309B(1)(c) of the SFA, the company has determined, and hereby notifies all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A of the SFA) that the shares of common stock are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares of common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (the SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, the shares of common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares of common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (the CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares of common stock.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968 (the Israeli Securities Law) and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum (the Addendum) to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.

206


Table of Contents

 

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by DLA Piper LLP (US), San Diego, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our financial statements at December 31, 2025 and 2024, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2025, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

We are not currently subject to the information and periodic and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information regarding companies that file electronically with it. Our periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information will be available at www.sec.gov.

We also maintain a website at www.aspenneuroscience.com. Upon the closing of this offering, you may access our proxy statements, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on our website, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

207


Table of Contents

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Index to Financial Statements

Audited Financial Statements as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Balance Sheets

F-3

Statements of Operations

F-4

Statements of Comprehensive Loss

F-5

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

F-6

Statements of Cash Flows

F-7

Notes to Financial Statements

F-8

 

Unaudited Financial Statements as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025 and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 and 2025

 

Page

Balance Sheets

F-26

Statements of Operations

F-27

Statements of Comprehensive Loss

F-28

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

F-29

Statements of Cash Flows

F-30

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

F-31

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

 

San Diego, California

March 30, 2026

F-2


Table of Contents

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

82,097

 

 

$

15,221

 

Marketable securities

 

28,602

 

 

 

42,461

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

1,687

 

 

 

1,908

 

Total current assets

 

112,386

 

 

 

59,590

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

8,532

 

 

 

10,852

 

Property and equipment, net

 

18,900

 

 

 

12,290

 

Restricted cash

 

622

 

 

 

622

 

Other noncurrent assets

 

3,223

 

 

 

6,857

 

Total assets

$

143,663

 

 

$

90,211

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

$

2,640

 

 

$

853

 

Accrued expenses

 

7,605

 

 

 

8,126

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

3,532

 

 

 

3,429

 

Other current liabilities

 

486

 

 

 

1,630

 

Total current liabilities

 

14,263

 

 

 

14,038

 

Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent

 

7,669

 

 

 

10,400

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

—

 

 

 

20

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

Series Seed convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 8,323,862 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024; $4,500 aggregate liquidation preference at December 31, 2025 and 2024

 

4,445

 

 

 

4,445

 

Series Seed-2 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,966,511 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024; $2,025 aggregate liquidation preference at December 31, 2025 and 2024

 

2,008

 

 

 

2,008

 

Series A-1 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,631,861 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024; $35,000 aggregate liquidation preference at December 31, 2025 and 2024

 

34,843

 

 

 

34,843

 

Series A-2 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 19,804,932 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024; $35,000 aggregate liquidation preference at December 31, 2025 and 2024

 

34,986

 

 

 

34,986

 

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 50,701,812 and 51,530,454 shares authorized at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively; 50,693,198 and 50,701,812 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively; $147,563 and $147,588 aggregate liquidation preference at December 31, 2025 and 2024

 

147,173

 

 

 

147,198

 

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 76,173,492 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025; $115,624 aggregate liquidation preference at December 31, 2025; no Series C convertible preferred stock was authorized, issued or outstanding at December 31, 2024

 

115,353

 

 

 

—

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 228,898,561 and 137,843,464 shares authorized at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively; 16,767,841 and 16,431,101 shares issued at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively; 10,614,231 and 10,023,079 shares outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

11,249

 

 

 

8,517

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

13

 

 

 

39

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(228,340

)

 

 

(166,284

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

(217,077

)

 

 

(157,727

)

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

$

143,663

 

 

$

90,211

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

$

41,833

 

 

$

35,593

 

General and administrative

 

17,472

 

 

 

17,865

 

Total operating expenses

 

59,305

 

 

 

53,458

 

Loss from operations

 

(59,305

)

 

 

(53,458

)

Other income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

1,793

 

 

 

4,397

 

Other (loss) income, net

 

(4,544

)

 

 

504

 

Total other (loss) income, net

 

(2,751

)

 

 

4,901

 

Net loss

$

(62,056

)

 

$

(48,557

)

Net loss per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

$

(6.01

)

 

$

(5.24

)

Weighted-average shares used to calculate net loss per common share, basic and diluted

 

10,318,638

 

 

 

9,261,740

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Net loss

$

(62,056

)

 

$

(48,557

)

Other comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

 

(26

)

 

 

(398

)

Comprehensive loss

$

(62,082

)

 

$

(48,955

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional
Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total
Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Deficit

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

 

 

101,428,978

 

 

$

223,480

 

 

 

 

8,898,020

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

5,252

 

 

$

437

 

 

$

(117,727

)

 

$

(112,037

)

Vesting of restricted stock

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

37,500

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

91

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

1,087,559

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

467

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

467

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,707

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,707

 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(398

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(398

)

Net loss

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(48,557

)

 

 

(48,557

)

Balance at December 31, 2024

 

 

101,428,978

 

 

$

223,480

 

 

 

 

10,023,079

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

8,517

 

 

$

39

 

 

$

(166,284

)

 

$

(157,727

)

Issuance of Series C preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $271

 

 

76,173,492

 

 

 

115,353

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Conversion of preferred to common stock

 

 

(8,614

)

 

 

(25

)

 

 

 

861

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

25

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

335,879

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

173

 

Vesting of restricted stock

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

254,412

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

17

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,517

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,517

 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(26

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(26

)

Net loss

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(62,056

)

 

 

(62,056

)

Balance at December 31, 2025

 

 

177,593,856

 

 

$

338,808

 

 

 

 

10,614,231

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

11,249

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

(228,340

)

 

$

(217,077

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

$

(62,056

)

 

$

(48,557

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

2,517

 

 

 

2,707

 

Amortization of right-of-use lease assets

 

2,321

 

 

 

2,151

 

Depreciation

 

1,637

 

 

 

1,362

 

Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on short-term investments, net

 

(53

)

 

 

(1,960

)

Loss (gain) from change in fair value of convertible note receivable

 

4,552

 

 

 

(496

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

220

 

 

 

(142

)

Other noncurrent assets

 

454

 

 

 

(299

)

Accounts payable

 

1,788

 

 

 

(304

)

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

(1,495

)

 

 

3,779

 

Noncurrent liabilities

 

(2,732

)

 

 

(2,403

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(52,847

)

 

 

(44,162

)

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of marketable securities

 

(33,613

)

 

 

(74,886

)

Purchase of convertible note

 

—

 

 

 

(5,000

)

Maturities of marketable securities

 

47,500

 

 

 

103,101

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(9,690

)

 

 

(2,584

)

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

4,197

 

 

 

20,631

 

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

173

 

 

 

467

 

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

—

 

 

 

(10

)

Proceeds from issuance of Series C Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs

 

115,353

 

 

 

—

 

         Net cash provided by financing activities

 

115,526

 

 

 

457

 

Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

66,876

 

 

 

(23,074

)

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year

 

15,843

 

 

 

38,917

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

$

82,719

 

 

$

15,843

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure for Non-cash Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Change in purchases of property and equipment included in accrued expenses

 

(69

)

 

 

41

 

Non-cash adjustment to reduce right-of-use assets and lease liabilities due to lease termination

 

—

 

 

 

142

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

1.
Organization and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (“Aspen” or “the Company”) is a clinical-stage, regenerative medicine biotechnology company focused on developing autologous induced-pluripotent stem cell (“iPSC”)-derived therapies to initially address neurodegenerative diseases with high unmet medical need. The Company’s lead program, sasineprocel, is an investigational autologous iPSC-based therapy for Parkinson’s disease designed to replace a patient’s lost dopamine neurons with dopaminergic neuron precursor cells. Aspen is headquartered in San Diego, California, and was originally incorporated in Delaware on May 18, 2018.

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative United States GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an emerging growth company (“EGC”), as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), enacted in 2012. Under the JOBS Act, EGCs can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued after the enactment of the JOBS Act until those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an EGC or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

From inception through December 31, 2025, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to conducting product research and development, developing intellectual property, raising capital and entering into licensing agreements. The Company has a limited operating history, and the sales and income potential of the Company’s business and market are unproven. The Company has incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities since inception and had an accumulated deficit of $228.3 million as of December 31, 2025.

The Company expects to continue to incur net losses into the foreseeable future as it continues the development of its pipeline and expands its product manufacturing efforts. As a result, the Company will need to raise additional capital through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. The Company believes that its existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will be sufficient to meet its capital requirements and fund its operations through at least twelve months from the date of the issuance of these financial statements. Future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the timing and extent of the Company’s spending on its operations, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining additional funding, that the Company’s projections of its future working capital needs will prove accurate, or that any additional funding would be sufficient to continue operations in future years. The failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms and in a timely manner could require the Company to make significant spending reductions in its future operations including suspending or curtailing planned programs. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company’s business, results of operations and future prospects.

F-8


Table of Contents

 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s financial statements requires it to make estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and expenses and the disclosure of contingent liabilities in the Company’s financial statements and accompanying notes. The most significant estimates in the Company’s financial statements relate to accruals for research and development expenses, valuation of stock-based awards, fair value of convertible promissory note receivable and incremental borrowing rate used for calculating operating lease liabilities. Management evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Although these estimates are based on the Company’s historical experience, knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, actual results may ultimately materially differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents primarily represent funds invested in readily available money market funds. The Company records standby letters of credit related to the Company’s leases as restricted cash.

Investments in Marketable Securities, Available-for-Sale

The Company classifies its investments in securities as available-for-sale because, for accounting purposes, they are not considered to be either held-to-maturity securities or trading securities. They are not considered to be held-to-maturity securities because the Company does not have the positive intent to hold those securities to maturity. They are not considered trading securities because they are not acquired with the intent of selling them within hours or days. The Company’s investments in securities are classified as current as they are available to use to fund current operations, and the Company has the ability and intent to do so. Short-term investments are carried at fair value with the unrealized gains and losses included in other comprehensive income as a component of stockholders’ equity until realized. The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity and recorded as interest income. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and are included in other income (loss).

Decreases in fair value attributable to credit loss are recorded directly to earnings with a corresponding allowance for credit losses, limited to the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. If the credit quality subsequently improves, the allowance is reversed up to a maximum of the previously recorded credit losses. When the Company intends to sell an impaired available-for-sale debt security, or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security prior to recovering the amortized cost basis, the entire fair value adjustment will immediately be recognized in earnings with no corresponding allowance for credit losses.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of all cash equivalents, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued and other current liabilities are reasonable estimates of their fair value because of the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Investment securities are reported at their estimated fair value based on quoted market prices for identical or similar instruments.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured major financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institution in which those deposits are held.

F-9


Table of Contents

 

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally three to ten years, or the remaining term of the lease for leasehold improvements, whichever is shorter) and generally consist of laboratory equipment, computer and office equipment, furniture and fixtures, and leasehold improvements.

The Company regularly reviews the carrying value and estimated lives of all of its long-lived assets, including property and equipment to determine whether indicators of impairment may exist which warrant adjustments to carrying values or estimated useful lives. If impairment indicators are identified, the Company first performs a recoverability test by comparing the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset group to its carrying amount. If the future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is measured based on the excess over the carrying amount of the asset’s fair value. The Company did not recognize any impairment losses for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Convertible Promissory Notes Receivable

As permitted under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 825, Financial Instruments, (“ASC 825”), the Company has elected the fair value option to account for its convertible promissory note receivable. In accordance with ASC 825, the Company records the convertible promissory note receivable at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in other income (loss), net in the statements of operations. As a result of applying the fair value option, direct costs and fees related to the convertible promissory note receivable were recognized in earnings as incurred.

Leases

The Company leases its office, laboratory and manufacturing facilities. If a lease is identified in an arrangement, the Company determines whether the lease should be classified as a finance or operating lease and recognizes a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and liability on its balance sheets. The Company does not recognize assets or liabilities for leases with lease terms of less than 12 months. Lease payments for short-term leases are recorded in operating expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term and variable lease payments are recorded in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. The Company currently does not have any finance leases.

Operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date. ROU assets also include any initial direct costs incurred and any lease payments made on or before the lease commencement date, less lease incentives received. The Company includes lease and non-lease components as a single lease component when determining lease payments. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the lease liabilities as the Company’s leases generally do not provide an implicit rate. The incremental borrowing rate is reevaluated upon a lease modification. Lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when the Company is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company’s convertible preferred stock is classified as temporary equity and excluded from stockholders’ deficit as the potential redemption of such stock is not solely within the Company’s control. The carrying value of the convertible preferred stock is not adjusted to the redemption value until the contingent redemption events are considered to be probable of occurring.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses primarily consist of costs associated with the Company’s research and development activities, including the clinical development of its product candidates. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

F-10


Table of Contents

 

The Company is required to estimate its expenses resulting from its obligations under contracts with vendors, consultants, clinical research organizations, and clinical site agreements in connection with conducting clinical and preclinical activities. The financial terms of these contracts are subject to negotiations which vary from contract to contract and may result in payment flows that do not match the periods over which materials or services are provided under such contracts. The Company reflects clinical and preclinical study expenses in its financial statements by matching those expenses with the period in which services and efforts are expended. The Company accounts for these expenses according to the progress of the study as measured by the timing of various aspects of the study or related activities. The Company determines accrual and prepaid estimates through review of the underlying contracts along with preparation of financial models taking into account correspondence with clinical and other key personnel and third-party service providers as to the progress of the study or other services being conducted. During the course of the study, the Company adjusts its expense recognition if actual results differ from its estimates. To date, there have been no material differences between the Company’s estimates of such expenses and the amounts actually incurred.

Patent Costs

Costs related to filing and pursuing patent applications are recorded as general and administrative expense and expensed as incurred since recoverability of such expenditures is uncertain.

Stock-based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense represents the cost of the grant date fair value of stock option grants recognized over the requisite service period of the awards (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis, net of actual forfeitures during the period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The exercise price for all stock options granted was at the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock as determined on the date of grant by the valuation approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company recognizes forfeitures for all awards as such forfeitures occur.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that the Company believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If management determines that the Company would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their recorded amount, management would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Company maintains valuation allowances against its deferred tax assets as the Company concluded it had not met the “more likely than not” to be realized threshold. Changes in the valuation allowance are recognized in the provision for income taxes may result in a change in the estimated annual effective tax rate.

The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) management determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold, management recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense. Any accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties.

F-11


Table of Contents

 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains or losses on the Company’s available-for-sale debt securities.

Segment Reporting

The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The CODM is assisted in his responsibilities of making decisions regarding resource allocation and performance assessment by the leadership team, consisting of executive officers and vice presidents.

The Company views its operations and manages its business as one operating segment, focused on developing autologous iPSC-derived therapies to initially address neurodegenerative diseases with high unmet medical need.

Segment loss is measured as the Company’s net loss as reported on the Company’s statements of operations. The Company monitors its cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities as reported on the Company’s balance sheets to determine funding for its research and development programs. When evaluating the Company’s financial performance, the CODM reviews total expenses by certain categories and makes decisions using this information.

Significant segment expenses which are regularly reported to the CODM for purposes of making decisions regarding the allocation of resources are included within the table below and are reconciled to net loss (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Salaries, bonuses and benefits

 

$

26,799

 

 

$

24,784

 

Cell-therapy development and production costs

 

 

14,497

 

 

 

11,485

 

Equipment and facilities costs

 

 

8,440

 

 

 

7,926

 

Other(1)

 

 

12,320

 

 

 

4,362

 

Net loss

 

$

(62,056

)

 

$

(48,557

)

 

(1)
Other includes stock-based compensation, depreciation, interest income, and other (loss) income.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-09, Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which does not change accounting for income taxes but requires new disclosures focusing on the effective rate reconciliation and taxes paid. The Company adopted the standard and applied the disclosure requirements on a prospective basis for the year ended December 31, 2025. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the financial statements and related disclosures.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025‑10, Government Grants (Topic 832): Accounting for Government Grants Received by Business Entities, which establishes guidance on the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of government grants received by business entities. The standard is effective for public business entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2028, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods, and for all other entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2029, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted. The standard may be adopted using a modified prospective, modified retrospective, or full retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of this standard on its financial statements and related disclosures.

F-12


Table of Contents

 

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220 -40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, which is intended to enhance expense disclosures by requiring additional information about specific expense categories in the notes to the financial statements. The standard is effective, as clarified by ASU 2025-01, for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The standard may be adopted prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the standard on its financial statements and related disclosures.

2.
Fair Value Measurements

The accounting guidance defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the accounting guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

Level 1 includes money market funds and U.S. treasuries. Level 2 includes corporate bonds and asset-backed securities.

The Company obtains the fair value of its Level 2 investments from a professional pricing service and validates the fair value of its Level 2 investments by understanding the pricing model used by the professional pricing service and comparing that fair value to the fair value based on observable market prices.

None of the Company’s non-financial assets or liabilities are recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. No transfers between levels have occurred during the periods presented. The Company did not have any securities that were in a material unrealized loss position.

The following tables present the major security types that the Company held as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 regularly measured and carried at fair value (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

 

Unrealized
Gains (Losses)

 

 

Estimated Fair
Value

 

 

Cash and Cash
Equivalents

 

 

Marketable Securities

 

Level 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

$

507

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

507

 

 

$

507

 

 

$

—

 

Money market funds

 

34,441

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

34,441

 

 

 

34,441

 

 

 

—

 

U.S. treasuries

 

71,034

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

71,040

 

 

 

47,149

 

 

 

23,891

 

Level 1 total

 

105,982

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

105,988

 

 

 

82,097

 

 

 

23,891

 

Level 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate fixed income securities

 

3,444

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3,448

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

3,448

 

Asset backed securities

 

1,260

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1,263

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,263

 

Level 2 total

 

4,704

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

4,711

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

4,711

 

Total

$

110,686

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

110,699

 

 

$

82,097

 

 

$

28,602

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

 

 

 

December 31, 2024

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

 

Unrealized
Gains (Losses)

 

 

Estimated Fair
Value

 

 

Cash and Cash
Equivalents

 

 

Marketable Securities

 

Level 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

$

7,835

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

7,835

 

 

$

7,835

 

 

$

—

 

Money market funds

 

7,386

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

7,386

 

 

 

7,386

 

 

 

—

 

U.S. treasuries

 

15,502

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

15,516

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

15,516

 

Level 1 total

 

30,723

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

30,737

 

 

 

15,221

 

 

 

15,516

 

Level 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate fixed income securities

 

20,753

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

20,768

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

20,768

 

Asset backed securities

 

6,167

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

6,177

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

6,177

 

Level 2 total

 

26,920

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

26,945

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

26,945

 

Total

$

57,643

 

 

$

39

 

 

$

57,682

 

 

$

15,221

 

 

$

42,461

 

 

Contractual maturities of fixed income securities as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Due within one year

 

$

27,339

 

 

$

33,658

 

One to two years

 

 

803

 

 

 

5,117

 

More than two years

 

 

460

 

 

 

3,686

 

Total

 

$

28,602

 

 

$

42,461

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of assets that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in thousands):

 

 

 

Balance at
December 31, 2024

 

 

Purchase of
convertible
promissory note

 

 

Change in fair
value included
in other income
(loss)

 

 

Balance at
December 31, 2025

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cell X Convertible Note

 

$

5,496

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

(4,552

)

 

$

944

 

Total

 

$

5,496

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

(4,552

)

 

$

944

 

 

 

 

Balance at
December 31, 2023

 

 

Purchase of
convertible
promissory
note

 

 

Change in fair
value included
in other income
(loss)

 

 

Balance at
December 31, 2024

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cell X Convertible Note

 

$

—

 

 

$

5,000

 

 

$

496

 

 

$

5,496

 

Total

 

$

—

 

 

$

5,000

 

 

$

496

 

 

$

5,496

 

 

The Cell X Convertible Note is recorded in other noncurrent assets on the balance sheets and is described in Note 7 of these financial statements. The following table summarizes information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements for the Cell X Convertible Note as of December 31, 2025:

 

Key unobservable inputs

 

Range

Estimated time to liquidity

 

2–3 years

Volatility

 

72.5%

Discount rate

 

26.6%

 

F-14


Table of Contents

 

There are significant judgments, assumptions and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note. These include determining a valuation method and selecting possible outcomes available to the Company, including the timing and expected future investment returns for such scenarios. The related judgments, assumptions and estimates are highly interrelated, and changes in any one assumption could necessitate changes in another. Any changes in the probability of a particular outcome would require a related change to the probability of another outcome.

The fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note was estimated using a scenario-based analysis that estimated the fair value of the note based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering possible outcomes available to the Company as the noteholder, including settlement, a qualified equity financing, corporate transactions and dissolution scenarios.

3.
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

5,652

 

 

 

5,615

 

Accrued research

 

 

1,816

 

 

 

2,089

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

137

 

 

 

422

 

Total accrued expenses

 

 

7,605

 

 

 

8,126

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Deferred CIRM Award

 

 

377

 

 

 

1,479

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

109

 

 

 

151

 

Total other current liabilities

 

 

486

 

 

 

1,630

 

 

4.
Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

Estimated Useful Lives

 

December 31,

 

 

(in years)

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Lab equipment

3 to10

 

$

7,739

 

 

$

6,300

 

Leasehold improvements

The lesser of the remaining useful of the asset or the remaining lease term

 

 

5,653

 

 

 

5,653

 

Furniture and fixtures

3 to10

 

 

845

 

 

 

786

 

Computer and software

3 to 7

 

 

512

 

 

 

467

 

Vehicle

5

 

 

42

 

 

 

42

 

Construction in progress

 

 

 

8,645

 

 

 

1,941

 

Total property and equipment, gross

 

 

 

23,436

 

 

 

15,189

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

(4,536

)

 

 

(2,899

)

Total property and equipment, net

 

 

$

18,900

 

 

$

12,290

 

 

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $1.6 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

F-15


Table of Contents

 

5.
Other Noncurrent Assets

Other noncurrent assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Prepaid equipment

$

2,221

 

 

$

848

 

Convertible promissory note receivable

 

944

 

 

 

5,496

 

Deferred asset costs

 

58

 

 

 

301

 

Deferred debt issuance costs

 

—

 

 

 

212

 

Total other noncurrent assets

$

3,223

 

 

$

6,857

 

 

6.
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

The Company’s convertible preferred stock has been classified as temporary equity on the accompanying balance sheets. Upon certain change in control events that are outside of the Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of control of the Company, holders of the convertible preferred stock can cause its redemption. Because these change-in-control events are not considered probable for accounting purposes, the Company has not adjusted the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to redemption value.

In various closings from October 2025 to November 2025, the Company issued and sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of 76,173,492 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $1.5179, and the Company received gross proceeds of approximately $115.6 million.

Dividends

Each holder of the Company’s Series C, Series B, Series A (Series A-1 and Series A-2 combined as a separate class) and Series Seed (Series Seed and Series Seed-2 combined as a separate class) convertible preferred stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends, when and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared to date.

Series C preferred stock has priority dividend rights over all other classes of capital stock, and all other series of preferred stock rank pari passu with one another and senior to common stock with respect to dividends.

Liquidation Preferences

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to the original issue price plus declared but unpaid dividends.

The stockholders of the Series C preferred stock have liquidation preferences over all other preferred stockholders. The stockholders of Series A-1 and Series A-2 Preferred Stock have liquidation preferences over the stockholders of the Series Seed Preferred Stock.

Conversion

Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time, into the number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the applicable purchase price ($0.540614, $1.029742, $1.696405, $1.767236, $2.9109, and $1.5179 for the Series Seed, Series Seed-2, Series A-1, Series A-2, Series B, and Series C, respectively) by the applicable conversion price at the time of conversion.

F-16


Table of Contents

 

Each share of convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted into common stock immediately upon (i) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering at a price of at least $3.0358 per share resulting in at least $50.0 million of gross proceeds to the Company or (ii) the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis), together with the holders of a majority of shares of outstanding Series C preferred stock, and a majority of shares of outstanding Series B preferred stock.

Voting

The holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which such shares of convertible preferred stock could then be converted; and with respect to such vote, such holders shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of the common stock.

Redemption

The convertible preferred stock is not explicitly redeemable except in the event of certain effected deemed liquidation events.

Stock Options

In 2018, the Company adopted the 2018 Stock Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, and restricted stock awards to directors, employees and consultants of the Company. Through December 31, 2025, the Company has limited its grants under the Plan solely to stock options. The Plan allows for the early exercise of stock options to plan participants subject to the right of repurchase by the Company at the original purchase price upon any voluntary or involuntary separation of an employee from the Company. Shares subject to the Company’s right to repurchase are not deemed outstanding for accounting purposes until those shares vest.

As of December 31, 2025, the total number of shares authorized under the Plan was 41,146,191, and the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan was 1,994,970.

Stock options granted under the Plan are exercisable based on vesting schedules determined upon grant and will expire no more than ten years from their date of grant. The exercise price of each option is determined by the Board of Directors based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of the option grant. Option grants generally vest either (a) monthly over four years, or (b) 25% on the first anniversary of the original vesting commencement date, with the balance vesting monthly over the remaining three years.

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity under the Plan is as follows:

 

 

Number of Options

 

 

Weighted-average
Exercise Price
(per share)

 

 

Weighted-average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)

 

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2024

 

14,423,947

 

 

$

0.72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

14,766,000

 

 

 

0.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(335,879

)

 

 

0.51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

(983,825

)

 

 

0.71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2025

 

27,870,243

 

 

$

0.66

 

 

 

8.54

 

 

$

6,191

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2025

 

10,452,957

 

 

$

0.69

 

 

 

6.89

 

 

$

1,935

 

 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2025 consist of options vested and expected to vest. Aggregate intrinsic value in the table above is the total in-the-money value of the options above as of December 31, 2025 based on the Company’s latest estimated fair value of its common stock in 2025.

F-17


Table of Contents

 

The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, calculated based on the Company’s latest estimated fair value of its common stock in 2025 and 2024, respectively, was $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

The aggregate fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $2.2 million and $2.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, there were 10.5 million options vested and outstanding.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of employee option grants during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $0.73 per share and $0.65 per share, respectively.

In 2019, the Company amended the Plan to allow its directors and officers to early exercise their stock options by delivery of promissory notes, which provide the Company first-priority security interest in the underlying shares exercised through such promissory notes (“Promissory Notes”). In 2021 and 2022, certain directors and officers of the Company early exercised their stock options using Promissory Notes. These Promissory Notes accrue interest at a rate of 2% per year. For accounting purposes, Promissory Notes are treated as non-recourse as the Company does not intend to pursue cash collection in the event of default. Accordingly, the resulting exercises of the options were determined to be non-substantive, and the Company has not recorded the Promissory Notes or related accrued interest on its balance sheets. For this reason, the shares are not considered to be outstanding until the Promissory Notes are repaid. The principal balance and accrued interest of the Promissory Notes as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $2.3 million and $2.4 million, respectively. The number of shares subject to Promissory Notes was 6,153,610 and 6,359,063 as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

In August 2024, an officer of the Company sold 497,000 shares of common stock to a preferred shareholder of the Company (the “Buyer”) that were previously early exercised through a Promissory Note and paid the outstanding Promissory Note balance of $0.2 million to the Company. The amount paid by the Buyer in excess of fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of the sale was recorded to stock-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2024.

In December 2024, the Company entered into an agreement to repurchase 1,945,000 shares of common stock for $1.6 million issued to the Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Company, which was used to cancel principal and interest of $1.6 million on an outstanding Promissory Note for the early exercise of stock options. Concurrently, the Company granted 1,945,000 new stock option awards with the same vesting terms. The transaction was considered an option modification under ASC 718, which was recorded to stock-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation recognized in the Company’s statements of operations (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Research and development

 

$

1,178

 

 

$

966

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,339

 

 

 

1,741

 

Total stock-based compensation

 

$

2,517

 

 

$

2,707

 

 

As of December 31, 2025, total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost was $12.4 million, which is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted average period of 3.2 years.

F-18


Table of Contents

 

Stock Option Valuation

The fair value of the Company’s stock option awards is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Risk-free rate of interest

 

3.7%–4.1%

 

 

3.5% –4.3%

 

Expected term (years)

 

5.95–6.02

 

 

5.95–6.10

 

Expected stock price volatility

 

96.3%–98.5%

 

 

94.0%–96.4%

 

Dividend yield

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury instruments, the terms of which were consistent with the expected term of the Company’s stock options.

Expected term (years). The expected term of stock options represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses the simplified method for estimating the expected term, which uses the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual term of the options.

Expected stock price volatility. Due to the Company’s limited operating history and lack of company-specific historical or implied volatility as a private company, the expected volatility assumption was determined by examining the historical volatilities of a group of industry peers whose share prices are publicly available.

Dividend yield. The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payments. The Company has not paid and does not intend to pay dividends.

7.
License Agreements

TSRI License Agreement

In October 2018, the Company was assigned an exclusive license agreement by Summit for Stem Cell Foundation with the Scripps Research Institute (“TSRI”) under which Aspen acquired the exclusive license to intellectual property, which allows the Company to substantially facilitate the development of the licensed intellectual property (the “TSRI License Agreement”). The TSRI License Agreement includes the payment of royalties equal to a low single digit percentage on future net sales of licensed products. If the Company sublicenses a product under the TSRI License Agreement, the Company is obligated to pay TSRI a royalty of a mid-single-digit percentage of sublicensing consideration. Payments related to the TSRI License Agreement are made in the period when the contingency is resolved, and the amounts become payable. No amounts have been payable under this agreement.

AJ License Agreement

In September 2019, the Company entered into a non-exclusive license agreement with iPS Academia Japan, Inc. (“the AJ License Agreement”) pursuant to which iPS Academia Japan, Inc. granted the Company a license under the licensed patents for the development, manufacture, and sale of licensed products. Pursuant to the AJ License Agreement, the Company is obligated to pay iPS Academia Japan, Inc. an upfront fee of $60,000 and annual maintenance fees of $25,000 until and including the calendar year in which the Company obtains approval of a first new drug application of a licensed product. The Company is obligated to pay future milestone payments up to $135,000 upon the successful achievement of developmental milestones, and up to $1.1 million when certain net sales thresholds of a licensed product are met. The Company is obligated to pay future royalty payments in the low single digit percentage of net sales of licensed products. We will also be subject to an annual minimum royalty of $25,000 following the first approval of a licensed product. The Company recognizes the expense of the milestones when payable.

F-19


Table of Contents

 

The AJ License Agreement contains additional customary representations and warranties, covenants, indemnifications and insurance and confidentiality provisions for agreements of its type. The AJ License Agreement may be terminated upon mutual consent of both parties. Unless terminated in accordance with its terms, the AJ License Agreement continues until the expiration, revocation or invalidation of the last patents or the abandonment of the last patent application included within the licensed patents and technology.

Payments related to this license agreement are expensed in the period when the contingency is resolved, and the amounts become payable. The Company incurred expenses of $235,000 and $25,000 under this agreement during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Sumitomo License Agreement

In December 2023, the Company entered into a non-exclusive license agreement with Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. (“the Sumitomo License Agreement”) with the Company to obtain a non-exclusive sublicense for certain rights granted by ID Pharma to Sumitomo under the original license agreement between Sumitomo and ID Pharma. the Company is obligated to pay Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. an upfront fee of ¥40.0 million and annual license fees of ¥6.0 million. The Company is obligated to pay future development milestone payments up to ¥125.0 million per licensed product per region for up to three regions upon the successful achievement of each developmental milestone, and up to ¥1.85 billion per licensed product when certain net sales thresholds of a licensed product are met. The Company is obligated to pay future royalty payments in the low single digit percentage of net sales of licensed products. The Company incurred expense of $42,000 and $41,000 during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Cell X License Agreement

In January 2024, Cell X Technologies, Inc. (“Cell X”) and the Company entered into a Collaboration and License Agreement upon which Cell X granted licenses to the Company to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory as defined and more fully set forth in the Cell X agreement. In connection with such licenses, the Company and Cell X also agreed to collaborate for the purpose of improving the Cell X platform technology for use by the Company to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize licensed products in the licensed field. The Company paid Cell X an upfront fee of $250,000 and is obligated to pay future development milestone payments up to $30.5 million, and additional potential license fees if the Company pursues the technology for certain additional indications of up to $15.5 million. The Company paid the $250,000 upfront fee in 2024, which was included as a component of research and development expenses in the statement of operations.

In January 2024, the Company and Cell X entered a Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement whereby the Company agreed to purchase, and Cell X agreed to sell and issue, a convertible promissory note (“Cell X Convertible Note”) with an original principal amount equal to $5.0 million and an 8% annual interest rate. The outstanding amount shall automatically convert into shares of Cell X’s preferred stock (the “Conversion Stock”) upon a qualified financing and provides an optional conversion upon a non-qualified equity financing. The principal and accrued interest are due and payable upon the earliest to occur of (i) the 24-month anniversary of the agreement, (ii) a change in control of Cell X or (iii) the occurrence of an event of default, as defined in the agreement. The Company purchased the $5.0 million note in 2024 and elected the fair value option for the note. The fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note was $0.9 million and $5.5 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, which is included in other noncurrent assets on the balance sheets. The Company recorded through other income (loss) a $4.5 million loss during the year ended December 31, 2025 and recorded a gain of $0.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2024 resulting from the change in fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note (see Note 2).

8.
Loan and Security Agreement

In December 2022, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with a lender (the “Lender”). Under the Loan Agreement, the Company was permitted to borrow $15.0 million at the inception of the Loan Agreement and up to an additional $25.0 million from three additional tranches at the Company’s option subject to achievement of certain clinical milestones.

F-20


Table of Contents

 

In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company issued the Lender a warrant (the “Lender Warrant”) to purchase 131,761 shares of the Company’s common stock as of the date of the agreement at an exercise price of $0.78 per share and expiring on December 20, 2032. The Company recorded $0.1 million as a component of additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ deficit upon issuing the Lender Warrant.

In November 2024, the Company entered into a Warrant Purchase Agreement with the Lender to allow for the purchase of 43,930 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.78 per share. The Company recorded $34,000 as a component of additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ deficit related to the Lender Warrant.

In November 2025, the Loan Agreement expired undrawn, and the Company has no debt obligations under the Loan Agreement as of December 31, 2025.

9.
California Institute for Regenerative Medicine Award

In March 2024, the California Institute for Regenerative Medicine (the “CIRM”) issued an award to the Company for $8.0 million to co-sponsor a Phase 1/2a dose escalation study of the Company’s lead product candidate, sasineprocel, in sporadic Parkinson’s disease (the “Award”). The Company is eligible to receive seven disbursements in varying amounts, with one disbursement receivable upon the execution of the Award, and six disbursements receivable upon the completion of certain milestones throughout the project period of the Award, which is estimated to be from April 2024 to September 2026 (the “Award Period”).

Following the conclusion of the Award Period, the Company, in its sole discretion, has the option to treat the Award either as a loan or as a grant. If the Company does not elect to treat the Award as a loan within 10 years of the award date, the Award will be considered a grant, and the Company will be obligated to pay CIRM, on a quarterly basis, a low single-digit royalty on commercial sales of sasineprocel until such aggregate royalty payments equal nine times the total amount awarded to the Company under the Award. If the Company elects to treat the Award as a loan, the Company is obligated to repay the Award within ten business days of making the election at an amount based on a specified percentage of the Award (ranging from 80% to 100%, plus, in certain cases, interest up to an annual percentage rate of 10% plus LIBOR), with the applicable amounts based on the phase of development of sasineprocel at the time the election is made

The Company has elected for accounting purposes to treat the Award as a direct research and development arrangement in accordance with ASC 730-20, Research and Development—Research and Development Arrangements, as the Company does not intend to repay the Award other than by way of royalty payments on potential future sales of sasineprocel. The Award is recognized as an offset to research and development expenses as costs related to the project are incurred as the Company has concluded that the research and development risk is substantive and it is not yet probable that development will be successful. A deferred liability is recorded when the cash disbursements under the Award exceed the related research and development expenses incurred through such date.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company received two cash disbursements under the award totaling $1.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company received three cash disbursements under the award totaling $5.7 million. The Company recognized $2.8 million and $4.2 million as an offset to research and development expense for the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, and $0.4 million and $1.5 million was deferred and recorded in other current liabilities as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

F-21


Table of Contents

 

10.
Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company has lease agreements for office, laboratory and manufacturing spaces that are classified as operating leases on the balance sheets. These leases have terms varying from approximately three to ten years, with renewal options of up to ten years, as well as early termination options. Extension and termination options are included in the total lease term when the Company is reasonably certain to exercise the options. The leases are subject to additional variable costs, including common area maintenance, property taxes, property insurance, and utilities. Variable costs are recognized as expense as incurred.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company incurred $4.9 million of lease expense; $1.7 million was related to variable costs, and $3.2 million was related to straight-line operating lease expense.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company incurred $4.9 million of lease expense; $1.6 million was related to variable lease costs, and $3.3 million was related to straight-line operating lease expense.

As of December 31, 2025, maturities of the Company’s operating leases were as follows (in thousands):

 

Minimum lease payments for the year ending December 31,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

3,653

 

2027

 

 

3,051

 

2028

 

 

1,392

 

2029

 

 

1,434

 

2030

 

 

1,477

 

Thereafter

 

 

2,430

 

Total future minimum lease payments

 

 

13,437

 

Less: present value discount

 

 

(2,236

)

Total operating lease liabilities

 

 

11,201

 

Less: current portion

 

 

(3,532

)

Lease liabilities, noncurrent

 

$

7,669

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)

 

 

2.34

 

Weighted-average incremental borrowing rate

 

 

7.70

%

 

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may become involved in various legal proceedings, including those that may arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes there is no litigation pending that could have, individually, or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the results of its operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

11.
Income Taxes

The Company had no provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, due to its history of operating losses.

The Company did not record a current or deferred income tax expense or benefit for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 due to the Company’s net and comprehensive losses and increases in its deferred tax asset valuation allowance. Additionally, the Company did not pay federal or state cash income taxes or have cash income tax refunded for the year ended December 31, 2025.

F-22


Table of Contents

 

The reconciliation from the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate, applying ASU 2023-09 prospectively, is as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2025

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

%

 

Income taxes (benefit) at statutory federal rate

 

 

 

(13,032

)

 

21.0

%

State and local taxes, net of federal income tax effect

 

 

 

(1,872

)

 

3.0

%

Tax credits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Research and development credits

 

 

 

(2,351

)

 

3.8

%

Changes in valuation allowance

 

 

 

14,589

 

 

-23.5

%

Nontaxable or nondeductible items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Other

 

 

 

401

 

 

-0.6

%

Changes in unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

 

2,265

 

 

-3.7

%

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

The state that contributed to more than 50% of the tax effect for state and local taxes was California for the year ended December 31, 2025.

The reconciliation from the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate, applying ASC 740 prior to the adoption of ASU 2023-09, is as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2024

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

%

 

Expected tax benefit at statutory rate

 

 

 

(10,197

)

 

21.0

%

State income tax, net of federal benefit

 

 

 

(1,983

)

 

4.1

%

Permanent items and other

 

 

 

484

 

 

-1.0

%

Research credits

 

 

 

(1,827

)

 

3.8

%

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

 

13,523

 

 

-27.9

%

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2025

 

2024

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

 

44,408

 

 

26,728

 

Research and development credits

 

 

 

8,910

 

 

6,122

 

Lease liability

 

 

 

2,858

 

 

3,515

 

Capitalized research expenses

 

 

 

12,138

 

 

16,044

 

Other

 

 

 

2,030

 

 

750

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

 

70,344

 

 

53,159

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

 

(66,288

)

 

(48,326

)

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

 

 

4,056

 

 

4,833

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed assets

 

 

 

(1,876

)

 

(2,065

)

Right-of-use lease assets

 

 

 

(2,177

)

 

(2,758

)

Other

 

 

 

(3

)

 

(10

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

(4,056

)

 

(4,833

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

 

The Company has established a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets. The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of the deferred tax assets. At such time as it is determined that it is more likely than not that deferred assets are realizable, the valuation allowance will be reduced. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance of $66.3 million as of December 31, 2025 as management cannot conclude that it is more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets will be realized primarily due to the history of losses from inception. The Company increased its valuation allowance by $18.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2025.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company has federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $161.5 million and $194.5 million, respectively. For tax purposes, federal NOLs generated after December 31, 2017 can be carried forward indefinitely but are limited to 80% utilization against future taxable income each year starting with the taxable year beginning January 1, 2021. Of the amount of federal NOL carryforwards, all $161.5 million can be carried forward indefinitely. Unless previously utilized, the state NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2038.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company has federal and California research and development tax credit carryforwards of $6.9 million and $4.9 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2040 unless previously utilized, and the California research and development tax credit carryforwards are available indefinitely.

Pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Sections 382 and 383, annual use of the Company’s NOL and research and development credit carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership by certain shareholders of more than 50 percentage points occurs within a three-year period. The Company has not completed an ownership change analysis pursuant to IRC Section 382. If ownership changes have occurred or occur in the future, the amount of remaining tax attribute carryforwards available to offset taxable income and income tax expense in future years may be restricted or eliminated. If eliminated, the related asset would be removed from deferred tax assets with a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance.

On July 4, 2025, the U.S. President signed into law H.R.1, the legislation commonly known as the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”). This legislation extended, modified, or made permanent many of the tax provisions which were initially enacted as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) of 2017. The OBBBA contains a number of tax provisions including, but not limited to, immediate expensing of domestic research and experimental expenditures, modifications to the limitation on business interest, bonus depreciation modifications, as well as international tax provision modifications. These tax provisions apply to either tax years beginning after December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024. The Company has reflected the effect of OBBBA within the provision for income taxes and the deferred taxes as of December 31, 2025.

Uncertain tax positions are evaluated based on the facts and circumstances that exist at each reporting period. Subsequent changes in judgment based on new information may lead to changes in recognition, derecognition, and measurement. Adjustment may result, for example, on resolution of an issue with the taxing authorities or expiration of a statute of limitations barring an assessment for an issue.

The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by tax authorities.

The following table summarizes the changes to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2025

 

2024

 

Beginning balance at January 1

 

 

 

3,050

 

 

885

 

Additions related to current year positions

 

 

 

2,776

 

 

2,165

 

Additions related to prior year positions

 

 

 

11

 

 

—

 

Ending balance at December 31

 

 

 

5,837

 

 

3,050

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

 

These unrecognized tax benefits are not expected to change within the next twelve months. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits will not impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and California. All of the Company’s tax years from inception are subject to examination by federal and state tax authorities. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

The Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to income tax matters in the Company’s balance sheets at December 31, 2025 or 2024 and has not recognized interest or penalties in the Company’s statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2025. The Company is not currently under examination by any federal, state or local tax authority.

12.
Net Loss per Share

In periods of net loss, basic and diluted net loss per share are calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding.

Convertible preferred stock are considered participating securities; however, they were excluded from the computation of basic net loss per share because there is no contractual obligation for the holders to share in the losses of the Company. Options outstanding, common stock issued subject to Promissory Notes, Lender Warrants, and common stock subject to repurchase due to being early exercised and unvested, were excluded from the computation of net loss per share because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect.

The following table summarizes issued securities excluded from the calculation of net loss per share:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Issued securities excluded from the calculation of net loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

 

177,593,856

 

 

 

101,428,978

 

Options outstanding

 

 

27,870,243

 

 

 

14,423,947

 

Common stock subject to Promissory Notes

 

 

6,153,610

 

 

 

6,359,063

 

Lender Warrants

 

 

175,691

 

 

 

175,691

 

Other common stock subject to repurchase

 

 

—

 

 

 

48,959

 

Total

 

 

211,793,400

 

 

 

122,436,638

 

 

13.
Subsequent Events

For the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company evaluated subsequent events through March 30, 2026, the date on which these financial statements were issued.

In January 2026, the Company and Cell X amended the Cell X Convertible Note to extend the maturity date to February 2026, or such later date approved by the Company and Cell X. In February 2026, the Company and Cell X extended the maturity date to March 2026, and in March 2026, the Company and Cell X extended the maturity date to April 13, 2026.

F-25


Table of Contents

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

21,287

 

 

$

82,097

 

Marketable securities

 

51,090

 

 

 

28,602

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

2,218

 

 

 

1,687

 

Total current assets

 

74,595

 

 

 

112,386

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

7,292

 

 

 

8,532

 

Property and equipment, net

 

22,029

 

 

 

18,900

 

Restricted cash

 

622

 

 

 

622

 

Other noncurrent assets

 

5,737

 

 

 

3,223

 

Total assets

$

110,275

 

 

$

143,663

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

$

5,536

 

 

$

2,640

 

Accrued expenses

 

7,100

 

 

 

7,605

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

3,583

 

 

 

3,532

 

Other current liabilities

 

133

 

 

 

486

 

Total current liabilities

 

16,352

 

 

 

14,263

 

Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent

 

6,188

 

 

 

7,669

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

Series Seed convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 8,323,862 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025; $4,500 aggregate liquidation preference at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025

 

4,445

 

 

 

4,445

 

Series Seed-2 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,966,511 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025; $2,025 aggregate liquidation preference at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025

 

2,008

 

 

 

2,008

 

Series A-1 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,631,861 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025; $35,000 aggregate liquidation preference at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025

 

34,843

 

 

 

34,843

 

Series A-2 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 19,804,932 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025; $35,000 aggregate liquidation preference at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025

 

34,986

 

 

 

34,986

 

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 50,701,812 shares authorized at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025; 50,693,198 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025; $147,563 aggregate liquidation preference at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025

 

147,173

 

 

 

147,173

 

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 76,173,492 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025; $115,624 aggregate liquidation preference at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025

 

115,353

 

 

 

115,353

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 228,898,561 shares authorized at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025; 17,118,449 and 16,767,841 shares issued at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively; 10,964,839 and 10,614,231 shares outstanding at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

13,854

 

 

 

11,249

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(42

)

 

 

13

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(264,886

)

 

 

(228,340

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

(251,073

)

 

 

(217,077

)

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

$

110,275

 

 

$

143,663

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements.

F-26


Table of Contents

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

$

28,454

 

 

$

20,812

 

General and administrative

 

9,764

 

 

 

10,074

 

Total operating expenses

 

38,218

 

 

 

30,886

 

Loss from operations

 

(38,218

)

 

 

(30,886

)

Other income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

1,670

 

 

 

858

 

Other income (loss), net

 

2

 

 

 

(1,731

)

Total other income (loss), net

 

1,672

 

 

 

(873

)

Net loss

$

(36,546

)

 

$

(31,759

)

Net loss per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

$

(3.38

)

 

$

(3.11

)

Weighted-average shares used to calculate net loss per common share, basic and diluted

 

10,816,448

 

 

 

10,214,636

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements.

F-27


Table of Contents

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Net loss

$

(36,546

)

 

$

(31,759

)

Other comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

 

(55

)

 

 

(32

)

Comprehensive loss

$

(36,601

)

 

$

(31,791

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements.

F-28


Table of Contents

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional
Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total
Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Deficit

 

Balance at December 31, 2025

 

 

177,593,856

 

 

$

338,808

 

 

 

 

10,614,231

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

11,249

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

(228,340

)

 

$

(217,077

)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

350,608

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

122

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,483

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,483

 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(55

)

Net loss

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(36,546

)

 

 

(36,546

)

Balance at June 30, 2026

 

 

177,593,856

 

 

$

338,808

 

 

 

 

10,964,839

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

13,854

 

 

$

(42

)

 

$

(264,886

)

 

$

(251,073

)

 

 

 

Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional
Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total
Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Deficit

 

Balance at December 31, 2024

 

 

101,428,978

 

 

$

223,480

 

 

 

 

10,023,079

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

8,517

 

 

$

39

 

 

$

(166,284

)

 

$

(157,727

)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

77,928

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

50

 

Vesting of restricted stock

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

245,036

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

14

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,220

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,220

 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(32

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(32

)

Net loss

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(31,759

)

 

 

(31,759

)

Balance at June 30, 2025

 

 

101,428,978

 

 

$

223,480

 

 

 

 

10,346,043

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

9,801

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

(198,043

)

 

$

(188,234

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements.

F-29


Table of Contents

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

$

(36,546

)

 

$

(31,759

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

2,483

 

 

 

1,220

 

Amortization of right-of-use lease assets

 

1,239

 

 

 

1,140

 

Depreciation

 

881

 

 

 

804

 

Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on short-term investments, net

 

(748

)

 

 

43

 

(Gain) loss from change in fair value of convertible note receivable

 

(2

)

 

 

1,737

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(532

)

 

 

(1,712

)

Other noncurrent assets

 

(33

)

 

 

121

 

Accounts payable

 

1,637

 

 

 

525

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

(1,402

)

 

 

(1,410

)

Noncurrent liabilities

 

(1,482

)

 

 

(1,328

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(34,505

)

 

 

(30,619

)

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of marketable securities

 

(55,571

)

 

 

(9,824

)

Maturities of marketable securities

 

33,777

 

 

 

38,312

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(3,819

)

 

 

(3,732

)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(25,613

)

 

 

24,756

 

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

122

 

 

 

50

 

Payment of deferred offering costs

 

(814

)

 

 

—

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(692

)

 

 

50

 

Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

(60,810

)

 

 

(5,813

)

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year

 

82,719

 

 

 

15,843

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

$

21,909

 

 

$

10,030

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure for Non-cash Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

1,681

 

 

 

—

 

Change in purchases of property and equipment included in accrued expenses

 

174

 

 

 

668

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements.

F-30


Table of Contents

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements

1.
Organization and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (“Aspen” or “the Company”) is a clinical-stage, regenerative medicine biotechnology company focused on developing autologous induced-pluripotent stem cell (“iPSC”)-derived therapies to initially address neurodegenerative diseases with high unmet medical need. The Company’s lead program, sasineprocel, is an investigational autologous iPSC-based therapy for Parkinson’s disease designed to replace a patient’s lost dopamine neurons with dopaminergic neuron precursor cells. Aspen is headquartered in San Diego, California, and was originally incorporated in Delaware on May 18, 2018.

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and in accordance with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) applicable to interim financial information. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Interim financial results are not necessarily indicative of results anticipated for the full year or any other period. These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements and accompanying notes for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an emerging growth company (“EGC”), as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), enacted in 2012. Under the JOBS Act, EGCs can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued after the enactment of the JOBS Act until those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an EGC or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these unaudited financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

From inception through June 30, 2026, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to conducting product research and development, developing intellectual property, raising capital and entering into licensing agreements. The Company has a limited operating history, and the sales and income potential of the Company’s business and market are unproven. The Company has incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities since inception and had an accumulated deficit of $264.9 million as of June 30, 2026. The Company expects to continue to incur net losses into the foreseeable future as it continues the development of its pipeline and expands its product manufacturing efforts. As a result, the Company will need to raise additional capital through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements.

The accompanying unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis that assumes the Company will continue as a going concern. As of June 30, 2026, the Company had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $72.4 million. Based on its current operating plan and without giving effect to any proceeds from any

F-31


Table of Contents

 

financing transaction, the Company believes that its existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will not be sufficient to fund its operations for the 12 months following the date of issuance of these unaudited financial statements. Accordingly, management has concluded that substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that these unaudited financial statements are issued. The unaudited financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from this uncertainty.

Future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the timing and extent of the Company’s spending on its operations, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining additional funding, that the Company’s projections of its future working capital needs will prove accurate, or that any additional funding would be sufficient to continue operations in future years. The failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms and in a timely manner could require the Company to make significant spending reductions in its future operations including suspending or curtailing planned programs. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company’s business, results of operations and future prospects.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s unaudited financial statements requires it to make estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and expenses and the disclosure of contingent liabilities in the Company’s unaudited financial statements and accompanying notes. The most significant estimates in the Company’s unaudited financial statements relate to accruals for research and development expenses, valuation of stock-based awards, fair value of convertible promissory note receivable and incremental borrowing rate used for calculating operating lease liabilities. Management evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Although these estimates are based on the Company’s historical experience, knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, actual results may ultimately materially differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

During the six months ended June 30, 2026, there were no changes to the Company’s significant accounting policies as described in Note 1 to the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured major financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institution in which those deposits are held.

Segment Reporting

The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The CODM is assisted in his responsibilities of making decisions regarding resource allocation and performance assessment by the leadership team, consisting of executive officers and vice presidents.

The Company views its operations and manages its business as one operating segment, focused on developing autologous iPSC-derived therapies to initially address neurodegenerative diseases with high unmet medical need.

Segment loss is measured as the Company’s net loss as reported on the Company’s statements of operations. The Company monitors its cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities as reported on the Company’s balance sheets to determine funding for its research and development programs. When evaluating the Company’s financial performance, the CODM reviews total expenses by certain categories and makes decisions using this information.

F-32


Table of Contents

 

Significant segment expenses which are regularly reported to the CODM for purposes of making decisions regarding the allocation of resources are included within the table below and are reconciled to net loss (in thousands):

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Salaries, bonuses and benefits

$

15,663

 

 

$

13,678

 

Cell-therapy development and production costs

 

11,706

 

 

 

7,656

 

Equipment and facilities costs

 

4,746

 

 

 

4,247

 

Other(1)

 

4,431

 

 

 

6,178

 

Net loss

$

(36,546

)

 

$

(31,759

)

(1) Other includes stock-based compensation, depreciation, interest income, and other income (loss).

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025‑10, Government Grants (Topic 832): Accounting for Government Grants Received by Business Entities, which establishes guidance on the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of government grants received by business entities. The standard is effective for public business entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2028, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods, and for all other entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2029, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted. The standard may be adopted using a modified prospective, modified retrospective, or full retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of this standard on its financial statements and related disclosures.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, which is intended to enhance expense disclosures by requiring additional information about specific expense categories in the notes to the financial statements. The standard is effective, as clarified by ASU 2025-01, for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The standard may be adopted prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the standard on its financial statements and related disclosures.

2.
Fair Value Measurements

The accounting guidance defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the accounting guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

Level 1 includes money market funds and U.S. treasuries. Level 2 includes corporate bonds and asset-backed securities.

F-33


Table of Contents

 

The Company obtains the fair value of its Level 2 investments from a professional pricing service and validates the fair value of its Level 2 investments by understanding the pricing model used by the professional pricing service and comparing that fair value to the fair value based on observable market prices.

None of the Company’s non-financial assets or liabilities are recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. No transfers between levels have occurred during the periods presented. The Company did not have any securities that were in a material unrealized loss position.

The following tables present the major security types that the Company held as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025 regularly measured and carried at fair value (in thousands):

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

 

Unrealized
Gains (Losses)

 

 

Estimated Fair
Value

 

 

Cash and Cash
Equivalents

 

 

Marketable Securities

 

Level 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

$

721

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

721

 

 

$

721

 

 

$

—

 

Money market funds

 

20,566

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

20,566

 

 

 

20,566

 

 

 

—

 

U.S. treasuries

 

50,556

 

 

 

(42

)

 

 

50,514

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

50,514

 

Level 1 total

 

71,843

 

 

 

(42

)

 

 

71,801

 

 

 

21,287

 

 

 

50,514

 

Level 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate fixed income securities

 

299

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

299

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

299

 

Asset backed securities

 

277

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

277

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

277

 

Level 2 total

 

576

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

576

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

576

 

Total

$

72,419

 

 

$

(42

)

 

$

72,377

 

 

$

21,287

 

 

$

51,090

 

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

 

Unrealized
Gains (Losses)

 

 

Estimated Fair
Value

 

 

Cash and Cash
Equivalents

 

 

Marketable Securities

 

Level 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

$

507

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

507

 

 

$

507

 

 

$

—

 

Money market funds

 

34,441

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

34,441

 

 

 

34,441

 

 

 

—

 

U.S. treasuries

 

71,034

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

71,040

 

 

 

47,149

 

 

 

23,891

 

Level 1 total

 

105,982

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

105,988

 

 

 

82,097

 

 

 

23,891

 

Level 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate fixed income securities

 

3,444

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3,448

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

3,448

 

Asset backed securities

 

1,260

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1,263

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,263

 

Level 2 total

 

4,704

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

4,711

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

4,711

 

Total

$

110,686

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

110,699

 

 

$

82,097

 

 

$

28,602

 

 

The estimated fair value of contractual maturities of fixed income securities as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Due within one year

$

50,845

 

 

$

27,339

 

One to two years

 

245

 

 

 

803

 

More than two years

 

—

 

 

 

460

 

Total

$

51,090

 

 

$

28,602

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of assets that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in thousands):

 

 

 

Balance at
December 31, 2025

 

 

Change in fair
value included
in other income
(loss)

 

 

Balance at
June 30, 2026

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cell X Convertible Note

 

$

944

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

946

 

Total

 

$

944

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

946

 

 

The Cell X Convertible Note is recorded in other noncurrent assets on the balance sheets and is described in Note 7 of these unaudited financial statements. The following table summarizes information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements for the Cell X Convertible Note as of June 30, 2026:

 

Key unobservable inputs

 

Range

Estimated time to liquidity

 

1.5–2.5 years

Volatility

 

70.0%

Discount rate

 

29.3%

 

There are significant judgments, assumptions and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note. These include determining a valuation method and selecting possible outcomes available to the Company, including the timing and expected future investment returns for such scenarios. The related judgments, assumptions and estimates are highly interrelated, and changes in any one assumption could necessitate changes in another. Any changes in the probability of a particular outcome would require a related change to the probability of another outcome.

The fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note was estimated using a scenario-based analysis that estimated the fair value of the note based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering possible outcomes available to the Company as the noteholder, including settlement, a qualified equity financing, corporate transactions and dissolution scenarios.

3.
Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Accrued compensation

$

4,094

 

 

$

5,652

 

Accrued research

 

2,428

 

 

 

1,816

 

Other accrued expenses

 

578

 

 

 

137

 

Total accrued expenses

$

7,100

 

 

$

7,605

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

 

4.
Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Useful Lives

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

(in years)

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Lab equipment

3 to 10

 

$

9,332

 

 

$

7,739

 

Leasehold improvements

The lesser of the remaining useful of the asset or the remaining lease term

 

 

5,652

 

 

 

5,653

 

Furniture and fixtures

3 to 10

 

 

857

 

 

 

845

 

Computer and software

3 to 7

 

 

521

 

 

 

512

 

Vehicle

5

 

 

42

 

 

 

42

 

Construction in progress

 

 

 

11,042

 

 

 

8,645

 

Total property and equipment, gross

 

 

 

27,446

 

 

 

23,436

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

(5,417

)

 

 

(4,536

)

Total property and equipment, net

 

 

$

22,029

 

 

$

18,900

 

 

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $0.9 million and $0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. The Company did not recognize any impairment losses for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025.

5.
Other Noncurrent Assets

Other noncurrent assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Deferred offering costs

$

2,495

 

 

$

-

 

Prepaid equipment

 

2,204

 

 

 

2,221

 

Cell X Convertible Note

 

946

 

 

 

944

 

Deferred asset costs

 

92

 

 

 

58

 

Total other noncurrent assets

$

5,737

 

 

$

3,223

 

 

6.
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

The Company’s convertible preferred stock has been classified as temporary equity on the accompanying balance sheets. Upon certain change in control events that are outside of the Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of control of the Company, holders of the convertible preferred stock can cause its redemption. Because these change-in-control events are not considered probable for accounting purposes, the Company has not adjusted the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to redemption value.

Dividends

Each holder of the Company’s Series C, Series B, Series A (Series A-1 and Series A-2 combined as a separate class) and Series Seed (Series Seed and Series Seed-2 combined as a separate class) convertible preferred stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends, when and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared to date.

Series C preferred stock has priority dividend rights over all other classes of capital stock, and all other series of preferred stock rank pari passu with one another and senior to common stock with respect to dividends.

F-36


Table of Contents

 

Liquidation Preferences

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to the original issue price plus declared but unpaid dividends.

The stockholders of the Series C preferred stock have liquidation preferences over all other preferred stockholders. The stockholders of Series A-1 and Series A-2 Preferred Stock have liquidation preferences over the stockholders of the Series Seed Preferred Stock.

Conversion

Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time, into the number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the applicable purchase price ($0.540614, $1.029742, $1.696405, $1.767236, $2.9109, and $1.5179 for the Series Seed, Series Seed-2, Series A-1, Series A-2, Series B, and Series C, respectively) by the applicable conversion price at the time of conversion.

Each share of convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted into common stock immediately upon (i) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering at a price of at least $3.0358 per share resulting in at least $50.0 million of gross proceeds to the Company or (ii) the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis), together with the holders of a majority of shares of outstanding Series C preferred stock, and a majority of shares of outstanding Series B preferred stock.

Voting

The holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which such shares of convertible preferred stock could then be converted; and with respect to such vote, such holders shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of the common stock.

Redemption

The convertible preferred stock is not explicitly redeemable except in the event of certain effected deemed liquidation events.

Stock Options

In 2018, the Company adopted the 2018 Stock Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, and restricted stock awards to directors, employees and consultants of the Company. Through June 30, 2026, the Company has limited its grants under the Plan solely to stock options. The Plan allows for the early exercise of stock options to plan participants subject to the right of repurchase by the Company at the original purchase price upon any voluntary or involuntary separation of an employee from the Company. Shares subject to the Company’s right to repurchase are not deemed outstanding for accounting purposes until those shares vest.

As of June 30, 2026, the total number of shares authorized under the Plan was 42,146,191, and the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan was 435,860.

Stock options granted under the Plan are exercisable based on vesting schedules determined upon grant and will expire no more than ten years from their date of grant. The exercise price of each option is determined by the Board of Directors based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of the option grant. Option grants generally vest either (a) monthly over four years, or (b) 25% on the first anniversary of the original vesting commencement date, with the balance vesting monthly over the remaining three years.

F-37


Table of Contents

 

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity under the Plan is as follows:

 

 

Number of Options

 

 

Weighted-average
Exercise Price
(per share)

 

 

Weighted-average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)

 

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2025

 

27,870,243

 

 

$

0.66

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

2,832,500

 

 

 

0.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(350,608

)

 

 

0.36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

(273,390

)

 

 

0.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2026

 

30,078,745

 

 

$

0.68

 

 

 

8.25

 

 

$

9,240

 

Exercisable at June 30, 2026

 

13,287,819

 

 

$

0.70

 

 

 

6.94

 

 

$

3,809

 

 

Options outstanding as of June 30, 2026 consist of options vested and expected to vest. Aggregate intrinsic value in the table above is the total in-the-money value of the options above as of June 30, 2026 based on the Company’s latest estimated fair value of its common stock in 2026.

The intrinsic value of options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, calculated based on the Company’s latest estimated fair value of its common stock in 2026 and 2025, respectively, was $0.2 million and $19,000, respectively.

The aggregate fair value of shares vested during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 was $1.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2026, there were 13.3 million options vested and outstanding.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of employee option grants during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 was $0.77 per share and $0.71 per share, respectively.

In 2019, the Company amended the Plan to allow its directors and officers to early exercise their stock options by delivery of promissory notes, which provide the Company first-priority security interest in the underlying shares exercised through such promissory notes (“Promissory Notes”). In 2021 and 2022, certain directors and officers of the Company early exercised their stock options using Promissory Notes. These Promissory Notes accrue interest at a rate of 2% per year. For accounting purposes, Promissory Notes are treated as non-recourse as the Company does not intend to pursue cash collection in the event of default. Accordingly, the resulting exercises of the options were determined to be non-substantive, and the Company has not recorded the Promissory Notes or related accrued interest on its balance sheets. For this reason, the shares are not considered to be outstanding until the Promissory Notes are repaid. The principal balance and accrued interest of the Promissory Notes was $2.4 million and $2.3 million as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively. The number of shares subject to Promissory Notes was 6,153,610 as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation recognized in the Company’s statements of operations (in thousands):

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Research and development

$

1,251

 

 

$

536

 

General and administrative

 

1,232

 

 

 

684

 

Total stock-based compensation

$

2,483

 

 

$

1,220

 

 

As of June 30, 2026, total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost was $12.0 million, which is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted average period of 3.2 years.

F-38


Table of Contents

 

Stock Option Valuation

The fair value of the Company’s stock option awards is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

2026

 

2025

Risk-free rate of interest

3.9% –4.2%

 

4.1% –4.2%

Expected term (years)

5.97–6.08

 

5.94–6.07

Expected stock price volatility

94.0%–96.8%

 

98.4%–98.7%

 

Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury instruments, the terms of which were consistent with the expected term of the Company’s stock options.

Expected term (years). The expected term of stock options represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses the simplified method for estimating the expected term, which uses the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual term of the options.

Expected stock price volatility. Due to the Company’s limited operating history and lack of company-specific historical or implied volatility as a private company, the expected volatility assumption was determined by examining the historical volatilities of a group of industry peers whose share prices are publicly available.

Dividend yield. The Company used a dividend yield assumption of 0% based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payments. The Company has not paid and does not intend to pay dividends.

7.
License Agreements

TSRI License Agreement

In October 2018, the Company was assigned an exclusive license agreement by Summit for Stem Cell Foundation with the Scripps Research Institute (“TSRI”) under which Aspen acquired the exclusive license to intellectual property, which allows the Company to substantially facilitate the development of the licensed intellectual property (the “TSRI License Agreement”). The TSRI License Agreement includes the payment of royalties equal to a low single digit percentage on future net sales of licensed products. If the Company sublicenses a product under the TSRI License Agreement, the Company is obligated to pay TSRI a royalty of a mid-single-digit percentage of sublicensing consideration. Payments related to the TSRI License Agreement are made in the period when the contingency is resolved, and the amounts become payable. No amounts have been payable under this agreement.

AJ License Agreement

In September 2019, the Company entered into a non-exclusive license agreement with iPS Academia Japan, Inc. (“the AJ License Agreement”) pursuant to which iPS Academia Japan, Inc. granted the Company a license under the licensed patents for the development, manufacture, and sale of licensed products. Pursuant to the AJ License Agreement, the Company is obligated to pay iPS Academia Japan, Inc. an upfront fee of $60,000 and annual maintenance fees of $25,000 until and including the calendar year in which the Company obtains approval of a first new drug application of a licensed product. The Company is obligated to pay future milestone payments up to $135,000 upon the successful achievement of developmental milestones, and up to $1.1 million when certain net sales thresholds of a licensed product are met. The Company is obligated to pay future royalty payments in the low single digit percentage of net sales of licensed products. We will also be subject to an annual minimum royalty of $25,000 following the first approval of a licensed product. The Company recognizes the expense of the milestones when payable.

The AJ License Agreement contains additional customary representations and warranties, covenants, indemnifications and insurance and confidentiality provisions for agreements of its type. The AJ License Agreement may be terminated upon mutual consent of both parties. Unless terminated in accordance with its terms, the AJ License

F-39


Table of Contents

 

Agreement continues until the expiration, revocation or invalidation of the last patents or the abandonment of the last patent application included within the licensed patents and technology.

Payments related to this license agreement are expensed in the period when the contingency is resolved, and the amounts become payable. The Company did not incur any expenses under this agreement during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025.

Sumitomo License Agreement

In December 2023, the Company entered into a non-exclusive license agreement with Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. (“the Sumitomo License Agreement”) with the Company to obtain a non-exclusive sublicense for certain rights granted by ID Pharma to Sumitomo under the original license agreement between Sumitomo and ID Pharma. the Company is obligated to pay Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. an upfront fee of ¥40.0 million and annual license fees of ¥6.0 million. The Company is obligated to pay future development milestone payments up to ¥125.0 million per licensed product per region for up to three regions upon the successful achievement of each developmental milestone, and up to ¥1.85 billion per licensed product when certain net sales thresholds of a licensed product are met. The Company is obligated to pay future royalty payments in the low single digit percentage of net sales of licensed products. The Company incurred expenses under this agreement of $23,000 and $21,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

Cell X License Agreement

In January 2024, Cell X Technologies, Inc. (“Cell X”) and the Company entered into a Collaboration and License Agreement upon which Cell X granted licenses to the Company to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory as defined and more fully set forth in the Cell X agreement. In connection with such licenses, the Company and Cell X also agreed to collaborate for the purpose of improving the Cell X platform technology for use by the Company to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize licensed products in the licensed field. The Company paid Cell X an upfront fee of $250,000 and was obligated to pay future development milestone payments up to $30.5 million, and additional potential license fees if the Company pursues the technology for certain additional indications of up to $15.5 million. The Company paid the $250,000 upfront fee in 2024, which was included as a component of research and development expenses in the statement of operations.

In January 2024, the Company and Cell X entered a Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement whereby the Company agreed to purchase, and Cell X agreed to sell and issue, a convertible promissory note (“Cell X Convertible Note”) with an original principal amount equal to $5.0 million and an 8% annual interest rate. The outstanding amount shall automatically convert into shares of Cell X’s preferred stock (the “Conversion Stock”) upon a qualified financing and provides an optional conversion upon a non-qualified equity financing. The principal and accrued interest are due and payable upon the earliest to occur of (i) the maturity date, (ii) a change in control of Cell X or (iii) the occurrence of an event of default, as defined in the agreement. The Company purchased the $5.0 million note in 2024 and elected the fair value option for the note.

The fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note was $0.9 million as of both June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, which is included in other noncurrent assets on the balance sheets. The Company recorded a $2,000 gain and a $1.7 million loss during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively, resulting from the change in fair value of the Cell X Convertible Note (see Note 2).

In January 2026, the Company and Cell X amended the Cell X Convertible Note to extend the maturity date to February 2026, or such later date approved by the Company and Cell X. In February 2026, the Company and Cell X extended the maturity date to March 2026, and in March 2026, the Company and Cell X extended the maturity date to April 13, 2026. Subsequently, the Company and Cell X entered into a series of additional amendments to further extend the maturity date through June 10, 2026. Following June 10, 2026, the maturity was not extended; however, the Company has not called or converted the Cell X Convertible Note through the date these unaudited financial statements were issued.

F-40


Table of Contents

 

8.
Loan and Security Agreement

In December 2022, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with a lender (the “Lender”). Under the Loan Agreement, the Company was permitted to borrow $15.0 million at the inception of the Loan Agreement and up to an additional $25.0 million from three additional tranches at the Company’s option subject to achievement of certain clinical milestones.

In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company issued the Lender a warrant (the “Lender Warrant”) to purchase 131,761 shares of the Company’s common stock as of the date of the agreement at an exercise price of $0.78 per share and expiring on December 20, 2032. The Company recorded $0.1 million as a component of additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ deficit upon issuing the Lender Warrant.

In November 2024, the Company entered into a Warrant Purchase Agreement with the Lender to allow for the purchase of 43,930 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.78 per share. The Company recorded $34,000 as a component of additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ deficit related to the Lender Warrant.

In November 2025, the Loan Agreement expired undrawn, and the Company has no debt obligations under the Loan Agreement as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025.

9.
California Institute for Regenerative Medicine Award

In March 2024, the California Institute for Regenerative Medicine (the “CIRM”) issued an award to the Company for $8.0 million to co-sponsor a Phase 1/2a dose escalation study of the Company’s lead product candidate, sasineprocel, in sporadic Parkinson’s disease (the “Award”). The Company is eligible to receive seven disbursements in varying amounts, with one disbursement receivable upon the execution of the Award, and six disbursements receivable upon the completion of certain milestones throughout the project period of the Award, which is estimated to be from April 2024 to September 2026 (the “Award Period”).

Following the conclusion of the Award Period, the Company, in its sole discretion, has the option to treat the Award either as a loan or as a grant. If the Company does not elect to treat the Award as a loan within 10 years of the award date, the Award will be considered a grant, and the Company will be obligated to pay CIRM, on a quarterly basis, a low single-digit royalty on commercial sales of sasineprocel until such aggregate royalty payments equal nine times the total amount awarded to the Company under the Award. If the Company elects to treat the Award as a loan, the Company is obligated to repay the Award within ten business days of making the election at an amount based on a specified percentage of the Award (ranging from 80% to 100%, plus, in certain cases, interest up to an annual percentage rate of 10% plus LIBOR), with the applicable amounts based on the phase of development of sasineprocel at the time the election is made

The Company has elected for accounting purposes to treat the Award as a direct research and development arrangement in accordance with ASC 730-20, Research and Development—Research and Development Arrangements, as the Company does not intend to repay the Award other than by way of royalty payments on potential future sales of sasineprocel. The Award is recognized as an offset to research and development expenses as costs related to the project are incurred as the Company has concluded that the research and development risk is substantive and it is not yet probable that development will be successful. A deferred liability is recorded when the cash disbursements under the Award exceed the related research and development expenses incurred through such date.

During the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, the Company did not receive any cash disbursements under the Award. The Company recognized $0.9 million and $1.0 million as an offset to research and development expense for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. The Company recorded no deferred liability as of June 30, 2026 and recorded a deferred liability of $0.4 million in other current liabilities as of December 31, 2025.

F-41


Table of Contents

 

10.
Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company has lease agreements for office, laboratory and manufacturing spaces that are classified as operating leases on the balance sheets. These leases have terms varying from approximately three to ten years, with renewal options of up to ten years, as well as early termination options. Extension and termination options are included in the total lease term when the Company is reasonably certain to exercise the options. The leases are subject to additional variable costs, including common area maintenance, property taxes, property insurance, and utilities. Variable costs are recognized as expense as incurred.

During the six months ended June 30, 2026, the Company incurred $2.6 million of lease expense; $1.0 million was related to variable costs, and $1.6 million was related to straight-line operating lease expense. During the six months ended June 30, 2025, the Company incurred $2.3 million of lease expense; $0.7 million was related to variable lease costs, and $1.6 million was related to straight-line operating lease expense.

As of June 30, 2026, maturities of the Company’s operating leases in effect as of June 30, 2026 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Minimum lease payments for the year ending December 31,

 

 

 

2026 (6 months)

 

 

1,844

 

2027

 

 

3,051

 

2028

 

 

1,392

 

2029

 

 

1,434

 

2030

 

 

1,477

 

Thereafter

 

 

2,430

 

Total future minimum lease payments

 

 

11,628

 

Less: present value discount

 

 

(1,857

)

Total operating lease liabilities

 

 

9,771

 

Less: current portion

 

 

(3,583

)

Lease liabilities, noncurrent

 

$

6,188

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)

 

 

4.87

 

Weighted-average incremental borrowing rate

 

 

7.70

%

The table above does not include obligations under the Company’s new lease described in Note 13.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may become involved in various legal proceedings, including those that may arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes there is no litigation pending that could have, individually, or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the results of its operations, financial condition or cash flows.

11.
Income Taxes

During the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, the Company did not record income tax benefits for the net operating losses incurred or for the research and development tax credits generated in each year, due to its uncertainty of realizing a benefit from those items.

The Company files income tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal and state jurisdictions, where applicable. As of June 30, 2026, there were no pending tax examinations. All of the Company’s tax years from inception are subject to examination by federal and state tax authorities.

F-42


Table of Contents

 

12.
Net Loss per Share

In periods of net loss, basic and diluted net loss per share are calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding.

Convertible preferred stock are considered participating securities; however, they were excluded from the computation of basic net loss per share because there is no contractual obligation for the holders to share in the losses of the Company. Options outstanding, common stock issued subject to Promissory Notes, Lender Warrants, and common stock subject to repurchase due to being early exercised and unvested, were excluded from the computation of net loss per share because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect.

The following table summarizes issued securities excluded from the calculation of net loss per share:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Issued securities excluded from the calculation of net loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

 

177,593,856

 

 

 

101,428,978

 

Options outstanding

 

 

30,078,745

 

 

 

14,729,663

 

Common stock subject to Promissory Notes

 

 

6,153,610

 

 

 

6,153,610

 

Lender Warrants

 

 

175,691

 

 

 

175,691

 

Other common stock subject to repurchase

 

 

—

 

 

 

9,376

 

Total

 

 

214,001,902

 

 

 

122,497,318

 

 

13.
Subsequent Events

For the unaudited financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2026, the Company evaluated subsequent events through October 9, 2026, the date on which these unaudited financial statements were issued.

Promissory Note

In August 2026, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized, and the Company completed, the forgiveness of the Promissory Notes held by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, representing approximately $2.1 million of outstanding principal and accrued interest and 5,550,221 shares of underlying common stock. In connection with the loan forgiveness, the Company also amended the vesting schedule applicable to the Chief Executive Officer’s November 2025 option grant, extending the vesting period from four to six years for the remaining unvested options. The Company is evaluating the accounting impact of the loan forgiveness on its financial statements.

In September 2026, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized, and the Company completed, the forgiveness of the Promissory Notes held by certain members of the Company’s Board of Directors, representing approximately $0.2 million of outstanding principal and accrued interest and 603,389 shares of underlying common stock. In connection with the loan forgiveness, the Company also amended the vesting schedule applicable to such members’ November 2025 option grants, extending the vesting period from four to six years for the remaining unvested options. The Company is evaluating the accounting impact of the loan forgiveness on its financial statements.

Cell X

In August 2026, the Company and Cell X entered into an Amended and Restated Collaboration and License Agreement (the “A&R CLA”), which amends and restates the Collaboration and License Agreement in its entirety and terminates the parties’ collaboration program in favor of a fee-for-service arrangement, under which Cell X will provide development and engineering services to the Company pursuant to a separate services agreement.

Prior to the A&R CLA, the Company’s rights to certain Cleveland Clinic Foundation (“CCF”)-controlled intellectual property were held indirectly, as a sublicense granted by Cell X, which Cell X licensed directly from CCF. In connection with the A&R CLA, this arrangement was changed so that CCF now grants these rights directly to the Company under a new, separate exclusive license agreement between the Company and CCF (the “CCF License”),

F-43


Table of Contents

 

rather than through a sublicense from Cell X. The CCF License carries its own financial terms separate from the Cell X milestone payments described below.

Under the A&R CLA and CCF License, the Company’s licenses to the Cell X platform technology for Parkinson’s disease and leukodystrophies (the same indications covered under the original 2024 agreement) were retained, and the prior milestone and license fee structure, which totaled up to $46.0 million ($30.5 million in development milestones plus $15.5 million if the Company pursues the technology for certain additional indications), was replaced with milestone payments of up to $14.9 million. The reduction in milestone payments reflects the Company no longer having an option to expand the exclusive license into additional indications beyond Parkinson’s disease and leukodystrophies. The milestone payments retained for Parkinson’s disease and leukodystrophies are substantially consistent with the amounts payable under the original 2024 agreement for those same two indications, but are now allocated between Cell X and CCF.

In connection with these agreements, the Company and Cell X executed a side letter providing that, upon satisfaction of specified conditions, the parties will amend the Cell X Convertible Note to extend its maturity date to March 31, 2028, and will terminate its related security agreements. As of the date of issuance of these unaudited financial statements, these conditions had not been satisfied, and the related amendments had not become effective.

The Company is evaluating the accounting impact of these agreements on its financial statements.

New Lease

In August 2026, the Company entered into a noncancelable operating lease agreement with HCP Life Science REIT, Inc. for approximately 48,696 rentable square feet of office, research and development, laboratory, storage and warehouse space located in La Jolla, California (the “New Lease”), which the Company intends to establish as its corporate headquarters. The Company’s lease for its existing corporate headquarters expires in September 2027. The New Lease has an initial term of 93 months commencing on July 1, 2027 and expiring on March 31, 2035. The New Lease includes a beneficial occupancy period beginning on execution of the agreement and continuing through June 30, 2027, allowing the Company to complete facility improvements, install equipment and furniture, and begin certain operations prior to the July 1, 2027 lease commencement date without payment of base rent. At execution, the Company was obligated to pay $0.3 million, representing the first month’s base rent and estimated direct expenses. The New Lease provides for a 23-month rent abatement period, during which no base rent is due; as a result, the Company’s next base rent payment is not due until July 2029. Aggregate base rent is approximately $20.2 million, net of abatements, with refurbishment and other construction allowances of up to approximately $4.5 million and a required letter of credit of approximately $0.4 million. The Company is evaluating the accounting impact of the New Lease on its financial statements.

F-44


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Shares

img152801079_16.jpg

Common Stock

 

___________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leerink Partners

 

UBS Investment Bank

Piper Sandler

 

Stifel

 

Oppenheimer & Co.

___________________

 

 

Through and including      , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 


Table of Contents

 

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA) filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Select Market listing fee.

 

 

Amount Paid or
to Be Paid

SEC registration fee

 

$

*

FINRA filing fee

 

 

*

Nasdaq Global Select Market listing fee

 

 

*

Accountants’ fees and expenses

 

 

*

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

*

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses

 

 

*

Printing and engraving expenses

 

 

*

Miscellaneous

 

 

*

Total expenses

 

$

*

 

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or Charter, provides that none of our directors shall be personally liable to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he or she was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our Charter and our Bylaws provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, subject to certain limited exceptions. We will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer,

II-1


Table of Contents

 

partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our Charter and Bylaws will provide that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

In connection with this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our Charter and Bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for the reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our Charter and Bylaws.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding unregistered securities issued by us since January 1, 2023 to the date of this registration statement. Also included is the consideration received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(a)
Issuance of Securities
1.
In various closings from October 2025 to November 2025, we issued to investors an aggregate of 76,173,492 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.5179 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $115.6 million.
2.
In conjunction with amending our line of credit with Lender, on November 15, 2024, we issued Lender a warrant to purchase a total of 43,930 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.78. The warrant contains a net exercise provision under which the Lender may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant, and receive, a net amount of shares of our common stock based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of the net exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. The warrant expire ten years from their date of issuance.

II-2


Table of Contents

 

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder, for transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All holders of securities described above represented to us in connection with their purchase or issuance that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the securities for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The holders received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

(b)
Grants of Stock Options

From January 1, 2023 through the date of this registration statement, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 23,727,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.70 per share, to certain of our employees, consultants, and directors in connection with services provided to us by such persons. 1,729,769 of these options have been exercised and 1,891,367 have been canceled or forfeited or have expired through the date of this registration statement.

The stock options and common stock issuable upon exercise of such options as described in this section (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees and directors, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or the exemption set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(c) Exhibits. See Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

(d) Financial Statement Schedules. Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-3


Table of Contents

 

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

Exhibit
 Number 

 

Description of Exhibit

 

 

 

 1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

 

 

 3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect

 

 

 

 3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect

 

 

 

 3.3

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering

 

 

 

 3.4

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering

 

 

 

 4.1

 

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated October 1, 2025, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders

 

 

 

 5.1*

 

Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US)

 

 

 

10.1#

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2018 Stock Plan

 

 

 

10.2#

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2018 Stock Plan Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option

 

 

 

10.3#

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2018 Stock Plan Form of Stock Option Agreement

 

 

 

10.4#

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2018 Stock Plan Form of Stock Option Exercise Notice

 

 

 

10.5#

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

10.6#

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option

 

 

 

10.7#

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Agreement

 

 

 

10.8#

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

10.9#

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement

 

 

 

10.10#

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

 

10.11#

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Cash Incentive Plan

 

 

 

10.12#

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

 

 

 

10.13#

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. Officer Severance and Change in Control Plan

 

 

 

10.14#

 

Executive Employment Agreement, dated effective as of January 18, 2021, by and between Damien McDevitt and the Registrant

 

 

 

10.15#

 

Employment Offer Letter, dated as of March 3, 2025, by and between Dalen Meeter and the Registrant

 

 

 

10.16#

 

Employment Offer Letter, dated as of May 18, 2022, by and between Kim Raineri and the Registrant

 

 

 

10.17#

 

Employment Offer Letter, dated as of July 21, 2026, by and between Faheem Hasnain and the Registrant

 

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents

 

10.18#

 

Loan Forgiveness and Option Amendment Agreement, dated August 24, 2026, by and between Damien McDevitt and the Registrant

 

 

 

10.19#

 

Loan Forgiveness and Option Amendment Agreement, dated September 25, 2026, by and between Andrew Spaventa and the Registrant

 

 

 

10.20#

 

Loan Forgiveness and Option Amendment Agreement, dated September 25, 2026, by and between Faheem Hasnain and the Registrant

 

 

 

10.21#

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers

 

 

 

10.22†

 

Lease, dated as of March 27, 2019, by and between the Registrant and BMR-Road to the Cure LP

 

 

 

10.23†

 

First Amendment to Lease, dated as of June 10, 2021, by and between the Registrant and BMR-Road to the Cure LP

 

 

 

10.24†

 

Second Amendment to Lease, dated as of August 25, 2021, by and between the Registrant and BMR-Road to the Cure LP

 

 

 

10.25

 

Third Amendment to Lease, dated as of May 18, 2023, by and between the Registrant and BMR-Road to the Cure LP

 

 

 

10.26†

 

Lease, dated as of May 12, 2021, by and between the Registrant and HCP TPSP, LLC

 

 

 

10.27†

 

Lease, dated as of August 20, 2026, by and between the Registrant and HCP Life Science REIT, Inc.

 

 

 

10.28†

 

Exclusive License Agreement, dated effective as of July 27, 2018, by and between the Registrant and The Scripps Research Institute and Summit for Stem Cell Foundation

 

 

 

10.29†

 

Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2018, by and among the Registrant and Summit for Stem Cell Foundation, Mission Edge San Diego

 

 

 

10.30†

 

Non-Exclusive License Agreement, dated as of September 20, 2019, by and between the Registrant and iPS Academia Japan, Inc.

 

 

 

10.31†

 

License Agreement, dated effective as of December 5, 2023, by and between the Registrant and Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

10.32†

 

 

Collaboration and License Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2024, by and between the Registrant and Cell X Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

10.33†

 

 

First Amendment to Collaboration and License Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2025, by and between the Registrant and Cell X Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

10.34†

 

 

Second Amendment to Collaboration and License Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2025, by and between the Registrant and Cell X Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

10.35†

 

 

Third Amendment to Collaboration and License Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2026, by and between the Registrant and Cell X Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

10.36†

 

 

Fourth Amendment to Collaboration and License Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2026, by and between the Registrant and Cell X Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

10.37†

 

Amended and Restated Collaboration and License Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2026, by and between the Registrant and Cell X Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

10.38†

 

Side Letter Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2026, by and between the Registrant and Cell X Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

10.39†

 

Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2024, by and between the Registrant and Cell X Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

10.40†

 

 

Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of January 22, 2024, by and between the Registrant and Cell X Technologies, Inc.

II-5


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

10.41†

 

Exclusive License Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2026, by and between the Registrant and The Cleveland Clinic Foundation

 

 

 

10.42†

 

Master Supply Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2022, by and between the Registrant and ClearPoint Neuro, Inc.

 

 

 

10.43†

 

Main Services Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2024, by and between the Registrant and Mytos Bio Limited

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

 

 

 

23.2*

 

Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

 

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

 

 

107

 

Filing Fee Table

 

* To be filed by amendment.

† Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been redacted in compliance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(10)(iv).

# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

II-6


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on this 9th day of October, 2026.

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

 

 

Name: Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

 

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

II-7


Table of Contents

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Damien McDevitt, Ph.D. and Dalen Meeter each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for them and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any registration statement (including any amendment thereto) for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their substitute and substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

 

President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

October 9, 2026

 

Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dalen Meeter

 

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

October 9, 2026

 

Dalen Meeter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Faheem Hasnain

Faheem Hasnain

 

Executive Chairman and Director

 

October 9, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas Daniel, M.D.

Thomas Daniel, M.D.

 

Director

 

October 9, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas Fisher, M.D.

Douglas Fisher, M.D.

 

Director

 

October 9, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Cindy Perettie

Cindy Perettie

 

Director

 

October 9, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Caryn Peterson

Caryn Peterson

 

Director

 

October 9, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew Spaventa

Andrew Spaventa

 

Director

 

October 9, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Peter A. Thompson, M.D.

 

Director

 

October 9, 2026

Peter A. Thompson, M.D.

 

 

 

II-8


Exhibit 1.1

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

(a Delaware corporation)

[●] Shares of Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[●], 2026

Leerink Partners LLC

Piper Sandler & Co.

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

UBS Securities LLC

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

 

c/o

Leerink Partners LLC

53 State Street, 40th Floor

Boston, MA 02109

 

 

c/o

Piper Sandler & Co.

350 North 5th Street, Suite 1000

Minneapolis, MN 55401

 

 

c/o

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

787 7th Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10019

 

 

c/o

UBS Securities LLC

11 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

 

 

c/o

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), confirms its agreement with Leerink Partners LLC (“Leerink Partners”), Piper Sandler & Co. (“Piper Sandler”), Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“Stifel”), UBS Securities LLC (“UBS Securities”), Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. (“Oppenheimer”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for which Leerink Partners, Piper Sandler, Stifel, UBS Securities and Oppenheimer are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) set forth in Schedule A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [●] additional shares of Common Stock. The

 


 

aforesaid [●] shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [●] shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are herein called, collectively, the “Securities.”

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Underwriting Agreement (this “Agreement”) has been executed and delivered.

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-[●]), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 424(b) (“Rule 424(b)”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time such registration statement became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “Rule 430A Information.” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities is herein called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”).

As used in this Agreement:

“Applicable Time” means [__:00 [P./A.]M.], New York City time, on [●], 2026 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

“General Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule B‑1 hereto, all considered together.

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show for an offering that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the

 

2


 

Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (a “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule B-2 hereto.

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act.

“Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405.

SECTION 1.
Representations and Warranties.
(a)
Representations and Warranties by the Company. The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
(i)
Registration Statement and Prospectuses. Each of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued by the Commission under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued by the Commission and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted by the Commission or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

The Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and the filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus with the Commission have been duly authorized by and on behalf of the Company, and the Registration Statement has been duly executed pursuant to such authorization.

(ii)
Accurate Disclosure. Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package, (B) any individual Issuer

 

3


 

Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, nor (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto, including any prospectus wrapper) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting—Discounts and Commissions” and the second, third and fourth paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting—Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” in each case contained in the Prospectus (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

(iii)
Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified. The foregoing sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities. Any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the 1933 Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the 1933 Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Except for the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule B-2 hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to the Representatives before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without the prior consent of the Representatives, prepare, use or refer to, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.
(iv)
Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company (A) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of Leerink Partners, Piper Sandler, Stifel and UBS Securities with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act and (B) has not authorized anyone other than Leerink Partners, Piper Sandler, Stifel and UBS Securities to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that Leerink Partners, Piper Sandler, Stifel and UBS Securities have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters

 

4


 

Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule B-3 hereto.
(v)
Company Not Ineligible Issuer. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.
(vi)
Emerging Growth Company Status. From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any individual or entity authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).
(vii)
Independent Accountants. The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
(viii)
Financial Statements; Non-GAAP Financial Measures. The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, comply as to form in all material respects with Regulation S-X under the 1933 Act and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and Item 10 of Regulation S-K, to the extent applicable.
(ix)
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (taking into account all

 

5


 

exemptions and phase-in periods provided under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and otherwise under applicable law).
(x)
No Material Adverse Change in Business. Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company, (C) there have been no material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, entered into by the Company and (D) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.
(xi)
Good Standing of the Company. The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xii)
Subsidiaries. The Company has no subsidiaries (as defined in Rule 405).
(xiii)
Capitalization. The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, (A) pursuant to this Agreement, (B) pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (C) pursuant to the conversion of convertible securities or exercise of options referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus). The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non‑assessable. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The descriptions of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus accurately and fairly present the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights.
(xiv)
Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
(xv)
Authorization and Description of Securities. The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non‑assessable; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The Common Stock conforms, in all

 

6


 

material respects, to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder.
(xvi)
Registration Rights. There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement, other than those rights that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and have been waived.
(xvii)
Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts. The Company is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company.
(xviii)
Listing. The Securities have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, subject to notice of issuance.
(xix)
Absence of Labor Dispute. No labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7


 

(xx)
Absence of Proceedings. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect its respective properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company is a party or of which any of its respective properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xxi)
Accuracy of Exhibits. There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.
(xxii)
Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).
(xxiii)
Possession of Licenses and Permits. The Company possesses such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by it, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has fulfilled and performed all of its material obligations with respect to the Governmental Licenses and, to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Company as a holder of any permit, except where the failure to so fulfill or perform, or the occurrence of such event, would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except where the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not received any written notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xxiv)
Title to Property. The Company has good and marketable title to all real property owned by it and good title to all other properties owned by it, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property

 

8


 

and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and under which the Company holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and the Company has not received any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.
(xxv)
Title to Intellectual Property. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company owns or has a valid and enforceable license under all patents, patent applications, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property necessary for, or used in the conduct or the proposed conduct of, the business of the Company in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”), except where the failure to so own or hold as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate to have a Material Adverse Effect. The patents, trademarks, and copyrights, if any, included within the Intellectual Property are valid, enforceable, and subsisting. Other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) the Company is not obligated to pay a material royalty, grant a license to, or provide other material consideration to any third party in connection with the Intellectual Property, (B) the Company has not received any written notice of any claim of infringement, misappropriation or conflict with any asserted rights of others with respect to any of the Company’s drug candidates, services, processes or Intellectual Property, (C) to the knowledge of the Company, neither the sale nor use of any of the discoveries, inventions, drug candidates, services or processes of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus does or will, to the knowledge of the Company, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any right or valid patent claim of any third party, (D) none of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in material violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, upon any of its officers, directors or employees or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons, (E) to the knowledge of the Company, no third party has any ownership right in or to any Intellectual Property that is owned by the Company, other than any co-owner of any patent constituting Intellectual Property who is listed on the records of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”) and any co-owner of any patent application constituting Intellectual Property who is named in such patent application, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no third party has any ownership right in or to any Intellectual Property in any field of use that is exclusively licensed to the Company, other than any licensor to the Company of such Intellectual Property, (F) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no, and there has not been any, infringement, misappropriation or other violation by third parties of any Intellectual Property, (G) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s rights in or to any Intellectual Property, and (H) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any Intellectual Property. The Company is in compliance in all material respects with the terms of each agreement pursuant to which Intellectual Property has been licensed to the Company, and all such agreements are in full force and effect. All employees or contractors engaged in the development of Intellectual Property on behalf of the Company have executed an invention assignment agreement whereby such employees or contractors presently assign, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all of their right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property to the Company, and to the Company’s knowledge no such agreement has

 

9


 

been breached or violated. To the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company is in or has been in violation of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company. The Company uses, and has used, commercially reasonable efforts to appropriately maintain all information intended to be maintained as a trade secret. To the Company’s knowledge, the product candidates described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus as under development by the Company will fall within the scope of the claims of one or more patents or patent applications owned by, or exclusively licensed to, the Company, as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, no government funding, facilities or resources of a university, college, other educational institution or research center was used in the development of any Intellectual Property that is owned or purported to be owned by the Company that would confer any governmental agency or body, university, college, other educational institution or research center any claim or right of ownership to any such Intellectual Property.
(xxvi)
Patents and Patent Applications. All patents and patent applications owned by or licensed to the Company have, to the knowledge of the Company, been duly and properly filed and maintained. To the knowledge of the Company, the parties prosecuting such patent applications have complied in all material respects with their duty of candor and disclosure to the USPTO in connection with such applications. The Company is not aware of any facts required to be disclosed to the USPTO that were not disclosed to the USPTO and which would preclude the grant of a patent in connection with any such application or would reasonably be expected to form the basis of a finding of invalidity with respect to any patents that have issued with respect to such applications. To the Company’s knowledge, all patents and patent applications owned by the Company or for which it has filing, prosecution and/or maintenance responsibilities and filed with the USPTO or any foreign or international patent authority (the “Company Patent Rights”) and all other patents and patent applications in-licensed by the Company and filed with the USPTO or any foreign or international patent authority (the “In-licensed Patent Rights”) have been duly and properly filed. The Company has complied with its duty of candor and disclosure to the USPTO, and all such requirements in the relevant foreign patent authority having similar requirements as the case may be, in connection with the Company Patent Rights and, to the Company’s knowledge, the licensors of the In-licensed Patent Rights have complied with their duty of candor and disclosure to the USPTO for the In-licensed Patent Rights, and all such requirements in the relevant foreign patent authority having similar requirements as the case may be. To the Company’s knowledge, there is no third party patent or patent application that contains claims that dominate or may dominate (as such term is described in 35 U.S.C. §135 and 37 C.F.R. §§ 41.100 to 41.208) the issued claims of any of the Intellectual Property or from which the issued claims of any of the Intellectual Property of the Company are derived (as such term is described in 35 U.S.C. §135 and 37 C.F.R. §§ 42.400 to 42.412).
(xxvii)
Compliance with Health Care Laws. Except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company, during the past three (3) years: (i) has operated and currently operates its business in compliance with all applicable Health Care Laws (as defined below) and any other applicable requirements of the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), the Department of Health and Human Services and any comparable state, local or foreign regulatory authority to which its business and operations are subject (collectively, “Regulatory Authorities”); (ii) has not received any FDA Form-483, written notice of adverse finding, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or written notice from any court or arbitrator or governmental or Regulatory Authority alleging or asserting non-compliance with (A)

 

10


 

any applicable Health Care Laws or (B) any licenses, certificates, approvals, clearances, exemptions, registrations, authorizations, certificates, permits and supplements or amendments thereto required pursuant to any such applicable Health Care Laws (collectively, “Regulatory Authorizations”); (iii) possesses all Regulatory Authorizations required to conduct its business as currently conducted, and is not in violation of any term of any such Regulatory Authorizations, and all such Regulatory Authorizations are valid and current; (iv) has not received written notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any governmental authority or Regulatory Authority or any other third party alleging that any product, operation, or activity is in violation of any applicable Health Care Laws or Regulatory Authorizations and has no knowledge that any Regulatory Authority, governmental authority, or any other third party has threatened any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding; (v) has not received written notice that any Regulatory Authority has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any Regulatory Authorizations and has no knowledge that any applicable Regulatory Authority is threatening such action; (vi) has no knowledge of any event that has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation, termination, or any other impairment of the rights of the holder of, any Regulatory Authorization; (vii) has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any applicable Health Care Laws or Regulatory Authorizations and all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were complete and correct on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission); (viii) is not a party to or does not have any ongoing reporting obligations pursuant to any corporate integrity agreements, deferred or non-prosecution agreements, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders, plans of correction or similar agreements with or imposed by any applicable Regulatory Authority; and (ix) neither it nor any of its employees, officers or directors, or, to the Company’s knowledge, agents, has been excluded, suspended or debarred from participation in any government health care program or human clinical research or, to the knowledge of the Company, is subject to a governmental inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or other similar action that could reasonably be expected to result in debarment, suspension, or exclusion. The term “Health Care Laws” means all applicable laws and regulations related to the research, investigation, development, production, testing, packaging, labeling, distribution, storage, shipping, transport, marketing, advertising, promotion, sale, export, import, use, handling, control, safety, efficacy, reliability or manufacturing of pharmaceutical products, including, without limitation, Title XVIII of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1395-1395hhh (the Medicare statute), Title XIX of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1396-1396v (the Medicaid statute), and any other law pertaining to or governing a government healthcare program; the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b); the civil False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. §§ 3729 et seq.; the criminal false statements law, 42 U.S.C. 1320a-7b(a); any criminal laws relating to health care fraud and abuse, including but not limited to 18 U.S.C. Sections 286, 287, 1035, 1347 and 1349 and the health care fraud criminal provisions under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1320d et seq., (“HIPAA”); the Civil Monetary Penalties Law, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1320a-7a and 1320a-7b; the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h; the Exclusion Laws, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7; HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 17921 et seq.; the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq.; the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. § 201 et seq.; the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws; and any comparable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations.

 

11


 

(xxviii)
Clinical Studies. All pre-clinical and clinical studies, tests and trials conducted by or on behalf of or sponsored by the Company, or in which the Company has participated with respect to its product candidates, including without limitation any such studies, tests and trials that are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or the results of which are referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as applicable, were, and if still pending are, being conducted in all material respects in accordance with all applicable Health Care Laws and Regulatory Authorizations and any applicable rules, regulations, and protocols to which such studies, tests or trials are or were subject. The descriptions of the results from such studies, tests and trials contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are accurate in all material respects, and the Company has no knowledge of any other studies, tests or trials not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the results of which are materially inconsistent with or call into question in any material respect the results described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus. The Company has not received any written notices, correspondence or other communications from any Regulatory Authority, institutional review board or other entity having authority over the conduct of such studies, tests, or trials requiring or threatening the termination, material modification, clinical hold or suspension of any such studies, tests or trials being conducted or proposed to be conducted by or on behalf of the Company, other than ordinary course communications with respect to modifications in connection with the design and implementation of such studies, tests or trials, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no reasonable grounds for the same.
(xxix)
Environmental Laws. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company is not in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Company has all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and is in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company and (D) there are no events or circumstances that might reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.
(xxx)
ERISA Compliance. The Company and any “employee benefit plan” (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, “ERISA”)) established or maintained by the Company or its “ERISA Affiliates” (as defined below) are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA. “ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to the Company, any member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”) of which

 

12


 

the Company is a member. None of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (i) a failure to maintain and operate any “employee benefit plan” in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including ERISA and the Code; (ii) a non-exempt prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code; (iii) a “reportable event,” within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which notice is waived; (iv) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to any “employee benefit plan” in the current fiscal year of the Company compared to the amount of such contributions made in the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company; (v) a material increase in the “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) of the Company compared to the amount of such obligations in the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company; or (vi) the filing of a claim by one or more employees or former employees of the Company related to their employment that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates, if such “employee benefit plan” were terminated, would have any “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (as defined under ERISA). Neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “employee benefit plan” or (ii) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of the Code. Each employee benefit plan established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification. Neither the Company nor any member of its “controlled group” (defined as any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or any entity that would be regarded as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code) maintains, or has maintained, a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(c)(3) of ERISA or a plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of Title IV of ERISA.
(xxxi)
Accounting Controls. The Company maintains effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13a-15 and Rule 15d-15 under the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act Regulations”)) and a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
(xxxii)
Payment of Taxes. All U.S. federal income tax returns of the Company required by law to be filed have been filed and all U.S. federal income taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed against the Company, which are due and payable by the Company, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in conformity with GAAP . The Company has filed all other tax

 

13


 

returns that are required to have been filed by it pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been established by the Company. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are, in conformity with GAAP, adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xxxiii)
Insurance. The Company carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as the Company reasonably believes are adequate for the conduct of its business and as are generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.
(xxxiv)
Investment Company Act. The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).
(xxxv)
Absence of Manipulation. Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.
(xxxvi)
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. None of the Company, or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company has and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
(xxxvii)
Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any

 

14


 

Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.
(xxxviii)
Sanctions. Neither the Company nor any of its directors, officers, or employees, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, controlled affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company is currently the subject or the target of any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, His Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”); nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or the target of comprehensive Sanctions, including, without limitation, the Crimea region, the non-government controlled areas of the Zaporizhzhia and Kherson Regions of Ukraine (or any other covered region of Ukraine identified pursuant to Executive Order 14065), the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic, the so-called Luhansk People’s Republic, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, and Syria (before July 1, 2025) (each a “Sanctioned Country”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, or any joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of such financing, is the subject or the target of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of applicable Sanctions. Since April 24, 2019, the Company has not knowingly engaged in and is not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.
(xxxix)
Outbound Investment Security Program. The Company is not a “covered foreign person,” as that term is defined in 31 C.F.R. § 850.209. The Company does not currently engage, or have plans to engage, directly or indirectly, in a “covered activity,” as that term is defined in 31 C.F.R. § 850.208 (“Covered Activity”). The Company does not have any joint ventures that engage in or plan to engage in any Covered Activity. The Company also does not, directly or indirectly, hold a board seat on, have a voting or equity interest in, or have any contractual power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of any person or persons that engages or plans to engage in any Covered Activity.
(xl)
Lending Relationship. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any banking or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.
(xli)
Statistical and Market-Related Data. Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.
(xlii)
Maintenance of Rating. The Company has no debt securities or preferred stock that is rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act).

 

15


 

(xliii)
IT Systems and Information Security. Except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company’s information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (collectively, “IT Systems”) are adequate for, and operate and perform as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company as currently conducted, and, to the Company’s knowledge, are free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants. The Company has implemented and maintained commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards to maintain and protect its material confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems and data (including “personal data” as defined by GDPR and all personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (“Data”)) collected, stored, used or otherwise processed in connection with its business that are reasonably consistent with industry standards and practices, or as required by applicable regulatory standards. There have been no breaches, violations, outages or accidental, unlawful or unauthorized use, loss, exfiltration, encryption, disclosure, destruction, or other processing of, or access to any IT System or Data used in connection with the operation of the Company’s business (“Security Incident”), except for those that have been remedied without material cost or liability or the duty to notify any other person, nor are there any incidents under internal review or investigations relating to the same.
(xliv)
Data Privacy Compliance. The Company is and has at all times been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable (A) laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, and (B) internal and external policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems or the privacy, security or processing of Personal Data (as defined below) and to the protection of such IT Systems and Personal Data from Security Incidents (collectively, the “Privacy Requirements”). “Personal Data” means information in any form that directly or indirectly identifies, relates to, describes, or is reasonably capable of being associated with or linked to, a natural person, and/or is considered “personally identifiable information,” “personal information,” “protected health information,” “consumer health data,” “personal data,” “nonpublic personal information,” or any similar term by any applicable Privacy Requirements. The Company has in place, complies with, and takes commercially reasonable steps designed to (i) ensure compliance with its privacy policies, all third-party contractual obligations and binding industry standards regarding Personal Data, and (ii) reasonably protect the security and confidentiality of all Personal Data. The Company has at all times made all disclosures to users, customers or other data subjects required by applicable Privacy Requirements, and none of such disclosures made or contained in any such disclosure have been inaccurate, incomplete, misleading or in violation of any applicable Privacy Requirements in any material respect. The Company has not received any written notice of any actual or potential liability under or relating to, or actual or potential violation of, any of the Privacy Requirements. There is no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened alleging non-compliance with Privacy Requirements. The Company (i) is not a “covered person,” (ii) is not a party to and has not engaged in, facilitated, permitted, or directed, directly or indirectly, any “covered data transaction,” including any investments from “covered persons” that do not constitute a “passive investment,” (iii) has not engaged in transactions with the purpose of evading or avoiding the prohibitions in the DOJ DSP Rule (as defined below), and (iv) has not granted any “country of concern” or “covered person” “access” to any “government-related data” or “bulk U.S. sensitive personal data,” as all such terms are defined under 28 CFR Part 202, “Preventing Access to U.S. Sensitive Personal Data and Government-Related Data by Countries of Concern or Covered Persons,” including any amendments thereto and guidance provided thereunder (the “DOJ DSP Rule”).

 

16


 

(xlv)
No Broker Fees. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the offering of the Securities contemplated hereby.
(b)
Officer’s Certificates. Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.
SECTION 2.
Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing.
(a)
Initial Securities. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, that number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.
(b)
Option Securities. In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [●] shares of Common Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time from time to time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but any Date of Delivery after the Closing Time shall not be later than seven full business days nor earlier than two full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.
(c)
Payment. Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on [closing date] (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”). Delivery of the Initial Securities at the Closing Time shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the

 

17


 

Representatives to the Company. Delivery of the Option Securities on each such Date of Delivery shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company, against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates or security entitlements for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for their accounts, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. Each of Leerink Partners, Piper Sandler, Stifel, UBS Securities and Oppenheimer, individually and not as representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 3.
Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:
(a)
Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests. The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representatives as soon as practicable, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will use reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof as soon as practicable.
(b)
Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein

 

18


 

not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or the 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.
(c)
Delivery of Registration Statements. The Company will furnish or deliver, upon request, to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
(d)
Delivery of Prospectuses. The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
(e)
Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company will use reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

19


 

(f)
Rule 158. The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available (which may be satisfied by filing such reports with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR) to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earning statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.
(g)
Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in all material respects in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds.”
(h)
Listing. The Company will use reasonable best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.
(i)
Restriction on Sale of Securities. During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of Leerink Partners, Piper Sandler, Stifel and UBS Securities, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file or confidentially submit any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing, (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) publicly announce an intention to effect any such swap, agreement or other transaction described in clauses (i) and (ii). The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder; (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise (including any net exercise or exercise by delivery of already owned shares of Common Stock) of an option or warrant or upon vesting of restricted stock units or the conversion of a convertible security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing employee benefit or equity incentive plans of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (D) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase shares of, or restricted stock units with respect to, Common Stock granted pursuant to any existing non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, provided that the recipient of any shares of Common Stock, options to purchase Common Stock, or restricted stock units with respect to Common Stock issued pursuant to clauses (C) and (D), as applicable, executes a lock-up agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto; (E) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto; or (F) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Stock, or the entrance into an agreement to issue Common Stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Stock, in connection with any bona fide merger, joint venture, strategic alliances, commercial or other collaborative transaction or the acquisition or license of the business, property, technology or other assets of another individual or entity or the assumption of an employee benefit plan in connection with a merger or acquisition; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Stock that the Company may issue or agree to issue pursuant to this clause (F) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and provided further, that the recipients of such securities provide to the Representatives a signed lock-up letter substantially in the form of the lock-up letter attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

20


 

(j)
Lock-Up Release or Waiver. If Leerink Partners, Piper Sandler, Stifel and UBS Securities, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 5(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.
(k)
Reporting Requirements. The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.
(l)
Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representatives will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule B-2 hereto and any “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Representatives. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representatives as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement which has not been superseded or modified, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.
(m)
Testing-the-Waters Materials. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify Leerink Partners, Piper Sandler, Stifel and UBS Securities and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.
(n)
Emerging Growth Company Status. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(i).

 

21


 

SECTION 4.
Payment of Expenses.
(a)
Expenses. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates or security entitlements for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters (but not the sale of such Securities by the Underwriters), (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of a “Blue Sky Survey” and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged with the Company’s consent in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants; provided that the Company and Underwriters shall each pay 50% of the total costs of chartering any aircraft to be used in connection with any such “road shows”, (viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the Nasdaq Global Select Market; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or reimburse the Underwriters for fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in excess of an aggregate of $45,000 in connection with clauses (v) and (viii).
(b)
Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i), Section 9(a)(iii) or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their reasonably documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters; provided that the Company shall have no obligation to reimburse out-of-pocket expenses solely attributable to any Underwriter that defaults on its obligations as described in Section 10 hereof.
SECTION 5.
Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:
(a)
Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information. The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without

 

22


 

reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.
(b)
Opinion of Counsel for Company. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinion and the negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Time, of DLA Piper LLP (US), counsel for the Company, together with the opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP, special counsel for the Company with respect to certain intellectual property matters, and the opinion of the Company’s Vice President of Intellectual Property with respect to certain intellectual property matters, each in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of each such letter for each of the other Underwriters as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
(c)
Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinion and negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Time, of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letters for each of the other Underwriters in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and certificates of public officials.
(d)
Officers’ Certificate. At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the principal executive officer of the Company and of the principal financial officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.
(e)
Accountant’s Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(f)
Bring-down Comfort Letter. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

 

23


 

(g)
Approval of Listing. At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.
(h)
No Objection. FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.
(i)
Lock-up Agreements. At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto signed by all of the Company’s directors, officers and substantially all of its securityholders.
(j)
[Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate. On the date of this Agreement and at the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from the Company a certificate of its principal financial officer with respect to certain financial data contained in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, which certificate shall be in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.]
(k)
Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities. In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

(i) Officers’ Certificate. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the principal executive officer of the Company and of the principal financial officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

(ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company. If requested by the Representatives, the opinion and negative assurance letter of DLA Piper LLP (US), counsel for the Company, together with the opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP, special counsel for the Company with respect to certain intellectual property matters, and the opinion of the Company’s Vice President of Intellectual Property with respect to certain intellectual property matters, each in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinions and negative assurance letter required by Section 5(b) hereof.

(iii) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. If requested by the Representatives, the opinion and negative assurance letter, of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion and negative assurance letter required by Section 5(c) hereof.

(iv) Bring-down Comfort Letter. If requested by the Representatives, a letter from Ernst & Young LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

 

24


 

(v) [Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the principal financial officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(j) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.]

(l)
Additional Documents. At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any), counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such other documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.
(m)
Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 and 17 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 6.
Indemnification.
(a)
Indemnification of Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“Marketing Materials”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue

 

25


 

statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b)
Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers. Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.
(c)
Actions against Parties; Notification. Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

26


 

(d)
Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.
SECTION 7.
Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

 

27


 

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

SECTION 8.
Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.
SECTION 9.
Termination of Agreement.
(a)
Termination. The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in U.S. or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or (iv) if trading generally on the NYSE MKT or the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Global Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.
(b)
Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 and 17 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

28


 

SECTION 10.
Default by One or More of the Underwriters. If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non‑defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:
(i)
if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non‑defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non‑defaulting Underwriters, or
(ii)
if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non‑defaulting Underwriter.

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

SECTION 11.
Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to Leerink Partners at 1301 Avenue of the Americas, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10019, attention of Stuart R. Nayman, to Piper Sandler at 350 North 5th Street, Suite 1000, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401, attention of Prospectus Department, to Stifel at 787 Seventh Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10019, attention of Equity Capital Markets, to UBS Securities at 11 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010, attention of Equity Syndicate, and to Oppenheimer at 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, attention of Equity Capital Markets with a copy to DL-IBLegal@opco.com. Notices to the Company shall be directed to 10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100, San Diego, CA 92121, attention of Damien McDevitt, Ph.D., President and Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to DLA Piper LLP (US), 4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100, San Diego, CA 92121, attention of Randy Socol, Larry W. Nishnick and Bianca J. LaCaille.
SECTION 12.
No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or

 

29


 

its stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.
SECTION 13.
Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes. In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

For purposes of this Agreement, (A) “BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k); (B) “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b); (C) “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable; and (D) “U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

SECTION 14.
Parties. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.
SECTION 15.
Waiver of Trial by Jury. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

30


 

SECTION 16.
GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.
SECTION 17.
Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be instituted in (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan or (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court, as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
SECTION 18.
TIME. TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.
SECTION 19.
Partial Unenforceability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.
SECTION 20.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
SECTION 21.
Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
SECTION 22.
Entire Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

31


 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED

 

As of the date first above written:

 

LEERINK PARTNERS LLC

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

PIPER SANDLER & CO.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

UBS SECURITIES LLC

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


 

 

OPPENHEIMER & CO. INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

 

2


 

SCHEDULE A

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●].

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[●], being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $[●] per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

Name of Underwriter

Number of
Initial Securities

 

[  ]

Leerink Partners LLC

[  ]

Piper Sandler & Co.

[  ]

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

[  ]

UBS Securities LLC

[  ]

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

[  ]

 

 

 

 

Total

[  ]

 

 


 

SCHEDULE B-1

Pricing Terms

1. The Company is selling [●] shares of Common Stock.

2. The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [●] shares of Common Stock.

3. The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●].

 


 

SCHEDULE B-2

Free Writing Prospectuses

[None]

 


 

SCHEDULE B-3

List of Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

All written communications presented to potential investors in reliance on Section 5(d) of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and submitted to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Exhibit A

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

 

, 2026

Leerink Partners LLC

Piper Sandler & Co.

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

UBS Securities LLC

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

 

 

 

c/o

Leerink Partners LLC

 

53 State Street, 40th Floor

 

Boston, MA 02109

 

c/o

Piper Sandler & Co.

 

350 North 5th Street, Suite 1000

 

Minneapolis, MN 55401

 

c/o

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

 

787 7th Avenue, 11th Floor

 

New York, NY 10019

 

 

 

c/o

UBS Securities LLC

 

11 Madison Avenue

 

New York, NY 10010

 

c/o

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

 

85 Broad Street

 

New York, New York 10004

 

 

Re:

Proposed Public Offering by Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, a securityholder, officer and/or director of Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), understands that Leerink Partners LLC (“Leerink Partners”), Piper Sandler & Co. (“Piper Sandler”), Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“Stifel”), UBS Securities LLC (“UBS Securities”) and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. (“Oppenheimer”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with the Company providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of shares (the “Securities”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”). Leerink Partners, Piper Sandler, Stifel and UBS Securities are collectively referred to herein as the “Representatives.” In recognition of the benefit that such an offering will confer upon the undersigned as a securityholder, an officer and/or a director of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”) that, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the date that is 180 days from the date

 


 

of the Underwriting Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of Leerink Partners, Piper Sandler, Stifel and UBS Securities (collectively, the “Lock-Up Representatives”), on behalf of the Underwriters, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”), or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the Lock-Up Securities, or file or cause to be filed any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (1) the Lock-Up Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Lock-Up Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (2) the Company will agree in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Lock-Up Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (i) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Lock-Up Representatives, provided, in each case, that (1) in the cases of clauses (i)-(viii) below, the Lock-Up Representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period from each donee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case may be, (2) in the case of transfers pursuant to clauses (i)-(viii) below, any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (3) in the case of transfers pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) below, such transfers are not required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period), and (4) in the case of transfers pursuant to clauses (i),(vi)-(viii), and (ix) below, the undersigned does not voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period) and if any such filing or report shall be legally required during the Lock-Up Period, such filing or report shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the circumstances of such transfer or distribution:

(i)
as a bona fide gift or gifts, including without limitation to a charitable organization or educational institution, or for bona fide estate planning purposes;

 

-2-


 

(ii)
to an immediate family member of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin) or to any trust or similar entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned or, if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;
(iii)
to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the undersigned or an immediate family member of the undersigned is the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests;
(iv)
as a distribution or other transfer by a partnership to its partners or former partners or by a limited liability company to its members or retired members or by a corporation to its stockholders or former stockholders or to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation or to the estate of any such partners, members, stockholders or other equityholders;
(v)
to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by, or under common control with the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the undersigned is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership);
(vi)
by operation of law, including pursuant to a court or regulatory agency order, a settlement agreement or a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce decree (including to any nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a transfer or disposition would be permissible);
(vii)
by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession upon the death of the undersigned;
(viii)
to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (vii) above; or
(ix)
to the Company in satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation or remittance payments.

Furthermore, no provision in this lock-up agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit (1) the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities to the Company in connection with the death or disability of the undersigned, or the termination of the undersigned’s services to the Company, provided that any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act made in connection with such transfer shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (1); (2) the exercise or exchange by the undersigned of any option or warrant to acquire any shares of Common Stock or options to purchase shares of Common Stock, in each case for cash or on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, pursuant to any warrant, stock option, stock bonus or other stock plan or arrangement; provided, however, that the underlying shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this lock-up agreement and that any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act made in connection with such exercise or exchange shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (a) the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (2) and (b) no shares were sold by the reporting person; (3) the transfer of Lock-Up Securities upon the completion of a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the Company’s board of directors and made to all holders of the Company’s securities involving a change of control of the Company; provided, however, that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not

 

-3-


 

completed, such securities held by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this lock-up agreement; (4) the conversion of outstanding preferred stock of the Company into shares of Common Stock, provided that any such shares received upon such conversion shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this lock-up agreement; and (5) the transfer or disposition of shares of Common Stock purchased by the undersigned in the Public Offering or on the open market following the Public Offering; provided that the undersigned does not voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfer or disposition (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period).

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent the undersigned from establishing a 10b5-1 trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“10b5-1 Trading Plan”) or from amending an existing 10b5-1 Trading Plan so long as there are no sales of Lock-Up Securities under any such 10b5-1 Trading Plan during the Lock-Up Period; provided, however, that any public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment or amendment of such 10b5-1 Trading Plan shall clearly disclose that no shares of Common Stock shall be disposed by such plan during the duration of the Lock-Up Period.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters have not provided any recommendation or investment advice nor have the Underwriters solicited any action from the undersigned with respect to the Public Offering of the Securities and the undersigned has consulted their own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Representatives may be required or choose to provide certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures to you in connection with the Public Offering, the Representatives and the other Underwriters are not making a recommendation to you to enter into this lock-up agreement, and nothing set forth in such disclosures is intended to suggest that the Representatives or any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. This lock-up agreement shall automatically terminate, and the undersigned shall be released from the undersigned’s obligations hereunder, upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) the Company, on the one hand, or the Representatives, on the other hand, advises the other in writing prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering; (ii) the Company files an application to withdraw the registration statement related to the Public Offering; (iii) the Underwriting Agreement is executed but is terminated prior to the closing of the Public Offering (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination), or (iv) December 30, 2026, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date.

With respect to the Public Offering and during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned waives any registration rights relating to the registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of any shares of Common Stock and/or any Lock-Up Securities owned either of record or beneficially by the undersigned, including any rights to receive notice of the Public Offering. The undersigned further agrees that, to the extent that the terms of this lock-up agreement conflict with or are in any way inconsistent with any prior investor rights agreement, registration rights agreement, market stand-off agreement or any other lock-up or similar agreement to which the undersigned and the Company may be a party, this lock-up agreement supersedes such prior agreement.

 

-4-


 

This lock-up agreement may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com or www.echosign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

This lock-up agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-5-


 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

Name of Security Holder (Print exact name)

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

If not signing in an individual capacity:

 

 

Name of Authorized Signatory (Print)

 

 

Title of Authorized Signatory (Print)

 

 

 

(indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

 

 

 

 

 


 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Press Release

TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO SECTION 3(j)

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

[Date]

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Leerink Partners, Piper Sandler, Stifel and UBS Investment Bank, book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [●] shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [●] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [DATE], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 


Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this corporation is Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on May 18, 2018, under the name Aspen Biosciences, Inc. (the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

2. That the Board of Directors of this corporation duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

First: The name of this corporation is Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

Second: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 13 West Main Street, P.O. Box 953, in the City of Felton, County of Kent., 19943 The name of its registered agent at such address is Telos Legal Corp.

Third: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

Fourth: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 228,898,561 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 177,602,470 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A. COMMON STOCK

1. General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

 


 

2. Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held as of the applicable record date for each meeting of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

B. PREFERRED STOCK

76,173,492 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock”, 50,701,812 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock”, 20,631,861 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A-1 Preferred Stock”, 19,804,932 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A-2 Preferred Stock”, 8,323,862 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series Seed Preferred Stock”, and 1,966,511 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series Seed-2 Preferred Stock”, each such series having the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, “Series A Preferred Stock” shall mean shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock, collectively. References to “Junior Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series Seed-2 Preferred Stock, collectively. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

1. Dividends.

1.1 The holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, on a pari passu basis and out of any assets legally available therefor, at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the Series C Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum per outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock) (the “Series C Preferred Dividends”). Such Series C Preferred Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) and shall be non-cumulative. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of Junior Preferred Stock or Common Stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock. The “Series C Original Issue Price” for the Series C Preferred Stock shall mean $1.5179 per share, each subject to the appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock.

2


 

1.2 The holders of the Junior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, on a pari passu basis and out of any assets legally available therefor, at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum per outstanding share of Junior Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Junior Preferred Stock) (the “Junior Preferred Dividends”). Such Junior Preferred Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board and shall be non-cumulative. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than on the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 1.1 and dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation), the holders of the Junior Preferred Stock first receive the Junior Preferred Dividends described in the first sentence of this Section 1.2. In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Corporation shall pay a dividend on all outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock. The “Series B Original Issue Price” for the Series B Preferred Stock shall mean $2.9109 per share, each subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “Series A-1 Original Issue Price” for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall mean $1.696405 per share, each subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock. The “Series A-2 Original Issue Price” for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall mean $1.767236 per share, each subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series Seed A-2 Preferred Stock. The “Series Seed Original Issue Price” for the Series Seed Preferred Stock shall mean $0.540614 per share, each subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series Seed Preferred Stock. The “Series Seed-2 Original Issue Price” for the Series Seed-2 Preferred Stock shall mean $1.029742 per share, each subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series Seed-2 Preferred Stock. The “Original Issue Price” shall mean, with respect to shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C Original Issue Price, with respect to shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price, with respect to shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Original Issue Price, with respect to shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, the Series A-2 Original Issue Price, with respect to shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Series Seed Original Issue Price, and with respect to shares of Series Seed-2 Preferred Stock, the Series Seed-2 Original Issue Price, respectively.

2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

2.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series C Preferred Stock. In the event of (a) any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, and (b) a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of the Available Proceeds (as defined below), as applicable, on a pari passu basis based on their respective Series C Liquidation Amount (as defined below) and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock and Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series C Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of such series of Series C Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to liquidation, dissolution, winding up, or Deemed Liquidation Event (the “Series C Liquidation Preference”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution, winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation

3


 

available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section 2.1, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under this Section 2.1 is hereinafter referred to as the “Series C Liquidation Amount.”

2.2 Preferential Payments to Holders of Junior Preferred Stock. In the event of (a) any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after payment of the Series C Liquidation Preference, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, and (b) a Deemed Liquidation Event, after payment of the Series C Liquidation Preference, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of the Available Proceeds, as applicable, on a pari passu basis based on their respective Junior Liquidation Amount (as defined below) and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share of such series of Junior Preferred Stock equal to the greater of (i) one times the applicable Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share of such series of Junior Preferred Stock as would have been payable had all shares of such series of Junior Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable per each series of Junior Preferred Stock pursuant to this sentence is hereafter referred to as the “Junior Liquidation Preference”, and together with the Series C Liquidation Preference, the “Liquidation Preferences” and each a “Liquidation Preference”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, and after the payment of the Series C Liquidation Preference, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section 2.2, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution (after payment of the Series C Liquidation Preference) in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Junior Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under this Section 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “Junior Liquidation Amount” (the Junior Liquidation Amount together with the Series C Liquidation Amount, the “Liquidation Amounts” and each a “Liquidation Amount”).

2.3 Payments to Holders of Common Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or Deemed Liquidation Event after the payment in full of all Liquidation Amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1 and Section 2.2 hereof, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders or, in the case of a Deemed Liquidation Event, the consideration not payable to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1 and Section 2.2 hereof, or the remaining Available Proceeds, as the case may be, shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

4


 

2.4 Deemed Liquidation Events.

2.4.1 Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis (the “Requisite Holders”) and (i) with respect to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C Majority (as defined below) and (ii) with respect to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Majority (as defined below), elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least five (5) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a) a merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance in which

(i)
the Corporation is a constituent party;
(ii)
a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance; or
(iii)
capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto is exchanged for or converted into securities of a class of securities of the surviving or acquiring entity registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

except, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, any such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation; or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation.

(b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets or intellectual property of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition (whether by merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, domestication, continuance or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets or intellectual property of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

5


 

2.4.2 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.

(a) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.4.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “Merger Agreement”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation in such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be paid to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section 2.1, Section 2.2 and Section 2.3.

(b) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.4.1(a)(ii) or 2.4.1(b), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90th) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause; (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (iii) if the Requisite Holders so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”), on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event (such date being the “Redemption Date”), to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the applicable Liquidation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock based on the order of priority set forth in Section 2.1 and Section 2.2, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.4.2(b), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event. On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has previously exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 5, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, as requested in writing by the Corporation, and thereupon the applicable Liquidation Amount for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

2.4.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities to be paid or distributed to such holders pursuant to such Deemed Liquidation Event. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

6


 

2.4.4 Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.4.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section 2.1, Section 2.2, and Section 2.3 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section 2.1, Section 2.2, and Section 2.3 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2.4.4, consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

3. Voting.

3.1 General. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

3.2 Election of Directors. The holders of record of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series C Director”), the holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series B Director”), the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “Series A Directors”), the holders of record of the shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (together with the Series C Director, the Series B Director and the Series A Directors, the “Preferred Directors”) and the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of such series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of

7


 

electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.2, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Section 3.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.2, for administrative convenience, the initial Series C Director may also be appointed by the Board in connection with the approval of the initial issuance of Series C Preferred Stock without a separate action by the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock.

3.3 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 44,342,972 shares of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, domestication, transfer, continuance, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, waiver, statutory conversion, or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.3.1 liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

3.3.2 amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

3.3.3 increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

3.3.4 create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

3.3.5 pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or services at no greater than the original purchase price thereof, or (iv) pursuant to the exercise of a right of first refusal in favor of this Corporation to the extent approved by the Board, including the approval of a majority of the then-sitting Preferred Directors (the “Requisite Preferred Directors”);

3.3.6 (i) create, adopt, amend, terminate or repeal any equity (or equity-linked) compensation plan (including, without limitation, the Corporation’s 2018 Stock Plan); or (ii) increase the number of shares reserved under any such plan including, without limitation, the Corporation’s 2018 Stock Plan;

3.3.7 take any action that would result in the taxation of holders of Preferred Stock under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute thereto;

8


 

3.3.8 increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board, change the number of votes entitled to be cast by any director or directors on any matter, or adopt any provision inconsistent with Article Sixth;

3.3.9 create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one (1) or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or permit any subsidiary to create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue, any shares of any class or series of capital stock, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary;

3.3.10 enter into any real estate lease or extend any real estate lease, unless (i) the aggregate annual cost to the Corporation is less than $1,000,000 or (ii) it is approved by the Board, including the approval of the Requisite Preferred Directors; or

3.3.11 create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security or create any lien or security interest (except for purchase money liens or statutory liens of landlords, mechanics, materialmen, workmen, warehousemen and other similar persons arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business) or incur other indebtedness for borrowed money, including but not limited to obligations and contingent obligations under guarantees, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security lien, security interest or other indebtedness for borrowed money, if the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for borrowed money following such action would exceed $5,000,000 other than equipment leases, bank lines of credit or trade payables incurred in the ordinary course unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board, including the approval of the Requisite Preferred Directors.

3.4 Series C Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 18,985,728 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, domestication, transfer, continuance, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, waiver, statutory conversion, or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Majority”) given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.4.1 amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series C Preferred Stock (provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that the creation of a senior or pari passu equity series of capital stock, Option or Convertible Security shall not be deemed, in and of itself, to adversely amend or cause a loss of any of the powers, preferences or rights of the Series C Preferred Stock), or amend this Section 3.4.

3.5 Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 7,667,730 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, domestication, transfer, continuance, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, waiver, statutory conversion, or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote

9


 

required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Majority”) given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.5.1 amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series B Preferred Stock (provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that the creation of a senior or pari passu equity series of capital stock, Option or Convertible Security shall not be deemed, in and of itself, to adversely amend or cause a loss of any of the powers, preferences or rights of the Series B Preferred Stock), or amend this Section 3.5.

3.6 Series A Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 8,168,234 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.6.1 amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series A Preferred Stock (provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that the creation of a senior or pari passu equity series of capital stock, Option or Convertible Security shall not be deemed, in and of itself, to adversely amend or cause a loss of any of the powers, preferences or rights of the Series A Preferred Stock), or amend this Section 3.6.

4. Optional Conversion.

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

4.1 Right to Convert.

4.1.1 Conversion Ratio. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price by the applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series C Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series C Original Issue Price. The “Series B Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series B Original Issue Price. The “Series A-1 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series A-1 Original Issue Price. The “Series A-2 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series A-2 Original Issue Price. The “Series Seed Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series Seed Original Issue Price. The “Series Seed-2 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series Seed-2 Original Issue Price. The “Conversion Price” shall mean, with respect to shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C Conversion Price, with respect to shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Conversion Price, with respect to shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, with respect to shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, the Series A-2 Conversion Price, with respect to shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Series Seed Conversion Price, and with respect to shares of Series Seed-2 Preferred Stock, the

10


 

Series Seed-2 Conversion Price, respectively. Each initial Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for the period beginning on the date this Certificate of Incorporation is accepted for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and ending on the date that is one (1) day immediately after the Special Mandatory Conversion Time (as defined below), no shares of Preferred Stock shall be convertible into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.1.

4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock; provided that the foregoing termination of Conversion Rights shall not affect the amount(s) otherwise paid or payable in accordance with Section 2.1 and Section 2.2 to holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event.

4.2 Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

4.3 Mechanics of Conversion.

4.3.1 Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall (a) provide written notice to the Corporation’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) that such holder elects to convert all or any number of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent, and (b), if such holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

11


 

4.3.2 Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (or any series thereof), the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

4.3.3 Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Section 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of the applicable series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock (or any series thereof) accordingly.

4.3.4 No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to any Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5 Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

4.4 Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

4.4.1 Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b) “Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series C Preferred Stock was issued.

12


 

(c) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(d) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

(i)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;
(ii)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section 4.5, Section 4.6, Section 4.7 or Section 4.8;
(iii)
shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to (A) the Corporation’s 2018 Stock Plan or (B) any other plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board, including the Requisite Preferred Directors;
(iv)
shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;
(v)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing, real property leasing transaction, or similar transaction approved by the Board including the Requisite Preferred Directors;
(vi)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board including the Requisite Preferred Directors;

13


 

(vii)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as acquisition consideration pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board including the Requisite Preferred Directors;
(viii)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board including the Requisite Preferred Directors;
(ix)
any other issuance of shares of Common Stock, Options, or Convertible Securities issued which are approved by the Requisite Holders, with such approval specifying that such securities shall be treated as Exempted Securities;
(x)
shares of Series C Preferred Stock; or
(xi)
shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Junior Preferred Stock pursuant to the Special Mandatory Conversion.

4.4.2 No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Series C Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the Series C Majority agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series B Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the Series B Majority agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series A-1 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series A-2 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series Seed Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series Seed-2 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series Seed-2 Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

14


 

4.4.3 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to any Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

15


 

(d) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

4.4.4 Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, then the Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1* (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “CP2” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b) “CP1” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

16


 

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued or deemed issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.5 Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance or deemed issuance of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

(i)
insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;
(ii)
insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board; and
(iii)
in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board.

(b) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

(i)
the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

17


 

(ii)
the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6 Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 then, upon the final such issuance, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

4.5 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this Section 4.5 shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

4.6 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

18


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.7 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.8 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Sections 4.4, Section 4.6 or Section 4.7), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

4.9 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

19


 

4.10 Notice of Record Date. In the event:

(a) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing the notice period may be shortened or eliminated by a vote or written consent of the Requisite Holders.

5. Mandatory Conversion.

5.1 Trigger Events.

5.1.1 Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $3.0358 per share (subject to appropriate adjustments in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation and in connection with such offering the Common Stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market, the New York Stock Exchange or another exchange or marketplace approved the Board, including the Requisite Preferred Directors or (b) immediately prior to the closing of a merger of the Corporation with a special purpose acquisition company in which (i) the post-merger Common Stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange or another nationally recognized exchange or marketplace approved by the Board, including the Requisite Preferred Directors at a price of at least $3.0358 per share (subject to appropriate adjustments in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), (ii) the stockholders of the Corporation receive upon conversion or exchange of their outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation securities constituting, or upon conversion would constitute (assuming conversion on such date), more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock of such special purpose acquisition company and (iii) the listed entity has at least $50,000,000 in unrestricted cash after accounting for any and all redemptions, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate. Any shares so converted in accordance with this Subsection 5.1.1 may not be reissued by the Corporation.

20


 

5.1.2 Upon the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Holders and (i) with respect to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C Majority and (ii) with respect to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Majority (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Subsection 4.1.1; provided, however, if such conversion is to be effected in connection with the consummation of a bona fide financing transaction (which for the avoidance of doubt shall not, for purposes of this Subsection 5.1.2, include a Deemed Liquidation Event), then the consent of the Series C Majority and Series B Majority shall not be required. Any shares so converted in accordance with this Subsection 5.1.2 may not be reissued by the Corporation.

5.2 Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the applicable Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 5.2. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay cash as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

5.3 Special Mandatory Conversion.

5.3.1 For purposes of this Section 5.3, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Converted Portion” means (i) one, minus (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the product of the Original Issue Price for each share of Series C Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock purchased by such Eligible Holder (or its Substitute Purchaser(s) on its behalf), by (b) such Eligible Holder’s Pro Rata Portion (as defined below).

21


 

(b) “Effective Time” shall mean the filing and effectiveness of this Restated Certificate pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law.

(c) “Eligible Holder” shall mean each holder of shares of the Corporation’s Junior Preferred Stock at the Effective Time.

(d) “Fully Defaulting Stockholder” shall mean any Eligible Holder who did not purchase (or have its Substitute Purchaser(s) purchase) at least fifty percent (50%) of its Pro Rata Portion worth of shares of Series C Preferred Stock at the Closing (as defined below).

(e) “Closing” means the Corporation’s sale and issuance of Series C Preferred Stock on the Original Issue Date.

(f) “Partially Defaulting Stockholder” shall mean any Eligible Holder who purchased (or had its Substitute Purchaser(s) purchase) fifty percent (50%) or more of its Pro Rata Portion worth of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, but less than one-hundred percent (100%) of its Pro Rata Portion, at the Closing.

(g) “Pro Rata Portion” shall mean, with respect to each Eligible Holder, an amount equal to the product of (A)(i) the number of shares of Junior Preferred Stock held by such Eligible Holder at the Effective Time, divided by (ii) the total number of shares of Junior Preferred Stock held by all Eligible Holders at the Effective Time, and (B) $37,500,000.

(h) “Substitute Purchaser(s)” means, with respect to any specified Eligible Holder, either (i) any other person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Eligible Holder, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, officer, director or trustee of such Eligible Holder, or any venture capital fund or registered investment company now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners, managing members or investment advisers of, or shares the same management company or investment adviser with, such Eligible Holder or (ii) a third-party approved by the Corporation in writing.

5.3.2 Trigger Event. In the event that any Eligible Holder does not purchase (or have its Substitute Purchaser(s) purchase) such Eligible Holder’s full Pro Rata Portion worth of shares of Series C Preferred Stock at the Closing (provided that the Corporation has sent to each such Eligible Holder prior notice of, and has presented each Eligible Holder with the opportunity to purchase that number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock at least equal to such Eligible Holder’s Pro Rata Portion), then:

(a) In the case of a Fully Defaulting Stockholder, all shares of each series of Junior Preferred Stock held by each Fully Defaulting Stockholder shall automatically, and without any further action on the part of such Fully Defaulting Stockholder, be converted into that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient of (A) the total number of shares of Junior Preferred Stock held by such Fully Defaulting Stockholder immediately prior to the Closing, divided by (B) ten (10), rounded down to the nearest whole share, and

(b) In the case of a Partially Defaulting Stockholder, the Converted Portion of each series of Junior Preferred Stock held by such Partially Defaulting Stockholder shall automatically, and without any further action on the part of such Partially Defaulting Stockholder, be converted into that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient of (A) the Converted Portion of each series of Junior Preferred Stock held by such Partially Defaulting Stockholder immediately prior to the Closing, divided by (B) ten (10), rounded down to the nearest whole share,

22


 

which automatic conversion shall be effective immediately following and subject to the Closing (the “Special Mandatory Conversion Time”). Such conversion is referred to as a “Special Mandatory Conversion.” Any transferee who receives shares of Junior Preferred Stock from an Eligible Holder at any time between the Effective Time and the Special Mandatory Conversion Time and who holds such shares of transferred stock at the Special Mandatory Conversion Time shall be subject to the Special Mandatory Conversion in accordance with this Section 5.3 in the same manner as the transferring Eligible Holder and such transferee shall be deemed to be an Eligible Holder and a Fully Defaulting Stockholder or Partially Defaulting Stockholder (as applicable) for purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation.

5.3.3 Procedural Requirements. Upon a Special Mandatory Conversion, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock converted pursuant to this Section 5.3 shall be sent notice of such Special Mandatory Conversion and the place designated for mandatory conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5.3. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of such shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to this Section 5.3, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote, will terminate at the time of the Special Mandatory Conversion (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates for such shares at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement), to receive the items provided for in the sentence immediately following the next sentence of this Section 5.3. In addition, any contractual rights (such as any rights of first offer, information or inspection rights or registration rights) associated with the Preferred Stock so converted pursuant to this Section 5.3 shall automatically terminate without any action of the Corporation or the holders thereof, except that the shares of Common Stock received in such conversion shall be subject to the lock-up requirement in connection with public offerings of equity securities of the Corporation that is associated with such Preferred Stock. As soon as practicable after the Special Mandatory Conversion and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock so converted, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued in connection with the Special Mandatory Conversion. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

5.3.4 No Double Counting. For the avoidance of doubt, the value of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall only be counted once for purposes of this Section 5.3.

5.3.5 Foreign Investors. For purposes of this Section 5.3, any non-U.S. Eligible Holder that cannot purchase such Eligible Holder’s Pro Rata Portion at the Closing solely because of a requirement to solicit regulatory approval from an applicable non-United States bank or governmental entity shall be deemed to have purchased (or had its Substitute Purchaser(s) purchase) such Eligible Holder’s Pro Rata Portion at the Closing if (i) such Eligible Holder (or its Substitute Purchaser(s)) confirms on the date of the Closing that it has begun the process to seek such approval and purchase at least its Pro Rata Portion, and (ii) the Corporation actually receives such Eligible Holder’s Pro Rata Portion within seven business days after the Closing.

23


 

6. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed, converted or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption, conversion or acquisition.

7. Waiver. Except as otherwise specified herein, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Holders.

8. Notices. Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

Fifth: Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

Sixth: Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Each director shall be entitled to one vote on each matter presented to the Board; provided, however, that, so long as the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to elect a Preferred Director, the affirmative vote the Requisite Preferred Directors shall be required for the authorization by the Board of any of the matters set forth in Section 5.4 of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among the Corporation and the other parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

Seventh: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

Eighth: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

Ninth: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

24


 

Tenth: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not (a) adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification or (b) increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

Eleventh: The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, affiliate or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the persons referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) are “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation while such Covered Person is performing services in such capacity. Any repeal or modification of this Article Eleventh will only be prospective and will not affect the rights under this Article Eleventh in effect at the time of the occurrence of any actions or omissions to act giving rise to liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders, will be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with this Article Eleventh.

Twelfth: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article Twelfth shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article Twelfth (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article Twelfth containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

25


 

Thirteenth: For purposes of Section 500 of the California Corporations Code (to the extent applicable), in connection with any repurchase of shares of Common Stock permitted under this Certificate of Incorporation from employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation in connection with a termination of employment or services pursuant to agreements or arrangements approved by the Board (in addition to any other consent required under this Certificate of Incorporation), such repurchase may be made without regard to any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code). Accordingly, for purposes of making any calculation under California Corporations Code Section 500 in connection with such repurchase, the amount of any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined therein) shall be deemed to be zero (0).

* * *

3. That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4. That this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

26


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 30th day of September, 2025.

 

By:

 

/s/ Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

 

 

 

Name:

 

Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

 

 

 

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

27


Exhibit 3.2

 

Amended and restated

Bylaws oF

ASPEN neuroscience, iNC.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or, if not determined by the Board of Directors, by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Chief Executive Officer; provided that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place but shall be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 1.12.

1.2 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors at a time and place to be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President or the holders of record of not less than 10% of all shares entitled to cast votes at the meeting, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting and shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board may fix. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings.

(a) Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date fixed by the Board of Directors for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law (meaning here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation). The notice of any meeting shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

 


 

(b) Notice to stockholders may be given by personal delivery, mail, or, with the consent of the stockholder entitled to receive notice, by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission. If mailed, such notice shall be delivered by postage prepaid envelope directed to each stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the corporation and shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail. Notice given by electronic transmission pursuant to this subsection shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a facsimile telecommunication number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (3) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by personal delivery, by mail, or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) Notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder if waived by such stockholder either in a writing signed by such stockholder or by electronic transmission, whether such waiver is given before or after such meeting is held. If such a waiver is given by electronic transmission, the electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

1.5 Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock, and showing the mailing address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, in the manner provided by law. If the meeting is held at a place, the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. This list shall determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

1.6 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Where a separate class vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

2


 

1.7 Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the Chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as Secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 4.5, written notice of the place, if any, date and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for such stockholder by a written proxy executed by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent or by an electronic transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. No stockholder may authorize more than one proxy for his shares. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or electronic transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or electronic transmission.

1.9 Action at Meeting.

(a) At any meeting of stockholders for the election of one or more directors at which a quorum is present, the election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election.

(b) All other matters shall be determined by a majority in voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of the shares of each such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter shall decide such matter), provided that a quorum is present, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

3


 

(c) All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or the stockholder’s proxy, a vote by ballot shall be taken. Each ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedures established for the meeting. The corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.

1.10 Conduct of Business. At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or, in his absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President, or, in his absence, such other person as may be appointed by the Board of Directors, shall act as chairman. The Secretary of the corporation or a person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting. Unless otherwise approved by the chairman of the meeting, attendance at the stockholders’ meeting is restricted to stockholders of record, persons authorized in accordance with Section 1.8 of these Bylaws to act by proxy, and officers of the corporation.

The chairman of the meeting shall call the meeting to order, establish the agenda, and conduct the business of the meeting in accordance therewith or, at the chairman’s discretion, the business of the meeting may be conducted otherwise in accordance with the wishes of the stockholders in attendance. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

1.11 Stockholder Action Without Meeting. Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, or by a proxy holder or other person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purpose of this Section 1.11, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (a) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (b) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced

4


 

in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

1.12 Meetings by Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (a) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (b) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (c) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy on the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

2.2 Number and Term of Office. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall initially be two (2) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). All directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.

2.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (other than removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, by the sole remaining director, or, to the extent required by the Certificate of Incorporation or if there are no directors, by the stockholders, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. No decrease in the number of authorized directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

5


 

2.4 Resignation. Any director may resign by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chairman of the Board or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

2.5 Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, by the sole remaining director, or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting or at a special meeting called in accordance with Section 1.3 above. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders.

2.6 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.7 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or two or more directors and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware.

2.8 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by whom it is not waived by (a) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (b) sending a facsimile to his last known facsimile number, or delivering written notice by hand to his last known business or home address, at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) mailing written notice to his last known business or home address at least three (3) days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

2.9 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication. Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

6


 

2.10 Quorum. At such time(s) as the corporation has two (2) or fewer sitting directors, two (2) directors shall constitute a quorum. At such time(s) as the corporation has more than two (2) directors, a majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.

2.11 Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.13 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as it therefor confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

2.14 Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

7


 

2.15 Nomination of Director Candidates. Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock then outstanding, nominations for the election of Directors may be made by (a) the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (b) any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors.

ARTICLE III

Officers

3.1 Enumeration. The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

3.2 Election. Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at any other meeting.

3.3 Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.4 Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing the officer, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

3.6 Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the Board. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to the Chairman by the Board of Directors and these Bylaws. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

3.7 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer of the corporation shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the chief executive officer of a corporation, including general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

8


 

3.8 President. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and such supervisory powers as may be given by these Bylaws or the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, if such titles be held by other officers, the President shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the corporation. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The President shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer.

3.9 Vice Presidents. Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

3.10 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are set forth in these Bylaws and as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.11 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to maintain the financial records of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

9


 

3.12 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to the Chief Financial Officer by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the corporation.

3.13 Salaries. Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.14 Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE IV

Capital Stock

4.1 Issuance of Stock. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Certificates of Stock. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class of shares of stock owned by such stockholder in the corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

4.3 Transfers. Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

10


 

4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The corporation may issue a new certificate in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day before the date on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, the close of business on the day before the date on which the meeting is held. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the date on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE V

General Provisions

5.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.2 Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the timeliness or manner of notice.

11


 

5.4 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the corporation, in person or by proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers that this corporation may possess by reason of this corporation’s ownership of securities in such other corporation or other organization.

5.5 Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability. Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

5.8 Pronouns. All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

5.9 Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by commercial courier service, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission, provided that notice to stockholders by electronic transmission shall be given in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his last known address as the same appears on the books of the corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively, notice to any stockholder shall be deemed given: (a) if by facsimile, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder; and (e) if by mail, when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

12


 

5.10 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the corporation, as provided by law, including reports made to the corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

5.11 Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

5.12 Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

5.13 Annual Report. For so long as the corporation has fewer than 100 holders of record of its shares, the mandatory requirement of an annual report under Section 1501 of the California Corporations Code is hereby expressly waived.

5.14 Forum for Certain Actions. Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the state of Delaware, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 5.14.

ARTICLE VI

Amendments

6.1 By the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.

6.2 By the Stockholders. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in any election of directors, voting together as a single class. Such vote may be held at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders provided that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

13


 

ARTICLE VII

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

7.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or a person of whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 7.2 of this Article VII, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (c) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in his capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

7.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 7.1 is not paid in full by the corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, or 20 days in the case of a claim for advancement of expenses, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware

14


 

General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, shall be on the corporation.

7.3 Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the corporation.

7.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7.5 Indemnification Contracts. The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VII.

7.6 Insurance. The corporation may maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

15


 

7.7 Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an indemnitee or his successor in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

16


 

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

OF

ASPEN BIOSCIENCES, INC.

CERTIFICATE BY SECRETARY OF ADOPTION

The undersigned hereby certifies that the undersigned is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Aspen Biosciences, Inc., and that the foregoing Bylaws were adopted as the Bylaws of the corporation on October 30, 2018, by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

That the foregoing Bylaws constitute the original Bylaws of said corporation duly adopted by the sole incorporator and approved by written consent of the Board of Directors in lieu of first meeting.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunder subscribed my name this 30th day of October, 2018.

 

/s/ Randy Socol

Randy Socol, Secretary

 

 


Exhibit 3.3

_____________________________________

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

a Delaware corporation

_____________________________________

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this Corporation is Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., which was originally incorporated under the name Aspen Biosciences, Inc., pursuant to the DGCL on May 18, 2018.

2. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation attached hereto as Exhibit A, which is incorporated herein by this reference, and which restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation, as previously amended and restated, has been duly adopted by this Corporation’s Board of Directors and by the stockholders in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, with the approval of this Corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this Corporation on this ___ day of ___________, 2026.

 

By:

 

Name:

Damien McDevitt

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]


 

EXHIBIT A

_____________________________________

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

a Delaware corporation

_____________________________________

 

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 13 West Main Street, P.O. Box 953, in the City of Felton, County of Kent, 19943. The name of its registered agent at such address is Telos Legal Corp.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and to possess and employ all powers and privileges now or hereafter granted or available under the laws of the State of Delaware to such corporations.

ARTICLE IV

A. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 510,000,000 shares, consisting of: 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

B. Except as otherwise restricted by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate”), the Corporation is authorized to issue, from time to time, all or any portion of the capital stock of the Corporation which may have been authorized but not issued, to such person or persons and for such lawful consideration as it may deem appropriate, and generally in its absolute discretion to determine the terms and manner of any disposition of such authorized but unissued capital stock. Any and all such shares issued for which the full consideration has been paid or delivered shall be deemed fully paid shares of capital stock, and the holder of such shares shall not be liable for any further call or assessment or any other payment thereon.

C. The designations and the powers, preferences and rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each class of stock are as follows:

1. Common Stock

(a) General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding.

1


 

(b) Voting. Except as otherwise provided herein, the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate or pursuant to the DGCL. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required, if any Preferred Stock is then outstanding) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

2. Preferred Stock. The shares of Preferred Stock shall initially be undesignated and may be issued from time to time in one or more additional series by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to determine or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon a wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series, but, in respect of decreases, not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series should be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolutions originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the certificate or certificates establishing any series of Preferred Stock.

ARTICLE V

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VI

The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

A. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by law or by this Certificate or the bylaws of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Bylaws”), the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

B. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

C. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2


 

D. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption), the Executive Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer.

E. The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption). Beginning immediately following the consummation of the Corporation’s initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Initial Public Offering”), the directors shall, by resolution of the Board of Directors, be divided into three classes, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Initial Public Offering, and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Initial Public Offering. At each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Initial Public Offering, directors elected to replace those of a Class whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation after such election. All directors shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected, and until their respective successors have been duly elected and qualified, except in the case of the death, resignation, or removal of any director. Nothing in this Certificate shall preclude a director from serving consecutive terms.

F. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, (i) newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors and (ii) any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office, or other cause may be filled only by the Board of Directors (and not by stockholders), provided that a quorum is then in office and present, or by a majority of the directors then in office, if less than a quorum is then in office, or by the sole remaining director. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of such director’s predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, or removal. After the Initial Public Offering, a director chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, or removal. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

G. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, directors may be removed from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal shall be filled as set forth above under Article VI, Part F.

H. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided by the Bylaws of the Corporation.

3


 

ARTICLE VII

No director or officer shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer of the Corporation, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any amendment, modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal. Solely for the purposes of this Article VII, “officer” shall have the meaning provided in Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL.

The Corporation shall indemnify any director or officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

ARTICLE VIII

All of the powers of the Corporation, insofar as the same may be lawfully vested by this Certificate in the Board of Directors, are hereby conferred upon the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IX

The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any resolution providing for adoption, amendment or repeal is presented to the Board of Directors). The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any adoption, amendment or repeal of Bylaws by the stockholders shall require, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE X

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation required by law or by this Certificate, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of this Certificate inconsistent with, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, this Article X or Article XII.

ARTICLE XI

If any provision of this Certificate becomes or is declared on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Certificate, and the court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Certificate with a valid and enforceable provision that most accurately reflects the Corporation’s intent, in order to achieve, to the maximum extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Certificate shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

4


 

ARTICLE XII

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate or the Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. In addition, unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the U.S. federal district courts shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Article XII shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the U.S. federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XII.

* * *

5


 

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED Bylaws

of

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

Effective as of ________________

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office. The address of the registered office of Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of its registered agent at such address, shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may have an office or offices other than its registered office at such place or places, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board or, if not determined by the Board, by the Executive Chairperson, the President or the Chief Executive Officer; provided that the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place but shall be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 2.13.

2.2 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board at a time to be fixed by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting.

2.3 Special Meetings. Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding and the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption), the Executive Chairperson, or the Chief Executive Officer and may not be called by any other person or persons. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

2.4 Notice of Meetings.

(a) Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date fixed by the Board for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by the

 


 

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) or the Certificate of Incorporation. The notice of any meeting shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

(b) Notice to stockholders shall be delivered in writing or in any other manner permitted by the DGCL. If mailed, such notice shall be delivered by postage prepaid envelope directed to each stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the Corporation and shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail. Without limiting the manner by which notices of meetings otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any such notice may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by personal delivery, by mail, or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) Notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder if waived by such stockholder either in a writing signed by such stockholder or by electronic transmission, whether such waiver is given before or after such meeting is held. If such a waiver is given by electronic transmission, the electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

2.5 Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the record date (or if greater, the tenth day before the meeting date) arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the mailing address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation or (c) in any other manner provided by law. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to the stockholders who are entitled to examine the list required by this Section 2.5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

2.6 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Where a separate class vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

2.7 Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the chairperson of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the

2


 

adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if the Board fixes a new record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 5.5, written notice of the place, if any, date and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.8 Voting and Proxies. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for such stockholder by a written proxy executed by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent or by an electronic transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or electronic transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or electronic transmission.

2.9 Action at Meeting.

(a) At any meeting of stockholders for the election of one or more directors at which a quorum is present, the election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election.

(b) All other matters shall be determined by a majority in voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of the shares of each such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter shall decide such matter), provided that a quorum is present, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

(c) All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or the stockholder’s proxy, a vote by ballot shall be taken. Each ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of the inspector’s ability.

3


 

2.10 Stockholder Business (Other Than the Election of Directors).

(a) Only such business (other than nominations for election of directors, which is governed by Section 3.16 of these Bylaws) shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before an annual meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be either (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (A) is a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed, only if such beneficial owner is the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.10 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.10 as to such business. The procedures set forth in this Section 2.10 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to submit business (other than (x) nominations for election of directors, which are governed exclusively by Section 3.16 of these Bylaws, and (y) proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Corporation's notice of meeting) before an annual meeting of stockholders. For any business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder (other than nominations for election of directors, which is governed by Section 3.16 of these Bylaws), it must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, and the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be in writing and must be received at the Corporation’s principal executive offices not later than ninety (90) days nor earlier than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting as first specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (without regard to any postponements or adjournments of such meeting after such notice was first sent), provided, however, that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days, or delayed (other than as a result of adjournment) by more than thirty (30) days from the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the date on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. “Public announcement” for purposes hereof shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(c) of these Bylaws. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. For business to be properly brought before a special meeting by a stockholder, the business must be limited to the purpose or purposes set forth in a request under Section 2.3.

(b) A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation shall set forth (i) as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the text of the proposal or business, including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment, and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, and any of their respective affiliates or associates (each within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) or others acting in concert therewith (each, a “Proposing Person”), (A) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and of any other Proposing Person, (B) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any other Proposing Person as of the date of the notice, and a representation that the stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for voting at the meeting of the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any other Proposing Person as of the record date for voting at the meeting, (C) a representation that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose the business specified in the

4


 

notice, (D) any material interest of the stockholder and any other Proposing Person in such business, (E) the following information regarding the ownership interests of the stockholder and any other Proposing Person, which shall be supplemented in writing by the stockholder not later than ten (10) days after the record date for voting at the meeting and further supplemented five (5) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, postponement or rescheduling thereof (delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation at least three (3) business days before the meeting) to disclose such interests as of such record date: (1) a description of any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, any derivative or synthetic arrangement having the characteristics of a long position in any class or series of shares of the Corporation, or any contract, derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions designed to produce economic benefits and risks that correspond substantially to the ownership of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, including due to the fact that the value of such contract, derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions is determined by reference to the price, value or volatility of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument, contract or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares of the Corporation, through the delivery of cash or other property, or otherwise, and without regard to whether the stockholder of record or any other Proposing Person may have entered into transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such instrument, contract or right (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Proposing Person, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation; (2) a description of any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or other Proposing Person has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation; (3) a description of any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, including any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder or other Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of the shares of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or other Proposing Person with respect to any class or series of the shares of the Corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the price or value of any class or series of the shares of the Corporation (“Short Interests”); (4) a description of any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation; (5) a description of any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or other Proposing Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner; (6) a description of any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which such stockholder or other Proposing Person is entitled based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including, without limitation, any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or other Proposing Person’s immediate family sharing the same household; (7) a description of any significant equity interests or any Derivative Instruments or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the Corporation held by such stockholder or other Proposing Person; and (8) a description of any direct or indirect interest of such stockholder or other Proposing Person in any contract with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (F) any other information relating to such stockholder or other Proposing Person, if any, that is reasonably requested by the Corporation or would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (G) a representation as to whether the

5


 

stockholder or any other Proposing Person intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal, or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of the proposal, and, if so, a description of such stockholder’s or other Proposing Person’s plan for such solicitation, and (H) a representation that the stockholder and any other Proposing Person will comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (including, without limitation, Rule 14a-12 and Regulation 14A) with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.10. For the sake of clarity, if the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting by a stockholder involves a proposal to nominate or appoint any person to a position on the Board (including, without limitation, any proposal to amend these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation to alter the composition, structure or size of the Board, or to fill vacancies or remove directors), such stockholder's notice shall also set forth, with respect to each such person, all of the information required under Section 3.16(a) as if such proposal were a nomination of such person for election to the Board.

(c) Unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting of stockholders to present the proposed business, such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this section, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder (or a reliable reproduction or electronic transmission of the writing) delivered to the Corporation prior to the making of such proposal at such meeting by such stockholder stating that such person is authorized to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10 (and without limiting the representation required under Section 2.10(b)(ii)(H), a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.10; provided however, that any references in this Section 2.10 to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to proposals as to any business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.10. Nothing in this Section 2.10 shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (ii) of the holders of any series of preferred stock if and to the extent provided for under law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

(e) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary, the notice requirements set forth in subsections (a) and (b) above shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of the stockholder’s intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.

2.11 Conduct of Business. At every meeting of the stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall be the Executive Chairperson, or, in such person’s absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or, in such person’s absence, such other person as may be appointed by the Board. The Secretary of the Corporation or a person designated by the chairperson of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting. Unless otherwise approved by the chairperson of the meeting, attendance at the stockholders’ meeting is restricted to stockholders of record, persons authorized in accordance with Section 2.8 of these Bylaws to act by proxy, and officers of the Corporation.

6


 

The chairperson of the meeting shall call the meeting to order, establish the agenda, and conduct the business of the meeting in accordance therewith or, at the chairperson’s discretion, the business of the meeting may be conducted otherwise in accordance with the wishes of the stockholders in attendance. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

The chairperson shall also conduct the meeting in an orderly manner, rule on the precedence of, and procedure on, motions and other procedural matters, and exercise discretion with respect to such procedural matters with fairness and good faith toward all those entitled to take part. Without limiting the foregoing, the chairperson may (a) restrict attendance at any time to bona fide stockholders of record and their proxies and other persons in attendance at the invitation of the presiding officer or Board, (b) restrict use of audio or video recording devices at the meeting, and (c) impose reasonable limits on the amount of time taken up at the meeting on discussion in general or on remarks by any one stockholder. Should any person in attendance become unruly or obstruct the meeting proceedings, the chairperson shall have the power to have such person removed from the meeting. Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at a meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.10, this Section 2.11 and Section 3.12. The chairperson of the meeting, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10, this Section 2.11 and Section 3.12, and if the chairperson should so determine that any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with such sections, the chairperson shall so declare to the meeting that such defective nomination or proposal shall be disregarded.

2.12 Stockholder Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of preferred stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series of preferred stock.

2.13 Meetings by Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (a) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (b) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (c) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

3.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board, who may exercise all of the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy on the Board, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

7


 

3.2 Election. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, members of the Board shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors; provided that, whenever the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation are entitled to elect one or more directors pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation (including, but not limited to, any duly authorized certificate of designation), such directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of such class or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of such directors. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

3.3 Number and Term. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall initially be five (5) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption).

3.4 Resignations. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board, the Executive Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Secretary. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise expressly provided in the resignation.

3.5 Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, directors may only be removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

3.6 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, vacancies occurring in any directorship (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until such director’s successor shall be duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

3.7 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

3.8 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Executive Chairperson, the Lead Independent Director, Chief Executive Officer, the President or a majority of the directors then in office and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware.

3.9 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by (a) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (b) sending a facsimile to such director’s last known facsimile number, or delivering written notice by hand to such director’s last known business or home address, at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (c)

8


 

mailing written notice to such director’s last known business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

3.10 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication. Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

3.11 Quorum; Adjournment. A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.

3.12 Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

3.13 Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.14 Committees. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as it therefor confers; provided that, the committee membership of each committee designated by the Board will comply with the applicable rules of the exchange on which any securities of the Corporation are listed. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board and subject to the provisions of the DGCL, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board may from time to time request. Except as the Board may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee consisting of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

9


 

3.15 Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary Corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

3.16 Nomination of Director Candidates. Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock then outstanding, the procedures set forth in this Section 3.16 shall be the exclusive means for any stockholder to make nominations for the election of directors at a meeting of stockholders. Such nominations may be made only by (i) the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving the notice provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.16, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.16.

(a) All nominations by stockholders must be made pursuant to timely notice given in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s nomination for a director to be elected at an annual meeting must be received at the Corporation’s principal executive offices not later than ninety (90) days nor earlier than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting as first specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (without regard to any postponements or adjournments of such meeting after such notice was first sent), provided, however, that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed (other than as a result of adjournment) by more than thirty (30) days from the first anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the date on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Each such notice shall set forth (i) as to the stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, and any of their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith (each, a “Nominating Person”), the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of any other Nominating Person, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any other Nominating Person as of the date of the notice, and a representation that the stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for voting at the meeting of the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any other Nominating Person as of the record date for voting at the meeting, (iii) a representation that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the nominee specified in the notice, (iv) the following information regarding the ownership interests of the stockholder and any other Nominating Person, which shall be supplemented in writing by the stockholder not later than ten (10) days after the record date for notice of the meeting and further supplemented five (5) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, postponement or rescheduling thereof (delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation at least three (3) business days before the meeting) to disclose such interests as of such record date: (A) a description of any Derivative Instrument directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Nominating Person, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation; (B) a description of any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or other Nominating Person has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation; (C) a description of any Short Interests in any securities of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Nominating Person; (D) a description of any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Nominating Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation; (E) a description of any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or other Nominating Person is a general partner

10


 

or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner; (F) a description of any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which such stockholder or other Nominating Person is entitled based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including, without limitation, any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or other Nominating Person’s immediate family sharing the same household; (G) a description of any significant equity interests or any Derivative Instruments or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the Corporation held by such stockholder or other Nominating Person; and (H) a description of any direct or indirect interest of such stockholder or other Nominating Person in any contract with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder or other Nominating Person and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (vi) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder and any other Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each nominee, and such nominee’s respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder and any Nominating Person, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, (vii) such other information regarding each nominee as is reasonably requested by the Corporation or would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the SEC, had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board, (viii) the signed consent of each nominee to (A) being named as a nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement and on any proxy card for any meeting of stockholders at which such person is nominated, and (B) serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected, (ix) a representation as to whether the stockholder or any other Nominating Person intends to solicit proxies in support of director nominees other than the Corporation’s nominees in accordance with Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the Exchange Act (“Rule 14a-19”), and if so, (A) a statement that such stockholder or Nominating Person intends to solicit the holders of shares representing at least 67% of the voting power of shares entitled to vote on the election of directors in support of director nominees other than the Corporation's nominees, and (B) the name of each participant in such solicitation (as defined in Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act) and the amount of securities of the Corporation owned beneficially and of record by each such participant, (x) a description of any communications between the stockholder or any Nominating Person and any other person or entity regarding the nomination (including the names of any such persons or entities) that were made prior to the date of such notice, including any solicitations (as defined in Rule 14a-1(l) under the Exchange Act) made in connection with the nomination or any other matter to be submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation, (xi) a representation that any solicitation made by the stockholder or any Nominating Person prior to the filing of a proxy statement by such stockholder or Nominating Person was made in compliance with Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act, and (xii) to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any person who has expressed material support for the nomination (whether or not the stockholder or Nominating Person considers such expression of support to constitute a solicitation), and (xiii) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as described in this Section 3.16(a), in the form required by the Corporation (which form shall be provided by the Secretary within ten (10) days of receiving a written request therefor from the stockholder), with respect to each nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, which questionnaire, representation and agreement shall (A) require the nominee to provide all information relating to such nominee that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such nominee's written consent as described in clause (viii) above), and (B) represent and agree that such nominee (1) is

11


 

not and will not become a party to (I) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, or (II) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such nominee's ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such nominee's fiduciary duties under applicable law; (2) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, (3) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to directors generally, as such policies and guidelines are in effect from time to time during such nominee's service as a director; and (4) will provide facts, statements and other information in all communications with the Corporation and its stockholders that are or will be true and correct in all material respects and do not and will not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notwithstanding the second sentence of this Section 3.16(a), in the event that the number of directors to be elected at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least 100 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting as first specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (without regard to any postponements or adjournments of such meeting after such notice was first sent), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 3.16(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock then outstanding, nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board or a committee thereof or (ii) by any stockholder who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.16 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as are specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice as required by Section 3.16(a) is delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than ninety (90) days prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) For purposes of these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the SEC pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

12


 

(d) Only those persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section shall be eligible for election as directors at any meeting of stockholders. For the avoidance of doubt, compliance by the stockholder and any Nominating Person with the applicable requirements of Rule 14a-19 (including Rules 14a-19(a)(2) and 14a-19(a)(3)) and this Section 3.16 is a condition to the eligibility of any nominee for election as a director of the Corporation. The Executive Chairperson or Secretary may, if the facts warrant, determine that a notice received by the Corporation relating to a nomination proposed to be made does not satisfy the requirements of this Section 3.16 (including if the stockholder does not provide the updated information required under Section 3.16(a) to the Corporation within five (5) business days following the record date for the meeting), and if it be so determined, shall so declare and any such nomination shall not be introduced at such meeting of stockholders, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received. The chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section (including, without limitation, compliance with Rule 14a-19), and, if any nomination is not in compliance with this section (including if the stockholder does not provide the updated information required under Section 3.16(a) to the Corporation within five (5) business days following the record date for the meeting), to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received. Unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting or a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 3.16, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder (or a reliable reproduction or electronic transmission of the writing) delivered to the Corporation prior to the making of such nomination at such meeting by such stockholder stating that such person is authorized to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws, unless otherwise required by applicable law, in the event that any stockholder or Nominating Person (i) provides notice pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 14a-19 with respect to one or more proposed nominees and (ii) subsequently (x) fails to comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-19 or these Bylaws or (y) fails to inform the Corporation that they no longer plan to solicit proxies in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act by delivering a written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation within two (2) business days after the occurrence of such change, then the nomination of each such proposed nominee shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election), notwithstanding that the nominee is included (as applicable) as a nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials for any stockholder meeting and notwithstanding that proxies indicating votes for the election of such proposed nominees may have been received by the Corporation (which proxies shall be disregarded). Any stockholder or Nominating Person who has provided notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) shall promptly notify the Corporation of any change with respect to such stockholder's or Nominating Person's intent to comply with Rule 14a-19, including any change to the names or number of its proposed nominees or its intent to solicit the holders of shares representing at least 67% of the voting power of shares entitled to vote on the election of directors. If any stockholder or Nominating Person provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b), such stockholder or Nominating Person shall (A) agree to and use a proxy card in a color other than white, which color shall be reserved for the exclusive use of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, and (B) deliver to the Corporation, no later than five (5) business days prior to the applicable meeting, reasonable evidence that it has met the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) and these Bylaws.

13


 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, and for the avoidance of doubt, the nomination of any person whose name is included (as applicable) as a nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials for any stockholder meeting as a result of any notice provided by any stockholder or Nominating Person pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) with respect to such proposed nominee and whose nomination is not made by or at the direction of the Board or any authorized committee thereof shall not be deemed (for purposes of Section 3.16 or otherwise) to have been made pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) and any such nominee may only be nominated by a stockholder or Nominating Person pursuant to Section 3.16 and, in the case of a special meeting of stockholders, pursuant to and to the extent permitted under Section 3.16(b). Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in these Bylaws (including, without limitation, compliance with Rule 14a-19) and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the stockholder or Nominating Person does not act in accordance with the representations required in this Section 3.16, to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election), or that such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that such proposal or nomination is set forth in (as applicable) the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials and notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of such nomination or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.16 (and without limiting the representation required under Section 3.16(a)(ix)), a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 3.16; provided however, that any references in this Section 3.16 to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations to be considered pursuant to this Section 3.16. Nothing in this Section 3.16 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock if and to the extent provided for under law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

3.17 Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such members’ duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV
Officers

4.1 Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board, an Executive Chairperson and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

4.2 Election. Officers shall be elected annually by the Board at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board at any other meeting.

14


 

4.3 Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

4.4 Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing the officer, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

4.5 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering such officer’s written resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board.

4.6 Executive Chairperson. The Board may appoint an Executive Chairperson. If the Board appoints an Executive Chairperson, the Executive Chairperson shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to the Executive Chairperson by the Board and these Bylaws. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, the Executive Chairperson shall preside at all meetings of the Board.

4.7 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall, subject to the direction of the Board, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of an Executive Chairperson, at all meetings of the Board. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the chief executive officer of a Corporation, including general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these Bylaws.

4.8 President. Subject to the direction of the Board and such supervisory powers as may be given by these Bylaws or the Board to the Executive Chairperson or the Chief Executive Officer, if such titles be held by other officers, the President shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the Corporation. Unless otherwise designated by the Board, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these Bylaws. The President shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation, other than the Executive Chairperson and the Chief Executive Officer.

4.9 Vice Presidents. Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board.

4.10 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are set forth in these Bylaws and as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of

15


 

stockholders and the Board, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

4.11 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation, to maintain the financial records of the Corporation, to deposit funds of the Corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

4.12 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to the Chief Financial Officer by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Unless otherwise designated by the Board, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation.

4.13 Salaries. Officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board.

4.14 Delegation of Authority. The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE V
Capital Stock

5.1 Issuance of Stock. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board may determine.

5.2 Stock Certificates. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any class or series of stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares; provided, however, that no such resolution shall apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock of the Corporation represented by certificates, and, upon written request to the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, any holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board, certifying the number and class of shares of stock owned by such stockholder in the Corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairperson or Vice Chairperson, if any, of the Board, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

16


 

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the Corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

5.3 Transfers. Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation: (i) in the case of shares represented by a certificate, by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require; and (ii) in the case of uncertificated shares, upon the receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner thereof. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

5.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new certificate in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or it may issue uncertificated shares if the shares represented by such certificate have been designated as uncertificated shares in accordance with Section 5.2, upon such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board may require for the protection of the Corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

5.5 Record Dates. The Board may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting.

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day before the date on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, the close of business on the day before the date on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions.

The Board may fix in advance a record date (a) for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or (b) for the purpose of any other lawful action. Any such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and shall not be more than 60 days prior to the action to which such record date relates. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board is necessary shall be the date on which the first written

17


 

consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

ARTICLE VI
General Provisions

6.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board.

6.2 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the DGCL, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the timeliness or manner of notice.

6.3 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Except as the Board may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this Corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other Corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this Corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers that this Corporation may possess by reason of this Corporation’s ownership of securities in such other Corporation or other organization.

6.4 Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the Corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

6.5 Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

6.6 Severability. Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

6.7 Pronouns. All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

6.8 Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by commercial courier service, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission, provided that notice to stockholders by electronic transmission shall be given in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at such person’s last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any

18


 

person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively, notice to any stockholder shall be deemed given: (a) if by facsimile, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder; and (e) if by mail, when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

6.9 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of such individual’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation as provided by law, including reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

6.10 Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

6.11 Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board or a committee thereof.

6.12 Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other Corporations owned or held by the Corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board, or, in the absence of such authorization, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII
Amendments

7.1 By the Board. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted only in accordance with Article IX of the Certificate of Incorporation.

7.2 By the Stockholders. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, and subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in any election of directors, voting together as a single class. Such vote may be held at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders provided that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

19


 

ARTICLE VIII
Indemnification of Directors and Officers

8.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another Corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, that except as provided in Section 8.2 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board, (c) such indemnification is provided by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under the DGCL, or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the DGCL. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid reasonable expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation in such person’s capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

8.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 8.1 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, or twenty (20) days in the case of a claim for advancement of expenses, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because the claimant has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final judicial decision from which there

20


 

is no further right to appeal that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, shall be on the Corporation.

8.3 Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the Corporation.

8.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in this Article VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

8.5 Indemnification Contracts. The Board is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VIII.

8.6 Insurance. The Corporation shall maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

8.7 Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an indemnitee or such person’s successor in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

8.8 Reliance. Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, become or remain a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advance of expenses and other rights contained in this Article VIII in entering into or continuing such service. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this Article VIII shall apply to claims made against an indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof.

* * *

 

21


Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “Agreement”), is made as of the 1st day of October, 2025, by and among Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “Investor”, and each of the stockholders listed on Schedule B hereto, each of whom is referred to herein as a “Key Holder”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Existing Investors”) hold shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series Seed Preferred Stock, or Series Seed-2 Preferred Stock and possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer, and other rights pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of March 2, 2022, by and among the Company and such Existing Investors (the “Prior Agreement”).

WHEREAS, the Existing Investors are holders of at least two thirds (2/3) of the Registrable Securities of the Company (as defined in the Prior Agreement), and a majority of the Registrable Securities outstanding and held by the Major Investors (as defined in the Prior Agreement) (the “Required Holders”) and desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and to accept the rights created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement.

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Company and such Investors (as amended from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), under which certain of the Company’s and such Investors’ obligations are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Investors, the Required Holders and the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Existing Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be amended and restated and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer, director or trustee of such Person, or any venture capital fund or registered investment company now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners, managing members or investment advisers of, or shares the same management company or investment adviser with, such Person. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, for purposes of this Agreement, in no event shall any portfolio company of any Person be an “Affiliate” of such Person.

1.2 “ARCH” means, collectively, ARCH Venture Fund X, L.P. and ARCH Venture Fund X Overage, L.P.

1.3 “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

1.4 “Certificate of Incorporation” means the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

1.5 “CFIUS” means the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States.

1.6 “CFIUS Filing” means a Declaration or CFIUS Notice.

1.7 “CFIUS Notice” means a notification of a Potential CFIUS Transaction submitted to CFIUS pursuant to the DPA.

 


 

1.8 “CFIUS Approval” means, following a CFIUS Filing with respect to a Potential CFIUS Transaction, the applicable Investor and the Company shall have received written notice from CFIUS stating that: (i) CFIUS has concluded that the Potential CFIUS Transaction is not a “covered transaction” and not subject to review under the DPA; (ii) CFIUS has completed an assessment of the Declaration or a review or investigation of the Potential CFIUS Transaction based on a CFIUS Notice and has concluded all action under the DPA; or (iii) CFIUS has sent a report to the President of the United States (the “President”) requesting the President’s decision and either (A) the President has announced a decision not to take any action to suspend, prohibit or place any limitations on the Potential CFIUS Transaction or (B) the President has not announced a decision to take any action to suspend or prohibit the Potential CFIUS Transaction within fifteen (15) days after the earlier of (x) the date upon which CFIUS has completed its investigation of the Potential CFIUS Transaction or (y) the date on which CFIUS has referred the Potential CFIUS Transaction to the President for action.

1.9 “Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.10 “Competitor” means a Person engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in a business that is competitive with the Company, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, but shall not include Gilead, any of the VC Investors (as defined below) or any Affiliate of Gilead (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, Kite Pharma, Inc. and its Affiliates) or any of the VC Investors.

1.11 “Damages” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

1.12 “Declaration” means (i) a mandatory declaration of a Potential CFIUS Transaction filed with CFIUS pursuant to the DPA if 31 C.F.R. §800.401(b) or (c) apply to such Potential CFIUS Transaction at issue or (ii) a voluntary declaration of a Potential CFIUS Transaction filed with CFIUS pursuant to the DPA.

1.13 “Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

1.14 “DPA” means the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended, and all rules and regulations issued and effective thereunder.

1.15 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.16 “Excluded Registration” means (i) a registration relating to the sale or grant of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, equity incentive or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

2


 

1.17 “FOIA Party” means a Person that, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors, may be subject to, and thereby required to disclose non-public information furnished by or relating to the Company under, the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 (“FOIA”), any state public records access law, any state or other jurisdiction’s laws similar in intent or effect to FOIA, or any other similar statutory or regulatory requirement.

1.18 “Form S‑1” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

1.19 “Form S‑3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits forward incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

1.20 “Frazier” means Frazier Life Sciences X, L.P.

1.21 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.

1.22 “Gilead” means Gilead Sciences, Inc.

1.23 “GV” means GV 2021, L.P.

1.24 “Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

1.25 “Immediate Family Member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

1.26 “Initiating Holders” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.27 “IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

1.28 “Key Employee” means any executive-level employee (including, division director and vice president-level positions) as well as any employee who, either alone or in concert with others, develops, invents, programs, or designs any Company Intellectual Property (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

1.29 “Key Holder Registrable Securities” means (i) the shares of Common Stock held by the Key Holders, and (ii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of such shares.

1.30 “LYFE” means, collectively, LYFE Capital Fund III (Phoenix), L.P. and LYFE Capital Fund IV (Phoenix), L.P.

1.31 “Major Investor” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 2,404,754 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof, but excluding shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation)); provided, however, that any such person shall cease to be considered a Major Investor for purposes of this Agreement if such Investor or its Affiliate becomes a Fully Defaulting Stockholder (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation).

3


 

1.32 “New Securities” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

1.33 “OrbiMed” means OrbiMed Private Investments VII, L.P.

1.34 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

1.35 “Potential CFIUS Transaction” means any subsequent offering or issuance of New Securities pursuant to Subsection 4.1.

1.36 “Preferred Directors” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof are entitled to elect, exclusively and as a separate class or series, as applicable, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

1.37 “Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series Seed Preferred Stock, and Series Seed-2 Preferred Stock, collectively.

1.38 “Pro Rata Portion” means, as to a Major Investor, the fraction equal to (a) the Common Stock then held by such Major Investor (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Major Investor, but excluding any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion), divided by (b) the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then outstanding, but excluding any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion).

1.39 “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, excluding any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; (iii) the Key Holder Registrable Securities, provided, however, that such Key Holder Registrable Securities shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Key Holders shall not be deemed Holders for the purposes of Subsections 2.1 (and any other applicable Section or Subsection with respect to registrations under Subsection 2.1), 2.10, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1 and 6.6; and (iv) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 6.1, and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Subsection 2.13 of this Agreement, and excluding for purposes of Subsections 2.1 through 2.10, Section 3 and Section 4, any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion.

1.40 “Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

1.41 “Restricted Securities” means the securities of the Company required to be notated with the legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) hereof.

4


 

1.42 “Revelation” means Revelation Healthcare Fund III, L.P.

1.43 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.44 “SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.45 “SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.46 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.47 “Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6.

1.48 “Series A Directors” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to elect, exclusively and as a separate series, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

1.49 “Series A Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock.

1.50 “Series A-1 Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.51 “Series A-2 Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.52 “Series B Director” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to elect, exclusively and as a separate series, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

1.53 “Series B Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.54 “Series C Director” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to elect, exclusively and as a separate series, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

1.55 “Series C Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.56 “Series Seed Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.57 “Series Seed-2 Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series Seed-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.58 “SPAC” means a publicly-traded special purpose acquisition company.

1.59 “SPAC Transaction” means a transaction or series of related transactions by merger, consolidation, share exchange or otherwise, of the Company with a SPAC or a subsidiary or affiliate thereof.

5


 

1.60 “VC Investors” means GV, LYFE, Revelation, Lifeforce Capital CHS Management, LLC, LFC Lifecycle III, LLC, LifeForce Capital Fund I, L.P., LifeForce Capital Fund II, L.P., Medical Excellence Capital Partners, LP, Medical Excellence Capital Partners II, LP, OrbiMed, ARCH, Frazier, Domain Partners IX, L.P., Section 32 Fund 2, LP, and EDB Investments Pte Ltd.

2. Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration.

(a) Form S-1 Demand. If at any time during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the earlier of (i) four (4) years from the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to the Registrable Securities of such Holders having an aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $10,000,000, then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

(b) Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $1,000,000, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period other than pursuant to a registration relating to the sale or grant of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, equity incentive or

6


 

similar plan; a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a); or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Subsection 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d); provided, that if such withdrawal is during a period the Company has deferred taking action pursuant to Subsection 2.1(c), then the Initiating Holders may withdraw their request for registration and such registration will not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d).

2.2 Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6.

2.3 Underwriting Requirements.

(a) If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Board of Directors and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders, subject only to the reasonable approval of the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting; provided, however, that no Holder (or any of their

7


 

assignees) shall be required to make any representations, warranties or indemnities except as they relate to such Holder’s ownership of shares and authority to enter into the underwriting agreement and to such Holder’s intended method of distribution, and the liability of such Holder shall be several and not joint, and limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering or (iii) notwithstanding (ii) above, any Registrable Securities which are not Key Holder Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all Key Holder Registrable Securities are first excluded from such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Subsection 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

8


 

(c) For purposes of Section 2.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 2.3(a), fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

2.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to sixty (60) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested

9


 

by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

2.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall promptly furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $50,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders (“Selling Holder Counsel”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b), as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b). All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2.7 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other

10


 

expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Subsection 2.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8, to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Subsection 2.8.

(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Subsection 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Subsection 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which

11


 

indemnification is provided under this Subsection 2.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Subsection 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 2.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control; provided, however, that any matter expressly provided for or addressed by the foregoing provisions that is not expressly provided for or addressed by the underwriting agreement shall be controlled by the foregoing provisions.

(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement or any provision(s) of this Agreement.

2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S‑3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S‑3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such

12


 

securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S‑3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would (i) allow such holder or prospective holder to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the holders that are included; or (ii) allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to Registrable Securities acquired by any additional Investor that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.9.

2.11 “Market Stand‑off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter (in connection with the IPO) or the SPAC (in connection with a SPAC Transaction), during the period commencing on the date of (a) the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company for its own behalf of shares of its Common Stock under the Securities Act on a registration statement for the IPO or (b) the closing of the SPAC Transaction, and ending on the date specified by the Company or the managing underwriter (for the IPO) or the Company and the SPAC (for a SPAC Transaction) (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days),(i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock (or, in the case of a SPAC Transaction, any shares of the common stock or other share capital of the SPAC or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable, directly or indirectly, for such common stock or other share capital) held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock, the common stock or share capital of the SPAC, as applicable, or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 (x) shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, shall not apply to any shares purchased in the IPO or SPAC Transaction (or any private placement consummated concurrently therewith) or in the open market following the IPO or SPAC Transaction and shall not apply to the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or the immediate family of the Holder, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (y) shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors are subject to the same restrictions and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock), and (z) shall apply only to the IPO or SPAC Transaction. The underwriters in connection with such registration, and the SPAC in connection with a SPAC Transaction, are intended third‑party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters (in connection with such registration) or the SPAC (in connection with a SPAC Transaction) that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or

13


 

the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Company stockholders that are subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

2.12 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Neither the Preferred Stock, any shares of Common Stock nor any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock shall be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not require any transferee of shares pursuant to an effective registration statement or, following the IPO, SEC Rule 144, in each case, to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Subsection 2.12(c)) be notated with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Subsection 2.12.

(c) The holder of such Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2. Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction or following the IPO, the transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer, provided that no such notice shall be required in connection if the intended sale, pledge or transfer complies with SEC Rule 144. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel

14


 

to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144; or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided, that, with respect to transfers under the foregoing clause (y), each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Subsection 2.12. Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall be notated with, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b), except that such certificate, instrument, or book entry shall not be notated with such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

2.13 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1 or 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(a) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event or SPAC Transaction (as each such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation);

(b) such time after consummation of the IPO as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration; or

(c) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of the IPO.

3. Information and Observer Rights.

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor, provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor of the Company:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP and, unless such requirement is waived by the Board of Directors including the Requisite Preferred Directors (as defined in the Restated Certificate), audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty‑five (45) days after the end of each of the first four (4) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options

15


 

not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company;

(d) if requested by such Major Investor, as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such month, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such month, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP); and

(e) as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “Budget”), approved by the Board of Directors (including the Requisite Preferred Directors) and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Subsection 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

3.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor (provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor of the Company), at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 to provide access to any information that its counsel reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Observer Rights.

(a) At any time when ARCH (together with its Affiliates) (i) continues to own beneficially at least 921,065 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof, but excluding shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion), and (ii) is no longer entitled to designate a member of the Board of Directors pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, of even date herewith, by and among the Company, the Investors and the other parties named therein (the “Voting Agreement”), as it may be amended from time to time, the Company shall invite a representative of ARCH to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give (at the same time and in the same manner that notice is given to other directors) such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if

16


 

access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel, as determined by Company’s counsel in good faith, or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a Competitor.

(b) At any time when OrbiMed, together with its Affiliates, continues to own beneficially at least 921,065 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof, but excluding shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion), the Company shall invite a representative of OrbiMed to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give (at the same time and in the same manner that notice is given to other directors) such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel, as determined by Company’s counsel in good faith, or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a Competitor.

(c) At any time when Frazier (together with its Affiliates) continues to own beneficially at least 921,065 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof, but excluding shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion), the Company shall invite a representative of Frazier to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give (at the same time and in the same manner that notice is given to other directors) such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel, as determined by Company’s counsel in good faith, or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a Competitor.

(d) At any time when LYFE (together with its Affiliates) continues to own beneficially at least 1,073,551 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof, but excluding shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion), the Company shall invite a representative of LYFE to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give (at the same time and in the same manner that notice is given to other directors) such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel, as determined by Company’s counsel in good faith, or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest or if such Investor or its representative is a Competitor.

17


 

3.4 Termination of Information Rights. The covenants set forth in Subsection 3.1, Subsection 3.2 and Subsection 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event or SPAC Transaction, whichever event occurs first.

3.5 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Subsection 3.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Subsection 3.5; (iii) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, regulation, rule, court order or subpoena, provided that such Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

4. Rights to Future Stock Issuances.

4.1 Major Investor Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, each Major Investor shall have the right to purchase up to such Major Investor’s Pro Rata Portion of such New Securities. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, and (ii) its Affiliates; provided that each such Affiliate or Investor Beneficial Owner (x) is not a Competitor, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors, (y) agrees to enter into this Agreement and each of the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement and Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement of even date herewith, each as amended from time to time, by and among the Company, the Investors and the other parties named therein, as an “Investor” under each such agreement (provided that any Competitor or FOIA Party shall not be entitled to any rights as a Major Investor under Subsections 3.1, 3.2 and 4.1 hereof).

4.2 Procedure.

(a) The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be under any obligation to consummate any proposed issuance of New Securities regardless of whether it shall have delivered an Offer Notice hereunder and the Company may elect, at any time and in its sole and absolutely discretion, not to consummate any such proposed issuance of New Securities at any time for any reason following transmittal and delivery of an Offer Notice hereunder.

(b) By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which such Major Investor

18


 

has the right to purchase under Subsection 4.1. If two (2) or more types of New Securities are to be issued or New Securities are to be issued together with other types of securities, including debt securities, in a single transaction or related transactions, the rights to purchase New Securities granted to the Major Investors under this Section 4 must be exercised to purchase all types of New Securities and such other securities in the same proportion as such New Securities and other securities are to be issued by the Company.

(c) At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held (excluding any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion), by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held (excluding any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion), by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Subsection 4.2(c) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Subsection 4.2(d).

(d) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Subsection 4.2(c), the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Subsection 4.2(c), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with Subsection 4.1 and this Subsection 4.2.

(e) The right of first offer in Subsection 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO, and (iii) the issuance of Additional Shares (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in Subsection 4.1 shall not be applicable with respect to any Major Investor in any subsequent offering of Shares if (i) (A) at the time of such offering, the Major Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) of the Act and (B) such offering of Shares is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors or (ii) the issuance of securities, which constitutes a Potential CFIUS Transaction, to such Major Investor constitutes a “covered control transaction” or “covered investment” requiring, pursuant to the DPA, a CFIUS Filing.

4.3 Termination. The covenants set forth in Subsections 4.1 and 4.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event or SPAC Transaction, whichever event occurs first.

19


 

5. Additional Covenants.

5.1 Insurance. The Company shall continue to maintain, from financially sound and reputable insurers general commercial liability insurance and Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1 to the contrary, for so long as any Series A Director, Series B Director or Series C Director is serving on the Board of Directors, the Company shall not cease to maintain a Directors and Officers liability insurance policy in an amount of at least three million dollars ($3,000,000.00) unless approved by the Series A Directors, Series B Director and Series C Director, the Investors who nominated the Series A Directors, Series B Director and Series C Director shall be named as additional insureds, and the Company shall annually, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, deliver to the Investors who nominated the Series A Directors, Series B Director and Series C Director a certification that such a Directors and Officers liability insurance policy remains in effect.

5.2 Employee Agreements. The Company will cause each Person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement in a form approved by the Board of Directors (including the Requisite Preferred Directors).

5.3 Employee Stock. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including the Requisite Preferred Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Subsection 2.11. Without the prior approval by the Board of Directors, including the Requisite Preferred Directors, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any stock purchase, stock restriction or option agreement with any existing employee or service provider if such amendment would cause it to be inconsistent with this Subsection 5.3. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Company shall retain (and not waive) a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

5.4 Matters Requiring Approval of the Board of Directors. The Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without approval of the Board of Directors, which approval must include the affirmative vote of the Requisite Preferred Directors:

(a) make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

(b) make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(c) guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

20


 

(d) make any investment inconsistent with any investment policy approved by the Board of Directors;

(e) incur any aggregate indebtedness in excess of $5,000,000 that is not already included in a budget approved by the Board of Directors, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) otherwise enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, or employee of the Company or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such Person, except transactions resulting in payments to or by the Company in an aggregate amount less than $60,000 per year, or transactions made in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to reasonable requirements of the Company’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;

(g) hire, terminate, or change the compensation of the executive officers, including approving any option grants or stock awards to executive officers;

(h) change the principal business of the Company, enter new lines of business, or exit the current line of business;

(i) sell, assign, license, pledge, or encumber material technology or intellectual property, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business; or

(j) enter into any corporate strategic relationship involving the payment, contribution, or assignment by the Company or to the Company of money or assets greater than $1,000,000.

5.5 Board Matters. Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule. The Company shall reimburse the nonemployee directors and Observers for all reasonable business level out-of-pocket travel expenses and other expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors (or any committees of the Board of Directors) or performing their duties as directors.

5.6 Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

5.7 Right to Conduct Activities. The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that certain of the Investors are venture capital firms or other similar professional investment organizations whose primary business is making cash investments in privately held companies, and as such reviews the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises (each a “Professional Investor”), and as such invest in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted). The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, such Professional Investors shall not be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon (i) the investment by such Professional Investors in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer, employee or other representative of such Professional Investors to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) any of the Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure

21


 

of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

5.8 Indemnification Matters. The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1) or more of the directors nominated to serve on the Board of Directors by the Investors (each an “Investor Director”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their Affiliates (collectively, the “Investor Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Investor Director are primary and any obligation of the Investor Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Investor Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Investor Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Investor Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Investor Director), without regard to any rights such Investor Director may have against the Investor Indemnitors, and, (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Investor Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Investor Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Investor Indemnitors on behalf of any such Investor Director with respect to any claim for which such Investor Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Investor Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Investor Director against the Company. The Investor Directors and the Investor Indemnitors are intended third‑party beneficiaries of this Subsection 5.8 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions of this Subsection 5.8 as though they were a party to this Agreement.

5.9 CFIUS Covenants.

(a) The Company will not provide to any foreign person, as defined in the DPA, ownership, control, or rights that would constitute a “covered transaction” (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.213), unless explicitly approved by the Board of Directors, including the Requisite Preferred Directors;

(b) Each Investor covenants that it will not permit any foreign person affiliated with Investor, whether affiliated as a limited partner or otherwise, to obtain through Investor any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) control (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.208) of the Company; or (ii) if the Company produces, designs, tests, manufactures, fabricates, or develops one or more critical technologies (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.215) and only with respect to any foreign person that is not an excepted investor (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.219) (a) access to any material nonpublic technical information (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.232) in the possession of the Company (which shall not include financial information about the Company); (b) membership or observer rights on the Board of Directors or the right to nominate an individual to a position on the Board of Directors; or (c) any involvement (other than through voting of shares) in substantive decision making (as defined in 31 C.F.R. §§ 800.229 and 800.245) of the Company regarding the use, development, acquisition, or release of any of the Company’s critical technologies (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.215);

(c) In the event the Company determines a Potential CFIUS Transaction with respect to an Investor or group or of Investors constitutes a “covered control transaction” or “covered investment” within the meaning of the DPA requiring a CFIUS Filing and does not otherwise fall within an exemption in the DPA, each of the Company and such Investor or Investors hereto agrees to use its

22


 

reasonable best efforts to do or cause to obtain CFIUS Approval. Such reasonable best efforts shall include the following:

(i) Engage in the pre-notice consultation process with CFIUS;

(ii) As promptly as practicable, either (A) file with CFIUS a Declaration regarding the Potential CFIUS Transaction or (B) submit a draft CFIUS Notice to CFIUS regarding the Potential CFIUS Transaction;

(iii) If a Declaration has been filed in accordance with clause (ii) above, as promptly as practicable and, in any event, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the receipt by the parties of written notification (including by e-mail) from CFIUS that, based on its assessment of the Declaration, CFIUS either (1) requests the parties submit a CFIUS Notice or (2) is not able to complete action under the DPA on the basis of the Declaration, file a draft CFIUS Notice in accordance with the DPA, unless the parties otherwise agree to complete the transaction;

(iv) As promptly as practicable, and in any event, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the parties of CFIUS notification (including by telephone or by e-mail) that CFIUS has no further comment on a draft CFIUS Notice submitted in accordance with either clause (ii) or (iii) above, submit to CFIUS a formal CFIUS Notice in accordance with the DPA;

(v) Promptly and, in all events, within the timeframes set forth in the DPA, provide any information requested by CFIUS or any other agency or branch of the U.S. government in connection with a CFIUS Filing or obtaining CFIUS Approval; and

(vi) With respect to such Investor or Investors, such reasonable best efforts shall also include agreeing to any reasonable condition, restriction or other action required by CFIUS in order to obtain CFIUS Approval.

5.10 Cybersecurity. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that its cybersecurity solution(s) (“Cybersecurity Solutions”) (x) are up-to-date and include industry-standard protections (e.g., antivirus, endpoint detection and response and threat hunting), (y) to the extent determined necessary by the Company or its Board of Directors, are backed by a breach prevention warranty from the vendor certifying the effectiveness of such solutions, and (z) require the vendors to notify the Company of any security incidents posing a risk to the Company’s information (regardless of whether information was actually compromised). The Company shall evaluate on a regular basis whether the Cybersecurity Solutions should be updated to ensure continued effectiveness and industry-standard protections. The Company shall also educate its employees about the proper use and storage of sensitive information, including regular training as determined reasonably necessary by the Company or its Board of Directors.

5.11 Expenses of Counsel and Transaction Assistance in an IPO and Sale of the Company.

(a) Expense Reimbursement. In the event of an IPO or a transaction that is a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of even date herewith among the Investors, the Company and the other parties named therein) (each, a “Reimbursed Transaction”), the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate, of one counsel for the Investors (“Investor Counsel”), solely in their capacities as stockholders, shall be borne and paid by the Company.

(b) Sale of the Company. At the outset of considering a transaction, which if consummated would constitute a Sale of the Company, the Company shall obtain the ability to share with the Investor Counsel (and such counsel’s clients) and shall share the confidential information (including, without limitation, the initial and all subsequent drafts of memoranda of understanding, letters of intent and other transaction documents and related noncompete, employment, consulting and other compensation

23


 

agreements and plans) pertaining to and memorializing any of the transactions, which, individually or when aggregated with others, would constitute the Sale of the Company. The Company shall be obligated to share (and cause the Company’s counsel and investment bankers to share) such materials when distributed to the Company’s executives and/or any one or more of the other parties to such transaction(s).

(c) IPO. If in connection with the IPO the underwriters or the Company request the execution of additional agreements pursuant to Section 2.11, the Company shall share (and cause the Company’s underwriters or their counsel to share) the form of such agreement with the Investor Counsel no less than ten (10) days prior to the deadline for execution such agreement, and in any event, no later than twenty (20) days prior to the first public filing of a registration statement in connection with the IPO. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide ten (10) days’ advanced written notice to Investor Counsel of any deadlines for written information that may be required by the Company to be furnished or reviewed by or on behalf of any Holder to be used in connection with the IPO (e.g., information relating to beneficial ownership, director biographies, and summaries of material contracts to which Holder is a party).

(d) Joint Defense/Common Interest Agreement. In the event that Investor Counsel deems it appropriate, in its reasonable discretion, to enter into a joint defense/common interest agreement or other arrangement to enhance the ability of the parties to protect their communications and other reviewed materials under the attorney client privilege, the Company shall, and shall direct its counsel to, execute and deliver to Investor Counsel and its clients such an agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Investor Counsel and the Company’s counsel. In the event that one or more of the other party or parties to such transactions require the clients of Investor Counsel to enter into a confidentiality agreement and/or joint defense and/or common interest agreement in order to receive such information, then the Company shall share whatever information can be shared without entry into such agreement and shall, at the same time, in good faith work expeditiously to enable Investor Counsel and its clients to negotiate and enter into the appropriate agreement(s) without undue burden to the clients of Investor Counsel.

5.12 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 5, except for Subsections 5.6, 5.8 and 5.11(a), shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event or SPAC Transaction, whichever event occurs first.

6. Miscellaneous.

6.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member, partner or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 30% of such original Holder’s shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member, or partner; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall, as a condition to the applicable transfer, establish a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving

24


 

notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

6.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

6.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

6.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

6.5 Notices.

(a) All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A or Schedule B (as applicable) hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 6.5. If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to Randy Socol, DLA Piper LLP (US), 4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100, San Diego, CA 92121.

(b) Consent to Electronic Notice. Each Investor and Key Holder consents to the delivery of any stockholder notice pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), as amended or superseded from time to time, by electronic transmission pursuant to Section 232 of the DGCL (or any successor thereto) at the electronic mail address or the facsimile number set forth below such Investor’s or Key Holder’s name on the Schedules hereto, as updated from time to time by notice to the Company, or as on the books of the Company. To the extent that any notice given by means of electronic transmission is returned or undeliverable for any reason, the foregoing consent shall be deemed to have been revoked until a new or corrected electronic mail address has been provided, and such attempted Electronic Notice shall be ineffective and deemed to not have been given. Each Investor and Key Holder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any change in such stockholder’s electronic mail address, and that failure to do so shall not affect the foregoing.

6.6 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and issued or issuable in respect of the Preferred Stock; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Subsection 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a

25


 

proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Subsection 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) this Agreement may not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, modification, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4.1 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction); (b) Subsections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.4, and Section 4 and any other section of this Agreement applicable to the Major Investors (including this clause (b) of this Subsection 6.6) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and held by the Major Investors; provided, that to the extent such rights are waived on behalf of all Major Investors but a Major Investor and/or its Affiliates purchases New Securities in such transaction, then all Major Investors shall be re-presented with the opportunity to purchase up to the same percentage (not to exceed 100%) of its pro rata share of New Securities issued in such transaction as was purchased by the Major Investor purchasing the largest percentage of its pro rata share of New Securities in such transaction, (c) for so long as ARCH, together with its Affiliates, continues to own beneficially at least 921,065 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof, but excluding shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion), neither Subsection 3.3(a) nor this clause (c) of this Subsection 6.6 may be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of ARCH, (d) for so long as OrbiMed, together with its Affiliates, continues to own beneficially at least 921,065 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof, but excluding shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion), neither Subsection 3.3(b) nor this clause (d) of this Subsection 6.6 may be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of OrbiMed, (e) for so long as Frazier, together with its Affiliates, continues to own beneficially at least 921,065 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof, but excluding shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion), neither Subsection 3.3(c) nor this clause (e) of this Subsection 6.6 may be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of Frazier, and (f) for so long as LYFE, together with its Affiliates, continues to own beneficially at least 1,073,551 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof, but excluding shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion), neither Subsection 3.3(d) nor this clause (f) of this Subsection 6.6 may be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of LYFE. Further, this Agreement may not be amended, modified or terminated, and no provision hereof may be waived, in each case, in any way which would adversely affect the rights of the Key Holders hereunder in a manner disproportionate to any adverse effect such amendment, modification, termination or waiver would have on the rights of the Investors hereunder, without also the written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Key Holders (i) who are individuals then providing services to the Company as officers, employees, advisors, directors or consultants, or (ii) that are entities a majority of the voting securities (or in the case of a trust, at least fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interests in such trust) of which are held directly or indirectly by individuals then providing services to the Company as officers, employees, advisors, directors or consultants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Schedule A hereto may be amended by the Company from time to time to add transferees of any Registrable Securities in compliance with the terms of this Agreement without the consent of the other parties; and Schedule A hereto may also be amended by the Company after the date of this Agreement without the consent of the other parties to add information regarding any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance

26


 

with Subsection 6.9. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment, modification or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, modification, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, modification, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6.7 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6.8 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

6.9 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Company's Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

6.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) together with the other Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between or among any of the parties is expressly canceled. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be deemed amended and restated and superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and shall be of no further force or effect.

6.11 Dispute Resolution. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state or federal courts of Delaware, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

27


 

Waiver of Jury Trial: EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

6.12 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.

28


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

 

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

Name:

Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

KEY HOLDER:

 

DAMIEN MCDEVITT AND PAMELA

MARNELL-MCDEVITT, CO-TRUSTEES OF

THE MARNELL-MCDEVITT FAMILY TRUST

DATED MAY 2, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Damien McDevitt

Name:

Damien McDevitt

Title:

Co-Trustee

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

DLA PIPER VENTURE FUND 2019, LLC

 

By:

DLA Piper LLP (US)

Its:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Randy Socol

Name:

Randy Socol

Title:

Partner

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

DLA PIPER VENTURE FUND 2022, LLC

 

By:

DLA Piper LLP (US)

Its:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Randy Socol

Name:

Randy Socol

Title:

Partner

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

REVELATION HEALTHCARE FUND III, L.P.

 

By:

Revelation Healthcare Fund III GP, LLC

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Mike Boggs

Name:

Mike Boggs

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended & Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

Korea Investment & Securities Co., LTD,

not in its corporate capacity but solely in its capacity as trustee on behalf of Timefolio the Time-M2 Private Investment Trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Sung-Hwan Kim

Name:

Sung-Hwain

Title:

President

 

 

 

Korea Investment & Securities Co., LTD,

not in its corporate capacity but solely in its capacity as trustee on behalf of Timefolio the Time-A2 Private Investment Trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Sung-Hwan Kim

Name:

Sung-Hwain

Title:

President

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

Angelyn LowE

 

/s/Angelyn Lowe

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

GILEAD SCIENCES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Dickinson

Name:

Andrew Dickinson

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

APOLLO PROJECTS, LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Carmen Beckwith

Name:

Carmen Beckwith

Title:

Authorized Signer

 

 

Hydrazine Capital IV L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Carmen Beckwith

Name:

Carmen Beckwith

Title:

Authorized Signer

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

ARCH VENTURE FUND X, L.P.

 

 

By:

ARCH Venture Partners X, L.P.

 

Its General Partner

By:

ARCH Venture Partners X, LLC

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Mark McDonnell

Name:

Mark McDonnell

Title:

Managing Director

 

ARCH VENTURE FUND X OVERAGE, L.P.

 

 

By:

ARCH Venture Partners X Overage, L.P.

 

Its General Partner

By:

ARCH Venture Partners X, LLC

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Mark McDonnell

Name:

Mark McDonnell

Title:

Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

AXON HOLDINGS, LLC SERIES XXI –

ASPEN C

 

 

By:

Axon Managers, LLC

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Andrew Spaventa

Name:

Andrew Spaventa

Title:

Manager

 

AXON HOLDINGS, LLC SERIES XIII – ASPEN SeeD

 

 

By:

Axon Managers, LLC

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Andrew Spaventa

Name:

Andrew Spaventa

Title:

Manager

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

2024 Corinne Marie Daniel Irrevocable Trust Dated 12/19/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Corinne Daniel

Name:

Corinne Daniel

Title:

Trustee

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

2024 Lyle Robert Daniel Irrevocable Trust Dated 12/19/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Lyle Daniel

Name:

Lyle Daniel

Title:

Trustee

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

Catalyst4, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Brown

Name:

Robert Brown

Title:

President

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

CHRISTOPHER AND REBECCA TWOMEY, CO-TRUSTEES OF THE CHRISTOPHER AND REBECCA TWOMEY TRUST, UTD SEPTEMBER 20, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Christopher Twomey

Name:

Christopher Twomey

Title:

Co-Trustee

 

TWOMEY FAMILY INVESTMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Christopher Twomey

Name:

Christopher Twomey

Title:

Co-Manager

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

CLEOCATRA, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/David L. Radunsky

Name:

David L. Radunsky

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

CRAIG NEWMAN

 

 

/s/Craig Newman

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

DOMAIN PARTNERS IX, L.P.

 

 

By:

One Palmer Square Associates IX, L.L.C.

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Kim Kamdar

Name:

Kim Kamdar

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

EDB INVESTMENTS PTE LTD

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Jolene Ooi

Name:

Jolene Ooi

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

ELI GLEZER

 

 

/s/Eli Glezer

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

HASNAIN REVOCABLE TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Faheem Hasnain

Name:

Faheem Hasnain

Title:

Trustee

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

FRAZIER LIFE SCIENCES X, L.P.

 

 

By:

FHMLS X, L.P.

 

Its General Partner

By:

FHMLS X, L.L.C.

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Patrick Heron

Name:

Patrick Heron

Title:

Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

GV 2021, L.P.

 

 

By:

GV 2021 GP, L.P., its General Partner

By:

GV 2021 GP, L.L.C., its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Inga Goldbard

Name:

Inga Goldbard

Title:

General Counsel

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended & Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

LIFEFORCE CHS MANAGEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/John Noonan

Name:

John Noonan

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

LFC LIFECYCLE III, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/John Noonan

Name:

John Noonan

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

LIFEFORCE CAPITAL FUND I, L.P.

 

 

By:

LifeForce Capital Fund I GP, LLC,

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/John Noonan

Name:

John Noonan

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

LIFEFORCE CAPITAL FUND II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/John Noonan

Name:

John Noonan

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended & Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

LYFE CAPITAL FUND III (PHOENIX), L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Yao Li Ho

Name:

Yao Li Ho

Title:

Member of GP

 

LYFE CAPITAL FUND IV (PHOENIX), L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Yao Li Ho

Name:

Yao Li Ho

Title:

Member of GP

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended & Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

MEDICAL EXCELLENCE CAPITAL PARTNERS, LP

 

 

By:

Medical Excellence GP, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/John Prufeta

Name:

John Prufeta

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

MEDICAL EXCELLENCE CAPITAL PARTNERS II, LP

 

 

By:

Medical Excellence II GP, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/John Prufeta

Name:

John Prufeta

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

MICHAEL AND STEPHANIE RADUNSKY

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Michael Radunsky

Name:

Michael Radunsky

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

ORBIMED PRIVATE INVESTMENTS VII, LP

 

 

By:

OrbiMed Capital GP VII LLC,

 

Its General Partner

By:

OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

Its Managing Member

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Thompson

Name:

Peter Thompson

Title:

Member

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

Prebys Ventures I, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Gil Avarado

Name:

Gil Avarado

Title:

Chief Financial and Investment Officer

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

Sandor Hatvany

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Sandor Hatvany

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

TAMALPAIS GROUP INVESTMENT I LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Rupert Montagu

Name:

Rupert Montagu

Title:

Manager

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

SECTION 32 FUND 2, LP

 

 

By:

Section 32 GP 2, LLC

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Nina Labatt

Name:

Nina Labatt

Title:

COO & CFO

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

MIRAE ASSET SAGE INVESTMENT FUND II (CO-GP)

 

 

By:

Mirae Asset Capital Co., Ltd., its General Partner

 

 

By:

/s/Lee Man Hee

Name:

Lee Man Hee

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

By:

Mirae Asset Venture Investment Co., Ltd., its General Partner

 

 

By:

/s/Eung Suk Kim

Name:

Eung Suk Kim

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

MIRAE ASSET – CELLTRION NEW GROWTH FUND I

 

 

By:

Mirae Asset Capital Co., Ltd., its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Lee Man Hee

Name:

Le Man Hee

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mirae Asset Capital Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Lee Man Hee

Name:

Le Man Hee

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

DIANE MARIE OLSON POOL

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Diane Marie Olson Pool

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

ALEXANDRIA VENTURE INVESTMENTS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

By:

Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., a Maryland corporation

Its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Hilary Levin

Name:

Hilary Levin

Title:

VP – Venture Counsel

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

THE SOCOL FAMILY TRUST U/T/D 7/6/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Randy Socol

Name:

Randy Socol

Title:

Trustee

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended & Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

GAINGELS 10X CAPITAL DIVERSITY FUND I, LP

 

 

By:

GAINGELS 10X CAPITAL DIVERSITY GP I, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Paul Grossinger

Name:

Paul Grossinger

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

PLATINUM FALCON B 2018 RSC LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mohamed Fahed Mohamed Al Mazrouei

Name:

Mohamed Fahed Mohamed Al Mazrouei

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mubarak AlAmeri

 

Name:

Mubarak AlAmeri

Title:

Director

 

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended & Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

Atlas Private Holdings VIII, LLC

By:

Balyasny Asset Management L.P., its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Mitchell

Name:

David Mitchell

Title:

Senior Deputy General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Mark Romis

Name:

Mark Romis

Title:

Deputy General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

AEF PLUS PRIVATES FUND, LLC

By:

Balyasny Asset Management L.P., its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Mitchell

Name:

David Mitchell

Title:

Senior Deputy General Counsel

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Mark Romis

Name:

Mark Romis

Title:

Deputy General Counsel

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

STUART E. BUILDER, PH.D. AND REV. DR. POLLY MOORE, JTWROS

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Stuart E. Builder, Ph.D.

Stuart E. Builder, Ph.D.

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

I IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended & Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

Q Healthcare Holdings LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Mohammed Al-Mosallam

Name:

Mohammed Al-Mosallam

Title:

Director

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

CORMORANT PRIVATE HEALTHCARE

FUND V, LP

By: Cormorant Private Healthcare GP V, LLC

 

 

By:

/s/Bihua Chen

Name:

Bihua Chen

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

CORMORANT PRIVATE HEALTHCARE

FUND VI, LP

By: Cormorant Private Healthcare GP VI,

LLC

 

 

By:

/s/Bihua Chen

Name:

Bihua Chen

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

CORMORANT GLOBAL HEALTHCARE

MASTER FUND, LP

By: Cormorant Global Healthcare GP, LLC

 

 

By:

/s/Bihua Chen

Name:

Bihua Chen

Title:

Managing Member

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


 

SCHEDULE A

INVESTORS

 

Name and Address

Alexandria Venture Investments, LLC

Angelyn Lowe

Apollo Projects, LP

ARCH Venture Fund X, L.P.

ARCH Venture Fund X Overage, L.P.

Axon Holdings, LLC Series XIII – Aspen Seed

Axon Holdings, LLC Series XXI – Aspen C

Christopher and Rebecca Twomey, Co-Trustees of the Christopher and Rebecca Twomey Trust, UTD September 20, 2002

Cleocatra, LLC

Craig Newman

Diane Marie Olson Pool

DLA Piper Venture Fund 2019, LLC

DLA Piper Venture Fund 2022, LLC

Domain Partners IX, L.P.

EDB Investments Pte. Ltd.

Eli Glezer

Frazier Life Sciences X, L.P.

GAINGELS ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE LLC

GAINGELS 10X CAPITAL DIVERSITY FUND I, LP

GILEAD SCIENCES, INC.

Global Bio Growth Fund III

GV 2021, L.P.

Hasnain Revocable Trust

LFC LIFECYCLE III, LLC

 


 

LIFEFORCE CHS Management, LLC

LIFEFORCE CAPITAL Fund I, L.P.

LIFEFORCE CAPITAL Fund II, L.P.

LYFE Capital Fund III (Phoenix), L.P.

LYFE Capital Fund IV (Phoenix), L.P.

Medical Excellence Capital Partners, LP

Medical Excellence Capital Partners II, LP

Michael and Stephanie Radunsky

Mirae Asset Sage Investment Fund II (co-GP)

Mirae Asset – Celltrion New Growth Fund I

OrbiMed Private Investments VII, LP

Platinum Falcon B 2018 RSC Limited

Revelation Partners

Sandor Hatvany

Section 32 Fund 2, LP

Stuart E. Builder, Ph.D. and Rev. Dr. Polly Moore, JTWROS

Tamalpais Group Investment I LLC

The Socol Family Trust U/T/D 7/6/04

Twomey Family Investments LLC

Atlas Private Holdings VIII, LLC

AEF Plus Privates Fund, LLC

Catalyst4, Inc.

Hydrazine Capital IV. L.P.

Korea Investment & Securities Co., LTD, not in its corporate capacity but solely in its capacity as trustee on behalf of timefolio the time-M2 Private Investment Trust

Korea investment & securities co., ltd, not in its corporate capacity but solely in its capacity as trustee on behalf of timefolio the time-A2 private investment trust

LifeForce CHS Management

Prebys Ventures I, LLC

 


 

Q HEALTHCARE HOLDING LLC

2024 Corinne Marie Daniel Irrevocable Trust Dated 12/19/2024

2024 Lyle Robert Daniel Irrevocable Trust Dated 12/19/2024

Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund V, LP

Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund VI, LP

Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP

 


 

SCHEDULE B

KEY HOLDERS

 

Name and Address

The Barker/Loring Trust Dated August 27, 2013

Andres Bratt-Leal

Damien McDevitt and Pamela Marnell-McDevitt, Co-trustees of the Marnell-McDevitt Family Trust dated May 2, 2019

CONOR McDEVITT 2025 IRREVOCABLE TRUST

FINN McDEVITT 2025 IRREVOCABLE TRUST

ARAN McDEVITT 2025 IRREVOCABLE TRUST

 

 


Exhibit 10.1

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

2018 STOCK PLAN

1.
Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan.
1.1
Establishment. The Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2018 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby established effective as of May 18, 2018 (the “Effective Date”).
1.2
Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of Options and Restricted Stock Awards.
1.3
Term of Plan. The Plan will continue in effect until terminated by the Board in accordance with Section 13 below. However, the Plan shall continue in effect for (10) years from the later of (a) the Effective Date, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 14.12 below.
2.
Definitions and Construction.
2.1
Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:
(a)
“Award” means an Option, Restricted Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock Bonus granted under the Plan.
(b)
“Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to an Award.
(c)
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, “Board” also means such Committee(s).
(d)
“Cause” means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and a Participating Company applicable to an Award, any of the following: (i) the Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Participant’s material failure to abide by a Participating Company’s code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the Participant’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participant’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any

 


 

intentional act by the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (v) the Participant’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment or service agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vii) the Participant’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.
(e)
“Change in Control” means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company applicable to an Award, the occurrence of any one or a combination of the following:
(i)
an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “Transaction”) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(v)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “Transferee”), as the case may be; or
(ii)
a date specified by the Board following approval by the stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not include a transaction described in subsection (i) of this Section 2.1(e) in which a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall determine whether multiple events described in subsections (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.1(e) are related and to be treated in the aggregate as a single Change in Control, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(f)
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations and administrative guidelines promulgated thereunder.
(g)
“Committee” means the compensation committee or other committee or subcommittee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

2


 

(h)
“Company” means Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.
(i)
“Consultant” means a person or entity engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that (i) if the Consultant is a person, the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act, and (ii) if the Consultant is an entity would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such an entity pursuant to the Plan in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
(j)
“Director” means a member of the Board.
(k)
“Disability” means the inability of the Participant, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Participant’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Participant.
(l)
“Employee” means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.
(m)
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(n)
“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:
(i)
If, on such date, the Stock is listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or quotation system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on

3


 

a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or quotation system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.
(ii)
If, on such date, the Stock is not listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.
(o)
“Good Reason” means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company (or its successor) applicable to an Award, the Participant’s voluntary resignation of Service within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of one or more of the following circumstances, provided that the Participant has notified the Company (or its successor) in writing of the Participant’s assertion that one of the following circumstances has occurred, which notice has been delivered within thirty (30) days following the Participant becoming aware of such circumstance: (i) a reduction of more than ten percent (10%) in the Participant’s base salary as then in effect, unless the reduction is made as part of, and is generally consistent with, a general reduction of similarly situated Participants; or (ii) relocation of the Participant’s principal place of work to a location resulting in an increase in the Participant’s daily commute to such principal place of work by more than thirty-five (35) miles, without the Participant’s prior written approval; provided, however, that the Company (or its successor) has been provided with written notice of the circumstance and thirty (30) days from the receipt of written notice in which to cure such circumstance and the Company (or its successor) fails to cure such circumstance during such thirty-day period.”
(p)
“Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.
(q)
“Incumbent Director” means a director who either (i) is a member of the Board as of the Effective Date or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but excluding a director who was elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company).
(r)
“Insider” means an Officer, a Director or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
(s)
“Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) or which does not qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

4


 

(t)
“Officer” means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.
(u)
“Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.
(v)
“Ownership Change Event” means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).
(w)
“Parent Corporation” means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
(x)
“Participant” means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.
(y)
“Participating Company” means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.
(z)
“Participating Company Group” means, at any point in time, all entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.
(aa)
“Restricted Stock Award” means an Award in the form of a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right.
(bb)
“Restricted Stock Bonus” means Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.
(cc)
“Restricted Stock Purchase Right” means a right to purchase Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.
(dd)
“Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b‑3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.
(ee)
“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code.
(ff)
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(gg)
“Service” means a Participant’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether as an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders Service or a change in the Participating Company for which the Participant renders Service, provided that there is no

5


 

interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service. Furthermore, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have been interrupted or terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company. However, unless otherwise provided by the Board, if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the ninety-first (91st) day following the commencement of such leave the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated, unless the Participant’s right to return to Service is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, an unpaid leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant’s Award Agreement. A Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the business entity for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.
(hh)
“Stock” means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.3.
(ii)
“Stockholders Agreement” shall mean any share restriction agreement, stockholders agreement, voting agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, or other agreement between the Company and its stockholders as may be in effect from time to time, in each case, as may be amended, restated or replaced from time to time.
(jj)
“Subsidiary Corporation” means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
(kk)
“Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who, at the time an Award is granted to such person, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.
(ll)
“Termination after Change in Control” shall mean either of the following events occurring within twelve (12) months after the consummation of a Change in Control:
(i)
Termination by the Company (or its successor) of the Participant’s Service with the Company or such successor for any reason other than for Cause; or
(ii)
The Participant’s resignation for Good Reason.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of the Participant’s Service with the Company (or its successor) which (A) is for Cause; (B) is a result of the Participant’s death or disability; (C) is a result of the Participant’s voluntary termination of such relationship other than for Good Reason; or (D) occurs prior to the effectiveness of a Change in Control.

6


 

(mm)
“Trading Compliance Policy” means the written policy of the Company pertaining to the purchase, sale, transfer or other disposition of the Company’s equity securities by Directors, Officers, Employees or other service providers who may possess material, nonpublic information regarding the Company or its securities.
(nn)
“Vesting Conditions” mean those conditions established in accordance with the Plan prior to the satisfaction of which an Award or shares subject to an Award remain subject to forfeiture or a repurchase option in favor of the Company exercisable for the Participant’s monetary purchase price, if any, for such shares upon the Participant’s termination of Service or failure of a performance condition to be satisfied.
2.2
Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
3.
Administration.
3.1
Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any Award Agreement or of any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or of any Award shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or Award Agreement or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.
3.2
Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election that is the responsibility of or that is allocated to the Company herein, provided that the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.
3.3
Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:
(a)
to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Award;
(b)
to determine the type of Award granted;
(c)
to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

7


 

(d)
to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise or purchase price of shares pursuant to any Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased pursuant to any Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with any Award, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of Stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, (v) the time of expiration of any Award, (vi) the effect of any Participant’s termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;
(e)
to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;
(f)
to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto;
(g)
to reprice or otherwise adjust the exercise price of any Option, or to grant in substitution for any Option a new Award covering the same or different number of shares of Stock;
(h)
to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of Service;
(i)
to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt sub-plans or supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy, accounting principles or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose residents may be granted Awards; and
(j)
to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Award as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.
3.4
Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b‑3.
3.5
Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, to the extent permitted by applicable law, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan,

8


 

or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.
4.
Shares Subject to Plan.
4.1
Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.3, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be 23,406,941 and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof.
4.2
Share Counting. If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled without having been exercised or settled in full, or if shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award subject to forfeiture or repurchase are forfeited or repurchased by the Company for an amount not greater than the Participant’s exercise or purchase price, the shares of Stock allocable to the terminated portion of such Award or such forfeited or repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Shares of Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan (a) with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash or (b) to the extent such shares are withheld or reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations pursuant to Section 10.2. If the exercise price of an Option is paid by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant, or by means of a Net Exercise, the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the net number of shares issued upon the exercise of the Option.
4.3
Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting regular, periodic cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, in the ISO Share Limit set forth in Section 5.3(a), and in the exercise or purchase price per share under any outstanding Awards in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the “New Shares”), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares

9


 

subject to, and the exercise or purchase price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the exercise or purchase price per share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the exercise or purchase price, if any, under any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Award. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
4.4
Assumption or Substitution of Awards. The Board may, without affecting the number of shares of Stock available pursuant to Section 4.1, authorize the issuance or assumption of benefits under this Plan in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate, subject to compliance with Section 409A and any other applicable provisions of the Code.
5.
Eligibility, Participation and Option Limitations.
5.1
Persons Eligible for Awards. Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants and Directors.
5.2
Participation in the Plan. Awards are granted solely at the discretion of the Board. Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.
5.3
Incentive Stock Option Limitations.
(a)
Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Subject to Section 4.1 and adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.3, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed 23,406,941shares (the “ISO Share Limit”). The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options shall be the number of shares determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.3.
(b)
Persons Eligible. An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, on the effective date of grant, is an Employee. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
(c)
Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a limitation different from that set forth in this Section, such

10


 

different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Upon exercise of the Option, shares issued pursuant to each such portion shall be separately identified.
6.
Stock Options.

Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1
Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price less than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner that would qualify under the provisions of Section 409A or Section 424(a) of the Code, as applicable.
6.2
Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, and (c) no Option granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of such Option (except in the event of such Employee’s death, disability or retirement, upon a Change in Control, or as otherwise permitted by the Worker Economic Opportunity Act). Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, each Option shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

11


 

6.3
Payment of Exercise Price.
(a)
Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company and subject to the limitations contained in Section 6.3(b), by means of (1) a Stock Tender Exercise, (2) a Cashless Exercise or (3) a Net Exercise; (iii) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (iv) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.
(b)
Limitations on Forms of Consideration.
(i)
Stock Tender Exercise. A “Stock Tender Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice accompanied by a Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. A Stock Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.
(ii)
Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise shall be permitted only upon the class of shares subject to the Option becoming publicly traded in an established securities market. A “Cashless Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise, including with respect to one or more Participants specified by the Company notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to other Participants.
(iii)
Net Exercise. A “Net Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice followed by a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares otherwise issuable to a Participant upon the exercise of an Option by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued.

12


 

6.4
Effect of Termination of Service.
(a)
Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided by this Plan and unless a longer exercise period is provided by the Board, an Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section and thereafter shall terminate:
(i)
Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration twelve (12) months (or such longer or shorter period (but not less than six (6) months) provided by the Award Agreement) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option (the “Option Expiration Date”).
(ii)
Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer or shorter period (but not less than six (6) months) provided by the Award Agreement) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within thirty (30) days (or such longer period provided by the Board) after the Participant’s termination of Service.
(iii)
Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.
(iv)
Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer or shorter period (but not less than thirty (30) days) provided by the Award Agreement) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
(b)
Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.4(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 11 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the date such

13


 

exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (ii) the end of the applicable time period under Section 6.4(a), but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
6.5
Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. An Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option, an Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, only as permitted by applicable regulations under Section 421 of the Code in a manner that does not disqualify such Option as an Incentive Stock Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) under the Exchange Act, no Option or, prior to its exercise, the shares to be issued upon the exercise of the Option, shall be transferred except in compliance with the restrictions on transfer under Rule 12h-1(f) (including the requirement under such rule that any permitted transferee may not further transfer the Option) or be made subject to any short position, “put equivalent position” or “call equivalent position” by the Participant, as such terms are defined in Rule 16a-1 of the Exchange Act.
7.
Restricted Stock Awards.

Restricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying whether the Award is a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Board shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

7.1
Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted in the form of either a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Board shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.
7.2
Purchase Price. The purchase price for shares of Stock issuable under each Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be established by the Board in its discretion. No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding) shall be required as a condition of receiving shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus, the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

14


 

7.3
Purchase Period. A Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period established by the Board, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective date of the grant of the Restricted Stock Purchase Right.
7.4
Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be made (a) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (b) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (c) by any combination thereof.
7.5
Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Shares issued pursuant to any Restricted Stock Award may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, as shall be established by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. During any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 7.8. The Board, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award that, if the satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any shares subject to such Restricted Stock Award would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Trading Compliance Policy, then satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Trading Compliance Policy. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.
7.6
Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions. Except as provided in this Section, Section 7.5 and any Award Agreement, during any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding shares of Stock, including the right to vote such shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such shares; provided, however, that if so determined by the Board and provided by the Award Agreement, such dividends and distributions shall be subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid, and otherwise shall be paid no later than the end of the calendar year in which such dividends or distributions are paid to stockholders (or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the date such dividends or distributions are paid to stockholders). In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.3, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Award shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid or adjustments were made.

15


 

7.7
Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then (a) the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Right which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service and (b) the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.
7.8
Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights. Rights to acquire shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.
8.
Standard Forms of Award Agreements.
8.1
Award Agreements. Each Award shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Board and as amended from time to time. No Award or purported Award shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Award Agreement, which execution may be evidenced by electronic means.
8.2
Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Award Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.
9.
Change in Control.
9.1
Effect of Change in Control on Awards. Subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A, if applicable, the Board may provide for any one or more of the following:
(a)
Accelerated Vesting. In its discretion, the Board may provide in the grant of any Award or at any other time may take action it deems appropriate to provide for acceleration of the exercisability and/or vesting in connection with a Change in Control of each or any outstanding Award or portion thereof and shares acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the Participant’s Service prior to, upon, or following the Change in Control, and to such extent as the Board determines. Further, unless otherwise provided

16


 

by the applicable Award Agreement or determined by the Board and subject to Section 11.2(c), in the event that the Acquiror (as defined below) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for, in accordance with Section 9.1(b), any portion of an Award outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control, the exercisability and/or vesting of such portion of the Award held by a Participant whose Service has not terminated prior to the Change in Control shall be accelerated in full effective as of a date prior to, but conditioned upon, the consummation of the Change in Control as determined by the Board.
(b)
Assumption, Continuation or Substitution of Awards. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, if so determined by the Board, in its discretion, an Award or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each share of Stock subject to the Award, solely common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. Any Award or portion thereof which is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Award prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Award Agreement evidencing such Award except as otherwise provided in such Award Agreement.
(c)
Cash-Out of Outstanding Awards. The Board may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control and not previously exercised or settled shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share, if so determined by the Board) of Stock subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the

17


 

consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control, reduced (but not below zero) by the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under such Award. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable amount of future payment of such consideration, or, in the alternative, may submit such amounts to same contingencies and timely restrictions in payments to stockholders in general. In the event such determination is made by the Board, an Award having an exercise or purchase price per share equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control may be canceled without payment of consideration to the holder thereof. Payment pursuant to this Section (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be made to Participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portions of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards.
9.2
Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.
(a)
Excess Parachute Payment. If any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, provided such election would not subject the Participant to taxation under Section 409A, the Participant may elect to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.
(b)
Determination by Tax Firm. To aid the Participant in making any election called for under Section 9.2(a), no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 9.2(a), the Company shall request a determination in writing by the professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes, or, if the tax firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the Acquiror, the Company will appoint a nationally recognized tax firm to make the determinations required by this Section (the “Tax Firm”). As soon as practicable thereafter, the Tax Firm shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit to the Participant. For the purposes of such determination, the Tax Firm may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Tax Firm such information and documents as the Tax Firm may reasonably request in order to make its required determination. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Tax Firm may charge in connection with its services contemplated by this Section.

18


 

10.
Tax Withholding.
10.1
Tax Withholding in General. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including social insurance), if any, required by law to be withheld by any Participating Company with respect to an Award or the shares acquired pursuant thereto. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to an Award Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.
10.2
Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise or vesting of an Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. The Company may require a Participant to direct a broker, upon the vesting or exercise of an Award, to sell a portion of the shares subject to the Award determined by the Company in its discretion to be sufficient to cover the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company and to remit an amount equal to such tax withholding obligations to the Participating Company in cash.
11.
Compliance with Section 409A.
11.1
In General. The Plan and all Awards granted hereunder are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A. The Plan and all Awards granted under the Plan shall be administered, interpreted, and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A, as determined by the Company in good faith, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code. It is intended that any election, payment or benefit which is made or provided pursuant to or in connection with any Award that may result in deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A shall comply in all respects with the applicable requirements of Section 409A.
11.2
Certain Limitations. With respect to any Award that is subject to Section 409A, the following shall apply, as applicable:
(a)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, to the extent required to avoid tax penalties under Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to the Plan on account of, and during the six (6) month period immediately following, the Participant’s termination of Service shall instead be paid on the first payroll date after the six-month anniversary of the Participant’s separation from service (or the Participant’s death, if earlier).

19


 

(b)
Neither any Participant nor the Company shall take any action to accelerate or delay the payment of any amount or benefits under an Award in any manner which would not be in compliance with Section 409A.
(c)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, to the extent that any amount constituting deferred compensation subject to Section 409A would become payable under the Plan by reason of a Change in Control, such amount shall become payable only if the event constituting the Change in Control would also constitute a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A. Any Award which constitutes deferred compensation subject to Section 409A and which would vest and otherwise become payable upon a Change in Control as a result of the failure of the Acquiror to assume, continue or substitute for such Award in accordance with Section 9.1(b) shall vest to the extent provided by such Award but shall be converted automatically at the effective time of such Change in Control into a right to receive, in cash on the date or dates such award would have been settled in accordance with its then existing settlement schedule, an amount or amounts equal in the aggregate to the intrinsic value of the Award at the time of the Change in Control.
(d)
Should any provision of the Plan, any Award Agreement, or any other agreement or arrangement contemplated by the Plan be found not to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, such provision shall be modified and given effect (retroactively if necessary), in the sole discretion of the Board, and without the consent of the holder of the Award, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A.
(e)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor the Board shall have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any tax or penalty on any Participant under Section 409A, and neither the Company nor the Board will have any liability to any Participant for such tax or penalty.
12.
Compliance with Securities Law.

The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to any Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities and the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised or shares issued pursuant to an Award unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of such exercise or issuance be in effect with respect to the shares issuable pursuant to the Award or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable pursuant to the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, the Company intends that securities issued pursuant to the Plan be exempt from requirements of registration and qualification of such securities pursuant the exemptions afforded by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and Section 25102(o) of the of the California Corporations Code or any other applicable exemptions, and the Plan shall be so construed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the

20


 

Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shalli not have been obtained. As a condition to issuance of any Stock, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

13.
Amendment or Termination of Plan.

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. However, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Sections 4.2 and 4.3), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Stock may then be listed or quoted. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Board. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may have a materially adverse effect on any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any Participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan, including, but not limited to, Section 409A.

14.
Miscellaneous Provisions.
14.1
Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.
(a)
Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Award is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.
(b)
Notwithstanding the provisions of any Award Agreement to the contrary, at any time prior to the date on which the Stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as such term is used in the Exchange Act) or is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefore are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal, the Board may prohibit any Participant who acquires shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan or any transferee of such Participant from selling, transferring, assigning, pledging, or otherwise disposing of or encumbering any such shares (each, a “Transfer”) without the prior written consent of the Board. The Board may withhold consent to any Transfer for any reason, including without limitation any

21


 

Transfer (i) to any individual or entity identified by the Company as a potential competitor or considered by the Company to be unfriendly, or (ii) if such Transfer increases the risk of the Company having a class of security held of record by such number of persons as would require the Company to register any class of securities under the Exchange Act; or (iii) if such Transfer would result in the loss of any federal or state securities law exemption relied upon by the Company in connection with the initial issuance of such shares or the issuance of any other securities; or (iv) if such Transfer is facilitated in any manner by any public posting, message board, trading portal, Internet site, or similar method of communication, including without limitation any trading portal or Internet site intended to facilitate secondary transfers of securities; or (v) if such Transfer is to be effected in a brokered transaction; or (vi) if such Transfer would be of less than all of the shares of Stock then held by the stockholder and its affiliates or is to be made to more than a single transferee.
14.2
Forfeiture Events. The Board may determine that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events may include, but shall not be limited to, termination of Service for Cause, any act by a Participant, whether before or after termination of Service, that would constitute Cause for termination of Service, or any accounting restatement due to material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirements of securities laws as a result of which, and to the extent that, such reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment is required by applicable securities laws.
14.3
Provision of Information. The Company shall deliver to each Participant such disclosures as are required by applicable law.
14.4
Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director. No person, even though eligible pursuant to Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant. Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer on any Participant a right to remain an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time. To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than the Company receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that the Company is the Employee’s employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship with the Company.
14.5
Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.3 or another provision of the Plan.
14.6
Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award and shall deliver such shares to or for the benefit of the Participant by means of one or more of the following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to

22


 

the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.
14.7
Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise or settlement of any Award.
14.8
Retirement and Welfare Plans. Neither Awards made under this Plan nor shares of Stock or cash paid pursuant to such Awards may be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any Participant under any Participating Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing a Participant’s benefits.
14.9
Severability. If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
14.10
No Constraint on Corporate Action. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or another Participating Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or another Participating Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.
14.11
Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflict of law rules.
14.12
Stockholder Approval. The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the “Authorized Shares”) shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote by the later of (a) a period beginning twelve (12) months before and ending twelve (12) months after the date of adoption thereof by the Board or (b) the first issuance of any security pursuant to the Plan in the State of California (within the meaning of Section 25008 of the California Corporations Code). Awards granted prior to security holder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the security holders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of security holder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be, and such Awards shall be rescinded if such security holder approval is not received in the manner described in the preceding sentence.

23


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing sets forth the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2018 Stock Plan as duly adopted by the Board on May 8, 2018, as may be amended from time to time.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Randy Socol

 

Randy Socol, Assistant Secretary

 

24


 

PLAN HISTORY

 

May 18, 2018

Board adopts Plan, with an initial reserve of 2,000,000 shares.

May 18, 2018

Stockholders of the Company approve Plan.

October 30, 2018

Board approves Plan increase to 3,884,468 shares.

October 30, 2018

Stockholders of the Company approve increase to 3,884,468 shares.

January 7, 2019

25102(o) Notice filed in California in connection with Plan adoption and increase.

March 27, 2020

Board approves Plan increase to 8,462,296 shares.

March 27, 2020

Stockholders of the Company approve increase to 8,462,296 shares.

July 23, 2020

25102(o) Notice filed in California in connection with Plan increase.

March 24, 2021

Board approves Plan increase to 12,219,988 shares.

April 28, 2021

Board approves Plan increase to 12,856,941 shares.

May 6, 2021

Stockholders approve Plan increase to 12,856,941 shares

November 1, 2021

Board approves Plan increase to 12,906,941 shares.

November 16, 2021

Stockholders approve Plan increase to 12,906,941 shares.

March 1, 2022

Board and Stockholders approve Plan increase to 19,906,941 shares.

June 16, 2022

Board approves Plan increase to 23,406,947 shares.

 

Stockholders approve Plan increase to 23,406,947 shares.

 

25102(o) Notice filed in California in connection with Plan increase.

December 8, 2024

Board approves Plan increase to 24,607,441 shares.

December 11, 2024

Stockholders approve Plan increase to 24,607,441 shares.

December 16, 2024

Board and Stockholders approve Plan increase to 25,782,545.

February 18, 2025

Board and Stockholders approve Plan increase to 26,782,545.

September 30, 2025

Board and Stockholders approve Plan increase to 41,146,191.

 

 


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

1.

Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan

1

 

1.1

Establishment

1

 

1.2

Purpose

1

 

1.3

Term of Plan

1

2.

Definitions and Construction

1

 

2.1

Definitions

1

 

2.2

Construction

7

3.

Administration

7

 

3.1

Administration by the Board

7

 

3.2

Authority of Officers

7

 

3.3

Powers of the Board

7

 

3.4

Administration with Respect to Insiders

8

 

3.5

Indemnification

8

4.

Shares Subject to Plan

9

 

4.1

Maximum Number of Shares Issuable

9

 

4.2

Share Counting

9

 

4.3

Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure

9

 

4.4

Assumption or Substitution of Awards

10

5.

Eligibility, Participation and Option Limitations

10

 

5.1

Persons Eligible for Awards

10

 

5.2

Participation in the Plan

10

 

5.3

Incentive Stock Option Limitations

10

6.

Stock Options

11

 

6.1

Exercise Price

11

 

6.2

Exercisability and Term of Options

11

 

6.3

Payment of Exercise Price

12

 

6.4

Effect of Termination of Service

13

 

6.5

Transferability of Options

14

7.

Restricted Stock Awards

14

 

7.1

Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized

14

 

7.2

Purchase Price

14

 

7.3

Purchase Period

15

i


 

 

 

Page

 

7.4

Payment of Purchase Price

15

 

7.5

Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer

15

 

7.6

Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions

15

 

7.7

Effect of Termination of Service

16

 

7.8

Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights

16

8.

Standard Forms of Award Agreements

16

 

8.1

Award Agreements

16

 

8.2

Authority to Vary Terms

16

9.

Change in Control

16

 

9.1

Effect of Change in Control on Awards

16

 

9.2

Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code

18

10.

Tax Withholding

19

 

10.1

Tax Withholding in General

19

 

10.2

Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares

19

11.

Compliance with Section 409A

19

 

11.1

In General

19

 

11.2

Certain Limitations

19

12.

Compliance with Securities Law

20

13.

Amendment or Termination of Plan

21

14.

Miscellaneous Provisions

21

 

14.1

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares

21

 

14.2

Forfeiture Events

22

 

14.3

Provision of Information

22

 

14.4

Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director

22

 

14.5

Rights as a Stockholder

22

 

14.6

Delivery of Title to Shares

22

 

14.7

Fractional Shares

23

 

14.8

Retirement and Welfare Plans

23

 

14.9

Severability

23

 

14.10

No Constraint on Corporate Action

23

 

14.11

Choice of Law

23

 

14.12

Stockholder Approval

23

ii


Exhibit 10.2

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

 

The Participant has been granted an option (the “Option”) to purchase shares of Stock of Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. pursuant to the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2018 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as follows:

 

Participant:

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

Number of Option Shares:

 

, subject to adjustment as provided by the Option Agreement.

Exercise Price:

US$

 

 

 

Initial Vesting Date:

The date one (1) year after [vesting commencement date]

Option Expiration Date:

The date [ten (10)] [five (5)] years after the Date of Grant

 

US Tax Status of Option:

Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Vested Shares:

Except as provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the number of Vested Shares (disregarding any resulting fractional share) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Number of Option Shares by the “Vested Ratio” determined as of such date as follows:

 

Vested Ratio

 

Prior to Initial Vesting Date

0

 

 

On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Participant’s Service has not terminated prior to such date

1/4

 

 

Plus

 

 

For each additional full month of the Participant’s continuous Service from Initial Vesting Date until the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an additional

1/48

The Exercise Price represents an amount the Company believes to be no less than the fair market value of a share of Stock as of the Date of Grant, determined in good faith in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”). However, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the Company’s determination. A subsequent IRS determination that the Exercise Price is less than such fair market value could result in adverse tax consequences to the Participant. By signing below, the Participant agrees that the Company, its directors, officers and shareholders shall not be held liable for any tax, penalty, interest or cost incurred by the Participant as a result of such determination by the IRS. The Participant is urged to consult with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the Option, including the application of Section 409A.

By their signatures below, the Company and the Participant agree that the Option is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. The Participant acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Its:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENTS:

 

2018 Stock Plan, as amended to the Date of Grant; Stock Option Agreement and Exercise Notice

 


Exhibit 10.3

 

[CA ONLY: THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.]

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

Aspen Neuroscience, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) is attached an option (the “Option”) to purchase shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2018 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

1.
Definitions and Construction.
1.1
Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.
1.2
Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 


 

2.
Tax Consequences.
2.1
Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.
(a)
Incentive Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)
(b)
Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.
2.2
ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

2


 

3.
Administration.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Option shall be determined by the Board. All such determinations by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Option or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4.
Exercise of the Option.
4.1
Right to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.
4.2
Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

3


 

4.3
Payment of Exercise Price.
(a)
Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company and subject to the limitations contained in Section 4.3(b), by means of (1) a Stock Tender Exercise, (2) a Cashless Exercise or (3) a Net-Exercise; or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.
(b)
Limitations on Forms of Consideration. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedure providing for payment of the Exercise Price through any of the means described below, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.
(i)
Stock Tender Exercise. A “Stock Tender Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice accompanied by (1) the Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant’s payment to the Company in cash of the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such shares’ Fair Market Value. A Stock Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.
(ii)
Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise shall be permitted only upon the class of shares subject to the Option becoming publicly traded in an established securities market. A “Cashless Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option in an amount not less than the aggregate Exercise Price for such shares (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).
(iii)
Net-Exercise. A “Net-Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice electing a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Following a Net-Exercise, the number of shares remaining subject to the Option, if any, shall be reduced by the sum

4


 

of (1) the net number of shares issued to the Participant upon such exercise, and (2) the number of shares deducted by the Company for payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.
4.4
Tax Withholding.
(a)
In General. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by a Participating Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including social insurance) withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.
(b)
Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Participant to satisfy all or any portion of a Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations upon exercise of the Option by deducting from the shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon such exercise a number of whole shares having a fair market value, as determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. The Company may require the Participant to direct a broker, upon the exercise of the Option, to sell a portion of the shares subject to the Option determined by the Company in its discretion to be sufficient to cover the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company and to remit an amount equal to such tax withholding obligations to the Company in cash.
4.5
Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Except as provided by the preceding sentence, a certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.
4.6
Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE

5


 

OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.
4.7
Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.
5.
Nontransferability of the Option.

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) under the Exchange Act, the Option and, prior to its exercise, the shares to be issued upon the exercise of the Option, shall not be transferred except in compliance with the restrictions on transfer under Rule 12h-1(f) (including the requirement under such rule that any permitted transferee may not further transfer the Option) or be made subject to any short position, “put equivalent position” or “call equivalent position” by the Participant, as such terms are defined in Rule 16a-1 of the Exchange Act.

6.
Termination of the Option.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7.
Effect of Termination of Service.
7.1
Option Exercisability. The Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.
(a)
Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6


 

(b)
Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.
(c)
Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.
(d)
Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
7.2
Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination of the Participant’s Service for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (a) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (b) the end of the applicable time period under Section 7.1, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
8.
Effect of Change in Control.

In the event of a Change in Control, except to the extent that the Board determines to settle the Option in accordance with Section 9.1(c) of the Plan, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under all or any portion of the Option or substitute for all or any portion of the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option for each share of Stock to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by

7


 

holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

9.
Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10.
Rights as a Stockholder, Director, Employee or Consultant.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

8


 

11.
Right of First Refusal.
11.1
Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 11.7 and Section 16 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the “Transfer Shares”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “Right of First Refusal”).
11.2
Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.
11.3
Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.
11.4
Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer

9


 

Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the period during which the Company may exercise the Right of First Refusal and consummate the purchase of the Transfer Shares from the Participant shall terminate no sooner than the completion of a period of eight (8) months following the date on which the Participant acquired the Transfer Shares upon exercise of the Option.
11.5
Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice or, if applicable, following the end of the period described in the last sentence of Section 11.4. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 11.
11.6
Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.
11.7
Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

10


 

11.8
Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.
11.9
Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over‑the‑counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.
12.
Stock Distributions Subject to Option Agreement.

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

13.
Notice of Sales Upon Disqualifying Disposition.

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

11


 

14.
Legends.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

14.1
“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”
14.2
“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND REPURCHASE OPTIONS IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”
14.3
“THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”
15.
Lock-Up Agreement.

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise

12


 

dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering; provided, further, however, that such one hundred eighty (180) day period may be extended for an additional period, not to exceed twenty (20) days, upon the request of the Company or the underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

16.
Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.

At any time prior to the existence of a public market for the Stock, the Board may prohibit the Participant and any transferee of such Participant from selling, transferring, assigning, pledging, or otherwise disposing of or encumbering any shares acquired pursuant to the Option (each, a “Transfer”) without the prior written consent of the Board. The Board may withhold consent for any reason, including without limitation any Transfer (i) to any individual or entity identified by the Company as a potential competitor or considered by the Company to be unfriendly, or (ii) if such Transfer increases the risk of the Company having a class of security held of record by such number of persons as would require the Company to register any class of securities under the Exchange Act; or (iii) if such Transfer would result in the loss of any federal or state securities law exemption relied upon by the Company in connection with the initial issuance of such shares or the issuance of any other securities; or (iv) if such Transfer is facilitated in any manner by any public posting, message board, trading portal, Internet site, or similar method of communication, including without limitation any trading portal or Internet site intended to facilitate secondary transfers of securities; or (v) if such Transfer is to be effected in a brokered transaction; or (vi) if such Transfer would be of less than all of the shares of Stock then held by the stockholder and its affiliates or is to be made to more than a single transferee. No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

17.
Miscellaneous Provisions.
17.1
Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may have a materially adverse effect

13


 

on the Option or any unexercised portion thereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to Section 409A of the Code. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.
17.2
Compliance with Section 409A. The Company intends that income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan and this Option Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company, in its reasonable discretion, may amend (including retroactively) the Plan and this Agreement in order to conform to the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including amendments to facilitate the Participant’s ability to avoid taxation under Section 409A of the Code. However, the preceding provisions shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Company of any particular tax result for income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement. In any event, and except for the responsibilities of the Company set forth in Section 4.4, no Participating Company shall be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes incurred by the Participant on income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement.
17.3
Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.
17.4
Binding Effect. This Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
17.5
Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by a Participating Company, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.
(a)
Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

14


 

(b)
Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 17.5(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 17.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a).
17.6
Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and a Participating Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.
17.7
Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.
17.8
Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

15


Exhibit 10.4

 

Incentive Stock Option

 

Participant:

 

Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

Date:

 

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1.
Option. I was granted an option (the “Option”) to purchase shares of the common stock (the “Shares”) of Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the Company’s 2018 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Grant Notice”) and my Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

Number of Option Shares:

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$

 

 

2.
Exercise of Option. I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are Vested Shares, in accordance with the Grant Notice and the Option Agreement:

 

Total Shares Purchased:

 

 

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

$

 

 

3.
Payments. I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

Cash:

$

 

 

 

 

 

Check:

$

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Tender Exercise:

Contact Plan Administrator

 

 

 

 

Cashless Exercise:

Contact Plan Administrator

 

 

 

 

Net Exercise:

Contact Plan Administrator

 

4.
Tax Withholding. I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

 

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

Cash:

$

 

 

 

 

 

Check:

$

 

 

5.
Participant Information.

 

My address is:

 

 

 

My Social Security Number is:

 

 

6.
Notice of Disqualifying Disposition. If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Grant.
7.
Binding Effect. I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, and the Plan, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
8.
Transfer. I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Grant Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 


Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

1.

Establishment, Purpose and term of Plan.

1

 

1.1

Establishment

1

 

1.2

Purpose

1

 

1.3

Term of Plan

1

2.

Definitions and Construction.

1

 

2.1

Definitions

1

 

2.2

Construction

10

3.

Administration.

10

 

3.1

Administration by the Committee

10

 

3.2

Authority of Officers; Grant Committee

10

 

3.3

Administration with Respect to Insiders

11

 

3.4

Powers of the Committee

11

 

3.5

Option or SAR Repricing

12

 

3.6

Indemnification

13

4.

Shares Subject to Plan.

13

 

4.1

Maximum Number of Shares Issuable

13

 

4.2

Executive Chair Reserve

13

 

4.3

Share Counting

15

 

4.4

Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure

15

 

4.5

Assumption or Substitution of Awards

16

5.

Eligibility, Participation and Award Limitations.

16

 

5.1

Persons Eligible for Awards

16

 

5.2

Participation in the Plan

16

 

5.3

Incentive Stock Option Limitations

16

 

5.4

Nonemployee Director Award Limit

17

6.

Stock Options.

17

 

6.1

Exercise Price

17

 

6.2

Exercisability and Term of Options

18

 

6.3

Payment of Exercise Price

18

 

6.4

Effect of Termination of Service

19

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

 

 

6.5

Transferability of Options

20

7.

Stock Appreciation Rights.

20

 

7.1

Types of SARs Authorized

21

 

7.2

Exercise Price

21

 

7.3

Exercisability and Term of SARs

21

 

7.4

Exercise of SARs

22

 

7.5

Deemed Exercise of SARs

22

 

7.6

Effect of Termination of Service

22

 

7.7

Transferability of SARs

22

8.

Restricted Stock Awards.

22

 

8.1

Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized

23

 

8.2

Purchase Price

23

 

8.3

Purchase Period

23

 

8.4

Payment of Purchase Price

23

 

8.5

Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer

23

 

8.6

Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions

24

 

8.7

Effect of Termination of Service

24

 

8.8

Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights

24

9.

Restricted Stock Units.

25

 

9.1

Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards

25

 

9.2

Purchase Price

25

 

9.3

Vesting

25

 

9.4

Voting Rights, Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions

25

 

9.5

Effect of Termination of Service

26

 

9.6

Settlement of Restricted Stock Unit Awards

26

 

9.7

Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Unit Awards

26

10.

Performance Awards.

27

 

10.1

Types of Performance Awards Authorized

27

 

10.2

Initial Value of Performance Shares and Performance Units

27

 

10.3

Establishment of Performance Period, Performance Goals and Performance Award Formula

27

 

10.4

Measurement of Performance Goals

27

ii

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

 

 

10.5

Settlement of Performance Awards

28

 

10.6

Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions

29

 

10.7

Effect of Termination of Service

29

 

10.8

Nontransferability of Performance Awards

30

11.

Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.

30

 

11.1

Grant of Cash-Based Awards

30

 

11.2

Grant of Other Stock-Based Awards

30

 

11.3

Value of Cash-Based and Other Stock-Based Awards

31

 

11.4

Payment or Settlement of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards

31

 

11.5

Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions

31

 

11.6

Effect of Termination of Service

32

 

11.7

Nontransferability of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards

32

12.

Standard Forms of Award Agreement.

32

 

12.1

Award Agreements

32

 

12.2

Authority to Vary Terms

32

13.

Change in Control.

32

 

13.1

Effect of Change in Control on Awards

32

 

13.2

Effect of Change in Control on Nonemployee Director Awards

34

 

13.3

Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code

34

14.

Compliance with Securities Law.

35

15.

Compliance with Section 409A.

35

 

15.1

Awards Subject to Section 409A

35

 

15.2

Deferral and/or Distribution Elections

36

 

15.3

Subsequent Elections

36

 

15.4

Payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation

37

16.

Tax Withholding.

39

 

16.1

Tax Withholding in General

39

 

16.2

Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares

39

17.

Amendment, Suspension or Termination of Plan.

39

18.

Miscellaneous Provisions.

40

 

18.1

Repurchase Rights

40

iii

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

 

 

18.2

Forfeiture Events

40

 

18.3

Electronic Delivery and Participation.

41

 

18.4

Change in Time Commitment.

41

 

18.5

Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director

41

 

18.6

Rights as a Stockholder

41

 

18.7

Delivery of Title to Shares

42

 

18.8

Fractional Shares

42

 

18.9

Provisions for Non-U.S. Participants

42

 

18.10

Lock-Up Period

42

 

18.11

Data Privacy

42

 

18.12

Retirement and Welfare Plans

43

 

18.13

Beneficiary Designation

43

 

18.14

Severability

43

 

18.15

No Constraint on Corporate Action

43

 

18.16

Unfunded Obligation

43

 

18.17

Choice of Law

44

iv

 


 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.
2026 Equity Incentive Plan

1. Establishment, Purpose and term of Plan.

1.1 Establishment.

(a) The Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby established effective as of the Effective Date. Certain capitalized terms used herein have the meanings set forth in Section 2 of the Plan.

(b) The Plan is the successor to the Prior Plan. As of the Effective Date: (i) no additional awards may be granted under the Prior Plan, (ii) the number of shares of Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan will be increased by the applicable number of Returning Shares, if any; and (iii) all awards granted under the Prior Plan that are outstanding on the Effective Date will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan (except to the extent such outstanding awards result in Returning Shares that become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan). All Awards granted under this Plan will be subject to the terms of this Plan.

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Committee; provided, however, that any Incentive Stock Option shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of: (i) the date the Board or the Committee most recently approved the applicable number of shares issuable under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options, or (ii) the date the Company’s stockholders most recently approved the maximum applicable number of shares issuable under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

2. Definitions and Construction.

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Affiliate” means (i) a parent entity, other than a Parent Corporation, that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediary entities, controls the Company or (ii) a subsidiary entity, other than a Subsidiary Corporation, that is controlled by the Company directly or indirectly through one or more intermediary entities. For this purpose, the terms “parent,” “subsidiary,” “control” and “controlled by” shall have the meanings assigned to such terms for the purposes of registration of securities on Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

1


 

(b) “Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Purchase Right, Restricted Stock Bonus, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan.

(c) “Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to an Award.

(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “Cash-Based Award” means an Award denominated in cash and granted pursuant to Section 11.

(f) “Cashless Exercise” means a Cashless Exercise as defined in Section 6.3(b)(i).

(g) “Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the applicable Participating Company that employs or engages Participant defining such term and, in the absence of such an agreement that contains such term, ”Cause” means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Participant’s material failure to abide by a Participating Company’s code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the Participant’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participant’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (v) the Participant’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment, service, non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement (except with respect to a disclosure protected by applicable law); or (vii) the Participant’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

(h) “Change in Control” means, unless otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement, the occurrence of any one or a combination of the following events in each case which is actually consummated:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total Fair Market Value or total combined voting power of the

2


 

Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if such degree of beneficial ownership results from any of the following: (A) an acquisition by any person who on the Effective Date is the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of such voting power, (B) any acquisition directly from the Company, including, without limitation, pursuant to or in connection with a public offering of securities, (C) any acquisition by the Company, (D) any acquisition by a trustee or other fiduciary under an employee benefit plan of a Participating Company or (E) any acquisition by an entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting securities of the Company; or

(ii) an Ownership Change Event or series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “Transaction”) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(kk)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “Transferee”), as the case may be; or

(iii) a date specified by the Committee following approval by the stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

provided, however, that a Change in Control shall be deemed not to include a transaction described in subsections (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.1(h) in which a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Committee shall determine whether multiple events described in subsections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 2.1(h) are related and to be treated in the aggregate as a single Change in Control, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or portion of any Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsections (i), (ii) and (iii) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

The Committee shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a

3


 

Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

(i) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations and administrative guidelines promulgated thereunder.

(j) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee and such other committee or subcommittee of the Board, if any, duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers in each instance as shall be specified by the Board. If, at any time, there is no committee of the Board then authorized or properly constituted to administer the Plan, the Board shall exercise all of the powers of the Committee granted herein, and, in any event, the Board may in its discretion exercise any or all of such powers and, in such instances, references herein to the Committee shall mean the Board. Unless the Board specifically determines otherwise, each member of the Committee shall, at the time it takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan, be a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and an “independent director” under the rules of any stock exchange on which the Stock is listed. However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as “non-employee director” or an “independent director” shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee which Award is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

(k) “Company” means Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation thereto.

(l) “Consultant” means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on registration on Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

(m) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(n) “Disability” means the permanent and total disability of the Participant, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(o) “Dividend Equivalent Right” means the right of a Participant, granted at the discretion of the Committee or as otherwise provided by the Plan, to receive a credit for the account of such Participant in an amount equal to the cash dividends paid on one share of Stock for each share of Stock represented by an Award held by such Participant.

(p) “Effective Date” means the IPO Date, provided this Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders prior to the IPO Date.

(q) “Employee” means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a Director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an

4


 

individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

(r) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(s) “Executive Chair Agreement” means the offer letter agreement between the Company and the Executive Chair Participant, dated as of July 21, 2026, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, pursuant to which the Company has agreed to grant certain Equity Awards to the Executive Chair Participant upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

(t) “Executive Chair Participant” means Faheem Hasnain, individually, and no other person.

(u) “Executive Chair Reserve” means the shares of Stock reserved under this Plan solely for issuance pursuant to Awards granted to the Executive Chair Participant in connection with the Company’s obligations under the Executive Chair Agreement, as further described in Section 4.2, and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.4.

(v) “Executive Chair Reserve Awards” means, collectively, the potential Equity Awards as described in the Executive Chair Agreement and that may be granted to the Executive Chair Participant under this Plan.

(w) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Committee, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if, on such date, the Stock is listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or quotation system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or quotation system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Committee, in its discretion.

(ii) The Committee may, in its discretion, determine the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the basis of the opening, closing, or average of the high and low sale prices of a share of Stock on such date or the preceding trading day, the actual sale price of a share of Stock received by a Participant, any other reasonable basis using actual transactions

5


 

in the Stock as reported on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, or on any other basis consistent with the requirements of Section 409A. The Committee may also determine the Fair Market Value upon the average selling price of the Stock during a specified period that is within thirty (30) days before or thirty (30) days after such date, provided that, with respect to the grant of an Option or SAR, the commitment to grant such Award based on such valuation method must be irrevocable before the beginning of the specified period and in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 409A. The Committee may vary its method of determination of the Fair Market Value as provided in this Section for different purposes under the Plan to the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

(iii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Committee in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A and/or Section 422 of the Code to the extent applicable.

(x) “Full Value Award” means any Award settled in Stock, other than (i) an Option, (ii) a Stock Appreciation Right, or (iii) a Restricted Stock Purchase Right or an Other Stock-Based Award under which the Company will receive monetary consideration equal to the Fair Market Value (determined on the effective date of grant) of the shares subject to such Award.

(y) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(z) “Incumbent Director” means a director who either (i) is a member of the Board as of the Effective Date or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but excluding a director who was elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company).

(aa) “Insider” means an Officer, a Director or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(bb) “IPO Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock, pursuant to which the common stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(cc) “Materially Impair” means any amendment to the terms of the Award that materially adversely affects the Participant’s rights under the Award. A Participant's rights under an Award will not be deemed to have been Materially Impaired by any such amendment if the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant's rights. For example, the following types of amendments to the terms of an Award do not Materially Impair the Participant’s rights under the Award: (i) imposition of reasonable restrictions on the minimum number of shares subject to an Option that may be exercised, (ii) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iii) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option

6


 

in a manner that disqualifies, impairs or otherwise affects the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iv) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with or qualify it for an exemption from, Section 409A; or (v) to comply with other applicable laws.

(dd) “Net Exercise” means a Net Exercise as defined in Section 6.3(b)(iii).

(ee) “Nonemployee Director” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(ff) “Nonemployee Director Award” means any Award granted to a Nonemployee Director.

(gg) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) or which does not qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(hh) “Officer” means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

(ii) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(jj) “Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award denominated in shares of Stock and granted pursuant to Section 11.

(kk) “Ownership Change Event” means the occurrence of any of the following transactions with respect to the Company which is actually consummated: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).

(ll) “Parent Corporation” means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(mm) “Participant” means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.

(nn) “Participating Company” means the Company or any Parent Corporation, Subsidiary Corporation or Affiliate.

(oo) “Participating Company Group” means, at any point in time, the Company and all other entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.

7


 

(pp) “Performance Award” means an Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units.

(qq) “Performance Award Formula” means, for any Performance Award, a formula or table established by the Committee pursuant to Section 10.3 which provides the basis for computing the value of a Performance Award at one or more levels of attainment of the applicable Performance Goal(s) measured as of the end of the applicable Performance Period.

(rr) “Performance Goal” means a performance goal established by the Committee pursuant to Section 10.3.

(ss) “Performance Period” means a period established by the Committee pursuant to Section 10.3 at the end of which one or more Performance Goals are to be measured.

(tt) “Performance Share” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 10 to receive a payment equal to the value of a Performance Share, as determined by the Committee, based upon attainment of applicable Performance Goal(s).

(uu) “Performance Unit” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 10 to receive a payment equal to the value of a Performance Unit, as determined by the Committee, based upon attainment of applicable Performance Goal(s).

(vv) “Plan Administrator” means the person, persons, and/or third-party administrator designated by the Company to administer the day to day operations of the Plan and the Company’s other equity incentive programs.

(ww) “Post-Termination Exercise Period” means the period following termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service within which an Option or SAR is exercisable, as specified in Section 6.4(a).

(xx) “Pre-Funded Warrant” means a warrant to purchase Stock and for which the aggregate exercise price (except for a nominal remaining exercise price) has been pre-funded or pre-paid to the Company prior to exercise.

(yy) “Prior Plan” means the Company’s 2018 Stock Plan.

(zz) “Restricted Stock Award” means an Award of a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

(aaa) “Restricted Stock Bonus” means Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.

(bbb) “Restricted Stock Purchase Right” means a right to purchase Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.

8


 

(ccc) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 9 to receive on a future date or occurrence of a future event a share of Stock or cash in lieu thereof, as determined by the Committee.

(ddd) “Returning Shares” means shares subject to equity awards granted under the Prior Plan that are outstanding on the Effective Date, and that: (A) are not issued because such share award or any portion thereof expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such share award having been issued; (B) are not issued because such award or any portion thereof is settled in cash; (C) are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (D) are used to pay the exercise price of an award; or (E) are used to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to an award.

(eee) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(fff) “SAR” or “Stock Appreciation Right” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7 to receive payment, for each share of Stock subject to such Award, of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the Award over the exercise price thereof.

(ggg) “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code.

(hhh) “Section 409A Deferred Compensation” means compensation provided pursuant to an Award that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

(iii) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(jjj) “Service” means a Participant’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether as an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders Service or a change in the Participating Company for which the Participant renders Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service. Furthermore, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have been interrupted or terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company. However, unless otherwise provided by the Committee, if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the ninety-first (91st) day following the commencement of such leave the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated, unless the Participant’s right to return to Service is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, an unpaid leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant’s Award Agreement. A Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the business entity for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.

9


 

(kkk) “Stock” means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.

(lll) “Stock Tender Exercise” means a Stock Tender Exercise as defined in Section 6.3(b)(ii).

(mmm) “Subsidiary Corporation” means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(nnn) “Ten Percent Owner” means a Participant who, at the time an Option is granted to the Participant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company (other than an Affiliate) within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

(ooo) “Trading Compliance Policy” means the written policy of the Company pertaining to the purchase, sale, transfer or other disposition of the Company’s equity securities by Directors, Officers, Employees or other service providers who may possess material, nonpublic information regarding the Company or its securities.

(ppp) “Vesting Conditions” mean those conditions established in accordance with the Plan prior to the satisfaction of which an Award or shares subject to an Award remain subject to forfeiture or a repurchase option in favor of the Company exercisable for the Participant’s monetary purchase price, if any, for such shares upon the Participant’s termination of Service or failure of a performance condition to be satisfied.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. Administration.

3.1 Administration by the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any Award Agreement or of any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or of any Award shall be determined by the Committee, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or Award Agreement or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

3.2 Authority of Officers; Grant Committee. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election that is the responsibility of or that is allocated to the Company herein,

10


 

provided that the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may, in its discretion, delegate to a grant committee comprised of one or more Officers and/or other Employees the authority to grant one or more Awards, without further approval of the Committee, to any Participant, other than a person who, at the time of such grant, is an Insider or otherwise is a member of such committee, and to exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Committee may determine; provided, however, that (a) the Committee shall fix the maximum number of shares subject to Awards that may be granted by such committee, applicable time periods during which such grants can be made, minimum consideration payable, and other parameters and restrictions for such delegation as required by applicable law, (b) unless otherwise approved by the Committee each such Award shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the appropriate standard form of Award Agreement approved by the Board or the Committee and shall conform to the provisions of the Plan, and (c) each such Award shall conform to such other limits and guidelines as may be established from time to time by the Committee and as required by applicable law.

3.3 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.4 Powers of the Committee. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock, units or monetary value to be subject to each Award;

(b) to determine the type of Award granted;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise or purchase price of shares pursuant to any Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased pursuant to any Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with any Award, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of Stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, (v) the Performance Measures, Performance Period, Performance Award Formula and Performance Goals applicable to any Award and the extent to which such Performance Goals have been attained, (vi) the time of expiration of any Award, (vii) the effect of any Participant’s termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (viii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

11


 

(e) to determine whether an Award will be settled in shares of Stock, cash, other property or in any combination thereof;

(f) to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;

(g) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto provided however, that, a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be Materially Impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing;

(h) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of Service provided however, that, a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be Materially Impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing;

(i) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt sub-plans or supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Committee deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy, accounting principles or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose residents may be granted Awards;

(j) To prohibit the exercise of any Option, SAR or other exercisable Award during a period of up to 30 days prior to the consummation of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Stock or the share price of the Stock including any Change in Control, for reasons of administrative convenience;

(k) To effect, at any time and from time to time, subject to the consent of any Participant whose Award is Materially Impaired by such action, (i) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or SAR; (i) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or SAR and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option, SAR, Restricted Stock Award, RSU Award or Other Award, under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company, covering the same or a different number of shares of Stock, (B) cash and/or (C) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board); or (iii) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; and

(l) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Award as the Committee may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

3.5 Option or SAR Repricing. The Committee shall have the authority, without additional approval by the stockholders of the Company, to approve a program providing for either (a) the cancellation of outstanding Options or SARs having exercise prices per share greater than the then Fair Market Value of a share of Stock (“Underwater Awards”) and the grant

12


 

in substitution therefor of new Options or SARs covering the same or a different number of shares but with an exercise price per share equal to the Fair Market Value per share on the new grant date, Full Value Awards, or payments in cash, or (b) the amendment of outstanding Underwater Awards to reduce the exercise price thereof to the Fair Market Value per share on the date of amendment.

3.6 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or the Committee or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, to the extent permitted by applicable law, members of the Board or the Committee and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board, the Committee or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

4. Shares Subject to Plan.

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.3 and 4.4, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed ______________________ shares, which number is the sum of: (i) ______________________ new shares, plus the applicable number of Returning Shares, not exceeding a maximum of _______________ Returning Shares. In addition, the aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan will automatically annually increase commencing on January 1, 2027 and on each subsequent January 1 through and including January 1, 2036 by a number of shares equal to the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) of the sum of the number of shares of Stock then outstanding plus the number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of any then outstanding and unexercised Pre-Funded Warrants, in each case which are outstanding as of the immediately preceding December 31st, or (ii) such lower number of shares of Stock, if any, as the Board may determine, and such shares shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof.

4.2 Executive Chair Reserve. In addition to the share reserve described in this Section 4.1, the Plan hereby establishes the Executive Chair Reserve of [________] shares of Stock, which shall be available solely for the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to any Executive Chair Reserve Awards that are granted to the Executive Chair Participant in satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under the Executive Chair Agreement. The Executive Chair Reserve shall be separate from, and in addition to, the share reserve otherwise established by Section 4.1 (including any annual increases thereto). The following rules shall apply to the Executive Chair Reserve:

13


 

(a) Shares of Stock subject to the Executive Chair Reserve shall be available solely for issuance in connection with Executive Chair Reserve Awards granted to the Executive Chair Participant, and shall not be available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted to any other Participant under this Plan. The Committee shall not grant Awards from the Executive Chair Reserve to any person other than the Executive Chair Participant, and any purported grant of an Award from the Executive Chair Reserve to any person other than the Executive Chair Participant shall be void and of no effect.

(b) To the extent that any shares of Stock from the Executive Chair Reserve (i) are not subject to an Executive Chair Reserve Award that has been granted to the Executive Chair Participant, (ii) are subject to an Executive Chair Reserve Award that expires, is forfeited, is cancelled, is settled in cash, or otherwise terminates without the issuance of such shares to the Executive Chair Participant, or (iii) become no longer issuable to the Executive Chair Participant because the applicable conditions to the grant or vesting of the related Executive Chair Reserve Award set forth in the Executive Chair Agreement are not satisfied or can no longer be satisfied (including by reason of the Executive Chair Participant’s termination of Service under circumstances not entitling the Executive Chair Participant to receive such Award), then such shares shall be permanently cancelled and shall cease to be available for issuance under this Plan (including under the Executive Chair Reserve and the general share reserve established by this Section 4.1) and shall not be available for Awards to any other Participant.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, shares of Stock from the Executive Chair Reserve that are actually issued to the Executive Chair Participant in settlement of Executive Chair Reserve Awards shall reduce the Executive Chair Reserve, but shall not reduce the general share reserve otherwise established by this Section 4.1.

(d) The Company’s obligation to grant Executive Chair Reserve Awards to the Executive Chair Participant under the Executive Chair Agreement may, in the Company’s discretion, also be satisfied in cash in lieu of shares of Stock to the extent so provided in the Executive Chair Agreement. Any shares of Stock from the Executive Chair Reserve that are not issued because the Company elects (or is required) to make a cash payment in lieu of issuing shares as provided in the Executive Chair Agreement shall be permanently cancelled in accordance with clause (b) above.

(e) In no event shall any shares of Stock from the Executive Chair Reserve be transferred to, combined with, or otherwise made part of the general share reserve established by this Section 4.1. The Executive Chair Reserve is a one-way reserve; shares may only leave the Executive Chair Reserve through issuance to the Executive Chair Participant or through permanent cancellation as provided herein.

(f) The Executive Chair Reserve shall be subject to adjustment in the same manner as the general share reserve as provided in Section 4.4, provided that any such adjustment shall be made separately with respect to the Executive Chair Reserve and shall not result in any transfer of shares between the Executive Chair Reserve and the general share reserve.

14


 

(g) The Executive Chair Reserve shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the issuance of all shares of Stock from the Executive Chair Reserve to the Executive Chair Participant in settlement of Executive Chair Reserve Awards, (ii) the permanent cancellation of all remaining shares of Stock in the Executive Chair Reserve in accordance with this Section 4.2, or (iii) such date as the Committee determines that no further Executive Chair Reserve Awards are or may become required to be granted to the Executive Chair Participant under the Executive Chair Agreement. Upon such termination, any remaining shares in the Executive Chair Reserve shall be permanently cancelled in accordance with Section 4.2(b).

4.3 Share Counting. If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled without having been exercised or settled in full, or if shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award subject to forfeiture or repurchase are forfeited or repurchased by the Company for an amount not greater than the Participant’s purchase price, the shares of Stock allocable to the terminated portion of such Award or such forfeited or repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Shares of Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash. Upon payment in shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of an SAR, the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the gross number of shares for which the SAR is exercised. If the exercise price of an Option is paid by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant, or by means of a Net Exercise, the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced only by the net number of shares for which the Option is exercised. Shares purchased in the open market with proceeds from the exercise of Options shall not be added to the limit set forth in Section 4.1. Shares withheld or reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations pursuant to the exercise or settlement of Options or SARs pursuant to Section 16.2 and Shares withheld or reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations pursuant to the vesting or settlement of Full Value Awards pursuant to Section 16.2 shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.3, the share recycling provisions set forth in this Section 4.3 shall not apply to shares of Stock subject to the Executive Chair Reserve, which shares shall instead be subject to Section 4.2(b).

4.4 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Section 409A and Section 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting regular, periodic cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, the annual increase set forth in Section 4.1, the Award limits set forth in Section 5.3, and in the exercise or purchase price per share under any outstanding Award in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the

15


 

same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the “New Shares”), the Committee may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise or purchase price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Committee, in its discretion and in accordance with Section 409A and Section 424 of the Code to the extent applicable. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the exercise or purchase price per share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the exercise or purchase price, if any, under any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to such Award. The Committee in its discretion, may also make such adjustments in the terms of any Award to reflect, or related to, such changes in the capital structure of the Company or distributions as it deems appropriate, including modification of Performance Goals, Performance Award Formulas and Performance Periods. The adjustments determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section shall be final, binding and conclusive.

4.5 Assumption or Substitution of Awards. The Committee may, without affecting the number of shares of Stock reserved or available hereunder, authorize the issuance or assumption of equity awards under this Plan in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate, subject to compliance with Section 409A and any other applicable provisions of the Code, without reducing the number of shares otherwise available for issuance under the Plan. In addition, subject to compliance with applicable laws, and listing requirements, shares available for grant under a stockholder approved plan of an acquired company (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the transaction) may be used for awards under the Plan to individuals who were not Employees or Directors of the Participating Company Group prior to the transaction and shall not reduce the number of shares otherwise available for issuance under the Plan.

5. Eligibility, Participation and Award Limitations.

5.1 Persons Eligible for Awards. Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants and Directors.

5.2 Participation in the Plan. Awards are granted solely at the discretion of the Committee. Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

5.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations.

(a) Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.4, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed _________ shares. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options shall be the number of shares determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.3 and 4.4.

16


 

(b) Persons Eligible. An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, on the effective date of grant, is an Employee of the Company, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary Corporation (each being an “ISO-Qualifying Corporation”). Any person who is not an Employee of an ISO-Qualifying Corporation on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a limitation different from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Upon exercise of the Option, shares issued pursuant to each such portion shall be separately identified.

5.4 Nonemployee Director Award Limit. The limitations in this Section 5.4 shall apply commencing with the annual period that begins on the Company’s first Annual Meeting of Stockholders following the Effective Date. The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid (but excluding any expense reimbursements or distributions from any deferred compensation program applicable to the non-employee director), as applicable, to any individual for service as a Nonemployee Director with respect to any period commencing on the date of the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders for a particular year and ending on the day immediately prior to the date of the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders for the next subsequent year, including Awards granted and cash fees paid by the Company to such Non-Employee Director, will not exceed (i) $750,000 in total value or (ii) in the event such Non-Employee Director is first appointed or elected to the Board during such period, $1,000,000 in total value, in each case calculating the value of any Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes.

6. Stock Options.

Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Committee; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option

17


 

and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price less than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner that would qualify under the provisions of Section 409A or Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option and (c) no Option granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of such Option (except in the event of such Employee’s death, disability or retirement, upon a Change in Control, or as otherwise permitted by the Worker Economic Opportunity Act). Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Committee in the grant of an Option, each Option shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent; (ii) if permitted by the Committee and subject to the limitations contained in Section 6.3(b), by means of (1) a Cashless Exercise, (2) a Stock Tender Exercise or (3) a Net Exercise (for Nonstatutory Stock Options); (iii) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Committee from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (iv) if permitted by the Committee, by any combination thereof. The Committee may at any time or from time to time grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Cashless Exercise. A “Cashless Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed notice of exercise together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless

18


 

Exercise, including with respect to one or more Participants specified by the Company notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to other Participants.

(ii) Stock Tender Exercise. A “Stock Tender Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice accompanied by a Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. A Stock Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(iii) Net Exercise. A “Net Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice followed by a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares otherwise issuable to a Participant upon the exercise of an Option by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued.

6.4 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided by this Plan and unless otherwise provided by the Committee or in an Award Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period specified below, or if applicable, such other period provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company; provided however, in no event may such Option be exercised after expiration of its maximum permitted term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option or any earlier date the Option is terminated in connection with a Change in Control (the “Option Expiration Date”), and thereafter shall terminate if not exercised during such period.

(i) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated.

(ii) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of eighteen (18) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have

19


 

terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service for any reason other than Cause.

(iii) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause or if, following the Participant’s termination of Service and during any period in which the Option otherwise would remain exercisable, the Participant engages in any act that would constitute Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service or act.

(iv) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated.

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of an Option within the Post-Termination Exercise Period is prevented by the provisions of Section 14 below or other applicable law, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (ii) the end of the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6.5 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. An Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Committee, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option, an Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in the General Instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, only as permitted by applicable regulations under Section 421 of the Code in a manner that does not disqualify such Option as an Incentive Stock Option.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights.

Stock Appreciation Rights shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

20


 

7.1 Types of SARs Authorized. SARs may be granted in tandem with all or any portion of a related Option (a “Tandem SAR”) or may be granted independently of any Option (a “Freestanding SAR”). A Tandem SAR may only be granted concurrently with the grant of the related Option.

7.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each SAR shall be established in the discretion of the Committee; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share subject to a Tandem SAR shall be the exercise price per share under the related Option and (b) the exercise price per share subject to a Freestanding SAR shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the SAR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an SAR may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such SAR is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another stock appreciation right in a manner that would qualify under the provisions of Section 409A.

7.3 Exercisability and Term of SARs.

(a) Tandem SARs. Tandem SARs shall be exercisable only at the time and to the extent, and only to the extent, that the related Option is exercisable, subject to such provisions as the Committee may specify where the Tandem SAR is granted with respect to less than the full number of shares of Stock subject to the related Option. The Committee may, in its discretion, provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Tandem SAR that such SAR may not be exercised without the advance approval of the Company and, if such approval is not given, then the Option shall nevertheless remain exercisable in accordance with its terms. A Tandem SAR shall terminate and cease to be exercisable no later than the date on which the related Option expires or is terminated or canceled. Upon the exercise of a Tandem SAR with respect to some or all of the shares subject to such SAR, the related Option shall be canceled automatically as to the number of shares with respect to which the Tandem SAR was exercised. Upon the exercise of an Option related to a Tandem SAR as to some or all of the shares subject to such Option, the related Tandem SAR shall be canceled automatically as to the number of shares with respect to which the related Option was exercised.

(b) Freestanding SARs. Freestanding SARs shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR; provided, however, that (i) no Freestanding SAR shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such SAR and (ii) no Freestanding SAR granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of such SAR (except in the event of such Employee’s death, disability or retirement, upon a Change in Control, or as otherwise permitted by the Worker Economic Opportunity Act). Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Committee in the grant of a Freestanding SAR, each Freestanding SAR shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the SAR, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

21


 

7.4 Exercise of SARs. Upon the exercise (or deemed exercise pursuant to Section 7.5) of an SAR, the Participant (or the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the SAR by reason of the Participant’s death) shall be entitled to receive payment of an amount for each share with respect to which the SAR is exercised equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the exercise price. Payment of such amount shall be made (a) in the case of a Tandem SAR, solely in shares of Stock in a lump sum upon the date of exercise of the SAR and (b) in the case of a Freestanding SAR, in cash, shares of Stock, or any combination thereof as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, in a lump sum upon the date of exercise of the SAR. When payment is to be made in shares of Stock, the number of shares to be issued shall be determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR. For purposes of Section 7, an SAR shall be deemed exercised on the date on which the Company receives notice of exercise from the Participant or as otherwise provided in Section 7.5.

7.5 Deemed Exercise of SARs. If, on the date on which an SAR would otherwise terminate or expire, the SAR by its terms remains exercisable immediately prior to such termination or expiration and, if so exercised, would result in a payment to the holder of such SAR, then any portion of such SAR which has not previously been exercised shall automatically be deemed to be exercised as of such date with respect to such portion. The Company may elect to discontinue the deemed exercise of SARs pursuant to this Section 7.5 at any time upon notice to a Participant or to apply the deemed exercise feature only to certain groups of Participants. The deemed exercise of a SAR pursuant to this Section 7.5 shall apply only to a SAR that has been timely accepted by a Participant under procedures specified by the Company from time to time.

7.6 Effect of Termination of Service. Subject to earlier termination of the SAR as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Committee or in an Award Agreement, an SAR shall be exercisable after a Participant’s termination of Service only to the extent and during the applicable time period determined in accordance with Section 6.4 (treating the SAR as if it were an Option) and thereafter shall terminate.

7.7 Transferability of SARs. During the lifetime of the Participant, an SAR shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. An SAR shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Committee, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award, a Tandem SAR related to a Nonstatutory Stock Option or a Freestanding SAR shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in the General Instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

8. Restricted Stock Awards.

Restricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying whether the Award is a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award

22


 

Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

8.1 Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted in the form of either a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals described in Section 10.4. If either the grant of or satisfaction of Vesting Conditions applicable to a Restricted Stock Award is to be contingent upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals, the Committee shall follow procedures substantially equivalent to those set forth in Sections 10.3 through 10.5(a).

8.2 Purchase Price. The purchase price for shares of Stock issuable under each Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be established by the Committee in its discretion. No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding) shall be required as a condition of receiving shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus, the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

8.3 Purchase Period. A Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period established by the Committee, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective date of the grant of the Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

8.4 Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be made (a) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (b) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Committee from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (c) by any combination thereof.

8.5 Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Shares issued pursuant to any Restricted Stock Award may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, including, without limitation, Performance Goals as described in Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. During any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 8.8. The Committee, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award that, if the satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any shares subject to such Restricted Stock Award would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Trading Compliance Policy, then satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Trading Compliance Policy. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all

23


 

certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

8.6 Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions. Except as provided in this Section, Section 8.5 and any Award Agreement, during any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding shares of Stock, including the right to vote such shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such shares; provided, however, that if so determined by the Committee and provided by the Award Agreement, such dividends and distributions shall be subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid, and otherwise shall be paid no later than the end of the calendar year in which such dividends or distributions are paid to stockholders (or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the date such dividends or distributions are paid to stockholders). In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.4, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Award shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid or adjustments were made.

8.7 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then (a) the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Right which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service and (b) the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

8.8 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights. Rights to acquire shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

24


 

9. Restricted Stock Units.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award, in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted Stock Unit Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals described in Section 10.4. If either the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award or the Vesting Conditions with respect to such Award is to be contingent upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals, the Committee shall follow procedures substantially equivalent to those set forth in Sections 10.3 through 10.5(a).

9.2 Purchase Price. No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if any) shall be required as a condition of receiving a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock issued upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit Award.

9.3 Vesting. Restricted Stock Unit Awards may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, including, without limitation, Performance Goals as described in Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award.

9.4 Voting Rights, Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions. Participants shall have no voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Restricted Stock Units until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Restricted Stock Unit Award that the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date such Award is granted and ending, with respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date the Award is settled or the date on which it is terminated. Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be paid by crediting the Participant with a cash amount or with additional whole Restricted Stock Units as of the date of payment of such cash dividends on Stock, as determined by the Committee. The number of additional Restricted Stock Units (rounded to the nearest whole number), if any, to be credited shall be determined by dividing (a) the amount of cash dividends paid on the dividend payment date with respect to the number of shares of Stock represented by the Restricted Stock Units previously credited to the Participant by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on such date. If so determined by the Committee and provided by the Award Agreement, such cash amount or additional Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the same terms and conditions (including vesting terms) and shall be settled in the same manner and at the same time as the Restricted Stock Units originally subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. In the event of a

25


 

dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.4, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon settlement of the Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as are applicable to the Award.

9.5 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Unit Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the Award which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service.

9.6 Settlement of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The Company shall issue to a Participant on the date on which Restricted Stock Units subject to the Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award vest or on such other date determined by the Committee as meeting the requirements for an exemption from, or alternatively in compliance with Section 409A, if applicable, and set forth in the Award Agreement one (1) share of Stock (and/or any other new, substituted or additional securities or other property pursuant to an adjustment described in Section 9.4) for each Restricted Stock Unit then becoming vested or otherwise to be settled on such date, subject to the withholding of applicable taxes, if any. The Committee, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Unit Award that if the settlement date with respect to any shares issuable upon vesting of Restricted Stock Units would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Trading Compliance Policy, then the settlement date shall be deferred until the next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Trading Compliance Policy but in any event no later than the 15th day of the third calendar month following the year in which such Restricted Stock Units vest. If permitted by the Committee, the Participant may elect, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, to defer receipt of all or any portion of the shares of Stock or other property otherwise issuable to the Participant pursuant to this Section, and such deferred issuance date(s) and amount(s) elected by the Participant shall be set forth in the Award Agreement or an Election (as defined in Section 15.2). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in an Award Agreement for settlement of any Restricted Stock Unit Award by payment to the Participant in cash of an amount equal to the Fair Market Value on the payment date of the shares of Stock or other property otherwise issuable to the Participant pursuant to this Section.

9.7 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The right to receive shares pursuant to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Unit Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

26


 

10. Performance Awards.

Performance Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

10.1 Types of Performance Awards Authorized. Performance Awards may be granted in the form of either Performance Shares or Performance Units. Each Award Agreement evidencing a Performance Award shall specify the number of Performance Shares or Performance Units subject thereto, the Performance Award Formula, the Performance Goal(s) and Performance Period applicable to the Award, and the other terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award.

10.2 Initial Value of Performance Shares and Performance Units. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in granting a Performance Award, each Performance Share shall have an initial monetary value equal to the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.4, on the effective date of grant of the Performance Share, and each Performance Unit shall have an initial monetary value established by the Committee at the time of grant. The final value payable to the Participant in settlement of a Performance Award determined on the basis of the applicable Performance Award Formula will depend on the extent to which Performance Goals established by the Committee are attained within the applicable Performance Period established by the Committee.

10.3 Establishment of Performance Period, Performance Goals and Performance Award Formula. In granting each Performance Award, the Committee shall establish in writing the applicable Performance Period, Performance Award Formula and one or more Performance Goals which, when measured at the end of the Performance Period, shall determine on the basis of the Performance Award Formula the final value of the Performance Award to be paid to the Participant. The Company shall notify each Participant granted a Performance Award of the terms of such Award, including the Performance Period, Performance Goal(s) and Performance Award Formula.

10.4 Measurement of Performance Goals. Performance Goals shall be established by the Committee on the basis of targets to be attained (“Performance Targets”) with respect to one or more measures of objective or subjective business, financial, or individual performance or other performance criteria established by the Committee (each, a “Performance Measure”), subject to the following:

(a) Performance Measures. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Performance Measures based on objective criteria shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, or, if such measures are not reported in the Company’s financial statements, they shall be calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, a method used generally in the Company’s industry, or in accordance with a methodology established by the Committee. Performance Measures based on subjective criteria shall be determined on the basis established by the Committee in granting the Award. As specified by the Committee, Performance Measures may be calculated with respect to the Company and each Subsidiary Corporation consolidated therewith for financial reporting purposes, one or more Subsidiary Corporations or such division or other business unit of any of them selected by the

27


 

Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Performance Measures applicable to the Performance Award shall be calculated prior to the accrual of expense for any Performance Award for the same Performance Period and excluding the effect (whether positive or negative) on the Performance Measures of any change in accounting standards or any unusual or infrequently occurring event or transaction, as determined by the Committee, occurring after the establishment of the Performance Goals applicable to the Performance Award. Each such adjustment, if any, shall be made solely for the purpose of providing a consistent basis from period to period for the calculation of Performance Measures in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights with respect to a Performance Award.

(b) Performance Targets. Performance Targets may include a minimum, maximum, target level and intermediate levels of performance, with the final value of a Performance Award determined under the applicable Performance Award Formula by the Performance Target level attained during the applicable Performance Period. A Performance Target may be stated as an absolute value, an increase or decrease in a value, or as a value determined relative to an index, budget or other standard selected by the Committee.

10.5 Settlement of Performance Awards.

(a) Determination of Final Value. As soon as practicable following the completion of the Performance Period applicable to a Performance Award, the Committee shall determine the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been attained and the resulting final value of the Award earned by the Participant and to be paid upon its settlement in accordance with the applicable Performance Award Formula.

(b) Discretionary Adjustment of Award Formula. In its discretion, the Committee may, either at the time it grants a Performance Award or at any time thereafter, provide for the positive or negative adjustment of the Performance Award Formula applicable to a Performance Award to reflect such Participant’s individual performance in his or her position with the Company or such other factors as the Committee may determine.

(c) Notice to Participants. As soon as practicable following the Committee’s determination in accordance with Sections 10.5(a) and (b), the Company shall notify each Participant of the determination of the Committee.

(d) Payment in Settlement of Performance Awards. As soon as practicable following the Committee’s determination in accordance with Sections 10.5(a) and (b), but in any event within the Short-Term Deferral Period described in Section 15.1 (except as otherwise provided below or consistent with the requirements of Section 409A), payment shall be made to each eligible Participant (or such Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to receive such payment by reason of the Participant’s death) of the final value of the Participant’s Performance Award. Payment of such amount shall be made in cash, shares of Stock, or a combination thereof as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement evidencing a Performance Award, payment shall be made in a lump sum. If permitted by the Committee, the Participant may elect, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, to defer receipt of all or any portion of the payment to be made to the Participant pursuant to this Section, and such deferred payment

28


 

date(s) elected by the Participant shall be set forth in the Award Agreement or an Election. If any payment is to be made on a deferred basis, the Committee may, but shall not be obligated to, provide for the payment during the deferral period of Dividend Equivalent Rights or interest.

(e) Provisions Applicable to Payment in Shares. If payment is to be made in shares of Stock, the number of such shares shall be determined by dividing the final value of the Performance Award by the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock determined by the method specified in the Award Agreement. Shares of Stock issued in payment of any Performance Award may be fully vested and freely transferable shares or may be shares of Stock subject to Vesting Conditions as provided in Section 8.5. Any shares subject to Vesting Conditions shall be evidenced by an appropriate Award Agreement and shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 8.5 through 8.8 above.

10.6 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions. Participants shall have no voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Performance Share Awards until the date of the issuance of such shares, if any (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Performance Share Award that the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date the Award is granted and ending, with respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date on which the Performance Shares are settled or the date on which they are forfeited. Such Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be credited to the Participant either in cash or in the form of additional whole Performance Shares as of the date of payment of such cash dividends on Stock, as determined by the Committee. The number of additional Performance Shares (rounded to the nearest whole number), if any, to be so credited shall be determined by dividing (a) the amount of cash dividends paid on the dividend payment date with respect to the number of shares of Stock represented by the Performance Shares previously credited to the Participant by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on such date. Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be accumulated and paid to the extent that the related Performance Shares become nonforfeitable. Settlement of Dividend Equivalent Rights may be made in cash, shares of Stock, or a combination thereof as determined by the Committee, and may be paid on the same basis as settlement of the related Performance Share as provided in Section 10.5. Dividend Equivalent Rights shall not be paid with respect to Performance Units. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.4, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the Participant’s Performance Share Award so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon settlement of the Performance Share Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property shall be immediately subject to the same Performance Goals as are applicable to the Award.

29


 

10.7 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing a Performance Award, the effect of a Participant’s termination of Service on the Performance Award shall be as follows:

(a) Death or Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death or Disability of the Participant before the completion of the Performance Period applicable to the Performance Award, the final value of the Participant’s Performance Award shall be determined by the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been attained with respect to the entire Performance Period and shall be prorated based on the number of months of the Participant’s Service during the Performance Period. Payment shall be made following the end of the Performance Period in any manner permitted by Section 10.5.

(b) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason except death or Disability before the completion of the Performance Period applicable to the Performance Award, such Award shall be forfeited in its entirety; provided, however, that in the event of an involuntary termination of the Participant’s Service, the Committee, in its discretion, may waive the automatic forfeiture of all or any portion of any such Award and determine the final value of the Performance Award in the manner provided by Section 10.7(a). Payment of any amount pursuant to this Section shall be made following the end of the Performance Period in any manner permitted by Section 10.5.

10.8 Nontransferability of Performance Awards. Prior to settlement in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, no Performance Award shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Performance Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

11. Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.

Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in such form as the Committee shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

11.1 Grant of Cash-Based Awards. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Cash-Based Awards to Participants in such amounts and upon such terms and conditions, including the achievement of performance criteria, as the Committee may determine.

11.2 Grant of Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may grant other types of equity-based or equity-related Awards not otherwise described by the terms of this Plan (including the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted securities, stock-equivalent units, stock appreciation units, securities or debentures convertible into common stock or other forms determined by the Committee) in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine. Other Stock-Based Awards may be made available as a form of

30


 

payment in the settlement of other Awards or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock-Based Awards may involve the transfer of actual shares of Stock to Participants, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of Stock and may include, without limitation, Awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than the United States.

11.3 Value of Cash-Based and Other Stock-Based Awards. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a monetary payment amount or payment range as determined by the Committee. Each Other Stock-Based Award shall be expressed in terms of shares of Stock or units based on such shares of Stock, as determined by the Committee. The Committee may require the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, including, without limitation, Performance Goals as described in Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. If the Committee exercises its discretion to establish performance criteria, the final value of Cash-Based Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards that will be paid to the Participant will depend on the extent to which the performance criteria are met.

11.4 Payment or Settlement of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards. Payment or settlement, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award or an Other Stock-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award, in cash, shares of Stock or other securities or any combination thereof as the Committee determines and set forth in the Award Agreement. To the extent applicable, payment or settlement with respect to each Cash-Based Award and Other Stock-Based Award shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A.

11.5 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions. Participants shall have no voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Other Stock-Based Awards until the date of the issuance of such shares of Stock (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), if any, in settlement of such Award. However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Other Stock-Based Award that the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date such Award is granted and ending, with respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date the Award is settled or the date on which it is terminated. Such Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be paid in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 9.4. Dividend Equivalent Rights shall not be granted with respect to Cash-Based Awards. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.4, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the Participant’s Other Stock-Based Award so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon settlement of such Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions and performance criteria, if any, as are applicable to the Award.

31


 

11.6 Effect of Termination of Service. Each Award Agreement evidencing a Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to retain such Award following termination of the Participant’s Service. Such provisions shall be determined in the discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Cash-Based Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination, subject to the requirements of Section 409A, if applicable.

11.7 Nontransferability of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards. Prior to the payment or settlement of a Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award, the Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Committee may impose such additional restrictions on any shares of Stock issued in settlement of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, minimum holding period requirements, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such shares of Stock are then listed and/or traded, or under any state securities laws or foreign law applicable to such shares of Stock.

12. Standard Forms of Award Agreement.

12.1 Award Agreements. Each Award shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Committee and as amended from time to time. No Award or purported Award shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a Company-executed Award Agreement, which execution may be evidenced by electronic means.

12.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Committee shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Award Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

13. Change in Control.

13.1 Effect of Change in Control on Awards. In the event of a Change in Control, outstanding Awards shall be subject to the definitive agreement entered into by the Company in connection with the Change in Control. Subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A, if applicable, the following provisions will apply to Awards in the event of a Change in Control unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Committee at the time of grant of an Award. In the event of a Change in Control, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee may take one or more of the following actions with respect to Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Change in Control. The Committee need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants and in each case may make such determination

32


 

in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant (unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Committee at the time of grant of an Award).

(a) Accelerated Vesting. The Committee may take such action as it deems appropriate to provide for acceleration of the exercisability, vesting and/or settlement in connection with a Change in Control of each or any outstanding Award or portion thereof and shares acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the Participant’s Service prior to, upon, or following the Change in Control, and to such extent as the Committee determines.

(b) Assumption, Continuation or Substitution. The Committee may arrange for the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), to assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the Acquiror’s stock, as applicable, with appropriate adjustments in accordance with Section 4.3. For purposes of this Section, if so determined by the Committee in its discretion, an Award denominated in shares of Stock shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Committee may provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of the Award, for each share of Stock subject to the Award, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. Any Award or portion thereof which is not assumed, continued, or substituted by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised prior to the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control.

(c) Assignment or Lapse of Reacquisition or Repurchase Rights. The Committee may arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Stock issued pursuant to the Award to the Acquiror or arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Award.

(d) Cancellation. In its discretion, the Committee may cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Change in Control, in exchange for no consideration ($0) or such consideration, if any, as determined by the Committee.

33


 

(e) Cash-Out of Outstanding Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award denominated in shares of Stock or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control and not previously exercised shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share, if so determined by the Committee) of Stock subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control, reduced (but not below zero) by the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under such Award. In the event such determination is made by the Committee, an Award having an exercise or purchase price per share equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control may be canceled without notice or payment of consideration to the holder thereof. Payment pursuant to this Section (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be made to Participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portions of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards or, if determined by the Committee and in compliance with Section 409A, as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control.

(f) Adjustments and Earnouts. In making any determination pursuant to this Section 13.1 in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that an Award shall or shall not be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, earnouts and similar conditions as the other holders of the Company's Stock, subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A or Section 424 of the Code.

13.2 Effect of Change in Control on Nonemployee Director Awards. Subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A, if applicable, including as provided by Section 15.4(f), in the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Nonemployee Director Award shall become immediately exercisable and vested in full effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the Change in Control and, except to the extent assumed, continued or substituted for pursuant to Section 13.1(b) or otherwise restricted by Section 409A, shall be settled effective immediately prior to the time of consummation of the Change in Control if not exercised prior to the Change in Control.

13.3 Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.

(a) Excess Parachute Payment. If any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, provided such election would not subject the Participant to taxation under Section 409A, the Participant may elect to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.

34


 

(b) Determination by Tax Firm. To aid the Participant in making any election called for under Section 13.3(a), no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 13.3(a), the Company shall request a determination in writing by the professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes, or, if the tax firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the Acquiror, the Company will appoint a nationally recognized tax firm to make the determinations required by this Section (the “Tax Firm”). As soon as practicable thereafter, the Tax Firm shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit to the Participant. For the purposes of such determination, the Tax Firm may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Tax Firm such information and documents as the Tax Firm may reasonably request in order to make its required determination. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Tax Firm charges in connection with its services contemplated by this Section.

14. Compliance with Securities Law.

The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to any Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities and the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised or shares issued pursuant to an Award unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of such exercise or issuance be in effect with respect to the shares issuable pursuant to the Award, or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable pursuant to the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares under the Plan shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to issuance of any Stock, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

15. Compliance with Section 409A.

15.1 Awards Subject to Section 409A. The Company intends that Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall either be exempt from or comply with Section 409A, and the Plan shall be so construed. The provisions of this Section 15 shall apply to any Award or portion thereof that constitutes or provides for payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation. Such Awards may include, without limitation:

(a) A Nonstatutory Stock Option or SAR that includes any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (i) the exercise or disposition of the Award or (ii) the time the stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Award first becomes substantially vested.

35


 

(b) Any Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Award, Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award that either (i) provides by its terms for settlement of all or any portion of the Award at a time or upon an event that will or may occur later than the end of the Short-Term Deferral Period (as defined below) or (ii) permits the Participant granted the Award to elect one or more dates or events upon which the Award will be settled after the end of the Short-Term Deferral Period.

Subject to the provisions of Section 409A, the term “Short-Term Deferral Period” means the 2 1/2 month period ending on the later of (i) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Participant’s taxable year in which the right to payment under the applicable portion of the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or (ii) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s taxable year in which the right to payment under the applicable portion of the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. For this purpose, the term “substantial risk of forfeiture” shall have the meaning provided by Section 409A.

15.2 Deferral and/or Distribution Elections. Except as otherwise permitted or required by Section 409A and the Company, the following rules shall apply to any compensation deferral and/or payment elections (each, an “Election”) that may be permitted or required by the Committee pursuant to an Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation:

(a) Elections must be in writing and specify the amount of the payment in settlement of an Award being deferred, as well as the time and form of payment as permitted by this Plan.

(b) Elections shall be made by the end of the Participant’s taxable year prior to the year in which services commence for which an Award may be granted to the Participant.

(c) Elections shall continue in effect until a written revocation or change in Election is received by the Company, except that a written revocation or change in Election must be received by the Company prior to the last day for making the Election determined in accordance with paragraph (b) above or as permitted by Section 15.3.

15.3 Subsequent Elections. Except as otherwise permitted or required by Section 409A, any Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation which permits a subsequent Election to delay the payment or change the form of payment in settlement of such Award shall comply with the following requirements:

(a) No subsequent Election may take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the subsequent Election is made.

(b) Each subsequent Election related to a payment in settlement of an Award not described in Section 15.4(a)(ii), 15.4(a)(iii) or 15.4(a)(vi) must result in a delay of the payment for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date on which such payment would otherwise have been made.

36


 

(c) No subsequent Election related to a payment pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(vi) shall be made less than twelve (12) months before the date on which such payment would otherwise have been made.

(d) Subsequent Elections shall continue in effect until a written revocation or change in the subsequent Election is received by the Company, except that a written revocation or change in a subsequent Election must be received by the Company prior to the last day for making the subsequent Election determined in accordance the preceding paragraphs of this Section 15.3.

15.4 Payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation.

(a) Permissible Payments. Except as otherwise permitted or required by Section 409A, an Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation must provide for payment in settlement of the Award only upon one or more of the following:

(i) The Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined by Section 409A);

(ii) The Participant’s becoming “disabled” (as defined by Section 409A);

(iii) The Participant’s death;

(iv) A time or fixed schedule that is either (i) specified by the Committee upon the grant of an Award and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award or (ii) specified by the Participant in an Election complying with the requirements of Section 15.2 or 15.3, as applicable;

(v) A change in the ownership or effective control or the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company determined in accordance with Section 409A; or

(vi) The occurrence of an “unforeseeable emergency” (as defined by Section 409A).

(b) Installment Payments. It is the intent of this Plan that any right of a Participant to receive installment payments (within the meaning of Section 409A) shall, for all purposes of Section 409A, be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

(c) Required Delay in Payment to Specified Employee Pursuant to Separation from Service. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, no payment pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(i) in settlement of an Award providing for Section 409A Deferred Compensation may be made to a Participant who is a “specified employee” (as defined by Section 409A) as of the date of the Participant’s separation from service before the date that is six (6) months and one day after the date of such Participant’s separation from service (the “Delayed Payment Date”), or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death. All such amounts that would, but for this paragraph, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date shall be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

37


 

(d) Payment Upon Disability. All distributions of Section 409A Deferred Compensation payable pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(ii) by reason of a Participant becoming disabled shall be paid in a lump sum or in periodic installments as established by the Participant’s Election. If the Participant has made no Election with respect to distributions of Section 409A Deferred Compensation upon becoming disabled, all such distributions shall be paid in a lump sum or commence upon the determination that the Participant has become disabled.

(e) Payment Upon Death. If a Participant dies before complete distribution of amounts payable upon settlement of an Award subject to Section 409A, such undistributed amounts shall be distributed to his or her beneficiary under the distribution method for death established by the Participant’s Election upon receipt by the Committee of satisfactory notice and confirmation of the Participant’s death. If the Participant has made no Election with respect to distributions of Section 409A Deferred Compensation upon death, all such distributions shall be paid in a lump sum upon receipt by the Committee of satisfactory notice and confirmation of the Participant’s death.

(f) Payment Upon Change in Control. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any amount constituting Section 409A Deferred Compensation would become payable under this Plan by reason of a Change in Control, such amount shall become payable only if the event constituting a Change in Control would also constitute a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A. Any Award which constitutes Section 409A Deferred Compensation and which would vest and otherwise become payable upon a Change in Control as a result of the failure of the Acquiror to assume, continue or substitute for such Award in accordance with Section 13.1(b) shall vest to the extent provided by such Award but shall be converted automatically at the effective time of such Change in Control into a right to receive, in cash on the date or dates such award would have been settled in accordance with its then existing settlement schedule (or as required by Section 15.4(c)), an amount or amounts equal in the aggregate to the intrinsic value of the Award at the time of the Change in Control.

(g) Payment Upon Unforeseeable Emergency. The Committee shall have the authority to provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Award providing for Section 409A Deferred Compensation for payment pursuant to Section 15.4(a)(vi) in settlement of all or a portion of such Award in the event that a Participant establishes, to the satisfaction of the Committee, the occurrence of an unforeseeable emergency. In such event, the amount(s) distributed with respect to such unforeseeable emergency cannot exceed the amounts reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of such distribution(s), after taking into account the extent to which such emergency need is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by cessation of deferrals under the Award. All distributions with respect to an unforeseeable emergency shall be made in a lump sum upon the Committee’s determination that an unforeseeable emergency has occurred. The Committee’s decision with respect to whether an unforeseeable emergency has occurred and the manner in which, if at all, the payment in settlement of an Award shall be altered or modified, shall be final, conclusive, and not subject to approval or appeal.

38


 

(h) Prohibition of Acceleration of Payments. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, this Plan does not permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment under an Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation, except as permitted by Section 409A. The Company reserves the right in its discretion to accelerate the time or schedule of any payment under an Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation to the maximum extent permitted by Section 409A.

(i) No Representation Regarding Section 409A Compliance. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company makes no representation that Awards shall be exempt from or comply with Section 409A. No Participating Company shall be liable for any tax, penalty or interest imposed on a Participant by Section 409A.

16. Tax Withholding.

16.1 Tax Withholding in General. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including social insurance), if any, required by law to be withheld by any Participating Company with respect to an Award or the shares acquired pursuant thereto. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock, to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to an Award Agreement, or to make any payment in cash under the Plan until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.

16.2 Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise or settlement of an Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall be determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s withholding procedures and considering any accounting consequences or cost. The Company may require a Participant to direct a broker, upon the vesting, exercise or settlement of an Award, to sell a portion of the shares subject to the Award determined by the Company in its discretion to be sufficient to cover the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company and to remit an amount equal to such tax withholding obligations to such Participating Company in cash.

17. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of Plan.

The Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. However, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Sections 4.3 and 4.4, (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, (c) no modification to the exclusive use restrictions applicable to the Executive Chair Reserve or other amendment that would make shares from the Executive Chair Reserve available for Awards to any person other than the Executive Chair Participant, and (d) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any

39


 

applicable law, regulation or rule, including the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Stock may then be listed or quoted. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Committee. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may have a materially adverse effect on any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any Participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan, including, but not limited to, Section 409A.

18. Miscellaneous Provisions.

18.1 Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion at the time the Award is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

18.2 Forfeiture Events.

(a) The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events may include, but shall not be limited to, termination of Service for Cause or any act by a Participant, whether before or after termination of Service, that would constitute Cause for termination of Service, or any accounting restatement due to material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirements of securities laws as a result of which, and to the extent that, such reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment is required by applicable securities laws.

(b) All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with: (i) the Company’s Policy for Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation, (ii) any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed, (iii) as is otherwise required by Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (regarding recovery of erroneously awarded compensation) and any implementing rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission adopted thereunder, including Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act, (iv) any other applicable law, and (v) any other clawback or recoupment policy that the Company otherwise adopts, in each case to the extent applicable and permissible under applicable law.

40


 

(c) No recovery of compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions will constitute an event giving rise to a Participant’s right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a “resignation for good reason” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan or agreement with the Company.

18.3 Electronic Delivery and Participation. Any reference herein or in an Award Agreement to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access). By accepting any Award, the Participant consents to receive documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through any on-line electronic system established and maintained by the Plan Administrator or another third party selected by the Plan Administrator. The form of delivery of any Stock (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

18.4 Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee, takes an extended leave of absence, or takes an unpaid leave of absence of more than 30 days) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board may determine, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares, amount of cash, or other property subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

18.5 Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director. No person, even though eligible pursuant to Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant. Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer on any Participant a right to remain an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time. To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than the Company receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that the Company is the Employee’s employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship with the Company.

18.6 Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4 or another provision of the Plan.

41


 

18.7 Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award and shall deliver such shares to or for the benefit of the Participant by means of one or more of the following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.

18.8 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise or settlement of any Award.

18.9 Provisions for Non-U.S. Participants. The Committee may modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.

18.10 Lock-Up Period. The Company may, at the request of any underwriter representative or otherwise, in connection with registering the offering of any Company securities under the Securities Act, prohibit Participants from, directly or indirectly, selling or otherwise transferring any share of Stock or other Company securities during a period of up to 180 days following the effective date of a Company registration statement filed under the Securities Act, or such longer period as determined by the underwriter.

18.11 Data Privacy. As a condition for receiving any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this section by and among the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates exclusively for implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including the Participant’s name, address and telephone number; birthdate; social security, insurance number or other identification number; salary; nationality; job title(s); any shares of Stock held in the Company or its Subsidiaries and affiliates; and Award details, to implement, manage and administer the Plan and Awards (the “Data”). The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary to implement, administer and manage a Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data to third parties assisting the Company with Plan implementation, administration and management. These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any required Data transfer to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any shares of Stock. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data that the Company holds regarding such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data regarding such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data regarding the Participant or

42


 

refuse or withdraw the consents in this Section 18.11 in writing, without cost, by contacting the local human resources representative. If the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents in this Section 18.11, the Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards. For more information on the consequences of refusing or withdrawing consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

18.12 Retirement and Welfare Plans. Neither Awards made under this Plan nor shares of Stock or cash paid pursuant to such Awards may be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any Participant under any Participating Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing a Participant’s benefit. In addition, unless a written employment agreement or other service agreement specifically references Awards, a general reference to “benefits” or a similar term in such agreement shall not be deemed to refer to Awards granted hereunder.

18.13 Beneficiary Designation. Subject to local laws and procedures, each Participant may file with the Company a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any benefit under the Plan to which the Participant is entitled in the event of such Participant’s death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime. If a married Participant designates a beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse, the effectiveness of such designation may be subject to the consent of the Participant’s spouse. If a Participant dies without an effective designation of a beneficiary who is living at the time of the Participant’s death, the Company will pay any remaining unpaid benefits to the Participant’s legal representative.

18.14 Severability. If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

18.15 No Constraint on Corporate Action. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or another Participating Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or another Participating Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

18.16 Unfunded Obligation. Participants shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company. Any amounts payable to Participants pursuant to the Plan shall be considered unfunded and unsecured obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. No Participating Company shall be required to segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any trusts, or establish any special accounts with respect to such obligations. The Company shall retain at all

43


 

times beneficial ownership of any investments, including trust investments, which the Company may make to fulfill its payment obligations hereunder. Any investments or the creation or maintenance of any trust or any Participant account shall not create or constitute a trust or fiduciary relationship between the Committee or any Participating Company and a Participant, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in any Participant or the Participant’s creditors in any assets of any Participating Company. The Participants shall have no claim against any Participating Company for any changes in the value of any assets which may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect to the Plan.

18.17 Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

44


Exhibit 10.6

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has granted to the Participant an option (the “Option”) to purchase certain shares of Stock pursuant to the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Notice of Grant of Stock Options (“Grant Notice”), and in the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement (“Option Agreement”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Stock Option Agreement both of which are available through the Company’s then-current electronic stock administration system (the “Equity Administration System”).

 

The blank fields below shall be deemed to come from the Company’s Equity Administration System, as follows:

 

Participant:

See Equity Administration System

 

 

Employee ID:

See Equity Administration System

Date of Grant:

See Equity Administration System

Number of Option Shares:

See Equity Administration System

Exercise Price:

See Equity Administration System

Vesting Start Date:

See Equity Administration System

Option Expiration Date:

See Equity Administration System

Tax Status of Option:

See Equity Administration System

Vesting Schedule and Vested Shares:

See Equity Administration System

 

By Participant’s electronic acceptance of the Option via E*TRADE, Participant understands and agrees that: (i) the Option is governed by this Grant Notice, the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached hereto and which are available through the Company’s electronic capitalization system. Participant further acknowledges that the Plan prospectus is available through the Company’s electronic capitalization system.

 

By accepting this Option, Participant consents to receive this Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan and any other Plan-related documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through E*TRADE or any other on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company. Participant represents that he or she has read and is familiar with the provisions of the Plan and the Option Agreement. Participant acknowledges and agrees that this Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except in writing signed by Participant and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

Participant further acknowledges that in the event of any conflict between the provisions in this Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Exercise Notice and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Participant further acknowledges that this sets forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding equity compensation and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Participant, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written agreement that would provide for vesting acceleration of the Option in certain circumstances, which has been reviewed and approved by the Board. For the avoidance of doubt, except as set forth in clause (iii) of this paragraph, the vesting provisions set forth in this Grant Notice and the accompanying Option Agreement shall govern in all cases and shall not be superseded by the terms of any written agreement with the Participant.

 

The Participant hereby consents to receive electronically transmitted notices for any and all purposes under the Delaware General Corporation Law at the email address provided to the Company by accepting the Option via E*TRADE or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

PARTICIPANT

 

 

EXECUTED VIA E*TRADE

EXECUTED VIA E*TRADE

 

ATTACHMENTS: 2026 Equity Incentive Plan and Stock Option Agreement

 


Exhibit 10.7

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) is attached an option (the “Option”) to purchase a number of shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as amended, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan and a prospectus for the Plan prepared in connection with the registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission of shares issuable pursuant to the Option (the “Plan Prospectus”), (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

1.
Definitions and Construction.
1.1
Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.
1.2
Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
2.
Tax Consequences.
2.1
Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.
(a)
Incentive Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

 


 

(b)
Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.
2.2
ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)
3.
Administration.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Option shall be determined by the Committee. All such determinations by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Option or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

2


 

4.
Exercise of the Option.
4.1
Right to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.
4.2
Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.
4.3
Payment of Exercise Price.
(a)
Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent; (ii) if permitted by the Company and subject to the limitations contained in Section 4.3(b), by means of (1) a Cashless Exercise, (2) a Net-Exercise (for Nonstatutory Stock Options), or (3) a Stock Tender Exercise; or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.
(b)
Limitations on Forms of Consideration. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedure providing for payment of the Exercise Price through any of the means described below, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others. Any determination by the Company with respect to whether to permit the withholding or tendering of shares of Stock to satisfy the Exercise Price shall be made by the Committee if the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

3


 

(i)
Cashless Exercise. A “Cashless Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option in an amount not less than the aggregate Exercise Price for such shares (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).
(ii)
Net-Exercise (for Nonstatutory Stock Options). A “Net-Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice electing a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Following a Net-Exercise, the number of shares remaining subject to the Option, if any, shall be reduced by the sum of (1) the net number of shares issued to the Participant upon such exercise, and (2) the number of shares deducted by the Company for payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.
(iii)
Stock Tender Exercise. A “Stock Tender Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice accompanied by (1) the Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant’s payment to the Company in cash of the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such shares’ Fair Market Value. A Stock Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.
4.4
Tax Withholding.
(a)
In General. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by a Participating Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

4


 

(b)
Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Participant to satisfy all or any portion of a Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations upon exercise of the Option by deducting from the shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon such exercise a number of whole shares having a fair market value, as determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable statutory withholding rates if required to avoid liability classification of the Option under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Any determination by the Company with respect to whether to permit the withholding of shares of Stock to satisfy the tax withholding obligations shall be made by the Committee if the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
4.5
Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Except as provided by the preceding sentence, a certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.
4.6
Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.
4.7
Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5


 

5.
Nontransferability of the Option.

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

6.
Termination of the Option.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7.
Effect of Termination of Service.
7.1
Option Exercisability. The Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.
(a)
Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
(b)
Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of eighteen (18) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service other than for Cause.
(c)
Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause or if, following the Participant’s termination of Service and during any period in which the Option otherwise would remain exercisable, the Participant engages in any act that would constitute Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service or act.

6


 

(d)
Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
7.2
Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than termination of the Participant’s Service for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6 or the restrictions of applicable law, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (a) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions, or (b) the end of the applicable time period under Section 7.1, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
8.
Effect of Change in Control.

In the event of a Change in Control, the Option shall be subject to and treated as set forth in Section 13 of the Plan.

9.
Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure.

The Option shall be subject to and treated as set forth in Section 4.3 of the Plan.

10.
Rights as a Stockholder, Director, Employee or Consultant.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

11.
Notice of Sales Upon Disqualifying Disposition.

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes

7


 

of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

12.
Legends.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO EITHER THE TWO-YEAR ANNIVERSARY OF THE DATE OF GRANT OR THE ONE-YEAR ANNIVERSARY OF THE DATE OF EXERCISE. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

13.
Miscellaneous Provisions.
13.1
Termination or Amendment. The Committee may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may have a materially adverse effect on the Option or any unexercised portion thereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

8


 

13.2
Repayment/Forfeiture. Any benefits you may receive hereunder shall be subject to repayment or forfeiture as required to comply with (a) any applicable listing standards of a national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or as otherwise required by Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (regarding recovery of erroneously awarded compensation) and any implementing rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission adopted thereunder, including Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act, (b) other applicable U.S. laws, and the applicable laws of any other jurisdiction, (c) the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. Incentive Compensation Repayment Policy, or (d) any other repayment or forfeiture policies adopted by the Company, each to the extent determined by the Company in its discretion to be applicable to you.
13.3
Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.
13.4
Binding Effect. This Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
13.5
Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by a Participating Company, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.
(a)
Description of Electronic Delivery and Signature. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan Prospectus, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company. Any and all such documents and notices may be electronically signed.
(b)
Consent to Electronic Delivery and Signature. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 13.5(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 13.5(a). The Participant agrees that any and all such documents requiring a signature may be electronically signed and that such

9


 

electronic signature shall have the same effect as handwritten signature for the purposes of validity, enforceability and admissibility. The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if the Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.5(a).
13.6
Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with the Superseding Agreement, if any, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.
13.7
Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware as such laws are applied to agreements between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware.
13.8
Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

10


Exhibit 10.8

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has granted to the Participant an award (the “Award”) of certain units pursuant to the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), each of which represents the right to receive on the applicable Settlement Date one (1) share of Stock. The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units (“Grant Notice”), and in the Plan and the Restricted Stock Units Agreement (“RSU Agreement”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the RSU Agreement both of which are available through the Company’s then-current electronic stock administration system (the “Equity Administration System”).

The blank fields below shall be deemed to come from the Company’s Equity Administration System, as follows:

 

Participant:

See Equity Administration System

Employee ID:

See Equity Administration System

Date of Grant:

See Equity Administration System

Total Number of Units:

See Equity Administration System

Settlement Date:

See Restricted Stock Units Agreement

Vesting Start Date:

See Equity Administration System

Vested Units:

See Equity Administration System

 

By Participant’s electronic acceptance of the Award via E*TRADE, Participant understands and agrees that the Award is governed by this Grant Notice, the provisions of the Plan and the RSU Agreement, both of which are attached hereto and made a part of this Grant Notice and which are available through the Company’s electronic capitalization system. Participant further acknowledges that the Plan prospectus is available through the Company’s electronic capitalization system.

By accepting this Award, Participant consents to receive this Grant Notice, the RSU Agreement, the Plan and any other Plan-related documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through E*TRADE or any other on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company. Participant represents that he or she has read and is familiar with the provisions of the Plan and the RSU Agreement. Participant acknowledges and agrees that this Grant Notice and the RSU Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except in writing signed by Participant and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

Participant further acknowledges that in the event of any conflict between the provisions in this Grant Notice, the RSU Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Participant further acknowledges that this sets forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding equity compensation and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) awards previously granted and delivered to Participant, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written agreement that would provide for vesting acceleration of the Award in certain circumstances, which has been reviewed and approved by the Board. For the avoidance of doubt, except as set forth in clause (iii) of this paragraph, the vesting provisions set forth in this Grant Notice and the accompanying RSU Agreement shall govern in all cases and shall not be superseded by the terms of any written agreement with the Participant.

The Participant hereby consents to receive electronically transmitted notices for any and all purposes under the Delaware General Corporation Law at the email address provided to the Company by accepting the Award via E*TRADE or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

EXECUTED VIA E*TRADE

EXECUTED VIA E*TRADE

 

ATTACHMENTS: 2026 Equity Incentive Plan and Restricted Stock Units Agreement

 


Exhibit 10.9

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “Agreement”) is attached an Award consisting of Restricted Stock Units (each a “Unit”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Agreement. The Award has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as amended, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan and a prospectus for the Plan prepared in connection with the registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the shares issuable pursuant to the Award (the “Plan Prospectus”), (b) accepts the Award subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Agreement or the Plan.

1.
Definitions and Construction.
1.1
Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.
1.2
Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
2.
Administration.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Award shall be determined by the Committee. All such determinations by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Award or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 


 

3.
The Award.
3.1
Grant of Units. On the Date of Grant, the Participant shall acquire, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Total Number of Units set forth in the Grant Notice, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9. Each Unit represents a right to receive on a date determined in accordance with the Grant Notice and this Agreement one (1) share of Stock.
3.2
No Monetary Payment Required. The Participant is not required to make any monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if any) as a condition to receiving the Units or shares of Stock issued upon settlement of the Units, the consideration for which shall be past services actually rendered or future services to be rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock issued upon settlement of the Units.
4.
Vesting of Units.

Units acquired pursuant to this Agreement shall become Vested Units as provided in the Grant Notice.

5.
Company Reacquisition Right.
5.1
Grant of Company Reacquisition Right. Except to the extent otherwise provided by the Superseding Agreement, if any, in the event that the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, the Participant shall forfeit and the Company shall automatically reacquire all Units which are not, as of the time of such termination, Vested Units (“Unvested Units”), and the Participant shall not be entitled to any payment therefor (the “Company Reacquisition Right”).
5.2
Ownership Change Event, Non-Cash Dividends, Distributions and Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company paid in shares of Stock or other property, or any other adjustment upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 9, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of Unvested Units shall be immediately subject to the Company Reacquisition Right and included in the terms “Units” and “Unvested Units” for all purposes of the Company Reacquisition Right with the same force and effect as the Unvested Units immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event, dividend, distribution or adjustment, as the case may be. For purposes of determining the number of Vested Units following an Ownership Change Event, dividend, distribution or adjustment, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after any such event.

2


 

6.
Settlement of the Award.
6.1
Issuance of Shares of Stock. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3, the Company shall issue to the Participant within 30 days of the Settlement Date with respect to each Vested Unit to be settled on such date one (1) share of Stock. The Settlement Date with respect to a Unit shall be the date on which such Unit becomes a Vested Unit as provided by the Grant Notice (an “Original Settlement Date”); provided, however, that if the tax withholding obligations of a Participating Company, if any, will not be satisfied by the share withholding method described in Section 7.3 and the Original Settlement Date would occur on a date on which a sale by the Participant of the shares to be issued in settlement of the Vested Units would violate the Trading Compliance Policy of the Company, then the Settlement Date for such Vested Units shall be deferred until the next day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Trading Compliance Policy, but in any event shall be on or before the last day of the calendar year that includes the Original Settlement Date; provided, however that if such later Settlement Date is permitted without triggering adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code the Settlement Date may occur not later than the 15th day of the third calendar month following calendar year of the Original Settlement Date. Shares of Stock issued in settlement of Units shall not be subject to any restriction on transfer other than any such restriction as may be required pursuant to Section 6.3, Section 7 or the Company’s Trading Compliance Policy.
6.2
Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit any or all shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the settlement of the Award with the Company’s transfer agent, including any successor transfer agent, to be held in book entry form, or to deposit such shares for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice. Except as provided by the foregoing, a certificate for the shares acquired by the Participant shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.
6.3
Restrictions on Grant of the Award and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Award and issuance of shares of Stock upon settlement of the Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. No shares of Stock may be issued hereunder if the issuance of such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any shares subject to the Award shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the settlement of the Award, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.
6.4
Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the settlement of the Award.

3


 

7.
Tax Withholding.
7.1
In General. At the time the Grant Notice is executed, or at any time thereafter as requested by a Participating Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for, any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Participating Company, if any, which arise in connection with the Award, the vesting of Units or the issuance of shares of Stock in settlement thereof. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company have been satisfied by the Participant.
7.2
Assignment of Sale Proceeds. Subject to compliance with applicable law and the Company’s Trading Compliance Policy, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may satisfy the Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations in accordance with procedures established by the Company providing for delivery by the Participant to the Company or a broker approved by the Company of properly executed instructions, in a form approved by the Company, providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon settlement of Units.
7.3
Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Participant to satisfy all or any portion of a Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations by deducting from the shares of Stock otherwise deliverable to the Participant in settlement of the Award a number of whole shares having a fair market value, as determined by the Company as of the date on which the tax withholding obligations arise, not in excess of the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable statutory withholding rates if required to avoid liability classification of the Award under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Any determination by the Company with respect to whether to permit the withholding of shares of Stock to satisfy the tax withholding obligation shall be made by the Committee if the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
8.
Effect of Change in Control.

In the event of a Change in Control, the Award shall be subject to and treated as set forth in Section 13 of the Plan.

9.
Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure.

The Award shall be subject to and treated as set forth in Section 4.3 of the Plan.

10.
Rights as a Stockholder, Director, Employee or Consultant.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares which may be issued in settlement of this Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating

4


 

Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time.

11.
Legends.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock issued pursuant to this Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to this Award in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section.

12.
Compliance with Section 409A.

It is intended that any election, payment or benefit which is made or provided pursuant to or in connection with this Award that may result in Section 409A Deferred Compensation shall comply in all respects with the applicable requirements of Section 409A (including applicable regulations or other administrative guidance thereunder, as determined by the Committee in good faith) to avoid the unfavorable tax consequences provided therein for non‑compliance. In connection with effecting compliance with or an exemption from Section 409A, the following shall apply:

12.1
Separation from Service; Required Delay in Payment to Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, no amount payable pursuant to this Agreement on account of the Participant’s termination of Service which constitutes Section 409A Deferred Compensation shall be paid unless and until the Participant has incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Section 409A of the Code (the “Section 409A Regulations”). Furthermore, to the extent that the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A Regulations as of the date of the Participant’s separation from service, no Section 409A Deferred Compensation which is payable on account of the Participant’s separation from service shall be paid to the Participant before the date (the “Delayed Payment Date”) which is first day of the seventh month after the date of the Participant’s separation from service or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death following such separation from service. All such amounts that would, but for this Section, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.
12.2
Other Changes in Time of Payment. Neither the Participant nor the Company shall take any action to accelerate or delay the payment of any benefits under this Agreement in any manner which would not be in compliance with the Section 409A Regulations.
12.3
Installment Payments. It is the intent that any right of Participant to receive installment payments (within the meaning of Section 409A) with respect to the Units subject to this Agreement shall, for all purposes of Section 409A, be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

5


 

12.4
Amendments to Comply with Section 409A; Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company is authorized to amend this Agreement, to void or amend any election made by the Participant under this Agreement and/or to delay the payment of any monies and/or provision of any benefits in such manner as may be determined by the Company, in its discretion, to be necessary or appropriate to comply with or be exempt from the Section 409A Regulations without prior notice to or consent of the Participant. The Participant hereby releases and holds harmless the Company, its directors, officers and stockholders from any and all claims that may arise from or relate to any tax liability, penalties, interest, costs, fees or other liability incurred by the Participant in connection with the Award, including as a result of the application of Section 409A.
12.5
Advice of Independent Tax Advisor. The Company has not obtained a tax ruling or other confirmation from the Internal Revenue Service with regard to the application of Section 409A to the Award, and the Company does not represent or warrant that this Agreement will avoid adverse tax consequences to the Participant, including as a result of the application of Section 409A to the Award. The Participant hereby acknowledges that he or she has been advised to seek the advice of his or her own independent tax advisor prior to entering into this Agreement and is not relying upon any representations of the Company or any of its agents as to the effect of or the advisability of entering into this Agreement.
13.
Miscellaneous Provisions.
13.1
Termination or Amendment. The Committee may terminate or amend the Plan or this Agreement at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may have a materially adverse effect on the Participant’s rights under this Agreement without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to, Section 409A. No amendment or addition to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.
13.2
Repayment/Forfeiture. Any benefits you may receive hereunder shall be subject to repayment or forfeiture as required to comply with (a) any applicable listing standards of a national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or as otherwise required by Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (regarding recovery of erroneously awarded compensation) and any implementing rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission adopted thereunder, including Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act, (b) other applicable U.S. laws, and the applicable laws of any other jurisdiction, (c) the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. Incentive Compensation Repayment Policy, or (d) any other repayment or forfeiture policies adopted by the Company, each to the extent determined by the Company in its discretion to be applicable to you.
13.3
Nontransferability of the Award. Prior to the issuance of shares of Stock on the applicable Settlement Date, neither this Award nor any Units subject to this Award shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to the Award

6


 

shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.
13.4
Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.
13.5
Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
13.6
Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by a Participating Company, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.
(a)
Description of Electronic Delivery and Signature. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan Prospectus, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company. Any and all such documents and notices may be electronically signed.
(b)
Consent to Electronic Delivery and Signature. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 13.6(a) of this Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents as described in Section 13.6(a). The Participant agrees that any and all such documents requiring a signature may be electronically signed and that such electronic signature shall have the same effect as handwritten signature for the purposes of validity, enforceability and admissibility. The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.6(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if the Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally,

7


 

the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.6(a).
13.7
Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan, together with the Superseding Agreement, if any, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan shall survive any settlement of the Award and shall remain in full force and effect.
13.8
Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware as such laws are applied to agreements between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware.
13.9
Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8


Exhibit 10.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

2026 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page

1

1.

Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan.

1

 

1.1

Establishment

1

 

1.2

Purpose

1

 

1.3

Term of Plan

1

2.

Definitions and Construction.

1

 

2.1

Definitions

1

 

2.2

Construction

6

3.

Administration.

6

 

3.1

Administration by the Committee

6

 

3.2

Authority of Officers

6

 

3.3

Power to Adopt Sub-Plans

6

 

3.4

Power to Vary Terms with Respect to Non-U.S. Employees

7

 

3.5

Power to Establish Separate Offerings with Varying Terms

7

 

3.6

Policies and Procedures Established by the Company

7

 

3.7

Indemnification

7

4.

Shares Subject to Plan.

8

 

4.1

Maximum Number of Shares Issuable

8

 

4.2

Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable

8

 

4.3

Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure

8

5.

Eligibility.

9

 

5.1

Employees Eligible to Participate

9

 

5.2

Exclusion of Certain Stockholders

9

 

5.3

Determination by Company

10

6.

Offerings.

10

 

6.1

Terms

10

 

6.2

Offering Periods

10

 

6.3

Non-United States Offerings

10

7.

Participation in the Plan.

10

 

7.1

Initial Participation

10

 

7.2

Continued Participation

11

8.

Right to Purchase Shares.

11

 

8.1

Grant of Purchase Right

11

 

8.2

Calendar Year Purchase Limitation

12

 

8.3

Purchase Date and Offering Share Limits

12

9.

Purchase Price.

12

10.

Contributions.

12

 

10.1

Amount of Payroll Deductions

12

 

10.2

Commencement of Payroll Deductions

13

 

10.3

Election to Decrease or Stop Payroll Deductions

13

 

10.4

Election to Increase Payroll Deductions for Subsequent Offering

13

i


Table of Contents

(continued)

Page

 

10.5

Election to Increase Payroll Deductions During an Offering Period

13

 

10.6

Administrative Suspension of Payroll Deductions

13

 

10.7

Participant Accounts

14

 

10.8

No Interest Paid

14

11.

Purchase of Shares.

14

 

11.1

Exercise of Purchase Right

14

 

11.2

Pro Rata Allocation of Shares

15

 

11.3

Delivery of Title to Shares

15

 

11.4

Return of Plan Account Balance

15

 

11.5

Tax Withholding

15

 

11.6

Expiration of Purchase Right

15

 

11.7

Provision of Reports and Stockholder Information to Participants

15

12.

Withdrawal from Plan.

16

 

12.1

Voluntary Withdrawal from the Plan

16

 

12.2

Return of Plan Account Balance

16

13.

Termination of Employment or Eligibility.

16

14.

Effect of Change in Control on Purchase Rights.

17

15.

Nontransferability of Purchase Rights.

17

16.

Compliance with Applicable Law.

17

17.

Rights as a Stockholder and Employee.

18

18.

Notification of Disposition of Shares.

18

19.

Designation of Beneficiary.

18

 

19.1

Designation Procedure

18

 

19.2

Absence of Beneficiary Designation

18

20.

Notices.

18

21.

Amendment or Termination of the Plan.

19

22.

No Representations with Respect to Tax Qualification.

19

23.

Choice of Law.

19

ii


 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

1.
Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan.
1.1
Establishment. The Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is hereby established effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for the Company’s initial public offering (the “Effective Date”).
1.2
Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward Eligible Employees of the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Plan provides Eligible Employees with an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of Stock. The Plan is comprised of the Section 423 Component and the Non-423 Component. The Company intends that Purchase Rights granted under the Section 423 Component of the Plan will qualify as “employee stock purchase plan” purchase rights under Section 423 of the Code (including any amendments or replacements of such section), and the Section 423 Component shall be so construed. Purchase Rights granted under the Non-423 Component, are intended to provide Eligible Employees employed by Participating Companies outside the United States with an opportunity to purchase shares of Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Committee, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.
1.3
Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Committee.
2.
Definitions and Construction.
2.1
Definitions. Any term not expressly defined in the Plan but defined for purposes of Section 423 of the Code shall have the same definition herein. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:
(a)
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(b)
“Change in Control” means the occurrence of any one or a combination of the following:
(i)
any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d‑3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total Fair Market Value or total combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if such degree of beneficial ownership results from any of the following: (A) an acquisition by any

 


 

person who on the Effective Date is the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of such voting power, (B) any acquisition directly from the Company, including, without limitation, pursuant to or in connection with a public offering of securities, (C) any acquisition by the Company, (D) any acquisition by a trustee or other fiduciary under an employee benefit plan of a Participating Company or (E) any acquisition by an entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting securities of the Company; or
(ii)
an Ownership Change Event or series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “Transaction”) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(t)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “Transferee”), as the case may be; or
(iii)
a date specified by the Committee following approval by the stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

provided, however, that a Change in Control shall be deemed not to include a transaction described in subsections (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.1(b) in which a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Committee shall determine whether multiple events described in subsections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 2.1(b) are related and to be treated in the aggregate as a single Change in Control, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(c)
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.
(d)
“Committee” means the Compensation Committee and such other committee or subcommittee of the Board, if any, duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers in each instance as shall be specified by the Board. If, at any time, there is no committee of the Board then authorized or properly constituted to administer the Plan, the Board shall exercise all of the powers of the Committee granted herein, and, in any event, the Board may in its discretion exercise any or all of such powers.
(e)
“Company” means Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.
(f)
“Compensation” has the meaning set forth in the Offering Document for the Offering.

2


 

(g)
“Eligible Employee” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in Section 5 for eligibility to participate in the Plan.
(h)
“Employee” means a person treated as an employee of a Participating Company, and, with respect to the Section 423 Component, a person who is an employee for purposes of Section 423 of the Code. A Participant shall be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee either upon an actual termination of employment or upon the corporation employing the Participant ceasing to be a Participating Company. For purposes of the Section 423 Component, an individual shall not be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee while on any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company of ninety (90) days or less. For purposes of the Section 423 Component, if an individual’s leave of absence exceeds ninety (90) days, the individual shall be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave unless the individual’s right to reemployment with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed either by statute or by contract. The foregoing rules regarding leaves of absence shall apply equally for purposes of the Non-423 Component, except as otherwise required by applicable Local Law.
(i)
“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date:
(i)
If, on such date, the Stock is listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or quotation system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or quotation system, the date on which the Fair Market Value is established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as determined by the Committee, in its discretion.
(ii)
If, on the relevant date, the Stock is not then listed on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined in good faith by the Committee.
(iii)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.
(j)
“Incumbent Director” means a director who either (i) is a member of the Board as of the Effective Date or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but excluding a director who was elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company).
(k)
“IPO Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Stock, pursuant to which the Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

3


 

(l)
“Local Law” means the applicable laws of the non-United States jurisdiction governing the participation in the Plan of an Eligible Employee.
(m)
“Non-423 Component” means that component of the Plan pursuant to which Purchase Rights may be granted that are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.
(n)
“Non-United States Offering” means either (i) an Offering under the Section 423 Component covering Eligible Employees employed by a Participating Company that is not incorporated or organized in the United States, provided that the terms of such Offering comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, including such variations in terms of Purchase Rights as permitted by Section 3.4; or (ii) an Offering under the Non-423 Component covering Eligible Employees of one or more Participating Companies that is not incorporated or organized in the United States, the terms of which need not comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.
(o)
“Offering” means an offering of Stock pursuant to the Plan, as provided in Section 6.
(p)
“Offering Date” means, for any Offering Period, the first day of such Offering Period.
(q)
“Offering Document” means the document approved by the Committee for an Offering that sets forth the terms and conditions of such Offering under the Plan.
(r)
“Offering Period” means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with Section 6.1, during which an Offering is outstanding.
(s)
“Officer” means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.
(t)
“Ownership Change Event” means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).
(u)
“Parent Corporation” means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
(v)
“Participant” means an Eligible Employee who has become a participant in an Offering Period in accordance with Section 7 and remains a participant in accordance with the Plan.

4


 

(w)
“Participating Company” means the Company and any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation designated by the Committee as a corporation the Employees of which may, if Eligible Employees, participate in the Plan. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine from time to time which Parent Corporations or Subsidiary Corporations shall be Participating Companies. The Committee shall designate in writing from time to time those Participating Companies whose Eligible Employees may participate in the Section 423 Component and those Participating Companies whose Eligible Employees may participate in the Non-423 Component.
(x)
“Participating Company Group” means, at any point in time, the Company and all other corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.
(y)
“Plan” means this 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of the Company, as amended from time to time, comprised of the Section 423 Component and the Non-423 Component.
(a)
“Pre-Funded Warrant” means a warrant to purchase Stock and for which the aggregate exercise price (except for a nominal remaining exercise price) has been pre-funded or pre-paid to the Company prior to exercise.
(z)
“Purchase Date” means, for any Offering Period, the last day of such Offering Period, or, if so determined by the Committee, the last day of each Purchase Period occurring within such Offering Period, on which outstanding Purchase Rights are exercised.
(aa)
“Purchase Period” means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with Section 6.1 and included within an Offering Period, the final date of which is a Purchase Date.
(bb)
“Purchase Price” means the price at which a share of Stock may be purchased under the Plan, as determined in accordance with Section 9.
(cc)
“Purchase Right” means an option granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan to purchase such shares of Stock as provided in Section 8, which the Participant may or may not exercise during the Offering Period in which such option is outstanding. Such option arises from the right of a Participant to withdraw any payroll deductions or other contributions made by the Participant to the Plan or other funds accumulated on behalf of the Participant and not previously applied to the purchase of Stock under the Plan, and to terminate participation in the Plan at any time during an Offering Period.
(dd)
“Section 423 Component” means that component of the Plan which is intended to be an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code.
(ee)
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(ff)
“Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.1.

5


 

(gg)
“Subscription Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement, in such form as is specified by the Company, stating an Employee’s election to participate in the Plan and authorizing payroll deductions under the Plan from the Employee’s Compensation.
(hh)
“Subscription Date” means the last business day prior to the Offering Date of an Offering Period or such earlier date as the Company shall establish.
(ii)
“Subsidiary Corporation” means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
2.2
Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
3.
Administration.
3.1
Administration by the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan, or of any Purchase Right shall be determined by the Committee, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or the Purchase Rights, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine all of the relevant terms and conditions of Offerings and Purchase Rights; provided, however, that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to an Offering under the Section 423 Component shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code, other than for such variations in terms of Purchase Rights as permitted by Section 3.4. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or any agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 3.1) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.
3.2
Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election that is the responsibility of or that is allocated to the Company herein, provided that the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.
3.3
Power to Adopt Sub-Plans. The Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to adopt one or more sub-plans of the Plan as the Committee deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws or regulations, tax policy, accounting principles or custom of foreign jurisdictions applicable to employees of a subsidiary business entity of the Company, provided that any such sub-plan shall be within the scope of the Non-423 Component. Any of the provisions of any such sub-plan may supersede the provisions of this Plan, other than Section 4.

6


 

Except as superseded by the provisions of a sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern such sub-plan.
3.4
Power to Vary Terms with Respect to Non-U.S. Employees. In order to comply with the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, the Committee shall have the power, in its discretion and as permitted by Section 423 of the Code, to grant Purchase Rights in an Offering under the Section 423 Component to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens) that provide terms which are less favorable than the terms of Purchase Rights granted under the same Offering to Employees resident in the United States.
3.5
Power to Establish Separate Offerings with Varying Terms. The Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to establish separate, simultaneous or overlapping Offerings having different terms and conditions and to designate the Participating Company or Companies that may participate in a particular Offering, provided that each Offering under the Section 423 Component shall individually comply with the terms of the Plan and the requirements of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to such Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of such section, other than for such variations in terms of Purchase Rights as permitted by Section 3.4.
3.6
Policies and Procedures Established by the Company. Without regard to whether any Participant’s Purchase Right may be considered adversely affected, the Company may, from time to time, consistent with the Plan and the requirements of Section 423 of the Code in the case of the Section 423 Component, establish, change or terminate such rules, guidelines, policies, procedures, limitations, or adjustments as deemed advisable by the Company, in its discretion, for the proper administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, (a) a minimum payroll deduction amount required for participation in an Offering, (b) a limitation on the frequency or number of changes permitted in the rate of payroll deduction during an Offering, (c) an exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld or paid in a currency other than United States dollars, (d) a payroll deduction greater than or less than the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for the Company’s delay or mistake in processing a Subscription Agreement or in otherwise effecting a Participant’s election under the Plan or as advisable to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, and (e) determination of the date and manner by which the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock is determined for purposes of administration of the Plan. All such actions by the Company with respect to the Section 423 Component shall be taken consistent with the requirements under Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to an Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of such section, except as otherwise permitted by Section 3.4 and the regulations under Section 423 of the Code.
3.7
Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or the Committee or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, to the extent permitted by applicable law, members of the Board or the Committee and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board, the Committee or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with

7


 

any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.
4.
Shares Subject to Plan.
4.1
Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.1, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be _________ Shares. Shares issued under the Plan shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock, or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Purchase Right for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of that Purchase Right shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.
4.2
Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 4.1, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 4.1 shall be cumulatively increased automatically on each January 1 beginning on January 1, 2027, and continuing through and including January 1, 2036, by a number of shares (the “Annual Increase”) equal to the smallest of (a) one percent (1%) of the sum of the number of shares of Stock then outstanding plus the number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of any then outstanding and unexercised Pre-Funded Warrants, in each case which are outstanding as of the immediately preceding December 31st, (b) _________ shares, or (c) such lower number of shares of Stock, if any, as the Board may determine.
4.3
Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Section 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting regular, periodic cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan, any limit on the number of shares which may be purchased by any Participant during an Offering Period or Purchase Period (as described in Sections 8.1 and 8.2), the number of shares subject to each Purchase Right, and in the Purchase Price in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Purchase Rights are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or

8


 

not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the “New Shares”), the Committee may unilaterally amend the outstanding Purchase Rights to provide that such Purchase Rights are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Purchase Rights shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Committee, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Purchase Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Purchase Right. The adjustments determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be final, binding and conclusive.
5.
Eligibility.
5.1
Employees Eligible to Participate. Each Employee of a Participating Company is eligible to participate in the Plan and shall be deemed an Eligible Employee, except that the following Employees of a Participating Company shall not participate in any Offering unless otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in the Offering Document for such Offering:
(a)
Any Employee who is customarily employed by the Participating Company Group for twenty (20) hours or less per week; or
(b)
Any Employee who is customarily employed by the Participating Company Group for not more than five (5) months in any calendar year.

An Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Section 423 Component or the Non-423 Component in accordance with the designation of the Employee’s employer as either a Section 423 Component Participating Company or a Non-423 Component Participating Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee of a Participating Company designated as a Section 423 Component Participating Company who is a citizen or resident of a non-United States jurisdiction (without regard to whether the Employee is also a citizen of the United States or a resident alien) may be excluded from participation in the Section 423 Component or an Offering thereunder if either (i) the grant of a Purchase Right under the Section 423 Component or Offering to a citizen or resident of the foreign jurisdiction is prohibited under the Local Law of such jurisdiction or (ii) compliance with the Local Law of such jurisdiction would cause the Section 423 Component or Offering to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. For purposes of participation in the Non-423 Component, Eligible Employees shall include any other Employees of the applicable Non‑423 Component Participating Company to the extent that applicable Local Law requires participation in the Plan to be extended to such Employees, as determined by the Company.

5.2
Exclusion of Certain Stockholders. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Employee shall be treated as an Eligible Employee and granted a Purchase Right under the Section 423 Component if, immediately after such grant, the Employee would own, or hold options to purchase, stock of the Company or of any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of such corporation, as determined in accordance with Section 423(b)(3) of the

9


 

Code. For purposes of this Section 5.2, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of such Employee.
5.3
Determination by Company. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee or an Eligible Employee and the effective date of such individual’s attainment or termination of such status, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s participation in or other rights, if any, under the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.
6.
Offerings.
6.1
Terms. The Committee shall determine the terms of Offerings subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which shall be set forth in the applicable Offering Document for the Offering.
6.2
Offering Periods. The Committee shall determine the length of Offering Periods and may establish additional or alternative concurrent, sequential or overlapping Offering Periods, a different duration for one or more Offering Periods or different commencing or ending dates for such Offering Periods; provided, however, that no Offering Period may have a duration exceeding twenty-seven (27) months. The Committee may establish an initial Offering Period that commences on the IPO Date. Each Offering Period may consist of one (1) or more Purchase Periods having such duration as the Committee shall specify, and the last day of each such Purchase Period shall be a Purchase Date. If the first or last day of an Offering Period or a Purchase Period is not a day on which the principal stock exchange or quotation system on which the Stock is then listed is open for trading, the Company shall specify the trading day that will be deemed the first or last day, as the case may be, of the Offering Period or Purchase Period.
6.3
Non-United States Offerings. The Committee shall communicate to the Employees eligible to participate in a Non-United States Offering (whether pursuant to the Section 423 Component or the Non-423 Component) those terms of the Non-United States Offering that differ from the terms otherwise applicable to the relevant Offering covering Eligible Employees employed by a Participating Company within the United States under the Section 423 Component a reasonable period of time prior to the Subscription Date for such Non-United States Offering.
7.
Participation in the Plan.
7.1
Initial Participation.
(a)
Generally. An Eligible Employee may become a Participant in an Offering Period by delivering a properly completed written or electronic Subscription Agreement to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) not later than the close of business on the Subscription Date established by the Company for that Offering Period. An Eligible Employee who does not deliver a properly completed Subscription Agreement in the manner permitted or required on or

10


 

before the Subscription Date for an Offering Period shall not participate in the Plan for that Offering Period or for any subsequent Offering Period unless the Eligible Employee subsequently delivers a properly completed Subscription Agreement to the appropriate Company office or representative on or before the Subscription Date for such subsequent Offering Period.
(b)
New Hires. The Committee may provide as part of the terms of an Offering that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:
(i)
the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;
(ii)
the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and
(iii)
the Committee may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.
7.2
Continued Participation.
(a)
Generally. A Participant shall automatically participate in the next Offering Period commencing immediately after the final Purchase Date of each Offering Period in which the Participant participates provided that the Participant remains an Eligible Employee on the Offering Date of the new Offering Period and has not either (a) withdrawn from the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1, or (b) terminated employment or otherwise ceased to be an Eligible Employee as provided in Section 13. A Participant who may automatically participate in a subsequent Offering Period, as provided in this Section, is not required to deliver any additional Subscription Agreement for the subsequent Offering Period in order to continue participation in the Plan. However, a Participant may deliver a new Subscription Agreement for a subsequent Offering Period in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 7.1(a) if the Participant desires to change any of the elections contained in the Participant’s then effective Subscription Agreement.
8.
Right to Purchase Shares.
8.1
Grant of Purchase Right. Except as provided below, on the Offering Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee shall be granted automatically a Purchase Right consisting of an option to purchase up to the maximum number of shares of Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering at the Purchase Price specified in the Offering Document. No Purchase Right shall be granted on an Offering Date to any person who is not, on such Offering Date, an Eligible Employee.

11


 

8.2
Calendar Year Purchase Limitation. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant (whether participating in the Section 423 Component or the Non-423 Component) shall be granted a Purchase Right which permits his or her right to purchase shares of Stock under the Plan to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated with such Participant’s rights to purchase shares under all other employee stock purchase plans of a Participating Company intended to meet the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) in Fair Market Value (or such other limit, if any, as may be imposed by the Code) for each calendar year in which such Purchase Right is outstanding at any time. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the Fair Market Value of shares purchased during a given Offering Period shall be determined as of the Offering Date for such Offering Period. The limitation described in this Section shall be applied in conformance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code or any successor thereto and the regulations thereunder.
8.3
Purchase Date and Offering Share Limits. In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Committee will specify a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, which limitation will be set forth in the Offering Document for such Offering. In connection with any Offering under the Plan the Committee may also elect to specify in the Offering Document for such Offering: (i) a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering.
9.
Purchase Price.

The Purchase Price at which each share of Stock may be acquired in an Offering Period upon the exercise of all or any portion of a Purchase Right shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the Offering Document; provided, however, that the Purchase Price on each Purchase Date shall not be less than eighty‑five percent (85%) of the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Offering Date of the Offering Period or (b) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Purchase Date. Subject to adjustment as provided by the Plan and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, the Purchase Price for each Offering Period shall be eighty‑five percent (85%) of the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Offering Date of the Offering Period or (b) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Purchase Date.

10.
Contributions.

Except as provided in Section 11.1(b) with respect to a Non-United States Offering or to the extent that the Committee specifically provides that Participant contributions may be made via a cash, check or equivalent payment with a respect to an Offering, shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of all or any portion of a Purchase Right may be paid for only by means of payroll deductions from the Participant’s Compensation accumulated during the Offering Period for which such Purchase Right was granted, subject to the following:

12


 

10.1
Amount of Payroll Deductions. Except as otherwise provided herein, the amount to be deducted under the Plan from a Participant’s Compensation on each pay day during an Offering Period shall be determined by the Participant’s Subscription Agreement. The Subscription Agreement shall set forth the percentage of the Participant’s Compensation to be deducted on each pay day during an Offering Period in whole percentages of not less than one percent (1%) (except as a result of an election pursuant to Section 10.3 to stop payroll deductions effective following the first pay day during an Offering) or more than fifteen percent (15%). The Committee may change the foregoing limits on payroll deductions effective as of any Offering Date.
10.2
Commencement of Payroll Deductions. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first pay day occurring on or following the Offering Date and shall continue to the end of the Offering Period unless sooner altered or terminated as provided herein.
10.3
Election to Decrease or Stop Payroll Deductions. During an Offering Period, a Participant may elect to decrease the rate of or to stop (but not to increase) deductions from his or her Compensation by delivering to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) an amended Subscription Agreement authorizing such change on or before the “Change Notice Date.” The “Change Notice Date” shall be a date prior to the beginning of the first pay period for which such election is to be effective as established by the Company from time to time and announced to the Participants. A Participant who elects, effective following the first pay day of an Offering Period, to decrease the rate of his or her payroll deductions to zero percent (0%) shall nevertheless remain a Participant in such Offering Period unless the Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1.
10.4
Election to Increase Payroll Deductions for Subsequent Offering. Prior to the Offering Date of any Offering Period, an Eligible Employee may elect to increase the rate of deductions from Compensation (not in excess of the limit set forth in Section 10.1) effective with the next Offering Period by delivering to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) an amended Subscription Agreement authorizing such change on or before the Change Notice Date prior to the commencement of such new Offering Period.
10.5
Election to Increase Payroll Deductions During an Offering Period. A Participant will be eligible to increase the rate of deductions from Compensation after an Offering Period has commenced only as specifically provided in the Offering Document for such Offering.
10.6
Administrative Suspension of Payroll Deductions. The Company may, in its discretion, suspend a Participant’s payroll deductions under the Plan as the Company deems advisable to avoid accumulating payroll deductions in excess of the amount that could reasonably be anticipated to purchase the maximum number of shares of Stock permitted (a) under the Participant’s Purchase Right, or (b) during a calendar year under the limit set forth in Section 8.2. Unless the Participant has either withdrawn from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1 or has ceased to be an Eligible Employee, suspended payroll deductions shall be resumed at the rate specified in the Participant’s then effective Subscription Agreement either (i) at the beginning of the next Offering Period if the reason for suspension was clause (a) in the preceding sentence, or (ii) at the

13


 

beginning of the next Offering Period having a first Purchase Date that falls within the subsequent calendar year if the reason for suspension was clause (b) in the preceding sentence.
10.7
Participant Accounts. Individual bookkeeping accounts shall be maintained for each Participant. All payroll deductions from a Participant’s Compensation, any permitted cash, check or similar contributions (and other amounts received from a non-United States Participant pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or pursuant to an Offering under the Non-423 Component) shall be credited to such Participant’s Plan account and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company (except as otherwise required by Local Law in connection with an Offering under the Non-423 Component). All such amounts received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose.
10.8
No Interest Paid. Interest shall not be paid on sums deducted from a Participant’s Compensation pursuant to the Plan or otherwise credited to the Participant’s Plan account (except as otherwise required by Local Law in connection with an Offering under the Non-423 Component).
11.
Purchase of Shares.
11.1
Exercise of Purchase Right.
(a)
Generally. Except as provided in Section 11.1(b), on each Purchase Date of an Offering Period, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose participation in the Offering has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right the number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing (a) the total amount of the Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated in the Participant’s Plan account during the Offering Period and not previously applied toward the purchase of Stock by (b) the Purchase Price. However, in no event shall the number of shares purchased by the Participant during an Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Purchase Right. No shares of Stock shall be purchased on a Purchase Date on behalf of a Participant whose participation in the Offering or the Plan has terminated before such Purchase Date.
(b)
Purchase by Non-United States Participants for Whom Payroll Deductions Are Prohibited by Applicable Law. Notwithstanding Section 11.1(a), where payroll deductions on behalf of Participants who are citizens or residents of countries other than the United States (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens) are prohibited or made impracticable by applicable Local Law, the Committee may establish a separate Offering (a “Non-United States Offering”) covering all Eligible Employees of one or more Participating Companies subject to such prohibition or restrictions on payroll deductions. The Non-United States Offering shall provide another method for payment of the Purchase Price with such terms and conditions as shall be administratively convenient and comply with applicable Local Law. On each Purchase Date of the Offering Period applicable to a Non-United States Offering, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose participation in such Offering Period has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right a number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with Section 11.1(a) to the extent of the total amount of the

14


 

Participant’s Plan account balance accumulated during the Offering Period in accordance with the method established by the Committee and not previously applied toward the purchase of Stock. However, in no event shall the number of shares purchased by a Participant during such Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Purchase Right. The Company shall refund to a Participant in a Non-United States Offering in accordance with Section 11.4 any excess Purchase Price payment received from such Participant.
11.2
Pro Rata Allocation of Shares. If the number of shares of Stock which might be purchased by all Participants on a Purchase Date exceeds the number of shares of Stock remaining available for issuance under the Plan or the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be purchased on such Purchase Date pursuant to a limit established by the Committee pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.3, the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available in as uniform a manner as practicable and as the Company determines to be equitable. Any fractional share resulting from such pro rata allocation to any Participant shall be disregarded.
11.3
Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, as soon as practicable after each Purchase Date, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued to or for the benefit of each Participant the shares of Stock acquired by the Participant on such Purchase Date by means of one or more of the following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.
11.4
Return of Plan Account Balance. Any cash balance remaining in a Participant’s Plan account following any Purchase Date shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as practicable after such Purchase Date. However, if the cash balance to be returned to a Participant pursuant to the preceding sentence is less than the amount that would have been necessary to purchase an additional whole share of Stock on such Purchase Date, the Company may retain the cash balance in the Participant’s Plan account to be applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock in the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period.
11.5
Tax Withholding. At the time a Participant’s Purchase Right is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time a Participant disposes of some or all of the shares of Stock he or she acquires under the Plan, the Participant shall make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including social insurance), if any, required to be withheld by any Participating Company upon exercise of the Purchase Right or upon such disposition of shares, respectively. A Participating Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary to meet such withholding obligations. The Company or any other Participating Company shall have the right to take such other action as it determines to be necessary or advisable to satisfy withholding obligations for such taxes.

15


 

11.6
Expiration of Purchase Right. Any portion of a Participant’s Purchase Right remaining unexercised after the end of the Offering Period to which the Purchase Right relates shall expire immediately upon the end of the Offering Period.
11.7
Provision of Reports and Stockholder Information to Participants. Each Participant who has exercised all or part of his or her Purchase Right shall receive, as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date, a report of such Participant’s Plan account setting forth the total amount credited to his or her Plan account prior to such exercise, the number of shares of Stock purchased, the Purchase Price for such shares, the date of purchase and the cash balance, if any, remaining immediately after such purchase that is to be refunded or retained in the Participant’s Plan account pursuant to Section 11.4. The report required by this Section may be delivered or made available in such form and by such means, including by electronic transmission, as the Company may determine. In addition, each Participant shall be provided information concerning the Company equivalent to that information provided generally to the Company’s common stockholders.
12.
Withdrawal from Plan.
12.1
Voluntary Withdrawal from the Plan. A Participant may withdraw from the Plan by signing and delivering to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) a written or electronic notice of withdrawal on a form provided by the Company for this purpose. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of an Offering Period; provided, however, that if a Participant withdraws from the Plan after a Purchase Date, the withdrawal shall not affect shares of Stock acquired by the Participant on such Purchase Date. A Participant who voluntarily withdraws from the Plan is prohibited from resuming participation in the Plan in the same Offering from which he or she withdrew, but may participate in any subsequent Offering by again satisfying the requirements of Sections 5 and 7.1. The Company may impose, from time to time, a requirement that the notice of withdrawal from the Plan be on file with the Company office or representative designated by the Company for a reasonable period prior to the effectiveness of the Participant’s withdrawal.
12.2
Return of Plan Account Balance. Upon a Participant’s voluntary withdrawal from the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1, the Participant’s accumulated Plan account balance which has not been applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as practicable after the withdrawal, without the payment of any interest (except as otherwise required by Local Law in connection with an Offering under the Non-423 Component), and the Participant’s interest in the Plan and the Offering shall terminate. Such amounts to be refunded in accordance with this Section may not be applied to any other Offering under the Plan.
13.
Termination of Employment or Eligibility.

Upon a Participant’s ceasing, prior to a Purchase Date, to be an Employee of the Participating Company Group for any reason, including retirement, disability or death, or upon the failure of a Participant to remain an Eligible Employee, the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall terminate immediately. In such event, the Participant’s Plan account balance which has not

16


 

been applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock shall, as soon as practicable, be returned to the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, to the Participant’s beneficiary designated in accordance with Section 19, if any, or legal representative, and all of the Participant’s rights under the Plan shall terminate. Interest shall not be paid on sums returned pursuant to this Section 13 (except as otherwise required by Local Law in connection with an Offering under the Non-423 Component). A Participant whose participation has been so terminated may again become eligible to participate in the Plan by satisfying the requirements of Sections 5 and 7.1.

14.
Effect of Change in Control on Purchase Rights.

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiring Corporation”), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Purchase Rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. If the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding Purchase Rights, the Purchase Date of the then current Offering Period shall be accelerated to a date that is within fifteen (15) business days before the anticipated date of the Change in Control as specified by the Committee, and the Participants’ prior accumulated contributions will be used to purchase shares on such accelerated Purchase Date. All Purchase Rights which are neither assumed or continued by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control.

15.
Nontransferability of Purchase Rights.

Neither payroll deductions or other amounts credited to a Participant’s Plan account nor a Participant’s Purchase Right may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any manner other than as provided by the Plan or by will or the laws of descent and distribution. (A beneficiary designation pursuant to Section 19 shall not be treated as a disposition for this purpose.) Any such attempted assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1. A Purchase Right shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.

16.
Compliance with Applicable Law.

The issuance of shares of Stock or other property under the Plan shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign securities law and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, and approvals by government agencies as may be required or as the Company deems necessary or advisable. A Purchase Right may not be exercised if the issuance of shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any securities exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Purchase Right may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Purchase Right be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right, or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from

17


 

the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares under the Plan shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of a Purchase Right, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation, and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

17.
Rights as a Stockholder and Employee.

A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder by virtue of the Participant’s participation in the Plan until the date of the issuance of the shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.1. Nothing herein shall confer upon a Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Participating Company Group or interfere in any way with any right of any Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.

18.
Notification of Disposition of Shares.

The Company may require the Participant to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares of Stock acquired by exercise of a Purchase Right. The Company may require that until such time as a Participant disposes of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of a Purchase Right, the Participant shall hold all such shares in the Participant’s name until the later of two years after the date of grant of such Purchase Right or one year after the date of exercise of such Purchase Right. The Company may direct that the certificates evidencing shares of Stock acquired by exercise of a Purchase Right refer to such requirement to give prompt notice of disposition.

19.
Designation of Beneficiary.
19.1
Designation Procedure. If then permitted by the Company and subject to applicable Local Law and procedures, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive (a) shares and cash, if any, from the Participant’s Plan account if the Participant dies subsequent to a Purchase Date but prior to delivery to the Participant of such shares and cash, or (b) cash, if any, from the Participant’s Plan account if the Participant dies prior to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right. If a married Participant designates a beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse, the effectiveness of such designation may be subject to the consent of the Participant’s spouse. A Participant may change his or her beneficiary designation at any time by written notice to the Company.

18


 

19.2
Absence of Beneficiary Designation. If a Participant dies without an effective designation pursuant to Section 19.1 of a beneficiary who is living at the time of the Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver any shares or cash credited to the Participant’s Plan account to the Participant’s legal representative or as otherwise required by applicable law.
20.
Notices.

All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

21.
Amendment or Termination of the Plan.

The Committee may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, except that (a) no such amendment, suspension or termination shall affect Purchase Rights previously granted under the Plan unless expressly provided by the Committee, and (b) no such amendment, suspension or termination may adversely affect a Purchase Right previously granted under the Plan without the consent of the Participant, except to the extent permitted by the Plan or as may be necessary to qualify the Section 423 Component as an employee stock purchase plan pursuant to Section 423 of the Code or to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule. In addition, an amendment to the Plan must be approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the adoption of such amendment if such amendment would authorize the sale of more shares than are then authorized for issuance under the Plan or would change the definition of the corporations that may be designated by the Committee as Participating Companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Committee determines that continuation of the Plan or an Offering would result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences to the Company, the Committee may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, including with respect to an Offering Period then in progress: (i) terminate the Plan or any Offering Period, (ii) accelerate the Purchase Date of any Offering Period, (iii) reduce the discount or the method of determining the Purchase Price in any Offering Period (e.g., by determining the Purchase Price solely on the basis of the Fair Market Value on the Purchase Date), (iv) reduce the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased in any Offering Period, or (v) take any combination of the foregoing actions.

22.
No Representations with Respect to Tax Qualification.

Although the Company may endeavor to (a) qualify Purchase Rights for favorable tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States (e.g., options granted under Section 423 of the Code) or (b) avoid adverse tax treatment (e.g., under Section 409A of the Code), the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment, anything to the contrary in this Plan. The Company shall be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants under the Plan.

19


 

23.
Choice of Law.

Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Subscription Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

20


Exhibit 10.11

 

Aspen Neuroscience, INC.

CASH INCENTIVE PLAN

1.
Purposes of the Plan. The Plan is intended to increase shareholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s performance objectives through the granting of Performance Awards that may be earned by eligible selected Employees. The Plan sets forth the guidelines to be considered by the Plan Administrator in granting such Performance Awards.
2.
Definitions.
(a)
“Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.
(b)
“Actual Award” means with respect to any Performance Period, the actual cash award amount (if any) determined to be payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Plan Administrator’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the actual award.
(c)
“Base Compensation” means a Participant’s base salary or base wages plus any overtime or shift differential payments and does not include any non-regular or special payments such as any bonuses, commissions or other incentive compensation, amounts received or recognized in connection with equity awards, expense reimbursements, relocation payments, Company contributions made under any employee benefit plan, the value of any employee benefits or perquisites paid for by the Company, or any other similar items of compensation a Participant may receive. Base Compensation used in calculating Target Awards will be the “gross” Base Compensation amount (determined before any deductions for taxes or benefits and any deferrals or contributions under any Company-sponsored plan).
(d)
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(e)
“Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.
(f)
“Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Employee and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to an Employee, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Employee’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company or any Affiliate; (ii) such employee’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Employee and the Company or any Affiliate or of any statutory duty owed to the Company or any Affiliate; (iii) such Employee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (iv) such Employee’s gross misconduct.
(g)
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.
(h)
“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
(i)
“Company” means Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 


 

(j)
“Effective Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock, pursuant to which the Company’s common stock is priced for the Company’s initial public offering.
(k)
“Employee” means any employee of the Company or of an Affiliate whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.
(l)
“Executive Officer” means an Employee who is an executive officer of the Company or other Employee whose transactions in Company shares are subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(m)
“Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Plan Administrator for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period and notified of their eligibility to participate in the Plan for such Performance Period.
(n)
“Performance Awards” means an award that is eligible to be earned subject to the attainment of the performance goals established for the Performance Period by the Plan Administrator.
(o)
“Performance Period” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. Any Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter or longer periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Plan Administrator desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months, other performance criteria over 24 months, and other criteria over 3 months. Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator the Performance Periods will generally coincide with calendar years.
(p)
“Plan” means this Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. Cash Incentive Plan and as hereafter amended from time to time.
(q)
“Plan Administrator” means the Committee with respect to Employees who are the Chief Executive Officer and other Executive Officer level Employees. With respect to eligible Employees who are not Executive Officer level Employees, the Plan Administrator means an officer committee consisting of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.
(r)
“Target Award” means the amount payable under the Plan to a Participant if 100% of the target level of performance goals specified for the Performance Period are achieved and the Participant otherwise satisfies all other conditions to earn the award, as determined by the Plan Administrator.
3.
Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards.
(a)
Selection of Participants. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Periods. If the Effective Date occurs during the 2026 fiscal year, the first Performance Period for the Plan will be the Company’s 2026 fiscal year.

2


 

(b)
Determination of Target Awards. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant for the applicable Performance Period, which may be a percentage of a Participant’s Base Compensation actually earned during the Performance Period, annualized Base Compensation rate at the beginning or end of any Performance Period or a fixed dollar amount. The Target Award will be set forth in the Participant’s written employment offer letter or agreement or other written agreement with the Company or otherwise communicated in writing to the Participant by the Plan Administrator. Participants who were not employed with the Company for the full Performance Period will generally be allocated their Target Awards on a pro-rata basis, which will be calculated based upon the amount of time that the Participant was an Employee during the Performance Period
(c)
Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, will establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool.
(d)
Discretion to Determine and Modify Actual Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award amount, as determined in the Plan Administrator’s discretion. The Plan Administrator may determine the amount of any Actual Award on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.
(e)
Discretion to Determine Performance Goals. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Plan Administrator will, in its sole discretion, determine the performance goals applicable to any Performance Period. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Plan Administrator determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or Company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award.
4.
Payment of Awards.
(a)
Performance Goals. Eligibility to receive an Actual Award will be determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion after considering the level of attainment of the performance goals. Failure to meet any threshold performance goals established by the Plan Administrator will result in a failure to receive any Actual Award, except if approved by the Plan Administrator as provided in Section 3(d). The Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, consider other factors, such as individual performance, in determining an eligible Participant’s Actual Award.
(b)
Right to Earn and Receive Payment. Except as specifically provided herein, to receive an Actual Award a Participant must be employed in good standing by the Company or any Affiliate on the date the Actual Award is paid. Accordingly, except as specifically provided herein, an Actual Award is not considered earned until paid. No Actual Award is considered earned under this Plan until the time that the Plan Administrator determines that the applicable performance goals have been met, the Plan Administrator has approved the Actual Award and the Actual Award is paid to the Participant. No payment of any portion of any Target Award is guaranteed and all Actual Awards must be earned in accordance with the terms of this Plan. Whether any performance goals have been achieved, any adjustments for individual performance, and the determination of whether a Participant is in good standing, is determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator.

3


 

(c)
Timing of Payment. Each Actual Award will be fully paid in cash (or its equivalent) no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the year in which the performance goals were attained.
(d)
Termination without Cause. If a Participant was employed in good standing through the last day of a calendar year and is terminated by the Company without Cause prior to the date that Actual Awards in respect of performance for such calendar year are determined and paid, such Participant is also eligible to receive an Actual Award at the same time as Actual Awards are regularly paid to other eligible Participants, subject to the Participant’s timely provision of a release of claims against the Company. To the extent such Participant may otherwise be entitled to such Actual Award as a severance benefit under any separate severance benefit agreement or severance pay plan with the Company (each a “Severance Plan”), such Participant will not be entitled to such Actual Award payment under the Plan, and such Participant’s severance benefit eligibility will be determined solely by the terms of such other Severance Plan. The determination that a termination of a Participant’s employment is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Plan Administrator. Any determination by the Plan Administrator that a Participant’s employment was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of the Plan will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Employee for any other purpose.
(e)
Legal and Ethical Standards. No Employee shall attempt to earn any Plan award by engaging in any conduct which violates any antitrust laws, other laws, or the Company’s ethical standards, policies, or practices. An Employee shall not pay, offer to pay, assign or give any part of his or her Target Award or Actual Award, other compensation, or anything else of value to any agent, customer, supplier or representative of any customer or supplier, or to any other person, as an inducement or reward for direct or indirect assistance in earning an Actual Award. Any infraction of this Section 4(e), or of recognized ethical standards, will subject the Employee to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment and ineligibility to receive any Actual Award under the Plan.
5.
Plan Administration.
(a)
Plan Administrator Authority. It will be the duty of the Plan Administrator to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Plan Administrator will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) construe and interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) approve Target Awards and Actual Awards (v) adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (vi) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vii) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.
(b)
Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Plan Administrator, the Board, and any delegate of the Plan Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law
(c)
Delegation by Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company.
(d)
Indemnification. Each person who is or will have been a member of the Plan Administrator will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost,

4


 

liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
6.
General Provisions.
(a)
Tax Withholding. The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations).
(b)
No Effect on Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without Cause. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without Cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant.
(c)
Participation. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.
(d)
Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.
(e)
Nontransferability of Awards. No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.
(f)
Unfunded Liability. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.
(g)
Section 409A. All Plan payments are intended to qualify for the “short-term deferral” exemption from application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted accordingly. Each payment under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).
(h)
Clawback/Recovery. All Actual Awards and payouts under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with the following provisions, as applicable (the “Clawback Provisions”): (i) the Company’s Policy for Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation, and (ii) any other

5


 

clawback policy that the Company (A) is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law and any implementing rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission adopted thereunder, or (B) otherwise voluntarily adopts, to the extent applicable and permissible under applicable law. No recovery of compensation under such a Clawback Provision will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.
7.
Amendment, Termination, and Duration.
(a)
Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.
(b)
Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date specified herein, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Plan Administrator’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect until terminated.
8.
Legal Construction.
(a)
Governing Documents. From and following the Effective Date, with respect to eligible Participants this Plan supersedes all prior plans and guidelines for the bonus compensation plans or programs of the Company and all other previous oral or written statements regarding the terms of any such bonus compensation programs or plans.
(b)
Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.
(c)
Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
(d)
Requirements of Law. The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.
(e)
Governing Law. The Plan will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.
(f)
Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.
(g)
Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

6


Exhibit 10.12

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, Inc.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

Each member of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (the “Company”) who is a non-employee director of the Company (each such member, a “Non-Employee Director”) will receive the compensation described in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “Policy”) for such Board service.

This Policy may be amended at any time in the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) or the Compensation Committee of the Board (“Compensation Committee”).

Annual Cash Compensation

Commencing at the beginning of the first calendar quarter following the closing of the initial public offering (the “IPO”) of the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”), each Non-Employee Director will receive the annual cash retainer compensation for service on the Board in the applicable amounts as are approved and updated from time to time by the Compensation Committee, and which effective as of the IPO are as specified on Appendix A. The annual cash compensation amounts will be payable in equal quarterly installments, in arrears following the end of each quarter in which the service occurred, pro-rated for any partial months of service. All cash fees are fully vested and earned upon payment.

Equity Compensation

Equity awards granted pursuant to this Policy will be granted under the Company’s 2026 Equity Incentive Plan or any successor plan (the “Plan”).

(a)
Initial Appointment Equity Grant. On an initial appointment to the Board following the IPO and without any further action of the Board or Compensation Committee of the Board, effective at the close of business on the day of such appointment, a Non-Employee Director will automatically receive an equity award under the Plan for the applicable type of equity award with respect to such number of shares and with vesting terms as approved and updated from time to time by the Compensation Committee, and which effective as of the IPO are as specified on Appendix A (the “Initial Grant”).
(b)
Automatic Equity Grants. Without any further action of the Board or Compensation Committee of the Board, at the close of business on the date of each Annual Meeting of the Company’s stockholders following the IPO, each person who is then a Non-Employee Director will automatically receive an equity award under the Plan for the applicable type of equity award with respect to such number of shares and with vesting terms as approved and updated from time to time by the Compensation Committee, and which effective as of the IPO are as specified on Appendix A (the “Annual Grant”).
(c)
Vesting; Impact of Change of Control. The Initial Grant and Annual Grant (the “Director Awards”) are eligible to vest subject to the Non-Employee Director’s continued “Service” (as defined in the Plan) through the applicable vesting dates. For each Non-Employee

1

 


 

Director who remains in Continuous Service with the Company until immediately prior to the closing of a “Change in Control” (as defined in the Plan), the shares subject to his or her then-outstanding Director Awards will become fully vested upon such Change in Control.
(d)
Remaining Terms. The remaining terms and conditions of Director Awards will be as set forth in the Company’s forms of grant notice and award agreements for such Director Awards, in the forms adopted from time to time by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board.

Expense Reimbursements

The Company will reimburse Non-Employee Director for ordinary, necessary and reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses to cover in-person attendance at and participation in Board and committee meetings; provided, that the Non-Employee Director timely submits to the Company appropriate documentation substantiating such expenses in accordance with the Company’s travel and expense policy, as in effect from time to time.

2

 


 

Appendix A

Cash Compensation and Equity Compensation

Cash Retainers

Annual Board Service Retainer:

•
All Eligible Directors: $40,000
•
Chairperson of the Board: $70,000

Annual Committee Chair Service Retainer:

•
Chairperson of the Audit Committee: $16,000
•
Chairperson of the Compensation Committee: $12,000
•
Chairperson of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee: $10,000
•
Chairperson of the Research and Development Committee: $20,000

Annual Committee Non-Chairperson Member Service Retainer:

•
Member of the Audit Committee: $8,000
•
Member of the Compensation Committee: $6,000
•
Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee: $5,000
•
Member of the Research and Development Committee: $6,000

Initial Grant

•
Type of Award: Stock Option
•
Number of Shares: __________; provided, however, that the number of shares subject to the stock option shall be reduced, to the extent necessary, so that the compensation limits set forth in the Plan are not exceeded.
•
Vesting: The Initial Grant will vest in 36 substantially equal monthly installments following the date of grant, subject to the Non-Employee Director’s continued Service with the Company on each applicable vesting date.

Annual Grant

•
Type of Award: Stock Option
•
Number of Shares: ____________; provided, however, that the number of shares subject to the stock option shall be reduced, to the extent necessary, so that the compensation limits set forth in the Plan are not exceeded.
•
Vesting: Each Annual Grant will vest upon the earlier of: (i) the one-year anniversary measured from the date of grant and (ii) the date of the next Annual Meeting of the Company’s Stockholders following the date of grant, subject to the Non-Employee Director’s continued Service with the Company through the applicable vesting date.

3

 


Exhibit 10.13

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Officer Severance and Change in Control Plan

Section 1. Introduction.

The Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. Officer Severance and Change in Control Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby established effective upon the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock, pursuant to which the common stock is priced for the initial public offering (the “Effective Date”). The purpose of the Plan is to provide for the payment of severance and/or change in control benefits to selected officers of Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (the “Company”) as set forth herein. Capitalized terms used in the Plan not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth on Appendix A to the Plan. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in a Participation Agreement, this Plan and the applicable Participation Agreement supersedes in its entirety any severance benefits that would otherwise be provided under any Separate Agreement, including but not limited to any severance, change in control or similar benefits set forth in any employment agreement or offer letter. This Plan document also is the Summary Plan Description for the Plan.

Section 2. Eligibility for Benefits.

(a)
Eligibility. An officer of the Company is eligible to receive benefits under the Plan if (i) the Plan Administrator has designated such officer as eligible to participate in the Plan by providing such officer with a Participation Agreement; (ii) such officer has signed and returned such Participation Agreement to the Company within the period specified therein; (iii) with respect to eligibility for severance benefits, such officer’s employment with the Company terminates due to a Covered Termination; and (iv) such officer meets the other Plan eligibility requirements set forth in this Section 2. The determination of whether an officer is eligible to participate in the Plan shall be made by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, and such determination shall be binding and conclusive on all persons.
(b)
Release Requirement. In order to be eligible to receive benefits under the Plan, the Officer also must execute a separation agreement and general release of claims, in such a form as provided by the Company (the “Release”), within the applicable time period set forth therein, and such Release must become effective in accordance with its terms, which must occur in no event more than sixty (60) days following the date of the applicable Covered Termination.
(c)
Return of Company Property. An Officer will not be entitled to any severance benefit under the Plan unless and until the Officer returns all Company Property. As a condition to receiving benefits under the Plan, an Officer must not make or retain copies, reproductions or summaries of any such Company documents, materials or property. However, an Officer is not required to return personal copies of documents evidencing the Officer’s hire, termination, compensation, benefits and Equity Awards and any other documentation received as a stockholder of the Company.
(d)
Exceptions to Severance Benefit Entitlement. An employee who otherwise is an Officer will not receive severance benefits under the Plan in the following circumstances, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion:

(1) The Officer is terminated by the Company for any reason or voluntarily terminates employment with the Company in any manner (including due to the Officer’s death or Disability), and in either case, such termination does not constitute a Covered Termination. Voluntary terminations include, but are not limited to, resignation, retirement or failure to return to work following a leave of absence.

 


 

(2) The Officer voluntarily terminates employment with the Company in order to accept employment with another entity that is wholly or partly owned (directly or indirectly) by the Company or an Affiliate.

(3) The Officer is offered an identical or substantially equivalent or comparable position with the Company or an Affiliate. For purposes of the foregoing, a “substantially equivalent or comparable position” is one that provides the employee substantially the same level of responsibility and compensation and would not give rise to the employee’s right to resign for Good Reason.

(4) The Officer is offered immediate reemployment by a successor to the Company or an Affiliate or by a purchaser of the Company’s assets, as the case may be, following a Change in Control and the terms of such reemployment would not give rise to the employee’s right to resign for Good Reason and the successor or purchasing entity assumes the Company’s obligations under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, “immediate reemployment” means that the Officer’s employment with the successor to the Company or an Affiliate or the purchaser of its assets, as the case may be, results in uninterrupted employment such that the Officer does not incur a lapse in pay or benefits as a result of the change in ownership of the Company or the sale of its assets. For the avoidance of doubt, an Officer who becomes immediately reemployed as described in this Section 2(d)(4) by a successor to the Company or an Affiliate or by a purchaser of the Company’s assets, as the case may be, following a Change in Control shall continue to be an Officer following the date of such reemployment and eligible to participate in this Plan as assumed or continued by such successor or purchaser entity.

(e)
Termination of Severance Benefits. An Officer’s right to receive severance benefits under this Plan shall terminate immediately if, at any time prior to or during the period for which the Officer is receiving severance benefits under the Plan, the Officer, without the prior written approval of the Plan Administrator, engages in a Prohibited Action (as defined below). In addition, if benefits under the Plan have already been paid to the Officer and the Officer subsequently engages in a Prohibited Action during the Prohibited Period (or it is determined that an Officer engaged in a Prohibited Action prior to receipt of such benefits), any benefits previously paid to the Officer shall be subject to recoupment by the Company on such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion. The “Prohibited Period” shall commence on the date of the Officer’s Covered Termination and continue for the number of months corresponding to the applicable Regular Termination Severance Period or CIC COBRA Period as described in Section 3. A “Prohibited Action” is the Officer’s breach of any material statutory, common law, or contractual obligation to the Company or an Affiliate (including, without limitation, the contractual obligations set forth in the Company’s standard employee confidentiality agreement, the Release and/or any other obligations of confidentiality, non-solicitation, non-competition, non-disparagement, or similar provisions set forth in the Officer’s employment agreement, offer letter, any other written agreement between the Officer and the Company, or under applicable law).

Section 3. Amount of Benefit.

(a)
Regular Termination Benefits. Upon a Regular Termination, the Officer shall be entitled to the following benefits, subject to reduction as provided in Section 4 below.

(1) Cash Severance Benefits. Upon a Regular Termination, the Officer shall be entitled to continued payment of Base Salary in equal payroll installments during the applicable period following the Officer’s termination as is specified below (the “Regular Termination Severance Period”); provided that any such payments otherwise scheduled to be made prior to the effective date of the Officer’s Release will instead accrue and be paid on the first payroll period following the Release effective date:

(i)
Chief Executive Officer: twelve (12) months;

 


 

(ii)
Tier II Officer: nine (9) months;
(iii)
Tier III Officer: six (6) months.

(2) Target Bonus for Year of Termination (Chief Executive Officer Only). Upon a Regular Termination, the Chief Executive Officer shall be entitled to payment of 100% of the Chief Executive Officer’s Target Bonus for the calendar year in which the Regular Termination occurs, payable in a lump sum on the first payroll period following the effective date of the Officer’s Release. Tier II Officers and Tier III Officers shall not be entitled to any bonus payment in connection with a Regular Termination.

(3) Payment of COBRA Premiums. If the Officer timely elects continued group health plan continuation coverage under COBRA following the termination date, the Company shall pay directly to the carrier the full amount of the Officer’s COBRA premiums on behalf of the Officer for the Officer’s continued coverage under the Company’s group health plans, including coverage for the Officer’s eligible dependents, until the earliest of (i) the end of the applicable Regular Termination Severance Period following the date of termination, (ii) the expiration of the Officer’s eligibility for continuation coverage under COBRA or any state law of similar effect, or (iii) the date when the Officer becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment (such period from the termination date through the earliest of (i) through (iii), the “COBRA Payment Period”). Upon conclusion of such period of insurance premium payments made by the Company, the Officer will be responsible for the entire payment of premiums (or payment for the cost of coverage) required under COBRA for the duration of the Officer’s eligible COBRA coverage period. The Officer shall promptly notify the Company as soon as the Officer becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment.

(4) Equity Award Acceleration (Chief Executive Officer Only). Upon a Regular Termination, with respect to the Chief Executive Officer only, those Equity Awards that were eligible to vest solely conditioned on the Chief Executive Officer’s continued services shall be accelerated as if the Chief Executive Officer had continued employment for an additional twelve (12) months following the date of termination.

(b)
Change in Control Termination Benefits. Upon a Change in Control Termination, the Officer shall be entitled to the following benefits, subject to reduction as provided in Section 4 below.

(1) Cash Severance Benefits. Upon a Change in Control Termination, the Officer shall receive the following cash severance payable in a single lump sum on the first payroll period following the later of the Change in Control or the effective date of the Officer’s Release (except for Unpaid Annual Bonus to be paid as such time specified below): (i) an amount equal to the applicable number of months of the Officer’s Base Salary as specified in the chart below, plus (ii) the applicable percentage of such Officer’s Target Bonus, as specified in the chart below, plus (iii) any Unpaid Annual Bonus, if applicable, payable in a lump sum at the same time as the corresponding Annual Cash Bonuses are paid to other Officers who continue in employment.

 

Position

Months of Base Salary

% of Target Bonus

Chief Executive Officer

eighteen (18) months

150%

 


 

Tier II Officer

twelve (12) months

100%

Tier III Officer

nine (9) months

75%

 

(2) Payment of Continued Group Health Plan Benefits (COBRA). If the Officer timely elects continued group health plan continuation coverage under COBRA following the Change in Control Termination date, the Company shall pay directly to the carrier the full amount of the Officer’s COBRA premiums on behalf of the Officer for the Officer’s continued coverage under the Company’s group health plans, including coverage for the Officer’s eligible dependents, until the earliest of (i) the end of the applicable Change in Control COBRA Period following the date of the Change in Control Termination, (ii) the expiration of the Officer’s eligibility for continuation coverage under COBRA or any state law of similar effect, or (iii) the date when the Officer becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment (such period from the date of the Change in Control Termination through the earliest of (i) through (iii), the “CIC COBRA Payment Period”). For purposes of this Section 3(b)(2), the applicable Change in Control COBRA Period is eighteen (18) months for the Chief Executive Officer, twelve (12) months for a Tier II Officer, and nine (9) months for a Tier III Officer. Upon conclusion of such period of insurance premium payments made by the Company, the Officer will be responsible for the entire payment of premiums (or payment for the cost of coverage) required under COBRA for the duration of the Officer’s eligible COBRA coverage period. The Officer shall promptly notify the Company as soon as the Officer becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment.

(3) Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards. To the extent not previously vested: (i) the vesting and exercisability of all outstanding stock options to purchase the Company’s common stock held by the Officer on such date that were granted to the Officer by the Company under the Equity Plans shall be accelerated in full to the extent not previously fully vested and exercisable, (ii) any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of common stock issued pursuant to any other Equity Award granted to the Officer by the Company under the Equity Plans shall lapse in full, and (iii) the vesting of any other unvested Equity Awards granted to the Officer by the Company under the Equity Plans, and any issuance of shares triggered by the vesting of such Equity Awards or any previously vested Equity Awards, shall be accelerated in full. For purposes of determining the number of shares that will vest pursuant to the foregoing provision with respect to any performance-based vesting award that has multiple vesting levels depending upon the level of performance, vesting acceleration shall occur with respect to such number of shares as determined based upon the greater of: (1) 100% of the target performance level, or (2) the applicable performance level actually attained for the applicable performance period.

 


 

(4) For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall an Officer be entitled to benefits under both Section 3(a) and Section 3(b). If eligible for benefits under both Section 3(a) and Section 3(b), the Officer shall receive the benefits set forth in Section 3(b), and such benefits shall be reduced by any benefits previously provided under Section 3(a).

(c)
Change in Control Acceleration if Equity Awards Not Assumed. Subject to the Officer’s continued employment with the Company through the date of a Change in Control, if the Officer’s Equity Awards will not be assumed, continued or substituted by the acquiring or surviving entity in the Change in Control, then the Officer’s Equity Awards will fully vest upon such Change in Control, with the applicable performance vesting conditions for any Equity Awards with multiple potential vesting levels deemed satisfied at the greater of: (i) the applicable level of performance attained through the date of the Change in Control, or (ii) the target performance level for such Equity Awards. For such purposes, the Officer’s Equity Awards will be considered to have been assumed, continued, or substituted if, following the Change in Control, the Officer has the right to purchase or receive, for each share of Company common stock subject to the Officer’s Equity Awards immediately prior to the Change in Control, the same consideration received in the Change in Control by the Company’s common stockholders for each share of Company common stock held on the effective date of the transaction, after deduction for any applicable per share exercise price or purchase price applicable to the Officer’s Equity Awards, and subject to the Officer’s satisfaction of the applicable vesting conditions for the Officer’s Equity Awards.

Section 4. Reductions in Benefits.

(a)
Certain Reductions.

(1) The Plan and the applicable Participation Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties hereto. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in the applicable Participation Agreement, this Plan fully supersedes and replaces any and all Separate Agreements or understandings (whether oral or written) between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof. As a condition to eligibility for this Plan, the Officer is not eligible to receive benefits under any Separate Agreement.

(2) The Company, in its sole discretion, shall have the authority to reduce an Officer’s severance benefits, in whole or in part, by any other severance benefits, pay and benefits provided during a period following written notice of a plant closing or mass layoff, pay and benefits in lieu of such notice, or other similar benefits payable to the Officer by the Company or an Affiliate that become payable in connection with the Officer’s termination of employment pursuant to (i) any applicable legal requirement, including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or any other similar state law, , or (ii) any Company policy or practice providing for the Officer to remain on the payroll for a limited period of time after being given notice of the termination of the Officer’s employment, and the Plan Administrator shall so construe and implement the terms of the Plan. Any such reductions that the Company determines to make pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall be made such that any benefit under the Plan shall be reduced solely by any similar type of benefit under such legal requirement, agreement, policy or practice (i.e., any cash severance benefits under the Plan shall be reduced solely by any cash payments or severance benefits under such legal requirement, , policy or practice, and any continued insurance benefits under the Plan shall be reduced solely by any continued insurance benefits under such legal requirement, policy or practice). The Company’s decision to apply such reductions to the severance benefits of one Officer and the amount of such reductions shall in no way obligate the Company to apply the same reductions in the same amounts to the severance benefits of any other Officer, even if similarly situated. In the Company’s sole discretion, such reductions may be applied on a retroactive basis, with severance benefits previously paid being re-characterized as payments pursuant to the Company’s statutory obligation.

 


 

(3) Any reductions that are made pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall be made such that any benefit under the Plan shall be reduced solely by any similar type of benefit under any Separate Agreement, contract, legal requirement, agreement, policy or practice (i.e., any cash severance benefits under the Plan shall be reduced solely by any cash payments or severance benefits under such, legal requirement, policy or practice, and any continued insurance benefits under the Plan shall be reduced solely by any continued insurance benefits under such legal requirement, policy or practice).

(b)
Parachute Payments. If any payment or benefit an Officer will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then any such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in the Officer’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “Reduction Method”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for the Officer. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “Pro Rata Reduction Method”).

(1) Notwithstanding any provisions in this Section above to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for the Officer as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without Cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

(2) The Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting or law firm to make the determinations required by this Section 4. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder. If the Officer receives a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) above and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, the Officer agrees to promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) above) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) above, the Officer shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

Section 5. Time of Payment and Form of Benefit.

All such payments under the Plan will be subject to applicable withholding for federal, state, local and other applicable withholding taxes. If an Officer is indebted to the Company on his or her termination date, the Company reserves the right to offset any severance payments under the Plan by the amount of such indebtedness. All severance benefits provided under the Plan are intended to satisfy the

 


 

requirements for an exemption from application of Section 409A to the maximum extent that an exemption is available and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted accordingly; provided, however, that to the extent such an exemption is not available, the severance benefits provided under the Plan are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal tax consequences and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted accordingly.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any payments and benefits provided under the Plan that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall not commence in connection with an Officer’s termination of employment unless and until the Officer has also incurred a “Separation from Service,”, unless the Company reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to the Officer without causing the Officer to incur the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A.

It is intended that (i) each installment of any benefits payable under the Plan to an Officer be regarded as a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i), (ii) all payments of any such benefits under the Plan satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and (iii) any such benefits consisting of COBRA premiums also satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemption from the application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v). However, if the Company determines that any such benefits payable under the Plan constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and the Officer is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, (A) the timing of such benefit payments shall be delayed until the earlier of (1) the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the Officer’s Separation from Service and (2) the date of the Officer’s death (such applicable date, the “Delayed Initial Payment Date”), and (B) the Company shall (1) pay the Officer a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the benefit payments that the Officer would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the benefits had not been delayed pursuant to this paragraph and (2) commence paying the balance, if any, of the benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule.

In no event shall payment of any benefits under the Plan be made prior to an Officer’s termination date or prior to the effective date of the Release. If the Company determines that any payments or benefits provided under the Plan constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, and the Officer’s Separation from Service occurs at a time during the calendar year when the Release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Officer’s Separation from Service occurs, then regardless of when the Release is returned to the Company and becomes effective, the Release will not be deemed effective any earlier than the latest permitted effective date. If the Company determines that any payments or benefits provided under the Plan constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, then except to the extent that payments may be delayed until the Delayed Initial Payment Date pursuant to the preceding paragraph, on the first regular payroll date following the effective date of an Officer’s Release, the Company shall (1) pay the Officer a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the benefit payments that the Officer would otherwise have received through such payroll date but for the delay in payment related to the effectiveness of the Release and (2) commence paying the balance, if any, of the benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule.

 


 

Section 6. Transfer and Assignment.

The rights and obligations of an Officer under this Plan may not be sold, transferred, pledged or assigned without the prior written consent of the Plan Administrator, and only if such action would not result in adverse tax consequences under Section 409A. This Plan shall be binding upon any entity or person who is a successor by merger, acquisition, consolidation or otherwise to the business formerly carried on by the Company without regard to whether or not such entity or person actively assumes the obligations hereunder and without regard to whether or not a Change in Control occurs.

Section 7. Clawback; Recovery.

All payments and severance benefits provided under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. Policy for Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Incentive Compensation (the “Recoupment Policy”) and any other clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. No recovery of compensation under the Company’s Recoupment Policy or such other clawback policy will be an event giving rise to an Officer’s right to resign for Good Reason.

Section 8. Other Plan Terms.

(a)
Default Plan Terms. Unless otherwise specifically provided in a Participation Agreement, the following terms shall apply:

(1) An Officer will not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided under the Plan by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor will the amount of any payment provided for under the Plan be reduced by any compensation earned by an Officer as a result of employment by another employer or any retirement benefits received by such Officer after the date of the Officer’s termination of employment with the Company.

(2) Notwithstanding the schedule for provision of severance benefits as set forth in Section 3 of the Plan, the provision of any severance benefits is subject to any delay in payment that may be required under Section 5 of the Plan and no benefits will be paid or provided prior to the effective date of the Release.

(3) In all cases severance benefits will be calculated ignoring any reduction in Base Salary that would give rise to the Officer’s right to resign for Good Reason.

(4) In order to give effect to the intent of any Equity Award vesting acceleration benefits set forth in the Plan, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Equity Plans or the applicable Equity Award agreement that provides that any then unvested portion of any Equity Award will immediately expire upon an Officer’s termination of service, any Equity Awards shall remain outstanding following termination of service as necessary to give effect to such acceleration.

(5) Nothing in the Plan shall limit the ability of the Company to undertake a Change in Control or provide for the applicable treatment of Equity Awards in connection with a Change in Control as permitted by the terms of the Equity Plans (or other applicable equity plan under which such Equity Awards were granted) and the award agreement for such Equity Award, subject to the obligation to provide any vesting acceleration benefits under Section 3 of the Plan.

 


 

(6) For purposes of any references to COBRA in the Plan or a Participation Agreement, COBRA shall be deemed to refer also to analogous provisions of state law, and any applicable COBRA premiums that are paid by the Company shall not include any amounts payable by the Officer under an Internal Revenue Code Section 125 health care reimbursement plan, which amounts, if any, are the Officer’s sole responsibility.

(7) Notwithstanding any provision of COBRA premium payment benefits under the Plan, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot provide the COBRA premium benefits without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums directly to the carrier on the Officer’s behalf, the Company will instead pay the Officer on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period or CIC COBRA Payment Period, as applicable (the “COBRA Period”) a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premium for that month, subject to applicable tax withholding (such amount, the “Special Severance Payment”), such Special Severance Payment to be made without regard to the Officer’s election of COBRA coverage or payment of COBRA premiums and without regard to the Officer’s continued eligibility for COBRA coverage during the COBRA Period. Such Special Severance Payment shall end upon expiration of the COBRA Period.

Section 9. Right to Interpret and Administer Plan; Amendment or Termination.

(a)
Interpretation and Administration. Prior to the effective date of a Change in Control, the Committee shall be the Plan Administrator and shall have the exclusive discretion and authority to establish rules, forms, and procedures for the administration of the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and to decide any and all questions of fact, interpretation, definition, computation or administration arising in connection with the operation of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the eligibility to participate in the Plan and amount of benefits paid under the Plan. The rules, interpretations, computations and other actions of the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on all persons. Upon and after the effective date of Change in Control, the Plan will be interpreted and administered in good faith by the Representative who shall be the Plan Administrator during such period. All actions taken by the Representative in interpreting the terms of the Plan and administering the Plan upon and after the effective date of a Change in Control will be final and binding on all Officers. Any references in this Plan to the “Committee” or “Plan Administrator” with respect to periods following the effective date of a Change in Control shall mean the Representative.
(b)
Amendment or Termination. The Plan Administrator reserves the right to amend or terminate this Plan at any time, without advance notice to any Officer and without regard to the effect of the amendment or termination on any Officer or on any other individual, except as otherwise provided herein or in an individual Participation Agreement. Any amendment or termination of the Plan shall be in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Officer’s rights to receive payments and benefits pursuant to the Plan under an effective Participation Agreement may not be impaired or terminated, without the Officer’s written consent, by an amendment or termination of the Plan.

Section 10. No Implied Employment Contract.

The Plan shall not be deemed (i) to give any employee or other person any right to be retained in the employment of the Company or (ii) to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge any employee or other person at any time, with or without cause, which right is hereby reserved.

 


 

Section 11. Legal Construction.

This Plan is intended to be governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and, to the extent not preempted by ERISA, the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Claims, Inquiries and Appeals.

(a)
Applications for Benefits and Inquiries. If you are an Officer, you are considered a participant in the Plan. Any application for benefits (in the event that a participant believes they are entitled to benefits hereunder that have not been initiated or provided by the Company), inquiries about the Plan or inquiries about present or future rights under the Plan must be submitted to the Plan Administrator in writing by an applicant (or his or her authorized representative). The Plan Administrator is:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Compensation Committee

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 92121

(b)
Denial of Claims. In the event that any application for benefits is denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator must provide the applicant with written or electronic notice of the denial of the application, and of the applicant’s right to review the denial. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. The notice of denial will be set forth in a manner designed to be understood by the applicant and will include the following:

(1) the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(2) references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

(3) a description of any additional information or material that the Plan Administrator needs to complete the review and an explanation of why such information or material is necessary; and

(4) an explanation of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a denial on review of the claim, as described in Section 12(d) below.

This notice of denial will be given to the applicant within ninety (90) days after the Plan Administrator receives the application, unless special circumstances require an extension of time, in which case, the Plan Administrator has up to an additional ninety (90) days for processing the application. If an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant before the end of the initial ninety (90) day period.

This notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the application.

 


 

(c)
Request for a Review. Any person (or that person’s authorized representative) for whom an application for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, may appeal the denial by submitting a request for a review to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after the application is denied. A request for a review shall be in writing and shall be addressed to:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Compensation Committee

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 92121

A request for review must set forth all of the grounds on which it is based, all facts in support of the request and any other matters that the applicant feels are pertinent. The applicant (or his or her representative) shall have the opportunity to submit (or the Plan Administrator may require the applicant to submit) written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to his or her claim. The applicant (or his or her representative) shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim. The review shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the applicant (or his or her representative) relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

(d)
Decision on Review. The Plan Administrator will act on each request for review within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request, unless special circumstances require an extension of time (not to exceed an additional sixty (60) days), for processing the request for a review. If an extension for review is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant within the initial sixty (60) day period. This notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the review. The Plan Administrator will give prompt, written or electronic notice of its decision to the applicant. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. In the event that the Plan Administrator confirms the denial of the application for benefits in whole or in part, the notice will set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, the following:

(1) the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(2) references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

(3) a statement that the applicant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim; and

(4) a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

(e)
Rules and Procedures. The Plan Administrator will establish rules and procedures, consistent with the Plan and with ERISA, as necessary and appropriate in carrying out its responsibilities in reviewing benefit claims. The Plan Administrator may require an applicant who wishes to submit additional information in connection with an appeal from the denial of benefits to do so at the applicant’s own expense.
(f)
Exhaustion of Remedies. No legal action for benefits under the Plan may be brought until the applicant (i) has submitted a written application for benefits in accordance with the procedures described by Section 12(a) above, (ii) has been notified by the Plan Administrator that the

 


 

application is denied, (iii) has filed a written request for a review of the application in accordance with the appeal procedure described in Section 12(c) above, and (iv) has been notified that the Plan Administrator has denied the appeal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan Administrator does not respond to an Officer’s claim or appeal within the relevant time limits specified in this Section 12, the Officer may bring legal action for benefits under the Plan pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.

Section 13. Basis of Payments to and from Plan.

The Plan shall be unfunded, and all cash payments under the Plan shall be paid only from the general assets of the Company.

Section 14. Other Plan Information.

(a)
Employer and Plan Identification Numbers. The Employer Identification Number assigned to the Company (which is the “Plan Sponsor” as that term is used in ERISA) by the Internal Revenue Service is 83-1312969. The Plan Number assigned to the Plan by the Plan Sponsor pursuant to the instructions of the Internal Revenue Service is 502.
(b)
Ending Date for Plan’s Fiscal Year. The date of the end of the fiscal year for the purpose of maintaining the Plan’s records is December 31.
(c)
Agent for the Service of Legal Process. The agent for the service of legal process with respect to the Plan is:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Compensation Committee

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 92121

In addition, service of legal process may be made upon the Plan Administrator.

(d)
Plan Sponsor. The “Plan Sponsor” is:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 92121

 

(e)
Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator is the Committee prior to the effective date of a Change in Control and the Representative upon and following such date. The Plan Administrator’s contact information is:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Compensation Committee or Representative

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 92121

The Plan Administrator is the named fiduciary charged with the responsibility for administering the Plan.

 


 

Section 15. Statement of ERISA Rights.

Participants in this Plan (which is a welfare benefit plan sponsored by Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.) are entitled to certain rights and protections under ERISA. Individuals eligible to participate in this Plan are referred to as “you” in this Section 15 of the Plan. If you are an Officer, you are considered a participant in the Plan and, under ERISA, you are entitled to:

(a)
Receive Information About Your Plan and Benefits.

(1) Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrator’s office and at other specified locations, such as worksites, all documents governing the Plan and a copy of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, filed by the Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of the Employee Benefits Security Administration;

(2) Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, copies of documents governing the operation of the Plan and copies of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, and an updated (as necessary) Summary Plan Description. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies; and

(3) Receive a summary of the Plan’s annual financial report, if applicable. The Plan Administrator is required by law to furnish each Officer with a copy of this summary annual report.

(b)
Prudent Actions by Plan Fiduciaries. In addition to creating rights for Plan participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate the Plan, called “fiduciaries” of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of you and other Officers and beneficiaries. No one, including your employer, your union or any other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a Plan benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA.
(c)
Enforce Your Rights. If your claim for a Plan benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you have a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.

Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if you request a copy of Plan documents or the latest annual report from the Plan, if applicable, and do not receive them within thirty (30) days, you may file suit in a Federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and pay you up to $110 a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator.

If you have a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit in a state or Federal court.

If you are discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a Federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If you are successful, the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds your claim is frivolous.

 


 

(d)
Assistance with Your Questions. If you have any questions about the Plan, you should contact the Plan Administrator. If you have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA, or if you need assistance in obtaining documents from the Plan Administrator, you should contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in your telephone directory or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. You may also obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

 


 

Appendix A

Definitions

(a)
“Affiliate” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an “unbroken chain of corporations” beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
(b)
“Annual Cash Bonus” means an annual bonus payable under the Company’s Cash Incentive Plan or any successor annual bonus plan.
(c)
“Base Salary” means base pay (excluding incentive pay, premium pay, commissions, overtime, bonuses and other forms of variable compensation) as in effect prior to any reduction that would give rise to an Officer’s right to resign for Good Reason (if applicable).
(d)
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, that if the Board has delegated authority to administer the Plan to the Compensation Committee of the Board, then “Board” shall also mean the Compensation Committee of the Board.
(e)
“Cause” means (i) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on the Officer’s part with respect to the Officer’s obligations or otherwise relating to the business of the Company; (ii) any willful, reckless, or negligent acts or conduct by the Officer that are adverse to the Company’s interests; (iii) the Officer’s material breach of the Officer’s offer letter agreement, the PIIA or other agreements between the Officer and the Company; (iv) the Officer’s knowing breach of any other agreement with the Company or any of the Company policies; (v) the Officer’s conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement or commission of any felony or crime of moral turpitude; (vi) the Officer’s failure to perform the Officer’s duties as determined in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Board. In the event of a termination based on (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi), the Officer will have fifteen (15) days from receipt of notice from the Company to cure the issue, if curable.
(f)
“Change in Control” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan as in effect on the Effective Date.
(g)
“Change in Control Period” means the period beginning three (3) months prior to and ending twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control.
(h)
“Change in Control Termination” means an Involuntary Termination that occurs within the Change in Control Period. For such purposes, if the events giving rise to an Officer’s right to resign for Good Reason arise within the Change in Control Period, and the Officer’s resignation occurs not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of the applicable Cure Period (as defined below), such termination shall be a Change in Control Termination.
(i)
“COBRA” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985.
(j)
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.
(k)
“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
(l)
“Company” means Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. or, following a Change in Control, the surviving entity resulting from such event.

 


 

(m)
“Company Property” means all Company documents (and all copies thereof) and other Company property which the Officer had in his or her possession at any time, including, but not limited to, Company files, notes, drawings, records, plans, forecasts, reports, studies, analyses, proposals, agreements, financial information, research and development information, sales and marketing information, operational and personnel information, specifications, code, software, databases, computer-recorded information, tangible property and equipment (including, but not limited to, computers, facsimile machines, mobile telephones, servers), credit cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys; and any materials of any kind which contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof in whole or in part).
(n)
“Covered Termination” means a Regular Termination or a Change in Control Termination.
(o)
“Disability” means any physical or mental condition which renders an employee incapable of performing the work for which he or she was employed by the Company or similar work offered by the Company. The Disability of an employee shall be established if (i) the employee satisfies the requirements for benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan or (ii) if no long-term disability plan, the employee satisfies the requirements for Social Security disability benefits.
(p)
“Officer” means an officer of the Company that meets the requirements to be eligible to receive Plan benefits as set forth in Section 2 and is designated in writing as eligible to participate in the Plan by the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that for purposes of eligible to receive Plan benefits the term “Officer” shall not include any individual serving in the role of Executive Chair of the Company.
(q)
“Employment Agreement” means the officer’s employment agreement or offer letter with the Company or an Affiliate.
(r)
“Equity Awards” means any equity awards granted to an Officer by the Company under the Company’s Equity Plans or otherwise.
(s)
“Equity Plans” means collectively the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2018 Stock Plan, the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, any successor plan thereto, and any other equity incentive plan that the Company may otherwise adopt after the Effective Date.
(t)
“Good Reason” for an Officer’s resignation means: (i) a material diminution in the Officer’s authorities, duties or responsibilities; provided that a Change in Control and subsequent conversion of the Company to a division or unit of the surviving or acquiring entity will not result in a material diminution absent a material diminution of the Officer’s authorities, duties or responsibilities with respect to such division or unit, (ii) a reduction of more than ten percent (10%) in the Officer’s Base Salary as then in effect, unless the reduction is made as part of, and is generally consistent with, a general reduction of similarly situated officers; (iii) the Company’s material breach of the Officer’s employment agreement. or (iv) relocation of the Officer’s principal place of work to a location resulting in an increase in the Officer’s daily commute to such principal place of work by more than thirty-five (35) miles, without the Officer’s prior written approval; provided, however, that the Company (or its successor) has been provided with written notice of the circumstance and thirty (30) days from the receipt of written notice in which to cure such circumstance (the “Cure Period”) and the Company (or its successor) fails to cure such circumstance during such thirty-day period, and the Officer’s employment terminates within sixty (60) days following expiration of the cure period.

 


 

(u)
“Involuntary Termination” means a termination of employment that is due to: (1) a termination by the Company without Cause (and other than as a result of the Officer’s death or Disability) or (2) an Officer’s resignation for Good Reason, provided that in any case such termination is also a Separation from Service.
(v)
“Participation Agreement” means an agreement between an Officer and the Company in substantially the form of Appendix B attached hereto or such other form approved by the Plan Administrator, and which may include such other terms as the Plan Administrator deems necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan.
(w)
“Plan Administrator” means the Committee prior to the effective date of a Change in Control and the Representative upon and following such date, or such applicable person or persons to whom the Committee or Representative has delegated such authority.
(x)
“Regular Termination” means an Involuntary Termination that is not a Change in Control Termination.
(y)
“Representative” means one or more members of the Committee or other persons or entities designated by the Committee prior to or in connection with a Change in Control that will have authority to administer and interpret the Plan upon and following the effective date of such Change in Control as provided in Section 8(a).
(z)
“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the treasury regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect.
(aa)
“Separate Agreement” means any individual employment offer letter, employment agreement, equity award agreement or other agreement between the Company and an Officer that provides for cash or COBRA premium severance, equity vesting acceleration or change in control benefits.
(bb)
“Separation from Service” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder.
(cc)
“Target Bonus” means the annual target cash bonus, if any, established for an Officer by the Board (or an authorized committee or designee thereof) for the applicable year. If at the time of termination the Officer is eligible for an annual target cash bonus but the target percentage has not yet been established for such year, the target percentage shall be the target percentage established for the preceding year (adjusted if necessary for the Officer’s position). The Target Bonus shall be calculated assuming all performance goals were achieved at 100% of target levels and as if the Officer had provided services for the entire year.
(dd)
“Chief Executive Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer.
(ee)
“Tier II Officer” means a C-Suite Officer who is a direct report to the Chief Executive Officer.
(ff)
“Tier III Officer” means a Senior Vice President or Vice President who is a direct report to the Chief Executive Officer.
(gg)
Unpaid Annual Bonus means Annual Cash Bonus for any calendar year preceding the Change in Control Termination which has not yet been paid as of the date of the Change in Control Termination and which was otherwise eligible to be earned subject solely to continued services.

 


 

Appendix B

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Officer Severance and Change in Control Plan

Participation Agreement

Name: ___________________

Section 1. Eligibility.

You have been designated as eligible to participate in the Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. Officer Severance and Change in Control Plan (the “Plan”). This Participation Agreement (the “Agreement”) sets forth the terms of your participation in the Plan. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement but defined in the Plan (including Appendix A to the Plan) shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

Section 2. Severance Benefits.

Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, if you are terminated in a Covered Termination and meet all the other eligibility requirements set forth in the Plan, including, without limitation, executing the required Release within the applicable time period set forth therein and provided that such Release becomes effective in accordance with its terms, you will receive [each of: (i)] the severance benefits set forth in Section 3 of the Plan, [and (ii) if such Covered Termination is a Regular Termination, you are also entitled to receive the Additional Severance Benefits as defined below),] subject to any reduction as provided in Section 4 of the Plan. [The “Additional Severance Benefits” means: (i) a pro-rata portion of your Target Bonus for the calendar year that includes the date of the Regular Termination, as calculated based on the number of full or partial months that you were employed in such year, divided by 12 and with the resulting amount multiplied by the Target Bonus Amount, payable in a lump sum on the first payroll period following the effective date of the required Release, and (ii) with respect to those stock options granted to you on March 13, 2025 for 1,000,000 shares and the stock option granted to you on November 26, 2025 for 340,000 shares, their vesting shall be accelerated as if you had continued in employment for an additional nine (9) months following the date of termination.]1

Section 3. Acknowledgements. As a condition to participation in the Plan, you hereby acknowledge each of the following:

(a)
Your eligibility for and receipt of any severance benefits to which you may become entitled as described in Section 2 of this Agreement is expressly contingent upon your timely execution of an effective Release. Severance benefits under this Agreement shall immediately cease in the event you engage in a Prohibited Action.
(b)
The severance benefits that may be provided to you under this Agreement are subject to all of the terms of the Plan, which is incorporated into and becomes part of this Agreement, including but not limited to the potential reductions under Section 4 of the Plan.

1 All bracketed provisions in Section 2 are applicable only to Dalen Meeter’s Participation Agreement.

 


 

(c)
This Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire agreement between you and the Company pertaining to the subject matter hereof and replaces any and all Separate Agreements or understandings (whether oral or written) between you and the Company pertaining to the subject matter hereof, including with respect to any severance or Change in Control benefits set forth in your [__________] Agreement with the Company dated [_____________] [and Section 2 of your Equity Award Terms Amendment Agreement with the Company dated November 26, 20252], and any other severance, change in control or similar benefits set forth in any employment agreement or offer letter between you and the Company[, except that subject to your continued services with the Company through a Change in Control all of your then outstanding and unvested Equity Awards that were granted to you prior to the Effective Date will accelerate vesting immediately prior to and contingent upon such Change in Control. For the avoidance of doubt, any Equity Awards granted to you upon or following the Effective Date are not eligible to accelerate vesting pursuant to the foregoing provision3].

To accept the terms of this Agreement and participate in the Plan, please sign and date this Agreement in the space provided below and return it to [_____________________] no later than ________ __, ________.

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

[Officer]

 

Date

 

 


2 These bracketed provisions are applicable only to Damien McDevitt’s Participation Agreement.

3 These bracketed provisions are applicable only to Damien McDevitt’s Participation Agreement.

 


Exhibit 10.14

 

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made by and between Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (“Company”) and Damien McDevitt, Ph.D. (“Executive”).

The parties agree as follows:

1.
Employment. Effective January 18, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.
2.
Duties.
2.1
Position. Executive is employed as President and Chief Executive Officer and shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned by Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) both upon initial hire and as may be reasonably assigned from time to time. Executive shall perform faithfully and diligently all duties assigned to Executive. Company reserves the right to modify Executive’s position and duties at any time in its sole and absolute discretion.
2.2
Best Efforts/Full-time. Executive will expend Executive’s best efforts on behalf of Company, and will abide by all policies and decisions made by Company, as well as all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations or ordinances. Executive will act in the best interest of Company at all times. Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time and efforts to the performance of Executive’s assigned duties for Company, unless Executive notifies the Board in advance of Executive’s intent to engage in other paid work and receives the Board’s express written consent to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be permitted to serve as an outside director on the board of directors for one public or private company, provided such entity is not competitive with Company and subject to the provisions of Section 9 below.
2.3
Board Membership. On or promptly following the Effective Date, Executive will be elected to the Board, and Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide that Executive will continue to serve on the Board so long as Executive continues to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.
2.4
Work Location. Executive’s principal place of work shall be located in San Diego, California, or such other location as Company may direct from time to time.
3.
At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment with Company is at-will and not for any specified period and may be terminated at any time, with or without Cause (as defined below) or advance notice, by either Executive or Company subject to the provisions regarding termination set forth below in Section 7. No representative of Company, other than the Board, has the authority to alter the at-will employment relationship. Any change to the at-will employment relationship must be by specific, written agreement signed by Executive and the Chairperson of the Board (or other officer authorized by the Board) following approval of the Board (excluding Executive). Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or should be construed to contradict, modify or alter this at-will relationship.

 


 

4.
Compensation.
4.1
Base Salary. As compensation for Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, Company shall pay to Executive an initial base salary of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000.00) per year (the “Base Salary”), payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of Company, less required deductions for state and federal withholding tax, social security and all other employment taxes and payroll deductions. Future adjustments in the Base Salary, if any, will be made by the Board (excluding Executive), or the compensation committee thereof, in its sole and absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and after the closing of Company’s Series B Preferred Stock financing or other equity financing (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any amounts raised pursuant to Company’s Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement made as of March 27, 2020 (as amended from time to time, the “Series A Purchase Agreement”)) in which Company actually receives (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) at least $40 million (the “Funding Threshold”), Executive’s annualized Base Salary will be increased to five hundred fifty thousand dollars ($550,000.00) per year, less applicable withholdings and other authorized deductions, effective as of such date on which Company has actually achieved such Funding Threshold.
4.2
Incentive Compensation. Executive will be eligible to receive incentive compensation on an annual basis, which shall initially be set at a target amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s then-current Base Salary for the applicable calendar year (the “Bonus”). The actual amount of any Bonus to be paid to Executive shall be determined by the Board based on achievement of metrics and milestones (which metrics and milestones shall be established by the Board, or the compensation committee thereof, not later than March 1 of the applicable calendar year, taking into consideration input to be provided by Executive), and other requirements and terms, in each case as established and determined by the Board in its sole discretion. Except as specifically provided for in Section 7 below, Executive shall be required to remain employed with Company through the date of payment of the Bonus in order to earn the Bonus. The Bonus, if earned, will be paid concurrently with the payment of similar earned annual bonuses to other senior executives of Company generally, but in no event later than seventy-five (75) days following the last day of the applicable fiscal year for which the Bonus is being measured.
4.3
Stock Options. Subject to the approval of the Board, Executive will be granted an (a) an option to purchase a number shares of Company’s common stock equal to five percent (5%) of Company’s fully-diluted capitalization (the “Initial Option”) and (b) an additional option to purchase a number shares of Company’s common stock equal to two and one half percent (2.5%) of Company’s fully-diluted capitalization (the “Additional Option” and together with the Initial Option, the “Options”), in each case in accordance with Company’s 2018 Stock Plan (as amended from time to time or any successor equity incentive plan being, the “Plan”) and related stock option documents. The number of shares subject to the Options shall be calculated as of the Effective Date and shall assume the issuance of the shares of Company’s Series A-2 Preferred Stock currently contemplated to be sold and issued pursuant to Company’s Series A Purchase Agreement. The Options will each have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of one share of Company’s common stock on the date of grant of the applicable Option, as determined by the Board. As a condition of receipt of the Options, Executive will be required to sign Company’s standard form of notice of grant of stock option and stock option agreement

2


 

(together, the “Agreement”) and the Option will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Agreement (together, the “Plan Documents”). Subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company, the Initial Option will vest over a four- year period from and after the Effective Date, with 25% of the shares subject to the Initial Option becoming vested on the first year anniversary of the Effective Date and the remaining shares subject to the Initial Option vesting in equal monthly installments over the subsequent thirty-six (36) month period. Subject to Executive’s continued employment with Company, the Additional Option will vest in accordance with certain reasonable long-term milestones to be mutually agreed upon following the Effective Date between Executive and the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Options shall be eligible for accelerated vesting if Executive’s employment with Company is terminated by Company without Cause (as defined in the Plan) or Executive terminates Executive’s employment with Company for Good Reason (as defined below) as further described in Section 7 below.
5.
Customary Fringe Benefits. Executive will be eligible for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to executives of Company subject to the terms and conditions of Company’s benefit plan documents. Notwithstanding any Company vacation policy to the contrary, Executive will be eligible to take twenty (20) days paid vacation per calendar year. If accrued vacation time is not used by the end of the calendar year, Executive may carry over unused time to the next calendar year; however, Executive may only accrue vacation up to a maximum accrual of thirty (30) days’ vacation. Once Executive reaches the maximum accrual amount, Executive will not accrue any additional vacation time until Executive uses accrued vacation time, causing Executive’s accrued but unused vacation balance to fall below the maximum accrual amount. Executive will not receive retroactive credit for any period of time in which Executive did not accrue vacation because Executive had accrued the maximum amount. The Company reserves the right to change or eliminate any employee benefit on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.
6.
Business Expenses. Executive will be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of- pocket business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of Company. To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted promptly with appropriate supporting documentation and will be reimbursed in accordance with Company’s policies. Any reimbursement Executive is entitled to receive shall (a) be paid no later than the last day of Executive’s tax year following the tax year in which the expense was incurred, (b) not be affected by any other expenses that are eligible for reimbursement in any tax year, and (c) not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
7.
Termination of Executive’s Employment.
7.1
Termination for Cause by Company. Although Company anticipates a mutually rewarding employment relationship with Executive, Company may terminate Executive’s employment immediately at any time for Cause. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated in accordance with this Subsection 7.1, Executive shall be entitled to receive only Executive’s Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination and all benefits accrued through the date of termination, including payment of any accrued but unused vacation (the “Accrued Benefits”). All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Package described in Subsection 7.2 below.

3


 

7.2
Termination Without Cause by Company/Severance. Company may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement without Cause at any time. In the event of such termination, Executive will receive the Accrued Benefits. In addition, Executive will receive a “Severance Package” that shall include (a) a severance payment consisting of continued payment of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the date of termination for a period of twelve (12) months (“Severance Period”), less required deductions for state and federal withholding tax, social security and all other employment taxes and payroll deduction, payable in accordance with Company’s regular payroll cycle beginning on the first regular payday occurring 60 days following the termination date; (b) payment by Company of the premiums required to continue Executive’s group health care coverage for a period of twelve (12) months following Executive’s termination, under the applicable provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”), provided that Executive elects to continue and remains eligible for these benefits under COBRA, and does not become eligible for health coverage through another employer or source during this period; (c) to the extent Executive has not yet received payment of a Bonus for the prior calendar year, a payment of the full target annual Bonus for that year; (d) payment of Executive’s full target annual Bonus for the calendar year in which such termination occurs; (e) the acceleration of vesting of a number of shares subject to the Initial Option that would have otherwise vested over the subsequent twelve (12) month period following termination of Executive’s employment; and (f) the acceleration of vesting of a number of shares subject to the Additional Option which shall be calculated based upon the Board’s good faith determination of progress made towards achievement of the milestones established for the vesting of the Additional Option. Executive will only receive the Severance Package if Executive: (i) complies with all surviving provisions of this Agreement as specified in Subsection 13.8 below and the PIIA (as defined below); (ii) executes a full general release in a form acceptable to Company, releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Executive may have against Company arising out of or any way related to Executive’s employment or termination of employment with Company, and such release has become effective in accordance with its terms prior to the 60th day following the termination date; and (iii) agrees to provide reasonable transition assistance to the Company or any of its subsidiaries throughout the Severance Period as requested from time to time by the Company or its authorized representatives, ((i) - (iii) shall be collectively referred to as “Severance Obligations”). All other Company obligations to Executive will be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.
7.3
Voluntary Resignation by Executive for Good Reason/Severance. Executive may voluntarily resign Executive’s position with Company for Good Reason, at any time on thirty (30) days’ advance written notice. In the event of Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive the Accrued Benefits, and the Severance Package described in Subsection 7.2 above, provided Executive complies with all of the conditions in Subsection 7.2 above, including the Severance Obligations. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. As used in this Agreement, the term “Good Reason” means Executive’s voluntary resignation of employment within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of one or more of the following circumstances, provided that Executive has notified Company (or its successor) in writing of Executive’s assertion that one of the following circumstances has occurred, which notice has been delivered within thirty (30) days following Executive becoming aware of such circumstance: (i) a reduction of more than ten percent (10%) in Executive’s base salary or target annual bonus, each as then in effect, unless the reduction is made as part of, and is generally

4


 

consistent with, a general reduction of salaries or bonuses of similarly situated executives; (ii) relocation of Executive’s principal place of work to a location resulting in an increase in Executive’s daily commute to such principal place of work by more than thirty-five (35) miles, without Executive’s prior written approval; or (iii) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, responsibility, duties, or role such that Executive’s authority, responsibilities, duties and/or role are no longer commensurate with Executive being Company’s most senior executive officer (other than temporarily while Executive is physically or mentally incapacitated or as required by applicable law), provided that such action is not taken in connection with a termination of Executive’s employment by Company; provided, however, that Company (or its successor) has been provided with written notice of the circumstance and thirty (30) days from the receipt of written notice in which to cure such circumstance and Company (or its successor) fails to cure such circumstance during such thirty-day period.
7.4
Voluntary Resignation by Executive Without Good Reason. Executive may voluntarily resign Executive’s position with Company without Good Reason, at any time on thirty (30) days’ advance written notice. In the event of Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive the Accrued Benefits and benefits for the duration of the notice period and no other amount. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, Executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Package described in Subsection 7.2 above.
7.5
Pay in Lieu of Notice Period. Should Executive resign Executive’s employment with or without Good Reason upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice, Company reserves the right to immediately relieve Executive of all job duties, positions and responsibilities and provide Executive with payment of Executive’s then current Base Salary in lieu of any portion of the notice period.
7.6
Termination for Death or Disability; Winding Down or Dissolutions. If Executive’s employment with Company terminates as a result of Executive’s death or disability, Executive’s estate or Executive, as applicable, will be entitled to receive only the Accrued Entitlements. If Executive’s employment with Company terminates as a result of the winding down or dissolution of Company, Executive will be entitled to receive only the Accrued Entitlements. All Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will otherwise become automatically terminated and completely extinguished.
7.7
Resignation of Board or Other Positions. Should Executive’s employment terminate for any reason, Executive agrees to immediately resign all other positions (including Board membership) Executive may hold with or on behalf of Company.
7.8
Application of Section 409A.
(a)
To the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), amounts payable under this Agreement on account of any termination of employment shall only be paid if the Executive experiences a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulatory and other guidance issued thereunder (the “Section 409A Regulations”).

5


 

Furthermore, to the extent that Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A Regulations as of the date of Executive’s separation from service, no amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of Executive’s separation from service shall be paid to Executive before the date (the “Delayed Payment Date”) which is first day of the seventh month after the date of Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death following such separation from service. All such amounts that would, but for this Section, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.
(b)
Company intends that income provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. However, Company does not guarantee any particular tax effect for income provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement. In any event, except for Company’s responsibility to withhold applicable income and employment taxes from compensation paid or provided to Executive, Company shall not be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes on compensation paid or provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement.
(c)
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (1) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable year; (2) the reimbursement of eligible expenses or in-kind benefits shall be made promptly, subject to Company’s applicable policies, but in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (3) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
(d)
For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.
7.9
Termination Upon a Change of Control.
(a)
Severance Payment. If Executive’s employment is terminated by Company other than for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, in either case solely to the extent such termination occurs during the period beginning thirty (30) days immediately prior to the consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) and ending on the date which is twelve (12) months immediately following the consummation of such Change in Control, Executive shall be entitled to receive: (i) a severance payment consisting of continued payment of Executive’s Base Salary as then in-effect for eighteen (18) months, less required deductions for state and federal withholding tax, social security and all other employment taxes and payroll deductions, payable in accordance with Company’s regular payroll cycle beginning on the first regular payday occurring 60 days following the termination date; (ii) payment by Company of the premiums required to continue Executive’s group health care coverage for a period of eighteen (18) months following the termination, under the applicable provisions of COBRA, provided Executive elects to continue and remain eligible for these benefits under COBRA, and does not become eligible for health coverage through another employer or source during such period; (iii)

6


 

to the extent Executive has not yet received payment of a Bonus for the prior calendar year, payment of the full target annual Bonus for such year; (iv) payment of Executive’s full targeted annual Bonus for the calendar year in which such termination occurs; and (v) 100% of the Options shall immediately become vested and exercisable, provided Executive complies with all the conditions described in Subsection 7.2 above, including the Severance Obligations.
(b)
280G. If, due to the benefits provided under Subsection 7.9(a) above, Executive is subject to any excise tax due to characterization of any amounts payable under Subsection 7.9(a) as excess parachute payments pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the amounts payable under Subsection 7.9(a) will be reduced (to the least extent possible) in order to avoid any “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G(b)(l) of the Code.
8.
No Violation of Rights of Third Parties. By entering into this Agreement with Company, Executive represents that Executive is not a party to any other agreement which will interfere with Executive’s ability to fully and satisfactorily provide the services for which Executive is being employed by Company. During Executive’s employment with Company, Executive will not breach any agreement between Executive and any third party to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data belonging to that third party that was acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment with Company. In addition, Executive agrees that Executive will not disclose to Company, or induce Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others. Executive agrees not to enter into any agreement, whether written or oral, in conflict with Executive’s promises in this provision.
9.
No Conflict of Interest. During the term of Executive’s employment with Company, Executive must not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, or other activities that create a conflict of interest. Such work and or activities shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the business in which Company is now engaged or in which Company becomes engaged during the term of Executive’s employment with Company, as may be determined by the Board (excluding Executive) in its sole discretion. If the Board (excluding Executive) believes such a conflict exists during the term of this Agreement, the Board may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work and or activities or resign employment with Company pursuant to Section 7.4 above, and if Executive refuses to discontinue such other work or activities, Executive shall so resign.
10.
Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights. As a condition of employment, Executive agrees to read, sign and abide by Company’s Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (“PIIA”), which is provided with this Agreement and incorporated herein by reference.

7


 

11.
Injunctive Relief Executive acknowledges that Executive’s breach of the covenants contained in sections 8-10 (collectively “Covenants”) would cause irreparable injury to Company that in addition and supplementary to any other rights and remedies existing in its favor, will be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). The prevailing party shall be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.
12.
Arbitration. Executive has been provided with Company’s Employment Arbitration Agreement (“Arbitration Agreement”) whereby any claims arising out of Executive’s employment, the termination thereof or this Agreement, will be submitted to binding arbitration. Executive may elect, at Executive’s option, to enter into the Arbitration Agreement.
13.
General Provisions.
13.1
Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Company. Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executive’s rights or obligations under this Agreement.
13.2
Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.
13.3
Attorneys’ Fees. Each side will bear its own attorneys’ fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party.
13.4
Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.
13.5
Interpretation; Construction. The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing Company, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.
13.6
Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of California. Each party consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in San Diego, California, if applicable, in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

8


 

13.7
Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.
13.8
Survival. Sections 8 (“No Violation of Rights of Third Parties”), 9 (“No Conflict of Interest”), 10 (“Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights”), 11 (“Injunctive Relief’), 12 (“Agreement to Arbitrate”), 13 (“General Provisions”) and 14 (“Entire Agreement”) of this Agreement shall survive Executive’s employment by Company.
14.
Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the PIIA incorporated herein by reference, the Arbitration Agreement (to the extent signed by Executive) and the Plan and related option documents described in Subsection 4.3 of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written agreement signed by Executive and the Chairperson of the Board (or other officer authorized by the Board) following approval of the Board (excluding Executive). No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN BELOW.

 

 

 

 

Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

Dated:

1/19/2021

 

/s/Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

1/19/2021

 

By:

/s/Faheem Hasnain

 

 

 

 

Faheem Hasnain

 

 

 

 

Chairman of the Board

 

9


Exhibit 10.15

 

img187969482_0.jpg

March 3, 2025

Dalen T. Meeter

Dear Dalen:

On behalf of Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to extend an offer of employment to you to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), with an employment start date anticipated to be on or about March 10, 2025 (the date your employment actually begins being the “Start Date”). This offer and your employment relationship will be subject to the terms and conditions of this letter.

Position

Title, Duties, Reporting, Location: In your position as CFO of the Company, you will be responsible for such duties as are normally associated with such position and as otherwise may be assigned from time to time by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). You will report directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and your principal place of work shall be located in San Diego, California.

Indemnity and D&O Insurance. As an officer of the Company, you will be eligible for indemnification by the Company in accordance with the Company’s Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation, in each case as in effect from time to time, and pursuant to the terms and conditions of any directors’ and officers’ insurance maintained by the Company from time to time. In addition, the Company will provide you with the opportunity to become a party to the Company’s standard form of indemnification agreement for executive officers.

Compensation

Base Salary: You will be paid an annualized base salary of $430,000.00, which equates to a monthly rate of $35,833.33 (subject to required tax withholding and other authorized deductions). This position is an exempt position, which means you are paid for the job and not by the hour. Accordingly, you will not receive overtime pay if you work more than 8 hours in a workday or 40 hours in a workweek. Your base salary will be payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies and subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

Annual Bonus: You will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus with a target of 40% of your then-effective base salary. Whether you receive an annual bonus in any given year, and the amount of any such bonus, shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), and shall be based upon achievement of performance objectives and other criteria to be mutually agreed upon by you and the CEO, subject to and contingent upon approval of such objectives and criteria by the Board in its sole discretion. In order to earn an annual bonus, you must remain employed through the date on which the bonus is paid, which date will be no later than seventy-five (75) days following the last day of the applicable fiscal year for which the annual bonus is being measured.

Stock Options: Following your Start Date and subject to the approval of the Board, you will be granted an option pursuant to the Company’s 2018 Stock Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) to purchase 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Stock Option”), subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations and other similar recapitalization events, and having a per-share exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant (as determined by the Board in its sole discretion). Subject to your continued employment with the Company through each applicable vesting date, the shares subject to the Stock Option shall vest over a four-year period, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the Stock Option vesting on the first anniversary of your Start Date and the remainder thereafter vesting in equal monthly installments over the subsequent thirty-six (36) month period. The Stock Option will be subject to the Plan and the Company’s standard form of stock option agreement which you will be required to enter as a condition of the issuance of the Stock Option.

 


 

In addition, subject to your continued employment with the Company, upon the Company’s closing of the sale and issuance of shares of the Company’s capital stock in an equity financing transaction primarily for capital raising purposes resulting in net proceeds to the Company of at least $75 million (the “Qualified Financing”), subject to the approval of the Board, you will be granted an additional option pursuant to the Plan to purchase 340,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Additional Stock Option”), subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations and other similar recapitalization events, and having a per-share exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant (as determined by the Board in its sole discretion). Subject to your continued employment with the Company through each applicable vesting date, the shares subject to the Additional Stock Option shall vest over a four-year period, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the Additional Stock Option vesting on the first anniversary of the date on which the Company has consummated the Qualified Financing and the remainder thereafter vesting in equal monthly installments over the subsequent thirty-six (36) month period. The Additional Stock Option will be subject to the Plan and the Company’s standard form of stock option agreement which you will be required to enter as a condition of the issuance of the Additional Stock Option.

Benefits

You will be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans that the Company customarily makes available to its employees. You will also be eligible for paid time off, vacation and/or paid sick leave in accordance with applicable law and the Company policies in effect from time to time. The Company reserves the right to change or eliminate the employee benefit plans on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to you.

The Company will reimburse you for all reasonable lodging, transportation, travel, entertainment and other business expenses that you incur in the course of performing your duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures. To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted promptly with appropriate supporting documentation and will be reimbursed in accordance with the Company’s policies. Any reimbursement you are entitled to receive shall (a) be paid no later than the last day of your tax year following the tax year in which the expense was incurred, (b) not be affected by any other expenses that are eligible for reimbursement in any tax year and (c) not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

Termination; Severance

Termination for Cause by the Company: Although the Company anticipates a mutually rewarding employment relationship with you, the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason, including for Cause. For purposes of this letter, “Cause” is defined as: (a) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on your part with respect to your obligations or otherwise relating to the business of the Company; (b) any willful, reckless, or negligent acts or conduct by you that are adverse to the Company’s interests; (c) your material breach of this letter, the PIIA (as defined below) or any other agreement between you and the Company; (d) your knowing breach of any other agreement with the Company or any of the Company policies; (e) your conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or you commit any felony or crime of moral turpitude; (f) your failure to perform your duties as determined by the Board in good faith (unless caused by permanent disability as described below). However, subsections (a)-(d) and (f) will not constitute Cause unless, to the extent such event or condition is curable, the Company provides you fifteen (15) days written notice of its intention to terminate you for Cause, specifying the grounds and basis for such termination, and during the fifteen (15)-day notice period, you fail to cure the basis for Cause or fail to demonstrate there is no basis for termination for Cause, in each case in the reasonable determination of the Company. In the event that your employment is terminated in accordance with this paragraph, you shall be entitled to receive only your base salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, plus your accrued, unused paid time off and all benefits accrued through the date of termination (“Accrued Benefits”). All other Company obligations to you pursuant to this letter will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. You will not be entitled to receive the Severance Benefit described below.

 

Page 2


 

Termination for Death or Permanent Disability by the Company: The Company may terminate your employment at any time following your death or your inability to perform the essential functions of your position, after reasonable accommodation is made by the Company, due to Permanent Disability. For purposes hereof, “Permanent Disability” will be deemed to occur if a duly licensed physician selected by both parties determines: (i) that you have become unable to perform substantially all of the duties and services required hereunder because of physical or mental disability (taking into account the Company’s obligation to provide reasonable accommodation under the Americans with Disabilities Act and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act); and (ii) that such inability will continue for ninety (90) consecutive days or for more than 180 days in the following 365-day period, and if you have exhausted all leave rights under the Family and Medical Leave Act or will exhaust those leave rights during such ninety (90)-day period (or over the 365-day period). The Company will give you at least ten (10) business days’ prior written notice if it intends to seek an opinion of a physician in accordance with this paragraph. Termination of your employment as a result of your death or Permanent Disability will not entitle you to Severance Benefits and you will only be entitled to the Accrued Benefits.

Termination Without Cause by the Company or by You for Good Reason: The Company may terminate your employment without Cause at anytime, or you may terminate your employment for Good Reason at any time. For purposes of this letter, “Good Reason” is defined as: (a) a reduction of more than ten percent (10%) in your base salary as then in effect, unless the reduction is made as part of, and is generally consistent with, a general reduction of similarly situated executives, or (b) relocation of your principal place of work to a location resulting in an increase in your daily commute to such principal place of work by more than thirty- five (35) miles, without your prior written approval. However, neither of the foregoing events or conditions will constitute Good Reason unless each of the following conditions is met: (i) you provide the Company thirty (30) days’ written notice of your intention to terminate your employment for Good Reason, specifying the grounds and basis for such termination, (ii) during the thirty (30)-day notice period, the Company fails to cure the basis for Good Reason or fails to demonstrate there is no basis for termination for Good Reason, and (iii) you terminate your employment within sixty (60) days after the end of the thirty (30)-day notice period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the thirty (30)-day notice period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred. In the event that the Company terminates your employment under this letter without Cause, or you terminate your employment under this letter for Good Reason (a “Qualifying Termination”), you will receive the Accrued Benefits. In addition, solely to the extent there is a Qualifying Termination, you will be eligible to receive Severance Benefits (as defined below). You will only receive the Severance Benefits if you: (i) comply with all surviving obligations you owe to the Company; (ii) execute a full general release in a separation agreement in a form acceptable to the Company, releasing all claims, known or unknown, that you may have against the Company arising out of or any way related to your employment or termination of employment with the Company (the “Release Agreement”), and allow such release to become effective in accordance with its terms within the time set forth in the Release Agreement and in any event prior to the sixtieth (60th) day following the termination date; and (iii) you agree to provide transition assistance to the Company, and to cooperate and assist the Company with pending litigation, in each case during the Severance Period. All other Company obligations to you will be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

Severance Benefits: For purposes of this letter, “Severance Benefits” are defined as (a) nine (9) months of base salary at your base salary rate then in effect, paid in equal installments after the Termination Date in accordance with the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll, provided, however, that payments otherwise scheduled to be made prior to the effective date of the Release Agreement shall instead accrue and be paid in the first payroll following the effective date of the Release Agreement; (b) payment by the Company of the premiums required to continue your group health care coverage following your termination for a period lasting until the earlier of the date that is nine (9) months following your termination or the date on which you become eligible for health coverage through another employer or source (such period being the “COBRA Payment Period”), under the applicable provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”), provided you elect to continue and remain eligible for these benefits under COBRA; (c) payment of any earned and unpaid bonus from the prior year(s); (d) your target bonus amount for the year in which your employment is terminated, pro-rated for all completed or partially completed months in the such year; and (e) the vesting of a number of shares subject to the Stock Option and only if and to the extent already issued, the Additional Stock Option, that would have otherwise vested over the subsequent nine (9) month period following termination of employment (the “Additional Vesting Shares”) shall

 

Page 3


 

accelerate and such Additional Vesting Shares will immediately become fully vested and exercisable; provided, however, if a Qualifying Termination occurs during the period beginning thirty (30) days immediately prior to, and ending on the date which is the twelve (12) month anniversary of, the consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), the Additional Vesting Shares shall instead equal 100% of the shares subject to the Stock Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the Company cannot provide the COBRA premium benefits without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company shall in lieu thereof pay you a taxable cash amount, which payment shall be made regardless of whether you or your qualifying family members elect COBRA continuation coverage (the “Health Care Benefit Payment”). The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be paid in monthly or bi-weekly installments on the same schedule that the COBRA premiums would otherwise have been paid to the insurer. The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be equal to the amount that the Company otherwise would have paid for COBRA insurance premiums (which amount shall be calculated based on the premium for the first month of coverage), and shall be paid until the expiration of the COBRA Payment Period.

Voluntary Resignation: You may voluntarily resign your position with the Company, at any time on thirty (30) days’ advance written notice. In the event of your voluntary resignation, without Good Reason you will be entitled to receive only the Accrued Benefit. All other Company obligations to you pursuant to this letter will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In addition, you will not be entitled to receive the Severance Benefit described above.

Pay in Lieu of Notice Period: Should you resign your employment upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice, the Company reserves the right to immediately and unilaterally accelerate the date of your termination and relieve you of all job duties, positions and responsibilities and provide you with payment of your then current base salary through and in lieu of any portion that would have become payable for the notice period, which shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this letter.

Resignation of Other Positions: Should your employment terminate for any reason you agree to immediately resign all other positions you may hold on behalf of the Company and/or its affiliates. If, for any reason, this paragraph is insufficient to effectuate such a resignation, following a reasonable opportunity to review, you hereby authorize the Company to execute any documents or instruments consistent herewith which the Company may deem necessary or desirable to effectuate such resignation(s), and to act as your attorney-in- fact for this purpose. You will provide the Company with a copy of any such documents executed in accordance with this paragraph.

Excise Tax

If any payment or benefit that you would receive in connection with a change in control of the Company (“Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in your receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order: (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits. To the extent any payment is to be made over time (e.g., in installments, etc.), then the payments shall be reduced in reverse chronological order.

In the event it is subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service that some portion of the Reduced Amount as determined pursuant to clause (x) in the preceding paragraph is subject to the Excise Tax, you agree to promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment so that no portion of the Reduced Amount is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (y) in the preceding paragraph, you will have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding

 

Page 4


 

sentence. All calculations and determinations under this paragraph shall be made by an independent accounting firm, law firm or other tax counsel appointed by the Company (the “Tax Counsel”) whose determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and you for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations and determinations required by this paragraph, the Tax Counsel may rely on reasonable, good faith assumptions and approximations concerning the application of Section 280G and Section 4999 of the Code. The Company and you shall furnish the Tax Counsel with such information and documents as the Tax Counsel may reasonably request in order to make its determinations. The Company shall bear all costs the Tax Counsel may reasonably incur in connection with its services.

At-Will Employment

Please be advised that neither this letter nor any statement made by the Company, subsidiaries or affiliates is intended to be a contract of employment for a definite period of time. If you accept our offer, your employment with the Company will be “at-will” and may be terminated at any time by either you or the Company, at any time and for any or no reason, subject to the terms set forth in the preceding paragraphs. In addition, the Company reserves the right to modify your compensation, position, duties or reporting relationship at any time to meet business needs. You acknowledge that nothing in this letter, or in any written or unwritten policies of the Company, including the Company’s employee handbook, changes the at-will status of your employment.

Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; Arbitration Agreement; Other Contingencies

As a condition of your employment and on or prior to your Start Date, you shall execute the Company’s standard form of Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the “PIIA”), a copy of which is provided with this letter. In addition, the Company is also offering you the opportunity to enter into the Company’s standard form of arbitration agreement (the “Arbitration Agreement”) to govern any future disputes that may arise out of our relationship. Your decision to enter into such an Arbitration Agreement with Company is completely voluntary and such an agreement is not required as a condition of your employment. A copy of the Company’s standard form of Arbitration Agreement is enclosed for your review. In addition, as a condition of employment, you will need to demonstrate compliance with federal 1-9 requirements (please bring suitable documentation with you on your first day of work verifying your identity and legal authorization to work in the United States).

Third Party Rights

By accepting this offer, you represent that you are not a party to any other agreement, covenant, or restriction which will or could interfere with your ability to fully and satisfactorily provide the services for which you are being offer employment and employed by the Company. During your employment with the Company, you will not breach any agreement between you and any third party to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data belonging to that third party that was acquired by you prior to your employment with the Company. In addition, you agree that you will not disclose to the Company, or induce the Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others. You agree not to enter into any agreement, whether written or oral, in conflict with your promises in this provision.

No Conflict of Interest

During your employment with the Company, you agree that you will not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the Company. Such work shall include, but is not limited to, competing with the Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the Company. If the Company believes such a conflict exists, the Company may ask you to choose to discontinue the other work or resign employment with the Company.

 

Page 5


 

Governing Law

The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the provisions of this letter shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to principles of conflicts of laws that would direct the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

Severability

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this letter will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this letter, which will remain in full force and effect. Moreover, if any provision is found to be excessively broad in duration, scope or covered activity, the provision will be construed, and to the extent necessary will be deemed to be amended, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with applicable law.

Application of Section 409A

To the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), amounts payable under this letter on account of any termination of employment shall only be paid if you experience a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulatory and other guidance issued thereunder (the “Section 409A Regulations”). Furthermore, to the extent that you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A Regulations as of the date of your separation from service, no amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of your separation from service shall be paid to you before the date (the “Delayed Payment Date”) which is first day of the seventh month after the date of your separation from service or, if earlier, the date of your death following such separation from service. All such amounts that would, but for this paragraph, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

The Company intends that income provided to you pursuant to this letter will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of this letter shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. However, the Company does not guarantee any particular tax effect for income provided to you pursuant to this letter. In any event, except for the Company’s responsibility to withhold applicable income and employment taxes from compensation paid or provided to you, the Company shall not be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes on compensation paid or provided to you pursuant to this letter.

For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, the right to a series of installment payments under this letter shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

Contingencies

This offer is contingent upon the following:

•
Signing of the Offer Letter;
•
Signing of the PIIA;
•
Compliance with Aspen Neuroscience’s policies and procedures;
•
Compliance with federal 1-9 requirements; and
•
This offer of employment is conditioned on completion, with results satisfactory to the Company, of a required pre-employment background check. You must provide, in a timely manner, all information and documents required to complete that process.

Complete Agreement

This letter, including the enclosed PIIA, the Arbitration Agreement (if executed by you), the Plan and other related stock option documents, constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company relating to this subject

 

Page 6


 

matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations or representations, whether oral or written, express or implied, on this subject. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a specific, written agreement signed by you and the CEO.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank. Signatures on Following Page.]

 

Page 7


 

To indicate your acceptance, please sign and return the enclosed copy of this letter to me by March 4,2025.

If you have any questions, regarding this letter or employment with the Company, please feel free to contact me via email . We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

 

Name:

 

Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

 

Title:

 

President & CEO

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

Dalen T. Meeter

 

 

 

/s/ Dalen T. Meeter

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Dated:

3/4/2025

 

 

 

 

 

Page 8

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100, San Diego, CA 92121

858.263.1222

www.AspenNeuroscience.com

 


Exhibit 10.16

 

May 18, 2022

Mr. Kim Raineri

Dear Kim:

On behalf of Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to extend an offer of employment to you to serve as the Company’s Chief Technology Officer, with an employment start date anticipated to be on or about July 18, 2022 (the “Start Date”). In such capacity, you will be responsible for such duties as are normally associated with such position and as otherwise assigned from time to time by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). You will report directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and your principal place of work shall be located in San Diego, California. This offer and your employment relationship will be subject to the terms and conditions of this letter.

Compensation

Base Salary: From and after your Start Date, you will be paid an annualized base salary of $385,000.00, which equates to a monthly rate of $32,083.33 (subject to required tax withholding and other authorized deductions). This position is an exempt position, which means you are paid for the job and not by the hour. Accordingly, you will not receive overtime pay if you work more than 8 hours in a workday or 40 hours in a workweek. Your base salary will be payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies and subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

Annual Bonus: You will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 40% of your then- effective base salary. Whether you receive an annual bonus in any given year, and the amount of any such bonus, shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion, and shall be based upon achievement of performance objectives and other criteria to be mutually agreed upon by you and the Chief Executive Officer, subject to and contingent upon approval of such objectives and criteria by the Board in its sole discretion. The annual bonus, if earned, will be paid no later than seventy-five (75) days following the last day of the applicable fiscal year for which the annual bonus is being measured.

Relocation assistance: You will receive payment in the amount of $100,000.00, to assist your transition and relocation to San Diego. Should you voluntarily leave the Company within 12 months of your Start Date, or are terminated by the Company for Cause, you will be required to repay the entire amount in full.

Stock Option: Following your Start Date and subject to the approval of the Board, you will be granted an option pursuant to the Company’s 2018 Stock Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) to purchase 700,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Stock Option”) calculated as of your Start Date and having a per-share exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant (as determined by the

Page 1 of 8

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100, San Diego, CA 92121

858.263.1222

www.AspenNeuroscience.com

 


 

Board in its sole discretion). Subject to your continued employment with the Company, the shares subject to the Stock Option shall vest over a four-year period, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the Stock Option vesting on the first anniversary of your Start Date and the remainder thereafter vesting in equal monthly installments over the subsequent thirty-six (36) month period; provided, however, that if your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or if you voluntarily terminate your employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined in the Plan or related stock option documents), in either case solely to the extent such termination occurs during the twelve (12) month period immediately following the consummation of a transaction constituting a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), then the vesting of the shares subject to the Stock Option shall accelerate and all unvested shares subject to the Stock Option will immediately become fully vested and exercisable. The Stock Option will be subject to the Plan and the Company’s standard form of stock option agreement which you will be required to enter as a condition of the issuance of the Stock Option. You may be eligible to receive such future stock option grants as the Board shall deem appropriate.

Benefits

You will be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans that the Company customarily makes available to its employees. You will also be eligible for paid time off, vacation and/or paid sick leave in accordance with applicable law and the Company policies in effect from time to time. The Company reserves the right to change or eliminate the employee benefit plans on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to you.

The Company will reimburse you for all reasonable lodging, transportation, travel, entertainment, and other business expenses that you incur in the course of performing your duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures. To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted promptly with appropriate supporting documentation and will be reimbursed in accordance with the Company’s policies. Any reimbursement you are entitled to receive shall (a) be paid no later than the last day of your tax year following the tax year in which the expense was incurred, (b) not be affected by any other expenses that are eligible for reimbursement in any tax year and (c) not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

Termination; Severance

Termination for Cause by the Company: Although the Company anticipates a mutually rewarding employment relationship with you, the Company may terminate your employment at any time for Cause. For purposes of this letter, “Cause” is defined as: (a) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on your part with respect to your obligations or otherwise relating to the business of the Company; (b) any acts or conduct by you that are materially adverse to the Company’s interests; (c) your material breach of this letter, the PIIA (as defined below) or the Arbitration Agreement (as defined below); (d) your breach of any other agreement with the Company or any of the Company policies; (e) your conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or any felony or crime of

Page 2 of 8

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100, San Diego, CA 92121

858.263.1222

www.AspenNeuroscience.com

 


 

moral turpitude; (f) your failure to perform your duties as determined in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Board; (g) your inability to perform the essential functions of your position, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to Permanent Disability (as defined below); (h) your death; or (i) the winding down or dissolution of the Company. In the event of a termination based on (b), (c), (d) or (f), you will have fifteen (15) days from receipt of notice from the Company to cure the issue, if curable. In the event that your employment is terminated in accordance with this paragraph, you shall be entitled to receive only your base salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination and all benefits accrued through the date of termination (“Accrued Benefits”). All other Company obligations to you pursuant to this letter will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. You will not be entitled to receive the Severance Benefit described below. For purposes hereof, “Permanent Disability” will be deemed to occur if a duly licensed physician selected by both parties determines: (i) that you have become unable to perform substantially all of the duties and services required hereunder because of physical or mental disability (taking into account the Company’s obligation to provide reasonable accommodation under the Americans with Disabilities Act and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act); and (ii) that such inability will continue for 90 consecutive days or for more than 180 days in the following 365-day period, and if you have exhausted all leave rights under the Family and Medical Leave Act or will exhaust those leave rights during such 90-day period (or over the following 365-day period). The Company will give you at least 10 business days’ prior written notice if it intends to seek an opinion of a physician in accordance with this paragraph.

Termination Without Cause by the Company/Severance: The Company may terminate your employment under this letter without Cause at any time. In the event that the Company terminates your employment under this letter without Cause (a “Qualifying Termination”), you will receive your base salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, and Accrued Benefits. In addition, solely to the extent there is a Qualifying Termination, you will be eligible to receive a severance payment equivalent to continued payment for (a) six (6) months, if such Qualifying Termination is prior to the date of consummation of a Change in Control, or (b) nine (9) months, if such Qualifying Termination is on or after the date of consummation of a Change in Control (the period in (a) or (b), as applicable, being the “Severance Period”) of your base salary then in effect on the date of termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll cycle beginning on the first regular payday occurring 60 days following the termination date (the “Severance Benefit”). You will only receive the Severance Benefit if you: (i) comply with all surviving obligations you owe to the Company; (ii) execute a full general release in a form acceptable to the Company, releasing all claims, known or unknown, that you may have against the Company arising out of or any way related to your employment or termination of employment with the Company, and such release has become effective in accordance with its terms prior to the 60th day following the termination date; and (iii) you agree to provide transition assistance to the Company, and to cooperate and assist the Company with pending litigation, in each case during the Severance Period; and (iv) you agree not to make any voluntary statements, written or oral, or cause or encourage others to make any such statements that defame, disparage or in any way criticize the personal and/or business reputations, practices or

Page 3 of 8

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100, San Diego, CA 92121

858.263.1222

www.AspenNeuroscience.com

 


 

conduct of the Company. All other Company obligations to you will be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

Voluntary Resignation: You may voluntarily resign your position with the Company, at any time on thirty (30) days’ advance written notice. In the event of your voluntary resignation, you will be entitled to receive only your base salary and benefits for the thirty-day notice period and no other amount. All other Company obligations to you pursuant to this letter will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In addition, you will not be entitled to receive the Severance Benefit described above.

Pay in Lieu of Notice Period: Should you resign your employment upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice, the Company reserves the right to immediately relieve you of all job duties, positions and responsibilities and provide you with payment of your then current base salary in lieu of any portion of the notice period.

Resignation of Other Positions: Should your employment terminate for any reason you agree to immediately resign all other positions you may hold on behalf of the Company and/or its affiliates. If, for any reason, this paragraph is insufficient to effectuate such a resignation, following a reasonable opportunity to review, you hereby authorize the Company to execute any documents or instruments consistent herewith which the Company may deem necessary or desirable to effectuate such resignation(s), and to act as your attorney-in-fact for this purpose. You will provide the Company with a copy of any such documents executed in accordance with this paragraph.

At-Will Employment

If you accept our offer, your employment with Company will be “at will.” This means your employment is not for any specific period of time and can be terminated by you at any time for any reason. Likewise, Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. In addition, Company reserves the right to modify your position, duties, and reporting relationship to meet business needs and to use its managerial discretion in deciding on appropriate discipline. Any change to the at-will employment relationship must be by a specific, written agreement signed by you and Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; Other Contingencies

As a condition of your employment and on or prior to your Start Date, you shall execute the Company’s standard form of Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the “PIIA”) which is provided with this letter. In addition, as a condition of employment, you will need to demonstrate compliance with federal 19 requirements (please bring suitable documentation with you on your first day of work verifying your identity and legal authorization to work in the United States).

Page 4 of 8

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100, San Diego, CA 92121

858.263.1222

www.AspenNeuroscience.com

 


 

Third Party Rights

By accepting this offer, you represent that you are not a party to any other agreement, covenant, or restriction which will or could interfere with your ability to fully and satisfactorily provide the services for which you are being offered employment and employed by the Company. During your employment with the Company, you will not breach any agreement between you and any third party to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data belonging to that third party that was acquired by you prior to your employment with the Company. In addition, you agree that you will not disclose to the Company, or induce the Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others. You agree not to enter into any agreement, whether written or oral, in conflict with your promises in this provision.

No Conflict of Interest

During your employment with the Company, you agree that you will not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the Company. Such work shall include, but is not limited to, competing with the Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the Company. If the Company believes such a conflict exists, the Company may ask you to choose to discontinue the other work or resign employment with the Company.

Governing Law

The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of the provisions of this letter shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to principles of conflicts of laws that would direct the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

Severability

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this letter will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this letter, which will remain in full force and effect. Moreover, if any provision is found to be excessively broad in duration, scope or covered activity, the provision will be construed, and to the extent necessary will be deemed to be amended, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with applicable law.

Employment Relationship; Modification of Terms of Offer

Please be advised that neither this letter nor any statement made by the Company, subsidiaries or affiliates is intended to be a contract of employment for a definite period of time. That means that the employment relationship established by this letter is “at will” and either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause or notice. The Company may from time to time and in its own discretion, change the terms and conditions of your employment with or without notice.

Page 5 of 8

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100, San Diego, CA 92121

858.263.1222

www.AspenNeuroscience.com

 


 

Application of Section 409A

To the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), amounts payable under this letter on account of any termination of employment shall only be paid if you experience a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulatory and other guidance issued thereunder (the “Section 409A Regulations”). Furthermore, to the extent that you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A Regulations as of the date of your separation from service, no amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of your separation from service shall be paid to you before the date (the “Delayed Payment Date”) which is first day of the seventh month after the date of your separation from service or, if earlier, the date of your death following such separation from service. All such amounts that would, but for this paragraph, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

The Company intends that income provided to you pursuant to this letter will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of this letter shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. However, the Company does not guarantee any particular tax effect for income provided to you pursuant to this letter. In any event, except for the Company’s responsibility to withhold applicable income and employment taxes from compensation paid or provided to you, the Company shall not be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes on compensation paid or provided to you pursuant to this letter.

For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, the right to a series of installment payments under this letter shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

Contingencies

This offer is contingent upon the following:

•
Signing of the Offer Letter;
•
Signing of the Aspen Neuroscience’s Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement;
•
Compliance with Aspen Neuroscience’s policies and procedures;
•
Compliance with federal 1-9 requirements; and
•
This offer of employment is conditioned on completion, with results satisfactory to the Company, of a required pre-employment background check. You must provide, in a timely manner, all information and documents required to complete that process.

Page 6 of 8

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100, San Diego, CA 92121

858.263.1222

www.AspenNeuroscience.com

 


 

Complete Agreement

This letter, including the enclosed PIIA, the Plan and other related stock option documents, constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations, or representations, whether oral or written, express or implied, on this subject. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a specific, written agreement signed by you and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank. Signatures on Following Page.]

Page 7 of 8

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100, San Diego, CA 92121

858.263.1222

www.AspenNeuroscience.com

 


 

To indicate your acceptance, please sign and return the enclosed copy of this letter to me by May 20, 2022.

If you have any questions, regarding this letter or employment with the Company, please feel free to contact me via email at . We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

Name:

 Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

Title:

 President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

Kim Raineri

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kim Raineri

 

(Signature)

 

Dated:

 5/19/2022

 

Page 8 of 8

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100, San Diego, CA 92121

858.263.1222

www.AspenNeuroscience.com

 


img189816524_0.jpgimg189816524_1.jpg

Exhibit 10.17

 

 

 

 

July 21, 2026

Faheem Hasnain

Dear Faheem:

On behalf of Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to extend an offer of employment to you to serve as the Executive Chair, with an employment start date anticipated to be on or about August 3, 2026 (such actual date your employment commences, the “Start Date”). In such capacity, you will be responsible for such duties as are normally associated with such position and as otherwise assigned from time to time by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). You will report directly to the Board and your principal place of work shall be located in San Diego, California. This offer and your employment relationship will be subject to the terms and conditions of this letter.

Certain capitalized terms used in this letter have the applicable meanings set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

Compensation

Base Salary: From and after your Start Date, you will be paid an annualized base salary, initially $300,000.00, which equates to a bimonthly, per pay period rate of $12,500.00 (subject to required tax withholding and other authorized deductions). This position is an exempt position, which means you are paid for the job and not by the hour. Accordingly, you will not receive overtime pay if you work more than 8 hours in a workday or 40 hours in a workweek. Your base salary will be payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies and subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time. The Company’s current pay dates are the 15th and end of the month.

Annual Bonus: You will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus with a target amount of 55% of the base salary you earned during the plan year. Whether you receive an annual bonus in any given year, and the amount of any such bonus, shall be determined by the Board or its designee in its sole discretion, and shall be based upon achievement of performance objectives and other criteria to be determined by the Board or its designee in its sole discretion. The annual bonus, if

Page 1 of 1

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100, San Diego, CA 92121 858.263.1222 AspenNeuroscience.com


img189816524_2.jpg

 

earned, will be paid no later than March 15th following the last day of the applicable fiscal year for which the annual bonus is being measured. Unless otherwise determined by the Board or its designee, you must be employed on the date the annual bonus is paid to earn such bonus.

RSU Awards:

All grants of RSU Awards to you will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable form of RSU Award grant notice and agreement approved by the Board. If on any date that an RSU Award would otherwise be granted to you and/or settled via an issuance of Company shares, the Company does not have a sufficient number of shares available under its Plan to issue such shares, the Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to instead make a cash payment to you equal to the Current Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to you.

IPO Grant - Subject to your continued employment through the IPO Date, upon or as soon as administratively practicable following the IPO Date the Company will grant you an RSU Award for a number of shares equal to 1% of the IPO Shares Outstanding (the “IPO RSU”). The IPO RSU will be immediately fully-vested upon grant, and will include a ’deferred settlement’ feature so that shares of common stock will be issued in settlement of the IPO RSU in all cases on a date during the 2027 calendar year and following expiration of the underwriter lock-up period restrictions, and on such date that you are permitted to sell Company shares in the open market, but no later than December 31, 2027.

Second Anniversary Grant - Subject to the prior occurrence of a Qualified IPO and your continued employment as the Company’s Executive Chair through the second anniversary of the IPO Date, upon or as soon as administratively practicable following such date, the Company will grant you an RSU Award for a number of shares that is determined by subtracting such maximum number of whole shares of common stock with a then Current Fair Market Value not exceeding the IPO 1% Value from a number of shares of common stock equal to 1% of the IPO Shares Outstanding, and which will be immediately fully-vested upon grant (the “Second Anniversary Grant”).

2x IPO Grant - Subject to your continued employment through the date the 200% Price Goal is attained, upon or as soon as administratively practicable following such date, the Company will grant you an RSU Award for a number of shares of common stock that is determined by subtracting such maximum number of whole shares with a then Current Fair Market Value not exceeding the IPO 1% Value from a number of shares of common stock equal to 1% of the IPO Shares Outstanding, and which will be immediately fully-vested upon grant (the “2x IPO Grant”).

Page 2 of 14


img189816524_2.jpg

 

6x IPO Grant - Subject to your continued employment through the date the 600% Price Goal is attained, upon or as soon as administratively practicable following such date, the Company will grant you an RSU Award for a number of shares of common stock that is determined by subtracting such maximum number of whole shares of common stock with a then Current Fair Market Value not exceeding the IPO 1% Value from a number of shares of common stock equal to 1% of the IPO Shares Outstanding, and which will be immediately fully-vested upon grant (the “6x IPO Grant”).

8x IPO Grant - Subject to your continued employment through the date the 800% Price Goal is attained, upon or as soon as administratively practicable following such date, the Company will grant you an RSU Award for a number of shares of common stock that is determined by subtracting such maximum number of whole shares with a then Current Fair Market Value not exceeding the IPO 1% Value from a number of shares of common stock equal to 1% of the IPO Shares Outstanding, and which will be immediately fully-vested upon grant (the “8x IPO Grant”).

Change in Control Awards

Subject to your continued employment as the Company’s Executive Chair through the date of a Qualifying Change in Control, you will be eligible to receive the following awards (each a “Change in Control Award” and collectively the “Change in Control Awards”):

If the Second Anniversary Grant was not granted to you prior to such Qualifying Change in Control, you will either receive a fully vested Second Anniversary Grant immediately prior to such Qualifying Change in Control, or you will alternatively be awarded the right to receive such applicable portion of the Qualifying Change in Control transaction consideration that you would have been entitled to receive if a fully vested Second Anniversary Grant had been granted to you immediately preceding the consummation of the Qualifying Change in Control, subject to the same contingencies or delayed payments terms, including pursuant to an escrow, earn-out, holdback or similar arrangement, applicable to Company stockholders generally in the Qualifying Change in Control.

If the 2x IPO Grant was not granted to you prior to such Qualifying Change in Control, and the Fair Market Value of the transaction proceeds payable to a holder of a share of common stock in such Qualifying Change in Control is not less than the 200% Price Goal, you will either receive a fully vested 2x IPO Grant immediately prior to such Qualifying Change in Control, or you will alternatively be awarded the right to receive such applicable portion of the Qualifying Change in Control transaction consideration that you would have been entitled to receive if a fully vested 2x IPO Grant had instead been granted to you

Page 3 of 14


img189816524_2.jpg

 

immediately preceding the consummation of the Qualifying Change in Control, subject to the same contingencies or delayed payments terms, including pursuant to an escrow, earn-out, holdback or similar arrangement, applicable to Company stockholders generally in the Qualifying Change in Control.

If the 6x IPO Grant was not granted to you prior to such Qualifying Change in Control, and the Fair Market Value of the transaction proceeds payable to a holder of a share of common stock in such Qualifying Change in Control is not less than the 600% Price Goal, you will either receive a fully vested 6x IPO Grant immediately prior to such Qualifying Change in Control, or you will alternatively be awarded the right to receive such applicable portion of the Qualifying Change in Control transaction consideration that you would have been entitled to receive if a fully vested 6x IPO Grant had instead been granted to you immediately preceding the consummation of the Qualifying Change in Control, subject to the same contingencies or delayed payments terms, including pursuant to an escrow, earn-out, holdback or similar arrangement, applicable to Company stockholders generally in the Qualifying Change in Control.

If the 8x IPO Grant was not granted to you prior to such Qualifying Change in Control, and the Fair Market Value of the transaction proceeds payable to a holder of a share of common stock in such Qualifying Change in Control is not less than the 800% Price Goal, you will either receive a fully vested 8x IPO Grant immediately prior to such Qualifying Change in Control, or you will alternatively be awarded the right to receive such applicable portion of the Qualifying Change in Control transaction consideration that you would have been entitled to receive if a fully vested 8x IPO Grant had instead been granted to you immediately preceding the consummation of the Qualifying Change in Control, subject to the same contingencies or delayed payments terms, including pursuant to an escrow, earn-out, holdback or similar arrangement, applicable to Company stockholders generally in the Qualifying Change in Control.

Benefits

You will be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans that the Company customarily makes available to its employees. You will also be eligible for paid time off, vacation and/or paid sick leave in accordance with applicable law and the Company policies in effect from time to time. The Company reserves the right to change or eliminate the employee benefit plans on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to you.

Page 4 of 14


img189816524_2.jpg

 

The Company will reimburse you for all reasonable lodging, transportation, travel, entertainment and other business expenses that you incur in the course of performing your duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures. To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted promptly with appropriate supporting documentation and will be reimbursed in accordance with the Company’s policies. Any reimbursement you are entitled to receive shall (a) be paid no later than the last day of your tax year following the tax year in which the expense was incurred, (b) not be affected by any other expenses that are eligible for reimbursement in any tax year, and (c) not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

Termination; Severance

Termination for Cause by the Company: Although the Company anticipates a mutually rewarding employment relationship with you, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, including for Cause. For purposes of this letter, “Cause” is defined as: (a) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on your part with respect to your obligations or otherwise relating to the business of the Company; (b) any acts or conduct by you that are materially adverse to the Company’s interests; (c) your material breach of this letter, the PIIA (as defined below) or the Arbitration Agreement (as defined below); (d) your breach of any other agreement with the Company or any of the Company policies; (e) your conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or any felony or crime of moral turpitude; (f) your failure to perform your duties as determined in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Board; (g) your inability to perform the essential functions of your position, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to Permanent Disability (as defined below); (h) your death; or (i) the winding down or dissolution of the Company. In the event of a termination based on (b), (c), (d) or (f), you will have fifteen (15) days from receipt of notice from the Company to cure the issue, if curable. In the event that your employment is terminated in accordance with this paragraph, you shall be entitled to receive only your base salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination and all benefits accrued through the date of termination (“Accrued Benefits”). All other Company obligations to you pursuant to this letter will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished and you will not be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits described below. For purposes hereof, “Permanent Disability” will be deemed to occur if a duly licensed physician selected by both parties determines: (i) that you have become unable to perform substantially all of the duties and services required hereunder because of physical or mental disability (taking into account the Company’s obligation to provide reasonable accommodation under the Americans with Disabilities Act and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act); and (ii) that such inability will continue for 90 consecutive days or for more than 180 non-consecutive days in the following 365-day period, and if you have exhausted all leave rights under the Family and Medical Leave Act or will exhaust

Page 5 of 14


img189816524_2.jpg

 

those leave rights during such 90-day period (or over the following 365-day period). If the parties cannot agree on a licensed physician, each party will select one licensed physician, and those two licensed physicians will select a third licensed physician who will determine whether you have a Permanent Disability. The Company will give you at least 10 business days’ prior written notice if it intends to seek an opinion of a physician in accordance with this paragraph.

Termination Without Cause by the Company/Severance: The Company may also terminate your employment under this letter without Cause at any time. In the event that the Company terminates your employment under this letter without Cause (a “Qualifying Termination”), you will receive your base salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, and Accrued Benefits. In addition, solely to the extent there is a Qualifying Termination, and subject to your timely satisfaction of the Severance Preconditions (defined below), you will be eligible to receive the following severance benefits (the “Severance Benefits”):

•
continued payment of your base salary as then in effect on the date of termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll cycle beginning on the first regular payday occurring at least 60 days following the Qualifying Termination date and continuing for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter (the “Severance Period”);
•
If the Second Anniversary Grant was not granted to you prior to your Qualifying Termination, then you will either receive: (i) the Second Anniversary Grant, or (ii) a cash payment equal to the Current Fair Market Value as measured on the date of your Qualifying Termination as if the Second Anniversary Grant had been granted to you on such date (the “Second Anniversary Severance Benefit”);
•
If the 2x IPO Grant was not granted to you prior to your Qualifying Termination and the 200% Price Goal is attained within the ninety (90) day period following your Qualifying Termination, then you will either receive: (i) the 2x IPO Grant, or (ii) a cash payment equal to the Current Fair Market Value as measured on the date of your Qualifying Termination as if the 2x IPO Grant had been granted to you on such date (the “2x Price Severance Benefit”);
•
If the 6x IPO Grant was not granted to you prior to your Qualifying Termination, and the 600% Price Goal is attained within the ninety (90) day period following your Qualifying Termination, then you will either receive: (i) the 6x IPO Grant, or (ii) a cash payment equal to the Current Fair Market Value as measured on the date of your Qualifying Termination as if the 6x IPO Grant had been granted to you on such date (the “6x Price Severance Benefit”);
•
If the 8x IPO Grant was not granted to you prior to your Qualifying Termination, and the 800% Price Goal is attained within the ninety (90) day period following your Qualifying Termination, then you will either receive: (i) the 8x IPO Grant, or (ii) a cash payment equal to the Current Fair Market Value as measured on the date of your Qualifying Termination as if the 8x IPO Grant had been granted to you on such date (the “8x Price Severance Benefit”); and

Page 6 of 14


img189816524_2.jpg

 

•
If a Qualifying Change in Control occurs within the ninety (90) day period following your Qualifying Termination, you will be eligible to receive any applicable Change in Control Awards as if you had continued in employment as the Executive Chair through the date of such Qualifying Change in Control, as determined based on the applicable RSU Awards previously granted to you and Fair Market Value of the transaction proceeds in the Change in Control as provided above (the “CIC Severance Benefits”).

To avoid duplication of benefits intended to be provided to you under this letter, you are not eligible to receive both Non-CIC RSU Award Severance Benefits and any CIC Severance Benefits. If you would otherwise be eligible for both Non-CIC RSU Award Severance Benefits and any CIC Severance Benefits, you will only receive the CIC Severance Benefits and will not be eligible for any Non-CIC RSU Award Severance Benefits.

In all cases, the foregoing Company obligations to provide you with any Non-CIC RSU Award Severance Benefits or CIC Severance Benefits may be satisfied pursuant to the Company’s grant of unvested RSUs to you while you are still performing services to the Company and therefore eligible for such grants and which are eligible to vest subject to your timely satisfaction of the Severance Preconditions and timely satisfaction of the applicable performance goals as specified above, and which will be forfeited and cancelled automatically if such vesting conditions are not timely met. If the Non-CIC RSU Award Severance Benefits or CIC Severance Benefits are instead paid to you in cash, such cash payment will be made in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll cycle on first regular payday occurring at least 60 days following the Qualifying Termination date, subject to your timely satisfaction of the Severance Preconditions.

You will only receive the Severance Benefits if you: (i) comply with all surviving obligations you owe to the Company, including, without limitation, those under the PIIA); (ii) execute a full general release in a form provided by and acceptable to the Company, releasing all claims, known or unknown, that you may have against the Company, including, without limitation, those arising out of or any way related to your employment or termination of employment with the Company, and such release has become effective in accordance with its terms prior to the 60th day following the termination date; and (iii) you agree to provide transition assistance to the Company, and to cooperate and assist the Company with pending litigation, in each case during the Severance Period; and (iv) subject to limitations provided by applicable law or regulation, you agree not to make any voluntary statements, written or oral, or cause or encourage others to make any such statements that defame, disparage or in any way criticize the personal and/or business reputations, practices or conduct of the Company ((i)-(iv), the “Severance Preconditions”). All other Company obligations to you will be automatically terminated and completely extinguished.

Page 7 of 14


img189816524_2.jpg

 

Voluntary Resignation: You may voluntarily resign your position with the Company, at any time. If you do so, the Company requests that you provide no less than thirty (30) days’ advance written notice. In the event of your voluntary resignation, you will be entitled to receive only your base salary and benefits through your employment termination date and no other amount. All other Company obligations to you pursuant to this letter will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In addition, you will not be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits described above.

Pay in Lieu of Notice Period: Should you resign your employment upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice, the Company reserves the right to immediately relieve you of all job duties, positions and responsibilities and provide you with payment of your then current base salary in lieu of any portion of the notice period.

Parachute Payment Excise Tax

Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for your benefit, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the “Parachute Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), the following provisions shall apply: If the Parachute Payments, reduced by the sum of (1) the Excise Tax and (2) the total of the Federal, state, and local income and employment taxes payable by you on the amount of the Parachute Payments which are in excess of the Threshold Amount, are greater than or equal to the Threshold Amount, you shall be entitled to the full benefits payable under this Agreement. If the Threshold Amount is less than (x) the Parachute Payments, but greater than (y) the Parachute Payments reduced by the sum of (1) the Excise Tax and (2) the total of the Federal, state, and local income and employment taxes on the amount of the Parachute Payments which are in excess of the Threshold Amount, then the Parachute Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the sum of all Parachute Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount. In such event, the Parachute Payments shall be reduced in the following order: (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits. To the extent any payment is to be made over time (e.g., in installments, etc.), then the payments shall be reduced in reverse chronological order. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times your “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder less one dollar ($1.00); and “Excise Tax” shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by you with respect to such excise tax. All calculations and determinations under this paragraph shall be made by an independent accounting firm or independent tax counsel appointed by the

Page 8 of 14


img189816524_2.jpg

 

Company (the “Tax Counsel”) whose determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and you for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations and determinations required by this paragraph, the Tax Counsel may rely on reasonable, good faith assumptions and approximations concerning the application of Section 280G and Section 4999 of the Code. The Company and you shall furnish the Tax Counsel with such information and documents as the Tax Counsel may reasonably request in order to make its determinations. The Company shall bear all costs the Tax Counsel may reasonably incur in connection with its services.

At-Will Employment

If you accept our offer, your employment with Company will be “at‑will.” This means your employment is not for any specific period of time and can be terminated by you at any time for any reason. Likewise, Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. In addition, Company reserves the right to modify your position, duties and reporting relationship to meet business needs and to use its managerial discretion in deciding on appropriate discipline. Any change to the at-will employment relationship must be by a specific, written agreement signed by you and another authorized member of the Board.

Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; Arbitration Agreement; Other Contingencies

As a condition of your employment and on or prior to your Start Date, you shall execute the Company’s standard form of Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the “PIIA”) which is provided with this letter. In addition, the Company is also offering you the opportunity to enter into the Company’s standard form of arbitration agreement (the “Arbitration Agreement”) to govern any future disputes that may arise out of the relationship. Your decision to enter into such an Arbitration Agreement with the Company is completely voluntary and such an agreement is not required as a condition of your employment. A copy of the Company’s standard form of Arbitration Agreement is enclosed for your review. In addition, as a condition of employment, you will need to demonstrate compliance with federal I9 requirements (please bring suitable documentation with you on your first day of work verifying your identity and legal authorization to work in the United States).

Third Party Rights

By accepting this offer, you represent that you are not a party to any other agreement, covenant, or restriction which will or could interfere with your ability to fully and satisfactorily provide the services for which you are being offered employment and employed by the Company. During your employment with the Company, you will not breach any agreement between you and any

Page 9 of 14


img189816524_2.jpg

 

third party to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data belonging to that third party that was acquired by you prior to your employment with the Company. In addition, you agree that you will not disclose to the Company, or induce the Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others. You agree not to enter into any agreement, whether written or oral, in conflict with your promises in this provision.

No Conflict of Interest

During your employment with the Company, you agree that you will not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the Company. Such work shall include, but is not limited to, competing with the Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the Company. If the Company believes such a conflict exists, the Company may ask you to choose to discontinue the other work or resign employment with the Company.

Governing Law

The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the provisions of this letter shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to principles of conflicts of laws that would direct the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

Severability

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this letter will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this letter, which will remain in full force and effect. Moreover, if any provision is found to be excessively broad in duration, scope or covered activity, the provision will be construed, and to the extent necessary will be deemed to be amended, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with applicable law.

Employment Relationship; Modification of Terms of Offer

Please be advised that neither this letter nor any statement made by the Company, subsidiaries or affiliates is intended to be a contract of employment for a definite period of time. That means that the employment relationship established by this letter is “at-will” and either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time and for any reason, with or without cause or advance notice. The Company may from time to time and in its own discretion, change the terms and conditions of your employment with or without advance notice.

Page 10 of 14


img189816524_2.jpg

 

Application of Section 409A

To the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts payable under this letter on account of any termination of employment shall only be paid if you experience a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulatory and other guidance issued thereunder (the “Section 409A Regulations”). Furthermore, to the extent that you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A Regulations as of the date of your separation from service, no amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of your separation from service shall be paid to you before the date (the “Delayed Payment Date”) which is first day of the seventh month after the date of your separation from service or, if earlier, the date of your death following such separation from service. All such amounts that would, but for this paragraph, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

The benefits provided under this letter to you are intended to be exempt from or compliant with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company intends that income provided to you pursuant to this letter will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of this letter shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code or the requirements for an exemption from its application. However, the Company does not guarantee any particular tax effect for income provided to you pursuant to this letter. In any event, except for the Company’s responsibility to withhold applicable income and employment taxes from compensation paid or provided to you, the Company shall not be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes on compensation paid or provided to you pursuant to this letter.

For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, the right to a series of installment payments under this letter shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

Contingencies

This offer is contingent upon the following:

•
Signing of the Offer Letter;
•
Signing of the PIIA;
•
Compliance with the Company’s policies and procedures;
•
Review of the Arbitration Agreement; and
•
Compliance with federal I-9 requirements.

Page 11 of 14


img189816524_2.jpg

 

Complete Agreement

This letter, including the enclosed PIIA and Arbitration Agreement, and the Plan constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations or representations, whether oral or written, express or implied, on this subject. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a specific, written agreement signed by you and another authorized member of the Board. This letter may be delivered and executed via electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and executed and be valid and effective for all purposes

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank. Signatures on Following Page.]

Page 12 of 14


img189816524_2.jpg

 

To indicate your acceptance, please sign and return the enclosed copy of this letter and the PIIA to me by August 3, 2026.

If you have any questions, regarding this letter or employment with the Company, please feel free to contact me via email at ___________________. We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

Sincerely,

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

By: /s/ Jeff Boerneke

Name: Jeff Boerneke

Title: General Counsel

ACCEPTED:

Faheem Hasnain

/s/ Faheem Hasnain

(Signature)

Dated: July 28, 2026

Page 13 of 14


img189816524_2.jpg

 

Exhibit A

For all purposes of the employment offer letter to which this Exhibit A is attached, the following terms have the following meanings:

•
“200% Price Goal” means the Company’s attainment of an Average Trading Price of not less than 200% the IPO Price not later than the second anniversary of the IPO Date.
•
“600% Price Goal” means the Company’s attainment of an Average Trading Price of not less than 600% the IPO Price not later than the third anniversary of the IPO Date.
•
“800% Price Goal” means the Company’s attainment of an Average Trading Price of not less than 800% the IPO Price not later than the fourth anniversary of the IPO Date.
•
“Average Trading Price” means the Company’s 90-day average closing stock price as of any specified date following a Qualified IPO.
•
“Change in Control” has the meaning given to such term in the Plan.
•
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
•
“Current Fair Market Value” means the value determined by reference to the closing price per share of the Company’s common stock as of the last trading date preceding the applicable measurement date.
•
“Fair Market Value” means the applicable value as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion.
•
“IPO Date” means the date of consummation of a Qualified IPO.
•
“IPO Price” means the price at which the Company’s shares are sold to the public in the Qualified IPO.
•
“IPO Shares Outstanding” means the applicable number of the Company’s currently outstanding shares, as determined as of immediately following the IPO Date on a fully-diluted basis, and as adjusted for any subsequent stock splits, reverse stock splits or similar capitalization changes implemented prior to the applicable grant date.
•
“IPO 1% Value” means the amount determined by multiplying the IPO Price by a number of shares equal to 1% of the IPO Shares Outstanding.
•
“Non-CIC RSU Award Severance Benefits” means the Second Anniversary Severance Benefit, 2x Price Severance Benefit, 6x Price Severance Benefit, and 8x Price Severance Benefit.
•
“Plan” means the Company’s 2026 Equity Incentive Plan or any successor plan.
•
“RSU Award” means an award of restricted stock units representing the right to be issued a number of shares of the Company’s common stock.
•
“Qualified IPO” means an initial public offering of the Company’s shares that is completed no later than December 31, 2026.
•
“Qualifying Change in Control” means Change in Control that occurs following a Qualified IPO and prior to the fourth anniversary of the IPO Date.

Page 14 of 14


Exhibit 10.18

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Loan Forgiveness and Option Amendment Agreement

This Loan Forgiveness and Option Amendment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of August 24, 2026 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” or “Aspen”), and Damien McDevitt, Ph.D. (“Dr. McDevitt”). Each of Aspen and Dr. McDevitt is referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties” to this Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Dr. McDevitt previously executed certain stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to (i) a Stock Option Agreement dated February 2, 2021 and (ii) two Stock Option Agreements dated March 24, 2021;

WHEREAS, in connection with such option exercises, Dr. McDevitt executed the following Secured Full Recourse Promissory Notes in favor of the Company: (i) Secured Full Recourse Promissory Note dated February 24, 2021, in the original principal amount of $1,152,385.15; (ii) Secured Full Recourse Promissory Note dated April 5, 2021, in the original principal amount of $647,525.55; and (iii) Secured Full Recourse Promissory Note dated April 5, 2021, in the original principal amount of $142,666.65, in each case as such promissory notes have been amended from time to time (collectively, the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, in connection with executing the Notes, Dr. McDevitt executed corresponding Stock Pledge Agreements in favor of the Company, pledging 3,292,529 shares, 1,850,073 shares, and 407,619 shares of Common Stock, respectively, as security for the obligations under the Notes (collectively, the “Pledge Agreements” and together with the Notes, the “Loan Documents”);

WHEREAS, the aggregate outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid accrued interest amount owed by Dr. McDevitt under the Notes as of August 24, 2026 totals approximately $2,114,989.07 (the “Outstanding Debt”);

 


 

WHEREAS, the Company’s Board of Directors has authorized the forgiveness of the Outstanding Debt, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Dr. McDevitt holds an option to purchase 3,825,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Option”), which currently vests monthly over a four (4)-year period commencing November 20, 2025; and

WHEREAS, in consideration of the forgiveness of the Outstanding Debt described herein, the Parties desire to amend the vesting schedule applicable to the Option on the terms set forth below, and specify the vesting terms that will apply to any new options that may be granted to Dr. McDevitt in connection with an initial public offering of the Company’s stock.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

Article I
LOAN FORGIVENESS

1.1.
Forgiveness of Debt. Subject to and conditioned upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 1.2, the Company hereby forgives, cancels, and discharges in full 100% of the Outstanding Debt repayment obligations under the Notes, including all outstanding principal and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon and Dr. McDevitt shall have no further obligations to the Company under the Loan Documents (the “Loan Forgiveness”).
1.2.
Conditions to Forgiveness. The Loan Forgiveness set forth in Section 1.1 is expressly conditioned on and subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:
(a)
Withholding Tax Payment. Dr. McDevitt shall pay to the Company, no later than August 25, 2026, by check or wire transfer of immediately available funds, the amount of $901,545.38 (the “Withholding Amount”), representing the employee paid portion of the federal, state, and local income and employment tax withholding obligations of the Company arising in connection with the Loan Forgiveness and resulting compensatory income contemplated hereby; and

 


 

(b)
Acknowledgement and Option Amendment. Dr. McDevitt shall have executed this Agreement and provided the acknowledgement of tax treatment as set forth in Section 1.3, and acknowledged and agreed to the amendment of the vesting terms of the Option and the applicable vesting terms for any top up or refresh option or other equity grants that may be made to him in connection with an initial public offering of the Company as set forth in Article II hereof.
1.3.
Acknowledgement of Tax Consequences. By executing this Agreement, Dr. McDevitt acknowledges that as a result of the Company’s forgiveness of repayment of the Outstanding Debt, Dr. McDevitt will be deemed to have additional compensatory income equal to the Outstanding Debt, which the Company will report on the Form W-2 issued to Dr. McDevitt for 2026, and he may ultimately owe taxes to applicable taxing authorities in excess of the Withholding Amount in respect of such deemed additional compensatory income.
1.4.
Termination of Loan Documents; Release of Pledged Shares. Upon satisfaction of all conditions set forth in Section 1.2 and the effectiveness of the loan forgiveness: (a) the Notes and the Pledge Agreements shall be deemed terminated and of no further force or effect; (b) all security interests, liens, and pledges granted by Dr. McDevitt to the Company under the Pledge Agreements shall be automatically released; and (c) the Company shall deliver to Dr. McDevitt (or cause to be delivered) any documents held by the Company in connection with the Pledge Agreements and shall take all actions reasonably necessary to evidence the release of the pledged shares, including the execution and delivery of UCC-3 termination statements, if applicable.

Article II
OPTION AMENDMENT

2.1.
Current Option Terms. The Parties acknowledge that Dr. McDevitt holds the Option to purchase 3,825,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company that was granted in November 2025. The Option currently vests monthly over a four (4)-year period commencing November 20, 2025 (i.e., 956,250 shares vesting per year).

 


 

2.2.
Amendment to Option Vesting Schedule. Effective as of the Effective Date, the Option is hereby amended such that the then remaining unvested shares subject to the Option as of July 20, 2026 shall instead vest in equal monthly installments on the 20th day of each month after such date, commencing July 20, 2026 and ending November 20, 2031, such that the Option will vest over a six (6)-year period following the original November 20, 2025 Vesting Commencement Date of the Option (rather than the original four (4)-year period). For the avoidance of doubt: (a) any shares subject to the Option that had vested prior to July 20, 2026 shall remain vested; and (b) all other terms of the Option shall remain in full force and effect, including without limitation the exercise price, expiration date, and all other conditions applicable thereto. In addition to the foregoing amendment of the regular vesting schedule, the Option is hereby further amended to be eligible for vesting acceleration in accordance with the terms of Dr. McDevitt’s Executive Employment Agreement with the Company that became effective January 18, 2021, in the event of his qualifying termination of employment, consistent with the terms of the other Company options granted to him in connection with his commencement of employment.
2.3.
Option Vesting Acceleration Provisions. For the avoidance of doubt, no changes are being made to the “single-trigger” vesting acceleration provisions applicable to the Option as previously approved by the Board, and the Option shall continue to be eligible for vesting acceleration upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Company’s 2018 Stock Plan, as amended), subject to Dr. McDevitt’s continued service through such Change in Control.
2.4.
IPO Refresh Grant. Dr. McDevitt agrees that any “refresh” or “top-up” option or other equity award granted to Dr. McDevitt in connection with any initial public offering of the Company (the “IPO Equity”) shall be subject to a six (6)-year monthly or quarterly vesting schedule, as applicable, commencing on the vesting commencement date approved by the Board at the time of such grant, and shall carry the same potential vesting acceleration terms as the Option in connection with a Change in Control and/or qualifying termination of employment. For the avoidance of doubt, an equity award granted to Dr. McDevitt as an annual grant consistent with the Company’s ordinary course practice and/or as contemplated by the Company’s Compensation Committee to be issued as the first award of an annual equity award practice for the Company’s employees shall not be IPO Equity.

 


 

Article III
TAX MATTERS

3.1.
Tax Treatment. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Loan Forgiveness will result taxable compensation income to Dr. McDevitt for federal, state, and local income tax purposes on the applicable date such Loan Forgiveness becomes effective. The Company shall report such income and withhold taxes as required by applicable law.
3.2.
Withholding. Dr. McDevitt acknowledges his obligation to pay the Withholding Amount as provided in Section 1.2(a), and agrees that the Company shall be entitled to satisfy any additional withholding obligations arising from the Loan Forgiveness by any means permitted by applicable law, including by withholding from any other compensation payable to Dr. McDevitt.
3.3.
No Tax Advice. Each Party acknowledges that neither the other Party nor its counsel has provided any tax advice in connection with this Agreement. Dr. McDevitt is solely responsible for determining the tax consequences of this Agreement to him and is encouraged to consult his own tax advisor.

Article IV
GENERAL PROVISIONS

4.1.
Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, warranties, and understandings with respect thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, except as expressly modified by Article II hereof, all other terms and conditions of the Option and any related option agreement or equity plan remain in full force and effect.
4.2.
Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

 


 

4.3.
Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written instrument signed by both Parties. No waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the waiving Party.
4.4.
Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.
4.5.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart by electronic means (including PDF or DocuSign) shall be equally effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart.
4.6.
Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and permitted assigns.
4.7.
Notices. All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally, sent by nationally recognized overnight courier, or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the addresses set forth in the preamble hereto or to such other address as either Party may designate in writing.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Loan Forgiveness and Option Amendment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Boerneke

Name:

Jeff Boerneke

Title:

General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DAMIEN MCDEVITT, PH.D.

 

 

/s/ Damien McDevitt

Damien McDevitt, Ph.D.

 

Date:

August 25, 2026

 

 


Exhibit 10.19

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Loan Forgiveness and Option Amendment Agreement

 

This Loan Forgiveness and Option Amendment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of September 25, 2026 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” or “Aspen”), and Andrew Spaventa (“Mr. Spaventa”). Each of Aspen and Mr. Spaventa is referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties” to this Agreement.

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Mr. Spaventa previously executed certain stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to a Stock Option Agreement dated September 25, 2020;

WHEREAS, in connection with such option exercises, Mr. Spaventa executed the following Secured Full Recourse Promissory Note in favor of the Company: Secured Full Recourse Promissory Note dated February 8, 2021, in the original principal amount of $61,240.55 (the “Note”);

WHEREAS, in connection with executing the Note, Mr. Spaventa executed corresponding Stock Pledge Agreements in favor of the Company, pledging 174,973 shares of Common Stock as security for the obligations under the Note (the “Pledge Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Mr. Spaventa executed a Restricted Stock Repurchase and Debt Satisfaction Agreement dated December 31, 2021, with the Company whereby the Company repurchased 98,423 shares of Common Stock previously pledged as security for obligations under the note for $34,448.05 of original principal (the “Repurchase Agreement”, and together with the Note and Pledge Agreement, the “Loan Documents”);

WHEREAS, the aggregate outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid accrued interest amount owed by Mr. Spaventa under the Note as of September 25, 2026, totals approximately $30,549.97 (the “Outstanding Debt”);

WHEREAS, the Company’s Board of Directors has authorized the forgiveness of the Outstanding Debt, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Mr. Spaventa holds an option to purchase 190,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Option”), which currently vests monthly over a four (4)-year period commencing November 20, 2025; and

WHEREAS, in consideration of the forgiveness of the Outstanding Debt described herein, the Parties desire to amend the vesting schedule applicable to the Option on the terms set forth below,

 


Exhibit 10.19

and specify the vesting terms that will apply to any new options that may be granted to Mr. Spaventa in connection with an initial public offering of the Company’s stock.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

LOAN FORGIVENESS

 

1.1. Forgiveness of Debt. Subject to and conditioned upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 1.2, the Company hereby forgives, cancels, and discharges in full 100% of the Outstanding Debt repayment obligations under the Note, including all outstanding principal and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon and Mr. Spaventa shall have no further obligations to the Company under the Loan Documents (the “Loan Forgiveness”).

1.2. Conditions to Forgiveness. The Loan Forgiveness set forth in Section 1.1 is expressly conditioned on and subject to the following conditions: (a) Mr. Spaventa shall have executed this Agreement and provided the acknowledgement of tax treatment as set forth in Section 1.3 hereof, and (b) Mr. Spaventa shall have acknowledged and agreed to the amendment of the vesting terms of the Option and the applicable vesting terms for any top up or refresh option or other equity grants that may be made to him in connection with an initial public offering of the Company as set forth in Article II hereof.

 

1.3. Acknowledgement of Tax Consequences. By executing this Agreement, Mr. Spaventa acknowledges that as a result of the Company’s forgiveness of repayment of the Outstanding Debt, Mr. Spaventa will be deemed to have additional compensatory income equal to the Outstanding Debt, which the Company will report on the Form 1099 issued to Mr. Spaventa for 2026, and he will be solely responsible for paying the resulting taxes that he will owe to applicable taxing authorities in respect of such deemed additional compensatory income.

1.4 Termination of Loan Documents; Release of Pledged Shares. Upon satisfaction of all conditions set forth in Section 1.2 and the effectiveness of the loan forgiveness: (a) the Note and the Pledge Agreement shall be deemed terminated and of no further force or effect; (b) all security interests, liens, and pledges granted by Mr. Spaventa to the Company under the Pledge Agreement shall be automatically released; and (c) the Company shall deliver to Mr. Spaventa (or cause to be delivered) any documents held by the Company in

 


Exhibit 10.19

connection with the Pledge Agreement and shall take all actions reasonably necessary to evidence the release of the pledged shares, including the execution and delivery of UCC-3 termination statements, if applicable.

 

ARTICLE II

OPTION AMENDMENT

 

2.1. Current Option Terms. The Parties acknowledge that Mr. Spaventa holds the Option to purchase 190,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company that was granted in November 2025. The Option currently vests monthly over a four (4)-year period commencing November 20, 2025 (i.e., 47,500 shares vesting per year).

2.2. Amendment to Option Vesting Schedule. Effective as of the Effective Date, the Option is hereby amended such that the then remaining unvested shares subject to the Option as of September 25, 2026 shall instead vest in equal monthly installments on the 20th day of each month after such date, commencing October 20, 2026 and ending November 20, 2031, such that the Option will vest over a six (6)-year period following the original November 20, 2025 Vesting Commencement Date of the Option (rather than the original four (4)-year period). For the avoidance of doubt: (a) any shares subject to the Option that vest prior to October 20, 2026 shall remain vested; and (b) all other terms of the Option shall remain in full force and effect, including without limitation the exercise price, expiration date, and all other conditions applicable thereto.

ARTICLE III

TAX MATTERS

 

3.1. Tax Treatment. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Loan Forgiveness will result in taxable compensation income to Mr. Spaventa for federal, state, self-employment, and local income tax purposes on the applicable date such Loan Forgiveness becomes effective. The Company shall report such income as required by applicable law.

3.2. No Tax Advice. Each Party acknowledges that neither the other Party nor its counsel has provided any tax advice in connection with this Agreement. Mr. Spaventa is solely responsible for determining the tax consequences of this Agreement to him and is encouraged to consult his own tax advisor.

 

ARTICLE IV

 


Exhibit 10.19

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

4.1. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, warranties, and understandings with respect thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, except as expressly modified by Article II hereof, all other terms and conditions of the Option and any related option agreement or equity plan remain in full force and effect.

4.2. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

4.3. Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written instrument signed by both Parties. No waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the waiving Party.

4.4. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

4.5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart by electronic means (including PDF or DocuSign) shall be equally effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart.

4.6. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and permitted assigns.

4.7. Notices. All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally, sent by nationally recognized overnight courier, or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the addresses set forth in the preamble hereto or to such other address as either Party may designate in writing.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 


Exhibit 10.19

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Loan Forgiveness and Option Amendment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

 

By: /s/ Jeff Boerneke

Name: Jeff Boerneke

Title: General Counsel

 

 

ANDREW SPAVENTA

 

 

/s/ Andrew Spaventa

Andrew Spaventa

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.20

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Loan Forgiveness and Option Amendment Agreement

 

This Loan Forgiveness and Option Amendment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of September 25, 2026 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” or “Aspen”), and Faheem Hasnain (“Mr. Hasnain”). Each of Aspen and Mr. Hasnain is referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties” to this Agreement.

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Mr. Hasnain previously executed certain stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to (i) a Stock Option Agreement dated September 25, 2020 and (ii) a Stock Option Agreement dated November 1, 2021;

WHEREAS, in connection with such option exercises, Mr. Hasnain executed the following Secured Full Recourse Promissory Notes in favor of the Company: (i) Secured Full Recourse Promissory Note dated November 9, 2021, in the original principal amount of $120,869.70; and (ii) Secured Full Recourse Promissory Note dated November 9, 2021, in the original principal amount of $72,598.80; (collectively, the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, in connection with executing the Notes, Mr. Hasnain executed corresponding Stock Pledge Agreements in favor of the Company, pledging 345,342 shares and 181,497 shares of Common Stock, respectively, as security for the obligations under the Notes (collectively, the “Pledge Agreements” and together with the Notes, the “Loan Documents”);

WHEREAS, the aggregate outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid accrued interest amount owed by Mr. Hasnain under the Notes as of September 25, 2026, totals approximately $212,927.84 (the “Outstanding Debt”);

WHEREAS, the Company’s Board of Directors has authorized the forgiveness of the Outstanding Debt, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Mr. Hasnain holds an option to purchase 410,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Option”), which currently vests monthly over a four (4)-year period commencing November 20, 2025; and

WHEREAS, in consideration of the forgiveness of the Outstanding Debt described herein, the Parties desire to amend the vesting schedule applicable to the Option on the terms set forth below, and specify the vesting terms that will apply to any new options that may be granted to Mr. Hasnain in connection with an initial public offering of the Company’s stock.

 


Exhibit 10.20

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

LOAN FORGIVENESS

 

1.1. Forgiveness of Debt. Subject to and conditioned upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 1.2, the Company hereby forgives, cancels, and discharges in full 100% of the Outstanding Debt repayment obligations under the Notes, including all outstanding principal and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon and Mr. Hasnain shall have no further obligations to the Company under the Loan Documents (the “Loan Forgiveness”).

1.2. Conditions to Forgiveness. The Loan Forgiveness set forth in Section 1.1 is expressly conditioned on and subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) Withholding Tax Payment. Mr. Hasnain shall pay to the Company, no later than September 25, 2026, by check or wire transfer of immediately available funds, the amount of $76,643.92 (the “Withholding Amount”), representing the employee paid portion of the federal, state, and local income and employment tax withholding obligations of the Company arising in connection with the Loan Forgiveness and resulting compensatory income contemplated hereby; and

(b) Acknowledgement and Option Amendment. Mr. Hasnain shall have executed this Agreement and provided the acknowledgement of tax treatment as set forth in Section 1.3, and acknowledged and agreed to the amendment of the vesting terms of the Option and the applicable vesting terms for any top up or refresh option or other equity grants that may be made to him in connection with an initial public offering of the Company as set forth in Article II hereof.

1.3. Acknowledgement of Tax Consequences. By executing this Agreement, Mr. Hasnain acknowledges that as a result of the Company’s forgiveness of repayment of the Outstanding Debt, Mr. Hasnain will be deemed to have additional compensatory income equal to the Outstanding Debt, which the Company will report on the Form W-2 issued to Mr. Hasnain for 2026, and he may ultimately owe taxes to applicable taxing authorities in excess of the Withholding Amount in respect of such deemed additional compensatory income.

1.4 Termination of Loan Documents; Release of Pledged Shares. Upon satisfaction of all conditions set forth in Section 1.2 and the effectiveness of the loan forgiveness: (a) the

 


Exhibit 10.20

Notes and the Pledge Agreements shall be deemed terminated and of no further force or effect; (b) all security interests, liens, and pledges granted by Mr. Hasnain to the Company under the Pledge Agreements shall be automatically released; and (c) the Company shall deliver to Mr. Hasnain (or cause to be delivered) any documents held by the Company in connection with the Pledge Agreements and shall take all actions reasonably necessary to evidence the release of the pledged shares, including the execution and delivery of UCC-3 termination statements, if applicable.

 

ARTICLE II

OPTION AMENDMENT

 

2.1. Current Option Terms. The Parties acknowledge that Mr. Hasnain holds the Option to purchase 410,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company that was granted in November 2025. The Option currently vests monthly over a four (4)-year period commencing November 20, 2025 (i.e., 102,500 shares vesting per year).

2.2. Amendment to Option Vesting Schedule. Effective as of the Effective Date, the Option is hereby amended such that the then remaining unvested shares subject to the Option as of September 25, 2026 shall instead vest in equal monthly installments on the 20th day of each month after such date, commencing October 20, 2026 and ending November 20, 2031, such that the Option will vest over a six (6)-year period following the original November 20, 2025 Vesting Commencement Date of the Option (rather than the original four (4)-year period). For the avoidance of doubt: (a) any shares subject to the Option that vest prior to October 20, 2026 shall remain vested; and (b) all other terms of the Option shall remain in full force and effect, including without limitation the exercise price, expiration date, and all other conditions applicable thereto.

2.3 IPO Refresh Grant. Mr. Hasnain agrees that any “refresh” or “top-up” option or other equity award granted to Mr. Hasnain in connection with any initial public offering of the Company (the “IPO Equity”), other than any equity award subject to Mr. Hasnain’s Executive Employment Agreement with the Company that became effective July 21, 2026, shall be subject to a six (6)-year monthly or quarterly vesting schedule, as applicable, commencing on the vesting commencement date approved by the Board at the time of such grant. For the avoidance of doubt, an equity award granted to Mr. Hasnain as an annual grant consistent with the Company’s ordinary course practice and/or as contemplated by the Company’s Compensation Committee to be issued as the first award of an annual equity award practice for the Company’s employees shall not be IPO Equity.

ARTICLE III

 


Exhibit 10.20

TAX MATTERS

 

3.1. Tax Treatment. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Loan Forgiveness will result in taxable compensation income to Mr. Hasnain for federal, state, and local income tax purposes on the applicable date such Loan Forgiveness becomes effective. The Company shall report such income and withhold taxes as required by applicable law.

3.2. Withholding. Mr. Hasnain acknowledges his obligation to pay the Withholding Amount as provided in Section 1.2(a), and agrees that the Company shall be entitled to satisfy any additional withholding obligations arising from the Loan Forgiveness by any means permitted by applicable law, including by withholding from any other compensation payable to Mr. Hasnain.

3.3. No Tax Advice. Each Party acknowledges that neither the other Party nor its counsel has provided any tax advice in connection with this Agreement. Mr. Hasnain is solely responsible for determining the tax consequences of this Agreement to him and is encouraged to consult his own tax advisor.

 

ARTICLE IV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

4.1. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, warranties, and understandings with respect thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, except as expressly modified by Article II hereof, all other terms and conditions of the Option and any related option agreement or equity plan remain in full force and effect.

4.2. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

4.3. Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written instrument signed by both Parties. No waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the waiving Party.

4.4. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

4.5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 


Exhibit 10.20

Delivery of an executed counterpart by electronic means (including PDF or DocuSign) shall be equally effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart.

4.6. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and permitted assigns.

4.7. Notices. All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally, sent by nationally recognized overnight courier, or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the addresses set forth in the preamble hereto or to such other address as either Party may designate in writing.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 


Exhibit 10.20

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Loan Forgiveness and Option Amendment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

 

By: /s/ Jeff Boerneke

Name: Jeff Boerneke

Title: General Counsel

 

 

FAHEEM HASNAIN

 

 

/s/ Faheem Hasnain

Faheem Hasnain

 

Date: September 25, 2026

 


Exhibit 10.21

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement, dated [_______], 2026, is made between Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [______________] (the “Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of talented and experienced individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve as directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and wishes to indemnify its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee recognize that corporate litigation in general has subjected directors and officers to expensive litigation risks;

WHEREAS, Section 145 (“Section 145”) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (“DGCL”), under which the Company is organized, empowers the Company to indemnify its directors and officers by agreement and to indemnify persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as the directors and officers of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by Section 145 is not exclusive;

WHEREAS, Section 145(g) of the DGCL allows for the purchase of director and officer liability insurance (“D&O Insurance”) by the Company, which in theory can cover asserted liabilities without regard to whether they are indemnifiable by the Company or not;

WHEREAS, individuals considering service or presently serving expect to be extended market terms of indemnification commensurate with their position, and that entities such as Company will endeavor to maintain appropriate D&O Insurance; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company and/or one or more subsidiaries of the Company, or otherwise serve the Company in an indemnifiable capacity as set forth below, the Company and Indemnitee enter into this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants made herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are mutually acknowledged, Indemnitee and the Company agree as follows:

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) “Agent” means any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or a direct or indirect subsidiary or parent of the Company; or is or was serving at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company, or a direct or indirect subsidiary or parent of the Company, as a director, officer, employee, manager, partner, fiduciary, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, employee benefit plan, nonprofit entity, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; or was a director, officer, employee, manager, partner, fiduciary, or agent of a foreign or domestic entity which was a predecessor of the Company or a direct or indirect parent or subsidiary of the Company, or was a director, officer, employee, manager, partner, fiduciary, or agent of another enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of such predecessor entity. For the purposes of this Agreement, (i) “director, officer, employee,

1


 

manager, partner, fiduciary, or agent” and “foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, employee benefit plan, nonprofit entity, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise” shall be deemed to include foreign equivalents of such positions and such entities, and (ii) “direct or indirect subsidiary or parent” means any degree of ownership or control.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d‑3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing a majority of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, (ii) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board, together with any new directors whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets with or to another entity, other than a merger, consolidation or asset sale that would result in the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately thereafter, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.

(d) “ERISA” means Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(e) “Exchange Act” means Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(f) “Expenses” shall include all out‑of‑pocket costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related costs and disbursements), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense, or appeal of a Proceeding, or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, or Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that “Expenses” shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.

(g) “Final Adjudication” and “finally adjudged” means a final judgment or other binding determination from which there is no further procedural recourse, including without limitation following exhaustion or expiration of all available appeals.

(h) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in relevant matters of corporation law and neither currently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to or witness in the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder; provided however, that “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Where required by this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be retained at the Company’s sole expense.

2


 

(i) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, claim, demand, discovery request, subpoena, hearing, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing, or any other proceeding whether formal or informal, civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, including any such investigation or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Company or its Board of Directors, including any appeal of the foregoing, in which Indemnitee is or reasonably may be involved as a party or target, that is associated with Indemnitee’s being an Agent of the Company.

(j) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2. Agreement to Serve. Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Agent of the Company, at its will (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity Indemnitee currently serves as an Agent of the Company, or in such additional Agent capacities as Indemnitee may agree in the future to serve, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified until such time as Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in writing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or other service by Indemnitee.

3. Liability Insurance.

(a) Maintenance of D&O Insurance. The Company covenants and agrees that, so long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve as an Agent of the Company and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was an Agent of the Company, the Company, subject to Section 3(c), shall promptly obtain and maintain in full force and effect D&O Insurance in reasonable amounts from established and reputable insurers of a minimum A.M. Best rating of A-VII, and as more fully described below. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall, as set forth in Section 3(c), either: (i) maintain such D&O Insurance for six (6) years; or (ii) purchase a six (6) year tail for such D&O Insurance. Such tail insurance shall be placed by the then-current insurance broker for the Company, on a prepaid and noncancellable basis with the incumbent insurers or, if not available on commercially reasonable terms, from insurers of a like kind and quality, including, without limitation, AM Best FSR and claims handling reputations the same or better.

(b) Rights and Benefits. In all policies of D&O Insurance, Indemnitee shall qualify as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s Agents of the same standing as Indemnitee.

(c) Limitation on Required Maintenance of D&O Insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance at all, or of any type, terms, or amount, if the Company determines in good faith and after using commercially reasonable efforts that: such insurance is not reasonably available; the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided; the coverage provided by such insurance is limited so as to provide an insufficient or unreasonable benefit; Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a parent, subsidiary, or affiliate of the Company; or the Company is to be acquired and a tail policy of reasonable terms and duration can be purchased for pre-closing acts or omissions by Indemnitee.

4. Mandatory Indemnification. Subject to the terms of this Agreement:

(a) Third Party Actions. If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes

3


 

and penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding; provided that Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

(b) Actions By or In the Right Of the Company. If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding; provided that Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification under this Section 4(b) shall be made in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Indemnitee is liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts which the Delaware Court of Chancery shall deem proper.

(c) Actions where Indemnitee is Deceased. If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, and if, prior to, during the pendency of or after completion of such Proceeding Indemnitee is deceased, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever to the extent Indemnitee would have been entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement were Indemnitee still alive.

(d) Certain Terminations. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue, or matter therein by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(e) Limitations. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Sections 4(a), 4(b), 4(c) and 4(d), but subject to the exception set forth in Section 13 which shall control, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee for Expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever for which payment (and the Company’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall be reduced by such payment) is actually made to or on behalf of Indemnitee, by the Company or otherwise, under a corporate insurance policy, or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, right, by-law, or agreement; and, in the event the Company has previously made a payment to Indemnitee for an Expense or liability of any type whatsoever for which payment is actually made to or on behalf of the Indemnitee from any such source, Indemnitee shall return to the Company the amounts subsequently received by the Indemnitee from that source.

(f) Witness. In the event that Indemnitee is not a party or threatened to be made a party to a Proceeding, but is subpoenaed (or given a written request to be interviewed by or provide documents or information to a government authority of any jurisdiction) in such a Proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything witnessed or allegedly witnessed by the Indemnitee in that capacity, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all actually and reasonably incurred out of pocket costs (including without limitation legal fees) incurred by

4


 

the Indemnitee in responding to such subpoena or written request for an interview. As a condition to this right, Indemnitee must provide notice of such subpoena or request to the Company within 14 days, otherwise the Company’s obligation to pay such costs shall only attach for costs incurred from the date of notice.

5. Indemnification for Expenses in a Proceeding in Which Indemnitee is Wholly or Partly Successful.

(a) Successful Defense. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such Proceeding.

(b) Partially Successful Defense. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.

(c) Dismissal. For purposes of this section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable and may not be paid to Indemnitee, then to the extent allowed by law, in respect of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee contribute to the amount of expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction from which such Proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of Company on the one hand and of Indemnitee on the other in connection with the events which resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of Indemnitee on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information, active or passive conduct, and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this section were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.

(e) Settlements by Company. The Company may not settle any claim held by Indemnitee without express written consent of Indemnitee, which may be given or withheld in Indemnitee’s sole discretion; provided, the foregoing provision shall not apply to any claim held by Indemnitee for which Indemnitee has been indemnified or held harmless by the Company, in which case consent of the Indemnitee to such settlement shall be given on reasonable request of the Company.

5


 

6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses.

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement and following notice pursuant to Section 7(a) below, the Company shall advance, interest free, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company (unless there has been a Final Adjudication such that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification for such Expenses) upon receipt satisfactory documentation supporting such Expenses. Such advances are intended to be an obligation of the Company to Indemnitee hereunder and shall in no event be deemed to be a personal loan. Such advancement of Expenses shall otherwise be unsecured and without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee within 30 days following delivery of a written request therefor by Indemnitee to the Company, along with such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to advancement (which shall include without limitation reasonably detailed invoices for legal services, but with disclosure of confidential work product not required if that would work a waiver of privilege as to an adverse party). The Company shall discharge its advancement duty by, at its option, (a) paying such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advancing to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimbursing Indemnitee for Expenses already paid by Indemnitee. In the event that the Company fails to pay Expenses as incurred by Indemnitee as required by this paragraph, Indemnitee may seek mandatory injunctive relief (including without limitation specific performance) from any court having jurisdiction to require the Company to pay Expenses as set forth in this paragraph. If Indemnitee seeks mandatory injunctive relief pursuant to this paragraph, it shall not be a defense to enforcement of the Company’s obligations set forth in this paragraph that Indemnitee has an adequate remedy at law for damages. This Section 6 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 9.

(b) Undertakings. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which constitutes an undertaking whereby Indemnitee promises to repay any amounts advanced if and to the extent that it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification by the Company.

7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures.

(a) Notice by Indemnitee. Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if Indemnitee believes that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company in writing of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof provided, however, that a delay in giving such notice will not deprive Indemnitee of any right to be indemnified under this Agreement unless, and then only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of the Proceeding and such delay is materially prejudicial to the Company; provided, further, that notice will be deemed to have been given without any action on the part of Indemnitee in the event the Company is a party to the same Proceeding and already has notice of all the matters for which Indemnitee is demanding indemnification and advancement.

(b) Insurance. If the Company receives notice pursuant to Section 7(a) of the commencement of a Proceeding that may be covered under D&O Insurance then in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

6


 

(c) Defense. In the event the Company shall be obligated to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel selected by the Company and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election so to do. After delivery of such notice, and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at the Company’s expense if (A) the Company has authorized the employment of counsel by Indemnitee at the expense of the Company; (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded based on the written advice of Indemnitee’s legal counsel that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense; or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding. In addition to all the requirements above, if the Company has D&O Insurance, or other insurance, with a panel counsel requirement that may cover the matter for which indemnity is claimed by Indemnitee, then Indemnitee shall use such panel counsel or other counsel approved by the insurers, unless there is an actual conflict of interest posed by representation by all such counsel, or unless and to the extent Company waives such requirement in writing. Indemnitee and his or her counsel shall provide reasonable cooperation with such insurer on request of the Company.

8. Right to Indemnification.

(a) Right to Indemnification. In the event that Section 5(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement unless, and except to the extent that, it shall have been determined by one of the methods listed in Section 8(b) that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct required to entitle Indemnitee to such indemnification.

(b) Determination of Right to Indemnification. A determination of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Section 8 shall be made at the election: (i) by a majority vote of directors who are not parties to the Proceeding for which indemnification is being sought, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of the Board consisting of directors who are not parties to the Proceeding for which indemnification is being sought, who, even though less than a quorum, have been designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors; (iii) if there are no such disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel chosen by the Company in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (iv) by the Company’s stockholders. However, in the event there has been a Change in Control, then the determination shall, at Indemnitee’s sole option, be made by Independent Counsel as in (b)(iii) above, with Company choosing the Independent Counsel subject to Indemnitee’s consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

(c) Submission for Decision. As soon as practicable, and in no event later than 30 days after Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification, the Board shall select the method for determining Indemnitee’s right to indemnification. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person or persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel or member of the Board shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement.

(d) Application to Court. If (i) a claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses is denied, in whole or in part, (ii) no disposition of such claim is made by the Company within 60 days after the request therefore, (iii) the advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement,

7


 

Indemnitee shall have the right at his or her option to apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery, for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification (including the advancement of Expenses) pursuant to this Agreement. Upon written request by Indemnitee, the Company shall consent to service of process.

(e) Expenses Related to the Enforcement or Interpretation of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all reasonable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 8 involving Indemnitee, and against all reasonable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any other proceeding between the Company and Indemnitee to the extent involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, if and to the extent Indemnitee is successful.

(f) Determination of Final Adjudication. In no event shall Indemnitee’s right to indemnification (apart from advancement of Expenses) be determined prior to a Final Adjudication in a Proceeding at issue if the Proceeding is both ongoing, and of the nature to have a Final Adjudication, unless a Final Adjudication in another Proceeding establishes that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification in the first Proceeding.

(g) Standard. In any proceeding to determine Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advancement, with the burden of proof on the Company to prove, by a preponderance of the evidence (or higher standard if required by relevant law) that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

(h) Good Faith. Indemnitee shall be fully indemnified for those matters where, in the performance of his or her duties for the Company, he or she relied in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any of the Company’s officers or employees, or committees of the board of directors, or by any other person as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believed were within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who was selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.

9. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated:

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee (including cross actions), with a reasonable allocation where appropriate, unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the Proceeding was authorized by the Board, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under the DGCL or (iv) the Proceeding is brought pursuant to Section 8 specifically to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 in advance of a Final Adjudication, in which case Section 8(e) provision shall control. For clarity, the raising of defenses by the Company by way of argument or affirmative defenses in an Indemnitee-initiated Proceeding against the Company shall not themselves be deemed to be a Proceeding.

(b) Fees on Fees. To indemnify Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, to the extent Indemnitee is not successful in such a Proceeding.

(c) Unauthorized Settlements. To indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding unless the Company consents to such settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

8


 

(d) Claims Under Section 16(b). To indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses associated with any Proceeding related to, or the payment of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law (provided, however, that the Company must advance Expenses for such matters as otherwise permissible under this Agreement).

(e) Payments Contrary to Law. To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee for which payment is prohibited by applicable law.

(f) Required Reimbursement. To indemnify Indemnitee for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation, including bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (including without limitation reimbursements that (i) arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of Sarbanes-Oxley, or (ii) arise pursuant to regulations or policies adopted in compliance with Section 954 of the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, as amended).

10. Non‑Exclusivity. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while occupying Indemnitee’s position as an Agent of the Company. Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. This Agreement shall supersede all prior indemnification agreements with the Company; provided, Indemnitee is entitled to any advancement or indemnification rights (pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, a prior indemnification agreement, or other agreement) in effect at the time of Indemnitee’s service that is at issue in the matter potentially subject to indemnification, to the extent such rights are more favorable to Indemnitee than those granted herein.

11. Permitted Defenses. It shall be a defense to any action for which a claim for indemnification is made under this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses pursuant to Section 6; provided that the required documents have been tendered to the Company) that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification because of the limitations set forth in Sections 4 and 9 . Neither the failure of the Company or an Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Company or an Independent Counsel that such indemnification is improper, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise. In making any determination concerning Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, there shall be a presumption that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct. Any determination by the Company concerning Indemnitee’s right to indemnification that is adverse to Indemnitee may be challenged by the Indemnitee in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

12. Subrogation. Subject to the limitations of Section 13, in the event the Company is obligated to make a payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents reasonably required and take all action that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights (provided that the Company pays Indemnitee’s costs and expenses of doing

9


 

so), including without limitation by assigning all such rights to the Company or its designee to the extent of such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Subject to the limitations of Section 13, the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance expenses under this Agreement shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has collected from such other source, and in the event that Company has fully paid such indemnity or expenses, Indemnitee shall return to the Company any amounts subsequently received from such other source of indemnification.

13. Primacy of Indemnification. The Company acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses, or liability insurance, neither procured or provided by the Company (including for this section any parent, affiliate, or investment vehicle) nor any entity Indemnitee served or is serving at the direction of the Company, from a third party (collectively, the “Third Party Indemnitors”). The Company agrees that (i) it is the indemnitor of first resort, i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement and any indemnity provisions set forth in its Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or elsewhere (collectively, “Indemnity Arrangements”) are primary, and any obligation of the Third Party Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee is secondary and excess, (ii) it shall advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of Indemnitee, to the extent legally permitted and as required by any Indemnity Arrangement, without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Third Party Indemnitors, and (iii) it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Third Party Indemnitors from any claims against the Third Party Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind arising out of or relating to any Indemnity Arrangement. The Company further agrees that no advancement or indemnification payment by any Third Party Indemnitor on behalf of Indemnitee shall affect the foregoing, and the Third Party Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Third Party Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13. The Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its insurers to the extent allowed by its insurance policies, waives subrogation rights against Indemnitee and Third Party Indemnitors. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing, “Third Party Indemnitors” shall not include any subsidiary of the Company nor any entity Indemnitee served or is serving at the request or direction of the Company, nor any joint venture.

14. No Imputation. The knowledge or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, or the Company itself shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for the purpose of determining Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

15. Survival of Rights.

(a) All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an Agent of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was serving in the capacity referred to herein.

(b) The Company shall require any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

10


 

16. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, such remaining provisions shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable.

17. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in a writing signed by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions (even if similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

18. Notice. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt, or (d) on the same day as delivered by electronic transmission if delivered during business hours or on the next successive business day if delivered by electronic transmission after business hours. Addresses for notice to either party shall be as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or to such other address as may have been furnished by either party in the manner set forth above.

19. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware. This Agreement is intended to be an agreement of the type contemplated by Section 145(f) of the DGCL. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Court"), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

20. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement, and electronically transmitted signatures shall be valid.

(Signature page follows)

11


 

The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnification Agreement, including the undertaking contained herein, effective as of the date first above written.

 

Company:

 

 

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

 

 

San Diego, CA 92121

 

 

 

Email:

 

[email]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indemnitee:

 

 

 

[NAME]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

[address]

 

 

[address]

 

 

 

Email:

 

[email]

 

 

 

 

(Signature page to Indemnification Agreement)


Exhibit 10.22

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LEASE

by and between

BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

and

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 


 

Table of Contents

 

1.

Lease of Premises

1

2.

Basic Lease Provisions

1

3.

Term

3

4.

Possession; Commencement Date; Tenant Improvements.

3

5.

Condition of Premises

5

6.

Rentable Area

6

7.

Rent

6

8.

Rent Adjustments; Partial Rent Period

7

9.

Operating Expenses

8

10.

Taxes on Tenant’s Property

12

11.

Security Deposit

12

12.

Use

15

13.

Rules and Regulations, CC&Rs, Parking Facilities and Common Area

17

14.

Project Control by Landlord

18

15.

Quiet Enjoyment

19

16.

Utilities and Services

19

17.

Alterations

23

18.

Repairs and Maintenance

25

19.

Liens

26

20.

Estoppel Certificate

27

21.

Hazardous Materials

28

22.

Odors and Exhaust

30

23.

Insurance

31

24.

Damage or Destruction

35

25.

Eminent Domain

38

26.

Surrender

39

27.

Holding Over

39

28.

Indemnification and Exculpation

40

29.

Assignment or Subletting

41

30.

Subordination and Attornment

46

31.

Defaults and Remedies

46

i


 

32.

Bankruptcy

52

33.

Brokers

52

34.

Definition of Landlord

53

35.

Limitation of Landlord’s Liability

53

36.

Joint and Several Obligations

53

37.

Representations

54

38.

Confidentiality

54

39.

Notices

55

40.

Miscellaneous

55

ii


 

LEASE

THIS LEASE (this “Lease”) is entered into as of this 27th day of March, 2019 (the “Execution Date”), by and between BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord owns certain real property (the “Property”) and the improvements on the Property located at 10835 Road to the Cure, San Diego, California, including the building located thereon (the “Building”); and

B. WHEREAS, Landlord wishes to lease to Tenant, and Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, certain premises (the “Premises”) known as Suite 100 and located on the first (1st) floor of the Building, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease, as detailed below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Lease of Premises.

1.1. Effective on the Term Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use (as defined below) and no other uses. The Property and all landscaping, parking facilities, private drives and other improvements and appurtenances related thereto, including the Building, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Project.” All portions of the Project that are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Building, including driveways, sidewalks, parking areas, landscaped areas, service corridors, stairways, elevators, public restrooms and public lobbies, are hereinafter referred to as “Common Area.”

2. Basic Lease Provisions. For convenience of the parties, certain basic provisions of this Lease are set forth herein. The provisions set forth herein are subject to the remaining terms and conditions of this Lease and are to be interpreted in light of such remaining terms and conditions.

2.1. This Lease shall take effect upon the Execution Date and, except as specifically otherwise provided within this Lease, each of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant from the date of execution and delivery hereof by all parties hereto.

 


 

2.2. In the definitions below, each current Rentable Area (as defined below) is expressed in square feet. Rentable Area and “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share” are both subject to adjustment as provided in this Lease.

 

Definition or Provision

Means the Following

(As of the Term Commencement Date)

Approximate Rentable Area of Premises

11,041 square feet

Approximate Rentable Area of Project

67,998 square feet

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Project

16.24%

 

2.3. Monthly installments of Base Rent for the Premises (“Base Rent”) as of the Rent Commencement Date (as defined below), subject to adjustment under this Lease:

 

Term

Square Feet of Rentable Area

Base Rent per Square Foot of Rentable Area

Monthly Base Rent

Month 2 - Month 12 of Lease Term

11,041

[***]

[***]

Month 13 – Month 24

11,041

[***]

[***]

Month 25 – Month 36

11,041

[***]

[***]

Month 37 – Month 39

11,041

[***]

[***]

* Note: Subject to the Partial Rent Period (as defined in Section 8.2). The monthly amounts set forth in this table include the three percent (3%) increases in Base Rent set forth in Section 8.1.

2.4. Estimated Term Commencement Date: April 1, 2019

2.5. Estimated Term Expiration Date: June 30, 2022

2.6. Security Deposit: [***]

2.7. Permitted Use: Office, research and development, and laboratory use in conformity with all federal, state, municipal and local laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations of Governmental Authorities (as defined below), committees, associations, or other regulatory committees, agencies or governing bodies having jurisdiction over the Premises, the Building, the Property, the Project, Landlord or Tenant, including both statutory and common law and hazardous waste rules and regulations (“Applicable Laws”)

2


 

2.8. Address for Rent Payment:

BMR-Road to the Cure LP

2.9. [***]Address for Notices to Landlord:

BMR-Road to the Cure LP

2.10. [***]Address for Notices to Tenant:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, California 92121

Attention: Company Counsel

 

2.11. Address for Invoices to Tenant:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, California 92121
Attention: Chief Financial Officer

2.12. The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit A

Premises

Exhibit B

Work Letter

Exhibit B-1

Tenant Work Insurance Schedule

Exhibit C

Acknowledgement of Term Commencement Date, Rent

 

Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date

Exhibit D

[Intentionally omitted]

Exhibit E

Form of Letter of Credit

Exhibit F

Rules and Regulations

Exhibit G

[Intentionally omitted]

Exhibit H

Tenant’s Personal Property

Exhibit I

Form of Estoppel Certificate

 

3. Term. The actual term of this Lease (as the same may be earlier terminated in accordance with this Lease, the “Term”) shall commence on the actual Term Commencement Date (as defined in Article 4) and end on the date (the “Term Expiration Date”) that is thirty-nine (39) months after the actual Term Commencement Date, subject to earlier termination of this Lease as provided herein. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1933 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.

4. Possession; Commencement Date; Tenant Improvements.

4.1. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Estimated Term Commencement Date. Tenant agrees that in the event Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Estimated

3


 

Term Commencement Date for any reason, then (a) this Lease shall not be void or voidable, (b) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and (c) the Term Commencement Date and the Term Expiration Date shall be extended accordingly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the date that is sixty (60) days after the Estimated Term Commencement Date (such date, the “Outside Delivery Date”), then Tenant (as its sole and exclusive remedy for such failure) will be entitled to receive one (1) day of Base Rent abatement for each day after the Outside Delivery Date until Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant; provided, however, that the Outside Delivery Date shall be subject to extension on a day-for-day basis as a result of (m) Force Majeure and/or (n) any delay caused by the action or inaction of Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees (“Tenant Delay”). In the event that Tenant is entitled to any Base Rent abatement pursuant to this Section 4.1, such Base Rent abatement shall be applied against payments of Base Rent as they become due following the expiration of the Partial Free Rent Period (as defined in Section 8.2 below).

4.2. The “Term Commencement Date” shall be the date that is fifteen (15) days after the date that Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant. If possession is delayed by action of Tenant, then the Term Commencement Date shall be the date that the Term Commencement Date would have occurred but for such delay. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord written acknowledgment of the actual Term Commencement Date within ten (10) days after Tenant takes occupancy of the Premises, in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto. Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment, however, shall not affect the Term Commencement Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder. Failure by Tenant to obtain validation by any medical review board or other similar governmental licensing of the Premises required for the Permitted Use by Tenant shall not serve to extend the Term Commencement Date.

4.3. During the period (the “Early Access Period”) commencing on the day that Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant (and Landlord shall endeavor to so deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Estimated Term Commencement Date) and ending on the day immediately preceding the Term Commencement Date, Landlord shall permit Tenant to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of installing the Tenant Improvements (as defined below) and the placement of personal property, subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of this Section 4.3. Prior to entering the Premises, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord evidence satisfactory to Landlord that insurance coverages required of Tenant under the provisions of Article 23 are in effect. Tenant’s entry during the Early Access Period shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease, other than the payment of Base Rent, Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses (as defined below) and utilities. Tenant shall not be permitted to conduct business in the Premises during the Early Access Period.

4.4. Tenant shall cause the work (the “Tenant Improvements”) described in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Work Letter”) to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to the Work Letter at a cost to Landlord not to exceed [***] (the “TI Allowance”), and any additional costs to perform the Tenant Improvements shall be at Tenant’s sole cost. The TI Allowance may be applied to the costs of (a) construction, (b) project review by Landlord (which fee shall equal [***] of the cost of the Tenant Improvements, including the TI Allowance (but not including any portion of the TI Allowance applied to Non-TI Costs (as defined below)), (c) commissioning of mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems by a licensed, qualified

4


 

commissioning agent hired by Tenant and approved by Landlord, (d) space planning, architect, engineering and other related services performed by third parties unaffiliated with Tenant, (e) building permits and other taxes, fees, charges and levies by Governmental Authorities (as defined below) for permits or for inspections of the Tenant Improvements, and (f) costs and expenses for labor, material, equipment and fixtures. In no event shall the TI Allowance be used for (v) the cost of work that is not authorized by the Approved Plans (as defined in the Work Letter) or otherwise approved in writing by Landlord, (w) payments to Tenant or any affiliates of Tenant, (x) the purchase of any furniture, personal property or other non-building system equipment, (y) costs arising from any default by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease or (z) costs that are recoverable by Tenant from a third party (e.g., insurers, warrantors, or tortfeasors); provided, however, that Tenant shall be permitted to apply up to [***] of the TI Allowance toward costs of (aa) moving Tenant’s personal property into the Premises, and (bb) purchasing and installing within the Premises network cabling, security systems, audio/visual systems and equipment, telecommunications systems and equipment and other furniture, fixtures and equipment (such costs as described in Subsections 4.4(aa) and (bb), collectively, the “Non-TI Costs” and such furniture, fixtures, systems and equipment as described in Subsections 4.4(aa) and (bb), collectively, the “TI Allowance FF&E”).

4.5. Tenant shall have until the date that is twelve (12) months after the Term Commencement Date (the “TI Deadline”), to submit Fund Requests (as defined in the Work Letter) to Landlord for disbursement of the unused portion of the TI Allowance, after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund any such costs for which Tenant has not submitted a Fund Request to Landlord shall expire.

4.6. In no event shall any unused TI Allowance entitle Tenant to a credit against Rent payable under this Lease. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (a) a certificate of occupancy (or its substantial equivalent) for the Premises suitable for the Permitted Use and (b) a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects document G704, executed by the project architect and the general contractor.

4.7. Tenant shall pay all utility charges, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon for the period beginning on the Term Commencement Date.

5. Condition of Premises. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or with respect to the suitability of the Premises, the Building or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises and agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Execution Date and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Premises, except with respect to payment of the TI Allowance and as expressly provided in this Article 5. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant with the roof, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, electrical, plumbing, and fire sprinkler systems serving the Premises in good working order, condition and repair (such obligation, “Landlord’s Delivery Obligation”). Tenant’s taking of possession of the Premises shall, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, conclusively establish that the Premises, the Building and the Project were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair and that Landlord’s Delivery Obligation was satisfied; provided

5


 

that, if Landlord fails to satisfy Landlord’s Delivery Obligation (a “Delivery Shortfall”), then Tenant may, as its sole and exclusive remedy, deliver notice of such failure to Landlord detailing the nature of such failure (a “Shortfall Notice”); provided, further, that any Shortfall Notice must be received by Landlord no later than the date (the “Shortfall Notice Deadline”) that is thirty (30) days after the Term Commencement Date. In the event that Landlord receives a Shortfall Notice on or before the Shortfall Notice Deadline, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, promptly remedy the Delivery Shortfall. Landlord shall not have any obligations or liabilities in connection with a failure to satisfy Landlord’s Delivery Obligation except to the extent such failure is identified by Tenant in a Shortfall Notice delivered to Landlord on or before the Shortfall Notice Deadline.

6. Rentable Area.

6.1. The term “Rentable Area” shall reflect such areas as reasonably calculated by Landlord’s architect, as the same may be reasonably adjusted from time to time by Landlord in consultation with Landlord’s architect to reflect changes to the Premises, the Building or the Project, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Rentable Area of the Premises, the Building or the Project be deemed to have increased unless due to a change in the outer dimensions of the exterior walls of the same.

6.2. The Rentable Area of the Building is generally determined by making separate calculations of Rentable Area applicable to each floor within the Building and totaling the Rentable Area of all floors within the Building. The Rentable Area of a floor is computed by measuring to the outside finished surface of the permanent outer Building walls. The full area calculated as previously set forth is included as Rentable Area, without deduction for columns and projections or vertical penetrations, including stairs, elevator shafts, flues, pipe shafts, vertical ducts and the like, as well as such items’ enclosing walls.

6.3. The term “Rentable Area,” when applied to the Premises, is that area equal to the usable area of the Premises, plus an equitable allocation of Rentable Area within the Building that is not then utilized or expected to be utilized as usable area, including that portion of the Building devoted to corridors, equipment rooms, restrooms, elevator lobby, atrium and mailroom.

7. Rent.

7.1. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Rent for the Premises, commencing on the date (the “Rent Commencement Date”) that is one (1) month after the Term Commencement Date, the sums set forth in Section 2.3, subject to the rental adjustments provided in Article 8 hereof. Base Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 2.3, subject to the rental adjustments provided in Article 8 hereof, each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term.

6


 

7.2. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent (“Additional Rent”) at times hereinafter specified in this Lease (a) Tenant’s Adjusted Share (as defined below) of Operating Expenses (as defined below), (b) the Property Management Fee (as defined below), (c) [intentionally omitted] and (d) any other amounts that Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease that are owed to Landlord, including any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after notice and the lapse of any applicable cure periods.

7.3. Base Rent and Additional Rent shall together be denominated “Rent.” Rent shall be paid to Landlord, without abatement, deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America to the address set forth in Section 2.8 or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time designate in writing, provided that Tenant shall have the right to pay Rent to Landlord via electronic wire pursuant to separate instructions provided by Landlord upon Tenant’s written request. In the event the Term commences or ends on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Rent for such fraction of a month shall be prorated for such period on the basis of the number of days in the month and shall be paid at the then-current rate for such fractional month.

7.4. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by (a) any Applicable Laws now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, (b) any other restriction on Tenant’s use, (c) except as expressly provided herein, any casualty or taking or (d) any other occurrence; and Tenant waives all rights now or hereafter existing to terminate or cancel this Lease or quit or surrender the Premises or any part thereof (except as expressly provided herein), or to assert any defense in the nature of constructive eviction to any action seeking to recover rent. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent with respect to any period or obligations arising, existing or pertaining to the period prior to the date of the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or this Lease shall survive any such expiration or earlier termination; provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall in any way affect Tenant’s obligations with respect to any other period.

8. Rent Adjustments; Partial Rent Period.

8.1. Base Rent shall be subject to an annual upward adjustment of three percent (3%) of the then-current Base Rent. The first such adjustment shall become effective commencing on the first (1st) annual anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, and subsequent adjustments shall become effective on every successive annual anniversary for so long as this Lease continues in effect.

8.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, and so long as no Default (as defined below) by Tenant has occurred, Tenant shall not be required to pay an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Base Rent for the first (1st) six (6) months of the Term following the Rent Commencement Date (such period, the “Partial Rent Period”); provided, however, that the total amount of Base Rent abated during the Partial Rent Period shall not exceed [***] (the “Free Rent Cap”). During the Partial Rent Period, Tenant shall continue to be responsible for the payment of all of Tenant’s other Rent obligations under this Lease (which Rent obligations shall be calculated as if there were no Partial Rent Period and Tenant was paying full Base Rent during such time period), including all Additional Rent such as Operating Expenses, the Property

7


 

Management Fee and costs of utilities for the Premises. Upon the occurrence of any Default, the Partial Rent Period shall immediately expire, and Tenant shall no longer be entitled to any further abatement of Base Rent pursuant to this Section. In the event of any Default that results in termination of this Lease, then, as part of the recovery to which Landlord is entitled pursuant to this Lease, and in addition to any other rights or remedies to which Landlord may be entitled pursuant to this Lease (including Article 31), at law or in equity, Landlord shall be entitled to the immediate recovery, as of the day immediately prior to such termination of the Lease, of the unamortized amount of Base Rent (i.e. based upon the amortization of the Abated Base Rent (as defined below) in equal monthly amounts, with interest at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, during the period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and ending on the Term Expiration Date) that Tenant would have paid had the Partial Rent Period not been in effect (the “Abated Base Rent”).

9. Operating Expenses.

9.1. As used herein, the term “Operating Expenses” shall include:

(a) Government impositions, including property tax costs consisting of real and personal property taxes (including amounts due under any improvement bond upon the Building or the Project (including the parcel or parcels of real property upon which the Building and areas serving the Building and the Project are located)) or assessments in lieu thereof imposed by any federal, state, regional, local or municipal governmental authority, agency or subdivision (each, a “Governmental Authority”); taxes on or measured by gross rentals received from the rental of space in the Project; taxes based on the square footage of the Premises, the Building or the Project, as well as any parking charges, utilities surcharges or any other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or arising from Applicable Laws or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use or occupancy of the Project or the parking facilities serving the Project; taxes on this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest in the Premises; any fee for a business license to operate an office building; and any expenses, including the reasonable cost of attorneys or experts, reasonably incurred by Landlord in seeking reduction by the taxing authority of the applicable taxes, less tax refunds obtained as a result of an application for review thereof; and

(b) All other costs of any kind paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation or maintenance of the Building and the Project, which shall include Project office rent at fair market rental for a commercially reasonable amount of space for Project management personnel, to the extent an office used for Project operations is maintained at the Project, plus customary expenses for such office, and costs of repairs and replacements to improvements within the Project as appropriate to maintain the Project as required hereunder, including costs of funding such reasonable reserves as any Lender (as defined below) may require; costs of utilities furnished to the Common Area; sewer fees; cable television; trash collection; cleaning, including windows; heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (“HVAC”); maintenance of landscaping and grounds; snow removal; maintenance of drives and parking areas; maintenance of the roof; security services and devices; building supplies; maintenance or replacement of equipment utilized for operation and maintenance of the Project; license, permit and inspection fees; sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Building or Project systems and equipment; telephone, postage, stationery supplies and other

8


 

expenses incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project; accounting, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Project; costs of furniture, draperies, carpeting, landscaping supplies, snow removal and other customary and ordinary items of personal property provided by Landlord for use in Common Area or in the Project office; Project office rent or rental value for a commercially reasonable amount of space, to the extent an office used for Project operations is maintained at the Project, plus customary expenses for such office; capital expenditures incurred (i) in replacing obsolete equipment, (ii) for the primary purpose of reducing Operating Expenses or (iii) required by any Governmental Authority to comply with changes in Applicable Laws that take effect after the Execution Date or to ensure continued compliance with Applicable Laws in effect as of the Execution Date, in each case amortized over the useful life thereof, as reasonably determined by Landlord, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (collectively, the “Permitted Capital Expenditures”); costs of complying with Applicable Laws (except to the extent such costs are incurred to remedy non-compliance existing as of the Execution Date with Applicable Laws); costs to keep the Project in compliance with, or costs or fees otherwise required under or incurred pursuant to any CC&Rs (as defined below), including condominium fees; insurance premiums, including premiums for commercial general liability, property casualty, earthquake, terrorism and environmental coverages; portions of insured losses paid by Landlord as part of the deductible portion of a loss pursuant to the terms of insurance policies; service contracts; costs of services of independent contractors retained to do work of a nature referenced above; and costs of compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) of all persons who perform regular and recurring duties connected with the day-to-day operation and maintenance of the Project, its equipment, the adjacent walks, landscaped areas, drives and parking areas, including janitors, floor waxers, window washers, watchmen, gardeners, sweepers, plow truck drivers, handymen, and engineering/maintenance/facilities personnel.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include any net income, franchise, gift, capital stock, estate, inheritance taxes, or taxes that are the personal obligation of Tenant or of another tenant of the Project; penalties for late payment of taxes due to Landlord’s negligence (and not as a result of any default by Tenant); any leasing commissions; expenses that relate to preparation of rental space for a tenant; expenses of initial development and construction, including grading, paving, landscaping and decorating (as distinguished from maintenance, repair and replacement of the foregoing); legal expenses relating to other tenants; costs of repairs to the extent reimbursed by payment of insurance or warranty proceeds received by Landlord; interest, principal or any other payments upon loans to Landlord or secured by a loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, security instrument or other loan document covering the Project or a portion thereof (collectively, “Loan Documents”) (provided that interest upon a government assessment or improvement bond payable in installments shall constitute an Operating Expense under Subsection 9.1(a)); salaries of executive officers of Landlord; reserves for any purpose, but specifically excluding reserves that are required by any Lender; wages, salaries and benefits paid to any persons not directly involved with the management or operation of the Project or the oversight thereof; costs relating to disputes with other tenants, prospective purchasers or mortgagees or costs relating to contract negotiation for a sale or financing of the Project (or any portion thereof); costs incurred to remove, remediate, treat or contain Hazardous Materials (as defined in Article 21 below) to the extent such Hazardous Materials (i) existed on the Project in violation of Applicable Laws as of the Execution Date, (ii) were not placed on the Project by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and (iii) were not exacerbated by Tenant or any Tenant Party;

9


 

depreciation claimed by Landlord for tax purposes (provided that this exclusion of depreciation is not intended to delete from Operating Expenses actual costs of repairs and replacements and reasonable reserves to the extent required by any Lender in regard thereto that are provided for in Subsection 9.1(b)); taxes that are excluded from Operating Expenses by the last sentence of Subsection 9.1(a); costs or expenses incurred in connection with the financing or sale of the Project or any portion thereof; costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease or that are charged to or paid by Tenant under other provisions of this Lease; professional fees and disbursements and other costs and expenses related to the ownership (as opposed to the use, occupancy, operation, maintenance or repair) of the Project; costs incurred to repair or restore any damages caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees; advertising and promotional expenditures; any charitable or political contributions; the cost of capital improvements, including the addition or replacement of structural components, which under generally accepted accounting principles are properly classified as capital expenditures, except for Permitted Capital Expenditures; overhead costs and profit increment paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services on or for the Building or the Project, to the extent only that the cost of such services exceed competitive costs of such services were they not so rendered by a subsidiary or affiliate; any ground lease rental; the purchase or rental price of any sculpture, paintings or other object of fine art, whether or not installed in, on or upon the Building or the Project; and any item that, if included in Operating Expenses, would involve a double collection for such item by Landlord. To the extent that Tenant uses more than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any item of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay Landlord for such excess in addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses (such excess, together with Tenant’s Pro Rata Share, “Tenant’s Adjusted Share”).

9.2 Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, as Additional Rent, (a) the Property Management Fee (as defined below), (b) [intentionally omitted] and (c) Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses with respect to the Building and the Project, as applicable, for such month.

(w) The “Property Management Fee” shall equal three percent (3%) of Base Rent due from Tenant. Tenant shall pay the Property Management Fee in accordance with Section 9.2 with respect to the entire Term, including any Partial Rent Period, any extensions of the Term, or any holdover periods, regardless of whether Tenant is obligated to pay Base Rent, Operating Expenses or any other Rent with respect to any such period or portion thereof. During any Partial Rent Period, the Property Management Fee shall be calculated as if Tenant were paying Base Rent in the full amount required pursuant to this Lease had the Partial Rent Period not been in effect.

(x) [Intentionally omitted].

(y) Within ninety (90) days after the conclusion of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required by Landlord), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the actual Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses, and the cost of providing utilities to the Premises for the previous calendar year (“Landlord’s Statement”). Any additional sum due from Tenant to Landlord shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor. If the amounts paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section exceed Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses for the previous

10


 

calendar year, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the Rent next due and owing from Tenant; provided that, if the Lease term has expired, Landlord shall accompany Landlord’s Statement with payment for the amount of such difference.

(z) Any amount due under this Section for any period that is less than a full month shall be prorated for such fractional month on the basis of the number of days in the month.

9.3. Landlord or an affiliate(s) of Landlord currently own other property(ies) adjacent to the Project or its neighboring properties (collectively, “Neighboring Properties”). In connection with Landlord performing services for the Project pursuant to this Lease, similar services may be performed by the same vendor(s) for Neighboring Properties. In such a case, Landlord shall reasonably allocate to each Building and the Project the costs for such services based upon the ratio that the square footage of the Building or the Project (as applicable) bears to the total square footage of all of the Neighboring Properties or buildings within the Neighboring Properties for which the services are performed, unless the scope of the services performed for any building or property (including the Building and the Project) is disproportionately more or less than for others, in which case Landlord shall equitably allocate the costs based on the scope of the services being performed for each building or property (including the Building and the Project).

9.4. Tenant shall not be responsible for Operating Expenses with respect to any time period prior to the Rent Commencement Date; provided, however, that Landlord may annualize certain Operating Expenses incurred prior to the Rent Commencement Date over the course of the budgeted year during which the Rent Commencement Date occurs, and Tenant shall be responsible for the annualized portion of such Operating Expenses corresponding to the number of days during such year, commencing with the Rent Commencement Date, for which Tenant is otherwise liable for Operating Expenses pursuant to this Lease. Tenant’s responsibility for Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses shall continue to the latest of (a) the date of termination of the Lease, (b) the date Tenant has fully vacated the Premises and (c) if termination of the Lease is due to a default by Tenant, the date of rental commencement of a replacement tenant.

9.5. Operating Expenses for the calendar year in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein commences and for the calendar year in which such obligation ceases shall be prorated on a basis reasonably determined by Landlord. Expenses such as taxes, assessments and insurance premiums that are incurred for an extended time period shall be prorated based upon the time periods to which they apply so that the amounts attributed to the Premises relate in a reasonable manner to the time period wherein Tenant has an obligation to share in Operating Expenses.

9.6. [Intentionally omitted].

11


 

9.7. In the event that the Project is less than fully occupied during a calendar year, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may extrapolate Operating Expenses that vary depending on the occupancy of the Project to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of what such Operating Expenses would have been had the Project been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during such calendar year; provided, however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of Operating Expenses.

10. Taxes on Tenant’s Property.

10.1. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any and all taxes levied upon (a) personal property and trade fixtures located at the Premises and (b) any gross or net receipts of or sales by Tenant, and shall pay the same at least twenty (20) days prior to delinquency.

10.2. If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or, if the assessed valuation of the Building, the Property or the Project is increased by inclusion therein of a value attributable to Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures, and if Landlord, after written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based upon any such increase in the assessed value of the Building, the Property or the Project, then Tenant shall, upon demand, repay to Landlord the taxes so paid by Landlord.

10.3. If any improvements in or alterations to the Premises are made after the Term Commencement Date, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which improvements conforming to Landlord’s building standards (the “Building Standard”) in other spaces in the Building are assessed, then the real property taxes and assessments levied against Landlord or the Building, the Property or the Project by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 10.2. Any such excess assessed valuation due to improvements in or alterations to space in the Project leased by other tenants at the Project shall not be included in Operating Expenses. If the records of the applicable governmental assessor’s office are available and sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for determining whether such Tenant improvements or alterations are assessed at a higher valuation than the Building Standard, then such records shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant.

11. Security Deposit.

11.1. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord on or before the Execution Date the sum set forth in Section 2.6 (the “Security Deposit”), which sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the period commencing on the Execution Date and ending upon the expiration or termination of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. If Tenant Defaults (as defined below) with respect to any provision of this Lease, including any provision relating to the payment of Rent, then Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) days following demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore

12


 

the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1950.7 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.

11.2. In the event of bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of such proceedings.

11.3. Landlord may deliver to any purchaser of Landlord’s interest in the Premises the funds deposited hereunder by Tenant, and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to such deposit. This provision shall also apply to any subsequent transfers.

11.4. If Tenant has satisfied its obligations under this Lease and is not otherwise in default, then the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord's option, to the last assignee of Tenant's interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

11.5. If the Security Deposit shall be in cash, Landlord shall hold the Security Deposit in an account at a banking organization selected by Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to maintain a separate account for the Security Deposit, but may intermingle it with other funds of Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to all interest and/or dividends, if any, accruing on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to credit Tenant with any interest for any period during which Landlord does not receive interest on the Security Deposit.

11.6. The Security Deposit may be in the form of cash or a letter of credit, at Tenant’s election, or any other security instrument acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant may at any time, except when Tenant is in Default (as defined below), deliver a letter of credit (the “L/C Security”) as the entire Security Deposit, as follows:

(a) If Tenant elects to deliver L/C Security, then Tenant shall provide Landlord, and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term and until the date that is four (4) months after the then-current Term Expiration Date, a letter of credit in the form of Exhibit E issued by Pacific Western Bank or another issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, in the amount of the Security Deposit, with an initial term of at least one year. Landlord may require the L/C Security to be re-issued by a different issuer at any time during the Term if Landlord reasonably believes that the issuing bank of the L/C Security is or may soon become insolvent; provided, however, Landlord shall return the existing L/C Security to the existing issuer immediately upon receipt of the substitute L/C Security. If any issuer of the L/C Security shall become insolvent or placed into FDIC receivership, then Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord (without the requirement of notice from Landlord) substitute L/C Security issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and otherwise conforming to the requirements set forth in this Article. As used herein with respect to the issuer of the L/C Security, “insolvent” shall mean the determination of insolvency as made by such issuer’s primary bank regulator (i.e., the state bank supervisor for state chartered banks; the OCC or OTS, respectively, for federally chartered banks or thrifts; or the Federal Reserve for its member banks). If, at the Term Expiration Date, any Rent remains

13


 

uncalculated or unpaid, then (i) Landlord shall with reasonable diligence complete any necessary calculations, (ii) Tenant shall extend the expiry date of such L/C Security from time to time as Landlord reasonably requires and (iii) in such extended period, Landlord shall not unreasonably refuse to consent to an appropriate reduction of the L/C Security. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord’s reasonable legal costs (as reasonably estimated by Landlord’s counsel) in handling Landlord’s acceptance of L/C Security or its replacement or extension.

(b) If Tenant delivers to Landlord satisfactory L/C Security in place of the entire Security Deposit, Landlord shall remit to Tenant any cash Security Deposit Landlord previously held.

(c) Landlord may draw upon the L/C Security, and hold and apply the proceeds in the same manner and for the same purposes as the Security Deposit, if (i) an uncured Default (as defined below) exists, (ii) as of the date thirty (30) days before any L/C Security expires (even if such scheduled expiry date is after the Term Expiration Date) Tenant has not delivered to Landlord an amendment or replacement for such L/C Security, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, extending the expiry date to the earlier of (1) four (4) months after the then-current Term Expiration Date or (2) the date that is one year after the then-current expiry date of the L/C Security, (iii) the L/C Security provides for automatic renewals, Landlord asks the issuer to confirm the current L/C Security expiry date, and the issuer fails to do so within seven (7) business days, (iv) Tenant fails to pay (when and as Landlord reasonably requires) any bank charges for Landlord’s transfer of the L/C Security or (v) the issuer of the L/C Security ceases, or announces that it will cease, to maintain an office in the city where Landlord may present drafts under the L/C Security (and fails to permit drawing upon the L/C Security by overnight courier or facsimile). This Section does not limit any other provisions of this Lease allowing Landlord to draw the L/C Security under specified circumstances.

(d) Tenant shall not seek to enjoin, prevent, or otherwise interfere with Landlord’s draw under L/C Security, even if it violates this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the only effect of a wrongful draw would be to substitute a cash Security Deposit for L/C Security, causing Tenant no legally recognizable damage. Landlord shall hold the proceeds of any draw in the same manner and for the same purposes as a cash Security Deposit. In the event of a wrongful draw, the parties shall cooperate to allow Tenant to post replacement L/C Security simultaneously with the return to Tenant of the wrongfully drawn sums, and Landlord shall upon request confirm in writing to the issuer of the L/C Security that Landlord’s draw was erroneous.

(e) If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, then Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense, within ten (10) business days after receiving a request from Landlord, deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) an amendment to the L/C Security naming Landlord’s grantee as substitute beneficiary. If the required Security Deposit changes while L/C Security is in force, then Tenant shall deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) a corresponding amendment to the L/C Security.

14


 

12. Use.

12.1. Tenant shall use the Premises for the Permitted Use, and shall not use the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be used, for any other purpose without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

12.2. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of Applicable Laws; zoning ordinances; or the certificate of occupancy (or its substantial equivalent) issued for the Building or the Project, and shall, upon five (5) days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises that is declared or claimed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of any of the above, or that in Landlord’s reasonable opinion violates any of the above. Tenant shall comply with any direction of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction that shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the use or occupation thereof, and shall indemnify, defend (at the option of and with counsel reasonably acceptable to the indemnified party(ies)), save, reimburse and hold harmless (collectively, “Indemnify,” “Indemnity” or “Indemnification,” as the case may require) Landlord and its affiliates, employees, agents and contractors; and any lender, mortgagee, ground lessor or beneficiary (each, a “Lender” and, collectively with Landlord and its affiliates, employees, agents and contractors, the “Landlord Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages, suits or judgments, and all reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements, regardless of whether the applicable demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit is voluntarily withdrawn or dismissed) incurred in investigating or resisting the same (collectively, “Claims”) of any kind or nature that arise before, during or after the Term as a result of Tenant’s breach of this Section. In the event that any Governmental Authority requires legal compliance work to be completed in the Common Area (any such work, “Common Area Legal Compliance Work”), Landlord shall be responsible for performing such Common Area Legal Compliance Work and all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such Common Area Legal Compliance Work (any such costs, “Common Area Legal Compliance Work Costs”) shall be included in Operating Expenses; provided, however, that if any Common Area Legal Compliance Work is triggered by, or necessitated as a result of, (a) the Tenant Improvements, (b) any Alterations (as defined below) performed by or on behalf of Tenant, or (c) Tenant’s particular use of the Premises (as opposed to general office and laboratory use), then Tenant shall be solely responsible, and shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days of receiving an invoice, for all Common Area Legal Compliance Work Costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such Common Area Legal Compliance Work.

12.3. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything that will invalidate or increase the cost of any fire, environmental, extended coverage or any other insurance policy covering the Building or the Project, and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the insurers of the Building and the Project, and Tenant shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for such policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article.

12.4. Tenant shall keep all doors opening onto public corridors closed, except when in use for ingress and egress.

15


 

12.5. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made to existing locks or the mechanisms thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall, upon termination of this Lease, return to Landlord all keys to offices and restrooms either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. In the event any key so furnished to Tenant is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change.

12.6. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to any outside wall of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord’s standard window coverings. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without Landlord’s prior written consent, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills or items attached to windows that are visible from outside the Premises. No equipment, furniture or other items of personal property shall be placed on any exterior balcony without Landlord’s prior written consent.

12.7. No sign, advertisement or notice (“Signage”) shall be exhibited, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent; Signage shall conform to Landlord’s design criteria. For any Signage, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, (a) acquire all permits for such Signage in compliance with Applicable Laws and (b) design, fabricate, install and maintain such Signage in a first-class condition. Tenant shall be responsible for reimbursing Landlord for reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in removing any of Tenant’s Signage upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Interior signs on entry doors to the Premises and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and shall be of a size, color and type and be located in a place acceptable to Landlord. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only. Tenant shall not place anything on the exterior of the corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. Subject to Landlord’s consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), any required permits or other approvals of Governmental Authorities, and compliance with Applicable Laws, any CC&Rs (as defined below) applicable to the Project, the Rules and Regulations (as defined below) and Landlord’s design criteria, Tenant shall be entitled to install (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) (i) one panel displaying Tenant’s name on the existing monument Signage, (ii) Building standard lobby Signage and (iii) Building standard suite Signage. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may install any Tenant Signage, and Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs associated with such installation within thirty (30) days after demand therefor.

12.8. Tenant may only place equipment within the Premises with floor loading consistent with the Building’s structural design unless Tenant obtains Landlord’s prior written approval. Tenant may place such equipment only in a location designed to carry the weight of such equipment.

12.9. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations therefrom from extending into the Common Area or other offices in the Project.

16


 

12.10. Tenant shall not (a) do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises that shall in any way obstruct or unreasonably interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Project, as reasonably determined by Landlord, or injure or annoy them, (b) use or allow the Premises to be used for immoral, unlawful or unreasonably objectionable purposes, as reasonably determined by Landlord, (c) cause, maintain or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Project or (d) take any other action that would in Landlord’s reasonable determination in any manner adversely affect other tenants’ quiet use and enjoyment of their space or adversely impact their ability to conduct business in a professional and suitable work environment. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for all liabilities, costs and expenses arising from or in connection with the compliance of the Premises with the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq., and any state and local accessibility laws, codes, ordinances and rules (collectively, and together with regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, the “ADA”), and Tenant shall Indemnify the Landlord Indemnitees from and against any Claims arising from any such failure of the Premises to comply with the ADA. The Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (“CASp,” as defined in California Civil Code Section 55.52). Even if not required by California law, the Premises may be inspected by a CASp to determine whether the Premises comply with the ADA, and Landlord may not prohibit a CASp performing such an inspection. If Tenant requests that such an inspection take place, Landlord and Tenant shall agree on the time and manner of the inspection, as well as which party will pay the cost of the inspection and the cost to remedy any defects identified by the CASp. A Certified Access Specialist can inspect the Premises and determine whether the Premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under State law. Although State law does not require a Certified Access Specialist inspection of the Premises, Landlord may not prohibit Tenant from obtaining a Certified Access Specialist inspection of the Premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of Tenant, if requested by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the Certified Access Specialist inspection, the payment of the fee for the Certified Access Specialist inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the Premises. For the avoidance of doubt, “Lenders” shall also include historic tax credit investors and new market tax credit investors. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

13. Rules and Regulations, CC&Rs, Parking Facilities and Common Area.

13.1. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to use the Common Area in conjunction with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, and such use of the Common Area and Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be subject to the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord and attached hereto as Exhibit F, together with such other reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations as are hereafter promulgated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (the “Rules and Regulations”). Tenant shall and shall ensure that its contractors, subcontractors, employees, subtenants and invitees faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the violation or non-performance by any other tenant or any agent, employee or invitee thereof of any of the Rules and Regulations; provided that, to the extent Landlord enforces the Rules and Regulations, Landlord shall not enforce the Rules and Regulations in a discriminatory manner against Tenant.

17


 

13.2. This Lease is subject to any recorded covenants, conditions or restrictions on the Project or Property, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the "CC&Rs"); provided that, Landlord shall not vote for or approve any amendment to the CC&Rs that would materially and adversely impact Tenant’s use of the Premises under this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, comply with the CC&Rs.

13.3. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant may not install any security systems (including cameras) outside the Premises or that record sounds or images outside the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

13.4. Tenant shall have a non-exclusive, irrevocable license to use Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of parking facilities serving the Project (“Minimum Parking Allocation”) in common on an unreserved basis with other tenants of the Project during the Term at no additional cost.

13.5. Tenant agrees not to unreasonably overburden the parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of the parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right to determine that parking facilities are becoming overcrowded and to limit Tenant’s use thereof. Upon such determination, Landlord may reasonably allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants of the Building or the Project; provided that Tenant’s allocation of parking spaces is not less than the Minimum Parking Allocation. Nothing in this Section, however, is intended to create an affirmative duty on Landlord’s part to monitor parking.

14. Project Control by Landlord.

14.1. Landlord reserves full control over the Building and the Project to the extent not inconsistent with Tenant’s enjoyment of the Premises as provided by this Lease. This reservation includes Landlord’s right to subdivide the Project; convert the Building to condominium units; change the size of the Project by selling all or a portion of the Project or adding real property and any improvements thereon to the Project; grant easements and licenses to third parties; maintain or establish ownership of the Building separate from fee title to the Property; make additions to or reconstruct portions of the Building and the Project; install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate for service to the Premises and other parts of the Building or the Project pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, wherever located in the Premises, the Building or elsewhere at the Project; and alter or relocate any other Common Area or facility, including private drives, lobbies, entrances and landscaping; provided, however, that such rights shall be exercised in a way that does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises, including the Permitted Use and Tenant’s access to the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord specifically reserves the right to allow the exclusive use of corridors and restroom facilities located on specific floors to one or more tenants occupying such floors; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be deprived of the use of the corridors reasonably required to serve the Premises or of restroom facilities serving the floor upon which the Premises are located.

14.2. Possession of areas of the Premises necessary for utilities, services, safety and operation of the Building is reserved to Landlord.

18


 

14.3. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, promptly execute such further documents as may be reasonably appropriate to assist Landlord in the performance of its obligations hereunder; provided that Tenant need not execute any document that creates additional liability for Tenant or that deprives Tenant of the quiet enjoyment and use of the Premises as provided for in this Lease.

14.4. Landlord may, at any and all reasonable times during non-business hours (or during business hours, if (a) with respect to Subsections 14.4(u) through 14.4(y), Tenant so requests, and (b) with respect to Subsection 14.4(z), if Landlord so requests), and upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice (which may be oral or by email to the office manager or other Tenant-designated individual at the Premises; but provided that no time restrictions shall apply or advance notice be required if an emergency necessitates immediate entry), enter the Premises to (u) inspect the same and to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with its obligations hereunder, (v) supply any service Landlord is required to provide hereunder, (w) alter, improve or repair any portion of the Building other than the Premises for which access to the Premises is reasonably necessary, (x) post notices of nonresponsibility, (y) access the telephone equipment, electrical substation and fire risers and (z) show the Premises to prospective tenants during the final year of the Term and current and prospective purchasers and lenders at any time. In connection with any such alteration, improvement or repair as described in Subsection 14.4(w), Landlord may erect in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project scaffolding and other structures reasonably required for the alteration, improvement or repair work to be performed. In no event shall Tenant’s Rent abate as a result of Landlord’s activities pursuant to this Section; provided, however, that all such activities shall be conducted in such a manner so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as is reasonably possible. Landlord shall at all times retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises. Tenant will have the right to have a representative of Tenant accompany Landlord during any entry into the Premises pursuant to this Article 14 (except for entries due to an emergency). If an emergency necessitates immediate access to the Premises, Landlord may use whatever force is necessary to enter the Premises, and any such entry to the Premises shall not constitute a forcible or unlawful entry to the Premises, a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof. In the event there is physical damage to the Premises during an entry by Landlord which is caused by the gross negligence of Landlord, then Landlord will repair such damage at Landlord's cost.

15. Quiet Enjoyment. Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon paying the Rent and performing its obligations contained in this Lease, may peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises, free from any claim by Landlord or persons claiming under Landlord, but subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof, provisions of Applicable Laws and rights of record to which this Lease is or may become subordinate. This covenant is in lieu of any other quiet enjoyment covenant, either express or implied.

16. Utilities and Services.

16.1 Tenant shall pay for all water (including the cost to service, repair and replace reverse osmosis, de-ionized and other treated water), gas, heat, light, power, telephone, internet service, cable television, other telecommunications and other utilities supplied to the Premises, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon. If any such utility is not separately metered to Tenant, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Adjusted Share of all charges of such utility jointly metered with other premises as Additional Rent or, in the alternative, Landlord may, at its option, monitor

19


 

the usage of such utilities by Tenant and charge Tenant with the cost of purchasing, installing and monitoring such metering equipment, which cost shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent. Tenant shall maintain temperature in the Premises in accordance with ASHRAE standards at all times.

16.2 Landlord may base its bills for utilities that are not separately metered on reasonable estimates; provided that Landlord adjusts such billings as part of the next Landlord’s Statement (or more frequently, as determined by Landlord) to reflect the actual cost of providing utilities to the Premises. To the extent that Tenant uses more than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any utilities that are not separately metered, as confirmed by Landlord's utility consultant, then Tenant shall pay Landlord for Tenant’s Adjusted Share of such utilities to reflect such excess. In the event that the Project is less than fully occupied during a calendar year, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may extrapolate utility usage that varies depending on the occupancy of the Project to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of what such utility usage would have been had the Project been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during such calendar year; provided, however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of such utilities.

16.3 Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall any eviction of Tenant result from, the failure to furnish any utility or service, whether or not such failure is caused by accidents; breakage; casualties (to the extent not caused by the party claiming Force Majeure); Severe Weather Conditions (as defined below); physical natural disasters (but excluding weather conditions that are not Severe Weather Conditions); strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances or labor disputes (other than labor disturbances and labor disputes resulting solely from the acts or omissions of the party claiming Force Majeure); acts of terrorism; riots or civil disturbances; wars or insurrections; shortages of materials (which shortages are not unique to the party claiming Force Majeure); government regulations, moratoria or other governmental actions, inactions or delays; failures to grant consent or delays in granting consent by any Lender whose consent is required under any applicable Loan Document; failures by third parties to deliver gas, oil or another suitable fuel supply, or inability of the party claiming Force Majeure, by exercise of reasonable diligence, to obtain gas, oil or another suitable fuel; or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party claiming that Force Majeure has occurred (collectively, “Force Majeure”); or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s negligence. In the event of such failure, Tenant shall not be entitled to termination of this Lease or any abatement or reduction of Rent, nor shall Tenant be relieved from the operation of any covenant or agreement of this Lease. “Severe Weather Conditions” means weather conditions that are materially worse than those that reasonably would be anticipated for the Property at the applicable time based on historic meteorological records.

16.4 Tenant shall pay for, prior to delinquency of payment therefor, any utilities and services that may be furnished to the Premises during or, if Tenant occupies the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, after the Term, beyond those utilities provided by Landlord, including telephone, internet service, cable television and other telecommunications, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon. Upon Landlord’s demand, utilities and services provided to the Premises that are separately metered shall be paid by Tenant directly to the supplier of such utilities or services.

20


 

16.5 Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use any device in the Premises (including data processing machines) that will in any way (a) increase the amount of ventilation, air exchange, gas, steam, electricity or water required or consumed in the Premises based upon Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or Project (as applicable) beyond the existing capacity of the Building or the Project usually furnished or supplied for the Permitted Use or (b) exceed Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building’s or Project’s (as applicable) capacity to provide such utilities or services.

16.6 If Tenant shall require utilities or services in excess of those usually furnished or supplied for tenants in similar spaces in the Building or the Project by reason of Tenant’s equipment or extended hours of business operations, then Tenant shall first procure Landlord’s consent for the use thereof, which consent Landlord may condition upon the availability of such excess utilities or services, and Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent an amount equal to the cost of providing such excess utilities and services.

16.7 Landlord shall provide water in Common Area for lavatory and landscaping purposes only, which water shall be from the local municipal or similar source; provided, however, that if Landlord determines that Tenant requires, uses or consumes water provided to the Common Area for any purpose other than ordinary lavatory purposes, Landlord may install a water meter (“Tenant Water Meter”) and thereby measure Tenant’s water consumption for all purposes. Tenant shall pay Landlord for the costs of any Tenant Water Meter and the installation and maintenance thereof during the Term. If Landlord installs a Tenant Water Meter, Tenant shall pay for water consumed, as shown on such meter, as and when bills are rendered. If Tenant fails to timely make such payments, Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant. Any such costs or expenses incurred or payments made by Landlord for any of the reasons or purposes stated in this Section shall be deemed to be Additional Rent payable by Tenant and collectible by Landlord as such.

16.8 Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and utility systems, when Landlord deems necessary or desirable, due to accident, emergency or the need to make repairs, alterations or improvements, until such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed, and Landlord shall further have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply elevator facilities, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning or utility service when prevented from doing so by Force Majeure or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s negligence. Without limiting the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that any covenants on Landlord’s part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to furnish or perform the same by virtue of Force Majeure or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s negligence.

16.9 As of the Execution Date, there is one (1) back-up generator that is connected to the Premises’ emergency electrical panel to serve the Premises (the “Generator”). Tenant shall be entitled to use up to its proportionate share (after deducting any power from the Generator required for the Common Area) of power from the Generator on a non-exclusive basis with other tenants in the Building. The cost of maintaining, repairing and replacing the Generator shall constitute Operating Expenses, subject to the exclusions from Operating Expenses set forth in Subsection

21


 

9.1(c). Landlord expressly disclaims any warranties with regard to the Generator or the installation thereof, including any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Landlord shall maintain the Generator and any equipment connecting the Generator to the Premises’ emergency electrical panel in good working condition, provided, however, that Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (and Landlord shall not be liable) for maintaining and operating the Premises’ emergency electrical panel and the distribution of power from the Premises’ emergency electrical panel throughout the Premises, and provided further that Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance of the Generator that is an obligation of Landlord unless and except to the extent that Landlord willfully fails to make such repairs or perform such maintenance and such failure persists for an unreasonable time after Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. Upon receipt of such written notice, Landlord shall promptly commence to cure such failure and shall diligently prosecute the same to completion in accordance with Section 31.13. The provisions of Section 16.2 shall apply to the Generator.

16.10 For the Premises, Landlord shall (a) maintain and operate the HVAC systems used for the Permitted Use only (“Base HVAC”) and (b) subject to Subsection 16.10(a), furnish HVAC as reasonably required (except as this Lease otherwise provides) for reasonably comfortable occupancy of the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, every day during the Term, subject to casualty, eminent domain or as otherwise specified in this Article. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, Landlord shall have no liability, and Tenant shall have no right or remedy, on account of any interruption or impairment in HVAC services. Tenant’s obligations to control the climate in the Premises in accordance with ASHRAE standards shall be temporarily excused during any such interruption or impairment, unless Landlord provides supplemental equipment and systems.

16.11 For any utilities serving the Premises for which Tenant is billed directly by such utility provider, Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord (a) any invoices or statements for such utilities within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, (b) within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request, any other utility usage information reasonably requested by Landlord, and (c) within thirty (30) days after each calendar year during the Term, authorization to allow Landlord to access Tenant’s usage information necessary for Landlord to complete an ENERGY STAR® Statement of Performance (or similar comprehensive utility usage report (e.g., related to Labs 21), if requested by Landlord) and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord for the immediately preceding year; and Tenant shall comply with any other energy usage or consumption requirements required by Applicable Laws. Tenant shall retain records of utility usage at the Premises, including invoices and statements from the utility provider, for at least sixty (60) months, or such other period of time as may be requested by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that any utility information for the Premises, the Building and the Project may be shared with third parties, including Landlord’s consultants and Governmental Authorities. In the event that Tenant fails to comply with this Section, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to collect utility usage information directly from the applicable utility providers. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall comply with all Applicable Laws related to the disclosure and tracking of energy consumption at the Premises. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

22


 

17. Alterations.

17.1. Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements other than the Tenant Improvements in or to the Premises or engage in any construction, demolition, reconstruction, renovation or other work (whether major or minor) of any kind in, at or serving the Premises (“Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval may be subject to the consent of one or more Lenders, if required under any applicable Loan Document, but which approval Landlord shall not otherwise unreasonably withhold; provided, however, that, in the event any proposed Alteration affects (a) any structural portions of the Building, including exterior walls, the roof, the foundation or slab, foundation or slab systems (including barriers and subslab systems) or the core of the Building, (b) the exterior of the Building or (c) any Building systems, including elevator, plumbing, HVAC, electrical, security, life safety and power, then Landlord may withhold its approval in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall, in making any Alterations, use only those architects, contractors, suppliers and mechanics of which Landlord has given prior written approval, which approval shall be in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. In seeking Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall provide Landlord, at least thirty (30) days in advance of the desired commencement date of any proposed construction, with plans, specifications, bid proposals, certified stamped engineering drawings and calculations by Tenant’s engineer of record or architect of record (including connections to the Building’s structural system, modifications to the Building’s envelope, non-structural penetrations in slabs or walls, and modifications or tie-ins to life safety systems), work contracts, requests for laydown areas and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Alterations as Landlord may reasonably request, provided that Tenant shall not commence any such Alterations that require Landlord’s consent unless and until Tenant has received the written approval of Landlord and any and all Lenders whose consent is required under any applicable Loan Document. In no event shall Tenant use or Landlord be required to approve any architects, consultants, contractors, subcontractors or material suppliers that Landlord reasonably believes could cause labor disharmony or may not have sufficient experience, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, to perform work in an occupied Class “A” laboratory research building and in tenant-occupied lab areas. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may make strictly cosmetic changes to the Premises that do not require any permits or more than three (3) total contractors and subcontractors ("Cosmetic Alterations") without Landlord's consent; provided that (y) the cost of any Cosmetic Alterations does not exceed [***] annually, (z) such Cosmetic Alterations are not reasonably expected to have any material adverse effect on the Project and do not (i) require any structural or other substantial modifications to the Premises, (ii) require any changes to or adversely affect the Building systems, (iii) affect any portion of the Building or the Project that is exterior to the Premises or (iv) trigger any requirement under Applicable Laws that would require Landlord to make any alteration or improvement to the Premises, the Building or the Project.

17.2. Tenant shall not construct or permit to be constructed partitions or other obstructions that might interfere with free access to mechanical installation or service facilities of the Building or with other tenants’ components located within the Building, or interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing such installations or facilities.

23


 

17.3. Tenant shall accomplish any work performed on the Premises or the Building in such a manner as to permit any life safety systems to remain fully operable at all times.

17.4. Any work performed on the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be done at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time designate. Tenant covenants and agrees that all work done by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be performed in full compliance with Applicable Laws. Within thirty (30) days after completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with complete “as built” drawing print sets and electronic CADD files on disc (or files in such other current format in common use as Landlord reasonably approves or requires) showing any changes in the Premises, as well as a commissioning report prepared by a licensed, qualified commissioning agent hired by Tenant and approved by Landlord for all new or affected mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems. Any such “as built” plans shall show the applicable Alterations as an overlay on the Building as-built plans; provided that Landlord provides the Building “as built” plans to Tenant.

17.5. Before commencing any Alterations or Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall (a) give Landlord at least fifteen (15) business days’ prior written notice of the proposed commencement of such work and the names and addresses of the persons supply labor or materials therefor so that Landlord may enter the Premises to post and keep posted thereon and therein notices or to take any further action that Landlord may reasonably deem proper for the protection of Landlord’s interest in the Project and (b) shall, if required by Landlord, secure, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, a completion and lien indemnity bond satisfactory to Landlord for such work.

17.6. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises arising from Tenant’s removal of any property from the Premises. During any such restoration period, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if such space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

17.7. The Premises plus any Alterations; Signage; Tenant Improvements; TI Allowance FF&E; attached equipment, decorations, fixtures and trade fixtures; movable laboratory casework and related appliances; and other additions and improvements attached to or built into the Premises made by either of the parties (including all floor and wall coverings; paneling; sinks and related plumbing fixtures; laboratory benches; exterior venting fume hoods; walk-in freezers and refrigerators; ductwork; conduits; electrical panels and circuits; attached machinery and equipment; and built-in furniture and cabinets, in each case, together with all additions and accessories thereto), shall (unless, prior to such construction or installation, Landlord elects otherwise in writing) at all times remain the property of Landlord, shall remain in the Premises and shall (unless, prior to construction or installation thereof, Landlord elects otherwise in writing) be surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. For the avoidance of doubt, the items listed on Exhibit H attached hereto (which Exhibit H may be updated by Tenant from and after the Term Commencement Date, subject to Landlord’s written consent) constitute Tenant’s property and shall be removed by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

17.8. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant remove any improvement, furniture, fixture and/or equipment from the Premises in which any Lender has a security interest or as to which Landlord contributed payment, including the

24


 

Tenant Improvements and TI Allowance FF&E, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

17.9. If Tenant shall fail to remove any of its property from the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Landlord may, at its option, remove the same in any manner that Landlord shall choose and store such effects without liability to Tenant for loss thereof or damage thereto, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, any costs and expenses incurred due to such removal and storage or Landlord may, at its sole option and without notice to Tenant, sell such property or any portion thereof at private sale and without legal process for such price as Landlord may obtain and apply the proceeds of such sale against any (a) amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease and (b) any expenses incident to the removal, storage and sale of such personal property.

17.10. Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to [***] of the cost to Tenant of all Alterations to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, engineering review, coordination, scheduling and supervision thereof or obtaining any required Lender consent. For purposes of payment of such sum, Tenant shall submit to Landlord copies of all bills, invoices and statements covering the costs of such charges, accompanied by payment to Landlord of the fee set forth in this Section. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any extra expenses incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, or by reason of delays arising from such faulty work, or by reason of inadequate clean-up.

17.11. Within sixty (60) days after final completion of the Tenant Improvements or any Alterations performed by Tenant with respect to the Premises, Tenant shall submit to Landlord documentation showing the amounts expended by Tenant with respect to such Tenant Improvements and Alterations, together with supporting documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

17.12. Tenant shall take, and shall cause its contractors to take, commercially reasonable steps to protect the Premises during the performance of any Alterations or Tenant Improvements, including covering or temporarily removing any window coverings so as to guard against dust, debris or damage.

17.13. Tenant shall require its contractors and subcontractors performing work on the Premises to name Landlord and its affiliates and Lenders as additional insureds on their respective insurance policies.

18. Repairs and Maintenance.

18.1. Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural and exterior portions and Common Area of the Building and the Project, including roofing and covering materials; foundations (excluding any architectural slabs, but including any structural slabs); exterior walls; plumbing; fire sprinkler systems (if any); base Building HVAC systems up to the first damper or isolation valve that serves the Premises (for purposes of clarity, the portion of the HVAC system that includes such first damper or isolation valve and extends into and through the Premises, and any supplemental HVAC serving the Premises shall not be part of the base Building HVAC and shall

25


 

be Tenant’s obligation to maintain and repair pursuant to Section 18.2 below); elevators; and base Building electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord.

18.2. Except for services of Landlord, if any, required by Section 18.1, Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense maintain and keep the Premises (including but not limited to the portion of the HVAC system that includes the first damper or isolation valve and extends into and through the Premises, any supplemental HVAC serving the Premises, and any other systems or equipment exclusively serving the Premises) and every part thereof in good condition and repair, damage thereto from ordinary wear and tear excepted, and shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord, provide to Landlord any maintenance records that Landlord reasonably requests. Tenant shall, upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, surrender the Premises to Landlord in as good a condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted and with the Tenant Improvements in substantially the same condition as existed upon substantial completion thereof; and shall, at Landlord’s request and Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove all telephone and data systems, wiring and equipment from the Premises, and repair any damage to the Premises caused thereby. Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof.

18.3. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance that is Landlord’s obligation pursuant to this Lease unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under Applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect to make repairs at Landlord’s expense.

18.4. If any excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to or under the Building, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, license to enter the Premises for the purpose of performing such work as such person shall deem reasonably necessary or desirable to preserve and protect the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or liability against Landlord and without reducing or otherwise affecting Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, that Landlord will, to the extent practicable, reasonably endeavor to cause such person performing the excavation to minimize interference with Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises as a result of such work.

18.5. This Article relates to repairs and maintenance arising in the ordinary course of operation of the Building and the Project. In the event of a casualty described in Article 24, Article 24 shall apply in lieu of this Article. In the event of eminent domain, Article 25 shall apply in lieu of this Article.

18.6. Costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article shall constitute Operating Expenses, subject to the exclusions from Operating Expenses set forth in Subsection 9.1(c).

19. Liens.

19.1. Subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens arising from work or services performed, materials furnished to or obligations incurred by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and agrees that any

26


 

mechanic’s or materialman’s lien filed against the Premises, the Building or the Project for work or services claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, or obligations incurred by Tenant shall be discharged or bonded by Tenant within fifteen (15) days after the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

19.2. Should Tenant fail to discharge or bond against any lien of the nature described in Section 19.1, Landlord may, at Landlord’s election, pay such claim or post a statutory lien bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title, and Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof as Additional Rent. Tenant shall Indemnify the Landlord Indemnitees from and against any Claims arising from any such liens, including any administrative, court or other legal proceedings related to such liens.

19.3. In the event that Tenant leases or finances the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement shall, upon its face or by exhibit thereto, indicate that such financing statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Premises, the Building or the Project be furnished on a financing statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property located in an identified suite leased by Tenant. Should any holder of a financing statement record or place of record a financing statement that appears to constitute a lien against any interest of Landlord or against equipment that may be located other than within an identified suite leased by Tenant, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after filing such financing statement, cause (a) a copy of the lender security agreement or other documents to which the financing statement pertains to be furnished to Landlord to facilitate Landlord’s ability to demonstrate that the lien of such financing statement is not applicable to Landlord’s interest and (b) Tenant’s lender to amend such financing statement and any other documents of record to clarify that any liens imposed thereby are not applicable to any interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building or the Project.

20. Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after receipt of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing substantially in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit I, or on any other form reasonably requested by a current or proposed Lender or encumbrancer or proposed purchaser, (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (c) setting forth such further information with respect to this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statements may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Property. Tenant’s failure to deliver any such statement within such the prescribed time shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a Default (as defined below) under this Lease, and, in any event, shall be binding upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

27


 

21. Hazardous Materials.

21.1. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project in violation of Applicable Laws by Tenant or any of its employees, agents, contractors or invitees (collectively with Tenant, each a “Tenant Party”). If (a) Tenant breaches such obligation, (b) the presence of Hazardous Materials as a result of such a breach results in contamination of the Project, any portion thereof, or any adjacent property, (c) contamination of the Premises otherwise occurs during the Term or any extension or renewal hereof or holding over hereunder (other than (i) if such contamination results from migration of Hazardous Materials from outside the Premises not arising from the acts or omissions of a Tenant Party or coming from property owned or leased by a Tenant Party or (ii) to the extent such contamination arises directly from Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (d) contamination of the Project occurs as a result of Hazardous Materials that are placed on or under or are released into the Project by a Tenant Party, then Tenant shall Indemnify the Landlord Indemnitees from and against any and all Claims of any kind or nature, including (w) diminution in value of the Project or any portion thereof, (x) damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Project, (y) damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Project or any portion thereof and (z) sums paid in settlement of Claims that arise before, during or after the Term as a result of such breach or contamination. This Indemnification by Tenant includes costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or groundwater above, on, under or about the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property caused or permitted by any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property, then Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole cost and expense as are necessary to return the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property to its respective condition existing prior to the time of such contamination; provided that Landlord’s written approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; and provided, further, that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if Landlord determines, in its sole but reasonable discretion, that such actions could have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall not be affected, reduced or limited by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Tenant under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, employee benefit acts or similar legislation.

21.2. Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Article to prohibit Tenant from operating its business for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to the custom of Tenant’s industry so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored in accordance with Applicable Laws. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord (a) a list identifying each type of Hazardous Material to be present at the Premises that is subject to regulation under any environmental Applicable Laws in the form of a Tier II form pursuant to Section 312 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (or any successor statute) or any other form reasonably requested by Landlord, (b) a list of any and all approvals or permits from Governmental Authorities required in connection

28


 

with the presence of such Hazardous Material at the Premises and (c) correct and complete copies of (i) notices of violations of Applicable Laws related to Hazardous Materials and (ii) plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in, on, under or about the Project (provided that installation of storage tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion) and closure plans or any other documents required by any and all Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on, under or about the Project for the closure of any such storage tanks (collectively, “Hazardous Materials Documents”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord updated Hazardous Materials Documents, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of a written request therefor from Landlord, not more often than once per year, unless (m) there are any changes to the Hazardous Materials Documents or (n) Tenant initiates any Alterations or changes its business, in either case in a way that involves any material increase in the types or amounts of Hazardous Materials, in which case Tenant shall deliver updated Hazardous Materials documents (without Landlord having to request them) before or, if not practicable to do so before, as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of the events in Subsection 21.2(m) or (n). For each type of Hazardous Material listed, the Hazardous Materials Documents shall include (t) the chemical name, (u) the material state (e.g., solid, liquid, gas or cryogen), (v) the concentration, (w) the storage amount and storage condition (e.g., in cabinets or not in cabinets), (x) the use amount and use condition (e.g., open use or closed use), (y) the location (e.g., room number or other identification) and (z) if known, the chemical abstract service number. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to provide Landlord with any documents containing information of a proprietary nature, unless such documents contain a reference to Hazardous Materials or activities related to Hazardous Materials. If Tenant provides Landlord with Hazardous Materials Documents containing information of a proprietary nature (and Tenant notifies Landlord that such Hazardous Materials Documents contain information of a proprietary nature), Landlord shall keep the same confidential, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 38 below. Landlord may, at Landlord’s expense, cause the Hazardous Materials Documents to be reviewed by a person or firm qualified to analyze Hazardous Materials to confirm compliance with the provisions of this Lease and with Applicable Laws. In the event that a review of the Hazardous Materials Documents indicates non-compliance with this Lease or Applicable Laws, Tenant shall, at its expense, diligently take steps to bring its storage and use of Hazardous Materials into compliance. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary or Landlord’s review into Tenant’s Hazardous Materials Documents or use or disposal of hazardous materials, however, Landlord shall not have and expressly disclaims any liability related to Tenant’s or other tenants’ use or disposal of Hazardous Materials, it being acknowledged by Tenant that Tenant is best suited to evaluate the safety and efficacy of its Hazardous Materials usage and procedures.

21.3. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it is not nor has it been, in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, (a) subject to a material enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority or (b) required to take any remedial action.

21.4. At any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Project or any portion thereof to demonstrate that Hazardous Materials are present or that contamination has occurred due to the acts or omissions of a Tenant Party. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of such tests if such tests reveal that Hazardous Materials exist at the Project in violation of Tenant's obligations and covenants under this Lease.

29


 

21.5. If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials installed or utilized by Tenant are located on the Premises, or are hereafter placed on the Premises by Tenant (or by any other party, if such storage tanks are utilized by Tenant), then Tenant shall monitor the storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other steps necessary or required under the Applicable Laws. Tenant shall have no responsibility or liability for underground or other storage tanks installed by anyone other than Tenant unless Tenant utilizes such tanks, in which case Tenant’s responsibility for such tanks shall be as set forth in this Section.

21.6. Tenant shall promptly report to Landlord any actual or suspected presence of mold or water intrusion at the Premises.

21.7. Tenant’s obligations under this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time needed by Tenant or Landlord after the termination of this Lease to complete the removal from the Premises of any such Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall be deemed a holdover tenant and subject to the provisions of Article 27.

21.8. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material” means any toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise hazardous substance, material or waste that is or becomes regulated by Applicable Laws or any Governmental Authority.

21.9. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall have sole control over the equitable allocation of fire control areas (as defined in the Uniform Building Code as adopted by the city or municipality(ies) in which the Project is located (the “UBC”)) within the Project for the storage of Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the quantity of Hazardous Materials allowed by this Section is specific to Tenant and shall not run with the Lease in the event of a Transfer (as defined in Article 29). In the event of a Transfer, if the use of Hazardous Materials by such new tenant (“New Tenant”) is such that New Tenant utilizes fire control areas in the Project in excess of New Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Project, then New Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon Landlord’s written request, establish and maintain a separate area of the Premises classified by the UBC as an “H” occupancy area for the use and storage of Hazardous Materials, or take such other action as is necessary to ensure that its share of the fire control areas of the Project is not greater than New Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Project. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not have and expressly disclaims any liability related to Tenant’s or other tenants’ use or disposal of fire control areas, it being acknowledged by Tenant that Tenant and other tenants are best suited to evaluate the safety and efficacy of its Hazardous Materials usage and procedures.

22. Odors and Exhaust. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord would not enter into this Lease with Tenant unless Tenant assured Landlord that under no circumstances will any other occupants of the Building or the Project (including persons legally present in any outdoor areas of the Project) be subjected to odors or fumes (whether or not noxious), and that the Building and the Project will not be damaged by any exhaust, in each case from Tenant’s operations. Landlord and Tenant therefore agree as follows:

30


 

22.1. Tenant shall not cause or permit (or conduct any activities that would cause) any release of any odors or fumes of any kind from the Premises.

22.2. If the Building has a ventilation system that, in Landlord’s judgment, is adequate, suitable, and appropriate to vent the Premises in a manner that does not release odors affecting any indoor or outdoor part of the Project, Tenant shall vent the Premises through such system. If Landlord at any time determines that any existing ventilation system is inadequate, or if no ventilation system exists, Tenant shall in compliance with Applicable Laws vent all fumes and odors from the Premises (and remove odors from Tenant’s exhaust stream) as Landlord requires. The placement and configuration of all ventilation exhaust pipes, louvers and other equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s legitimate desire to maintain the Project (indoor and outdoor areas) in an odor-free manner, and Landlord may require Tenant to abate and remove all odors in a manner that goes beyond the requirements of Applicable Laws.

22.3. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provide odor eliminators and other devices (such as filters, air cleaners, scrubbers and whatever other equipment may in Landlord’s judgment be necessary or appropriate from time to time) to completely remove, eliminate and abate any odors, fumes or other substances in Tenant’s exhaust stream that, in Landlord’s judgment, emanate from Tenant’s Premises. Any work Tenant performs under this Section shall constitute Alterations.

22.4. Tenant’s responsibility to remove, eliminate and abate odors, fumes and exhaust shall continue throughout the Term. Landlord’s approval of the Tenant Improvements shall not preclude Landlord from requiring additional measures to eliminate odors, fumes and other adverse impacts of Tenant’s exhaust stream (as Landlord may designate in Landlord’s discretion). Tenant shall install additional equipment as Landlord requires from time to time under the preceding sentence. Such installations shall constitute Alterations.

22.5. If Tenant fails to install satisfactory odor control equipment within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s demand made at any time, then Landlord may, without limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies, require Tenant to cease and suspend any operations in the Premises that, in Landlord’s determination, cause odors, fumes or exhaust. For example, if Landlord determines that Tenant’s production of a certain type of product causes odors, fumes or exhaust, and Tenant does not install satisfactory odor control equipment within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s request, then Landlord may require Tenant to stop producing such type of product in the Premises unless and until Tenant has installed odor control equipment satisfactory to Landlord.

23. Insurance.

23.1. Landlord shall maintain insurance for the Building and the Project in amounts equal to full replacement cost (exclusive of the costs of excavation, foundations and footings, engineering costs or such other costs to the extent the same are not incurred in the event of a rebuild and without reference to depreciation taken by Landlord upon its books or tax returns) or such lesser coverage as Landlord may elect, provided that such coverage shall not be less than the amount of such insurance Landlord’s Lender, if any, requires Landlord to maintain, providing protection against any peril generally included within the classification “Fire and Extended

31


 

Coverage,” together with insurance against sprinkler damage (if applicable), vandalism and malicious mischief. Landlord, subject to availability thereof, shall further insure, if Landlord deems it appropriate, coverage against flood, environmental hazard, earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, rental loss during the period of repairs or rebuilding, Workers’ Compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, but shall not be deemed required to, provide insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or that are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord, without regard to whether or not such are made a part of or are affixed to the Building. Landlord shall notify Tenant of any improvements that Landlord has elected to insure pursuant to the foregoing sentence.

23.2. In addition, Landlord shall carry Commercial General Liability insurance with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence/general aggregate for bodily injury (including death), or property damage with respect to the Project.

23.3. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, procure and maintain during the Term the following insurance for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord (as their interests may appear) with insurers financially acceptable and lawfully authorized to do business in the state where the Premises are located:

(a) Commercial General Liability insurance on a broad-based occurrence coverage form, with coverages including but not limited to bodily injury (including death), property damage (including loss of use resulting therefrom), premises/operations, personal & advertising injury, and contractual liability with limits of liability of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage per occurrence, $4,000,000 general aggregate, which limits may be met by use of excess and/or umbrella liability insurance; provided that such coverage is at least as broad as the primary coverages required herein.

(b) Commercial Automobile Liability insurance covering liability arising from the use or operation of any auto on behalf of Tenant or invited by Tenant (including those owned, hired, rented, leased, borrowed, scheduled or non-owned). Coverage shall be on a broad-based occurrence form in an amount not less than $2,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. Such coverage shall apply to all vehicles and persons, whether accessing the property with active or passive consent.

(c) Commercial Property insurance covering property damage to the full replacement cost value and business interruption. Covered property shall include all tenant improvements in the Premises (to the extent not insured by Landlord pursuant to Section 23.1) and Tenant’s Property including personal property, furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, stock, inventory and improvements and betterments, which may be owned by Tenant or Landlord and required to be insured hereunder, or which may be leased, rented, borrowed or in the care custody or control of Tenant, or Tenant’s agents, employees or subcontractors. Such insurance, with respect only to all Tenant Improvements, Alterations or other work performed on the Premises by Tenant (collectively, “Tenant Work”), shall name Landlord and Landlord’s current and future mortgagees as loss payees as their interests may appear. Such insurance shall be written on an “all risk” of physical loss or damage basis including the perils of fire, extended coverage, electrical injury, mechanical breakdown, windstorm, vandalism, malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage,

32


 

back-up of sewers or drains, earthquake, terrorism and such other risks Landlord may from time to time designate, for the full replacement cost value of the covered items with an agreed amount endorsement with no co-insurance. Business interruption coverage shall have limits sufficient to cover Tenant’s lost profits and necessary continuing expenses, including rents due Landlord under the Lease. The minimum period of indemnity for business interruption coverage shall be twenty-four (24) months.

(d) Workers’ Compensation in compliance with all Applicable Laws or as may be available on a voluntary basis. Employer’s Liability must be at least in the amount of $1,000,000 for bodily injury by accident for each employee, $1,000,000 for bodily injury by disease for each employee, and $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease for policy limit.

(e) Medical malpractice insurance at limits of not less than $1,000,000 each claim during such periods, if any, that Tenant engages in the practice of medicine or clinical trials involving human beings at the Premises.

(f) Pollution Legal Liability insurance is required if Tenant stores, handles, generates or treats Hazardous Materials, as determined solely by Landlord, on or about the Premises. Such coverage shall include bodily injury, sickness, disease, death or mental anguish or shock sustained by any person; property damage including physical injury to or destruction of tangible property including the resulting loss of use thereof, clean-up costs, and the loss of use of tangible property that has not been physically injured or destroyed; and defense costs, charges and expenses incurred in the investigation, adjustment or defense of claims for such compensatory damages. Coverage shall apply to both sudden and non-sudden pollution conditions including the discharge, dispersal, release or escape of smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids or gases, waste materials or other irritants, contaminants or pollutants into or upon land, the atmosphere or any watercourse or body of water. Claims-made coverage is permitted, provided the policy retroactive date is continuously maintained prior to the commencement date of this agreement, and coverage is continuously maintained during all periods in which Tenant occupies the Premises. Coverage shall be maintained with limits of not less than $2,000,000 per incident with a $4,000,000 policy aggregate and for a period of two (2) years thereafter.

(g) During all construction by Tenant at the Premises, with respect to tenant improvements being constructed (including the Tenant Improvements and any Alterations, insurance required in Exhibit B-1 must be in place.

23.4. The insurance required of Tenant by this Article shall be with companies at all times having a current rating of not less than A- and financial category rating of at least Class VII in “A.M. Best’s Insurance Guide” current edition. Tenant shall obtain for Landlord from the insurance companies/broker or cause the insurance companies/broker to furnish certificates of insurance evidencing all coverages required herein to Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies including any endorsements. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification or cancellation except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord from Tenant or its insurers (except in the event of non-payment of premium, in which case ten (10) days’ written notice shall be given). All such policies shall be written as primary policies, not contributing with

33


 

and not in excess of the coverage that Landlord may carry. Tenant’s required policies shall contain severability of interests clauses stating that, except with respect to limits of insurance, coverage shall apply separately to each insured or additional insured. Tenant shall, on the date of expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates of insurance or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure such insurance on Tenant’s behalf and at its cost to be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent. Commercial General Liability, Commercial Automobile Liability, Umbrella Liability and Pollution Legal Liability insurance as required above shall name Landlord, BioMed Realty LLC, BioMed Realty, L.P., BRE Edison L.P., BRE Edison LLC, BRE Edison Holdings L.P., BRE Edison Holdings LLC, BRE Edison Parent L.P. and their respective officers, employees, agents, general partners, members, subsidiaries, affiliates and Lenders (“Landlord Parties”) as additional insureds as respects liability arising from work or operations performed by or on behalf of Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of Premises, and ownership, maintenance or use of vehicles by or on behalf of Tenant.

23.5. In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord Parties as additional insureds, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s written request, also designate and furnish certificates evidencing such Landlord Parties as additional insureds to (a) any Lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Building or the Project, (b) the landlord under any lease whereunder Landlord is a tenant of the real property upon which the Building is located if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground lease rather than that of a fee owner and (c) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

23.6. Tenant assumes the risk of damage to any fixtures, goods, inventory, merchandise, equipment and leasehold improvements, and Landlord shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or any loss of income therefrom, relative to such damage, all as more particularly set forth within this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, carry such insurance as Tenant desires for Tenant’s protection with respect to personal property of Tenant or business interruption.

23.7. Landlord and Tenant and their insurers hereby waive any and all rights of recovery or subrogation against the other party and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, general partners, members, subsidiaries, affiliates and lenders, with respect to any loss, damage, claims, suits or demands, howsoever caused, that are covered, or would have been covered by the insurance that each party is required to maintain under this Lease if such insurance had been obtained by such party, by valid and collectible insurance, including any deductibles or self-insurance maintained thereunder. If necessary, each party agrees to endorse the required insurance policies to permit waivers of subrogation as required hereunder and hold harmless and indemnify the other party and its officers, directors, employees, agents, general partners, members, subsidiaries, affiliates and lenders, for any loss or expense incurred as a result of a failure to obtain such waivers of subrogation from insurers. Such waivers shall continue so long as the same are available at commercially reasonable cost. Landlord and Tenant, upon obtaining the policies of insurance required or permitted under this Lease, shall give notice to their respective insurance carriers that the foregoing waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease. If such policies shall not be obtainable with such waiver or shall be so obtainable only at a premium over that chargeable without such waiver, then such party shall notify the other party of such conditions, in which event, if applicable, the notified party shall have the option to pay such premium. Notwithstanding the

34


 

foregoing, the waiver of subrogation set forth in this Section shall not apply to any errors, omissions, negligent acts or willful misconduct of any Tenant Party.

23.8. Landlord may require insurance policy limits required under this Lease to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s Lender or to bring coverage limits to levels then being required of new tenants within the Project.

23.9. In addition to other insurance required by this Lease to be carried by Tenant, if Tenant sells, merchandises, transfers, gives away or exchanges so-called “alcoholic liquors” in, upon or from any part of the Premises, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, purchase and maintain in full force and effect during the Term dram shop insurance in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, with total limits of liability for bodily injury, loss of means of support and property damage for each occurrence in an amount and with a carrier reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and otherwise in compliance with the general provisions of this Article governing the provision of insurance by Tenant. Such policy shall name Landlord and the Landlord Parties as additional insureds against any liability by virtue of Applicable Laws concerning the use, sale or giving away of alcoholic liquors. If at any time such insurance is for any reason not in force, then during all and any such times no selling, merchandising, transferring, giving away or exchanging of so-called “alcoholic liquors” shall be conducted by Tenant in, upon or from any part of the Premises.

23.10. Any costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article shall constitute a portion of Operating Expenses, subject to the exclusions from Operating Expenses set forth in Subsection 9.1(c).

23.11. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

24. Damage or Destruction.

24.1. In the event of a partial destruction of (a) the Premises, (b) the Building, (c) the Common Area or (d) the Project ((a)-(d) collectively, the “Affected Areas”) by fire or other perils covered by extended coverage insurance not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof, and provided that (w) the damage thereto is such that the Affected Areas may be repaired, reconstructed or restored within a period of six (6) months from the date of the happening of such casualty, (x) Landlord shall receive insurance proceeds from its insurer or Lender sufficient to cover the cost of such repairs, reconstruction and restoration (except for any deductible amount provided by Landlord’s policy, which deductible amount, if paid by Landlord, shall constitute an Operating Expense), (y) the repair, reconstruction or restoration of the Affected Areas is permitted by all applicable Loan Documents or otherwise consented to by any and all Lenders whose consent is required thereunder and (z) such casualty was not intentionally caused by a Tenant Party, then Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair, reconstruction and restoration of the Affected Areas and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

35


 

24.2. In the event of any damage to or destruction of the Building or the Project other than as described in Section 24.1, Landlord may elect to repair, reconstruct and restore the Building or the Project, as applicable, in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Landlord elects not to repair, reconstruct and restore the Building or the Project, as applicable, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such damage or destruction. In the event of any damage or destruction (regardless of whether such damage is governed by Section 24.1 or this Section), if (a) in Landlord’s determination as set forth in the Damage Repair Estimate (as defined below), the Affected Areas cannot be repaired, reconstructed or restored within twelve (12) months after the date of such casualty, or (b) subject to Section 24.6, the Affected Areas are not actually repaired, reconstructed and restored within eighteen (18) months after the date of such casualty, or (c) the damage and destruction occurs within the last twelve (12) months of the then-current Term and in Landlord’s determination as set forth in the Damage Repair Estimate, the Affected Areas cannot be repaired, reconstructed or restored within ninety (90) days, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, effective as of the date of such damage or destruction, by delivering to Landlord its written notice of termination (a “Termination Notice”) (y) with respect to Subsections 24.2(a) and (c), no later than fifteen (15) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant Landlord’s Damage Repair Estimate and (z) with respect to Subsection 24.2(b), no later than fifteen (15) days after such eighteen (18) month period (as the same may be extended pursuant to Section 24.6) expires. If Tenant provides Landlord with a Termination Notice pursuant to Subsection 24.2(z), Landlord shall have an additional thirty (30) days after receipt of such Termination Notice to complete the repair, reconstruction and restoration. If Landlord does not complete such repair, reconstruction and restoration within such thirty (30) day period, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice within two (2) business days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period. If Landlord does complete such repair, reconstruction and restoration within such thirty (30) day period, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

24.3. As soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within sixty (60) days following the date of damage or destruction, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord's good faith estimate of the period of time in which the repairs, reconstruction and restoration will be completed (the "Damage Repair Estimate"), which estimate shall be based upon the opinion of a contractor reasonably selected by Landlord and experienced in comparable repair, reconstruction and restoration of similar buildings. Additionally, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days following the date of damage or destruction of its election not to repair, reconstruct or restore the Building or the Project, as applicable.

24.4. Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Article, the parties shall be released thereby without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord, except with regard to (a) items occurring prior to the damage or destruction and (b) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof.

24.5. In the event of repair, reconstruction and restoration as provided in this Article, all Rent to be paid by Tenant under this Lease shall be abated proportionately based on the extent to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired during the period of such repair, reconstruction or restoration, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair, reconstruction and restoration that, in Tenant’s reasonable opinion, is suitable for the temporary

36


 

conduct of Tenant’s business; provided, however, that the amount of such abatement shall be reduced by the amount of Rent that is received by Tenant as part of the business interruption or loss of rental income with respect to the Premises from the proceeds of business interruption or loss of rental income insurance.

24.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, (a) Landlord shall not be required to repair, reconstruct or restore any damage or destruction to the extent that Landlord is prohibited from doing so by any applicable Loan Document or any Lender whose consent is required thereunder withholds its consent, and (b) should Landlord be delayed or prevented from completing the repair, reconstruction or restoration of the damage or destruction to the Premises after the occurrence of such damage or destruction by Force Majeure or delays caused by a Lender or Tenant Party, then the time for Landlord to commence or complete repairs, reconstruction and restoration shall be extended on a day-for-day basis; provided, however, that, at Landlord’s election, Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs, reconstruction and restoration.

24.7. If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair, reconstruct or restore as herein provided, then Landlord shall be obligated to make such repairs, reconstruction or restoration only with regard to (a) those portions of the Premises that were originally provided at Landlord’s expense and (b) the Common Area portion of the Affected Areas. The repairs, reconstruction or restoration of improvements not originally provided by Landlord or at Landlord’s expense shall be the obligation of Tenant. In the event Tenant has elected to upgrade certain improvements from the Building Standard, Landlord shall, upon the need for replacement due to an insured loss, provide only the Building Standard, unless Tenant again elects to upgrade such improvements and pay any incremental costs related thereto, except to the extent that excess insurance proceeds, if received, are adequate to provide such upgrades, in addition to providing for basic repairs, reconstruction and restoration of the Premises, the Building and the Project.

24.8. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct or restore the Premises if the damage resulting from any casualty covered under this Article occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or any extension thereof, or to the extent that insurance proceeds are not available therefor.

24.9. Landlord’s obligation, should it elect or be obligated to repair, reconstruct or restore, shall be limited to the Affected Areas, and shall be conditioned upon Landlord receiving any permits or authorizations required by Applicable Laws. Unless this Lease is terminated in accordance with this Article 24, Tenant shall, at its expense, replace or fully repair all of Tenant’s personal property and any Alterations installed by Tenant existing at the time of such damage or destruction. If Affected Areas are to be repaired, reconstructed or restored in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord shall make available to Tenant any portion of insurance proceeds it receives that are allocable to the Alterations constructed by Tenant pursuant to this Lease; provided Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, and subject to the requirements of any Lender of Landlord.

37


 

24.10. This Article sets forth the terms and conditions upon which this Lease may terminate in the event of any damage or destruction. Accordingly, the parties hereby waive the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) (and any successor statutes) permitting the parties to terminate this Lease as a result of any damage or destruction.

25. Eminent Domain.

25.1. In the event (a) the whole of all Affected Areas or (b) such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to such authority, except with regard to (y) items occurring prior to the taking and (z) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof.

25.2. In the event of a partial taking of (a) the Building or the Project or (b) drives, walkways or parking areas serving the Building or the Project for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of right of appropriation, condemnation, or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, then, without regard to whether any portion of the Premises occupied by Tenant was so taken, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease (except with regard to (a) items occurring prior to the taking and (b) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof) as of such taking if such taking is, in Landlord’s sole opinion, of a material nature such as to make it uneconomical to continue use of the unappropriated portion for purposes of renting office or laboratory space.

25.3. To the extent permitted under all applicable Loan Documents or otherwise consented to by any and all Lenders whose consent is required thereunder, Tenant shall be entitled to any award that is specifically awarded as compensation for (a) the taking of Tenant’s personal property that was installed at Tenant’s expense and (b) the costs of Tenant moving to a new location. Except as set forth in the previous sentence, any award for such taking shall be the property of Landlord.

25.4. If, upon any taking of the nature described in this Article, this Lease continues in effect, then Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Affected Areas to substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking. To the extent such restoration is infeasible, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, the Rent shall be decreased proportionately to reflect the loss of any portion of the Premises no longer available to Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Landlord shall not be required to restore the Affected Areas to the extent that Landlord is prohibited from doing so by any applicable Loan Document or any Lender whose consent is required thereunder withholds its consent.

25.5. This Article sets forth the terms and conditions upon which this Lease may terminate in the event of any taking. Accordingly, the parties hereby waive the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 (and any successor statutes) permitting the parties to terminate this Lease as a result of any taking.

38


 

26. Surrender.

26.1. At least thirty (30) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a facility decommissioning and Hazardous Materials closure plan for the Premises (“Exit Survey”) prepared by an independent third party state-certified professional with appropriate expertise, which Exit Survey must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. The Exit Survey shall comply with the American National Standards Institute’s Laboratory Decommissioning guidelines (ANSI/AIHA Z9.11-2008) or any successor standards published by ANSI or any successor organization (or, if ANSI and its successors no longer exist, a similar entity publishing similar standards). In addition, at least ten (10) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall (a) provide Landlord with written evidence of all appropriate governmental releases obtained by Tenant in accordance with Applicable Laws, including laws pertaining to the surrender of the Premises, (b) place Laboratory Equipment Decontamination Forms on all decommissioned equipment to assure safe occupancy by future users and (c) conduct a site inspection with Landlord. In addition, Tenant agrees to remain responsible after the surrender of the Premises for the remediation of any recognized environmental conditions set forth in the Exit Survey and comply with any recommendations set forth in the Exit Survey, provided Tenant shall have no such responsibility to the extent such remediation or recommendations relate to (i) contamination of the Premises resulting from the migration of Hazardous Materials from outside the Premises not arising from the acts or omissions of a Tenant Party or coming from property owned or leased by a Tenant Party (and not exacerbated by Tenant or any Tenant Party) or (ii) contamination of the Premises arising directly from Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (and not exacerbated by Tenant or any Tenant Party). Tenant's obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

26.2. No surrender of possession of any part of the Premises shall release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, unless such surrender is accepted in writing by Landlord.

26.3. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project, unless Landlord consents in writing, and shall, at Landlord’s option, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all subleases.

26.4. The voluntary or other surrender of any ground or other underlying lease that now exists or may hereafter be executed affecting the Building or the Project, or a mutual cancellation thereof or of Landlord’s interest therein by Landlord and its lessor shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building or the Property and shall, at the option of the successor to Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Project, as applicable, operate as an assignment of this Lease.

27. Holding Over.

27.1. If, with Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant holds possession of all or any part of the Premises after the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and in such case Tenant shall continue to pay (a) Base Rent in accordance with Article 7, as adjusted in accordance with Article 8, and (b) any

39


 

amounts for which Tenant would otherwise be liable under this Lease if the Lease were still in effect, including payments for Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses. Any such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein.

27.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without Landlord’s prior written consent, (a) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that the monthly rent shall be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Rent in effect during the last thirty (30) days of the Term, and (b) Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any and all damages suffered by Landlord as a result of such holdover, including any lost rent or consequential, special and indirect damages (in each case, regardless of whether such damages are foreseeable).

27.3. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall not result in an extension, renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

27.4. The foregoing provisions of this Article are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of reentry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by Applicable Laws.

27.5. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

28. Indemnification and Exculpation.

28.1. Tenant agrees to Indemnify the Landlord Indemnitees from and against any and all Claims of any kind or nature, real or alleged, arising from (a) injury to or death of any person or damage to any property occurring within or about the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project, arising directly or indirectly out of (i) the presence at or use or occupancy of the Premises or Project by a Tenant Party or (ii) an act or omission on the part of any Tenant Party, (b) a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder (including any Claim asserted by a Lender against any Landlord Indemnitees under any Loan Document as a direct result of such breach or default by Tenant), or (c) injury to or death of persons or damage to or loss of any property, real or alleged, arising from the serving of alcoholic beverages at the Premises or by a Tenant Party at the Project , including liability under any dram shop law, host liquor law or similar Applicable Law, except to the extent arising directly from Landlord’s or a Landlord’s Indemnitee’s negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall not be affected, reduced or limited by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Tenant under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, employee benefit acts or similar legislation. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

28.2. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for and Tenant assumes all risk of (a) damage or losses arising from fire, electrical malfunction, gas explosion or water damage of any type (including broken water lines, malfunctioning fire sprinkler systems, roof leaks or stoppages of lines), unless any such loss is due to Landlord’s willful disregard of written notice by Tenant of need for a repair that Landlord is

40


 

responsible to make for an unreasonable period of time, and (b) damage to personal property or scientific research, including loss of records kept by Tenant within the Premises (in each case, regardless of whether such damages are foreseeable). Tenant further waives any claim for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property as described in this Section. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing or this Lease to the contrary, except (x) as otherwise provided herein (including Section 27.2), (y) as may be provided by Applicable Laws or (z) in the event of Tenant’s breach of Article 21 or Section 26.1, in no event shall Landlord or Tenant be liable to the other for any consequential, special or indirect damages arising from this Lease, including lost profits (provided that this Subsection 28.2(z) shall not limit Tenant’s liability for Base Rent or Additional Rent pursuant to this Lease).

28.3. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any other tenant in the Building or the Project, or of any other third party.

28.4. Tenant acknowledges that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts. Landlord shall not be liable for injuries or losses arising from criminal acts of third parties, and Tenant assumes the risk that any security device or service may malfunction or otherwise be circumvented by a criminal. If Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain appropriate insurance coverage. Tenant’s security programs and equipment for the Premises shall be coordinated with Landlord and subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.

28.5. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

29. Assignment or Subletting.

29.1. Except as hereinafter expressly permitted, none of the following (each, a “Transfer”), either voluntarily or by operation of Applicable Laws, shall be directly or indirectly performed without Landlord’s prior written consent: (a) Tenant selling, hypothecating, assigning, pledging, encumbering or otherwise transferring this Lease or subletting the Premises or (b) a controlling interest in Tenant being sold, assigned or otherwise transferred (other than as a result of shares in Tenant being sold on a public stock exchange). For purposes of the preceding sentence, “control” means (f) owning (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or other equity interests of another person or (g) possessing, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to Transfer, without Landlord’s prior written consent, (i) a controlling interest in Tenant to any person(s) in connection with a bona fide private equity placement financing, or (ii) Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises or any part thereof to any person that (a) acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, (b) acquires all or substantially all of the stock or equity interests of Tenant, (c) is a successor to Tenant by merger, consolidation or reorganization or as a result of an initial public offering of Tenant’s stock on a nationally recognized stock exchange, or (d) as of the date of determination and at all times thereafter directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant (any person described in (i), (ii)(a), (ii)(b), (ii)(c) or (ii)(d), a “Tenant’s Affiliate”); provided that Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the effectiveness of such Transfer to Tenant’s Affiliate (an “Exempt Transfer”) and

41


 

otherwise comply with the requirements of this Lease regarding such Transfer; and provided, further, that the person that will be the tenant under this Lease after the Exempt Transfer has a net worth (as of both the day immediately prior to and the day immediately after the Exempt Transfer) that is equal to or greater than the net worth (as of both the Execution Date and the date of the Exempt Transfer) of the transferring Tenant. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, “control” requires both (a) owning (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or other equity interests of another person and (b) possessing, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person. In no event shall Tenant perform a Transfer to or with an entity that is a tenant at the Project or that is in discussions or negotiations with Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord to lease premises at the Project or a property owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord.

29.2. In the event Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, then, at least fifteen (15) but not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (the “Transfer Date”), Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord (the “Transfer Notice”) containing information (including references) concerning the character of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; the Transfer Date; the most recent unconsolidated financial statements of Tenant and of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee satisfying the requirements of Section 40.2 (“Required Financials”); any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; copies of Hazardous Materials Documents for the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; and the consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, all in such detail as Landlord shall reasonably require. Upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord agrees to execute and deliver a commercially reasonable form of confidentiality agreement with respect to any information disclosed to Landlord in connection with a proposed Transfer or Exempt Transfer.

29.3. Landlord, in determining whether consent should be given to a proposed Transfer (other than an Exempt Transfer), may give consideration to (a) the financial strength of Tenant and of such transferee, assignee or sublessee (notwithstanding Tenant remaining liable for Tenant's performance), (b) any change in use that such transferee, assignee or sublessee proposes to make in the use of the Premises and (c) Landlord’s desire to exercise its rights under Section 29.7 to cancel this Lease. In no event shall Landlord be deemed to be unreasonable for declining to consent to a Transfer if any applicable Loan Document prohibits such assignment or any Lender whose consent is required thereunder withholds its consent, or if the Transfer is to a transferee, assignee or sublessee of poor reputation, lacking financial qualifications or seeking a change in the Permitted Use, or jeopardizing directly or indirectly the status of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Revenue Code”). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, (w) no Transfer shall be consummated on any basis such that the rental or other amounts to be paid by the occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits derived by the business activities of such occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee; (x) Tenant shall not furnish or render any services to an occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee with respect to whom transfer consideration is required to be paid, or manage or operate the Premises or any capital additions so transferred, with respect to which transfer consideration is being paid; (y) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Revenue

42


 

Code); and (z) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person or in any manner that could cause any portion of the amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease, license or other arrangement for the right to use, occupy or possess any portion of the Premises to fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Revenue Code, or any similar or successor provision thereto or which could cause any other income of Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of the Revenue Code. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if (a) Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, Lender or Governmental Authority to take material remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such party’s action or omission or use of the property in question or (b) Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee is subject to a material enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion (with respect to any such matter involving Tenant), and it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed transfer, assignment or subletting (with respect to any such matter involving a proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee).

29.4. The following are conditions precedent to a Transfer or to Landlord considering a request by Tenant to a Transfer:

(a) Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease. Tenant agrees that it shall not be (and shall not be deemed to be) a guarantor or surety of this Lease, however, and waives its right to claim that is it is a guarantor or surety or to raise in any legal proceeding any guarantor or surety defenses permitted by this Lease or by Applicable Laws;

(b) If Tenant or the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee does not or cannot deliver the Required Financials, then Landlord may elect to have either Tenant’s ultimate parent company or the proposed transferee’s, assignee’s or sublessee’s ultimate parent company provide a guaranty of the applicable entity’s obligations under this Lease, in a form acceptable to Landlord, which guaranty shall be executed and delivered to Landlord by the applicable guarantor prior to the Transfer Date;

(c) In the case of an Exempt Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the Transfer qualifies as an Exempt Transfer;

(d) Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the value of Landlord's interest under this Lease shall not be diminished or reduced by the proposed Transfer. Such evidence shall include evidence respecting the relevant business experience and financial responsibility and status of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee;

43


 

(e) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord's reasonable, actual costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, charges and disbursements incurred in connection with the review, processing and documentation of such request (not to exceed Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000) for any standard request, as reasonably determined by Landlord);

(f) If Tenant's transfer of rights or sharing of the Premises provides for the receipt by, on behalf of or on account of Tenant of any consideration of any kind whatsoever (including a premium rental for a sublease or lump sum payment for an assignment, but excluding Tenant's reasonable costs in marketing and subleasing the Premises and any consideration which is attributable to the intellectual property or goodwill of Tenant as opposed to its interest in this Lease) in excess of the rental and other charges due to Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall pay fifty percent (50%) of all of such excess to Landlord, after making deductions for any reasonable marketing expenses, tenant improvement funds expended by Tenant, alterations, cash concessions, brokerage commissions, attorneys' fees and free rent actually paid by Tenant. If such consideration consists of cash paid to Tenant, payment to Landlord shall be made upon receipt by Tenant of such cash payment;

(g) The proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree that, in the event Landlord gives such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease after any applicable notice and cure period, such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments shall be received by Landlord without any liability being incurred by Landlord, except to credit such payment against those due by Tenant under this Lease, and any such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord or its Lenders, successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment;

(h) Landlord's consent to any such Transfer shall be effected on Landlord's commercially reasonable forms;

(i) Tenant shall not then be in default hereunder in any respect;

(j) Such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee’s use of the Premises shall be the same as the Permitted Use;

(k) Landlord shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement pertaining to the Transfer, except for Landlord’s written consent to the same;

(l) Tenant shall pay all transfer and other taxes (including interest and penalties) assessed or payable for any Transfer;

(m) Landlord’s consent (or waiver of its rights) for any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s right to consent or refuse consent to any later Transfer;

(n) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord one executed copy of any and all written instruments evidencing or relating to the Transfer; and

44


 

(o) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a list of Hazardous Materials (as defined below), certified by the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, that the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee intends to use or store in the Premises. Additionally, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the date any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee takes occupancy of the Premises, all of the items relating to Hazardous Materials of such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee as described in Section 21.2.

29.5. Any Transfer that is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article or with respect to which Tenant does not fulfill its obligations pursuant to this Article shall be void and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Lease.

29.6. Notwithstanding any Transfer, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for the payment of all Rent and other sums due or to become due hereunder, and for the full performance of all other terms, conditions and covenants to be kept and performed by Tenant. The acceptance of Rent or any other sum due hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant or condition thereof, from any person or entity other than Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any Transfer.

29.7. If Tenant delivers to Landlord a Transfer Notice indicating a desire to assign this Lease or to sublease more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the Premises to a proposed assignee or sublessee (other than in connection with an Exempt Transfer), then Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by giving notice to Tenant at any time within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt of such Transfer Notice, to terminate this Lease as of the date specified in the Transfer Notice as the Transfer Date, except for those provisions that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof. If Landlord exercises such option, then Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Transfer Notice by delivering to Landlord written notice of such election within five (5) days after Landlord’s delivery of notice electing to exercise Landlord’s option to terminate this Lease. In the event Tenant withdraws the Transfer Notice as provided in this Section, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. No failure of Landlord to exercise its option to terminate this Lease shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to a proposed Transfer.

29.8. If Tenant sublets the Premises or any portion thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and appoints Landlord as assignee and attorney-in-fact for Tenant, and Landlord (or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application) may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided that, until the occurrence of a Default (as defined below) by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

29.9. In the event that Tenant enters into a sublease for the entire Premises in accordance with this Article that expires within two (2) days of the Term Expiration Date, the term expiration date of such sublease shall, notwithstanding anything in this Lease, the sublease or any consent to the sublease to the contrary, be deemed to be the date that is two (2) days prior to the Term Expiration Date.

45


 

30.
Subordination and Attornment.

30.1. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, or lease in which Landlord is tenant now or hereafter in force against the Building or the Project and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination.

30.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall execute and deliver upon demand such further instrument or instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or mortgages or deeds of trust or lease in which Landlord is tenant as may be required by Landlord. If any Lender so elects, however, this Lease shall be deemed prior in lien to any such lease, mortgage, or deed of trust upon or including the Premises regardless of date and Tenant shall execute a statement in writing to such effect at Landlord’s request. If Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under this Section within ten (10) days after written request therefor, Tenant hereby constitutes and appoints Landlord or its special attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver any such document or documents in the name of Tenant. Such power is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable. For the avoidance of doubt, “Lenders” shall also include historic tax credit investors and new market tax credit investors.

30.3. Upon written request of Landlord and opportunity for Tenant to review, Tenant agrees to execute any Lease amendments not materially increasing Tenant's obligations or reducing Tenant's rights under the terms of this Lease, if required by a Lender incident to the financing of the real property of which the Premises constitute a part.

30.4. In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure, or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by Landlord covering the Premises, Tenant shall at the election of the purchaser at such foreclosure or sale attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure or sale and recognize such purchaser as Landlord under this Lease.

31.
Defaults and Remedies.

31.1. Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due shall cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which shall be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within three (3) business days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) an additional sum of five percent (5%) of the overdue Rent as a late charge (provided, however, that no late charge shall be payable for the first (1st) late payment of Rent during the Lease Term unless such amount is not paid by Tenant within ten (10) days of when due), plus (b) interest at an annual rate (the "Default Rate") equal to the lesser of (a) twelve percent (12%) and (b) the highest rate permitted by Applicable Laws. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord shall incur by reason of late payment by Tenant and shall be payable as Additional Rent to Landlord due with the next installment of Rent or within five (5) business days after Landlord’s demand, whichever is earlier. Landlord’s

46


 

acceptance of any Additional Rent (including a late charge or any other amount hereunder) shall not be deemed an extension of the date that Rent is due or prevent Landlord from pursuing any other rights or remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity.

31.2. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease or in equity or at law. If a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall have the right to make payment “under protest,” such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part of Tenant to institute suit for recovery of the payment paid under protest.

31.3. If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money required to be paid by it hereunder or perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, in each case within the applicable cure period (if any) described in Section 31.4, then Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make such payment or perform such act; provided that such failure by Tenant unreasonably interfered with the use of the Building or the Project by any other tenant or with the efficient operation of the Building or the Project, or resulted or could have resulted in a violation of Applicable Laws or the cancellation of an insurance policy maintained by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises and act in accordance with its rights as provided elsewhere in this Lease. In addition to the late charge described in Section 31.1, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent all sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest at the Default Rate, computed from the date such sums were paid or incurred.

31.4. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “Default” hereunder by Tenant:

(a) Tenant abandons the Premises;

(b) Tenant fails to make any payment of Rent, as and when due, or to satisfy its obligations under Article 19, where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

(c) Tenant fails to observe or perform any obligation or covenant contained herein (other than described in Sections 31.4(a) and 31.4(b)) to be performed by Tenant, where such failure continues for a period of fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that, if the nature of Tenant's default is such that it reasonably requires more than fifteen (15) days to cure, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if Tenant commences such cure within such fifteen (15) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; and provided, further, that such cure is completed no later than forty-five (45) days after Tenant's receipt of written notice from Landlord;

47


 

(d) Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(e) A receiver, trustee or custodian is appointed to or does take title, possession or control of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets;

(f) Tenant files a voluntary petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Bankruptcy Code”) or an order for relief is entered against Tenant pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary proceeding commenced under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code;

(g) Any involuntary petition is filed against Tenant under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code and is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days;

(h) Tenant fails to deliver an estoppel certificate in accordance with Article 20; or

(i) Tenant’s interest in this Lease is attached, executed upon or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within one hundred twenty (120) days of the action.

Notices given under this Section shall specify the alleged default and shall demand that Tenant perform the provisions of this Lease or pay the Rent that is in arrears, as the case may be, within the applicable period of time, or quit the Premises. No such notice shall be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice.

31.5. In the event of a Chronic Delinquency (as defined below), Landlord may, in addition to all other remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity, require that Tenant thereafter pay Rent quarterly in advance. This provision shall not limit in any way nor be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s rights and remedies contained in this Lease, at law or in equity in the event of a default. “Chronic Delinquency” means that Tenant commits a Default pursuant to Section 31.4(b) three (3) times in any twelve (12) month period.

31.6. In the event of a Default by Tenant, and at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy that Landlord may have, Landlord has the right to do any or all of the following:

(a) Halt any Tenant Improvements and Alterations and order Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, consultants, designers and material suppliers to stop work;

(b) Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by written notice to Tenant or by any lawful means, in which case Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby; and

48


 

(c) Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default, including:

(i) The sum of:

A. The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent that had accrued at the time of such termination; plus

B. The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have accrued during the period commencing with termination of the Lease and ending at the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

C. The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

D. Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment arising from Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including the cost of restoring the Premises to the condition required under the terms of this Lease, including any rent payments not otherwise chargeable to Tenant (e.g., during any “free” rent period or rent holiday); plus

E. At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Laws; or

(ii) At Landlord’s election, as minimum liquidated damages in addition to any (A) amounts paid to Landlord pursuant to Section 31.6(c)(i)(A) prior to such election and (B) costs of restoring the Premises to the condition required under the terms of this Lease, an amount (the “Election Amount”) equal to either the positive difference (if any, and measured at the time of such termination) between (1) the then-present value of the total Rent and other benefits that would have accrued to Landlord under this Lease for the remainder of the Term if Tenant had fully complied with the Lease minus (2) the then-present cash rental value of the Premises as determined by Landlord for what would be the then-unexpired Term if the Lease remained in effect, computed using the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one (1) percentage point (the “Discount Rate”). Landlord and Tenant agree that the Election Amount represents a reasonable forecast of the minimum damages expected to occur in the event of a breach, taking into account the uncertainty, time and cost of determining elements relevant to actual damages, such as fair market rent, time and costs that may be required to re-lease the Premises, and other factors; and that the Election Amount is not a penalty.

49


 

As used in Sections 31.6(c)(i)(A) and (B), “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 31.6(c)(i)(C), the “worth at the time of the award” shall be computed by taking the present value of such amount, using the Discount Rate.

31.7. In addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 and may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default or abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, provided Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. In addition, Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the Premises. For purposes of this Section, the following acts by Landlord will not constitute the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises:

(a) Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises, including alterations, remodeling, redecorating, repairs, replacements or painting as Landlord shall consider advisable for the purpose of reletting the Premises or any part thereof; or

(b) The appointment of a receiver upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Default by Tenant, Landlord may elect at any time to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled.

31.8. If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 31.6, then Landlord may, from time to time, recover all Rent as it becomes due under this Lease. At any time thereafter, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled.

31.9. In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease and relet the Premises, Landlord may execute any new lease in its own name. Tenant hereunder shall have no right or authority whatsoever to collect any Rent from such tenant. The proceeds of any such reletting shall be applied as follows:

(a) First, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord, including storage charges or brokerage commissions owing from Tenant to Landlord as the result of such reletting;

(b) Second, to the payment of the costs and expenses of reletting the Premises, including (i) alterations and repairs that Landlord deems reasonably necessary and advisable and (ii) reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred by Landlord in connection with the retaking of the Premises and such reletting;

(c) Third, to the payment of Rent and other charges due and unpaid hereunder; and

(d) Fourth, to the payment of future Rent and other damages payable by Tenant under this Lease.

50


 

31.10. All of Landlord’s rights, options and remedies hereunder shall be construed and held to be nonexclusive and cumulative. Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies, or any other remedy or relief that may be provided by Applicable Laws, whether or not stated in this Lease. No waiver of any default of Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord of any Rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in such waiver. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be required to mitigate its damages with respect to any default by Tenant, except as required by Applicable Laws. Any such obligation imposed by Applicable Laws upon Landlord to relet the Premises after any termination of this Lease shall be subject to the reasonable requirements of Landlord to (a) lease to high quality tenants on such terms as Landlord may from time to time deem appropriate in its discretion and (b) develop the Project in a harmonious manner with a mix of uses, tenants, floor areas, terms of tenancies, etc., as determined by Landlord. Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises to (y) any Tenant’s Affiliate or (z) any party (i) unacceptable to a Lender, (ii) that requires Landlord to make improvements to or re-demise the Premises, (iii) that desires to change the Permitted Use, (iv) that desires to lease the Premises for more or less than the remaining Term or (v) to whom Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord may desire to lease other available space in the Project or at another property owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord.

31.11. Landlord’s termination of (a) this Lease or (b) Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of any liability to Landlord that has previously accrued or that shall arise based upon events that occurred prior to the later to occur of (y) the date of Lease termination and (z) the date Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises.

31.12. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Tenant waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future Applicable Laws if Tenant is evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or if Landlord obtains possession of the Premises due to Tenant’s default hereunder or otherwise.

31.13. Landlord shall not be in default or liable for damages under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event shall such failure continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant specifying the nature of Landlord’s failure; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. In no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or cancel this Lease or to withhold or abate rent or to set off any Claims against Rent as a result of any default or breach by Landlord of any of its covenants, obligations, representations, warranties or promises hereunder, except as may otherwise be expressly set forth in this Lease.

31.14. In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any (a) beneficiary of a deed of trust or (b) mortgagee under a mortgage covering the Premises, the Building or the Project and to any landlord of any lease of land upon or within which the Premises, the Building or the Project is located, and shall offer such beneficiary, mortgagee or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Building or the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove

51


 

necessary to effect a cure; provided that Landlord shall furnish to Tenant in writing, upon written request by Tenant, the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices.

32.
Bankruptcy . In the event a debtor, trustee or debtor in possession under the Bankruptcy Code, or another person with similar rights, duties and powers under any other Applicable Laws, proposes to cure any default under this Lease or to assume or assign this Lease and is obliged to provide adequate assurance to Landlord that (a) a default shall be cured, (b) Landlord shall be compensated for its damages arising from any breach of this Lease and (c) future performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall occur, then such adequate assurances shall include any or all of the following, as designated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion:

32.1. Those acts specified in the Bankruptcy Code or other Applicable Laws as included within the meaning of “adequate assurance,” even if this Lease does not concern a shopping center or other facility described in such Applicable Laws;

32.2. A prompt cash payment to compensate Landlord for any monetary defaults or actual damages arising directly from a breach of this Lease;

32.3. A cash deposit in an amount at least equal to the then-current amount of the Security Deposit; or

32.4. The assumption or assignment of all of Tenant’s interest and obligations under this Lease.

33.
Brokers.

33.1 Tenant represents and warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease other than Hughes Marino (“Broker”), and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent that is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall compensate Broker in relation to this Lease pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Broker.

33.2 Tenant represents and warrants that no broker or agent has made any representation or warranty relied upon by Tenant in Tenant’s decision to enter into this Lease, other than as contained in this Lease.

33.3 Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the employment of brokers by Landlord is for the purpose of solicitation of offers of leases from prospective tenants and that no authority is granted to any broker to furnish any representation (written or oral) or warranty from Landlord unless expressly contained within this Lease. Landlord is executing this Lease in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties and agreements contained within Sections 33.1 and 33.2.

33.4 Tenant agrees to Indemnify the Landlord Indemnitees from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any broker or agent, other than Broker, employed or engaged by Tenant or claiming to have been employed or engaged by Tenant.

52


 

34.
Definition of Landlord. With regard to obligations imposed upon Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall refer only to Landlord or Landlord’s then-current successor-in-interest. In the event of any transfer, assignment or conveyance of Landlord’s interest in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the subsequent Landlord) shall be automatically freed and relieved, from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance, from all liability for the performance of any covenants or obligations contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed by Landlord and, without further agreement, the transferee, assignee or conveyee of Landlord’s in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder during the tenure of its interest in the Lease or the Property. Landlord or any subsequent Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises or this Lease without Tenant’s consent.
35.
Limitation of Landlord’s Liability.

35.1 If Landlord is in default under this Lease and, as a consequence, Tenant recovers a monetary judgment against Landlord, the judgment shall be satisfied only out of (a) the proceeds of sale received on execution of the judgment and levy against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Building and the Project, (b) rent or other income from such real property receivable by Landlord or (c) the consideration received by Landlord from the sale, financing, refinancing or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Building or the Project.

35.2 Neither Landlord nor any of its affiliates, nor any of their respective partners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, members or agents shall be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations or any deficiency under this Lease, and service of process shall not be made against any shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates. No partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent of Landlord or any of its affiliates shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any partner or member of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, as applicable. No partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent of Landlord or any of its affiliates shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process, and no judgment shall be taken or writ of execution levied against any partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent of Landlord or any of its affiliates.

35.3 Each of the covenants and agreements of this Article shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by Applicable Laws and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

36.
Joint and Several Obligations. If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant, then:

36.1. Each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant, and such terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and

53


 

agreements shall be binding with the same force and effect upon each and all of the persons executing this Agreement as Tenant; and

36.2. The term “Tenant,” as used in this Lease, shall mean and include each of them, jointly and severally. The act of, notice from, notice to, refund to, or signature of any one or more of them with respect to the tenancy under this Lease, including any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted, so given or received such notice or refund, or so signed.

37.
Representations. Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Property is located, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so and (e) neither (i) the execution, delivery or performance of this Lease nor (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or conflict with any provision of documents or instruments under which Tenant is constituted or to which Tenant is a party. In addition, Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that none of (x) it, (y) its affiliates or partners nor (z) to the best of its knowledge, its members, shareholders or other equity owners or any of their respective employees, officers, directors, representatives or agents is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other similar governmental action.
38.
Confidentiality. Tenant shall keep the terms and conditions of this Lease and any information provided to Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors pursuant to Article 9 confidential and shall not (a) disclose to any third party any terms or conditions of this Lease or any other Lease-related document (including subleases, assignments, work letters, construction contracts, letters of credit, subordination agreements, non-disturbance agreements, brokerage agreements or estoppels) or the contents of any documents, reports, surveys or evaluations related to the Project or any portion thereof or (b) provide to any third party an original or copy of this Lease (or any Lease-related document or other document referenced in Subsection 38(a)). Landlord shall not release to any third party any non-public financial information or non-public information about Tenant’s ownership structure that Tenant gives Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, confidential information under this Section may be released by Landlord or Tenant under the following circumstances: (x) if required by Applicable Laws or in any judicial proceeding; provided that the releasing party has given the other party reasonable notice of such requirement, if feasible, (y) to a party’s attorneys, accountants, brokers, lenders, potential lenders, investors, potential investors and other bona fide consultants or advisers (with respect to this Lease only); provided such third parties agree to be bound by this Section or (z) to bona fide prospective assignees or subtenants of this Lease; provided they agree in writing to be bound by this Section.

54


 

39.
Notices . Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, any notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by (a) personal delivery, (b) overnight delivery with a reputable international overnight delivery service, such as FedEx, or (c) facsimile or email transmission, so long as such transmission is followed within one (1) business day by delivery utilizing one of the methods described in Subsection 39(a) or (b). Any such notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or other communication shall be deemed delivered (x) upon receipt, if given in accordance with Subsection 39(a); (y) one (1) business day after deposit with a reputable international overnight delivery service, if given in accordance with Subsection 39(b); or (z) upon transmission, if given on a business day during normal business hours in accordance with Subsection 39(c). Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, any notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or other communication required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Lease shall be addressed to Tenant at the Premises, or to Landlord or Tenant at the addresses shown in Sections 2.9 and 2.10 or 2.11, respectively. Either party may, by notice to the other given pursuant to this Section, specify additional or different addresses for notice purposes.
40.
Miscellaneous.

40.1. Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building or the Project in its sole discretion.

40.2. To induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant agrees that it shall furnish to Landlord, from time to time(but in no event more than once per calendar year, provided such limit shall not apply during any period that Tenant is in default or when such request is made in connection with any financing, refinancing or sale of the Property by Landlord), within ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord’s written request, the most recent year-end unconsolidated financial statements reflecting Tenant’s current financial condition audited by a nationally recognized accounting firm. Upon Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall, within ninety (90) days after the end of Tenant’s financial year, furnish Landlord with a certified copy of Tenant’s year-end unconsolidated financial statements for the previous year audited by a nationally recognized accounting firm. Tenant represents and warrants that all financial statements, records and information furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are true, correct and complete in all respects. If audited financials are not otherwise prepared, unaudited financials complying with generally accepted accounting principles and certified by the chief financial officer of Tenant as true, correct and complete in all respects shall suffice for purposes of this Section. The provisions of this Section shall not apply at any time while Tenant is a corporation whose shares are traded on any nationally recognized stock exchange.

40.3. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

40.4. The terms of this Lease are intended by the parties as a final, complete and exclusive expression of their agreement with respect to the terms that are included herein, and may not be contradicted or supplemented by evidence of any other prior or contemporaneous agreement.

55


 

40.5. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, record a short form or memorandum hereof without Tenant’s consent. Within ten (10) days after receipt of written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute a termination of any short form or memorandum of lease recorded with respect hereto. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of recording any short form or memorandum of this Lease, including any transfer or other taxes incurred in connection with such recordation. Neither party shall record this Lease.

40.6. Where applicable in this Lease, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The words “include,” “includes,” “included” and “including” mean “‘include,’ etc., without limitation.” The word “shall” is mandatory and the word “may” is permissive. The word “business day” means a calendar day other than any national or local holiday on which federal government agencies in the County of San Diego are closed for business, or any weekend. The section headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant have each participated in the drafting and negotiation of this Lease, and the language in all parts of this Lease shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

40.7. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, each party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Lease and such party’s performance under this Lease; provided that, if either party commences an action, proceeding, demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit against the other party arising from or in connection with this Lease, then the substantially prevailing party shall be reimbursed by the other party for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by the substantially prevailing party in such action, proceeding, demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit, and in any appeal in connection therewith (regardless of whether the applicable action, proceeding, demand, claim, action, cause of action, suit or appeal is voluntarily withdrawn or dismissed). In addition, Landlord shall, upon demand, be entitled to all reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other reasonable costs incurred in the preparation and service of any notice or demand hereunder, regardless of whether a legal action is subsequently commenced, or incurred in connection with any contested matter or other proceeding in bankruptcy court concerning this Lease.

40.8. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease.

40.9. Each provision of this Lease performable by Tenant shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

40.10. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are independent and shall not be conditioned upon performance by Landlord.

40.11. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary.

56


 

40.12. Any provision of this Lease that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist.

40.13. Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors and assigns. This Lease is for the sole benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and permitted successors and assigns, and nothing in this Lease shall give or be construed to give any other person or entity any legal or equitable rights. Nothing in this Section shall in any way alter the provisions of this Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

40.14. This Lease shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located, without regard to such state’s conflict of law principles.

40.15. Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Lease have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Lease on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.

40.16. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

40.17. No provision of this Lease may be modified, amended or supplemented except by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

40.18. No waiver of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord unless executed in writing by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of any breach or default of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or subsequent breach or default of such term, covenant or condition or any other term, covenant or condition of this Lease.

40.19. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the parties waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by the other party hereto related to matters arising from or in any way connected with this Lease; the relationship between Landlord and Tenant; Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; or any claim of injury or damage related to this Lease or the Premises.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

57


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.

LANDLORD:

 

BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

/s/ Kevin M. Simonsen

Name:

Kevin M. Simonsen

Title:

Sr. VP, General Counsel & Secretary

 

TENANT:

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:

/s/ Kim Kamdar

Name:

Kim Kamdar

Title:

CEO

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER

This Work Letter (this “Work Letter”) is made and entered into as of the ____ day of _______, 2019, by and between BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of that certain Lease dated of even date herewith (as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises located at 10835 Road to the Cure, San Diego, California. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements.

1.1. Authorized Representatives.

(a) Landlord designates, as Landlord’s authorized representative (“Landlord’s Authorized Representative”), (i) John Moshy as the person authorized to initial plans, drawings, approvals and to sign change orders pursuant to this Work Letter and (ii) an officer of Landlord as the person authorized to sign any amendments to this Work Letter or the Lease. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by the appropriate Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Tenant.

(b) Tenant designates Jeremy Ferrell (“Tenant’s Authorized Representative”) as the person authorized to initial and sign all plans, drawings, change orders and approvals pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant may change Tenant’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Landlord.

1.2. Schedule. The schedule for design and development of the Tenant Improvements, including the time periods for preparation and review of construction documents, approvals and performance, shall be in accordance with the schedule attached hereto as Schedule B-1 (the “Schedule”). The Schedule shall be subject to adjustment as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties, or as provided in this Work Letter.

1.3. Tenant’s Architects, Contractors and Consultants. The architect, engineering consultants, design team, general contractor and subcontractors responsible for the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Landlord may refuse to use any architects, consultants, contractors, subcontractors or material suppliers that Landlord reasonably believes could cause labor disharmony or may not have sufficient experience, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, to perform work in an occupied Class “A” laboratory research building and in tenant-occupied lab areas. All Tenant contracts related to the Tenant Improvements shall provide that Tenant may assign such contracts and any warranties with respect to the Tenant Improvements

 


 

to Landlord at any time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, Landlord hereby approves McFarlane Architects as the architect and Prevost Construction as the general contractor for the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

2. Tenant Improvements. All Tenant Improvements shall be performed by Tenant’s contractor, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to Landlord’s obligations with respect to any portion of the TI Allowance) and in accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined below), the Lease and this Work Letter. To the extent that the total projected cost of the Tenant Improvements (as projected by Landlord) exceeds the TI Allowance (such excess, the “Excess TI Costs”), Tenant shall advance to Landlord any Excess TI Costs within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice therefor, but in any case before Tenant commences the Tenant Improvements. If the actual Excess TI Costs are less than the Excess TI Costs paid by Tenant to Landlord, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the overage paid by Tenant against Tenant’s Rent obligations, beginning after Landlord has completed the final accounting for the Tenant Improvements. If the cost of the Tenant Improvements (as projected by Landlord) increases over Landlord’s initial projection, then Landlord may notify Tenant and Tenant shall deposit any additional Excess TI Costs with Landlord in the same way that Tenant deposited the initial Excess TI Costs. If Tenant fails to pay, or is late in paying, any sum due to Landlord under this Work Letter, then Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including the right to interest and the right to assess a late charge), and for purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts the same shall be considered Rent. All material and equipment furnished by Tenant or its contractors as the Tenant Improvements shall be new or “like new;” the Tenant Improvements shall be performed in a first-class, workmanlike manner; and the quality of the Tenant Improvements shall be of a nature and character not less than the Building Standard. Tenant shall take, and shall require its contractors to take, commercially reasonable steps to protect the Premises during the performance of any Tenant Improvements, including covering or temporarily removing any window coverings so as to guard against dust, debris or damage. All Tenant Improvements shall be performed in accordance with Article 17 of the Lease; provided that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease or this Work Letter to the contrary, in the event of a conflict between this Work Letter and Article 17 of the Lease, the terms of this Work Letter shall govern.

2.1. Work Plans. Landlord has approved schematics covering the Tenant Improvements attached hereto as Schedule B-2 (the “Approved Schematic Plans”).

2.2. Construction Plans. Tenant shall prepare final plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements that (a) are consistent with and are logical evolutions of the Approved Schematic Plans and (b) incorporate any other Tenant-requested (and Landlord-approved) Changes (as defined below). As soon as such final plans and specifications (“Construction Plans”) are completed, Tenant shall deliver the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. All such Construction Plans shall be submitted by Tenant to Landlord in electronic .pdf, CADD and full-size hard copy formats, and shall be approved or disapproved by Landlord within five (5) business days after delivery to Landlord. Landlord’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by Landlord. If the Construction Plans are disapproved by Landlord, then Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of its objections to such Construction Plans, and the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Construction Plans. Promptly after the

 


 

Construction Plans are approved by Landlord and Tenant, two (2) copies of such Construction Plans shall be initialed and dated by Landlord and Tenant, and Tenant shall promptly submit such Construction Plans to all appropriate Governmental Authorities for approval (except that Tenant may, at its election and at Tenant’s sole risk, submit such proposed Construction Plans for permit review to the appropriate Governmental Authorities concurrently with Tenant’s submittal to Landlord for Landlord’s approval; provided, however, any proposed Construction Plans submitted prior to Landlord’s approval shall not in any event bind Landlord or be deemed to be approved by Landlord in any respect). The Construction Plans so approved, and all change orders specifically permitted by this Work Letter, are referred to herein as the “Approved Plans.”

2.3. Changes to the Tenant Improvements. Any changes to the Approved Plans (each, a “Change”) shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 and shall be subject to the written approval of the non-requesting party in accordance with this Work Letter.

(a) Change Request. Either Landlord or Tenant may request Changes after Landlord approves the Approved Plans by notifying the other party thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested Changes, including (a) the Change, (b) the party required to perform the Change and (c) any modification of the Approved Plans and the Schedule, as applicable, necessitated by the Change. If the nature of a Change requires revisions to the Approved Plans, then the requesting party shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions and any increases in the cost of the Tenant Improvements as a result of such Change. Change Requests shall be signed by the requesting party’s Authorized Representative.

(b) Approval of Changes. All Change Requests shall be subject to the other party’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The non-requesting party shall have five (5) business days after receipt of a Change Request to notify the requesting party in writing of the non-requesting party’s decision either to approve or object to the Change Request. The non-requesting party’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by the non-requesting party.

2.4. Preparation of Estimates. Tenant shall, before proceeding with any Change, using its best efforts, prepare as soon as is reasonably practicable (but in no event more than five (5) business days after delivering a Change Request to Landlord or receipt of a Change Request) an estimate of the increased costs or savings that would result from such Change, as well as an estimate of such Change’s effects on the Schedule. Landlord shall have five (5) business days after receipt of such information from Tenant to (a) in the case of a Tenant-initiated Change Request, approve or reject such Change Request in writing, or (b) in the case of a Landlord-initiated Change Request, notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s decision either to proceed with or abandon the Landlord-initiated Change Request.

2.5. Quality Control Program; Coordination. Tenant shall provide Landlord with information regarding the following (together, the “QCP”): (a) Tenant’s general contractor’s quality control program and (b) evidence of subsequent monitoring and action plans. The QCP shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable review and approval and shall specifically address the

 


 

Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall ensure that the QCP is regularly implemented on a scheduled basis and shall provide Landlord with reasonable prior notice and access to attend all inspections and meetings between Tenant and its general contractor. At the conclusion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver the quality control log to Landlord, which shall include all records of quality control meetings and testing and of inspections held in the field, including inspections relating to concrete, steel roofing, piping pressure testing and system commissioning.

3. Completion of Tenant Improvements. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense (except for the TI Allowance), shall perform and complete the Tenant Improvements in all respects (a) in substantial conformance with the Approved Plans, (b) otherwise in compliance with provisions of the Lease and this Work Letter and (c) in accordance with Applicable Laws, the requirements of Tenant’s insurance carriers, the requirements of Landlord’s insurance carriers (to the extent Landlord provides its insurance carriers’ requirements to Tenant) and the board of fire underwriters having jurisdiction over the Premises. The Tenant Improvements shall be deemed completed at such time as Tenant shall furnish to Landlord (t) evidence satisfactory to Landlord that (i) all Tenant Improvements have been completed and paid for in full (which shall be evidenced by the architect’s certificate of completion and the general contractor’s and each subcontractor’s and material supplier’s final unconditional waivers and releases of liens, each in a form acceptable to Landlord and complying with Applicable Laws, and a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects document G704, executed by the project architect and the general contractor, together with a statutory notice of substantial completion from the general contractor), (ii) all Tenant Improvements have been accepted by Landlord, (iii) any and all liens related to the Tenant Improvements have either been discharged of record (by payment, bond, order of a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise) or waived by the party filing such lien and (iv) no security interests relating to the Tenant Improvements are outstanding, (u) all certifications and approvals with respect to the Tenant Improvements that may be required from any Governmental Authority and any board of fire underwriters or similar body for the use and occupancy of the Premises (including a certificate of occupancy (or its substantial equivalent) for the Premises for the Permitted Use), (v) certificates of insurance required by the Lease to be purchased and maintained by Tenant, (w) an affidavit from Tenant’s architect certifying that all work performed in, on or about the Premises is in accordance with the Approved Plans, (x) complete “as built” drawing print sets, project specifications and shop drawings and electronic CADD files on disc (showing the Tenant Improvements as an overlay on the Building “as built” plans (provided that Landlord provides the Building “as-built” plans provided to Tenant) of all contract documents for work performed by their architect and engineers in relation to the Tenant Improvements, (y) a commissioning report prepared by a licensed, qualified commissioning agent hired by Tenant and approved by Landlord for all new or affected mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems (which report Landlord may hire a licensed, qualified commissioning agent to peer review, and whose reasonable recommendations Tenant’s commissioning agent shall perform and incorporate into a revised report) and (z) such other “close out” materials as Landlord reasonably requests consistent with Landlord’s own requirements for its contractors, such as copies of manufacturers’ warranties, operation and maintenance manuals and the like.

 


 

4. Insurance.

4.1. Property Insurance. At all times during the period beginning with commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements and ending with final completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall maintain, or cause to be maintained (in addition to the insurance required of Tenant pursuant to the Lease), property insurance insuring Landlord and the Landlord Parties, as their interests may appear. Such policy shall, on a completed replacement cost basis for the full insurable value at all times, insure against loss or damage by fire, vandalism and malicious mischief and other such risks as are customarily covered by the so-called “broad form extended coverage endorsement” upon all Tenant Improvements and the general contractor’s and any subcontractors’ machinery, tools and equipment, all while each forms a part of, or is contained in, the Tenant Improvements or any temporary structures on the Premises, or is adjacent thereto; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, insurance coverage with respect to the general contractor’s and any subcontractors’ machinery, tools and equipment shall be carried on a primary basis by such general contractor or the applicable subcontractor(s). Tenant agrees to pay any deductible, and Landlord is not responsible for any deductible, for a claim under such insurance.

4.2. Workers’ Compensation Insurance. At all times during the period of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall, or shall cause its contractors or subcontractors to, maintain statutory workers’ compensation insurance as required by Applicable Laws.

4.3. Waivers of Subrogation. Any insurance provided pursuant to this Article shall waive subrogation against the Landlord Parties and Tenant shall hold harmless and indemnify the Landlord Parties for any loss or expense incurred as a result of a failure to obtain such waivers of subrogation from insurers.

5. Liability. Tenant assumes sole responsibility and liability for any and all injuries or the death of any persons, including Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors and their respective employees, agents and invitees, and for any and all damages to property arising from any act or omission on the part of Tenant, Tenant’s contractors or subcontractors, or their respective employees, agents and invitees in the prosecution of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant agrees to Indemnify the Landlord Indemnitees from and against all Claims due to, because of or arising from any and all such injuries, death or damage, whether real or alleged, and Tenant and Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall assume and defend at their sole cost and expense all such Claims; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Work Letter shall be deemed to Indemnify Landlord from or against liability to the extent arising directly from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. Any deficiency in design or construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be solely the responsibility of Tenant, notwithstanding the fact that Landlord may have approved of the same in writing.

6. TI Allowance.

6.1. Application of TI Allowance. Landlord shall contribute the TI Allowance and any Excess TI Costs advanced by Tenant to Landlord toward the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvements, in accordance with Article 4 of the Lease. If the entire TI Allowance is not applied toward or reserved for the costs of the Tenant Improvements, then Tenant shall not be entitled to a credit of such unused portion of the TI

 


 

Allowance. If the entire Excess TI Costs advanced by Tenant to Landlord are not applied toward the costs of the Tenant Improvements, then Landlord shall promptly return such excess to Tenant following completion of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant may apply the TI Allowance for the payment of construction and other costs in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Lease.

6.2. Approval of Budget for the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth elsewhere in this Work Letter or the Lease, Landlord shall not have any obligation to expend any portion of the TI Allowance until Landlord and Tenant shall have approved in writing the budget for the Tenant Improvements (the “Approved Budget”). Prior to Landlord’s approval of the Approved Budget, Tenant shall pay all of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvements as they become due. Landlord shall not be obligated to reimburse Tenant for costs or expenses relating to the Tenant Improvements that exceed the amount of the TI Allowance. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of any budget for Tenant Improvements that is proposed by Tenant.

6.3. Fund Requests. Upon submission by Tenant to Landlord as of or prior to the TI Deadline of (a) a statement (a “Fund Request”) setting forth the total amount of the TI Allowance requested, (b) a summary of the Tenant Improvements performed using AIA standard form Application for Payment (G 702) executed by the general contractor and by the architect, (c) invoices from the general contractor, the architect, and any subcontractors, material suppliers and other parties requesting payment with respect to the amount of the TI Allowance then being requested, and (d) unconditional lien releases from the general contractor and each subcontractor and material supplier with respect to previous payments made by either Landlord or Tenant for the Tenant Improvements in a form acceptable to Landlord and complying with Applicable Laws and (e) conditional lien releases from the general contractor and each subcontractor and material supplier with respect to the Tenant Improvements performed that correspond to the Fund Request each in a form acceptable to Landlord and complying with Applicable Laws, then Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt by Landlord of a Fund Request and the accompanying materials required by this Section, pay to the applicable contractors, subcontractors and/or material suppliers or Tenant (for reimbursement for payments made by Tenant to such contractors, subcontractors and/or material suppliers), the amount of Tenant Improvement costs set forth in such Fund Request or Landlord’s pari passu share thereof if Excess TI Costs exist based on the Approved Budget; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to make any payments under this Section until the budget for the Tenant Improvements is approved in accordance with Section 6.2, and any Fund Request under this Section shall be submitted as of or prior to the TI Deadline and shall be subject to the payment limits set forth in Section 6.2 above and Article 4 of the Lease. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Tenant shall not submit a Fund Request after the TI Deadline or more often than every thirty (30) days. Any additional Fund Requests submitted by Tenant after the TI Deadline or more often than every thirty (30) days shall be void and of no force or effect.

6.4. Accrual Information. In addition to the other requirements of this Section 6, Tenant shall, no later than the second (2nd) business day of each month until the Tenant Improvements are complete, provide Landlord with an estimate of (a) the percentage of design and other soft cost work that has been completed, (b) design and other soft costs spent through the end of the previous month, both from commencement of the Tenant Improvements and solely for the previous month, (c) the percentage of construction and other hard cost work that has been completed, (d)

 


 

construction and other hard costs spent through the end of the previous month, both from commencement of the Tenant Improvements and solely for the previous month, and (e) the date of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements. The term “Substantially Complete” or “Substantial Completion” means that the Tenant Improvements are substantially complete in accordance with the Approved Plans, except for minor punch list items.

7. Miscellaneous.

7.1. Incorporation of Lease Provisions. Sections 40.6 through 40.19 of the Lease are incorporated into this Work Letter by reference, and shall apply to this Work Letter in the same way that they apply to the Lease.

7.2. General. Except as otherwise set forth in the Lease or this Work Letter, this Work Letter shall not apply to improvements performed in any additional premises added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise; or to any portion of the Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease expressly provides that such additional premises are to be delivered to Tenant in the same condition as the initial Premises.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Work Letter to be effective on the date first above written.

LANDLORD:

BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 


 

SCHEDULE B-1

SCHEDULE

 


 

SCHEDULE B-2

APPROVED PLANS

 


 

EXHIBIT B-1

TENANT WORK INSURANCE SCHEDULE

Tenant shall be responsible for requiring all of Tenant contractors doing construction or renovation work to purchase and maintain such insurance as shall protect it from the claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from any Tenant Work whether such Tenant Work is completed by Tenant or by any Tenant contractors or by any person directly or indirectly employed by Tenant or any Tenant contractors, or by any person for whose acts Tenant or any Tenant contractors may be liable:

1. Claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Tenant Work to be performed.

2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of employees under any applicable employer’s liability law.

3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, or death of any person other than Tenant’s or any Tenant contractors’ employees.

4. Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Tenant or any Tenant contractors or (b) by any other person.

5. Claims for damages, other than to the Tenant Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use therefrom.

6. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising from the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle.

Tenant contractors’ Commercial General Liability Insurance shall include premises/operations (including explosion, collapse and underground coverage if such Tenant Work involves any underground work), elevators, independent contractors, products and completed operations, and blanket contractual liability on all written contracts, all including broad form property damage coverage.

Tenant contractors’ Commercial General, Automobile, Employers and Umbrella Liability Insurance shall be written for not less than limits of liability as follows:

a. Commercial General Liability:

Bodily Injury and Property Damage

 

Not less than (a) for the general contractor , $2,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 general aggregate, with $5,000,000 products and completed operations aggregate, and (b) for all other contractors and subcontractors, $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 general aggregate, with $2,000,000 products and completed operations aggregate

B-1-1


 

b. Commercial Automobile Liability:

Bodily Injury and Property Damage

Coverage for liability arising from the use or operation of any auto on behalf of Tenant or invited by Tenant (including those owned, hired, rented, leased, borrowed, scheduled or non-owned). Coverage shall be on a broad-based occurrence form in an amount not less than $2,000,000 combined single limit per accident. Such coverage shall apply to all vehicles and persons, whether accessing the property with active or passive consent

c. Employer’s Liability:

Each Accident

Disease – Policy Limit

Disease – Each Employee

 

$1,000,000

$1,000,000

$1,000,000

d. Umbrella Liability:

Bodily Injury and Property Damage

(Excess of coverages a, b and c above) of not less than $5,000,000 per occurrence / aggregate

e. Workers’ Compensation:

As required by Applicable Laws

All subcontractors for Tenant contractors shall carry the same coverages and limits as specified above, unless different limits are reasonably approved by Landlord. The foregoing policies shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies shall not be canceled or not renewed until at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice has been given to the Landlord. Certificates of insurance including required endorsements showing such coverages to be in force shall be filed with Landlord prior to the commencement of any Tenant Work and prior to each renewal. Coverage for completed operations must be maintained for the lesser of ten (10) years and the applicable statue of repose following completion of the Tenant Work, and certificates evidencing this coverage must be provided to Landlord. The minimum A.M. Best’s rating of each insurer shall be A- VII. The Landlord Parties shall be named as an additional insureds under Tenant contractors’ Commercial General Liability, Commercial Automobile Liability, Umbrella Liability and, to the extent required by the Lease, the Work Letter or this Exhibit, Pollution Legal Liability Insurance policies as respects liability arising from work or operations performed, or ownership, maintenance or use of any autos, by or on behalf of such contractors. Each contractor and its insurers shall provide waivers of subrogation with respect to all insurance required by the Lease, the Work Letter or this Exhibit.

If any contractor’s work involves the handling or removal of asbestos, lead or other Hazardous Materials (as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion), such contractor shall also carry Pollution Legal Liability insurance. Such coverage shall include bodily injury, sickness, disease, death or mental anguish or shock sustained by any person; property damage, including physical injury to or destruction of tangible property (including the resulting loss of use thereof), clean-up costs and the loss of use of tangible property that has not been physically injured or

B-1-2


 

destroyed; and defense costs, charges and expenses incurred in the investigation, adjustment or defense of claims for such damages. Coverage shall apply to both sudden and non-sudden pollution conditions including the discharge, dispersal, release or escape of smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids or gases, waste materials or other irritants, contaminants or pollutants into or upon land, the atmosphere or any watercourse or body of water. Claims-made coverage is permitted, provided the policy retroactive date is continuously maintained prior to the Term Commencement Date, and coverage is continuously maintained during all periods in which Tenant occupies the Premises. Coverage shall be maintained with limits of not less than $1,000,000 per incident with a $2,000,000 policy aggregate.

B-1-3


 

EXHIBIT C

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE,

RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE

This acknowledgement of TERM commencement date and TERM EXPIRATION DATE is entered into as of [_______], 20[__], with reference to that certain Lease (the “Lease”) dated as of [_______], 20[__], by [_______], a [_______] (“Tenant”), in favor of [BIOMED ENTITY], a [Delaware] limited [liability company][OR][partnership] (“Landlord”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

Tenant hereby confirms the following:

1. [Tenant accepted possession of the Premises for use in accordance with the Permitted Use on [_______], 20[__]. Tenant first occupied the Premises for the Permitted Use on [_______], 20[__].][OR][Tenant accepted possession of the Premises for construction of improvements or the installation of personal or other property on [_______], 20[__], and for use in accordance with the Permitted Use on [_______], 20[__]. Tenant first occupied the Premises for the Permitted Use on [_______], 20[__].]

2. The Premises are in good order, condition and repair.

3. The Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete.

4. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord as a condition to the full effectiveness of the Lease have been satisfied, and Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties in the nature of inducements offered to Tenant to lease the Premises, except with respect to disbursements of TI Allowance in accordance with the Lease and Work Letter.

5. In accordance with the provisions of Article 4 of the Lease, the Term Commencement Date is [_______], 20[__], the Rent Commencement Date is [_______], 20[__], and, unless the Lease is terminated prior to the Term Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the Term Expiration Date shall be [_______], 20[__].

6. The Lease is in full force and effect, and the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises[, except [_______]].

7. Tenant has no existing defenses against the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord, and there exist no offsets or credits against Rent owed or to be owed by Tenant.

C-1


 

8. The obligation to pay Rent is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Lease commenced to accrue on [_______], 20[__], with Base Rent payable on the dates and amounts set forth in the chart below:

 

Dates

Approximate
Square Feet of
Rentable Area

Base Rent per Square
Foot of Rentable Area

Monthly
Base Rent

Annual
Base Rent

[__]/[__]/[__]-[__]/[__]/[__]

[ ]

$[_______] [monthly][OR][annually]

[ ]

[ ]

 

9. The undersigned Tenant has not made any prior assignment, transfer, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents thereunder or sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

C-2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has executed this Acknowledgment of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date as of the date first written above.

TENANT:

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

C-3


 

EXHIBIT D

[Intentionally omitted]

D-1


 

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

 

BENEFICIARY:

BENEFICIARY

BENEFICIARY

BENEFICIARY

BENEFICIARY

Attn: ________________

Letter of credit number: [______________]

Date: xx/xx/xx

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

At the request and for the account of APPLICANT NAME AND ADDRESS (“Account Party”), we hereby establish our irrevocable and unconditional standby letter of credit number [___________] (hereinafter, the “letter of credit”) in your favor in the amount of U.S. dollars and cents (USD ) (hereinafter the “maximum amount”) available with us at our office listed below. We authorize Beneficiary to draw on us (the “Issuer”) under the terms and conditions of this letter of credit. Funds under this letter of credit are available by presenting the following (the “Drawing Documentation”):

1. The original of this letter of credit and all amendments (if any).

2. Your sight draft(s) drawn on us in the format attached hereto as Exhibit B.

Except as set forth above, no further evidence of authority, certificate or documentation is required. Partial and multiple drawings under this letter of credit are permitted. We shall, after each presentation of this letter of credit, return the same to you, marking this letter of credit to show the amount paid by us and the date of such payment. We shall have no duty or right to inquire into the validity of or basis for any draw under this letter of credit or any Drawing Documentation. We waive any defense based on fraud or any claim of fraud. We shall pay this letter of credit only from our own funds by check or wire transfer, in compliance with the Drawing Documentation.

Each draft must be marked “Drawn under Pacific Western Bank letter of credit number 2010100000XX.”

This letter of credit expires at our office listed below at 5 p.m. eastern time on .

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this letter of credit shall be automatically extended for a period of one year unless at least ninety(90) calendar days prior to any expiration date we have sent written notice to your above address by courier that we elect not to renew this letter of credit for such additional period. In any event, this letter of credit will not be extended beyond FINAL EXPIRY DATE. No amendment that adversely affects the you as Beneficiary shall be effective without your written consent.

E-2-1


 

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, our aggregate obligation to honor such drafts shall not exceed the maximum amount, as reduced by prior draws hereunder.

If any instructions accompanying a drawing under this letter of credit request that payment is to be made by transfer to an account with us or at another bank, we and/or such other bank may rely on an account number specified in such instructions.

If you present Drawing Documentation in compliance with terms of this letter of credit to us before the expiration of this letter of credit, then we will pay under this letter of credit at or before the following time (the “Payment Deadline”): (a) if presentment is made at or before noon of any business day, then the close of the second succeeding business day following presentment; and (b) otherwise, the close of the third succeeding business day following presentment. We waive any right to delay payment beyond the Payment Deadline. If we determine that the Drawing Documentation is not proper, then we shall promptly so advise Beneficiary in writing. Any notice to Beneficiary shall be in writing and delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged or by overnight delivery service at the above address or such address as Beneficiary may specify in writing to Issuer.

This Letter of Credit is transferable one or more times, but in each instance to a single transferee and only in the full amount available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit at the time of such transfer. Any such transfer may be effected only through ourselves and only upon presentation to us at our below-specified office of a duly executed instrument of transfer in the format attached hereto as Exhibit A together with the original of this letter of credit. Each transfer shall be evidenced by our endorsement on the reverse of the original of this letter of credit, and we shall promptly deliver the original of this letter of credit so endorsed to the transferee. Without prejudice to the foregoing, such transfer shall be permitted without our approval, provided that such transfer is not in favor of any person or entity identified on a then-current list of specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons provided by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury. All charges in connection with any transfer under this letter of credit shall be paid by the applicant at the time written notice of a transfer is submitted, provided such payment is not a condition to such transfer.

This letter of credit shall be promptly surrendered to us by you (or any subsequent transferee) upon expiration.

Except so far as otherwise expressly stated, this Standby Letter of Credit is subject to (a) the International Standby Practices ICC Publication No. 590 (the “ISP98”). and (b) to the extent not inconsistent with ISP 98, Article 5 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York.

We engage with you that each draft drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this letter of credit will be duly honored on delivery of the specified documents, if presented (i) by courier or in person to this office during regular business hours: 475 Fifth Ave, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10017 or (ii) via facsimile to 646-336-4961.

E-2-2


 

To the extent a presentation is made by facsimile, and to ensure timely payment, you must provide telephone notification thereof to us at 646-336-4965, prior to or simultaneously with the sending of such facsimile transmission. A (“fax drawing”); will not be effectively presented until you confirm by telephone of our receipt of such fax drawing. If you present a fax drawing under this letter of credit you do not need to present the original of any drawing documents, and if we receive any such original drawing documents they will not be examined by us. In the event of a full or final drawing the original standby letter of credit must be returned to us by overnight courier.

In the event that your presentation is via facsimile with confirmation of receipt of presentation via phone, you are not required to submit the original letter of credit, however, we will mark our records accordingly sending you an advice of the paid drawing and indicating the balance of the reduced maximum amount, which will become an integral part of this letter of credit.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

Pacific Western Bank

 

E-2-3


 

 

1.

Exhibit A

 

Pacific Western Bank

 

Letter of Credit No.

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Pacific Western Bank

Trade Services

475 Fifth Ave, 18th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Subject: Your Letter of Credit No. _________

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For value received, we hereby irrevocably assign and transfer all our rights under the above-captioned Letter of Credit, as heretofore and hereafter amended, extended or increased, to:

 

Insert name of transferee

 

 

 

 

By this transfer, all of our rights in the Letter of Credit are transferred to the transferee, and the transferee shall have sole rights as beneficiary under the Letter of Credit, including sole rights relating to any amendments, whether increases or extensions or other amendments, and whether now existing or hereafter made. You are hereby irrevocably instructed to advise future amendment(s) of the Letter of Credit to the transferee without our consent or notice to us.

Enclosed are the original Letter of Credit and the original of all amendments to this date. Please notify the transferee of this transfer and of the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit as transferred. This transfer will not become effective until the transferee is so notified.

Very truly yours,

 

Insert name of transferor

By:

 

Name:

 

Title

 

 

Signature of Transferor Guaranteed

[Insert name of bank]

By:

 

Name:

 

Title

 

 

E-2-4


 

Exhibit B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At Sight of this Bill of Exchange

 

 

 

Pay to the order of

 

 

 

 

 

the Sum of

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Drawn under Pacific Western Bank Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. ________dated: _____________” only for value received.

 

To:

Pacific Western Bank

 

 

 

 

475 Fifth Ave, 18th Floor

 

(BeneficiaryName)

 

 

New York, NY 10017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guidelines to prepare the sight draft or bill of exchange:

 

1) Amount:

Amount of drawing in numeric figures

2) Date:

Issuance date of draft or bill of exchange

3) Pay to the order of:

Name of Beneficiary

4) The Sum of:

Amount of drawing in words

5) Letter of Credit No.

Our Standby Letter of Credit Number

6) Dated:

Issuance date of Standby Letter of Credit

 

Note: Beneficiary must endorse the back of the sight draft or bill of exchange as you would endorse a check.

E-2-5


 

EXHIBIT F

RULES AND REGULATIONS

NOTHING IN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS (“RULES AND REGULATIONS”) SHALL SUPPLANT ANY PROVISION OF THE LEASE. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT OR INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS AND THE LEASE, THE LEASE SHALL PREVAIL.

1. No Tenant Party shall encumber or obstruct the common entrances, lobbies, elevators, sidewalks and stairways of the Building(s) or the Project or use them for any purposes other than ingress or egress to and from the Building(s) or the Project.

2. Except as specifically provided in the Lease, no sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Premises or the Building(s) without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule.

3. If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades, screens, hanging plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises or placed on any windowsill, and (a) such window, door or windowsill is visible from the exterior of the Premises and (b) such curtain, blind, shade, screen, hanging plant or other object is not included in plans approved by Landlord, then Tenant shall promptly remove such curtains, blinds, shades, screens, hanging plants or other similar objects at its sole cost and expense.

4. Deliveries shall be made no later than 8 a.m. and no earlier than 6 p.m. No deliveries shall be made that impede or interfere with other tenants in or the operation of the Project. Movement of furniture, office equipment or any other large or bulky material(s) through the Common Area shall be restricted to such hours as Landlord may designate and shall be subject to reasonable restrictions that Landlord may impose. A temporary loading permit is required for all temporary parking and such permit, which permit Landlord may provide in its sole and absolute discretion.

5. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises that exceeds the load per square foot that (a) such floor was designed to carry or (b) is allowed by Applicable Laws. Fixtures and equipment that cause noises or vibrations that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building(s) to such a degree as to be objectionable to other tenants shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate such noises and vibrations to levels reasonably acceptable to Landlord and the affected tenants of the Project.

6. Tenant shall not use any method of HVAC other than that present at the Project and serving the Premises as of the Execution Date.

F-1


 

7. Tenant shall not install any radio, television or other antennae; cell or other communications equipment; or other devices on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises except in accordance with the Lease. Tenant shall not interfere with radio, television or other digital or electronic communications at the Project or elsewhere.

8. Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distributing handbills or any other written material within, on or around the Project (other than within the Premises) are prohibited. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to prevent such activities by any Tenant Party.

9. Tenant shall store all of its trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials in receptacles within its Premises or in receptacles designated by Landlord outside of the Premises. Tenant shall not place in any such receptacle any material that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials disposal. Any Hazardous Materials transported through Common Area shall be held in secondary containment devices. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for Tenant’s removal of its trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials. Tenant is encouraged to participate in the waste removal and recycling program in place at the Project.

10. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or for any improper, immoral or objectionable purpose. No cooking shall be done or permitted in the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant may use (a) equipment approved in accordance with the requirements of insurance policies that Landlord or Tenant is required to purchase and maintain pursuant to the Lease for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, (b) microwave ovens for employees’ use and (c) equipment shown on Tenant Improvement plans approved by Landlord; provided, further, that any such equipment and microwave ovens are used in accordance with Applicable Laws.

11. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use the name of the Project, if any, in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business except as Tenant’s address.

12. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any Governmental Authority.

13. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which responsibility includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

14. Tenant shall not modify any locks to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with copies of keys, pass cards or similar devices for locks to the Premises.

15. Tenant shall cooperate and participate in all reasonable security programs affecting the Premises.

16. Tenant shall not permit any animals in the Project, other than for service animals or for use in laboratory experiments.

F-2


 

17. Bicycles shall not be taken into the Building(s) (including the elevators and stairways of the Building) except into areas designated by Landlord.

18. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other substances shall be deposited therein.

19. Discharge of industrial sewage shall only be permitted if Tenant, at its sole expense, first obtains all necessary permits and licenses therefor from all applicable Governmental Authorities.

20. Smoking is prohibited inside the Building, except in designated outdoor areas of the Project (if any).

21. The Project’s hours of operation are currently 24 hours a day seven days a week.

22. Tenant shall comply with all orders, requirements and conditions now or hereafter imposed by Applicable Laws or Landlord (“Waste Regulations”) regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash generated by Tenant (collectively, “Waste Products”), including (without limitation) the separation of Waste Products into receptacles reasonably approved by Landlord and the removal of such receptacles in accordance with any collection schedules prescribed by Waste Regulations.

23. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall cause the Premises to be exterminated on a monthly basis to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction and shall cause all portions of the Premises used for the storage, preparation, service or consumption of food or beverages to be cleaned daily in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and to be treated against infestation by insects, rodents and other vermin and pests whenever there is evidence of any infestation. Tenant shall not permit any person to enter the Premises or the Project for the purpose of providing such extermination services, unless such persons have been approved by Landlord. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, store any refuse generated in the Premises by the consumption of food or beverages in a cold box or similar facility.

24. If Tenant desires to use any portion of the Common Area for a Tenant-related event, Tenant must notify Landlord in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to such event on the form attached as Attachment 1 to this Exhibit, which use shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease or the completed and executed Attachment to the contrary, Tenant shall be solely responsible for setting up and taking down any equipment or other materials required for the event, and shall promptly pick up any litter and report any property damage to Landlord related to the event. Any use of the Common Area pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the provisions of Article 28 of the Lease.

F-3


 

Subject to Section 13.1 of the Lease, Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Project, including Tenant. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable additional rules and regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and security, the care and cleanliness of the Project, or the preservation of good order therein; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to adhere to such additional rules or regulations until Landlord has provided Tenant with written notice thereof. Tenant agrees to abide by these Rules and Regulations and any such additional rules and regulations issued or adopted by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of these Rules and Regulations by all Tenant Parties.

F-4


 

ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT F

REQUEST FOR USE OF COMMON AREA

REQUEST FOR USE OF COMMON AREA

 

Date of Request:

 

Landlord/Owner:

 

Tenant/Requestor:

 

Property Location:

 

Event Description:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed Plan for Security & Cleaning:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Event:

 

 

Hours of Event: (to include set-up and take down):

 

 

Location at Property (see attached map):

 

 

Number of Attendees:

 

 

Open to the Public?

[___] YES

[___] NO

 

Food and/or Beverages?

[___] YES

[___] NO

 

 

F-1-1


 

 

 

If YES:

 

·

Will food be prepared on site? [___] YES [___] NO

 

 

 

 

·

Please describe:

 

 

 

·

Will alcohol be served? [___] YES [___] NO

 

 

·

Please describe:

 

 

 

·

Will attendees be charged for alcohol? [___] YES [___] NO

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Is alcohol license or permit required? [___] YES [___] NO

 

 

 

 

·

Does caterer have alcohol license or permit: [___] YES[___] NO [___] N/A

 

Other Amenities (tent, booths, band, food trucks, bounce house, etc.):

 

 

 

 

 

Other Event Details or Special Circumstances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned certifies that the foregoing is true, accurate and complete and he/she is duly authorized to sign and submit this request on behalf of the Tenant/Requestor named above.

[INSERT NAME OF TENANT/REQUESTOR]

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 

F-1-2


 

EXHIBIT G

[Intentionally omitted]

G-1


 

EXHIBIT H

TENANT’S PROPERTY

None.

H-1


 

EXHIBIT I

FORM OF ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

To: BMR-Road to the Cure LP

17190 Bernardo Center Drive

San Diego, California 92128

Attention: Legal Department

BioMed Realty, L.P.

17190 Bernardo Center Drive

San Diego, California 92128

Re: Suite 100 (the “Premises”) at 10835 Road to the Cure, San Diego, California (the “Property”)

The undersigned tenant (“Tenant”) hereby certifies to you as follows:

1. Tenant is a tenant at the Property under a lease (the “Lease”) for the Premises dated as of [_______], 20[__]. The Lease has not been cancelled, modified, assigned, extended or amended [except as follows: [_______]], and there are no other agreements, written or oral, affecting or relating to Tenant’s lease of the Premises or any other space at the Property. The lease term expires on [_______], 20[__].

2. Tenant took possession of the Premises, currently consisting of [_______] square feet, on [_______], 20[__], and commenced to pay rent on [_______], 20[__]. Tenant has full possession of the Premises, has not assigned the Lease or sublet any part of the Premises, and does not hold the Premises under an assignment or sublease[, except as follows: [_______]].

3. All base rent, rent escalations and additional rent under the Lease have been paid through [_______], 20[__]. There is no prepaid rent[, except $[_______]][, and the amount of security deposit is $[_______] [in cash][OR][in the form of a letter of credit]]. Tenant currently has no right to any future rent abatement under the Lease.

4. Base rent is currently payable in the amount of $[_______] per month.

5. Tenant is currently paying estimated payments of additional rent of $[_______] per month on account of real estate taxes, insurance, management fees and Common Area maintenance expenses.

6. All work to be performed for Tenant under the Lease has been performed as required under the Lease and has been accepted by Tenant[, except [_______]], and all allowances to be paid to Tenant, including allowances for tenant improvements, moving expenses or other items, have been paid.

I-1


 

7. The Lease is in full force and effect, free from default and free from any event that could become a default under the Lease, and Tenant has no claims against the landlord or offsets or defenses against rent, and there are no disputes with the landlord. Tenant has received no notice of prior sale, transfer, assignment, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents payable thereunder[, except [_______]].

8. [Tenant has the following expansion rights or options for leasing additional space at the Property: [_______].][OR][Tenant has no rights or options to purchase the Property.]

9. To Tenant’s knowledge, no hazardous wastes have been generated, treated, stored or disposed of by or on behalf of Tenant in, on or around the Premises or the Project in violation of any environmental laws.

10. The undersigned has executed this Estoppel Certificate with the knowledge and understanding that [INSERT NAME OF LANDLORD, PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE] or its assignee is [acquiring the Property/making a loan secured by the Property] in reliance on this certificate and that the undersigned shall be bound by this certificate. The statements contained herein may be relied upon by [INSERT NAME OF PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE], [LANDLORD], [BioMed Realty, L.P.][OR]BioMed Realty II LP], [BRE Edison L.P.][OR][BRE Edison II LP], and any [other ]mortgagee of the Property and their respective successors and assigns.

Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given in the Lease.

Dated this [____] day of [_______], 20[__].

[_______],

a [_______]

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

I-2


Exhibit 10.23

 

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of this 10th day of June, 2021, by and between BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated as of March 27, 2019 (as the same may have been amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Existing Lease”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises containing eleven thousand forty-one (11,041) square feet of Rentable Area known as Suite 100 (the “Existing Premises”) from Landlord at 10835 Road to the Cure, San Diego, California (the “Building”);
B.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to expand the Existing Premises to include that certain space located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building consisting of approximately eleven thousand one hundred twenty-one (11,121) square feet of Rentable Area (as more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto, the “Additional Premises”) and to extend the Term of the Lease; and
C.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Existing Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1.
Definitions. For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to collectively herein as the “Lease.” From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease,” as used in the Existing Lease, shall mean the Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment.
2.
Additional Premises. Effective as of the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (as defined in Section 10 below), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Additional Premises for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use and no other uses. From and after the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, the term “Premises,” as used in the Lease, shall mean and refer to the Existing Premises plus the Additional Premises.
3.
Rentable Area; Pro Rata Share. Effective as of the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (as defined below), the chart in Section 2.2 of the Existing Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 


 

 

Definition or Provision

Means the Following
(As of the Additional Premises
 
Term Commencement Date)

Approximate Rentable Area of Premises

22,162 square feet

Approximate Rentable Area of Building

67,998 square feet

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building

32.59%

 

4.
Base Rent. Initial monthly and annual installments of Base Rent with respect to the Additional Premises as of the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (as defined below) will be as follows:

Dates

Square Feet of Rentable Area

Base Rent per Square Foot of Rentable Area

Monthly Base Rent*

Annual Base Rent*

Month 1 – Month 12

11,121

[***]

[***]

[***]

*Note: Base Rent for the Additional Premises is subject to (i) annual increase as set forth in Section 5.1 below, and (ii) the Additional Premises Free Rent Period (as defined in Section 5.2 below).

5.
Base Rent Adjustments; Additional Premises Free Rent Period.
5.1
Base Rent with respect to the Additional Premises shall be subject to an [***] with respect to the Additional Premises. The first such adjustment shall become effective commencing on the first (P`) annual anniversary of the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, and subsequent adjustments shall become effective on every successive annual anniversary for so long as the Lease continues in effect.
5.2
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, and so long as no (monetary or material non-monetary) Default by Tenant has occurred and remains uncured as of the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for the Additional Premises only for the first (1’) two (2) full calendar months after the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (such period, the “Additional Premises Free Rent Period”); provided, however, that the total amount of Base Rent abated during the Additional Premises Free Rent Period shall not exceed [***]. During the Additional Premises Free Rent Period, Tenant shall continue to be responsible for the payment of all of Tenant’s other Rent obligations under the Lease, including Base Rent for the Existing Premises, and all Additional Rent such as Operating Expenses, the Property Management Fee (which shall be calculated as if the Additional Premises Free Rent Period was not in effect) and costs of utilities for the entire Premises. Upon the occurrence of any (monetary or material non-monetary) Default during the Additional Premises Free Rent Period, the Additional Premises Free Rent Period shall immediately expire, and Tenant shall no longer be entitled to any further abatement of Base Rent pursuant to this Section; provided, however, that if Tenant cures such Default prior to the date that the Additional Premises Free Rent Period would otherwise end, such Additional Premises Free Rent Period and the abatement of Base Rent granted pursuant to this Section shall be reinstated for the remaining Additional Premises Free Rent Period (i.e., the Additional Premises Free Rent Period will not be tolled during the time that Tenant is in Default, but upon the cure of such Default, Tenant will be provided abatement for any remaining Additional Premises Free Rent Period after the date of such cure). In the event of any Default that results in termination of the Lease, then, as part of the recovery to which Landlord is entitled pursuant to the Lease, and in addition to any other rights or remedies to which Landlord may be entitled pursuant to the Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord shall be entitled to the immediate recovery, as of the day immediately prior to such termination of the Lease, of the unamortized amount of Base Rent that Tenant would have paid had the Additional Premises Free Rent Period not been in effect.

2


 

6.
Existing Premises Base Rent; Existing Premises Free Rent Period.
6.1
Base Rent for the Existing Premises will continue to be payable pursuant to the Existing Lease through July 15, 2022. Effective as of July 16, 2022 and continuing through the New Expiration Date (as defined below), Base Rent for the Existing Premises will be payable at the same Base Rent rate (per square foot of Rentable Area per month) as is applicable to the Additional Premises, including the annual increases as set forth in Section 5.1 above. In the event that the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date has not occurred on or before July 16, 2022, the Base Rent rate for the Existing Premises shall, effective as of July 16, 2022, be [***] and shall not thereafter be increased until the Base Rent rate for the Additional Premises increases in accordance with Section 5.1 above.
6.2
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, and so long as no (monetary or material non-monetary) Default by Tenant has occurred and remains uncured as of August 1, 2022, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for the Existing Premises only for the two (2) full months of August 2022 and September 2022 (such period, the “Existing Premises Free Rent Period”). During the Existing Premises Free Rent Period, Tenant shall continue to be responsible for the payment of all of Tenant’s other Rent obligations under the Lease, including Base Rent for the Additional Premises, and all Additional Rent such as Operating Expenses, the Property Management Fee (which shall be calculated as if the Existing Premises Free Rent Period was in in effect) and costs of utilities for the entire Premises. Upon the occurrence of any (monetary or material non-monetary) Default during the Existing Premises Free Rent Period, the Existing Premises Free Rent Period shall immediately expire, and Tenant shall no longer be entitled to any further abatement of Base Rent pursuant to this Section; provided, however, that if Tenant cures such Default prior to the date that the Existing Premises Free Rent Period would otherwise end, such Existing Premises Free Rent Period and the abatement of Base Rent granted pursuant to this Section shall be reinstated for the remaining Existing Premises Free Rent Period (i.e., the Existing Premises Free Rent Period will not be tolled during the time that Tenant is in Default, but upon the cure of such Default, Tenant will be provided abatement for any remaining Existing Premises Free Rent Period after the date of such cure). In the event of any Default that results in termination of the Lease, then, as part of the recovery to which Landlord is entitled pursuant to the Lease, and in addition to any other rights or remedies to which Landlord may be entitled pursuant to the Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord shall be entitled to the immediate recovery, as of the day immediately prior to such termination of the Lease, of the unamortized amount of Base Rent that Tenant would have paid had the Existing Premises Free Rent Period not been in effect.
7.
Lease Term. The Term Expiration Date with respect to the Existing Premises is currently scheduled to occur on July 15, 2022. The Term Expiration Date is hereby extended to September 15, 2027 (the “New Expiration Date”). The Term with respect to the Additional Premises (the “Additional Premises Term”) shall commence on the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (as defined below), and shall expire on the New Expiration Date, such that the Term with respect to the entire Premises (including both the Existing Premises and the Additional Premises) shall expire on the New Expiration Date. From and after the date hereof, all references in the Lease to the “Term Expiration Date” shall mean and refer to the New Expiration Date.
8.
Tennant Improvements. Landlord shall cause the work (the “Tenant Improvements”) described in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Work Letter”) to be constructed in the Additional Premises (and to the extent elected by Tenant, in the Existing Premises) pursuant to the Work Letter at a cost to Landlord not to exceed [***] (the “TI Allowance”). The TI Allowance may be applied to the costs of (m) construction of the Tenant Improvements, including (without limitation) the cost of removal of chemical fume hoods from the Additional Premises, (n) project management by Landlord (which fee shall equal [***] of the cost of the Tenant Improvements, including the TI Allowance), (o) commissioning of mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems by a licensed, qualified commissioning agent hired by Landlord, and review of such party’s commissioning report by a licensed, qualified commissioning agent hired by Tenant, (p) space planning, architect, engineering and other related services performed by third parties unaffiliated with Tenant, (q) building permits and other taxes, fees,

3


 

charges and levies by Governmental Authorities for permits or for inspections of the Tenant Improvements, and (r) costs and expenses for labor, material, equipment and fixtures. In no event shall the TI Allowance be used for (w) payments to Tenant or any affiliates of Tenant, (x) the purchase of any furniture, personal property or other non-building system equipment, (y) costs arising from any default by Tenant of its obligations under the Lease or (z) costs that are recoverable by Tenant from a third party (e.g., insurers, warrantors, or tortfeasors). The term “Additional Premises Tenant Improvements” means only those elements of the Tenant Improvements to be constructed within the Additional Premises. The Tenant Improvements may be constructed at any time after the date of this Amendment, subject to the TI Deadline (as defined below), and Tenant may elect to have Landlord commence Tenant Improvements in the Existing Premises prior to the availability of the Additional Premises so long as the work to be performed in the Existing Premises does not require a permit, will not cause any delay in the completion of the Tenant Improvements and Tenant agrees to pay any increased cost due to the completion of the Tenant Improvements in phases.
9.
Delivery of Additional Premises. Landlord will not be liable for any delay in delivery for any reason (including, without limitation, failure of the prior tenant to vacate the Additional Premises). Tenant acknowledges that the Additional Premises is currently occupied by a third party tenant (the “Existing Tenant”) whose lease is not scheduled to expire until June 21, 2022. Landlord will endeavor to cause the Existing Tenant to terminate its lease prior to June 21, 2022; provided, however, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord makes no representation or warranty that the Existing Tenant will agree to terminate its lease prior to June 21, 2022. Tenant agrees that in the event the Additional Premises Tenant Improvements are delayed for any reason (including failure of the Existing Tenant to terminate its lease prior to June 21, 2022), then (a) this Amendment shall not be void or voidable, and (b) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. The term “Substantially Complete” or “Substantial Completion” means that the Additional Premises Tenant Improvements are substantially complete in accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined in the Work Letter), except for punch list items which do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Additional Premises for the Permitted Use. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease (including the Work Letter) to the contrary, Landlord’s obligation to timely achieve Substantial Completion shall be subject to extension on a day-for-day basis as a result of Force Majeure.
10.
Additional Premises Term Commencement Date. The “Additional Premises Term Commencement Date” shall be the day Landlord tenders possession of the Additional Premises to Tenant with the Additional Premises Tenant Improvements Substantially Complete. To the extent possession or Substantial Completion is delayed by any acts or omissions of Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors (including, without limitation, the failure to timely deliver or approve plans, insurance certificates or other items as required by the Lease, or interference with the Substantial Completion of the Additional Premises Tenant Improvements due to any acts or omissions of Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors in connection with the early access set forth in Section 11 below) (any such delay, a “Tenant Delay(s)”), then the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date shall be the date that the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date would have occurred but for such Tenant Delay(s). Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord written acknowledgment of the actual Additional Premises Term Commencement Date within ten (10) business days after Tenant takes occupancy of the Additional Premises, in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto. Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment, however, shall not affect the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder. Failure by Tenant to obtain any governmental licensing or similar governmental approval of the Additional Premises required for the Permitted Use by Tenant shall not serve to extend the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date. Tenant shall not be permitted to conduct business in the Additional Premises prior to the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date.

4


 

11.
Early Access. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to permit Tenant to enter upon the Additional Premises at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date for the purpose of installing improvements or the placement of personal property. Prior to such access, (y) Tenant shall have delivered to Landlord the Additional Security Deposit (as defined below) in accordance with Section 16 below, and (z) Tenant shall furnish to Landlord evidence satisfactory to Landlord in advance that insurance coverages required of Tenant under the provisions of Article 23 of the Existing Lease are in effect and applicable to the Additional Premises. Any entry under this Section shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Amendment, if the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date is delayed due to any access under this Section, then the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date shall be the date that the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date would have occurred but for such delay.
12.
TI Deadline. Tenant shall have until the date that is six (6) months after the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (such date, the “TI Deadline”), to expend the unused portion of the TI Allowance, after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund any such costs shall expire. In no event shall any unused TI Allowance entitle Tenant to a credit against Rent payable under the Lease.
13.
Condition of Existing Premises; Construction. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is in possession of and is fully familiar with the condition of the Existing Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the date of this Amendment, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Existing Premises for Tenant’s continued occupancy or to pay for any improvements to the Existing Premises, except for the payment of the TI Allowance and performance of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with Exhibit B attached hereto. Nothing in the foregoing sentence shall take away from any ongoing repair and maintenance responsibilities of Landlord required by the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord will be completing the Tenant Improvements during Tenant’s occupancy of the Existing Premises. Tenant shall permit Landlord to enter the Existing Premises at all times (including during business hours) to construct the Tenant Improvements, and Tenant shall otherwise reasonably cooperate with Landlord throughout the construction process to enable Landlord to complete the Tenant Improvements in a timely and efficient manner. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the Existing Premises when constructing the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements (a) cause Rent to abate under the Lease, (b) give rise to any claim by Tenant for damages or (c) constitute a forcible or unlawful entry, a detainer or an eviction of Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant (not Landlord), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be solely responsible for (x) moving Tenant’s property during Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements, (y) moving Tenant’s property back to its desired location after Landlord’s completion of the Tenant Improvements and (z) protecting any Tenant’s property that remains in the Existing Premises during Landlord’s construction of the Tenant improvements. In the event that Tenant fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Section and such failure causes Landlord to incur additional costs with respect to the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent the amount of any such additional costs within thirty (30) days of receiving an invoice from Landlord.
14.
Condition of the Additional Premises. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Additional Premises, or with respect to the suitability of the Additional Premises, the Building or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Additional Premises and agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Additional Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Additional Premises, except for performance of the Additional Premises Tenant Improvements and with respect to payment of the TI Allowance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that it will construct the Additional Premises Tenant Improvements in compliance with all

5


 

Applicable Laws in effect as of the date of issuance of building permits for the Additional Premises Tenant Improvements. As part of the Additional Premises Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall cause the Additional Premises to be delivered to Tenant on the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date with the base Building heating, ventilating and air conditioning, electrical, plumbing and fire and life safety systems serving the Additional Premises in good working condition (such obligation, “Landlord’s Additional Premises Delivery Obligation”). Tenant’s taking possession of the Additional Premises shall, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, conclusively establish that the Additional Premises, the Building and the Project were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair and that Landlord’s Additional Premises Delivery Obligation was satisfied; provided that, if Landlord fails to satisfy Landlord’s Additional Premises Delivery Obligation (“Additional Premises Delivery Shortfall”), then Tenant may, as its sole and exclusive remedy, deliver notice of such failure to Landlord detailing the nature of such failure (“Additional Premises Shortfall Notice”); provided, further, that any Additional Premises Shortfall Notice must be received by Landlord no later than the date (the “Additional Premises Shortfall Notice Deadline”) that is thirty (30) days after the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date. In the event that Landlord receives an Additional Premises Shortfall Notice on or before the Additional Premises Shortfall Notice Deadline, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, promptly remedy the Additional Premises Delivery Shortfall. Landlord shall not have any obligations or liabilities in connection with a failure to satisfy Landlord’s Additional Premises Delivery Obligation except to the extent such failure is identified by Tenant in an Additional Premises Shortfall Notice delivered to Landlord on or before the Additional Premises Shortfall Notice Deadline. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Landlord shall not have any obligations or liabilities in connection with any failure of the above referenced systems to be in good working condition due to any event, circumstance or other factor arising or occurring after the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (including, without limitation, (i) any act or omission of Tenant, Tenant’s contractors or subcontractors, or any of their respective employees, agents or invitees, or (ii) Tenant’s failure to properly repair or maintain the Additional Premises (to the extent required by the Lease)), and no Additional Premises Delivery Shortfall shall be deemed to have occurred as a result thereof. Nothing in the foregoing sentence shall take away from any ongoing repair and maintenance responsibilities of Landlord required by the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease.
15.
Certified Access Specialist. The Additional Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (“CASp,” as defined in California Civil Code Section 55.52). Even if not required by California law, the Additional Premises may be inspected by a CASp to determine whether the Additional Premises comply with the ADA, and Landlord may not prohibit a CASp performing such an inspection. If Tenant requests that such an inspection take place, Landlord and Tenant shall agree on the time and manner of the inspection, as well as which party will pay the cost of the inspection and the cost to remedy any defects identified by the CASp. A Certified Access Specialist can inspect the Additional Premises and determine whether the Premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under State law. Although State law does not require a Certified Access Specialist inspection of the Additional Premises, Landlord may not prohibit Tenant from obtaining a Certified Access Specialist inspection of the Additional Premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of Tenant, if requested by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the Certified Access Specialist inspection, the payment of the fee for the Certified Access Specialist inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the Additional Premises.
16.
Security Deposit. The Security Deposit under the Lease is hereby increased by an amount equal to [***] (the “Additional Security Deposit”), such that the total amount of the Security Deposit required under the Lease shall be [***] (the “Aggregate Security Deposit Amount”). Within five (5) business days after the full execution and delivery of this Amendment, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord an amount equal to the Additional Security Deposit. For avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall be permitted to satisfy the requirement for the Additional Security Deposit by delivering a replacement L/C Security in the Aggregate Security Deposit Amount or by delivering an additional L/C Security in the amount of the Additional Security Deposit.

6


 

17.
Broker. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, other than Hughes Marino (“Tenant’s Broker”) and Jones Lang LaSalle Brokerage, Inc. (“Landlord’s Broker”), and agrees to reimburse, indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and hold harmless the Landlord Indemnitees for, from and against any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent, other than Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it. Tenant’s Broker is entitled to a leasing commission in connection with the making of this Amendment, and Landlord shall pay such commission to Tenant’s Broker pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Tenant’s Broker.

Landlord represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, other than Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker, and agrees to reimburse, indemnify, save, defend (at Tenant’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense) and hold harmless Tenant for, from and against any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent, other than Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

18.
No Default. Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge without duty of inquiry, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Existing Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.
19.
Effect of Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existing Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties.
20.
Successors and Assigns. Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and permitted successors and assigns and sublessees. Nothing in this section shall in any way alter the provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting.
21.
Miscellaneous. This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.
22.
Authority. Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Amendment have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Amendment on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.
23.
Counterparts; Facsimile and PDF Signatures. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. A facsimile or portable document format (PDF) signature on this Amendment shall be equivalent to, and have the same force and effect as, an original signature.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP,
a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Simonsen

Name:

Kevin Simonsen

Title:

EVP, General Counsel & Secretary

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

By:

/s/ Damien McDevitt

Name:

Damien McDevitt

Title:

President and CEO

 

6/9/2021

 

 

8


 

EXHIBIT A

ADDITIONAL PREMISES

img214751591_0.jpg

 

EXHIBIT A

-1-


 

EXHIBIT B

TENANT WORK LETTER

This Work Letter (this “Work Letter”) is made and entered into as of the 10th day of June, 2021, by and between BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of that certain First Amendment to Lease of even date herewith (the “Amendment, and, together with the Existing Lease, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises located at 10835 Road to the Cure, San Diego, California. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1.
General Requirements.
1.1.
Authorized Representatives.
(a)
Landlord designates, as Landlord’s authorized representative (“Landlord’s Authorized Representative”), (i) Chris Burrus as the person authorized to initial plans, drawings, approvals and to sign change orders pursuant to this Work Letter and (ii) an officer of Landlord as the person authorized to sign any amendments to this Work Letter or the Lease. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by the appropriate Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Tenant.
(b)
Tenant designates Stephanie Macleod and Jay Sial (each, a “Tenant’s Authorized Representative”) as the persons authorized to initial and sign all plans, drawings, change orders and approvals pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by one of Tenant’s Authorized Representatives. Tenant may change Tenant’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Landlord. For the avoidance of doubt, authorization, consent, initials or signature by either one of Tenant’s Authorized Representatives shall be effective for purposes of this Work Letter (i.e., authorization, consent, initial or signature by both of Tenant’s Authorized Representatives shall not be required).
1.2.
Schedule. The schedule for design and development of the Tenant Improvements, including the time periods for preparation and review of construction documents, approvals and performance, shall be in accordance with a schedule to be prepared by Landlord and reasonably approved by Tenant (the “Schedule”). The Schedule shall be subject to adjustment as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties, or as otherwise provided in this Work Letter. In the event Tenant elects to have the Tenant Improvements constructed in the Existing Premises prior to the completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Additional Premises, Landlord will determine the schedule for each phase of the Tenant Improvements in its sole discretion.
1.3.
Landlord’s Architects. Contractors and Consultants. The architect, engineering consultants, design team, general contractor and subcontractors responsible for the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord; provided that Landlord hereby approves McFarlane Architects, Inc. as the architect for the Tenant Improvements.
2.
Tenant Improvements. All Tenant Improvements shall be performed by Landlord’s contractor, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to Landlord’s obligations with respect to any portion of the TI

EXHIBIT B

-1-


 

Allowance) and in substantial accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined below), the Amendment and this Work Letter. To the extent that the total projected cost of the Tenant Improvements (as projected by Landlord) exceeds the TI Allowance (such excess, the “Excess TI Costs”), Tenant shall pay the costs of the Tenant Improvements on a pari passu basis with Landlord as such costs are paid, in the proportion of Excess TI Costs payable by Tenant to the TI Allowance. If the cost of the Tenant Improvements (as projected by Landlord) increases or decreases over Landlord’s initial projection, then Tenant’s pari passu share shall be adjusted accordingly. Upon completion of the Tenant Improvements, the final, actual cost of the Tenant Improvements will be determined, and a reconciliation performed by Landlord, and promptly following such reconciliation, Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, will make any required payment based on the final costs. If Tenant fails to pay, or is late in paying, any sum due to Landlord under this Work Letter, then Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including the right to interest and the right to assess a late charge), and for purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts the same shall be considered Rent. All material and equipment furnished by Landlord or its contractors as the Tenant Improvements shall be new or “like new,” and the Tenant Improvements shall be performed in a first-class, workmanlike manner.
2.1.
Work Plans. Landlord shall prepare and submit to Tenant for approval schematics covering the Tenant Improvements prepared in conformity with the applicable provisions of this Work Letter (the “Draft Schematic Plans”). The Draft Schematic Plans shall contain sufficient information and detail to accurately describe the proposed design to Tenant. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing within five (5) days after receipt of the Draft Schematic Plans whether Tenant approves or objects to the Draft Schematic Plans and of the manner, if any, in which the Draft Schematic Plans are unacceptable. Tenant’s failure to respond within such five (5) day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant. If Tenant reasonably objects to the Draft Schematic Plans, then Landlord shall revise the Draft Schematic Plans and cause Tenant’s objections to be remedied in the revised Draft Schematic Plans. Landlord shall then resubmit the revised Draft Schematic Plans to Tenant for approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant’s approval of or objection to revised Draft Schematic Plans and Landlord’s correction of the same shall be in accordance with this Section until Tenant has approved the Draft Schematic Plans in writing or been deemed to have approved them. The iteration of the Draft Schematic Plans that is approved or deemed approved by Tenant without objection shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Schematic Plans.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or this Work Letter, in the event that Tenant fails to finally approve the Draft Schematic Plans in accordance with this Section on or before the date that is twenty (20) days after the date that Landlord submits to Tenant the first (1st) iteration of the Draft Schematic Plans (such date, the “Required Approval Date”), a Tenant Delay shall be deemed to have occurred and the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date shall be the date that the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date would have occurred had the Draft Schematic Plans been finally approved by Tenant in accordance with this Section on the Required Approval Date.
2.2.
Construction Plans. Landlord shall prepare final plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements that (a) are consistent with and are logical evolutions of the Approved Schematic Plans and (b) incorporate any other Tenant-requested (and Landlord-approved) Changes (as defined below). As soon as such final plans and specifications (“Construction Plans”) are completed, Landlord shall deliver the same to Tenant for Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such Construction Plans shall be approved or disapproved by Tenant within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant. Tenant’s failure to respond within such five (5) day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant. If the Construction Plans are disapproved by Tenant, then Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of its reasonable objections to such Construction Plans, and the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Construction Plans. Promptly after the Construction Plans are approved by Landlord and Tenant, two (2) copies of such Construction Plans shall be initialed and dated by Landlord and Tenant, and

EXHIBIT B

-2-


 

Landlord shall promptly submit such Construction Plans to all appropriate Governmental Authorities for approval. The Construction Plans so approved, and all change orders specifically permitted by this Work Letter, are referred to herein as the “Approved Plans.”
2.3.
Changes to the Tenant Improvements. Any changes to the Approved Plans (each, a “Change”) shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 and shall be subject to the written approval of the non-requesting party in accordance with this Work Letter.
(a)
Change Request. Either Landlord or Tenant may request Changes after Tenant approves the Approved Plans by notifying the other party thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested Changes, including (a) the Change, (b) the party required to perform the Change and (c) any modification of the Approved Plans and the Schedule, as applicable, necessitated by the Change. If the nature of a Change requires revisions to the Approved Plans, then the requesting party shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions and any increases in the cost of the Tenant Improvements as a result of such Change. Change Requests shall be signed by the requesting party’s Authorized Representative.
(b)
Approval of Changes. All Change Requests shall be subject to the other party’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The non-requesting party shall have five (5) business days after receipt of a Change Request to notify the requesting party in writing of the non-requesting party’s decision either to approve or object to the Change Request. The non-requesting party’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by the non-requesting party.
3.
Requests for Consent. Except as otherwise provided in this Work Letter, Tenant shall respond to all requests for consents, approvals or directions made by Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter within five (5) days following Tenant’s receipt of such request. Tenant’s failure to respond within such five (5) day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant.
4.
TI Allowance.
4.1.
Application of TI Allowance. Landlord shall contribute the TI Allowance toward the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvements, in accordance with Article 8 of the Amendment and this Work Letter. If the entire TI Allowance is not applied toward or reserved for the costs of the Tenant Improvements, then Tenant shall not be entitled to a credit of such unused portion of the TI Allowance. Tenant may apply the TI Allowance for the payment of construction and other costs in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Amendment, and may use the TI Allowance for the construction of Tenant Improvements in either the Existing Premises or the Additional Premises or both.
4.2.
Approval of Budget for the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth elsewhere in this Work Letter or the Amendment, Landlord shall not have any obligation to expend any portion of the TI Allowance until Landlord and Tenant shall have approved in writing the budget for the Tenant Improvements (the “Approved Budget”). Prior to Landlord’s approval of the Approved Budget, Tenant shall pay all of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvements as they become due. The initial Approved Budget is anticipated to be provided at or near the time of the Approved Schematic Plans, which Approved Budget will be periodically updated during the construction process; provided, however, that any changes to the Approved Budget shall be mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for costs or expenses relating to the Tenant Improvements that exceed the amount of the TI Allowance.

EXHIBIT B

-3-


 

5.
Miscellaneous.
5.1.
Incorporation of Lease Provisions. Sections 40.6 through 40.19 of the Existing Lease are incorporated into this Work Letter by reference, and shall apply to this Work Letter in the same way that they apply to the Lease.
5.2.
General. Except as otherwise set forth in the Lease or this Work Letter, this Work Letter shall not apply to improvements performed in any additional premises added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise; or to any portion of the Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease expressly provides that such additional premises are to be delivered to Tenant in the same condition as the initial Premises.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

EXHIBIT B

-4-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Work Letter to be effective on the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP,
a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Simonsen

Name:

Kevin Simonsen

Title:

EVP, General Counsel & Secretary

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

By:

/s/ Damien McDevitt

Name:

Damien McDevitt

Title:

President and CEO

 

6/9/2021

 

EXHIBIT B

-5-


 

EXHIBIT C

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDITIONAL PREMISES
TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE

THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDITIONAL PREMISES TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE is entered into as of [_________], 20[__], with reference to that certain First Amendment to Lease (the “Amendment”) dated as of [_________], 2021, by ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), in favor of BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Amendment.

Tenant hereby confirms the following:

1.
Tenant accepted possession of the Additional Premises for use in accordance with the Permitted Use on [_______], 20[_]. Tenant first occupied the Additional Premises for the Permitted Use on [_______], 20[_].
2.
The Additional Premises are in good order, condition and repair.
3.
The Additional Premises Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete.
4.
In accordance with the provisions of the Amendment, the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date is [_______], 20[__], and, unless the Lease is terminated prior to the New Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the New Expiration Date shall be [_______], 20[_].
5.
The Lease is in full force and effect, and the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises[, except [ ]].
6.
To Tenant’s knowledge, Tenant has no existing defenses against the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord, and there exist no offsets or credits against Rent owed or to be owed by Tenant.
7.
The obligation to pay Rent with respect to the Additional Premises is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Lease commenced to accrue on [_______] 20[_], with Base Rent payable on the dates and amounts set forth in the chart below:

 

Dates

Square Feet of Rentable Area

Base Rent per Square Foot of Rentable Area

Monthly Base Rent

Annual Base Rent

[__]/[__]/[__]-
[__]/[__]/[__]

[__]

$[_______] [monthly][OR][annually]

[__]

[__]

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

EXHIBIT C

-1-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has executed this Acknowledgment of Additional Premises Term Commencement Date as of the date first written above.

 

TENANT:

 

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

-2-


Exhibit 10.24

 

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of this 25th day of August, 2021, by and between BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated as of March 27, 2019 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of June 10, 2021 (the “First Amendment”) (collectively, and as the same may have been amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Existing Lease”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “Premises”) from Landlord at 10835 Road to the Cure, San Diego, California (the “Building”);
B.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to expand the Premises to include that certain space known as Suite 230 located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building consisting of approximately eight thousand six hundred twenty-nine (8,629) square feet of Rentable Area (as more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto, the “Suite 230 Additional Premises”); and
C.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Existing Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1.
Definitions. For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to collectively herein as the “Lease.” From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease,” as used in the Existing Lease, shall mean the Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment.
2.
Suite 230 Additional Premises. Effective as of the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (as defined in Section 10 below), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Suite 230 Additional Premises for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use and no other uses. From and after the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, the term “Premises,” as used in the Lease, shall include the Suite 230 Additional Premises.
3.
Rentable Area; Pro Rata Share. Pursuant to the First Amendment, Landlord and Tenant agreed to expand the Existing Premises (as defined in the First Amendment) to include certain Additional Premises (as defined in the First Amendment). Because it is not certain whether the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (as defined in the First Amendment) or the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (as defined below) will occur first, Section 3 of the First Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety and in lieu of that Section, the parties agree as follows:

 


 

 

In the event the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date occurs before the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, then the chart in Section 2.2 of the Existing Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following as of the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date:

Definition or Provision

Means the Following
(As of the Additional Premises
Term Commencement Date)

Approximate Rentable Area of Premises

22,162 square feet

Approximate Rentable Area of Building

67,998 square feet

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building

32.59%

 

However, in the event the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date occurs before the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, then the chart in Section 2.2 of the Existing Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following as of the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date:

Definition or Provision

Means the Following
(As of the Suite 230 Additional Premises
Term Commencement Date)

Approximate Rentable Area of Premises

19,670 square feet

Approximate Rentable Area of Building

67,998 square feet

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building

28.93%

 

Regardless of which of the foregoing options occurs, upon the occurrence of the later of the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date and the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, the chart in Section 2.2 of the Existing Lease (as modified by either of the above charts) shall be deleted and replaced with the following:

Definition or Provision

Means the Following
(As of the later of the Additional Premises Term Commencement Date and the Suite 230 Additional Premises
Term Commencement Date)

Approximate Rentable Area of Premises

30,791 square feet

Approximate Rentable Area of Building

67,998 square feet

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building

45.28%

 

2


 

 

4.
Base Rent. Initial monthly and annual installments of Base Rent with respect to the Suite 230 Additional Premises as of the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date will be as follows:

Dates

Square Feet of Rentable Area

Base Rent per Square Foot of Rentable Area

Monthly Base Rent*

Annual Base Rent*

Month 1 – Month 12

8,629

[***]

[***]

[***]

* Note: Base Rent for the Suite 230 Additional Premises is subject to (i) annual increase as set forth in Section 5.1 below, and (ii) the Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period (as defined in Section 5.2 below).

5.
Base Rent Adjustments; Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period.
5.1
Base Rent with respect to the Suite 230 Additional Premises shall be subject to an [***] of the then-current Base Rent with respect to the Suite 230 Additional Premises. The first such adjustment shall become effective commencing on the first (1st) annual anniversary of the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, and subsequent adjustments shall become effective on every successive annual anniversary for so long as the Lease continues in effect.
5.2
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, and so long as no (monetary or material non-monetary) Default by Tenant has occurred and remains uncured as of the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for the Suite 230 Additional Premises only for the second (2nd), third (3rd) and fourth (4th) full calendar months after the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (such period, the “Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period”); provided, however, that the total amount of Base Rent abated during the Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period shall not exceed [***]. During the Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period, Tenant shall continue to be responsible for the payment of all of Tenant’s other Rent obligations under the Lease, including Base Rent for the Existing Premises (and the Additional Premises, if applicable), and all Additional Rent such as Operating Expenses, the Property Management Fee (which shall be calculated as if the Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period was not in effect) and costs of utilities for the entire Premises. Upon the occurrence of any (monetary or material non-monetary) Default during the Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period, the Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period shall immediately expire, and Tenant shall no longer be entitled to any further abatement of Base Rent pursuant to this Section; provided, however, that if Tenant cures such Default prior to the date that the Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period would otherwise end, such Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period and the abatement of Base Rent granted pursuant to this Section shall be reinstated for the remaining Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period (i.e., the Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period will not be tolled during the time that Tenant is in Default, but upon the cure of such Default, Tenant will be provided abatement for any remaining Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period after the date of such cure). In the event of any Default that results in termination of the Lease, then, as part of the recovery to which Landlord is entitled pursuant to the Lease, and in addition to any other rights or remedies to which Landlord may be entitled pursuant to the Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord shall be entitled to the immediate recovery, as of the day immediately prior to such termination of the Lease, of the unamortized amount of Base Rent that Tenant would have paid had the Suite 230 Additional Premises Free Rent Period not been in effect.

3


 

 

6.
Existing Premises Base Rent.
6.1
Base Rent for the Existing Premises and the Additional Premises will continue to be payable pursuant to the Existing Lease.
7.
Lease Term. The Term with respect to the Suite 230 Additional Premises (the “Suite 230 Additional Premises Term”) shall commence on the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (as defined below), and shall expire on the New Expiration Date (as defined in Section 7 of the First Amendment), such that the Term with respect to the entire Premises (including the Existing Premises, the Additional Premises and the Suite 230 Additional Premises) shall expire on the New Expiration Date.
8.
Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall cause the work (the “Tenant Improvements”) described in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Work Letter”) to be constructed in the Suite 230 Additional Premises pursuant to the Work Letter at a cost to Landlord not to exceed [***] (the “TI Allowance”). The TI Allowance may be applied to the costs of (m) construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Suite 230 Additional Premises, (n) project management by Landlord (which fee shall equal [***] of the cost of the Tenant Improvements, including the TI Allowance), (o) commissioning of mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems by a licensed, qualified commissioning agent hired by Landlord, and review of such party’s commissioning report by a licensed, qualified commissioning agent hired by Tenant, (p) space planning, architect, engineering and other related services performed by third parties unaffiliated with Tenant, (q) building permits and other taxes, fees, charges and levies by Governmental Authorities for permits or for inspections of the Tenant Improvements, and (r) costs and expenses for labor, material, equipment and fixtures. In no event shall the TI Allowance be used for (w) payments to Tenant or any affiliates of Tenant, (x) the purchase of any furniture, personal property or other non-building system equipment, (y) costs arising from any default by Tenant of its obligations under the Lease or (z) costs that are recoverable by Tenant from a third party (e.g., insurers, warrantors, or tortfeasors). The term “Substantially Complete” or “Substantial Completion” means that the Tenant Improvements are substantially complete in accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined in the Work Letter), except for punch list items which do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Suite 230 Additional Premises for the Permitted Use. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease (including the Work Letter) to the contrary, Landlord’s obligation to timely achieve Substantial Completion shall be subject to extension on a day-for-day basis as a result of Force Majure.
9.
Existing Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (a) the Suite 230 Additional Premises is currently occupied by a third party tenant (the “Existing Tenant”) whose lease is not scheduled to expire until December 31, 2021 (the “Existing Tenant’s Lease”), and (b) construction of the Tenant Improvements shall not commence until after the Existing Tenant vacates the Suite 230 Additional Premises. Once the Existing Tenant’s Lease expires and the Existing Tenant vacates the Suite 230 Additional Premises, Landlord shall promptly deliver possession of the Suite 230 Additional Premises to Tenant (subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of this Amendment, including Article 13 below). Upon Landlord’s delivery of the Suite 230 Additional Premises to Tenant, Tenant shall be permitted to commence business operations in the Suite 230 Additional Premises (subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of this Amendment, including Article 10 and Article 13 below).
10.
Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date. The “Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date” shall be the date that is the earliest to occur of (a) the day that Tenant first commences business operations in the Suite 230 Additional Premises, (b) the day that the Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete, and (c) the day that is the later of (i) February 1, 2022, and (ii) the day that Landlord first delivers possession of the Suite 230 Additional Premises to Tenant. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord written acknowledgment of the actual Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date within ten (10) business days after Tenant takes occupancy of the Suite 230 Additional Premises, in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto. Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment, however, shall not affect the Suite 230

4


 

 

Additional Premises Term Commencement Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder. Failure by Tenant to obtain any governmental licensing or similar governmental approval of the Suite 230 Additional Premises required for the Permitted Use by Tenant shall not serve to extend the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date.
11.
Early Access. During the time period (if any) between the date the Suite 230 Additional Premises are delivered to Tenant in accordance with Section 9 above and the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date, Tenant may access the Suite 230 Additional Premises for the purpose of installing improvements or the placement of personal property. Prior to such access, (y) Tenant shall have delivered to Landlord the Additional Security Deposit (as defined below) in accordance with Section 16 below, and (z) Tenant shall furnish to Landlord evidence satisfactory to Landlord in advance that insurance coverages required of Tenant under the provisions of Article 23 of the Original Lease are in effect and applicable to the Suite 230 Additional Premises. Any entry under this Section shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Amendment, if the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date is delayed due to any access under this Section, then the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date shall be the date that the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date would have occurred but for such delay.
12.
TI Deadline. Tenant shall have until the date that is six (6) months after the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (such date, the “TI Deadline”), to expend the unused portion of the TI Allowance, after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund any such costs shall expire. In no event shall any unused TI Allowance entitle Tenant to a credit against Rent payable under the Lease.
13.
Occupancy Prior to Substantial Completion.
13.1
Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (a) the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date may occur prior to the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, and (b) construction of the Tenant Improvements shall not affect or otherwise delay the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date.
13.2
Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may be constructing the Tenant Improvements in the Suite 230 Additional Premises after the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date and during Tenant’s occupancy of the Suite 230 Additional Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant shall permit Landlord to enter the Suite 230 Additional Premises at all times (including during business hours) to construct the Tenant Improvements, and Tenant shall otherwise reasonably cooperate with Landlord throughout the construction process to enable Landlord to complete the Tenant Improvements in a timely and efficient manner. In constructing the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as is reasonably possible; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Suite 230 Additional Premises (a) cause Rent to abate under the Lease, (b) give rise to any claim by Tenant for damages or (c) constitute a forcible or unlawful entry, a detainer or an eviction of Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant (not Landlord), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be solely responsible for (x) moving Tenant’s property during Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements, (y) moving Tenant’s property back to its desired location after Landlord’s completion of the Tenant Improvements and (z) protecting any Tenant’s property that remains in the Suite 230 Additional Premises during Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements. In addition, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage to property, injury to persons, or damage to Tenant’s business caused by the completion of the Tenant Improvements during the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term.

5


 

 

14.
Condition of the Suite 230 Additional Premises. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Suite 230 Additional Premises, or with respect to the suitability of the Suite 230 Additional Premises, the Building or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Suite 230 Additional Premises and agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Suite 230 Additional Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Suite 230 Additional Premises, except for performance of the Tenant Improvements and with respect to payment of the TI Allowance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that it will construct the Tenant Improvements in compliance with all Applicable Laws in effect as of the date of issuance of building permits for the Tenant Improvements. As part of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall cause the base Building heating, ventilating and air conditioning, electrical, plumbing and fire and life safety systems serving the Suite 230 Additional Premises to be in good working condition as of the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (such obligation, “Landlord’s Suite 230 Additional Premises Delivery Obligation”). Tenant’s taking possession of the Suite 230 Additional Premises shall, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, conclusively establish that the Suite 230 Additional Premises, the Building and the Project were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair and that Landlord’s Suite 230 Additional Premises Delivery Obligation was satisfied; provided that, if Landlord fails to satisfy Landlord’s Suite 230 Additional Premises Delivery Obligation (“Suite 230 Additional Premises Delivery Shortfall”), then Tenant may, as its sole and exclusive remedy, deliver notice of such failure to Landlord detailing the nature of such failure (“Suite 230 Additional Premises Shortfall Notice”); provided, further, that any Suite 230 Additional Premises Shortfall Notice must be received by Landlord no later than the date (the “Suite 230 Additional Premises Shortfall Notice Deadline”) that is thirty (30) days after the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date. In the event that Landlord receives a Suite 230 Additional Premises Shortfall Notice on or before the Suite 230 Additional Premises Shortfall Notice Deadline, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, promptly remedy the Suite 230 Additional Premises Delivery Shortfall. Landlord shall not have any obligations or liabilities in connection with a failure to satisfy Landlord’s Suite 230 Additional Premises Delivery Obligation except to the extent such failure is identified by Tenant in a Suite 230 Additional Premises Shortfall Notice delivered to Landlord on or before the Suite 230 Additional Premises Shortfall Notice Deadline. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Landlord shall not have any obligations or liabilities in connection with any failure of the above referenced systems to be in good working condition due to any event, circumstance or other factor arising or occurring after the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date (including, without limitation, (i) any act or omission of Tenant, Tenant’s contractors or subcontractors, or any of their respective employees, agents or invitees, or (ii) Tenant’s failure to properly repair or maintain the Suite 230 Additional Premises (to the extent required by the Lease)), and no Suite 230 Additional Premises Delivery Shortfall shall be deemed to have occurred as a result thereof. Nothing in the foregoing sentence shall take away from any ongoing repair and maintenance responsibilities of Landlord required by the terms and conditions of the Existing Lease.
15.
Certified Access Specialist. The Suite 230 Additional Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (“CASp,” as defined in California Civil Code Section 55.52). Even if not required by California law, the Suite 230 Additional Premises may be inspected by a CASp to determine whether the Suite 230 Additional Premises comply with the ADA, and Landlord may not prohibit a CASp performing such an inspection. If Tenant requests that such an inspection take place, Landlord and Tenant shall agree on the time and manner of the inspection, as well as which party will pay the cost of the inspection and the cost to remedy any defects identified by the CASp. A Certified Access Specialist can inspect the Suite 230 Additional Premises and determine whether the Suite 230 Additional Premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under State law. Although State law does not require a Certified Access Specialist inspection of the Suite 230 Additional Premises, Landlord may not prohibit Tenant from obtaining a Certified

6


 

 

Access Specialist inspection of the Suite 230 Additional Premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of Tenant, if requested by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the Certified Access Specialist inspection, the payment of the fee for the Certified Access Specialist inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the Suite 230 Additional Premises.
16.
Security Deposit. The Security Deposit under the Lease is hereby increased by an amount equal to [***] (the “Additional Security Deposit”), such that the total amount of the Security Deposit required under the Lease shall be [***] (the “Aggregate Security Deposit Amount”). Within five (5) business days after the full execution and delivery of this Amendment, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord an amount equal to the Additional Security Deposit. For avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall be permitted to satisfy the requirement for the Additional Security Deposit by delivering a replacement L/C Security in the Aggregate Security Deposit Amount or by delivering an additional L/C Security in the amount of the Additional Security Deposit.
17.
Broker. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, other than Hughes Marino (“Tenant’s Broker”) and Jones Lang LaSalle Brokerage, Inc. (“Landlord’s Broker”), and agrees to reimburse, indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and hold harmless the Landlord Indemnitees for, from and against any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent, other than Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it. Tenant’s Broker is entitled to a leasing commission in connection with the making of this Amendment, and Landlord shall pay such commission to Tenant’s Broker pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Tenant’s Broker.

Landlord represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, other than Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker, and agrees to reimburse, indemnify, save, defend (at Tenant’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense) and hold harmless Tenant for, from and against any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent, other than Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

18.
No Default. Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge without duty of inquiry, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Existing Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.
19.
Effect of Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existing Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties.
20.
Successors and Assigns. Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and permitted successors and assigns and sublessees. Nothing in this section shall in any way alter the provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting.
21.
Miscellaneous. This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and

7


 

 

included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.
22.
Authority. Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Amendment have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Amendment on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.
23.
Counterparts; Facsimile and PDF Signatures. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. A facsimile or portable document format (PDF) signature on this Amendment shall be equivalent to, and have the same force and effect as, an original signature.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

8


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Marie Lewis

Name:

 

Marie Lewis

Title:

 

Senior Vice President, Legal and Assistant Secretary

 

TENANT:

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Damien McDevitt

Name:

 

Damien McDevitt

Title:

 

President and CEO

 

8/24/2021

 


 

EXHIBIT A

SUITE 230 ADDITIONAL PREMISES

 


 

EXHIBIT B

TENANT WORK LETTER

This Work Letter (this “Work Letter”) is made and entered into as of the ___ day of _______, 2021, by and between BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of that certain Second Amendment to Lease of even date herewith (the “Amendment,” and, together with the Existing Lease, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises located at 10835 Road to the Cure, San Diego, California. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1.
General Requirements.
1.1
Authorized Representatives.
(a)
Landlord designates, as Landlord’s authorized representative (“Landlord’s Authorized Representative”), (i) Chris Burrus as the person authorized to initial plans, drawings, approvals and to sign change orders pursuant to this Work Letter and (ii) an officer of Landlord as the person authorized to sign any amendments to this Work Letter or the Lease. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by the appropriate Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Tenant.
(b)
Tenant designates Stephanie Macleod and Kameel Farag (each, a “Tenant’s Authorized Representative”) as the persons authorized to initial and sign all plans, drawings, change orders and approvals pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by one of Tenant’s Authorized Representatives. Tenant may change Tenant’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Landlord. For the avoidance of doubt, authorization, consent, initials or signature by either one of Tenant’s Authorized Representatives shall be effective for purposes of this Work Letter (i.e., authorization, consent, initial or signature by both of Tenant’s Authorized Representatives shall not be required).
1.2
Schedule. The schedule for design and development of the Tenant Improvements in the Suite 230 Additional Premises, including the time periods for preparation and review of construction documents, approvals and performance, shall be in accordance with a schedule to be prepared by Landlord and reasonably approved by Tenant (the “Schedule”). The Schedule shall be subject to adjustment as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties, or as otherwise provided in this Work Letter.
1.3
Landlord’s Architects, Contractors and Consultants. The architect, engineering consultants, design team, general contractor and subcontractors responsible for the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord; provided that Landlord hereby approves McFarlane Architects, Inc. as the architect for the Tenant Improvements.

EXHIBIT B

-1-


 

 

2.
Tenant Improvements. All Tenant Improvements shall be performed by Landlord’s contractor, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to Landlord’s obligations with respect to any portion of the TI Allowance) and in substantial accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined below), the Amendment and this Work Letter. To the extent that the total projected cost of the Tenant Improvements (as projected by Landlord) exceeds the TI Allowance (such excess, the “Excess TI Costs”), Tenant shall pay the costs of the Tenant Improvements on a pari passu basis with Landlord as such costs are paid, in the proportion of Excess TI Costs payable by Tenant to the TI Allowance. If the cost of the Tenant Improvements (as projected by Landlord) increases or decreases over Landlord’s initial projection, then Tenant’s pari passu share shall be adjusted accordingly. Upon completion of the Tenant Improvements, the final, actual cost of the Tenant Improvements will be determined, and a reconciliation performed by Landlord, and promptly following such reconciliation, Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, will make any required payment based on the final costs. If Tenant fails to pay, or is late in paying, any sum due to Landlord under this Work Letter, then Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including the right to interest and the right to assess a late charge), and for purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts the same shall be considered Rent. All material and equipment furnished by Landlord or its contractors as the Tenant Improvements shall be new or “like new,” and the Tenant Improvements shall be performed in a first-class, workmanlike manner.
2.1
Work Plans. Landlord shall prepare and submit to Tenant for approval schematics covering the Tenant Improvements prepared in conformity with the applicable provisions of this Work Letter (the “Draft Schematic Plans”). The Draft Schematic Plans shall contain sufficient information and detail to accurately describe the proposed design to Tenant. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing within five (5) days after receipt of the Draft Schematic Plans whether Tenant approves or objects to the Draft Schematic Plans and of the manner, if any, in which the Draft Schematic Plans are unacceptable. Tenant’s failure to respond within such five (5) day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant. If Tenant reasonably objects to the Draft Schematic Plans, then Landlord shall revise the Draft Schematic Plans and cause Tenant’s objections to be remedied in the revised Draft Schematic Plans. Landlord shall then resubmit the revised Draft Schematic Plans to Tenant for approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant’s approval of or objection to revised Draft Schematic Plans and Landlord’s correction of the same shall be in accordance with this Section until Tenant has approved the Draft Schematic Plans in writing or been deemed to have approved them. The iteration of the Draft Schematic Plans that is approved or deemed approved by Tenant without objection shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Schematic Plans.”
2.2
Construction Plans. Landlord shall prepare final plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements that (a) are consistent with and are logical evolutions of the Approved Schematic Plans and (b) incorporate any other Tenant-requested (and Landlord-approved) Changes (as defined below). As soon as such final plans and specifications (“Construction Plans”) are completed, Landlord shall deliver the same to Tenant for Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such Construction Plans shall be approved or disapproved by Tenant within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant. Tenant’s failure to respond within such five (5) day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant. If the Construction Plans are disapproved by Tenant, then Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of its reasonable objections to such Construction Plans, and the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to

EXHIBIT B

-2-


 

 

reach agreement on the Construction Plans. Promptly after the Construction Plans are approved by Landlord and Tenant, two (2) copies of such Construction Plans shall be initialed and dated by Landlord and Tenant, and Landlord shall promptly submit such Construction Plans to all appropriate Governmental Authorities for approval. The Construction Plans so approved, and all change orders specifically permitted by this Work Letter, are referred to herein as the “Approved Plans.”
2.3
Changes to the Tenant Improvements. Any changes to the Approved Plans (each, a “Change”) shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 and shall be subject to the written approval of the non-requesting party in accordance with this Work Letter.
(a)
Change Request. Either Landlord or Tenant may request Changes after Tenant approves the Approved Plans by notifying the other party thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested Changes, including (a) the Change, (b) the party required to perform the Change and (c) any modification of the Approved Plans and the Schedule, as applicable, necessitated by the Change. If the nature of a Change requires revisions to the Approved Plans, then the requesting party shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions and any increases in the cost of the Tenant Improvements as a result of such Change. Change Requests shall be signed by the requesting party’s Authorized Representative.
(b)
Approval of Changes. All Change Requests shall be subject to the other party’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The non-requesting party shall have five (5) business days after receipt of a Change Request to notify the requesting party in writing of the non-requesting party’s decision either to approve or object to the Change Request. The non-requesting party’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by the non-requesting party.
3.
Requests for Consent. Except as otherwise provided in this Work Letter, Tenant shall respond to all requests for consents, approvals or directions made by Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter within five (5) days following Tenant’s receipt of such request. Tenant’s failure to respond within such five (5) day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant.
4.
TI Allowance.
4.1
Application of TI Allowance. Landlord shall contribute the TI Allowance toward the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvements, in accordance with Article 8 of the Amendment and this Work Letter. If the entire TI Allowance is not applied toward or reserved for the costs of the Tenant Improvements, then Tenant shall not be entitled to a credit of such unused portion of the TI Allowance. Tenant may apply the TI Allowance for the payment of construction and other costs in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Amendment.
4.2
Approval of Budget for the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth elsewhere in this Work Letter or the Amendment, Landlord shall not have any

EXHIBIT B

-3-


 

 

obligation to expend any portion of the TI Allowance until Landlord and Tenant shall have approved in writing the budget for the Tenant Improvements (the “Approved Budget”). Prior to Landlord’s approval of the Approved Budget, Tenant shall pay all of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvements as they become due. The initial Approved Budget is anticipated to be provided at or near the time of the Approved Schematic Plans, which Approved Budget will be periodically updated during the construction process; provided, however, that any changes to the Approved Budget shall be mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for costs or expenses relating to the Tenant Improvements that exceed the amount of the TI Allowance.
5.
Miscellaneous.
5.1
Incorporation of Lease Provisions. Sections 40.6 through 40.19 of the Original Lease are incorporated into this Work Letter by reference, and shall apply to this Work Letter in the same way that they apply to the Lease.
5.2
General. Except as otherwise set forth in the Lease or this Work Letter, this Work Letter shall not apply to improvements performed in any additional premises added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise; or to any portion of the Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease expressly provides that such additional premises are to be delivered to Tenant in the same condition as the Suite 230 Additional Premises.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

EXHIBIT B

-4-


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Work Letter to be effective on the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Marie Lewis

Name:

 

Marie Lewis

Title:

 

Senior Vice President, Legal and Assistant Secretary

 

TENANT:

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Damien McDevitt

Name:

 

Damien McDevitt

Title:

 

President and CEO

 

8/24/2021

EXHIBIT B

-5-


 

EXHIBIT C

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SUITE 230 ADDITIONAL PREMISES
TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE

THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SUITE 230 ADDITIONAL PREMISES TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE is entered into as of [_______], 20[__], with reference to that certain Second Amendment to Lease (the “Amendment”) dated as of [_______], 2021, by ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), in favor of BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Amendment.

Tenant hereby confirms the following:

1.
Tenant accepted possession of the Suite 230 Additional Premises for use in accordance with the Permitted Use on [_______], 20[__]. Tenant first occupied the Suite 230 Additional Premises for the Permitted Use on [_______], 20[__].
2.
The Suite 230 Additional Premises are in good order, condition and repair.
3.
The Tenant Improvements in the Suite 230 Additional Premises are Substantially Complete.
4.
In accordance with the provisions of the Amendment, the Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date is [_______], 20 [__], and, unless the Lease is terminated prior to the New Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the New Expiration Date shall be [_______], 20[__].
5.
The Lease is in full force and effect, and the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises[, except [_______]].
6.
To Tenant’s knowledge, Tenant has no existing defenses against the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord, and there exist no offsets or credits against Rent owed or to be owed by Tenant.
7.
The obligation to pay Rent with respect to the Suite 230 Additional Premises is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Lease commenced to accrue on [_______], 20 [__], with Base Rent payable on the dates and amounts set forth in the chart below:

Dates

Approximate Square Feet of Rentable Area

Base Rent per Square Foot of Rentable Area

Monthly Base Rent

Annual Base Rent

[__]/[__]/[__]-[__]/[__]/[__]

[ ]

$[_______]

[monthly][OR][annually]

[ ]

[ ]

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

EXHIBIT C

-1-


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has executed this Acknowledgment of Suite 230 Additional Premises Term Commencement Date as of the date first written above.

 

TENANT:

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

-2-


Exhibit 10.25

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of this 18th day of May, 2023, by and between BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated as of March 27, 2019, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of June 10, 2021 and that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of August 25, 2021 (the “Second Amendment”) (collectively, and as the same may have been further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Existing Lease”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “Premises”) from Landlord at 10835 Road to the Cure in San Diego, California (the “Building”);
B.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the TI Deadline (as defined in Article 12 of the Second Amendment); and
C.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Existing Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1.
Definitions. For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to collectively herein as the “Lease.” From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease,” as used in the Existing Lease, shall mean the Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment.
2.
TI Deadline. The TI Deadline (as defined in Article 12 of the Second Amendment) is hereby amended to be December 31, 2023.
3.
Broker. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to reimburse, indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and hold harmless the Landlord Indemnitees for, from and against any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.
4.
No Default. Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Existing Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.
5.
Effect of Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existing Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties.

 


6.
Successors and Assigns. Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and permitted successors and assigns and sublessees. Nothing in this section shall in any way alter the provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting.
7.
Miscellaneous. This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.
8.
Authority. Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Amendment have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Amendment on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.
9.
Counterparts; Facsimile and PDF Signatures. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. A facsimile or portable document format (PDF) signature on this Amendment shall be equivalent to, and have the same force and effect as, an original signature.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

BMR-ROAD TO THE CURE LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Dawn Saunders

Name:

 

Dawn Saunders

Title:

 

Vice President, Legal

 

TENANT:

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Damien McDevitt

Name:

 

Damien McDevitt

Title:

 

CEO

 

 


Exhibit 10.26

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

LEASE

This Lease (the “Lease”) dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “Summary”) below, is made by and between HCP TPSP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

TERMS OF LEASE

DESCRIPTION

1.

Date:

May 12, 2021.

2.

Premises
(
Article 1).

 

 

2.1 Building:

That certain two (2)-story building located at 11011 North Torrey Pines Road, La Jolla, California 92037

 

2.2 Premises:

Approximately 21,746 rentable square feet of space located on the first (1st) floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 130, as further set forth in Exhibit A to the Lease.

3.

Lease Term
(
Article 2).

 

 

3.1 Length of Term:

Ten (10) years and four (4) months.

 

3.2 Lease Commencement Date:

April 1, 2022.

 

3.3 Lease Expiration Date:

July 31, 2032.

4.

Base Rent (Article 3):

 

 

 


 

 

Lease Year

Annual

Base Rent

Monthly

Installment

of Base Rent

Approximate

Monthly Base

Rent per Rentable

Square Foot

1*

[***]

[***]

[***]

2

[***]

[***]

[***]

3

[***]

[***]

[***]

4

[***]

[***]

[***]

5

[***]

[***]

[***]

6

[***]

[***]

[***]

7

[***]

[***]

[***]

8

[***]

[***]

[***]

9

[***]

[***]

[***]

10

[***]

[***]

[***]

11

(four months)

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

* Notwithstanding the foregoing Base Rent schedule or any contrary provision of this Lease, but subject to the terms of Section 3.2, below, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent with respect to the Premises during the second (2nd) through fifth (5th) full calendar months of the Lease Term.

-2-


 

 

5.

Tenant Improvement Allowance (Exhibit B):

An amount equal to [***] per rentable square foot of the Premises (i.e., [***] based upon 21,746 rentable square feet in the Premises).

6.

Tenant’s Share
(
Article 4):

Twenty-six and 29/100 percent (26.29%).

7.

Permitted Use
(
Article 5):

The Premises shall be used only for general office, research and development, engineering, laboratory and GMP manufacturing, storage and/or warehouse uses, including, but not limited to, administrative offices and other lawful uses reasonably related to or incidental to such specified uses, all (i) consistent with first class life sciences projects in the Torrey Pines submarket of San Diego, California (“First Class Life Sciences Projects”), and (ii) in compliance with, and subject to, Applicable Laws as that term is defined in Article 24) and the terms of this Lease.

8.

Letter of Credit
(
Article 21):

[***].

9.

Parking
(
Article 28):

Two and one-half (2.5) unreserved parking spaces for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, of which, ten (10) passes shall be for the use of a reserved parking space, subject to the terms of Article 28 of the Lease.

10.

Address of Tenant
(
Section 29.18):

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.,

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, CA, 92121

[***]

11.

Address of Landlord
(
Section 29.18):

See Section 29.18 of the Lease.

12.

Broker(s)
(
Section 29.24):

Hughes Marino

 

-3-


 

1. PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas.

1.1.1 The Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “Premises”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. The outline of the “Building” and the “Project,” as those terms are defined in Section 1.1.2 below, are further depicted on the Site Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-l. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth, and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3, below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Tenant Work Letter”), Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises to Tenant in its existing, “as is” condition, and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Landlord shall be deemed to have tendered possession of the Premises to Tenant upon the date that Landlord provides Tenant with a key or access card to the Premises (the “Possession Date”) and no action by Tenant shall be required therefor. Promptly following the full execution and delivery of this Lease by both Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall deliver sole possession of the Promises to Tenant for the purposes of constructing the Tenant Improvements, establishing Tenant’s operations (but not for the conduct of business), use of the warehouse area of the Premises for storage (provided Tenant agrees not to store any flammable, combustible or other materials in the warehouse area of the Premises that would increase the cost of Landlord’s insurance, and shall not to store any toxic or hazardous material or waste in the Storage Area) and setting up Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment and information technology infrastructure. The period between the Possession Date and the Lease Commencement Date shall be referred to herein as the “Early Entry Period.” During the Early Entry Period, all of the provisions of this Lease (including all insurance and indemnity provisions) shall apply during the Early Entry Period, except that during such period, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent or Tenant’s Share of Direct Expense. If for any reason, Landlord is delayed in tendering possession of the Premises to Tenant by any particular date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for such failure, and the validity of this Lease shall not be impaired; provided that, Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant as soon as possible under the circumstances. Neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Tenant Work Letter. Any process utilities shall be provided without warranty, in their currently existing, “as-is” condition.

1.1.2 The Building and The Project. The Premises constitutes a portion of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “Building”). The Building is part of an office/laboratory project currently known as “Torrey Pines Science Park.” The term “Project,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the Common Areas, (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located, (iii) the other office/laboratory buildings located at 11025, 11085 and 11077 North Torrey Pines Road, San Diego, California 92037, and the land upon which such adjacent office/laboratory buildings are located, and (iv) at Landlord’s discretion, any additional real property, areas, land, buildings or other improvements added thereto outside of the Project.

1.1.3 Common Areas. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas.” The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the reasonable discretion of Landlord (but shall at least be consistent with the manner in which the common areas of the “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined in Section 2.2.2, below, are maintained and operated) and the use thereof shall be subject to such rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location

-4-


 

of elements of the Project and the Common Areas, provided that, in connection therewith, Landlord shall perform such closures, alterations, additions or changes in a commercially reasonable manner and, in connection therewith, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any material interference with Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises.

1.2 Rentable Square Feet of Premises. The rentable square footage of the Premises is hereby deemed to be as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary, and shall not be subject to measurement or adjustment during the Lease Term.

2. LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM

2.1 Lease Term. The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “Lease Term”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “Lease Commencement Date”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “Lease Expiration Date”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Lease Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) business days of receipt thereof; provided, that if such notice is not factually correct, then Tenant shall make such changes as are necessary to make such notice factually correct and shall thereafter return such notice to Landlord within said five (5) business day period.

2.2 Option Term.

2.2.1 Option Right. Landlord hereby grants to Original Tenant and any Permitted Transferee Assignee, one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for a period of five (5) years (the “Option Term”) which option shall be irrevocably exercised only by written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord not earlier than twelve (12) months before the commencement of the Option Term and not later than nine (9) months before the commencement of the Option Term, provided that the following conditions (the “Option Conditions”) are satisfied: (i) as of the date of delivery of such notice, an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease does not exist; (ii) as of the end of the Lease Term, Tenant is not in default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease); and (iii) Tenant has not previously been in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease) more than once during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period. Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, exercised in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, waive any of the Option Conditions in which case the option, if otherwise properly exercised by Tenant, shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the proper exercise of such option to extend, and provided that Tenant satisfies all of the Option Conditions (except those, if any, which are waived by Landlord), the Lease Term, as it applies to the Premises, shall be extended for a period of five (5) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.2 shall be personal to Original Tenant and any Permitted Transferee Assignee, and may only be exercised by Original Tenant or a Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not by any other assignee, sublessee or Transferee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease).

2.2.2 Option Rent. The annual Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “Option Rent”) shall be equal to the “Fair Rental Value,” as that term is defined below, for the Premises as of the commencement date of the Option Term. The “Fair Rental Value,” as used in this Lease, shall be equal to the annual rent per rentable square foot (including additional rent and considering any “base year” or “expense stop” applicable thereto), including all escalations, at which tenants (pursuant to leases consummated within the twelve (12) month period preceding the first day of the Option Term), are leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity office space which is not significantly greater or smaller in size than the subject space, for a comparable lease term, in an arm’s length transaction, which comparable space is located in the “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined in this Section 2.2.2, below (transactions satisfying the foregoing criteria shall be known as the “Comparable Transactions”), taking into consideration the following concessions (the “Concessions”): (a) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space; (b) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, and taking into account the value, if any, of the existing improvements in the subject space, such value to be based upon the age, condition, design, quality of finishes and layout of the improvements; and (c) other reasonable monetary concessions being granted such tenants in

-5-


 

connection with such comparable space; provided, however, that in calculating the Fair Rental Value, no consideration shall be given to (i) the fact that Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with Tenant’s exercise of its right to extend the Lease Term, or the fact that landlords are or are not paying real estate brokerage commissions in connection with such comparable space, and (ii) any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in comparable transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of tenant improvements in such comparable spaces. The Fair Rental Value shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s Rent obligations in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Premises during the Option Term. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants). The Concessions (A) shall be reflected in the effective rental rate (which effective rental rate shall take into consideration the total dollar value of such Concessions as amortized on a straight-line basis over the applicable term of the Comparable Transaction (in which case such Concessions evidenced in the effective rental rate shall not be granted to Tenant)) payable by Tenant, or (B) at Landlord’s election, all such Concessions shall be granted to Tenant in kind. The term “Comparable Buildings” shall mean the Building and those other First Class Life Sciences Projects located in the Torrey Pines submarket area of San Diego, California that are comparable in age (based on the date of original construction or the latest major renovation) location, quality of construction, services and amenities.

2.2.3 Determination of Option Rent. In the event Tenant timely and appropriately exercises an option to extend the Lease Term, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent on or before the date that occurs three (3) months prior to the Lease Expiration Date. If Tenant, on or before the date which is thirty (30) days following the date upon which Tenant receives Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent, in good faith objects to Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent, then Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent using their best good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s objection to the Option Rent (the “Outside Agreement Date” then each party shall make a separate determination of the Option Rent, as the case may be, within five (5) days, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Sections 2.2.3.1 through 2.2.3.7, below. If Tenant fails to object to Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent within the time period set forth herein, then Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s determination of Option Rent.

2.2.3.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall be, at the option of the appointing party, a real estate broker or appraiser who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing or appraisal, as the case may be, of commercial office properties in North San Diego, California. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is the closest to the actual Option Rent, taking into account the requirements of Section 2,2,2 of this Lease, as determined by the arbitrators. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date. Landlord and Tenant may consult with their selected arbitrators prior to appointment and may select an arbitrator who is favorable to their respective positions. The arbitrators so selected by Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed “Advocate Arbitrators.”

2.2.3.2 The two (2) Advocate Arbitrators so appointed shall be specifically required pursuant to an engagement letter within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed Advocate Arbitrator to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator (“Neutral Arbitrator”) who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the two Advocate Arbitrators, except that neither the Landlord or Tenant or either parties’ Advocate Arbitrator may, directly or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior or subsequent to his or her appearance. The Neutral Arbitrator shall be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord’s counsel and Tenant’s counsel.

2.2.3.3 The three arbitrators shall, within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

2.2.3.4 The decision of the majority of the three arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

-6-


 

2.2.3.5 If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an Advocate Arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, then either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of San Diego County to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator subject to the criteria in Section 2.2.3.1 of this Lease, or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator.

2.2.3.6 If the two (2) Advocate Arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint the Neutral Arbitrator, then either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of San Diego County to appoint the Neutral Arbitrator, subject to criteria in Section 2.2.3.2 of this Lease, or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such arbitrator.

2.2.3.7 The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

2.2.3.8 In the event that the Option Rent shall not have been determined pursuant to the terms hereof prior to the commencement of the Option Term, Tenant shall be required to pay the Option Rent initially provided by Landlord to Tenant, and upon the final determination of the Option Rent, the payments made by Tenant shall be reconciled with the actual amounts of Option Rent due, and the appropriate party shall make any corresponding payment to the other party.

3. BASE RENT

3.1 Base Rent. Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“Base Rent”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. The Base Rent and the estimated “Tenant’s Share” of “Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Article 4, below, for the first full month of the Lease Term shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease, in an amount equal to [***]. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end of such calendar month or to the end of the Lease Term at a rate per day which is equal to 1/365 of the applicable annual Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

3.2 Abated Base Rent. [***] Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the rental and performing the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to terms and conditions of the Lease, or if this Lease is terminated for any reason other than Landlord’s breach of this Lease or an event of Casualty or condemnation, then the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Rent Abatement as of the date of such default or termination, as the case may be, shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full.

4. ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 General Terms.

4.1.1 Direct Expenses; Additional Rent. In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2 of this Lease, respectively. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Additional Rent”, and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “Rent.”

-7-


 

All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.1.2 Triple Net Lease. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, except as otherwise provided to the contrary in this Lease, it is their intent and agreement that this Lease be a “TRIPLE NET” lease and that as such, the provisions contained in this Lease are intended to pass on to Tenant or reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses reasonably associated with this Lease, the Building and the Project, and Tenant’s operation therefrom, except for the specific exclusions to Operating Expenses set forth below in Section 4.2.4. To the extent such costs and expenses payable by Tenant cannot be charged directly to, and paid by, Tenant, such costs and expenses shall be paid by Landlord but reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent.

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent. As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 Intentionally Deleted.

4.2.2 “Direct Expenses” shall mean “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses.”

4.2.3 “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

4.2.4 “Operating Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining, and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project and Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord and consistent with insurance carried by landlords of Comparable Buildings that are included in operating expenses (provided that in no event shall Landlord be required to carry earthquake insurance); (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) the cost of parking area operation, repair, restoration, and maintenance; (vi) fees and other costs, including management and/or incentive fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) subject to item (f), below, wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) costs under any instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment and non-structural components thereof of the Project; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in common areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine, of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof; (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) which are intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, or to reduce current or future Operating Expenses (to the extent of cost savings reasonably anticipated by Landlord (based on reasonable industry standards)) or to enhance the safety or security of the Project or its occupants, and (B) that are required under any governmental law or regulation first enacted or enforced after the Lease Commencement Date; provided, however,

-8-


 

that any capital expenditure shall be amortized (including interest on the amortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine; and (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.5, below, (xv) cost of tenant relation programs reasonably established by Landlord and consistent with programs that are included in operating expenses by landlords of Comparable Buildings, and (xvi) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building, including, without limitation, any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the property, and reciprocal easement agreements affecting the property, any parking licenses, and any agreements with transit agencies affecting the Property (collectively, “Underlying Documents”), except to the extent any such payments are related to costs specifically excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to the next sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

4.2.5 [***]Taxes.

4.2.5.1 “Tax Expenses” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

4.2.5.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax; (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises or the improvements thereon.

4.2.5.3 Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are incurred. Tax refunds shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5, there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, documentary transfer taxes unrelated to this Lease, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease.

-9-


 

4.2.6 “Tenant’s Share” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary.

4.3 Allocation of Direct Expenses.

4.3.1 Method of Allocation. The parties acknowledge that the Building is a part of a multibuilding project and that the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project (i.e., the Direct Expenses) should be shared between the Building and the other buildings in the Project. Accordingly, as set forth in Section 4.2 above, Direct Expenses (which consist of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses) are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Direct Expenses, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the Building (as opposed to other buildings in the Project). Such portion of Direct Expenses allocated to the Building shall include all Direct Expenses attributable solely to the Building and an equitable portion of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole, and shall not include Direct Expenses attributable solely to other buildings in the Project.

4.3.2 Cost Pools. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Direct Expenses for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Project (the “Cost Pools”), in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project, and the laboratory space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project. The Direct Expenses within each such Cost Pool shall be allocated and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1, below, and as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for each Expense Year.

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “Statement”) which shall state the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Statement, the full amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Direct Expenses,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2, below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of Tenant’s overpayment against Rent next due under this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of the overpayment or apply such overpayment against any unpaid Rent. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term for a period of eighteen (18) months following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Furthermore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, with respect to any Tax Expenses and costs incurred for utilities, Tenant shall be responsible for such expenses to the extent Landlord received the bills for such expenses after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and then only to the extent Tenant receives request for payment from Landlord within ninety (90) days following Landlord’s receipt of such bills.

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses. In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “Estimate Statement”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “Estimate”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (the “Estimated Direct Expenses”). The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Direct Expenses under this Article 4, nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Direct Expenses theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, a fraction of the Estimated Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.4.2); provided that, Tenant shall not be obligated to start paying the new Estimated Direct Expenses for any Expense Year until thirty (30) days after receiving Landlord’s Estimate Statement for such Expense Year. Such fraction shall have as its numerator the

-10-


 

number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Direct Expenses set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.

4.5.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

4.5.2 If the tenant improvements in the Premises, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which tenant improvements conforming to Landlord’s “building standard” in other space in the Building are assessed, then the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1, above.

4.5.3 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, gross receipts tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, business tax or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project, including the Project parking facility; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

5. USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

5.2 Prohibited Uses. Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project) including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by Applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect, or any Underlying Documents. Landlord shall have the right to impose reasonable and customary rule and regulations regarding the use of the Project, as reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord with respect to the orderly operation of the Project, and Tenant shall comply with such reasonable rules and regulations; provided Landlord shall not impose any rules or regulations that are intended to discriminate against Tenant. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or unreasonably annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall comply with, and Tenant’s rights and obligations under the Lease and Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be

-11-


 

subject and subordinate to, all recorded easements, covenants, conditions, and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Project.

5.3 Hazardous Materials.

5.3.1 Tenant’s Obligations.

5.3.1.1 Prohibitions. As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease with Tenant, Tenant has fully and accurately completed Landlord’s Pre-Leasing Environmental Exposure Questionnaire (the “Environmental Questionnaire”), which is attached as Exhibit E. Tenant agrees that except for those chemicals or materials, and their respective quantities, specifically listed on the Environmental Questionnaire, neither Tenant nor Tenant’s employees, contractors and subcontractors of any tier, entities with a contractual relationship with Tenant (other than Landlord), or any entity acting as an agent or sub-agent of Tenant (collectively, “Tenant’s Agents”) will produce, use, store or generate any “Hazardous Materials,” as that term is defined below, on, under or about the Premises, nor cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, placed, stored, manufactured, generated, blended, handled, recycled, used or “Released,” as that term is defined below, on, in, under or about the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.3, Tenant shall have the right, without obtaining prior written consent of Landlord, to utilize within the Premises a reasonable quantity of standard office products that may contain Hazardous Materials (such as photocopy toner, “White Out”, and the like);). provided however, that (i) Tenant shall maintain such products in their original retail packaging, shall follow all instructions on such packaging with respect to the storage, use and disposal of such products, and shall otherwise comply with all Applicable Laws with respect to such products, and (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Section 5.3 shall apply with respect to Tenant’s storage, use and disposal of all such products. If any information provided to Landlord by Tenant on the Environmental Questionnaire, or otherwise relating to information concerning Hazardous Materials is false, incomplete, or misleading in any material respect, the same shall be deemed an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord’s prior written consent shall be required to any Hazardous Materials use for the Premises not described on the initial Environmental Questionnaire, such consent to be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion for any Hazardous Materials which are of a higher risk in terms of their hazardous character, handling profile, usage and quantity, than the Hazardous Materials previously consented to by Landlord under this Lease, otherwise Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall not install or permit any underground storage tank on the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “Hazardous Materials” means all flammable explosives, petroleum and petroleum products, waste oil, radon, radioactive materials, toxic pollutants, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”), medical waste, chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic substances or related materials, including without limitation any chemical, element, compound, mixture, solution, substance, object, waste or any combination thereof, which is or may be hazardous to human health, safety or to the environment due to its radioactivity, ignitability, corrosiveness, reactivity, explosiveness, toxicity, carcinogenicity, infectiousness or other harmful or potentially harmful properties or effects, or defined as, regulated as or included in, the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” or “toxic substances” under any Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Materials” for purposes of this Lease shall also include any mold, fungus or spores, whether or not the same is defined, listed, or otherwise classified as a “hazardous material” under any Environmental Laws, if such mold, fungus or spores may pose a risk to human health or the environment or negatively impact the value of the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “Release” or “Released” or “Releases” shall mean any release, deposit, discharge, emission, leaking, spilling, seeping, migrating, injecting, pumping, pouring, emptying, escaping, dumping, disposing, or other movement of Hazardous Materials into the environment.

5.3.1.2 Notices to Landlord. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing as soon as possible but in no event later than five (5) days after (i) the occurrence of any actual, alleged or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material in, on, under, from, about or in the vicinity of the Premises (whether past or present), regardless of the source or quantity of any such Release, or (ii) Tenant becomes aware of any regulatory actions, inquiries, inspections, investigations, directives, or any cleanup, compliance, enforcement or abatement proceedings (including any threatened or contemplated investigations or proceedings) relating to or potentially affecting the Premises, or (iii) Tenant becomes aware of any claims by any person or entity relating to any Hazardous Materials in, on, under, from, about or in the vicinity of the Premises, whether relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss or injury. Collectively, the matters set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above are hereinafter referred to as “Hazardous Materials Claims”. Tenant shall promptly forward to Landlord copies of all orders, notices, permits, applications and

-12-


 

other communications and reports in connection with any Hazardous Materials Claims. Additionally, Tenant shall promptly advise Landlord in writing of Tenant’s discovery of any occurrence or condition on, in, under or about the Premises that could subject Tenant or Landlord to any liability, or restrictions on ownership, occupancy, transferability or use of the Premises under any “Environmental Laws,” as that term is defined below. Tenant shall not enter into any legal proceeding or other action, settlement, consent decree or other compromise with respect to any Hazardous Materials Claims without first notifying Landlord of Tenant’s intention to do so and affording Landlord the opportunity to join and participate, as a party if Landlord so elects, in such proceedings and in no event shall Tenant enter into any agreements which are binding on Landlord or the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to appear at and participate in, any and all legal or other administrative proceedings concerning any Hazardous Materials Claim. For purposes of this Lease, “Environmental Laws” means all applicable present and future laws relating to the protection of human health, safety, wildlife or the environment, including, without limitation, (i) all requirements pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation and/or remediation of emissions, discharges, Releases, or threatened Releases of Hazardous Materials, whether solid, liquid, or gaseous in nature, into the air, surface water, groundwater, or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of Hazardous Materials; and (ii) all requirements pertaining to the health and safety of employees or the public. Environmental Laws include, but are not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 USC § 9601, et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Authorization Act of 1994, 49 USC § 5101, et seq., the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, and Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, 42 USC § 6901, et seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 USC § 1251, et seq., the Clean Air Act of 1966, 42 USC § 7401, et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, 15 USC § 2601, et seq., the Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, 42 USC §§ 300f through 300j, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, 29 USC § 651 et seq., the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 USC § 2701 et seq., the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986, 42 USC § 11001 et seq., the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 USC § 4321 et seq., the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act of 1947, 7 USC § 136 et seq., California Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act, California Health & Safety Code §§ 25300 et seq., Hazardous Materials Release Response Plans and Inventory Act, California Health & Safety Code, §§ 25500 et seq., Underground Storage of Hazardous Substances provisions, California Health & Safety Code, §§ 25280 et seq., California Hazardous Waste Control Law, California Health & Safety Code, §§ 25100 et seq., and any other state or local law counterparts, as amended, as such Applicable Laws, are in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date, or thereafter adopted, published, or promulgated.

5.3.1.3 Releases of Hazardous Materials. If any Release of any Hazardous Material in, on, under, from or about the Premises shall occur at any time during the Lease Term as a result of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and/or if any other Hazardous Material condition exists at the Premises that requires response actions of any kind as a result of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, in addition to notifying Landlord as specified above, Tenant, at its own sole cost and expense, shall (i) immediately comply with any and all reporting requirements imposed pursuant to any and all Environmental Laws, (ii) provide a written certification to Landlord indicating that Tenant has complied with all applicable reporting requirements, (iii) take any and all necessary investigation, corrective and remedial action in accordance with any and all applicable Environmental Laws, utilizing an environmental consultant approved by Landlord, all in accordance with the provisions and requirements of this Section 5.3, including, without limitation, Section 5.3.4, and (iv) take any such additional investigative, remedial and corrective actions as Landlord shall in its reasonable discretion deem necessary such that the Premises are remediated to the condition existing prior to such Release.

5.3.1.4 Indemnification.

5.3.1.4.1 In General. Without limiting in any way Tenant’s obligations under any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, losses, damages, costs, expenses, penalties, enforcement actions, taxes, fines, remedial actions, liabilities (including, without limitation, actual attorneys’ fees, litigation, arbitration and administrative proceeding costs, expert and consultant fees and laboratory costs) including, without limitation, consequential damages and sums paid in settlement of claims, which arise during or after the Lease Term, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, that arise during or after the Lease Term in whole or in part, foreseeable or unforeseeable, directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to the presence, use, generation,

-13-


 

manufacture, treatment, handling, refining, production, processing, storage, Release or presence of Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents.

5.3.1.4.2 Limitations. Notwithstanding anything in Section 5.3.1.4, above, to the contrary, Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in Section 5.3.1.4, above, shall not be applicable to claims based upon Hazardous Materials which may exist in, on or about the Premises as of the date of this Lease (“Existing Hazardous Materials”), except to the extent that Tenant’s construction activities and/or Tenant’s other acts or omissions (including Tenant’s failure to remove, remediate or otherwise treat or “Clean-up,” as that term is defined in Section 5.3.4, below, the subject Existing Hazardous Materials during the tenancy of the Premises) caused or exacerbated the subject claim.

5.3.1.5 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Without limiting the generality of Tenant’s obligation to comply with Applicable Laws as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all Environmental Laws. Tenant shall obtain and maintain any and all necessary permits, licenses, certifications and approvals appropriate or required for the use, handling, storage, and disposal of any Hazardous Materials used, stored, generated, transported, handled, blended, or recycled by Tenant on the Premises. Landlord shall have a continuing right, without obligation, to require Tenant to obtain, and to review and inspect any and all such permits, licenses, certifications and approvals, together with copies of any and all Hazardous Materials management plans and programs, any and all Hazardous Materials risk management and pollution prevention programs, and any and all Hazardous Materials emergency response and employee training programs respecting Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description explaining the nature and scope of Tenant’s activities involving Hazardous Materials and showing to Landlord’s satisfaction compliance with all Environmental Laws and the terms of this Lease.

5.3.2 Assurance of Performance.

5.3.2.1 Environmental Assessments In General. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, engage from time to time such contractors as Landlord determines to be appropriate to perform environmental assessments of a scope reasonably determined by Landlord (an “Environmental Assessment”) to ensure Tenant’s compliance with the requirements of this Lease with respect to Hazardous Materials. .

5.3.2.2 Costs of Environmental Assessments. All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such Environmental Assessment initially shall be paid by Landlord; provided that if any such Environmental Assessment shows that Tenant has failed to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.3, then all of the costs and expenses of such Environmental Assessment shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after receipt of written demand therefor.

5.3.3 Tenant’s Obligations upon Surrender. At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall: (i) cause an Environmental Assessment of the Premises to be conducted in accordance with Section 15.3; (ii) cause all Hazardous Materials brought into the Premises (except for Existing Hazardous Materials) to be removed from the Premises and disposed of in accordance with all Environmental Laws and as necessary to allow the Premises to be used for any purpose; and (iii) cause to be removed all containers installed or used by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents to store any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, and cause to be repaired any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Tenant shall not be required to remove any Hazardous Materials that migrate into the Premises from a source other than Tenant or Tenant’s Agents.

5.3.4 Clean-up.

5.3.4.1 Environmental Reports; Clean-Up. If any written report, including any report containing results of any Environmental Assessment (an “Environmental Report”) shall indicate (i) the presence of any Hazardous Materials as to which Tenant has a removal or remediation obligation under this Section 5.3, and (ii) that as a result of same, the investigation, characterization, monitoring, assessment, repair, closure, remediation, removal, or other clean-up (the “Clean-up”) of any Hazardous Materials is required, Tenant shall immediately prepare and submit to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Environmental Report a comprehensive plan, subject to Landlord’s written approval, specifying the actions to be taken by Tenant to perform the Clean-up so that the

-14-


 

Premises are restored to the conditions required by this Lease. Upon Landlord’s approval of the Clean-up plan, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, without limitation on any rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease, immediately implement such plan with a consultant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and proceed to Clean-Up Hazardous Materials in accordance with all Applicable Laws and as required by such plan and this Lease. If, within thirty (30) days after receiving a copy of such Environmental Report, Tenant fails either (a) to complete such Clean-up, or (b) with respect to any Clean-up that cannot be completed within such thirty-day period, fails to proceed with diligence to prepare the Clean-up plan and complete the Clean-up as promptly as practicable, then Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, and without waiving any other rights under this Lease, to carry out any Clean-up recommended by the Environmental Report or required by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Premises, and recover all of the costs and expenses thereof from Tenant as Additional Rent, payable within ten (10) days after receipt of written demand therefor.

5.3.4.2 No Rent Abatement. Tenant shall continue to pay all Rent due or accruing under this Lease during any Clean-up, and shall not be entitled to any reduction, offset or deferral of any Base Rent or Additional Rent due or accruing under this Lease during any such Clean-up.

5.3.4.3 Surrender of Premises. Tenant shall complete any Clean-up prior to surrender of the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord a letter or other written determination from the overseeing governmental authority confirming that the Clean-up has been completed in accordance with all requirements of such governmental authority and that no further response action of any kind is required for the unrestricted use of the Premises (“Closure Letter”). Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall also be obligated to close all permits obtained in connection with Hazardous Materials in accordance with Applicable Laws.

5.3.4.4 Failure to Timely Clean-Up. Should any Clean-up for which Tenant is responsible not be completed, or should Tenant not receive the Closure Letter and any governmental approvals required under Environmental Laws in conjunction with such Clean-up prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Tenant shall be liable to Landlord as a holdover tenant (as more particularly provided in Article 16) until Tenant has fully complied with its obligations under this Section 5.3.

5.3.5 Confidentiality. Unless compelled to do so by Applicable Law, Tenant agrees that Tenant shall not disclose, discuss, disseminate or copy any information, data, findings, communications, conclusions and reports regarding the environmental condition of the Premises to any Person (other than Tenant’s consultants, attorneys, property managers and employees that have a need to know such information), including any governmental authority, without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event Tenant reasonably believes that disclosure is compelled by Applicable Law, it shall provide Landlord ten (10) days’ advance notice of disclosure of confidential information so that Landlord may attempt to obtain a protective order. Tenant may additionally release such information to bona fide prospective purchasers or lenders, subject to any such parties’ written agreement to be bound by the terms of this Section 5.3.

5.3.6 Copies of Environmental Reports. Within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of any and all environmental assessments, audits, studies and reports regarding Tenant’s activities with respect to the Premises, or ground water beneath the Land, or the environmental condition or Clean-up thereof. Tenant shall be obligated to provide Landlord with a copy of such materials without regard to whether such materials are generated by Tenant or prepared for Tenant, or how Tenant comes into possession of such materials.

5.3.7 Intentionally Omitted.

5.3.8 Signs, Response Plans, Etc. Tenant shall be responsible for posting on the Premises any signs required under applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant shall also complete and file any business response plans or inventories required by any Applicable Laws. Tenant shall concurrently file a copy of any such business response plan or inventory with Landlord.

-15-


 

5.3.9 Survival. Each covenant, agreement, representation, warranty and indemnification made by Tenant set forth in this Section 5.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and shall remain effective until all of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3 have been completely performed and satisfied.

6. SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 In General. Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

6.1.1 Subject to limitations imposed by all governmental rules, regulations and mandatory guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning to the office portions of the Premises (“HVAC”) when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises from 7:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday (collectively, the “Building Hours”), except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and, at Landlord’s discretion, other locally or nationally recognized holidays (collectively, the “Holidays”). HVAC to the lab portion of the Premises will be provided 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems.

6.1.2 Landlord shall provide reasonably sufficient electricity to the Premises (including adequate electrical wiring and facilities for connection to Tenant’s lighting fixtures and incidental use equipment), provided that the connected electrical load of Tenant’s lighting fixtures and the incidental use equipment does not, in the aggregate, exceed the connected electrical loads typically required at First Class Life Sciences Projects. Tenant will design Tenant’s electrical system serving any equipment producing nonlinear electrical loads to accommodate such nonlinear electrical loads, including, but not limited to, oversizing neutral conductors, derating transformers and/or providing power-line filters. Engineering plans shall include a calculation of Tenant’s fully connected electrical design load with and without demand factors and shall indicate the number of watts of unmetered and submetered loads. Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises. If electricity is separately sub-metered, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such utilities based on such sub-meter, and reimbursement for any penalties for usage or other surcharges imposed by any utility company. If electricity is not separately sub-metered, then the cost of electricity used by Tenant in the Premises shall be equitably allocated by Landlord on a basis consistent with commercial reasonable property management practices. Within twenty (20) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement of apportionment or statement setting forth the charges payable by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent (and not as a Direct Expense), the cost of such electrical services so apportioned or so provided by Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, to the extent the Premises generates electricity demand on a shared resource (e.g. electricity for the central plant), the cost of such electricity shall be allocated to Tenant on a pro rata basis or other reasonable basis consistent with commercial reasonable property management practices.

6.1.3 Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, kitchen, lavatory and toilet purposes in the Building Common Areas and the Premises.

6.1.4 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger elevator service during the Building Hours, shall have one elevator available at all other times, including on the Holidays, except in the event of emergency.

6.1.5 Landlord shall not provide janitorial services for the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for performing all janitorial services and other cleaning of the Premises, all in compliance with Applicable Laws. The janitorial and cleaning of the Premises shall be adequate to maintain the Premises in a manner consistent with First Class Life Sciences Projects.

6.1.6 Landlord shall provide janitorial services for the Common Areas in a manner consistent with First Class Life Sciences Projects.

-16-


 

6.1.7 If Tenant desires to use HVAC during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord such prior notice, if any, as Landlord shall from time to time reasonably establish as appropriate, of Tenant’s desired use in order to supply such HVAC, and Landlord shall supply such heat, ventilation or air conditioning to Tenant at such hourly cost to Tenant as Landlord shall reasonably determine for the Building.

6.1.8 Tenant may, at its own expense, install its own security system (“Tenant’s Security System”) in the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant shall coordinate the installation and operation of Tenant’s Security System with Landlord to assure that Tenant’s Security System is compatible with Landlord’s security system and the Building systems and equipment, and to the extent that Tenant’s Security System is not compatible with Landlord’s security system and the Building systems and equipment, Tenant shall not be entitled to install or operate the Tenant’s Security System. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the installation, monitoring, operation and removal of Tenant’s Security System. Tenant’s Security System shall be installed by Tenant as part of the Tenant Improvements or in accordance with terms of Article 8 of this Lease.

6.2 Interruption of Use. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.6.2 of this Lease) or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or Casualty (as that term is defined in Section 11.1 below) whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.6.2 of this Lease) or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6.

6.3 Energy Performance Disclosure Information. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord may be required to disclose certain information concerning the energy performance of the Building pursuant to California Public Resources Code Section 25402.10 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto (collectively the “Energy Disclosure Requirements”). Tenant hereby acknowledges prior receipt of the Data Verification Checklist, as defined in the Energy Disclosure Requirements (the “Energy Disclosure Information”), and agrees that Landlord has timely complied in full with Landlord’s obligations under the Energy Disclosure Requirements. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (i) Landlord makes no representation or warranty regarding the energy performance of the Building or the accuracy or completeness of the Energy Disclosure Information, (ii) the Energy Disclosure Information is for the current occupancy and use of the Building and that the energy performance of the Building may vary depending on future occupancy and/or use of the Building, and (iii) Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any errors or omissions in the Energy Disclosure Information. If and to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Laws, Tenant hereby waives any right Tenant may have to receive the Energy Disclosure Information, including, without limitation, any right Tenant may have to terminate this Lease as a result of Landlord’s failure to disclose such information. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and/or liabilities relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from the Energy Disclosure Requirements, including, without limitation, any liabilities arising as a result of Landlord’s failure to disclose the Energy Disclosure Information to Tenant prior to the execution of this Lease. Tenant’s acknowledgment of the AS-IS condition of the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall be deemed to include the energy performance of the Building. Tenant further acknowledges that pursuant to the Energy Disclosure Requirements, Landlord may be required in the future to disclose information concerning Tenant’s energy usage to certain third parties, including, without limitation, prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants of the Building (the “Tenant Energy Use Disclosure”). Tenant hereby (A) consents to all such Tenant Energy Use Disclosures, and (B) acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. The terms of this Section 6.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

-17-


 

7. REPAIRS

7.1 Tenant Repair Obligations. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, including all Building systems (expressly including all heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems) which exclusively serve the Premises, and the floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises are located, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances, except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that, Landlord shall have the exclusive right, at Landlord’s option, but not the obligation, to make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof, including Landlord’s standard fee for its involvement with such repairs and replacements (to be uniformly established for the Building at a commercially reasonable level), promptly upon being billed for same. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises pursuant to the terms of Article 27, below, to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree. All Building systems that are Tenant repair obligations, including HVAC, plumbing and fire/life-safety systems, shall be maintained, repaired and replaced by Tenant (i) in a commercially reasonable first-class condition, (ii) in accordance with any applicable manufacturer specifications relating to any particular component of such Building systems, (iii) in accordance with Applicable Laws. Tenant shall contract with a qualified, experienced professional third party service companies (a “Service Contract”). Tenant shall regularly, in accordance with commercially reasonable standards, generate and maintain preventive maintenance records relating to each Building’s mechanical and main electrical systems, including life safety, elevators and the central plant (“Preventative Maintenance Records”). In addition, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver a copy of all current Service Contracts to Landlord and/or a copy of the Preventative Maintenance Records. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

7.2 Landlord Repair Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be responsible for maintenance, repairs and replacement as necessary to keep in good order, repair and condition the exterior walls, exterior doors and windows and waterproofing of the Building envelope, foundation and roof (including roof membrane, gutters, flashings, and downspouts) of the Building, utility connections to the Building, the structural portions of the floors of the Building (the “Building Structure”), the base Building plumbing, sewer, drainage, electrical, fire protection, elevator and life safety systems which serve the Building as a whole and not exclusively the Premises (the “Building Systems” and together with the Building Structure, the “Base Building”) of the Building, and the Common Areas, except to the extent that such repairs are required due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant; provided, however, that if such repairs are due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, Landlord shall nevertheless make such repairs at Tenant’s expense, or, if covered by Landlord’s insurance, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay any deductible in connection therewith. Subject to the terms of Article 27, below, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

8. ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations. Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “Alterations”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following ten (10) business days’ notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s prior consent, to the

-18-


 

extent that such Alterations (i) do not affect the building systems or equipment, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, and (iii) cost less than $75,000.00 for a particular job of work. The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.

8.2 Manner of Construction. Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove such Alterations upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Building is located (or other applicable governmental authority). Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. Upon completion of any Alterations (or repairs), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord final lien waivers from all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen who performed such work. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of San Diego in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and Tenant shall deliver to the Project construction manager a reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of the Alterations as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

8.3 Payment for Improvements. With respect to payments to be made to Tenant’s contractors for any Alterations, Tenant shall (i) comply with Landlord’s reasonable requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant’s payment for work to contractors, and (ii) cause Tenant’s contractor to sign Landlord’s standard contractor’s rules and regulations. In addition, in connection with all Alterations, Tenant shall pay Landlord a reasonable oversight fee not to exceed three percent (3%) of the cost of such work, and shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with such work.

8.4 Construction Insurance. In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall be required to carry (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance in an amount approved by Landlord, with Landlord, and, at Landlord’s option, Landlord’s property manager and project manager, as additional insureds in an amount approved by Landlord, and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, and (ii) workers compensation insurance with a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord. Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion based on Tenant’s then financial wherewithal and the anticipated cost of the Alteration, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

8.5 Landlord’s Property. All Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord and remain in place at the Premises following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems and equipment within the Premises and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord; provided; however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, upon request by Tenant at the time of Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent to any Alteration or improvement, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether the applicable Alteration or improvement will be required to be removed pursuant to the terms of this Section 8.5. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems

-19-


 

and equipment in the Premises and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as reasonably determined by Landlord, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

9. COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least ten (10) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under Applicable Laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility (to the extent applicable pursuant to then Applicable Laws). Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within ten (10) business days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof.

10. INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver. [***]

10.2 Tenant’s Compliance With Landlord’s Property Insurance. Landlord shall insure the Building during the Lease Term against loss or damage under an “all risk” property insurance policy. Such coverage shall be in such amounts, from such companies, and on such other terms and conditions, as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine. Additionally, at the option of Landlord, such insurance coverage may include the risks of earthquakes and/or flood damage and additional hazards, a rental loss endorsement and one or more loss payee endorsements in favor of the holders of any mortgages or deeds of trust encumbering the interest of Landlord in the Building or the ground or underlying lessors of the Building, or any portion thereof. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body. Tenant shall also provide Landlord and Landlord’s insurer(s) with such information regarding the use of the Premises and any damage to the Premises as they may require in connection with the placement of insurance for the Premises or the adjusting of any losses to the Premises.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance on an occurrence form covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) arising out of Tenant’s operations, and contractual liabilities including a contractual coverage, and including products and completed operations coverage, for limits of liability on a per location basis of not less than:

Bodily Injury and
Property Damage Liability

[***]

Personal Injury Liability

[***]

 

10.3.2 Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the “Tenant Improvements,” as that term is defined in the Tenant Work Letter, and any other improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building) (the “Original Improvements”), and (iii) all other improvements, alterations and

-20-


 

additions to the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on an “all risks” of physical loss or damage basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts) new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril including, but not limited to, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion.

10.3.3 Business Income Interruption for one (1) year plus Extra Expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for actual direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to the risks outlined in Section 10.3.2 above.

10.3.4 Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations. The policy shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord, its employees, Lenders and any property manager or partners.

10.4 Form of Policies. The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) name Landlord, its subsidiaries and affiliates, its property manager (if any) and any other party the Landlord so specifies, as an additional insured or loss payee, as applicable, including Landlord’s managing agent, if any; (ii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A:IX in Best’s Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California; (iv) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance required of Tenant; (v) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (vi) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord (unless such cancellation is the result of non-payment of premiums), provided that if Tenant’s insurer will not agree to provide the notices in this subheading (vi), Tenant will provide such notices to Landlord. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least ten (10) days before the expiration dates thereof. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, Landlord may, at its option, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

10.5 Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property or business interruption loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder or otherwise carried by either party. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right to the insured to recover thereunder. The parties agree that their respective insurance policies do now, or shall, contain the waiver of subrogation.

10.6 Additional Insurance Obligations. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s lender, but in no event in excess of the amounts and types of insurance then being required by landlords of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building.

11. DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty (“Casualty”). If the Premises or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project, provided that access to the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Subject to the terms of Section 11.2, below, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements and the

-21-


 

Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a “Landlord Repair Notice,” as that term is defined in Section 11.2 below, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Tenant shall in addition cooperate with requests for information regarding any repairs from Landlord’s insurer(s) by providing the requested information within ten (10) days after Tenant receives the request. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such Casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and the Premises are not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant’s right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith, but taking into consideration any Force Majeure delays. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Article 11, the parties hereby agree as follows: (i) the closure of the Project, the Building, the Common Areas, or any part thereof to protect public health shall not constitute a Casualty for purposes of this Lease, (ii) Casualty covered by this Article 11 shall require that the physical or structural integrity of the Premises, the Project, the Building, or the Common Areas is degraded as a direct result of such occurrence, and (iii) a Casualty under this Article 11 shall not be deemed to occur merely because Tenant is unable to productively use the Premises in the event that the physical and structural integrity of the Premises is undamaged.

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, deliver a notice (the “Landlord Repair Notice”) to Tenant, and upon receipt of a Landlord Repair Notice Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3 of this Lease relating to the Tenant Improvements and the Original Improvements, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier (including by taking into account any deductible or self-insured retention), as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by Casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; (iv) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally and terminates the leases of all similarly situated tenants in the Building (to the extent Landlord retains such right pursuant to the terms of the applicable tenants’ leases); (v) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term and the repairs are estimated to take in excess of twenty (20) business days to complete; or (vi) any owner of any other portion of the Project, other than Landlord, does not intend to repair the damage to such portion of the Project; provided, however, that if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within two hundred seventh (270) days after being commenced or the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term and the repairs are estimated to take in excess of twenty (20) business days to complete, Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Section 11.2 only if each of the

-22-


 

following conditions is satisfied: (a) the damage to the Project by Casualty was not caused by the gross negligence or intentional act of Tenant or its partners or subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors; (b) Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default, beyond any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease, under this Lease; (c) as a result of the damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises; and, (d) as a result of the damage to the Project, Tenant does not occupy or use the Premises at all.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

12. NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

13. CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease, if Landlord terminates all similarly situated tenants in the Building (to the extent Landlord retains such right pursuant to the terms of the applicable tenants’ leases), effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than fifteen percent (15%) of the total area of the Premises is taken, or if any portion of the laboratory space or manufacturing area of the Premises is taken and the remaining portion of such area can no longer reasonably be used as laboratory space or for manufacturing, as applicable, or if all reasonable access to the Premises is substantially impaired, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in

-23-


 

the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, the following governmental actions shall not constitute a taking or condemnation, either permanent or temporary: (i) an action that requires Tenant’s business or the Building or Project to close during the Lease Term, and (ii) an action taken for the purpose of protecting public safety (e.g., to protect against acts of war, the spread of communicable diseases, or an infestation), and no such governmental actions shall entitle Tenant to any compensation from Landlord or any authority, or Rent abatement or any other remedy under this Lease.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any hen to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “Transfers” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “Transfer Notice”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the “Transfer Premium”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord in an amount not to exceed Two Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($2,500.00) in the aggregate, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any Applicable Law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.4 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested; or

-24-


 

14.2.5 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease;

14.2.6 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent (provided, however, that Landlord may not withhold its consent to an assignment or a sublease pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2.6(i) to the extent Landlord cannot reasonably meet such occupant’s space needs), or (ii) is negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord during the four (4) month period immediately preceding the date Landlord receives the Transfer Notice, to lease space in the Project.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14, their sole remedies shall be a suit for contract damages (other than damages for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring) or declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all Applicable Laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

14.3 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, received by Tenant from such Transferee. “Transfer Premium” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, and after deduction of (i) any costs of improvements made to the Subject Space in connection with such Transfer, (ii) brokerage commissions paid in connection with such Transfer, and (iii) reasonable legal fees incurred in connection with such Transfer. “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. The determination of the amount of Landlord’s applicable share of the Transfer Premium shall be made on a monthly basis as rent or other consideration is received by Tenant under the Transfer.

14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space. [***]

14.5 Effect of Transfer. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than five percent (5%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.

-25-


 

14.6 Additional Transfers. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Transfer” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period.

14.7 Occurrence of Default. Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.8 Deemed Consent Transfers. [***]

15. SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises. No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, freestanding cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 15.2 or elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove or restore the Tenant Improvements upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

15.3 Environmental Assessment. In connection with its surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, at least one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the expiration date of this Lease (or in the event of an earlier termination of this Lease, as soon as reasonably possible following such termination), an environmental

-26-


 

Assessment of the Premises by a competent and experienced environmental engineer or engineering firm reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (pursuant to a contract approved by Landlord and providing that Landlord can rely on the Environmental Assessment), which (i) evidences that the Premises are in a clean and safe condition and free and clear of any Hazardous Materials; and (ii) includes a review of the Premises by an environmental consultant for asbestos, mold, fungus, spores, and other moisture conditions, on-site chemical use, and lead-based paint. If such Environmental Assessment reveals that remediation or Clean-up is required under any Environmental Laws for which Tenant has responsibility under this Lease, Tenant shall submit a remediation plan prepared by a recognized environmental consultant and shall be responsible for all costs of remediation and Clean-up, as more particularly provided in Section 5.3, above.

15.4 Condition of the Building and Premises Upon Surrender. In addition to the above requirements of this Article 15, upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, surrender the Premises and Building with Tenant having complied with all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, including those relating to improvement, repair, maintenance, compliance with law, testing and other related obligations of Tenant set forth in Article 7 of this Lease. In the event that the Building and Premises shall be surrendered in a condition which does not comply with the terms of this Section 15.4, because Tenant failed to comply with its obligations set forth in Lease, then following thirty (30) days’ notice to Tenant, during which thirty (30) day period Tenant shall have the right to cure such noncompliance, Landlord shall be entitled to expend all reasonable costs in order to cause the same to comply with the required condition upon surrender and Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for all such costs upon notice and Tenant shall be deemed during the period that Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, perform obligations relating to the Surrender Improvements to be in holdover under Article 16 of this Lease.

16. HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, with the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term. If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term of earlier termination thereof, without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be deemed to be a tenancy by sufferance only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term. In either case, Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to (i) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease for the first (1st) month of such holdover, and (ii) two hundred percent (200%) thereafter. Such month-to-month tenancy or tenancy by sufferance, as the case may be, shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises within thirty (30) days following the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

17. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit D, attached hereto (or such other reasonable form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year (provided that, upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall execute a commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement to protect

-27-


 

the confidentiality of such statements). Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

18. SUBORDINATION

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto (collectively, the “Superior Holders”); provided, however, upon at least 30 days written request by Tenant, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, including, but not limited to payments of any fees imposed by the Superior Holders, to obtain a subordination non-disturbance and attornment agreement from any future Superior Holders, in a commercially reasonable form (“SNDA”), which requires such Superior Holder to accept this Lease, and not to disturb Tenant’s possession, so long as an event of default has not occurred, and be continuing. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases; provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a SNDA pursuant to the terms set forth above. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

19. DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default. In addition to any other Events of Default specified in this Lease, the occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant (each, an “Event of Default”):

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, within five (5) days following the date due, which failure is not cured within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord that said amount was not paid when due, provided that if Tenant has previously received two (2) or more notices from Landlord during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period stating that Tenant failed to pay any amount required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease when due, then Landlord shall not be required to deliver any notice to Tenant and a default shall immediately occur upon any failure by Tenant to pay any rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease when due; or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2, any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default; or

19.1.3 Abandonment of all or a substantial portion of the Premises by Tenant; or

-28-


 

19.1.4 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5, 14, 17 or 18 of this Lease or any provision of the Tenant Work Letter, where, in each instance, such failure continues for more than three (3) days after notice from Landlord.

Any notices to be provided by Landlord under this Section 19.1 shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under Section 1161 et seq. of the Code of Civil Procedure, and may be served on Tenant in the manner allowed for service of notices under this Lease.

19.2 Remedies Upon Event of Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies (including, without limitation, during any eviction moratorium, to the extent allowed by Applicable Law), each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(i) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(v) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(i) and (ii), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Article 25 of this Lease, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in Section 19.2.1(iii) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

-29-


 

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2, above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant. Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any Event of Default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4 Efforts to Relet. No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

19.5 Landlord Default. Landlord shall be in default under this Lease if Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder following the Lease Commencement Date and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after Tenant delivers to Landlord written notice specifying such failure; however, if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, but Landlord commences to cure such failure within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently pursues the curing thereof to completion, then Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or liable for damages therefor. Except where the provisions of this Lease grant Tenant an express, exclusive remedy, or expressly deny Tenant a remedy, Tenant’s exclusive remedy for Landlord’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease shall be limited to damages, injunctive relief, or specific performance; in each case, Landlord’s liability or obligations with respect to any such remedy shall be limited as provided in Section 29.13.

19.6 Landlord Default.

19.6.1 General. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of written notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion.

19.6.2 Abatement of Rent. In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord, or which Landlord failed to perform, after the Lease Commencement Date and required by this Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, (ii) any failure by Landlord to provide services, utilities or access to the Premises that Landlord is required to provide under this Lease, and in either case (i) or (ii) such failure is reasonably within Landlord’s ability to cure, or (iii) the presence of Existing Hazardous Materials in violation of Applicable Law which is required to be remediated, abated, mitigated and/or removed in accordance with Applicable Law (such set of circumstances as set forth in items (i), (ii) or (iii), above, to be known as an “Abatement Event”), then Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for ten (10) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of any such notice (the “Eligibility Period”), then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such

-30-


 

time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. To the extent an Abatement Event is caused by an event covered by Articles 11 or 13 of this Lease, then Tenant’s right to abate Rent shall be governed by the terms of such Article 11 or 13, as applicable, and the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable thereto. Such right to abate Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for an Abatement Event. Except as provided in this Section 19.6.2, nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

19.7 Punitive and Consequential Damages. [***]

20. COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

21. LETTER OF CREDIT

21.1 Delivery of Letter of Credit. [***]

21.2 In General. The L-C shall be “callable” at sight, permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. The L-C must provide that presentation of a drawing under the L-C may be made by hand delivery, courier service, overnight mail, or facsimile. Tenant further covenants and warrants as follows:

21.2.1 Landlord Right to Transfer. The L-C shall provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the L-C to another party, person or entity which purchases the Building from Landlord or a lender which holds a security interest in the Building. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the L-C, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said L-C to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the L-C by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.

21.2.2 No Assignment by Tenant. Tenant shall neither assign nor encumber the L-C or any part thereof. Neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance by Tenant in violation of this Section.

21.2.3 Replenishment. If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord on the L-C pursuant to its rights set forth in Section 21.3 below, the amount of the L-C shall be less than the L-C Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days thereafter, provide Landlord with (i) an amendment to the L-C restoring such L-C to the L-C Amount or (ii) additional L-Cs in an amount equal to the deficiency, which additional L-Cs shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 21, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary

-31-


 

contained in Section 19.1 above, the same shall constitute an incurable default by Tenant under this Lease (without the need for any additional notice and/or cure period).

21.2.4 Renewal; Replacement. The L-C shall have a final expiration date that is at least one hundred (100) days after the expiration of the Lease Term (the “LC Expiration Date”), provided that the L-C may contain a so-called “evergreen provision” whereby the L-C will automatically be renewed on an annual basis unless at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of non-renewal is provided by the issuer to Landlord. If the L-C expires earlier than the LC Expiration Date then Tenant shall deliver a new L-C or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the L-C then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, which new L-C shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable through the LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring L-C or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion.

21.2.5 Bank’s Financial Condition. If, at any time during the Lease Term, the Bank’s long term credit rating is reduced below the Credit Rating Threshold, or if the financial condition of the Bank changes in any other materially adverse way (either, a “Bank Credit Threat”), then Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant obtain from a different issuer a substitute L-C that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21, and Tenant’s failure to obtain such substitute L-C within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) shall entitle Landlord, or Landlord’s then managing agent, to immediately draw upon the then existing L-C in whole or in part, without notice to Tenant, as more specifically described in Section 21.3, below. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

21.3 Application of Letter of Credit. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the L-C as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the L-C if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “Bankruptcy Code”), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Bank has notified Landlord that the L-C will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date, or (E) a Bank Credit Threat or Receivership (as such term is defined in Section 21.6.1, below) has occurred and Tenant has failed to comply with the requirements of either Section 21.2.5, above, or Section 21.6, below, as applicable. If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or otherwise be in default hereunder or if any of the foregoing events identified in Sections 21.3(B) through (E) shall have occurred, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the L-C, in part or in whole, and the proceeds may be applied by Landlord (i) to cure any breach or default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default, (ii) against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or (iii) to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. The use, application or retention of the L-C, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the L-C, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the L-C. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional to justify the issuer of the L-C in failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (a) the L-C constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (b) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (c) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the L-C or the proceeds thereof, and (d) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s

-32-


 

claim and/or rights to the L-C and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

21.4 Letter of Credit not a Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the L-C or any renewal thereof or any proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the L-C is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

21.5 Proceeds of Draw. In the event Landlord draws down on the L-C pursuant to Sections 21.3(D) or (E), above, the proceeds of the L-C may be held by Landlord and applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. Any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets. Tenant hereby (i) agrees that (A) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the proceeds from any such draw, and (B) such proceeds shall not be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under the Security Deposit Law, and (ii) waives all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Landlord agrees that the amount of any proceeds of the L-C received by Landlord, and not (a) applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due, or (b) used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease (the “Unused L-C Proceeds”), shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant (x) upon receipt by Landlord of a replacement L-C in the full L-C Amount, which replacement L-C shall comply in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21, or (y) within thirty (30) days after the LC Expiration Date; provided, however, that if prior to the LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the Unused L-C Proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

21.6 Bank Placed Into Receivership.

21.6.1 Bank Placed Into Receivership. In the event the Bank is placed into receivership or conservatorship (any such event, a “Receivership”) by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity (the “FDIC”), then, effective as of the date such Receivership occurs, the L-C shall be deemed to not meet the requirements of this Article 21, and, within fifteen (15) business days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such Receivership (the “LC Replacement Notice”), Tenant shall replace the L-C with a substitute L-C from a different issuer reasonably acceptable to Landlord and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21. If Tenant fails to replace such L-C with a substitute L-C from a different issuer pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 21.6.1, then, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s option, to either (i) declare Tenant in default of this Lease for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto other than the aforesaid fifteen (15) business day period), in which event, Landlord shall have the right to pursue any and all remedies available to it under this Lease and at law, including, without limitation, treating any Receivership as a Bank Credit Threat and exercising Landlord’s remedies under Section 21.2.5, above, to the extent possible pursuant to then-existing FDIC policy; or (ii) elect to increase the Base Rent due and owing under the terms of this Lease pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 21.6.2 of this Lease, below. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

21.6.2 FAILURE TO REPLACE L-C; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. IN THE EVENT THAT TENANT FAILS TO REPLACE THE L-C PURSUANT TO, AND WITHIN THE TIME PERIODS SET FORTH IN, SECTION 21.6.1 OF THIS LEASE, ABOVE, THEN TENANT’S MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASE RENT SHALL BE INCREASED TO ONE HUNDRED TEN PERCENT (110%) OF ITS THEN EXISTING LEVEL

-33-


 

DURING THE PERIOD COMMENCING ON THE DATE THAT OCCURS FIFTEEN (15) BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING THE DATE TENANT RECEIVES THE LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE AND ENDING ON THE EARLIER TO OCCUR OF (I) THE DATE SUCH REPLACEMENT L-C IS DELIVERED TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SECTION 21.6.1, OR (II) THE DATE WHICH IS NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SUCH LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE. IN THE EVENT THAT TENANT FAILS, DURING SUCH NINETY (90) DAY PERIOD FOLLOWING THE DATE OF THE LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE, TO CAUSE THE REPLACEMENT L-C TO BE DELIVERED TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SECTION 21.6.1, THEN TENANT’S MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASE RENT SHALL BE INCREASED TO ONE HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT (125%) OF ITS THEN EXISTING LEVEL DURING THE PERIOD COMMENCING ON THE DATE WHICH IS NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SUCH LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE AND ENDING ON THE DATE SUCH REPLACEMENT L-C IS DELIVERED TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SECTION 21.6.1, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE TOTAL AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF BASE RENT PAID BY TENANT IN EXCESS OF THE AMOUNT OF BASE RENT THAT TENANT WOULD HAVE PAID HAD SUCH L-C REPLACEMENT FAILURE NEVER OCCURRED SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED THE L-C AMOUNT. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT IT WOULD BE IMPRACTICABLE AND EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO ASCERTAIN THE ACTUAL DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LANDLORD AS A RESULT OF TENANT’S FAILURE TO TIMELY REPLACE THE L-C FOLLOWING THE LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE AS REQUIRED IN SECTION 21.6.1, AND THAT UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES EXISTING AS OF THE DATE OF THIS LEASE, THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION 21.6.2 REPRESENT A REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF THE DAMAGES WHICH LANDLORD WILL INCUR AS A RESULT OF SUCH FAILURE, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THIS PROVISION SHALL NOT WAIVE OR AFFECT LANDLORD’S RIGHTS AND TENANT’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OF THIS LEASE. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE PAYMENT OF SUCH LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IS NOT INTENDED AS A FORFEITURE OR PENALTY WITHIN THE MEANING OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 3275 OR 3369, BUT IS INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1671.

22. COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUTER LINE

Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables serving the Premises (collectively, the “Lines”), provided that Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease. Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. Landlord reserves the right, upon notice to Tenant prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, to require that Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove any Lines installed by Tenant and located in or serving the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

23. SIGNS

23.1 Signage. Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, (i) Landlord shall install Tenant identification signage on the existing monument sign located on North Torrey Pines Road, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and (ii) Tenant may install one (1) non-exclusive exterior sign, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, adjacent to the main entrance to the Premises (collectively, “Tenant Signage”); provided, however, in no event shall Tenant’s Signage include an “Objectionable Name,” as that term is defined in Section 23.2, of this Lease. All such signage shall be subject to Tenant’s obtaining all required governmental approvals. All permitted signs shall be maintained by Tenant at its expense in a first-class and safe condition and appearance. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of its signs at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall repair any damage caused by such removal. The graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, lighting, size, illumination, specifications and exact location of Tenant’s Signage (collectively, the “Sign Specifications”) shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and shall be consistent and compatible with the quality and nature of the Project. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Signage, Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining all necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining terms and

-34-


 

conditions of this Lease shall be unaffected. Tenant shall be entitled, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to have Tenant’s name in the Building’s standard lobby directory and one (1) identification sign on or near the entry doors of the Premises, both in accordance with Landlord’s then-current Building standard signage program.

23.2 Objectionable Name. Tenant’s Signage shall not include a name or logo which relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or is associated with a political faction or orientation, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Project, or which would otherwise reasonably offend a landlord of the Comparable Buildings (an “Objectionable Name”). The parties hereby agree that the following name, or any reasonable derivation thereof, shall be deemed not to constitute an Objectionable Name: “Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.”

23.3 Prohibited Signage and Other Items. Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

23.4 Termination of Right to Tenant’s Signage. The rights contained in this Article 23 shall be personal to Original Tenant and its Permitted Transferee Assignee, and may only be exercised and maintained by such parties (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) to the extent (x) they are not in default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) and (y) if they occupy the entire Premises.

24. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other rule, directive, order, regulation, guideline or requirement of any governmental entity or governmental agency (the “Applicable Laws”) now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such governmental measures. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to make all alterations to the Building and Premises as are required to comply with the governmental rules, regulations, requirements or standards described in this Article 24; provided, however, Tenant shall not be required to make any alterations to the Building Structure unless such alteration is required due to (i) Tenant’s particular use of the Premises, (ii) the Tenant Improvements (subject to Landlord’s obligations set forth in Section 1.2 of the Tenant Work Letter), or (iii) Alterations to the Premises made by Tenant. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Project, Building and Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). As required by Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby states as follows: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows: (a) any CASp inspection requested by Tenant shall be conducted, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by a CASp approved in advance by Landlord; and (b) Tenant, at its cost, is responsible for making any repairs within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards set forth in any CASp inspection requested by Tenant; and, if any CASp inspection requested by Tenant requires repairs to the Building (outside the Premises) to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards, then Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, either perform such repairs at Tenant’s sole cost and expense or reimburse Landlord upon demand, as Additional Rent, for the cost to Landlord of performing such repairs.

-35-


 

25. LATE CHARGES

[***]

26. LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord’s Cure. All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2, above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement. Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all reasonable legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

27. ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers or, during the last nine (9) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility (to the extent applicable pursuant to then Applicable Law); or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. In exercising Landlord’s rights under this Section 27, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of, and access to, the Premises.

-36-


 

28. TENANT PARKING

Tenant shall have the right to use the amount of parking set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, in the on-site parking facility (or facilities) which serve the Project. The location of the reserved parking spaces, if any, shall be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall abide by all reasonable rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located (including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord and the prohibition of vehicle repair and maintenance activities in the parking facilities), and shall cooperate in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations. Tenant’s use of the Project parking facility shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for damage to the vehicles of Tenant, its employees and/or visitors, or for other personal injury or property damage or theft relating to or connected with the parking rights granted herein or any of Tenant’s, its employees’ and/or visitors’ use of the parking facilities.

29. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect. Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Air Rights. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

29.4 Modification of Lease. Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following the request therefor.

29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee.

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording. Except as provided in Section 29.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

29.7 Landlord’s Title. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that it owns fee title to the Building. Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

-37-


 

29.8 Relationship of Parties. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9 Application of Payments. Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11 Partial Invalidity. If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.12 No Warranty. In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

29.13 Landlord Exculpation. The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Building, provided that in no event shall such liability extend to any sales or insurance proceeds received by Landlord or the Landlord Parties in connection with the Project, Building or Premises. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring, or loss to inventory, scientific research, scientific experiments, laboratory animals, products, specimens, samples, and/or scientific, business, accounting and other records of every kind and description kept at the premises and any and all income derived or derivable therefrom.

29.14 Entire Agreement. It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

29.15 Right to Lease. Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

-38-


 

29.16 Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, acts of war, terrorist acts, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, Casualty, actual or threatened public health emergency (including, without limitation, epidemic, pandemic, famine, disease, plague, quarantine, and other significant public health risk), governmental edicts, actions, declarations or quarantines by a governmental entity or health organization (including, without limitation, any shelter-in-place orders, stay at home orders or any restrictions on travel related thereto that preclude Tenant, its agents, contractors or its employees from accessing the Premises, national or regional emergency), breaches in cybersecurity, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, regardless of whether such other causes are (i) foreseeable or unforeseeable or (ii) related to the specifically enumerated events in this paragraph (collectively, a “Force Majeure”), shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage. If this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, no event of Force Majeure shall (i) excuse Tenant’s obligations to pay Rent and other charges due pursuant to this Lease, (ii) be grounds for Tenant to abate any portion of Rent due pursuant to this Lease, or entitle either party to terminate this Lease, except as allowed pursuant to Section 19.6.2, Articles 11 and 13 of this Lease, (iii) excuse Tenant’s obligations under Articles 5 and 24 of this Lease, or (iv) extend the occurrence of the Lease Commencement Date.

29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant. Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18 Notices. All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, “Notices”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (“Mail”), (B) transmitted by telecopy, if such telecopy is promptly followed by a Notice sent by Mail, (C) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (D) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth below, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (i) upon actual receipt or refusal of delivery if sent by Mail, (ii) the date the telecopy is transmitted, (iii) the date the overnight courier delivery is made, or (iv) the date personal delivery is made. If any notice arrives after normal business hours, a weekend day or a holiday, it will be deemed to have been received on the next business day. As of the date of this Lease, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

 

HCP TPSP, LLC

c/o Healthpeak Properties, Inc.

[***]

with a copy to:

 

HCP TPSP, LLC

c/o Healthpeak Properties, Inc.

[***]

 

and

 

Allen Matkins Leek Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

[***]

 

29.19 Joint and Several. If there is more than one tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

-39-


 

29.20 Authority. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the State of California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. Landlord hereby represents and warrants that Landlord is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the State of California and that Landlord has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Landlord is authorized to do so. Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant’s state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in the State of California.

29.21 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

29.22 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

29.23 Submission of Lease. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the “Brokers”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall pay the Brokers any commission due to the Brokers resulting from this Lease based on a separate written agreement between Landlord and the Brokers. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party. The terms of this Section 29.24 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

29.25 Independent Covenants. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

-40-


 

29.26 Project or Building Name, Address and Signage. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name and/or address of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29.27 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease. Such counterparts may be delivered by the parties hereto by electronic means, including by electronic mail or facsimile transmission and, when so fully delivered, such copies shall be binding as if ink originals.

29.28 Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal, and space planning consultants, Tenant’s lenders and to any potential Transferee of this Lease. Also, Tenant shall be allowed to disclose terms of this Lease to the extent required by Applicable Law or the SEC.

29.29 Development of the Project.

29.29.1 Subdivision. Landlord reserves the right to subdivide all or a portion of the buildings and Common Areas. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord, any additional documents needed to conform this Lease to the circumstances resulting from a subdivision and any all maps in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, the separate ownership of any buildings and/or Common Areas by an entity other than Landlord shall not affect the calculation of Direct Expenses or Tenant’s payment of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses.

29.29.2 Construction of Property and Other Improvements. Tenant acknowledges that portions of the Project may be under construction following Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and that such construction may result in levels of noise, dust, obstruction of access, etc. which are in excess of that present in a fully constructed project. Tenant hereby waives any and all rent offsets or claims of constructive eviction which may arise in connection with such construction. In exercising Landlord’s rights under this Section 29.29.2, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of, and access to, the Premises.

29.30 No Violation. Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation. Landlord hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Landlord to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Landlord is bound, and Landlord shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Landlord’s breach of this warranty and representation.

29.31 Transportation Management. Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs required by Applicable Law and intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Project and/or the Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities. Such programs required by Applicable Law may include, without limitation: (i) restrictions on the number of peak-hour vehicle trips generated by Tenant; (ii) increased vehicle occupancy; (iii) implementation of an in-house ridesharing program and an employee transportation coordinator; (iv) working with employees and any Project, Building or area-wide ridesharing program manager; (v) instituting employer-sponsored incentives (financial or in-kind) to encourage employees to rideshare; and (vi) utilizing flexible work shifts for employees.

-41-


 

29.32 Signatures. The parties hereto consent and agree that this Lease may be signed and/or transmitted by facsimile, e-mail of a .pdf document or using electronic signature technology (e.g., via DocuSign or similar electronic signature technology), and that such signed electronic record shall be valid and as effective to bind the party so signing as a paper copy bearing such party’s handwritten signature. The parties further consent and agree that (1) to the extent a party signs this Lease using electronic signature technology, by clicking “SIGN”, such party is signing this Lease electronically, and (2) the electronic signatures appearing on this Lease shall be treated, for purposes of validity, enforceability and admissibility, the same as handwritten signatures.

29.33 Waiver of Claims. As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from, and hereby waives, any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and causes of action (collectively, the “Released Claims”) arising from or related to Tenant’s inability or limitation to conduct operations from the Premises as a result of any “shelter in place” orders or similar governmental directives, including, without limitation, any claims for, and/or rights of, termination of this Lease and/or abatement, offset and/or deferral of Rent under this Lease, at law and/or in equity related to the inability of Tenant to conduct operations from the Premises as a result of any “shelter in place” orders or similar governmental directives related thereto. With respect to the Released Claims, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has either been advised by legal counsel or has made itself familiar with the provisions of California Civil Code section 1542, which provides as follows: A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS THAT THE CREDITOR OR RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE AND THAT, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, WOULD HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR OR RELEASED PARTY. Tenant, being aware of the foregoing code section, hereby expressly waives any rights Tenant may have thereunder, as well as under any other statutes or common-law principles of similar effect, pertaining to the Released Claims.

[signature page to follow]

-42-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

HCP TPSP, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Dorris

 

By:

/s/ Damien McDevitt

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Dorris

 

Damien McDevitt

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

Its:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

-43-


 

EXHIBIT A

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

EXHIBIT A

-1-


 

EXHIBIT A-1

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

PROJECT SITE PLAN

EXHIBIT A-1

-1-


 

EXHIBIT B

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

TENANT WORK LETTER

This Tenant Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the Premises. This Tenant Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Tenant Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portions of Articles 1 through 29 of the Office Lease to which this Tenant Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B, and all references in this Tenant Work Letter to Sections of “this Tenant Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portions of Sections 1 through 5 of this Tenant Work Letter.

Section 1

DELIVERY OF THE PREMISES AND BASE BUILDING

1.1 Base, Shell and Core. Landlord has constructed, at its sole cost and expense, the base, shell, and core of (and all Building HVAC, electrical, and plumbing systems servicing) (i) the Premises and (ii) the floor of the Building on which the Premises is located (collectively, the “Base, Shell, and Core”). The Base, Shell and Core shall consist of those portions of the Premises which were in existence prior to the construction of the tenant improvements in the Premises for the prior tenant of the Premises. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Tenant Work Letter to the contrary, Tenant shall accept the Base, Shell and Core from Landlord in their presently existing, “as-is” condition; provided, however, as of the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost, shall provide that the roof to the Building is in good working order.

1.2 Common Areas. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Lease or this Tenant Work Letter to the contrary, all code compliance work necessary for Tenant to obtain a certificate of occupancy or its legal equivalent for the Premises for general office use (assuming a normal and customary general office occupancy density) will be completed by Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, in the Base Building and the Common Areas, including the so called “path-of-travel” (i.e., the primary route from the Premises to the edge of the property line and the route from the Project parking facility to the Premises), on or before the Lease Commencement Date.

[***]

EXHIBIT B

1


 

EXHIBIT C

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

To:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Re:

Lease dated ____________, 20___ between ___________________, a __________________ (“Landlord”), and ______________________, a __________________________ (“Tenant”) concerning Suite ___________ on floor(s) ____________________ of the building located at ___________________________, California.

 

Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Lease (the “Lease”), we wish to advise you and/or confirm as follows:

1.
The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on _____________ for a term of _______________ ending on _______________.
2.
Rent commenced to accrue on _______________, in the amount of _______________.
3.
If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.
4.
Your rent checks should be made payable to _______________ at ________________.
5.
The exact number of rentable/usable square feet within the Premises is ____________ square feet.
6.
Tenant’s Share as adjusted based upon the exact number of usable square feet within the Premises is _________________%.

 

“Landlord”:

 

,

a

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

EXHIBIT C

-1-


 

 

Agreed to and Accepted as

of _________, 200__.

 

“Tenant”:

 

,

a

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

EXHIBIT C

-2-


 

EXHIBIT D

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Lease (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of ___________, 20___ by and between __________________ as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises consisting of the entire office building located at ____________________________, California, certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2. The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on _____________, and the Lease Term expires on _______________, and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

3. Base Rent became payable on ______________.

4. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A.

5. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

6. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through ____________. The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $_____________________.

7. To Tenant’s knowledge, all conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

8. No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

9. As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

10. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

11. There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

12. To Tenant’s knowledge, Tenant is in full compliance with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting its use of the Premises, including, but not limited to, those laws, ordinances, rules or regulations relating to hazardous or toxic materials. Tenant has never permitted or suffered, nor does Tenant have any knowledge of, the generation, manufacture, treatment, use, storage, disposal or discharge of any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material in, on, under or about the Project or the Premises or any adjacent premises or property in violation of any federal, state or local law, ordinance, rule or regulation.

EXHIBIT D

-1-


 

13. To the undersigned’s knowledge, all tenant improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any tenant improvement work have been paid in full. All work (if any) in the common areas required by the Lease to be completed by Landlord has been completed and all parking spaces required by the Lease have been furnished and/or all parking ratios required by the Lease have been met.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed at ______________ on the ______ day of, 200___.

 

“Tenant”:

 

,

a

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

EXHIBIT D

-2-


 

EXHIBIT E

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE

ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE
FOR COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES

 

Tenant Name:

 

 

Lease Address:

 

 

Lease Type (check correct box - right click to properties):

 

□ Primary Lease/Lessee

 

 

 

 

□ Sublease from:

 

 

Instructions: The following questionnaire is to be completed by the Lessee representative with knowledge of the planned operations for the specified building/location. Please print clearly and attach additional sheets as necessary.

1.0 PROCESS INFORMATION

Describe planned site use, including a brief description of manufacturing processes and/or pilot plants planned for this site, if any.

 

 

 

 

 

2.0 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS - OTHER THAN WASTE

Will (or are) non-waste hazardous materials be/being used or stored at this site? If so, continue with the next question. If not, go to Section 3.0.

2.1 Are any of the following materials handled on the Property? □ Yes □ No

[A material is handled if it is used, generated, processed, produced, packaged, treated, stored, emitted, discharged, or disposed.] If YES, check (right click to properties) the applicable correct Fire Code hazard categories below.

 

□

Combustible dusts/fibers

□

Explosives

□

Flammable liquids

□

Combustible liquids (e.g., oils)

□

Compressed gas - inert

□

Flammable solids/pyrophorics

□

Cryogenic liquids - inert

□

Compressed gas - flammable/pyrophoric

□

Organic peroxides

□

Cryogenic liquids - flammable

□

Compressed gas - oxidizing

□

Oxidizers - solid or liquid

□

Cryogenic liquids - oxidizing

□

Compressed gas - toxic

□

Reactives - unstable or water reactive

□

Corrosives - solid or liquid

□

Compressed gas - corrosive

□

Toxics - solid or liquid

 

EXHIBIT E

-1-


 

2.2.
For all materials checked in Section 2.1 above, please list the specific material(s), use(s), and quantities of each used or stored on the site in the table below; or attach a separate inventory. NOTE: If proprietary, the constituents need not be named but the hazard information and volumes are required.

 

Material/ Chemical

Physical State (Solid, Liquid, or Gas)

Container Size

Number of Containers

Used & Stored

Total Quantity

Units (pounds for solids, gallons or liters for liquids, &

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.
Describe the planned storage area location(s) for the materials in Section 2-2 above. Include site maps and drawings as appropriate.
2.4.
Other hazardous materials. Check below (right click to properties) if applicable. NOTE: If either of the latter two are checked (BSL-3 and/or radioisotope/radiation), be advised that not all lease locations/cities or lease agreements allow these hazards; and if either of these hazards are planned, additional information will be required with copies of oversight agency authorizations/licenses as they become available.

 

□

Risk Group 2/Biosafety

Level-2 Biohazards

□

Risk Group 3/Biosafety

Level-3 Biohazards

□

Radioisotope s/Radiation

 

EXHIBIT E

-2-


 

3.0 HAZARDOUS WASTE (i.e., REGULATED CHEMICAL WASTE)

Are (or will) hazardous wastes (be) generated? □ Yes □ No

If YES, continue with the next question. If not, skip this section and go to section 4.0.

3.1 Are or will any of the following hazardous (CHEMICAL) wastes generated, handled, or disposed of (where applicable and allowed) on the property?

 

□

Liquids

□

Process sludges

□

PCBs

□

Solids

□

Metals

□

wastewater

3.2 List and estimate the quantities of hazardous waste identified in Question 3.1 above.

 

HAZRDOUS (CHEMICAL) WASTE GENERATED

SOURCE

WASTE TYPE

APPROX. MONTHLY QUANTITY with units

DISPOSITION [e.g., off-site landfill, incineration, fuel blending scrap metal; wastewater neutralization (onsite or off-site)]

RCRA listed (federal)

Non-RCRA (California ONLY or recycle)

 

 

□

□

 

 

 

 

□

□

 

 

 

 

□

□

 

 

 

 

□

□

 

 

 

 

□

□

 

 

 

3.3.
Waste characterization by: Process knowledge □ EPA lab analysis □ Both □
3.4.
Please include name, location, and permit number (e.g. EPA ID No.) for transporter and disposal facility if applicable. Attach separate pages as necessary. If not yet known, write “TBD. “

 

Hazardous Waste

Transporter/Disposal Facility Name

Facility Location

Transporter (T) or Disposal (D) Facility

Permit Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.5.
Are pollution controls or monitoring employed in the process to prevent or minimize the release of wastes into the environment? NOTE: This does NOT mean fume hoods; examples include air scrubbers, cyclones, carbon or HEP A filters at building exhaust fans, sedimentation tanks, pH neutralization systems for wastewater, etc.

 

□ Yes □ No

 

 

If YES, please list/describe:

 

 

 

 

 

4.0 OTHER REGULATED WASTE (i.e., REGULATED BIOLOGICAL WASTE, referred to as “Medical Waste” in California)

4.1.
Will (or do) you generate medical waste? □ Yes □ No If NO, skip to Section 5.0.

EXHIBIT E

-3-


 

4.2.
Check the types of waste that will be generated, all of which fall under the California Medical Waste Act:

 

□

Contaminated sharps (i.e., if contaminated with > Risk Group 2 materials)

□

Animal carcasses

□

Pathology waste known or suspected to be contaminated with > Risk Group 2 pathogens)

□

Red bag biohazardous waste (i.e., with > Risk Group 2 materials) for autoclaving

□

Human or non-human primate blood, tissues, etc.

(e.g., clinical specimens)

□

Trace Chemotherapeutic Waste and/or Pharmaceutical waste NOT otherwise regulated as RCRA chemical waste

4.3 What vendor will be used for off-site autoclaving and/or incineration?

 

 

4.4 Do you have a Medical Waste Permit for this site? □ Yes □ No, not required.

□ No, but an application will be submitted.

5.0 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS HJSTS1 & ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANKS (ASTS)

5.1.
Are underground storage tanks (USTs), aboveground storage tanks (ASTs), or associated pipelines used for the storage of petroleum products, chemicals, or liquid wastes present on site (lease renewals) or required for planned operations (new tenants)? □ Yes □ No

NOTE: If you will have your own diesel emergency power generator, then you will have at least one AST!

[NOTE: If a backup generator services multiple tenants, then the landlord usually handles the permits.]

If NO, skip to section 6.0. If YES, please describe capacity, contents, age, type of the USTs or ASTs, as well any associated leak detection/spill prevention measures. Please attach additional pages if necessary.

 

UST or AST

Capacity (gallons)

Contents

Year Installed

Type (Steel, Fiberglass, etc.)

Associated Leak Detection / Spill Prevention Measures*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*NOTE: The following are examples of leak detection / spill prevention measures: integrity testing, inventory reconciliation, leak detection system, overfill spill protection, secondary containment, cathodic protection.

5.2.
Please provide copies of written tank integrity test results and/or monitoring documentation, if available.
5.3.
Is the UST/AST registered and permitted with the appropriate regulatory agencies?

□ Yes □ No, not yet

EXHIBIT E

-4-


 

If YES, please attach a copy of the required permit(s). See Section 7-1 for the oversight agencies that issue permits, with the exception of those for diesel emergency power generators which are permitted by the local Air Quality District (Bay Area Air Quality Management District = BAAQMD; or San Diego Air Pollution Control District = San Diego APCD).

5.4.
If this Questionnaire is being completed for a lease renewal, and if any of the USTs/ASTs have leaked, please state the substance released, the media(s) impacted (e.g., soil, water, asphalt, etc.), the actions taken, and all remedial responses to the incident.

 

 

 

 

5.5.
If this Questionnaire is being completed for a lease renewal, have USTs/ASTs been removed from the Property?

□ Yes □NO

If YES, please provide any official closure letters or reports and supporting documentation (e.g., analytical test results, remediation report results, etc.).

5.6.
For Lease renewals, are there any above or below ground pipelines on site used to transfer chemicals or wastes?

□ Yes □NO

For new tenants, are installations of this type required for the planned operations? □ Yes □ No

If YES to either question in this section 5-6, please describe.

6.0 ASBESTOS CONTAINING BUILDING MATERIALS

Please be advised that an asbestos survey may have been performed at the Property. If provided, please review the information that identifies the locations of known asbestos containing material or presumed asbestos containing material. All personnel and appropriate subcontractors should be notified of the presence of these materials, and informed not to disturb these materials. Any activity that involves the disturbance or removal of these materials must be done by an appropriately trained individual/contractor.

7.0 OTHER REGULATORY PERMITS/REOUIREMENTS

7.1.
Does the operation have or require an industrial wastewater permit to discharge into the local National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)? [Example: This applies when wastewater from equipment cleaning is routed through a pH neutralization system prior to discharge into the sanitary or lab sewer for certain pharmaceutical manufacturing wastewater; etc.] Permits are obtained from the regional sanitation district that is treating wastewater.

□ Yes □ NO □ No, but one will be prepared and submitted to the Landlord property management company.

If so, please attach a copy of this permit or provide it later when it has been prepared.

7.2.
Has a Hazardous Materials Business Plan (HMBP) been developed for the site and submitted via the State of California Electronic Reporting System (CERS)? [NOTE: The trigger limits for having to do this are > 200 cubic feet if any one type of compressed gas(except for carbon dioxide and inert simple asphyxiant gases, which have a higher trigger limit of > 1,000 cubic feet); > 55

EXHIBIT E

-5-


 

gallons if any one type of hazardous chemical liquid; and >500pounds of any one type of hazardous chemical solid. So a full-sixe gas cylinder and a 260-liter of liquid nitrogen are triggers! Don’t forget the diesel fuel in a backup emergency generator if the diesel tank size is > 55 gallons and it is permitted under the tenant (rather than under the landlord).]

NOTE: Each local Certified Unified Program Agency (CUPA) in California governs the HMBP process so start there. Examples: the CUPA for cities in San Mateo County is the County Environmental Health Department; the CUPA for the City of Hayward, CA is the Hayward Fire Department; the CUPA for Mountain View is the Mountain View Fire Department; and, the CUPA for San Diego is the County of San Diego Hazardous Materials Division (HMD),

□ Yes □ No, not required. □ No, but one will be prepared and submitted, and a copy will be provided to the landlord property management company.

If one has been completed, please attach a copy. Continue to provide updated versions as they are completed. This is a legal requirement in that State law requires that the owner/operator of a business located on leased or rented real property shall notify, in writing, the owner of the property that the business is subject to and is in compliance with the Hazardous Materials Business Plan requirements (Health and Safety Code Chapter 6.95 Section 25505.1).

7.3.
NOTE: Please be advised that if you are involved in any tenant improvements that require a construction permit, you will be asked to provide the local city with a Hazardous Materials Inventory Statement (HMIS) to ensure that your hazardous chemicals fall within the applicable Fire Code fire control area limits for the applicable construction occupancy of the particular building. The HMIS will include much of the information listed in Section 2-2. Neither the landlord nor the landlord’s property management company expressly warrants that the inventory provided in Section 2-2 will necessarily meet the applicable California Fire Code fire control area limits for building occupancy, especially in shared tenant occupancy situations. It is the responsibility of the tenant to ensure that a facility and site can legally handle the intended operations and hazardous materials desired/ needed for its operations, but the landlord is happy to assist in this determination when possible.

CERTIFICATION

I am familiar with the real property described in this questionnaire. By signing below, I represent and warrant that the answers to the above questions are complete and accurate to the best of my knowledge. I also understand that Lessor will rely on the completeness and accuracy of my answers in assessing any environmental liability risks associated with the property.

EXHIBIT E

-6-


 

 

Signature:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

Telephone:

 

 

EXHIBIT E

-7-


 

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

(Letterhead of a money center bank

acceptable to the Landlord)

[UNDER REVIEW BY TENANT’S BANK]

 

FAX NO. [(_____) _______-_________]

SWIFT: [Insert No., if any]

 

[Insert Bank Name And Address]

 

 

DATE OF ISSUE:

 

 

 

 

 

BENEFICIARY:

 

APPLICANT:

[INSERT AND CONFIRM Beneficiary Name]

 

[Insert Applicant Name And Address]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LETTER OF CREDIT NO.

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXPIRATION DATE:

 

 

AMOUNT AVAILABLE:

AT OUR COUNTERS

 

 

USD[Insert Dollar Amount]

(U.S. DOLLARS [Insert Dollar Amount])

 

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.__________IN YOUR FAVOR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF [Insert Tenant’s Name], A [Insert Entity Type], UP TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF USD[Insert Dollar Amount] ([Insert Dollar Amount] U.S. DOLLARS) EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY AND EXPIRING ON (Expiration Date) AVAILABLE BY PAYMENT UPON PRESENTATION OF YOUR DRAFT AT SIGHT DRAWN ON [Insert Bank Name] WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT(S):

1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

2. BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF [Insert Landlord’s Name], A [Insert Entity Type] (“LANDLORD”) STATING THE FOLLOWING:

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT THE LANDLORD, EITHER (A) UNDER THE LEASE (DEFINED BELOW), OR (B) AS A RESULT OF THE TERMINATION OF SUCH LEASE, HAS THE RIGHT TO DRAW DOWN THE AMOUNT OF USD _____________ IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), OR SUCH AMOUNT CONSTITUTES DAMAGES OWING BY THE TENANT TO BENEFICIARY RESULTING FROM THE BREACH OF SUCH LEASE BY THE TENANT THEREUNDER, OR THE TERMINATION OF SUCH LEASE, AND SUCH AMOUNT REMAINS UNPAID AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

EXHIBIT F

-1-


 

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT WE HAVE RECEIVED A WRITTEN NOTICE OF [Insert Bank Name]’S ELECTION NOT TO EXTEND ITS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.____________ AND HAVE NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT WITHIN AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE PRESENT EXPIRATION DATE.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.______________ AS THE RESULT OF THE FILING OF A VOLUNTARY PETITION UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE BY THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO._______________ AS THE RESULT OF AN INVOLUNTARY PETITION HAVING BEEN FILED UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE AGAINST THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO._______________ AS THE RESULT OF THE REJECTION, OR DEEMED REJECTION, OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED, UNDER SECTION 365 OF THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE.”

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

PARTIAL DRAWINGS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS MAY BE MADE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EACH SUCH DEMAND THAT IS PAID BY US SHALL REDUCE THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.

ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED WHETHER INDICATED BY BLANKS, BRACKETS OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMPLETED AT THE TIME OF DRAWING. [Please Provide The Required Forms For Review, And Attach As Schedules To The Letter Of Credit.]

ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE MANUALLY EXECUTED IN ORIGINALS.

ALL BANKING CHARGES ARE FOR THE APPLICANT’S ACCOUNT.

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU NOTICE BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL

(2)


 

PERIOD. SAID NOTICE WILL BE SENT TO THE ADDRESS INDICATED ABOVE, UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR COURIER.

ANY NOTICE TO US WILL BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE ONLY UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT BY US AT OUR DESIGNATED OFFICE. IN NO EVENT, AND WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE FROM OURSELVES, SHALL THE EXPIRATION DATE BE EXTENDED BEYOND A FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF ______ (120 days from the Lease Expiration Date).

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED SUCCESSIVELY IN WHOLE OR IN PART ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE (“TRANSFEREE”), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM (AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST) AND PAYMENT OF OUR CUSTOMARY TRANSFER FEES, WHICH FEES SHALL BE PAYABLE BY APPLICANT (PROVIDED THAT BENEFICIARY MAY, BUT SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO, PAY SUCH FEES TO US ON BEHALF OF APPLICANT, AND SEEK REIMBURSEMENT THEREOF FROM APPLICANT). IN CASE OF ANY TRANSFER UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE DRAFT AND ANY REQUIRED STATEMENT MUST BE EXECUTED BY THE TRANSFEREE AND WHERE THE BENEFICIARY’S NAME APPEARS WITHIN THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, THE TRANSFEREE’S NAME IS AUTOMATICALLY SUBSTITUTED THEREFOR.

ALL DRAFTS REQUIRED UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE MARKED: “DRAWN UNDER [Insert Bank Name] STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.__________.”

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AT OR PRIOR TO [Insert Time - (e.g., 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS PRESENTED CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER [Insert Time - (e.g., 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS CONFORM WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SECOND SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. AS USED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, “BUSINESS DAY” SHALL MEAN ANY DAY OTHER THAN A SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR A DAY ON WHICH BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED BY LAW TO CLOSE. IF THE EXPIRATION DATE FOR THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EVER FALL ON A DAY WHICH IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH EXPIRATION DATE SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE EXTENDED TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY.

PRESENTATION OF A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE MADE ON OR PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE HEREOF BY HAND DELIVERY, COURIER SERVICE, OVERNIGHT MAIL, OR FACSIMILE. PRESENTATION BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE BY TRANSMISSION OF THE ABOVE REQUIRED SIGHT DRAFT DRAWN ON US TOGETHER WITH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO OUR FACSIMILE NUMBER, [Insert Fax Number - (_____) _____-________], ATTENTION: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], WITH TELEPHONIC CONFIRMATION OF OUR RECEIPT OF SUCH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION AT OUR TELEPHONE NUMBER [Insert Telephone Number -(_____) _____-________] OR TO SUCH OTHER FACSIMILE OR TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AS TO WHICH YOU HAVE RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE FROM US AS BEING THE APPLICABLE SUCH NUMBER. WE AGREE TO NOTIFY YOU IN WRITING, BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE, OF ANY CHANGE IN SUCH DIRECTION. ANY FACSIMILE PRESENTATION PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL ALSO STATE THEREON THAT THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH SIGHT DRAFT AND LETTER OF CREDIT ARE BEING REMITTED, FOR DELIVERY ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY, TO [Insert Bank Name] AT THE APPLICABLE ADDRESS FOR PRESENTMENT PURSUANT TO THE PARAGRAPH FOLLOWING THIS ONE.

(3)


 

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT ALL DOCUMENT(S) DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED IF DRAWN AND PRESENTED FOR PAYMENT AT OUR OFFICE LOCATED AT [Insert Bank Name], [Insert Bank Address], ATTN: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT, (Expiration Date)

IN THE EVENT THAT THE ORIGINAL OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED, OR OTHERWISE DESTROYED, WE HEREBY AGREE TO ISSUE A DUPLICATE ORIGINAL HEREOF UPON RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU AND A CERTIFICATION BY YOU (PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY YOUR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE) OF THE LOSS, THEFT, MUTILATION, OR OTHER DESTRUCTION OF THE ORIGINAL HEREOF.

(4)


 

EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE “INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES” (ISP 98) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (PUBLICATION NO. 590).

 

Very truly yours,

(Name of Issuing Bank)

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)


 

LEASE

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

HCP TPSP, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company ,

as Landlord,

and

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

1.

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

4

2.

LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM

5

3.

BASE RENT

7

4.

ADDITIONAL RENT

8

5.

USE OF PREMISES

11

6.

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

16

7.

REPAIRS

18

8.

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

19

9.

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

20

10.

INSURANCE

20

11.

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

22

12.

NONWAIVER

23

13.

CONDEMNATION

24

14.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

24

15.

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

27

16.

HOLDING OVER

28

17.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

28

18.

SUBORDINATION

28

19.

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

29

20.

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

32

21.

LETTER OF CREDIT

32

22.

COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUTER LINE

35

23.

SIGNS

35

24.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

36

25.

LATE CHARGES

36

26.

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

37

27.

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

37

28.

TENANT PARKING

37

29.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

38

EXHIBITS

 

A

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

 

B

TENANT WORK LETTER

 

C

FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

D

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

E

ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE

 

 

(i)


 

INDEX

 

120 Day Period

 

35

Abatement Event

 

34

Advocate Arbitrators

 

6

Alterations

 

20

Base Rent

 

7

Brokers

 

45

Building

 

4

Building Hours

 

18

Building Structure

 

20

Building Systems

 

20

Casualty

 

24

Common Areas

 

4

Comparable Buildings

 

6

Comparable Transactions

 

5

Concessions

 

5

Contemplated Effective Date

 

28

Contemplated Transfer Space

 

28

Direct Expenses

 

8

Eligibility Period

 

34

Estimate

 

12

Estimate Statement

 

12

Estimated Direct Expenses

 

12

Existing Hazardous Materials

 

16

Existing L-C

 

35

Expense Year

 

8

Fair Rental Value

 

5

Force Majeure

 

43

Holidays

 

18

HVAC

 

18

Intention to Transfer Notice

 

28

Landlord

 

1, 41

Landlord Parties

 

22

Landlord Repair Notice

 

24

LC Expiration Date

 

36

Lease

 

1

Lease Commencement Date

 

5

Lease Expiration Date

 

5

Lease Term

 

5

Lease Year

 

5

Lines

 

39

Mail

 

44

Net Worth

 

30

Neutral Arbitrator

 

6

Nine Month Period

 

28

Notices

 

44

Objectionable Name

 

39

Operating Expenses

 

8

Option Conditions

 

5

Option Rent

 

5

Option Term

 

5

Original Improvements

 

23

Outside Agreement Date

 

6

Permitted Transferee Assignee

 

30

(ii)


 

Possession Date

 

4

Premises

 

4

Project

 

4

Rent Abatement Period

 

7

Replacement L-C

 

35

Sign Specifications

 

39

Statement

 

12

Subject Space

 

27

Summary

 

1

Tax Expenses

 

8

Tenant

 

1

Tenant Parties

 

22

Tenant Work Letter

 

4

Tenant’s Security System

 

19

Tenant’s Share

 

8, 12

Transfer Notice

 

26

Transferee

 

26

(iii)


 

ELECTRONIC RECORD AND SIGNATURE DISCLOSURE

From time to time, Healthpeak Properties, Inc. (we, us or Company) may be required by law to provide to you certain written notices or disclosures. Described below are the terms and conditions for providing to you such notices and disclosures electronically through the DocuSign system. Please read the information below carefully and thoroughly, and if you can access this information electronically to your satisfaction and agree to this Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure (ERSD), please confirm your agreement by selecting the check-box next to `I agree to use electronic records and signatures’ before clicking `CONTINUE’ within the DocuSign system.

Getting paper copies

At any time, you may request from us a paper copy of any record provided or made available electronically to you by us. You will have the ability to download and print documents we send to you through the DocuSign system during and immediately after the signing session and, if you elect to create a DocuSign account, you may access the documents for a limited period of time (usually 30 days) after such documents are first sent to you. After such time, if you wish for us to send you paper copies of any such documents from our office to you, you will be charged a $0.00 per-page fee. You may request delivery of such paper copies from us by following the procedure described below.

Withdrawing your consent

If you decide to receive notices and disclosures from us electronically, you may at any time change your mind and tell us that thereafter you want to receive required notices and disclosures only in paper format. How you must inform us of your decision to receive future notices and disclosure in paper format and withdraw your consent to receive notices and disclosures electronically is described below.

Consequences of changing your mind

If you elect to receive required notices and disclosures only in paper format, it will slow the speed at which we can complete certain steps in transactions with you and delivering services to you because we will need first to send the required notices or disclosures to you in paper format, and then wait until we receive back from you your acknowledgment of your receipt of such paper notices or disclosures. Further, you will no longer be able to use the DocuSign system to receive required notices and consents electronically from us or to sign electronically documents from us.

All notices and disclosures will be sent to you electronically

Unless you tell us otherwise in accordance with the procedures described herein, we will provide electronically to you through the DocuSign system all required notices, disclosures, authorizations, acknowledgements, and other documents that are required to be provided or made available to you during the course of our relationship with you. To reduce the chance of you inadvertently not receiving any notice or disclosure, we prefer to provide all of the required notices and disclosures to you by the same method and to the same address that you have given us. Thus, you can receive all the disclosures and notices electronically or in paper format through the paper mail delivery system. If you do not agree with this process, please let us know as described below. Please also see the paragraph immediately above that describes the consequences of your electing not to receive delivery of the notices and disclosures electronically from us.

How to contact Healthpeak Properties, Inc.:

You may contact us to let us know of your changes as to how we may contact you electronically, to request paper copies of certain information from us, and to withdraw your prior consent to receive notices and disclosures electronically as follows:
To contact us by email send messages to: [***]

(ii)


 

To advise Healthpeak Properties, Inc. of your new email address

To let us know of a change in your email address where we should send notices and disclosures electronically to you, you must send an email message to us at [***] and in the body of such request you must state: your previous email address, your new email address. We do not require any other information from you to change your email address.

If you created a DocuSign account, you may update it with your new email address through your account preferences.

To request paper copies from Healthpeak Properties, Inc.

To request delivery from us of paper copies of the notices and disclosures previously provided by us to you electronically, you must send us an email to [***] and in the body of such request you must state your email address, full name, mailing address, and telephone number. We will bill you for any fees at that time, if any.

To withdraw your consent with Healthpeak Properties, Inc.

To inform us that you no longer wish to receive future notices and disclosures in electronic format you may:

i. decline to sign a document from within your signing session, and on the subsequent page, select the check-box indicating you wish to withdraw your consent, or you may;

ii. send us an email to [***] and in the body of such request you must state your email, full name, mailing address, and telephone number. We do not need any other information from you to withdraw consent.. The consequences of your withdrawing consent for online documents will be that transactions may take a longer time to process..

Required hardware and software

The minimum system requirements for using the DocuSign system may change over time. The current system requirements are found here: http://surmort.docusign.com/guides/signer-guide-signing-system-requirements.

Acknowledging your access and consent to receive and sign documents electronically

To confirm to us that you can access this information electronically, which will be similar to other electronic notices and disclosures that we will provide to you, please confirm that you have read this ERSD, and (i) that you are able to print on paper or electronically save this ERSD for your future reference and access; or (ii) that you are able to email this ERSD to an email address where you will be able to print on paper or save it for your future reference and access. Further, if you consent to receiving notices and disclosures exclusively in electronic format as described herein, then select the check-box next to ‘I agree to use electronic records and signatures’ before clicking ‘CONTINUE’ within the DocuSign system.

By selecting the check-box next to ‘I agree to use electronic records and signatures’, you confirm that:

•
You can access and read this Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure; and
•
You can print on paper this Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure, or save or send this Electronic Record and Disclosure to a location where you can print it, for future reference and access; and
•
Until or unless you notify Healthpeak Properties, Inc. as described above, you consent to receive exclusively through electronic means all notices, disclosures, authorizations, acknowledgements, and other documents that are required to be provided or made available to you by Healthpeak Properties, Inc. during the course of your relationship with Healthpeak Properties, Inc..

(iii)


 

Exhibit 10.27

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

LEASE

This Lease (the “Lease"), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “Summary"), below, is made by and between HCP LIFE SCIENCE REIT, INC., a Maryland corporation ("Landlord"), and ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

TERMS OF LEASE

DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

1.

Date:

 

August 20, 2026

 

 

 

 

2.

Premises

(Article 1).

 

 

2.1

Building:

That certain two (2)-story building located at 11149 North Torrey Pines Road, La Jolla, California 92037

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

Premises:

Approximately 48,696 rentable square feet of space consisting of the entire rentable area of the Building, as further set forth in Exhibit A to the Lease.

 

 

 

 

3.

Lease Term

(Article 2).

 

 

 

3.1

Length of Term:

 

Ninety-three (93) months.

3.2

 

Lease Commencement

Date:

 

July 1, 2027.

 

 

 

 

3.3

Lease Expiration Date:

March 31, 2035.

 

4.

Base Rent (Article 3):

 

 

 

 

Lease Year

Annual

Base Rent

Monthly

Installment

of Base Rent

Approximate
Monthly Base
Rent per Rentable
Square Foot

1*

[***]

[***]

[***]

2

[***]

[***]

[***]

3

[***]

[***]

[***]

4

[***]

[***]

[***]

5

[***]

[***]

[***]

6

[***]

[***]

[***]

7

[***]

[***]

[***]

8

[***]

[***]

[***]

(nine [9] months)

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

5.

Refurbishment Allowance
(Section 1.3):

An amount equal to [***] per rentable square foot of the Premises (i.e., [***] based upon 48,696 rentable square feet in the Premises).

 

 

6.

Tenant's Share

(Article 4):

 

 

 

One hundred percent (100.00%).

 

 

7.

Permitted Use

(Article 5):

 

 

 

The Premises shall be used only for general office, research and development, engineering, laboratory, storage and/or warehouse uses, including, but not limited to, administrative offices and other lawful uses reasonably related to or incidental to such specified uses, all (i) consistent with first class life sciences projects in the Torrey Pines submarket of San Diego, California ("First Class Life Sciences Projects"), and (ii) in compliance with, and subject to, Applicable Laws as that term is defined in Article 24) and the terms of this Lease.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.

Letter of Credit

(Article 21):

[***].

 

 

 

 

9.

Parking

(Article 28):

 

 

Three (3) unreserved parking spaces for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, of which, ten (10) passes shall be for the use of a reserved parking space, subject to the terms of Article 28 of the Lease.

 

 

10.

Address of Tenant

(Section 29.18):

 

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.,

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, CA, 92121
Attention: [***]

 

11.

Address of Landlord

(Section 29.18):

 

 

 

 

See Section 29.18 of the Lease.

 

12.

Broker(s)

(Section 29.24):

 

 

 

 

Savills, Inc., representing Tenant,
and CBRE, Inc., representing Landlord.

-2-

 


 

1. PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas.

1.1.1 The Premises; License Occupancy; Beneficial Occupancy Period.

1.1.1.1 The Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the "Premises"). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. The outline of the "Building" and the "Project," as those terms are defined in Section 1.1.2 below, are further depicted on the Site Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth, and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the "Common Areas," as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3, below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the "Project," as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below.

1.1.1.2 License Occupancy. The parties acknowledge and agree that Landlord and Tenant have entered into a separate pre-lease license agreement providing for certain access and occupancy rights for Tenant to use certain office portions of the Premises prior to the execution and delivery of this Lease. Any such occupancy by Tenant thereunder is sometimes referred to as the “License Occupancy”).

1.1.1.3 Beneficial Occupancy Period. Provided that (i) Tenant does not interfere with Landlord’s performance of Landlord’s Work under Section 1.5 below, and (ii) Tenant has delivered to Landlord (A) all evidence of the requisite insurance coverage required under this Lease and (B) all amounts due concurrently with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease (including, without limitation, the Security Deposit), during the period (the “Beneficial Occupancy Period”) commencing on the date of the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease by both Landlord and Tenant and continuing through and including June 30, 2027 (i.e. the date immediately before the Lease Commencement Date), Tenant shall have the right to access, occupy and use the Premises for the purposes of (1) constructing any Refurbishment Work in the Premises; (2) installing any furniture, fixtures and/or equipment in the Premises; and/or (3) subject to all Applicable Laws, upon prior written notice to Landlord (the “Business Commencement Notice”), otherwise commencing business operations in the Premises. During the Beneficial Occupancy Period, all of the provisions of this Lease (including all insurance and indemnity provisions), except that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent or Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses; provided, however, during the Beneficial Occupancy Period from and after the date of Tenant’s commencement of business operations in the in the portion of the Premises which Tenant actually occupies for its business operations (“Beneficial Business Operations Premises”) pursuant to Landlord’s receipt of the Business Commencement Notice, Tenant shall otherwise be required to pay for (and/or reimburse Landlord for, as the case may be) the pro-rata share of all utilities and other services used by Tenant for the Beneficial Business Operations Premises as otherwise set forth under and in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 6 below and/or elsewhere in this Lease, with costs of any non-separately metered utilities and/or other services provided to the Beneficial Business Operations Premises being equitably allocated by Landlord on a basis consistent with commercial reasonable property management practices (and in connection therewith, within twenty [20] days after receipt of Landlord's statement of apportionment or statement setting forth the charges payable by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent [and not as a Direct Expense], the cost of such utilities and services so apportioned or so provided by Landlord to the Beneficial Business Operations Premises). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that as of the commencement of the Beneficial Occupancy Period, Tenant may already be in occupancy of certain portions of the Premises as a part of the License Occupancy.

1.1.1.4 As-Is Condition. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease, including, without limitation, Section 1.3 below with respect to the Refurbishment Allowance, Section 1.4 below with respect to the Landlord Provided Furniture, Section 1.5 below with respect to Landlord’s Work and Section 1.6 below with respect to any Corrective Work, subject to any occupancy of and/or damaged caused by Tenant or any Tenant Parties as a part of the License Occupancy and/or during the Beneficial Occupancy Period, Landlord shall tender possession of the

 


 

entire Premises to Tenant on the Lease Commencement Date in its existing, "as is" condition, and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises.

1.1.1.5 No Representations or Warranties. Neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant's business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease. Any process utilities shall be provided without warranty, in their currently existing, "as-is" condition.

1.1.2 The Building and The Project. The Premises constitutes the entire rentable area of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the "Building"). The Building is part of an office/laboratory project currently known as "Torrey Pines Science Park." The term "Project," as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the Common Areas, (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located, (iii) the other office/laboratory buildings located at 11099 N. Torrey Pines Rd., 11025 N. Torrey Pines Rd., 11011 N. Torrey Pines Rd., 11085 N. Torrey Pines Rd., and 11077 N. Torrey Pines Rd., San Diego, California 92037, and the land upon which such adjacent office/laboratory buildings are located, (iv) the existing on-site amenity space(s), which consists of a fitness center at 11085 N. Torrey Pines Rd., training room and meeting and/or conference rooms (including the meeting and/or conference rooms within 11011 N. Torrey Pines Road), the café, outdoor seating, fire pits and bocci ball area at 11011 N. Torrey Pines and the “Club Torrey” amenity area at 11011 N. Torrey Pines Road (collectively, the "Amenity Space"), all serving the tenants of the Project, and (v) at Landlord's discretion, any additional real property, areas, land, buildings or other improvements added thereto outside of the Project.

1.1.3 Common Areas. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, are collectively referred to herein as the "Common Areas"). The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the reasonable discretion of Landlord (but shall at least be consistent with the manner in which the common areas of the "Comparable Buildings," as that term is defined in Section 2.2.2, below, are maintained and operated) and the use thereof shall be subject to such rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas, provided that, in connection therewith, Landlord shall perform such closures, alterations, additions or changes in a commercially reasonable manner and, in connection therewith, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any material interference with Tenant's use of and access to the Premises. The Amenity Space shall be deemed a part of the Common Areas. Further: (i) so long as the costs related to the Amenity Space are included in Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses, the services and amenities provided in the Amenity Space shall be available for use by Tenant; and (ii) so long as the rentable square footage for the Amenity Space is treated as common area square footage that is included (i.e., loaded) within the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant will not be separately charged any imputed rent or similar usage fee for use of the Amenity Space (other than reimbursement of operational, maintenance, repair and similar costs otherwise within Operating Expenses).

1.2 Rentable Square Feet of Premises. The rentable square footage of the Premises is hereby deemed to be as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary, and shall not be subject to measurement or adjustment during the Lease Term.

1.3 Refurbishment Work and Allowance.

1.3.1 Main Provisions. Notwithstanding anything in Section 1.1.1 above to the contrary, during the period from the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease through and including the date that is eighteen (18) months thereafter (the "Refurbishment Period"), Tenant shall be entitled to receive from Landlord a one (1) time refurbishment allowance (the "Refurbishment Allowance") in the total aggregate amount of up to, but not exceeding, [***] (i.e. the sum of [***] per rentable square foot of the Premises (i.e., [***] based upon 48,696 rentable square feet in the Premises) and [***] based on estimated costs for the Required Elevator Work), to help reimburse Tenant for the actual out-of-pocket costs incurred and paid for by Tenant (collectively, the "Refurbishment Costs") during the Refurbishment Period in connection with the design, engineering, acquisition, permitting, construction and installation of any permanently affixed tenant improvements and alterations (not including any furniture, fixtures and/or

-4-

 


 

equipment, cabling and/or other non-affixed and/or moveable personal property, except as expressly provided in Section 1.3.3 below) that are made and/or installed by or for Tenant in or to the Premises during the Refurbishment Period (collectively, the "Refurbishment Work"). which Refurbishment Work shall include, without limitation, that certain elevator upgrade, renovation and modernization work set forth on Exhibit B-1 attached hereto (collectively, the “Required Elevator Work”). With respect to the Required Elevator Work, as additional consideration for Landlord entering into this Lease and providing the overall Refurbishment Allowance, Tenant shall be obligated to perform the Required Elevator Work and complete the same prior to the Lease Commencement Date, subject to any actual delays caused by events of Force Majeure. The Refurbishment Work shall be undertaken by Tenant in accordance with Article 8 below; provided, however, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary:

(i) all Refurbishment Work shall be subject to the mutual approval of the parties, including the mutual approval of all space plans, working drawings and specifications therefor (collectively, the "Refurbishment Plans") prepared by mutually agreed upon architects and engineers at Tenant's cost (which cost may be paid out of the Refurbishment Allowance), which approvals shall be made in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of Article 8 below (including, without limitation, the applicable approval standards and timing set forth therein);

(ii) the Refurbishment Work shall be performed by a general contractor (the "Contractor") and subcontractors selected by Tenant, subject to Landlord's approval thereof (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) (provided, that, with respect to the Required Elevator Work, Tenant shall retain Otis to perform such work);

(iii) Tenant may retain a third-party project manager for project oversight of the Refurbishment Work and use a portion of the Refurbishment Allowance to pay for the project management oversight fees charged by such project manager to Tenant for such services, not to exceed an aggregate total of four (4%) of the Refurbishment Allowance;

(iv) Landlord may retain Project Management Advisors, Inc. ("PMA") as a third party project manager for construction oversight of the Refurbishment Work, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord's reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord's review of the Refurbishment Work (and the space plans, working drawings and specifications therefor), including, without limitation, a fee (the “CM Fee”) with respect to the PMA services equal to [***] of the Refurbishment Costs (exclusive of such fee) (provided, that, at Landlord’s direction, such fee may be payable to Landlord or to PMA).

Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that with respect to any permanently affixed improvements to the Premises to be made by or on behalf of Tenant during the Refurbishment Period, Tenant shall use the Refurbishment Allowance prior to otherwise using Tenant's funds without reimbursement therefor.

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove or restore the Required Elevator Work upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

1.3.2 Disbursement of the Refurbishment Allowance.

1.3.2.1 Construction Contract; Cost Budget; Pari Passu Payment of Over-Allowance. Prior to commencement of the applicable Refurbishment Work, Tenant shall submit the applicable construction contract and general conditions with the applicable Contractor (the "Contract") to Landlord for Landlord's records. Prior to the commencement of the construction of the Refurbishment Work, and after Tenant has accepted all bids for the Refurbishment Work, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the final costs to be incurred, or which have been incurred in connection with the Refurbishment Work to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor (which costs form a basis for the amount of the Contract, if any) (the "Costs Budget"). Tenant shall pay for all of the costs of the design, permitting and construction of the Refurbishment Work that are not Refurbishment Costs (whether or not specified on the Costs Budget) directly to the Contactor and/or other Tenant's agents within thirty (30) days after such costs are incurred. In addition, Tenant shall pay for all of the Refurbishment Costs that are in excess of the Refurbishment Allowance (herein, the "Over-Allowance Amount"). The Over-Allowance Amount shall be initially estimated by calculating the difference between the amount of the

-5-

 


 

Refurbishment Costs set forth in the Costs Budget and the amount of the Refurbishment Allowance. Tenant shall pay directly to the Contactor and/or other Tenant's agents, on a progress payment basis during the course of the design, permitting and construction of the Refurbishment Work, Tenant's "pro rata share" of the Over-Allowance Amount applicable to each particular Draw Request (as defined and determined below), and such payment by Tenant shall be a condition to Landlord's obligation to disburse Landlord's corresponding "pro rata share" of the Refurbishment Allowance applicable to such particular Draw Request as described in Section 1.3.2.2 below. For purposes hereof, Landlord's "pro rata share" applicable to each such disbursement amount of the Refurbishment Allowance for each applicable Draw Request therefor shall equal the percentage resulting from dividing the Refurbishment Allowance by the total Refurbishment as estimated in the Costs Budget, and Tenant's "pro rata share" applicable to each such disbursement of the Over-Allowance Amount for each applicable Draw Request therefor shall equal the Over-Allowance Amount divided by such total Refurbishment Costs as so estimated in such Costs Budget. If, after Tenant's initial delivery of the Cost Budget pursuant to this Section 1.3.2.1 above, the total Refurbishment Costs therein shall change, (i) Tenant shall, within three (3) business days after learning of such changes, incorporate such changes into the Costs Budget and deliver the revised Costs Budget to Landlord, and (ii) Landlord's and Tenant's corresponding "pro rata shares" shall be adjusted to take into account such changes.

1.3.2.2 Disbursement. For any disbursement of the Refurbishment Allowance, on or before the thirtieth (30th) day of each calendar month during the Refurbishment Period, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the following (the items in clauses (i) through (iv) hereinbelow, collectively, each, a "Draw Request"): (i) a request for payment of the Contractor, approved by Tenant, in a form to be provided by Landlord, showing the schedule, by trade, of percentage of completion of the Refurbishment Work, detailing the portion of the work completed and the portion not completed, and demonstrating that the relationship between the cost of the work completed and the cost of the work to be completed complies with the Cost Budget; (ii) invoices from all contractors, subcontractors, architects, engineers and other persons or entities performing the Refurbishment Work (“Tenant’s Agents”) for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises; (iii) executed unconditional mechanic's lien releases from all of Tenant's Agents for the portion of the Refurbishment Work which is the subject of the Draw Request which shall comply with the appropriate provisions, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of California Civil Code Sections 8132 through 8138; and (iv) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenant's Draw Request shall be deemed Tenant's acceptance and approval of the work furnished and/or the materials supplied as set forth in Tenant's Draw Request. On or before the thirtieth (30th) day of the following calendar month following Landlord’s receipt of a Draw Request, Landlord shall deliver a check (the "Disbursement Check") to Tenant in payment of the lesser of (A) the amounts so requested by Tenant in the Draw Request, less a five percent (5%) retention (the aggregate amount of such retentions to be known as the "Final Retention") and (B) the balance of any remaining available portion of the Refurbishment Allowance (not including the Final Retention), provided that Landlord does not dispute any Draw Request based on non‑compliance of any work with the Refurbishment Plans, or due to any substandard work, or for any other reason. Landlord's payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord's approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant's Draw Request. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if an Over-Allowance Amount is applicable to a particular Draw Request, in the Disbursement Check, Landlord shall only be obligated to disburse Landlord's "pro rata share" of the Refurbishment Allowance applicable to such Draw Request (as described and determined pursuant to Section 1.3.2.1 above), less a five percent (5%) retention on the entire amount of such Draw Request (and not only such Landlord's "pro rata share"), and only after Tenant has (1) paid directly to the Contractor Tenant's corresponding "pro rata share" of the Over-Allowance Amount applicable to such particular Draw Request (as described and determined pursuant to Section 1.3.2.1 above), without deduction for any such retention, and (2) delivered to Landlord in such Draw Request (x) reasonable evidence that Tenant has already paid such amounts directly to the Contractor together with (y) executed unconditional mechanic's lien releases from the Contractor, subcontractors and all of Tenant's other agents with respect to such amounts so paid directly by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall have no obligation to disburse any portion of the Refurbishment Allowance under this Section 1.3.2 (1) with respect to any Refurbishment Work that is performed prior to or after the Refurbishment Period (except with respect to any design services undertaken prior to the Refurbishment in reasonable preparation for the Refurbishment Work), or (2) with respect to any Draw Request delivered by Tenant prior to or after the Refurbishment Period. Except as provided in Section 1.3.3 below, Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any portion of the Refurbishment Allowance that is not used to pay for the Refurbishment Costs of the Refurbishment Work performed during the Refurbishment Period, and

-6-

 


 

any such unused amounts of the Refurbishment Allowance as of the end of the Refurbishment Period shall revert to Landlord and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect thereto.

1.3.2.3 Final Retention. A check for the Final Retention payable to Tenant shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant following the completion of the Refurbishment Work, provided that (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord properly executed final unconditional mechanics lien releases in compliance with California Civil Code Sections 8132 through 8138, (ii) Landlord has determined that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life-safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building, or any other tenant's use of such other tenant's leased premises in the Project, and (iii) if industry standard and customary for such scope of Refurbishment Work, Tenant has (A) caused a timely Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County in which the Building is located in accordance with the terms of Section 8182 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and (B) delivered to PMA a reproducible copy of the "as built" drawings of the Refurbishment Work.

1.3.3 Reimbursement for FF&E/Moving/Inspection Costs. Notwithstanding anything in Section 1.3.2 above to the contrary, Tenant may elect, by written notice (the "Reimbursement Notice") delivered to Landlord at any time prior to the end of the Refurbishment Period, to receive the then unused balance of the Refurbishment Allowance that has not been used to pay for (and/or designated to pay for) the Refurbishment Costs, as a reimbursement of the following costs actually incurred and paid for by Tenant, as evidenced by invoices and paid receipts therefor (collectively, the "FF&E/Moving/Inspection Costs"): (i) in an amount up to, but not exceeding [***], costs paid to a third party vendor for the procurement of a building inspection report for the Building (an “Inspection Report”) that is being undertaken by such third party vendor on behalf of Tenant prior to execution of this Lease pursuant to the terms and conditions of a separate access agreement between Landlord and Tenant governing such access and inspection as between Landlord and Tenant (for purposes of clarification, any findings within the Inspection Report shall not create any expanded rights of Tenant and/or obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Lease); and (ii) in an amount up to, but not exceeding [***] (i.e., [***] per rentable square foot of the Premises): (A) the costs of acquisition and installation of any furniture, fixtures and equipment (including any low voltage data, telecommunications and telephone systems, equipment and cabling) placed in the Premises by or for Tenant during the Refurbishment Period; (B) the costs of Tenant's relocation to the Premises; (C) any costs to install Tenant’s Security System as defined in and under Section 6.1.5 below; and/or (D) any costs to install Tenant Signage as defined in and under Section 23.1 below. The Reimbursement Notice shall expressly state the exact amounts of the then unused portion of the Refurbishment Allowance (subject to the applicable cost limits set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) hereinabove, as the case may be) which Tenant elects to receive as reimbursement of the FF&E/Moving/Inspection Costs as described hereinabove. If Tenant properly and timely delivers the Reimbursement Notice to Landlord electing to receive a portion of the then unused balance of the Refurbishment Allowance as reimbursement of the FF&E/Moving/Inspection Costs, then Landlord shall disburse such reimbursement to Tenant on or before the date that is thirty (30) days after Landlord's receipt of the Reimbursement Notice, together with all invoices and paid receipts evidencing the FF&E/Moving/Inspection Costs and lien releases from the applicable contractors and vendors to the extent customary in the industry for any such scope of installation work (which lien releases shall not be required for the costs of the Inspection Report). If Tenant fails to deliver the Reimbursement Notice to Landlord on or prior to the end of the Refurbishment Period, then any such unused amounts of the Refurbishment Allowance shall revert to Landlord and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, any furniture, fixtures and equipment purchased by Tenant for the Premises and reimbursed by Landlord through the Refurbishment Allowance under this Section 1.3.3 shall be and become Landlord’s property upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (and Tenant shall have no right to remove the same from the Premises during the Lease Term without Landlord’s prior written consent, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), with the exception of any removable audio-visual or network components, specialty network switches, auto-visual controls, or surveillance cameras which, upon providing written notice to Landlord, may be removed from Premises by Tenant and of which Tenant shall retain ownership thereof, provided that any damage related to such removal shall be properly repaired as required per Section 15 hereinbelow.

-7-

 


 

1.4 Landlord Provided Furniture. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree as follows: (i) subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 1.4 hereinbelow, Tenant shall have the right to use that certain scope of furniture which is currently located within the Premises (a general description or inventory of which is attached hereto as Exhibit G) (collectively, the "Landlord Provided Furniture"); and (ii) with respect to the Landlord Provided Furniture: (A) Tenant hereby agrees to accept the Landlord Provided Furniture in their "AS-IS," "WHERE-IS," "WITH ALL FAULTS" condition as of the execution hereof, and without any representations or warranties whatsoever by Landlord (including, without limitation, as to condition, suitability, merchantability or fitness), except, that, Landlord represents that it owns the Landlord Provided Furniture lien free and that all equipment in which Hazardous Materials have been used have been properly decommissioned; (B) Tenant shall have the right to temporarily use the Landlord Provided Furniture during the Lease Term (and the Beneficial Occupancy Period) in connection with Tenant's use of the Premises for the permitted use under this Lease; and (C) Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any rent or other charges for Tenant's use of the Landlord Provided Furniture during the Lease Term and/or the Beneficial Occupancy Period, as the case may be; provided, however, Tenant shall, throughout the Lease Term (and the Beneficial Occupancy Period), at Tenant's sole cost and expense: (1) operate, maintain, repair and replace the Landlord Provided Furniture as required to maintain the same order and condition existing as of the Lease Commencement Date (except for ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty) and in compliance with all Applicable Laws; and (2) obtain and maintain property insurance with respect to the Landlord Provided Furniture under Section 10.3.2 below. Notwithstanding Landlord's election to permit Tenant to use the Landlord Provided Furniture, Landlord shall not be deemed to have transferred ownership of the Landlord Provided Furniture to Tenant, and, at the expiration of the Lease Term (or any earlier termination of this Lease), Tenant shall surrender the Landlord Provided Furniture to Landlord in the condition described hereinabove and otherwise pursuant to the applicable surrender provisions of this Lease (and Landlord, at Landlord's sole cost, shall promptly remove the same). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to identify to Landlord in writing on or before September 30, 2026, certain items of the Landlord Provided Furniture that Tenant does not wish to use and Landlord shall, at its sole cost, promptly remove such items from the Premises and they shall no longer be considered Landlord Provided Furniture (provided, that, such removal shall not be a condition of the occurrence of the Lease Commencement Date).

1.5 Landlord’s Work. Landlord shall, at Landlord's cost, using Building standard materials and in accordance with Building standards, perform that certain scope of work depicted and/or described on Exhibit B attached hereto (collectively, "Landlord's Work "). Landlord shall promptly commence and diligently perform Landlord’s Work to completion, but completion of the same shall not be a condition of the Lease Commencement Date. Further, the parties hereby agree that Landlord's Work will be performed during Tenant's occupancy of the Premises, and in connection therewith, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees: (i) to accept any and all inconveniences associated with the performance of Landlord's Work which may occur during such occupancy including, without limitation, dust, noise, etc; (ii) that the performance of Landlord's Work shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of the Tenant under this Lease nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent payable pursuant to this Lease; and (iii) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for, loss of the use of all or any part of the Premises or of any personal property or improvements therein resulting from the performance of Landlord's Work, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned thereby or for any injury to or interference with Tenant's business.

1.6 Initial Good Working Order; Corrective Work Remedy. [***]

2. LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM

2.1 Lease Term. The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the "Lease Term") shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the "Lease Commencement Date"), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the "Lease Expiration Date") unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term "Lease Year" shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) business days of receipt thereof; provided, that if such notice is not factually correct, then Tenant shall make such changes as are necessary to make such notice factually correct and shall thereafter return such notice to Landlord within said five (5) business day period.

-8-

 


 

2.2 Option Term.

2.2.1 Option Right. Landlord hereby grants to Original Tenant and any Permitted Transferee Assignee, one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for a period of five (5) years (the "Option Term"), which option shall be irrevocably exercised only by written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord not earlier than twelve (12) months before the commencement of the Option Term and not later than nine (9) months before the commencement of the Option Term, provided that the following conditions (the "Option Conditions") are satisfied: (i) as of the date of delivery of such notice, an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease does not exist; (ii) as of the end of the Lease Term, Tenant is not in default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease); and (iii) Tenant has not previously been in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease) more than once during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period. Landlord may, at Landlord's option, exercised in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion, waive any of the Option Conditions in which case the option, if otherwise properly exercised by Tenant, shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the proper exercise of such option to extend, and provided that Tenant satisfies all of the Option Conditions (except those, if any, which are waived by Landlord), the Lease Term, as it applies to the Premises, shall be extended for a period of five (5) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.2 shall be personal to Original Tenant and any Permitted Transferee Assignee, and may only be exercised by Original Tenant or a Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not by any other assignee, sublessee or Transferee of Tenant's interest in this Lease).

2.2.2 Option Rent. The annual Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the "Option Rent") shall be equal to the "Fair Rental Value," as that term is defined below, for the Premises as of the commencement date of the Option Term. The "Fair Rental Value," as used in this Lease, shall be equal to the annual rent per rentable square foot (including additional rent and considering any "base year" or "expense stop" applicable thereto), including all escalations, at which tenants (pursuant to leases consummated within the twelve (12) month period preceding the first day of the Option Term), are leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity office space which is not significantly greater or smaller in size than the subject space, for a comparable lease term, in an arm's length transaction, which comparable space is located in the "Comparable Buildings," as that term is defined in this Section 2.2.2, below (transactions satisfying the foregoing criteria shall be known as the "Comparable Transactions"), taking into consideration the following concessions (the "Concessions"): (a) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space; (b) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, and taking into account the value, if any, of the existing improvements in the subject space, such value to be based upon the age, condition, design, quality of finishes and layout of the improvements; and (c) other reasonable monetary concessions being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space; provided, however, that in calculating the Fair Rental Value, no consideration shall be given to (i) the fact that Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with Tenant's exercise of its right to extend the Lease Term, or the fact that landlords are or are not paying real estate brokerage commissions in connection with such comparable space, and (ii) any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in comparable transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of tenant improvements in such comparable spaces. The Fair Rental Value shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant's Rent obligations in connection with Tenant's lease of the Premises during the Option Term. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants). The Concessions (A) shall be reflected in the effective rental rate (which effective rental rate shall take into consideration the total dollar value of such Concessions as amortized on a straight-line basis over the applicable term of the Comparable Transaction (in which case such Concessions evidenced in the effective rental rate shall not be granted to Tenant)) payable by Tenant, or (B) at Landlord’s election, all such Concessions shall be granted to Tenant in kind. The term “Comparable Buildings” shall mean the Building and those other First Class Life Sciences Projects located in the Torrey Pines submarket area of San Diego, California that are comparable in age (based on the date of original construction or the latest major renovation) location, quality of construction, services and amenities.

-9-

 


 

2.2.3 Determination of Option Rent. In the event Tenant timely and appropriately exercises an option to extend the Lease Term, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord's determination of the Option Rent on or before the date that occurs three (3) months prior to the Lease Expiration Date. If Tenant, on or before the date which is thirty (30) days following the date upon which Tenant receives Landlord's determination of the Option Rent, in good faith objects to Landlord's determination of the Option Rent, then Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent using their best good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days following Tenant's objection to the Option Rent (the "Outside Agreement Date"), then each party shall make a separate determination of the Option Rent, as the case may be, within five (5) days, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Sections 2.2.3.1 through 2.2.3.7, below. If Tenant fails to object to Landlord's determination of the Option Rent within the time period set forth herein, then Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted Landlord's determination of Option Rent.

2.2.3.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall be, at the option of the appointing party, a real estate broker or appraiser who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing or appraisal, as the case may be, of commercial office properties in North San Diego, California. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord's or Tenant's submitted Option Rent is the closest to the actual Option Rent, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.2.2 of this Lease, as determined by the arbitrators. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date. Landlord and Tenant may consult with their selected arbitrators prior to appointment and may select an arbitrator who is favorable to their respective positions. The arbitrators so selected by Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed "Advocate Arbitrators."

2.2.3.2 The two (2) Advocate Arbitrators so appointed shall be specifically required pursuant to an engagement letter within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed Advocate Arbitrator to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator ("Neutral Arbitrator") who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the two Advocate Arbitrators, except that neither the Landlord or Tenant or either parties' Advocate Arbitrator may, directly or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior or subsequent to his or her appearance. The Neutral Arbitrator shall be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord's counsel and Tenant’s counsel.

2.2.3.3 The three arbitrators shall, within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord's or Tenant's submitted Option Rent, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

2.2.3.4 The decision of the majority of the three arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

2.2.3.5 If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an Advocate Arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, then either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of San Diego County to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator subject to the criteria in Section 2.2.3.1 of this Lease, or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator.

2.2.3.6 If the two (2) Advocate Arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint the Neutral Arbitrator, then either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of San Diego County to appoint the Neutral Arbitrator, subject to criteria in Section 2.2.3.2 of this Lease, or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such arbitrator.

2.2.3.7 The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

2.2.3.8 In the event that the Option Rent shall not have been determined pursuant to the terms hereof prior to the commencement of the Option Term, Tenant shall be required to pay the Option Rent initially provided by Landlord to Tenant, and upon the final determination of the Option Rent, the payments made by Tenant shall be reconciled with the actual amounts of Option Rent due, and the appropriate party shall make any corresponding payment to the other party.

2.3 [***].

-10-

 


 

3. BASE RENT

3.1 Base Rent. Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord's agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord's option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent ("Base Rent") as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. The Base Rent and the estimated "Tenant's Share" of "Direct Expenses," as those terms are defined in Article 4, below, for the first full month of the Lease Term shall be paid at the time of Tenant's execution of this Lease, in an amount equal to [***]. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end of such calendar month or to the end of the Lease Term at a rate per day which is equal to 1/365 of the applicable annual Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

3.2 Abated Base Rent. [***] Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the rental and performing the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to terms and conditions of the Lease, or if this Lease is terminated for any reason other than Landlord’s breach of this Lease or an event of Casualty or condemnation, then the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Rent Abatement as of the date of such default or termination, as the case may be, shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full.

4. ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 General Terms.

4.1.1 Direct Expenses; Additional Rent. In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay "Tenant's Share" of the annual "Direct Expenses," as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2 of this Lease, respectively. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Additional Rent", and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as "Rent." All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.1.2 Triple Net Lease. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, except as otherwise provided to the contrary in this Lease, it is their intent and agreement that this Lease be a "TRIPLE net" lease and that as such, the provisions contained in this Lease are intended to pass on to Tenant or reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses reasonably associated with this Lease, the Building and the Project, and Tenant's operation therefrom, except for the specific exclusions to Operating Expenses set forth below in Section 4.2.4. To the extent such costs and expenses payable by Tenant cannot be charged directly to, and paid by, Tenant, such costs and expenses shall be paid by Landlord but reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent.

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent. As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 Intentionally Deleted.

4.2.2 "Direct Expenses" shall mean "Operating Expenses" and "Tax Expenses."

-11-

 


 

4.2.3 "Expense Year" shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

4.2.4 "Operating Expenses" shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof (including, without limitation, all Common Areas and the Amenity Space). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining, and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project and Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord and consistent with insurance carried by landlords of Comparable Buildings that are included in operating expenses (provided that in no event shall Landlord be required to carry earthquake insurance); (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) the cost of parking area operation, repair, restoration, and maintenance; (vi) fees and other costs, including management and/or incentive fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) subject to item (f), below, wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) costs under any instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment and non-structural components thereof of the Project; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in common areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine, of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof; (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) which are intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, or to reduce current or future Operating Expenses (to the extent of cost savings reasonably anticipated by Landlord (based on reasonable industry standards)) or to enhance the safety or security of the Project or its occupants, and (B) that are required under any governmental law or regulation first enacted or enforced after the Lease Commencement Date; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized (including interest on the amortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine; and (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute "Tax Expenses" as that term is defined in Section 4.2.5, below, (xv) cost of tenant relation programs reasonably established by Landlord and consistent with programs that are included in operating expenses by landlords of Comparable Buildings, and (xvi) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building (including, without limitation, with respect to the Amenity Space), including, without limitation, any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the property, and reciprocal easement agreements affecting the property, any parking licenses, and any agreements with transit agencies affecting the Property (collectively, "Underlying Documents"), except to the extent any such payments are related to costs specifically excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to the next sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(a) [***]

(b) [***]

(c) [***]

-12-

 


 

(d) [***]

(e) [***]

(f) [***]

(g) [***]

(h) [***]

(i) [***]

(j) [***]

(k) [***]

(l) [***]

(m) [***]

(n) [***]

(o) [***]

(p) [***]

(q) [***]

(r) [***]

(s) [***]

In addition to the foregoing Operating Expense exclusions, Tenant's Share of the fees for management of the Project included in Operating Expenses shall not exceed three percent (3%) of the aggregate Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses, adjusted and grossed up to reflect Tenant paying full Rent, as contrasted with free rent, half rent and the like (the "Management Fee").

[***]

4.2.5 Taxes.

4.2.5.1 "Tax Expenses" shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

4.2.5.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax; (iii) Any

-13-

 


 

assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises or the improvements thereon.

4.2.5.3 Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' and consultants' fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are incurred. Tax refunds shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant's Share of any such increased Tax Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5, there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, documentary transfer taxes unrelated to this Lease, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord's net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease.

4.2.6 "Tenant's Share" shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary.

4.3 Allocation of Direct Expenses.

4.3.1 Method of Allocation. The parties acknowledge that the Building is a part of a multi-building project and that the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project (i.e., the Direct Expenses) should be shared between the Building and the other buildings in the Project. Accordingly, as set forth in Section 4.2 above, Direct Expenses (which consist of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses) are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Direct Expenses, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the Building (as opposed to other buildings in the Project). Such portion of Direct Expenses allocated to the Building shall include all Direct Expenses attributable solely to the Building and an equitable portion of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole, and shall not include Direct Expenses attributable solely to other buildings in the Project.

4.3.2 Cost Pools. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Direct Expenses for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Project (the "Cost Pools"), in Landlord's reasonable discretion. Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project, and the laboratory space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project. The Direct Expenses within each such Cost Pool shall be allocated and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1, below, and as Additional Rent, Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses for each Expense Year.

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the "Statement") which shall state the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Statement, the full amount of Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as "Estimated Direct Expenses," as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2, below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of Tenant's overpayment against Rent next due under this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4. Even though the Lease Term has

-14-

 


 

expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of the overpayment or apply such overpayment against any unpaid Rent. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term for a period of eighteen (18) months following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Furthermore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, with respect to any Tax Expenses and costs incurred for utilities, Tenant shall be responsible for such expenses to the extent Landlord received the bills for such expenses after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and then only to the extent Tenant receives request for payment from Landlord within ninety (90) days following Landlord’s receipt of such bills.

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses. In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the "Estimate Statement") which shall set forth Landlord's reasonable estimate (the "Estimate") of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses (the "Estimated Direct Expenses"). The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Direct Expenses under this Article 4, nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Direct Expenses theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, a fraction of the Estimated Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.4.2); provided that, Tenant shall not be obligated to start paying the new Estimated Direct Expenses for any Expense Year until thirty (30) days after receiving Landlord’s Estimate Statement for such Expense Year. Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Direct Expenses set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.

4.5.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant's equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant's equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord's property or if the assessed value of Landlord's property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

4.5.2 If the tenant improvements in the Premises, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which tenant improvements conforming to Landlord's "building standard" in other space in the Building are assessed, then the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1, above.

4.5.3 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, gross receipts tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, business tax or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project, including the Project parking facility; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

-15-

 


 

5. USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord's sole discretion.

5.2 Prohibited Uses. Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project) including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by Applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect, or any Underlying Documents. Landlord shall have the right to impose reasonable and customary rule and regulations regarding the use of the Project, as reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord with respect to the orderly operation of the Project, and Tenant shall comply with such reasonable rules and regulations; provided Landlord shall not impose any rules or regulations that are intended to discriminate against Tenant. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or unreasonably annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall comply with, and Tenant's rights and obligations under the Lease and Tenant's use of the Premises shall be subject and subordinate to, all recorded easements, covenants, conditions, and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Project.

5.3 Hazardous Materials.

5.3.1 Tenant's Obligations.

5.3.1.1 Prohibitions. As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease with Tenant, Tenant has fully and accurately completed Landlord’s Pre-Leasing Environmental Exposure Questionnaire (the “Environmental Questionnaire”), which is attached as Exhibit E. Tenant agrees that except for those chemicals or materials, and their respective quantities, specifically listed on the Environmental Questionnaire, neither Tenant nor Tenant’s employees, contractors and subcontractors of any tier, entities with a contractual relationship with Tenant (other than Landlord), or any entity acting as an agent or sub-agent of Tenant (collectively, "Tenant's Agents") will produce, use, store or generate any "Hazardous Materials," as that term is defined below, on, under or about the Premises, nor cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, placed, stored, manufactured, generated, blended, handled, recycled, used or "Released," as that term is defined below, on, in, under or about the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.3, Tenant shall have the right, without obtaining prior written consent of Landlord, to utilize within the Premises a reasonable quantity of standard office products that may contain Hazardous Materials (such as photocopy toner, “White Out”, and the like); ), provided however, that (i) Tenant shall maintain such products in their original retail packaging, shall follow all instructions on such packaging with respect to the storage, use and disposal of such products, and shall otherwise comply with all Applicable Laws with respect to such products, and (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Section 5.3 shall apply with respect to Tenant’s storage, use and disposal of all such products. If any information provided to Landlord by Tenant on the Environmental Questionnaire, or otherwise relating to information concerning Hazardous Materials is false, incomplete, or misleading in any material respect, the same shall be deemed an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord’s prior written consent shall be required to any Hazardous Materials use for the Premises not described on the initial Environmental Questionnaire, such consent to be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion for any Hazardous Materials which are of a higher risk in terms of their hazardous character, handling profile, usage and quantity, than the Hazardous Materials previously consented to by Landlord under this Lease, otherwise Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall not install or permit any underground storage tank on the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, "Hazardous Materials" means all flammable explosives, petroleum and petroleum products, waste oil, radon, radioactive materials, toxic pollutants, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”), medical waste, chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic substances or related materials, including without limitation any chemical, element, compound, mixture, solution, substance, object, waste or any combination thereof, which is or may be hazardous to

-16-

 


 

human health, safety or to the environment due to its radioactivity, ignitability, corrosiveness, reactivity, explosiveness, toxicity, carcinogenicity, infectiousness or other harmful or potentially harmful properties or effects, or defined as, regulated as or included in, the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” or “toxic substances” under any Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Materials” for purposes of this Lease shall also include any mold, fungus or spores, whether or not the same is defined, listed, or otherwise classified as a “hazardous material” under any Environmental Laws, if such mold, fungus or spores may pose a risk to human health or the environment or negatively impact the value of the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, "Release" or "Released" or "Releases" shall mean any release, deposit, discharge, emission, leaking, spilling, seeping, migrating, injecting, pumping, pouring, emptying, escaping, dumping, disposing, or other movement of Hazardous Materials into the environment.

5.3.1.2 Notices to Landlord. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing as soon as possible but in no event later than five (5) days after (i) the occurrence of any actual, alleged or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material in, on, under, from, about or in the vicinity of the Premises (whether past or present), regardless of the source or quantity of any such Release, or (ii) Tenant becomes aware of any regulatory actions, inquiries, inspections, investigations, directives, or any cleanup, compliance, enforcement or abatement proceedings (including any threatened or contemplated investigations or proceedings) relating to or potentially affecting the Premises, or (iii) Tenant becomes aware of any claims by any person or entity relating to any Hazardous Materials in, on, under, from, about or in the vicinity of the Premises, whether relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss or injury. Collectively, the matters set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above are hereinafter referred to as “Hazardous Materials Claims”. Tenant shall promptly forward to Landlord copies of all orders, notices, permits, applications and other communications and reports in connection with any Hazardous Materials Claims. Additionally, Tenant shall promptly advise Landlord in writing of Tenant’s discovery of any occurrence or condition on, in, under or about the Premises that could subject Tenant or Landlord to any liability, or restrictions on ownership, occupancy, transferability or use of the Premises under any "Environmental Laws," as that term is defined below. Tenant shall not enter into any legal proceeding or other action, settlement, consent decree or other compromise with respect to any Hazardous Materials Claims without first notifying Landlord of Tenant’s intention to do so and affording Landlord the opportunity to join and participate, as a party if Landlord so elects, in such proceedings and in no event shall Tenant enter into any agreements which are binding on Landlord or the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to appear at and participate in, any and all legal or other administrative proceedings concerning any Hazardous Materials Claim. For purposes of this Lease, “Environmental Laws” means all applicable present and future laws relating to the protection of human health, safety, wildlife or the environment, including, without limitation, (i) all requirements pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation and/or remediation of emissions, discharges, Releases, or threatened Releases of Hazardous Materials, whether solid, liquid, or gaseous in nature, into the air, surface water, groundwater, or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of Hazardous Materials; and (ii) all requirements pertaining to the health and safety of employees or the public. Environmental Laws include, but are not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 USC § 9601, et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Authorization Act of 1994, 49 USC § 5101, et seq., the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, and Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, 42 USC § 6901, et seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 USC § 1251, et seq., the Clean Air Act of 1966, 42 USC § 7401, et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, 15 USC § 2601, et seq., the Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, 42 USC §§ 300f through 300j, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, 29 USC § 651 et seq., the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 USC § 2701 et seq., the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986, 42 USC § 11001 et seq., the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 USC § 4321 et seq., the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act of 1947, 7 USC § 136 et seq., California Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act, California Health & Safety Code §§ 25300 et seq., Hazardous Materials Release Response Plans and Inventory Act, California Health & Safety Code, §§ 25500 et seq., Underground Storage of Hazardous Substances provisions, California Health & Safety Code, §§ 25280 et seq., California Hazardous Waste Control Law, California Health & Safety Code, §§ 25100 et seq., and any other state or local law counterparts, as amended, as such Applicable Laws, are in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date, or thereafter adopted, published, or promulgated.

5.3.1.3 Releases of Hazardous Materials. If any Release of any Hazardous Material in, on, under, from or about the Premises shall occur at any time during the Lease Term as a result of Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises and/or if any other Hazardous Material condition exists at the Premises that requires

-17-

 


 

response actions of any kind as a result of Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises, in addition to notifying Landlord as specified above, Tenant, at its own sole cost and expense, shall (i) immediately comply with any and all reporting requirements imposed pursuant to any and all Environmental Laws, (ii) provide a written certification to Landlord indicating that Tenant has complied with all applicable reporting requirements, (iii) take any and all necessary investigation, corrective and remedial action in accordance with any and all applicable Environmental Laws, utilizing an environmental consultant approved by Landlord, all in accordance with the provisions and requirements of this Section 5.3, including, without limitation, Section 5.3.4, and (iv) take any such additional investigative, remedial and corrective actions as Landlord shall in its reasonable discretion deem necessary such that the Premises are remediated to the condition existing prior to such Release.

5.3.1.4 Indemnification.

5.3.1.4.1 In General. Without limiting in any way Tenant’s obligations under any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, losses, damages, costs, expenses, penalties, enforcement actions, taxes, fines, remedial actions, liabilities (including, without limitation, actual attorneys’ fees, litigation, arbitration and administrative proceeding costs, expert and consultant fees and laboratory costs) including, without limitation, consequential damages and sums paid in settlement of claims, which arise during or after the Lease Term, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, that arise during or after the Lease Term in whole or in part, foreseeable or unforeseeable, directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to the presence, use, generation, manufacture, treatment, handling, refining, production, processing, storage, Release or presence of Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant's Agents.

5.3.1.4.2 Limitations. Notwithstanding anything in Section 5.3.1.4, above, to the contrary, Tenant's indemnity of Landlord as set forth in Section 5.3.1.4, above, shall not be applicable to claims based upon Hazardous Materials which may exist in, on or about the Premises as of the date of this Lease ("Existing Hazardous Materials"), except to the extent that Tenant's construction activities and/or other acts or omissions by Tenant or any Tenant Parties (including Tenant's failure to remove, remediate or otherwise treat or “Clean-up,” as that term is defined in Section 5.3.4, below, the subject Existing Hazardous Materials during the tenancy of the Premises) caused or exacerbated the subject claim (including, without limitation, as a part of the License Occupancy and/or during the Beneficial Occupancy Period).

5.3.1.5 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Without limiting the generality of Tenant’s obligation to comply with Applicable Laws as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all Environmental Laws. Tenant shall obtain and maintain any and all necessary permits, licenses, certifications and approvals appropriate or required for the use, handling, storage, and disposal of any Hazardous Materials used, stored, generated, transported, handled, blended, or recycled by Tenant on the Premises. Landlord shall have a continuing right, without obligation, to require Tenant to obtain, and to review and inspect any and all such permits, licenses, certifications and approvals, together with copies of any and all Hazardous Materials management plans and programs, any and all Hazardous Materials risk management and pollution prevention programs, and any and all Hazardous Materials emergency response and employee training programs respecting Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description explaining the nature and scope of Tenant’s activities involving Hazardous Materials and showing to Landlord’s satisfaction compliance with all Environmental Laws and the terms of this Lease.

5.3.2 Assurance of Performance.

5.3.2.1 Environmental Assessments In General. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, engage from time to time such contractors as Landlord determines to be appropriate to perform environmental assessments of a scope reasonably determined by Landlord (an "Environmental Assessment") to ensure Tenant’s compliance with the requirements of this Lease with respect to Hazardous Materials.

5.3.2.2 Costs of Environmental Assessments. All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such Environmental Assessment initially shall be paid by Landlord; provided that if any such Environmental Assessment shows that Tenant has failed to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.3,

-18-

 


 

then all of the costs and expenses of such Environmental Assessment shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after receipt of written demand therefor.

5.3.3 Tenant’s Obligations upon Surrender. At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall: (i) cause an Environmental Assessment of the Premises to be conducted in accordance with Section 15.3; (ii) cause all Hazardous Materials brought into the Premises (except for Existing Hazardous Materials) to be removed from the Premises and disposed of in accordance with all Environmental Laws and as necessary to allow the Premises to be used for any purpose; and (iii) cause to be removed all containers installed or used by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents to store any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, and cause to be repaired any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Tenant shall not be required to remove any Hazardous Materials that migrate into the Premises from a source other than Tenant or Tenant’s Agents.

5.3.4 Clean-up.

5.3.4.1 Environmental Reports; Clean-Up. If any written report, including any report containing results of any Environmental Assessment (an “Environmental Report”) shall indicate (i) the presence of any Hazardous Materials as to which Tenant has a removal or remediation obligation under this Section 5.3, and (ii) that as a result of same, the investigation, characterization, monitoring, assessment, repair, closure, remediation, removal, or other clean-up (the “Clean-up”) of any Hazardous Materials is required, Tenant shall immediately prepare and submit to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Environmental Report a comprehensive plan, subject to Landlord’s written approval, specifying the actions to be taken by Tenant to perform the Clean-up so that the Premises are restored to the conditions required by this Lease. Upon Landlord’s approval of the Clean-up plan, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, without limitation on any rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease, immediately implement such plan with a consultant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and proceed to Clean-Up Hazardous Materials in accordance with all Applicable Laws and as required by such plan and this Lease. If, within thirty (30) days after receiving a copy of such Environmental Report, Tenant fails either (a) to complete such Clean-up, or (b) with respect to any Clean-up that cannot be completed within such thirty-day period, fails to proceed with diligence to prepare the Clean-up plan and complete the Clean-up as promptly as practicable, then Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, and without waiving any other rights under this Lease, to carry out any Clean-up recommended by the Environmental Report or required by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Premises, and recover all of the costs and expenses thereof from Tenant as Additional Rent, payable within ten (10) days after receipt of written demand therefor.

5.3.4.2 No Rent Abatement. Tenant shall continue to pay all Rent due or accruing under this Lease during any Clean-up, and shall not be entitled to any reduction, offset or deferral of any Base Rent or Additional Rent due or accruing under this Lease during any such Clean-up.

5.3.4.3 Surrender of Premises. Tenant shall complete any Clean-up prior to surrender of the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord a letter or other written determination from the overseeing governmental authority confirming that the Clean-up has been completed in accordance with all requirements of such governmental authority and that no further response action of any kind is required for the unrestricted use of the Premises (“Closure Letter”). Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall also be obligated to close all permits obtained in connection with Hazardous Materials in accordance with Applicable Laws.

5.3.4.4 Failure to Timely Clean-Up. Should any Clean-up for which Tenant is responsible not be completed, or should Tenant not receive the Closure Letter and any governmental approvals required under Environmental Laws in conjunction with such Clean-up prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Tenant shall be liable to Landlord as a holdover tenant (as more particularly provided in Article 16) until Tenant has fully complied with its obligations under this Section 5.3.

5.3.5 Confidentiality. Unless compelled to do so by Applicable Law, Tenant agrees that Tenant shall not disclose, discuss, disseminate or copy any information, data, findings, communications, conclusions and reports regarding the environmental condition of the Premises to any Person (other than Tenant’s consultants, attorneys, property managers and employees that have a need to know such information), including any governmental

-19-

 


 

authority, without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event Tenant reasonably believes that disclosure is compelled by Applicable Law, it shall provide Landlord ten (10) days’ advance notice of disclosure of confidential information so that Landlord may attempt to obtain a protective order. Tenant may additionally release such information to bona fide prospective purchasers or lenders, subject to any such parties’ written agreement to be bound by the terms of this Section 5.3.

5.3.6 Copies of Environmental Reports. Within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of any and all environmental assessments, audits, studies and reports regarding Tenant’s activities with respect to the Premises, or ground water beneath the Land, or the environmental condition or Clean-up thereof. Tenant shall be obligated to provide Landlord with a copy of such materials without regard to whether such materials are generated by Tenant or prepared for Tenant, or how Tenant comes into possession of such materials.

5.3.7 Intentionally Omitted.

5.3.8 Signs, Response Plans, Etc. Tenant shall be responsible for posting on the Premises any signs required under applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant shall also complete and file any business response plans or inventories required by any Applicable Laws. Tenant shall concurrently file a copy of any such business response plan or inventory with Landlord.

5.3.9 Survival. Each covenant, agreement, representation, warranty and indemnification made by Tenant set forth in this Section 5.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and shall remain effective until all of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3 have been completely performed and satisfied.

6. SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 In General. Tenant is responsible, at its sole cost, for all utilities and services to the Premises, including HVAC, electricity, water, sewer, gas, telecommunications, janitorial, and internal security.

6.1.1 All utilities to the Premises (including electricity, water, gas, and sewer) are separately metered and shall be paid directly by Tenant to the applicable provider.

6.1.2 Landlord shall not provide janitorial services for the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for performing all janitorial services and other cleaning of the Premises, all in compliance with Applicable Laws. The janitorial and cleaning of the Premises shall be adequate to maintain the Premises in a manner consistent with First Class Life Sciences Projects.

6.1.3 Landlord shall provide janitorial services for the Common Areas in a manner consistent with First Class Life Sciences Projects.

6.1.4 Tenant shall operate and use HVAC, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and other systems in a manner that maintains their proper functioning and complies with any reasonable requirements issued by Landlord. Except as expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide utilities or services to the Premises, but shall maintain utility connections to the Project. Tenant waives any claims against Landlord for failure to furnish or maintain utilities or services, except as otherwise provided herein.

6.1.5 Tenant may, at its own expense, install its own security system (“Tenant’s Security System”) in the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant shall coordinate the installation and operation of Tenant’s Security System with Landlord to assure that Tenant’s Security System is compatible with Landlord’s security system and the Building systems and equipment, and to the extent that Tenant’s Security System is not compatible with Landlord’s security system and the Building systems and equipment, Tenant shall not be entitled to install or operate the Tenant’s Security System. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the installation, monitoring, operation and removal of Tenant’s Security System. Tenant’s Security System shall be installed by Tenant in accordance with terms of Article 8 of this Lease (or Section 1.3.3 above).

-20-

 


 

6.2 Interruption of Use. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.6.2 of this Lease) or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or Casualty (as that term is defined in Section 11.1 below) whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant's use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.6.2 of this Lease) or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant's business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6.

6.3 Energy Performance Disclosure Information. Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s written request and at no cost to Tenant (other than de minimis expense), provide utility usage data for any separately metered services paid directly by Tenant. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord may be required to disclose certain information concerning the utility and/or energy performance of the Building pursuant to California Public Resources Code Section 25402.10 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto (collectively the “Energy Disclosure Requirements”). Tenant hereby acknowledges prior receipt of the Data Verification Checklist, as defined in the Energy Disclosure Requirements (the “Energy Disclosure Information”), and agrees that Landlord has timely complied in full with Landlord’s obligations under the Energy Disclosure Requirements. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (i) Landlord makes no representation or warranty regarding the energy performance of the Building or the accuracy or completeness of the Energy Disclosure Information, (ii) the Energy Disclosure Information is for the current occupancy and use of the Building and that the energy performance of the Building may vary depending on future occupancy and/or use of the Building, and (iii) Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any errors or omissions in the Energy Disclosure Information. If and to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Laws, Tenant hereby waives any right Tenant may have to receive the Energy Disclosure Information, including, without limitation, any right Tenant may have to terminate this Lease as a result of Landlord’s failure to disclose such information. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and/or liabilities relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from the Energy Disclosure Requirements, including, without limitation, any liabilities arising as a result of Landlord’s failure to disclose the Energy Disclosure Information to Tenant prior to the execution of this Lease. Tenant’s acknowledgment of the AS-IS condition of the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall be deemed to include the energy performance of the Building. Tenant further acknowledges that pursuant to the Energy Disclosure Requirements, Landlord may be required in the future to disclose information concerning Tenant’s utility and/or energy usage to certain third parties, including, without limitation, prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants of the Building (the “Tenant Energy Use Disclosure”). Tenant hereby (A) consents to all such Tenant Energy Use Disclosures, and (B) acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. The terms of this Section 6.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

6.4 Access. Subject to compliance with Landlord's access control procedures and Applicable Laws, and except when and where Tenant's right of access is specifically restricted or limited in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week during the Lease Term.

6.5 New Generator. Following Landlord’s installation of a new generator as part of Landlord’s Work (such new generator, together with any and all tanks and all fuel and utility lines therefor, collectively, the "Generator"), Tenant shall have the right to connect to the Generator for the electrical capacity provided to the Premises by such Generator. Tenant's use of the Generator shall be at Tenant's sole risk, and Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the Generator. Tenant shall maintain such Generator at Tenant's sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for any damages whatsoever resulting from any failure in operation of the Generator, or the failure of the Generator to provide suitable or adequate back-up power to the Building or the Premises, including, without limitation any injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant's business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss

-21-

 


 

of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring, or loss to equipment, inventory, scientific research, scientific experiments, laboratory animals, products, specimens, samples, and/or scientific, business, accounting and other records of every kind and description kept at Building or the Premises and any and all income derived or derivable therefrom. Tenant shall have all repair, maintenance, insurance and indemnification obligations contained in the Lease with respect to Tenant's use of the Generator, and Tenant shall carry industry standard Boiler and machinery insurance covering the Generator. Tenant shall maintain all required permits in connection with the Generator throughout the Lease Term. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall leave the Generator in place and surrender the same concurrent with the surrender of the Premises to Landlord as required hereunder in good operating and working order, with all permits current (and shall transfer to Landlord all such permits maintained by Tenant in connection with the Generator).

7. REPAIRS

7.1 Tenant Repair Obligations. Except as provided in Section 7.4 below, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and throughout the Term, maintain the Premises and all interior plumbing, sewer, and drainage systems and equipment that are not within or under the Building foundation, all interior electrical systems and equipment that are not within or under the Building foundation, all fire protection, elevator, life safety and security systems and equipment, existing heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems, and all other mechanical, electrical and communications systems and equipment (collectively, the "Building Systems"), including all electrical facilities and equipment, including lighting fixtures, lamps, fans and any exhaust equipment and systems, electrical motors and all other appliances and equipment of every kind and nature located in, upon or about the Premises, in good working order and repair, in compliance with Applicable Laws and consistent with First Class Life Sciences Projects. Tenant’s obligations include, without limitation, repair and replacement of all interior windows and doors, demising walls, flooring, ceilings, interior lighting, signage, non-structural roof elements, dock and ramp equipment, and all Building Systems, communications, and specialty systems located in or serving the Premises. Tenant is also responsible for janitorial supplies, light bulbs, paper products, and any required monitoring of the fire alarm system unless performed by Landlord.

7.2 Service Contracts. Tenant shall maintain service contracts with licensed and qualified vendors for all Building Systems serving the Premises, including, without limitation, HVAC, elevators, fire/life safety, and electrical systems. Tenant shall maintain records of preventive maintenance and provide copies to Landlord upon request.

7.3 Landlord Step-In Rights. Prior to undertaking any material repair or replacement that may affect Building Systems or is expected to cost more than [***], Tenant shall provide Landlord with at least thirty (30) days’ written notice. Within such thirty (30) days, Landlord may elect to perform the work. If so, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its actual costs plus a commercially reasonable supervision fee within thirty (30) days of invoice. If Tenant fails to perform any required repair or maintenance within a reasonable time, Landlord may do so after notice and shall be entitled to reimbursement of its costs and supervision fee.

7.4 Landlord Repair Obligations. Landlord shall be responsible for maintenance and repairs to (i) the exterior walls, foundation and all components of the roof of the Building, all exterior plumbing, sewer and drainage systems and equipment serving the Building (including where located under and/or within the foundation of the Building), all exterior electrical systems and equipment serving the Building (including where located under and/or within the foundation of the Building) and all structural portions of the Building, including the structural portions of the floors of the Building (the "Building Structure"), and (ii) the Common Areas serving the Building, each to the extent such repairs are not part of Tenant's Repair Obligations set forth in Section 7.1 above (collectively, "Landlord's Repair Obligations"). If any repair is required due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, Landlord shall still perform such repairs at Tenant's expense, or, if covered by Landlord's insurance, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay any applicable deductible. Landlord Repair Obligations shall be included in Operating Expenses to the extent allowed pursuant to Article 4. Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant to enforce any warranties that Landlord holds that could reduce Tenant's maintenance obligations under this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that performance of Landlord's Repair Obligations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Tenant shall promptly and diligently cooperate with Landlord and any of the third parties performing Landlord's Repair Obligations in the Premises in order to facilitate the performance of such work in an efficient and timely manner. Landlord's entry into the Premises to perform any repairs or maintenance hereunder shall be subject to Article 27 below. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section

-22-

 


 

1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect. For purposes of this Lease, the "Base Building" shall mean the Building Structure and the Building Systems, excluding any specialty or supplemental Building Systems installed by or for Tenant.

8. ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord's Consent to Alterations. Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the "Alterations") without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following ten (10) business days’ notice to Landlord, but without Landlord's prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations (i) do not affect the building systems or equipment, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, and (iii) cost less than $75,000.00 for a particular job of work.

8.2 Manner of Construction. Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that upon Landlord's request, Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, remove such Alterations upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Building is located (or other applicable governmental authority). Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. Upon completion of any Alterations (or repairs), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord final lien waivers from all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen who performed such work. In addition to Tenant's obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of San Diego in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and Tenant shall deliver to the Project construction manager a reproducible copy of the "as built" drawings of the Alterations as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

8.3 Payment for Improvements. With respect to payments to be made to Tenant's contractors for any Alterations, Tenant shall (i) comply with Landlord's reasonable requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant's payment for work to contractors, and (ii) cause Tenant's contractor to sign Landlord's standard contractor's rules and regulations. In addition, in connection with all Alterations, Tenant shall pay Landlord a reasonable oversight fee not to exceed three percent (3%) of the cost of such work, and shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord's reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with such work.

8.4 Construction Insurance. In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries "Builder's All Risk" insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Tenant's contractors and subcontractors shall be required to carry (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance in an amount approved by Landlord, with Landlord, and, at Landlord's option, Landlord's property manager and project manager, as additional insureds in an amount approved by Landlord, and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, and (ii) workers compensation insurance with a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord. Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion based on Tenant’s then financial wherewithal and the anticipated cost of the Alteration, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

-23-

 


 

8.5 Landlord's Property. All Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord and remain in place at the Premises following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant's expense, to remove any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems and equipment within the Premises and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord; provided; however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, upon request by Tenant at the time of Tenant's request for Landlord's consent to any Alteration or improvement, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether the applicable Alteration or improvement will be required to be removed pursuant to the terms of this Section 8.5. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems and equipment in the Premises and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as reasonably determined by Landlord, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

9. COVENANT AGAINST LIENS Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least ten (10) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under Applicable Laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility (to the extent applicable pursuant to then Applicable Laws). Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within ten (10) business days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof.

10. INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver. [***].

10.2 Tenant's Compliance With Landlord's Property Insurance. Landlord shall insure the Building during the Lease Term against loss or damage under an "all risk" property insurance policy. Such coverage shall be in such amounts, from such companies, and on such other terms and conditions, as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine. Additionally, at the option of Landlord, such insurance coverage may include the risks of earthquakes and/or flood damage and additional hazards, a rental loss endorsement and one or more loss payee endorsements in favor of the holders of any mortgages or deeds of trust encumbering the interest of Landlord in the Building or the ground or underlying lessors of the Building, or any portion thereof. Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, comply with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant's conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant's expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body. Tenant shall also provide Landlord and Landlord’s insurer(s) with such information regarding the use of the Premises and any damage to the Premises as they may require in connection with the placement of insurance for the Premises or the adjusting of any losses to the Premises.

-24-

 


 

10.3 Tenant's Insurance. Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance on an occurrence form covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) arising out of Tenant's operations, and contractual liabilities including a contractual coverage, and including products and completed operations coverage, for limits of liability on a per location basis of not less than:

 

Bodily Injury and

[***] each occurrence

Property Damage Liability

[***] annual aggregate

 

 

Personal Injury Liability

[***] each occurrence

[***] annual aggregate

 

10.3.2 Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant's property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) all improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building) (the "Original Improvements"), and (iii) all other improvements, alterations and additions made to the Premises (the “New Improvements”, and together with the Original Improvements, collectively, the “Tenant Restoration Improvements”). Such insurance shall be written on an "all risks" of physical loss or damage basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts) new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril including, but not limited to, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion.

10.3.3 Business Income Interruption for one (1) year plus Extra Expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for actual direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to the risks outlined in Section 10.3.2 above.

10.3.4 Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations. The policy shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord, its employees, Lenders and any property manager or partners.

10.4 Form of Policies. The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) name Landlord, its subsidiaries and affiliates, its property manager (if any) and any other party the Landlord so specifies, as an additional insured or loss payee, as applicable, including Landlord's managing agent, if any; (ii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A:IX in Best's Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California; (iv) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance required of Tenant; (v) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (vi) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days' prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord (unless such cancellation is the result of non-payment of premiums), provided that if Tenant’s insurer will not agree to provide the notices in this subheading (vi), Tenant will provide such notices to Landlord. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least ten (10) days before the expiration dates thereof. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, Landlord may, at its option, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

10.5 Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property or business interruption loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder or otherwise carried by either party. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right to the insured to recover thereunder. The parties agree that their respective insurance policies do now, or shall, contain the waiver of subrogation.

-25-

 


 

10.6 Additional Insurance Obligations. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant's operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord's lender, but in no event in excess of the amounts and types of insurance then being required by landlords of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building.

11. DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty ("Casualty"). If the Premises or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord's reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project, provided that access to the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Subject to the terms of Section 11.2, below, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Restoration Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a “Landlord Repair Notice,” as that term is defined in Section 11.2 below, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord's review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Tenant shall in addition cooperate with requests for information regarding any repairs from Landlord’s insurer(s) by providing the requested information within ten (10) days after Tenant receives the request. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant's business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such Casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant's occupancy, and the Premises are not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant's right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith, but taking into consideration any Force Majeure delays. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Article 11, the parties hereby agree as follows: (i) the closure of the Project, the Building, the Common Areas, or any part thereof to protect public health shall not constitute a Casualty for purposes of this Lease, (ii) Casualty covered by this Article 11 shall require that the physical or structural integrity of the Premises, the Project, the Building, or the Common Areas is degraded as a direct result of such occurrence, and (iii) a Casualty under this Article 11 shall not be deemed to occur merely because Tenant is unable to productively use the Premises in the event that the physical and structural integrity of the Premises is undamaged.

11.2 Landlord's Option to Repair. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, Landlord may, at Landlord's option, deliver a notice (the "Landlord Repair Notice") to Tenant, and upon receipt of a Landlord Repair Notice Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant's insurance required under Section 10.3 of this Lease relating to the Tenant Restoration Improvements, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Restoration Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Restoration Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant's insurance carrier (including by taking into account any deductible or self-insured retention), as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord's commencement of repair of the damage. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by Casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord's reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days

-26-

 


 

after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord's insurance policies; (iv) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally and terminates the leases of all similarly situated tenants in the Building (to the extent Landlord retains such right pursuant to the terms of the applicable tenants' leases); (v) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term and the repairs are estimated to take in excess of twenty (20) business days to complete; or (vi) any owner of any other portion of the Project, other than Landlord, does not intend to repair the damage to such portion of the Project; provided, however, that if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord's termination right as provided above, and the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within two hundred seventh (270) days after being commenced or the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term and the repairs are estimated to take in excess of twenty (20) business days to complete, Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Section 11.2 only if each of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) the damage to the Project by Casualty was not caused by the gross negligence or intentional act of Tenant or its partners or subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors; (b) Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default, beyond any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease, under this Lease; (c) as a result of the damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises; and, (d) as a result of the damage to the Project, Tenant does not occupy or use the Premises at all.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

12. NONWAIVER No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord's right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant's right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

13. CONDEMNATION If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease, if Landlord terminates all similarly situated tenants in the Building (to the extent Landlord retains such right pursuant to the terms of the applicable tenants' leases), effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than fifteen percent (15%) of the total area of the

-27-

 


 

Premises is taken, or if any portion of the laboratory space or manufacturing area of the Premises is taken and the remaining portion of such area can no longer reasonably be used as laboratory space or for manufacturing, as applicable, or if all reasonable access to the Premises is substantially impaired, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant's personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, the following governmental actions shall not constitute a taking or condemnation, either permanent or temporary: (i) an action that requires Tenant's business or the Building or Project to close during the Lease Term, and (ii) an action taken for the purpose of protecting public safety (e.g., to protect against acts of war, the spread of communicable diseases, or an infestation), and no such governmental actions shall entitle Tenant to any compensation from Landlord or any authority, or Rent abatement or any other remedy under this Lease.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as "Transfers" and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a "Transferee"). If Tenant desires Landlord's consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the "Transfer Notice") shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the "Subject Space"), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the "Transfer Premium", as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee's business and proposed use of the Subject Space. Any Transfer made without Landlord's prior written consent shall, at Landlord's option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord's option, constitute an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord's reasonable review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys', accountants', architects', engineers' and consultants' fees) incurred by Landlord in an amount not to exceed Two Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($2,500.00) in the aggregate, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

14.2 Landlord's Consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable

-28-

 


 

under this Lease and under any Applicable Law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.4 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested; or

14.2.5 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease;

14.2.6 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent (provided, however, that Landlord may not withhold its consent to an assignment or a sublease pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2.6(i) to the extent Landlord cannot reasonably meet such occupant’s space needs), or (ii) is negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord during the four (4) month period immediately preceding the date Landlord receives the Transfer Notice, to lease space in the Project.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord's consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord's right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14, their sole remedies shall be a suit for contract damages (other than damages for injury to, or interference with, Tenant's business including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring) or declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all Applicable Laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

14.3 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any "Transfer Premium," as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, received by Tenant from such Transferee. "Transfer Premium" shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, and after deduction of (i) any costs of improvements made to the Subject Space in connection with such Transfer, (ii) brokerage commissions paid in connection with such Transfer, and (iii) reasonable legal fees incurred in connection with such Transfer. "Transfer Premium" shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. The determination of the amount of Landlord's applicable share of the Transfer Premium shall be made on a monthly basis as rent or other consideration is received by Tenant under the Transfer.

14.4 Landlord's Option as to Subject Space. [***].

14.5 Effect of Transfer. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any

-29-

 


 

further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord's request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant's chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord's consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than five percent (5%), Tenant shall pay Landlord's costs of such audit.

14.6 Additional Transfers. For purposes of this Lease, the term "Transfer" shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period.

14.7 Occurrence of Default. Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant's agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant's obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord's enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord's right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant's obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord's consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.8 Deemed Consent Transfers. [***].

15. SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises. No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord,

-30-

 


 

remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 15.2 or elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove or restore any components of Landlord’s Work upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

15.3 Environmental Assessment. In connection with its surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, at least one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the expiration date of this Lease (or in the event of an earlier termination of this Lease, as soon as reasonably possible following such termination), an environmental Assessment of the Premises by a competent and experienced environmental engineer or engineering firm reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (pursuant to a contract approved by Landlord and providing that Landlord can rely on the Environmental Assessment), which (i) evidences that the Premises are in a clean and safe condition and free and clear of any Hazardous Materials; and (ii) includes a review of the Premises by an environmental consultant for asbestos, mold, fungus, spores, and other moisture conditions, on-site chemical use, and lead-based paint. If such Environmental Assessment reveals that remediation or Clean-up is required under any Environmental Laws for which Tenant has responsibility under this Lease, Tenant shall submit a remediation plan prepared by a recognized environmental consultant and shall be responsible for all costs of remediation and Clean-up, as more particularly provided in Section 5.3, above.

15.4 Condition of the Building and Premises Upon Surrender. In addition to the above requirements of this Article 15, upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, surrender the Premises and Building with Tenant having complied with all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, including those relating to improvement, repair, maintenance, compliance with law, testing and other related obligations of Tenant set forth in Article 7 of this Lease. In the event that the Building and Premises shall be surrendered in a condition which does not comply with the terms of this Section 15.4, because Tenant failed to comply with its obligations set forth in Lease, then following thirty (30) days’ notice to Tenant, during which thirty (30) day period Tenant shall have the right to cure such noncompliance, Landlord shall be entitled to expend all reasonable costs in order to cause the same to comply with the required condition upon surrender and Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for all such costs upon notice and Tenant shall be deemed during the period that Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, perform obligations relating to the Surrender Improvements to be in holdover under Article 16 of this Lease.

16. HOLDING OVER If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, with the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term. If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term of earlier termination thereof, without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be deemed to be a tenancy by sufferance only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term. In either case, Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to (i) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease for the first (1st) month of such holdover, and (ii) two hundred percent (200%) thereafter. Such month-to-month tenancy or tenancy by sufferance, as the case may be, shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises within thirty (30) days following the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without

-31-

 


 

limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

17. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit D, attached hereto (or such other reasonable form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord's mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year (provided that, upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall execute a commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement to protect the confidentiality of such statements). Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

18. SUBORDINATION This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto (collectively, the “Superior Holders”); provided, however, upon at least 30 days written request by Tenant, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, including, but not limited to payments of any fees imposed by the Superior Holders, to obtain a subordination non-disturbance and attornment agreement from any future Superior Holders, in a commercially reasonable form (“SNDA”), which requires such Superior Holder to accept this Lease, and not to disturb Tenant’s possession, so long as an event of default has not occurred, and be continuing. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant's occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord's interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases; provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a SNDA pursuant to the terms set forth above. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

19. DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default. In addition to any other Events of Default specified in this Lease, the occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant (each, an “Event of Default”):

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, within five (5) days following the date due, which failure is not cured within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord that said amount was not paid when due, provided that if Tenant has previously received two (2) or more notices from Landlord during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period stating that Tenant failed to pay any amount required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease when due, then Landlord shall

-32-

 


 

not be required to deliver any notice to Tenant and a default shall immediately occur upon any failure by Tenant to pay any rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease when due; or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant's performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2, any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default; or

19.1.3 Abandonment of all or a substantial portion of the Premises by Tenant; or

19.1.4 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5, 14, 17 or 18 of this Lease, where, in each instance, such failure continues for more than three (3) days after notice from Landlord; or

19.1.5 At Landlord's election, in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion, the occurrence of any event which constitutes a default by Tenant beyond all applicable notice and cure periods under that certain Lease dated May 12, 2021 (as amended from time to time, the "11101 Lease") between HCP TPSP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("11101 Landlord") and Tenant for certain space in the Project located at 11101 North Torrey Pines Road, so long as Landlord and the 11101 Landlord are affiliates under common control.

Any notices to be provided by Landlord under this Section 19.1 shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under Section 1161 et seq. of the Code of Civil Procedure, and may be served on Tenant in the manner allowed for service of notices under this Lease.

19.2 Remedies Upon Event of Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies (including, without limitation, during any eviction moratorium, to the extent allowed by Applicable Law), each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(i) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

-33-

 


 

(v) At Landlord's election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Law.

The term "rent" as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(i) and (ii), above, the "worth at the time of award" shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Article 25 of this Lease, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in Section 19.2.1(iii) above, the "worth at the time of award" shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee's breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2, above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant. Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any Event of Default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord's sole discretion, succeed to Tenant's interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord's election to succeed to Tenant's interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4 Efforts to Relet. No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord's interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant's right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant's obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

19.5 Landlord Default. Landlord shall be in default under this Lease if Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder following the Lease Commencement Date and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after Tenant delivers to Landlord written notice specifying such failure; however, if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, but Landlord commences to cure such failure within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently pursues the curing thereof to completion, then Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or liable for damages therefor. Except where the provisions of this Lease grant Tenant an express, exclusive remedy, or expressly deny Tenant a remedy, Tenant's exclusive remedy for Landlord's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease shall be limited to damages, injunctive relief, or specific performance; in each case, Landlord's liability or obligations with respect to any such remedy shall be limited as provided in Section 29.13.

19.6 Landlord Default.

19.6.1 General. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of written notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord's failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease

-34-

 


 

if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion.

19.6.2 Abatement of Rent. In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord, or which Landlord failed to perform, after the Lease Commencement Date and required by this Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant's use of the Premises, (ii) any failure by Landlord to provide services, utilities or access to the Premises that Landlord is required to provide under this Lease, and in either case (i) or (ii) such failure is reasonably within Landlord's ability to cure, or (iii) the presence of Existing Hazardous Materials in violation of Applicable Law which is required to be remediated, abated, mitigated and/or removed in accordance with Applicable Law (such set of circumstances as set forth in items (i), (ii) or (iii), above, to be known as an "Abatement Event"), then Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for ten (10) consecutive business days after Landlord's receipt of any such notice (the "Eligibility Period"), then the Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use for the normal conduct of Tenant's business, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, then the Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. To the extent an Abatement Event is caused by an event covered by Articles 11 or 13 of this Lease, then Tenant's right to abate Rent shall be governed by the terms of such Article 11 or 13, as applicable, and the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable thereto. Such right to abate Base Rent and Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses shall be Tenant's sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for an Abatement Event. Except as provided in this Section 19.6.2, nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

19.7 Punitive and Consequential Damages. [***].

20. COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

21. LETTER OF CREDIT

21.1 Delivery of Letter of Credit. [***].

21.2 In General. The L-C shall be "callable" at sight, permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. The L-C must provide that presentation of a drawing under the L-C may be made by hand delivery, courier service, overnight mail, or facsimile. Tenant further covenants and warrants as follows:

21.2.1 Landlord Right to Transfer. The L-C shall provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant's consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the L-C to another party, person or entity which purchases

-35-

 


 

the Building from Landlord or a lender which holds a security interest in the Building. In the event of a transfer of Landlord's interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the L-C, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said L-C to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the L-C by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank's transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.

21.2.2 No Assignment by Tenant. Tenant shall neither assign nor encumber the L-C or any part thereof. Neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance by Tenant in violation of this Section.

21.2.3 Replenishment. If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord on the L-C pursuant to its rights set forth in Section 21.3 below, the amount of the L-C shall be less than the L-C Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days thereafter, provide Landlord with (i) an amendment to the L-C restoring such L-C to the L-C Amount or (ii) additional L-Cs in an amount equal to the deficiency, which additional L-Cs shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 21, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 19.1 above, the same shall constitute an incurable default by Tenant under this Lease (without the need for any additional notice and/or cure period).

21.2.4 Renewal; Replacement. The L-C shall have a final expiration date that is at least one hundred (100) days after the expiration of the Lease Term (the "LC Expiration Date"), provided that the L-C may contain a so-called "evergreen provision" whereby the L-C will automatically be renewed on an annual basis unless at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of non-renewal is provided by the issuer to Landlord. If the L-C expires earlier than the LC Expiration Date then Tenant shall deliver a new L-C or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the L-C then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, which new L-C shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable through the LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring L-C or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion.

21.2.5 Bank’s Financial Condition. If, at any time during the Lease Term, the Bank’s long term credit rating is reduced below the Credit Rating Threshold, or if the financial condition of the Bank changes in any other materially adverse way (either, a "Bank Credit Threat"), then Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant obtain from a different issuer a substitute L-C that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21, and Tenant’s failure to obtain such substitute L-C within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) shall entitle Landlord, or Landlord’s then managing agent, to immediately draw upon the then existing L- C in whole or in part, without notice to Tenant, as more specifically described in Section 21.3, below. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

21.3 Application of Letter of Credit. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the L-C as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the L-C if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, "Bankruptcy Code"), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Bank has notified Landlord that the L-C will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date, or (E) a Bank Credit Threat or Receivership (as such term is defined in Section 21.6.1, below) has occurred and Tenant has failed to comply with the requirements of either Section 21.2.5, above, or Section 21.6, below, as applicable. If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or otherwise be in default hereunder or if any of the foregoing events identified in Sections 21.3(B) through (E) shall have occurred, Landlord may, but

-36-

 


 

without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the L-C, in part or in whole, and the proceeds may be applied by Landlord (i) to cure any breach or default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant's breach or default, (ii) against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or (iii) to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. The use, application or retention of the L-C, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the L-C, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a "draw" by Landlord of any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord's right to draw upon the L-C. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional to justify the issuer of the L-C in failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (a) the L-C constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (b) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (c) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the L-C or the proceeds thereof, and (d) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant's bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord's claim and/or rights to the L-C and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

21.4 Letter of Credit not a Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the L-C or any renewal thereof or any proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a "security deposit" within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a "security deposit" within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the L-C is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context ("Security Deposit Laws") shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

21.5 Proceeds of Draw. In the event Landlord draws down on the L-C pursuant to Sections 21.3(D) or (E), above, the proceeds of the L-C may be held by Landlord and applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. Any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord and need not be segregated from Landlord's other assets. Tenant hereby (i) agrees that (A) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the proceeds from any such draw, and (B) such proceeds shall not be deemed to be or treated as a "security deposit" under the Security Deposit Law, and (ii) waives all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Landlord agrees that the amount of any proceeds of the L-C received by Landlord, and not (a) applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due, or (b) used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease (the "Unused L-C Proceeds"), shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant (x) upon receipt by Landlord of a replacement L-C in the full L-C Amount, which replacement L-C shall comply in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21, or (y) within thirty (30) days after the LC Expiration Date; provided, however, that if prior to the LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant's creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the Unused L-C Proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

21.6 Bank Placed Into Receivership.

21.6.1 Bank Placed Into Receivership. In the event the Bank is placed into receivership or conservatorship (any such event, a "Receivership") by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity (the "FDIC"), then, effective as of the date such Receivership occurs, the L-C shall be deemed to not meet the requirements of this Article 21, and, within fifteen (15) business days following Landlord's notice to Tenant of such Receivership (the "LC Replacement Notice"), Tenant shall replace the L-C with a substitute L-C from a

-37-

 


 

different issuer reasonably acceptable to Landlord and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21. If Tenant fails to replace such L-C with a substitute L-C from a different issuer pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 21.6.1, then, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord's option, to either (i) declare Tenant in default of this Lease for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto other than the aforesaid fifteen (15) business day period), in which event, Landlord shall have the right to pursue any and all remedies available to it under this Lease and at law, including, without limitation, treating any Receivership as a Bank Credit Threat and exercising Landlord’s remedies under Section 21.2.5, above, to the extent possible pursuant to then-existing FDIC policy; or (ii) elect to increase the Base Rent due and owing under the terms of this Lease pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 21.6.2 of this Lease, below. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L- C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

21.6.2 FAILURE TO REPLACE L-C; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. IN THE EVENT THAT TENANT FAILS TO REPLACE THE L-C PURSUANT TO, AND WITHIN THE TIME PERIODS SET FORTH IN, SECTION 21.6.1 OF THIS LEASE, ABOVE, THEN TENANT'S MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASE RENT SHALL BE INCREASED TO ONE HUNDRED TEN PERCENT (110%) OF ITS THEN EXISTING LEVEL DURING THE PERIOD COMMENCING ON THE DATE THAT OCCURS FIFTEEN (15) BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING THE DATE TENANT RECEIVES THE LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE AND ENDING ON THE EARLIER TO OCCUR OF (I) THE DATE SUCH REPLACEMENT L-C IS DELIVERED TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SECTION 21.6.1, OR (II) THE DATE WHICH IS NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SUCH LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE. IN THE EVENT THAT TENANT FAILS, DURING SUCH NINETY (90) DAY PERIOD FOLLOWING THE DATE OF THE LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE, TO CAUSE THE REPLACEMENT L-C TO BE DELIVERED TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SECTION 21.6.1, THEN TENANT'S MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASE RENT SHALL BE INCREASED TO ONE HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT (125%) OF ITS THEN EXISTING LEVEL DURING THE PERIOD COMMENCING ON THE DATE WHICH IS NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SUCH LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE AND ENDING ON THE DATE SUCH REPLACEMENT L-C IS DELIVERED TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SECTION 21.6.1, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE TOTAL AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF BASE RENT PAID BY TENANT IN EXCESS OF THE AMOUNT OF BASE RENT THAT TENANT WOULD HAVE PAID HAD SUCH L-C REPLACEMENT FAILURE NEVER OCCURRED SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED THE L-C AMOUNT. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT IT WOULD BE IMPRACTICABLE AND EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO ASCERTAIN THE ACTUAL DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LANDLORD AS A RESULT OF TENANT'S FAILURE TO TIMELY REPLACE THE L-C FOLLOWING THE LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE AS REQUIRED IN SECTION 21.6.1, AND THAT UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES EXISTING AS OF THE DATE OF THIS LEASE, THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION 21.6.2 REPRESENT A REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF THE DAMAGES WHICH LANDLORD WILL INCUR AS A RESULT OF SUCH FAILURE, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THIS PROVISION SHALL NOT WAIVE OR AFFECT LANDLORD'S RIGHTS AND TENANT'S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OF THIS LEASE. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE PAYMENT OF SUCH LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IS NOT INTENDED AS A FORFEITURE OR PENALTY WITHIN THE MEANING OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 3275 OR 3369, BUT IS INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1671.

22. COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUTER LINE Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables serving the Premises (collectively, the "Lines"), provided that Tenant shall obtain Landlord's prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease. Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. Landlord reserves the right, upon notice to Tenant prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, to require that Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, remove any Lines installed by Tenant and located in or serving the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

-38-

 


 

23. SIGNS

23.1 Signage. Subject to Landlord's prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to reimbursement under Section 1.3.3 above), may install (i) internal directional, suite entry and lobby identification signage and directory, (ii) one (1) identification signage panel on each of the three (3) non-exclusive multi-tenant monument signs for the Project that serves the entrance pertaining to the Building (as identified on Exhibit H attached hereto), (iii) identification signage on the main glass door entry to the Building (as designated on Exhibit H attached hereto), and (iv) two (2) exclusive Building top signs each in a location depicted on Exhibit H attached hereto (sometimes, separately, the “Building Top Signs”) (collectively, "Tenant Signage"); provided, however, in no event shall Tenant's Signage include an "Objectionable Name," as that term is defined in Section 23.2, of this Lease (and upon any failure thereof, Tenant shall have no further rights with respect to the Building Top Signs and shall remove the same in accordance with the applicable removal and restoration provisions hereinbelow). All such signage shall be subject to Tenant's obtaining all required governmental approvals. All permitted signs shall be maintained by Tenant at its expense in a first-class and safe condition and appearance. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of its signs at Tenant's sole cost and expense and shall repair any damage caused by such removal. The graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, lighting, size, illumination, specifications and exact location of Tenant's Signage (collectively, the "Sign Specifications") shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and shall be consistent and compatible with the quality and nature of the Project. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord's approval of Tenant's Signage, Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining all necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant's Signage. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant's Signage, Tenant's and Landlord's rights and obligations under the remaining terms and conditions of this Lease shall be unaffected.

23.2 Objectionable Name. Tenant's Signage shall not include a name or logo which relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or is associated with a political faction or orientation, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Project, or which would otherwise reasonably offend a landlord of the Comparable Buildings (an "Objectionable Name"). The parties hereby agree that the following name, or any reasonable derivation thereof, shall be deemed not to constitute an Objectionable Name: "Aspen Neuroscience, Inc."

23.3 Prohibited Signage and Other Items. Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

23.4 Termination of Right to Tenant's Signage. The rights contained in this Article 23 shall be personal to Original Tenant and its Permitted Transferee Assignee, and may only be exercised and maintained by such parties (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant's interest in this Lease) to the extent they are not in default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure period).

24. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other rule, directive, order, regulation, guideline or requirement of any governmental entity or governmental agency (the “Applicable Laws”) now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such governmental measures. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to make all alterations to the Building and Premises as are required to comply with the governmental rules, regulations, requirements or standards described in this Article 24; provided, however, Tenant shall not be required to make any alterations to the Building Structure unless such alteration is required due to (i) Tenant’s particular use of the Premises, (ii) any Refurbishment Work, or (iii) any other Alterations to the Premises made by Tenant. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial

-39-

 


 

action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Project, Building and Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). As required by Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby states as follows: "A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises." In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows: (a) any CASp inspection requested by Tenant shall be conducted, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, by a CASp approved in advance by Landlord; and (b) Tenant, at its cost, is responsible for making any repairs within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards set forth in any CASp inspection requested by Tenant; and, if any CASp inspection requested by Tenant requires repairs to the Building (outside the Premises) to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards, then Tenant shall, at Landlord's option, either perform such repairs at Tenant's sole cost and expense or reimburse Landlord upon demand, as Additional Rent, for the cost to Landlord of performing such repairs.

25. LATE CHARGES [***].

26. LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord's Cure. All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2, above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant's part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenant's Reimbursement. Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant's defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all reasonable legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant's obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

27. ENTRY BY LANDLORD Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers or, during the last nine (9) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility (to the extent applicable pursuant to then Applicable Law); or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building's systems and equipment. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. In exercising

-40-

 


 

Landlord’s rights under this Section 27, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of, and access to, the Premises.

28. TENANT PARKING Tenant shall have the right to use the amount of parking set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, in the on-site parking facility (or facilities) which serve the Project. The location of the reserved parking spaces, if any, shall be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall abide by all reasonable rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located (including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord and the prohibition of vehicle repair and maintenance activities in the parking facilities), and shall cooperate in seeing that Tenant's employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations. Tenant's use of the Project parking facility shall be at Tenant's sole risk and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for damage to the vehicles of Tenant, its employees and/or visitors, or for other personal injury or property damage or theft relating to or connected with the parking rights granted herein or any of Tenant's, its employees' and/or visitors' use of the parking facilities.

29. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions. The words "Landlord" and "Tenant" as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect. Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Air Rights. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

29.4 Modification of Lease. Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following the request therefor.

29.5 Transfer of Landlord's Interest. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord's obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee.

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording. Except as provided in Section 29.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

-41-

 


 

29.7 Landlord's Title. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that it owns fee title to the Building. Landlord's title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.8 Relationship of Parties. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9 Application of Payments. Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant's designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11 Partial Invalidity. If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.12 No Warranty. In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

29.13 Landlord Exculpation. The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord's operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Building, provided that in no event shall such liability extend to any sales or insurance proceeds received by Landlord or the Landlord Parties in connection with the Project, Building or Premises. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord's and the Landlord Parties' present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord's obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant's business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring, or loss to inventory, scientific research, scientific experiments, laboratory animals, products, specimens, samples, and/or scientific, business, accounting and other records of every kind and description kept at the premises and any and all income derived or derivable therefrom.

29.14 Entire Agreement. It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties' entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

29.15 Right to Lease. Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or

-42-

 


 

Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

29.16 Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, acts of war, terrorist acts, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, Casualty, actual or threatened public health emergency (including, without limitation, epidemic, pandemic, famine, disease, plague, quarantine, and other significant public health risk), governmental edicts, actions, declarations or quarantines by a governmental entity or health organization (including, without limitation, any shelter-in-place orders, stay at home orders or any restrictions on travel related thereto that preclude Tenant, its agents, contractors or its employees from accessing the Premises, national or regional emergency), breaches in cybersecurity, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, regardless of whether such other causes are (i) foreseeable or unforeseeable or (ii) related to the specifically enumerated events in this paragraph (collectively, a "Force Majeure"), shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage. If this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party's performance caused by a Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, no event of Force Majeure shall (i) excuse Tenant's obligations to pay Rent and other charges due pursuant to this Lease, (ii) be grounds for Tenant to abate any portion of Rent due pursuant to this Lease, or entitle either party to terminate this Lease, except as allowed pursuant to Section 19.6.2, Articles 11 and 13 of this Lease, (iii) excuse Tenant's obligations under Articles 5 and 24 of this Lease, or (iv) extend the occurrence of the Lease Commencement Date.

29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant. Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant's right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18 Notices. All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, "Notices") given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested ("Mail"), (B) transmitted by telecopy, if such telecopy is promptly followed by a Notice sent by Mail, (C) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (D) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth below, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (i) upon actual receipt or refusal of delivery if sent by Mail, (ii) the date the telecopy is transmitted, (iii) the date the overnight courier delivery is made, or (iv) the date personal delivery is made. If any notice arrives after normal business hours, a weekend day or a holiday, it will be deemed to have been received on the next business day. As of the date of this Lease, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

 

 

HCP Life Science REIT, Inc.

 

c/o Healthpeak Properties, Inc.

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

HCP Life Science REIT, Inc.

 

c/o Healthpeak Properties, Inc.

 

[***]

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

 

[***]

 

-43-

 


 

 

29.19 Joint and Several. If there is more than one tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

29.20 Authority. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the State of California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. Landlord hereby represents and warrants that Landlord is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the State of California and that Landlord has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Landlord is authorized to do so. Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant's state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in the State of California.

29.21 Attorneys' Fees. In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

29.22 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY; Judicial Reference.

29.22.1 Governing Law. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

29.22.2 WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT'S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

29.22.3 Judicial Reference. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Parties agree that all disputes relating to this Lease or the Premises (excluding an unlawful detainer action or the prejudgment remedy of attachment) shall be resolved by a referee under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 638–645.1, as may be amended, including for the avoidance of doubt if the foregoing jury waiver provision in Section 29.22.2 above is found to not be enforceable under California law. The referee shall be a neutral retired judge selected by mutual agreement or, if the parties cannot agree within ten (10) days, any party may apply to the court for appointment of the referee. The referee shall decide all legal and factual issues, including regarding discovery, follow California law, and may award attorneys’ fees and all remedies, except punitive damages or any damages waived by this Lease. The referee shall issue a written statement of decision, setting forth his/her findings of fact and conclusions of law. Any party may apply to the court for confirmation of the decision of the referee, and the referee’s decision shall be appealable as if issued by a Superior Court judge. The parties shall set a hearing within nine (9) months of appointment, with discovery to follow the Code of Civil Procedure. The parties agree this Section is specifically enforceable. Nothing herein limits a party’s right to seek provisional or equitable relief from a court.

-44-

 


 

29.23 Submission of Lease. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the "Brokers"), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall pay the Brokers any commission due to the Brokers resulting from this Lease based on a separate written agreement between Landlord and the Brokers. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party. The terms of this Section 29.24 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

29.25 Independent Covenants. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord's expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

29.26 Project or Building Name, Address and Signage. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name and/or address of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs throughout the Project (but not on and/or in Building, except for any industry standard disclosure/safety signage or similar signage to the extent required by Applicable Laws) as Landlord may, in Landlord's sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29.27 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease. Such counterparts may be delivered by the parties hereto by electronic means, including by electronic mail or facsimile transmission and, when so fully delivered, such copies shall be binding as if ink originals.

29.28 Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant's financial, legal, and space planning consultants, Tenant’s lenders and to any potential Transferee of this Lease. Also, Tenant shall be allowed to disclose terms of this Lease to the extent required by Applicable Law or the SEC.

29.29 Development of the Project.

29.29.1 Subdivision. Landlord reserves the right to subdivide all or a portion of the buildings and Common Areas. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord, any additional documents needed to conform this Lease to the circumstances resulting from a subdivision and any all maps in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, the separate ownership of any buildings and/or Common Areas by an entity other than Landlord shall not affect the calculation of Direct Expenses or Tenant's payment of Tenant's Share of Direct Expenses.

29.29.2 Construction of Property and Other Improvements. Tenant acknowledges that portions of the Project may be under construction following Tenant's occupancy of the Premises, and that such construction may result in levels of noise, dust, obstruction of access, etc. which are in excess of that present in a fully constructed project. Tenant hereby waives any and all rent offsets or claims of constructive eviction which may arise in connection with such construction. In exercising Landlord’s rights under this Section 29.29.2, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of, and access to, the Premises.

-45-

 


 

29.30 No Violation. Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, arising from Tenant's breach of this warranty and representation. Landlord hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Landlord to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Landlord is bound, and Landlord shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, arising from Landlord’s breach of this warranty and representation.

29.31 Transportation Management. Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs required by Applicable Law and intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Project and/or the Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities. Such programs required by Applicable Law may include, without limitation: (i) restrictions on the number of peak-hour vehicle trips generated by Tenant; (ii) increased vehicle occupancy; (iii) implementation of an in-house ridesharing program and an employee transportation coordinator; (iv) working with employees and any Project, Building or area-wide ridesharing program manager; (v) instituting employer-sponsored incentives (financial or in-kind) to encourage employees to rideshare; and (vi) utilizing flexible work shifts for employees.

29.32 Signatures. The parties hereto consent and agree that this Lease may be signed and/or transmitted by facsimile, e-mail of a .pdf document or using electronic signature technology (e.g., via DocuSign or similar electronic signature technology), and that such signed electronic record shall be valid and as effective to bind the party so signing as a paper copy bearing such party’s handwritten signature. The parties further consent and agree that (1) to the extent a party signs this Lease using electronic signature technology, by clicking “SIGN”, such party is signing this Lease electronically, and (2) the electronic signatures appearing on this Lease shall be treated, for purposes of validity, enforceability and admissibility, the same as handwritten signatures.

29.33 Waiver of Claims. As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from, and hereby waives, any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and causes of action (collectively, the "Released Claims") arising from or related to Tenant's inability or limitation to conduct operations from the Premises as a result of any "shelter in place" orders or similar governmental directives, including, without limitation, any claims for, and/or rights of, termination of this Lease and/or abatement, offset and/or deferral of Rent under this Lease, at law and/or in equity related to the inability of Tenant to conduct operations from the Premises as a result of any "shelter in place" orders or similar governmental directives related thereto. With respect to the Released Claims, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has either been advised by legal counsel or has made itself familiar with the provisions of California Civil Code section 1542, which provides as follows: A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS THAT THE CREDITOR OR RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE AND THAT, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, WOULD HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR OR RELEASED PARTY. Tenant, being aware of the foregoing code section, hereby expressly waives any rights Tenant may have thereunder, as well as under any other statutes or common-law principles of similar effect, pertaining to the Released Claims.

[signature page to follow]

-46-

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HCP LIFE SCIENCE REIT, INC.,

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,

 

 

a Maryland corporation

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott R. Bohn

 

By:

/s/ Dalen Meeter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott R. Bohn

 

 

Dalen Meeter

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

Chief Development Officer

 

Its:

CFO

 

 

 

-47-

 


 

EXHIBIT A

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

[***]

EXHIBIT A

-1-


 

EXHIBIT A-1

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

PROJECT SITE PLAN

[***]

EXHIBIT A-1

-1-


 

EXHIBIT B

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

SCOPE OF LANDLORD’S WORK

1. [***]

EXHIBIT B

-1-


 

EXHIBIT B-1

SCOPE OF REQUIRED ELEVATOR WORK

[***]

EXHIBIT B-1

- 1 -


 

EXHIBIT C

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

[***]

EXHIBIT C

-1-


 

EXHIBIT D

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

FORM OF TENANT'S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

[***]

EXHIBIT D

-1-


 

EXHIBIT E

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE

[***]

EXHIBIT E

-1-


 

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

[***]

EXHIBIT F

-1-


 

EXHIBIT G

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

INVENTORY OF LANDLORD PROVIDED FURNITURE

[***]

EXHIBIT G

- 1 -


 

EXHIBIT H

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK

LOCATIONS OF SIGNAGE

[***]

EXHIBIT H

- 1 -


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LEASE

 

TORREY PINES SCIENCE PARK
 

 

 

 

 

HCP LIFE SCIENCE REIT, INC.,

a Maryland corporation,

as Landlord,

and

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation ,

as Tenant.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

3

2.

LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM

8

3.

BASE RENT

11

4.

ADDITIONAL RENT

11

5.

USE OF PREMISES

16

6.

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

20

7.

REPAIRS

22

8.

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

23

9.

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

24

10.

INSURANCE

24

11.

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

26

12.

NONWAIVER

27

13.

CONDEMNATION

27

14.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

28

15.

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

30

16.

HOLDING OVER

31

17.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

32

18.

SUBORDINATION

32

19.

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

32

20.

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

35

21.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

35

22.

COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUTER LINE

38

23.

SIGNS

39

24.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

39

25.

LATE CHARGES

40

26.

LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

40

27.

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

40

28.

TENANT PARKING

41

29.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

41

 

 

Exhibits

A

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

B

SCOPE OF LANDLORD’S WORK

B-1

SCOPE OF REQUIRED ELEVATOR WORK

C

FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

D

FORM OF TENANT'S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

E

ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE

F

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

G

INVENTORY OF LANDLORD PROVIDED FURNITURE

H

LOCATIONS OF SIGNAGE

 

(i)

 


 

INDEX

 

 

Page(s)

 

 

120 Day Period

38

Abatement Event

37

Advocate Arbitrators

9

Alterations

23

Base Rent

10

Brokers

48

Building

4

Casualty

27

Common Areas

4

Comparable Buildings

9

Comparable Transactions

9

Concessions

9

Contemplated Effective Date

31

Contemplated Transfer Space

31

Direct Expenses

11

Eligibility Period

37

Estimate

16

Estimate Statement

16

Estimated Direct Expenses

16

Existing Hazardous Materials

19

Existing L-C

38

Expense Year

11

Fair Rental Value,

8

Force Majeure

46

Intention to Transfer Notice

31

Landlord

1

Landlord Parties

25

Landlord Repair Notice

27

LC Expiration Date

39

Lease

1

Lease Commencement Date

8

Lease Expiration Date

8

Lease Term

8

Lease Year

8

Lines

41

Mail

46

Net Worth

32

Neutral Arbitrator

9

Nine Month Period

31

Notices

46

Objectionable Name

42

Operating Expenses

12

Option Conditions

8

Option Rent

8

Option Term

8

Original Improvements

26

Outside Agreement Date

9

Permitted Transferee Assignee.

32

(ii)

 


Page(s)

Premises

3

Project,

4

Referee Sections

48

Rent Abatement Period

11

Replacement L-C

38

Sign Specifications

42

Statement

15

Subject Space

29

Summary

1

Tax Expenses

14

Tenant

1

Tenant Parties

25

Tenant’s Security System

21

Tenant's Share

15

Transfer Notice

29

Transferee

29

(iii)

 


Exhibit 10.28

 

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This License Agreement (“Agreement”) is effective as of the last dated signature (the “Effective Date”), by and between THE SCRIPPS RESEARCH INSTITUTE, a California nonprofit public benefit corporation (“TSRI”), and SUMMIT FOR STEM CELL FOUNDATION, a non-profit organization (“Licensee”), each located at the respective address set forth in Section 13.16 below, with respect to the facts set forth below.

RECITALS

A.
TSRI wants to have the invention(s) represented in the intellectual property perfected and marketed as soon as possible so that resulting products, services, and processes may be available for public use and benefit.
B.
TSRI has the right to grant a license to the intellectual property.
C.
TSRI desires to grant to Licensee, and Licensee wishes to acquire from TSRI, an exclusive license to the intellectual property, all subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.
D.
This Agreement is intended to substantially facilitate the development of the Disclosed Intellectual Property to TSRI by Dr. Jeanne Loring, Professor of Developmental Neurobiology at TSRI. Because TSRI has elected not to support the further development of such technology further, the terms and conditions of this Agreement are singularly favorable and intended to support Dr. Loring’s external development of the Disclosed Intellectual Property through the Summit for Stem Cell Foundation.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions set forth herein, TSRI and Licensee hereby agree as follows:

1.
Definitions. Capitalized terms shall have the meaning set forth herein.
1.1
Affiliate. The term “Affiliate” shall mean any entity which directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by Licensee. The term “control” as used herein means (a) in the case of corporate entities, direct or indirect ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the stock or shares entitled to vote for the election of directors; or (b) in the case of non-corporate entities, direct or indirect ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the equity interests with the power to direct the management and policies of such non-corporate entities. The term “Licensee” as used throughout this Agreement also includes its Affiliates.
1.2
Confidential Information. The term “Confidential Information” shall mean any and all proprietary or confidential information of TSRI or Licensee that such party (the “Disclosing Party”) discloses to the other party (the “Receiving Party”) at any time and from time to time during the term of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be considered the Confidential Information of both parties. Information shall not be considered

 

confidential to the extent that the Receiving Party can establish by competent proof that such information:
(a)
is publicly available through no fault of the Receiving Party, either before or after it becomes known to the Receiving Party;
(b)
was known to the Receiving Party prior to the date of this Agreement, which knowledge was acquired independently and not from the Disclosing Party (or the Disclosing Party’s employees); or
(c)
is subsequently disclosed to the Receiving Party in good faith by a third party who is not under any obligation to maintain the confidentiality of such information, and without breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party.

Specific Confidential Information disclosed to a Receiving Party shall not be deemed to be within any of the foregoing exceptions merely because it is (i) embraced by more general information in the public domain or in the Receiving Party’s possession; (ii) a combination of features or data that can be pieced together by combining individual features or data from multiple sources in the public domain or in the Receiving Party’s possession to reconstruct the Confidential Information, but none of which shows the entire combination; and/or (iii) a selection or part of a document or embodiment where other information in the same document or embodiment becomes part of the public domain or in the Receiving Party’s possession.

1.3
Disclosed Intellectual Property. The term “Disclosed Intellectual Property” shall mean the invention disclosure identified in Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3, and A-4 and identified by TSRI invention numbers 2017-060, 2017-081, 2017-082, and 2017-083, respectively.
1.4
Field. The term “Field” shall mean all fields.
1.5
Licensed Biological Materials. The term “Licensed Biological Materials” shall mean the materials identified in Exhibit B (which shall be supplied by TSRI to Licensee), together with any progeny or mutants of such materials, or unmodified derivatives of such materials (defined as substances created by Licensee that constitute an unmodified functional sub-unit or product expressed by such materials).
1.6
Licensed Products, Services, and Processes. The term “Licensed Products, Services, and Processes,” “Licensed Products,” “Licensed Services,” and “Licensed Processes” whether used separately or in any combination shall mean any product, including Licensed Biological Materials, service, and process that materially incorporates or is specifically related to the Disclosed Intellectual Property.
1.7
Licensed Product Data. The term “Licensed Product Data” shall mean any data, information or other materials exclusively controlled by Licensee, including without limitation pre-clinical, clinical and other regulatory data, generated or produced by or on behalf of Licensee directly relating to a Licensed Product and which is generated or produced after the Effective Date.

 

1.8
Net Sales. The term “Net Sales” shall mean the gross amounts invoiced by Licensee and its Sublicensees, or any of them, on all sales of Licensed Products, Licensed Processes and Licensed Services, less the following items, to the extent directly applicable to such sales of Licensed Products, Licensed Processes or Licensed Services (if not previously deducted from the amount invoiced): (a) reasonable and customary trade, quantity and cash discounts actually granted; (b) reasonable and customary rebates and retroactive price reductions actually granted; (c) credits or allowances actually granted upon claims of nonconforming Licensed Products, rejections or returns of Licensed Products; (d) prepaid freight charges for the delivery of Licensed Products; and (e) sales, use or excise taxes imposed and actually paid on the with sale of Licensed Products (but excluding any value added taxes or taxes based on income or gross receipts). Net Sales shall include all consideration charged by Licensee or Sublicensees in exchange for any Licensed Products, Licensed Processes or Licensed Services, including without limitation any monetary payments or, with regard to any other property paid in exchange for any Licensed Products, Licensed Processes or Licensed Services, an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such property. For purposes of determining Net Sales, a sale shall be deemed to have occurred when an invoice therefor is generated, the Licensed Product is shipped for delivery, or the Licensed Process or Licensed Service is performed or provided, whichever occurs first. Sales of Licensed Products by Licensee to a Sublicensee or Affiliate for resale or by a Sublicensee to an Affiliate of Licensee for resale shall be excluded, and only the subsequent sale of such Licensed Products by such Affiliates or Sublicensees to unrelated parties shall be deemed Net Sales hereunder. Transfers of Licensed Products without charge for research, for compassionate use or similar programs, or as samples shall not be included among Net Sales.

The deductible items listed in sub-clauses (a) — (e) above shall be either (i) included as line items on the invoice, or (ii) documented as being specifically attributable to actual sales of Licensed Products, Licensed Processes or Licensed Services in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) or International Financing Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as applicable, consistently applied throughout the organization of the selling party, and provided that such amounts are included in the quarterly Royalty Reports that Licensee sends to TSRI pursuant to Section 5.4. If Licensee or other selling party receives refunds or reimbursements of any amounts deducted as set forth herein, then such refunded or reimbursed amounts shall be considered Net Sales in the applicable reporting period in which such refunded or reimbursed amounts are received.

1.9
Royalty Report. The term “Royalty Report” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term as provided in Section 5.4.
1.10
Sublicensee. The term “Sublicensee” shall mean any third party to whom Licensee grants a sublicense with respect to the rights conferred upon Licensee under this Agreement, as contemplated by Section 2.2. In addition, “Sublicensee” shall include any and all further third party Sublicensees that may be permitted under Section 2.2.
1.11
Sublicense Revenues. The term “Sublicense Revenue” shall mean all revenues and other consideration paid to Licensee or to an Affiliate in consideration of and to the extent reasonably allocable to the grant of rights that includes a sublicense to the Licensed Products, Services, and Processes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Sublicense Revenues shall include without limitation all upfront fees, license fees, milestone payments,

 

technology access fees, premiums above the fair market value on sales of debt or equity securities of Licensee or of an Affiliate, annual maintenance fees, and any other payments with respect to such sublicense, distribution or marketing rights or sale or other transfer. Sublicense Revenues shall exclude: (i) royalties on a Sublicensee’s sales of Licensed Products, Licensed Services or Licensed Processes; (ii) payments for debt or equity securities of Licensee or of an Affiliate that are at or below the fair market value of such securities as of the date of receipt of such payments as mutually determined by the parties; (iii) payments for research services performed by Licensee; (iv) reimbursement for patent costs and expenses; and (v) any amounts received for the sale of all or substantially all of Licensee’s assets or business to which this Agreement relates. Any non-cash Sublicense Revenues received by Licensee or by an Affiliate shall be valued at its fair market value as of the date of receipt as mutually determined by the parties.
2.
Grant of License.
2.1
Grant of Exclusive License. TSRI hereby grants and Licensee accepts, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, an exclusive (except as specified in Sections 2.5), worldwide, royalty-bearing license to the Disclosed Intellectual Property, with limited rights to sublicense pursuant to Section 2.2, to make, have made, use, have used, sell, have sold, offer for sale, and import Licensed Products, Licensed Processes and Licensed Services in the Field.
2.2
Sublicensing. Licensee shall have the right to grant and authorize sublicenses through multiple tiers to any party with respect to the rights conferred upon Licensee under this Agreement. Any sublicense granted under this Section 2.2 shall be subject in all respects to the applicable provisions contained in this Agreement (including without limitation the provisions regarding governmental interest, reservation of rights, development efforts, reporting, audit rights, indemnity, insurance, warranty disclaimer, limitation of liability, confidentiality, and rights upon expiration or termination). In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and the terms of any sublicense, the terms of this Agreement shall control. Licensee shall forward to TSRI a copy of any and all fully executed sublicense agreements within thirty (30) days of execution, which agreement may be redacted with respect to terms that are not necessary to determine Licensee’s compliance with this Agreement. Licensee shall at all times be and remain responsible for the compliance by Sublicensees with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the payment of all amounts that may become due hereunder as a result of any Sublicensees’ activities.
2.3
No Other License. This Agreement confers no license or rights by implication, estoppel or otherwise under any patent applications or patents or intellectual property of TSRI other than the Disclosed Intellectual Property regardless of whether such patent applications, patents or intellectual property are dominant or subordinate to the Disclosed Intellectual Property.
2.4
Governmental Interest. Licensee and TSRI acknowledge that TSRI has received, and expects to continue to receive, funding from the United States Government in support of TSRI’s research activities. Licensee and TSRI acknowledge and agree that their respective rights and obligations under this Agreement shall be subject to the rights of the United States Government, existing and as amended, which may arise or result from TSRI’s receipt of

 

research support from the United States Government with respect to the Disclosed Intellectual Property, if any, including without limitation 37 C.F.R. Part 401.
2.5
Reservation of Rights. Notwithstanding the exclusive license granted under Section 2.1, TSRI reserves the right to use for any internal research (other than corporate sponsored research) and educational purposes any Disclosed Intellectual Property and/or Licensed Biological Materials licensed hereunder, without TSRI being obligated to pay Licensee any royalties or other compensation or to account to Licensee in any way. In addition, TSRI reserves the right to grant non-exclusive licenses to use the Disclosed Intellectual Property and/or Licensed Biological Materials for internal research (other than corporate sponsored research) and educational purposes to other nonprofit or academic institutions, without the other nonprofit or academic institution being obligated to pay Licensee any royalties or other compensation or to account to Licensee in any way.
3.
Royalties and Other Payments.
3.1
License Issue Fee. Licensee shall pay to TSRI a noncreditable, nonrefundable license issue fee in the amount of one thousand U.S. Dollars (U.S. $1,000) within fifteen (15) days of the Effective Date. If Licensee fails to pay the issue fee within the fifteen-day period, then this Agreement shall be considered by TSRI to be null and void, without requiring any notification of such termination, and TSRI shall have the right to license the Disclosed Intellectual Property to any other party.
3.2
Running Royalties. Licensee shall pay to TSRI running royalties on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by country basis, on a Licensed Process-by-Licensed Process and country-by country basis, and on a Licensed Service-by-Licensed Service and country-by-country basis, in the amount of one percent (1.0%) of Net Sales of Licensed Products, Licensed Processes and Licensed Services in all countries in which the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale or import of such Licensed Product, Licensed Process or Licensed Service is comprised of or materially incorporates Licensed Biological Materials or, was materially discovered, developed, or made using the Disclosed Intellectual Property.
3.3
Royalty Payments. Licensee shall pay to TSRI all royalties required by this Section 3 within sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar quarter, based upon Net Sales during the immediately preceding calendar quarter. Licensee shall make all such royalty payments itself to TSRI, and/or cause its Affiliates or Sublicensees to pay to TSRI all royalties resulting from Net Sales by its Affiliates or Sublicensees, within the time period specified in the preceding sentence.
3.4
Arms-Length Transactions. On sales of Licensed Products, Licensed Services or Licensed Processes which are made in other than an arm’s-length transaction, the value of the Net Sales attributed under this Section 3 to such a transaction shall be that which would have been received in an arm’s-length transaction, based on sales of like quality and quantity products, services or processes on or about the time of such transaction.
3.5
Duration of Royalty Obligations. The royalty obligations of Licensee as to each Licensed Products, Licensed Processes or Licensed Services shall continue on

 

a country-by-country basis until ten (10) years after the date of the first commercial sale of the first Licensed Products, Licensed Processes or Licensed Services sold in such country that was covered by the same invention disclosure among the Disclosed Intellectual Property, but no more than twenty (20) years after the Effective Date.
4.
Additional Consideration.
4.1
Sublicense Payments. All Sublicense Revenues shall be reported and Sublicense Payments (defined below) paid to TSRI by Licensee within thirty (30) days after the end of the calendar quarter in which such Sublicense Revenue was received. Licensee’s reports to TSRI regarding Sublicense Revenues shall contain an explanation and calculation of the amount of Sublicense Payments due to TSRI pursuant to the schedule below. Licensee’s obligation to pay Sublicense Payments to TSRI shall continue for as long as royalties are due to TSRI pursuant to Section 3 Licensee shall pay to TSRI a non-creditable, non-refundable percentage of Sublicense Revenues according to the following schedule (“Sublicense Payments”):

 

Date of Agreement with Third Party/Sublicensee (from

Effective Date)

Percent of Sublicense Revenues

Payable to TSRI

Sublicense executed prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date

15%

Sublicense executed on or after the third anniversary of the Effective Date

5%

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the the amount of Sublicense Revenue paid by Licensee with respect to amounts received under any Sublicense in the first year after execution of such Sublicense exceed two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000).

5.
Development and Commercialization Activities.
5.1
Development Plan and Benchmarks. Attached hereto as Exhibit C is Licensee’s development plan under which Licensee intends to bring the subject matter of the Disclosed Intellectual Property to the point of commercial use (“Development Plan”). Pursuant to the Development Plan, Licensee shall achieve the Benchmarks specified in Exhibit D within the time periods set forth in Exhibit D (“Benchmarks”), which Benchmarks may be extended [***]. If the deadline for any Benchmark is extended by such payment, then each subsequent Benchmark shall also be extended. In addition, Licensee shall use commercially reasonable efforts, itself or through its Sublicensees, to develop and obtain regulatory approvals, if applicable, to market and sell Licensed Products, Licensed Services and Licensed Processes in the Field as promptly as is reasonably and commercially feasible, and, subject to obtaining necessary regulatory approvals, to produce and sell reasonable quantities of Licensed Products, Licensed Services and Licensed Processes sufficient to meet market demands.
5.2
Progress Reports. Licensee shall keep TSRI generally informed as to Licensee’s progress with respect to its development of Licensed Products, Licensed Services and Licensed Processes, including without limitation its regulatory filings and approvals, marketing, production, sale and its efforts to sublicense the Licensed Patent Rights or Licensed Biological Materials. Licensee shall also provide to TSRI written annual reports on its progress in the

 

development and commercialization of Licensed Products, Licensed Services and Licensed Processes in the Field by June 30 of each calendar year. These progress reports shall include summaries of Licensee’s or its Sublicensees’ progress with respect to Licensed Products, Licensed Services and Licensed Processes on: research and development; status of applications for regulatory approvals; progress towards achieving the Benchmarks; manufacturing; sublicensing; marketing; importing; sales efforts during the preceding calendar year as well as plans for the present calendar year; and a high level summary of the results of any animal experiments, IND-enabling studies, and Licensed Product Data from the preceding calendar year and analyses thereof. If reported progress in these annual reports differs from that projected in the Development Plan and Benchmarks, Licensee shall explain the reasons for such differences in its annual reports. Licensee agrees to provide any additional information reasonably required by TSRI to evaluate Licensee’s performance under this Agreement. Licensee shall also report to TSRI the dates that Licensee or its Sublicensees achieve the events described on Exhibit E attached hereto within thirty (30) days of such occurrences.
5.3
Failure of Diligence Efforts. If Licensee does not achieve a Benchmark within the time provided in Exhibit D (including any extensions pursuant to Section 5.2), TSRI has the right, at its option, to terminate this Agreement, terminate the licensed rights hereunder with respect to a particular Licensed Product, Licensed Service, Licensed Process, product, service, or process or country, or convert the license granted under Section 2.1 to a nonexclusive license, upon forty-five (45) days’ prior written notice to Licensee.
5.4
Royalty Reports. Licensee shall submit to TSRI, no later than sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar quarter, a royalty report (the “Royalty Report”) setting forth for such quarter at least the following information on a country-by-country and Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product, Licensed Service-by-Licensed Service and Licensed Process-by-Licensed Process basis:
(a)
the number of units of Licensed Products sold by Licensee and its Sublicensees;
(b)
the gross amounts due or invoiced for such Licensed Products sold by Licensee and its Sublicensees;
(c)
the gross amounts due or invoiced for all Licensed Processes used or sold by Licensee and its Sublicensees;
(d)
the gross amounts due or invoiced for all Licensed Services performed by Licensee and its Sublicensees;
(e)
the amount of royalties due under Section 3, or if no royalties are due to TSRI for any reporting period, the statement that no royalties are due and a detailed explanation why they are not due for that quarterly period.

Each Royalty Report shall be certified as correct by an officer of Licensee.

5.5
Payments. Licensee shall pay to TSRI with each Royalty Report the amount of royalties due with respect to such quarter. If multiple technologies are covered by the

 

licenses granted hereunder and Licensed Products, Licensed Services or Licensed Processes are based on different technologies, Licensee shall specify which Disclosed Intellectual Property and Licensed Biological Materials disclosure (listed by the tracking number) has been utilized for each Licensed Product, Licensed Service or Licensed Process included in the Royalty Report. All payments due under this Agreement shall be deemed received when funds are credited to TSRI’s bank account and shall be payable by check or wire transfer in United States Dollars to an account designated by TSRI.
5.6
Foreign Sales. The remittance of royalties payable on sales outside the United States shall be payable to TSRI in United States Dollar equivalents at the official rate of exchange of the currency of the country from which the royalties are payable, as quoted in The Wall Street Journal for the last business day of the calendar quarter in which the royalties are payable. If the transfer of or the conversion into the United States Dollar equivalents of any such remittance in any such instance is not lawful or possible, the payment of such part of the royalties as is necessary shall be made by the deposit thereof, in the currency of the country where the sale was made on which the royalty was based, to the credit and account of TSRI or its nominee in any commercial bank or trust company designated by TSRI and located in that country, prompt written notice of which shall be given by Licensee to TSRI.
6.
Record Keeping. Licensee shall keep, and shall require its Affiliates and Sublicensees to keep, accurate records (together with supporting documentation) of all Licensed Products, Licensed Services and Licensed Processes made, used and sold under this Agreement, as appropriate to determine the amount of royalties and other monies due to TSRI hereunder, as well as records regarding Sublicense Revenues, Sublicense Payments and Licensee’s compliance with this Agreement. Such records shall be retained for at least three (3) years following the end of the reporting period to which such records relate. Such records shall be available, upon prior written notice to Licensee, during normal business hours for examination by TSRI’s designated certified public accountant for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of Licensee’s reports and payments hereunder. In conducting examinations pursuant to this Section, TSRI’s accountant shall have access to all records which TSRI’s accountant reasonably believes to be relevant to the calculation of royalties and other payments under Section 3, other consideration under Section 4, other financial obligations under this Agreement and to Licensee’s compliance with this Agreement. These examinations shall be at TSRI’s expense, except that if an examination shows an underreporting or underpayment of [***] for the audited period, then Licensee shall pay the cost of such examination (including without limitation TSRI’s accountant’s fees and other costs), as well as any additional payments that would have been payable to TSRI had Licensee reported correctly, plus interest on such amounts at the rate of [***]. All payments due hereunder shall be made within thirty (30) days of Licensee’s receipt of a copy of the audit report. If any audit report shows an overpayment by Licensee, the overpayment will either be credited against future payments due TSRI or returned to Licensee. TSRI may exercise its audit rights under this Section 6 no more frequently than once in any calendar year.
7.
Patent Matters.
7.1
Patent Prosecution and Maintenance. From and after the date of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 7 shall control the prosecution of any patent application and maintenance of any patent pursued by Licensee with respect to the Disclosed Intellectual Property. Licensee shall (a) direct and control the preparation, filing and prosecution of the United States and foreign patent applications relating to the Disclosed Intellectual Property (including

 

without limitation any reissues, reexaminations, appeals to appropriate patent offices and/or courts, post-issuance proceedings, interferences and foreign oppositions); and (b) maintain the patents issuing therefrom. The fees and expenses associated with such work are the responsibility of the Licensee.
7.2
Information to TSRI. Licensee shall keep TSRI timely informed with regard to the patent application and maintenance processes. Licensee shall deliver to TSRI copies of all patent applications, amendments, related correspondence and other related patent documents. TSRI shall have full rights of consultation with Licensee patent counsel on all matters relating to the prosecution and maintenance of the patents relating to the Disclosed Intellectual Property.
7.3
TSRI Right to Pursue Patent. If at any time during the term of this Agreement, Licensee determines to abandon any of the patents or patent applications related to Disclosed Intellectual Property other than as a strategic decision to abandon a particular patent or patent application, then TSRI has the right, but not the obligation, to assume the prosecution or maintenance of the corresponding patent or patent application. If TSRI pursues such patent protection under this Section 7.3, Licensee agrees to cooperate fully, including by providing, at no charge to TSRI, all appropriate technical data and executing all necessary legal documents, including but not limited to assignment agreements, and any such patent application or patent shall remain subject to the licenses to Licensee under this Agreement.

 

8.
Indemnity and Insurance.
8.1
Indemnity.
(a)
By Licensee. Licensee hereby agrees to indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to TSRI) and hold harmless TSRI and any parent, subsidiary or other affiliated entity of TSRI and their respective trustees, directors, officers, employees, scientists, agents, students, successors, assigns and other representatives (collectively, the “TSRI Indemnitees”) from and against all damages, liabilities, losses and other expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees, expert witness fees and costs incurred by the Indemnitees, with respect to any third party claim, suit or action asserted against any of the Indemnitees, whether or not a lawsuit or other proceeding is filed (collectively “Claims”), that arise out of or relate to (a) Licensee’s or any of its Sublicensees’ practice of any invention claimed by the Disclosed Intellectual Property or use of Licensed Biological Materials, (b) alleged defects or other problems with any of the Licensed Products, Licensed Services or Licenses Processes manufactured, sold, distributed or rendered by or on behalf of Licensee or any Sublicensee, including without limitation any personal injuries, death or property damages related thereto, (c) the research, development, manufacture, use, marketing, advertising, distribution, sale or importation of any Licensed Product, Licensed Service or Licensed Process by or on behalf of Licensee or any of its Sublicensees, (d) the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Licensee or any of its Sublicensees, (e) any allegations that the Licensed Products, Licensed Services or Licensed Processes developed, manufactured, sold, distributed or rendered by or on behalf of Licensee or any Sublicensee and/or any trademarks, service marks, logos, symbols, slogans or other materials used in connection with or to market Licensed Products, Licensed Services or Licensed Processes violate or infringe upon the trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, copyrights, patents, works of authorship, inventorship rights, trade secrets, database rights, rights under unfair competition laws, rights of publicity, privacy or defamation, or any other intellectual or industrial property right of any third party, and/or (0 Licensee’s or any Sublicensee’s failure to comply with any applicable laws, rules or regulations.
(b)
By TSRI. TSRI hereby agrees to indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Licensee) and hold harmless Licensee and any parent, subsidiary or other affiliated entity of Licensee and their respective trustees, directors, officers, employees, scientists, agents, students, successors, assigns and other representatives (collectively, the “Licensee Indemnitees”) from and against all Claims, that arise out of or relate to the negligent or willful acts or omissions of TSRI.
(c)
The indemnifying Party shall not enter into any settlement, stipulated judgment or other arrangement with respect to such Claims that (i) imposes any obligation on the indemnified Party’s Indemnitees, (ii) does not unconditionally release the indemnified Party’s Indemnitees from all liability, or (iii) would have a material adverse effect on the indemnified Party’s reputation or business, without the indemnified Party’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the above, the indemnified Party’s Indemnitees, at their expense, shall have the right to retain separate independent counsel to assist in defending any such Claims. In the event the indemnifying Party fails to promptly

 

indemnify and defend such Claims and/or pay the indemnified Party’s Indemnitees’ expenses as provided above, the indemnified Party’s Indemnitees shall have the right, but not the obligation, to defend themselves, and in that case, the indemnifying Party shall reimburse the indemnified Party’s Indemnitees for all of their reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and damages incurred in settling or defending such Claims within thirty (30) days of each of the indemnified Party’s Indemnitees’ written requests. This indemnity shall be a direct payment obligation and not merely a reimbursement obligation of the indemnifying Party to the indemnified Party’s Indemnitees.
8.2
Insurance.
8.2.1
TSRI as Additional Insured. Beginning at the time any Licensed Product, Licensed Process or Licensed Service is being commercially distributed or sold (other than for the purpose of obtaining regulatory approvals) by Licensee or a Sublicensee, Licensee shall name and cause TSRI and Indemnitees to be named as “additional insureds” on any commercial general liability and product liability insurance policies maintained by Licensee, its Affiliates and Sublicensees applicable to the Licensed Products, Licensed Services, Licensed Processes and Licensed Biological Materials.
8.2.2
Coverages. Beginning at the time any Licensed Product, Licensed Process or Licensed Service is being commercially distributed or sold (other than for the purpose of obtaining regulatory approvals) by Licensee or a Sublicensee, Licensee shall, at its sole expense, procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with reputable insurers in amounts not less than $10,000,000 per occurrence and $10,000,000 annual aggregate. Prior to the initiation of the first clinical trial and continuing throughout the clinical trials involving any Licensed Product, Licensed Process, Licensed Service or Licensed Biological Material, Licensee shall, at its sole expense, procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with reputable insurers in the same amounts as specified above. Such commercial general liability insurance shall provide coverage for: (i) product liability; (ii) completed operations; (iii) clinical trials, as applicable; (iv) broad form property damage; (v) advertising injury; (vi) premises operation; (vii) personal injury; and (viii) contractual liability coverage for Licensee’s indemnification and other obligations under this Agreement. If Licensee desires to self-insure all or part of the limits described above, such self-insurance program must be approved in advance by TSRI in its sole discretion. The insurance coverage amounts specified herein or the maintenance of such insurance policies shall not in any way limit Licensee’s indemnity or other liability under this Agreement.
8.2.3
Waiver of Subrogation. Licensee, on behalf of itself and its insurance carriers, waives any and all claims and rights of recovery against TSRI and the Indemnitees, including without limitation all rights of subrogation, with respect to either party’s performance under this Agreement or for any loss of or damage to Licensee or its property or the property of others under its control. Licensee’s commercial general liability insurance policy shall also include a waiver of subrogation consistent with this Section in favor of TSRI and the Indemnitees. Licensee shall be responsible for obtaining such waiver of subrogation from its insurance carriers. Licensee’s insurance policies shall be primary and not contributory to any insurance carried by its Sublicensees or by TSRI. Insurance certifications and endorsements will be provided upon TSRI’s request or upon a material change in coverage.

 

8.2.4
Cancellation/Changes in Coverages. Licensee shall provide TSRI with written notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the cancellation, non-renewal or material change in any insurance required by this Section 8.2 or promptly after receiving any notice from an insurer, if less than fifteen (15) days prior. If Licensee does not obtain replacement insurance providing comparable coverage within such fifteen (15) day period (or prior to the cancellation, non-renewal or material change in the existing policy), TSRI shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to Licensee and without providing any additional cure period.
8.2.5
Continuation of Coverage. Licensee shall maintain such commercial general liability and product liability insurance beyond the expiration or termination of this Agreement during (a) the period that any Licensed Product, Licensed Process or Licensed Service is being commercially distributed or sold by or on behalf of Licensee or a Sublicensee; and (b) a reasonable period after the period referred to in sub-clause (a) above, which in no event shall be less than five (5) years.
9.
Disclaimer and Limitation of Liability.
9.1
Disclaimer. TSRI MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING DISCLOSED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, LICENSED BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS OR ANY OTHER MATTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, TITLE, ACCURACY OR ARISING OUT OF COURSE OF CONDUCT OR TRADE CUSTOM OR USAGE, AND DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTIES. TSRI MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION AS TO THE VALIDITY, SCOPE OR ENFORCEABILITY OF ANY OF THE DISCLOSED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OR LICENSED BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS, OR THAT ANY LICENSED PRODUCT, LICENSED PROCESS, LICENSED SERVICE, DISCLOSED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OR LICENSED BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, OR THAT NO THIRD PARTY IS IN ANY WAY INFRINGING UPON OR MAY INFRINGE UPON ANY DISCLOSED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OR LICENSED BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT. FURTHER, TSRI HAS MADE NO INVESTIGATION AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT THE DISCLOSED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OR LICENSED BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS ARE SUITABLE FOR LICENSEE’S PURPOSES.
9.2
Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS OR EXPECTED SAVINGS) ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ITS SUBJECT MATTER, EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO A PARTY’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 8.1. [***]. THE FOREGOING EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS SHALL APPLY TO ALL CLAIMS AND ACTIONS OF ANY KIND AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR ANY OTHER GROUNDS, AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER A PARTY

 

HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY. THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT EACH WARRANTY DISCLAIMER, EXCLUSION OF DAMAGES OR OTHER LIMITATION OF LIABILITY HEREIN IS INTENDED TO BE SEVERABLE AND INDEPENDENT OF THE OTHER PROVISIONS BECAUSE THEY EACH REPRESENT SEPARATE ELEMENTS OF RISK ALLOCATION BETWEEN THE PARTIES.
10.
Confidentiality and Publicity.
10.1
Treatment of Confidential Information. The parties agree that during the term of this Agreement, and for a period of five (5) years after this Agreement terminates, a party receiving Confidential Information of the other party shall (a) maintain in confidence such Confidential Information to the same extent such party maintains its own proprietary information, but with no less than a reasonable degree of care; (b) not disclose such Confidential Information to any third party without the other party’s prior written consent; and (c) not use such Confidential Information for any purpose except those permitted by this Agreement.
10.2
Compelled Disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a party is required by law, regulation or court order to disclose Confidential Information of the other party, the party required to make such disclosure shall (i) promptly send a copy of the order or notice to the other party not less than ten (10) days before the proposed disclosure (or such shorter period of time as may be reasonably practical under the circumstances); (ii) reasonably cooperate with the other party if the other party wishes to object or condition such disclosure through a protective order or otherwise; (iii) limit the extent of such disclosure to the minimum required to comply with the order or notice; and (iv) use reasonable efforts to seek confidential treatment (i.e., filing “under seal”) for that disclosure.
10.3
Other Disclosures. A party may disclose Confidential Information of the other party to:
10.3.1
its Affiliates and employees, to Sublicensees and potential Sublicensees, to investors or potential investors of a party in connection with due diligence or similar investigations or in confidential financing documents, to an organization to whom a party intends to assign or transfer or does assign or transfer this Agreement or the payment obligations due hereunder to TSRI, or to TSRI’s Assignee as defined in Section 3.3, provided, in each case, that any such agrees in writing to be bound by terms of confidentiality and non-use at least as stringent as those set forth in this Section 10.1, but with no further right to disclose or otherwise distribute the other party’s Confidential Information;
10.3.2
to governmental authorities by Licensee: (a) to the extent reasonably necessary to obtain or maintain regulatory filings or approvals for any Licensed Products, Services, and Processes or (b) to the extent reasonably necessary, in connection with filing or prosecuting any patent rights.
10.4
Publications. Licensee agrees that TSRI shall have the right to publish in accordance with its general policies, and that this Agreement shall not restrict, in any fashion, TSRI’s right to publish.

 

10.5
Publicity. Except as otherwise required by law, no party shall originate or distribute any publication, news release or other public announcement, written or oral, whether in the public press, stockholders’ reports or otherwise, relating to this Agreement or to any sublicense hereunder, or to the performance hereunder or under any such sublicense agreements, without the prior written approval of the other party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Scientific publications published in accordance with Section 10.2 of this Agreement shall not be construed as publicity governed by this Section 10.3.
11.
Term and Termination.
11.1
Term. Unless terminated sooner in accordance with the terms set forth herein, this Agreement shall expire upon such time that no further royalties are due to TSRI pursuant to Section 3.2.
11.2
Termination by Licensee. This Agreement may be terminated by Licensee by providing thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to TSRI.
11.3
Termination by TSRI.
(a)
TSRI has the right to terminate this Agreement if Licensee materially breaches this Agreement, and does not cure such breach within ninety (90) days after notice by TSRI, except for breaches of payment obligations which shall have a thirty (30) day cure period.
(b)
TSRI has the right to terminate this Agreement immediately:
1.
upon TSRI’s written notice to Licensee in the event Licensee is determined by a court to be insolvent, has a petition in bankruptcy filed for or against it, has a receiver appointed over any of Licensee’s assets, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or has any other proceedings filed against Licensee under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws;
2.
If Licensee is convicted of a felony relating to the development, manufacture, use, marketing, distribution or sale of Licensed Products, Licensed Services, Licensed Processes or Licensed Biological Materials;
11.4
Rights Upon Expiration. Upon the expiration of this Agreement, neither party shall have any further rights or obligations, other than the obligation of Licensee to make any and all reports and payments due under Sections 3, 4, 7 and 11.7 with respect to events that occurred prior to such expiration in accordance with Sections 3.3, 4, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6 and 7.3 (all of which Sections referenced in this sentence shall survive such expiration for such purposes). Notwithstanding the above, Sections 1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 6, 7.3, 8, 9, 10, 11.4, 11.7, 12.2 and 13 shall also survive the expiration of this Agreement.
11.5
Rights Upon Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, upon any termination of this Agreement prior to the regularly scheduled expiration date of this Agreement, the licenses granted hereunder shall terminate and revert to TSRI, and all sublicenses granted by Licensee that are in good standing at the time of termination shall survive

 

as a direct license, provided that the Sublicensee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and TSRI shall have no obligations under such sublicense beyond its obligations under this Agreement. Upon any such termination, Licensee shall promptly return all materials, samples, documents, information and other items which embody or disclose any Licensed Patent Rights or Licensed Biological Materials; provided, however, that Licensee shall not be obligated to provide TSRI with Licensee’s proprietary information. Any such termination shall not relieve either party from any obligations accrued to the date of such termination, including without limitation the obligation of Licensee to make any and all reports and payments due under Sections 3, 4, 7, 11.6 and 11.7 with respect to events that occurred prior to such termination or as provided in Section 11.6, in accordance with Sections 3.3, 4, 5.4, 5.5, and 5.6 (all of which Sections referenced in this sentence shall survive such termination for such purposes). In addition, Sections 1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 6, 7.3, 8, 9, 10, 11.4, 11.5, 11.6, 11.7, 12.2 and 13 shall also survive the termination of this Agreement.
11.6
Work-in-Progress. Upon any early termination of the licenses granted hereunder, Licensee shall be entitled to finish any work-in-progress and to sell any completed inventory of Licensed Products which remain on hand as of the termination date, so long as Licensee sells such inventory in the normal course of business and at regular selling prices and pays to TSRI the royalties applicable to such subsequent sales in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, provided that no such sales shall be permitted following the date that is six (6) months after the termination date.
11.7
Final Royalty Report. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Licensee shall promptly submit a final report to TSRI, and any payments due to TSRI under this Agreement that accrued prior to such termination or expiration shall be paid by Licensee to TSRI at the time of delivery of the final report.
12.
Assignment; Successors.
12.1
Assignment. Any and all assignments of this Agreement or any rights granted hereunder by Licensee without TSRI’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, are void, except that Licensee may assign this Agreement without TSRI’s consent: (i) to an Affiliate; (ii) to an acquirer of all or substantially all of Licensee’s assets, whether by merger, consolidation, asset sale, operation of law, or otherwise, or (iii) one time only, to a third party which has raised [***].
12.2
Binding Upon Successors and Assigns. Subject to the limitations on assignment in Section 12.1, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors in interest and assigns of TSRI and Licensee. Any successor or assignee of Licensee’s interest shall expressly assume in writing the performance of all the terms and conditions of this Agreement to be performed by Licensee and such written assumption shall be delivered to TSRI as a condition to TSRI’s agreement to consent to any such assignment.

 

13.
General Provisions.
13.1
Independent Contractors. The relationship between TSRI and Licensee is that of independent contractors. TSRI and Licensee are not joint venturers, partners, principal and agent, master and servant, employer and employee, and have no other relationship other than independent contracting parties. TSRI and Licensee shall have no power to bind or obligate each other in any manner, other than as is expressly set forth in this Agreement.
13.2
Late Payments and Reports. Late payments of any and all amounts due hereunder shall bear interest from the due date until the date paid at a rate of [***].
13.3
Governmental Approvals and Compliance. Licensee shall, at its expense, be responsible for obtaining all necessary governmental approvals for the development, production, distribution, performance, sale and use of any Licensed Product, Licensed Service or Licensed Process, and shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations in conducting its activities under this Agreement. Licensee shall, at its expense, also be responsible for any warning labels, packaging and instructions produced or distributed with respect to the use of Licensed Products, Licensed Services or Licensed Processes and for the quality control for any Licensed Products, Licensed Services or Licensed Processes.
13.4
Patent Marking. If and to the extent required by applicable law, Licensee and its Sublicensees shall properly mark all Licensed Products or their containers in accordance with the applicable patent marking laws. Upon TSRI’s request, Licensee shall provide to TSRI copies of its patent marking of all Licensed Products. If Licensee marks any Licensed Products by referencing issued patents among the Disclosed Intellectual Property thereon, Licensee represents and warrants that such Licensed Products are covered by a claim of any issued patents related to the Disclosed Intellectual Property.
13.5
No Use of Name. The use of the name “The Scripps Research Institute”, “Scripps”, “TSRI” or any variation thereof in connection with the marketing, advertising, distribution, sale or performance of Licensed Products, Licensed Services or Licensed Processes is expressly prohibited, but Licensee may, with consent not to be unreasonably withheld by TSRI, disclose in its investment materials and public presentations that the Licensed Products, Services, and Processes are licensed from TSRI.
13.6
U.S. Manufacture. Licensee agrees that it and its Sublicensees shall abide by the Preference for United States Industry as set forth in 37 C.F.R. Section 401.14(i), if and to the extent applicable to any Licensed Product or Licensed Process sold in the United States.
13.7
Foreign Registration. Licensee agrees, at its expense, to register this Agreement with any foreign governmental agency which requires such registration.
13.8
Use of Biological Materials. Licensee agrees that its and its Sublicensees’ use of any Licensed Biological Materials shall comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. Licensee agrees that the Licensed Biological Materials shall not be used for research involving human subjects or clinical trials in the United States without complying with 21 C.F.R. Part 50 and 45 C.F.R. Part 46. Licensee agrees that the Licensed Biological Materials

 

shall not be used for research involving human subjects or clinical trials outside of the United States without complying with the applicable foreign laws, rules and regulations.
13.9
Dispute Resolution. Any dispute or claim between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including without limitation the breach thereof, shall be resolved according to the following dispute resolution procedures:
(a)
Such dispute shall be first addressed by the representatives of TSRI and Licensee who have primary responsibility for managing this Agreement.
(b)
If the dispute is not resolved by such representatives within fifteen (15) days after the date either party gives written notice that such dispute exists, then the dispute shall be referred to and addressed by the senior management of each party.
(c)
If such dispute is not resolved by the parties’ senior management within thirty (30) days after the date the dispute is referred to them, then the dispute shall be submitted to mediation. The mediator shall be a retired judge or other neutral third party mutually selected by TSRI and Licensee who has at least ten (10) years experience in mediating or arbitrating cases in the bio-pharmaceutical industry and regarding the same or substantially similar subject matter as the dispute between Licensee and TSRI. If the parties are unable to agree on such mediator within twenty (20) days after they exchange initial lists of potential mediators, a mediator with the same qualifications shall be selected by the JAMS office in San Diego located at 401 B Street, San Diego, CA 92101 (after consultation with the parties).
(d)
The location of the mediation shall be in the County of San Diego, California. TSRI and Licensee hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the mediator mutually selected by the parties or to the neutral mediator selected by JAMS of San Diego for purposes of the mediation, and to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal and state courts located in San Diego County, California for any action or proceeding regarding this Agreement in the event mediation is unsuccessful as provided in sub-clause (e) below, or as provided in sub-clause (f) below, and waive any right to contest or otherwise object to such exclusive jurisdiction or venue, including without limitation any claim that such exclusive venue is not a convenient forum.
(e)
If the dispute is not resolved through mediation, either party may refer the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction in San Diego County, California.
(f)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, prior to or while a mediation proceeding is pending, either party has the right to seek and obtain injunctive and other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction to enforce that party’s rights hereunder.
13.10
Entire Agreement; Modification. This Agreement and all of the attached Exhibits (which are incorporated herein) set forth the entire agreement between the parties as to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements or

 

understandings, whether oral or written, regarding this subject matter. This Agreement cannot be amended except by a written instrument signed by both parties.
13.11
California Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts or choice of law rules.
13.12
Headings. The headings for each Section in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to limit or expand on the meaning of the language contained in the particular Section.
13.13
Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is judicially determined to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect, and the stricken provision shall be revised in a manner that best reflects the original intent of the parties.
13.14
No Waiver. The failure of a party to enforce any of its rights hereunder or at law or in equity shall not be deemed a waiver or a continuing waiver of any of its rights or remedies against the other party, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the waiving party.
13.15
Name. Whenever there has been an assignment by Licensee as permitted by this Agreement, the term “Licensee” as used in this Agreement shall also include and refer to, if appropriate, such assignee.
13.16
Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of a dispute between the parties or any default hereunder, the party prevailing in the resolution of such dispute or default shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in connection with resolving such dispute or default, in addition to any other relief to which it is entitled. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the parties agree that this Section 13.15 shall not apply and attorney’s fees and costs shall not be awarded to either party with respect to any Challenge or any action where Licensee or a Sublicensee alleges that it is not required to comply with or perform some or all of the provisions of this Agreement based upon a good faith claim that any of the Licensed Patent Rights are invalid or unenforceable. TSRI and Licensee each represent that it has been represented by its own counsel in the negotiation and execution of this Agreement. Each party further represents that it has relied solely on the advice and representation of its respective counsel in agreeing to this Section 13.15 and all of the other provisions of this Agreement.
13.17
Notices. Any notices required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows, with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery, when received; (b) by overnight courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, upon the next business day immediately following delivery to such overnight courier; or (c) by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, upon verification of receipt. Notices shall be sent to the respective addresses set forth below, unless subsequently changed by written notice to the other party:

 

For TSRI:

The Scripps Research Institute


 

 

10550 North Torrey Pines Road, TPC-9

La Jolla, California 92037

[***]

 

 

with a copy to:

The Scripps Research Institute

10550 North Torrey Pines Road, TPC-8

La Jolla, California 92037

[***]

 

 

For Licensee:

Summit for Stem Cell Foundation

[***]

 

 

With a copy to:

Morrison & Foerster LLP

[***]

 

13.18
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts that together shall constitute originals and one and the same instrument.
13.19
Cumulative Remedies. The rights and remedies stated in this Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to any other rights and remedies the parties may have at law or in equity.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

TSRI:

THE SCRIPPS RESEARCH INSTITUTE

 

LICENSEE:

SUMMIT FOR STEM CELL FOUNDATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Tremblay, PhD

 

 

By:

/s/ Jenifer Raub

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Matthew Tremblay, PhD

 

Name:

Jenifer Raub

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

COO

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

24-Jul-2018

 

 

Date:

7/27/18

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A-1

DISCLOSED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

[***]


 

EXHIBIT A-2

DISCLOSED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

[***]


 

EXHIBIT A-3

DISCLOSED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

[***]


 

EXHIBIT A-4

DISCLOSED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

[***]


 

EXHIBIT B

LICENSED BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS

The remainer of this page is blank.


 

EXHIBIT C

LICENSEE’S DEVELOPMENT PLAN

Licensee will provide a development plan for the Disclosed Intellectual Property within one year of the Effective Date.


 

EXHIBIT D

BENCHMARKS

Licensee shall achieve the following Benchmarks for each of the Disclosed Intellectual Properties identified in Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3, and A-4 according to this schedule:

 

Benchmark

Benchmark to be Met By

Provisional patent filing

[***]

Pre-IND Meeting with FDA or equivalent application filed with any equivalent regulatory agency or governmental authority

[***]

IND Filing

[***]

 

In the event that the FDA or other regulatory authority cause the above milestones to be delayed or missed, TSRI and Licensee agree to adjust the timeframes for the milestones through good faith negotiation.

For purposes of this Exhibit D and for Exhibit E, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)
The term “FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration.
(b)
The term “IND” means an Investigational New Drug application (as more fully defined in 21 C.F.R. Part 312, et. seq.) filed with the FDA, or the equivalent application filed with any equivalent regulatory agency or governmental authority.
(c)
The term “Phase 1 Trial” means a human clinical trial that would satisfy the requirements for a Phase 1 study as defined in 21 C.F.R. §312.21(a) (or its successor regulation), or its foreign equivalent.
(d)
The term “Phase 2 Trial” means a human clinical trial that would satisfy the requirements for a Phase 2 study as defined in 21 C.F.R. §312.21(b) (or its successor regulation), or its foreign equivalent.

The term “Phase 3 Trial” means a human clinical trial that would satisfy the requirements for a Phase 3 study as defined in 21 C.F.R. §312.21(c) (or its successor regulation), or its foreign equivalent.


 

exhibit e

REPORTING EVENTS

Licensee shall notify TSRI in writing of each of the following events with respect to each Licensed Product, Licensed Service and Licensed Process within thirty (30) days of such occurrence:

[***]


Exhibit 10.29

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

This Assignment and assumption Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of October 30, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Aspen Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Assignee”), Summit for Stem Cell Foundation, a California public benefit corporation (“Summit”) and Mission Edge San Diego, a non-profit organization (“Mission Edge” and, together with Summit, “Assignor”). As used herein, each of Assignee, Summit and Mission Edge may be referred to as a “Party” and collectively, the “Parties”).

WHEREAS, Assignor desires to assign to Assignee and Assignee agrees to assume from Assignor, for consideration and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, certain of the assets and liabilities of Assignor.

WHEREAS, certain capitalized terms used but not defined elsewhere in the text of this Agreement are defined in Annex I.

NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to and in connection with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, and in consideration of these promises, and for good and valuable consideration set forth herein and therein, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed that:

1.
Assignment of Assets. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Assignor hereby grants, sells, conveys, transfers, sets over, delivers and assigns to Assignee, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), all of Assignors’ legal and equitable rights, privileges, title, interest and duties in and to the following assets (collectively, the “Assets”):
(a)
All of Assignor’s right, title and interest under the Contracts set forth on Schedule 1(a) (the “Assumed Contracts”), including, without limitation, any right to receive the benefit of all obligations thereunder, and the right to receive payment or goods and services thereunder, and to assert claims and take other rightful actions in respect of breaches, defaults and other violations thereunder;
(b)
All personal property, equipment, inventory and other assets related to the R&D Operations, including the assets set forth on Schedule 1(b) (the “Personal Property”);
(c)
All data and records related to the R&D Operations, including client and customer lists and records, referral sources, research and development reports and records, production reports and records, service and warranty records, equipment logs, operating guides and manuals, financial and accounting records, creative materials, advertising materials, promotional materials, studies, reports, correspondence and other similar documents and, subject to legal requirements, copies of all personnel records (but excluding Summit’s donor list, mailing list, Facebook page, and URL);
(d)
All Intellectual Property Rights developed by employees, consultants, directors and contractors of Assignor in connection with the R&D Operations (subject to the rights of The Scripps Research Institute set forth in the License Agreement (as defined below));
(e)
All insurance benefits, including rights and proceeds, arising from or relating to the Assets or the Assumed Liabilities;

-1-


 

(f)
All claims of the Assignor against third parties relating to the Assets, whether choate or inchoate, known or unknown, contingent or noncontingent;
(g)
Cash in the amount of [***];
(h)
All of the Assignor’s inventories, including office supplies and inventory, related to the R&D Operations; and
(i)
All Permits issued to or in the name of the Assignor necessary or in connection with the R&D Operations, to the extent transferrable;

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the transfer of Assets pursuant to this Agreement shall not include the assumption of any liability related to the Assets unless Assignee expressly assumes that liability pursuant to Section 2.

2.
Assumed Liabilities; Retained Liabilities.
(a)
Assumed Liabilities. As part of the consideration for the Assets, subject to Section 2(b), from and after the Closing (as defined below), the Parties acknowledge and agree that the Assignee shall assume and agree to pay, perform and discharge the obligations of the Assignor which accrue after the Closing with respect to (i) all obligations of the Assignor under the Assumed Contracts, but only to the extent such liability (A) arises after the Closing, (B) does not arise from any breach by the Assignor of any such Assumed Contract, (C) is not required to be performed on or prior to the Closing, and (D) does not arise from or relate to any event, circumstance or condition occurring or existing on or prior to the Closing that, with or without notice or lapse of time, would constitute or result in a breach of such Assumed Contract; (ii) all obligations under the Permits, in each case to the extent legally assigned to the Assignee; and (iii) any obligations arising out of or relating to the R&D Operations or the ownership or operation of the Assets after the Closing (collectively, the “Assumed Liabilities”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Assumed Liabilities include all duties, obligations and liabilities arising after the Closing contained in the Exclusive License Agreement, dated July 27, 2018, by and between The Scripps Research Institute and Summit (the “License Agreement”).
(b)
Retained Liabilities. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither Assignee nor any of its Affiliates shall assume, and in no event shall be deemed to have assumed, any liability of the Assignor or any of its Affiliates whatsoever (collectively, the “Retained Liabilities”) other than as specifically set forth in Section 2(a). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the obligations of the Assignor pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall survive the Closing and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. To the extent the Assignee pays or satisfies any Retained Liability, the Assignor shall reimburse the Assignee promptly upon Assignor’s request and shall indemnify Assignee for any costs, expenses, fees or other liabilities associated with such payment or satisfaction.
3.
Issuance of Restricted Stock of Assignee. As part of the consideration for assignment of the Assets to Assignee, the Assignee shall at the Closing issue to Summit [***] shares of common stock (the “Shares”) of Assignee, par value $0.0001 per share, pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement”).
4.
Closing Matters.
(a)
Closing Date. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) will take place by electronic communication, on the Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the obligations of the Parties set forth in Section 4(b) and 4(c), or on such other

-2-


 

date and at such other place agreed to by the Parties (the date on which the Closing occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “Closing Date”). If the Closing has not occurred by November 30, 2018, then it shall not occur without the written consent of both Assignor and Assignee. If the Closing does not occur, all items held in escrow shall be returned to the Party from whom they originated.
(b)
Conditions to Obligations of the Assignee at the Closing. The obligations of the Assignee to consummate the Closing are subject to the execution and delivery of the Ancillary Agreements by Assignor and the other parties that are, as contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, to become a party thereto, and the payment by Mission Edge or its designees of any consideration contemplated to be paid to the Hired Employees pursuant to the IP Assignment Agreements. Any condition specified in this Section 4(b) may be waived if consented to in writing by the Assignee.
(c)
Conditions to Obligations of the Assignor at the Closing. The obligations of the Assignor to consummate the Closing are subject to the execution and delivery of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement by Assignee, the execution and delivery of the Fairness Opinion, and the delivery of documentary evidence that Assignee has consummated a Qualified Financing. Any condition specified in this Section 4(c) may be waived if consented to in writing by Summit.
(d)
Assignment of Contracts and Further Conveyances. If, as of the Closing Date, any consent to the assignment of any Assumed Contract has not been obtained (each, an “Unassigned Contract”), the Parties agree and acknowledge that (a) this Agreement shall not constitute an assignment or attempted assignment of such Unassigned Contract, and (b) following the Closing, the Parties shall use their reasonable best efforts, and cooperate to obtain the requisite consent relating to such Assumed Contract as quickly as practicable following the Closing. Pending the obtaining of any such consent relating to any Unassigned Contract, the Parties shall cooperate with one another in any reasonable and lawful arrangements designed to provide the benefits and obligations of such Unassigned Contract to Assignee as if it had been assigned to and assumed by Assignee at the Closing Date (including, subcontracting, sub-licensing or subleasing to the Assignee, or the provision by Assignee of any services that may be required to be provided by the Assignor under such Unassigned Contract). If consent to the assignment and assumption of any Unassigned Contract is obtained, the Assignor shall promptly assign such Unassigned Contract to Assignee, and Assignee shall assume the obligations under such Unassigned Contract from and after the date of assignment to Assignee.
5.
Further Assurances. From time to time, as and when requested by any Party to this Agreement, the other Parties will execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents and instruments and will take, or cause to be taken, all such further or other actions, as the requesting Party may reasonably deem necessary or desirable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in any such case, at the requesting Party’s sole cost and expense.
6.
Employees. As soon as reasonably practicable following the consummation of a Qualified Financing, Assignee shall make offers of employment or offers to engage as independent contractors to the employees Mission Edge set forth on Schedule 6 (such individuals who accept the terms and conditions of such offer and who are employed or engaged by Assignee are hereinafter referred to as “Hired Employees” and the date of acceptance of such offers, the “Acceptance Date”). The Assignor agrees to terminate or transfer or cause to be terminated or transferred the service relationships of such employees effective as of the Acceptance Date. Commencing on the Acceptance Date, the Assignee shall be responsible for payment of all compensation of the Hired Employees. The Assignee shall at its discretion establish the initial terms and conditions of employment for all Hired Employees. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assignor shall remain solely responsible for (a) all employees that are not Hired Employees and (b) all compensation payable to service providers of Assignor accrued on or prior to the date of termination. Assignee is aware

-3-


 

that the workers providing services for Assignor have been paid by Mission Edge, which has acted in a fiscal sponsor capacity.
7.
Transfer Taxes. All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration, value added, and other Taxes, including any fees and/or any penalties and interest imposed thereon, which are incurred in connection with the sale, transfer or assignment of the Assets will be borne and timely paid by the Assignor.
8.
Publicity. Assignor hereby agrees that no announcement regarding Assignee or any affiliate of Assignee, or use of any Assignee’s name in any way, including but not limited to, a press release, conference, advertisement, announcement, professional or trade publication, mass marketing materials or other materials otherwise available to the general public may be made without the prior written consent of Assignee, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Summit and Assignee will work together in good faith to prepare a mutually agreed upon press release announcing the assignment of the License Agreement (but in no event shall such announcement disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any financing of the Assignee or any other details regarding Assignee to the extent not otherwise approved by the Assignee) which Summit shall be permitted to publish on its website.
9.
Confidentiality. Each Party hereby covenants and agrees that such Party and its respective Affiliates shall at all times prior to and after the Closing, and from the Effective Date through the Closing shall keep confidential and not disclose to any other Person the terms of this Agreement or use for their own benefit or the benefit of any other Person any information regarding the other Party. The obligation of the Parties and their Affiliates under this Section 9 shall not apply to information which: (a) is or becomes generally available to the public without breach of the commitment provided for in this Section; (b) is required to be disclosed by law, order or regulation of a court or tribunal or government authority; provided, however, that the Party required to disclose such information shall notify the other Party as early as reasonably practicable prior to disclosure to allow such other Party to take appropriate measures to preserve the confidentiality of such information; or (c) the Assignee provides to potential investors, lenders or acquirers of the Assignee. Notwithstanding the forgoing, each Party and their respective employees, representatives and agents may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated herein and all materials of any kind that are provided to such Party or such person relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. Assignee acknowledges and agrees that Assignor has a duty to notify National Stem Cell Foundation regarding this transaction, provided that National Stem Cell Foundation shall be under an obligation to not disclose or otherwise use such information other than for internal record-keeping or administrative purposes.
10.
Assignor Representations and Warranties. Assignor represents and warrants that (i) Assignor is entitled to grant the rights under this Agreement, (ii) Assignor has good, marketable, and exclusive title to the Assets, subject to no mortgage, pledge, lien, license, lease, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on transfer, or similar charge of any kind, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the performance by Assignor of Assignor’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, does not conflict with Assignor’s governing documents or any obligation or contract to which Assignor is bound, (iv) all corporate action required to be taken by the Assignor’s Board of Directors in order to authorize the Assignor to enter into this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement to which Assignor is a party has been taken, and (v) as of immediately following the consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, the transaction contemplated by this Agreement does not constitute a sale, lease, conveyance, exchange, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of Summit’s assets.

-4-


 

11.
Security Deposits. Assignee covenants and agrees to remit to Assignor the amount of any security rental deposit(s) paid by Assignor prior to the date hereto under the Singular Genomics Sublease and Singular Genomics Sublicense (each such term as defined on Schedule 1(a)), in each case promptly upon any receipt thereof by Assignee.
12.
Notices. Any notice, request, instruction or other document required or permitted to be given under this Agreement by any Party to another Party will be in writing and will be given to such Party at its address set forth in Annex II attached to this Agreement or to such other address as the Party to whom notice is to be given may provide in a written notice to the Party giving such notice. Each such notice, request, or other communication will be effective (x) if given by certified mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid addressed as aforesaid, upon receipt (and refusal of receipt shall constitute receipt), (y) one Business Day after being furnished to a nationally recognized overnight courier for next Business Day delivery, or (z) on the date sent if sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission, receipt confirmed in each case, with a copy contemporaneously being sent pursuant to clauses (x) or (y) above.
13.
Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Assignor and the Assignee (or by any successor to such Party), or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power, or privilege under this Agreement will operate as a waiver thereof nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege.
14.
Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that no Party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of each other Party to this Agreement; and, provided, further, that (a) the Assignee may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to any Affiliate; (b) the Assignee and its Affiliates may assign their rights under this Agreement to any of its financing sources as collateral security; and (c) the Assignee and its Affiliates may assign any of their rights under this Agreement in connection with any merger, restructuring, reorganization, change of control or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Assignee, any deemed liquidation event, as such term may be used from time to time in the certificate of incorporation of the Assignee, and other similar transactions.
15.
Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of California without regard to the conflict of laws rules of such state. Each of the Parties hereby irrevocably consents and agrees that it shall exclusively bring any action, suit or proceeding with respect to any matter arising under or relating to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof in the United States District Court of the Southern District of California (or if jurisdiction is not available in such court, then in a state court of the State of California sitting in San Diego, California). Each of the Parties hereby irrevocably accepts and submits, for itself and in respect of its properties, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court of the Southern District of California (or if jurisdiction is not available in such court, then in a state court of the State of California sitting in San Diego, California), in personam, generally and unconditionally, with respect to any such action, suit or proceeding. Each of the Parties hereby irrevocably consents to the service of process in any such action, suit or proceeding in any such court by the mailing of a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party at the address specified in Section 12 for notices to such Party. In addition to or in lieu of any such service, service of process may also be made in any other manner permitted by applicable law. Each of the Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection or defense which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue to any such action, suit or proceeding in the United States District Court of the Southern District of California (or if jurisdiction is not available in such court, then in a state court of the State of California

-5-


 

sitting in San Diego, California) and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
16.
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. EACH PARTY ALSO WAIVES ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF SUCH PARTY. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MIGHT BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT MAY RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY FURTHER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH SUCH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, MODIFICATIONS, SUPPLEMENTS OR RESTATEMENTS HEREOF. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.
17.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute the same agreement, and the execution of a counterpart of the signature page to this Agreement shall be deemed the execution of a counterpart of this Agreement. The delivery of this Agreement may be made by facsimile or portable document format (pdf) or other electronic means, and such signatures shall be treated as original signatures for all applicable purposes.
18.
Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provisions of this Agreement.
19.
Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any Person or circumstance is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision and such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision will be reformed, construed and enforced as if such provision had never been contained herein and there had been contained in this Agreement instead such valid, legal and enforceable provisions as would most nearly accomplish the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

-6-


 

The Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

ASSIGNEE:

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

 

 

 

 

ASPEN BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

SUMMIT FOR STEM CELL FOUNDATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kim Puloma Kamdar

 

By:

/s/ Jenifer Raub

Name:

Kim Puloma Kamdar, Ph.D.

 

Name:

Jenifer Raub

Its:

Chief Executive Officer

 

Its:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MISSION EDGE SAN DIEGO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Justin Apger

 

 

 

Name:

Justin Apger

 

 

 

Its:

Chief Operating Officer

 

[Signature Page to Assignment and Assumption Agreement]


 

Annex I

Definitions

In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings when used herein:

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the first Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Ancillary Agreements” shall mean this Agreement, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Bill of Sale, the Landlord Consent and IP Assignment Agreements and the other documents, instruments and agreements to be entered into pursuant hereto and thereto.

“Bill of Sale” shall mean a bill of sale substantially in the form as set forth in Exhibit B for all of the Assets that are tangible personal property, duly executed by the Assignor, and such other good and sufficient instruments of conveyance, transfer and assignment as shall be necessary to vest Assignee good and valid title to the Assets free and clear of all Liens (except for Permitted Liens).

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of California is closed.

“Contracts” shall mean contracts, leases and subleases, franchises, agreements, licenses, arrangements, commitments, letters of intent, memoranda of understanding, promises, obligations, rights, instruments, documents, indentures, mortgages, security interests, guarantees, and other similar arrangements whether written or oral.

“Fairness Opinion” shall mean a fairness opinion prepared by special legal counsel to the Assignor in substantially the attached hereto as Exhibit C.

“Governmental Authority” shall mean any federal, state, county, city, municipal, or other local or foreign government or any subdivision, authority, commission, board, bureau, court, administrative panel, or other instrumentality thereof.

“Intellectual Property Right” shall mean all trademarks, trademark rights, service marks, service mark rights, trade names, trade name rights, trade dress, copyrights, works of authorship, inventions (whether patentable or not), invention disclosures, industrial models, industrial designs, utility models, certificates of invention, designs, emblems and logos, trade secrets, manufacturing formulae, technical information, patents, patent applications, moral rights, mask work registrations, franchises, franchise rights, customer and supplier lists, and related identifying information together with the goodwill associated therewith, product formulae, product designs, product packaging, business and product names, slogans, rights of publicity, improvements, processes, specifications, technology, methodologies, computer software (including all source code and object code), firmware, development tools, flow charts, annotations, all Web addresses, sites and domain names, all data bases and data collections and all rights therein, any other confidential and proprietary right or information, whether or not subject to statutory registration, as each of the foregoing rights may arise anywhere in the world, and all related technical information, manufacturing, engineering and technical drawings, know-how, and all pending applications and registrations of patents,

 


 

and the right to sue for past infringement, if any, in connection with any of the foregoing, and all documents, disks, records, files, and other media on which any of the foregoing is stored, and other proprietary rights, in the case of each of the foregoing which is owned by the Assignor or used or held for use by such Person in connection with its respective business.

“IP Assignment Agreements” shall mean proprietary invention assignment agreements by and between Assignor and each of the Hired Employees, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Assignee.

“Lien” shall mean with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, charge, option, preemptive purchase right, easement, encumbrance, security interest, or other adverse claim of any kind in respect of such property or asset.

“Permit” shall mean all approvals, agreements, authorizations, permits, licenses, easements, orders, certificates, registrations, franchises, qualifications, rulings, waivers, variances or other form of permission, consent, exemption or authority issued, granted, given or otherwise made available by or under the authority of any Governmental Authority.

“Permitted Liens” shall mean Liens affecting the Real Property arising from easements, easement agreements, rights-of-way, restrictions, or minor title defects (whether or not recorded) that arise in the ordinary course of operation and that do not materially impair the use of the property subject thereto.

“Person” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust, a joint stock company, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, any Governmental Authority, or other entity or organization.

“Qualified Financing” shall mean the first equity financing consummated by Assignee on or after the Closing Date in which the Company sells and issues shares of Assignee’s capital stock to accredited investors, including at least one venture capital or institutional investor, in one transaction or a series of related transactions yielding gross proceeds to the Assignee of at least [***] (excluding the conversion of any convertible notes) in the aggregate.

“R&D Operations” shall mean the research and development and other operations conducted by Assignor as of immediately prior to the Closing Date at the Real Property or otherwise arising out of or related to the Assumed Contracts.

“Real Property” shall mean all real property subleased or sublicensed by Assignor pursuant to the Singular Genomics Sublease and Singular Genomics Sublicense.

“Tax” shall mean (a) any net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, social security, unemployment, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, margins, transfer, franchise, profits, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, real and personal property, environmental, or windfall profit tax, withholding on amounts paid to or by the Assignor or its Affiliates, custom, duty, or other tax, escheat of unclaimed funds or property, governmental fee, or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax, or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority, (b) any liability of the Assignor or its Affiliates for the payment of any amounts of any of the foregoing types as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, or unitary group, or being a party to any agreement or arrangement whereby liability of the Assignor or its Affiliates for payment of such amounts was determined or taken into account with reference to the liability of any other Person, and (c) any liability of the Assignor or its Affiliates for the payment of any amounts as a result of being a party to any tax sharing agreements or with respect to the

ii


 

payment of any amounts of any of the foregoing types as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify any other Person.

“Written Consent” shall mean a written consent of certain parties contemplated by the Singular Genomics Sublease and Singular Genomics Sublicense to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

iii


 

Annex II

Notices

To the Assignor:

[***]

To the Assignee:

[***]

 


 

Exhibits

Exhibit A – Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

Exhibit B – Bill of Sale

Exhibit C – Fairness Opinion

Exhibit D – Written Consent

Schedules

Schedule 1(a) – Assumed Contracts

Schedule 1(b) – Personal Property

Schedule 6 – Hired Employees

ii


 

Schedule 1(a)

Assigned Contracts

1.
Exclusive License Agreement, dated July 27, 2018, by and between The Scripps Research Institute and Summit for Stem Cell Foundation.

[***]

 


 

Schedule 1(b)

Personal Property

[***]

ii


 

Schedule 6

Hired Employees

[***]

iii


Exhibit 10.30

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

Non-Exclusive License Agreement

This Agreement is made effective as of the 20th day of September 2019, (“Effective Date”) by and between iPS Academia Japan, Inc. (hereinafter “AJ”), a Japan corporation, with a principal office at 207 International Science Innovation Building East Wing, Kyoto University, 36-1 Yoshida-honmachi, Sakyo-ku, Kyoto, 606-8501, JAPAN and Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (hereinafter “LICENSEE”), a Delaware corporation, with a principal office at 10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100, San Diego, CA 92121, U.S.A. AJ and LICENSEE may be referred to individually as “Party” or collectively as “Parties”.

Recitals

WHEREAS, AJ is the owner of license rights tinder certain intellectual properties relating to induced pluripotent stem cell (“iPS cell”) technologies and has the right to giant licenses under the Licensed Patents, which have been granted to AJ by Kyoto University under the license agreement [***], as amended (“Kyoto Agreement”);

WHEREAS, AJ desires to have the intellectual properties relating to iPS cell technologies developed and commercialized worldwide;

WHEREAS, LICENSEE desires to obtain a license right under the intellectual properties relating to iPS cell technologies for LICENSEE’s use in development and commercialization of its products for human therapeutic use in the Territory; and

WHEREAS, LICENSEE wishes to obtain from AJ, and AJ is willing to grant to LICENSEE a license under the Licensed Patents for the development, manufacture and sale of Licensed Products in the Territory in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (all capitalized terms as defined herein).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Parties intending to be legally bound agree as follows:

1.
Definitions

For the purpose of this Agreement, the terms set forth hereinafter shall be defined as follows:

1.1
“Affiliate” means any corporation or entity that directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, another corporation or entity.
1.2
“Agreement” means this Non-Exclusive License Agreement only.
1.3
“Anniversary Date” means the anniversary of the Effective Date in any given year.

1


1.4
“Area” means Europe, North America or ROW.
1.5
“Confidential information” means any and all information, including without limitation any knowledge, practice, process or other proprietary information, disclosed by a Party (“Disclosing Party”) to the other Party (“Receiving Party”) under this Agreement which (i)conspicuously marked “confidential” or “proprietary”, or (ii) if disclosed orally, is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and confirmed to be confidential in writing within thirty (30) days after the disclosure date.
1.6
“Control” means (a) direct or indirect ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more (or the maximum ownership interest permitted by applicable laws) of the stock or shares having the right to vote for the election of directors of such corporate entity or (b) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
1.7
“Effective Date” means the date first above written.
1.8
“Europe” means the area consisting of twenty-seven (27) European Union member countries as of the Effective Date (consisting of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain and Sweden), Liechtenstein, Switzerland, Turkey and the United Kingdom.
1.9
“Field of Use” means human therapeutic use including administration or application of Licensed Products to humans.
1.10
“IND Application” means an application of investigational New Drug in the U.S.A. or any equivalent application to a drug administration agency to begin clinical investigation.
1.11
“Licensed Cells” means Licensed iPS Cells and/or Licensed Differentiated Cells.
1.12
“Licensed Differentiated Cells” means [***].
1.13
“Licensed iPS Cells” means human iPS cells the manufacture or use of which is covered by the Licensed Patents.
1.14
“Licensed Patents” means the patents and/or patent applications listed in Appendix A attached hereto and any and all patents and patent applications corresponding to those patents and patent applications in the Territory including divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, renewals, reissues, re-examinations and extensions, which are owned or licensable by AJ, provided, however that continuation-in-part hereunder shall be restricted to the scope of the disclosure of such continuation-in-part application that is entitled to the priority date or the patent application or patent above.
1.15
“Licensed Products” means therapeutic products for the Field of Use in any font manufactured by LICENSEE which contain Licensed Differentiated Cells.

2


1.16
“NDA” means New Drug Application in the U.S.A. or any equivalent application to a drug administration agency to obtain marketing authorization including conditional marketing authorization of a new drug.
1.17
“NDA Approval” means marketing authorization of a new drug obtained through the NDA process in the U.S.A. or any equivalent marketing authorization by a drug administration agency, which includes conditional marketing authorization.
1.18
“Net Sales” means the total gross sales amount of Licensed Products by LICENSEE to medical institutions in which the Licensed Products are clinically applied to patients, less deductions for (i) trade discounts customarily and actually allowed, (ii) credits for returns, allowances or trades, actually granted, and (iii) any tax imposed on the sale of the Licensed Products, provided, however, that the total of such deductions (i) to (iii) shall not exceed [***].
1.19
“Non-SSE” means an entity other than SSE.
1.20
“North America” means the area consisting of United States of America arid Canada.
1.21
“Reporting Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 hereof.
1.22
“ROW” means the area in the Territory consisting of countries which are not included in North America or Europe.
1.23
“Small and Startup Entity (SSE)” means [***].
1.24
“Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 hereof.
1.25
“Territory” means worldwide.
1.26
“Third Party” means any person or entity that is not a Party.
1.27
“Collaborators” means Collaborator 1, Collaborator 2, and Collaborator 3 as further defined below;

“Collaborator I” means an entity which [***];

“Collaborator 2” means a [***] listed in Appendix G which [***] listed in the appendix with LICENSEE using Licensed Cells transferred from LICENSEE under Section 2.3; and

“Collaborator 3” means a [***] listed in Appendix G [***] listed in the appendix with LICENSEE for the purpose of LICENSEE’s development or manufacturing of Licensed Cells and/or development, manufacture or commercialization of Licensed Products using Licensed Cells transferred from LICENSEE under Section 2.3.

If LICENSEE wishes to add an entity as a Collaborator 2 and/or Collaborator 3 to Appendix G, LICENSEE shall notify AJ of a name of each such entity and planned research outline in order to obtain AJ’s prior approval, which may be exchanged by e-mails.

3


2.
Grant
2.1
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, AJ hereby grants to LICENSEE, and LICENSEE hereby accepts, a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable and royalty bearing license, without the right to grant or authorize sublicenses, under the Licensed Patents in the Territory for the Field of Use for the Term,
(i)
to develop, make, have made and use Licensed Cells solely for LICENSEE’s development and manufacture of Licensed Products, and
(ii)
to develop, make, have made, sell, have sold, import and export Licensed Products For clarity, LICENSEE shall not sell, transfer or provide the Licensed Cells to any Third Patty.
2.2
Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2.1, LICENSEE shall not use the Licensed Cells (i) for its internal research including drug screening, or (ii) for development, manufacture, use or sale of human therapeutic, diagnostic and/or prophylactic products other than Licensed Products, and/or animal therapeutic, diagnostic and/or prophylactic products. Moreover, LICENSEE shall not use the Licensed Cells or Licensed Products (i) for human clinical use in human subjects for diagnostic or prophylactic purposes, or (ii) for veterinary use in animals for therapeutic, diagnostic or prophylactic purposes.
2.3
Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2,1, LICENSEE is allowed (i) to transfer the Licensed Cells to Collaborators and (ii) to have such Collaborators [***] in the Field of Use in such Collaborators’ facilities solely for the purpose of LICENSEE’s development and/or manufacturing and/or commercialization of the Licensed Products [***] (“Purpose”), provided that LICENSEE (a) ensures that in no event Collaborators shall use Licensed Cells obtained from LICENSEE for any purpose other than the Purpose, (b) prohibits transfer of the Licensed Cells obtained from LICENSEE to any other third party from Collaborators [***] solely for the Purpose, and (c) upon termination or expiration of this license or the collaboration with Collaborators, whichever is earlier, ensures that Collaborators destroy the Licensed Cells obtained from LICENSEE or return them to LICENSEE.
2.4
LICENSEE hereby grants to AJ a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free and paid-up license under the LICENSEE Improvement Patents (as defined below), with a right to sublicense to Kyoto University and other bona fide non-commercial academic institutions in Japan for their academic research and educational purposes. For the purpose of this provision, “LICENSEE Improvement Patents” means any patent or patent application owned by LICENSEE that covers any improvement made by LICENSEE in the course of or as a result of the exercise by LICENSEE of the license granted by AJ under this Agreement.
2.5
Each Party acknowledges that the rights and licenses granted under this Article 2 and elsewhere in this Agreement are limited to the scope expressly granted, and no license is granted under any patent other than the Licensed Patents. Accordingly, except for the rights expressly granted under this Agreement, no right, title, or interest of any nature whatsoever is granted whether by implication, estoppel, reliance, or otherwise, by either Party to the other Party. All rights with respect to intellectual property rights that are not specifically granted herein are reserved to the owner thereof.

4


2.6
LICENSEE shall conduct development, manufacture and sales of Licensed Products under its own responsibility and shall utilize commercially reasonable due diligence in developing and marketing Licensed Products in the Territory, in accordance with Section 12.16 of this Agreement. LICENSEE shall submit an annual report to AJ on the progress of developing Licensed Cells and Licensed Products during the previous calendar year by January 31 of each calendar year. LICENSEE shall use the annual report format exemplified in Appendix B which may be modified under prior mutual written agreement.
2.7
LICENSEE shall submit a written notice to AJ [***] after each NDA Approval of the Licensed Products in the countries or areas in the Territory. LICENSEE shall use the event notice format exemplified in Appendix C which may be modified under prior mutual written agreement.
2.8
Product Marking. Prior to the issuance of patents under Licensed Patents, LICENSEE shall mark Licensed Products (or their containers or labels) made, sold, or otherwise disposed of by LICENSEE under the license granted in this Agreement with the words “Patent Pending”, and following the issuance of one or more patents, with the numbers of any applicable Licensed Patents, in accordance with the laws of the territory in which such patent rights exist.
2.8.1
LICENSEE shall not use the names, abbreviated names, marks, emblems, or logos of AJ, Kyoto University, the inventors of the Licensed Patents, and the institution(s) that the inventors of Licensed Patents belong to (“AJ Group”), or any description that misleads or may mislead Third Parties about any association of Licensed Products to AJ Group, in any manner and in any materials (including but not limited to promotional materials, product labels, containers, packages, or usage instructions of Licensed Products or company brochures, website or presentations of LICENSEE, except as approved by AJ under Section 12.7) to be exposed to Third Parties.
3.
Fees and Royalties
3.1
Upfront Fee. In consideration of the license granted under this Agreement, LICENSEE shall pay to AJ a non-creditable and non-refundable upfront fee of thirteen thousand United States dollars (US$13,000) after the Effective Date.

In the case of termination of this Agreement, LICENSEE shall pay to Al the balance, if any, between the upfront fee paid by the date of termination and thirteen thousand United States dollars (US$13,000) after the date of termination pursuant to Section 11.2.

3.2
Annual Maintenance Fees. In consideration of the license granted under this Agreement, LICENSEE shall pay to AJ, from and including the calendar year of 2020 through and including the calendar year of the first NDA Approval of the Licensed Products in the Territory, a non-creditable and non-refundable annual maintenance fee of twelve thousand United States dollars (US$12,000), within [***] after the close of each calendar year during the Term.
3.3
Milestone Payments. In consideration of the license granted under this Agreement, LICENSEE shall pay to AJ non-creditable and non-refundable milestone payments as defined below.

5


3.3.1
LICENSEE shall pay the amounts in the Table 1 below [***] from the date of the respective events with regards to IND Application:

Table I

 

Events

Amounts

(i) LICENSEE first files an IND Application for the Licensed Products in any of the Areas.

[***]

(ii) LICENSEE first files an IND Application for the Licensed Products in the Areas excluding the Area where the IND Application is lust filed under the above subsection (i).

[***]

(iii) LICENSEE first files an IND Application for the Licensed Products in the Area excluding the Areas where the IND Application is first filed under the above subsections (i) and (ii).

[***]

 

For clarity, the milestone payments under this Section 3.3.1 shall be paid only once for each of the events in each corresponding Area.

3.3.2
LICENSEE shall pay the amounts in the Table 2 below [***] from the date of the respective events with regards to NDA:

Table 2

 

Events

Amounts

(i) (a)LICENSEE first files an NDA for the Licensed Products in any of the Areas, OR (b) [***].

[***]

(ii) After the occurrence of either of the events under the above subsection (i), LICENSEE first files an NDA for the Licensed Products in the Areas excluding the Area where the NDA is first filed under the above subsection (i)(a) in such case.

[***]

(iii) After the occurrence of either of the events under the above subsection (ii) LICENSEE first files an NDA for the Licensed Products in the Area(s) excluding the Area(s) where the NDA is first filed under the above subsection (i)(a), and/or subsection (ii).

[***]

 

For clarity, the milestone payments under this Section 3.3.1 shall be paid only once for each of the events in each corresponding Area.

6


3.3.3
LICENSEE shall pay the amounts in the Table 3 below [***] after the close of the Reporting Period (defined in Section 3.4) with regards to sales made after NDA Approval:

Table 3

 

Events

Amounts

(i) The cumulative Net Sales of the Licensed [***] thereof in the [***].

[***]

(ii) The cumulative Net Sales of the Licensed Products from the beginning of the sales thereof in the Territory reach [***].

[***]

 

For clarity, the milestone payments under this Section 3.3.1 shall be paid only once for each of the events.

3.3.4
LICENSEE shall provide AJ with a written notice reporting the occurrence of each of the events defined in Sections 3.3.1 to 3.3.2 within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, and such notice shall include the occurred event, area, country and date. LICENSEE shall use a notice format exemplified in Appendix C which may be modified under mutual agreement. LICENSEE shall provide AJ with a written notice reporting the cumulative Net Sales and the occurrence of each of the events defined in Section 3.3.3 by using a format exemplified in Appendix E which may be modified under prior mutual written agreement.
3.4
Running Royalties. In consideration of the license granted under this Agreement, LICENSEE shall pay to AJ a non-refundable running royalty in each quarter of a calendar year [***] after the close of each quarter of a calendar year (hereinafter defined as “Reporting Period”). When the Licensed Products are sold for compensation for other than United States dollars, conversion of foreign currency to United States dollars will be made in the same manner as LICENSEE converts all of its other revenues, provided that (i) such manner is consistent with the United States’ generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) the exchange rates employed are those quoted by [***] as of the last business day of each quarter of a calendar year (“business day” in this section means a business day on which the New York foreign exchange market opens and New York Closing Snapshot provides the currency rate of the day).
3.5
Annual Minimum Royalties. In consideration of the license granted under this Agreement, LICENSEE shall pay to AJ, from and including the next calendar year after the calendar year of the first NDA Approval of the Licensed Products in the Territory through and including the calendar year of expiration or termination of this Agreement, the non-refundable balance between Annual Minimum Royalty (as defined below) and the total amount of the running royalties in preceding four (4) Reporting Periods (“Creditable Running Royalties”) [***] after the close of each calendar year during the Term only if the Creditable Running Royalties do not exceed the Annual Minimum Royalty. For the purpose of this section, “Annual Minimum Royalty” means twenty thousand United States dollars (US$20,000).

7


3.6
LICENSEE shall notify AJ of it if LICENSEE becomes Non-SSE through a change of Control referred to in Section 10.8, a natural business expansion or any reason. Such notification shall include the date of the change from SSE to Non-SSE, and be made in writing in advance of or at the latest [***] of such change from SSE to Non-SSE. LICENSEE shall be deemed to be Non-SSE on and after the date of the change from SSE to Non-SSE identified in the notification,
3.7
Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 3.1 to 3.5 above, once LICENSEE has become Non-SSE, the financial terms for Non-SSE defined in Appendix D shall be applied. In this case, LICENSEE shall pay (i) [***] which is the difference of the upfront fees between SSE and Non-SSE within six (6) months after the date of the change from SSE to Non-SSE, (ii) the annual maintenance fees or annual minimum royalties for Non-SSE from the next calendar year after the calendar year of the change from SSE to Non-SSE, and (iii) applicable milestone payments for Non-SSE from the date of the change from SSE to Non-SSE, provided, however that (i) [***] shall be paid only when LICENSEE employs more than [***], or has received [***] in total as financial resources, including, but not limited to, investments, funds or grants.
4.
Payment
4.1
Running royalties referred to in Section 3.4 shall be determined on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis, and shall only be due with respect to Licensed Products in the applicable country in the Territory so long as the development, manufacture, sale, import or export of the Licensed Products is covered by Licensed Patents in such country.
4.2
On or after the date when any and all Licensed Patents arc extinguished in a country in the Territory by any reason including, but not limited to, expiration, lapse, revocation, cancellation or abandonment of issued patents of the Licensed Patents, irrevocable decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction to invalidate issued patents of the Licensed Patents, cancellation, withdrawal or abandonment of pending applications of the Licensed Patents, or rejection for pending applications of the Licensed Patents by a governmental entity or other governmental action against which no appeal can be taken (“Extinguishment Date”), LICENSEE has no obligations to pay to AJ the running royalty for the Licensed Patents used in such country; however, LICENSEE shall pay the applicable running royalties for the Licensed Patents used before the Extinguishment Date in such country in accordance with Section 3.4 and this Article 4, and submit a written royalty statement to AJ pursuant to Section 5.1. On or after the Extinguishment Date, LICENSEE may, in such country, (i) sell Licensed Products manufactured before the Extinguishment Date, (ii) complete the production of Licensed Products in process as of the day before the Extinguishment Date and sell the same, and (iii) manufacture Licensed Products from any arid all Licensed Cells made before the Extinguishment Date and sell the same, provided that in any of the above (i) to (iii), LICENSEE shall pay the applicable running royalties in accordance with Section 3.4 and this Article 4, and submit a written royalty statement to AJ pursuant to Section 5.1.

8


4.3
All the payments to AJ under this Agreement shall be made in United States dollars. The remittance fees and other fees necessary for the payment under Article 3 shall be borne by LICENSEE. Both Parties hereto shall claim exemptions from withholdings of income tax regarding any payment to AJ under the tax treaty from time to time in effect. As part of claiming exemption from withholdings under the tax treaty, AJ shall provide LICENSEE with a completed U.S. Form W-8BEN-E, “Certificate of Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Tax Withholding and Reporting (Entities)”, prior to any payment being made by LICENSEE, in order to secure and document the reduced treaty rate of withholding. in the event that any amount is required to be withheld from payments otherwise due to AJ under the laws of the U.S.A. or other laws, LICENSEE shall so notify AJ, obtain appropriate documentation of such requirement, deduct from payments to AJ the appropriate amount of withholding taxes imposed hereunder, and pay such taxes on behalf of AJ. LICENSEE shall provide AJ with receipts or certificates showing the payment of the amounts withheld pursuant to this Section 4.3 [***] of each payment under Article 3. LICENSEE shall use reasonable commercial efforts to provide all forms, documents, and/or other information necessary to comply with or reduce any tax payable pursuant to this Section 4.3 or necessary to establish AJ’s right to a tax credit in respect of any such tax. Any other tax (other than any based on AJ’s income) levied by any authority in the Territory shall be for the account of LICENSEE. The Parties acknowledge that, as of the Effective Date, Article 12 of the Convention between the Government of Japan and the Government of the United States of America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income (“Convention”) effective as of March 30, 2004 provides that the United States taxes should not be imposed on royalties received by a resident of Japan. In the event the Convention expires, changes or otherwise becomes unenforceable, the party responsible under the then current law shall pay all taxes related to the fees and royalties under Article 3.
4.4
The royalties and other payments set forth in this Agreement shall, if overdue, bear interest until paid at [***]. The payment of such interest shall not foreclose AJ from exercising any other right it may have as a consequence of the lateness of any payment.
4.5
Payments under this Agreement shall be made to AJ by wire transfer, to the following account:

[***]

5.
Reports and Records
5.1
On or before each due date of the running royalties set forth in Section 3.4 of this Agreement, LICENSEE shall submit to AJ a written royalty statement showing:
(i)
Numbers and names of Licensed Products sold, and names of Licensed Patents (AJ No.) which are used in Licensed Products sold by LICENSEE during the preceding Reporting Period in each country of the Territory;
(ii)
Gross receipts and Net Sales of such Licensed Products and the royalties due in such Reporting Period, product by product, in each country of the Territory; and
(iii)
Total royalty amount and total payment to AJ.

9


LICENSEE shall submit the written royalty statement to AJ from and including the quarter of the first NDA Approval of the Licensed Products in the Territory even if there are no actual sales of Licensed Products during the Reporting Period. LICENSEE shall use royalty statement format exemplified in Appendix E which may be modified under prior mutual written agreement.

5.2
On or before the due date of the balance between the Annual Minimum Royalty and the Creditable Running Royalties set forth in Section 3.5 of this Agreement, LICENSEE shall submit to AJ a written payment statement showing the balance between the Annual Minimum Royalty and the Creditable Running Royalties. LICENSEE shall use payment statement format exemplified in Appendix F which may be modified under prior mutual written agreement.
5.3
LICENSEE shall keep records in sufficient detail to enable the fees and royalties payable by LICENSEE hereunder to be determined. Such records will be maintained for no less than five (5) years alter the year to which they pertain. LICENSEE shall permit said records to be inspected at the cost of AJ during regular business hours by an independent auditor selected by AJ and acceptable to LICENSEE for this purpose, but only to the extent necessary to verify the amount of the fees and royalties payable hereunder to AJ; [***]. The auditor making such inspection shall report to AJ only the information LICENSEE is required to show on a royalty statement as well as fees and royalties referred to in Articles 3 and 4 hereunder. Such audit may be conducted no more frequently than once per calendar year.
6.
Representations and Warranties
6.1
AJ makes (i) no representation or warranty as to the validity, scope, or enforceability of the Licensed Patents, and (ii) no representation or warranty that LICENSEE’s exercise of the license granted under this Agreement will not infringe any patent or any intellectual property owned by any Third Party.
6.2
Each Party represents and warrants, as of Effective Date, to the other that:
(i)
such Party is a company or corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized;
(ii)
such Party has the legal power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement;
(iii)
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action;
(iv)
this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms and conditions; and
(v)
the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement will not cause or result in a violation of any law of such Party’s charter documents, or of any contract by which such Party is bound.
6.3
LICENSEE represents and warrants, as of the Effective Dale, to AJ that LICENSEE is SSE under Section 1.23.

10


6.4
Except as expressly set forth herein, AJ MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS AND EXPRESSES NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, TO LICENSEE OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR THAT DEVELOPMENT, MANUFACTURE OR SALE OF LICENSED PRODUCTS SHALL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT OR OTHER RIGHT OF A THIRD PARTY.
6.5
IN NO EVENT SHALL AJ OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE HEREUNDER TO LICENSEE OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY OR OTHER INDIRECT DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS OR LOSS OF USE DAMAGES)ARISING FROM DEVELOPMENT, MANUFACTURE OR SALE OF LICENSED PRODUCTS, EVEN IF AJ HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR LOSSES.
7.
Confidentiality
7.1
During the Term, each Party (1) shall maintain the other Party’s Confidential Information furnished to it by the Disclosing Party in strict confidence, (ii) shall not disclose such Confidential Information to any Third Party, and (iii) shall use such Confidential Information only to the extent necessary to perform this Agreement, except that these obligations shall not apply to information that:
(a)
was publicly known at the time of disclosure by the Disclosing Party or has become publicly known through no breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party, as evidenced by records, however maintained;
(b)
was lawfully in the possession of the Receiving Party prior to receipt from the Disclosing Party, as evidenced by records, however maintained;
(c)
is acquired by the Receiving Party from a Third Party not under an obligation of confidentiality, as evidenced by records, however maintained; or
(d)
is independently and lawfully developed by the Receiving Party without use of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, as evidenced by records, however maintained.

The obligations under this Section 7.1 (i) and (ii) shall continue for five (5) years after the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be considered Confidential Information of both Parties. Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, the Receiving Party shall return or destroy (and certify to the Disclosing Party that it has destroyed) all Confidential Information it has received from the Disclosing Party under this Agreement, as may be requested by the Disclosing Party.

7.2
If the Receiving Party is compelled to disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party by an administrative or court order of competent jurisdiction, any such disclosure shall not be a breach hereunder, provided that reasonable advance notice shall be given to the Disclosing Party to permit the Disclosing Party to ensure that such disclosure is subject to all applicable governmental or judicial protection available for like material.

11


7.3
Notwithstanding the above, AJ may (i) disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the owner of the Licensed Patents for its records, and (ii) disclose the status of implementation of this Agreement to the owner of the Licensed Patents, including the amount of payments and reports under Articles 4 and 5 hereof under the appropriate confidentiality protection set forth in the Kyoto Agreement.
8.
Patent Enforcement
8.1
AJ or the owner of the Licensed Patents shall have, at its expense, the sole right to file for, prosecute and maintain the Licensed Patents, using patent counsel of its choice. It is the present intention of AJ or the owner of the Licensed Patents, as the case may be, to pursue prosecution of applications of, and maintain the Licensed Patents. However, LICENSEE acknowledges that neither AJ nor the owner of the Licensed Patents shall, in any event, be responsible to LICENSEE for any act or omission relating to the preparation, prosecution and maintenance of any and all patent applications or patents of the Licensed Patents.
8.2
AJ or the owner of the Licensed Patents intends to enforce Licensed Patents against infringers or otherwise act to eliminate infringement, when, in AJ’s or such owner’s sole judgment, such action may be reasonably necessary, proper, and justified and makes reasonable business sense considering all factors. In the event that LICENSEE believes there is infringement of any Licensed Patent under this Agreement which is to LICENSEE’s substantial detriment, LICENSEE may, subject to any of its obligations of confidentiality, provide AJ with notification and reasonable evidence of such infringement. If AJ and/or the owner of the Licensed Patents takes action to remedy the infringement, LICENSEE shall provide reasonable assistance as requested by AJ. Nonetheless, AJ or the owner of the Licensed Patents is under no obligation to bring any action or proceeding against any entity for infringement of the Licensed Patents.
9.
Indemnification

LICENSEE shall, except to the extent that the same can be shown to have been caused by AJ or its Affiliates, defend, indemnify and hold harmless AJ, its Affiliates, the owner of the Licensed Patents, the inventors of the Licensed Patents, and the directors, officers, employees and agents of AJ and its Affiliates (together, “AJ Indemnified Entities”) from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs of defending any action) that any of the AJ Indemnified Entities may sustain or incur as a result of any claim of a Third Party based on the gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of LICENSEE, or any of its employees or agents in performing its obligations or exercising the license granted pursuant to this Agreement.

10.
Term and Termination
10.1
This Agreement shall be effective on the Effective Date and, unless terminated sooner as provided herein below or by mutual agreement, remain in force and expire upon the expiration of the last to expire patent within Licensed Patents (“Term”) in the Territory.
10.2
Either Party shall have the right to remedy a breach of this Agreement where such breach is capable of remedy within a reasonable period of time, but in no event later than [***] after the first notification of the breach by the non-breaching Party.

12


10.3
Termination by AJ. AJ may terminate this Agreement:
(i)
upon ten (10) days prior written notice to LICENSEE for LICENSEE’s failure to cure LICENSEE’s breach of this Agreement during the period in Section 10.2;
(ii)
immediately if LICENSEE becomes insolvent, files a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency act, or has any such petition filed against it or any of its assets, to the extent permitted by law;
(iii)
immediately if LICENSEE contests or challenges, directly or indirectly, the validity of any Licensed Patent in any country;
(iv)
immediately if LICENSEE conducts any act including but not limited to fraud or willful misconduct that directly incurs incurable damages to credibility, trust or reputations of the AJ Group (defined in Section 2.8.2); or
(v)
according to Section 10.8.

In the event that AJ terminates this Agreement under this Section 10.3 (i) for LICENSEE’s unremedied breach of this Agreement, LICENSEE shall have the right to sell Licensed Products during said ten (10) day notice period, and shall thereafter discontinue all sales of Licensed Products, subject to LICENSEE’s continuing obligation to make all payments due under Articles 3 and 4, including royalties on sales during such ten ( i 0) day notice period.

10.4
Termination by LICENSEE. LICENSEE may terminate this Agreement:
(i)
without cause upon [***] prior written notice to AJ; or
(ii)
immediately if AJ conducts any act that incurs incurable damages to credibility, trust or reputations of LICENSEE.
10.5
Termination of Kyoto Agreement. in the event that the Kyoto Agreement pursuant to which Al has obtained the rights to grant the license to LICENSEE in this Agreement is terminated, this Agreement shall be automatically terminated on the date of termination of the Kyoto Agreement. In such a case, AJ shall cause Kyoto University (or its nominee) to meet for negotiation between LICENSEE and Kyoto University (or its nominee), so that such parties may negotiate with each other the grant of a license between LICENSEE and Kyoto University (or its nominee) on the similar terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, without duplication of or demand for any fee similar to payments previously made by LICENSEE under Article 3 of this Agreement, provided that (i) Kyoto University does not take over any liability and responsibility that AJ accepted under this Agreement, (ii) there are no unremedied breaches of this Agreement by LICENSEE as of the effective date of termination of the Kyoto Agreement, and (iii) there are no outstanding legal disputes between LICENSEE and AJ and/or Kyoto University.

In relation with the negotiation between Kyoto University (or its nominee) and LICENSEE, the license set forth in Article 2 shall be deemed to be continued [***] from the date of termination of the Kyoto Agreement and this Agreement, on condition and to the extent that LICENSEE

13


complies with its obligations described under this Agreement including making payments to Kyoto University (or its nominee) for all amounts which would have been paid to AJ if this Agreement had not terminated.

10.6
Procedures for Expiration. After the expiration of this Agreement, LICENSEE will be free to use the Licensed Patents; however, LICENSEE shall not be relieved from its obligations to pay fees and royalties under Article 3 for the use of Licensed Patents which have accrued on or before the date of expiration under Section 11.2. After the expiration, LICENSEE may (i) sell Licensed Products manufactured on or before the date of expiration, (ii) complete the production of Licensed Products in process as of the date of expiration and sell the same, and (iii) manufacture Licensed Products from any and all Licensed Cells made on or before the date of expiration and sell the same, provided that in any of the above (i) to (iii), LICENSEE shall pay the applicable running royalties in accordance with Section 3.4 and Article 4, and submit a written royalty statement to AJ pursuant to Section 5.1. If there is no longer running royalties to be reported, LICENSEE shall notify AJ accordingly in the written royalty statement to be submitted next, and upon AJ’s written approval of the written royalty statement, LICENSEE shall be released from its obligation to pay the running royalties to AJ pursuant to Section 3.4.
10.7
Procedures for Termination. In the case of termination of this Agreement (except for the termination under Section 10.5 above), LICENSEE shall not use Licensed Patents after the termination, shall discontinue all sales of Licensed Products after the termination, and shall discard immediately (i) Licensed Products then in stock, (ii) Licensed Products then in process, and (iii) any and all Licensed Cells. LICENSEE shall submit a written statement to report such discard to AJ within thirty (30) days after the date of termination.

In addition, within thirty (30) clays after the date of termination pursuant to Section 11.2, LICENSEE shall pay the applicable fees and royalties under Article 3 for the Reporting Period including the date of termination in accordance with Section 3.4 and Article 4, and submit a written royalty statement to AJ pursuant to Section 5.1.

10.8
Change of Control. Subject to the provision of Section 12.2, upon a change of Control of LICENSEE (for example, through a stock purchase or sale, merger, acquisition, or any other form of corporate transaction other than a financing following which no single stockholder, together with such stockholder’s Affiliates, owns 50% or more of the stock or shares having the right to vote for the election of directors of LICENSEE), LICENSEE shall provide written notice to AJ consistent with the business transaction contemplated no later than ten (10) days after the occurrence of such change of Control.

If (i) LICENSEE fails to provide such notice, or (ii) a party which directly or indirectly takes LICENSEE’s Control is in any legal dispute or licensing conflict with AJ and/or the owner of the Licensed Patents at the time of the occurrence of such change of Control, this Agreement may be terminated by AJ on the effective date of such change of Control,

14


11.
Effect of Expiration and Termination
11.1
Survival. All rights and obligations of the Parties set forth herein that expressly or by their nature survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Articles I (Definitions), 3 (Fees and Royalties), 4 (Payment), 5 (Reports and Records), 6 (Representations and Warranties), 7 (Confidentiality), 9 (Indemnification), 10 (Term and Termination), (Effect of Termination) and 12 (Miscellaneous), and Section 2.4 shall continue in full force and effect subsequent to and notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement until they are satisfied or by their nature expire and shall bind the Parties and their legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns.
11.2
No Release. The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not relieve LICENSEE from its obligations hereunder which have accrued on or before the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement, including without limitation, the obligation to pay all fees and royalties under Article 3 to AJ. In the case of termination of this Agreement (except for the termination under Section 10.5 above), LICENSEE shall pay to AJ such fees and royalties within thirty (30) days after the date of termination.
12.
Miscellaneous
12.1
Relationship of Parties. The relationship of the Parties is that of independent contractors, and nothing herein shall be construed as establishing one Party or any of its employees as the agent, legal representative, joint venture, partner, employee, or servant of the other. Except as set forth herein, neither Party shall have any right, power or authority to assume, create or incur any expense, liability or obligation, express or implied, on behalf of the other.
12.2
Assignment. Neither Party shall assign, sell, pledge, encumber or otherwise convey any of its rights or interest in this Agreement without prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however, that AJ shall have the right to assign this Agreement to a Third Party as part of a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the entire business of AJ relating to this Agreement. For the purpose of providing prior consent, AJ shall have the right to meet with the assignee to confirm it is not currently engaged in any legal dispute or licensing conflict with AJ and/or the owner of the Licensed Patents and to renegotiate the financial terms herein.
12.3
Amendment. This Agreement shall not be amended except by an instrument in writing executed by both Parties.
12.4
Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including any appendix hereto, shall constitute the entire, full, and complete agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior agreements, negotiations, representations, and discussions, written or oral, express or implied, between the Parties in relation thereto.
12.5
Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of Japan without regard to its conflicts of laws or rules, provided that those matters pertaining to the validity or enforceability of Licensed Patents shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the territory in which such patent rights exist.

15


12.6
Dispute. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising under, out of or relating to this Agreement and any subsequent amendment thereto, including, without limitation, its formation, validity, binding effect, interpretation, performance, breach or termination, as well as non-contractual claims, shall be submitted to [***]. The arbitration proceedings shall be held in [***].
12.7
Press Release. Neither Party shall issue any press release or other public announcements relating to this Agreement without obtaining the other Party’s prior written approval which will not be unreasonably withheld.
12.8
Notices. All communications concerning this Agreement, including payments, notices, demands or requests required or permitted hereunder shall be given in English and in writing, and shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; facsimile transmission (receipt verified); e-mail; or express courier service (signature requested), in each case to the respective address specified below, or such other address or fax number as may be specified in writing to the other Party hereto:

LICENSEE:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

Address: 10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 91121, U.S.A.

[***]

 

AJ:

IPS Academia Japan, Inc.

[***]

 

12.9
Waiver. The terms and conditions of this Agreement may be waived only by a written instrument executed by the Party waiving compliance. The failure of either Party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect its rights at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either Party of any condition or term shall be deemed as a continuing waiver of such condition or term or of another condition or term.
12.10
Gender and Number. All terms used herein in any one gender or number mean and include any other gender and number as the facts, context, or sense of this Agreement may require.
12.11
Headings. Headings used herein are for descriptive purposes only and shall not control or alter the meaning of this Agreement as set forth in the text.
12.12
Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement to preserve (to the extent possible) their original intent.
12.13
Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

16


12.14
Force Majeure. Neither Party will be responsible for delays resulting from causes beyond the reasonable control of such Party, including without limitation, fire, explosion, flood, war, strike, or riot, provided that the nonperforming Party uses commercially reasonable efforts to avoid or remove such causes of nonperformance and continues performance under this Agreement with reasonable dispatch whenever such causes are removed.
12.15
Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement, binding on the Parties as if each had signed the same document.
12.16
Compliance of Law. LICENSEE shall ensure that any activity conducted under this Agreement will comply with all applicable laws and governmental regulations in force and effect in the Territory. Upon request by AJ, LICENSEE shall provide AJ with all information and assistance necessary to comply with any governmental request relating to this Agreement.

[Remainder of this page is intentionally blank.]

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date below and this Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date.

iPS Academia Japan, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mitsuomi Shirahashi

 

By:

/s/ Howard Federoff

 

Mitsuomi .Shirahashi

 

 

Howard Federoff

Title:

President & CEO

 

Title:

CEO

Date:

October 1, 2019

 

Date:

September 30, 2019

 

18


Appendix A
(Licensed Patents)

AJ No.

Country

Application No.

Patent No.

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

 

 

19


AJ No.

Country

Application No.

Patent No.

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

20


AJ No.

Country

Application No.

Patent No.

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

21


Appendix B

(Annual Report format example)

 

Date:

 

 

LICENSEE:

Agreement in reference: Non-Exclusive License Agreement effective as of Period covered: Calendar Year

The progress or any update for commercialization of Licensed Products during the Period and the (estimated) schedules commercialization of Licensed Products as of the Date above is described as follows.

Major Progress

Estimated schedule

(i)
IND
(ii)
NDA
(iii)
Launch

Person in charge:

Signature:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

22


Appendix C

(Event Notice format example)

 

Date:

 

 

LICENSEE:

Agreement in reference: Non-Exclusive License Agreement effective as of

Please cheek the event to be reported by this notice, and describe the area and country where such event occurred and the date when such event occurred.

Section 2.7

 

Date of NDA Approval

Country

Approval Number

Product same/product code/development code*

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Any name or number which can identify the product approved by the NDA Approval.

Section 3.3.1

 

Events

Area(1)

Country

Date

Amounts

 

(i) LICENSEE first files an IND Application for the Licensed Products in any of the Areas.

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

(ii) LICENSEE first files an IND Application for the Licensed Products in the Areas excluding the Area where the IND Application is first filed under the above subsection (i).

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

(iii) LICENSEE first files an IND Application for the Licensed Products in the Area excluding the Areas where the IND Application is first filed under the above subsections (i) and (ii).

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

23


Section 3.3.2

 

Events

Area(1)

Country

Date

Amounts

 

[***]

 

 

 

[***]

 

(ii) After the occurrence of either of the events under the above subsection (i), LICENSEE first files an NDA for the Licensed Products in the Areas excluding the Area where the NDA is first filed under the above subsection (i)(a) in such case.

 

 

 

[***]

 

(iii) After the occurrence of either of the events under the above subsection (ii) LICENSEE first files an NDA for the Licensed Products in the Area(s) excluding the Area(s) where the NDA is first filed tinder the above subsection (i)(a), and/or subsection (ii).

 

 

 

[***]

1) North America, Europe or ROW

 

Person in charge:

Signature:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

24


Appendix D

(Financial Terms for Non-SSE)

Fees and Royalties

Non-SSE

Upfront Fee (Section 3.1)

[***]

Annual Maintenance Fees (Section 3.2)

[***]

Milestone Payments on IND Application:
(Section 3.3.1(i))

[***]

Milestone Payments on IND Application:
(Section 3.3.1(ii))

[***]

Milestone Payments on IND Application:
(Section 3.3.1(iii))

[***]

Milestone Payments on NDA:
(Section 3.3.2(i))

[***]

Milestone Payments on NDA:
(Section 3.3.2(ii))

[***]

Milestone Payments on NDA:
(Section 3.3.2(iii))

[***]

Milestone Payments after NDA Approval:
(Section 3.3.3(i))

[***]

Milestone Payments after NDA Approval:
(Section 3.3.3(ii))

[***]

Running Royalties (Section 3.4)

[***]

Annual Minimum Royalties (Section 3.5)

[***]

 

25


Appendix E

(Royalty Statement format example)

 

Date:

 

 

LICENSEE:

Agreement in reference: Non-Exclusive License Agreement effective as of Status of LICENSEE (SSE1) or Non-SSE2):

Reporting Period covered: From _________________ Through _________________

 

Country

Product
name

AJ No
(Licensed
Patent)

Number
sold

Cross
receipts

Net
Sales*

Royalty
Rate

Royalty
amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* Exchange rates employed:

 

 

Total Net Sales:

 

Total royalty amount:

 

Tax:

 

Total payment to AJ:

Cumulative Net Sales as of end of previous period:

Cumulative Net Sales as of end of current period:

 

Check event to be reported.

Milestone Payments:

3.3.3

 

(i) The cumulative Net Sales of the Licensed Products from the beginning of the sales thereof in the Territory reach [***].

[***]

 

(ii) The cumulative Net Sales of the Licensed Products from the beginning of the sales thereof in the Territory reach [***].

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


1 “SSE” means [***] .

2 “Non-SSE” means an entity other than SSE.

26


 

Person in charge:

Signature:

 

 

 

Date:

 

27


Appendix F

(Annual Minimum Royalty Statement format example)

 

Date:

 

 

LICENSEE:

Agreement in reference: Non-Exclusive License Agreement effective as of Status of LICENSEE (SSE3) or Non-SSE4):

Reporting Period covered: From _______________ Through _______________

 

Reporting Periods:

Creditable Running Royalties

1Q (Jan. t to Mar. 31, YYYY):

 

 

2Q (Apr. 1 to Jun. 30, YYYY):

 

 

3Q (Jul, 1 to Sep. 30, YYYY):

 

 

4Q (Oct. Ito Dec. 31, YYYY):

 

 

 

Total running royalties (A):

Annual Minimum Royalty (B):

Balance of payment (B-A or 0,00):

 

Tax:

Total payment to AJ:

 

Person in charge:

Signature:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


3 “SSE” means [***].

4 “Non-SSE” means an entity other than SSE.

28


Appendix G
(Collaborator 2 and Collaborator 3)

Collaborator 2

Name

Address

Outline of collaborative research plan with LICENSEE including the research purpose

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collaborator 3

Name

Address

Outline of collaborative research plan with LICENSEE including the research purpose

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29


Exhibit 10.31

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

LICENSE AGREEMENT

This License Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 5th day of December, 2023 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd., a company duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Japan and having its principal place of business at [***] (“Sumitomo”), and Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a company duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and having its principal place of business at 10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100, San Diego, CA 92121, the United States of America (“Aspen”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Sumitomo and ID Pharma Co., Ltd. (“ID Pharma”) are parties to the Original License Agreement (as defined below), pursuant to which Sumitomo has been granted an exclusive license by ID Pharma under certain patent rights with respect to certain technology in the Indication (as defined below), related to producing induced pluripotent stem cells by using the Sendai virus vector; and

WHEREAS, Aspen desires to obtain a non-exclusive sublicense to certain rights granted by ID Pharma to Sumitomo under the Original License Agreement under the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and the agreements contained herein, the Parties (as defined below) agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 Definition of Terms

1.01
The terms defined herein shall have the meaning set forth herein when they are used in this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the singular includes the plural, and the plural includes the singular, wherever so required by fact or context. Titles used in the articles hereof shall be only for the sake of convenience and shall not be regarded as a part of this Agreement.
1.02
“Affiliate” shall mean, in respect of a Party, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Party. For purposes of this definition only, “control” (and, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means (a) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract relating to voting rights or corporate governance, or (b) the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities or other ownership interest of a legal entity; provided that, if local law restricts foreign ownership, control will be established by direct or indirect ownership of the maximum ownership percentage that may, under such local law, be owned by foreign interests.
1.03
“Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble.
1.04
“Annual License Fee” shall mean the amount specified in Article 3.01(b).
1.05
“Anti-Corruption Laws” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 20.02.
1.06
“Aspen” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble.

1


 

1.07
“Aspen Indemnitees” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 13.02.
1.08
“Bundled Products” shall mean a Licensed Product and/or a Combination Product that is sold as part of a bundle with one (1) or more other products.
1.09
“Claim Package” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 21.02.
1.10
“Combination Product” shall mean a Licensed Product that is combined with one (1) or more products, processes, devices, pieces of equipment or components (including any additional active ingredient included in a Licensed Product).
1.11
“Competing Product” shall mean any induced pluripotent stem cells-derived cell therapeutics product for neurodegenerative disorders in the central nervous system and/or degenerative eye disorders.
1.12
“Competitor” shall mean any Person researching, developing, manufacturing, importing, exporting, commercializing or distributing the Competing Product.
1.13
“Competitor Firewalled Materials” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 21.02.
1.14
“Confidential Information” shall mean any and all information disclosed by or on behalf of either Party (“Disclosing Party”) to the other Party (“Receiving Party”) or obtained by either Party under, relating to or in connection with this Agreement. Confidential Information shall include, without limitation, Improvements, marketing plans, sales forecasts or other proprietary information as well as the existence and terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any and all data and information provided by Sumitomo to Aspen under the [***] shall be regarded as having been provided under this Agreement and shall be included in the Confidential Information.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information that the Receiving Party can demonstrate by written records that:

(a)
is now or subsequently becomes generally available to the public through no wrongful act or omission of the Receiving Party;
(b)
was already known to the Receiving Party (other than under an obligation of confidentiality), at the time of disclosure by the Disclosing Party;
(c)
the Receiving Party has rightfully obtained from a third party who has the right to transfer or disclose it; or
(d)
was independently discovered or developed by or on behalf of the Receiving Party without the use of the Confidential Information belonging to the Disclosing Party.
1.15
“Development” or “Develop” shall mean the research and/or development activities with respect to the Licensed Product in or for the Licensed Territory, including non-clinical, clinical, regulatory and preclinical related activities, necessary or useful for obtaining and/or maintaining any Regulatory Approval in or for the Licensed Territory.
1.16
“Development Milestone Payment” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 3.01(c).
1.17
“Disclosing Party” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 1.14.

2


 

1.18
“Distribution” or “Distribute” shall mean the promotion, marketing, sale, commercialization and/or distribution of the Licensed Product in the Licensed Territory.
1.19
“Effective Date” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble.
1.20
“FDA” shall mean the United States Food and Drug Administration.
1.21
“Field of Use” shall mean autologous therapy for neurodegenerative disorders in the central nervous system and degenerative eye disorders.
1.22
“Firewalled Materials Designee” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 15.05.
1.23
“Fiscal Year” shall mean the fiscal year beginning on April 1 of each calendar year and ending on March 31 of the following calendar year.
1.24
“Governmental Authority” shall mean any central, national, foreign, international, multinational, federal, state, provincial, local, municipal, county or other governmental, administrative or regulatory authority, body, agency, commission or other similar entity (including any branch, department or official thereof).
1.25
“ID Pharma” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the first recital.
1.26
“Improvement” shall mean any improvement invention or discovery relating to the Licensed IP. For the avoidance of doubt, Improvements exclude (a) the manufacturing method of the Licensed Product derived from IPS Cells, and (b) cells further differentiated from the IPS Cells.
1.27
“INDA” shall mean any investigational new drug application submitted to a Regulatory Body in the relevant Region for approval to commence clinical trials for the Licensed Product in such Region.
1.28
“Indication” shall mean neurodegenerative disorders in the central nervous system and/or degenerative eye disorders.
1.29
“Insolvency Event” shall mean, with respect to any Party, if such Party is declared bankrupt, ceases business, or is subject to any procedure for a similar effect under any applicable law and/or regulation and such procedure is not dismissed within ninety (90) days after being instituted.
1.30
“IPS Cells” shall mean the induced pluripotent stem cells produced by nuclear reprogramming using the Sendai virus vector, where such cells or the process of making such cells is covered by a Valid Claim under the Licensed IP for clinical and commercial use, which shall conform to Good Gene, Cellular, and Tissue based Products Manufacturing Practice specified by the ordinance of the Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare in Japan, or any equivalent law, rule regulation, ordinance, standard, or principle, applicable outside Japan.
1.31
“Japanese Yen” or “JPY” shall mean the legal currency of Japan.
1.32
“Licensed IP” shall mean (a) the patent(s) set forth in Schedule A attached hereto as of the Effective Date, (b) all divisional applications, continuation applications, continuation-in-part applications, and all patents issued from such applications, including any reissues and reexaminations, (c) the corresponding foreign patent applications and patents in item (a) above, and (d) any other patent or patent application that Sumitomo is granted a license to by ID Pharma under the Original License Agreement as of the Effective Date or throughout the Term; provided that, in

3


 

the event that the Original License Agreement is partially terminated and/or any patent or right to an application set forth above is or becomes out of the scope of the Original License Agreement, such patent or application shall be automatically excluded from the Licensed IP under this Agreement.
1.33
“Licensed Product” shall mean [***].
1.34
“Licensed Territory” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 2.02.
1.35
“Loss” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 13.01.
1.36
“Material Change” shall mean, with respect to a Party, whether effected in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, (a) the acquisition of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, by any Person (other than such Party or an Affiliate of such Party) of securities or other voting interest of such Party (or its parent) representing a majority or more of the combined voting power of such Party’s (or its parent’s) then-outstanding securities or other voting interests; (b) any merger, reorganization, consolidation, share exchange, business combination or similar transaction involving such Party (or its parent) that results in the holders of beneficial ownership of the voting securities or other voting interests of such Party (or, if applicable, the parent of such Party) immediately prior to such merger, reorganization, consolidation or business combination ceasing to hold beneficial ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the surviving entity immediately after such merger, reorganization, consolidation, share exchange, business combination or similar transaction; or (c) any sale, lease, exchange, contribution or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of such Party to which this Agreement relates, other than the sale or disposition of such assets to an Affiliate of such Party.
1.37
“NDA” shall mean the new drug application submitted for the Licensed Product to the Regulatory Body in the relevant Region.
1.38
“Net Sales” shall mean the gross amounts invoiced and received by Aspen and/or its Permitted Affiliates for sales of the Licensed Product within the Field of Use in the Licensed Territory by Aspen and/or its Permitted Affiliates to a third party on an arms-length basis, less the following: (a) trade, quantity and/or cash discounts, allowances, rebates and other price reductions actually allowed or given; (b) credits actually allowed for claims, rejections, defects or recalls of the Licensed Product or returned Licensed Product; (c) refunds, chargebacks or retroactive price reductions; (d) freight, postage, shipping, handling insurance and other transportation expenses and charges, including packing expenses; and (e) sales, value-added, excise or use taxes, tariffs, duties and customs fees and other taxes or governmental charges imposed with respect to specific sales or uses. With respect to a Combination Product, [***]. With respect to Bundled Products, how to calculate the Net Sales shall be determined on a country-by-country basis by mutual agreement of the Parties in good faith taking into account the relative value of the contribution of each of the Licensed Product, Combination Product and other products in the bundle, as reflected in their individual sales prices. For clarity, sale of Licensed Product by Aspen or any of its Permitted Affiliates or New Licensees to another of these entities for resale by such entity to a third party shall not be deemed a sale for purposes of this definition of “Net Sales”. Further, transfers or dispositions of Licensed Product at or below cost: (i) in connection with patient assistance programs; (ii) for charitable or promotional purposes; (iii) for preclinical, clinical, regulatory or governmental purposes or under so-called “named patient” or other limited access programs; or (iv) for use in any tests or studies reasonably necessary to comply with any applicable law,

4


 

regulation or request by a Regulatory Body shall not, in each case of (i) through (iv), be deemed sales of such Licensed Product for purposes of this definition of “Net Sales.”
1.39
“New Licensee” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 2.04.
1.40
“Original License Agreement” shall mean the license agreement executed between [***], as the same may be amended from time to time.
1.41
“Party” shall mean each of Sumitomo and Aspen, and the term “Parties” shall mean both of them.
1.42
“Permitted Affiliate” shall mean any Affiliate of Aspen that either (a) is not a Competitor, or (b) is approved in advance and in writing by Sumitomo, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
1.43
“Person” means any individual, Governmental Authority, corporation, partnership, joint venture, joint stock company, limited partnership, proprietorship, association, limited liability company, firm, trust, estate, unincorporated organization or other enterprise or entity.
1.44
“Potential Investors” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 15.04.
1.45
“Receiving Party” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 1.14.
1.46
“Region” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 2.02.
1.47
“Region 1” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 2.02.
1.48
“Region 2” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 2.02.
1.49
“Region 3” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 2.02.
1.50
“Regulatory Approval” shall mean any registration, license, permission, authorization or any other approval by the Governmental Authority necessary for the Development (including the conduct of clinical trials), manufacture, import, export, use and Distribution of the Licensed Product or any Combination Product, inter alia the drug permit license issued by FDA.
1.51
“Regulatory Body” shall mean the Governmental Authority responsible for the relevant Regulatory Approval.
1.52
“Royalty” shall mean the amount specified Article 3.01(e).
1.53
“Royalty Term” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 3.01(e).
1.54
“Rules” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 23.01.
1.55
“Sales Milestone Payment” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 3.01(d)
1.56
“Subject Products” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 21.02.
1.57
“Sumitomo” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble.
1.58
“Sumitomo Firewalled Materials” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 21.02.

5


 

1.59
“Sumitomo Indemnitees” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 13.01.
1.60
“Term” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 17.01.
1.61
“Third Party Payment” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 3.01(e).
1.62
“U.S. Dollars” or “USD” shall mean the legal currency of the United States of America.
1.63
“Valid Claim” shall mean any claim of an issued and unexpired patent within the Licensed IP which has not lapsed or expired, been withdrawn or disclaimed, denied or admitted to be invalid, unpatentable, or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction in an unappealed or unappealable decision, or otherwise rendered invalid or unenforceable through reissue, disclaimer, re-examination, opposition, post-grant review or inter parties review or other patent proceedings, or lost through interference proceeding, or been cancelled or abandoned or dedicated to the public.

ARTICLE 2 Grant

2.01
Sumitomo hereby grants to Aspen and its Permitted Affiliates a non-exclusive, non-transferable (except in the case of any permitted assignment described in Article 21.01) and non-sublicensable license (a) to manufacture IPS Cells, (b) to use IPS Cells to use, Develop, have Developed, manufacture, have manufactured, import, Distribute and have Distributed the Licensed Product in the Licensed Territory in the Field of Use, and (c) to use, Develop, have Developed, manufacture, have manufactured, import, Distribute and have Distributed the Licensed Product in the Licensed Territory in the Field of Use. For the avoidance of doubt, Aspen and its Permitted Affiliates shall have the right to have one or more third party service providers (including, without limitation, contract research organizations, contract manufacturing organizations, distributors and research service providers) perform activities on behalf of, or for the benefit of, Aspen and its Permitted Affiliates for Aspen and its Permitted Affiliates to exploit the license grant provided above; provided that, Aspen shall ensure compliance by any such third party service provider with the applicable terms of this Agreement and the applicable laws and regulations, and remain responsible for the obligations under this Agreement.
2.02
The Licensed Territory shall mean North America (i.e. the United States of America and Canada) (“Region 1”); provided, however, that Aspen shall have two (2) options (each of item (a) and item (b)), exercisable through prior written notice to Sumitomo during the Term, namely, to (a) include Europe (i.e. Federal Republic of Germany, French Republic, United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Swiss Confederation, Kingdom of Spain, Italian Republic, and Kingdom of Sweden)in the Licensed Territory upon additional payment to Sumitomo of [***] (“Region 2”) and (b) include four Asian countries (i.e., Japan, Greater China (including the People’s Republic of China, Taiwan, Macau and Hong Kong), Republic of Korea, and Commonwealth of Australia) in the Licensed Territory upon additional payment to Sumitomo of [***] (“Region 3”; each of Region 1, Region 2, and Region 3, a “Region”).
2.03
Aspen shall at its sole cost and expense, and at its own risk and responsibility, perform any of the activities specified in Article 2.01 in compliance with this Agreement and any and all applicable laws and/or regulations thereon.
2.04
In the event that Aspen wishes for all or a portion of its rights under the Licensed IP hereunder to be granted to any third party (a “New Licensee”), then upon Aspen’s request, Sumitomo shall, except in the event that such third party is a Competitor of Sumitomo, use reasonable efforts to negotiate

6


 

and enter into a license agreement with such third party to grant such rights directly to such third party on terms no less favourable than those set forth in this Agreement.
2.05
Aspen shall not challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of the Licensed IP.
2.06
When requested by Sumitomo, Aspen shall submit to Sumitomo written pledges signed by its Permitted Affiliates that the Permitted Affiliates shall comply with the terms of this Agreement and be responsible for the proper exercise by Aspen and/or any other Permitted Affiliate thereof of any license or other right granted hereunder as well as the performance thereby of Aspen’s or any other Permitted Affiliate’s obligations hereunder in full compliance with the terms of this Agreement and any and all applicable laws and/or regulations. Aspen shall be responsible for the proper exercise by any Permitted Affiliate thereof of any license or other rights granted hereunder as well as the performance thereby of Aspen’s obligations hereunder in full compliance with the terms of this Agreement and any and all applicable laws and/or regulations thereon.

ARTICLE 3 Payment

3.01
In consideration of the license grant in Article 2.01, Aspen shall make the following payments to Sumitomo:
(a)
Upfront Payment: A non-refundable upfront payment of Forty Million Japanese Yen (*40,000,000) payable within forty (40) calendar days from the Effective Date;
(b)
Annual License Fee: A non-refundable annual license fee of Six Million Japanese Yen (¥6,000,000) (“Annual License Fee”), regardless of the selection of Region(s) and the number of the Licensed Products Aspen or its Permitted Affiliates exploit hereunder, payable within forty (40) calendar days from the first day of each applicable Fiscal Year. The Annual License Fee to be paid in the Fiscal Year of the first commercial sale of a Licensed Product and each year thereafter shall be creditable against the Royalties payable in such Fiscal Year. For the first Fiscal Year beginning on the Effective Date and ending on March 31 of the following year (i.e., March 31, 2024), Aspen shall pay the Annual License Fee prorated on a daily basis within forty (40) calendar days from the Effective Date;
(c)
Development Milestone Payments: Within forty (40) calendar days after the occurrence of each milestone event set forth below, Aspen shall provide written notice thereof and pay to Sumitomo the corresponding one-time, non-refundable development milestone payment (each, a “Development Milestone Payment”):

 

Development Milestone

Payment

Milestone Event

(i) [***] for each Licensed Product for each Region.

 

[***] in total if this milestone is achieved in ail three Regions)

the first submission of the INDA for each Licensed Product in each Region

(ii) [***] for each Licensed Product in each Region

 

[***] in total if this milestone is achieved in all three Regions)

the first submission of the NDA for each Licensed Product in each Region

 

7


 

 

(d)
Sales Milestone Payments: Within forty (40) days after the Fiscal Year in which any milestone event set forth below occurs for the first time, Aspen shall provide written notice thereof and pay to Sumitomo the corresponding one-time, non-refundable sales milestone payment (each, a "Sales Milestone Payment”):

 

Sales Milestone Payment

Milestone Event

(i) [***]

Total Net Sales of each Licensed Product exceed [***]

(ii) [***]

Total Net Sales of each Licensed Product exceed [***]

(iii) [***]

Total Net Sales of each Licensed Product exceed [***]

(iv) [***]

Total Net Sales of each Licensed Product exceed [***]

(v) [***]

Total Net Sales of each Licensed Product exceed [***]

 

(e)
Royalty: Until (i) the lapsing, expiry, abandonment or cessation of the last Valid Claim of the Licensed IP or (ii) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the first commercial sale of the Licensed Product in the Licensed Territory, whichever is later (the “Royalty Term”), Aspen shall pay to Sumitomo a non-refundable Royalty, with respect to each Licensed Product on a country-by-country basis, at a rate equal to [***], within forty (40) calendar days from the end of the applicable Fiscal Year. [***]. For avoidance of doubt, Sumitomo shall have no obligation to agree to any such royalty reduction. The Parties agree that in no event shall the royalty rate be under [***] of the annual Net Sales of any Licensed Product.
3.02
The payments under the preceding Article 3.01 shall be made in Japanese Yen by telegraphic transfer to the bank account designated by Sumitomo in writing reasonably in advance. Net Sales or any other payments incurred in currencies other than Japanese Yen shall be converted to Japanese Yen. The conversion to Japanese Yen shall be made at the rate of exchange [***].
3.03
Subject to the express terms of this Article 3.03, Sumitomo shall be responsible for the payment of any and all taxes (excluding the withholding below) levied on account of the royalties and other payment paid to Sumitomo by Aspen under this Agreement. All payments made under this Agreement shall be made by Aspen without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax unless such withholding is required by applicable laws or regulations. Where such withholding is so required: (i) Aspen shall make each required withholding and the related payment to the competent Governmental Authority within the time allowed and in the amount required by law, and (ii) within thirty (30) calendar days of such withholding payment, Aspen shall provide Sumitomo with reasonable evidence of Aspen’s payment of the withholding tax. Each Party shall provide the other Party with reasonable assistance to enable the recovery, as permitted by applicable laws, of withholding taxes made under this Agreement, such recovery to be for the benefit of the Party bearing such withholding tax.
3.04
Aspen shall keep and maintain complete and accurate books and records with respect to all payments owed hereunder at all times during the Term and for five (5) years thereafter (or such longer period as may be required under the applicable law or regulation). All such books and records shall be prepared and maintained in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

8


 

ARTICLE 4 Information

4.01
During the Term, Aspen shall, within a commercially reasonable period of time after becoming aware and additionally at the reasonable request of Sumitomo (but no more than once annually), provide Sumitomo with reasonable information on the status of the Development in the Licensed Territory.

ARTICLE 5 Development

5.01
Aspen shall, at its sole cost and expense, and at its own discretion and responsibility, conduct the Development in compliance with any and all applicable laws and regulations for the Development and the protocols thereof, including, but not limited to, any communications made to or with any Regulatory Body.

ARTICLE 6 Regulatory Approval

6.01
Aspen shall, at its own cost and expense, and at its own discretion and responsibility, file any applications (i.e., INDAs and NDAs) related to the Regulatory Approval of a Licensed Product for the Indication and obtain such Regulatory Approval, including, but not limited to, making any communications to or with the Regulatory Body.
6.02
Aspen shall promptly report to Sumitomo, upon Sumitomo’s reasonable written request (and no more than once annually), the status of the above filed application(s) for Regulatory Approval(s) of a Licensed Product for the Indication in such manner as agreed upon by the Parties.
6.03
Aspen shall notify Sumitomo in writing promptly after Aspen obtains each Regulatory Approval for each Licensed Product for the Indication for each country in the Licensed Territory.

ARTICLE 7 Distribution

7.01
Aspen shall, at its sole cost and expense, and at its own discretion and responsibility, conduct the Distribution, manufacture, and/or import of the Licensed Product in compliance with any and all applicable laws and regulations therefor. Aspen shall, during the Term, use its reasonable efforts to exploit the market for the Licensed Product in the Licensed Territory.

ARTICLE 8 Report and Audits

8.01
Aspen shall, within forty (40) calendar days from the end of each quarter of the Fiscal Year, provide Sumitomo with a report which contains the following information:
(a)
Net Sales of each Licensed Product sold in the preceding quarter;
(b)
the amount of the Royalty, Development Milestone Payments and/or the Sales Milestone Payments;
(c)
the exchange rate(s) used in determining the amount of the Net Sales in any currency other than Japanese Yen pursuant to Article 3.02; and
(d)
marketing activities for the Licensed Product.

9


 

8.02
Aspen shall provide to Sumitomo with (a) an annual report of the Net Sales and the Royalties owing under Article 3.01 and (b) the amount of the Annual License Fee within forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each applicable Fiscal Year.
8.03
During the Term and for five (5) years thereafter, upon the reasonable written request of Sumitomo, Aspen shall permit an independent certified public accounting firm selected by Sumitomo and reasonably acceptable to Aspen, at Sumitomo’s expense (except as provided in the final sentence of this article), to have access during normal business hours to the books and records set forth in Article 3.04 as may be reasonably necessary to verify the accuracy of the payments and payment reports provided by Aspen hereunder and otherwise verify compliance with this Agreement; provided, however, that (a) any such audit shall not apply to the books and records for any quarter ending more than sixty (60) months prior to the date of such request, (b) Sumitomo shall not have the right to conduct more than one (1) such audit in any twelve (12) month period, and (c) in no event may Sumitomo review the same period more than once. Aspen may require such accounting firm to enter into Aspen’s standard confidentiality agreement prior to the conduct of such audit, and such accounting firm shall only be permitted to disclose to Sumitomo whether the calculation of payment due by Aspen to Sumitomo is accurate and necessary details concerning any discrepancies. If such audit concludes that additional amounts were owed, Aspen shall pay such additional amounts and interest at a rate per day equal to [***]. The fees associated with any such audit shall be paid by Aspen if the audit concludes that the deficiency in the Royalties, Development Milestone Payments and/or Sales Milestone Payments for the applicable period exceeded [***]. If, based on the results of any audit, such accounting firm concludes that an overpayment was made, such overpayment shall be fully creditable against amounts payable in subsequent payment periods or, at Aspen’s request, shall be promptly reimbursed to Aspen.

ARTICLE 9 Protection of Licensed IP

9.01
Aspen shall promptly inform Sumitomo in writing (a) in the event of receipt of any notice from any third party of any action, suit or claim alleging infringement by the Licensed IP and/or IPS Cells, or (b) if it becomes aware that a third party is infringing or attempting to infringe the Licensed IP in or outside the Licensed Territory.
9.02
Sumitomo is not obliged to indemnify Aspen (including any Affiliate thereof) for any damage or loss caused by any infringement by any third party of the Licensed IP, IPS Cells and/or the Licensed Product.
9.03
Upon the request of Sumitomo, Aspen shall, at Sumitomo’s cost, provide reasonable cooperation to resolve any claim or infringement described in Article 9.01.
9.04
Aspen shall not settle any action, suit or claim alleging that a third party infringes the Licensed IP without Sumitomo’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
9.05
Aspen may settle any action, suit or claim alleging that the Licensed Product infringe a third party patent claim in its sole discretion.

ARTICLE 10 Representations, Warranties and Covenants

10.01
Sumitomo represents and warrants that it is duly incorporated, validly existing, in a sound and reliable financial condition, and in good standing, and has the power and authority to perform under this Agreement.

10


 

10.02
Sumitomo represents and warrants that the execution and performance of this Agreement does not violate any law, regulation, official decision or award, and does not constitute a breach of any contract that Sumitomo is a party to.
10.03
Sumitomo represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date, it has the full rights, power and authority to grant all of the rights, title and/or interests in the licenses and other rights granted to Aspen and its Permitted Affiliates under this Agreement as of the Effective Date. In particular, Sumitomo represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date, the grant of this sublicense under the Original License Agreement requires no consent, waiver or other action by ID Pharma and the rights and obligations of Aspen set forth in this Agreement do not contravene nor are they inconsistent with or in conflict with the terms of the Original License Agreement.
10.04
Sumitomo represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date, (a) the Original License Agreement constitutes all agreements with third parties pursuant to which Sumitomo has in-licensed or otherwise obtained rights with respect to the Licensed IP; (b) it has provided to Aspen an accurate and true copy of a partially blacked-out Original License Agreement, as amended to date; (c) the Original License Agreement is in full force and effect and Sumitomo is not in breach or default in the performance of its obligations under the Original License Agreement and Sumitomo has not received any notice from ID Pharma of any breach, default or noncompliance of Sumitomo under the terms of the Original License Agreement. Sumitomo covenants to Aspen that, from the Effective Date until expiration or termination of this Agreement in its entirety, Sumitomo will use its best efforts not to terminate or breach the Original License Agreement. Sumitomo further covenants that it will promptly notify Aspen in writing of any material change which may affect this Agreement, and shall provide a copy of such change (e.g., an amendment), to the Original License Agreement to the extent possible from the perspective of the confidentiality.
10.05
Sumitomo does not warrant that (a) to use the IPS Cells to Develop, make, have made, import or Distribute the Licensed Product in, or export the Licensed Product to, the Licensed Territory, (b) to manufacture the IPS Cells, (c) to use, Develop, manufacture, have manufactured, import or Distribute the Licensed Product in, or export the Licensed Product to, the Licensed Territory, or (d) any other exploitation of the Licensed IP hereunder, will not infringe or violate any patent or other intellectual property rights of a third party. Sumitomo is not obliged to indemnify Aspen (including any Affiliate thereof) for any cost, loss or damage caused by any invalidity of any Licensed IP or infringement by any Licensed IP, the IPS Cells and/or the Licensed Product of any patent or other intellectual property right held by any third party.
10.06
Aspen represents and warrants that it is duly incorporated, validly existing, in a sound and reliable financial condition, and in good standing, and has the power and authority to perform under this Agreement.
10.07
Aspen represents and warrants that the execution and performance of this Agreement does not violate any law, regulation, official decision or award, and does not constitute a breach of any contract that Aspen is a party to.

ARTICLE 11 Packages of the Licensed Product

11.01
To the extent that the applicable laws and regulations require, Aspen shall refer to Sumitomo in such manner as agreed upon between the Parties in all packages, package inserts, promotional literature and any other printed materials concerning the Licensed Product.

11


 

ARTICLE 12 Independent Contractor

12.01
Each Party is an independent contractor, and not an agent, joint venture or partner of the other Party. Each Party shall not bind, or attempt to bind, the other Party to any other contract or any performance of any obligation with any third party. Nothing contained herein or done hereunder shall be construed as constituting either Party the agent of the other Party in any sense of the term whatsoever.

ARTICLE 13 Indemnification and Liability

13.01
Aspen shall indemnify, defend and hold Sumitomo and its Affiliates and their respective shareholders, officers, directors, employees, consultants and agents (collectively, the “Sumitomo Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, judgments, damages or expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) (collectively, the “Loss”) by reason of any litigation brought or otherwise for any claim made by a third party to the extent arising out of the performance of Aspen and its Permitted Affiliates under this Agreement or any material breach of this Agreement by Aspen, except to the extent that Sumitomo is obligated to indemnify Aspen pursuant to Article 13.02. Sumitomo shall promptly notify Aspen of any such litigation or claim, and shall permit, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Parties in writing, Aspen to handle and control such litigation or claim at Aspen’s cost and expense. A Sumitomo Indemnitee shall have the right to retain its own counsel, at its own expense, if representation by the counsel of Aspen would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Sumitomo Indemnitee and Aspen. In any event, Aspen shall not settle any claim without the prior written consent of Sumitomo, unless such settlement does not admit any wrongdoing on the part of a Sumitomo Indemnitee and does not impose any obligations on a Sumitomo Indemnitee.
13.02
Sumitomo shall indemnify, defend and hold Aspen and its Permitted Affiliates and their respective shareholders, officers, directors, employees, consultants and agents (collectively, the “Aspen Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any Loss by reason of any litigation brought or otherwise for any claim made by a third party to the extent arising out of Sumitomo’s material breach of any provision of this Agreement or its gross negligence, intentional act or omission, except to the extent that Aspen is obligated to indemnify Sumitomo pursuant to Article 13.01. Aspen shall promptly notify Sumitomo of any such litigation or claim, and shall permit, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Parties in writing, Sumitomo to handle and control such litigation or claim at Sumitomo’s cost and expense. An Aspen Indemnitee shall have the right to retain its own counsel, at its own expense, if representation by the counsel of Sumitomo would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Aspen Indemnitee and Sumitomo. In any event, Sumitomo shall not settle any claim without the prior written consent of Aspen, unless such settlement does not admit any wrongdoing on the part of an Aspen Indemnitee and does not impose any obligations on an Aspen Indemnitee.
13.03
Sumitomo shall not make any representation or warranty, express or implied, relating to the Licensed IP, IPS Cells, the Licensed Product, and/or any other matters relating to this Agreement, except as expressly provided for in this Agreement.

12


 

13.04
IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OF DATA, OR FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED, ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY AND WHETHER OR NOT SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, ARISING UNDER ANY CAUSE OF ACTION AND ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS WILL NOT LIMIT EITHER PARTY’S OBLIGATIONS TO THE OTHER PARTY UNDER ARTICLE 15.

ARTICLE 14 Improvement

14.01
In the event that Aspen makes an Improvement, Aspen shall have the rights, title and interests in and to the Improvement and any patent application or patent covering the Improvement. Aspen shall keep Sumitomo reasonably informed on the current status of the Improvement and such patent application and patent, and shall promptly provide Sumitomo with the detailed information relating to Improvement upon Sumitomo’s reasonable written request. Aspen shall grant Sumitomo an irrevocable, non-exclusive, non-transferable, perpetual, worldwide license, without a right to sublicense, to exploit all Improvements solely in connection with exploitation of the Licensed IP with no royalties and/or other payments to Aspen.

ARTICLE 15 Confidentiality

15.01
The Receiving Party shall maintain strictly confidential the Confidential Information and shall not disclose the Confidential Information to any third party without the Disclosing Party’s prior written consent.
15.02
The Receiving Party shall use the Confidential Information for the sole purpose of this Agreement and shall not use the Confidential Information for any other purpose without the Disclosing Party’s prior written consent.
15.03
Notwithstanding the provision of Article 15.01, in the event the Receiving Party is required to disclose any Confidential Information pursuant to laws or government regulations, the Receiving Party may disclose such Confidential Information, provided, however, that the Receiving Party shall, to the extent legally permitted, promptly notify in writing the Disclosing Party to allow the Disclosing Party to obtain protective or confidential treatment of the Confidential Information before it is disclosed and cooperate with the Disclosing Party in seeking to minimize the extent of Confidential Information which has to be disclosed.
15.04
Notwithstanding the provision of Articles 15.01 and 15.02, Sumitomo may (a) disclose the Confidential Information to Sumitomo’s Affiliates and ID Pharma and its Affiliates and (b) use, or cause its Affiliates and/or ID Pharma to use, the Confidential Information solely for internal business reporting purposes provided that such Affiliates are bound by obligations confidentiality at least equivalent in scope to those set forth in this Article 15. Aspen may disclose the Agreement to existing or potential acquirers or merger candidates, investment bankers, existing or potential investors, venture capital firms or other financial institutions or investors, or collaboration partners, including Competitors, in each case, as applicable (the “Potential Investors”) and solely for purposes of obtaining financing, negotiating sale or acquisition of any assets or business or collaborations related to the subject matter under this Agreement. If Aspen discloses the Agreement to the Potential Investors, each of the Potential Investors, prior to disclosure, shall be bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-use at least equivalent in scope to those set forth in this Article 15.

13


 

15.05
The Parties acknowledge and agree that, as of the Effective Date: (a) Sumitomo has not disclosed to Aspen any Confidential Information that could qualify for treatment as Sumitomo Firewalled Materials pursuant to Article 21.02; and (b) the Parties do not intend for Sumitomo to disclose to Aspen any Confidential Information that could qualify for treatment as Sumitomo Firewalled Materials pursuant to Article 21.02. Prior to disclosing any Confidential Information to Aspen that could qualify for treatment as Sumitomo Firewalled Materials pursuant to Article 21.02, Sumitomo shall provide a written notice to [***] (the “Firewalled Materials Designee”), setting forth in reasonable detail Sumitomo’s intention to disclose such Confidential Information to Aspen. Sumitomo may make such disclosure to Aspen solely to the extent that the Firewalled Materials Designee expressly requests or approves such disclosure in writing. Such disclosure shall expressly and specifically identify each item of Confidential Information that may constitute Sumitomo Firewalled Materials. Aspen may change the Firewalled Materials Designee solely upon a signed written notice to Sumitomo.
15.06
This Article 15 shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement for seven (7) years thereafter.

ARTICLE 16 Publication and Publicity

16.01
Except as required by applicable laws and/or regulations, neither Party shall issue a press release or public announcement relating to this Agreement without other Party’s prior written consent.

ARTICLE 17 Term of Agreement

17.01
This Agreement shall take effect on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement, shall continue on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis until the expiration of the Royalty Term for such Licensed Product in such country (“Term”).

ARTICLE 18 Effects of Termination

18.01
Upon any termination (but not expiration) of this Agreement, Aspen shall immediately cease to conduct all the activities specified in Article 2.01, and shall immediately, and in any event, within ten (10) calendar days after the termination thereof, return to Sumitomo all Confidential Information. For the avoidance of doubt, the license granted hereunder shall become fully paid and irrevocable following the expiration of the Term.
18.02
Upon any termination (but not expiration) of this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, Aspen shall destroy, at its sole cost and expense, and at its own risk and responsibility, the remaining IPS Cells and inventory of the Licensed Product as of the effective date of such termination. For the avoidance of doubt, the license granted hereunder shall become fully paid and irrevocable following the expiration of the Term.
18.03
Any expiration or termination of this Agreement shall have no effect on amounts due either Party at the time of such expiration or termination.
18.04
Any expiration or termination of this Agreement shall have no effect on any licenses or the rights granted to Sumitomo and expressly stated herein to be perpetual and irrevocable, and such licenses and rights shall continue to be effective after any expiration or termination of this Agreement.

14


 

18.05
Articles 1, 3.04, 8.03, 9.02, 9.03, 9.04, 9.05, 10.05, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 21, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27 and 28 shall survive the expiration or any termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 19 Termination

19.01
Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 17, during the Term:
(a)
In the event the Original License Agreement is terminated, this Agreement shall automatically terminate as of the date of the termination of the Original License Agreement;
(b)
Each Party may terminate this Agreement without any liability after giving written notice:
(i)
if the other Party materially breaches any of its obligations under this Agreement and such material breach is not cured by such other Party within (x) sixty (60) days for non-payment breaches or (y) thirty (30) days for payment breaches, from receipt of the notice to remedy such material breach, provided that in the event that the Party alleged to have materially breached this Agreement disputes in good faith whether a material breach has occurred, such termination shall be tolled pending resolution of such dispute pursuant to Article 23; or
(ii)
with immediate effect if the other Party becomes subject to an Insolvency Event.
(c)
Sumitomo may terminate this Agreement in its entirety immediately if Aspen files any action, proceeding or lawsuit to challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of the Licensed IP.
(d)
Aspen may terminate this Agreement, in its entirety or on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and Region-by-Region basis, at any time upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Sumitomo.
19.02
Sumitomo shall provide notice to Aspen immediately after the Original License Agreement is terminated and shall reasonably cooperate with any reasonable request of Aspen to assist Aspen in entering into a license agreement with ID Pharma or its applicable sublicensee with respect to the Licensed IP.

ARTICLE 20 Compliance with Law

20.01
Each Party shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations for performing its obligations hereunder.
20.02
Each Party warrants, represents and covenants to the other Party that, to the best of its knowledge, neither Party nor any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective shareholders, directors, officers, agents, or employees, is aware of or has taken or will take any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, and any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws (collectively, the “Anti-Corruption Laws”), including, without limitation, making use of the mail or any means or instrumentality of U.S. interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment or giving of any money, property, gift or anything of value to (a) any foreign or domestic official, (b) any foreign or domestic political party or official thereof, or (c) any candidate for foreign or domestic political office, for the purpose of (i) influencing any

15


 

act or decision of such foreign or domestic official in his official capacity, (ii) inducing such foreign or domestic official to do or omit to do any act in relation to his lawful duty, or (iii) securing any improper advantage; in order to assist the Party or any of its Affiliates in obtaining or retaining business, or directing business to the Party or its Affiliates.
20.03
Each Party shall (a) promptly inform the other Party in writing of any inquiry or investigation, whether governmental, judicial, or administrative, involving allegations that the Party has violated any Anti-Corruption Laws, and (b) provide the other Party with periodic updates of such inquiry or investigation. Upon receipt of a notice made pursuant to item (a) of the preceding sentence, the other Party may, in its discretion, suspend the performance of its obligations under this Agreement pending the final determination of such inquiry or investigation; provided that, should such inquiry or investigation last for more than eighteen (18) calendar months following receipt of the notice, then the other Party may immediately terminate the Agreement without any liability upon written notice to the affected Party. Further, the other Party may immediately terminate the Agreement without any liability in the event that the Party breaches the terms or conditions of any non-prosecution agreement, deferred prosecution agreement, or other settlement agreement, or externally imposed monitoring arrangement (or the equivalent of any of the foregoing) between the Party and the relevant Governmental Authority (whether foreign or domestic).

ARTICLE 21 Assignment of this Agreement

21.01
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective corporate successors and permitted assigns. Neither Party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer its rights, duties or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Sumitomo may, without such consent, assign its rights, duties or obligations (a) to any of its Affiliate(s) or (b) to a third party in connection with a Material Change and Aspen may, without such consent, assign its rights, duties or obligations to a third party in connection with a Material Change. An assignment made without the consent required hereunder or which is otherwise not in accordance with this section, shall be null and void and deemed a material breach of this Agreement.
21.02
In the event that Aspen undergoes a Material Change pursuant to which Aspen or its business to which this Agreement relates is acquired by a Competitor, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that (a) the license under Article 2.01 shall only remain in effect for Licensed Products for ANPD001 and ANPD002 and any other product for which the INDA application was approved by FDA prior to the effective date of such Material Change (the “Subject Products”), i.e., this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect replacing the Licensed Products with the Subject Products; and (b) Aspen (or its successor in interest pursuant thereto) shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, (i) implement firewalls to segregate all of Sumitomo’s Confidential Information related to the Licensed IP and/or Licensed Products (“Sumitomo Firewalled Materials”), and the intellectual property of such Competitor (“Competitor Firewalled Materials”), (ii) ensure that its personnel having access to the Sumitomo Firewalled Materials do not have access to Competitor Firewalled Materials (and vise-versa), (iii) not use the Sumitomo Firewalled Materials in connection with the research, development, manufacturing, importing, exporting, commercialization or distribution activities for a Competing Product of a Competitor, and (iv) not use Competitor Firewalled Materials in connection with the Development, manufacturing or Distribution for a Licensed Product. The violations of the obligations provided in this Article 21.02(b) shall be deemed material breach of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the right to cure a material breach as set forth in Article 19.01(b)(i) and the tolling provision therein, if Aspen or its successor in interest pursuant thereto breaches the obligations provided in this Article 21.02(b), then, Sumitomo may give Aspen a written notice that Sumitomo will terminate this

16


 

Agreement when ten (10) calendar days have passed from the receipt by Aspen of such notice, provided such notice expressly identifies and explains the breach by Aspen (the “Claim Package”). In case Aspen proves in writing within the ten (10) calendar days from receipt of the Claim Package that such breach has been cured or did not occur, then Sumitomo will not terminate this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Sumitomo may terminate this Agreement if Aspen fails to prove in writing that none of the Sumitomo Firewall Materials has been leaked to the Competitor or such breach has been cured within the ten (10) calendar days of receipt of the Claim Package.
21.03
Aspen may add its developing product to the Subject Products by [***] for each product to Sumitomo on or prior to the date of such Material Change.

ARTICLE 22 Force Majeure

22.01
Neither Party shall be liable for any delay or failure to perform part or the whole of this Agreement when such delay or failure is due to a force majeure event, including but not limited to, fire, flood, earthquake, pandemic, strike, labour dispute, delay of a carrier, common carrier or other industrial disturbances, inevitable accident, war (declared or undeclared), embargo, blockade, legal restriction, riot, insurrection, governmental action, order, legislation, regulation or restriction, and/or any similar or other causes beyond the control of the subject Party, provided, however, that the Party so prevented from performing its obligations shall not have procured such force majeure event, shall have used reasonable diligence to avoid such event and ameliorate or mitigate its effects, and shall continue to take all actions within its reasonable power to comply as fully as reasonably possible with the terms of this Agreement; and provided that, any obligation of payment under this Agreement shall not be excused by such force majeure.
22.02
The Party claiming the benefit of an excuse under this article shall, as promptly as practicable, notify the other Party in writing of any such delay or failure in the performance of its obligations hereunder, and shall resume such performance as soon as reasonably practicable; provided that, if such delay or failure of performance due to such event of force majeure continues or is reasonably likely to continue for more than ninety (90) days (the Parties may extend such period upon consultation), then the Party not affected thereby may terminate this Agreement without any liability, in whole or in part, upon written notice to the other Party.
22.03
In the above notice of the force majeure event, the Party must specify the obligation(s) that have or are being affected by the said event and demonstrate how such event has or is causing the delay or has otherwise rendered impossible the performance of such obligation(s).

ARTICLE 23 Arbitration

23.01
In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in relation to any provision of this Agreement, or the validity, performance, termination or breach thereof, the Parties shall try to settle the problem between themselves. Should they fail to agree within a period of thirty (30) days (or such longer period agreed upon between the Parties), the matter in dispute shall be finally settled by arbitration held in the English language in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (the “Rules”) then in force. The number of the arbitrators shall be three (3). Each Party shall select one (1) arbitrator, and the selected arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator in accordance with the Rules. The arbitration shall be seated and held in Tokyo, Japan. The award rendered by the arbitration shall in any case be final and binding upon the Parties and enforceable in accordance with its terms. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court

17


 

having jurisdiction thereof, or the relevant Party or its assets. Aspen hereby acknowledges and waives any objection to the propriety or convenience of the above seat of arbitration.
23.02
The existence of any dispute between the Parties as well as the existence or details of the arbitration or other action therefor, and all related documents, materials, evidence and awards of decisions therein, shall be kept strictly confidential. Except as required by law, no Party may make any public announcement with respect to the arbitration or other proceeding, or any award or decision therein, except as required to enforce the same.

ARTICLE 24 Governing Law

24.01
This Agreement shall be expressly governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Japan (without giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws).

ARTICLE 25 Waiver

25.01
The waiver of any relief for any breach or non-fulfillment of any term or condition of this Agreement does not constitute a waiver of any relief for any other breach or non-fulfillment of that or any other term or condition.

ARTICLE 26 Notice

26.01
Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder by either Party shall be given in writing, by registered or certified airmail, recognized courier service, or fax or email followed by registered or certified airmail or recognized courier service, addressed to the Party for whom it is intended at the following address or such other address as such Party may subsequently notify the other Party in writing:

 

To Sumitomo:

Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd.

 

[***]

 

 

To Aspen:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

 

10835 Road to the Cure,

 

Ste. 100, San Diego, CA 92121,

 

United States of America

 

[***]

 

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

DLA Piper LLP (US)

 

4635 Executive Drive, Suite 1100

 

San Diego, CA 92121-2133

 

[***]

 

18


 

ARTICLE 27 Entire Agreement

27.01
This Agreement supersedes any promise, agreement or consent in relation to the subject matter of this Agreement made between the Parties by their respective officers or employees before the execution of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, that undated Non-Binding Term Sheet that summarized the proposed terms of the potential licensing arrangement between the Parties.
27.02
This Agreement may not be modified, nor may any claimed waiver of any of the provisions hereof be binding, unless such modification or waiver is made in writing and signed by the duly authorized representative of the Parties.

ARTICLE 28 Severability

28.01
If any term of this Agreement is found to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, that finding will not affect all or the other remaining terms of this Agreement, but that term shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to render it enforceable, and the rights and obligations of the Parties will be construed and enforced accordingly, preserving to the fullest permissible extent the intent and agreements of the Parties set forth in this Agreement.

[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON THE NEXT PAGE]

19


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date, and each one of the two originals of this Agreement shall be kept by each Party.

 

 

 

 

SUMITOMO PHARMA CO., LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

12/6/2023

 

By

/s/ Toru Kimura

 

 

 

 

Toru Kimura

 

 

 

 

Representative Director, Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

 

Regenerative & Cellular Medicine

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

12/28/2023

 

By

/s/ Damien McDevitt

 

 

 

 

Damien McDevitt, PhD

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

20


 

SCHEDULE A

Patent Rights

[***]

21


Exhibit 10.32

 

 

 

 

 

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF JANUARY 22, 2024

BY AND BETWEEN

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

and

Cell X Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

Article 1 DEFINITIONS

1

1.2

Other Terms

10

Article 2 LICENSES AND OTHER RIGHTS

11

2.1

Grant of Licenses to Aspen

11

2.2

Sublicenses by Aspen

12

2.3

Subcontractors and Distributors

12

2.4

Reserved Indications and Additional Exclusive Indications

12

2.5

Licensed Technology Transfer

13

2.6

Grant-Back License to Cell X

14

2.7

Sale of Instruments

15

2.8

Cell X Use of Subcontractors

15

2.9

Agreements with Third Party Subcontractors

15

2.10

Escrow Agreement

16

2.11

Supply Agreement

16

Article 3 JOINT STEERING COMMITTEE

17

3.1

Formation

17

3.2

Meetings

17

3.3

JSC Functions and Powers

17

3.4

JSC Decision Making

18

3.5

JSC Disbandment

18

Article 4 COLLABORATION PROGRAM

19

4.1

General

19

4.2

Cell X Collaboration Activities

19

4.3

Aspen Collaboration Activities

20

4.4

Funding of Collaboration Program

20

Article 5 EXPLOITATION OF LICENSED PRODUCTS

21

5.1

Development and Regulatory Affairs

21

5.2

Manufacture

22

5.3

Commercialization

23

5.4

Diligence

23

i


 

Article 6 FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

23

6.1

Upfront Fee

23

6.2

Instrument Purchase

23

6.3

Excess Support

23

6.4

Collaboration Funding

23

6.5

Regulatory Support

23

6.6

Milestone Payments

23

6.7

Mode of Payment and Currency; Invoices

25

6.8

No Double-Counting

25

6.9

Taxes

25

Article 7 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MATTERS

26

7.1

Inventions

26

7.2

Patent Prosecution and Maintenance

27

7.3

Enforcement

29

7.4

Third Party Actions Claiming Infringement

30

Article 8 CONFIDENTIALITY

31

8.1

Confidentiality Obligations

31

8.2

Use

32

8.3

Required Disclosure

32

8.4

Publications

33

8.5

Press Releases and Disclosure

33

Article 9 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

34

9.1

Representations and Warranties

34

9.2

Additional Representations and Warranties of Cell X

35

9.3

Cell X Covenants

36

Article 10 INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

37

10.1

Indemnification by Aspen

37

10.2

Indemnification by Cell X

37

10.3

No Consequential Damages

38

10.4

Notification of Claims; Conditions to Indemnification Obligations

38

10.5

Insurance

39

Article 11 TERM AND TERMINATION

39

11.1

Term and Expiration

39

11.2

Termination of the Agreement for Convenience

39

ii


 

11.3

Termination upon Material Breach

39

11.4

Bankruptcy Event Termination

39

11.5

Mutual Termination

39

11.6

Termination for Challenge

49

11.7

Effects of Termination

41

11.8

Additional Effects of Termination for a Cell X Bankruptcy Event

42

Article 12 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

42

12.1

General

42

12.2

Escalation to Executive Officers

42

12.3

Arbitration

42

12.4

Injunctive Relief

44

Article 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

45

13.1

Change of Control

45

13.2

Assignment

46

13.3

Performance and Exercise by Affiliates

47

13.4

Relationship of the Parties

47

13.5

Further Actions

47

13.6

Accounting Procedures

47

13.7

Force Majeure

47

13.8

No Trademark Rights

47

13.9

Entire Agreement of the Parties; Amendments

48

13.10

Captions

48

13.11

Governing Law

48

13.12

Notices and Deliveries

48

13.13

Language

48

13.14

Waiver

49

13.15

Severability

49

13.16

No Implied License

49

13.17

Interpretation

49

13.18

Counterparts

50

iii


 

COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Collaboration and License Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of January 22, 2024 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware with offices at 10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100, San Diego, CA 92121 (“Aspen”), and Cell X Technologies, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware with offices at [***] (“Cell X”). Cell X and Aspen may be referred to herein as a “Party” or, collectively, as “Parties”.

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, Cell X is a biotechnology company engaged in the development of the Cell X Platform Technology designed to assist in the development of cellular products and therapies;

WHEREAS, Cell X Controls the Licensed Technology;

WHEREAS, Aspen is a biotechnology company engaged in the development of cellular products and therapies;

WHEREAS, Aspen and Cell X previously entered into the Strategic Technology Collaboration Agreement pursuant to which, inter alia, (a) the Parties agreed to collaborate to evaluate and demonstrate the applicability of the Cell X Platform Technology to automating cells processing and establishing measurable metrics and (b) Cell X agreed to sell an Instrument to Aspen, upon Aspen’s election, at a price set forth therein;

WHEREAS, Aspen wishes to obtain licenses from Cell X, and Cell X wishes to grant licenses to Aspen, under the Licensed Technology to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory as more fully set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in connection with such license grants, the Parties also desire to collaborate to conduct the Collaboration Program for the purpose of improving the Cell X Platform Technology for use by Aspen to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory as more fully set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the various promises and undertakings set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

Article 1
DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

1.1.
“Additional Exclusive Indication” means each Reserved Indication which is converted to an Exclusive Indication pursuant to Section 2.4. For clarity, Reserved Indications may only

1


 

be converted to “Additional Exclusive Indications” with respect to autologous iPSCs and cells derived from iPSCs.
1.2.
“Affiliate” means a Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another Party, but only for so long as such control exists. For the purposes of this Section 1.2, the word “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” or “under the common control with”) means the actual power, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, to direct the management and policies of such Person, whether by the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of such Person, or by contract or otherwise.
1.3.
“Aspen Competitor” means any company that (itself or through an Affiliate) is developing, making, having made, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or commercializing a Competing Product.
1.4.
“Aspen Deliverables” are the deliverables as set forth in the Collaboration Plan.
1.5.
“Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to a Party, any of the following occurrences: (a) such Party (i) applies for or consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) becomes insolvent or otherwise unable to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors or (iv) commences a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it; (b) proceedings are commenced for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of such Party or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings are commenced seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to such Party or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect and an order for relief entered or such proceeding is not challenged, dismissed or discharged within ninety (90) days of commencement; (c) the dissolution or winding up of such Party; or (d) the appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of any property or assets of such Party.
1.6.
“Calendar Quarter” means each three (3) month period commencing January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 of any year; provided, however, that (a) the first Calendar Quarter of the Term shall extend from the Effective Date to the end of the first full Calendar Quarter thereafter, and (b) the last Calendar Quarter of the Term shall end upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement.
1.7.
“Calendar Year” means the period beginning on the 1st of January and ending on the 31st of December of the same year; provided, however, that (a) the first Calendar Year of the Term shall commence on the Effective Date and end on December 31 of the same year and (b) the last Calendar Year of the Term shall commence on January 1 of the Calendar Year

2


 

in which this Agreement terminates or expires and end on the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement.
1.8.
“Cell X Platform Invention” means any Invention, other than an Aspen Collaboration-Specific Invention, that covers, relates to, or otherwise is an improvement to the Cell X Platform Technology, including any improvement to any existing or integrated algorithm used by Cell X to conduct the Collaboration Program.
1.9.
“Cell X Platform Technology” means [***].
1.10.
“Change of Control” means, with respect to a Person: (a) a transaction or series of related transactions that results in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person’s assets; or (b) a merger or consolidation in which such Person is not the surviving corporation or in which, if such Person is the surviving corporation, the shareholders of such Person immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or consolidation do not, immediately after consummation of such merger or consolidation, possess, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, a majority of the voting power of all of the surviving entity’s outstanding stock and other securities and the power to elect a majority of the members of such Person’s board of directors; or (c) a transaction or series of related transactions (which may include a tender offer for such Person’s stock or the issuance, sale or exchange of stock of such Person) if the shareholders of such Person immediately prior to the initial such transaction do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or any of such related transactions, own, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, stock or other securities of the entity that possess a majority of the voting power of all of such Person’s outstanding stock and other securities and the power to elect a majority of the members of such Person’s board of directors.
1.11.
“Clinical Trial” means a clinical trial in human subjects that has been approved by a Regulatory Authority and institutional review board or ethics committee, and is designed to measure the safety or efficacy of Licensed Product. Without limiting the foregoing. Clinical Trial includes any Phase I Clinical Trial, Phase II Clinical Trial or Phase III Clinical Trial.
1.12.
“CNS” means central nervous system.
1.13.
“Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means, with respect to any objective relating to development of the Licensed Product by Aspen, the application by Aspen, consistent with the exercise of its prudent scientific and business judgment, of diligent efforts and resources to fulfill the obligation in issue, consistent with the level of efforts Aspen would devote to a product at a similar stage in its product life as the Licensed Product and having profit potential and strategic value comparable to that of the Licensed Product, taking into account, without limitation, commercial, legal and regulatory factors, target product profiles, product labeling, past performance, the regulatory environment and competitive market conditions in the therapeutic area, safety and efficacy of the Licensed Product, the strength of its proprietary position and such other factors as Aspen may reasonably consider, all based on conditions then prevailing. For clarity, Commercially Reasonable

3


 

Efforts will not mean that Aspen guarantees that it will actually accomplish the applicable task or objective.
1.14.
“Competing Product” means [***].
1.15.
“Confidential Information” of a Disclosing Party, means all confidential and proprietary information, including products, chemical or biological materials, chemical structures, business plans (including development, regulatory and commercialization plans), correspondence, customer lists, data, formulae, improvements. Inventions, Know-How, processes, regulatory filings, reports, strategics, techniques, business operations or other information, in each case, that arc disclosed by or on behalf of such Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise becomes known to the Receiving Party by virtue of this Agreement, regardless of whether any of the foregoing are marked “confidential” or “proprietary” or communicated to the Receiving Party by or on behalf of the Disclosing Party in oral, written, visual, graphic, or electronic form. The existence and terms of this Agreement and the Collaboration Plan are the Confidential Information of each Party.
1.16.
“Control,’’ “Controls,” “Controlled” means, with respect to Patent Rights, Know-How or Confidential Information, that a Party or one of its Affiliates owns or has a license or sublicense to such Patent Rights or Know-How other than pursuant to this Agreement, and has the ability to grant a license or sublicense to, or assign its right, title and interest in and to, such Patent Rights or Know- How or to otherwise disclose such Confidential Information to the other Party as provided for in this Agreement without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with any Third Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party and its Affiliates will not be deemed to “Control” any Patent Rights, Know-How or Confidential Information that, prior to the consummation of a Change of Control of such Party, is owned or in-licensed by a Third Party that becomes an Affiliate of such Party after the Effective Date as a result of such Change of Control.
1.17.
“Excluded Indications” means [***].
1.18.
“Exclusive Indications” means (a) the Initial Exclusive Indication and (b) each Additional Exclusive Indication. For clarity, the Exclusive Indications shall in no event include the Excluded Indications.
1.19.
“Executive Officers” means, together, the Chief Executive Officer of Aspen and the Chief Executive Officer of Cell X or their respective designees.
1.20.
“Existing Third Party Agreement(s)” means any contract or agreement between Cell X (or any of its Affiliates, as applicable) and any Third Party pursuant to which Cell X has Control of any Licensed Patent Right or Licensed Know-How for purposes of this Agreement. The Existing Third Party Agreements as of the Effective Date are set forth on Schedule 1.20.
1.21.
“FDA” means the United States Food and Drag Administration or a successor federal agency thereto.

4


 

1.22.
“FTE” means the equivalent of a full-time individual’s work dedicated to the conduct of Cell X Collaboration Activities pursuant to the Collaboration Plan for a Calendar Year. For clarity, FTE efforts shall not include the work of general corporate or administrative personnel.
1.23.
“FTE Costs” means the product of the number of hours dedicated by FTEs to the performance of Cell X Collaboration Activities and the FTE Hourly Rate.
1.24.
“FTE Hourly Rate” means a rate of [***]; provided that the foregoing rate shall exclude general corporate and administrative activities.
1.25.
“GAAP” means US generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as such principles may be amended from time to time.
1.26.
“GMP” means the regulatory requirements for current good manufacturing practices promulgated by the FDA, as the same may be amended from time to time, and such standards of good manufacturing practice as are required by Regulatory Authorities and other organizations and Governmental Bodies in other countries in which an applicable product is intended to be manufactured or sold.
1.27.
“Governmental Body” means any: (a) nation, principality, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, subdivision, department, agency, bureau, branch, office, commission, council, board, instrumentality, officer, official, representative, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other tribunal); (d) multi-national or supranational organization or body; or (e) individual, entity, or body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any executive, legislative, judicial, administrative, regulatory, police, military or taxing authority or power of any nature.
1.28.
“IND” means an investigational new drug application (including any amendment or supplement thereto) submitted to any applicable Regulatory Authorities for approval to commence Clinical Trials in a given jurisdiction (including any investigational new drug application submitted to the FDA pursuant to U.S. 21 C.F.R. Part 312).
1.29.
“Indication” means a generally acknowledged disease or condition, a significant manifestation of a disease or condition, or symptoms associated with a disease or condition or a risk for a disease or condition for which an MAA may be obtained.
1.30.
“Initial Exclusive Indication” means Parkinson’s disease.
1.31.
“Initiation” means, with respect to a Clinical Trial, the first dosing of the first human patient in such Clinical Trial with a Licensed Product.
1.32.
“Instrument” means a production version of the Cell X device hardware and CxSuite with the specifications to be mutually agreed in good faith by the Parties (as may be amended upon mutual written agreement of the Parties), including the device and algorithms

5


 

embedded therein and necessary for cell reprogramming, picking, weeding, feeding, and passaging.
1.33.
“Instrument Cost” means [***].
1.34.
“Instrument Transfer Price” means [***].
1.35.
“Invention” means any Know-Flow, invention, idea, process, method, algorithm, article of manufacture, discovery or composition of matter, that is generated, conceived or first reduced to practice, constructively or actually, by or on behalf of either Party or jointly by or on behalf of the Parties, in the conduct of the Collaboration Program.
1.36.
“iPSCs” means induced pluripotent stem cells.
1.37.
“Know-How” means scientific or technical information, trade secrets, formulas, prototypes, specifications, directions, instructions, test protocols, procedures, results, studies, analyses, raw material sources, data, manufacturing data, formulation or production technology, conceptions, ideas, innovations, discoveries, inventions, processes, methods, materials, machines, devices, formulae, equipment, enhancements, modifications, technological developments, techniques, systems, tools, designs, drawings, plans, software, documentation, data, programs, and materials.
1.38.
“Law” or “Laws” means all laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances and other pronouncements having the binding effect of law of any Governmental Body that, in each case, govern or otherwise apply to a Party.
1.39.
“Licensed Field” means (a) autologous or allogenic iPSCs and cells derived from iPSCs for the diagnosis, treatment or prevention of the Initial Exclusive Indication, (b) autologous iPSCs and cells derived from iPSCs for the treatment or prevention of the Additional Exclusive Indications and (c) autologous iPSCs and cells derived from iPSCs for the treatment or prevention of the Non-exclusive Indications.
1.40.
“Licensed Indications” means the Exclusive Indications and the Non-Exclusive Indications.
1.41.
“Licensed Know-How” means all Know-How that is Controlled by Cell X or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or at any time thereafter during the Tenn that is directed to the Cell X Platform Technology.
1.42.
“Licensed Patent Rights” means (a) all Patent Rights that are Controlled by Cell X or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or at any time thereafter during the Term that are directed to the Cell X Platform Technology, including the Patent Rights listed on Schedule 1.42 attached hereto, and (b) all foreign counterparts of the foregoing.
1.43.
“Licensed Product” means any cellular therapeutic product (a) the making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing of which would, absent the Licenses, infringe one or more Valid Claims within the Licensed Patent Rights or ( b) that is made through the use of the Licensed Know-How.

6


 

1.44.
“Licensed Technology” means the Licensed Patent Rights and the Licensed Know-How.
1.45.
“MAA” means a Marketing Authorization Application submitted pursuant to the requirements of the FDA, as more fully defined in 21 U.S. C.F.R.§ 314.3 et seq, a Biologics License Application submitted pursuant to the requirements of the FDA, as more fully defined in 21 U.S. C.F.R. § 601, and any equivalent application submitted in any country or group of countries in the Territory, to obtain marketing approval for a pharmaceutical product, in a country or in a group of countries including all additions, deletions or supplements thereto, and as any and all such requirements may be amended, or supplanted, at any time.
1.46.
“Non-Exclusive Indications” means, solely with respect to autologous iPSCs and cells derived from iPSCs, (a) the Reserved Indications, (b) the Excluded Indications and (c) all other Indications.
1.47.
“Out-of-Pocket Expenses” means any expenses actually paid by a Party or its Affiliate to any Third Party.
1.48.
“Patent Rights” means: (a) an issued or granted patent, including any extension, supplemental protection certificate, registration, confirmation, reissue, reexamination or renewal thereof; (b) a pending patent application, including any continuation, divisional, continuation-in-part, substitute or provisional application thereof and any and all patents that have issued or in the future issue from the foregoing patent applications in (b); and (c) all counterparts or foreign equivalents of any of the foregoing issued by or filed in any country or other jurisdiction.
1.49.
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, firm, business trust, joint venture, association, organization, company, partnership or other business entity, or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
1.50.
“Phase I Clinical Trial” means a human clinical trial conducted to evaluate the safety of chemical or biologic agents or other types of interventions that would satisfy the requirements of a country’s or region’s equivalent of 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(a), or an equivalent human clinical trial in a country in the Territory other than the United States; provided, however, a Phase I Clinical Trial does not include any study generally characterized by the FDA as an “exploratory IND study” in CDER’s Guidance for Industry, Investigators, and Reviewers Exploratory IND Studies, January 2006, irrespective of whether or not such study is actually performed in the United States or under an IND.
1.51.
“Phase 11 Clinical Trial” means a human clinical trial for which the primary endpoint is an indication of efficacy of a therapeutic agent in patients being studies as described in 21 CFR § 312.2(b), or an equivalent human clinical trial in a country in the Territory other than the United States, and that is prospectively designed to generate sufficient data (if successful) to commence pivotal clinical trials.

7


 

1.52.
“Phase 111 Clinical Trial” means a human clinical trial that is prospectively designed to demonstrate statistically for registration in the United States whether a therapeutic agent is safe and effective for use in humans in the Indication being investigated as described in 21 CFR § 312.2(c), or an equivalent human clinical trial in a country in the Territory other than the United States.
1.53.
“Price Approvals” means, in those countries in the Territory where Regulatory Authorities may approve or determine pricing or pricing reimbursement for pharmaceutical or biotechnology products, such pricing or pricing reimbursement approval or determination.
1.54.
“Regulatory Approval” means any and all approvals, licenses, registrations, or authorizations of the relevant Regulatory Authority necessary for the development, practicing, making, having made, using, selling, offering for sale, importing or commercialization of Licensed Product in a particular country. For the avoidance of doubt, Regulatory Approval to sell or offer to sell a Licensed Product in a country in the Territory shall include all Price Approvals that are required in such country to sell or offer to sell, or to receive reimbursement from the applicable Governmental Body for, such Licensed Product.
1.55.
“Regulatory Authority” means: (a) in the US, the FDA; or (b) in any other jurisdiction anywhere in the world, any regulatory body with similar regulatory authority over pharmaceutical or biotechnology products.
1.56.
“Representatives” means, with respect to a Party, such Party’s and its Affiliates’ employees, consultants, contractors, advisors and agents.
1.57.
“Reserved Indications” means [***].
1.58.
“Strategic Technology Collaboration Agreement” means that certain Strategic Technology Collaboration Agreement, dated March 8, 2023, by and between the Parties, as amended.
1.59.
“Sublicensee” means any Third Party to which Aspen (or its Affiliate) has, pursuant to Section 2.2, granted sublicense rights under any of the Licenses; provided, that “Sublicensee” shall exclude (a) any Third Party that purchases a Licensed Product from Aspen or any of Aspen’s Affiliates or Sublicensees solely for the purpose of reselling that Licensed Product to end users in the Territory (“Distributors”) and (b) any Third Party subcontractors, contract research organizations and contract development and manufacturing organizations that are engaged by Aspen to conduct development or manufacturing activities on behalf of, or for the benefit of, Aspen (“Subcontractors”).
1.60.
“Successful Completion of Validation Testing” means delivery and completion of installation qualification and operational qualification of the GMP-integrated version of the Instrument with [***].

8


 

1.61.
“Tax” or “Taxes” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.
1.62.
“Territory” means worldwide.
1.63.
“Third Party” means any Person other than Cell X, Aspen or any of their respective Affiliates.
1.64.
“Third Party License Agreement” means any agreement entered into by Cell X or its Affiliate with a Third Party, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in each case following the Effective Date, whereby royalties, fees or other payments are to be made by Cell X or its Affiliate to such Third Party in connection with the grant of rights to Cell X under intellectual property rights owned or controlled by such Third Party, which intellectual rights become Controlled by Cell X under the terms of such agreement and are necessary or useful to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import or commercialize Licensed Product.
1.65.
“United States” or “US” means the United States of America, its territories and possessions.
1.66.
“USD” or means the lawful currency of the United States.
1.67.
“Valid Claim” means (a) a claim of an issued and unexpired patent which has not lapsed or been revoked, abandoned or held unenforceable or invalid by a final decision of a court or governmental or supra-governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal, and which has not been disclaimed, denied or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, reexamination or disclaimer or otherwise and (b) pending claim of a pending patent application that (i) has been asserted and continues to be prosecuted in good faith, (ii) has not been abandoned, finally rejected or expired without the possibility of appeal or refiling, and (iii) has been pending for less than six (6) years from the date of the first substantive office action considering patentability of such claim (for claims filed in the United States) or the date of the first regional or national phase examiner’s report considering patentability of such claim (for claims filed outside of the United States) (at which time such pending claim shall cease to be a Valid Claim for purposes of this Agreement unless and until such claim becomes the claim of an issued patent pursuant to clause (a) above).

9


 

1.2.
Other Terms. The definition of each of the following terms is set forth in the section of this Agreement indicated below:

 

Defined Term

Section

“Action”

7.3.2

“Agreement”

Preamble

“Aspen”

Preamble

“Aspen Collaboration Activities”

4.3

“Aspen Collaboration-Specific Inventions”

7.1.2(b)

“Aspen Development Activities”

5.1.1

“Aspen Development Plan”

5.1.1

“Aspen Development Report”

5.1.4

“Aspen General Inventions”

7.1.2(b)

“Aspen Indemnitees”

10.2

“Aspen Inventions”

7.1.2(b)

“Cell X”

Preamble

“Cell X Assets”

13.1.1

“Cell X Collaboration Activities”

4.2.1

“Cell X Indemnitees”

10.1

“Cell X Inventions”

7.1.2(a)

“Cell X Notice”

2.4.3

“CoC Negotiation Period”

13.1.1

“CoC Negotiation Right”

13.1.1

“CoC Transaction”

13.1.1

“Collaboration Activities”

4.3

“Collaboration Budget”

4.1

“Collaboration Caps”

4.4.3

“Collaboration Funding”

4.4.3

“Collaboration Plan”

4.1

“Collaboration Program”

4.1

“Collaboration Term”

4.1

“Consultation Assistance”

2.5.4

“Conversion Fee”

2.4.2

“Conversion Notice”

2.4.3

“Conversion Right”

2.4.3

“Disclosing Party”

8.1

“Disputes”

12.1

“Distributors”

1.59

“Effective Date”

Preamble

“Escrow Agent”

2.10

“Escrow Agreement”

2.10

“Escrow Materials”

2.10

“Excess Support”

2.5.5

“Exclusive License”

2.1(a)

“Exclusive Option”

2.4.2

10


 

“Extension Year”

4.1

“Free Hours”

2.5.5

“Funding Threshold”

4.4.3

“ICC”

12.3.1

“Joint Inventions”

7.1.2(c)

“Joint Patent Rights”

7.2.2

“Joint Steering Committee” or “JSC”

3.1

“Licensed Patent Challenge”

11.6

“Licenses”

2.1(c)

“Milestones”

6.6

“Non-Exclusive License”

2.1(b)

“Party” and “Parties”

Preamble

“Receiving Party “

8.1

“Regulatory Support”

5.1.3(c)

“Reserved Indication Period”

2.4.1

“Reserved Indication Transaction”

2.4.3

“ROFN”

13.1.2

“ROFN Negotiation Period”

13.1.2

“Rules”

12.3.1

“Subcontractors”

1.59

“Supply Agreement”

2.11

“Technology Transfer Activities”

2.5.2

“Term”

11.1

“Validation Milestone”

6.6.1

 

Article 2
LICENSES AND OTHER RIGHTS

2.1.
Grant of Licenses to Aspen. Cell X hereby grants to Aspen and its Affiliates:
(a)
an exclusive (even as to Cell X and its Affiliates) right and license (with the right to grant sublicenses pursuant to Section 2.2) under the Licensed Technology to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field for the Exclusive Indications in the Territory (the “Exclusive License”);
(b)
a perpetual, irrevocable, fully paid-up, non-exclusive right and license (with the right to grant sublicenses pursuant to Section 2.2) under the Licensed Technology to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field for the Non-Exclusive Indications in the Territory (the “Non-Exclusive License”); and
(c)
during the Collaboration Term, a non-exclusive license right and license (with the right to grant sublicenses pursuant to Section 2.2) under the Licensed Technology to perform the Aspen Collaboration Activities (such license, together with the Exclusive License and the Non-Exclusive License, the “Licenses”).

11


 

2.2.
Sublicenses by Aspen. Aspen shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to grant sublicenses, in whole or in part, through multiple tiers, under the Licenses; provided, however, that (a) Aspen shall ensure that each of its Sublicensees is bound by a written agreement that is consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; (b) Aspen shall be responsible for the performance of any of its Sublicensees that are exercising rights under a sublicense of the Licenses and the grant of any such sublicense shall not relieve Aspen of its obligations under this Agreement; and (c) promptly following, and in any event within thirty (30) days of, the execution of each sublicense with a Sublicensee for the development, manufacture or commercialization of any Licensed Product in the Territory, Aspen shall notify Cell X of the identity of such Sublicensee. For the avoidance of doubt, the engagement of Distributors or Subcontractors by Aspen pursuant to Section 2.3 Aspen shall not be deemed a sublicense hereunder.
2.3.
Subcontractors and Distributors. Aspen may engage Subcontractors and Distributors as Aspen deems appropriate; provided, that Aspen shall remain responsible for the performance of this Agreement and shall cause any such Subcontractor and Distributor to comply with all applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement.
2.4.
Reserved Indications and Additional Exclusive Indications.
2.4.1.
Naming Reserved Indications. During the Collaboration Term and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (the “Reserved Indication Period”), Aspen may, from time to time, select up to three (3) additional CNS diseases as Reserved Indications (i.e., CNS diseases other than Parkinson’s disease, leukodystrophies, multiple sclerosis and Alzheimer’s disease) by providing written notice to Cell X. For clarity, (a) Aspen may designate an additional CNS disease as a Reserved Indication at any given time (not to exceed three (3) additional CNS diseases in the aggregate) and (b) Aspen may designate a CNS disease as a Reserved Indication and exercise the Exclusive Option pursuant to Section 2.4.2 below with respect to such CNS disease at the same time.
2.4.2.
Exclusive Option. During the Reserved Indication Period, Cell X hereby grants to Aspen and its Affiliates an exclusive option (the “Exclusive Option”) to obtain an exclusive license under the Licensed Technology to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products for each Reserved Indication in the Licensed Field in the Territory. Aspen may exercise the Exclusive Option one (1) or more times at any time during the Reserved Indication Period by giving written notice of exercise to Cell X, which notice shall include the Indication or Indications within the Reserved Indications selected by Aspen for its Exclusive Option exercise. Upon the exercise by Aspen of an Exclusive Option for a Reserved Indication, Aspen will pay Cell X the applicable conversion fee for such Reserved Indication as set forth in the table below (each a “Conversion Fee”), and, subject to payment of such Conversion Fee for such Reserved Indication, such Reserved Indication shall automatically convert to an Exclusive Indication as an “Additional Exclusive Indication” and shall become a part of the Exclusive License and subject to all of the terms and conditions (including financial terms) with respect thereto. If Aspen does not exercise the Exclusive Option with respect to a

12


 

Reserved Indication before the expiration of the Reserved Indication Period, the Exclusive Option with respect to such Reserved Indication will terminate.

 

Reserved Indication

Conversion Fee

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

2.4.3.
Conversion Right. If at any time during Reserved Indication Period, Cell X (a) receives a bona fide written term sheet from a Third Party for the grant of a license, option, covenant- not-to-sue or any other right under the Licensed Technology in exchange for royalty payments, milestone payments, or other monetary consideration for any Reserved Indication or any Indication that could be selected by Aspen as a Reserved Indication (a “Reserved Indication Transaction’’) and (b) Cell X wishes to enter into such Reserved Indication Transaction with such Third Party, Cell X will promptly notify Aspen in writing (a “Cell X Notice”). For clarity, the sale, offer to sell, or other transfer of an Instrument or any other product embodying, incorporating or otherwise containing the Cell X Platform Technology to Third Parties under terms and conditions of sale as provided in Section 2.7.1 is not a Reserved Indication Transaction. If Aspen desires to obtain an exclusive license under the Licensed Technology for such Reserved Indication or any Indication that could be selected as a Reserved Indication at such time, Aspen may provide Cell X with a written notice (a “Conversion Notice”) within thirty (30) days setting forth its desire to convert such Reserved Indication or Indication that could be selected by Aspen as a Reserved Indication to an Exclusive Indication (the “Conversion Right”). If Aspen fails to provide a Conversion Notice within such thirty (30) day period, the Conversion Right with respect to the Reserved Indication or Indication that could be selected by Aspen as a Reserved Indication that is identified in the Cell X Notice shall terminate and Cell X shall have the right to enter into the Reserved Indication Transaction with such Third Party. Following exercise of the Conversion Right and upon the payment of the applicable Conversion Fee as set forth in Section 2.4.1 above, such Reserved Indication or Indication that could be selected by Aspen as a Reserved Indication shall convert to an Exclusive Indication as an Additional Exclusive Indication and shall become a part of the Exclusive License and subject to all of the terms and conditions (including financial terms) with respect thereto.
2.5.
Licensed Technology Transfer.
2.5.1.
Initial Disclosure and Transfer. As soon as reasonably possible, but not later than three (3) months after the Effective Date, Cell X shall, at its own cost, transfer to Aspen (a) true, accurate and complete copies of all Licensed Know-How, and (b) documentation related to Licensed Patent Rights, in each case (a) and (b) to the extent Controlled by Cell X on the Effective Date.

13


 

2.5.2.
Continuing Disclosure and Transfer. Upon the reasonable written request of Aspen during the Term (but not more frequently than once every six (6) months), Cell X shall transfer to Aspen (a) tine, accurate and complete copies of all Licensed Know-How, and (b) documentation related to Licensed Patent Rights, in each case (a) and (b) that comes into the Control of Cell X since the last transfer made pursuant to this Section 2.5 (“Technology Transfer Activities”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Technology Transfer Activities are reasonably necessary to support any regulatory filings to be made by or on behalf of Aspen related to Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory, Cell X shall comply with any such reasonable written request by Aspen as promptly as possible.
2.5.3.
Disclosure and Transfer Format. Cell X shall provide the transfers set forth in Sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 above in such format as Aspen may reasonably request (including by download of digital files to a secure website or e-room designated and controlled by Aspen). To the extent that any Licensed Know-How does not already exist in written form, Cell X shall promptly reduce to writing such Licensed Know-Flow in an organized, complete form and transfer such writings to Aspen.
2.5.4.
Assistance. During the Term, Cell X shall make its employees and personnel available to Aspen and its designees at reasonable times and places and upon reasonable advance written notice to provide reasonable consultation and technical assistance in order to ensure an orderly transition of the Licensed Technology and to assist Aspen and its designees in connection with its practice of such Licensed Technology (“Consultation Assistance”).
2.5.5.
Costs. During the Term, Cell X will provide Aspen with up to [***] (“Free Hours”) of Technology Transfer Activities and Consultation Assistance at no cost to Aspen. If Aspen requests Technology Transfer Activities and/or Consultation Assistance in excess of [***] (“Excess Support”), Cell X will promptly notify Aspen in writing prior to providing such Excess Support. In the event that Aspen approves such Excess Support, Cell X shall provide such Excess Support; provided, that, Aspen shall be responsible for reimbursing Cell X (a) the FTE Costs directly incurred by Cell X in performance of such Excess Support and (b) any Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in providing the Excess Support hereunder to the extent approved in advance in writing by Aspen in accordance with Section 6.3. For clarity, under no circumstances shall Cell X be obligated to provide Technology Transfer Activities and Consultation Assistance in excess of [***] unless Aspen agrees to pay for such Excess Support as provided in this Section 2.5.5.
2.6.
Grant-Back License to Cell X. Aspen hereby grants to Cell X a perpetual, irrevocable, fully paid- up, non-exclusive license under the Licensed Technology with the right to grant sublicenses to its customers, to use the Cell X Platform Technology to conduct pre-clinical research for the Exclusive Indications in the Licensed Field in the Territory; provided that

14


 

in no event shall Cell X grant any sublicense, right or authorization for such pre-clinical research to the Third Parties set forth on Schedule 2.6.
2.7.
Sale of Instruments.
2.7.1.
During the Term, Cell X agrees to sell, offer to sell, commercialize or otherwise transfer an Instrument or any other product embodying, incorporating or otherwise containing the Cell X Platform Technology to Third Parties pursuant to written agreements duly executed by Cell X and such Third Parties or subject to binding terms and conditions as a condition of sale to such Third Parties. The form of such agreement or terms and conditions (a) shall contain substantially all of the terms and conditions set forth in Schedule 2.7 and (b) shall include terms that ensure there is no conflict or inconsistency with any rights, licenses or options granted to Aspen under this Agreement. Moreover, in no event shall Cell X agree to any change to the following terms of such written agreements (as set forth in Schedule 2.7) without Aspen’s prior written consent: (i) “Non-Permitted Uses”, (ii) “Sale of Goods and Services; Assignment” (with respect to the first sentence), (iii) “Third Party Beneficiaries” (with respect to naming Aspen as a third party beneficiary of such written agreement), or (iv) Survival (with respect to the survival of the terms set forth in clauses (i) through (iii)). During the Reserved Indication Period, if a Third Party wants to use the Cell X Platform Technology in connection with an Indication that is a Non-Permitted Use under Field 2 in the terms and conditions set forth in Schedule 2.7 [***], then Cell X shall disclose to Aspen the identity of the Third Party and the requested Indication for use. Following such disclosure, Aspen may, in its sole discretion, agree to the modification of the Non-Permitted Use provision for such terms and conditions to exclude the specific Indication in the terms and conditions for that particular Third Party.
2.7.2.
Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent or restrict in any way, or impose any obligation on, the ability of Aspen or its Affiliates to conduct activities with any Instrument that a Third Party is permitted to conduct by purchasing an Instrument prior to the Effective Date or at any time during the Term (but excluding any activities that a Third Party that purchases an Instrument is permitted to conduct through a grant of licenses and/or rights from Cell X or its Affiliates to such Third Party under a collaboration or license agreement similar in nature to the grants of rights and licenses and milestone obligations set forth in this Agreement).
2.8.
Cell X Use of Subcontractors. Cell X may subcontract the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement, including performance of the Cell X Collaboration Activities, to any Third Party with the prior written consent of Aspen, not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, that, the inclusion of a subcontractor in the Collaboration Plan shall constitute Aspen’s consent for purposes of this Section 2.8.
2.9.
Agreements with Third Party Subcontractors. Any Third Party subcontractor of a Party under this Agreement shall, to the maximum practicable extent, (a) be subject to obligations of confidentiality and non-use applicable to the Confidential Information of each Party that are at least as stringent as those set forth in Section 8.1 and (b) without limiting a Party’s

15


 

assignment obligations under Section 7.1.2, be obligated to assign to the Party engaging such subcontractor any Inventions made by it arising out of the performance of its duties other than improvements to Patent Rights and Know-How controlled by such subcontractor as of the effective date of such engagement or acquired by such subcontractor outside of the scope of its activities under such engagement without use of, or reference to, the Confidential Information of either Party. Each Party shall remain responsible and liable for the performance by its subcontractors of its obligations under this Agreement.
2.10.
Escrow Agreement. Within ninety (90) days following the Effective Date, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and enter into an escrow’ agreement (the “Escrow Agreement”) with a mutually agreed upon escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”). The Escrow’ Agreement shall, among other things: (a) name Aspen as a beneficiary under the Escrow’ Agreement; (b) set forth the assets owned or otherwise controlled by Cell X that are subject to the Escrow Agreement, including a copy of the then-current source code(s) associated with the Cell X Platform Technology (including the Instruments), copies of all existing agreements related to the Licensed Technology and any other materials owned or otherwise controlled by Cell X that are necessary or useful for the performance of the Collaboration Activities and the development, practicing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or commercialization of Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory as shall be specified in the Escrow’ Agreement (the “Escrow Materials”); (c) require Cell X to update the Escrow’ Materials on a regular basis but no less frequently than once each Calendar Quarter; (d) provide that the Escrow’ Materials shall be automatically released by the Escrow’ Agent to Aspen, without any consent of Cell X, upon the occurrence of (i) a Bankruptcy Event of Cell X, (ii) termination of this Agreement by Aspen pursuant to Section 11.3, (iii) termination or dissolution of substantially all of Cell X’s ongoing business operations relating to this Agreement or (iv) foreclosure of or upon assets that are necessary for the performance by Cell X of its responsibilities under this Agreement; and (e) such other terms and conditions that are reasonable and customary for a transaction of this nature and the relative positions of the Parties.
2.11.
Supply Agreement. Within ninety (90) days following the Effective Date, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and enter into a supply agreement pursuant to which Aspen shall have the right to purchase from Cell X, and Cell X shall have the obligation to supply to Aspen, Instruments at the Instalment Transfer Price (the “Supply Agreement”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time during the Term Cell X (or any of its Affiliates) supplies Instruments to any Third Party on terms that are substantially identical to the terms of supply applicable to Aspen at a transfer price that is lower than the Instrument Transfer Price, then Cell X shall provide written notice to Aspen and Aspen shall have the right to have the Instrument Transfer Price be substituted with such lower price by providing written notice to Cell X within [***] of its receipt of such written notice. The Supply Agreement shall require Cell X to establish and qualify a secondary supplier for the supply of the Instrument within [***] following the effective date of the Supply Agreement, and, upon the occurrence of certain events to be set forth in the Supply Agreement (including a supply failure, an inability or unwillingness to sell the Instrument to Aspen at the Instrument Transfer Price and a Change of Control of Cell X as contemplated in Section 13.1.3), Aspen shall have an automatic springing right to purchase the Instrument from such secondary supplier. The Supply Agreement shall also include

16


 

such other terms as are reasonable and customary in the industry, taking into consideration the structure and the terms of the deal hereunder.

Article 3
JOINT STEERING COMMITTEE

3.1.
Formation. Within thirty (30) calendar days following the Effective Date, the Parties will form a Joint Steering Committee comprised of three (3) representatives of each of the Parties (the “Joint Steering Committee” or “JSC”). Each Party shall appoint its respective representatives to the JSC from time to time and may substitute one (1) or more of its representatives, in its sole discretion, effective upon written notice to the other Party of such change. One (1) representative of each of Aspen and Cell X at the JSC will be selected to act as the co-chairpersons of the JSC. For clarity, neither Executive Officer of a Party may be a representative of such Party at the JSC.
3.2.
Meetings. The JSC will meet at least once every Calendar Quarter during the Collaboration Term. Each Party may also schedule a meeting of the JSC on an ad hoc basis at any time upon two (2) weeks’ notice to the other Party, subject to the reasonable availability of the JSC members. Meetings of the JSC may be conducted by videoconference, teleconference or in person, as agreed by the Parties. The JSC will agree upon the time and location of the meetings. The co-chairpersons, or their respective designees, will circulate an agenda for each meeting approximately one (1) week before the date scheduled for the meeting, and will include all matters requested to be included on such agenda by either Party. The co-chairpersons, or their respective designees, will take complete and accurate minutes of all discussions occurring at the JSC meetings and all matters decided upon at the meetings, except those matters reflecting legal advice of counsel will not be included in such minutes. A copy of the draft minutes of each meeting will be provided to each Party by the co- chairpersons, or their respective designees, after each meeting, and such minutes will be reviewed by the JSC members, any needed changes discussed and final minutes agreed to and provided to each Party within thirty (30) days after each meeting unless otherwise agreed. A reasonable number of additional representatives of a Party may attend meetings of the JSC in a non-voting capacity. Each Party is responsible for their travel costs and expenses associated with attending meetings.
3.3.
JSC Functions and Powers. The responsibilities of the JSC will be as follows:
(a)
overseeing and coordinating the Licensed Technology transfers described in Section 2.5;
(b)
encouraging and facilitating communication between the Parties with respect to the Collaboration Program;

17


 

(c)
overseeing the collaborative activities of the Parties under the Collaboration Program and reviewing and discussing progress and results (including reviewing the reports on Cell X Collaboration Activities provided by Cell X pursuant to Section 4.2.2);
(d)
reviewing the then-current Collaboration Plan and reviewing and approving any amendments thereto;
(e)
reviewing the then-current Collaboration Budget and reviewing and approving any amendments thereto;
(f)
reviewing and approving the Collaboration Plan and Collaboration Budget for any Extension Year (including any amendments thereto); and
(g)
carrying out the other duties and responsibilities described for it in this Agreement.
3.4.
JSC Decision Making. The JSC is intended to serve primarily as an advisory body and to serve as a forum for the Parties to discuss matters relating to this Agreement and to provide a convenient mechanism for implementation of any review or approval rights granted to a Party under this Agreement. However, to the extent that the JSC is entitled to make decisions on a matter, all such decisions of the JSC will be made by unanimous vote, with each Party having one (1) vote. If the JSC cannot reach resolution on a matter within fifteen (15) days after such matter is brought before the JSC, or at such other time as may be mutually agreed by the Parties, then either Party may elect to submit such issue to the Executive Officers of the Parties for resolution pursuant to Section 12.2. In the event such matter cannot be resolved through good faith negotiations between the Executive Officers for a period of thirty (30) days after such escalation, the status quo shall remain in effect; provided, however, that Aspen shall have the final decision-making authority with respect any proposed amendment to the Collaboration Plan or with respect to any Collaboration Plan for an Extension Year, including any Collaboration Budget with respect thereto, to the extent Aspen agrees to be responsible for any increases in, or new, FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses directly resulting from such amendment or new Collaboration Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, the JSC shall not have any authority other than that expressly set forth in Section 3.3 and, specifically, shall have no authority (a) to amend or interpret this Agreement or (b) to determine whether or not a breach of this Agreement has occurred.
3.5.
JSC Disbandment. The JSC shall disband and be of no further force or effect under this Agreement upon the earliest to occur of the following: (a) expiration or earlier termination of the Collaboration Term, (b) expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, (c) disbandment of the JSC by Aspen pursuant to Section 13.1.3 and (d) mutual written agreement of the Parties to disband the JSC.

18


 

Article 4
COLLABORATION PROGRAM

4.1.
General. Cell X will undertake, in collaboration with Aspen, the collaboration program (the “Collaboration Program”) with the Cell X Platform Technology for the purpose of making improvements to the Cell X Platform Technology to enable it to be used by Aspen to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field. The Collaboration Program will be conducted by the Parties in accordance with the collaboration plan attached hereto as Schedule 4.1(a) (the “Collaboration Plan’’) and the collaboration budget attached hereto as Schedule 4.1(b) (the “Collaboration Budget”). The term of the Collaboration Program will be the period of [***] following the Effective Date, and may be extended for [***] upon not less than [***] written notice by Aspen (each, an “Extension Year”, and together with the initial [***], the “Collaboration Term”); provided, that, in the event that Aspen elects to renew the Collaboration Program for an Extension Year, the Parties shall jointly prepare and provide to the JSC for its review the Collaboration Plan and the Collaboration Budget for such Extension Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing and without limiting any other remedy Aspen may have under this Agreement, Aspen may terminate the Collaboration Program with immediate effect upon any Change of Control of Cell X as contemplated in Section 13.1.3.
4.2.
Cell X Collaboration Activities.
4.2.1.
Cell X shall diligently conduct all activities assigned to it in the Collaboration Plan (the “Cell X Collaboration Activities”) in accordance with the Collaboration Plan and the Collaboration Budget.
4.2.2.
The status, progress and results of the Cell X Collaboration Activities shall be discussed in reasonable detail at meetings of the JSC. In addition, Cell X shall make available to Aspen such additional information about Cell X Collaboration Activities as may be reasonably requested by Aspen from time to time. On a Calendar Quarter basis at least five (5) business days prior to each regularly scheduled JSC meeting, Cell X shall provide Aspen with a written report on the status and progress of the Cell X Collaboration Activities.
4.2.3.
Cell X shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly provide to Aspen each Aspen Deliverable in accordance with the Collaboration Plan; provided, however, that in the event the timing of delivery for an Aspen Deliverable is not specified in the Collaboration Plan, Cell X shall provide such Aspen Deliverable promptly following creation thereof.
4.2.4.
Cell X shall permit Aspen’s authorized representatives, during regular business hours and upon reasonable advance written notice: (a) to examine and inspect Cell X’s facilities, and those of any subcontractors used by it in the performance of Cell X Collaboration Activities pursuant to the Collaboration Plan to the extent reasonably necessary to comply with Law’s; and (b) to inspect all data, documentation and work products relating to the Cell X Collaboration Activities no more than once per Calendar Year (except for for-cause inspections).

19


 

4.3.
Aspen Collaboration Activities. Aspen shall timely and diligently conduct all activities assigned to it in the Collaboration Plan (the “Aspen Collaboration Activities” and, together with the Cell X Collaboration Activities, the “Collaboration Activities”) in accordance with the Collaboration Plan and the Collaboration Budget.
4.4.
Funding of Collaboration Program.
4.4.1.
Aspen shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by Aspen for its performance of the Aspen Collaboration Activities.
4.4.2.
Cell X shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by Cell X for its performance of the Cell X Collaboration Activities, subject to Aspen’s obligation to reimburse Cell X for its FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in Cell X’s performance of the Cell X Collaboration Activities as set forth below.
4.4.3.
Aspen shall not be obligated to reimburse Cell X for any FTE Costs or Out-of- Pocket Expenses incurred in Cell X’s performance of the Cell X Collaboration Activities unless and until such amounts in the aggregate exceed [***] (the “Funding Threshold”), in which event Aspen shall be responsible for such FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in Cell X’s performance of the Cell X Collaboration Activities in excess of the Funding Threshold, subject to the Collaboration Caps. The aggregate amount reimbursable by Aspen to Cell X under the Collaboration Program, including all FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in Cell X’s performance of the Cell X Collaboration Activities (the “Collaboration Funding”), shall not exceed (a) [***] and (b) [***] (collectively, the “Collaboration Caps”).
4.4.4.
Subject to the Funding Threshold and the Collaboration Caps, Aspen shall reimburse Cell X for (a) its FTE Costs included in the Collaboration Budget for FTEs actually utilized by Cell X for Cell X Collaboration Activities in accordance with the Collaboration Plan and the Collaboration Budget; provided, that, Aspen shall not have the obligation to reimburse Cell X in excess of the number of Cell X FTEs set forth in the Collaboration Plan and Collaboration Budget, unless the JSC agrees to an FTE increase in the Collaboration Plan and Collaboration Budget to account for such additional FTEs and (b) its Out-of-Pocket Expenses included in the Collaboration Budget incurred in connection with the conduct of Cell X Collaboration Activities in accordance with the Collaboration Plan and the Collaboration Budget, provided that Aspen shall not have the obligation to reimburse Cell X to the extent that such Out-of-Pocket Expenses exceed the corresponding amounts set forth in the Collaboration Budget.
4.4.5.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the Funding Threshold and the Collaboration Caps, Aspen agrees to reimburse Cell X for any overage in FTE Costs as a result of an increase in FTEs or an increase in an Out-of-Pocket Expenses to the extent that such overage does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the associated amount for FTE Costs or the Out-of-Pocket Expenses set forth in the Collaboration Budget, unless the JSC agrees to an increase in the Collaboration Budget for such

20


 

additional increase in FTEs or Out-of-Pocket Expenses; provided, however, that, subject to the Funding Threshold, in the event Aspen agrees in writing that it will reimburse Cell X for any increase in FTE Costs as a result of an FTE increase or any increase in an Out-of-Pocket Expenses, Aspen shall have the right to approve such FTE increase or increase in Out-of-Pocket Expenses upon written notice to Cell X without any action or approval of the JSC, in which event the Collaboration Plan and the Collaboration Budget shall be amended to reflect any applicable increases.
4.4.6.
Within thirty (30) days following the end of each Calendar Quarter during the Collaboration Term, Cell X shall submit an invoice to Aspen pursuant to Section 6.7.2 setting forth the FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in such Calendar Quarter and for which Cell X seeks reimbursement pursuant to Section 4.4.4. Each invoice shall include reasonable supporting documentation for Out-of-Pocket Expenses (e.g., receipts) and FTE hours. Aspen shall pay all undisputed amounts under each such invoice within thirty (30) days following its receipt of such invoice. If Aspen disputes in good faith all or any part of an invoice, Aspen shall (a) pay the undisputed amount within such thirty (30) day period; and (b) notify Cell X in writing of the particulars of the dispute within such thirty (30) day period. The Parties shall work in good faith to resolve the dispute. Subject to the foregoing, any undisputed payments or portions thereof due hereunder that are not paid on the date such payments are due under this Agreement shall bear interest at a rate equal to [***].

Article 5

EXPLOITATION OF LICENSED PRODUCTS

5.1.
Development and Regulatory Affairs.
5.1.1.
Aspen Development Plan. Following the earlier of (a) issuance by the FDA of an amendment to Aspen’s existing IND for its existing product for Parkinson’s disease and (b) issuance by the FDA to Aspen of an IND for a Licensed Product for any Exclusive Indication, Aspen shall provide to Cell X a development and regulatory plan (such plan, as may be amended, the “Aspen Development Plan”), setting forth high-level, non-binding development and regulatory activities expected to be conducted (the “Aspen Development Activities”), and regulatory milestones expected to be achieved, by Aspen with respect to Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory within an estimated, non-binding timeline. Aspen shall have the sole right to amend the Aspen Development Plan in its discretion.
5.1.2.
Development Responsibility and Authority. Aspen shall have the exclusive right, and sole responsibility and decision-making authority, to conduct all development activities with respect to Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory.

21


 

5.1.3.
Regulatory Affairs.
(a)
Aspen shall have the exclusive right, and sole responsibility and decision-making authority, to conduct all regulatory activities with respect to Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory. Without limiting the foregoing, Aspen will have the sole right to conduct all communications with Regulatory Authorities in the Territory, including all meetings, conferences and discussions (including advisory committee meetings), with regard to Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory and the development, practicing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing and commercialization of Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory. Aspen will own any and all Regulatory Approvals and applications therefor (including INDs and MAAs) and other regulatory filings related to Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory.
(b)
To the extent Cell X receives any written or oral communication from any Regulatory Authority relating to the Licensed Technology in the Licensed Field in the Territory or relating to Licensed Product, Cell X shall (i) refer such Regulatory Authority to Aspen, and (ii) as soon as reasonably practicable (but in any event within twenty-four (24) hours), notify Aspen and provide Aspen with a copy of any written communication received by Cell X or, if applicable, complete and accurate minutes of such oral communication.
(c)
Cell X shall make its Representatives that are knowledgeable regarding the Licensed Technology reasonably available to Aspen for scientific and technical explanations, advice, on-site support and meetings with Regulatory Authorities that may reasonably be requested by Aspen pertaining to the Licensed Technology in the Licensed Field in the Territory upon reasonable advance notice (the “Regulatory Support”). Aspen shall be responsible for any FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred by Cell X in providing the Regulatory Support to the extent approved in advance in writing by Aspen in accordance with Section 2.5.5; provided, however, Aspen shall be permitted to allocate any remaining Free Hours to such FTE Costs.
5.1.4.
Aspen Development Reports. Aspen shall, within sixty (60) calendar days after December 31 each Calendar Year after the first Aspen Development Plan has been provided by Aspen to Cell X, submit to the JSC a written progress report setting forth a high-level summary of significant Aspen Development Activities and achievements under the Aspen Development Plan (each, a “Aspen Development Report”).
5.2.
Manufacture. Aspen shall have the exclusive right, and sole responsibility and decision-making authority, to manufacture Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory.

22


 

5.3.
Commercialization. Aspen shall have the exclusive right, and sole responsibility and decision-making authority, to commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory.
5.4.
Diligence. Aspen will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to develop and obtain Regulatory Approval of a Licensed Product in the Licensed Field for each Exclusive Indication in the Territory.

Article 6
FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

6.1.
Upfront Fee. Subject to receipt of a written invoice from Cell X, Aspen shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Cell X a one-time non-refundable, non-creditable upfront fee in the amount of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) within five (5) days following the Effective Date.
6.2.
Instrument Purchase. From time to time during the Term, Aspen shall have the right to purchase Instruments at the Instrument Transfer Price pursuant to the terms of the Supply Agreement.
6.3.
Excess Support. Aspen shall reimburse Cell X for Excess Support pursuant to Section 2.5.5.
6.4.
Collaboration Funding. Aspen shall reimburse Cell X for the Collaboration Funding pursuant to Sections 4.4.3 through 4.4.6.
6.5.
Regulatory Support. Aspen shall reimburse Cell X for the Regulatory Support pursuant to Section 5.1.3(c).
6.6.
Milestone Payments. Aspen shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Cell X milestone payments with respect to the achievement of milestone events (the “Milestones”) set forth in Section 6.6.1 and Section 6.6.2 below.
6.6.1.
Initial Exclusive Indication. Aspen shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Cell X the following non-refundable, non-creditable milestone payments with respect to the first achievement of the Milestones described in the table below for up to two (2) Licensed Products for the Initial Exclusive Indication, irrespective of how many Licensed Products achieve such Milestones.

 

Milestone

Milestone Payment USD

Successful Completion of Validation Testing of the Licensed Technology for up to two (2) Licensed Products (“Validation Milestone”)

[***]

Initiation of the first Phase I Clinical Trial with up to two (2) Licensed Products in a country in the Territory

[***]

23


 

Initiation of the first Phase II Clinical Trial with up to two (2) Licensed Products in a country in the Territory

[***]

Initiation of the first Phase III Clinical Trial with up to two (2) Licensed Products in a country in the Territory

[***]

First Regulatory Approval of up to two (2) Licensed Products in a country in the Territory

[***]

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Aspen be obligated to make Milestone payments, in the aggregate, in excess of [***] pursuant to this Section 6.6.1.

6.6.2.
Additional Exclusive Indications. Aspen shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Cell X the following one-time, non-refundable, non-creditable milestone payments with respect to the first achievement of the Milestones described in the table below for one (1) Licensed Product, irrespective of how many Licensed Products for such Additional Exclusive Indication achieve such Milestones.

 

Milestone

Milestone Payment USD

Initiation of the first Phase I Clinical Trial for one (1) Licensed Product in a country in the Territory for each Additional Exclusive Indication

[***]

Initiation of the first Phase II Clinical Trial for one (1) Licensed Product in a country in the Territory for each Additional Exclusive Indication

[***]

Initiation of the first Phase III Clinical Trial for one (1) Licensed Product in a country in the Territory for each Additional Exclusive Indication

[***]

First Regulatory Approval of one (1) Licensed Product in a country in the Territory for each Additional Exclusive Indication

[***]

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Aspen be obligated to make Milestone payments, in the aggregate, in excess of [***] pursuant to this Section 6.6.2, which amount shall only be in the event that Aspen converts all six (6) Reserved Indications to Additional Exclusive Indications and achieves each of the Milestones set forth in the table below with respect to all six (6) such Additional Exclusive Indications.

24


 

6.6.3.
Notification and Payment. Aspen shall notify Cell X in writing within thirty (30) days of the achievement of any Milestone pursuant to Section 6.6.1 or Section 6.6.2 Cell X shall issue Aspen an invoice for the amount of the corresponding milestone payment, and Aspen shall pay such invoice within thirty (30) days following Aspen’s receipt of such invoice.
6.7.
Mode of Payment and Currency; Invoices.
6.7.1.
Currency. All payments to Cell X hereunder shall be made by deposit of USD in the requisite amount to such bank account as Cell X may from time to time designate by written notice to Aspen.
6.7.2.
Invoices. Cell X shall address its invoices to [***].
6.8.
No Double-Counting. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other agreement between the Parties and/or their Affiliates and without limiting Cell X’s obligation to properly invoice Aspen for amounts due under this Agreement, there will be no double counting of any costs or expenses, including FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses, in the calculation of any amounts due under this Agreement or any other agreement between the Parties and/or their Affiliates, including with respect to any amounts due as part of the Instrument Transfer Price, the Excess Support, the Collaboration Funding or the Regulatory Support, and, to the extent a cost or expense has been included in one category or sub-category, it will not be included in another.
6.9.
Taxes.
6.9.1.
Withholding Tax. Cell X shall be responsible for the payment of any and all Taxes levied on account of any payments paid to Cell X by Aspen or its Affiliates or Sublicensees under this Agreement. If Law requires that Taxes be deducted and withheld from any payments made under this Agreement, Aspen shall (a) deduct those Taxes and interests and penalties assessed thereon from the payment or from any other payment owed by Aspen hereunder; (b) pay the Taxes to the proper Governmental Body; (c) send evidence of the obligation together with proof of Tax payment to Cell X on a timely basis following such payment; (d) remit the net amount, after deductions or withholding made under this Section 6.9.1; and (e) cooperate with Cell X in any way reasonably requested by Cell X, to obtain available reductions, credits or refunds of such Taxes; provided, however, that Cell X shall reimburse Aspen for Aspen’s Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in providing such assistance. The Parties shall discuss applicable mechanisms for minimizing or mitigating such taxes to the extent possible in compliance with applicable Law. In addition, the Parties shall cooperate in accordance with applicable Law to minimize indirect taxes (such as value added tax, sales tax, consumption tax and other similar taxes) in connection with this Agreement.

25


 

6.9.2.
Value Added Tax. It is understood and agreed between the Parties that any payments made by Aspen under this Agreement are inclusive of any value added or similar Tax imposed upon such payment and that Cell X shall be responsible for the payment of any and all Taxes levied on account of any payments paid to Cell X by Aspen. Aspen is entitled to receive a proper tax invoice where any Value Added Tax amount is shown separately.

Article 7
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MATTERS

7.1.
Inventions.
7.1.1.
Inventorship. Inventorship of any arising Inventions during the Term shall be determined by application of US patent law pertaining to inventorship.
7.1.2.
Ownership.
(a)
Cell X Inventions. Cell X shall solely own (i) all Cell X Platform Inventions and (ii) all other Inventions, other than Aspen Collaboration-Specific Inventions, that are conceived and first reduced to practice, constructively or actually, solely by Representatives of Cell X (collectively, the “Cell X Inventions”); provided, for clarity, that any Cell X Invention that constitutes Licensed Technology shall be automatically included in the Licenses set forth in Section 2.1.
(b)
Aspen Inventions. Aspen shall solely own (i) all Aspen Deliverables that are algorithms (including artificial intelligence and/or machine learning algorithms) developed using Aspen data, Aspen Confidential Information, or Aspen-specific parameters; (ii) any scheduling and other protocols (e.g., media exchange, weeding, picking, passaging, harvesting, and transduction protocols) developed under the Collaboration Plan and incorporating Aspen-specific parameters (subsections (i) and (ii) collectively, the “Aspen Collaboration-Specific Inventions”); and (iii) all other Inventions, other than Cell X Platform Inventions, conceived or first reduced to practice, constructively or actually, solely by Representatives of Aspen (subsection (iii), the “Aspen General Inventions” and, collectively with the Aspen Collaboration-Specific Inventions, the “Aspen Inventions”).
(c)
Joint Inventions. Each Party shall jointly own all Inventions, other than Cell X Inventions and Aspen Inventions, that are conceived or first reduced to practice, constructively or actually, jointly by Representatives of each of the Parties (the “Joint Inventions”), with each Party having the right to freely practice and license any such Joint Inventions without accounting to the other Party or to obtain any approval of the other Party to license, assign or otherwise exploit such Joint Inventions, by reason of the joint ownership thereof, and each Party hereby waives any right it may have under the applicable Law of any jurisdiction to require any such approval or accounting. For clarity, any interest in and to a Joint Invention that constitutes Licensed Technology shall be automatically included in the Licenses set forth in Section 2.1.

26


 

(d)
Disclosure. Cell X shall promptly disclose to Aspen all Cell X Inventions, Aspen Deliverables and Joint Inventions. Aspen shall promptly disclose to Cell X all Cell X Platform Inventions and Joint Inventions. Each Party shall include in such Invention disclosures all invention disclosures or other similar documents submitted to such Party by its, or its Affiliates’, employees, agents or independent contractors describing such Inventions. Each Party shall also respond promptly to reasonable requests from the other Party for more information relating to such Invention disclosures.
(e)
Assignment and Further Assurances. Cell X hereby transfers and assigns (and shall cause its Representatives to transfer and assign) to Aspen all right, title and interest that Cell X may have in and to any Aspen Deliverables and Aspen Inventions and all intellectual property rights related thereto. Aspen hereby transfers and assigns (and shall cause its Representatives to transfer and assign) to Cell X all right, title and interest that Aspen may have in and to any Cell X Inventions and all intellectual property rights related thereto. The assigning Party shall sign and deliver any and all documents reasonably required by the other Party to implement such assignment and transfer to such other Party of such and take such other actions as may be necessary or reasonably requested by such other Party to document the aforesaid assignment and transfer of such Inventions, as applicable, to such other Party, or to enable such other Party to secure, register, maintain, enforce or otherwise fully protect its rights in and to the applicable Inventions and all intellectual property rights related thereto.
7.2.
Patent Prosecution and Maintenance.
7.2.1.
Licensed Patent Rights. Cell X shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to file, prosecute (including initiating or defending any reexamination and reissue proceedings) and maintain, using counsel of Cell X’s choosing, the Licensed Patent Rights in Cell X’s name and at Cell X’s expense. Cell X shall keep Aspen copied, and shall instruct its patent counsel to keep Aspen copied, on all correspondence regarding the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patent Rights that include claims directed to Licensed Products. Aspen shall have the right, and Cell X shall provide Aspen a reasonable opportunity, to comment on and advise Cell X as to the conduct of such filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patent Rights that include claims directed to Licensed Products and Cell X shall reasonably consider all such comments of Aspen in good faith; provided, however, that Cell X shall have the final decision-making right for all matters associated with such filing, prosecution and maintenance.
7.2.2.
Joint Patent Rights. Aspen shall, at Aspen’s expense, have the first right, but not the obligation, to file, prosecute (including initiating or defending any reexamination and reissue proceedings) and maintain, using counsel of Aspen’s choosing, any Patent Rights directed to a Joint Invention (the “Joint Patent Rights”) jointly in Aspen’s and Cell X’s names. Aspen shall keep Cell X copied, and shall instruct its patent counsel to keep Cell X copied, on all correspondence regarding the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Joint Patent Rights. Cell X shall have the right,

27


 

and Aspen shall provide Cell X a reasonable opportunity, to comment on and advise Aspen as to the conduct of such filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Joint Patent Rights and Aspen shall reasonably consider all such comments of Cell X in good faith; provided, however, that Aspen shall have the final decision-making right for all matters associated with such filing, prosecution and maintenance.
7.2.3.
Step-In Rights. If a Party elects not to file or to continue to prosecute or maintain a Licensed Patent Right or Joint Patent Right where it is permitted to do so pursuant to Sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2 above, as applicable, or fails to do so after receipt of notice from the other Party, then it shall notify the other Party in writing at least ninety (90) days before any deadline applicable to the filing, prosecution or maintenance of such Patent Right, as the case may be, or any other date by which an action must be taken to establish or preserve such Patent Right in such country or possession and, to the extent requested by the other Party, execute such documents and perform such acts as may be reasonably necessary to effect a transfer of such responsibility in relation to the applicable Licensed Patent Right or Joint Patent Right in a timely manner. In such case, the other Party shall have the right to pursue the filing or support the continued prosecution or maintenance of such Patent Right at its own expense.
7.2.4.
Patent Term Extension. Notwithstanding any Licensed Patent Right prosecution rights of Cell X under this Agreement, Aspen shall be responsible, at its sole expense, in Cell X’s name, for obtaining patent term extensions or supplemental protection certificates or comparable extensions in any other country in the Territory, wherever available for Licensed Patent Rights in the Territory. Cell X shall promptly provide Aspen with all relevant information, documentation and assistance in Cell X’s possession or Control as may reasonably be requested by Aspen that are necessary to obtain any such patent term extensions or supplemental protection certificates or comparable extensions. Aspen shall keep Cell X copied, and shall instruct its patent counsel to keep Cell X copied, on all correspondence regarding such patent term extensions or supplemental protection certificates or comparable extensions. Subject to the foregoing, in the event that any election with respect to obtaining patent term extensions is to be made, Aspen shall have the right to make such elections.
7.2.5.
Listing of Patents. Notwithstanding any prosecution rights of the Patent Rights of Cell X under this Agreement, Aspen shall have the sole right to make filings with Regulatory Authorities in the Territory with respect to Licensed Patent Rights and Joint Patent Rights that contain any claims directed to a Licensed Product, including, as required or allowed, (a) in the United States, in the FDA’s Orange Book or Purple Book, as applicable, (b) in the European Union, under the national implementations of Article 10.1 (a)(iii) of Directive 2001/EC/83 and (c) in any other country in the Territory under the equivalent Regulatory Authorities in such

28


 

country; provided, that, in making such decision, Aspen shall reasonably consider in good faith Cell X’s position in connection therewith.
7.3.
Enforcement.
7.3.1.
Notice. If either Party believes that an infringement, unauthorized use, misappropriation or ownership claim or threatened infringement or other such activity by a Third Party with respect to any Licensed Patent Rights or Joint Patent Rights, or if a Third Party claims that any Licensed Patent Right or Joint Patent Right is invalid or unenforceable, in each case in the Territory, the Party possessing such knowledge or belief shall notify the other Party and provide it with details of such infringement or claim that are known by such Party.
7.3.2.
First Right to Enforce. Aspen shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to attempt to resolve any infringement or claim, including by filing an infringement suit, defending against such claim or taking other similar action, with respect to any Licensed Products in the Exclusive Indications, an infringing product in the Exclusive Indications or any product infringing a Patent Right covering a Joint Invention in the Territory (each, an “Action”) and to compromise or settle any such infringement suit or claim. At Aspen’s request, Cell X shall promptly provide Aspen with all relevant documentation (as may be reasonably requested by Aspen) evidencing that Aspen is validly empowered by Cell X to take such an Action. Cell X shall join Aspen in such Action upon Aspen’s written request at Aspen’s sole cost and expense.
7.3.3.
Step-In Right. If Aspen elects not to enforce the Licensed Patent Rights or any Joint Patent Rights pursuant to Section 7.3.2 above or fails to do so within ninety (90) days following the first notice provided pursuant to Section 7.3.1 with respect to such matter or (b) thirty (30) business days before the time limit, if any, set forth in appropriate laws and regulations for filing an Action, whichever comes first, then Cell X shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pursue an Action and to compromise or settle any such matter.
7.3.4.
Recovery. Each Party will bear all of its own internal costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in connection with its activities under this Section 7.3. Any damages or other monetary awards recovered in any action, suit or proceeding brought under this Section 7.3 will be shared as follows: (a) the amount of such recovery actually received by the Party controlling such action will first be applied to unreimbursed costs and expenses incurred by each Party in connection with such action (including, for this purpose, a reasonable allocation of expenses of internal counsel); provided, that, if the amount of such recovery is not sufficient to cover all such costs and expenses of each Party, then the amount of the recovery will be proportionately shared by the Parties based on the amount of such costs and expenses incurred by each Party; and (b) any remaining proceeds shall be allocated one hundred percent (100%) to the controlling Party.

29


 

7.4.
Third Party Actions Claiming Infringement.
7.4.1.
Infringement Claims Against Licensed Product.
(a)
Notice. If either Party becomes aware of any Third Party claim alleging that the development, practicing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or commercialization of a Licensed Product infringes a Third Party’s intellectual property rights, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing, setting forth the facts of such claim in reasonable detail.
(b)
Right to Defend. Aspen shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to defend against such Third Party claim described in Section 7.4.1(a) brought against Aspen at Aspen’s expense, and to compromise or settle such Third Party claim; provided, that, (i) Aspen will discuss in good faith and coordinate with Cell X in connection therewith and Aspen will consider in good faith Cell X’s input and comments with respect thereto and (ii) Aspen will not, without the consent of Cell X, enter into any such settlement, consent judgment or other disposition of any action or proceeding that would (A) impose any liability or obligation on Cell X or (B) include the grant of any license, covenant or other rights to any Third Party that would conflict with or reduce the scope of the subject matter included under the rights and licenses granted to either Party under this Agreement. Upon Aspen’s written request, Cell X shall provide access to documents and other evidence Controlled by Cell X to the extent relevant to the defense and make its employees reasonably available for consultation to Aspen at Aspen’s sole cost and expense.
7.4.2.
Infringement Claims Against Licensed Technology.
(a)
Notice. If either Party becomes aware of any Third Party claim alleging that the development, practicing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or commercialization of the Cell X Platform Technology infringes a Third Party’s intellectual property rights, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing, setting forth the facts of such claim in reasonable detail.
(b)
Right to Defend. Cell X shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to defend against such Third Party claim described in Section 7.4.2(a) that is brought against Cell X at Cell X’s expense, and to compromise or settle such Third Party claim; provided, that, (i) Cell X will discuss in good faith and coordinate with Aspen in connection therewith and Cell X will consider in good faith Aspen’s input and comments with respect thereto and (ii) Cell X will not, without the consent of Aspen, enter into any such settlement, consent judgment or other disposition of any action or proceeding that would (A) impose any liability or obligation on Aspen or ( B) include the grant of any license, covenant or other rights to any Third Party that would conflict with or reduce the scope of the subject matter included under the rights and licenses granted to Aspen under this Agreement. Upon Cell X’s written request, Aspen shall provide access to documents and other evidence Controlled by Aspen to the extent relevant to the defense and make its employees reasonably available for consultation to Cell X at Cell X’s sole cost and expense.

30


 

Article 8
CONFIDENTIALITY

8.1.
Confidentiality Obligations. Each Party (a “Receiving Party”) agrees that, for the Term and for five (5) years thereafter, such Receiving Party shall, and shall ensure that its Representatives hold in confidence and not use for any purpose other than as provided under this Agreement all Confidential Information disclosed to it by the other Party (a “Disclosing Party”) pursuant to this Agreement, unless such information:
(a)
is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of any breach by the Receiving Party of its obligations hereunder Receiving Party;
(b)
is already known by or in the possession of the Receiving Party at the time of disclosure by the Disclosing Party, as evidenced by written records (other than under an existing obligation of confidentiality);
(c)
is independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of or reference to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information as evidenced by contemporaneous written records; or
(d)
is obtained by the Receiving Party from a Third Party that has not breached any obligations of confidentiality.

The Receiving Party shall not disclose any of the Confidential Information, except to Representatives of the Receiving Party who need to know the Confidential Information for the purpose of performing the Receiving Party’s obligations, or exercising its rights, under this Agreement and who are bound by obligations of non-use and non-disclosure substantially similar to those set forth herein. The Receiving Party shall be responsible for any breach by such Representatives of its obligations under this Article 8. The Receiving Party shall protect Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party using not less than the same care with which it treats its own confidential information, but at all times shall use at least reasonable care. Each Receiving Party shall: (i) implement and maintain appropriate security measures to prevent unauthorized access to, or disclosure of, the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information; (ii) promptly notify the Disclosing Party of any unauthorized access or disclosure of such Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information; and (iii) cooperate with such Disclosing Party in the investigation and remediation of any such unauthorized access or disclosure.

The confidentiality and non-use obligations contained in this Section 8.1 shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement for a period of ten (10) years, provided that for Confidential Information that constitutes trade secret) s) under Law, the confidentiality and non-use obligations shall survive until such time as such Confidential Information no longer constitutes hade secret information under Law.

31


 

8.2.
Use. Notwithstanding Section 8.1, a Receiving Party may use the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party for the purpose of performing its obligations, or exercising its rights, under this Agreement, including for purposes of:
(a)
filing or prosecuting patent applications, subject to the terms of Section 7.2;
(b)
prosecuting or defending litigation;
(c)
conducting pre-clinical studies or Clinical Trials pursuant to this Agreement;
(d)
seeking or maintaining Regulatory Approval of the Licensed Product; or
(e)
complying with Law, including securities Law and the rules of any securities exchange or market on which a Party’s securities are listed or traded; provided, that if a Party submits this Agreement to, or files this Agreement with, any securities exchange or market, such Party agrees to (i) consult with the other Party with respect to the preparation and submission of a redacted version of this Agreement in compliance with applicable Law; (ii) provide copies of the disclosure to the other Party reasonably in advance under the circumstances of such filing or other disclosure; (iii) promptly notify the other Party in writing of such requirement and any respective timing constraints; and (iv) give the other Party reasonable time under the circumstances from the date of provision of a copy of such disclosure to comment upon and request confidential treatment for such disclosure.

In making any disclosures set forth in clauses (a) through (e) above, the Receiving Party shall, where reasonably practicable, give such advance notice to the Disclosing Party of such disclosure requirement as is reasonable under the circumstances and will use its reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Disclosing Party in order to secure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information required to be disclosed. In addition, in connection with any permitted filing by either Party of this Agreement with any Governmental Body the Receiving Party shall endeavor to obtain confidential treatment of economic, trade secret information and such other information as may be requested by the Disclosing Party, and shall provide the Disclosing Party with the proposed confidential treatment request with reasonable time for such Disclosing Party to provide comments, and shall include in such confidential treatment request all reasonable comments of the Disclosing Party.

Each Party may also disclose the existence and terms of this Agreement and the Collaboration Plan to bona fide prospective licensees, strategic partners, merger partners, acquirers and investors and, in each case, their respective professional advisors, solely in connection with the evaluation and negotiation of a potential license, corporate partnering, merger, acquisition, investment or similar transaction; provided, however, that any such disclosure shall be subject to a written confidentiality agreement with obligations of confidentiality at least as stringent as those set forth herein.

8.3.
Required Disclosure. The Receiving Party may disclose the Confidential Information to the extent required by Law or court order; provided, however, that the Receiving Party promptly provides to the Disclosing Party prior written notice of such disclosure and

32


 

provides reasonable assistance in obtaining an order or other remedy protecting the Confidential Information from public disclosure.
8.4.
Publications. Cell X shall not publish any information relating to Licensed Products in any Licensed Field without the prior written consent of Aspen (which consent may be withheld or given in Aspen’s sole discretion), unless such information has already been publicly disclosed either prior to the Effective Date or after the Effective Date through no fault of Cell X or otherwise not in violation of this Agreement. Cell X shall submit to Aspen for Aspen’s written approval (which approval be granted or denied in Aspen’s sole discretion) any publication or presentation (including in any seminars, symposia or otherwise) of information related directly or indirectly to the Licensed Products in any Licensed Field for review and approval at least thirty (30) days prior to submission for the proposed date of publication or presentation. Aspen shall have the right to make such publications relating to the Licensed Products in any Licensed Field as it chooses, in its sole discretion, without the approval of Cell X. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Aspen wishes to publish any information regarding the technical performance of the Instrument, then Aspen will provide a copy of any proposed publication or presentation to Cell X at least thirty (30) days prior to Aspen’s intended submission for publication so that Cell X may (a) review such proposed publication, (b) provide comments to Aspen on such proposed publication, which comments Aspen will consider in good faith and (c) if applicable, identify and require Aspen to delete from such publication any of Cell X’s Confidential Information, which Confidential Information Aspen will delete from such proposed publication prior to disclosure thereof. Further, Cell X will have the right to request a reasonable delay in the publication date in order to protect patentable information, in which case Aspen will delay submission for a period of sixty (60) days (or such other period as may be agreed by the Parties in writing) to enable Cell X to file patent applications protecting Cell X’s rights in such information.
8.5.
Press Releases and Disclosure.
8.5.1.
Initial Press Release. After the Effective Date, each Party shall have the right to issue a press release or a joint press release announcing the execution of this Agreement; provided, that, the timing, form, and substance of any such press release by a Party must be mutually agreed upon by the Parties in writing.
8.5.2.
Subsequent Public Disclosures. Subject to Section 8.4, neither Party may make any subsequent press release or public announcements regarding this Agreement or any matter covered by this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party. In the event that either Party is required to issue a press release or make another public announcement to comply with Law as a publicly-traded company (including any filing with a Governmental Body) as advised by such Party’s legal counsel, the Parties shall coordinate with each other in advance of any such public announcement and the disclosing Party shall consider any timely comments of the other Party in good faith, and, in the case of the filing of this Agreement or any other agreements or documents related thereto, such filing Party shall (a) consult with the other Party with respect to the preparation and submission of a redacted version of this Agreement in compliance with applicable Law; (b) provide copies

33


 

of the disclosure to the other Party reasonably in advance under the circumstances of such filing or other disclosure; (c) promptly notify the other Party in writing of such requirement and any respective timing constraints; and (d) give the other Party reasonable time under the circumstances from the date of provision of a copy of such disclosure to comment upon and request confidential treatment for such disclosure.

Article 9

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

9.1.
Representations and Warranties. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that, as of the Effective Date:
(a)
such Party is duly organized and validly existing under the Law’s of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;
(b)
such Party has taken all action necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement;
(c)
this Agreement is a legal and valid obligation of such Party, binding upon such Party and enforceable against such Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party does not conflict with, breach or create in any Third Party the right to accelerate, terminate or modify any agreement or instrument to which such Party is a party or by which such Party is bound, and does not violate any Law of any Governmental Body having authority over such Party;
(d)
such Party has all right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to perform its obligations under this Agreement;
(e)
no government authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption of or filing or registration with any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, under any applicable Law currently in effect, is or shall be necessary for, or in connection with, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or for the performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement, except as may be required to conduct Clinical Trials or to seek or obtain Regulatory Approval; and
(f)
such Party is solvent, the consideration exchanged between the Parties under this Agreement is fair and of reasonably equivalent value and constitutes a single integrated transaction and there is no consideration being exchanged between the Parties on account of antecedent obligations.

34


 

9.2.
Additional Representations and Warranties of Cell X. Cell X represents and warrants to Aspen that, as of the Effective Date:
(a)
no Third Party has asserted or threatened Cell X in writing or, to the knowledge of Cell X, orally, with any claim (i) challenging the validity, effectiveness, or ownership of Licensed Technology, or (ii) to the effect that the use, reproduction, modification, manufacturing, distribution, licensing, sublicensing, sale or any other exercise of rights in any of Licensed Technology infringes or will infringe on any intellectual property right of any Person;
(b)
to the knowledge of Cell X, there is no unauthorized use, infringement or misappropriation of any of Licensed Technology by any employee or former employee of Cell X, or any other Third Party;
(c)
the Licensed Patent Rights are subsisting and are not the subject of any litigation procedure, discovery process, interference, reissue, reexamination, opposition, appeal proceedings or any other legal dispute;
(d)
the Licensed Patent Rights (i) constitute all Patent Rights owned or Controlled by Cell X as of the Effective Date that are directly related to, or are necessary or useful for, the development, practicing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing and commercialization of Licensed Products and (ii) listed on Schedule 1.42 hereto constitute all Patent Rights owned or Controlled by Cell X that are directly related to the Cell X Platform Technology;
(e)
to Cell X’s knowledge, the Cell X Platform Technology does not, and will not, infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the Patent Rights of any Third Party;
(f)
the Licensed Know-How constitutes all Know-How owned or Controlled by Cell X as of the Effective Date that is directly related to the Cell X Platform Technology, or are necessary or useful for, the developing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing and commercialization of the Licensed Products in the Licensed Field;
(g)
Cell X has not licensed to a Third Party the right to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import or commercialize a Competing Product;
(h)
Cell X has not received any written notice from any Third Party alleging that any Licensed Patent Right is invalid or unenforceable;
(i)
Cell X and its Affiliates have obtained from all Representatives who participated in any respect in the invention or authorship of any Licensed Technology effective assignments of all ownership rights of such Representatives in such Licensed Technology either pursuant to written agreement or by operation of Law;

35


 

(j)
Cell X has all right, title and interest in and to the Licensed Technology and the Licensed Technology is free and clear of any liens, charges, encumbrances or rights of others to possession or use;
(k)
Cell X has not previously licensed, assigned, transferred, or otherwise conveyed any right, title or interest in and to the Licensed Technology to any Third Party for any of the Licensed Indications;
(l)
the grant of the Licenses (i) requires no consent, waiver or other action by any party to the Existing Third Party Agreements and (ii) do not contravene nor are they inconsistent with or in conflict with the terms of any Existing Third Party Agreement;
(m)
the Existing Third Party Agreements constitute all agreements with Third Parties pursuant to which Cell X has in-licensed, or otherwise obtained rights, with respect to the Licensed Technology and Licensed Product. Cell X has provided to Aspen an accurate, tine and complete copy of each of the Existing Third Party Agreements, as amended to date and each of the Existing Third Party Agreements is in full force and effect and Cell X is not in breach or default in the performance of its obligations under any of the Existing Third Party Agreements. Cell X has not received any notice from any Third Party of any breach, default or non-compliance of Cell X under the terms of any of the Existing Third Party Agreements. There have been no amendments or other modification to any Existing Third Party Agreements, except as have been disclosed to Aspen in writing;
(n)
To Cell X’s knowledge, there are no Third Party licenses that have to be executed to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import or commercialize Licensed Products;
(o)
all tangible information and data provided by or on behalf of Cell X to Aspen on or before the Effective Date in contemplation of this Agreement was and is true, accurate and complete in all material respects, and Cell X has not failed to disclose, or cause to be disclosed, any information or data within Cell X’s possession or control that would cause the information and data that was provided by or on behalf of Cell X to Aspen on or before the Effective Date in contemplation of this Agreement, in light of the circumstances under which they were provided, to be misleading in any material respect; and
(p)
Cell X (and its Affiliates) has not employed or otherwise used in any capacity the services of any Person debarred under any Law, including under Section 21 USC 335a or any foreign equivalent thereof, with respect to the Licensed Technology.
9.3.
Cell X Covenants. Cell X covenants to Aspen that:
(a)
Cell X shall require all of its Representatives that it engages to conduct Cell X Collaboration Activities to presently assign to Cell X any Inventions conceived or first reduced to practice, constructively or actually, by or on behalf of such Representatives, including all Inventions that constitute Licensed Technology;

36


 

(b)
Cell X (and its Affiliates) shall not employ or otherwise use in any capacity the services of any Person debarred under any Law, including under Section 21 USC 335a or any foreign equivalent thereof, with respect to the practice of the Licensed Technology or performance of the Cell X Collaboration Activities;
(c)
Cell X shall not take any action that conflicts with any rights, licenses or options granted to Aspen under this Agreement;
(d)
Cell X shall fulfill all of its obligations, including its payment obligations, under any Existing Third Party Agreement or any Third Party License Agreement;
(e)
Cell X shall not amend or waive, or take any action or omit to taking any action that would alter, any of Cell X’s rights under any Existing Third Party Agreement or any Third Party License Agreement in any manner that adversely affects, or would reasonably be expected to adversely affect, Aspen’s rights and benefits under this Agreement. Cell X shall promptly notify Aspen of any default under, termination or amendment of, any Existing Third Party Agreement or Third Party License Agreement; and
(f)
Subject to any permitted assignment pursuant to Section 13.2 and any security interest granted to Aspen or its Affiliates with respect to the Licensed Technology, Cell X shall maintain all right, title and interest in and to the Licensed Technology and shall ensure the Licensed Technology remains free and clear of any liens, charges, encumbrances, security interests, or rights of others to possession or use.

Article 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

10.1.
Indemnification by Aspen. Aspen shall indemnify, defend and hold Cell X and its Affiliates and each of their respective employees, officers, directors and agents (the “Cell X Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any and all liability, damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) to the extent arising out of Third Party claims or suits to the extent arising out of: (a) Aspen’s, its Affiliates’ and their respective Sublicensees’ development, practicing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or commercialization of Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory; (b) Aspen’s, its Affiliates’ and their respective sublicensees’ (including Sublicensees’) exploitation of any Joint Inventions on or after the Effective Date; (c) Aspen’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (d) material breach by Aspen of its obligations, representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement.
10.2.
Indemnification by Cell X. Cell X shall indemnify, defend and hold Aspen, its Affiliates and its Sublicensees and each of their respective agents, employees, officers and directors (“Aspen Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any and all liability, damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorney’s fees) to the extent arising out of Third Party claims or suits to the extent arising out of: (a) Cell X’s, its Affiliates, their respective sublicensees’ development, practicing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or commercialization of the Licensed Technology prior to the Effective Date; (b) Cell X’s, its Affiliates, their respective sublicensees’ development, practicing, making, using,

37


 

selling, offering to sell, importing or commercialization of the Licensed Technology in the Non-Exclusive Indications or outside the Licensed Field on or after the Effective Date; (c) Cell X’s, its Affiliates, their respective sublicensees’ exploitation of any Joint Inventions on or after the Effective Date; or (d) material breach by Cell X of its obligations, representations, warranties or covenants in this Agreement.
10.3.
No Consequential Damages. EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO EACH PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 10.1 OR SECTION 10.2, AS APPLICABLE, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR ANY BREACH HEREOF. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL LIMIT EITHER PARTY FROM SEEKING OR OBTAINING ANY REMEDY AVAILABLE UNDER LAW FOR ANY BREACH OF BY THE OTHER PARTY OF ITS CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-USE OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 8 OR ANY BREACH BY CELL X OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 2.4, SECTION 2.6 OR SECTION 13.1.
10.4.
Notification of Claims; Conditions to Indemnification Obligations. As a condition to a Party’s right to receive indemnification under this Article 10, it shall: (a) promptly notify the other Party as soon as it becomes aware of a claim or suit for which indemnification may be sought pursuant hereto; (b) cooperate, and cause the individual indemnitees to cooperate, with the indemnifying Party in the defense, settlement or compromise of such claim or suit; and (c) permit the indemnifying Party to control the defense, settlement or compromise of such claim or suit, including the right to select defense counsel. In no event, however, may the indemnifying Party compromise or settle any claim or suit in a manner which admits fault or negligence on the part of the indemnified Party or any indemnitee without the prior written consent of the indemnified Party. Each Party shall reasonably cooperate with the other Party and its counsel in the course of the defense of any such suit, claim or demand, such cooperation to include without limitation using reasonable efforts to provide or make available documents, information and witnesses. The indemnifying Party shall have no liability under this Article 10 with respect to claims or suits settled or compromised without its prior written consent.
10.5.
Insurance. During the Term, each Party shall obtain and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, insurance (including any self-insured arrangements) in types and amounts, that are reasonable and customary in the United States pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry for companies engaged in comparable activities. It is understood and agreed that this insurance shall not be construed to limit either Party’s liability with respect to its indemnification obligations hereunder. Each Party will, except to the extent self-insured,

38


 

provide to the other Party upon request a certificate evidencing the insurance such Party is required to obtain and keep in force under this Section 10.5.

Article 11
TERM AND TERMINATION

11.1.
Term and Expiration. The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated as provided in this Article 11, shall continue in full force and effect, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product, Exclusive Indication-by-Exclusive Indication and country-by-country basis until the expiration of the last-to-expire Valid Claim of the Licensed Patent Rights in such country.
11.2.
Termination of the Agreement for Convenience. At any time after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, Aspen may, at its convenience, terminate this Agreement in its entirety, or on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product, Exclusive Indication-by-Exclusive Indication or country- by-country basis, upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to Cell X.
11.3.
Termination upon Material Breach. If a Party materially breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, the Party not in breach may give to the breaching Party a written notice specifying the nature of the material breach, requiring it to cure such material breach, and stating its intention to terminate this Agreement if such material breach is not cured within thirty (30) days in the case of a material breach of a payment obligation or ninety (90) days in the case of any other material breach. If such material breach is not cured within the applicable cure period after the receipt of such notice, the Party not in breach shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice to the other Party. For clarity, such material obligations may apply to the performance of either: (a) this Agreement in its entirety, in which case this provision shall apply to the entire Agreement; or (b) a specific Licensed Product or Exclusive Indication, in which case this provision shall apply only to such affected Licensed Product or Exclusive Indication.
11.4.
Bankruptcy Event Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by a Party by providing written notice at any time during the Term in the event of a Bankruptcy Event of the other Party.
11.5.
Mutual Termination. The Parties may terminate this Agreement in its entirety or on a country- by-country or Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis upon mutual written agreement.
11.6.
Termination for Challenge. In the event that Aspen, its Affiliate or any Sublicensee files or maintains any action, proceeding or lawsuit disputing or challenging, or materially assists a Third Party in an action, proceeding or lawsuit challenging, the validity, scope, construction, enforceability or the ownership of Cell X or its licensor pursuant to an Existing Third Party Agreement or Third Party License Agreement of any issued Patent Right comprising the Licensed Patent Rights or any claims thereof, or opposes or assists in the opposition of the grant of any Letters Patent comprising the Licensed Patent Rights,

39


 

either in a court of law or before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other agency or tribunal (“Licensed Patent Challenge”), Cell X may terminate this Agreement in its entirety or on a country-by-country or Licensed Product-by- Licensed Product basis upon written notice if Aspen does not within thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice, as applicable (a) (i) withdraw or cause its Affiliate to withdraw, such Licensed Patent Challenge or (ii) cease, or cause its Affiliate to cease, in assisting such Third Party in its Licensed Patent Challenge, (b) cause its Sublicensee to (i) withdraw such Licensed Patent Challenge or (ii) cease in assisting such Third Party in its Licensed Patent Challenge, or (c) terminate such Sublicensee’s sublicense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 11.6 shall not apply to any Licensed Patent Challenge that (A) is required under a court order or subpoena or (B) is asserted as a defense against a claim, action or proceeding asserted by Cell X or its licensor pursuant to an Existing Third Party Agreement or Third Party License Agreement against Aspen, its Affiliate or any Sublicensee.
11.7.
Effects of Termination.
11.7.1.
Survival.
(a)
Notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement, the following provisions shall survive in each of the following instances:
(i)
Upon termination: Articles 1, 8, 10, 12 and 13 and Sections 7.1, 7.2.2, 7.2.3, 11.7.1, and 11.7.2.
(ii)
Upon termination by Aspen pursuant to Section 11.3: Articles 1, 7, 8, 10, 12 and 13 and Sections 2.1, 5.1.2, 5.1.3, 5.2, 5.3, 6.2, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 9.3, 11.7.1, and 11.7.2.
(iii)
Upon expiration: Articles 1,8, 10, 12 and 13 and Sections 2.1, 7.1,7.2.2, 7.2.3, 7.2.4, 7.2.5, 11.7.1, and 11.7.2.
(b)
Expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not relieve the Parties of any liability that accrued hereunder prior to the effective date of such termination. In addition, termination of this Agreement shall not preclude either Party from pursuing all rights and remedies it may have hereunder or at Law or in equity with respect to any breach of this Agreement nor prejudice either Party’s right to obtain performance of any obligation.
11.7.2.
General Effects.
(a)
As of the effective date of expiration of this Agreement with respect to a Licensed Product for an Exclusive Indication:
(i)
the Exclusive License shall convert to an irrevocable, perpetual, exclusive, and sublicensable license under the Licensed Technology to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize such Licensed Product in the Licensed Field for such Exclusive Indication in the Territory; and

40


 

(ii)
the obligation of Aspen to make each Milestone payment upon achievement of the applicable Milestone for such Licensed Product for an Exclusive Indication as set forth in Section 6.6 shall survive until all such milestone payments have been made.
(b)
Upon termination of this Agreement:
(i)
subject to Section 11.7.1 and Section 11.7.2(c), all rights and licenses granted to Aspen, other than the Non-Exclusive License, shall terminate;
(ii)
in the event of termination during the Collaboration Term, (A) Cell X will wind-down and terminate the Collaboration Program in an orderly manner as soon as practicable and in accordance with a wind-down plan mutually agreed upon in good faith by the Parties in writing, and (B) Aspen will reimburse Cell X for (1) any FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses for the Collaboration Funding due and owing to Cell X as of the effective date of such termination and (2) any FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses directly incurred in the performance of the wind-down plan, in accordance with the invoicing and payment obligations set forth in Section 4.4.6;
(iii)
Cell X shall, upon written request of Aspen and at Aspen’s direction, return to Aspen or destroy all Confidential Information of Aspen; provided, however, that Cell X shall have the right to retain one copy of such Confidential Information of Aspen for the purposes of monitoring and observing the surviving rights and obligations; and
(iv)
upon any termination of this Agreement, each of Aspen’s Sublicensees shall, at Aspen’s election, continue to have the rights and license set forth in its sublicense agreements, which agreements shall be automatically assigned to Cell X; provided, however, that (A) such Sublicensee is not then in breach of any of its material obligations under its sublicense agreement, (B) such sublicense shall not impose any obligations on Cell X in excess of its obligations hereunder and (C) the scope of the licenses and rights granted by Cell X to such Sublicensee under the applicable sublicense shall be no greater in scope than the licenses and rights granted by Cell X to Aspen under this Agreement.
(c)
Upon termination of this Agreement by Aspen pursuant to Section 11.3, and upon Aspen’s written election, the Exclusive License shall become irrevocable and perpetual, provided that Aspen continues to make milestone payments as set forth in Section 6.6.
11.8.
Additional Effects of Termination for a Cell X Bankruptcy Event. Without limiting any other rights or remedies of Aspen under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, in the event of a Bankruptcy Event of Cell X, the following terms and conditions shall apply.

41


 

11.8.1.
Bankruptcy Code. All rights and licenses granted under or pursuant to this Agreement by Aspen are, and shall otherwise be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, if applicable, licenses of right to “intellectual property” as defined under Section 101(35A) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Rejection of this Agreement under 11 U.S.C. Section 365 in the case of a Bankruptcy Event of Cell X shall not constitute a termination under this Agreement, provided Aspen elects to exercise all rights under Section 365(n). This Agreement may only be assumed or rejected in its entirety, and, if rejected, Aspen shall nevertheless continue to have all of the rights, title, interests and benefits in all assets, rights and interests of Cell X that are not “intellectual property” licensed, conveyed and granted under this Agreement.
11.8.2.
Continuing Rights. The Parties agree that Aspen, as licensee of such rights under this Agreement, shall retain and may fully exercise all of its rights and elections under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The Parties further agree that, in the event of a Cell X Bankruptcy Event, Aspen shall be entitled to a complete duplicate of (or complete access to, as appropriate) any such intellectual property and all embodiments of such intellectual property, which, if not already in Aspen’s possession, shall be promptly delivered to it (a) following any such commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding upon Aspen’s written request therefor, unless Cell X elects to continue to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement or (b) if not delivered under clause (a), following the rejection of this Agreement by Cell X upon written request therefor by Aspen.

Article 12
DISPUTE RESOLUTION

12.1.
General. The Parties recognize that disputes (“Disputes”) as to certain matters may from time to time arise during the Term which relate to either Party’s rights or obligations hereunder. It is the objective of the Parties to establish under this Article 12 procedures to facilitate the resolution of Disputes arising under this Agreement in an expedient manner by mutual cooperation and without resort to litigation.
12.2.
Escalation to Executive Officers. Either Party may, by written notice to the other Party, request that a Dispute that remains unresolved by the Parties or the JSC for a period of thirty (30) days shall be submitted to the Executive Officers for resolution. If the Executive Officers cannot resolve such Dispute within thirty (30) days after referral of such Dispute to them, then, at any time after such thirty (30) day period, then either Party may refer such Dispute to arbitration by submitting a written notice of such request to the other Party.
12.3.
Arbitration.
12.3.1.
Disputes. The Parties hereby agree that, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, in the event the Parties are unable to resolve any Dispute after referring such Dispute to the Executive Officers, the Dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration administered by the International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) in accordance

42


 

with its Rules of Arbitration (the “Rules”). Either Party may refer any Dispute to arbitration by submitting a written notice of such request to the other Party.
12.3.2.
Arbitrators. Any arbitration shall be presided over by three (3) arbitrators. Each Party shall select one (1) arbitrator, and such selected arbitrators shall mutually agree upon the third arbitrator who shall act as the chairman of the arbitration panel. If either Party fails or both Parties fail to choose an arbitrator or arbitrators within thirty (30) days after receiving notice of commencement of arbitration or if the two (2) arbitrators fail to choose a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days after their appointment, then either or both Parties shall immediately request that the ICC select the remaining number of arbitrators to be selected. The arbitrators shall be neutral and independent of the Parties and their respective Affiliates, and may not be current or former directors, officers or employees of the Parties or their respective Affiliates. No Party may have any ex parte discussion with any potential arbitrator, except for confirming if such arbitrator is willing and able to serve on the arbitration panel. All arbitrators shall have ten (10) or more years of experience in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, shall have appropriate experience with respect to the matter(s) to be arbitrated, and shall have some experience in mediating or arbitrating issues relating to such agreements.
12.3.3.
Arbitration Process. The seat of the arbitration shall be New York, New York, USA. The arbitrators shall set a date for a hearing that shall be held no later than sixty (60) days following the appointment of the last of such three (3) arbitrators. The Parties shall have the right to be represented by counsel. No less than thirty (30) days prior to the hearing, each Party shall submit the following to the other Party and the arbitration panel: (a) a copy of all exhibits on which such Party intends to rely in any oral or written presentation to the panel; (b) a list of any witnesses such Party intends to call at the hearing, and a short summary of the anticipated testimony of each witness; and (c) a brief in support of such Party’s proposed rulings and remedies; provided that the brief shall not exceed twenty-five (25) pages. This page limitation shall apply regardless of the number of issues raised in the arbitration proceeding. The arbitrators shall determine what discovery will be permitted in accordance with the Rules, consistent with the goal of reasonably controlling the cost and time that the Parties must expend for discovery; provided, however, that the arbitrators shall permit discovery as they deem proportionate to the issues in dispute. The arbitration panel shall have sole discretion regarding the admissibility of any evidence, except statements made during settlement negotiations and affidavits prepared for the purposes of the hearing shall not be admissible. Within ten (10) days following completion of the hearing, each Party may submit to the other Party and the panel a post-hearing brief in support of its proposed rulings and remedies; provided that such brief shall not contain or discuss any new evidence and shall not exceed ten (10) pages. This page limitation shall apply regardless of the number of issues raised in the proceeding.
12.3.4.
Decision of Arbitrators. The arbitrators shall use their best efforts to rule on each disputed issue within thirty (30) days after completion of the hearing described in Section 12.3.3. The determination of the arbitrators as to the resolution of any

43


 

Dispute shall be binding and conclusive upon the Parties, absent manifest error. All rulings of the arbitrators shall be in writing and shall be delivered to the Parties as soon as is reasonably possible.
12.3.5.
Awards. Any award to be paid by one Party to the other Party as determined by the arbitrators as set forth above under this Section 12.3 be promptly paid in USD free of any Tax, deduction or offset, and any costs, fees or Taxes incident to enforcing the award shall, to the maximum extent permitted by Law, be charged against the Party resisting enforcement. Each Party agrees to abide by the award rendered in any arbitration conducted pursuant to this Section 12.3, and agrees that, subject to the Federal Arbitration Act, judgment may be entered upon the final award in a court of competent jurisdiction and that other courts may award full faith and credit to such judgment in order to enforce such award.
12.3.6.
Costs and Expenses. The Parties agree that they shall share equally in the joint costs associated with the arbitration hearing(s) and any procedural conferences (location, stenographer and similar), the fees and expenses of any independent expert retained by the arbitrators, if any, and the fees and expenses of the arbitrators (as set forth above) and administrative fees and expenses of ICC. Each Party shall bear its own costs and attorneys’ and witnesses’ fees and associated costs and expenses. The existence and substance of the arbitration proceedings and the decision of the arbitrators shall be kept confidential by the Parties and the arbitrators except to the extent disclosure may be necessary to conduct the arbitration, or in connection with a court application for a preliminary remedy, a judicial challenge to an award or its enforcement, or unless otherwise required by law or judicial decision.
12.4.
Injunctive Relief. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, either Party will have the right to seek temporary injunctive or preliminary equitable relief pending final resolution of any Dispute under Section 12.3, in any court of competent jurisdiction as may be available to such Party under Law in such jurisdiction with respect to any matters arising out of the other Party’s performance or breach of its obligations under this Agreement.

44


 

Article 13
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

13.1.
Change of Control.
13.1.1.
CoC Negotiation Right. Aspen may, at any time during the Term, provide written notice to Cell X that it wishes to initiate negotiations with Cell X (the “CoC Negotiation Right”) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of Cell X (the “Cell X Assets”) through a Change of Control transaction or series of transactions (a “CoC Transaction”), in which case the Parties will, during the one hundred twenty (120) day period following Cell X’s receipt of such notice (as may be extended, the “CoC Negotiation Period”), negotiate in good faith the terms pursuant to which Aspen would acquire the Cell X Assets, including the consideration to be paid by Aspen to Cell X. If Cell X and Aspen are not able to agree on the terms of such CoC Transaction during the CoC Negotiation Period, then the CoC Negotiation Right will terminate; provided that (a) Aspen may elect to extend such negotiation period for an additional thirty (30) days upon prior written notice to Cell X and (b) Cell X may not enter into a CoC Transaction with a Third Party pharmaceutical or biopharmaceutical company on terms less favorable to Cell X than the terms last offered by Aspen for a period of ninety (90) days from the expiration of the CoC Negotiation Period. In the event that the Parties dispute whether the terms offered by a Third Party are less favorable to Cell X than the terms offered by Aspen, a Party shall have the right to submit such dispute to arbitration for resolution pursuant to Section 12.3. For clarity, clause (b) shall not apply in the event that the Third Party is an equipment manufacturer.
13.1.2.
Right of First Negotiation. If Cell X desires to initiate a CoC Transaction or Cell X wishes to consider any proposal by a Third Party with respect to a CoC Transaction during the Term, then Cell X shall provide prompt written notice to Aspen of such desire or proposal (and within five (5) business days from receipt of such proposal in such instance), prior to soliciting or responding to any such offers, and Aspen shall have a right of first negotiation to negotiate a CoC Transaction with respect to the Cell X Assets (“ROFN”). Aspen shall have a period of thirty (30) days from its receipt of such notice from Cell X to exercise the ROFN by providing written notice to Cell X of its election to exercise such right. If Aspen provides such written notice to Cell X, the Parties will, during the one hundred twenty (120) day period following Cell X’s receipt of such notice (as may be extended, the “ROFN Negotiation Period”), negotiate in good faith the terms pursuant to which Aspen would acquire the Cell X Assets, including the consideration to be paid by Aspen to Cell X. If Cell X and Aspen are not able to agree on the terms of such CoC Transaction during the ROFN Negotiation Period, the ROFN will terminate; provided that (a) Aspen may elect to extend such negotiation period for an additional thirty (30) days upon prior written notice to Cell X and (b) Cell X may not enter into a CoC Transaction with a Third Party pharmaceutical or biopharmaceutical company on terms less favorable to Cell X than the terms last offered by Aspen for a period of ninety (90) days from the expiration of the ROFN Negotiation Period; provided further, that the foregoing shall not apply in the event

45


 

that the Third Party is an equipment manufacturer. In the event that the Parties dispute whether the terms offered by a Third Party are less favorable to Cell X than the terms offered by Aspen, a Party shall have the right to submit such dispute to arbitration for resolution pursuant to Section 12.3.
13.1.3.
Aspen Competitor. In the event of a Change of Control of Cell X in which an Aspen Competitor acquires control (as defined in Section 1.2) of Cell X, then as from the date of such Change of Control, Aspen shall cease to have any reporting obligations hereunder toward Cell X or its successor entity and the JSC shall be immediately disbanded.
13.1.4.
Acquisition Right Prior to Bankruptcy Event. Cell X shall provide written notice to Aspen as soon as reasonably practical prior to taking any action that would be reasonably expected to result in a Bankruptcy Event of Cell X (but in all cases at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice). Upon Aspen’s written request, the Parties will negotiate in good faith the terms pursuant to which Aspen may acquire the Cell X Assets, including through a CoC Transaction, until such time as either the Board of Directors of Cell X reasonably determines in good faith that it must commence a proceeding resulting in a Bankruptcy Event pursuant to clause (a) of the Bankruptcy Event definition herein or a Bankruptcy Event is involuntarily commenced against Cell X pursuant to clause (b) of the Bankruptcy Event definition, whichever occurs first.
13.2.
Assignment.
13.2.1.
Assignment by Cell X. Neither this Agreement nor any interest hereunder shall be assignable, nor any other obligation delegable, by Cell X without the prior written consent of Aspen (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); except that Cell X may make such an assignment or transfer without Aspen’s prior written consent (a) following a Change of Control of Cell X, to any Affiliate of Cell X, provided, that, such transfer shall not adversely affect Aspen’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and that Cell X (or its successor entity to the extent Cell X is no longer in existence) remains jointly and severally liable with such Affiliate for the performance of this Agreement or the assigned obligations, or (b) to any Third Party successor-in-interest in connection with a Change of Control of Cell X, subject to Cell X’s compliance with the terms and conditions of Section 13.1.
13.2.2.
Assignment by Aspen. This Agreement shall not be assignable by Aspen without the prior written consent of Cell X (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); except that Aspen may make such an assignment or transfer without Cell X’s prior written consent (a) to any Affiliate of Aspen, (b) to any Third Party successor-in-interest in connection with a Change of Control of Aspen or (c) to any of its lenders as collateral security, including for the avoidance of doubt, by granting a security interest in this Agreement.

46


 

13.2.3.
Continuing Obligations. No assignment under this Section 13.2 shall relieve the assigning Party of any of its responsibilities or obligations hereunder and, as a condition of such assignment, the assignee shall agree in writing to be bound by all obligations of the assigning Party hereunder. This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Parties.
13.2.4.
Void Assignments. Any assignment not in accordance with this Section 13.2 shall be void.
13.3.
Performance and Exercise by Affiliates. Aspen shall have the right to have any of its obligations hereunder performed, or its rights hereunder exercised, by, any of its Affiliates and the performance of such obligations by any such Affiliate shall be deemed to be performance by Aspen; provided, however, that Aspen shall be responsible for ensuring the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and that any failure of any Affiliate performing obligations of Aspen hereunder shall be deemed to be a failure by Aspen to perform such obligations. For clarity, the foregoing means that Aspen may designate an Affiliate to perform its obligations hereunder or to be the recipient of Cell X’s performance obligations hereunder.
13.4.
Relationship of the Parties. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be deemed, for financial, Tax, legal or other purposes, to constitute a partnership, agency, joint venture or employer-employee relationship between the Parties.
13.5.
Further Actions. Each Party agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver such further instruments and to do all such other acts as may be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.
13.6.
Accounting Procedures. Each Party shall calculate all amounts, and perform other accounting procedures required, under this Agreement and applicable to it in accordance with GAAP.
13.7.
Force Majeure. Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party or be deemed to have breached or defaulted under this Agreement for failure or delay in the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement for the time and to the extent such failure or delay is caused by or results from acts of God, earthquake, riot, civil commotion, terrorism, war, strikes or other labor disputes, fire, flood, failure or delay of transportation, omissions or delays in acting by a Governmental Body, acts of a Governmental Body or judicial orders or decrees or restrictions or any other reason which is beyond the control of the respective Party. The Party affected by force majeure shall provide the other Party with full particulars thereof as soon as it becomes aware of the same (including its best estimate of the likely extent and duration of the interference with its activities), and will use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome the difficulties created thereby and to resume performance of its obligations hereunder as soon as practicable.
13.8.
No Trademark Rights. No right, express or implied, is granted by this Agreement to a Party to use in any manner the name or any other trade name or trademark of the other Party in connection with the performance of this Agreement or otherwise.

47


 

13.9.
Entire Agreement of the Parties; Amendments. This Agreement and the Schedules hereto constitute and contain the entire understanding and agreement of the Parties respecting the subject matter hereof and cancel and supersede any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, understandings and agreements between the Parties, whether oral or written, regarding such subject matter, including (a) that certain Summary of Proposed Terms dated November 2, 2023, by and between the Parties, (b) that certain Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement dated as of September 20, 2022 and (c) the Strategic Technology Collaboration Agreement. No waiver, modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid or effective unless made in a writing referencing this Agreement and signed by a duly authorized officer of each Party.
13.10.
Captions. The captions to this Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement.
13.11.
Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, USA, excluding application of any conflict of laws principles that would require application of the Law of a jurisdiction outside of State of New York, USA.
13.12.
Notices and Deliveries. Any notice, request, approval or consent required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if delivered in person or transmitted by express courier service (signature required) to the Party to which it is directed at its address shown below or such other address as such Party shall have last given by notice to the other Party.

If to Aspen, addressed to:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

[***]

If to Cell X, addressed to:

Cell X Technologies, Inc.

[***]

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

[***]

13.13.
Language. The official language of this Agreement and between the Parties for all notices and correspondence shall be the English language.

48


 

13.14.
Waiver. A waiver by either Party of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement in any instance shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of such term or condition for the future, or of any other term or condition hereof. All rights, remedies, undertakings, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be cumulative and none of them shall be in limitation of any other remedy, right, undertaking, obligation or agreement of either Party.
13.15.
Severability. When possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under Law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under Law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement. The Parties shall make a good faith effort to replace the invalid or unenforceable provision with a valid one which in its economic effect is most consistent with the invalid or unenforceable provision.
13.16.
No Implied License. No right or license is granted to Cell X hereunder by implication, estoppel, or otherwise to any Know-Flow, Patent Right or other intellectual property right owned or controlled by Aspen or its Affiliates.
13.17.
Interpretation. Except where the context expressly requires otherwise, (a) the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to encompass references to either or both genders, and the use of the singular shall be deemed to include the plural (and vice versa), (b) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (c) the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”, (d) any definition of, or reference to, any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (e) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include the Person’s successors and assigns, (f) the words “herein”, “hereof’ and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (g) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits or Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections, Exhibits or Schedules of this Agreement, and references to this Agreement include all Exhibits and Schedules hereto, (h) the word “notice” means notice in writing (whether or not specifically stated) and shall include notices, consents, approvals and other written communications contemplated under this Agreement, (i) provisions that require that a Party, the Parties or any committee hereunder “agree,” “consent” or “approve” or the like shall require that such agreement, consent or approval be specific and in writing, whether by written agreement, letter, approved minutes or otherwise, (j) references to any specific law’, rule or regulation, or article, section or other division thereof, shall be deemed to include the then-current amendments thereto or any replacement or successor law, rule or regulation thereof, (k) the term “or” shall be interpreted in the inclusive sense commonly associated with the term “and/or”, (1) all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, and (m) countries shall include territories.

49


 

13.18.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same instrument. A facsimile or a portable document format (PDF) copy of this Agreement, including the signature pages, will be deemed an original.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

50


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, duly authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

CELL X TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Damien McDevitt

 

Signature:

/s/ [***]

 

 

 

 

 

Printed Name: Damien McDevitt

 

Printed Name: [***]

 

 

 

 

Title: President & Chief Executive Officer

 

Title: [***]

 

[Signature Page to Collaboration and License Agreement]


 

Schedule 1.20

Existing Third Party Agreements

[***]

 


 

Schedule 1.42

Licensed Patent Rights

 

Name / Patent Title

Jurisdiction

Application
No.

Application
Date

Patent
No.

Issue
Date

Type

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

 

[***]

 

 


 

Schedule 1.42

Research Restricted Parties

[***]

and, in each case of the above parties, their respective affiliates (whereby “affiliates” shall have the same meaning as the term “Affiliates”, provided that “Party” shall be deemed to be replaced by reference to the applicable Third Party set forth above)

 


 

Schedule 2.7

Instrument Terms and Conditions

img242457221_0.jpg

 

Terms and Conditions

 

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE

The Celligent platform™ consisting of the [***] are covered by a full one-year warranty including parts, This includes [***].

•
[***]
•
Shipment Date -14 to 16 weeks upon receipt of order and down payment
•
Cell X will coordinate installation of the equipment with CUSTOMER and other suppliers, including [***].

Also included are the following:

•
On-site installation assistance and training at CUSTOMER by Cell X Technologies personnel. This will include no more than [***].
•
One-year material and workmanship warranty.

*Maintenance contract for additional years is estimated at [***] of the purchase price, annually.

Applicability

(a)
These terms and conditions of sale (these “Terms”) are the only terms which govern the sale of the goods (“Goods”) and services (“Services”) by Cell X Technologies (“Seller”) to the buyer named on this document of these Terms (“Buyer”).
(b)
The accompanying quotation (the “Sales Confirmation”) and these Terms (collectively, this “Agreement”) comprise the entire agreement between the parties, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous understandings, agreements, negotiations, representations and warranties, and communications, both written and oral. These Terms prevail over any of Buyer’s general terms and conditions of purchase regardless of whether or when Buyer has submitted its purchase order or such terms. Fulfillment of Buyer’s order does not constitute acceptance of any of Buyer’s terms and conditions and does not serve to modify or amend these Terms.
(c)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Seller may, from time to time change the Services without the consent of Buyer provided that such changes do not materially affect the nature or scope of the Services, or the fees or any performance dates set forth in the Sales Confirmation.

Delivery of Goods and Performance of Services

(a)
The Goods will be delivered within a reasonable time after the receipt of Buyer’s purchase order as quoted. Seller shall not be liable for any delays, loss or damage in transit.

 


 

(b)
Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, Seller shall deliver the Goods to ___________________________(the “Delivery Point”) using Seller’s standard methods for packaging and shipping such Goods. Buyer shall be responsible for all shipping costs, loading costs and provide equipment and labor reasonably suited for receipt of the Goods at the Delivery Point.
(c)
Seller may, in its sole discretion, without liability or penalty, make partial shipments of Goods to Buyer. Each shipment will constitute a separate sale, and Buyer shall pay for the units shipped whether such shipment is in whole or partial fulfillment of Buyer’s purchase order.
(d)
Seller shall use reasonable efforts to meet any performance dates to render the Services specified in the Sales Confirmation, and any such dates shall be estimates only.
(e)
Buyer’s Acts or Omissions. If Seller’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement is prevented or delayed by any act or omission of Buyer or its agents, With respect to the Services, Buyer shall (i) cooperate with Seller in all matters relating to the Services and provide such access to Buyer’s premises for the purposes of performing the Services; (ii) respond promptly to any Seller request to provide direction, information, approvals, authorizations or decisions that are reasonably necessary for Seller to perform Services in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement; (iii) provide such customer materials or information as Seller may request to cany out the Services in a timely manner and ensure that such customer materials or information are complete and accurate in all material respects; and (iv) obtain and maintain all necessary licenses and consents and comply with all applicable laws in relation to the Services before the date on which the Services are to start.

Shipping Terms

Seller shall enable delivery in accordance with the terms on the face of the Sales Confirmation.

Title and Risk of Loss

All delivery dates are approximate, and Seller shall not be responsible for any damages resulting from any delay. Regardless of the manner of shipment, title to any products and risk of loss or damage shall pass to Buyer upon placement of the products with the shipment earner at Seller’s facility. Unless otherwise stated. Seller may exercise its judgment in choosing the earner and means of delivery. No deferment of shipment at Buyers’ request beyond the respective dates indicated will be made except on terms that will indemnify, defend and hold Seller harmless against all loss and additional expense. Buyer shall be responsible for any additional shipping charges incurred by Seller due to Buyer’s acts or omissions.

Subcontractors, consultants or employees

Seller shall not be deemed in breach of its obligations under this Agreement or otherwise liable for any costs, charges or losses sustained or incurred by Buyer, in each case, to the extent arising directly or indirectly from such prevention or delay.

Inspection and Rejection of Nonconforming Goods

(a)
Buyer shall inspect the Goods upon receipt (“Inspection Period”). Buyer will be deemed to have accepted the Goods unless it notifies Seller in writing of any Nonconforming Goods during the Inspection Period and furnishes such written evidence or other documentation as reasonably required by Seller. “Nonconforming Goods” means only the following: (i) product shipped is

 


 

different than identified in Buyer’s purchase order; or (ii) product’s label or packaging incorrectly identifies its contents.
(b)
If Buyer timely notifies Seller of any Nonconforming Goods, Seller shall, in its sole discretion, (i) replace such Nonconforming Goods with conforming Goods, or (ii) credit or refund the Price for such Nonconforming Goods, together with any reasonable shipping and handling expenses incurred by Buyer in connection therewith. Buyer shall ship, at its expense and risk of loss, the Nonconforming Goods to Seller’s facility. If Seller exercises its option to replace Nonconforming Goods, Seller shall, after receiving Buyer’s shipment of Nonconforming Goods, ship to Buyer, at Buyer’s expense and risk of loss, the replaced Goods to the Delivery Point.
(c)
Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the remedies set forth are Buyer’s exclusive remedies for the delivery of Nonconforming Goods. Except as provided under (b) above, all sales of Goods to Buyer are made on a one-way basis and Buyer has no right to return Goods purchased under this Agreement to Seller.

Price

(a)
Buyer shall purchase the Goods and Services from Seller at the price (the “Price”) set forth in Seller’s quotation.
(b)
Buyer agrees to reimburse Seller for all reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Seller in connection with the performance of the Services, except where expressly included in the purchase.
(c)
All Prices are exclusive of all sales, use and excise taxes, and any other similar taxes, duties and charges of any kind imposed by any Governmental Authority on any amounts payable by Buyer. Buyer shall be responsible for all such charges, costs and taxes; provided, that. Buyer shall not be responsible for any taxes imposed on, or with respect to, Seller’s income, revenues, gross receipts, personnel or real or personal property or other assets.

Payment Terms

(a)
Buyer shall adhere to the negotiated “schedule of payments” included in the quotation. Buyer shall make all payments hereunder by wire transfer or check and in US dollars.
(b)
Buyer shall pay interest on all late payments at the lesser of the rate of [***]% per month or the highest rate permissible under applicable law, calculated daily and compounded monthly. Buyer shall reimburse Seller for all costs incurred in collecting any late payments, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees. In addition to all other remedies available under these Terms or at law (which Seller does not waive by the exercise of any rights hereunder), Seller shall be entitled to suspend the delivery of any Goods or performance of any Services if Buyer fails to pay any amounts when due hereunder.
(c)
Buyer shall not withhold payment of any amounts due and payable by reason of any set-off of any claim or dispute with Seller, whether relating to Seller’s breach, bankruptcy or otherwise.

 


 

Non-Permitted Uses

Buyer acknowledges that Seller has granted to Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (“Aspen”) certain exclusive rights under certain intellectual property rights controlled by Seller (the “Licensed IP”) for Aspen to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize products or processes that involve (a) autologous or allogenic induced pluripotent cells (“iPSCs”) or cells derived from iPSCs for the diagnosis, treatment or prevention of Parkinson’s disease (“Field 1 “); and (ii) autologous iPSCs and cells derived from iPSCs for the treatment or prevention of any disease of the central nervous system [***] (“Field 2”), but excluding in each case the treatment, palliation or prevention in humans of any diseases in the eye and diabetes. Accordingly, Buyer acknowledges and agrees that as a condition of sale Buyer shall not be permitted to use any of the Goods or Services, directly or indirectly, itself or in connection with any affiliate or third party, in any manner to, develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import or commercialize any product or process (i) for Field 1; or (ii) for Field 2;; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not restrict Buyer from using the Goods or Services to conduct non-clinical research in Field 1 and/or Field 2. Buyer further acknowledges and agrees that, in the event that Buyer wishes to use any of the Goods or Services, directly or indirectly, itself or in connection with any affiliate or third party, in any manner to, develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import or commercialize any product or process (A) for Field 1 or (B) for Field 2, Buyer shall, except in the case of the conduct of non-clinical research in Field 1 and/or Field 2, be required, and it shall solely be Buyer’s responsibility, to obtain from Aspen a license under the Licensed IP to do so.

Limited Warranty

(a)
Seller warrants to Buyer that for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of shipment of the Goods (“Warranty Period”), that such Goods will [***] conform to the specifications set forth in the quotation and will be free from material defects in material and workmanship.
(b)
Seller warrants to Buyer that it shall perform the Services using personnel of required skill, experience, and qualifications and in a professional and workmanlike manner in accordance with generally recognized industry standards for similar services and shall devote adequate resources to meet its obligations under this Agreement.
(c)
EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE, SELLER MAKES NO WARRANTY

WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE GOODS OR SERVICES, INCLUDING ANY (a) WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY; OR (b) WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE; OR (c) WARRANTY OF TITLE; OR (d) WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF A THIRD PARTY; WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE.

(d)
The Seller shall not be liable for a breach of the warranties set forth above unless: (i) Buyer gives written notice of the defective Goods or Services, as the case may be, reasonably described, to Seller within thirty 30 days of the time when Buyer discovers or ought to have discovered the defect; (ii) if applicable, Seller is given a reasonable opportunity after receiving the notice of breach of the warranty to examine such Goods and Buyer (if requested to do so by Seller) returns

 


 

such Goods to Seller’s place of business at Seller’s cost for the examination to take place there; and (iii) Seller reasonably verifies Buyer’s claim that the Goods or Services are defective.
(e)
The Seller shall not be liable for a breach of the warranty if: (i) Buyer makes any further use of such Goods after giving such notice; (ii) the defect arises because Buyer failed to follow Seller’s oral or written instructions as to the storage, installation, commissioning, use or maintenance of the Goods; or (iii) Buyer alters or repairs such Goods without the prior written consent of Seller.
(f)
Subject to above, with respect to any such Goods during the Warranty Period, Seller shall, in its sole discretion, either: (i) repair or replace such Goods (or the defective part) or (ii) credit or refund the price of such Goods at the pro rate contract rate provided that, if Seller so requests, Buyer shall, at Seller’s expense, return such Goods to Seller.
(g)
Subject to above, with respect to any Services subject to a claim under the warranty set forth, Seller shall, in its sole discretion, (i) repair or re-perform the applicable Services or (ii) credit or refund the price of such Services at the pro rata contract rate.
(h)
THE REMEDIES SET FORTH SHALL BE THE BUYER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND SELLER’S ENTIRE LIABILITY FOR ANY BREACH OF THE LIMITED WARRANTIES.

Limitation of Liability

(a)
IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, LOST PROFITS OR REVENUES OR DIMINUTION IN VALUE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY BREACH OF THESE TERMS, WHETHER OR NOT THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES HAS BEEN DISCLOSED IN ADVANCE BY BUYER OR COULD HAVE BEEN REASONABLY FORESEEN BY BUYER, REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY (CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) UPON WHICH THE CLAIM IS BASED, AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ANY AGREED OR OTHER REMEDY OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
(b)
IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, EXCEED THE TOTAL OF THE AMOUNTS PAID TO SELLER FOR THE GOODS AND SERVICES SOLD HEREUNDER.
(c)
The limitation of liability shall not apply to (i) liability resulting from Seller’s gross negligence or willful misconduct and (ii) death or bodily injury resulting from Seller’s acts or omissions.

Compliance with Law

Buyer shall comply with all applicable laws, regulations, and ordinances. Buyer shall maintain in effect all the licenses, permissions, authorizations, consents and permits that it needs to cany out its obligations under this Agreement.

 


 

Termination

In addition to any remedies that may be provided under these Terms, Seller may terminate this Agreement with immediate effect upon written notice to Buyer, if Buyer: (a) fails to pay any amount when due under this Agreement and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after Buyer’s receipt of written notice of nonpayment; (b) has not otherwise performed or complied with any of these Terms, in whole or in part; or (c) becomes insolvent, files a petition for bankruptcy or commences or has commenced against it proceedings relating to bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization or assignment for the benefit of creditors.

Waiver

No waiver by Seller of any of the provisions of this Agreement is effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by Seller. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement operates, or may be construed, as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder precludes any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

Confidential Information

All non-public, confidential or proprietary information of Seller, including but not limited to, specifications, samples, patterns, designs, plans, drawings, documents, data, business operations, customer lists, pricing, discounts or rebates, disclosed by Seller to Buyer, whether disclosed orally or disclosed or accessed in written, electronic or other form or media, and whether or not marked, designated or otherwise identified as “confidential” in connection with this Agreement is confidential, solely for the use of performing this Agreement and may not be disclosed or copied unless authorized in advance by Seller in writing. Upon Seller’s request, Buyer shall promptly return all documents and other materials received from Seller. Seller shall be entitled to injunctive relief for any violation of this Section. This Section does not apply to information that is: (a) in the public domain; (b) known to Buyer at the time of disclosure; or (c) rightfully obtained by Buyer on a non- confidential basis from a third party.

Force Majeure

The Seller shall not be liable or responsible to Buyer, nor be deemed to have defaulted or breached this Agreement, for any failure or delay in fulfilling or performing any term of this Agreement when and to the extent such failure or delay is caused by or results from acts or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Seller including, without limitation, acts of God, flood, fire, earthquake, explosion, governmental actions, war, invasion or hostilities (whether war is declared or not), terrorist threats or acts, riot, or other civil unrest, national emergency, revolution, insurrection, epidemic, lockouts, strikes or other labor disputes (whether or not relating to either party’s workforce), or restraints or delays affecting carriers or inability or delay in obtaining supplies of adequate or suitable materials, materials or telecommunication breakdown or power outage [***],

 


 

Sale of Goods and Services; Assignment

Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Buyer may not sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer the Goods and Services to any person or entity, unless such person or entity agrees to be bound to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein in a written agreement signed between Seller and such person or entity.

Buyer shall not assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Seller.

Any purported sale, lease, license, transfer, assignment or delegation in violation of this Section is null and void ab initio. No assignment or delegation relieves Buyer or any such person or entity of any of the obligations under this Agreement.

Relationship of the Parties

The relationship between the parties is that of independent contractors. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating any agency, partnership joint venture or other form of joint enterprise, employment, or fiduciary relationship between the parties, and neither party shall have authority to contract for or bind the other party in any manner whatsoever.

Third-Party Beneficiaries

Aspen is hereby deemed a third party beneficiary of this Agreement solely with respect to the rights to enforce the terms and conditions of the Sections titled “Non-Permitted Uses’’ and “Sales of Goods and Services; Assignment”. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express, or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit, or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of these Terms.

Governing Law

All matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Ohio without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Ohio or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than those of the State of Ohio.

Submission to Jurisdiction

Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America or the courts of the State of Ohio in each case located in the City of Cleveland and County of Cuyahoga, and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.

Notices

All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder (each, a “Notice”) shall be in writing and addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth on the face of the Sales Confirmation or to such other address that may be

 


 

designated by the receiving party in writing. All Notices shall be delivered by personal delivery, nationally recognized overnight courier (with all fees pre- paid), facsimile (with confirmation of transmission) or certified or registered mail (in each case, return receipt requested, postage prepaid).

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a Notice is effective only (a) upon receipt of the receiving party, and (b) if the party giving the Notice has complied with the requirements of this Section.

Severability’

If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

Survival

Provisions of these Terms which by their nature should apply beyond their terms will remain in force after any termination or expiration of this Order including, but not limited to, the following provisions: Non-Permitted Uses, Compliance with Laws, Confidential Information, Sale of Goods and Services; Assignment, Third-Party Beneficiaries, Governing Law, Submission to Jurisdiction/Arbitration, and Survival.

Amendment and Modification

These Terms may only be amended or modified in a writing stating specifically that it amends these Terms and is signed by an authorized representative of each party.

 


 

Schedule 4.1(a)

Collaboration Plan

[***]

 


 

Schedule 4.1(b)

Collaboration Budget

[***]

 


Exhibit 10.33

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

FIRST AMENDMENT TO COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “First Amendment”) to the COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT dated January 22, 2024 (the “Agreement”) is effective as of January 8, 2025 (“First Amendment Effective Date”), by and between Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (“Aspen”) and Cell-X Technologies, Inc. (“Cell-X”).

WHEREAS, Cell-X and Aspen desire to amend the Agreement upon the terms and conditions noted below;

WHEREAS, the scope of Schedule 4.1(a) Collaboration Plan of the Agreement is to be expanded to include additional activities and goals; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the above paragraph, Schedule 4.1(b) Collaboration Budget will be updated accordingly and will include an additional payment in the amount of [***] to be paid within [***] of receipt of invoice.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.
The scope of Schedule 4.1(a) Collaboration Plan of the Agreement is hereby expanded to include the following:

[***]

2.
Pursuant to the above Section 1, Schedule 4.1(b) Collaboration Budget of the Agreement is hereby replaced in its entirety by a new Schedule 4.1(b) Collaboration Budget to include an additional payment in the amount of [***] to be paid [***] of receipt of invoice, attached to this First Amendment as Exhibit A.
3.
This First Amendment, together with the Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between Cell-X and Aspen with respect to the subject matter hereof.
4.
Except as provided herein, all other terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
5.
This First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, either by fax or PDF, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[signature page follows]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized corporate officers or representatives as of the First Amendment Effective Date.

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

CELL-X TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Damien McDevitt

 

By:

 /s/ [***]

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 Damien McDevitt

 

Name:

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 President and CEO

 

Title:

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 January 8, 2025

 

Date:

 January 8, 2025

 

 


 

Exhibit A

Collaboration Budget

[***]

 


Exhibit 10.34

 

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

SECOND AMENDMENT TO COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT (this “Second Amendment”) to the COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT dated January 22, 2024 (the “Agreement”), as previously amended in a First Amendment to Collaboration Agreement dated January 8, 2025 (the “First Amendment”) is effective as of October 28, 2025 (“Second Amendment Effective Date”), by and between Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (“Aspen”) and Cell-X Technologies, Inc. (“Cell-X”).

WHEREAS, Cell-X and Aspen desire to further amend the Agreement upon the terms and conditions noted below;

WHEREAS, Cell-X and Aspen have agreed to amend and replace Schedule 4.1(a) Collaboration Plan of the Agreement;

WHEREAS, Cell-X and Aspen have agreed to amend and replace Schedule 4.1(b) Collaboration Budget of the Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Cell-X and Aspen have agreed to amend Section 4.4.6 of the Agreement to provide for monthly billing rather than quarterly during the Collaboration Term, as defined in the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.
Schedule 4.1(a) Collaboration Plan of the Agreement, as previously amended in the First Amendment, is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety by the new and revised 4.1(a) Collaboration Plan that is attached as Exhibit A to this Second Amendment.
2.
Schedule 4.1(b) Collaboration Budget of the Agreement, as previously amended in the First Amendment, is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety by the new and revised 4.1(b) Collaboration Budget that is attached as Exhibit B to this Second Amendment.
3.
The first sentence of Section 4.4.6 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Within thirty (30) days following the end of each month during the Collaboration Term, Cell-X shall submit an invoice to Aspen pursuant to Section 6.7.2 setting forth the FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in such month and for which Cell X seeks reimbursement pursuant to Section 4.4.4.”

4.
This Second Amendment, together with the Agreement and the First Amendment, constitutes the entire agreement between Cell-X and Aspen with respect to the subject matter hereof.
5.
Except as provided herein, all other terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
6.
This Second Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, either by fax or PDF, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[signature page follows]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized corporate officers or representatives as of the Second Amendment Effective Date.

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

CELL-X TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Damien McDevitt

 

By:

 /s/ [***]

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 Damien McDevitt

 

Name:

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 President and CEO

 

Title:

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 October 28, 2025

 

Date:

 October 28, 2025

 

 

 

 


 

Exhibit A

Schedule 4.1(a)

Collaboration Plan

[***]

 

 

 


 

Exhibit B

Schedule 4.1(b)

Collaboration Budget

[***]

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.35

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

THIRD AMENDMENT TO COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT (this “Third Amendment”) to the COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT dated January 22, 2024 (the “Agreement”), as previously amended in a First Amendment and a Second Amendment dated January 8, 2025 and October 28, 2025, respectively, is effective as of January 22, 2026 (“Third Amendment Effective Date”), by and between Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (“Aspen”) and Cell-X Technologies, Inc. (“Cell-X”).

WHEREAS, Cell X and Aspen desire to further amend the Agreement upon the terms and conditions noted below;

WHEREAS, Cell X and Aspen have agreed to extend the Collaboration Term set forth in Section 4.1 of the Agreement to March 31, 2026;

WHEREAS, Cell X and Aspen have agreed to amend and replace Schedule 4.1(a) Collaboration Plan of the Agreement;

WHEREAS, Cell X and Aspen have agreed to amend and replace Schedule 4.1(b) Collaboration Budget of the Agreement; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.
Section 4.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended to delete the third sentence of Section 4.1 in its entirety and replace it with the following sentence: “The term of the Collaboration Program will begin on the Effective Date and end on March 31, 2026.”
2.
Schedule 4.1(a) Collaboration Plan of the Agreement, as previously amended in the Second Amendment, is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety by the new and revised 4.1(a) Collaboration Plan that is attached as Exhibit A to this Third Amendment.
3.
Schedule 4.1(b) Collaboration Budget of the Agreement, as previously amended in the Second Amendment, is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety by the new and revised 4.1(b) Collaboration Budget that is attached as Exhibit B to this Third Amendment.
4.
This Third Amendment, together with the Agreement, the First Amendment and the Second Amendment, constitutes the entire agreement between Cell X and Aspen with respect to the subject matter hereof.
5.
Except as provided herein, all other terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
6.
This Third Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, either by fax or PDF, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[signature page follows]

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized corporate officers or representatives as of the Third Amendment Effective Date.

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

CELL X TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Damien McDevitt

 

By:

/s/ [***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Damien McDevitt

 

Name:

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

Title:

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

February 12, 2026

 

Date:

February 12, 2026

 

 

 


 

 

Exhibit A

Schedule 4.1(a)

Collaboration Plan

[***]

 


 

 

Exhibit B

Schedule 4.1(b)

Collaboration Budget

[***]

 


Exhibit 10.36

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT (this “Fourth Amendment”) to the COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT dated January 22, 2024 (the “Agreement”), as previously amended in a First Amendment, Second Amendment and Third Amendment dated January 8, 2025, October 28, 2025 and January 22, 2026, respectively, is effective as of April 6, 2026 (“Fourth Amendment Effective Date”), by and between Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (“Aspen”) and Cell-X Technologies, Inc. (“Cell-X”).

WHEREAS, Cell X and Aspen desire to further amend the Agreement upon the terms and conditions noted below;

WHEREAS, Cell X and Aspen have agreed to extend the Collaboration Term set forth in Section 4.1 of the Agreement to June 30, 2026;

WHEREAS, Cell X and Aspen have agreed to amend and replace Schedule 4.1(a) Collaboration Plan of the Agreement;

WHEREAS, Cell X and Aspen have agreed to amend and replace Schedule 4.1(b) Collaboration Budget of the Agreement; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.
Section 4.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended to delete the Fourth sentence of Section 4.1 in its entirety and replace it with the following sentence: “The term of the Collaboration Program will begin on the Effective Date and end on June 30, 2026.”
2.
Schedule 4.1(a) Collaboration Plan of the Agreement, as previously amended in the Second Amendment, is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety by the new and revised 4.1(a) Collaboration Plan that is attached as Exhibit A to this Fourth Amendment.
3.
Schedule 4.1(b) Collaboration Budget of the Agreement, as previously amended in the Second Amendment, is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety by the new and revised 4.1(b) Collaboration Budget that is attached as Exhibit B to this Fourth Amendment.
4.
This Fourth Amendment, together with the Agreement, the First Amendment and the Second Amendment, constitutes the entire agreement between Cell X and Aspen with respect to the subject matter hereof.
5.
Except as provided herein, all other terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
6.
This Fourth Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, either by fax or PDF, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[signature page follows]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fourth Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized corporate officers or representatives as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date.

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

CELL-X TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Damien McDevitt

 

By:

/s/ [***]

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Damien McDevitt

 

Name:

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

Title:

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

April 27, 2026

 

Date:

April 27, 2026

 

 


 

Exhibit A

Schedule 4.1(a)

Collaboration Plan

[***]

 


 

Exhibit B

Schedule 4.1(b)

Collaboration Budget

[***]

 


Exhibit 10.37

 

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

dated as of August 18, 2026

by and between

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

and

Cell X Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

2

ARTICLE 2 LICENSES AND OTHER RIGHTS

10

 

2.1

Grant of Licenses to Aspen

10

 

2.2

Sublicenses by Aspen

11

 

2.3

Subcontractors and Distributors

11

 

2.4

Licensed Technology Transfer

11

 

2.5

Grant-Back License to Cell X

12

 

2.6

Sale of Instruments

12

 

2.7

Cell X Use of Subcontractors

13

 

2.8

Agreements with Third Party Subcontractors

13

 

2.9

Escrow Agreement

13

 

2.10

Supply of Instruments

14

 

2.11

Master Services Agreement

15

ARTICLE 3 EXPLOITATION OF LICENSED PRODUCTS

15

 

3.1

Development and Regulatory Affairs

15

 

3.2

Manufacture

16

 

3.3

Commercialization

16

 

3.4

Diligence

16

ARTICLE 4 FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

16

 

4.1

Instrument Purchase

16

 

4.2

Excess Support

16

 

4.3

Regulatory Support

16

 

4.4

Milestone Payments

16

 

4.5

Mode of Payment and Currency; Invoices

18

 

4.6

No Double-Counting

18

 

4.7

Taxes

18

ARTICLE 5 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MATTERS

19

 

5.1

Inventions

19

 

5.2

Patent Prosecution and Maintenance

20

 

5.3

Enforcement

21

 

5.4

Third Party Actions Claiming Infringement

22

ARTICLE 6 CONFIDENTIALITY

23

 

6.1

Confidentiality Obligations

23

 

6.2

Use

24

 

6.3

Required Disclosure

24

 

6.4

Publications

24

 

6.5

Press Releases and Disclosure

25

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

Page

 

ARTICLE 7 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

25

 

7.1

Representations and Warranties

25

 

7.2

Additional Representations and Warranties of Cell X

26

 

7.3

Cell X Covenants

27

ARTICLE 8 INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

28

 

8.1

Indemnification by Aspen

28

 

8.2

Indemnification by Cell X

28

 

8.3

No Consequential Damages

29

 

8.4

Notification of Claims; Conditions to Indemnification Obligations

29

 

8.5

Insurance

29

ARTICLE 9 TERM AND TERMINATION

29

 

9.1

Term and Expiration

29

 

9.2

Termination of the Agreement for Convenience

29

 

9.3

Termination upon Material Breach

30

 

9.4

Bankruptcy Event Termination

30

 

9.5

Mutual Termination

30

 

9.6

Termination for Challenge

30

 

9.7

Effects of Termination

30

 

9.8

Additional Effects of Termination for a Cell X Bankruptcy Event

32

ARTICLE 10 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

32

 

10.1

General

32

 

10.2

Escalation to Executive Officers

32

 

10.3

Arbitration

32

 

10.4

Injunctive Relief

34

ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

34

 

11.1

Change of Control

34

 

11.2

Assignment

34

 

11.3

Performance and Exercise by Affiliates

35

 

11.4

Relationship of the Parties

35

 

11.5

Further Actions

35

 

11.6

Accounting Procedures

35

 

11.7

Force Majeure

35

 

11.8

No Trademark Rights

35

 

11.9

Entire Agreement of the Parties; Amendments

35

 

11.10

Captions

36

 

11.11

Governing Law

36

 

11.12

Notices and Deliveries

36

 

11.13

Language

36

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

Page

 

 

11.14

Waiver

37

 

11.15

Severability

37

 

11.16

No Implied License

37

 

11.17

Interpretation

37

 

11.18

Counterparts

37

iii


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Collaboration and License Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of August 18, 2026 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware with offices at 10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100, San Diego, CA 92121 (“Aspen”), and Cell X Technologies, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware with offices at [***] (“Cell X”). Cell X and Aspen may be referred to herein as a “Party” or, collectively, as “Parties”.

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, Cell X is a biotechnology company engaged in the development of the Cell X Platform Technology designed to assist in the development of cellular products and therapies;

WHEREAS, Cell X Controls the Licensed Technology;

WHEREAS, Aspen is a biotechnology company engaged in the development of cellular products and therapies;

WHEREAS, Aspen and Cell X previously entered into the Original Collaboration and License Agreement pursuant to which, inter alia, (a) Cell X granted licenses to Aspen, under the Licensed Technology (as defined in the Original Collaboration and License Agreement), including a sublicense under certain intellectual property controlled by CCF and licensed to Cell X pursuant to the Prior Cell X-CCF Agreement, and (b) the Parties agreed to collaborate to conduct the Collaboration Program (as defined in the Original Collaboration and License Agreement) for the purpose of improving the Cell X Platform Technology for use by Aspen, in each case (a) and (b) to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field (as defined in the Original Collaboration and License Agreement) in the Territory as more fully set forth therein;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Original Collaboration and License Agreement, Aspen, Cell X and CCF entered into that certain side letter agreement, dated January 22, 2024, pursuant to which the parties thereto agreed to certain additional and superseding terms regarding the Prior Cell X-CCF Agreement solely with respect to the sublicense granted by Cell X to Aspen pursuant to the Original Collaboration and License Agreement (the “Side Letter Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Aspen desires to receive directly from CCF, and CCF is willing to directly grant to Aspen, certain rights and licenses under intellectual property controlled by CCF (including intellectual property sublicensed by Cell X to Aspen pursuant to the Original Collaboration and License Agreement), and Cell X is willing to accommodate such grant;

WHEREAS, as of the Effective Date, (a) Aspen, Cell X and CCF have terminated the Side Letter Agreement, (b) Cell X and CCF have amended and restated the Prior Cell X-CCF Agreement by entering into the A&R Cell X-CCF Agreement, pursuant to which Cell X and CCF have amended the scope of the licenses to enable CCF to grant certain rights and licenses under intellectual property controlled by CCF directly to Aspen, and (c) Aspen and CCF have entered into the Aspen-CCF Agreement, pursuant to which CCF has granted certain rights and licenses under intellectual property controlled by CCF directly to Aspen;

WHEREAS, the Parties no longer desire to conduct the Collaboration Program (as defined in the Original Collaboration and License Agreement) pursuant to the Original Collaboration and License Agreement;

1


 

WHEREAS, Aspen and Cell X desire to amend and restate the Original Collaboration and License Agreement in its entirety as of the Effective Date by entering into this Agreement for the purposes described above and as further set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, as of the Effective Date, Aspen and Cell X are entering into the Master Services Agreement, pursuant to which Cell X shall perform certain services for Aspen as set forth in one or more SOWs to be entered into by the Parties from time to time.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the various promises and undertakings set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

Article 1
DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

1.1.
“A&R Cell X-CCF Agreement” means that certain Second Amended and Restated License Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date, by and between Cell X and CCF.
1.2.
“Affiliate” means a Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another Party, but only for so long as such control exists. For the purposes of this Section 1.3 and Section 11.1, the word “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” or “under the common control with”) means the actual power, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, to direct the management and policies of such Person, whether by the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of such Person, or by contract or otherwise.
1.3.
“Aspen-CCF Agreement” means that certain Exclusive License Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date, by and between Aspen and CCF.
1.4.
“Aspen Competitor” means any company that (itself or through an Affiliate) is developing, making, having made, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or commercializing a Competing Product.
1.5.
“Aspen Deliverables” are the deliverables as set forth in the SOW under the Master Services Agreement.
1.6.
“Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to a Party, any of the following occurrences: (a) such Party (i) applies for or consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) becomes insolvent or otherwise unable to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors or (iv) commences a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it; (b) proceedings are commenced for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of such Party or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings are commenced seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to such Party or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other

2


 

similar law now or hereafter in effect and an order for relief entered or such proceeding is not challenged, dismissed or discharged within ninety (90) days of commencement; (c) the dissolution or winding up of such Party; or (d) the appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of any property or assets of such Party.
1.7.
“Calendar Quarter” means each three (3) month period commencing January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 of any year; provided, however, that (a) the first Calendar Quarter of the Term shall extend from the Effective Date to the end of the first full Calendar Quarter thereafter, and (b) the last Calendar Quarter of the Term shall end upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement.
1.8.
“Calendar Year” means the period beginning on the 1st of January and ending on the 31st of December of the same year; provided, however, that (a) the first Calendar Year of the Term shall commence on the Effective Date and end on December 31 of the same year and (b) the last Calendar Year of the Term shall commence on January 1 of the Calendar Year in which this Agreement terminates or expires and end on the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement.
1.9.
“CCF” means The Cleveland Clinic Foundation.
1.10.
“Cell X Platform Invention” means any Invention, other than an Aspen Deliverable-Specific Invention, that covers, relates to, or otherwise is an improvement to the Cell X Platform Technology, including any improvement to any existing or integrated algorithm used by Cell X to perform the Services under the Master Services Agreement.
1.11.
“Cell X Platform Technology” means [***].
1.12.
“Celligent Platform” means Cell X’s proprietary platform used to develop cell culture processes, including [***].
1.13.
“Change of Control” means, with respect to a Person: (a) a transaction or series of related transactions that results in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person’s assets; or (b) a merger or consolidation in which such Person is not the surviving corporation or in which, if such Person is the surviving corporation, the shareholders of such Person immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or consolidation do not, immediately after consummation of such merger or consolidation, possess, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, a majority of the voting power of all of the surviving entity’s outstanding stock and other securities and the power to elect a majority of the members of such Person’s board of directors; or (c) a transaction or series of related transactions (which may include a tender offer for such Person’s stock or the issuance, sale or exchange of stock of such Person) if the shareholders of such Person immediately prior to the initial such transaction do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or any of such related transactions, own, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, stock or other securities of the entity that possess a majority of the voting power of all of such Person’s outstanding stock and other securities and the power to elect a majority of the members of such Person’s board of directors.
1.14.
“Clinical Trial” means a clinical trial in human subjects that has been approved by a Regulatory Authority and institutional review board or ethics committee, and is designed to measure the safety or efficacy of Licensed Product. Without limiting the foregoing, Clinical Trial includes any Phase I Clinical Trial, Phase II Clinical Trial or Phase III Clinical Trial.

3


 

1.15.
“Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means, with respect to any objective relating to development of the Licensed Product by Aspen, the application by Aspen, [***]. For clarity, Commercially Reasonable Efforts will not mean that Aspen guarantees that it will actually accomplish the applicable task or objective.
1.16.
“Competing Product” means, [***].
1.17.
“Confidential Information” of a Disclosing Party, means all confidential and proprietary information, including products, chemical or biological materials, chemical structures, business plans (including development, regulatory and commercialization plans), correspondence, customer lists, data, formulae, improvements, Inventions, Know-How, processes, regulatory filings, reports, strategies, techniques, business operations or other information, in each case, that are disclosed by or on behalf of such Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party pursuant to this Agreement or the Original Collaboration and License Agreement or otherwise becomes known to the Receiving Party by virtue of this Agreement, regardless of whether any of the foregoing are marked “confidential” or “proprietary” or communicated to the Receiving Party by or on behalf of the Disclosing Party in oral, written, visual, graphic, or electronic form. The existence and terms of this Agreement are the Confidential Information of each Party. For clarity, Confidential Information under the Original Collaboration and License Agreement shall remain Confidential Information under this Agreement.
1.18.
“Control,” “Controls,” “Controlled” means, with respect to Patent Rights, Know-How or Confidential Information, that a Party or one of its Affiliates owns or has a license or sublicense to such Patent Rights or Know-How other than pursuant to this Agreement, and has the ability to grant a license or sublicense to, or assign its right, title and interest in and to, such Patent Rights or Know-How or to otherwise disclose such Confidential Information to the other Party as provided for in this Agreement without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with any Third Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party and its Affiliates will not be deemed to “Control” any Patent Rights, Know-How or Confidential Information that, prior to the consummation of a Change of Control of such Party, is owned or in-licensed by a Third Party that becomes an Affiliate of such Party after the Effective Date as a result of such Change of Control.
1.19.
“Exclusive Indications” means [***].
1.20.
“Executive Officers” means, together, the Chief Executive Officer of Aspen and the Chief Executive Officer of Cell X or their respective designees.
1.21.
“FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration or a successor federal agency thereto.
1.22.
“FTE” means the equivalent of a full-time individual’s work dedicated to the conduct of technology transfer and support activities under this Agreement for a Calendar Year. For clarity, FTE efforts shall not include the work of general corporate or administrative personnel.
1.23.
“FTE Costs” means the product of the number of hours dedicated by FTEs to the performance of technology transfer and support activities and the FTE Hourly Rate.
1.24.
“FTE Hourly Rate” means a rate of [***]; provided that the foregoing rate shall exclude general corporate and administrative activities.

4


 

1.25.
“GAAP” means US generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as such principles may be amended from time to time.
1.26.
“GMP” means the regulatory requirements for current good manufacturing practices promulgated by the FDA, as the same may be amended from time to time, and such standards of good manufacturing practice as are required by Regulatory Authorities and other organizations and Governmental Bodies in other countries in which an applicable product is intended to be manufactured or sold.
1.27.
“Governmental Body” means any: (a) nation, principality, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, subdivision, department, agency, bureau, branch, office, commission, council, board, instrumentality, officer, official, representative, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other tribunal); (d) multi-national or supranational organization or body; or (e) individual, entity, or body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any executive, legislative, judicial, administrative, regulatory, police, military or taxing authority or power of any nature.
1.28.
“IND” means an investigational new drug application (including any amendment or supplement thereto) submitted to any applicable Regulatory Authorities for approval to commence Clinical Trials in a given jurisdiction (including any investigational new drug application submitted to the FDA pursuant to U.S. 21 C.F.R. Part 312).
1.29.
“Indication” means a generally acknowledged disease or condition, a significant manifestation of a disease or condition, or symptoms associated with a disease or condition or a risk for a disease or condition for which an MAA may be obtained.
1.30.
“Initiation” means, with respect to a Clinical Trial, the first dosing of the first human patient in such Clinical Trial with a Licensed Product.
1.31.
“Instrument” means [***].
1.32.
“Instrument Cost” means, [***].
1.33.
“Instrument Transfer Price” means [***].
1.34.
“Invention” means any Know-How, invention, idea, process, method, algorithm, article of manufacture, discovery or composition of matter, that is generated, conceived or first reduced to practice, constructively or actually, by or on behalf of either Party or jointly by or on behalf of the Parties, in the performance of the Services under the Master Service Agreement.
1.35.
“iPSCs” means induced pluripotent stem cells.
1.36.
“Know-How” means scientific or technical information, trade secrets, formulas, prototypes, specifications, directions, instructions, test protocols, procedures, results, studies, analyses, raw material sources, data, manufacturing data, formulation or production technology, conceptions, ideas, innovations, discoveries, inventions, processes, methods, materials, machines, devices, formulae, equipment, enhancements, modifications, technological developments, techniques, systems, tools, designs, drawings, plans, software, documentation, data, programs, and materials.

5


 

1.37.
“Law” or “Laws” means all laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances and other pronouncements having the binding effect of law of any Governmental Body that, in each case, govern or otherwise apply to a Party.
1.38.
“Leukodystrophies” means [***].
1.39.
“Licensed Field” means (a) autologous or allogenic iPSCs and cells derived from iPSCs for the diagnosis, treatment or prevention of the Exclusive Indications, (b) autologous iPSCs and cells derived from iPSCs for the treatment or prevention of the Non-Exclusive Indications and (c) any activities involving the making, use, development, manufacture, processing, testing, or validation of Licensed Instruments solely to the extent such Licensed Instruments are used as research, manufacturing, processing, or analytical tools to enable the iPSCs or cells derived from iPSCs within fields described in clauses (a) or (b) and not as standalone commercial products (the “Instruments Licensed Field”).
1.40.
“Licensed Indications” means [***].
1.41.
“Licensed Instruments” means the automated cell processing systems, including all hardware, software, and related components, that embody or utilize the Licensed Technology, including, without limitation, the Celligent Platform. Licensed Instruments includes Instruments.
1.42.
“Licensed Know-How” means all Know-How that is Controlled by Cell X or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or at any time thereafter during the Term that is directed to the Cell X Platform Technology; provided, that Licensed Know-How excludes any Know-How in-licensed by Cell X or any of its Affiliates from CCF pursuant to the A&R Cell X-CCF Agreement (the “CCF Know-How”).
1.43.
“Licensed Patent Rights” means (a) all Patent Rights that are Controlled by Cell X or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or at any time thereafter during the Term that are directed to the Cell X Platform Technology, including the Patent Rights listed on Schedule 1.45 attached hereto, and (b) all foreign counterparts of the foregoing; provided, that Licensed Patent Rights excludes any Patent Rights in-licensed by Cell X or any of its Affiliates from CCF pursuant to the A&R Cell X-CCF Agreement (the “CCF Patent Rights”). Cell X shall update Schedule 1.45 from time to time to include any new Patent Rights that come to be Controlled by Cell X or any of its Affiliates at any time during the Term that are directed to the Cell X Platform Technology.
1.44.
“Licensed Product” means any cellular therapeutic product (a) the making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing of which would, absent the Licenses, infringe one or more Valid Claims within the Licensed Patent Rights or (b) that is made through the use of the Licensed Know-How.
1.45.
“Licensed Technology” means the Licensed Patent Rights and the Licensed Know-How.
1.46.
“MAA” means a Marketing Authorization Application submitted pursuant to the requirements of the FDA, as more fully defined in 21 U.S. C.F.R.§ 314.3 et seq, a Biologics License Application submitted pursuant to the requirements of the FDA, as more fully defined in 21 U.S. C.F.R. § 601, and any equivalent application submitted in any country or group of countries in the Territory, to obtain marketing approval for a pharmaceutical product, in a country or in a group of countries including all additions, deletions or supplements thereto, and as any and all such requirements may be amended, or supplanted, at any time.

6


 

1.47.
“Non-Exclusive Indications” means, [***].
1.48.
“Original Collaboration and License Agreement” means that certain Collaboration and License Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2024 (the “Original Effective Date”), by and between the Parties, as amended.
1.49.
“Out-of-Pocket Expenses” means any expenses actually paid by a Party or its Affiliate to any Third Party.
1.50.
“Patent Rights” means: (a) an issued or granted patent, including any extension, supplemental protection certificate, registration, confirmation, reissue, reexamination or renewal thereof; (b) a pending patent application, including any continuation, divisional, continuation-in-part, substitute or provisional application thereof and any and all patents that have issued or in the future issue from the foregoing patent applications in (b); and (c) all counterparts or foreign equivalents of any of the foregoing issued by or filed in any country or other jurisdiction.
1.51.
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, firm, business trust, joint venture, association, organization, company, partnership or other business entity, or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
1.52.
“Phase I Clinical Trial” means a human clinical trial conducted to evaluate the safety of chemical or biologic agents or other types of interventions that would satisfy the requirements of a country’s or region’s equivalent of 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(a), or an equivalent human clinical trial in a country in the Territory other than the United States; provided, however, a Phase I Clinical Trial does not include any study generally characterized by the FDA as an “exploratory IND study” in CDER’s Guidance for Industry, Investigators, and Reviewers Exploratory IND Studies, January 2006, irrespective of whether or not such study is actually performed in the United States or under an IND.
1.53.
“Phase II Clinical Trial” means a human clinical trial for which the primary endpoint is an indication of efficacy of a therapeutic agent in patients being studied as described in 21 CFR § 312.21(b), or an equivalent human clinical trial in a country in the Territory other than the United States, and that is prospectively designed to generate sufficient data (if successful) to commence pivotal clinical trials.
1.54.
“Phase III Clinical Trial” means a human clinical trial that is prospectively designed to demonstrate statistically for registration in the United States whether a therapeutic agent is safe and effective for use in humans in the Indication being investigated as described in 21 CFR § 312.21(c), or an equivalent human clinical trial in a country in the Territory other than the United States.
1.55.
“Price Approvals” means, in those countries in the Territory where Regulatory Authorities may approve or determine pricing or pricing reimbursement for pharmaceutical or biotechnology products, such pricing or pricing reimbursement approval or determination.
1.56.
“Prior Cell X-CCF Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement, effective as of January 19, 2024, by and between Cell X and CCF.
1.57.
“Regulatory Approval” means any and all approvals, licenses, registrations, or authorizations of the relevant Regulatory Authority necessary for the development, practicing, making, having made, using, selling, offering for sale, importing or commercialization of Licensed Product in a particular country. For the avoidance of doubt, Regulatory Approval to sell or offer to sell a Licensed Product

7


 

in a country in the Territory shall include all Price Approvals that are required in such country to sell or offer to sell, or to receive reimbursement from the applicable Governmental Body for, such Licensed Product.
1.58.
“Regulatory Authority” means: (a) in the US, the FDA; or (b) in any other jurisdiction anywhere in the world, any regulatory body with similar regulatory authority over pharmaceutical or biotechnology products.
1.59.
“Representatives” means, with respect to a Party, such Party’s and its Affiliates’ employees, consultants, contractors, advisors and agents.
1.60.
“Sublicensee” means any Third Party to which Aspen (or its Affiliate) has, pursuant to Section 2.2, granted sublicense rights under any of the Licenses; provided, that “Sublicensee” shall exclude (a) any Third Party that purchases a Licensed Product from Aspen or any of Aspen’s Affiliates or Sublicensees solely for the purpose of reselling that Licensed Product to end users in the Territory (“Distributors”) and (b) any Third Party subcontractors, contract research organizations and contract development and manufacturing organizations that are engaged by Aspen to conduct development or manufacturing activities on behalf of, or for the benefit of, Aspen (“Subcontractors”).
1.61.
“Successful Completion of Validation Testing” means delivery and completion of installation qualification and operational qualification of the GMP-integrated version of the Instrument [***].
1.62.
“Tax” or “Taxes” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.
1.63.
“Territory” means worldwide.
1.64.
“Third Party” means any Person other than Cell X, Aspen or any of their respective Affiliates.
1.65.
“Third Party License Agreement” means any agreement entered into by Cell X or its Affiliate with a Third Party, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in each case following the Effective Date, whereby royalties, fees or other payments are to be made by Cell X or its Affiliate to such Third Party in connection with the grant of rights to Cell X under intellectual property rights owned or controlled by such Third Party, which intellectual rights become Controlled by Cell X under the terms of such agreement and are necessary or useful to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import or commercialize a Licensed Product.
1.66.
“United States” or “US” means the United States of America, its territories and possessions.
1.67.
“USD” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States.
1.68.
“Valid Claim” means (a) a claim of an issued and unexpired patent which has not lapsed or been revoked, abandoned or held unenforceable or invalid by a final decision of a court or governmental or supra-governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal, and which has not been disclaimed, denied or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, reexamination or disclaimer or otherwise and (b) pending claim of

8


 

a pending patent application that (i) has been asserted and continues to be prosecuted in good faith, (ii) has not been abandoned, finally rejected or expired without the possibility of appeal or refiling, and (iii) has been pending for less than six (6) years from the date of the first substantive office action considering patentability of such claim (for claims filed in the United States) or the date of the first regional or national phase examiner’s report considering patentability of such claim (for claims filed outside of the United States) (at which time such pending claim shall cease to be a Valid Claim for purposes of this Agreement unless and until such claim becomes the claim of an issued patent pursuant to clause (a) above).
1.69.
Other Terms. The definition of each of the following terms is set forth in the section of this Agreement indicated below:

Defined Term

Section

“A&R Supply Agreement”

2.10.1

“Action”

5.3.2

“Agreement”

Preamble

“Aspen”

Preamble

“Aspen Deliverable-Specific Inventions”

5.1.2(b)

“Aspen Development Activities”

3.1.1

“Aspen Development Plan”

3.1.1

“Aspen Development Report”

3.1.4

“Aspen General Inventions”

5.1.2(b)

“Aspen Indemnitees”

8.2

“Aspen Inventions”

5.1.2(b)

“CCF Know-How”

1.43

“CCF Patent Rights”

1.45

“Cell X”

Preamble

“Cell X Indemnitees”

8.1

“Cell X Inventions”

5.1.2(a)

“Consultation Assistance”

2.4.4

“Disclosing Party”

6.1

“Disputes”

10.1

“Distributors”

1.63

“Effective Date”

Preamble

“Escrow Agent”

2.9.2

“Existing Escrow Agreement”

2.9.1

“Existing Supply Agreement”

2.10.1

“Escrow Agreement”

2.9.2

“Escrow Materials”

2.9.2

“Excess Support”

2.4.5

“Exclusive License”

2.1(a)

“Free Hours”

2.4.5

“ICC”

10.3.1

“Initial Technology Transfer”

2.4.1

“Joint Inventions”

5.1.2(c)

“Joint Patent Rights”

5.2.2

“Licensed Patent Challenge”

9.6

“Licenses”

2.1(b)

9


 

“Master Services Agreement”

2.11

“Milestones”

4.4

“Non-Exclusive License”

2.1(b)

“Original Effective Date”

1.50

“Party” and “Parties”

Preamble

“Receiving Party”

6.1

“Regulatory Support”

3.1.3(c)

“Restricted Third Parties”

2.5

“Rules”

10.3.1

“Services

2.11

“Side Letter Agreement”

Recitals

“SOW”

2.11

“Subcontractors”

1.64

“Technology Transfer Activities”

2.4.2

“Technology Transfer Period”

2.4.2

“Term”

9.1

“Validation Milestone”

4.4.1

 

Article 2
LICENSES AND OTHER RIGHTS

2.1.
Grant of Licenses to Aspen. Cell X hereby grants to Aspen and its Affiliates:
(a)
an exclusive (even as to Cell X and its Affiliates) right and license (with the right to grant sublicenses pursuant to Section 2.2) under the Licensed Technology to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field for the Exclusive Indications in the Territory (the “Exclusive License”);
(b)
a perpetual, irrevocable, fully paid-up, non-exclusive right and license (with the right to grant sublicenses pursuant to Section 2.2) under the Licensed Technology to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field for the Non-Exclusive Indications in the Territory (the “Non-Exclusive License”); and
(c)
subject to Section 2.10, an exclusive worldwide right and license with respect to the Exclusive Indications (other than with respect to Cell X in its manufacture and supply of Instruments to Aspen pursuant to the Existing Supply Agreement or the A&R Supply Agreement), or non-exclusive worldwide right and license with respect to Non-Exclusive Indications, with the right to grant sublicenses pursuant to Section 2.2, under the Licensed Technology to develop, have developed, practice, have practiced, make, have made, and use Licensed Instruments in the Instruments Licensed Field (the “Instrument Licenses” and, together with the Exclusive License and the Non-Exclusive License, the “Licenses”).

The licenses granted by Cell X to Aspen under Section 2.2(c) do not include the right to sell, offer for sale, distribute, lease, sublicense, or otherwise exploit for monetary or other commercial consideration Licensed Instruments as a sole commercial offering; provided, however, that Aspen may transfer Licensed Instruments to Third Parties solely to the extent that (a) the consideration received by Aspen for such transfer is equal to Aspen’s costs and expenses to manufacture, ship, and install such Licensed Instruments plus a reasonable markup and (b) any such transfer is solely to enable the recipient to use such Licensed Instruments in the Instruments Licensed Field.

10


 

For the avoidance of doubt, subject to Section 2.10, Licensee shall have the right under the licenses granted by Cell X to Aspen under Section 2.2(c) to: (i) manufacture and supply, and have manufactured and supplied (by any Third Party, including contract manufacturers), Licensed Instruments in order to use such Licensed Instruments in the Instruments Licensed Field; (ii) provide, transfer, loan, or otherwise make available Licensed Instruments to Third Parties (including research collaborators, academic partners, contract research organizations, contract development and manufacturing organizations, and other service providers) for the purpose of using such Licensed Instruments in the Instruments Licensed Field; and (iii) engage Third Party manufacturers, suppliers, and other vendors to manufacture, supply, or provide components, materials, or services necessary or useful for the manufacture and supply of Licensed Instruments.

2.2.
Sublicenses by Aspen. Aspen shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to grant sublicenses, in whole or in part, through multiple tiers, under the Licenses; provided, however, that (a) Aspen shall ensure that each of its Sublicensees is bound by a written agreement that is consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; (b) Aspen shall be responsible for the performance of any of its Sublicensees that are exercising rights under a sublicense of the Licenses and the grant of any such sublicense shall not relieve Aspen of its obligations under this Agreement; and (c) promptly following, and in any event within thirty (30) days of, the execution of each sublicense with a Sublicensee for the development, manufacture or commercialization of any Licensed Product in the Territory, Aspen shall notify Cell X of the identity of such Sublicensee. For the avoidance of doubt, the engagement of Distributors or Subcontractors by Aspen pursuant to Section 2.3, shall not be deemed a sublicense hereunder.
2.3.
Subcontractors and Distributors. Aspen may engage Subcontractors and Distributors as Aspen deems appropriate; provided, that Aspen shall remain responsible for the performance of this Agreement and shall cause any such Subcontractor and Distributor to comply with all applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement.
2.4.
Licensed Technology Transfer.
2.4.1.
Initial Disclosure and Transfer. As soon as reasonably possible, but not later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, Cell X shall, at its own cost, transfer to Aspen (a) true, accurate and complete copies of all Licensed Know-How, and (b) documentation related to Licensed Patent Rights, in each case (a) and (b) to the extent Controlled by Cell X on the Effective Date (the “Initial Technology Transfer”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Initial Technology Transfer shall consist of the Escrow Materials (including the Deposit Materials as defined in the Existing Escrow Agreement) existing as of the Effective Date. After the Initial Technology Transfer, Aspen may request, and Cell X shall make available, any documentation and information not included as Escrow Material that is Controlled by Cell X on the Effective Date and to the extent such is necessary for exploitation of the license grant to Aspen hereunder.
2.4.2.
Continuing Disclosure and Transfer. [***] (the “Technology Transfer Period”), Cell X shall transfer to Aspen (a) true, accurate and complete copies of all Licensed Know-How, and (b) documentation related to Licensed Patent Rights, in each case (a) and (b) that comes into the Control of Cell X since the last transfer made pursuant to this Section 2.4 (“Technology Transfer Activities”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time during the Technology Transfer Period, any Technology Transfer Activities are reasonably necessary to support any regulatory filings to be made by or on behalf of Aspen related to Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory, Aspen shall provide a reasonable written request to Cell X which shall describe such Technology Transfer Activities and

11


 

Cell X shall comply with any such reasonable written request by Aspen as promptly as possible.
2.4.3.
Disclosure and Transfer Format. Cell X shall provide the transfers set forth in Sections 2.4.1 and 2.4.2 above in such format as Aspen may reasonably request (including by download of digital files to a secure website or e-room designated and controlled by Aspen). To the extent that any Licensed Know-How does not already exist in written form, Cell X shall promptly reduce to writing such Licensed Know-How in an organized, complete form and transfer such writings to Aspen.
2.4.4.
Assistance. During the Term, Cell X shall make its employees and personnel available to Aspen and its designees at reasonable times and places and upon reasonable advance written notice to provide reasonable consultation and technical assistance in order to ensure an orderly transition of the Licensed Technology and to assist Aspen and its designees in connection with its practice of such Licensed Technology (“Consultation Assistance”).
2.4.5.
Costs. During the Term, Cell X will provide Aspen with up to [***] (“Free Hours”) of Technology Transfer Activities and Consultation Assistance [***] to Aspen. If Aspen requests Technology Transfer Activities and/or Consultation Assistance in excess of [***](“Excess Support”), Cell X will promptly notify Aspen in writing prior to providing such Excess Support. In the event that Aspen approves such Excess Support, Cell X shall provide such Excess Support; provided, that, Aspen shall be responsible for reimbursing Cell X (a) the FTE Costs directly incurred by Cell X in performance of such Excess Support and (b) any Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in providing the Excess Support hereunder to the extent approved in advance in writing by Aspen in accordance with Section 4.2. For clarity, under no circumstances shall Cell X be obligated to provide Technology Transfer Activities and Consultation Assistance in excess of [***] as provided in this Section 2.4.5.
2.5.
Grant-Back License to Cell X. Aspen hereby grants to Cell X a perpetual, irrevocable, fully paid-up, non-exclusive license under the Licensed Technology with the right to grant sublicenses to its customers, to use the Cell X Platform Technology to conduct pre-clinical research for the Exclusive Indications in the Licensed Field in the Territory; provided, that, in no event shall Cell X grant any sublicense, right or authorization to the Third Parties set forth on Schedule 2.5 (the “Restricted Third Parties”) to conduct pre-clinical research for the Exclusive Indications in the Licensed Field in the Territory.
2.6.
Sale of Instruments.
2.6.1.
During the Term, Cell X agrees to sell, offer to sell, commercialize or otherwise transfer an Instrument or any other product embodying, incorporating or otherwise containing the Cell X Platform Technology to Third Parties pursuant to written agreements duly executed by Cell X and such Third Parties or subject to binding terms and conditions as a condition of sale to such Third Parties. The form of such agreement or terms and conditions (a) shall contain substantially all of the terms and conditions set forth in Schedule 2.6 and (b) shall include terms that ensure there is no conflict or inconsistency with any rights or licenses granted to Aspen under this Agreement. Moreover, in no event shall Cell X agree to any

12


 

change to the following terms of such written agreements (as set forth in Schedule 2.6) without Aspen’s prior written consent: [***].
2.6.2.
Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent or restrict in any way, or impose any obligation on, the ability of Aspen or its Affiliates to conduct activities with any Instrument that a Third Party is permitted to conduct by purchasing an Instrument prior to the Effective Date (including prior to the Effective Date of the Original Collaboration and License Agreement) or at any time during the Term.
2.7.
Cell X Use of Subcontractors. Cell X may subcontract the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement to any Third Party with the prior written consent of Aspen, not to be unreasonably withheld; provided that the subcontractors set forth in Schedule 2.7 shall be deemed approved by Aspen.
2.8.
Agreements with Third Party Subcontractors. Any Third Party subcontractor of a Party under this Agreement shall, to the maximum practicable extent, (a) be subject to obligations of confidentiality and non-use applicable to the Confidential Information of each Party that are at least as stringent as those set forth in Section 6.1 and (b) without limiting a Party’s assignment obligations under Section 5.1.2, be obligated to assign to the Party engaging such subcontractor any Inventions made by it arising out of the performance of its duties other than improvements to Patent Rights and Know-How controlled by such subcontractor as of the effective date of such engagement or acquired by such subcontractor outside of the scope of its activities under such engagement without use of, or reference to, the Confidential Information of either Party. Each Party shall remain responsible and liable for the performance by its subcontractors of its obligations under this Agreement.
2.9.
Escrow Agreement.
2.9.1.
The Parties acknowledge that, pursuant to the Original Collaboration and License Agreement, the Parties entered into that certain Single Beneficiary Software Escrow Agreement USA Jurisdiction Agreement Number [***], dated [***] (the “Existing Escrow Agreement”), by and among Aspen, Cell X and [***].
2.9.2.
In the event that the Existing Escrow Agreement terminates for any reason other than pursuant to Section 8.6 or 8.8 of the Existing Escrow Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and enter into a new escrow agreement (each of the Existing Escrow Agreement and such new escrow agreement, individually, the “Escrow Agreement”) with a mutually agreed upon escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”). The Escrow Agreement shall, among other things: (a) name Aspen as a beneficiary under the Escrow Agreement; (b) set forth the assets owned or otherwise controlled by Cell X that are subject to the Escrow Agreement, [***] (the “Escrow Materials”); (c) require Cell X to update the Escrow Materials on a regular basis but no less frequently than once each Calendar Quarter; (d) provide that the Escrow Materials shall be automatically released by the Escrow Agent to Aspen, without any consent of Cell X, upon the occurrence of (i) a Bankruptcy Event of Cell X, (ii) termination of this Agreement by Aspen pursuant to Section 9.3, (iii) termination or dissolution of substantially all of Cell X’s ongoing business operations relating to this Agreement or (iv) foreclosure of or upon assets that are necessary for the performance by Cell X of its responsibilities under this Agreement; and (e) such other terms and conditions that are reasonable and customary for a transaction of this nature and the relative positions of the Parties.

13


 

2.9.3.
Cell X shall comply with the terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement.
2.9.4.
Promptly following the completion of the Initial Technology Transfer, the Parties shall terminate the Escrow Agreement pursuant to Section 8.8 of the Escrow Agreement.
2.10.
Supply of Instruments.
2.10.1.
Supply Agreement. The Parties previously entered into that certain Manufacturing Supply Agreement, dated as of January 9, 2025, pursuant to which Cell X agreed to supply to Aspen, and Aspen agreed to purchase from Cell X, Instruments as more particularly set forth therein (the “Existing Supply Agreement”). Within [***] following the Effective Date, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and enter into an amended and restated manufacturing supply agreement, which will amend and restate the Existing Supply Agreement in its entirety and pursuant to which Aspen shall have the right to purchase from Cell X, and Cell X shall have the obligation to supply to Aspen, Instruments at the Instrument Transfer Price (the “A&R Supply Agreement”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time during the Term, Cell X (or any of its Affiliates) supplies Instruments to any Third Party on terms that are substantially identical to the terms of supply applicable to Aspen at a transfer price that is lower than the Instrument Transfer Price, then Cell X shall provide written notice to Aspen and Aspen shall have the right to have the Instrument Transfer Price be substituted with such lower price by providing written notice to Cell X within [***] of its receipt of such written notice. Upon execution of the A&R Supply Agreement and subject to Section 2.10.2, Cell X shall become the sole supplier of Instruments to Aspen for all Indications other than Parkinson’s disease. The A&R Supply Agreement shall require Cell X to establish and qualify a secondary supplier for the supply of the Instrument within [***] following the effective date of the A&R Supply Agreement, and, upon the occurrence of certain events to be set forth in the A&R Supply Agreement (including a supply failure, bankruptcy, an inability or unwillingness to sell the Instrument to Aspen at the Instrument Transfer Price and a Change of Control of Cell X as contemplated in Section 11.1), Aspen shall have an automatic springing right to purchase the Instrument from such secondary supplier. The A&R Supply Agreement shall also include such other terms as are reasonable and customary in the industry, taking into consideration the structure and the terms of the deal hereunder.
2.10.2.
Supply of Instruments for Parkinson’s Disease. Notwithstanding anything in Section 2.10.1 or the A&R Supply Agreement to the contrary, [***], Aspen shall have the right to manufacture and supply, and have manufactured and supplied (by Cell X or any Third Party), Instruments to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field for Parkinson’s disease in the Territory. Upon Aspen’s request, Cell X shall (a) introduce to Aspen all manufacturers, suppliers and other vendors engaged by Cell X as of the date of such request in connection with the manufacture and supply of Instruments for Cell X (“Cell X Existing Vendors”) and (b) undertake reasonable actions to facilitate the execution of an agreement between Aspen and such Cell X Existing Vendors with respect to the manufacture and supply of Instruments for Aspen by such parties. For the avoidance of doubt, following the Effective Date, Aspen shall have the right to engage in all activities necessary or useful to enable Aspen or any Third Party [***] to commence manufacture and supply of Instruments for Parkinson’s disease [***], including contracting with Third Party manufacturers and suppliers (other than the Cell X Existing Vendors) to conduct a technology transfer and perform pilot runs.

14


 

2.11.
Master Services Agreement. As of the Effective Date, the Parties have entered into the master services agreement (the “Master Services Agreement”), under which Cell X shall perform certain services (including making improvements to the Cell X Platform Technology to enable it to be used by Aspen to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field) (“Services”) pursuant to one or more statements of work (each, an “SOW”) to be entered into by the Parties from time to time.

Article 3
EXPLOITATION OF LICENSED PRODUCTS

3.1.
Development and Regulatory Affairs.
3.1.1.
Aspen Development Plan. Following the issuance by the FDA of an amendment to Aspen’s existing IND for its existing product for Parkinson’s disease, Aspen shall provide to Cell X a development and regulatory plan (such plan, as may be amended, the “Aspen Development Plan”), setting forth high-level, non-binding development and regulatory activities expected to be conducted (the “Aspen Development Activities”), and regulatory milestones expected to be achieved, by Aspen with respect to Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory within an estimated, non-binding timeline. Aspen shall have the sole right to amend the Aspen Development Plan in its discretion.
3.1.2.
Development Responsibility and Authority. Aspen shall have the exclusive right, and sole responsibility and decision-making authority, to conduct all development activities with respect to Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory.
3.1.3.
Regulatory Affairs.
(a)
Aspen shall have the exclusive right, and sole responsibility and decision-making authority, to conduct all regulatory activities with respect to Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory. Without limiting the foregoing, Aspen will have the sole right to conduct all communications with Regulatory Authorities in the Territory, including all meetings, conferences and discussions (including advisory committee meetings), with regard to Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory and the development, practicing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing and commercialization of Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory. Aspen will own any and all Regulatory Approvals and applications therefor (including INDs and MAAs) and other regulatory filings related to Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory.
(b)
To the extent Cell X receives any written or oral communication from any Regulatory Authority relating to the Licensed Technology in the Licensed Field in the Territory or relating to Licensed Product, Cell X shall (i) refer such Regulatory Authority to Aspen, and (ii) as soon as reasonably practicable (but in any event within twenty-four (24) hours), notify Aspen and provide Aspen with a copy of any written communication received by Cell X or, if applicable, complete and accurate minutes of such oral communication.

15


 

(c)
Cell X shall make its Representatives that are knowledgeable regarding the Licensed Technology reasonably available to Aspen for scientific and technical explanations, advice, on-site support and meetings with Regulatory Authorities that may reasonably be requested by Aspen pertaining to the Licensed Technology in the Licensed Field in the Territory upon reasonable advance notice (the “Regulatory Support”). Aspen shall be responsible for any FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred by Cell X in providing the Regulatory Support to the extent approved in advance in writing by Aspen in accordance with Section 2.4.5; provided, however, Aspen shall be permitted [***].
3.1.4.
Aspen Development Reports. Aspen shall, within [***] calendar days after December 31 each Calendar Year after the first Aspen Development Plan has been provided by Aspen to Cell X, submit to Cell X a written progress report setting forth a high-level summary of significant Aspen Development Activities and achievements under the Aspen Development Plan (each, a “Aspen Development Report”).
3.2.
Manufacture. Aspen shall have the exclusive right, and sole responsibility and decision-making authority, to manufacture Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory.
3.3.
Commercialization. Aspen shall have the exclusive right, and sole responsibility and decision-making authority, to commercialize Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory.
3.4.
Diligence. Aspen will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to develop and obtain Regulatory Approval of a Licensed Product in the Licensed Field for each Exclusive Indication in the Territory.

Article 4
FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

4.1.
Instrument Purchase. From time to time during the Term, Aspen shall have the right to purchase Instruments at the Instrument Transfer Price pursuant to the terms of the A&R Supply Agreement.
4.2.
Excess Support. Aspen shall reimburse Cell X for Excess Support pursuant to Section 2.4.5.
4.3.
Regulatory Support. Aspen shall reimburse Cell X for the Regulatory Support pursuant to Section 3.1.3(c).
4.4.
Milestone Payments. Aspen shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Cell X milestone payments with respect to the achievement of milestone events (the “Milestones”) set forth in Section 4.4.1 and Section 4.4.2 below. For the avoidance of doubt, each Milestone (other than the first Milestone in Section 4.4.1) relating to a Licensed Product shall only apply with respect to a Licensed Product using automation.

16


 

4.1.1.
Parkinson’s Disease. Aspen shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Cell X the following non-refundable, non-creditable milestone payments with respect to the first achievement of the Milestones described in the table below for up to two (2) Licensed Products for Parkinson’s disease, irrespective of how many Licensed Products achieve such Milestones.

Milestone

Milestone Payment USD

Successful Completion of Validation Testing of the Licensed Technology for up to two (2) Licensed Products (“Validation Milestone”)

[***]

Initiation of the first Phase I Clinical Trial with up to two (2) Licensed Products in a country in the Territory (for the avoidance of doubt, the first dosing of the first human patient in the first Phase I Clinical Trial with ANPD001 prior to the Effective Date did not constitute achievement of this Milestone under the Original Collaboration and License Agreement or this Agreement)

[***]

Initiation of the first Phase II Clinical Trial with up to two (2) Licensed Products in a country in the Territory

[***]

Initiation of the first Phase III Clinical Trial with up to two (2) Licensed Products in a country in the Territory

[***]

First Regulatory Approval of up to two (2) Licensed Products in a country in the Territory

[***]

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Aspen be obligated to make Milestone payments, in the aggregate, in excess of Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000) pursuant to this Section 4.4.1.

4.4.2.
Leukodystrophies. Aspen shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Cell X the following one-time, non-refundable, non-creditable milestone payments with respect to the first achievement of the Milestones described in the table below for one (1) Licensed Product for Leukodystrophies, irrespective of how many Licensed Products for Leukodystrophies achieve such Milestones.

Milestone

Milestone Payment USD

Initiation of the first Phase I Clinical Trial for one (1) Licensed Product in a country in the Territory for Leukodystrophies

[***]

Initiation of the first Phase II Clinical Trial for one (1) Licensed Product in a country in the Territory for Leukodystrophies

[***]

Initiation of the first Phase III Clinical Trial for one (1) Licensed Product in a country in the Territory for Leukodystrophies

[***]

First Regulatory Approval of one (1) Licensed Product in a country in the Territory for Leukodystrophies

[***]

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Aspen be obligated to make Milestone payments, in the aggregate, in excess of Two Million Eight Hundred Twelve Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,812,500) pursuant to this Section 4.4.2.

17


 

4.4.3.
Notification and Payment. Aspen shall notify Cell X in writing within thirty (30) days of the achievement of any Milestone pursuant to Section 4.4.1 or Section 4.4.2. Cell X shall issue Aspen an invoice for the amount of the corresponding milestone payment, and Aspen shall pay such invoice within thirty (30) days following Aspen’s receipt of such invoice.
4.5.
Mode of Payment and Currency; Invoices.
4.5.1.
Currency. All payments to Cell X hereunder shall be made by deposit of USD in the requisite amount to such bank account as Cell X may from time to time designate by written notice to Aspen.
4.5.2.
Invoices. Cell X shall address its invoices to [***].
4.6.
No Double-Counting. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other agreement between the Parties and/or their Affiliates (including the A&R Supply Agreement and the Master Services Agreement (including any SOW thereunder)) and without limiting Cell X’s obligation to properly invoice Aspen for amounts due under this Agreement, there will be no double counting of any costs or expenses, including FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses, in the calculation of any amounts due under this Agreement or any other agreement between the Parties and/or their Affiliates, including with respect to any amounts due as part of the Instrument Transfer Price, the Excess Support, the Regulatory Support, and, to the extent a cost or expense has been included in one category or sub-category, it will not be included in another.
4.7.
Taxes.
4.7.1.
Withholding Tax. Cell X shall be responsible for the payment of any and all Taxes levied on account of any payments paid to Cell X by Aspen or its Affiliates or Sublicensees under this Agreement. If Law requires that Taxes be deducted and withheld from any payments made under this Agreement, Aspen shall (a) deduct those Taxes and interests and penalties assessed thereon from the payment or from any other payment owed by Aspen hereunder; (b) pay the Taxes to the proper Governmental Body; (c) send evidence of the obligation together with proof of Tax payment to Cell X on a timely basis following such payment; (d) remit the net amount, after deductions or withholding made under this Section 4.7.1; and (e) cooperate with Cell X in any way reasonably requested by Cell X, to obtain available reductions, credits or refunds of such Taxes; provided, however, that Cell X shall reimburse Aspen for Aspen’s Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in providing such assistance. The Parties shall discuss applicable mechanisms for minimizing or mitigating such taxes to the extent possible in compliance with applicable Law. In addition, the Parties shall cooperate in accordance with applicable Law to minimize indirect taxes (such as value added tax, sales tax, consumption tax and other similar taxes) in connection with this Agreement.
4.7.2.
Value Added Tax. It is understood and agreed between the Parties that any payments made by Aspen under this Agreement are inclusive of any value added or similar Tax imposed upon such payment and that Cell X shall be responsible for the payment of any and all Taxes levied on account of any payments paid to Cell X by Aspen. Aspen is entitled to receive a proper tax invoice where any Value Added Tax amount is shown separately.

18


 

Article 5
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MATTERS

5.1.
Inventions.
5.1.1.
Inventorship. Inventorship of any arising Inventions during the Term shall be determined by application of US patent law pertaining to inventorship.
5.1.2.
Ownership.
(a)
Cell X Inventions. Cell X shall solely own (i) all Cell X Platform Inventions and (ii) all other Inventions, other than Aspen Deliverable-Specific Inventions, that are conceived and first reduced to practice, constructively or actually, solely by Representatives of Cell X (collectively, the “Cell X Inventions”); provided, for clarity, that any Cell X Invention that constitutes Licensed Technology shall be automatically included in the Licenses set forth in Section 2.1.
(b)
Aspen Inventions. Aspen shall solely own (i) all Aspen Deliverables that are algorithms (including artificial intelligence and/or machine learning algorithms) developed using Aspen data, Aspen Confidential Information, or Aspen-specific parameters; (ii) any scheduling and other protocols (e.g., media exchange, weeding, picking, passaging, harvesting, and transduction protocols) developed under the Master Services Agreement and incorporating Aspen-specific parameters (subsections (i) and (ii) collectively, the “Aspen Deliverable-Specific Inventions”); and (iii) all other Inventions, other than Cell X Platform Inventions, conceived or first reduced to practice, constructively or actually, solely by Representatives of Aspen (subsection (iii), the “Aspen General Inventions” and, collectively with the Aspen Deliverable-Specific Inventions, the “Aspen Inventions”).
(c)
Joint Inventions. Each Party shall jointly own all Inventions, other than Cell X Inventions and Aspen Inventions, that are conceived or first reduced to practice, constructively or actually, jointly by Representatives of each of the Parties (the “Joint Inventions”), with each Party having the right to freely practice and license any such Joint Inventions without accounting to the other Party or to obtain any approval of the other Party to license, assign or otherwise exploit such Joint Inventions, by reason of the joint ownership thereof, and each Party hereby waives any right it may have under the applicable Law of any jurisdiction to require any such approval or accounting. For clarity, any interest in and to a Joint Invention that constitutes Licensed Technology shall be automatically included in the Licenses set forth in Section 2.1.
(d)
Disclosure. Cell X shall promptly disclose to Aspen all Cell X Inventions, Aspen Deliverables and Joint Inventions. Aspen shall promptly disclose to Cell X all Cell X Platform Inventions and Joint Inventions. Each Party shall include in such Invention disclosures all invention disclosures or other similar documents submitted to such Party by its, or its Affiliates’, employees, agents or independent contractors describing such Inventions. Each Party shall also respond promptly to reasonable requests from the other Party for more information relating to such Invention disclosures.
(e)
Assignment and Further Assurances. Cell X hereby transfers and assigns (and shall cause its Representatives to transfer and assign) to Aspen all right, title and interest that Cell X may have in and to any Aspen Deliverables and Aspen Inventions and all intellectual property rights related thereto. Aspen hereby transfers and assigns (and shall

19


 

cause its Representatives to transfer and assign) to Cell X all right, title and interest that Aspen may have in and to any Cell X Inventions and all intellectual property rights related thereto. The assigning Party shall sign and deliver any and all documents reasonably required by the other Party to implement such assignment and transfer to such other Party of such and take such other actions as may be necessary or reasonably requested by such other Party to document the aforesaid assignment and transfer of such Inventions, as applicable, to such other Party, or to enable such other Party to secure, register, maintain, enforce or otherwise fully protect its rights in and to the applicable Inventions and all intellectual property rights related thereto.
5.2.
Patent Prosecution and Maintenance.
5.2.1.
Licensed Patent Rights. Cell X shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to file, prosecute (including initiating or defending any reexamination and reissue proceedings) and maintain, using counsel of Cell X’s choosing, the Licensed Patent Rights in Cell X’s name and at Cell X’s expense. Cell X shall keep Aspen copied, and shall instruct its patent counsel to keep Aspen copied, on all correspondence regarding the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patent Rights that include claims directed to Licensed Products. Aspen shall have the right, and Cell X shall provide Aspen a reasonable opportunity, to comment on and advise Cell X as to the conduct of such filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patent Rights that include claims directed to Licensed Products and Cell X shall reasonably consider all such comments of Aspen in good faith; provided, however, that Cell X shall have the final decision-making right for all matters associated with such filing, prosecution and maintenance.
5.2.2.
Joint Patent Rights. Aspen shall, at Aspen’s expense, have the first right, but not the obligation, to file, prosecute (including initiating or defending any reexamination and reissue proceedings) and maintain, using counsel of Aspen’s choosing, any Patent Rights directed to a Joint Invention (the “Joint Patent Rights”) jointly in Aspen’s and Cell X’s names. Aspen shall keep Cell X copied, and shall instruct its patent counsel to keep Cell X copied, on all correspondence regarding the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Joint Patent Rights. Cell X shall have the right, and Aspen shall provide Cell X a reasonable opportunity, to comment on and advise Aspen as to the conduct of such filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Joint Patent Rights and Aspen shall reasonably consider all such comments of Cell X in good faith; provided, however, that Aspen shall have the final decision-making right for all matters associated with such filing, prosecution and maintenance.
5.2.3.
Step-In Rights. If a Party elects not to file or to continue to prosecute or maintain a Licensed Patent Right or Joint Patent Right where it is permitted to do so pursuant to Sections 5.2.1 and 5.2.2 above, as applicable, or fails to do so after receipt of notice from the other Party, then it shall notify the other Party in writing at least ninety (90) days before any deadline applicable to the filing, prosecution or maintenance of such Patent Right, as the case may be, or any other date by which an action must be taken to establish or preserve such Patent Right in such country or possession and, to the extent requested by the other Party, execute such documents and perform such acts as may be reasonably necessary to effect a transfer of such responsibility in relation to the applicable Licensed Patent Right or Joint Patent Right in a timely manner. In such case, the other Party shall have the right to pursue the filing or support the continued prosecution or maintenance of such Patent Right at its own expense.

20


 

5.2.4.
Patent Term Extension. Notwithstanding any Licensed Patent Right prosecution rights of Cell X under this Agreement, Aspen shall be responsible, at its sole expense, in Cell X’s name, for obtaining patent term extensions or supplemental protection certificates or comparable extensions in any other country in the Territory, wherever available for Licensed Patent Rights in the Territory. Cell X shall promptly provide Aspen with all relevant information, documentation and assistance in Cell X’s possession or Control as may reasonably be requested by Aspen that are necessary to obtain any such patent term extensions or supplemental protection certificates or comparable extensions. Aspen shall keep Cell X copied, and shall instruct its patent counsel to keep Cell X copied, on all correspondence regarding such patent term extensions or supplemental protection certificates or comparable extensions. Subject to the foregoing, in the event that any election with respect to obtaining patent term extensions is to be made, Aspen shall have the right to make such elections.
5.2.5.
Listing of Patents. Notwithstanding any prosecution rights of the Patent Rights of Cell X under this Agreement, Aspen shall have the sole right to make filings with Regulatory Authorities in the Territory with respect to Licensed Patent Rights and Joint Patent Rights that contain any claims directed to a Licensed Product, including, as required or allowed, (a) in the United States, in the FDA’s Orange Book or Purple Book, as applicable, (b) in the European Union, under the national implementations of Article 10.1(a)(iii) of Directive 2001/EC/83 and (c) in any other country in the Territory under the equivalent Regulatory Authorities in such country; provided, that, in making such decision, Aspen shall reasonably consider in good faith Cell X’s position in connection therewith.
5.3.
Enforcement.
5.3.1.
Notice. If either Party believes that an infringement, unauthorized use, misappropriation or ownership claim or threatened infringement or other such activity by a Third Party with respect to any Licensed Patent Rights or Joint Patent Rights, or if a Third Party claims that any Licensed Patent Right or Joint Patent Right is invalid or unenforceable, in each case in the Territory, the Party possessing such knowledge or belief shall notify the other Party and provide it with details of such infringement or claim that are known by such Party.
5.3.2.
First Right to Enforce. Aspen shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to attempt to resolve any infringement or claim, including by filing an infringement suit, defending against such claim or taking other similar action, with respect to any Licensed Products in the Exclusive Indications, an infringing product in the Exclusive Indications or any product infringing a Patent Right covering a Joint Invention in the Territory (each, an “Action”) and to compromise or settle any such infringement suit or claim. At Aspen’s request, Cell X shall promptly provide Aspen with all relevant documentation (as may be reasonably requested by Aspen) evidencing that Aspen is validly empowered by Cell X to take such an Action. Cell X shall join Aspen in such Action upon Aspen’s written request at Aspen’s sole cost and expense.
5.3.3.
Step-In Right. If Aspen elects not to enforce the Licensed Patent Rights or any Joint Patent Rights pursuant to Section 5.3.2 above or fails to do so within (a) ninety (90) days following the first notice provided pursuant to Section 5.3.1 with respect to such matter or (b) thirty (30) business days before the time limit, if any, set forth in appropriate laws and regulations for filing an Action, whichever comes first, then Cell X shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pursue an Action and to compromise or settle any such matter.

21


 

5.3.4.
Recovery. Each Party will bear all of its own internal costs and Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred in connection with its activities under this Section 5.3. Any damages or other monetary awards recovered in any action, suit or proceeding brought under this Section 5.3 will be shared as follows: (a) the amount of such recovery actually received by the Party controlling such action will first be applied to unreimbursed costs and expenses incurred by each Party in connection with such action (including, for this purpose, a reasonable allocation of expenses of internal counsel); provided, that, if the amount of such recovery is not sufficient to cover all such costs and expenses of each Party, then the amount of the recovery will be proportionately shared by the Parties based on the amount of such costs and expenses incurred by each Party; and (b) any remaining proceeds shall be allocated one hundred percent (100%) to the controlling Party.
5.4.
Third Party Actions Claiming Infringement.
5.4.1.
Infringement Claims Against Licensed Product.
(a)
Notice. If either Party becomes aware of any Third Party claim alleging that the development, practicing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or commercialization of a Licensed Product infringes a Third Party’s intellectual property rights, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing, setting forth the facts of such claim in reasonable detail.
(b)
Right to Defend. Aspen shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to defend against such Third Party claim described in Section 5.4.1(a) brought against Aspen at Aspen’s expense, and to compromise or settle such Third Party claim; provided, that, (i) Aspen will discuss in good faith and coordinate with Cell X in connection therewith and Aspen will consider in good faith Cell X’s input and comments with respect thereto and (ii) Aspen will not, without the consent of Cell X, enter into any such settlement, consent judgment or other disposition of any action or proceeding that would (A) impose any liability or obligation on Cell X or (B) include the grant of any license, covenant or other rights to any Third Party that would conflict with or reduce the scope of the subject matter included under the rights and licenses granted to either Party under this Agreement. Upon Aspen’s written request, Cell X shall provide access to documents and other evidence Controlled by Cell X to the extent relevant to the defense and make its employees reasonably available for consultation to Aspen at Aspen’s sole cost and expense.
5.4.2.
Infringement Claims Against Licensed Technology.
(a)
Notice. If either Party becomes aware of any Third Party claim alleging that the development, practicing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or commercialization of the Cell X Platform Technology infringes a Third Party’s intellectual property rights, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing, setting forth the facts of such claim in reasonable detail.
(b)
Right to Defend. Cell X shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to defend against such Third Party claim described in Section 5.4.2(a) that is brought against Cell X at Cell X’s expense, and to compromise or settle such Third Party claim; provided, that, (i) Cell X will discuss in good faith and coordinate with Aspen in connection therewith and Cell X will consider in good faith Aspen’s input and comments with respect thereto and (ii) Cell X will not, without the consent of Aspen, enter into any such settlement, consent judgment or other disposition of any action or proceeding that would (A) impose

22


 

any liability or obligation on Aspen or (B) include the grant of any license, covenant or other rights to any Third Party that would conflict with or reduce the scope of the subject matter included under the rights and licenses granted to Aspen under this Agreement. Upon Cell X’s written request, Aspen shall provide access to documents and other evidence Controlled by Aspen to the extent relevant to the defense and make its employees reasonably available for consultation to Cell X at Cell X’s sole cost and expense.

Article 6
CONFIDENTIALITY

6.1.
Confidentiality Obligations. Each Party (a “Receiving Party”) agrees that, for the Term and for ten (10) years thereafter, such Receiving Party shall, and shall ensure that its Representatives hold in confidence and not use for any purpose other than as provided under this Agreement all Confidential Information disclosed to it by the other Party (a “Disclosing Party”) pursuant to this Agreement, unless such information:
(a)
is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of any breach by the Receiving Party of its obligations hereunder;
(b)
is already known by or in the possession of the Receiving Party at the time of disclosure by the Disclosing Party, as evidenced by written records (other than under an existing obligation of confidentiality);
(c)
is independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of or reference to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information as evidenced by contemporaneous written records; or
(d)
is obtained by the Receiving Party from a Third Party that has not breached any obligations of confidentiality.

The Receiving Party shall not disclose any of the Confidential Information, except to Representatives of the Receiving Party who need to know the Confidential Information for the purpose of performing the Receiving Party’s obligations, or exercising its rights, under this Agreement and who are bound by obligations of non-use and non-disclosure substantially similar to those set forth herein. The Receiving Party shall be responsible for any breach by such Representatives of its obligations under this Article 6. The Receiving Party shall protect Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party using not less than the same care with which it treats its own confidential information, but at all times shall use at least reasonable care. Each Receiving Party shall: (i) implement and maintain appropriate security measures to prevent unauthorized access to, or disclosure of, the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information; (ii) promptly notify the Disclosing Party of any unauthorized access or disclosure of such Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information; and (iii) cooperate with such Disclosing Party in the investigation and remediation of any such unauthorized access or disclosure.

The confidentiality and non-use obligations contained in this Section 6.1 shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement for a period of ten (10) years, provided that for Confidential Information that constitutes trade secret(s) under Law, the confidentiality and non-use obligations shall survive until such time as such Confidential Information no longer constitutes trade secret information under Law.

23


 

6.2.
Use. Notwithstanding Section 6.1, a Receiving Party may use the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party for the purpose of performing its obligations, or exercising its rights, under this Agreement, including for purposes of:
(a)
filing or prosecuting patent applications, subject to the terms of Section 5.2;
(b)
prosecuting or defending litigation;
(c)
conducting pre-clinical studies or Clinical Trials pursuant to this Agreement;
(d)
seeking or maintaining Regulatory Approval of the Licensed Product; or
(e)
complying with Law, including securities Law and the rules of any securities exchange or market on which a Party’s securities are listed or traded; provided, that if a Party submits this Agreement to, or files this Agreement with, any securities exchange or market, such Party agrees to (i) consult with the other Party with respect to the preparation and submission of a redacted version of this Agreement in compliance with applicable Law; (ii) provide copies of the disclosure to the other Party reasonably in advance under the circumstances of such filing or other disclosure; (iii) promptly notify the other Party in writing of such requirement and any respective timing constraints; and (iv) give the other Party reasonable time under the circumstances from the date of provision of a copy of such disclosure to comment upon and request confidential treatment for such disclosure.

In making any disclosures set forth in clauses (a) through (e) above, the Receiving Party shall, where reasonably practicable, give such advance notice to the Disclosing Party of such disclosure requirement as is reasonable under the circumstances and will use its reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Disclosing Party in order to secure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information required to be disclosed. In addition, in connection with any permitted filing by either Party of this Agreement with any Governmental Body the Receiving Party shall endeavor to obtain confidential treatment of economic, trade secret information and such other information as may be requested by the Disclosing Party, and shall provide the Disclosing Party with the proposed confidential treatment request with reasonable time for such Disclosing Party to provide comments, and shall include in such confidential treatment request all reasonable comments of the Disclosing Party.

Each Party may also disclose the existence and terms of this Agreement to bona fide prospective licensees, strategic partners, merger partners, acquirers and investors and, in each case, their respective professional advisors, solely in connection with the evaluation and negotiation of a potential license, corporate partnering, merger, acquisition, investment or similar transaction; provided, however, that any such disclosure shall be subject to a written confidentiality agreement with obligations of confidentiality at least as stringent as those set forth herein.

6.3.
Required Disclosure. The Receiving Party may disclose the Confidential Information to the extent required by Law or court order; provided, however, that the Receiving Party promptly provides to the Disclosing Party prior written notice of such disclosure and provides reasonable assistance in obtaining an order or other remedy protecting the Confidential Information from public disclosure.
6.4.
Publications. Cell X shall not publish any information relating to Licensed Products in any Licensed Field without the prior written consent of Aspen (which consent may be withheld or given in Aspen’s sole discretion), unless such information has already been publicly disclosed either prior to the Original Effective Date or after the Original Effective Date through no fault of Cell X or otherwise not in violation of this Agreement. Cell X shall submit to Aspen for Aspen’s written

24


 

approval (which approval may be granted or denied in Aspen’s sole discretion) any publication or presentation (including in any seminars, symposia or otherwise) of information related directly or indirectly to the Licensed Products in any Licensed Field for review and approval at least thirty (30) days prior to submission for the proposed date of publication or presentation. Aspen shall have the right to make such publications relating to the Licensed Products in any Licensed Field as it chooses, in its sole discretion, without the approval of Cell X. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Aspen wishes to publish any information regarding the technical performance of the Instrument, then Aspen will provide a copy of any proposed publication or presentation to Cell X at least thirty (30) days prior to Aspen’s intended submission for publication so that Cell X may (a) review such proposed publication, (b) provide comments to Aspen on such proposed publication, which comments Aspen will consider in good faith and (c) if applicable, identify and require Aspen to delete from such publication any of Cell X’s Confidential Information, which Confidential Information Aspen will delete from such proposed publication prior to disclosure thereof. Further, Cell X will have the right to request a reasonable delay in the publication date in order to protect patentable information, in which case Aspen will delay submission for a period of sixty (60) days (or such other period as may be agreed by the Parties in writing) to enable Cell X to file patent applications protecting Cell X’s rights in such information.
6.5.
Press Releases and Disclosure. Subject to Section 6.4, neither Party may make any subsequent press release or public announcements regarding this Agreement or any matter covered by this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party. In the event that either Party is required to issue a press release or make another public announcement to comply with Law as a publicly-traded company (including any filing with a Governmental Body) as advised by such Party’s legal counsel, the Parties shall coordinate with each other in advance of any such public announcement and the disclosing Party shall consider any timely comments of the other Party in good faith, and, in the case of the filing of this Agreement or any other agreements or documents related thereto, such filing Party shall (a) consult with the other Party with respect to the preparation and submission of a redacted version of this Agreement in compliance with applicable Law; (b) provide copies of the disclosure to the other Party reasonably in advance under the circumstances of such filing or other disclosure; (c) promptly notify the other Party in writing of such requirement and any respective timing constraints; and (d) give the other Party reasonable time under the circumstances from the date of provision of a copy of such disclosure to comment upon and request confidential treatment for such disclosure.

Article 7
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

7.1.
Representations and Warranties. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that, as of the Effective Date:
(a)
such Party is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;
(b)
such Party has taken all action necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement;
(c)
this Agreement is a legal and valid obligation of such Party, binding upon such Party and enforceable against such Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles. The execution, delivery and

25


 

performance of this Agreement by such Party does not conflict with, breach or create in any Third Party the right to accelerate, terminate or modify any agreement or instrument to which such Party is a party or by which such Party is bound, and does not violate any Law of any Governmental Body having authority over such Party;
(d)
such Party has all right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to perform its obligations under this Agreement;
(e)
no government authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption of or filing or registration with any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, under any applicable Law currently in effect, is or shall be necessary for, or in connection with, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or for the performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement, except as may be required to conduct Clinical Trials or to seek or obtain Regulatory Approval; and
(f)
such Party is solvent, the consideration exchanged between the Parties under this Agreement is fair and of reasonably equivalent value and constitutes a single integrated transaction and there is no consideration being exchanged between the Parties on account of antecedent obligations.
7.2.
Additional Representations and Warranties of Cell X. Cell X represents and warrants to Aspen that, as of the Effective Date:
(a)
there are no Patent Rights Controlled by Cell X or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date that are directed to the Cell X Platform Technology;
(b)
no Third Party has asserted or threatened Cell X in writing or, to the knowledge of Cell X, orally, with any claim (i) challenging the validity, effectiveness, or ownership of Licensed Technology, or (ii) to the effect that the use, reproduction, modification, manufacturing, distribution, licensing, sublicensing, sale or any other exercise of rights in any of Licensed Technology infringes or will infringe on any intellectual property right of any Person;
(c)
to the knowledge of Cell X, there is no unauthorized use, infringement or misappropriation of any of Licensed Technology by any employee or former employee of Cell X, or any other Third Party;
(d)
to Cell X’s knowledge, the Cell X Platform Technology does not, and will not, infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the Patent Rights of any Third Party;
(e)
the Licensed Know-How constitutes all Know-How (other than CCF Know-How) owned or Controlled by Cell X as of the Effective Date that is directly related to the Cell X Platform Technology, or are necessary or useful for, the developing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing and commercialization of the Licensed Products in the Licensed Field;

26


 

(f)
Cell X has not licensed to a Third Party the right to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import or commercialize a Competing Product;
(g)
Cell X has not received any written notice from any Third Party alleging that any Licensed Patent Right is invalid or unenforceable;
(h)
Cell X and its Affiliates have obtained from all Representatives who participated in any respect in the invention or authorship of any Licensed Technology effective assignments of all ownership rights of such Representatives in such Licensed Technology either pursuant to written agreement or by operation of Law;
(i)
Cell X has all right, title and interest in and to the Licensed Technology and the Licensed Technology is free and clear of any liens, charges, encumbrances or rights of others to possession or use;
(j)
Cell X has not previously licensed, assigned, transferred, or otherwise conveyed any right, title or interest in and to the Licensed Technology to any Third Party for any of the Licensed Indications;
(k)
there are no agreements with Third Parties pursuant to which Cell X has in-licensed, or otherwise obtained rights, with respect to the Licensed Technology and Licensed Product;
(l)
to Cell X’s knowledge, other than the Aspen-CCF Agreement, there are no Third Party licenses that have to be executed to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import or commercialize Licensed Products;
(m)
all tangible information and data provided by or on behalf of Cell X to Aspen on or before the Original Effective Date and the Effective Date in contemplation of the Original Collaboration and License Agreement and this Agreement, respectively, was and is true, accurate and complete in all material respects, and Cell X has not failed to disclose, or cause to be disclosed, any information or data within Cell X’s possession or control that would cause the information and data that was provided by or on behalf of Cell X to Aspen on or before the Original Effective Date and the Effective Date in contemplation of the Original Collaboration and License Agreement and this Agreement, respectively, in light of the circumstances under which they were provided, to be misleading in any material respect; and
(n)
Cell X (and its Affiliates) has not employed or otherwise used in any capacity the services of any Person debarred under any Law, including under Section 21 USC 335a or any foreign equivalent thereof, with respect to the Licensed Technology.
7.3.
Cell X Covenants. Cell X covenants to Aspen that:
(a)
Cell X shall require all of its Representatives that it engages to conduct activities under the Master Services Agreement to presently assign to Cell X any Inventions conceived or first reduced to practice, constructively or actually, by or on behalf of such Representatives, including all Inventions that constitute Licensed Technology;
(b)
Cell X (and its Affiliates) shall not employ or otherwise use in any capacity the services of any Person debarred under any Law, including under Section 21 USC 335a or

27


 

any foreign equivalent thereof, with respect to the practice of the Licensed Technology or performance of the services under the Master Services Agreement;
(c)
Cell X shall not take any action that conflicts with any rights, licenses or options granted to Aspen under this Agreement;
(d)
Cell X shall fulfill all of its obligations, including its payment obligations, under any Third Party License Agreement;
(e)
Cell X shall not amend or waive, or take any action or omit to taking any action that would alter, any of Cell X’s rights under any Third Party License Agreement in any manner that adversely affects, or would reasonably be expected to adversely affect, Aspen’s rights and benefits under this Agreement. Cell X shall promptly notify Aspen of any default under, termination or amendment of, any Third Party License Agreement; and
(f)
Subject to any permitted assignment pursuant to Section 11.1 and any security interest granted to Aspen or its Affiliates with respect to the Licensed Technology, Cell X shall maintain all right, title and interest in and to the Licensed Technology and shall ensure the Licensed Technology remains free and clear of any liens, charges, encumbrances, security interests, or rights of others to possession or use.

Article 8
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

8.1.
Indemnification by Aspen. Aspen shall indemnify, defend and hold Cell X and its Affiliates and each of their respective employees, officers, directors and agents (the “Cell X Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any and all liability, damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) to the extent arising out of Third Party claims or suits to the extent arising out of: (a) Aspen’s, its Affiliates’ and their respective Sublicensees’ development, practicing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or commercialization of Licensed Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory; (b) Aspen’s, its Affiliates’ and their respective sublicensees’ (including Sublicensees’) exploitation of any Joint Inventions on or after the Effective Date; (c) Aspen’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (d) any material breach by Aspen of its obligations, representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement.
8.2.
Indemnification by Cell X. Cell X shall indemnify, defend and hold Aspen, its Affiliates and its Sublicensees and each of their respective agents, employees, officers and directors (“Aspen Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any and all liability, damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorney’s fees) to the extent arising out of Third Party claims or suits to the extent arising out of: (a) Cell X’s, its Affiliates, their respective sublicensees’ development, practicing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or commercialization of the Licensed Technology prior to the Effective Date; (b) Cell X’s, its Affiliates, their respective sublicensees’ development, practicing, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or commercialization of the Licensed Technology in the Non-Exclusive Indications or outside the Licensed Field on or after the Effective Date; (c) Cell X’s, its Affiliates, their respective sublicensees’ exploitation of any Joint Inventions on or after the Effective Date; or (d) any material breach by Cell X of its obligations, representations, warranties or covenants in this Agreement.

28


 

8.3.
No Consequential Damages. EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO EACH PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 8.1 OR SECTION 8.2, AS APPLICABLE, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR ANY BREACH HEREOF. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL LIMIT EITHER PARTY FROM SEEKING OR OBTAINING ANY REMEDY AVAILABLE UNDER LAW FOR ANY BREACH BY THE OTHER PARTY OF ITS CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-USE OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 6.
8.4.
Notification of Claims; Conditions to Indemnification Obligations. As a condition to a Party’s right to receive indemnification under this Article 8, it shall: (a) promptly notify the other Party as soon as it becomes aware of a claim or suit for which indemnification may be sought pursuant hereto; (b) cooperate, and cause the individual indemnitees to cooperate, with the indemnifying Party in the defense, settlement or compromise of such claim or suit; and (c) permit the indemnifying Party to control the defense, settlement or compromise of such claim or suit, including the right to select defense counsel. In no event, however, may the indemnifying Party compromise or settle any claim or suit in a manner which admits fault or negligence on the part of the indemnified Party or any indemnitee without the prior written consent of the indemnified Party. Each Party shall reasonably cooperate with the other Party and its counsel in the course of the defense of any such suit, claim or demand, such cooperation to include without limitation using reasonable efforts to provide or make available documents, information and witnesses. The indemnifying Party shall have no liability under this Article 8 with respect to claims or suits settled or compromised without its prior written consent.
8.5.
Insurance. During the Term, each Party shall obtain and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, insurance (including any self-insured arrangements) in types and amounts, that are reasonable and customary in the United States pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry for companies engaged in comparable activities. It is understood and agreed that this insurance shall not be construed to limit either Party’s liability with respect to its indemnification obligations hereunder. Each Party will, except to the extent self-insured, provide to the other Party upon request a certificate evidencing the insurance such Party is required to obtain and keep in force under this Section 8.5.

Article 9
TERM AND TERMINATION

9.1.
Term and Expiration. The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated as provided in this Article 9, shall continue in full force and effect, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product, Exclusive Indication-by-Exclusive Indication and country-by-country basis until the expiration of the last-to-expire Valid Claim of the Licensed Patent Rights in such country.
9.2.
Termination of the Agreement for Convenience. At any time after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, Aspen may, at its convenience, terminate this Agreement in its entirety, or on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product, Exclusive Indication-by-Exclusive Indication or country-by-country basis, upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to Cell X.

29


 

9.3.
Termination upon Material Breach. If a Party materially breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, the Party not in breach may give to the breaching Party a written notice specifying the nature of the material breach, requiring it to cure such material breach, and stating its intention to terminate this Agreement if such material breach is not cured within thirty (30) days in the case of a material breach of a payment obligation or ninety (90) days in the case of any other material breach. If such material breach is not cured within the applicable cure period after the receipt of such notice, the Party not in breach shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice to the other Party. For clarity, such material obligations may apply to the performance of either: (a) this Agreement in its entirety, in which case this provision shall apply to the entire Agreement; or (b) a specific Licensed Product or Exclusive Indication, in which case this provision shall apply only to such affected Licensed Product or Exclusive Indication.
9.4.
Bankruptcy Event Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by a Party by providing written notice at any time during the Term in the event of a Bankruptcy Event of the other Party.
9.5.
Mutual Termination. The Parties may terminate this Agreement in its entirety or on a country-by-country or Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis upon mutual written agreement.
9.6.
Termination for Challenge. In the event that Aspen, its Affiliate or any Sublicensee files or maintains any action, proceeding or lawsuit disputing or challenging, or materially assists a Third Party in an action, proceeding or lawsuit challenging, the validity, scope, construction, enforceability or the ownership of Cell X or its licensor pursuant to a Third Party License Agreement of any issued Patent Right comprising the Licensed Patent Rights or any claims thereof, or opposes or assists in the opposition of the grant of any Letters Patent comprising the Licensed Patent Rights, either in a court of law or before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other agency or tribunal (“Licensed Patent Challenge”), Cell X may terminate this Agreement in its entirety or on a country-by-country or Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis upon written notice if Aspen does not within thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice, as applicable (a) (i) withdraw or cause its Affiliate to withdraw, such Licensed Patent Challenge or (ii) cease, or cause its Affiliate to cease, in assisting such Third Party in its Licensed Patent Challenge, (b) cause its Sublicensee to (i) withdraw such Licensed Patent Challenge or (ii) cease in assisting such Third Party in its Licensed Patent Challenge, or (c) terminate such Sublicensee’s sublicense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9.6 shall not apply to any Licensed Patent Challenge that (A) is required under a court order or subpoena or (B) is asserted as a defense against a claim, action or proceeding asserted by Cell X or its licensor pursuant to a Third Party License Agreement against Aspen, its Affiliate or any Sublicensee.
9.7.
Effects of Termination.
9.7.1.
Survival.
(a)
Notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement, the following provisions shall survive in each of the following instances:
(i)
Upon termination: Articles 1, 6, 8, 10 and 11 and Sections 5.1, 5.2.2, 5.2.3, 9.7.1, and 9.7.2.
(ii)
Upon termination by Aspen pursuant to Section 9.3: Articles 1, 5, 6, 8, 10 and 11 and Sections 2.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 7.3, 9.7.1, and 9.7.2.

30


 

(iii)
Upon expiration: Articles 1, 6, 8, 10 and 11 and Sections 2.1, 5.1, 5.2.2, 5.2.3, 5.2.4, 5.2.5, 9.7.1, and 9.7.2.
(b)
Expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not relieve the Parties of any liability that accrued hereunder prior to the effective date of such termination. In addition, termination of this Agreement shall not preclude either Party from pursuing all rights and remedies it may have hereunder or at Law or in equity with respect to any breach of this Agreement nor prejudice either Party’s right to obtain performance of any obligation.
9.7.2.
General Effects.
(a)
As of the effective date of expiration of this Agreement with respect to a Licensed Product for an Exclusive Indication:
(i)
the Exclusive License shall convert to an irrevocable, perpetual, exclusive, and sublicensable license under the Licensed Technology to develop, practice, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize such Licensed Product in the Licensed Field for such Exclusive Indication in the Territory;
(ii)
the Instrument License shall convert to an irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid-up and sublicensable license under the Licensed Technology to develop, have developed, practice, have practiced, make, have made, and use Licensed Instruments in the Licensed Field; and
(iii)
the obligation of Aspen to make each Milestone payment upon achievement of the applicable Milestone for such Licensed Product for an Exclusive Indication as set forth in Section 4.4 shall survive until all such milestone payments have been made.
(b)
Upon termination of this Agreement:
(i)
subject to Section 9.7.1 and Section 9.7.2(c), all rights and licenses granted to Aspen, other than the Non-Exclusive License, shall terminate;
(ii)
Cell X shall, upon written request of Aspen and at Aspen’s direction, return to Aspen or destroy all Confidential Information of Aspen; provided, however, that Cell X shall have the right to retain one copy of such Confidential Information of Aspen for the purposes of monitoring and observing the surviving rights and obligations; and
(iii)
upon any termination of this Agreement, each of Aspen’s Sublicensees shall, at Aspen’s election, continue to have the rights and license set forth in its sublicense agreements, which agreements shall be automatically assigned to Cell X; provided, however, that (A) such Sublicensee is not then in breach of any of its material obligations under its sublicense agreement, (B) such sublicense shall not impose any obligations on Cell X in excess of its obligations hereunder and (C) the scope of the licenses and rights granted by Cell X to such Sublicensee under the applicable sublicense shall be no greater in scope than the licenses and rights granted by Cell X to Aspen under this Agreement.

31


 

(c)
Upon termination of this Agreement by Aspen pursuant to Section 9.3, and upon Aspen’s written election, the Exclusive License shall become irrevocable and perpetual, provided that Aspen continues to make milestone payments as set forth in Section 4.4.
9.8.
Additional Effects of Termination for a Cell X Bankruptcy Event. Without limiting any other rights or remedies of Aspen under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, in the event of a Bankruptcy Event of Cell X, the following terms and conditions shall apply.
9.8.1.
Bankruptcy Code. All rights and licenses granted under or pursuant to this Agreement by Aspen are, and shall otherwise be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, if applicable, licenses of right to “intellectual property” as defined under Section 101(35A) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Rejection of this Agreement under 11 U.S.C. Section 365 in the case of a Bankruptcy Event of Cell X shall not constitute a termination under this Agreement, provided Aspen elects to exercise all rights under Section 365(n). This Agreement may only be assumed or rejected in its entirety, and, if rejected, Aspen shall nevertheless continue to have all of the rights, title, interests and benefits in all assets, rights and interests of Cell X that are not “intellectual property” licensed, conveyed and granted under this Agreement.
9.8.2.
Continuing Rights. The Parties agree that Aspen, as licensee of such rights under this Agreement, shall retain and may fully exercise all of its rights and elections under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The Parties further agree that, in the event of a Cell X Bankruptcy Event, Aspen shall be entitled to a complete duplicate of (or complete access to, as appropriate) any such intellectual property and all embodiments of such intellectual property, which, if not already in Aspen’s possession, shall be promptly delivered to it (a) following any such commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding upon Aspen’s written request therefor, unless Cell X elects to continue to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement or (b) if not delivered under clause (a), following the rejection of this Agreement by Cell X upon written request therefor by Aspen.

Article 10
DISPUTE RESOLUTION

10.1.
General. The Parties recognize that disputes (“Disputes”) as to certain matters may from time to time arise during the Term which relate to either Party’s rights or obligations hereunder. It is the objective of the Parties to establish under this Article 10 procedures to facilitate the resolution of Disputes arising under this Agreement in an expedient manner by mutual cooperation and without resort to litigation.
10.2.
Escalation to Executive Officers. Either Party may, by written notice to the other Party, request that a Dispute that remains unresolved by the Parties for a period of thirty (30) days shall be submitted to the Executive Officers for resolution. If the Executive Officers cannot resolve such Dispute within thirty (30) days after referral of such Dispute to them, then, at any time after such thirty (30) day period, then either Party may refer such Dispute to arbitration by submitting a written notice of such request to the other Party.
10.3.
Arbitration.
10.3.1.
Disputes. The Parties hereby agree that, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, in the event the Parties are unable to resolve any Dispute after referring such Dispute to the Executive Officers, the Dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration administered by the

32


 

International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) in accordance with its Rules of Arbitration (the “Rules”). Either Party may refer any Dispute to arbitration by submitting a written notice of such request to the other Party.
10.3.2.
Arbitrators. Any arbitration shall be presided over by three (3) arbitrators. Each Party shall select one (1) arbitrator, and such selected arbitrators shall mutually agree upon the third arbitrator who shall act as the chairman of the arbitration panel. If either Party fails or both Parties fail to choose an arbitrator or arbitrators within thirty (30) days after receiving notice of commencement of arbitration or if the two (2) arbitrators fail to choose a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days after their appointment, then either or both Parties shall immediately request that the ICC select the remaining number of arbitrators to be selected. The arbitrators shall be neutral and independent of the Parties and their respective Affiliates, and may not be current or former directors, officers or employees of the Parties or their respective Affiliates. No Party may have any ex parte discussion with any potential arbitrator, except for confirming if such arbitrator is willing and able to serve on the arbitration panel. All arbitrators shall have ten (10) or more years of experience in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, shall have appropriate experience with respect to the matter(s) to be arbitrated, and shall have some experience in mediating or arbitrating issues relating to such agreements.
10.3.3.
Arbitration Process. The seat of the arbitration shall be New York, New York, USA. The arbitrators shall set a date for a hearing that shall be held no later than sixty (60) days following the appointment of the last of such three (3) arbitrators. The Parties shall have the right to be represented by counsel. No less than thirty (30) days prior to the hearing, each Party shall submit the following to the other Party and the arbitration panel: (a) a copy of all exhibits on which such Party intends to rely in any oral or written presentation to the panel; (b) a list of any witnesses such Party intends to call at the hearing, and a short summary of the anticipated testimony of each witness; and (c) a brief in support of such Party’s proposed rulings and remedies; provided that the brief shall not exceed twenty-five (25) pages. This page limitation shall apply regardless of the number of issues raised in the arbitration proceeding. The arbitrators shall determine what discovery will be permitted in accordance with the Rules, consistent with the goal of reasonably controlling the cost and time that the Parties must expend for discovery; provided, however, that the arbitrators shall permit discovery as they deem proportionate to the issues in dispute. The arbitration panel shall have sole discretion regarding the admissibility of any evidence, except statements made during settlement negotiations and affidavits prepared for the purposes of the hearing shall not be admissible. Within ten (10) days following completion of the hearing, each Party may submit to the other Party and the panel a post-hearing brief in support of its proposed rulings and remedies; provided that such brief shall not contain or discuss any new evidence and shall not exceed ten (10) pages. This page limitation shall apply regardless of the number of issues raised in the proceeding.
10.3.4.
Decision of Arbitrators. The arbitrators shall use their best efforts to rule on each disputed issue within thirty (30) days after completion of the hearing described in Section 10.3.3. The determination of the arbitrators as to the resolution of any Dispute shall be binding and conclusive upon the Parties, absent manifest error. All rulings of the arbitrators shall be in writing and shall be delivered to the Parties as soon as is reasonably possible.

33


 

10.3.5.
Awards. Any award to be paid by one Party to the other Party as determined by the arbitrators as set forth above under this Section 10.3 shall be promptly paid in USD free of any Tax, deduction or offset, and any costs, fees or Taxes incident to enforcing the award shall, to the maximum extent permitted by Law, be charged against the Party resisting enforcement. Each Party agrees to abide by the award rendered in any arbitration conducted pursuant to this Section 10.3, and agrees that, subject to the Federal Arbitration Act, judgment may be entered upon the final award in a court of competent jurisdiction and that other courts may award full faith and credit to such judgment in order to enforce such award.
10.3.6.
Costs and Expenses. The Parties agree that they shall share equally in the joint costs associated with the arbitration hearing(s) and any procedural conferences (location, stenographer and similar), the fees and expenses of any independent expert retained by the arbitrators, if any, and the fees and expenses of the arbitrators (as set forth above) and administrative fees and expenses of ICC. Each Party shall bear its own costs and attorneys’ and witnesses’ fees and associated costs and expenses. The existence and substance of the arbitration proceedings and the decision of the arbitrators shall be kept confidential by the Parties and the arbitrators except to the extent disclosure may be necessary to conduct the arbitration, or in connection with a court application for a preliminary remedy, a judicial challenge to an award or its enforcement, or unless otherwise required by law or judicial decision.
10.4.
Injunctive Relief. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, either Party will have the right to seek temporary injunctive or preliminary equitable relief pending final resolution of any Dispute under Section 10.3, in any court of competent jurisdiction as may be available to such Party under Law in such jurisdiction with respect to any matters arising out of the other Party’s performance or breach of its obligations under this Agreement.

Article 11
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

11.1.
Change of Control by Aspen Competitor. In the event of a Change of Control of Cell X in which an Aspen Competitor acquires control (as defined in Section 1.3) of Cell X, then as from the date of such Change of Control, Aspen shall cease to have any reporting obligations to Cell X pursuant to Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.4 of this Agreement.
11.2.
Assignment.
11.2.1.
Assignment by Cell X. Neither this Agreement nor any interest hereunder shall be assignable, nor any other obligation delegable, by Cell X without the prior written consent of Aspen (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); except that Cell X may make such an assignment or transfer without Aspen’s prior written consent (a) following a Change of Control of Cell X, to any Affiliate of Cell X, provided, that, such transfer shall not adversely affect Aspen’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and that Cell X (or its successor entity to the extent Cell X is no longer in existence) remains jointly and severally liable with such Affiliate for the performance of this Agreement or the assigned obligations, or (b) to any Third Party successor-in-interest in connection with a Change of Control of Cell X.
11.2.2.
Assignment by Aspen. This Agreement shall not be assignable by Aspen without the prior written consent of Cell X (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); except that Aspen

34


 

may make such an assignment or transfer without Cell X’s prior written consent (a) to any Affiliate of Aspen, (b) to any Third Party successor-in-interest in connection with a Change of Control of Aspen or (c) to any of its lenders as collateral security, including for the avoidance of doubt, by granting a security interest in this Agreement.
11.2.3.
Continuing Obligations. No assignment under this Section 11.2 shall relieve the assigning Party of any of its responsibilities or obligations hereunder and, as a condition of such assignment, the assignee shall agree in writing to be bound by all obligations of the assigning Party hereunder. This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Parties.
11.2.4.
Void Assignments. Any assignment not in accordance with this Section 11.2 shall be void.
11.3.
Performance and Exercise by Affiliates. Aspen shall have the right to have any of its obligations hereunder performed, or its rights hereunder exercised, by, any of its Affiliates and the performance of such obligations by any such Affiliate shall be deemed to be performance by Aspen; provided, however, that Aspen shall be responsible for ensuring the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and that any failure of any Affiliate performing obligations of Aspen hereunder shall be deemed to be a failure by Aspen to perform such obligations. For clarity, the foregoing means that Aspen may designate an Affiliate to perform its obligations hereunder or to be the recipient of Cell X’s performance obligations hereunder.
11.4.
Relationship of the Parties. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be deemed, for financial, Tax, legal or other purposes, to constitute a partnership, agency, joint venture or employer-employee relationship between the Parties.
11.5.
Further Actions. Each Party agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver such further instruments and to do all such other acts as may be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.
11.6.
Accounting Procedures. Each Party shall calculate all amounts, and perform other accounting procedures required, under this Agreement and applicable to it in accordance with GAAP.
11.7.
Force Majeure. Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party or be deemed to have breached or defaulted under this Agreement for failure or delay in the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement for the time and to the extent such failure or delay is caused by or results from acts of God, earthquake, riot, civil commotion, terrorism, war, strikes or other labor disputes, fire, flood, failure or delay of transportation, omissions or delays in acting by a Governmental Body, acts of a Governmental Body or judicial orders or decrees or restrictions or any other reason which is beyond the control of the respective Party. The Party affected by force majeure shall provide the other Party with full particulars thereof as soon as it becomes aware of the same (including its best estimate of the likely extent and duration of the interference with its activities), and will use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome the difficulties created thereby and to resume performance of its obligations hereunder as soon as practicable.
11.8.
No Trademark Rights. No right, express or implied, is granted by this Agreement to a Party to use in any manner the name or any other trade name or trademark of the other Party in connection with the performance of this Agreement or otherwise.
11.9.
Entire Agreement of the Parties; Amendments. This Agreement, together with the Escrow Agreement, the A&R Supply Agreement and the Master Services Agreement (including the SOWs thereunder), and the schedules and exhibits hereto and thereto constitute and contain the entire understanding and agreement of the Parties respecting the subject matter hereof and cancel and

35


 

supersede any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, understandings and agreements between the Parties, whether oral or written, regarding such subject matter, including as of the Effective Date, the Original Collaboration and License Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement does not amend, cancel or supersede the Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, the Secured Convertible Promissory Note, the Subordination Agreement, the Security Agreement or the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, each dated as of January 22, 2024 (as such may be amended from time to time or otherwise terminated). No waiver, modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid or effective unless made in a writing referencing this Agreement and signed by a duly authorized officer of each Party.
11.10.
Captions. The captions to this Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement.
11.11.
Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, USA, excluding application of any conflict of laws principles that would require application of the Law of a jurisdiction outside of the State of New York, USA.
11.12.
Notices and Deliveries. Any notice, request, approval or consent required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if delivered in person or transmitted by express courier service (signature required) to the Party to which it is directed at its address shown below or such other address as such Party shall have last given by notice to the other Party.

 

If to Aspen, addressed to:

 

 

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

 

 

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

If to Cell X, addressed to:

 

Cell X Technologies, Inc.

[***]

 

 

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

 

 

[***]

 

11.13.
Language. The official language of this Agreement and between the Parties for all notices and correspondence shall be the English language.

36


 

11.14.
Waiver. A waiver by either Party of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement in any instance shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of such term or condition for the future, or of any other term or condition hereof. All rights, remedies, undertakings, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be cumulative and none of them shall be in limitation of any other remedy, right, undertaking, obligation or agreement of either Party.
11.15.
Severability. When possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under Law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under Law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement. The Parties shall make a good faith effort to replace the invalid or unenforceable provision with a valid one which in its economic effect is most consistent with the invalid or unenforceable provision.
11.16.
No Implied License. No right or license is granted to Cell X hereunder by implication, estoppel, or otherwise to any Know-How, Patent Right or other intellectual property right owned or controlled by Aspen or its Affiliates.
11.17.
Interpretation. Except where the context expressly requires otherwise, (a) the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to encompass references to either or both genders, and the use of the singular shall be deemed to include the plural (and vice versa), (b) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (c) the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”, (d) any definition of, or reference to, any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (e) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include the Person’s successors and assigns, (f) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (g) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits or Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections, Exhibits or Schedules of this Agreement, and references to this Agreement include all Exhibits and Schedules hereto, (h) the word “notice” means notice in writing (whether or not specifically stated) and shall include notices, consents, approvals and other written communications contemplated under this Agreement, (i) provisions that require that a Party, the Parties or any committee hereunder “agree,” “consent” or “approve” or the like shall require that such agreement, consent or approval be specific and in writing, whether by written agreement, letter, approved minutes or otherwise, (j) references to any specific law, rule or regulation, or article, section or other division thereof, shall be deemed to include the then-current amendments thereto or any replacement or successor law, rule or regulation thereof, (k) the term “or” shall be interpreted in the inclusive sense commonly associated with the term “and/or”, (l) all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, and (m) countries shall include territories.
11.18.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same instrument. A facsimile or a portable document format (PDF) copy of this Agreement, including the signature pages, will be deemed an original.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

37


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, duly authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

CELL X TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Damien McDevitt

 

Signature: [***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Printed Name: Damien McDevitt

 

Printed Name: [***]

 

 

 

 

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Title: [***]

 

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Collaboration and License Agreement]


 

Schedule 1.40

Excluded Indications

[***]

 


 

Schedule 1.45

Licensed Patent Rights

[***]

40


 

Schedule 2.5

Research Restricted Parties

[***]

 

and, in each case of the above parties, their respective affiliates (whereby “affiliates” shall have the same meaning as the term “Affiliates”, provided that “Party” shall be deemed to be replaced by reference to the applicable Third Party set forth above)

 


 

Schedule 2.6

Instrument Terms and Conditions

 

img247074826_0.jpg

 

Terms and Conditions

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE

The Celligent platform™ consisting of the [***] instrumentation are covered by a full one-year warranty including parts, This includes the [***].

· [***]

· Shipment Date ~14 to 16 weeks upon receipt of order and down payment

· Cell X will coordinate installation of the equipment with CUSTOMER and other suppliers, including BioSpherix, Ltd..and LiCONic Instruments.

Also included are the following:

· On-site installation assistance and training at CUSTOMER by Cell X Technologies personnel. This will include no more than [***].

· One-year material and workmanship warranty.

*Maintenance contract for additional years is estimated at [***] of the purchase price, annually.

Applicability

These terms and conditions of sale (these "Terms") are the only terms which govern the sale of the goods ("Goods") and services ("Services") by Cell X Technologies ("Seller") to the buyer named on this document of these Terms ("Buyer").

The accompanying quotation (the "Sales Confirmation") and these Terms (collectively, this "Agreement") comprise the entire agreement between the parties, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous understandings, agreements, negotiations, representations and warranties, and communications, both written and oral. These Terms prevail over any of Buyer's general terms and conditions of purchase regardless of whether or when Buyer has submitted its purchase order or such terms. Fulfillment of Buyer's order does not constitute acceptance of any of Buyer's terms and conditions and does not serve to modify or amend these Terms.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Seller may, from time to time change the Services without the consent of Buyer provided that such changes do not materially affect the nature or scope of the Services, or the fees or any performance dates set forth in the Sales Confirmation.

Delivery of Goods and Performance of Services

(a) The Goods will be delivered within a reasonable time after the receipt of Buyer's purchase order as quoted. Seller shall not be liable for any delays, loss or damage in transit.

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, Seller shall deliver the Goods to ________________________________________ (the "Delivery Point") using Seller's standard methods

 


 

for packaging and shipping such Goods. Buyer shall be responsible for all shipping costs, loading costs and provide equipment and labor reasonably suited for receipt of the Goods at the Delivery Point.

Seller may, in its sole discretion, without liability or penalty, make partial shipments of Goods to Buyer. Each shipment will constitute a separate sale, and Buyer shall pay for the units shipped whether such shipment is in whole or partial fulfillment of Buyer's purchase order.

Seller shall use reasonable efforts to meet any performance dates to render the Services specified in the Sales Confirmation, and any such dates shall be estimates only.

Buyer's Acts or Omissions. If Seller's performance of its obligations under this Agreement is prevented or delayed by any act or omission of Buyer or its agents, With respect to the Services, Buyer shall (i) cooperate with Seller in all matters relating to the Services and provide such access to Buyer's premises for the purposes of performing the Services; (ii) respond promptly to any Seller request to provide direction, information, approvals, authorizations or decisions that are reasonably necessary for Seller to perform Services in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement; (iii) provide such customer materials or information as Seller may request to carry out the Services in a timely manner and ensure that such customer materials or information are complete and accurate in all material respects; and (iv) obtain and maintain all necessary licenses and consents and comply with all applicable laws in relation to the Services before the date on which the Services are to start.

Shipping Terms

Seller shall enable delivery in accordance with the terms on the face of the Sales Confirmation.

Title and Risk of Loss

All delivery dates are approximate, and Seller shall not be responsible for any damages resulting from any delay. Regardless of the manner of shipment, title to any products and risk of loss or damage shall pass to Buyer upon placement of the products with the shipment carrier at Seller's facility. Unless otherwise stated, Seller may exercise its judgment in choosing the carrier and means of delivery. No deferment of shipment at Buyers' request beyond the respective dates indicated will be made except on terms that will indemnify, defend and hold Seller harmless against all loss and additional expense. Buyer shall be responsible for any additional shipping charges incurred by Seller due to Buyer’s acts or omissions.

Subcontractors, consultants or employees

Seller shall not be deemed in breach of its obligations under this Agreement or otherwise liable for any costs, charges or losses sustained or incurred by Buyer, in each case, to the extent arising directly or indirectly from such prevention or delay.

Inspection and Rejection of Nonconforming Goods

(a) Buyer shall inspect the Goods upon receipt ("Inspection Period"). Buyer will be deemed to have accepted the Goods unless it notifies Seller in writing of any Nonconforming Goods during the Inspection Period and furnishes such written evidence or other documentation as reasonably required by Seller. "Nonconforming Goods" means only the following: (i) product shipped is different than identified in Buyer's purchase order; or (ii) product's label or packaging incorrectly identifies its contents.

If Buyer timely notifies Seller of any Nonconforming Goods, Seller shall, in its sole discretion, (i) replace such Nonconforming Goods with conforming Goods, or (ii) credit or refund the Price for such Nonconforming Goods, together with any reasonable shipping and handling expenses incurred by Buyer in connection therewith. Buyer shall ship, at its expense and risk of loss, the Nonconforming Goods to Seller's facility. If Seller exercises its option to replace Nonconforming Goods, Seller shall, after receiving Buyer's

 


 

shipment of Nonconforming Goods, ship to Buyer, at Buyer's expense and risk of loss, the replaced Goods to the Delivery Point.

Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the remedies set forth are Buyer's exclusive remedies for the delivery of Nonconforming Goods. Except as provided under (b) above, all sales of Goods to Buyer are made on a one-way basis and Buyer has no right to return Goods purchased under this Agreement to Seller.

Price

(a) Buyer shall purchase the Goods and Services from Seller at the price (the "Price") set forth in Seller's quotation.

Buyer agrees to reimburse Seller for all reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Seller in connection with the performance of the Services, except where expressly included in the purchase.

All Prices are exclusive of all sales, use and excise taxes, and any other similar taxes, duties and charges of any kind imposed by any Governmental Authority on any amounts payable by Buyer. Buyer shall be responsible for all such charges, costs and taxes; provided, that, Buyer shall not be responsible for any taxes imposed on, or with respect to, Seller's income, revenues, gross receipts, personnel or real or personal property or other assets.

Payment Terms

(a) Buyer shall adhere to the negotiated “schedule of payments” included in the quotation. Buyer shall make all payments hereunder by wire transfer or check and in US dollars.

Buyer shall pay interest on all late payments at the lesser of the rate of [***] per month or the highest rate permissible under applicable law, calculated daily and compounded monthly. Buyer shall reimburse Seller for all costs incurred in collecting any late payments, including, without limitation, attorneys' fees. In addition to all other remedies available under these Terms or at law (which Seller does not waive by the exercise of any rights hereunder), Seller shall be entitled to suspend the delivery of any Goods or performance of any Services if Buyer fails to pay any amounts when due hereunder.

Buyer shall not withhold payment of any amounts due and payable by reason of any set-off of any claim or dispute with Seller, whether relating to Seller's breach, bankruptcy or otherwise.

Non-Permitted Uses

Buyer acknowledges that Seller has granted to Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (“Aspen”) certain exclusive rights under certain intellectual property rights controlled by Seller (the “Licensed IP”) for Aspen to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and commercialize products or processes that involve autologous or allogenic induced pluripotent cells (“iPSCs”) or cells derived from iPSCs for the diagnosis, treatment or prevention of Parkinson’s disease or Leukodystrophies (other than multiple sclerosis), as defined below ‑. Accordingly, Buyer acknowledges and agrees that as a condition of sale Buyer shall not be permitted to use any of the Goods or Services, directly or indirectly, itself or in connection with any affiliate or third party, in any manner to, develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import or commercialize any product or process for the Restricted Field; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not restrict Buyer from using the Goods or Services to conduct non-clinical research in the Restricted Field. Buyer further acknowledges and agrees that, in the event that Buyer wishes to use any of the Goods or Services, directly or indirectly, itself or in connection with any affiliate or third party, in any manner to, develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import or commercialize any product or process for the Restricted Field, Buyer shall, except in the case of the conduct of non-clinical research in the Restricted Field, be required, and it shall solely be Buyer’s responsibility, to obtain from Aspen a license under the Licensed IP to do so. As used herein, the term Leukodystrophies shall mean [***].

 


 

Limited Warranty

(a) Seller warrants to Buyer that for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of shipment of the Goods ("Warranty Period"), that such Goods will [***] conform to the specifications set forth in the quotation and will be free from material defects in material and workmanship.

Seller warrants to Buyer that it shall perform the Services using personnel of required skill, experience, and qualifications and in a professional and workmanlike manner in accordance with generally recognized industry standards for similar services and shall devote adequate resources to meet its obligations under this Agreement.

EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE, SELLER MAKES NO WARRANTY WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE GOODS OR SERVICES, INCLUDING ANY (a) WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY; OR (b) WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE; OR (c) WARRANTY OF TITLE; OR (d) WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF A THIRD PARTY; WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE.

The Seller shall not be liable for a breach of the warranties set forth above unless: (i) Buyer gives written notice of the defective Goods or Services, as the case may be, reasonably described, to Seller within thirty 30 days of the time when Buyer discovers or ought to have discovered the defect; (ii) if applicable, Seller is given a reasonable opportunity after receiving the notice of breach of the warranty to examine such Goods and Buyer (if requested to do so by Seller) returns such Goods to Seller's place of business at Seller's cost for the examination to take place there; and (iii) Seller reasonably verifies Buyer's claim that the Goods or Services are defective.

The Seller shall not be liable for a breach of the warranty if: (i) Buyer makes any further use of such Goods after giving such notice; (ii) the defect arises because Buyer failed to follow Seller's oral or written instructions as to the storage, installation, commissioning, use or maintenance of the Goods; or (iii) Buyer alters or repairs such Goods without the prior written consent of Seller.

Subject to above, with respect to any such Goods during the Warranty Period, Seller shall, in its sole discretion, either: (i) repair or replace such Goods (or the defective part) or (ii) credit or refund the price of such Goods at the pro rate contract rate provided that, if Seller so requests, Buyer shall, at Seller's expense, return such Goods to Seller.

Subject to above, with respect to any Services subject to a claim under the warranty set forth, Seller shall, in its sole discretion, (i) repair or re-perform the applicable Services or (ii) credit or refund the price of such Services at the pro rata contract rate.

THE REMEDIES SET FORTH SHALL BE THE BUYER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND SELLER'S ENTIRE LIABILITY FOR ANY BREACH OF THE LIMITED WARRANTIES.

Limitation of Liability

(a) IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, LOST PROFITS OR REVENUES OR DIMINUTION IN VALUE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY BREACH OF THESE TERMS, WHETHER OR NOT THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES HAS BEEN DISCLOSED IN ADVANCE BY BUYER OR COULD HAVE BEEN REASONABLY FORESEEN BY BUYER, REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY (CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) UPON WHICH THE CLAIM IS BASED, AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ANY AGREED OR OTHER REMEDY OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.

 


 

IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER'S AGGREGATE LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, EXCEED THE TOTAL OF THE AMOUNTS PAID TO SELLER FOR THE GOODS AND SERVICES SOLD HEREUNDER.

The limitation of liability shall not apply to (i) liability resulting from Seller's gross negligence or willful misconduct and (ii) death or bodily injury resulting from Seller’s acts or omissions.

Compliance with Law

Buyer shall comply with all applicable laws, regulations, and ordinances. Buyer shall maintain in effect all the licenses, permissions, authorizations, consents and permits that it needs to carry out its obligations under this Agreement.

Termination

In addition to any remedies that may be provided under these Terms, Seller may terminate this Agreement with immediate effect upon written notice to Buyer, if Buyer: (a) fails to pay any amount when due under this Agreement and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after Buyer's receipt of written notice of nonpayment; (b) has not otherwise performed or complied with any of these Terms, in whole or in part; or (c) becomes insolvent, files a petition for bankruptcy or commences or has commenced against it proceedings relating to bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization or assignment for the benefit of creditors.

Waiver

No waiver by Seller of any of the provisions of this Agreement is effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by Seller. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement operates, or may be construed, as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder precludes any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

Confidential Information

All non-public, confidential or proprietary information of Seller, including but not limited to, specifications, samples, patterns, designs, plans, drawings, documents, data, business operations, customer lists, pricing, discounts or rebates, disclosed by Seller to Buyer, whether disclosed orally or disclosed or accessed in written, electronic or other form or media, and whether or not marked, designated or otherwise identified as "confidential" in connection with this Agreement is confidential, solely for the use of performing this Agreement and may not be disclosed or copied unless authorized in advance by Seller in writing. Upon Seller's request, Buyer shall promptly return all documents and other materials received from Seller. Seller shall be entitled to injunctive relief for any violation of this Section. This Section does not apply to information that is: (a) in the public domain; (b) known to Buyer at the time of disclosure; or (c) rightfully obtained by Buyer on a non- confidential basis from a third party.

Force Majeure

The Seller shall not be liable or responsible to Buyer, nor be deemed to have defaulted or breached this Agreement, for any failure or delay in fulfilling or performing any term of this Agreement when and to the extent such failure or delay is caused by or results from acts or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Seller including, without limitation, acts of God, flood, fire, earthquake, explosion, governmental actions, war, invasion or hostilities (whether war is declared or not), terrorist threats or acts, riot, or other civil unrest, national emergency, revolution, insurrection, epidemic, lockouts, strikes or other labor disputes (whether or not relating to either party's workforce), or restraints or delays affecting carriers or inability or delay in obtaining supplies of adequate or suitable materials, materials or telecommunication breakdown or power outage.

 


 

Sale of Goods and Services; Assignment

Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Buyer may not sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer the Goods and Services to any person or entity, unless such person or entity agrees to be bound to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein in a written agreement signed between Seller and such person or entity.

Buyer shall not assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Seller.

Any purported sale, lease, license, transfer, assignment or delegation in violation of this Section is null and void ab initio. No assignment or delegation relieves Buyer or any such person or entity of any of the obligations under this Agreement.

Relationship of the Parties

The relationship between the parties is that of independent contractors. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating any agency, partnership, joint venture or other form of joint enterprise, employment, or fiduciary relationship between the parties, and neither party shall have authority to contract for or bind the other party in any manner whatsoever.

Third-Party Beneficiaries

Aspen is hereby deemed a third party beneficiary of this Agreement solely with respect to the rights to enforce the terms and conditions of the Sections titled “Non-Permitted Uses” and “Sales of Goods and Services; Assignment”. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express, or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit, or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of these Terms.

Governing Law

All matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than those of the State of Delaware .

Submission to Jurisdiction

Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America or the courts of the State of Delaware in each case located in the City of Wilmington, and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.

Notices

All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder (each, a "Notice") shall be in writing and addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth on the face of the Sales Confirmation or to such other address that may be designated by the receiving party in writing. All Notices shall be delivered by personal delivery, nationally recognized overnight courier (with all fees pre- paid), facsimile (with confirmation of transmission) or certified or registered mail (in each case, return receipt requested, postage prepaid).

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a Notice is effective only (a) upon receipt of the receiving party, and (b) if the party giving the Notice has complied with the requirements of this Section.

 


 

Severability

If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

Survival

Provisions of these Terms which by their nature should apply beyond their terms will remain in force after any termination or expiration of this Order including, but not limited to, the following provisions: Non-Permitted Uses, Compliance with Laws, Confidential Information, Sale of Goods and Services; Assignment, Third-Party Beneficiaries, Governing Law, Submission to Jurisdiction/Arbitration, and Survival.

Amendment and Modification

These Terms may only be amended or modified in a writing stating specifically that it amends these Terms and is signed by an authorized representative of each party.

 


 

Schedule 2.7

Approved Subcontractors

 

[***]

 


Exhibit 10.38

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

August 18, 2026

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100

San Diego, CA, 92121

Attention: Damien McDevitt, President & CEO

E-mail: [***]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Aspen”), and Cell X Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Cell X”), hereby agree upon the satisfaction (as determined in the reasonable discretion of Cell X and Aspen) of all of the Conditions (as defined below), Aspen and Cell X shall execute an Amendment to Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, Secured Convertible Promissory Note and Side Letter and Security Interest Termination Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Amendment”), and consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.

1. For purposes of this letter agreement, “Conditions” mean all of the following:

a.
the execution of an amended and restated collaboration and license agreement (in a form reasonably acceptable to Cell X and Aspen) (the “A&R CLA”) by Cell X and Aspen;
b.
[***] (as defined in that certain A&R CLA);
c.
the completion of the Initial Technology Transfer by Cell X to Aspen pursuant to Section 2.5.1 of the A&R CLA;
d.
the execution of a master services agreement (in a form reasonably acceptable to Cell X and Aspen) by Cell X and Aspen;
e.
the execution of an exclusive license agreement (in a form reasonably acceptable to Aspen and The Cleveland Clinic Foundation) by The Cleveland Clinic Foundation and Aspen; and
f.
Cell X’s execution and delivery of a full release and waiver of claims against Aspen (and its affiliates) in a form reasonably satisfactory to Cell X and Aspen.

2. Except as otherwise set forth in this letter agreement, the rights and obligations set forth in this letter agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) the execution of the Amendment; or (ii) [***] (the “Outside Date”) if the Conditions are not satisfied prior to or on the Outside Date. To the extent that Cell X continues to diligently pursue, to take all actions reasonably necessary, and to satisfy as promptly as practicable all the Conditions, Cell X may request Aspen’s consent to extend the Outside Date for [***], such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

3. This letter agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware or of any other state.

4. The rights, interests or obligations hereunder may not be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 


 

5. This letter constitutes and contains the entire agreement between Cell X and Aspen and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

6. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to either party to this letter agreement, upon any breach or default of the other party under this letter agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or any acquiescence therein, or a waiver of or acquiescence in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

7. Any term of this letter agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this letter agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of Cell X and Aspen.

8. This letter agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or electronic signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

Signature page follows.

2

 


 

If the above correctly reflects our understanding with respect to the foregoing matters, please so confirm by signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter agreement.

Very truly yours,

 

CELL X TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [***]

Name:

[***]

Title:

[***]

 

Address:

[***]

Attention:

[***]

Email:

[***]

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Damien McDevitt

Name:

Damien McDevitt

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Address:

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100

San Diego, CA, 92121

Attention:

Damien McDevitt, President & CEO

E-mail:

[***]

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A

Amendment to Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, Secured Convertible Promissory Note and Side letter and Security Interest Termination Agreement

This Amendment to Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, Secured Convertible Promissory Note and Side Letter and Security Interest Termination Agreement (the “Amendment and Agreement”), effective [__], 2026, by and between Cell X Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Holder”).

RECITALS

A. Reference is made to (i) that certain Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2024 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”), by and between the Company and the Holder, (ii) that certain Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of January 22, 2024 (as amended, the “Note”), by and between the Company and the Holder, (iii) that certain Letter Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2024 (the “Side Letter”), by and between the Company and the Holder, (iv) that certain Security Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2024 (the “Security Agreement”), by and between the Company and the Holder, and (v) that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2024 (the “IP Security Agreement”), by and between the Company and the Holder.

B. The Company and the Holder desire to amend the Note Purchase Agreement, the Note and the Side Letter as set forth herein.

C. The Company and the Holder desire to terminate the Security Agreement and the IP Security Agreement in all respects.

AGREEMENT

Now, Therefore, the Company and the Holder agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement.

1.1 Amendment to Section 4.1. Section 4.1 of the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby deleted.

1.3 Amendments to Section 5. Sections 5.4 and 5.5 of the Note Purchase Agreement are hereby deleted.

2. Amendment to Note.

2.1 Amendment to Section 1. Section 1 of the Note is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“1. Issuance of Note. This Note has been issued pursuant to that certain Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2024, as amended by that certain Amendment to Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, Secured Convertible Promissory Note and Side Letter and Security Interest Termination Agreement (the “Amendment and Agreement”), effective [__], 2026 (the “Closing”), by and among the Company and the Holder (as may be further amended from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”).”

2.


 

2.2 Amendment to Section 2(a). Section 2(a) of the Note is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a) If this Note is not earlier converted or repaid, the entire then-outstanding and unpaid principal amount of this Note (the “Outstanding Amount”), shall be due and payable upon the earliest to occur of (i) March 31, 2028 (the “Maturity Date”), (ii) the consummation of a Sale of the Company (as defined below) pursuant to Section 2(b) below, or (iii) the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined below), when such amounts are declared due and payable by the Holder in accordance with the terms hereof. All payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America at such place as the Holder hereof may from time to time designate in writing to the Company. Subject to that final sentence of this Section 2(a) and Section 4 below, interest shall accrue on this Note but shall not be due and payable until the Maturity Date. The Company shall have the right to prepay all or any portion of this Note only with the prior written consent of the Holder. Upon the repayment of the Outstanding Amount, the Holder waives all accrued, but unpaid, interest on the Note.”

2.3 Amendment to Section 2(b). Section 2(b) of the Note is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“In the event that, prior to the repayment or conversion of this Note in full, (a) the Company consummates a Third-Party Sale of the company, then, at the consummation of such Third-Party Sale of the Company, the Holder shall receive an amount equal to 100% of the Outstanding Amount of this Note immediately prior to the Third-Party Sale of the Company or (b) the Company consummates an Aspen Sale of the Company, then, at the consummation of such Aspen Sale of the company, the Holder shall receive an amount equal to 100% of the Outstanding Amount of this Note immediately prior to the Aspen Sale of the Company.”

2.4 Amendment to Section 3. Section 3 of the Note is hereby deleted and the following is hereby inserted in lieu thereof:

“3 [Reserved.]”

2.5 Amendment to Section 4(d). Section 4(d) of the Note is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(d) Mechanics and Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares of the Company’s capital stock will be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4, the Holder shall surrender this Note, duly endorsed, at the principal offices of the Company or any transfer agent of the Company. At its expense, the Company will, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to the Holder, at such principal office, a certificate or certificates (or an electronic equivalent thereof) for the number of shares to which the Holder is entitled upon such conversion, together with any other securities and property to which the Holder is entitled upon such conversion under the terms of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note, the Company will be forever released from all of its obligations and liabilities under this Note with regard to that portion of the Outstanding Amount being converted including, without limitation, the obligation to pay such portion of the Outstanding Amount. Upon conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4, the Holder hereby forgives and waives all accrued, but unpaid, interest on the Note.”

3.5 Amendments to Section 5. The references in Section 5 of the Note to “the Security Agreement” and “the IP Security Agreement” are hereby deleted.

3.


 

3. Amendment to Side Letter.

3.1 Amendment to Section 3. Section 3 of the Side Letter is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and the following is hereby inserted in lieu thereof:

“3. [Reserved.]”

4. Termination of Security Agreement and IP Security Agreement. The Security Agreement and the IP Security Agreement are hereby terminated in all respects and of no further force or effect.

5. Miscellaneous.

5.1 Counterparts. This Amendment and Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered will be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

5.3 Governing Law. This Amendment and Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

Signature Pages Follow.

4.


 

In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Amendment to Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, Secured Convertible Promissory Note and Side letter and Security Interest Termination Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

 

Cell X Technologies, Inc.

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

[***]

 

Title:

[***]

 

Address:

[***]

 

Attention:

[***]

 

Email:

[***]

 

 


 

In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Amendment to Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, Secured Convertible Promissory Note and Side letter and Security Interest Termination Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Damien McDevitt

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100

 

 

San Diego, CA, 92121

 

Attention:

Damien McDevitt, President & CEO

 

Email:

[***]

 

 


Exhibit 10.39

 

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

 

SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of the 22nd day of January, 2024 by and between Cell X Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Investor”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Investor is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to sell to the Investor, a secured convertible promissory note, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Note”).

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Sale of Preferred Stock.

1.1 Sale and Issuance of the Note

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing (as defined below), the Investor agrees to purchase and the Company agrees to sell and issue to the Investor a Note with an original principal amount equal to $5,000,000 against payment of the $5,000,000 purchase price therefor by wire transfer to a bank account designated by the Company.

1.2 Closing; Delivery. The purchase and sale of the Note shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures on the date hereof, or at such other time and place as the Company and the Investor mutually agreed upon, orally or in writing (which time and place are designated as the “Closing”).

1.3 Defined Terms Used in this Agreement. In addition to the terms defined above and below, the following terms used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the meanings set forth or referenced below. “Board of Directors” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

(b) “Certificate of Incorporation” means the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and in effect on the date hereof.

(c) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 


 

(d) “Company Covered Person” means, with respect to the Company as an “issuer” for purposes of Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act, any Person listed in the first paragraph of Rule 506(d)(1).

(e) “Company Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property Rights that are owned, purported to be owned by, or in-licensed to the Company, or used by the Company in the conduct of the Company’s business as now conducted.

(f) “Company-Controlled Intellectual Property” means (i) Intellectual Property Rights owned or purported to be owned by the Company and (ii) Intellectual Property Rights exclusively in-licensed to the Company.

(g) “Company-Registered Intellectual Property” means Company-Controlled Intellectual Property registered by the Company with any governmental authority, and applications for such registration.

(h) “Intellectual Property Rights” means all intellectual property rights, whether registered or unregistered, that are recognized in any jurisdiction of the world, including such rights in patents, utility models, trademarks and tradenames, copyrights, trade secrets, and domain names (and any registrations of or applications to register any of the foregoing).

(i) “Intellectual Property Security Agreement” means the Intellectual Property Security Agreement among the Company and the Investor, dated as of the date of the Closing, in the form of Exhibit B attached to this Agreement.

(j) “Knowledge” including the phrase “to the Company’s knowledge” shall mean the actual knowledge after reasonable investigation of [***].

(k) “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition, property, prospects, or results of operations of the Company.

(l) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

(m) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(n) “Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement between the Company and the Investor, dated as of the date of the Closing, in the form of Exhibit C attached to this Agreement.

(o) “Transaction Agreements” means this Agreement, the Note, the Side Letter, the Security Agreement and the Intellectual Property Security Agreement.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. Attached as Exhibit D to this Agreement is the Disclosure Schedule (each, a “Disclosure Schedule”). The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Investor that, except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule, which

2


 

exceptions shall be deemed to be part of the representations and warranties made hereunder, the following representations are true and complete as of the date of the Closing, except as otherwise indicated. The Disclosure Schedule shall be arranged in sections corresponding to the numbered and lettered sections and subsections contained in this Section 2, and the disclosures in any section or subsection of the Disclosure Schedule shall qualify other sections and subsections in this Section 2 only to the extent it is readily apparent from a reading of the disclosure that such disclosure is applicable to such other sections and subsections.

2.1 Organization. Good Standing. Corporate Power and Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.2 Subsidiaries. The Company does not currently own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, association, or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement.

2.3 Authorization. All corporate action required to be taken by the Board of Directors and stockholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into the Transaction Agreements and to issue the Note at the Closing has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. All action on the part of the officers of the Company necessary for the execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreements, the performance of all obligations of the Company under the Transaction Agreements to be performed as of the Closing, and the issuance and delivery of the Note has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. The Transaction Agreements, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

2.4 Valid Issuance of Note.

(a) The Note, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under the Transaction Agreements, applicable state and federal securities laws and hens or encumbrances created by or imposed by an Investor. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Investor in Section 3 of this Agreement, the Note will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

(b) Prior to the conversion of the Note, the Company shall take all corporate action necessary to authorize the issuance of the shares of capital stock of the Company to be issued upon conversion of the Note. The shares of capital stock of the Company to be issued, sold

3


 

and delivered upon conversion of the Note (including any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and, based in part upon the representations and warranties of the Investor in this Agreement, will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) No “bad actor” disqualifying event described in Rule 506(d)(l)(i)-(viii) of the Securities Act (a “Disqualification Event”) is applicable to the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any Company Covered Person, except for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii-iv) or (d)(3), is applicable.

2.5 Governmental Consents and Filings. Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by the Investor in Section 3 of this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the filing of such notices as may be required pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, which have been made or will be made in a timely manner.

2.6 Litigation. There is no claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, complaint, charge or investigation pending or to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened (i) against the Company or any officer or director of the Company arising out of their employment or board relationship with the Company; (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, that questions the validity of the Transaction Agreements or the right of the Company to enter into them, or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements; or (iii) that would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its officers or directors is a party or is named as subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality (in the case of officer or director , such as would affect the Company). There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company pending or which the Company intends to initiate.

2.7 Intellectual Property.

(a) The Company owns, possesses, has developed, or has acquired on commercially reasonable terms, legal rights to all Company Intellectual Property sufficient to carry out its business as now conducted.

(b) No past or current product or service or activity of the Company has infringed or violated, or infringes or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property Rights (excluding patent rights) of a third Person and, to the Company’s knowledge, no past or current product or service or activity of the Company has infringed or violated, or infringes or otherwise violates any patent rights of a third Person.

(c) To the Company’s knowledge, by conducting the Company’s business as currently conducted or as presently proposed, the Company would not infringe or violate any of the Intellectual Property Rights of a third Person. The Company has not received any unsolicited offers to license any Intellectual Property Rights from any third Person.

4


 

(d) To the Company’s knowledge, no third party is presently infringing any Company- Controlled Intellectual Property in a way that is expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Other than pursuant to: (i) standard end-user license or services agreements for the Company’s products and services on substantially the Company’s standard forms made available to the Investor, (ii) customary nondisclosure agreements entered into by the Company in the ordinary course of business (that do not include any terms (w) granting the right to use residuals, (x) assigning Intellectual Property Rights, (y) granting express license rights, or (z) constituting a covenant not to assert Intellectual Property Rights); (iii) nonexclusive feedback licenses and nonexclusive licenses to use trademarks, in each case that are incidental to the subject matter of the applicable agreement in which they are incorporated; and (iv) licenses to a service provider solely for the purpose of allowing such service provider to provide services to the Company, the Company has not granted to a third Person any options, licenses, covenants not to assert, agreements, claims, encumbrances or shared ownership interests of any kind relating to the Company-Controlled Intellectual Property that are material to the Company’s business as now conducted.

(f) Other than pursuant to: (i) standard license or services agreements for commercially available software products and cloud services non-exclusively licensed to Company under standard terms; (ii) backup licenses from employees and contractors granted in connection with providing services to the Company; (iii) licenses to Open Source Software, (iv) customary nondisclosure agreements entered into by the Company in the ordinary course of business that do not include any terms (w) granting the right to use residuals, (x) assigning Intellectual Property Rights, (y) granting express license rights, or (z) constituting a covenant not to assert Intellectual Property Rights); (v) nonexclusive feedback licenses and nonexclusive licenses to use trademarks, in each case that are incidental to the subject matter of the applicable agreement in which they are incorporated; and (vi) licenses to the Company solely for the purpose of enabling the Company to provide services to the licensor, the Company is not bound by or a party to any options, licenses, covenants not to assert or other grants or agreements of any kind with respect to Intellectual Property Rights of any third Person that are material to the Company’s business as now conducted.

(g) The Company has taken commercially reasonable measures to maintain and protect all confidential information and trade secrets of the Company that the Company intended to maintain as confidential or a trade secret. To the Company’s knowledge, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, there has been no unlawful, accidental or unauthorized access to or use or disclosure of any confidential information and trade secrets of the Company that the Company intended to maintain as confidential or a trade secret.

(h) Each current and former employee of the Company has assigned to the Company all Intellectual Property Rights that such employee has solely or jointly conceived, reduced to practice, developed, or made during the period of employment with the Company that: (A) relate, at the time of conception, reduction to practice, development, or making of such Intellectual Property Right, to the Company’s business as then conducted or as then proposed to be conducted; (B) were developed on any amount of the Company’s time or with the use of any of the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or information; or (C) resulted from such

5


 

individual’s performance of services for the Company. Each current and former consultant of the Company who was involved in the development of any material Intellectual Property Rights for the Company or that are otherwise owned or purported to be owned by the Company has assigned to the Company all Intellectual Property Rights that such consultant has solely or jointly conceived, reduced to practice, developed, or made during the period of its consulting relationship with the Company that resulted from such consultant’s performance of services for the Company. Each such employee and consultant has executed an agreement with the Company regarding confidentiality and proprietary information, and assignment of Intellectual Property Rights developed by or for the Company, (the “Confidential Information Agreements”). No such employee or consultant has excluded Intellectual Property Rights from the assignment of Intellectual Property Rights pursuant to such Person’s Confidential Information Agreement, which excluded Intellectual Property Rights would be material to the Company in the conduct of the Company’s business as now conducted or currently proposed to be conducted. The Company is not aware that any current or former employee or consultant is in violation of any Confidential Information Agreement.

(i) Section 2.8(i) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all Company-Registered Intellectual Property, and all material domain names that are Company-Controlled Intellectual Property.

(j) The Company has not embedded, used, linked or distributed any open source, software, technologies or other materials that are licensed or distributed under any license arrangement or other distribution model qualifying for the “Open Source” definition promulgated by the Open Source Initiative at www.opensource.org/osd or any other public domain or “community” (or similar) materials (collectively “Open Source Software”) in connection with any of its products or services or proprietary materials in any manner that requires, or purports to require, (i) any material software code owned or authored by or on behalf of the Company (“Company Code”) to be disclosed or distributed in source code form or be licensed for the purpose of making derivative works; (ii) any restriction on the consideration to be charged for the distribution of any such Company Code; (iii) the grant to any third Person of any rights or immunities under material Company-Controlled Intellectual Property; or (iv) any other material limitation, restriction or condition on the right of the Company with respect to its use or distribution of any material Company-Controlled Intellectual Property (other than attribution, warranty and liability disclaimer, and notice delivery conditions). The Company is in material compliance with all licenses for Open Source Software that it embeds, links to, uses or distributes.

(k) No government funding, facilities of a university, college, hospital, foundation, other educational institution or research center, or other funding from third Persons provided specifically for research and development was used in the development of any Company-Controlled Intellectual Property in a manner that has resulted in such entity retaining any claim of ownership or right to use any such Company-Controlled Intellectual Property. To the Company’s knowledge, no Person who was involved in, or who contributed to, the creation or development of any Company-Controlled Intellectual Property, has performed services for the government, university, college, hospital, foundation, or other educational institution or research center in a manner that would affect Company’s rights in the Company- Controlled Intellectual Property.

6


 

2.8 Compliance with Other Instruments. The Company is not in violation or default (a) of any provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, (b) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree, (c) under any note, indenture or mortgage, or (d) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound that is required to be listed on the Disclosure Schedule, or (e) to its knowledge, of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, the violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either (x) a default under any such provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, contract or agreement; or (y) an event which results in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit or license applicable to the Company.

2.9 Property. The property and assets that the Company owns are free and clear of all mortgages, deeds of trust, liens, loans and encumbrances, except for statutory liens for the payment of current taxes that are not yet delinquent and encumbrances and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair the Company’s ownership or use of such property or assets. With respect to the property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with such leases and, to its knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances other than those of the lessors of such property or assets. The Company does not own any real property.

2.10 Tax Returns and Payments. There are no federal, state, county, local or foreign taxes due and payable by the Company which have not been timely paid. There are no accrued and unpaid federal, state, county, local or foreign taxes of the Company which are due, whether or not assessed or disputed. There have been no examinations or audits of any tax returns or reports by any applicable federal, state, local or foreign governmental agency. The Company has duly and timely filed all federal, state, county, local and foreign tax returns required to have been filed by it and there are in effect no waivers of applicable statutes of limitations with respect to taxes for any year.

2.11 Insurance. The Company has in full force and effect fire and casualty insurance policies with extended coverage, sufficient in amount (subject to reasonable deductions) to allow it to replace any of its properties that might be damaged or destroyed.

2.12 Permits. The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business, the lack of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.

2.13 Disclosure. The Company has made available to the Investor all the information reasonably requested to the Company that the Investor have requested for deciding whether to acquire the Note. No representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement, as qualified by the Disclosure Schedule, and no certificate furnished or to be furnished to Investor at the Closing contains any untrue statement of a material fact or, to the Company’s knowledge, omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

7


 

3. Representations and Warranties of the Investor. The Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

3.1 Authorization. The Investor has full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements. The Transaction Agreements, when executed and delivered by the Investor, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Investor, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

3.2 Purchase Entirely for Own Account. This Agreement is made with the Investor in reliance upon the Investor’s representation to the Company, which by the Investor’s execution of this Agreement, the Investor hereby confirms, that the Note to be acquired by the Investor will be acquired for investment for the Investor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, the Investor further represents that the Investor does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Note. The Investor has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Note.

3.3 Disclosure of Information. The Investor has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Note with the Company’s management and has had an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities. The Investor believes that it has received all the information the Investor considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Note. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. The Investor also acknowledges that it is relying solely on its own counsel and not on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Agreements. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 2 of this Agreement or the right of the Investor to rely thereon.

3.4 Restricted Securities. The Investor understands that the Note has not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein. The Investor understands that the Note is a “restricted security” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Investor must hold the Note indefinitely unless it is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Note or the capital stock into which the Note may be directly or indirectly converted for resale. The Investor further

8


 

acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Note, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Investor’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

3.5 No Public Market. The Investor understands that no public market now exists for the Note, and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Note.

3.6 Accredited Investor. The Investor is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

3.7 No General Solicitation. Neither the Investor, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (a) engaged in any general solicitation, or (b) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Note.

3.8 Residence. The office of the Investor in which its principal place of business is identified in the address or addresses of the Investor set forth on signature page hereto.

3.9 Further Restrictions on Disposition. Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 3.4 or Section 7(c) of the Side Letter, Investor agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Note unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by this Section 3 and the Transaction Agreements (provided and to the extent the Transaction Agreements are then applicable), and any of the following conditions apply: (a) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and the disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or (b) (i) Investor shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition and (ii) if reasonably requested by the Company, Investor shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably acceptable to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b), no such registration statement or opinion shall be required for a transfer by Investor to its affiliates or wholly- owned subsidiaries; provided, however, that any such transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of the Transaction Agreements then applicable to Investor.

4. Covenants.

4.1 Without the prior written consent of the Investor, the Company shall not issue any debt security, create any lien or security interest (except for purchase money liens or statutory hens of landlords, mechanics, materialmen, workmen, warehousemen and other similar persons arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business), or incur other indebtedness for borrowed money, (including but not limited to obligations and contingent obligations under guarantees, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security lien, security interest or other indebtedness for borrowed money), other than Permitted Liens (as defined in the Security Agreement).

9


 

4.2 Within thirty (30) days of the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Investor a Subordination Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F, that has been signed by the Company and each other holder of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company, including the holders of convertible debt of the Company set forth on Exhibit G.

5. Conditions to the Investor’s Obligations at Closing. The obligations of the Investor to purchase Note at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived:

5.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2 shall be true and correct as of the Closing.

5.2 Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before the Closing.

5.3 Qualifications. All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained and effective as of the Closing.

5.4 Security Agreement. The Company and the Investor shall have executed and delivered the Security Agreement.

5.5 Intellectual Property Agreement. The Company and the Investor shall have executed and delivered the Intellectual Property Security Agreement.

5.6 Side Letter. The Company and the Investor shall have entered into a letter agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “Side Letter”).

5.7 Secretary’s Certificate. The Secretary of the Company shall have delivered to the Investor at the Closing a certificate certifying (i) the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, and (ii) resolutions of the Board of Directors and, if applicable, stockholders of the Company approving the Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Agreements.

5.8 Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Closing and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to each Investor, and each Investor (or its counsel) shall have received all such counterpart original and certified or other copies of such documents as reasonably requested. Such documents may include good standing certificates if requested by the Investor.

5.9 Preemptive Rights. The Company shall have fully satisfied (including with respect to rights of timely notification) or obtained enforceable waivers in respect of any preemptive or similar rights directly or indirectly affecting the Note and any securities, directly or indirectly, issuable upon conversion thereof.

10


 

6. Conditions of the Company’s Obligations at Closing. The obligations of the Company to sell Note to the Investor at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived:

6.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Investor contained in Section 3 shall be true and correct as of the Closing.

6.2 Performance. The Investor shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by them on or before the Closing.

6.3 Qualifications. All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained and effective as of the Closing.

7. Miscellaneous.

7.1 Survival of Warranties. Unless otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Investor contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing, and shall in no way be affected by any investigation or knowledge of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the Investor or the Company.

7.2 Successors and Assigns. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each Person who shall be a holder of the Note from time to time. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

7.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

7.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

7.5 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

7.6 Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt, or (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then

11


 

on the recipient’s next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set forth on the signature page, or to such e-mail address or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this subsection. If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to and if notice is given to the Investor, a copy shall also be given to [***].

7.7 No Finder’s Fees. Each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any finder’s fee or commission in connection with this transaction. Each Investor agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which each Investor or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Investor from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

7.8 Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement or the Note may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement or the Note may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and the Investor.

7.9 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

7.10 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

7.11 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto) and the other Transaction Agreements constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties are expressly canceled.

12


 

7.12 Dispute Resolution. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in a state or federal court located in the State of Delaware, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

7.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

7.14 Treasury Regulations Section 1,272-1(c). The Company and each Investor agree (a) that the Note is described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1272-l(c)(2) and therefore is governed by the rules set out in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1272-l(c), and are not governed by the rules set out in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1275-4, and therefore any payment pursuant to Section 4(c) of the Note in connection with a Change of Control (the “Multiple of Investment”) will not be treated as resulting in original issue discount (“OID”) for U.S. federal and state tax purposes, (b) the Multiple of Investment payable thereunder is intended to approximate the economic return from a conversion of such debt instrument into equity under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1272-l(e) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.1275-4(a)(4), (c) to treat such Multiple of Investment as a conversion right, and properly exclude the value of such Multiple of Investment from the calculation of OID or contingent interest under the Note, and (d) to adhere to this Section 7.14 for federal income tax purposes and not to take any action or file any tax return, report or declaration inconsistent herewith, unless and until there is a “determination” to the contrary within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code (or similar provision of any state, local or foreign law).

Signature pages to follow.

13


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

CELL X TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [***]

 

Name:

[***]

 

Title:

[***]

 

 

Address:

[***]

 

Attention:

[***]

 

Email:

[***]

 

[Signature Page to the Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement]


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR

 

 

 

 

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Damien McDevitt

 

Name:

Damien McDevitt

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Address:

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100

 

 

 

San Diego, CA, 92121

 

Attention:

Damien McDevitt, President & CEO

 

Email:

[***]

 

[Signature Page to the Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement]


 

EXHIBIT A

Secured Convertible Promissory Note

[Signature Page to the Secured Convertible Promissory Note]


 

EXHIBIT B

Intellectual Property Security Agreement

 


 

EXHIBIT C

Security Agreement

 

 


 

 

EXHIBIT D

Disclosure Schedule

 

 


 

Section 2.7(k)

Intellectual Property

The Company has exclusively licensed certain patent rights and patent application rights from the [***], which retains certain non-commercial use rights in connection therewith.

 

 


 

EXHIBIT E

Side Letter

 


 

EXHIBIT F

Subordination Agreement

 


 

EXHIBIT G

Convertible Debt Holders

 


Exhibit 10.40

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

$5,000,000

January 22, 2024
Cleveland, Ohio

 

For value received, Cell X Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. (the “Holder”), or its permitted assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of $5,000,000. Interest shall accrue from the date of this Secured Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) on the unpaid principal amount at a rate equal to eight percent (8.0%) simple interest per annum. Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). This Note is subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Issuance of Note. This Note has been issued pursuant to that certain Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2024 (the “Closing”), by and among the Company, the Holder and certain other investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (as may be amended from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”).

2. Repayment.

(a) If this Note is not earlier converted or repaid, the entire then-outstanding and unpaid principal amount of this Note, together with any accrued but unpaid interest under this Note (the “Outstanding Amount”), shall be due and payable upon the earliest to occur of (i) the twenty-four-month anniversary of the Closing (the “Maturity Date”), (ii) the consummation of a Sale of the Company (as defined below) pursuant to Section 2(b) below, or (iii) the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined below), when such amounts are declared due and payable by the Holder in accordance with the terms hereof. All payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America at such place as the Holder hereof may from time to time designate in writing to the Company. Subject to Section 4 below, interest shall accrue on this Note but shall not be due and payable until the Maturity Date. The Company shall have the right to prepay all or any portion of this Note only with the prior written consent of the Holder.

 


 

(b) In the event that, prior to the repayment or conversion of this Note in full, (a) the Company consummates a Third-Party Sale of the Company, then, at the consummation of such Third-Party Sale of the Company, the Holder shall receive an amount equal to 200% of the Outstanding Amount of immediately prior to the Third-Party Sale of the Company or (b) the Company consummates an Aspen Sale of the Company, then, at the consummation of such Aspen Sale of the Company, the Holder shall receive an amount equal to 100% of the Outstanding Amount of immediately prior to the Aspen Sale of the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, (i) “Aspen Sale of the Company” means a Sale of the Company in which the Holder acquires the Company or its assets, business, technology and/or intellectual property; (ii) “Sale of the Company” means (a) a transaction or series of related transactions that results in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, business, technology and/or intellectual property; or (b) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or in which, if the Company is the surviving corporation, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or consolidation do not, immediately after consummation of such merger or consolidation, possess, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, a majority of the voting power of all of the surviving entity’s outstanding stock and other securities and the power to elect a majority of the members of such entity’s board of directors; or (c) a transaction or series of related transactions (which may include a tender offer for the Company’s stock or the issuance, sale or exchange of stock of the Company) if the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the initial such transaction do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or any of such related transactions, own, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, stock or other securities of the entity that possess a majority of the voting power of all of the Company’s outstanding stock and other securities and the power to elect a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors; provided however, that neither a Qualified Financing nor a Non-Qualified Financing shall be a “Sale of the Company”; and (iii) “Third-Party Sale of the Company” means a Sale of the Company that is not an Aspen Sale of the Company.

3. Security. The payment obligations of the Company arising under this Note are secured pursuant to the terms of (i) that certain Security Agreement dated as of January 22, 2024 by and among the Company and the Holder (as amended from time to time, the “Security Agreement”) and (ii) that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2024, by the Company in favor of the Holder (as amended from time to time, the “IP Security Agreement”). Reference hereby is made to the Security Agreement and the IP Security Agreement for a description of the nature and extent of the collateral serving as security for this Note and the rights of the Holder with respect to such security.

4. Conversion.

(a) Automatic Conversion Upon a Qualified Financing. Immediately upon the closing of the first equity financing consummated by the Company after the date of this Note in which the Company sells and issues shares of the Company’s preferred stock (the “Next Round Stock”) to accredited investors (including at least one venture capital or other similar institutional investor as determined in good faith by the Holder), resulting in aggregate proceeds to the Company of at least [***] at the initial closing (excluding the conversion of the Note, other outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money and other convertible instruments (e.g. SAFE or

-2-


 

other similar instruments)) (the “Qualified Financing”), the Outstanding Amount shall automatically (without any action required on the part of the Holder or the Company) be converted into such shares of the Company’s preferred stock (the “Conversion Stock”) having rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions which are substantially the same as those of the Next Round Stock, except that the Conversion Stock shall have (i) a liquidation preference per share equal to the Conversion Price (as defined below), (ii) a conversion price for purposes of price-based anti-dilution protection equal to the Conversion Price, and (iii) the amount of any dividend right shall be calculated on the basis of the Conversion Price. The issuance of shares of Conversion Stock upon conversion of this Note shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions provided to the other investors participating in the Qualified Financing. The number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued upon conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall be equal to (i) the Outstanding Amount divided by (ii) the Conversion Price.

For purposes of this Note, (i) “Conversion Price” means the lesser of (a) an amount equal to the Discount (as defined below) multiplied by the lowest price per share at which the shares of the Company’s preferred stock are sold and issued in the Qualified Financing or Non-Qualified Financing, as applicable, and (b) an amount equal to (1) [***] (the “Valuation Cap”) divided by (2) the Outstanding Shares as of immediately prior to the consummation of the applicable Qualified Financing, Non-Qualified Financing or Maturity Conversion, (ii) “Discount” means (a) if the initial closing of the applicable Qualified Financing or Non-Qualified Financing is consummated on or prior to the one-year anniversary of the Closing, [***], or (b) if the initial closing of the applicable Qualified Financing or Non-Qualified Financing is consummated after the one-year anniversary of the Closing, [***], and (iii) “Outstanding Shares” means the fully-diluted number of shares of the Company’s capital stock outstanding or deemed outstanding as of immediately prior to the consummation of the applicable Qualified Financing, Non-Qualified Financing or Maturity Conversion (assuming exercise or conversion of all issued and outstanding options, warrants or other securities convertible into shares of the Company’s capital stock, including all promised equity grants and all shares reserved for future issuance under stock option or similar equity incentive plans (including any increase to stock option or similar equity incentive plans in connection with an Qualified Financing or Non-Qualified Financing (irrespective of whether such increase occurs prior to or after the applicable Qualified Financing or Non-Qualified Financing) and, with respect to any Maturity Conversion, assuming and including an available and unallocated and not promised option pool of at least [***] of the post-Maturity Conversion fully diluted capitalization of the Company), but, in each case, excluding any shares of the Company’s capital stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Note).

(b) Optional Conversion Upon Non-Qualified Equity Financing. In the event that, prior to the repayment or conversion of this Note in full, the Company consummates a preferred stock financing which is not a Qualified Financing (a “Non-Qualified Equity Financing”), the Outstanding Amount may, upon the election of the Holder, be converted into shares of the preferred stock of the Company sold in such Non-Qualified Equity Financing (“Non-Qualified Conversion Stock”). The issuance of shares of Non-Qualified Conversion Stock upon conversion of this Note shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions provided to the other investors participating in the Non-Qualified Equity Financing. The number of shares of Non-Qualified Conversion Stock to be issued upon conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be equal to (i) the Outstanding Amount divided by (ii) the Conversion Price.

-3-


 

(c) Optional Conversion at Maturity. In the event that this Note shall not have been converted or repaid prior to the Maturity Date, then any time after the Maturity Date (but prior to the repayment or conversion of this Note), at the election of the Holder, the Note shall be converted (a “Maturity Conversion”) into a number of shares of a new series of Preferred Stock of the Company (“Senior Preferred Stock”), which shall have a lx, non-participating liquidation preference and otherwise have standard rights, preferences and privileges based on the National Venture Capital Associations’ form documents (the “NVCA Form Documents”). In connection with a Maturity Conversion, the Company, Investor and each holder of 1% or more of the Company’s Outstanding Shares shall enter into financing documents based on the NVCA Form Documents. The number of shares of Senior Preferred Stock to be issued upon conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4(c) shall be equal to (i) the Outstanding Amount divided by (ii) the Conversion Price (it being understood that the Company shall apply the Valuation Cap and not a Discount in calculating the Conversion Price for the purposes of this Section 4(c)).

(d) Mechanics and Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares of the Company’s capital stock will be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4, the Holder shall surrender this Note, duly endorsed, at the principal offices of the Company or any transfer agent of the Company. At its expense, the Company will, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to the Holder, at such principal office, a certificate or certificates (or an electronic equivalent thereof) for the number of shares to which the Holder is entitled upon such conversion, together with any other securities and property to which the Holder is entitled upon such conversion under the terms of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note, the Company will be forever released from all of its obligations and liabilities under this Note with regard to that portion of the Outstanding Amount being converted including, without limitation, the obligation to pay such portion of the Outstanding Amount.

(e) No Rights as Stockholder. This Note does not by itself entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company. In the absence of conversion of this Note, no provisions of this Note, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder shall cause the Holder to be a stockholder of the Company for any purpose.

5. Events of Default. Promptly following the Company becoming aware of an occurrence of any Event of Default, the Company shall furnish to the Holder written notice of the occurrence thereof. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note:

(a) The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) be insolvent or otherwise be unable to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors or (iv) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it.

-4-


 

(b) Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be challenged, dismissed or discharged within ninety (90) days of commencement.

(c) The dissolution or winding up of the Company.

(d) A material breach by the Company of its representations, warranties or covenants as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, the Security Agreement, the IP Security Agreement, the Side Letter or this Note, and, as to any breach that is capable of cure, Company fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of the Company becoming aware of the occurrence of such breach.

(e) The Company shall fail to observe or perform any other obligation to be observed or performed by it under the Purchase Agreement, the Security Agreement, the IP Security Agreement, the Side Letter or this Note within thirty (30) days after written notice from the Holder to perform or observe the obligation.

(f) The Company shall breach or default under, or otherwise trigger an event of default under, any other instrument of indebtedness or debt arrangement with a value of [***], including but not limited to, any indebtedness (or any guarantees thereof, excluding the Note) by the Company that is not paid when due either at its stated maturity (after giving effect to any applicable cure or grace periods) or upon acceleration thereof, and such indebtedness is not discharged, or acceleration is not rescinded or annulled.

6. Transfer; Successors and Assigns. The terms and conditions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder may not assign, pledge, or otherwise transfer this Note without the prior written consent of the Company. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Note may be transferred only upon surrender of the original Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a duly executed written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company. Thereupon, a new note for the same principal amount and interest will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Interest and principal are payable only to the registered holder of this Note.

7. Governing Law. This Note and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

8. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Note shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt, or (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return

-5-


 

receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to (i) to the Company at its corporate headquarters, to the Holder at the address as set forth Exhibit A to the Purchase Agreement, or to such e-mail address or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this subsection.

9. Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Note may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 9 shall be binding upon the Company, the Holder and each transferee of this Note.

10. Stockholders, Officers and Directors Not Liable. In no event shall any stockholder, officer or director of the Company be liable for any amounts due or payable pursuant to this Note.

11. Usury. If any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.

-6-


 

The Company has caused this Secured Convertible Promissory Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY

 

 

CELL X TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [***]

Name:

[***]

Title:

[***]

 

Address:

[***]

Attention:

[***]

Email:

[***]

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Damien McDevitt

Name:

Damien McDevitt

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Address:

10835 Road to the Cure, Ste. 100 San Diego, CA, 92121

Attention:

Damien McDevitt, President & CEO

Email:

[***]

 

[Signature Page to the Secured Convertible Promissory Note]


Exhibit 10.41

 

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

 

between

 

 

THE CLEVELAND CLINIC FOUNDATION

 

 

and

 

 

ASPEN NEUROSCIENCE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

dated as of

 

August 18, 2026

 

 

 

 

 


 

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Exclusive License Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of August 18, 2026 (the “Effective Date”), by and between The Cleveland Clinic Foundation, a nonprofit Ohio corporation (“CCF” or “Licensor”), and Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Licensee”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, CCF and Parker Hannifin Corporation (“Parker”) are parties to a Joint Development Agreement dated June 30, 2016 (hereinafter referred to as “CCF-Parker JDA”), pursuant to which CCF and Parker agreed to jointly develop technologies relating to equipment, software, validated methods, and protocols related to cell assessment and processing (the “Inventions”); and

WHEREAS, as a result of the CCF-Parker JDA, CCF and Parker own certain patents and/or patent applications pertaining to the Inventions, developed by [***] (collectively, the “Inventors”) that they believe should be developed and commercialized for the greater public good, in each case subject to the terms, conditions and other provisions contained herein; and

WHEREAS, Licensor, Cell X Technologies, Inc. (“Cell X”), and Parker entered into that certain Exclusive License Agreement, effective as of June 5, 2019, as subsequently amended and restated by the Amended & Restated Exclusive License Agreement effective as of January 19, 2024 (the “Cell X Agreement”), pursuant to which Licensor and Parker granted to Cell X an exclusive commercial license with respect to certain intellectual property pertinent to the Inventions; and

WHEREAS, in order to facilitate further development and commercialization of the technology covered by such aforementioned patents and/or patent applications, Licensor and Parker entered into that certain Patent Joint Ownership and Revenue Sharing Agreement dated on or around December 22, 2023 (the “IIA”), pursuant to which Licensor and Parker agreed that Licensor has the right to grant commercial licenses to the Inventions; and

WHEREAS, Licensee and Cell X entered into that certain Collaboration and License Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2024 (“Aspen-Cell X Agreement”), under which Licensee acquired certain exclusive and non-exclusive licenses under intellectual property controlled by Cell X, including certain exclusive and non-exclusive sublicenses under the intellectual property pertinent to the Inventions under the Cell X Agreement as a sublicensee of Cell X; and

WHEREAS, Licensor, Licensee, and Cell X entered into that certain side letter agreement dated January 22, 2024 (“Side Letter”), under which Licensor consented to the Aspen-Cell X Agreement, including Cell X granting such sublicense under the Aspen-Cell X Agreement to Licensee, and the parties agreed to certain additional and superseding terms regarding the Cell X Agreement, including the allocation of specific economic, royalty, milestone, and survival terms uniquely applicable to Licensee in the event of termination of the Cell X Agreement or otherwise if Licensee were to become the direct licensee of Licensor; and

WHEREAS, as of the Effective Date, (a) Licensee and Cell X have amended and restated the Aspen-Cell X Agreement, pursuant to which Cell X has granted certain exclusive and non-exclusive licenses under intellectual property controlled by Cell X (but excluding intellectual property pertinent to the Inventions licensed from Licensor to Cell X under the Cell X Agreement), (b) Licensor and Cell X have amended the Cell X Agreement to amend the scope of the licenses under intellectual property pertinent to the Inventions, and (c) Licensee, Licensor and Cell X have terminated the Side Letter, in each case in contemplation of Licensor and Licensee entering into this Agreement; and

 


 

WHEREAS, Licensor desires to grant directly to Licensee certain exclusive and non-exclusive licenses under the intellectual property pertinent to the Inventions in order to develop and commercialize such technology, and Licensee desires such licenses and agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize such technology, in each case subject to the terms, conditions and other provisions contained herein; and

WHEREAS, Parker agrees that this Agreement is permitted under the IIA and desires to evidence its consent to the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation the granting of a commercial license to the technology covered by the IIA.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

Article 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1.
Defined Terms. In addition to such terms as are defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

“Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.1.

“Affiliate” as to any Person, means any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 50% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

“Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 23.5.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Aspen-Cell X Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

“Aspen CT Products” means Licensed Products that are cellular therapeutic products.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

“CCF-Parker JDA” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Cell X” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Cell X Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

““Celligent Platform” means Cell X’s proprietary platform used to develop cell culture processes, including [***].

“Change in Control” of Licensee means (a) a merger or consolidation of Licensee, (b) a transaction or series of related transactions in which any Person or group of persons within the meaning of § 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,

2


 

of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of Licensee, or (c) the sale or other transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of Licensee’s assets.

“Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a).

“Commercialization Milestone Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(a).

“Commercialize” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

“Confidential Information” means all non-public, confidential, or proprietary information of a party, or its Affiliates or Representatives, whether in oral, written, electronic, or other form or media, whether or not such information is marked, designated, or otherwise identified as “confidential” and includes the terms and existence of this Agreement and any information that, due to the nature of its subject matter or circumstances surrounding its disclosure, would reasonably be understood to be confidential or proprietary, including, without limitation, the Licensed Know-how.

Confidential Information does not include information that the Receiving Party can demonstrate by documentation: (i) was already known to the Receiving Party without restriction on use or disclosure prior to the receipt of such information directly or indirectly from or on behalf of the Disclosing Party; (ii) was independently developed by the Receiving Party without use or reference to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information; (iii) is or becomes generally known to the public or otherwise becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party; or (iv) is or was made available to the Receiving Party by a third party having the lawful right to do so without breaching any obligation of confidentiality to the Disclosing Party.

“Debarred” has the meaning set forth in Section 23.5.

“Debtor Relief Law” means the Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, conservatorship, moratorium, receivership, insolvency, rearrangement, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the US or other applicable jurisdictions in effect from time to time.

“Declaring Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.2.

“Default” means any of the events specified in Section 7.2, Section 7.3, or anywhere else in this Agreement, which results in (a) Licensor having the right to terminate this Agreement or (b) automatic termination of this Agreement.

“Derivative Work(s)” has the meaning set forth in 17 U.S.C. §101.

“Development Milestone Payments” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(c).

“Development Milestones” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(c).

“Disclosing Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

“Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.1.

“Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

3


 

The expression “expiration” and “expire”, when referring to a claim in a Licensed Patent, means any expiration, revocation, invalidation, or other termination of a Licensed Patent incorporating the pending, issued, or enforceable claim.

“Exclusive Indications” means [***].

“FDA” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Regulatory Authority.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of any nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether at the national, state, territorial, provincial, municipal, or any other level, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank, or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory, or administrative powers or functions of, or pertaining to, government.

“Healthcare Laws” means those Laws that are generally applicable to manufacturers, developers, providers, practitioners, distributors, marketers, and suppliers of health care items and services including, but not limited to: (i) federal, state and local licensure, permit, registration, and regulatory requirements; (ii) the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq., and all regulations promulgated thereunder by the FDA, along with any related foreign, state, provincial, or local laws and regulations in any jurisdiction in which Licensee operates or any Licensed Products are sold; (iii) Title XVIII of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1395-1395hhh (the Medicare statute), including specifically, the Ethics in Patient Referrals Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §1395nn, and its implementing regulation, 42 C.F.R. §§ 411.350 et seq. (collectively, the “Stark Law”), 42 U.S.C. § 1395nn; (iv) Title XIX of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1396-1396v (the Medicaid statute); (v) the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (“HITECH”) Act, as amended; (vi) the Federal Health Care Program Anti-Kickback Statute, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b); (vii) the Civil False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. §§3729 et seq.; (viii) the Criminal False Claims Act, 18 U.S.C. §287; (ix) the False Statements Relating to Health Care Matters Act, 18 U.S.C. §1035; (x) the Health Care Fraud Act, 18 U.S.C. §1347; (xi) the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act, 31 U.S.C. §§ 3801-3812; (xii) the Anti-Kickback Act of 1986, 41 U.S.C. §§ 51-58; (xiii) the Civil Monetary Penalties Law, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1320a-7a and 1320a-7b; (xiv) the Exclusion Laws, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7; (xv) the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, Public Law 111-148; (xvi) all other Laws issued by any state or federal authority concerning matters similar to those above; and (xvii) all regulations, rules, interpretations, orders, or decrees issued under or in connection with any of the foregoing by any Governmental Authority, each as amended from time to time.

“HIPAA” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Healthcare Laws.

“HITECH” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Healthcare Laws.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.1.

“Indication” means any generally acknowledged disease or condition, a significant manifestation of a disease or condition, or symptoms associated with a disease or condition or a risk for a disease or condition for which an MAA may be obtained.

“Infringement Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.1.

4


 

“Initiation” of a clinical trial means the dosing of the first human patient in such clinical trial.

“Invention” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Inventors” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“iPSCs” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Licensed Field.

“Issue Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

“Law” means any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, constitution, treaty, common law, judgment, decree, or other requirement or rule of law of any Governmental Authority or Regulatory Authority.

“Leukodystrophies” means the [***].

“License” means, collectively, the licenses granted under Section 2.1.

“Licensed Field” means (a) autologous or allogenic induced pluripotent stem cells (“iPSCs”) and cells derived from iPSCs for the diagnosis, treatment or prevention of the Exclusive Indications, (b) autologous iPSCs and cells derived from iPSCs for the treatment or prevention of the Non-Exclusive Indications (the fields in (a) and (b), the “Therapeutic Fields”), and (c) any activities involving the making, use, development, manufacture, processing, testing, or validation of Licensed Instruments solely to the extent such Licensed Instruments are used as research, manufacturing, processing, or analytical tools to enable the iPSCs or cells derived from iPSCs within the Therapeutic Fields and not as standalone commercial products.

“Licensed Instruments” means the automated cell processing systems, including all hardware, software, and related components, that embody or utilize the Licensed Technology, including, without limitation, the Celligent Platform.

“Licensed Know-how” means the Software, as well as unpatentable or unpatented developments, ideas, know-how, information, data, trade secrets, prototypes, specifications, results, studies, analyses, inventions, materials, software, documentation, methods, processes, designs, concepts, or techniques that are (a) known to the Inventors or members of their laboratory while employees of Licensor, (b) pertinent or useful in practicing any invention taught or claimed in the Licensed Patents, and necessary to use Licensed Products or practice Licensed Patents, (c) applicable within the Licensed Field and (d) unpublished Confidential Information of Licensor. Licensed Know-how does not include: (i) any rights in or information related to any patent or patent application that is not a Licensed Patent; or (ii) any developments, ideas, know-how, information, methods, processes, designs, concepts, or techniques developed by Licensor after the Effective Date.

“Licensed Patents” means the patents and patent applications listed on Appendix A, together with (a) all patents that issue therefrom, and (b) all corresponding foreign patents and patent applications thereof, together with all divisionals, continuations (but excluding continuations-in-part), reissues, reexaminations, extensions, or renewals of any of the foregoing having the same priority date as the parent and listing at least one of the Inventors as inventors.

“Licensed Patent Challenge” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a).

5


 

“Licensed Product” means any product within the Licensed Field: (a) the making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing of which would, absent the License granted under this Agreement, infringe one or more Valid Claims; or (b) that is primarily and materially made through the use of the Licensed Know-how.

“Licensed Technology” means, collectively, (a) the Software, (b) the Licensed Patents and (c) the Licensed Know-how.

“Licensee” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Licensor” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Losses” means all losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, claims, actions, judgments, settlements, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs, or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification hereunder and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers.

“MAA” means a Marketing Authorization Application submitted pursuant to the requirements of the FDA, as more fully defined in 21 U.S. C.F.R.§ 314.3 et seq, a Biologics License Application submitted pursuant to the requirements of the FDA, as more fully defined in 21 U.S. C.F.R. § 601, and any equivalent application submitted in any country or group of countries in the Territory, to obtain marketing approval for a pharmaceutical product, in a country or in a group of countries including all additions, deletions or supplements thereto, and as any and all such requirements may be amended, or supplanted, at any time.

“MAR” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a).

“Milestone” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(d).

“Milestone Payments” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(d).

“Net Sales” means the total gross amount paid or payable to Licensee or any Sublicensee (except as provided below) for sales of Aspen CT Products less the sum of the following amounts, without duplication: (a) discounts allowed in amounts customary in the trade (including trade, case and quantity credits, discounts, refunds and rebates); (b) sales, value-added, excise, tariff duties and use taxes directly imposed and with reference to particular sales; (c) [***]; and (d) amounts allowed or credited on returns all of which shall be itemized and recorded. Aspen CT Products will be considered “sold” when (i) shipped to the third party purchaser (in the case of products) or provided to third party customers (in the case of services), or (ii) billed or invoiced, whichever occurs first.

For non-cash and partial-cash sales, the applicable Aspen CT Product shall be considered [***]. For sales not at arms-length, Net Sales shall be equal to [***].

For the purposes of calculating Net Sales, all calculations of Net Sales shall be in accordance with GAAP and based on, or valued as if based on, bona fide arms’ length transactions and not on [***].

Net Sales shall not include (a) revenue from sales of replacement parts not covered by a Valid Claim or (b) revenue from sales of third party sourced components not covered by a Valid Claim.

Where Aspen CT Products are not sold, but are otherwise transferred or disposed of, the Net Sales amount of such Aspen CT Product for the purposes of calculating aggregate Net Sales as

6


 

contemplated by Section 3.5(a) shall be [***]. Where such products are not then currently being offered for sale by Licensee, the Net Sales price of products otherwise disposed of, for the purpose of calculating such aggregate Net Sales amount, shall be [***].

The expression “transferred or otherwise disposed of” means (y) not sold but delivered or provided, directly or indirectly, by Licensee or Sublicensees to others (including deliveries for export), regardless of any return or exchange consideration; or (z) exploited or otherwise used by Licensee or Sublicensees for any purpose other than routine testing of such Aspen CT Product.

“Non-Exclusive Indications” means [***].

“Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.2.

“Parker” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

“Patenting Costs” means any and all costs and expenses, including without limitation government fees and attorneys’ fees and costs, related to the preparing, filing, prosecuting, issuing, and maintaining any of the Licensed Patents, including continuations, extensions, re-examinations, reissues, and appeals.

“Person” means any individual, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, or other legal entity of any kind, foreign or domestic.

“Receiving Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

“Regulatory Approval” means any approvals (including supplements, amendments, pre‑ and post‑approvals, and price approvals), licenses, registrations, or authorizations, howsoever called, of any Regulatory Authority, which are necessary for the distribution, importation, exportation, manufacture, production, use, storage, transport, clinical testing, and/or sale of a Licensed Product in a regulatory jurisdiction.

“Regulatory Authority” means the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) or any counterpart of the FDA outside the United States, or other national, supra‑national, regional, state, or local regulatory agency, department, bureau, commission, council, ethics committee, review board, or other entity with authority over the distribution, importation, exportation, manufacture, production, use, storage, transport, clinical testing, and/or sale of a Licensed Product.

“Regulatory Filings” means any filings, and all data contained therein, as may be required by the FDA or equivalent foreign Regulatory Authorities for the development, manufacture, or commercialization of a Licensed Product hereunder.

“Representatives” means a party’s employees, officers, directors, consultants, and legal advisors.

“Reserved Interests” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

“Review Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.2.

The terms “sale”, “sold” and “sell” as used in this Agreement include without limitation sales, leases, licenses, rentals, and other modes of distribution or transfer of a product for its beneficial use.

“Sales Milestone” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b).

7


 

“Sales Milestone Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b).

“Software” means (i) the computer programs and software described in Exhibit A. and in existence as of June 5, 2019, and (ii) Licensor’s interests in any Derivative Works of such programs and software as described in clause (i).

“Stark Law” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Healthcare Laws.

“Sublicense” shall mean an agreement in which Licensee has, pursuant to Section 2.2, granted to a third party a sublicense to any of the rights licensed to Licensee hereunder; provided, that “Sublicense” shall exclude (a) any third party wholesalers, resellers, or distributors that purchase Licensed Product solely for the purpose of reselling that Licensed Product to end users in the Territory and (b) any third party subcontractors, contract research organizations and contract development and manufacturing organizations that are engaged by Licensee to conduct development or manufacturing activities on behalf of, or for the benefit of, Licensee, its Affiliates or Sublicensees.

“Sublicensee” shall mean any Person to whom Licensee has granted a Sublicense.

“Taxes” means any and all present or future income, stamp, or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges, fees, or withholdings imposed, levied, withheld, or assessed by any Governmental Authority, together with any interest, additions to tax, or penalties imposed thereon and with respect thereto.

“Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

“Territory” means worldwide.

“Valid Claim” means, on a country-by-country basis, (a) any issued claim of any Licensed Patent that (i) has not expired or lapsed, (ii) has not been admitted by Licensor or otherwise caused to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, disclaimer or otherwise, and (iii) has not been held invalid or unenforceable by a Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction from whose judgment no appeal is allowed or timely taken or (b) a pending claim of a pending patent application within the Licensed Patents that (i) has been asserted and continues to be prosecuted in good faith, (ii) has not been abandoned or finally rejected without the possibility of appeal or refiling and (iii) has been pending for less than six (6) years from the date of the first substantive office action considering patentability of such claim (for claims filed in the United States) or the date of the first regional or national phase Examiner’s report considering patentability of such claim (for claims filed outside of the United States) (at which time such pending claim shall cease to be a Valid Claim for purposes of this Agreement unless and until such claim becomes the claim of an issued patent pursuant to clause (a) above).

1.2.
Interpretation.
(a)
For purposes of this Agreement: (i) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (ii) the word “or” is not exclusive; and (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole.
(b)
In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

8


 

(c)
The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein: (i) to Sections, Appendices and Exhibits refer to the Sections of, and Appendices and Exhibits attached to, this Agreement; (ii) to an agreement, instrument or other document means such agreement, instrument or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof; and (iii) to a statute mean such statute as amended from time to time and include any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted. Any Appendices and Exhibits referred to herein shall be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.
(d)
All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP as in effect from time to time.

Article 2

GRANT; SUBLICENSING

2.1.
License Grant.
(a)
License for Aspen CT Products. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee (i) the exclusive, worldwide license in the Licensed Field solely for the Exclusive Indications (with the right to sublicense pursuant to Section 2.2) under the Licensed Technology to develop, have developed, practice, have practiced, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import, and commercialize Aspen CT Products in the Territory, and (ii) a non-exclusive, worldwide license in the Licensed Field for the Non-Exclusive Indications (with the right to sublicense pursuant to Section 2.2) under the Licensed Technology to develop, have developed, practice, have practiced, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import, and commercialize Aspen CT Products in the Territory.
(b)
License to Licensed Instruments. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee an exclusive (with respect to the Exclusive Indications) or non-exclusive (with respect to Non-Exclusive Indications), worldwide license under the Licensed Technology to develop, have developed, practice, have practiced, make, have made, and use Licensed Instruments in the Licensed Field, with the right to sublicense as set forth in Section 2.1(c) below. For the avoidance of doubt, the licenses granted by Licensor to Licensee under this Section 2.1(b) do not include the right to sell, offer for sale, distribute, lease, sublicense, or otherwise exploit for monetary or other commercial consideration Licensed Instruments as a sole commercial offering (“Commercialize”); provided, however, that Licensee may transfer Licensed Instruments to third parties for consideration equal to Licensee’s costs and expenses to manufacture, ship, and install such Licensed Instruments, and not for any internal overhead, margin, profit, or markup. Any such transfer shall be solely to enable the recipient’s permitted use of the Licensed Instrument. Licensee shall not bundle the transfer of Licensed Instruments with other goods or services in a manner intended to circumvent the cost-recovery limitation set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the rights to make, have made, and use Licensed Instruments granted under this Section 2.1(b) may be sublicensed only to the limited extent necessary for either (a) a Sublicensee to manufacture Aspen CT Products solely on behalf of, or for the benefit of, Licensee, and only while such Sublicensee is acting in the capacity of a contractor, manufacturer, or service provider to Licensee or (b) a Sublicensee that is granted rights pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) to develop, have developed, practice, have practiced, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import, and commercialize Aspen CT Products in the Licensed Field for the Exclusive Indications. For the avoidance of doubt, no Sublicensee that is granted a license pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(ii) shall

9


 

have any right, whether express or implied, to make, have made, or otherwise manufacture Licensed Instruments under this Agreement to develop, have developed, practice, have practiced, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import, and commercialize Aspen CT Products in the Licensed Field for the Non-Exclusive Indications for its own account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) in the event that Licensor has not granted to any third party the right to Commercialize Licensed Instruments in the Licensed Field for the Non-Exclusive Indications, or (b) upon a written showing by Licensee of good cause reasonably acceptable to Licensor, upon Licensee’s request, Licensor shall negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement or otherwise enter into a written agreement, on reasonable terms mutually acceptable to Licensor and Licensee, to grant Licensee the right to grant to Sublicensees the right and license to make, have made, or otherwise manufacture Licensed Instruments to exploit the license under Section 2.1(a)(ii) for Sublicensees’ own account.
(c)
Manufacturing and Supply of Licensed Instruments. For the avoidance of doubt, Licensee shall have the right, in the Licensed Field, and subject to Section 2.1(d) to:
(i)
manufacture and supply, and have manufactured and supplied (by any third party, including contract manufacturers), Licensed Instruments in order to develop, have developed, practice, have practiced, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import, and commercialize Aspen CT Products by Licensee (including through third parties acting on Licensee’s behalf) in the Licensed Field in the Territory as expressly permitted by the license grant set forth in Section 2.1(a);
(ii)
provide, transfer, loan, or otherwise make available Licensed Instruments to third parties (including research collaborators, academic partners, contract research organizations, contract development and manufacturing organizations, and other service providers) for the purpose of conducting research, development, validation, testing, or manufacturing activities on behalf of, or for the benefit of, Licensee with respect to Aspen CT Products in the Licensed Field in the Territory; and
(iii)
engage third party manufacturers, suppliers, and other vendors to manufacture, supply, or provide components, materials, or services necessary or useful for the manufacture and supply of Licensed Instruments; provided, however, that Licensee shall not engage, authorize, or permit any third party that holds, or is required to hold, a separate license from Licensor to make, use, sell, or otherwise Commercialize Licensed Instruments (including, without limitation Cell X, any Affiliate or sublicensee of Cell X, or any other third party authorized to sell Licensed Instruments under its own license from Licensor) to manufacture, supply, or provide Licensed Instruments to Licensee except pursuant to such third party’s independent exercise of its own license rights from Licensor. Any manufacture, sale, or other provision of Licensed Instruments by such third party shall be deemed to occur under such third party’s license agreement with Licensor, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to authorize or permit any arrangement intended to avoid, reduce, or shift any royalty or other payment obligation owed to Licensor by such third party.
(d)
Any engagement with any third party as expressly permitted by Section 2.1(c) shall be pursuant to a written agreement that is consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. For clarity, no such third party shall obtain any license, sublicense, or other rights under the Licensed Technology except to the limited extent necessary to perform services for Licensee on Licensee’s behalf as expressly permitted by Section 2.1(c); provided, however, that this limitation shall not be construed to authorize Licensee to engage Cell X or any third party that holds a separate commercial license from Licensor to make or sell Licensed Instruments, including Cell X or any Affiliate or sublicensee of Cell X, to act as a contract manufacturer or supplier for Licensee under this Agreement in a manner that would alter or avoid such third party’s independent royalty or payment obligations to Licensor. Licensee shall remain fully responsible and liable for all acts and omissions of such third parties as if they were acts or omissions of Licensee under this Agreement. Any disclosure of Licensor Confidential Information or

10


 

Licensed Technology to a third party shall be limited to what is reasonably necessary to exercise the license grant and shall be subject to written confidentiality and use restrictions at least as protective as those set forth in this Agreement.
(e)
Subject to any additional license or right granted pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.1(b), any Sublicensee that develops, has developed, practices, has practiced, makes, has made, uses, sells, offers to sell, imports, or commercializes Aspen CT Products in the Licensed Field for the Non-Exclusive Indications for its own account shall obtain Licensed Instruments for such Aspen CT Products in the Licensed Field for the Non-Exclusive Indications solely by purchase or other lawful acquisition from Licensee or its Affiliates or a third party that holds a separate license from Licensor to commercialize Licensed Instruments, and not by manufacture or commissioning of manufacture by or on behalf of such Sublicensee. Any manufacture, sale, or supply of Licensed Instruments to such Sublicensee by a third-party licensee of Licensor shall be deemed to occur exclusively pursuant to such third party’s independent license agreement with Licensor and shall remain subject to all royalty and other payment obligations thereunder.
(f)
Licensee acknowledges and agrees that the Software and Licensed Know-how are considered Confidential Information and, so long as it continues to be Confidential Information, may have independent value and may provide Licensee with a competitive advantage and/or commercial value.
(g)
[***] Non-Exclusive Election. Licensee may, at any time prior to [***], elect to designate [***] as a Non-Exclusive Indication by notice to Licensor prior to [***]. As of the date of such notice, [***] shall immediately cease to be an Exclusive Indication and shall automatically be deemed to be a Non-Exclusive Indication.
(h)
Parker hereby consents to the license grants contained in this Section 2.1 and to the remaining terms set forth in this Agreement.
2.2.
Sublicensing.
(a)
Licensee may, in its sole discretion, sublicense, in whole or in part, through multiple tiers, the rights granted to it under Section 2.1 without Licensor’s prior written consent; provided, however, that to Licensee’s actual knowledge after reasonable investigation as of the date of the proposed Sublicense, (w) neither the Sublicensee nor any of its officers, managers, directors, employees, or agents: (A) is or has been excluded from participation in any federal healthcare program (as that term is defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(f)) or any other federally-funded or sponsored health care program, (B) is or has been debarred, suspended, or disqualified from contracting or subcontracting with the federal or any state government, or (C) is under audit or investigation by, or subject to a civil or criminal proceeding involving a Governmental Authority for any violation of Healthcare Laws, (x) this Agreement has not been terminated,, and (y) the following criteria are satisfied:
(i)
the Sublicense is in writing;
(ii)
the terms of the Sublicense are consistent with the terms of this Agreement;
(iii)
the Sublicense expressly provides that Licensor is an intended third party beneficiary solely with respect to provisions relating to the Licensed Technology, with the right to enforce such provisions directly against the Sublicensee; provided that Licensor shall exercise such rights through Licensee unless Licensee fails to do so following reasonable notice;

11


 

(iv)
the Sublicense was negotiated in good faith on commercially reasonable, arm’s length terms consistent with those that would be agreed between unaffiliated parties in similar circumstances; and
(v)
Licensee has conducted commercially reasonable due diligence and has a good faith basis to believe that the proposed Sublicensee has the technical capabilities, resources, and expertise necessary to perform its obligations under the Sublicense in compliance with this Agreement.
(b)
In each case, Licensee will be responsible for acts and omissions of its Sublicensees and the performance of any obligations of Sublicensees relevant to this Agreement as if such performance were carried out by Licensee itself, including, without limitation, making any payments provided hereunder, regardless of whether any Sublicense provided for such amounts to be paid directly by the Sublicensee to Licensor. No Sublicense shall relieve Licensee of any of its obligations hereunder, and Licensee shall take steps that may be reasonably necessary to enforce compliance by its Sublicensees with the terms and conditions of the respective sublicense agreement to the extent required to allow Licensee to fully comply with all of its obligations under this Agreement.
(c)
Each Sublicense shall contain a right of termination by Licensee for the Sublicensee’s material breach of any terms or conditions of the sublicense agreement. The sublicense agreement may provide a reasonable cure period.
(d)
Licensee will provide Licensor with (i) a fully signed copy of each Sublicense granted by Licensee under this Agreement and any amendments thereto, including all exhibits, attachments, and related documents within [***] of executing the same, subject to reasonable redactions for portions of such Sublicense that are not reasonably necessary to verify compliance with the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) notification of the termination of any Sublicense. Notwithstanding any Sublicense, Licensee shall remain primarily liable to Licensor for all of Licensee’s duties and obligations contained in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the payment of all MARs and Milestone Payments due hereunder. Any act or omission of a Sublicensee that would be a breach of this Agreement if committed or omitted by Licensee will be a breach by Licensee.
2.3.
Government Rights. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any and all provisions contained herein, (including without limitation, the licenses and other rights granted hereunder and all representations and warranties of Licensor) are limited by and subject to the rights and requirements of the United States Government that may attach as a result of U.S. Government sponsorship, in any way, of research at Licensor in which one or more invention covered by the Licensed Patents was conceived or first actually reduced to practice, as set forth in 35 U.S.C. §§200-206, 37 C.F.R. Part 401 and in the relevant Government research contracts with Licensor, and as such rights and requirements may be amended or modified by Law. To the extent applicable, such rights and requirements include without limitation (a) the grant of a non-exclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice or have practiced for or on behalf of the U.S. Government any of the Licensed Patents throughout the world (as set forth in 35 U.S.C. §202(c)(4)), and (b) the requirement that Licensed Products used or sold in the United States will be manufactured substantially in the United States (as set forth in 35 U.S.C. §204) (provided that if Licensee seeks a waiver to manufacture Licensed Products outside of the United States, Licensor will reasonably cooperate at Licensee’s cost and expense), where applicable.
2.4.
Retained Rights; Requirements.

2.4.1 Research Use Right. Any and all licenses granted hereunder are subject to the right of Licensor, on behalf of itself and its investigators, to practice and use the Licensed Patents and the subject matter described and/or claimed therein, and to permit others at academic, government, and not-for-profit

12


 

institutions to practice and use the Licensed Patents and the subject matter described and/or claimed therein, for its and their own non-commercial research (including investigator-initiated research, trials, and studies), testing, educational, internal, or patient-care purposes (which, for clarity, shall not include the conduct of clinical trials or other research sponsored by for-profit companies).

2.4.2 Right to Publish. Licensee recognizes and accepts that under Licensor’s mission as an academic medical center, Licensor and its investigators must have a meaningful right to publish without Licensee’s approval or editorial control, even if such publication includes Licensed Know-how. Licensor shall submit to Licensee for its review a copy of any proposed manuscript including Licensed Know-how thirty (30) days prior to the estimated date of submission for publication. Within [***] of receiving such manuscript (the “Review Period”), if Licensee reasonably determines that the proposed publication contains patentable subject matter which requires protection for Licensee or contains Confidential Information of Licensee, Licensee may require the delay of publication for a period of time not to exceed [***] for the purpose of filing patent applications and/or may require that the Confidential Information be deleted. Licensor shall also consider any comments provided by Licensee regarding the publication in good faith. If no written response is received from Licensee within the Review Period, it may be conclusively presumed that publication may proceed without delay.

2.5.
No Grant of Other Technology or Patent Rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, under no circumstances shall Licensee, as a result of this Agreement obtain any ownership interest or license in or other right to any technology, know-how, patents, patent applications, products, or materials of Licensor, including items owned, controlled, or developed by Licensor, at any time pursuant to this Agreement. This Agreement does not create, and shall under no circumstances be construed or interpreted as creating, an obligation on the part of Licensor to grant any license to Licensee other than as expressly set forth herein. Any further contract or license agreement between the parties shall be in writing.
2.6.
Reserved Rights. All rights and interests of Licensor not expressly granted to Licensee are reserved by Licensor (the “Reserved Interests”) for itself, its Affiliates and partners (other than Licensee), and other licensees and sublicensees, including the rights to use and grant licenses under the Licensed Patents or any other technology owned or controlled by Licensor to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, have sold and import products (other than Licensed Products within the Licensed Field for the Exclusive Indications for so long as Licensee has an exclusive license to Licensed Products within the Licensed Field for the Exclusive Indications under this Agreement). It shall not be a breach of this Agreement for Licensor, acting directly or indirectly, to exploit its Reserved Interests in any manner anywhere in the Territory, whether or not such activity is competitive with the activities of Licensee, including the research, development, and commercialization or licensing of others to research, develop, and commercialize products (other than Licensed Products within the Licensed Field for the Exclusive Indications for so long as Licensee has an exclusive license under the Licensed Patents to develop and commercialize products within the Licensed Field for the Exclusive Indications under this Agreement), including products that potentially compete in the same product market as a Licensed Product); provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to be a grant of any license, implied or otherwise, by Licensee to Licensor or to permit Licensor to breach the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement.
2.7.
Harmonization with Other Licenses. The Parties acknowledge that Licensor has entered into, and may in the future enter into, one or more license agreements with third parties relating to the Licensed Technology or products, instruments, or components covered thereby. This Agreement is intended to operate independently of any such other license agreements, and nothing herein shall be construed to modify, limit, expand, or otherwise affect the scope of rights, obligations, or payment terms under any such other agreement, provided that such other agreement does not conflict with any licenses or rights granted to Licensee hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt:

13


 

(a)
No Implied Sublicense or Authorization. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to grant, whether by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any sublicense or other authorization to any third party to make, use, sell, supply, or otherwise commercialize any product, instrument, or component covered by the Licensed Technology, except as expressly set forth in a written license agreement between such third party and Licensor. For clarity, the foregoing shall not apply to, and shall not modify, amend, or reduce any rights of Licensee to grant, a sublicense to such Licensed Technology.
(b)
Attribution of Manufacture and Sales. To the extent any third party that holds a separate license from Licensor manufactures, supplies, sells, or otherwise provides any product, instrument, or component covered by the Licensed Technology in connection with activities conducted by Licensee, such manufacture, supply, sale, or provision shall be deemed to occur solely pursuant to such third party’s independent license from Licensor, and shall be subject exclusively to the royalty, fee, and other payment obligations set forth in such third party’s license agreement.
(c)
No Circumvention. Licensee shall not structure or participate in any transaction, arrangement, or series of transactions involving the Licensed Technology that is intended, whether directly or indirectly, to avoid, reduce, shift, or otherwise circumvent any royalty, fee, or other consideration payable to Licensor under this Agreement or under any other license agreement between Licensor and a third party.
(d)
No Cross‑Effect. The exercise by Licensee or any third party of rights under their respective license agreements shall not be deemed to exhaust, satisfy, or otherwise affect the obligations of any other licensee under their separate license agreements with Licensor.

Article 3

FINANCIAL CONSIDERATION

3.1.
Issue Fee. In consideration of its License to the Licensed Technology hereunder, Licensee shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Licensor a non-refundable, non-creditable license fee in an amount equal to [***] (the “Issue Fee”), payable to Licensor within [***] of the Effective Date.
3.2.
[Intentionally Omitted]
3.3.
[Intentionally Omitted]
3.4.
Minimum Annual Royalty.
(a)
For each calendar year (full or partial) during the Term, Licensee shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Licensor a minimum annual royalty (“MAR”) as set forth in the table below:

 

Year

MAR

2026, and each calendar year thereafter

$140,000

 

(b)
Each year’s MAR payment shall be due and payable within [***] following the end of the calendar year to which it applies (e.g., the 2026 MAR is due and payable on or before January 30, 2027). In no event will the MAR be pro-rated for any partial calendar year.

14


 

3.5.
Milestone Payments.
(a)
Commercialization Milestone Payments. In consideration of its License to the Licensed Technology hereunder, Licensee shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Licensor the following one-time, non-refundable, non-creditable commercialization milestone payment (“Commercialization Milestone Payment”):

 

Commercialization Milestone Payment

Commercialization Milestone Date

[***]

[***]

 

(b)
Sales Milestone Payments. In consideration of its License to the Licensed Technology hereunder, Licensee shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Licensor the following non-refundable, non-creditable milestone payment (“Sales Milestone Payment”) for the following sales-based milestone (“Sales Milestone”) for the first four (4) Aspen CT Products upon the first occurrence of such Sales Milestone for such Aspen CT Product:

 

Sales Milestone Payment

Sales Milestone

Sales Milestone Date

[***]

[***]

Within [***] following the occurrence of the Sales Milestone, but in no event later than January 30 following the calendar year in which the milestone occurs

[***]

[***]

Within [***]following the occurrence of the Sales Milestone, but in no event later than January 30 following the calendar year in which the milestone occurs

 

For clarity, in no event will Licensee owe Licensor more than three million dollars ($3,000,000) in Sales Milestone Payments. Further, with respect to the first Sales Milestone, the [***] Aspen CT Products to achieve such Sales Milestone shall each trigger a Sales Milestone Payment of [***], in each case payable in the calendar year in which the applicable Sales Milestone is achieved for each such Aspen CT Product. With respect to the second Sales Milestone, the [***] Aspen CT Products to achieve such Sales Milestone shall each trigger a Sales Milestone Payment of [***], in each case payable in the calendar year in which the applicable Sales Milestone is achieved for each such Aspen CT Product. The determination of the order in which Aspen CT Products achieve a Sales Milestone shall be based on the actual timing of achievement of such Sales Milestone for each Aspen CT Product, irrespective of the order of development, commercialization, or internal designation by Licensee.

(c)
Development Milestone Payments. In consideration of its License to the Licensed Technology hereunder, Licensee shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Licensor milestone payments (“Development Milestone Payments”) with respect to the achievement of milestone events (the “Development Milestones”) set forth in Section 3.5(b)(i) and Section 3.5(b)(ii) below. When Licensee completes a Development Milestone, it will provide Licensor with written notice of the achievement of the Development Milestone within [***] of such completion, together with documentation evidencing such achievement.
(i)
Aspen CT Products for Parkinson’s Disease – Development Milestone Payments. Licensee shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Licensor the following non-refundable, non-creditable milestone payments with respect to the first achievement of the Development Milestones described in the

15


 

table below for up to two (2) Aspen CT Products for the Indication of Parkinson’s Disease, irrespective of how many Aspen CT Products achieve such Development Milestones.

 

Development Milestone

Development Milestone Payment (USD per Aspen CT Product)

1. Successful Completion of Validation Testing of the Licensed Technology for the first two (2) Aspen CT Products OR, with respect to the first Aspen CT Product only, by [***], if earlier than the achievement of such milestone.

[***]

2. Initiation of the first Phase I Clinical Trial with the first two (2) Aspen CT Products in a country in the Territory (for the avoidance of doubt, the first dosing of the first human patient in the first Phase I Clinical Trial with ANPD001 prior to the Effective Date did not constitute achievement of this Development Milestone).

[***]

3. Initiation of the first Phase II Clinical Trial with the first two (2) Aspen CT Products in a country in the Territory OR, with respect to the first Aspen CT Product only, by [***], if earlier than the achievement of such milestone.

[***]

4. Initiation of the first Phase III Clinical Trial with the first two (2) Aspen CT Products in a country in the Territory OR, with respect to the first Aspen CT Product only, by [***], if earlier than the achievement of such milestone.

[***]

5. First Regulatory Approval of the first two (2) Aspen CT Products in a country in the Territory OR, with respect to the first Aspen CT Product only, by [***], if earlier than the achievement of such milestone.

[***]

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Licensee be obligated to make Development Milestone Payments with respect to Aspen CT Products for Parkinson’s Disease, in the aggregate, in excess of [***] pursuant to this Section 3.5(b)(i).

(ii)
Aspen CT Products for [***]– Development Milestone Payments. Licensee shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Licensor the following one-time, non-refundable, non-creditable milestone payments with respect to the first achievement of the Development Milestones described in the table below for one (1) Aspen CT Product for the treatment of any [***], irrespective of how many Aspen CT Products for such Indication achieve such Development Milestones. Notwithstanding, if Licensee elects to designate [***]as a Non-Exclusive Indication pursuant to Section 2.1(g), the time-based triggers of the Development Milestones 2, 3 and 4 listed below (i.e., [***]) shall no longer apply. For the avoidance of doubt, the time-based triggers of the Development Milestone 1 listed below (i.e., [***]) shall continue to

16


 

apply even in the event Licensee elects to designate [***] as a Non-Exclusive Indication pursuant to Section 2.1(g).

 

Development Milestone

Development Milestone Payment (USD)

1. Initiation of the first Phase I Clinical Trial for the first Aspen CT Product in a country in the Territory for the treatment of any [***], whichever comes earlier.

[***]

2. Initiation of the first Phase II Clinical Trial for the first Aspen CT Product in a country in the Territory for the treatment of any [***], whichever comes earlier.

[***]

3. Initiation of the first Phase III Clinical Trial for the first Aspen CT Product in a country in the Territory for the treatment of any [***], whichever comes earlier.

[***]

4. First Regulatory Approval of the first Aspen CT Product in a country in the Territory for the treatment of any [***], whichever comes earlier.

[***]

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Licensee be obligated to make Development Milestone Payments with respect to Aspen CT Products for [***], in the aggregate, in excess of [***] pursuant to this Section 3.5(b)(ii).

(d)
For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Licensee be obligated to make Milestone Payments with respect to Aspen CT Products, in the aggregate, in excess of Six Million Seventy-Seven Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($6,077,500) pursuant to this Section 3.5. As used herein, “Milestone Payments” shall mean, collectively, Commercialization Milestone Payment, Sales Milestone Payments, and Development Milestone Payments, and “Milestone” shall mean, collectively, Sales Milestones and Development Milestones.
(e)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Licensee’s obligation to pay Milestone Payments under this Section 3.5 shall survive the expiration of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1 regardless of whether such Milestone has been achieved on or prior to the expiration of the Agreement for the applicable Aspen CT Product. For the avoidance of doubt, Licensee shall pay any Milestone Payment for a Milestone that is achieved on or after the expiration of this Agreement for the applicable Aspen CT Product.
3.6.
Payment Terms.
(a)
Licensee shall notify Licensor in writing within [***] of the achievement of any Milestone pursuant to Section 3.5 (or [***] following the end of the fiscal quarter for the achievement of the sales milestones pursuant to Section 3.5(b)). Licensor shall issue Licensee an invoice for the amount of the corresponding milestone payment, and Licensee shall pay such invoice within [***] following Licensee’s receipt of such invoice. Licensee shall make all payments under this Agreement in US dollars. If any payments required hereunder are not received by Licensor on the date the same has become due and payable, Licensee shall pay to Licensor interest on the overdue payment from the date such payment was due to the date of actual payment at a rate of [***], or if lower, the maximum amount permitted under applicable law.

17


 

(b)
The Issue Fee, all MAR payments, Milestone Payments, and all other sums payable by Licensee under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes except as required by applicable Law. If Licensee is required by applicable Law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from such payments, then: (i) the amount payable by Licensee shall be increased so that after all such required deductions or withholdings are made (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section), Licensor receives an amount equal to the amount it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made; and (ii) Licensee shall make such deductions or withholdings and timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by Licensee to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section, Licensee shall deliver to Licensor the original or certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the relevant return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Licensor.
(c)
For the purpose of converting the local currency in which any royalties or other payments arise into US dollars, the rate of exchange to be applied shall be the rate of exchange in effect on the last business day of the calendar quarter to which the payment relates as reported in the Wall Street Journal.
(d)
If at any time any payment made by Licensee under this Agreement is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Licensee or otherwise, Licensee’s obligation to make such payment shall be reinstated as though such payment had not been made.

Article 4

COMMERCIALIZATION AND DEVELOPMENT COVENANTS

4.1.
Commercialization and Development Milestones. Licensee agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize the Licensed Products throughout the Territory.
4.2.
Intentionally Omitted.
4.3.
Regulatory Approval. Licensee will be solely responsible, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense, for making all Regulatory Filings and securing all Regulatory Approvals. Licensee will provide copies of all Regulatory Filings(including amendments to prior filings and correspondence related to any such filings) to Licensor within [***] following the submission thereof. Licensee will provide copies of all Regulatory Approvals. to Licensor within [***] following the receipt thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensee shall have no obligation to provide copies of any Regulatory Filings or Regulatory Approvals related to an Aspen CT Product except for Master Files to the extent they specifically describe a Licensed Instrument, if any. Licensor will provide reasonable cooperation through providing Licensee, upon Licensee’s written request and in a timely fashion, with all documentation and information reasonably necessary to secure such Regulatory Approval, to the extent such documentation and information is in Licensor’s possession and not subject to any confidentiality or non-disclosure obligations.

Article 5

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

5.1.
Books and Records. Licensee will maintain documentation detailing all Licensed Products that are used, sold, leased, provided, or transferred under this Agreement, which records shall contain sufficient information to permit Licensor to confirm Licensee’s compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Such books and records will be preserved for a period not less than [***] after they are created.

18


 

5.2.
Audit. Upon reasonable notice and during regular business hours, Licensee will allow Licensor or its designee to review (and audit) all books and records, including financial records, and inspect Licensee’s research and development facilities to verify Licensee’s compliance with its obligations, covenants and agreements under this Agreement; provided that Licensor will conduct such audit no more than one (1) time per calendar year, upon reasonable notice and in a manner that does not interrupt Licensee’s operations. Licensor may not audit the same period more than once during the Term absent a showing of reasonable cause. Licensee shall also use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain comparable right of audit by Licensee of any Sublicensees. Should any of the foregoing examinations reveal an underpayment, then Licensee shall immediately pay to Licensor the underpaid amount, plus interest in the amount provided for in Section 3.6 (Payment Terms). Further, if the audit reveals an underpayment by Licensee, and such underpayment exceeds [***] of the amount payable by Licensee to Licensor during such audited period, then Licensee shall bear the reasonable out-of-pocket cost of such audit, including accountants’ and attorneys’ fees and expenses, and shall promptly refund Licensor for all such costs.
5.3.
Intentionally Omitted.
5.4.
Intentionally Omitted.
5.5.
Affirmative and Negative Covenants. During the Term, Licensee shall:
(a)
not take any action, or omit to take any action, if in the reasonable judgment of Licensor such act or omission has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, an adverse impact upon or to the brand, name, goodwill or image of Licensor;
(b)
not use, practice, commercialize or otherwise exploit the Licensed Technology outside the Licensed Field;
(c)
not enter into any agreement or take any action, including under any agreement with a third party, that would conflict with, or result in a breach of, Licensee’s obligations under this Agreement or materially impair Licensor’s rights in the Licensed Technology or Licensor’s ability to exercise its rights under this Agreement, in each case except as expressly permitted under Section 2.1; and
(d)
comply with all applicable Laws (including Laws applicable to the conduct of Licensee’s business and activities related to developing, manufacturing, marketing, offering for sale, selling, importing and exporting Licensed Products).

Article 6

PATENT PROSECUTION; INFRINGEMENT

6.1.
Patent Prosecution. Licensor shall have first right to prepare, file, prosecute, and maintain the Licensed Patents. Licensor shall keep Licensee informed of patent prosecution and shall keep Licensee reasonably informed and copied on all correspondence, will consider in good faith Licensee’s comments and suggestions prior to taking material actions for the same, and will take all prosecution actions reasonably recommended by Licensee that would expand the scope of rights sought. Licensee shall reasonably cooperate with Licensor to ensure that each Licensed Patent reflects and will reflect, to the extent practicable and to the best of Licensee’s knowledge, all items of commercial interest to Licensee. If Licensor elects not to file or to continue to prosecute or maintain a Licensed Patent, then it shall notify Licensee in writing at least [***] before any deadline applicable to the filing, prosecution or maintenance of such patent right, as the case may be, or any other date by which an action must be taken to establish or preserve such patent right in such country. In such case, Licensor may, in its discretion, permit one or

19


 

more licensees of the Licensed Patents to pursue the filing or support the continued prosecution or maintenance of such patent right at such licensee’s own expense, subject to Licensor’s reasonable coordination and oversight to ensure consistent prosecution. Any licensee assuming prosecution shall not take any action that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the scope, validity, or enforceability of the Licensed Patents. For the avoidance of doubt, any Licensed Patent maintained by a licensee pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall remain Licensed Patents under this Agreement and be subject to the License granted herein.
6.2.
Patent Reimbursements Following the Effective Date.
(a)
Patenting Costs incurred on and after the Effective Date shall be borne equally by all direct licensees of the Licensed Patents. Licensee shall be responsible only for its pro rata share of such Patenting Costs, calculated by dividing the total Patenting Costs incurred by Licensor by the total number of direct licensees of the Licensed Patents at the time such costs are incurred. Licensor shall invoice Licensee for Licensee’s pro rata share of such Patenting Costs, itemizing the applicable expenses, and Licensee shall reimburse Licensor within [***] following receipt of such invoice. For clarity, only direct licensees of Licensor (and not sublicensees of any direct licensee) shall be counted for purposes of allocating Patenting Costs under this Section 6.2(a).
(b)
With respect to any action necessary to protect a particular Licensed Patent in a particular territory, if Licensee instructs Licensor in writing not to take such action (including a request from Licensee for Licensor to abandon such Licensed Patent in a particular territory), then, as between Licensor and Licensee only, the rights protected by such Licensed Patent in such territory shall be excluded from the License granted herein. Such exclusion shall not affect the exclusive or other rights granted to any other direct licensee of the Licensed Patents. Thereafter, with respect to the rights so excluded as to Licensee, Licensor shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to (i) abandon some or all of such rights, or (ii) incur the applicable costs at its own expense; in either case, Licensor shall be free to license such excluded rights to third parties without any further obligation to Licensee, provided that such licensing does not materially impair the exclusive rights granted to any other direct licensee of the Licensed Patents. For clarity, any Patenting Costs of a Licensed Patent excluded pursuant to this Section 6.2(b) shall not be allocated to Licensee under Section 6.2(a).
6.3.
Intentionally Omitted.
6.4.
Enforcement of Licensed Patents.

6.4.1 Notice. If either party becomes aware of any infringement, anywhere in the Territory, of any issued patent within the Licensed Patents, such party will notify the other party of such infringement in writing as soon as reasonably practical thereafter (the “Infringement Notice”).

6.4.2 Infringement of Licensed Patents by Third Parties

(a) In the case of any infringement within the Licensed Field for the Exclusive Indications of any Licensed Patent by any third party during the Term, Licensee will have the first right, but not the obligation, at Licensee’s expense, to cause such third party to cease infringement and to otherwise enforce such Licensed Patent, or to defend the Licensed Patent, or to defend the Licensed Patent in any declaratory judgment action brought by third parties that alleges the invalidity, unenforceability or non-infringement of the rights associated with the Licensed Patent in the Licensed Field for such Exclusive Indications; provided, however, that Licensee will (i) use counsel reasonably acceptable to Licensor, (ii) keep Licensor reasonably informed regarding the progress of any litigation and settlement discussions with any alleged

20


 

infringer, and (iii) copy Licensor on, or provide Licensor with copies of, all external documents and correspondence (i.e., documents and correspondence sent by Licensee to a third party or received by Licensee from a third party). Licensee will have control of the conduct of any such action that it brings, provided that (x) Licensor will have the right to provide ongoing comments on documents prior to submission and advice regarding its position and interests in such action, which advice and comments will be considered in good faith by Licensee, and (y) Licensee will not enter into any settlement, consent judgment or other voluntary disposition of any such action without the prior written consent of Licensor if such settlement, consent judgment or voluntary disposition admits the invalidity or unenforceability of or limits in any way the Licensed Patents. Licensor will, at the request and expense of Licensee, provide reasonable cooperation and assistance in any action described in this Section 6.4.2(a). Except for providing such reasonable assistance, Licensor will have no obligation regarding the legal actions described herein; provided, however, that Licensor will join such action at Licensee’s request and expense if such joinder is, in the opinion of Licensee’s counsel, required to enable Licensee to initiate or continue such action. Licensor, however, will have the right to participate in any such action through its own counsel and, except as provided in this Section 6.4.2(a), at its own expense.

(b) If Licensee does not, within a reasonable period after becoming aware of such infringement but no less than sixty (60) calendar days from the date of the Infringement Notice, (i) initiate legal proceedings against such threatened or actual infringement, or defend legal proceedings brought by a third party, as provided in Section 6.4.2(a), or (ii) cause such infringement to terminate, Licensor may thereafter take such action as it deems necessary to enforce its rights in the Licensed Patent, including the right, but not the obligation, to bring, at its own expense, an infringement action or file any other appropriate action or claim related to such infringement against any third party; provided, however, that Licensor shall have no obligation to bring any suit, action or other proceeding against any alleged infringer of any Licensed Patent. If Licensor brings or defends any such proceeding, Licensee shall, at the request and expense of Licensor, provide reasonable cooperation and assistance in any action described in this Section 6.4.2(b). Except for providing such reasonable assistance, Licensee will have no obligation regarding the legal actions described herein; provided, however, that Licensee will join such action at Licensor’s request and expense if such joinder is, in the opinion of Licensor’s counsel, required to enable Licensor to initiate or continue such action.

6.4.3 Infringement of Third Party Rights. In the event that any action, suit or proceedings brought against, or written notice of threat thereof is provided to Licensee alleging infringement of any patent or unauthorized use or misappropriation of technology arising out of or in connection with Licensee’s exercise of Licensed Patents, Licensee shall have the sole and exclusive right to defend at its own expense such action, suit or proceeding. Licensee shall hold harmless and indemnify Licensor from and against any order to costs arising without fault of Licensor that may be made against Licensee or Licensor in such proceedings. Licensor agrees to cooperate with Licensee at Licensee’s expense (excluding salaries, rent, utilities, and other expenses typically treated as overhead) in connection with Licensee’s response to or defense of such action, suit, or proceeding, or notice of threat thereof. Subject to the above, if Licensor receives written notice of any third-party claim alleging that the development, making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing, or commercialization of the Licensed Technology infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights, Licensor shall promptly notify Licensee in writing, setting forth the facts of such claim in reasonable detail.

6.4.4 Recovery. If either party shall undertake the enforcement and/or defense of the Licensed Patents by litigation pursuant to Sections 6.4.2 and Section 6.4.3, any recovery or damages (whether by way of settlement or otherwise) received as a result of any such suit shall be applied first in satisfaction of any unreimbursed expenses and legal fees of either party, and then the remainder (related to the Licensed

21


 

Patents) shall be divided between the parties as follows: (a) as to recoveries based on lost profits, Licensor shall receive an amount equal to [***] and Licensee shall retain the balance; and (b) as to recoveries based on other than lost profits, [***] to the party initiating the proceeding and [***] to the non-initiating party.

6.5.
Licensed Patent Challenges.

(a) In the event that Licensee directly or indirectly (e.g., by assisting or funding a third party) files or maintains any action, proceeding, or lawsuit disputing or challenging, or materially assists a third party in an action, proceeding, or lawsuit challenging the validity, scope, construction, enforceability, or Licensor’s ownership of any issued patent comprising the Licensed Patents or any claims thereof, or opposes or assists in the opposition of the grant of any Letters Patent comprising the Licensed Patents, either in a court of law, before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or other agency or tribunal (“Licensed Patent Challenge”), then (i) Licensor has the right to terminate this Agreement with notice to Licensee if Licensee does not withdraw such Licensed Patent Challenge or cease in assisting a third party in its Licensed Patent Challenge within [***] from receipt of such notice, and (ii) Licensee shall pay all of Licensor’s costs, fees and expenses associated with its defense of such challenge or opposition.

(b) Licensee shall include provisions in all sublicense agreements permitted under Section 2.2 consistent with the provisions of this Section 6.5. If a Sublicensee undertakes a Licensed Patent Challenge and does not withdraw such Licensed Patent Challenge within [***] from receipt of notice from Licensee, Licensee shall terminate the applicable Sublicense. Any failure to terminate the Sublicense as required by this Section 6.5 shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

(c) If Licensee directly or indirectly institutes or materially participates in a Licensed Patent Challenge and Licensor elects not to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.5(a), then all MAR payments and Milestone Payments that are covered by the Licensed Patents that are subject of such Licensed Patent Challenge, in each case effective as of the first date of Licensee’s first filing or participation in the Licensed Patent Challenge and continuing for the duration of the Licensed Patent Challenge, shall be increased by [***]. If the outcome of such Licensed Patent Challenge is a determination against Licensee, (A) the MAR payment and Milestone Payments that are covered by the Licensed Patents that are the subject of such Licensed Patent Challenge shall be increased by [***] and (B) Licensee shall reimburse Licensor for all costs and expenses incurred by Licensor (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in connection with its defense of such Licensed Patent Challenge. If the outcome of such Licensed Patent Challenge is a determination in favor of Licensee, the MAR payment and Milestone Payments that are covered by the Licensed Patents that are the subject of such Licensed Patent Challenge shall be of no further force or effect.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 6.5 shall not apply to any Licensed Patent Challenge that (i) is required under a court order or subpoena or (ii) is asserted as a defense against a claim, action or proceeding asserted by Licensor against Licensee or any Sublicensee.

6.6.
Patent Listings. Notwithstanding any prosecution rights of the Licensed Patents of Licensor under this Agreement, Licensee shall have the sole right to make filings with Regulatory Authorities in the Territory with respect to Licensed Patents that contain any claims directed to a Licensed Product, including, as required or allowed, (a) in the United States, in the FDA’s Orange Book or Purple Book, as applicable, (b) in the European Union, under the national implementations of Article 10.1(a)(iii) of Directive 2001/EC/83, and (c) in any other country in the Territory under the equivalent Regulatory Authorities in such country.

22


 

6.7.
Patent Extensions. Licensee and Licensor shall use reasonable efforts in their good faith determination to extend the Licensed Patents, which may include extensions provided under U.S. law at 35 U.S.C. §154(b) and 156. Licensee hereby agrees to provide Licensor with all necessary assistance in securing such extensions, including without limitation, providing all information regarding applications for Regulatory Approval, approvals granted, and the timing of same. To the extent applicable, Licensee acknowledges that extensions under 35 U.S.C. §156 must be applied for within sixty (60) days of the date that a Licensed Product receives permission under the provision of law under which the applicable regulatory review period occurred for commercial marketing or use and that Licensee’s failure to promptly provide the necessary information or assistance to Licensor during such sixty (60) day period will cause serious injury to Licensor, for which Licensee will be liable.

Article 7

TERM AND TERMINATION

7.1.
Contract Term. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier in accordance with this Article 7 or any other applicable provisions herein (including, without limitation, Section 6.5, Section 7.2, Section 7.3 or Section 7.4) shall continue in effect, on a country-by-country and Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis until the expiration of the last to expire Valid Claim covering such Licensed Product in such country. The period set forth in this Section 7.1, or such shorter periods as may result from the earlier termination of this Agreement in accordance with this Article 7 or any other provision of this Agreement, shall collectively be referred to as the “Term”.
7.2.
Licensor Termination due to Licensee Insolvency.
(a)
Licensor shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement upon [***] written notice to Licensee if Licensee:
(i)
becomes insolvent or is generally not, or is unable to, or admits in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due;
(ii)
becomes subject, voluntarily or involuntarily, to any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, which is not fully stayed within [***] or is not dismissed or vacated within [***] after filing;
(iii)
is dissolved or liquidated or takes any corporate action for such purpose;
(iv)
makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
(v)
has a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar agent appointed by order of any court of competent jurisdiction to take charge of or sell any material portion of its property or business.
(b)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon a termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.2, the MAR for the then-current year shall accelerate and become immediately due and payable.

23


 

7.3.
Licensor Termination for Cause.
(a)
In addition to any rights of Licensor to terminate this Agreement as provided elsewhere in this Agreement, Licensor shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Licensee for any of the following events:
(i)
if Licensee fails to pay any amount under this Agreement which Licensee does not dispute in good faith when such payment has become due and such failure remains unremedied for a period of [***] after written notice to Licensee from Licensor; or
(ii)
if any representation, warranty, certification, or other statement of fact made by or on behalf of Licensee herein, or in any material certificate, document, report, financial statement, or other document furnished by or on behalf of Licensee under or in connection with this Agreement, proves to have been false or misleading in any material respect on or as of the date made, and such inaccuracy is not cured within [***] after the earlier of written notice thereof from Licensor;
(iii)
if Licensee fails to perform or observe any other material covenant, term, condition, or agreement contained in this Agreement and, if such failure is curable, such failure continues unremedied for a period of sixty (60) days after written notice to Licensee from Licensor.
(b)
Intentionally Omitted.
7.4.
Licensee Termination Rights.
(a)
Licensee may, at its option, terminate this Agreement upon any material breach by Licensor under this Agreement, which Licensor fails to remedy within [***] after notice thereof by Licensee.
(b)
Licensee may, at its option, terminate this Agreement for any reason other than due to any material breach by Licensor under this Agreement upon [***] written notice thereof to Licensor and the payment of [***] and any other amounts due or owing including but not limited to pursuant to Section 7.6.
7.5.
Disposition of Licensee Developments. In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.2 or Section 7.3, the parties agree to negotiate in good faith the terms under which (a) Licensee shall provide Licensor with access to all data in Licensee’s possession relating to any of the Licensed Technology and the “Design History File” and the “Master File” (if applicable) associated with the Licensed Instruments, except to the extent that such data is related or applicable to Aspen CT Products or Licensee is contractually prohibited, as determined by legal counsel to Licensee and (b) Licensor would obtain an exclusive license under or ownership rights to Licensee improvements to the Licensed Patents, including sublicensing rights, except to the extent such rights are related or applicable to Aspen CT Products or would conflict with any contractual obligations of Licensee existing as of the date of such termination, as determined by legal counsel to Licensee. If the parties are unable to agree upon terms and conditions applicable to such access or license within [***], then Licensee shall have no further obligation to Licensor under this Section 7.5. For the avoidance of doubt, any data or improvements to the Licensed Patents, in each case that are owned or controlled by a Sublicensee, are expressly excluded from the scope of this Section 7.5. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge and agree that the obligations and rights granted or otherwise set forth in this Section 7.5 shall not apply to Aspen CT Products.

24


 

7.6.
Accrued Obligations. Expiration or termination of the Agreement will not release either party from any obligation that matured prior to the effective date of such expiration or termination. Nothing herein shall be construed to release Licensee from any obligations (including, without limitation and by way of example only, obligations (a) in respect of Milestone Payments that occurred on or before the termination date and (b) to pay or reimburse Licensor for Patenting Costs that relate to any period before the termination date).
7.7.
Effects of Termination.

7.7.1 Termination of License. Upon a termination of this Agreement in its entirety under Section 7.3 or Section 7.4, Licensee’s rights to the Licensed Technology granted hereunder and all use thereof will terminate and any and all rights in the Licensed Technology will revert back to Licensor. Upon Licensor’s request and at Licensor’s sole option, Licensee will destroy or return all copies, except for the copies to be retained by Licensee’s legal counsel, of any media or materials that are the property of Licensor, including to all documentation, notes, plans, drawings, copies, samples, and computer code.

7.7.2 Effect on Sublicenses. Any Sublicenses granted by Licensee under this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement. In the event that this Agreement is terminated, such Sublicense shall be considered a direct license from Licensor to Sublicensee granting Sublicensee a license to the Licensed Technology that was sublicensed to the Sublicensee in the sublicensed field, and such direct license will otherwise be on the terms and conditions of the Sublicense (to the extent applicable to the Licensed Technology); provided, however, that (a) such Sublicensee is not in material breach of the Sublicense at the time of the termination of this Agreement and (b) such Sublicense shall not impose any obligations on Licensor in excess of its obligations hereunder. For clarity, except as otherwise agreed in writing by Licensor, in the event of any inconsistencies between such Sublicense and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

7.7.3 Regulatory Approvals. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason other than breach by Licensor, if requested by Licensor, and to the extent applicable, the parties agree to negotiate in good faith the terms under which (a) Licensor would obtain the right to utilize, reference and otherwise have the benefit of all Regulatory Approvals of, or clinical trials or other studies conducted on, and all filings made with Regulatory Authorities with respect to the Licensed Instruments, to the extent such rights do not relate or apply to Aspen CT Products and would not conflict with any contractual obligations of Licensee existing as of the date of such termination, as determined by legal counsel to Licensee, and (b) Licensee would deliver to Licensor all records that are in Licensee’s possession or control and required by Regulatory Authorities to be maintained with respect to the sale, storage, handling, shipping and use of the Licensed Instruments, all reimbursement approval files, all documents, data and information related to clinical trials and other studies of Licensed Instruments, any other data, techniques, know-how and other information developed or generated that relate to the Licensed Technology or Licensed Instruments, and all copies and facsimiles of such materials, documents, information and files, to the extent such records and materials do not relate or apply to Aspen CT Products and delivering them to Licensor would not conflict with any contractual obligations of Licensee existing as of the date of such termination, as determined by legal counsel to Licensee. Licensor agrees that, subject to the provisions of Section 8.1 (Confidentiality Obligations), Licensee may retain such number of copies thereof as Licensee is required by applicable Law to maintain. If the parties are unable to agree upon terms and conditions applicable to such rights within thirty (30) days, then Licensee shall have no further obligation to Licensor under this Section 7.7.3. For the avoidance of doubt, any Regulatory Approvals, records and materials related to any Aspen CT Product are expressly excluded from the scope of this Section 7.7.3.

25


 

7.7.4 Expiration. Upon expiration of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1, the License to Licensed Technology granted under Section 2.1 of this Agreement shall, on a country-by-country and Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis, be deemed fully paid-up, irrevocable, and perpetual.

7.7.5 Survival. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, Article 3 (Financial Consideration), Article 5 (Additional Covenants), Section 6.2 (Patent Reimbursements Following the Effective Date), this Article 7 (Term and Termination), Article 8 (Confidentiality), Article 9 (Governing Law; Dispute Resolution), Article 10 (Indemnification and Insurance), Section 11.3 (Disclaimer of Licensor Representations and Warranties) and 11.4 (Exclusion of Consequential and Other Indirect Damages), Article 12 (Notices), Article 14 (Use of Name), Article 17 (Severability), Article 20 (Headers), Article 21 (Benefit and Waiver), Article 22 (Entire Agreement), and Article 23 (Miscellaneous Provisions) will, along with all defined terms used herein (whether defined in Article 1 (Definitions) or elsewhere in this Agreement) and any right, obligation or required performance of the parties in this Agreement which, by its express terms or nature and context is intended to survive termination or expiration of this Agreement, survive and remain in full force and effect.

Article 8

CONFIDENTIALITY

8.1.
Confidentiality Obligations. Each party (the “Receiving Party”) acknowledges that in connection with this Agreement it will gain access to Confidential Information of the other party (the “Disclosing Party”). As a condition to being provided with Confidential Information, the Receiving Party shall:
(a)
not use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information other than as necessary to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and
(b)
maintain the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in strict confidence and, subject to Section 8.2, not disclose the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information without the Disclosing Party’s prior written consent, provided, however, the Receiving Party may disclose the Confidential Information to its Representatives who:
(i)
have a need to know the Confidential Information for purposes of the Receiving Party’s performance, or exercise of its rights concerning the Confidential Information, under this Agreement;
(ii)
have been apprised of this restriction; and
(iii)
are themselves bound by written nondisclosure agreements or obligations at least as restrictive as those set forth in Section 8.1, provided further that the Receiving Party shall be responsible for ensuring its Representatives’ compliance with, and shall be liable for any breach by its Representatives of, Section 8.1.

The Receiving Party shall use reasonable care, at least as protective as the efforts it uses for its own confidential information, to safeguard the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information from use or disclosure other than as permitted hereby.

8.2.
Exceptions. If the Receiving Party becomes legally compelled to disclose any Confidential Information, the Receiving Party shall:

26


 

(a)
provide prompt written notice to the Disclosing Party so that the Disclosing Party may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive its rights under this Article 8; and
(b)
disclose only the portion of Confidential Information that it is legally required to furnish, which disclosed Confidential Information shall otherwise remain subject to the non-disclosure and non-use provisions of this Agreement.

If a protective order or other remedy is not obtained, or the Disclosing Party waives compliance in accordance with this Article 8 and Article 21, the Receiving Party shall, at the Disclosing Party’s expense, use reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be afforded the Confidential Information.

8.3.
Use. Notwithstanding Section 8.1, Licensee may use or disclose the Confidential Information of Licensor for the purpose of performing its obligations, or exercising its rights, under this Agreement, as well as for purposes of:
(a)
filing or prosecuting patent applications, subject to the terms of Section 6.1;
(b)
prosecuting or defending litigation;
(c)
conducting pre-clinical studies or clinical trials pursuant to this Agreement;
(d)
seeking or maintaining Regulatory Approval of the Licensed Product; or
(e)
complying with applicable Law, including securities law and the rules of any securities exchange or market on which Licensee’s or its Affiliates’ securities are currently or may be listed or traded.

In making any disclosures set forth in clauses (a) through (e) above, Licensee shall, where reasonably practicable, give such advance notice to Licensor of such disclosure requirement as is reasonable under the circumstances and will use its reasonable efforts to cooperate with Licensor in order to secure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information required to be disclosed.

Licensee may also disclose the existence and terms of this Agreement to bona fide prospective licensees, strategic partners, merger partners, acquirers and investors and, in each case, their respective professional advisors, solely in connection with the evaluation and negotiation of a potential license, corporate partnering, merger, acquisition, investment or similar transaction; provided, however, that any such disclosure shall be subject to a written confidentiality agreement with obligations of confidentiality at least as stringent as those set forth herein.

If Licensee is (i) required to issue a press release or make another public announcement to comply with applicable Law as a publicly-traded company (including any filing with a Governmental Authority) as advised by such party’s legal counsel or (ii) otherwise desires to issue a press release or make a public announcement regarding this Agreement or the subject matter hereof, the parties shall coordinate with each other in advance of any such public announcement and Licensee shall consider any timely comments of Licensor in good faith, and, in the case of the filing of this Agreement or any other agreements or documents related thereto, Licensee shall:

(1)
consult with Licensor with respect to the preparation and submission of a redacted version of this Agreement in compliance with applicable Law;

27


 

(2)
provide copies of the disclosure to Licensor reasonably in advance under the circumstances of such filing or other disclosure;
(3)
notify Licensor of such requirement and any respective timing constraints; and
(4)
give Licensor reasonable time under the circumstances from the date of provision of a copy of such disclosure to comment upon and request confidential treatment for such disclosure.

Article 9

GOVERNING LAW; DISPUTE RESOLUTION

9.1.
Governing Law. This Agreement and all related documents, and all matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement, are governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Ohio, United States of America, without regard to the conflict of laws’ provisions thereof to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than those of the State of Ohio.
9.2
Dispute Resolution.

9.2.1 Exclusive Dispute Resolution Mechanism. The parties shall resolve any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity hereof (each, a “Dispute”), under the provisions of this Section 9.2. The procedures set forth in this Section 9.2 shall be the exclusive mechanism for resolving any Dispute that may arise from time to time, subject to Section 23.9.

9.2.2 Good Faith Negotiations. If a party believes that a Dispute exists, then such party (the “Declaring Party”) shall provide notice of such Dispute to the other party (the “Notice”), which Notice shall specify the nature and cause of the Dispute and the action that the Declaring Party deems necessary to resolve such Dispute. Following receipt of the Notice, the parties shall use good faith efforts to resolve the Dispute, including making personnel with appropriate decision-making authority available to the other party to discuss resolution of the Dispute. If a Dispute is not resolved within [***] of the date of the non-Declaring Party’s receipt of the Notice, then the Dispute shall be submitted to mandatory, final and binding arbitration before the American Arbitration Association, in accordance with the then-current rules of the American Arbitration Association, as modified herein.

9.2.3 Arbitration. The parties shall use a panel of three arbitrators. The Declaring Party shall select one arbitrator, and the other party shall select a second arbitrator, and the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator. The three arbitrators shall hear the Dispute. Such arbitrators shall be knowledgeable in intellectual property law and related matters. The arbitrators shall make each determination in a manner that is consistent with this Agreement, including the parties’ intent as expressed herein. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that the arbitrators are empowered to make determinations regarding the reasonableness of a party’s acts or omissions. All decisions of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. Each party shall be solely responsible for its own attorneys’ fees and expenses, legal expenses and witness fees and expenses. Any other usual and customary expenses incurred by the arbitrators or the expense of such arbitration proceeding shall be equally divided between the parties, irrespective of the outcome of such proceeding. The arbitration will be conducted in Cleveland, Ohio. The arbitrators are to apply the laws of the State of Ohio, without regard to its conflict of laws’ provisions. The parties agree that any award, order, or judgment pursuant to the arbitration is final and may be entered and enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. The parties agree that all aspects of the dispute resolution process, including the arbitration, shall be conducted in confidence. The parties agree that all statements made in connection with informal dispute resolution efforts shall not be

28


 

considered admissions or statements against interest by any party. The parties further agree that they will not attempt to introduce such statements at any later trial, arbitration or mediation between the parties.

9.3.
Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to a trial by jury for any legal action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

Article 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification

10.1.1 Licensee Indemnification. Licensee will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Licensor and Parker and each of their respective trustees, directors, officers, medical and professional staff, employees, students, and agents and their respective successors, heirs, and assigns (each an “Indemnitee”), against all Losses of any Indemnitee resulting from any third party claim (each, a “Claim”) to the extent arising out of or resulting from (a) Licensee’s material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or obligation under this Agreement, (b) use by Licensee or its Sublicensee or any of the foregoing Persons’ respective transferees of Licensed Technology, or (c) any use, sale, transfer, or other disposition by Licensee or its Sublicensee or any of the foregoing Persons’ respective transferees of Licensed Products, or (d) any third party (and such third party is not a licensee of Licensed Technology) claim, suit, action, or other proceeding related to (i) Licensee’s enforcement or defense of the Licensed Patents or (ii) prosecution actions in respect of the Licensed Patents, to the extent such prosecution actions were taken at the request of or under the direction or guidance of Licensee (each, an “Action”). The previous sentence will not apply to any Claim to the extent that is arises from (i) the use by Licensor or its licensees (other than Licensee) or any of the foregoing Persons’ respective transferees of Licensed Technology, including the Reserved Interests, (ii) any use, sale, transfer, or other disposition by Licensor or its licensees (other than Licensee) or any of the foregoing Persons’ respective transferees of Licensed Products, (iii) Licensor’s material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or obligation under this Agreement, or (iv) gross negligence or willful misconduct of an Indemnitee.

10.1.2 Indemnification Procedure. Licensor will give notice to Licensee of any Action which might be covered by Section 10.1.1. Licensee shall have the right to take control of the defense and investigation of the Action, including selection of counsel reasonably acceptable to Licensor, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, that Licensee will not, without the prior written consent of Licensor, settle or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to such Action (a) that does not release the Indemnitee from all liability with respect to such Action, or (b) that would incur any obligation or liability, other than one as to which Licensee has an indemnity obligation hereunder. Licensor agrees to cooperate and provide reasonable assistance to such defense at Licensee’s expense. Licensor at all times reserves the right to select and retain counsel of its own at its own expense to defend Licensor’s interests. Licensor’s failure to perform any obligations under Section 10.1.2 shall not relieve Licensee of its obligation under Section 10.1.1 except to the extent that Licensee can demonstrate that it has been materially prejudiced as a result of the failure.

10.1.3 Licensor Costs and Expenses. Licensee agrees to pay or reimburse Licensor for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Licensor, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for Licensor, and agrees to pay the allocated costs of internal counsel for Licensor, in connection with the enforcement through formal legal action of its rights under this Agreement, including its rights under Article 3, solely in the event (and in proportion to the degree to which) Licensor prevails in such action. All amounts due under this Section 10.1.3 shall be payable not later than [***] after Licensor

29


 

prevails in such enforcement action pursuant to a final judgment, award or settlement and written demand by Licensor thereafter is made for such payment.

10.2
Insurance.
(a)
Prior to using, selling, transferring, or otherwise disposing of any Licensed Product (including for the purpose of obtaining regulatory approvals), Licensee shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain, pay for, and maintain commercial general liability and professional liability (Errors and Omissions) insurance in commercially reasonable and appropriate amounts that provides product liability coverage concerning the Licensed Products, including without limitation coverage for human trials, and contractual liability coverage for Licensee’s defense and indemnification obligations under this Agreement. To the extent any insurance coverage required under this Section 10.2 is purchased on a “claims-made” basis, such insurance shall cover all prior acts of Licensee during the Term, and be continuously maintained until at least [***] beyond the expiration or termination of the Term, or Licensee shall purchase “tail” coverage, effective upon termination of any such policy or upon termination or expiration of the Term, to provide coverage for at least [***] from the occurrence of either such event. Licensee will name Licensor as additional insured in each such policy. Promptly upon Licensor’s request, Licensee will present evidence to Licensor that the coverage is being maintained. In addition, Licensee will provide Licensor with at least [***] prior written notice of any material change in or cancellation of the insurance coverage.
(b)
Licensee shall include in any Sublicense, an obligation for the Sublicensee to obtain and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, insurance (including any self-insured arrangements) in types and amounts, that are reasonable and customary in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry for companies engaged in activities comparable to those contemplated in the Sublicense in the country of formation or incorporation of such Sublicensee.

10.3 Lapse of Coverage. If Licensor elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.3 for any breach of Section 10.2(a), then such termination shall occur and become effective at the time such insurance coverage ends or becomes required and is not obtained, and Licensee shall then have no right to complete production and sale of Licensed Products. Nothing herein shall be construed to release either party from any obligation that matured prior to the effective date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the [***] period subsequent to the date of such a termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.3, to the extent that such rights are still available for licensing, Licensee shall have the right to reinstate the effectiveness of this Agreement by obtaining the required insurance, whereupon this Agreement shall automatically become effective as of the date of reinstatement of said insurance and shall remain in full force and effect without any further action of the parties.

Article 11

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

11.1
Representations and Warranties of Licensee. Licensee represents and warrants to Licensor as follows:
(a)
the execution and performance of Licensee’s obligations under this Agreement does not conflict with, cause a default under, or violate any existing contractual obligation that may be owed by Licensee to any third party;
(b)
all Licensed Products will be manufactured in all material respects in accordance with applicable Laws, including, without limitation, all applicable Laws of the FDA and any other applicable Regulatory Authority;

30


 

(c)
Licensee is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its jurisdiction of organization;
(d)
Licensee has all requisite corporate power and authority, and the legal right, to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;
(e)
the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Licensee and the performance of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action in accordance with all applicable Laws. Licensee has duly executed and delivered this Agreement; and
(f)
this Agreement is a valid, legal, and binding obligation of Licensee, enforceable against Licensee in accordance with its terms.
11.2
Representations and Warranties of Licensor. Licensor represents and warrants to Licensee as follows:
(a)
to Licensor’s knowledge, it is the exclusive owner of all rights, title and interests in the Licensed Patents and has the right, power and authority to grant Licensee the Licenses in Section 2.1.
(b)
to Licensor’s knowledge, the execution and performance of Licensor’s obligations under this Agreement do not conflict with, cause a default under, or violate any legal, valid, binding, enforcing, and existing contractual obligation that may be owed by Licensor to any third party.
(c)
Licensor is a nonprofit corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing and has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver, and perform its obligations under, this Agreement;
(d)
this Agreement is a valid, legal, and binding obligation of Licensor, enforceable against Licensor in accordance with its terms; and
(e)
as of the Effective Date, to Licensor’s knowledge, there is no infringement claim pending or threatened in writing against Licensor related to any of the Licensed Patents.

For purposes of this Section 11.2, “knowledge” means the actual knowledge of individuals employed by Licensor in the group known as “Cleveland Clinic Innovations” as of the Effective Date.

11.3
Disclaimer of Licensor Representations and Warranties.
(a)
Licensee acknowledges and agrees that, except as set forth in this Agreement, all rights licensed by Licensor hereunder are licensed “as is” and without any representation, indemnification or warranty with respect to possible infringement of third-party rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as (i) a warranty or representation by Licensor as to the validity or scope of any Licensed Patents, (ii) a warranty or representation that anything made, used, imported, developed, promoted, offered for sale, sold, or otherwise disposed of under any license granted in this Agreement does not or will not infringe patents, trade secrets, copyrights, or other intellectual or proprietary rights of third parties; (iii) a representation or warranty of operability or that development of a commercial product is possible; (iv) an obligation to bring or prosecute actions or suits against third parties for infringement; (v) conferring the right to use in advertising, publicity, or otherwise any trademark, trade name, or names, or any contraction, abbreviation, simulation, or adaptation thereof of Licensee or Licensor; (vi) conferring by implication, estoppel, or otherwise any license or rights under any patents of Licensor other than the Licensed Patents; and (vii) any other representations or warranties, either express or implied, unless in

31


 

each case (i) through (vii) otherwise set forth in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, the furnishing of Confidential Information shall not be interpreted to convey any grant of rights, titles, interests, options, or licenses to the receiving party under any of the Licensed Technology.
(b)
EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, LICENSOR EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL, EXPRESS, IMPLIED STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, CONCERNING THE VALIDITY, ENFORCEABILITY, AND SCOPE OF THE LICENSED PATENTS, THE ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, SAFETY, USEFULNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE, OR LIKELIHOOD OF SUCCESS (COMMERCIAL, REGULATORY, OR OTHER) OF THE LICENSED PRODUCTS, LICENSED KNOW-HOW, AND ANY OTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION, TECHNIQUES, MATERIALS, METHODS, PRODUCTS, PROCESSES, OR PRACTICES AT ANY TIME MADE AVAILABLE BY LICENSOR INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT AND WARRANTIES ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE. WITHOUT LIMITATION TO THE FOREGOING, LICENSOR SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER TO LICENSEE OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR OR ON ACCOUNT OF ANY INJURY, LOSS, OR DAMAGE, OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, SUSTAINED BY, OR ANY DAMAGE ASSESSED OR ASSERTED AGAINST, OR ANY OTHER LIABILITY INCURRED BY OR IMPOSED ON LICENSEE OR ANY OTHER PERSON, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RESULTING FROM: (X) THE MANUFACTURE, USE, OFFER FOR SALE, SALE, OR IMPORT OF A LICENSED PRODUCT, OR THE PRACTICE OF THE LICENSED PATENTS; (Y) THE USE OF OR ANY ERRORS OF OMISSIONS IN ANY KNOW-HOW, TECHNICAL INFORMATION, TECHNIQUES, OR PRACTICES DISCLOSED BY LICENSOR; OR (Z) ANY ADVERTISING OR OTHER PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES CONCERNING ANY OF THE FOREGOING.
11.4.
Exclusion of Consequential and Other Indirect Damages. EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO MATTERS FOR WHICH LICENSEE IS OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY LICENSOR UNDER SECTION 10.1.1, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY OR ITS TRUSTEES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, OR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR ANY INJURY TO OR LOSS OF GOODWILL, REPUTATION, BUSINESS, PRODUCTION, REVENUES, PROFITS, ANTICIPATED PROFITS, CONTRACTS, OR OPPORTUNITIES (REGARDLESS OF HOW THESE ARE CLASSIFIED AS DAMAGES), OR FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, OR ENHANCED DAMAGES WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY, PRODUCT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING THE ENTRY INTO, PERFORMANCE, OR BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT), REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE WAS FORESEEABLE OR THE PARTY AGAINST WHOM SUCH LIABILITY IS CLAIMED HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE, AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ANY AGREED OR OTHER REMEDY OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.

32


 

Article 12

NOTICES

Any payment, notice or other communication to be given pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing by means of a letter or electronic mail directed:

If to Licensor:

General correspondence to:

The Cleveland Clinic Foundation

[***]

Payments to:

The Cleveland Clinic Foundation

[***]

The CCF Federal Tax ID Number is [***]

With copies to:

[***]

If to Licensee:

General correspondence to:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.
10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100
San Diego, CA 92121
Attn: [***]
Email: [***]

With copies to:

[***]

Notices sent in accordance with this Article shall be deemed effectively given: (a) when received, if sent by a nationally or internationally recognized courier (receipt requested); or (b) on the date sent by e-mail (with confirmation of transmission), if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next business day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient.

Article 13

ASSIGNMENT

This Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of each party and each party’s respective transferees, successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensee may not transfer, delegate, or assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Licensor (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), except that Licensee may, without such consent, assign this Agreement in its entirety and the rights, obligations, and interests of Licensee to an Affiliate or to any third party purchaser of all or substantially all of its assets to which this Agreement

33


 

relates or all of its equity, or to any third party successor entity resulting from any merger or consolidation of Licensee with or into such corporation (including any Change in Control transaction); provided, in each case, that the assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and enforceable by Licensor against, any Person that (a) is a successor of the Licensee or (b) acquires all or substantially all of the assets of the Licensee, in each case whether by operation of law, Change in Control or otherwise.

Article 14

USE OF NAME

Licensee shall not use the name, logo, likeness, trademarks, image, or other intellectual property of Licensor for advertising, marketing, endorsement, or any other purposes without the specific prior written consent of an authorized representative of Licensor as to each such use. Licensee shall not make any public announcements, make any public statements, issue any press releases, or otherwise communicate with any news media in respect of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the specific prior written consent of an authorized representative of Licensor.

Article 15

EXPORT CONTROLS; REGULATORY CLEARANCE

15.1 Export Controls. Neither Licensee nor any of its Sublicensees shall, directly or indirectly, export (including any “deemed export”), nor re-export (including any “deemed re-export”) the Licensed Products (including any associated products, items, articles, computer software, media, services, technical data, and other information) in violation of any applicable U.S. Laws. Licensee and each Sublicensee shall include a provision identical in substance to this Section 15.1 in its agreements with its Sublicensees, third party wholesalers, distributors, customers and end-users requiring that these Persons comply with all applicable U.S. Laws, including all applicable U.S. export Laws. For the purposes of this Section 15.1, the terms “deemed export” and “deemed re-export” have the meanings set forth in Section 734.2(b)(2)(ii) and Section 734.2(b)(4), respectively, of the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) (15 CFR §§ 734.2(b)(2)(ii) and 734.2(b)(4)).

15.2 Regulatory Clearances. Licensee shall, at Licensee’s expense, comply with all regulations and safety standards concerning Licensed Products developed and commercialized by or under the authority of Licensee and obtain all necessary governmental approvals for the development, production, distribution, sale, and use of Licensed Products developed and commercialized by or under the authority of Licensee, including any safety or clinical studies. Licensee shall have responsibility for and provide suitable warning labels, packaging, and instructions as to the use for such Licensed Products.

Article 16

MARKING

Licensee and any Sublicensee shall comply with the patent marking provisions of 35 USC § 287(a), which may include marking Licensed Products with the word “patent” or the abbreviation “pat.” and either the numbers of the relevant Licensed Patents or a web address that is freely accessible to the public and that associates the Licensed Products with the relevant Licensed Patents. Licensee shall include in all Sublicenses a patent marking requirement substantially identical to this Article 16. Licensee and any Sublicensee shall also use reasonable efforts to comply with the patent marking laws of the relevant countries in the Territory in marking Licensed Products sold in such countries.

34


 

Article 17

SEVERABILITY

If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Article 18

ANTI-KICKBACK AND STARK LAW

Licensee agrees to comply with all applicable Laws. Without limiting the foregoing, by entering into this Agreement, the Licensee will comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations including: (i) the federal anti-kickback statute (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b) and the related safe harbor regulations; and (ii) the Limitation on Certain Physician Referrals, also referred to as the “Stark Law” (42 U.S.C. 1395nn). Accordingly, no part of any consideration paid hereunder is a prohibited payment for the recommendation of or arranging for the referral of business or the ordering of items or services; nor are the payments intended to induce illegal referrals of business. In the event that any part of this Agreement is determined to violate federal, state, or local laws, rules, or regulations, the parties agree to negotiate in good faith revisions to the provision or provisions that are in violation.

Article 19

CONFLICT OF INTEREST

Licensor maintains and adheres to a Conflict of Interest Policy. In that connection Licensee represents as of the Effective Date that no Licensor employees, officers, trustees, or directors are owners, consultants, employees, officers, or directors of Licensee or any of its Affiliates or serve on any boards or committees of or in any advisory capacity with Licensee or any of its Affiliates

Article 20

HEADERS

The descriptive headings of this Agreement are for convenience only and will be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Article 21

BENEFIT AND WAIVER

The failure of either party to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement, or condition under this Agreement may be waived by the party entitled to the benefit thereof only by a written instrument signed by the party on granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement, or condition will not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. The failure of any party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor in any way to affect the validity of the Agreement or any part thereof or the right of any party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. No waiver of any breach of such provisions will be held to be waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

35


 

Article 22

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (together with any exhibits, schedules, or appendices attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous or contemporaneous negotiations, commitments, and writings with respect to such subject matter (including, without limitation, the Side Letter). Neither party shall be obligated by any undertaking nor representation regarding the subject matter hereof other than those expressly stated herein or as may be subsequently agreed to by the parties hereto in writing.

Article 23

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

23.1
Performance and Exercise by Affiliates. Licensee shall have the right to have any of its obligations hereunder performed, or its rights hereunder exercised, by, any of its Affiliates and the performance of such obligations by any such Affiliate shall be deemed to be performance by Licensee; provided, however, that Licensee shall be responsible for ensuring the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and that any failure of any Affiliate performing obligations of Licensee hereunder shall be deemed to be a failure by Licensee to perform such obligations.
23.2
Force Majeure. Neither party shall be liable to the other party or be deemed to have breached or defaulted under this Agreement for failure or delay in the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement for the time and to the extent such failure or delay is caused by or results from acts of God, earthquake, riot, civil commotion, terrorism, war, strikes or other labor disputes, fire, flood, failure or delay of transportation, omissions or delays in acting by a Governmental Authority, acts of a Governmental Authority or judicial orders or decrees or restrictions or any other reason which is beyond the control of the respective party. The party affected by force majeure shall provide the other party with full particulars thereof as soon as it becomes aware of the same (including its best estimate of the likely extent and duration of the interference with its activities), and will use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome the difficulties created thereby and to resume performance of its obligations hereunder as soon as practicable.
23.3
Amendment. No amendment, modification, or supplement of any provision of this Agreement will be valid or effective unless made in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of each party.
23.4
Further Assurances. Each party shall, upon the request of the other party, promptly execute such documents and take such further actions as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement.
23.5
Debarment. Licensee hereby represents and warrants that it has not been debarred, suspended, excluded, or otherwise determined to be ineligible to participate in federal healthcare programs or federal procurement and non-procurement programs (collectively, “Debarred”) and Licensee agrees not to engage or assign any employee, agent, or contractor (“Agent”) to perform services under this Agreement who has been Debarred. Licensee acknowledges that Licensor shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately without further obligation in the event that Licensee or an Agent is Debarred and not promptly removed. Accordingly, Licensee shall provide Licensor with immediate notice if during the Term of this Agreement Licensee (a) receives notice of action or threat of action with respect to its Debarment or (b) becomes Debarred.

36


 

23.6
Independent Contractors. Both parties are independent contractors under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be deemed to create an employment, agency, joint venture, or partnership relationship between the parties hereto or any of their agents or employees, or any other legal arrangement that would impose liability upon one party for the act or failure to act of the other party. Neither party will have any express or implied power to enter into any contracts or commitments or to incur any liabilities in the name of, or on behalf of, the other party, or to bind the other party in any respect whatsoever.
23.7
Tax Exempt Status. The parties recognize that Licensor is a non-profit, tax-exempt organization and agree that this Agreement will take into account and be consistent with Licensor’s tax-exempt status. If any part or all of this Agreement is determined to jeopardize the overall tax-exempt status of Licensor and/or any of its exempt Affiliates, then the parties will meet and discuss in good faith actions to be taken to address such concern.
23.8
Waiver of Automatic Stay. In the event Licensee is the subject of any voluntary or involuntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, Licensee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that Licensor is immediately entitled, without notice, demand, or any other action, to relief from the automatic stay so as to allow Licensor to enforce its rights and remedies under this Agreement, or at law and in equity under applicable state law. Licensee hereby consents to the immediate lifting, without notice, demand, or any other action, of any such automatic stay and agrees that it shall not, in any manner, contest or otherwise delay any motion filed by Licensor for relief from the automatic stay. Licensor’s enforcement of this stay waiver is subject to the approval of the bankruptcy court in which the case is then pending.
23.9
Equitable Relief. Each party acknowledges that a breach by the other party of this Agreement may cause the non-breaching party irreparable harm, for which an award of damages would not be adequate compensation and, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, the non-breaching party shall be entitled to equitable relief, including in the form of a restraining order, orders for preliminary or permanent injunction, specific performance, and any other relief that may be available from any court, and the parties hereby waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond or the showing of actual monetary damages in connection with such relief. These remedies shall not be deemed to be exclusive but shall be in addition to all other remedies available under this Agreement at law or in equity, subject to any express exclusions or limitations in this Agreement to the contrary.
23.10
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which need not contain the signature of more than one party but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement. A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by e-mail to which a PDF copy is attached shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

37


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives effective as of the Effective Date.

 

The Cleveland Clinic Foundation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

[***]

Name

 

[***]

Title

 

[***]

Date

 

August 18, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

/s/ Damien McDevitt

Name

 

Damien McDevitt

Title

 

CEO

Date

 

August 18, 2026

 

By signing below, Parker Hannifin Corporation, acting by and through its Electronic Motion & Controls Division, consents to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is permitted under and complies in all respects with the IIA:

 

Parker Hannifin Corporation, Electronic Motion and Controls Division

 

 

By

 

Name

[***]

Title

[***]

Date

9/23/2026

 

38


 

Appendix A

LICENSED PATENTS

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

Appendix A-1

 


 

Exhibit A

 

Description of Software

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-1

 


 

Exhibit B

Excluded Indications

 

 

[***]

 


Exhibit 10.42

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

MASTER SUPPLY AGREEMENT

THIS MASTER SUPPLY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of January 25, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ClearPoint Neuro, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ClearPoint”) and Aspen Neuroscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”). ClearPoint and Company may be referred to as a “Party” or collectively as the “Parties.”

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, ClearPoint has developed and manufactures and supplies certain Products (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, Company desires that ClearPoint manufacture and supply the Products and provide certain Services (as defined below) to Company as further described herein; and

WHEREAS, ClearPoint and Company desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth their mutual agreement with respect to the foregoing and certain other matters.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises above and the terms and conditions contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of all of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1.
Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings.
(a)
“Affiliates” means, with respect to either Company or ClearPoint, any Person which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Company or ClearPoint, as the case may be. As used in the definition of Affiliate, “control” means (a) direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding stock, shares or other voting securities or has other comparable ownership interest with respect to any Person other than a corporation; or (b) the direct or indirect power, whether pursuant to contract, ownership of securities or otherwise, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person,
(b)
“Applicable Law” means all international, national, federal, state, provincial, and local laws, statutes, codes, rules, regulations, ordinances, orders, proclamations, demands, executive orders, decrees, or other pronouncements or requirements of any governmental, administrative or judicial authority having the effect of law that govern the Parties’ respective obligations hereunder.

 


 

(c)
“Confidential Information” means any and all information provided by either Party (or its Affiliates, employees, designees, or agents) to the other Party (or its Affiliates, employees, designees, or agents) and regardless of the manner in which furnished, whether tangible or intangible and whether or not stored, compiled or memorialized physically, electronically, graphically or in writing, including but not limited to: (i) information relating to the Products; (ii) content, technical information, designs, documentation, methods, techniques, processes, know-how, trade secrets, or technology related to any proprietary works or other intellectual property owned by either Party; (iii) sales information and sales data (including, without limitation, information related to selling techniques, pricing, commission structures, marketing plans, existing and potential customer lists, and customer orders and ordering practices); (iv) information about any current, pending, or future products and services that may be offered to customers or consumers or withdrawn from distribution by either Party or its Affiliates; (v) planned and future promotions and significant business dates; and (vi) any documents or other materials marked “Confidential” or specifically communicated by either Party or its affiliates as “Confidential.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the types of information described in Section 9(c) shall not be considered Confidential Information for purposes of this Agreement.
(d)
“Custom Products” means Products that have been enhanced, improved, or customized by ClearPoint solely for use by and on behalf of Company or any of its Affiliates pursuant to a development agreement mutually agreed upon arid executed by ClearPoint and Company.
(e)
“Deliver” or “Delivery” means, with respect to a Product, the delivery of such Product to Company FOB Origin from the applicable ClearPoint facility.
(f)
“Intellectual Property” means all methods, techniques, trade secrets, copyrights, know-how, data, documentation, regulatory submissions, specifications, and any other intellectual property of any kind (whether or not protectable under patent, trademark, copyright, or similar laws) related to the Products.
(g)
“Ordering Party”. means Company or any of its Affiliate that is the party to a Purchase Order.
(h)
“Person” means any individual, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, corporation, firm, trust, association, unincorporated organization, or any other entity.
(i)
“Product” means those Product(s) set forth in Appendix 1 which may be updated as mutually agreed upon in writing by the Parties from time to time. Any amendment to Appendix 1 shall be in a writing executed by both Parties, referencing this Agreement, and which once executed shall modify and replace the then-current Appendix 1.
(j)
“Purchase Order” means a written purchase order referencing this Agreement and mutually agreed upon by the Parties for the purchase of Products by the Company or its Affiliates from ClearPoint.

2


 

(k)
“Regulatory Authority” means the United States Food and Drug Administration, any successor agency, or any counterpart or equivalent agency or regulatory body in any other country.
(l)
“Services” means certain professional services to be performed by ClearPoint pursuant to a Statement of Work.
(m)
“Statement of Work” means a written order referencing this Agreement for the performance of Services by ClearPoint in connection with this Agreement and mutually agreed upon by the Parties in writing.
(n)
“Unit” means a single quantity of a Product.
2.
Responsibilities. ClearPoint agrees to supply and sell the Products to Company and its Affiliates during the Term (as defined in this Agreement) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. During the Term, ClearPoint agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) manufacture, supply, and sell the Products (by full or partial shipment) ordered by an Ordering Party pursuant to a Purchase Order; and (ii) perform certain Services set forth in a Statement of Work. For avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall limit ClearPoint’s rights to sell, offer, license, or otherwise commercialize the Products and Services to any third-party customer in any jurisdiction. Each Party’s obligations and performance under this Agreement are and shall be subject in all respects to and in compliance with all Applicable Laws, including those that govern the supply, marketing, advertising, or use of the Products contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation the regulations of any Regulatory Authority applicable to a Party’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement. ClearPoint makes no representation or warranty with respect to the suitability of the use of the Products or the approval or clearance of the Products by any Regulatory Authority with respect to Company’s intended use. Company shall be solely responsible for, at its own risk, cost, and expense, all approvals or clearances by Regulatory Authorities relating to Company-developed therapies and products which incorporate the Products.
3.
Order and Delivery of Products.
(a)
Products are available for purchase by and supply to Ordering Parties pursuant to a Purchase Order. Each Purchase Order shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement and specify the quantities, pricing, and terms of sale with respect to the Products and sale thereof. All Purchase Orders must be accepted in writing (which may be given by email by an authorized ClearPoint representative) by ClearPoint. Company Affiliates may place an order for Products pursuant to a Purchase Order. Company shall be responsible for any Company Affiliate’s acts or omissions and compliance with the applicable terms of this Agreement. On the Effective Date, Company shall deliver to ClearPoint a rolling, twelve (12)-month forecast estimating Company’s and its Affiliates’ requirements for the Products during the immediate, subsequent twelve (12)-month period. Thereafter, no later than the first day of each quarter thereafter during the Term, Company shall provide ClearPoint with a rolling twelve (12)-month forecast of the requirements of Company and its Affiliates for the Products for such period (or the period until the expiration of the Term, if shorter) (each such twelve (12) month forecast, a “Forecast”). Such Forecasts shall not be binding unless otherwise agreed upon by the authorized representatives of the Parties.

3


 

(b)
Products shall be shipped and Delivered to the location designated by the Ordering Party in the Purchase Order. Any time quoted for Delivery is an estimate only; provided, however, that ClearPoint shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver all Product on or before the requested Delivery date. The Parties agree that the risk of loss and title with respect to such Products shall transfer from ClearPoint to Company upon Delivery, and Company shall bear all risk and liability with respect to such Products thereafter.
4.
Services. During the Term, Company may engage ClearPoint to perform certain Services, including without limitation, the support of Company’s clinical cases by ClearPoint’s clinical support team as necessary to handle infusions and/or site training related to the Products. Such Services shall be performed in accordance with the terms of a mutually agreed upon Statement of Work, which shall be subject to all of the terms of this Agreement and Applicable Law, and identify (i) the Services to be performed; (ii) ClearPoint personnel required for the performance of the Services, if any; (iii) fees for the Services; and (v) such other terms as the Parties may mutually agree as set forth in the applicable Statement of Work. To the extent Company requests ClearPoint to perform Services consisting of the development of Custom Products, which may include custom cannula, navigation systems, or software as mutually agreed upon by the Parties, the Parties must negotiate and enter into a development agreement mutually agreed upon by the authorized representatives of the Parties in writing before such Services shall be performed by ClearPoint.
5.
Company Obligations. Company shall be solely responsible for the acts or omissions of any Company Affiliate purchasing Products or receiving Services hereunder. Company is not authorized or empowered to, and covenants that it will not, do any of the following on behalf of ClearPoint: (i) create any contract or obligation, either express or implied; (ii) conduct any business under the name or for the account of ClearPoint; (iii) make any promise, warranty, or representation with respect to any of the Products; (iv) modify or alter any of the Products; or (v) use any trademarks, service marks, trade names, or logos of ClearPoint, except as expressly approved in writing by ClearPoint. In the event Company or its employees or agents make any representations, warranties, or commitments to any client or customer of Company with respect to ClearPoint and/or the Products, such representations, warranties, and commitments will be those of Company alone and will not be attributed to ClearPoint.
6.
Term; Termination.
(a)
This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue in full force and effect for a period of five (5) years (the “Initial Term”) unless otherwise terminated in accordance with this Section 6 (the “Initial Term”). Upon expiration of the Initial Term, the Agreement shall automatically renew for subsequent, successive one (1) year periods (each, a “Renewal Term,” and together with the Initial Term, the “Term”) unless a Party provides the other Party written notice at least one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the then-current Term of its intent to not renew and terminate this Agreement.
(b)
If a Party materially breaches any provision of this Agreement, the non-breaching Party shall give written notice thereof to the breaching Party stating the nature of such breach. If the breaching Party has not cured such breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice to cure (or in the event that such breach cannot be cured within said thirty (30) day

4


 

period, and the breaching Party has not commenced such cure within said thirty (30) days and thereafter diligently pursued said cure to its completion), the non-breaching Party shall have the right, in addition to all other rights and remedies available to it under law or in equity, to terminate this Agreement immediately thereafter upon ten (10) days’ notice in writing to the breaching Party. For clarity, if a Party materially breaches any provision of a Statement of Work, the non-breaching Party may terminate such Statement of Work in the same manner and within the same timelines as set forth in this Section 6(b), and this Agreement and all other Statements of Work shall remain in full force and effect.
7.
Effect of Termination.
(a)
Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Parties shall promptly return to the other all copies of any data, records, or materials of whatever nature or kind, including all materials incorporating the Confidential Information or Intellectual Property of the other Party.
(b)
Termination or expiration of this Agreement will not affect any payments accruing prior to the effective date of such termination. In the event of termination of this Agreement, ClearPoint will use commercially reasonable efforts to cancel any third-party obligations accrued as a result of this Agreement. In all cases other than the termination of this Agreement by Company pursuant to Section 6(b), Company shall be responsible for paying any non-cancelable costs or expenses incurred by ClearPoint in connection with such third-party obligations incurred pursuant to a Purchase Order or Statement of Work. In addition to any terms of this Agreement which, by their own terms, survive the termination of this Agreement, the following sections and subsections of this Agreement shall survive any termination or expiration of the Agreement: Sections 1, 7, 8, 9, 11, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 25.
8.
Ownership of Intellectual Property.
(a)
ClearPoint retains all rights, title, and interest in and to the Products and all Intellectual Property rights therein. Company shall not have and shall not claim any rights, title, or interests, including without limitation any Intellectual Property rights, in the Products sold to Company pursuant to this Agreement. Except to the extent otherwise set forth in a development agreement with respect to Custom Products, all improvements, additions, or variations made by or on behalf of ClearPoint relating to the Products, whether or not protected or capable of protection under applicable Intellectual Property laws, and whether or not made at the request of Company (collectively, “Improvements”), upon creation, as between Company and ClearPoint, shall at all times, including from the time of creation of any such Improvements, be the sole and exclusive property of ClearPoint. Company shall execute all documentation or other reasonable instruments deemed necessary by ClearPoint to secure and enforce ClearPoint’s rights hereunder.
(b)
Company shall promptly notify ClearPoint in writing if it becomes aware of: (i) any claims, allegations, or notification that the marketing or use of a Product may or will infringe any Intellectual Property of any other person or entity; and (ii) any determination or discovery that any person or entity is or may be infringing any Intellectual Property owned by ClearPoint.

5


 

9.
Confidentiality. In furtherance of a mutually advantageous business relationship, the Parties may, during the Term, disclose to each certain Confidential Information. Each Party agrees that:
(a)
Any Confidential Information disclosed will remain the sole property of the disclosing Party. For clarity, any Confidential Information of an Ordering Party other than the Company shall be deemed to be the Confidential Information of the Company for purposes of this Agreement.
(b)
The receiving Party will hold such Confidential Information in strict confidence by using the same degree of care, but in no event less than a reasonable standard of care, as such Party uses its information of like importance, and shall use such Confidential Information solely in its performance under the terms of this Agreement. The receiving Party will not disclose such Confidential Information to any Third Party other than the receiving Party’s officers, directors, owners, employees, agents, and representatives to whom such disclosure is required for the purposes of this Agreement and then only to persons who have been advised of this Agreement and the receiving Party’s obligations under this Section 9 and have agreed in writing to be bound no less restrictive than those set forth in this Section 9. The receiving Party shall be responsible for a breach of this Section by any such officers, directors, owners, employees, agents, or representatives of the receiving Party.
(c)
The receiving Party’s obligations under this Agreement will not extend to any information that: (i) can be shown by the receiving Party by written documentation to have been known to the receiving Party prior to the date of this Agreement from a source other than one having an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; (ii) can be shown by the receiving Party by written documentation to have become known to the receiving Party independently of the disclosure by the disclosing Party unless from a source having an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; or (iii) becomes publicly known by public use or publication or otherwise ceases to be secret or confidential, through no fault of the receiving Party.
(d)
In the event that a receiving Party is requested pursuant to, or required by, Applicable Law or a legal process to disclose any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party, the receiving Party shall (i) immediately notify the disclosing Party in writing of the request or requirement so that the disclosing Party may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or the disclosing Party, in its sole discretion, may waive compliance with the terms of this Agreement; and (ii) consult with the disclosing Party regarding the advisability of taking legally available steps to resist or narrow the request or requirement. If a protective order or other remedy is not obtained and the disclosing Party does not waive compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the receiving Party agrees to (A) furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information that the receiving Party is advised by written opinion of counsel is legally required; (B) exercise reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Confidential Information; and (C) provide the disclosing Party with written notice of the Confidential Information to be disclosed as far in advance of disclosure as is practicable.

6


 

(e)
Any trade secrets included in the Confidential information will also be entitled to all of the protections and benefits under applicable trade secret law. Any trade secrets of the disclosing Party will also be entitled to that same protection that receiving Party affords its trade secrets; provided, however, that the disclosing Party shall not, in order to be entitled to such protections and benefits, be subject to, and the receiving Party hereby waives, any requirement that the disclosing Party submit proof of the economic value of any trade secret or post a bond or other security. The Parties acknowledge and agree that, in the event a court of competent jurisdiction determines that information that the disclosing Party deems to be a trade secret is not a trade secret under applicable law, such information will nevertheless be deemed to be Confidential Information for purposes hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall be interpreted as diminishing or otherwise limiting either Party’s rights under applicable law to protect its trade secrets and Confidential Information.
(f)
The Parties agree that a breach of this Section 9 by the receiving Party or its Affiliates, representatives, or employees would cause irreparable damage and harm to the disclosing Party that could not be compensated for by monetary damages. Accordingly, in the event of the breach or imminently threatened breach of this Section 9, by the receiving Party, the disclosing Party, in addition to and not in limitation of its right to receive monetary damages or pursue other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or at law or in equity, shall be entitled to injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction, without the posting of bond or other surety.
10.
Representations and Warranties; Disclaimer. Each Party hereby represents and warrants that: (i) such Party has a licenses or permits and regulatory and governmental approvals necessary for the conduct of its business and, with respect to ClcarPoint, the supply of the Products; and, with respect to Company, the use, sale or distribution of such Products; (ii) it has the full power and right to enter into this Agreement and that there are no outstanding agreements, assignments, licenses, encumbrances, or rights of any kind held by other parties, private or public, that are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement; and (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Party has been authorized by all requisite corporate or company action and this Agreement is and will remain a valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR EXTENDS ANY WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE PRODUCTS PURCHASED BY COMPANY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT MAY CONTAIN, BE CONTAINED IN, INCORPORATED INTO, ATTACHED TO, OR PACKAGED TOGETHER WITH PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED BY A THIRD PARTY AND THAT CLEARPOINT MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH THIRD-PARTY PRODUCTS.

7


 

11.
Indemnification and Limitation on Liability.
(a)
ClearPoint will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Company, its Affiliates and its and their respective officers, directors, employees, subcontractors, representatives, and agents (collectively, the “Company Indemnitees”) against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, judgments, disbursements of any kind and nature, suits, cost, or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Losses”) in connection with any and all actions, suits, claims or demands that may be brought or instituted against any Company Indemnitee by any third party (each a “Claim”) to the extent they arise out of or relate to any infringement or misappropriation of the Intellectual Property of any third party to the extent arising out of the manufacture or sale of the Products as supplied by ClearPoint; provided, however, the foregoing indemnification obligation shall not apply to the extent arising from: (i) a Product that has been reconstructed, repaired, or altered by any person other than ClearPoint, (ii) a Product that has been subject to abuse, misuse, neglect, improper storage, or improper handling, (iii) a Custom Product; and provided further, the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to Losses attributable to a Company Indemnitee’s negligence or willful misconduct; or (iv) the use, export, or distribution of the Products outside of the United States.
(b)
Company will indemnify, defend and hold harmless ClearPoint, its Affiliates and its and their respective officers, directors, employees, approved subcontractors, representatives, and agents (collectively, the “ClearPoint Indemnitees”) against any and all Losses in connection with any and all Claims to the extent they arise out of or relate to Company’s (or its Affiliate’s) use, sale, or distribution of the Products, including without limitation any violation of Applicable Law; and provided further, the foregoing indemnity obligations shall not apply to Losses attributable to a ClearPoint Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(c)
Each Party must notify the other Party within thirty (30) days of receipt of any Claims made for which the other Party might be liable under Sections 11(a) or 11(b), as the case may be. Subject to Section 11(d), the indemnifying Party will have the sole right to defend, negotiate, and settle such Claims. The indemnified Party will be entitled to participate in the defense of such matter and to employ counsel at its expense to assist in such defense; provided, however, that, subject to Section 11(d), the indemnifying Party will have final decision-making authority regarding all aspects of the defense of any Claim. The Party seeking indemnification will provide the indemnifying Party with such information and assistance as the indemnifying Party may reasonably request, at the expense of the indemnifying Party.
(d)
Neither Party will be responsible or bound by any settlement of any claim or suit made without its prior written consent; provided, however, that the indemnified Party will not unreasonably withhold, conditioned, or delay such consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Party will not agree to settle any Claim on such terms or conditions as would materially and adversely impair the other Party’s ability or right to manufacture, market, sell, or otherwise use Products, or as would impair the other Party’s ability, right, or obligation to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

8


 

(e)
TN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY (WHETHER TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) FOR COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS, DAMAGES CAUSED BY FAILURE TO SUPPLY, OR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE EXERCISE OF ITS RIGHTS HEREUNDER, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, HOWEVER CAUSED, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, EXCEPT AS A RESULT OF A BREACH OF THE CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-USE OBLIGATIONS IN SECTION 9. EXCEPT IN THE CASE OF A BREACH OF THE CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-USE OBLIGATIONS IN SECTION 9, [***].
(f)
ClearPoint warrants to Company that, for the applicable Product Warranty Period, (1) the Products will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use, (2) the Products will conform in all material respects with the applicable written technical specifications for such Products, and (3) when used in accordance with the applicable user manual, technical specifications, instructions for use and labeling regarding the operation and use of the Products as made available by ClearPoint to Customer (“Documentation”),the Products arc fit for the purposes and indications described in such Documentation. If Company promptly notifies ClearPoint of Company’s warranty claim during the applicable Product Warranty Period, ClearPoint will, at its option, repair, adjust or replace the non-conforming Product. The foregoing expresses Company’s sole and exclusive remedy, and ClearPoint’s sole and exclusive liability, for any breach of warranty with respect to the Products. ClearPoint will not have any obligation to Company hereunder if the warranty claim results from or arises out of: (a) any repair, modification or alteration of a Product by Company or any third party without the express written consent of ClearPoint; (b) failure of Company to use or maintain the Product in accordance with applicable Documentation; (c) use of the Product with accessories, devices, instruments or software that are not approved by ClearPoint; (d) any cause external to the Product or beyond ClearPoint’s reasonable control; or (e) abuse, negligence or accident. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE WARRANTY AND REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. CLEARPOINT DOES NOT MAKE, AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PRODUCT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND MERCHANTABILITY. For purposes of this paragraph, the “Product Warranty Period” will mean (i) for any Product having an expiration date, the period of time up to such stated expiration date, and (ii) for any Product not having an expiration date, a period of [***] from the date the Product is delivered to Company.
12.
Purchase Price; Invoicing. The purchase price for each Unit of Product (each, a “Purchase Price”) is set forth on Appendix 1. ClearPoint will invoice Company in according to the invoice schedule set forth in the applicable Purchase Order or Statement of Work. Payment of undisputed invoices will be due thirty (30) days after receipt of the invoice. Duty, sales, use or excise taxes imposed by any governmental entity that apply to the Products or provision of Services shall be borne by Company (other than taxes based upon the income of ClearPoint).

9


 

13.
Assignment; Binding Agreement. Neither this Agreement nor any rights under this Agreement, may be assigned or otherwise transferred by Company, in whole or in part, whether voluntary or by operation of law (except in connection with a change of control or sale of all or substantially all of the business or assets of Company), without the prior written consent of ClearPoint, and any purported transfer shall be null and void. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Company and ClearPoint and their respective successors and assigns.
14.
Subcontracting. For avoidance of doubt ClearPoint may subcontract any of its obligations hereunder to a third party, including to any ClearPoint Affiliate, without the prior written consent of Company. ClearPoint will be responsible for the performance of any such subcontractors, including any costs or expenses related thereto.
15.
Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any choice of rules. Each Party hereby waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any dispute, suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or otherwise relating to the relationship of the Parties, whether in contract, tort or otherwise.
16.
Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is found invalid or unenforceable, it will be enforced to the extent permissible and the remainder of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
17.
Non-Solicitation. During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of six (6) months thereafter, neither Party shall, directly or indirectly, solicit for hire any full-time employee of the other Party or encourage any employee to cease employment with such Party; provided, however, the foregoing would not prevent the hiring of (i) any current employee of the other Party who responds to job posting or advertisement of such Party or who independently seeks employment with such Party; (ii) any person who is presented by the other Party by a third-party recruiting firm (provided that (A) such employee had to have given consent to such recruiting firm to make such presentation and (B) such Party cannot have provided the name of such employee to such third party recruiting firm); (iii) any former employee of the other Party; (iv) any employee whose base compensation has been materially reduced by the other Party; or (v) any employee whose employment is terminated, restructured, or downsized during the Term of the Agreement or six (6) months thereafter.
18.
Force Majeure. The performance by each Party of any obligation imposed upon it by this Agreement shall be excused (other than Company’s obligation to pay for any Products purchased prior to such non-performance) if such failure is caused by, or attributable to, any event or circumstance beyond such Party’s own direct, reasonable control, including, but not limited to, any act of God, war, riots, terrorist acts, fire, explosion, flood, strike, lockout, unavailability of materials, communication network failures or third party hardware failures, governmental restriction, epidemic or pandemic, or any other similar cause. The Party affected by any event of force majeure will promptly notify the other Party, explaining the nature, details and expected duration of the force majeure event. Such Party will also notify the other Party from time to time as to when the affected Party reasonably expects to resume performance in whole or in part of its obligations under this Agreement, and to notify the other Party of the cessation of any such event.

10


 

A Party affected by an event of force majeure will use its reasonable efforts to remedy, remove, or mitigate such event and the effects of it with all reasonable dispatch. If a Party anticipates that an event of force majeure may occur, such Party will notify the other Party of the nature, details and expected duration of the force majeure event. Upon termination of the event of force majeure, the performance of any suspended obligation or duty will promptly recommence.
19.
No Third-Party Beneficiary. It is the explicit intention of the Parties that no person or entity other than ClearPoint or Company is or shall be entitled to bring any action to enforce any provision of this Agreement against ClearPoint or Company, and the covenants, undertakings, and agreements set forth in this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable only by the Parties or their respective permitted successors and assigns hereunder.
20.
Notices. All notices must be in writing and sent to the address for the recipient set forth in this Agreement below or at such other address as the recipient may specify in writing under this procedure. All notices must be given by (a) personal delivery, with receipt acknowledged; or (b) prepaid certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; or (c) prepaid recognized next business day or express delivery service. Notices will be effective upon receipt or at a later date stated in the notice.

 

If to ClearPoint:

[***]

 

If to Company:

Aspen Neuroscience, Inc.

10835 Rd to the Cure

San Diego, CA 92121

Attn: Legal Dept.

 

21.
Order of Preference. If there is any conflict, discrepancy, or inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any Statement of Work, Purchase Order, or other document or form used by the Parties, the terms of this Agreement will control; provided, however, the Parties acknowledge and agree that a provision of the Statement of Work shall control if the Parties in such Statement of Work expressly state in the Statement of Work that the terms and conditions of a particular provision will control over the terms of this Agreement.
22.
Amendment; No Waiver. No amendment or modification of this Agreement or a Statement of Work shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by authorized representatives of Company and ClearPoint. No course of performance or other conduct and no usage of trade, whether or not relied or acted upon, shall modify or terminate this Agreement or operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy. No modification of this Agreement or waiver of any such right or remedy shall be effective unless made in writing duly executed by Company and ClearPoint.
23.
Rules of Construction. The headings, section numbers, and section names of this Agreement arc for convenience of reference only and in no way define, describe, extend, or limit the scope or intent of this Agreement or the intent of any provision contained in this Agreement. Except where the context expressly requires otherwise: (i) the use of the singular will be deemed to include the plural (and vice versa); (ii) the words “include,” “includes,” “including” or “e.g.” will be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”; (iii) any definition of or

11


 

reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein will be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or therein); (iv) any reference herein to any Person will be construed to include the Person’s successors and assigns; (v) the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, will be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof; (vi) all references herein to Sections or attachments will be construed to refer to Sections or attachments of this Agreement, and references to this Agreement include all Schedules hereto; (vii) the word “notice” will mean notice in writing (whether or not specifically stated) and will include notices, consents, approvals and other written communications contemplated under this Agreement; (viii) references to “month” shall mean calendar month, “quarter” shall mean calendar quarter and “year” shall mean calendar year; and (ix) the term “or” will be interpreted in the inclusive sense commonly associated with the term “and/or”.
24.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which will be considered an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
25.
Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the attachments attached hereto and incorporated by this reference and all Purchase Orders and any Statements of Work, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof. Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by the Parties, if any quotation, purchase order, acceptance or other document or communication submitted in connection with purchases made by Company under this Agreement contains terms or conditions that conflict with the terms of this Agreement, the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall take precedence.

[Signature Page(s) and Attachments to Follow this Page.]

12


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have signed this Agreement as of the Effective Date by their duly authorized representatives.

 

CLEARPOINT NEURO, INC.

 

 

 

COMPANY

By:

/s/ Danilo D’Alessandro

 

By:

/s/ Kameel D. Farag

 

(Authorized Signature)

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

Name:

Danilo D’Alessandro

 

Name:

Kameel D. Farag

 

(Print or Type)

 

 

(Print or Type)

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

13


 

APPENDIX 1. Products and Pricing

 

Product

Pricing

(USI))

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

14


Exhibit 10.43

***Certain information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. Such omitted information is indicated by brackets (“[***]”) in this exhibit***

 

MAIN SERVICES AGREEMENT

1.
Interpretation
1.1
The following definitions and rules of interpretation apply in this MSA.

Agreed Purpose: means for the purpose of using the Goods, Software and/or Services for the business of the Customer. For the avoidance of doubt, resale of the Goods, Software and/or Services shall not be deemed an Agreed Purpose, provided, however, that Customer may (subject to granting the Supplier a right of refusal in connection with a sale of all or a substantial portion of the Customer’s business to which the Goods relate or as may arise in an insolvency event on the offer of a resell of the Goods) resell the Goods in connection with a sale of all or a substantial portion of Customer’s business to which the Goods relate or in connection with an Insolvency Event .

Applicable Data Protection Laws: means the retained EU law version of the General Data Protection Regulation (EU) (2016/679) as it has effect in UK law (UK GDPR), the General Data Protection Regulation (EU) (2016/679), as it had effect in EU law (EU GDPR), along with the Data Protection Act 2018 (DPA 2018) and the Privacy and Electronic Commerce Communications (EC Directive) Regulations 2003 (SI 2003/2426) (PECR).

Applicable Laws: all applicable laws, statutes, regulation from time to time in force.

Authorised Users means those employees, officers and independent contractors of the Customer who are authorised by the Customer to use the Software under this Agreement and for whom the Customer shall at all times be responsible.

Basic Tier Software: the set of Software features that include the core functionality required for the device to run a fixed protocol to seed, culture, and harvest cells. The feature set additionally includes the capability to capture and remotely view images of the cells.

Business Day: a day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or public holiday in England, when banks in London are open for business.

Business Hours: the period from 9.00 am to 5.00 pm on any Business Day in London, UK.

Change Order: means a written document, including a mutually agreed purchase order, setting out the proposed changes, additional order details and/or any extension to the scope or execution of Goods and/or Services and the impact any such changes will have on existing terms (including fees), if any.

 


 

Confidential Information: means all confidential or proprietary information (however recorded or preserved) disclosed by one party or its employees, officers, subcontractors, investors, representatives or advisers (together “Representatives”) to the other party and/or the other party’s Representatives, including the terms of this Agreement, the business, affairs, customers, clients, suppliers, plans, intentions, market opportunities, operations, processes, products, services, data, know-how, or trade secrets of the disclosing party, including anything specified as being Confidential Information in clause 6.

Consumables: means the consumables required for functionality of the Devices and configured to the needs of any given Protocol.

Control: means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management or policies of a legally recognizable entity, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract or otherwise, and controls, controlled and the expression change of control shall be construed accordingly.

Customer Data: means any commercial or proprietary data which is shared with the Supplier, including information uploaded to the Software directly by the Customer, its Authorized Users, by the Supplier on the Customer’s behalf, or submitted indirectly to the Software via any third-party application used by the Customer. Customer Data includes Customer User Account Data and excludes Usage Data.

Customer Feedback: means feedback from the Customer to the Supplier about how the Goods and Software perform, how they are used, how they could be enhanced, which can be provided verbally, in writing or through electronic information captured by the Software, provided, however, that Customer Feedback shall not include Customer Data or Outputs.

Customer Materials: means materials, equipment and tools, drawings, specifications and data supplied by the Customer to the Supplier.

Customer Protocol: means a Protocol owned by the Customer.

Customer User Account Data: means information about any Authorized User in relation to their access to the Software, including (without limitation) their name, association with a company/institution, email address and phone number.

Customer IPRs: means any and all Intellectual Property Rights subsisting in the Customer Data, Customer Protocols, and Customer Materials.

De-install Fee: means the fee payable by the Customer to the Supplier for the removal and retrieval of the Goods from the Customer’s premises. This fee covers, but is not limited to, the costs associated with Supplier’s technicians’ travel, accommodation, labor, and shipping required to safely remove, package, and transport the Goods from the Customer’s site.

Delivery Location: means the location agreed in writing between the parties at which the Customer will take delivery of the Goods.

2


 

Device: means the physical machine designed, developed and provided by the Supplier to automate cell culture protocols.

Device-Grown Cells: means cells grown on the Device.

Effective Date: means the start date agreed in the Order Form or otherwise in writing between the parties.

Good(s): means the Device (excluding Software) and any Consumables set out in the Order Form .

Improvements: any bug fixes and/or performance improvements to the Goods, Services or Software set out in the Order Form. For the avoidance of doubt, Improvements shall not include Upgrades.

Insolvency Event: means, with respect to a party, (a) entering into a composition or arrangement with its creditors other than for the sole purpose of a solvent reconstruction; (b) an inability to pay its debts as they become due; (c) a person becoming entitled to appoint or appointing a receiver or an administrative receiver over that party’s assets; (d) a creditor or encumbrancer attaches or takes possession of the whole or any part of that party’s assets which is not discharged within 14 days; or (e) any event occurs, or proceeding is taken, in any jurisdiction that has an effect equivalent or similar to any of the events mentioned in (a) to (d) above.

Installation Date: date the installation and engineering verification of a Device, performed by the Supplier or authorized representative, is completed at Customer site. Installation services are described in Schedule 4.

Intellectual Property Rights: patents, utility models, rights to inventions, copyright and neighboring and related rights, moral rights, trademarks and service marks, business names and domain names, rights in get-up and trade dress, goodwill and the right to sue for passing off or unfair competition, rights in designs, rights in computer software, database rights, rights to use, and protect the confidentiality of, confidential information (including know-how and trade secrets) and all other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including all applications and rights to apply for and be granted, renewals or extensions of, and rights to claim priority from, such rights and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection which subsist or will subsist now or in the future in any part of the world.

Supplier Protocol: means a Protocol owned by the Supplier that may or may not be made available to any subset of customers and users of the Software.

Output(s): means the Device-Grown Cells, videos or images, reports, information, results or materials obtained by the Customer or Authorized Users (as appropriate) through use of the Software and/or Services, including Customer’s or any third party’s conclusions drawn from use of the Goods and/or Software. For the avoidance of doubt, “Output” excludes Customer Data, Customer Feedback and/or Usage Data.

3


 

Personal Data: has the meaning given to it in Applicable Data Protection Laws.

Protocol: means the sequence of steps taken by the Device (for example, seeding, collection, passage, media change) to run an automated cell culture.

Services: means the supply, installation and setup of the Goods by the Supplier to the Customer, Software Services, Protocol Development Services and any other professional service provided (in each case as applicable and given the context in which the “Services” is used).

Ship Date: the date that shipment of a Good begins to the Delivery Location. Software: means the Supplier’s software application currently known as Mytos Cloud / Mytos App (including its functionality and features, procedures, design implementation and execution of user commands) to which the Customer shall be granted remote access pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and particularly the Software Terms and Conditions.

Supplier IPRs: means any and all Intellectual Property Rights subsisting in the Services, the Software (including any maintenance releases, updates and Improvements), the Goods, the Usage Data and the Supplier Materials. For the avoidance of doubt, Supplier IPRs shall not include Customer IPRs.

Supplier Materials: means all materials, equipment and tools, drawings, specifications and data supplied by the Supplier to the Customer or used in respect of the supply of the Goods and Services.

New Feature(s): means any new feature(s) to the Product or Service which were not part of the Order Form or form part of the Basic Tier Software.

Usage Data: means technical logs and data the Supplier collects in connection with the Customer’s use of Goods and Services (e.g., frequency of software usage, features being used, interactions with software). Supplier will not disclose this data unless anonymized or aggregated. For clarity, “Usage Data” excludes Customer Data and Outputs.

User Guides: means those printed or online instructions (in audio, visual or written form), manuals, screens, and diagrams developed, distributed or otherwise provided by the Supplier that pertain to the installation, set up, troubleshooting use of and guidelines relating to the Goods and/or Software.

VAT: value added tax or equivalent tax chargeable in the UK or elsewhere.

1.2
Clause, Schedule and paragraph headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
1.3
The Schedules form part of this Agreement and shall have effect as if set out in full in the body of this Agreement. Any reference to this Agreement includes the Schedules.

4


 

1.4
Unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular shall include the plural and in the plural shall include the singular.
1.5
This Agreement shall be binding on, and endure to the benefit of, the parties to this Agreement and their respective personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns, and references to any party shall include that party’s personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
1.6
A reference to legislation or a legislative provision is a reference to it as amended, extended or re-enacted from time to time.
1.7
A reference to this Agreement or to any other Agreement or document is a reference to this Agreement or such other Agreement or document, in each case as varied or novated from time to time.
1.8
Any words following the terms including, include, in particular, for example or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words, description, definition, phrase or term preceding those terms.
2.
Goods and Services
2.1
To the extent that the:
(a)
Customer purchases Goods from the Supplier, the Goods’ terms and conditions set forth in Schedule 1 shall apply; and/or
(b)
Customer uses the Software, the Software terms and conditions set forth in Schedule 2 shall apply; and/or
(c)
Customer purchases Protocol Development Services, the Protocol Development Services terms and conditions shall be as mutually agreed by the parties; and/or
(d)
Customer purchases any additional goods and/or services or enhanced features from the Supplier, the terms and conditions set forth in this MSA (and/or the Schedules, as applicable) shall apply or where necessary, new terms and conditions shall be agreed in writing and approved as a Change Order.
2.2
In the event of conflict in respect of the provisions of this Agreement and/or a document referred to therein, the following order of priority shall prevail (in descending order of priority):
(a)
this MSA
(b)
the Order Form(s), including any purchase order or Change Order;
(c)
The Schedules in this MSA (as applicable)

5


 

(d)
any additional terms and conditions exchanged between the parties and agreed in writing.
2.3
Supplier may amend this Agreement and/or the Schedules in order to comply with Applicable Laws. In such event, the Customer agrees that any amendment to this Agreement will be deemed incorporated into this Agreement and be effective immediately.
2.4
The Supplier shall provide the Goods, Software and Services as set out in the Order Form and in accordance with this Agreement and shall comply at all times with all Applicable Laws.
2.5
The Customer shall comply with its obligations in relation to the receipt and enjoyment of the applicable Goods, Software and Services, as set out in this Agreement and shall comply at all times with all Applicable Laws.
2.6
The Customer confirms that it shall use the Goods, Software and Services for the Agreed Purpose only.
3.
Fees and payment
3.1
The Supplier shall invoice the Customer for the Fees as specified in the Order Form and the Customer shall pay each invoice submitted to [***] referencing the applicable Purchase Order number by the Supplier within 30 days of receipt (or as otherwise agreed in writing) to a bank account nominated in writing by the Supplier from time to time.
3.2
If the Customer fails to pay any sum due by the due date, the Supplier shall provide written notice of the overdue payment and, if Customer has not paid the amount due within 30 days of such notice, may suspend part or all of the Services as set out in the Order Form until payment has been made in full. This right of suspension is without prejudice to any other rights or remedies the Supplier may have under this Agreement or any applicable laws, including but not limited to the right to claim statutory interest on overdue amounts as permitted by law.
3.3
All sums payable to the Supplier under this Agreement are exclusive of VAT, and the Customer shall in addition pay an amount equal to any VAT chargeable on those sums on delivery of a VAT invoice.
3.4
In relation to the Goods, Fees may vary from time to time (notwithstanding those prices which are agreed in the Order Form for committed purchases).
3.5
In relation to fees for all Software and Services:
(a)
The Supplier may increase the Fees in line with the terms set out in the Order Form. Any such increase shall be communicated to the Customer with forty-five (45) days prior written notice.
(b)
The Basic Tier Software is made available for the fees set out in the Order Form for the duration of the Term.

6


 

(c)
The Customer shall receive access to Data Storage under the terms set out in the Order Form.
(d)
Access to New Features or additional services, including those released during the beta stage and initially provided free of charge, shall be subject to additional terms and fees as agreed separately between the parties.
3.6
The Customer shall make all payments under this Agreement without any set off, withholding or deduction of, or in respect of, any and all local or international taxes, unless required by law. If any such withholding or deduction is required, the Customer shall, when making the payment to which the withholding or deduction relates, pay to the Supplier such additional amount as will ensure that the Supplier receives the same total amount that it would have received if no such withholding or deduction had been required.
4.
Data
4.1
Both parties will comply with all applicable requirements of Applicable Data Protection Laws. This clause is in addition to, and does not relieve, remove or replace, a party’s obligations or rights under Applicable Data Protection Laws.
4.2
The parties acknowledge and agree that the Supplier shall not process and handle any Personal Data on behalf of the Customer under this Agreement, other than the Customer User Account Data which it shall process only to the limited extent required to deliver the Services. The Customer shall ensure that no Personal Data, other than the Customer User
4.3
Account Data, is included in the Customer Data provided to the Supplier under this Agreement. In the event this is shared by accident it shall be deleted or removed as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.
4.4
The Customer shall own all right, title and interest in and to all the Customer Data, Customer Protocols, and the Outputs and shall have sole responsibility for the legality, reliability, integrity, accuracy, and quality of the Customer Data, Customer Protocols, and/or the Outputs. The Customer warrants and represents that it has the authority, including all necessary rights, licenses, and permissions and consent, to upload and use, and to permit the Supplier to use and process the Usage Data, Outputs and Customer Feedback in accordance with this Agreement.
4.5
The Customer grants the Supplier a license to use Customer Data and the Outputs for the purposes of (i) providing the Goods, Software and Services to the Customer in accordance with this Agreement and (ii) developing Improvements to the Goods and/or Software during the Term of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Supplier agrees not to use the Customer Data and/or Output in the creation of a New Feature without the express prior consent of the Customer. If the Customer consents to the use of the Customer Data or Outputs for the creation of a New Feature, access to such New Feature shall be subject to additional terms.
4.6
The Customer acknowledges that the Supplier may use the Usage Data and/or the Customer Feedback to improve the performance and functionality of the Goods, Software and/or

7


 

Services, including to develop Improvements. The Customer acknowledges that the Supplier may also share certain Usage Data and/or Customer Feedback in an aggregated and fully anonymized form with third parties (for example, in the Supplier’s marketing materials or with existing or potential investors).
5.
Intellectual Property
5.1
Subject to the remainder of this clause, the Customer and its licensors shall retain ownership of all Customer IPRs and the Outputs. The Customer undertakes to Supplier that (as between the Parties) the Customer shall be responsible for all risk and liability arising from reliance on the Services and the Outputs, including with respect to compliance with Applicable Law and Customer further acknowledges that the Outputs are provided “as is” with no warranty or guarantee as to accuracy or completeness.
5.2
The Customer hereby grants to the Supplier a fully paid-up, worldwide, non-exclusive, royalty-free, non-transferable, revocable license to use the Customer IPRs for the term of the Agreement to enable it to provide the Goods, Software and Services in accordance with this Agreement.
5.3
The Customer acknowledges that the Supplier and its licensors shall retain ownership of all Intellectual Property Rights in all existing and new Supplier IPRs, including any new Supplier IPRs which arise from this Agreement and/or is developed independently of this Agreement. The Supplier makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or enforceability of the Intellectual Property Rights in the Supplier IPR. Except for the license granted in clause 5.4, nothing in this Agreement grants to the Customer any right to or in any Supplier IPRs.
5.4
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Supplier grants the Customer a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable license under the Supplier IPR to use the device and software for the Agreed Purpose.
5.5
To the extent that the Customer’s (or any Authorized User’s) use of the Goods, Software and/or Services result in any Improvements, the Intellectual Property Rights in and to Improvements shall immediately vest in and be owned by the Supplier (without prejudice to clause 5.3 above)
5.6
Unless otherwise agreed in writing, where the Customer engages the Supplier to develop bespoke changes to the Goods which are specific to such Customer, Supplier shall own any Intellectual Property Rights arising from such bespoke changes but Customer shall be granted a non-exclusive license to use such Supplier IPRs and to enjoy the benefit of such bespoke changes for the duration of the Term.
6.
Indemnification
6.1
The Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Supplier in full against any and all costs, claims, damages or expenses incurred by the Supplier arising of or in connection with any claim relating to:

8


 

(a)
the Customer’s grossly negligent or more culpable act or omission in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement;
(b)
the Customer’s or any Authorized User’s use of the Supplier IPRs otherwise than in accordance with this Agreement; and
(c)
the receipt or use by the Supplier of any Customer IPRs in accordance with this Agreement by the Supplier which infringe or misappropriate the Intellectual Property Rights or privacy rights of any third party,

provided in each case, that: (i) the Customer is given prompt notice of such claim; (ii) the Supplier provides reasonable co-operation to the Customer in the defense and settlement of such claim, at the Customer’s expense; (iii) the Customer is given sole authority to defend or settle the claim; and (iv) the Supplier makes no admission of liability or fault itself or on behalf of the Customer.

6.2
Supplier shall indemnify and hold harmless the Customer in full against any and all costs, claims, damages or expenses incurred by the Customer arising of or in connection with any claim relating to:
(a)
the Supplier’s grossly negligent or more culpable act or omission in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement; and
(b)
any bodily injury or death of any individual, or damage to real or tangible personal property caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Supplier.

provided in each case, that: (i) the Supplier is given prompt notice of such claim (ii) the Supplier provides reasonable co-operation to the Supplier in the defense and settlement of such claim, at the Supplier’s expense; and (iii) the Supplier is given sole authority to defend or settle the claim; and (iv) the Customer makes no admission of liability or fault itself or on behalf of the Supplier.

6.3
The Supplier shall defend the Customer against any third party claim that the use of the Supplier IPRs in accordance with this Agreement infringes any third party Intellectual Property Right and shall indemnify Customer for and against any amounts awarded against the Customer in judgement or settlement of such claims, provided that (i) the Supplier is given prompt notice of such claim; (ii) the Customer provides reasonable co-operation to the Supplier in the defense and settlement of such claim, at the Supplier’s expense; (iii) the Supplier is given sole authority to defend or settle the claim; and (iv) the Customer makes no admission of liability or fault itself or on behalf of the Supplier.
6.4
The Supplier shall not in any circumstances have any liability (including in respect of the indemnity provided under clause 6.3) if the alleged infringement is based on: (i) modification of the Supplier IPR by anyone other than the Supplier; or (ii) the Customer’s or any Authorized User’s use of the Supplier IPR otherwise than in accordance with this Agreement or in a manner contrary to the instructions given to the Customer by the Supplier; or (iii) the Customer’s or any Authorized User’s use of the Supplier IPR after notice of the alleged or actual infringement from the Supplier or any appropriate authority;

9


 

or (iv) use or combination of the Supplier IPR with any other software or hardware, in circumstances where, but for such combination, no infringement would have occurred.
7.
Confidentiality
7.1
Each party undertakes that it shall not at any time during this Agreement, and for a period of seven years after termination or expiry of this Agreement, disclose to any person any Confidential Information of the other party, except as permitted by 7.2, provided, however, that provided, however, that the confidentiality and non-use obligations of this Section 7 with respect to Confidential Information that constitutes trade secret(s) under applicable law shall survive until such time as such Confidential Information no longer constitutes trade secret information under applicable law.
7.2
Each party may disclose the other party’s confidential information:
(a)
to its Representatives who need to know such information for the purposes of exercising the party’s rights or carrying out its obligations under or in connection with this Agreement. Each party shall ensure that its Representatives to whom it discloses the other party’s confidential information comply with this Section 7; and
(b)
as may be required by law, a court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental or regulatory authority (and in each such case, the party shall, if legally permissible, notify the other party of the requirement as soon as reasonably practicable and use commercially reasonable endeavors to discuss with the other party and agree any possible limitations or restrictions on disclosure in advance to the extent permitted by law).
7.3
The provisions of clauses 7.1 and 7.2 shall not apply to information that: (i) is or becomes generally available in the public domain otherwise than arising in connection with a breach of this clause by the recipient; (ii) is lawfully in the recipient’s possession free of any restrictions as to its use or disclosure at the time of disclosure by the disclosing Party; (iii) is lawfully acquired from an independent third party who did not itself obtain it under an obligation of confidentiality; or (iv) is independently developed without access or reference to any information disclosed by the disclosing Party.
7.4
No party shall use the other party’s confidential information for any purpose other than to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under or in connection with this Agreement.

10


 

7.5
The Supplier acknowledges that the Customer Data, Customer Materials and Customer IPRs are Confidential Information of the Customer and Customer acknowledges that Supplier Materials and Supplier IPRs are Confidential Information of the Supplier. Both parties agree to protect such Confidential Information with the same standard of care that it applies to its own Confidential Information.
7.6
Neither party shall use the other party’s name, logo, or branding in any public disclosure without the other party’s prior written consent.
7.7
If, pursuant to Clause 7.6, Customer consents to a press release or other public disclosure, Customer shall receive a discount on purchases of Devices as set forth in the Order Form. If Customer has previously purchased one or more Devices before such consent is granted, any discount awarded per the discounts set forth in the Order Form shall be applied to subsequent Device purchases.
7.8
Supplier will obtain the prior written consent of the Customer before it mentions the relationship between the parties, including the Goods and Services arising under it, in public in any media.
8.
Limitation of liability
8.1
References to liability in this clause include every kind of liability arising under or in connection with this Agreement including but not limited to liability in contract, tort (including negligence), misrepresentation, restitution or otherwise.
8.2
Nothing in this clause shall limit the Customer’s payment obligations under this Agreement.
8.3
Nothing in this Agreement limits any liability which cannot legally be limited, including but not limited to liability for death or personal injury or for fraud.
8.4
Subject to clause 8.3, the Supplier’s total aggregate liability to the Customer arising out of or relating to the Services provided by the Supplier to the Customer under this Agreement shall not exceed [***].
8.5
Subject to clause 8.3, Supplier shall of be liable for any loss or damage, howsoever arising, which may be suffered by the Customer (or any person claiming under or through the Customer), that are consequential, indirect, special, incidental, punitive or exemplary loss or damages, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, including loss of profit, loss of business, loss of opportunity, wasted expenditure, loss of anticipated savings, loss of goodwill, loss of or corruption of data, loss caused or contributed to by any agent or Representative of the Customer.
8.6
For the avoidance of doubt, the Supplier shall not be liable for:
(a)
any loss caused as a result of the Software as a result of planned downtime for the Software, a Force Majeure Event or any third party application, service or network failure;

11


 

(b)
any loss arising from any failure of the Customer’s infrastructure and/or utilities, including any transfer of Customer Data over third party communications networks or facilities, including the internet;
(c)
any loss arising due to Customer’s interference with the Goods and/or Software which is contrary to the Supplier’s instructions, including any modification or alteration of the Software by any third party not pre-approved by the Supplier;
(d)
any loss arising from the Outputs or reliance thereon (including without limitation errors, omissions or otherwise) for which the Supplier assumes no responsibility whatsoever; or
(e)
any loss arising a result of actions taken by the Supplier at the Customer’s direction.
8.7
The Supplier has given commitments as to the compliance of the Goods with the description set out in the Order Form and User Guides. In view of these commitments, any other terms relating to the supply of goods or services which are implied by statute or otherwise are, to the fullest extent permitted by law, excluded from the Agreement.
9.
Change Order
9.1
At any time, either party may propose changes, additional orders of Goods or an extension to the scope or execution of the Goods and/or Services and any changes must be agreed in writing by both parties.
9.2
If the parties wish to make a change to the Services or if the Customer wishes to order additional Goods or Services:
(a)
the parties shall discuss such changes or additional goods or services, with each providing as much detail as may be reasonably necessary in relation to the proposed changes, including the timing of the proposed changes and/or any quote, additional fees or terms which may apply;
(b)
once agreed on these terms, the Customer shall provide a draft Change Order/purchase order to the Supplier;
(c)
Supplier shall confirm such purchase order in writing (email sufficient), with such changes as may be reasonably necessary and mutually agreed; and
(d)
the Change Order/purchase order shall then be deemed to form part of this Agreement and these terms shall apply to it.
10.
Term and Termination
10.1
This Agreement is entered into on the Effective Date for an initial term of two (2) years (the Initial MSA Term) and shall continue on a rolling basis for successive one-year periods (each a MSA Renewal Term), unless otherwise agreed in writing and until validly

12


 

terminated in accordance with this clause. The Initial MSA Term and all MSA Renewal Terms are referred to collectively as the MSA Term.
10.2
Subject to the provisions below, this Agreement may be terminated for convenience by the Customer, giving thirty (30) days prior written notice of its intention to terminate, provided:
(a)
The Customer shall pay the termination fees as set out in clause 11.2 below; and
(b)
The Supplier may schedule such returns at a time that is convenient for the Supplier, taking into account its operational and logistical considerations; and
(c)
The Customer agrees to cooperate with the Supplier in facilitating the return of Goods according to the schedule determined by the Supplier.
10.3
Without affecting any other right or remedy available to it, either party may terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving written notice to the other party if:
(a)
the other party fails to pay any amount due under this Agreement within 30 days of the due date for payment and such amount remains unpaid more than 30 days after the other party is notified in writing that the payment is overdue;
(b)
the other party commits a material breach of any term of this Agreement and (if such breach is remediable) fails to remedy that breach within a period of 30 days after being notified in writing to do so;
(c)
the other party suspends, ceases, or threatens to suspend or cease carrying on its business or a substantial part thereof, or suffers an Insolvency Event.
10.4
Without affecting any other right or remedy available to it, the Supplier may terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving written notice to the Customer if there is a change of control of the Customer which directly or indirectly leads to the Customer being held by a competitor of the Supplier. For the purpose of this clause 10.4 a direct competitor shall mean any firm, company or person that does not research, develop or sell cell therapeutics and who is or has at any time up to 5 years prior to the date of this Agreement, developed, supplied, devised, or created a product which is the same or similar to the Device, Services or Software set out in the Order Form.
11.
Obligations on termination
11.1
On termination or expiry of this Agreement for any reason:
(a)
all licenses granted under this Agreement shall immediately terminate, provided, however, that Customer’s license to the Basic Software Tier shall (save in the case of a termination for breach of this Agreement) remain in full force and effect;
(b)
the Customer shall, within thirty (30) days of termination or expiration, pay in full all of the Supplier’s outstanding unpaid invoices and interest and, in respect of the Goods and Services as set out in the Order Form supplied but for which no invoice has been

13


 

submitted, the Supplier may submit an invoice, which shall be payable within thirty (30) days of receipt;
(c)
each of the parties shall, within ninety (90) days of termination or expiration, return (or, upon prior written approval of the other party, destroy) and make no further use of any Confidential Information, equipment, property and other items (and all copies of them) belonging to the other party, including but not limited to, any Customer Materials and Supplier Materials to the extent reasonably practicable. For the avoidance of doubt, parties may keep and maintain a copy of Confidential Information for the purpose of ongoing compliance with this clause and to the extent impracticable to extract such Confidential Information from its back up servers providing these have limited accessibility; and
(d)
Customer and the Supplier, acting reasonably, shall agree on the format, delivery time and any other special terms in relation to the return of Customer Data and the export or download of any relevant Output, Customer Data or Materials.
11.2
In addition to clause 11.1 above, on termination of this Agreement during the Initial Term as set forth on the Order Form for convenience by the Customer, any deposits, instalment, advance payments or otherwise shall be non-refundable. In addition, the Customer agrees to pay to the Supplier within thirty (30) of date of invoice the following fees:
(a)
All authorised costs and expenses incurred but not yet invoiced, up to the date of termination
(b)
the De-install Fee for any and all Devices at the Customer’s site or premises.

(Together “Termination Fees”)

12.
Suspension
12.1
Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies hereunder to which the Supplier may be entitled, if the Supplier knows or has reasonable grounds to suspect that the Customer is: (i) acting in breach of its obligations under this Agreement (including failure to pay the Fees); (ii) poses a security risk; (iii) adversely impacting or may adversely impact the Services to the Customer or any other third party, the Supplier may notify the Customer in writing accordingly. If Customer has not remedied the situation within sixty (60) days of such notice, Supplier may suspend the Customer’s and all Authorized Users’ access to the Software, until such breach can be remedied, or until the Supplier is satisfied, acting reasonably, that its suspicions are unfounded. For
13.
Representations and Warranties
13.1
Supplier represents and warrants to Customer that:
(a)
it is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing in the jurisdiction of its organization;

14


 

(b)
it is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which such qualification is required for purposes of this Agreement;
(c)
it has the full right, power, and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement;
(d)
the execution of this Agreement by the individual whose signature is set forth at the end hereof has been duly authorized by all necessary actions;
(e)
the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by Seller will not violate, conflict with, require consent under, or result in any breach or default under Seller’s organizational documents or any agreements to which it is a party or violate any applicable Law in any material respect;
(f)
when duly executed and delivered by each of Supplier and Customer, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid, and binding obligation of Supplier, enforceable against Supplier in accordance with its terms; and
(g)
it is in compliance with all Laws and all agreements to which Supplier is a party or to which any of its material assets are bound applicable to this Agreement, the Goods, and the operation of its business.
14.
Survival
14.1
On termination or expiry of this Agreement, clauses 1, 2.2, 4, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4, 6, 7, 8, 11, 15, 18, 19, 20, 22, 23, 26 and 27 as well as any provision of this Agreement that expressly or by implication is intended to come into or continue in force on or after termination or expiry of this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect.
14.2
Termination or expiry of this Agreement shall not affect any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities of the parties that have accrued up to the date of termination or expiry, including the right to claim damages in respect of any breach of the Agreement which existed at or before the date of termination or expiry.
15.
Force majeure
15.1
Force Majeure Event means any circumstance not within a party’s reasonable control including, without limitation:
(a)
acts of God, flood, drought, earthquake or other natural disaster;
(b)
epidemic or pandemic;
(c)
terrorist attack, civil war, civil commotion or riots, war, threat of or preparation for war, armed conflict, imposition of sanctions, embargo, or breaking off of diplomatic relations;
(d)
nuclear, chemical or biological contamination or sonic boom;

15


 

(e)
any law or any action taken by a government or public authority, including without limitation imposing an export or import restriction, quota or prohibition, or failing to grant a necessary license or consent;
(f)
collapse of buildings, fire, explosion or accident;
(g)
any labor or trade dispute, strikes, industrial action or lockouts (other than in each case by the party seeking to rely on this clause, or companies in the same group as that party);
(h)
material non-performance by suppliers or subcontractors; and
(i)
interruption or failure of utility service.
15.2
Provided it has complied with 15.3, if a party is prevented, hindered or delayed in or from performing any of its obligations under this Agreement by a Force Majeure Event (Affected Party), the Affected Party shall not be in breach of this Agreement or otherwise liable for any such failure or delay in the performance of such obligations.
15.3
The Affected Party shall:
(a)
as soon as reasonably practicable after the start of the Force Majeure Event, notify the other party of the Force Majeure Event, the date on which it started, its likely or potential duration, and the effect of the Force Majeure Event on its ability to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; and
(b)
use all reasonable endeavors to mitigate the effect of the Force Majeure Event on the performance of its obligations.
15.4
If the Force Majeure Event prevents, hinders or delays the Affected Party’s performance of its obligations for a continuous period of more than four weeks, the party not affected by the Force Majeure Event may terminate this Agreement by giving four weeks’ written notice to the Affected Party.
16.
Assignment and other dealings
16.1
The Supplier shall not, without the Customer’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) assign, transfer, mortgage, charge, subcontract, delegate, declare a trust over or deal in any other manner with any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement.
17.
Variation
17.1
No variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the parties (or their authorized representatives).

16


 

18.
Waiver
18.1
A waiver of any right or remedy under this Agreement or by law is only effective if given in writing and shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent right or remedy.
18.2
A failure or delay by a party to exercise any right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall not constitute a waiver of that or any other right or remedy, nor shall it prevent or restrict any further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall prevent or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy.
19.
Rights and remedies
19.1
The rights and remedies provided under this Agreement are in addition to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies provided by law.
20.
Severance
20.1
If any provision or part-provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable, it shall be deemed deleted, but that shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the rest of this Agreement.
20.2
If any provision or part-provision of this Agreement is deemed deleted under clause 20.1 the parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree a replacement provision that, to the greatest extent possible, achieves the intended commercial result of the original provision.
21.
Entire Agreement
21.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes and extinguishes all previous agreements, promises, assurances, warranties, representations and understandings between them, whether written or oral, relating to its subject matter.
21.2
Each party agrees that it shall have no remedies in respect of any statement, representation, assurance or warranty (whether made innocently or negligently) that is not set out in this Agreement. Each party agrees that it shall have no claim for innocent or negligent misrepresentation or negligent misstatement based on any statement in this Agreement.
22.
No partnership or agency
22.1
Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to, establish any partnership or joint venture between any of the parties, constitute any party the agent of another party, or authorize any party to make or enter into any commitments for or on behalf of any other party.
22.2
Each party confirms it is acting on its own behalf and not for the benefit of any other person.

17


 

23.
Third party rights
23.1
This Agreement does not give rise to any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement.
24.
Notices
24.1
Any notice given to a party under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be:
(a)
delivered by hand or by pre-paid first-class post or other next Business Day delivery service at its registered office (if a company) or its principal place of business (in any other case); or
(b)
sent by email to the addresses set out in the Order Form, with copy to [***].
24.2
Any notice shall be deemed to have been received:
(a)
if delivered by hand or by a reputable international courier service, at the time the notice is left at the proper address (with proof to be provided by delivery confirmation) or five (5) Business Days after mailing, if mailed by first class certified or registered airmail;
(b)
if sent by email, at the time of transmission, or, if this time falls outside Business Hours in the place of receipt, when Business Hours resume.
24.3
This clause does not apply to the service of any proceedings or any documents in any legal action or, where applicable, any arbitration or other method of dispute resolution.
25.
Counterparts
25.1
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute a duplicate original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute the one Agreement.
26.
Governing law
26.1
This Agreement and any dispute or claim (including non-contractual disputes or claims) arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales.
27.
Jurisdiction
27.1
Each party irrevocably agrees that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim (including non-contractual disputes or claims) arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter or formation.

18


 

SCHEDULE 1 - Goods Terms and Conditions

The rules of interpretation set out in the MSA and the definitions set out therein shall apply to this Schedule 1.

Goods

1.
The Goods are described in the Order Form. The Supplier reserves the right to amend the specification of the Goods if required by any applicable statutory or regulatory requirements.
2.
The Supplier shall ensure that the Goods shall:
(a)
correspond in all material respects with their description;
(b)
be of satisfactory quality (within the meaning of the Sale of Goods Act 1979, as amended);
(c)
where they are manufactured products, be free from material defects in design, material and workmanship; and
(d)
comply with all applicable statutory and regulatory requirements relating to the manufacture, labelling, packaging, storage, handling and delivery of the Goods.
3.
The warranty period for the Goods shall be:
(a)
for a Device, one (1) year from the earliest of: the Installation Date, or 4 weeks after the Ship Date; and
(b)
for a Consumable, 6 months from the Ship Date.
4.
In the event that:
(a)
the Customer gives notice in writing to the Supplier within a reasonable time of discovery that some or all of the Goods do not comply with the warranty set out in paragraph 2 and 3;
(b)
the Supplier is given a reasonable opportunity of examining such Goods; and
(c)
the Customer (if asked to do so by the Supplier) returns such Goods to the Supplier’s place of business at the Supplier’s cost,

the Supplier shall, at its option, repair or replace the defective Goods, or refund the price of the defective Goods in full.

5.
The Supplier shall not be liable for the Goods’ failure to comply with the warranty set out in paragraphs 2 and 3 in any of the following events:
(a)
the Customer makes any further use of such Goods after giving notice in accordance with clause 4(a);

19


 

(b)
the defect arises because the Customer failed to follow the Supplier’s oral or written instructions, including the User Guides, as to the storage, commissioning, installation, location, use and maintenance of the Goods or (if there are none) good trade practice regarding the same;
(c)
the Customer alters or repairs such Goods without the prior written consent of the Supplier;
(d)
the defect arises as a result of any fair wear and tear, wilful damage, negligence, or abnormal storage or working conditions;
(e)
the Goods differ from their description as a result of changes made to ensure they comply with applicable statutory or regulatory requirements; or
(f)
the failure arises as a result of the Supplier following the instructions or specification of the Customer.

Delivery

6.
Unless otherwise agreed, Customer is responsible for all shipping and handling costs, as well as customs and taxes. These will be invoiced to the Customer by the Supplier (and shall be payable by the Customer in accordance with the Payment Terms) or directly by the relevant authorities, in the reasonable discretion of the Supplier.
7.
Subject to the Customer paying any pre-paid Fees in accordance with the Payment Terms and all agreed Delivery Fees (including customs or duties) in accordance with this Agreement (if applicable), the Supplier shall deliver the Goods to the Delivery Location on an agreed date, providing all Fees (including delivery and/or customs costs) have been paid in full, as agreed in each Order Form or purchase order.
8.
Delivery of the Goods shall be completed on the Goods’ arrival at the Delivery Location.
9.
Any dates quoted for delivery are approximate only, and the time of delivery is not of the essence. The following conditions apply:
(a)
Supplier shall provide Customer with an estimated delivery timeline within 5 business days from receiving a Purchase Order. This timeline is subject to factors such as manufacturing completion and the availability of installation engineers.
(b)
The Supplier shall make reasonable efforts to meet the estimated delivery timeline but cannot guarantee delivery within a fixed period from the Purchase Order date. The Supplier will keep the Customer informed of any significant changes to the estimated delivery schedule.

20


 

(c)
For orders of multiple units, the Supplier may coordinate activities to optimize installation and servicing efficiency, which may affect the delivery timeline.
(d)
The Supplier shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of the Goods that is caused by the Customer’s failure to provide the Supplier with adequate delivery instructions or any other instructions that are relevant to the supply of the Goods.
10.
The Supplier may deliver the Goods by instalments, which shall be invoiced and paid for separately. Any delay in delivery or defect in an instalment shall not entitle the Customer to cancel any other instalment.

Returns

11.
Pursuant to clause 10.2, the Customer has the right to terminate for convenience. Any return of the Goods shall be subject to the fees set out in clause 11.2.
12.
Purchases of any non-standard items shall be non-refundable.

Title and Risk

13.
The risk in the Goods shall pass to the Customer on completion of delivery.
14.
Title to the Goods shall not pass to the Customer until the Supplier receives payment in full for the Goods, in which case title to the Goods shall pass at the time of payment of all such sums.

Hardware Services & Relocation

15.
The Supplier shall supply any pre-agreed services relating to the Hardware delivery, installation and set up to the Customer in accordance with the Order Form (or other mutually agreed written instructions) in all material respects..
16.
The Customer acknowledges and agrees that absent Supplier’s prior written approval of such change, any material change in installation, setup, or a relocation of the Goods by any party other than the Supplier or its agreed subcontractors shall:
(a)
Immediately void all warranties and service guarantees provided by the Supplier in relation to the Goods;
(b)
Release the Supplier from any liability for malfunction, damage, or performance issues arising from or related to such third-party actions;
(c)
Require a complete service of the machine by the Supplier, at the Customer’s expense, to reinstate any warranties or service guarantees.

The Supplier reserves the right to refuse reinstatement of warranties or guarantees if, in its reasonable opinion, the Goods have been compromised beyond repair or reliable function as a result of Customer’s failure to follow the Supplier’s oral or written instructions,

21


 

including the User Guides, as to the storage, commissioning, installation, location, use and maintenance of the Goods or (if there are none) good trade practice regarding the same, or the Customer alters or repairs such Goods without the prior written consent of the Supplier.

17.
The Supplier shall use all reasonable endeavours to meet any performance dates specified by the Customer, but any such dates shall be estimates only and time shall not be of the essence for performance of the Services.
18.
During the Warranty Period, Supplier shall bear the cost of all necessary parts and labour in the case of non-user induced failure which impacts the functionality of the Device(s).
19.
Otherwise, an additional service schedule shall be agreed setting out the costs associated with visits, repairs, parts and support. For the avoidance of doubt, moving and cleaning the Device(s) should be done by the Supplier and will be chargeable both during and after the Warranty Period. The Customer should not move or clean the Device(s) themselves and any effort to do so will invalidate the Warranty.
20.
The Supplier reserves the right to amend the Services required if necessary to comply with any Applicable Laws, or if the amendment will not materially affect the nature or quality of the Services, and the Supplier shall notify the Customer in any such event.
21.
The Supplier warrants to the Customer that the Services will be provided using reasonable care and skill.

Customer’s obligations

22.
The Customer shall:
(a)
provide, for the Supplier, its agents, subcontractors, consultants and employees, in a timely manner and at no charge, access to the Customer’s premises and other facilities as reasonably required by the Supplier in order to perform this Agreement;
(b)
provide its own uninterruptible power supplies and network connections in order to allow for operationality of the Goods and Software;
(c)
provide, in a timely manner, such information as the Supplier may reasonably require, and ensure that it is accurate and complete in all material respects. Such information shall include accurate shipping information (where relevant), Delivery Location precise address, lab number, any delivery rules or access instructions to ensure smooth installation;

22


 

(d)
comply with reasonable instructions and recommendations from the Supplier with regards to location of Goods and storage and shall only use the Supplier Consumables within the Device(s);
(e)
take reasonable care of all Supplier Materials in its possession and make them available for collection by the Supplier on reasonable notice after termination of the Agreement; and
(f)
permit the Supplier to have access to such materials and information as the Supplier may reasonably and necessarily require in order to perform its obligations.
23.
If the Supplier’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement is prevented or delayed by any act or omission of the Customer, its agents, subcontractors, consultants or employees, the Supplier shall:
(a)
not be liable for any costs, charges or losses sustained or incurred by the Customer that arise directly or indirectly from such prevention or delay;
(b)
be entitled to payment of the Fees despite any such prevention or delay; and
(c)
be entitled to recover any additional costs, charges or losses the Supplier sustains or incurs that arise directly or indirectly from such prevention or delay.
24.
The Customer shall not sell the Goods to any third party at any time without the prior written consent of the Supplier.

23


 

SCHEDULE 2 - Software Terms and Conditions

The rules of interpretation set out in the MSA and the definitions set out therein shall apply to this Schedule 2.

License for use of Software

1.
The Software shall be available for usage in the format defined by the Supplier at the dates agreed between the parties. Time shall be of the essence in relation to such installation dates and the performance of the Software.
2.
The Supplier hereby grants to the Customer a non-exclusive right to permit the Authorized Users to use the Software during the Term (subject to the Customer paying any Software Fees in full and complying with the terms and conditions of this Agreement at all times), provided, however, that Customer’s license to the Basic Software Tier shall remain in full force and effect, at no cost to Customer, while Customer owns the Goods.
3.
Use of the Software shall be restricted to use in object code form, for the Agreed Purpose only, which shall not include allowing the use of the Software by any person other than an Authorized User. For the avoidance of doubt, the license hereunder shall be considered granted to any affiliate, subsidiary, contractor, successor in interest, or holding company of the Customer.
4.
The Customer may not use the Software other than as specified in paragraphs 2 and 3, without the prior written consent of the Supplier, and the Customer acknowledges that additional fees may be payable on any change of use approved by the Supplier.
5.
Except to the extent expressly permitted under this Agreement, the Customer shall not, and shall not attempt (and shall not permit any third party) to copy, modify, adapt, duplicate, create derivative works from, frame, mirror, republish, download, display, transmit, or distribute all or any portion of the Software in any form or media or by any means, or attempt to reverse compile, disassemble, reverse engineer or otherwise reduce to human-perceivable form all or any part of the Software (including its object code and source code).
6.
The Customer shall ensure that the Software is used by Authorized Users only. The Customer acknowledges and agrees that each Authorized User must keep their access method secure for their use of the Software which must be kept confidential and secure against unauthorized access or use (including by any other Authorized User).
7.
This Agreement shall not prevent Supplier from entering into similar agreements with third parties, nor from independently developing, using, selling, or licensing documentation, products and/or services which are similar to those provided under this Agreement.

24


 

Third Party Software

8.
The Customer uses the Software cognisant of the fact that it may incorporate third party software (including open source software) and the Customer assumes all risk and responsibility for such use and compliance with any additional terms, provided that Supplier has informed Customer of any additional terms that are applicable to Customer’s use of the Software.

Limitations

9.
The Customer shall not access, store, distribute or knowingly transmit any Viruses or any material during its use of the Software that is unlawful, harmful, infringing, offensive, discriminatory, or which facilitates illegal activity or depicts sexually explicit images or causes damage or injury to any person or property. The Supplier reserves the right, without liability or prejudice to its other rights to the Customer, to disable the Customer’s and any or all Authorised Users’ access to any material that breaches the provisions of this paragraph. For the purpose of this clause, Virus shall mean any thing or device (including any software, code, file or programme) which may: prevent, impair or otherwise adversely affect the operation of any computer software, hardware, network, data, or the user experience, including worms, Trojan horses, viruses and other similar things or devices.
10.
The Customer shall not, and shall not attempt to: (a) access all or any part of the Software in order to build a product or service which competes with the Software; (b) make the Software or any of the Services available to any third party except to Authorized Users for the Agreed Purpose; or (c) attempt to obtain, or assist any third party in obtaining, access to the Software, other than as provided under this Agreement.
11.
The Customer shall use all reasonable endeavors to prevent any unauthorized access to, or use of, the Software and, in the event of any such unauthorized access or use, promptly notify the Supplier.

Supplier’s Obligations

12.
The Supplier licenses the Software as-is and does not warrant that the Customer’s use of the Software will be uninterrupted or error-free, nor that the Software and/or the information or Outputs obtained by the Customer through its use of the Software will meet the Customer’s requirements.
13.
Notwithstanding paragraph 12, the Customer acknowledges that the Software may evolve over time and that functionality may be added or removed from time to time in the Supplier’s commercially reasonable discretion for the purpose of making Improvements.

25


 

14.
All other conditions, warranties or other terms which might have effect between the parties or be implied or incorporated into this Agreement or any collateral contract, whether by statute, common law or otherwise, are hereby excluded, including the implied conditions, warranties or other terms as to satisfactory quality, fitness for purpose or the use of reasonable skill and care.
15.
Supplier shall ensure that the Software has all reasonable technical and operational security and shall protect Customer Data at all times. For full information on the Supplier’s security measures, the Supplier Security Policy is available on request. In the event of any security breach which may or does impact Customer Data, Supplier will notify Customer (using the email address on the Order Form) within 30 days of breach.
16.
On the written request of the Customer, within 30 Business Days the Supplier shall:
(a)
provide to the Customer a copy of all Customer Data;
(b)
export Customer Data and deliver to the Customer by agreed format/method; or
(c)
delete or remove any Customer Data in its possession (including on the Software), in each case as applicable.

Customer’s Obligations

17.
The Customer shall be responsible for setting the access rights for each of its Authorized Users and shall ensure that all Authorized Users’ use of the Software is strictly in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the User Guides. The Customer shall be responsible for any Authorized User’s breach of such terms and conditions.
18.
The Customer is responsible for providing any agreed inputs or dependencies reasonably requested by the Supplier and shall ensure that its network and systems comply with the relevant specifications provided by Supplier which are necessary for the operation of the Software. The Customer shall be solely responsible for procuring and maintaining all network connections and telecommunications links from its systems to the Supplier’s data centers.
19.
Customer shall notify the Supplier within 30 days if it has any vulnerability or security concerns regarding the Software by email to [***].

Protocols

20.
The Device operates by running a Protocol or set of Protocols on the Software. The Supplier has Supplier Protocols which are available for use on a non-exclusive basis by the Customer.
21.
The Customer can choose from the following Protocol options when using the Software:

26


 

A)
Use of Supplier Protocols made available during the course of the agreement (as further described in paragraphs 22-28 below)
B)
Use of Customer Protocols (as further described in paragraphs 22-28 below)
C)
New Protocol Development Services - for creating new publicly-available Supplier Protocols (terms to be mutually agreed by the parties)
D)
New Protocol Development Services - for creating new private Customer Protocols (terms to be mutually agreed by the parties)
22.
Supplier Protocols shall be considered Supplier IPRs for the purpose of this Agreement and shall be owned exclusively by the Supplier and licensed to the Customer on a limited basis in accordance with clause 5 (“Intellectual Property”) of the MSA.
23.
Customer Protocols shall be considered Customer IPRs for the purpose of this Agreement and shall be owned exclusively by the Customer in accordance with clause 5 (“Intellectual Property”) of the MSA.
24.
The Customer agrees that Supplier Protocols shall never be shared by the Customer — directly or indirectly - with any third party nor used for any purpose other than the Agreed Purpose. For purposes of this section, affiliates, collaborators and subcontractors, and successors in interest (collectively, “Authorized Parties”) of Customer shall not be considered a third party. However, in sharing with any Authorized Parties, the Customer shall:
(a)
Ensure that all Authorized Parties comply with the terms of this Agreement;
(b)
Accept full liability for any breach of this Agreement by any Authorized Party;
(c)
Inform all Authorized Parties of the confidential nature of Supplier Protocols and the obligations under this Agreement;
(d)
Not share Supplier Protocols with any party other than Authorized Parties without Supplier’s prior written consent.

The Customer remains responsible for ensuring compliance with this Agreement in all cases where Supplier Protocols are utilized, whether by the Customer directly or by any Authorized Party.

25.
Notwithstanding the above and subject at all times to the provisions of as mutually agreed by the parties, the parties acknowledge that Supplier Protocols may be adapted by the Customer to form new Customer Protocols which may be used at the discretion of the Customer.
26.
Where the Customer independently develops new Protocols with the intention of such new Protocols staying private, in accordance with Protocol option B above,

27


 

the Supplier has no access to such Protocols other than as strictly necessary in order to perform the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
27.
It is understood and acknowledged by both parties that a new Customer Protocol may rely upon or incorporate existing Supplier IPR and that some new Customer Protocols may be the same or similar to (a) existing Supplier Protocols, (b) future Supplier Protocols developed independently by the Supplier, (c) Protocols developed by Supplier for or on behalf of third parties without reference to Customer Data and/or Outputs, and (d) Protocols developed independently by or for third parties.
28.
Upon Customer request, Supplier may enter Customer Data into the Software on behalf of the Customer during new Protocol development.

Audit Rights

29.
Subject to the provision of thirty days’ prior notice to the other, each Party (the Requesting Party) may at their own cost and expense require the other party to permit or procure the permission for a duly authorized employee, agent or representative of the Requesting Party, to audit during business hours, the other’s (and its Authorized Users’) use of the Software, and to assess compliance with this Agreement, and including for this purpose to access premises and systems and to take copies of records. If such audit determines that other party is breaching the terms of this Agreement, such audit shall be at the cost of the party in breach.
30.
Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 29 above, each party shall be entitled to refuse an audit request, if there is risk that the audit would compromise the security or confidentiality of systems or data of other customers or result in the disclosure of confidential and proprietary information belonging to the other.

 

28


 

Schedule 3- Additional Development Services

[***]

29


 

Schedule 4- Installation services schedule

[***]

30


 

Schedule 5- Enhanced support schedule

[***]

31


 

Schedule 7- Historical Culture and Access Feature

[***]

32


Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated March 30, 2026, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Aspen Neuroscience, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

San Diego, California
October 9, 2026